Past Fulfilled Prophecies Page 15 2017 on

 

 

 

:: 12--17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SpaceX launch sparks fears of alien invasion in Los Angeles

A rocket launch from a Southern California Air Force base generated a fiery contrail that could be seen all over Los Angeles Friday and had some social media users preparing for an alien invasion. SpaceX's Falcon 9 rocket lifted off from Vandenberg Air Force Base at around 5:30 p.m. local time. Its mission was to send 10 communications satellites into space. But it was the rocket's contrail of water vapor, illuminated by the sun, that had seemingly all of Los Angeles looking up in the sky. The Space Archive website noted that the Falcon 9's "bright flame should be visible over a wide area." It added that the contrail "could be impressive" beginning two minutes and 12 seconds after launch.

http://www.foxnews.com/science/2017/12/22/spacex-launch-creates-dramatic-show-in-sky-over-los-angeles.html 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 12-23-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

REVEALED: California's Thomas Fire is now the state's largest EVER

The Thomas Fire that firefighters have battled for over two weeks is now the state's largest since at least 1932

The fire broke out on December 4 and burned 273,400 acres and destroyed 1,063 structures

It previously topped Cal Fire's list of the top 20 largest wildfires in the state By Afp Published: 23:20 EST, 22 December 2017 | Updated: 11:35 EST, 23 December 2017

A California wildfire that firefighters have battled for over two weeks is now the state's largest since at least 1932, the California Department of Forestry and Fire Protection said Friday. The so-called 'Thomas Fire' has burned 273,400 acres (70,172 hectares), destroyed 1,063 structures and cost more than $177 million since it broke out on December 4. More than 2,800 fire personnel are battling the blaze, which is now 65 percent contained. San Diego-based Cal Fire engineer Cory Iverson died fighting the Thomas Fire in Ventura County on December 14. The Thomas Fire is now even larger than the 2003 Cedar Fire, which burned 273,246 acres. The fire previously topped Cal Fire's list of the top 20 largest wildfires in California, the oldest entry on which dates to 1932. However, larger fires may predate the list, including the Santiago Canyon Fire of 1889 that reportedly burned 300,000 acres. 'There were fires with significant acreage burned in years prior to 1932, but those records are less reliable, and this list is meant to give an overview of the large fires in more recent times,' Cal Fire said. This year is the worst on record for wildfire devastation in California.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-5207839/California-wildfire-largest-1932-Cal-Fire.html#ixzz52fG1FOHd 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 12-20-17 Tech Crunch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This humanoid robot works out (and sweats) like we do (or should)

Posted Dec 20, 2017 by Devin Coldewey

There are plenty of humanoid-looking robots out there, but very few actually have bodies that are particularly analogous to our own when it comes to moving and interacting with the environment. Japanese researchers are working to remedy that with a robot designed specifically to mimic not just human movements but the way humans actually accomplish those movements. Oh, and it sweats. Kengoro is a new-ish robot (an earlier version made the rounds last year) that emphasizes flexibility and true humanoid structure rather than putting power or efficiency above all else. As the researchers explain in their paper, published today in Science Robotics: A limitation of conventional humanoids is that they have been designed on the basis of the theories of conventional engineering, mechanics, electronics, and informatics. By contrast, our intent is to design a humanoid based on human systems — including the musculoskeletal structure, sensory nervous system, and methods of information processing in the brain — to support science-oriented goals, such as gaining a deeper understanding of the internal mechanisms of humans. The paper uses Kengoro and similar robot, Kenshiro, as examples of how to accomplish that intent; indeed, the whole issue of Science Robotics was dedicated to the concept of improving anthropomorphic robotics. It’s important, they explain, to imitate human biology wherever possible, not just where it’s convenient. If your robot has powerful arms but a stiff, straight spine and no neck, that may be better for lifting heavy items — but it just isn’t how humans do it, and if human-like motion is actually desired, you essentially have to put in our weaknesses as well as our strengths. And truly human-like motion should be desired, if a robot is supposed to exist in human-centric environments and interact with people. After putting together Kengoro with muscle, joint and bone-like arrangements of motors and struts, the researchers put these similarities to the test by having the robot attempt a number of ordinary exercises, from push-ups to calf raises. As you can see, he’s a little jittery (“he” because the robot is modeled after an average 13-year-old Japanese boy). He probably should have stretched first. Still, he probably did more crunches for this article than I did this year. The sweating thing probably deserves a little explanation. Essentially the motors have water running through them to help cool them off as they work, and they can expel that water through artificial pores in order to more quickly release heat. It’s not exactly a critical feature, but if you’re going to mimic humanity, you might as well go all the way. It’s an interesting and unsurprisingly complex endeavor that Yuki Asano et al. are pursuing, but the results already seem worthwhile, and the applications they envision are promising. The “human mimetic humanoid” project is ongoing, so expect more from Kengoro in the near future.

https://techcrunch.com/2017/12/20/this-humanoid-robot-works-out-and-sweats-like-we-do-or-should/ 

:: 12-22-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

River levels above New Madrid drop | Video of low Illinois River?

24,779 views MrMBB333 Published on Dec 22, 2017

DEC 22, 2017: Once mighty powerful rivers in the Midwest, very important links to the international trade markets for grain and mining materials are becoming very low. In some areas impassable. If possible, please send pics to (reports@mrmbb333.com) thank you

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A0uxGN31EuM&feature=youtu.be 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 12-21-17 Christian News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Evangelist Arrested, Jailed While Preaching Christ Outside ‘A Drag Queen Christmas: The Naughty Tour’ in Texas

By Heather Clark on December 21, 2017129 Comments

EL PASO, Texas — An evangelist was arrested and jailed on Wednesday after those unhappy with his message called the police as he was preaching outside of a “holiday” event in Texas called “A Drag Queen Christmas: The Naughty Tour.” Those watching his preaching being shut down broke out into cheers. “A Drag Queen Christmas: The Naughty Tour is a must-see holiday spectacular with your favorite contestants from RuPaul’s Drag Race (VH1),” the event description reads. “For one night only, your favorite queens #werk the stage with singing, dancing, comedy and more! The holidays were never this naughty!” Ryan Denton of Christ in the Wild Ministries had been preaching on the sidewalk adjacent to Plaza Theatre during the event, finding the gathering a good opportunity to share the gospel. Denton told Christian News Network that he generally preached about repentance and faith in Christ, and while he did mention concepts such as drag queens a few times, it was not the focus of his message. “The drag event, like any other event, was a place where the lost would be congregating, and hence the need for a gospel witness,” he said. “Christ came to seek and save those who are lost. He came for the unrighteous, not the righteous. The great Physician of souls came for the sick and spiritually dead. This is why the gospel must go beyond the church walls.” However, those hearing Denton’s speech soon became upset and called the police. Among those who arrived on the scene was Officer Jared Lamb, who told Denton that he had to stop preaching since complaints had been received.  “Just because you get calls does not mean I have to stop,” Denton told Lamb, according to recorded video footage reviewed by Christian News Network. “I know that,” Lamb replied. “Are you sure, because you keep saying that [I do],” Denton said. Lamb also asserted during the discussion that the sidewalk Denton was standing on was private property and that he should relocate to the plaza. Denton says that he has been instructed by police in the past to stand in that exact location, and has preached there nearly a dozen times without issue. He further notes that the plaza is not near the event, so he would not be able to reach the people. “I’m going to keep preaching right here because this is not private property,” Denton told the officer. However, Lamb instead grabbed Denton’s stool that he had been standing on to preach and instructed Denton to follow. Those nearby broke into cheers. Lamb walked Denton into a nearby building where he told him that he didn’t want “debates” outside. “We don’t need debates going on out there tonight,” Lamb said. “We don’t need it.” “Sir, it’s not up to you,” Denton replied. “It’s the Constitution of the United States. It’s [my] First Amendment rights.” “Okay. It’s up to you?” Lamb asked. “No. The Constitution protects what I was doing, sir,” Denton stated. Lamb then proceeded to arrest Denton. He was transported to the El Paso Jail where he was charged with Criminal Trespass under Texas Penal Code 30.05. Denton says that Lamb told him in transport, “I’m writing the police report and I’m going to make it as colorful as [expletive].” During the “tirade,” as Denton described it, the officer repeatedly advised that he is “very active in [his] church.” “You know who looks like the bad guy now,” he stated. “All you had to do is leave” and go to another spot. Denton told Christian News Network that as he was later placed behind bars, Lamb said, “Man to man, you shouldn’t be preaching there [at the drag festival]. Just tell them Jesus loves them and move on.” Denton still recalls the last remarks from Lamb: “I can’t say what we did tonight was wrong, but I can’t say arresting you was right.” After spending seven hours in jail, Denton was released on $300 bond. Denton says that he was able to share the gospel with others during the time that he was incarcerated, and witnessed a receptivity to his message. One man, a college student, expressed remorse and thanked God for “disciplining” him. “The gospel is good news for anyone who has ears to hear, whether it’s a drag queen or a self-righteous good citizen,” Denton said. “God saves sinners, among whom every Christian was once chief. There’s hope for the people at the drag event because God is mighty to save and ‘salvation is of the Lord.'” Officer Lamb could not be reached for comment on the arrest. A trial date has not yet been set.

http://christiannews.net/2017/12/21/evangelist-arrested-jailed-while-preaching-christ-outside-a-drag-queen-christmas-the-naughty-tour-in-texas/

 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. etc

:: 12-22-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Boom Just Lowered On Clinton Crime Family And Obama Regime? Big Surprise In Wording Of New Executive Order

December 22, 2017 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

With all the hyperbole regarding the tax reform bill being passed, the news that Attorney General Jeff Sessions had ordered DOJ prosecutors to interview FBI agents that investigated corruption in regards to the much-talked about Uranium One deal as well as players linked to the Clinton Foundation, received attention but not as much focus as it should have received, which becomes even more relevant given the specific wording of President Trump's December 21, 2017 Executive Order. URANIUM ONE - BRIEF RECAP At issue is what has become known as Uranium One, where in 2010 the Obama administration approved the sale of U.S. uranium mining facilities to Russia, while Hillary Clinton was secretary of state, which was one of the nine agencies that made the determination that the deal would not threaten U.S. national security. In October 2017, a bombshell of a report by The Hill, titled "FBI uncovered Russian bribery plot before Obama administration approved controversial nuclear deal with Moscow," revealed details of the Uranium One deal that instantly kicked off congressional inquiries as well as spawning the latest reports of the DOJ re-examining the events surrounding the deal made by the Obama administration. For those that did not catch The Hill report at the time, it should be read in its entirety, in order to understand just how much had been hidden from not only the American people, but how the Obama administration placed a gag order against a key FBI informant to make sure that the details could not be revealed to congressional oversight committees. Key relevant quotes for the purpose of this article are reproduced below: Before the Obama administration approved a controversial deal in 2010 giving Moscow control of a large swath of American uranium, the FBI had gathered substantial evidence that Russian nuclear industry officials were engaged in bribery, kickbacks, extortion and money laundering designed to grow Vladimir Putin’s atomic energy business inside the United States, according to government documents and interviews. Federal agents used a confidential U.S. witness working inside the Russian nuclear industry to gather extensive financial records, make secret recordings and intercept emails as early as 2009 that showed Moscow had compromised an American uranium trucking firm with bribes and kickbacks in violation of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, FBI and court documents show. They also obtained an eyewitness account — backed by documents — indicating Russian nuclear officials had routed millions of dollars to the U.S. designed to benefit former President Bill Clinton’s charitable foundation during the time Secretary of State Hillary Clinton served on a government body that provided a favorable decision to Moscow, sources told The Hill. [....] The investigation was ultimately supervised by then-U.S. Attorney Rod Rosenstein, an Obama appointee who now serves as President Trump’s deputy attorney general, and then-Assistant FBI Director Andrew McCabe, now the deputy FBI director under Trump, Justice Department documents show. The connections to the current Russia case are many. The Mikerin probe began in 2009 when Robert Mueller, now the special counsel in charge of the Trump case, was still FBI director. And it ended in late 2015 under the direction of then-FBI Director James Comey, whom Trump fired earlier this year. Again, well worth the time to read the entire Hill piece to understand why the wording in President Trump's new executive order, in conjunction with the news that the DOJ is now delving into the events surrounding Uranium One, is so important. As we highlight the very interesting part of Trump's new EO, keep in mind the recent report by Politico regarding the Obama administration "derailed an ambitious law enforcement campaign targeting drug trafficking by the Iranian-backed terrorist group Hezbollah," in order to get his nuclear deal with Iran. The House Committee on Oversight and Government Reform is already demanding more information from AG Sessions in regards to that blockbuster report. EXECUTIVE ORDER - RE: CORRUPTION AND HUMAN RIGHTS ABUSES While the Treasury Department Press release regarding this EO focuses on the Trump administration and EO's targeting of human rights abusers and corrupt actors around the world, declaring them national security threats, using the EO to build on the Global Magnitsky Human Rights Accountability Act passed by Congress last year, when we read Section 1 of the actual EO, we note wording that should concern the entire Clinton family, the Clinton Foundation, the Obama administration as well as any member of the intelligence community that had any part of the Uranium One deal and/or the Iran nuclear deal. Executive Order Blocking the Property of Persons Involved in Serious Human Rights Abuse or Corruption, December 21, 2017: Section 1. (a) All property and interests in property that are in the United States, that hereafter come within the United States, or that are or hereafter come within the possession or control of any United States person of the following persons are blocked and may not be transferred, paid, exported, withdrawn, or otherwise dealt in: (i) the persons listed in the Annex to this order; (ii) any foreign person determined by the Secretary of the Treasury, in consultation with the Secretary of State and the Attorney General: (A) to be responsible for or complicit in, or to have directly or indirectly engaged in, serious human rights abuse; (B) to be a current or former government official, or a person acting for or on behalf of such an official, who is responsible for or complicit in, or has directly or indirectly engaged in: (1) corruption, including the misappropriation of state assets, the expropriation of private assets for personal gain, corruption related to government contracts or the extraction of natural resources, or bribery; or (2) the transfer or the facilitation of the transfer of the proceeds of corruption; Aside from the direct mention of corruption, misappropriation of state assets, extraction of natural resources and bribery, all of which as follow up Uranium One details have emerged, could be applied to the entire Russia/Uranium issue, we also note that the "annex" referred to in the EO identified specific individual and offers a section of entities that are listed, where we note that Uranium One, may not be the only issue where the boom could be lowered right on the Clintons. In some form or fashion the Clintons, their foundation, the Obama regime and a number of deep state actors hold some type of connection, whether small or large, with a large number of the newly added names and entities listed in the annex. For example: One of the names on the annex list, is: KARIMOVA, Gulnara (a.k.a. KARIMOVA, Goulnara; a.k.a. KARIMOVA, Goulnora Islamovna; a.k.a. "Googoosha"). A little research on Karimova brings up a 2015 article at the Washington Examiner which details the following about her connections with the Clintons and the Clinton Foundation: Gulnara Karimova, daughter of the Uzbek dictator who allegedly boils his political opponents alive, was cited as the "single most hated person in the country" in a diplomatic cable. Karimova's solution, revealed in a message from the State Department to the CIA, was to acquaint herself with Bill Clinton in order to gain favor with Hillary Clinton. That process began with Karimova hosting a Clinton Foundation fundraiser in Monaco. She posed for photographs with Bill Clinton that prompted media reports describing her as a friend of the former president. In January 2017, the Wall Street Journal reported that Karimova had been questioned recently over money-laundering accusations by Swiss prosecutors while under house arrest in Tashkent. Another name newly added to the Office of Foreign Assets Control list according to the annex of the new EO, is: JAMMEH, Yahya (a.k.a. JAMMEH BABILI MANSA, Yahya AJJ; a.k.a. JAMMEH, Alhaji Dr. Abdul-Azziz Jemus Junkung; a.k.a. JAMMEH, Yahya Abdul-Aziz Jemus Junkung). According to Wayne Madsen over at Strategic Culture in January 2017, Jammeh was defeated for reelection in December 2016, but it was "during the administration of President Bill Clinton that the green light was given for Jammeh to be installed in a CIA-led coup in Gambia." (Source) Another name on the list that has some very interesting connections: GERTLER, Dan, an Israeli businessman, who was secretly loaned secretly loaned tens of millions of dollars to secure a controversial mining agreement in the Democratic Republic of the Congo. This was revealed through leaked documents commonly referred to as the Paradise Papers. (Via Guardian) The company that secretly loaned Gertler the money in 2009, is the largest mining company in the world, called Glencore. Glencore was founded in 1974 as Marc Rich and Co. Rich. Marc Rich was notably pardoned by Bill Clinton after Rich spent years on the FBI's most wanted list. Rich died in Switzerland in 2013. What bothered so many was that Clinton’s clemency to Rich reeked of payoff. In the run-up to the presidential pardon, the financier’s ex-wife Denise had donated $450,000 to the fledgling Clinton Library and “over $1 million to Democratic campaigns in the Clinton era.” Note- Not sure of the relevance of this next tidbit, but since all I am doing is noting connections with names newly added to the OFAC's SDN List, I'll note that Gertler is also mentioned in conjunction to Fleurette, which is marked as "linked" in the annex at the Treasury Department website, in a press release by QatarPress, who labels the press release with the tag "Podesta Group." The connections listed above are some of the more tangible connections found, so far, and is not an exhaustive list as we are still researching the names and entities just added to the list. Related: See a number of other connections with these individuals or entities here. BOTTOM LINE Not living in President Trump's brain, nor being a member of his inner circle, we cannot tell you with 100% certainty whether the specific names added were done so just for their human rights abuses and corruption or because other entities being targeted are entangled with them, but we can say the language highlighting current or former government officials "directly or indirectly" engaged in" corruption, including the misappropriation of state assets, the expropriation of private assets for personal gain, corruption related to government contracts or the extraction of natural resources, or bribery; or the transfer or the facilitation of the transfer of the proceeds of corruption, could very well entangle a number of people that many believe to be "crooked" or part of some type of cabal that has been allowed to run unchecked, committing illegal acts for decades. Seeing this on the heels of Saudi Arabia's Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman's corruption crackdown, detaining 200 people and freezing their bank accounts, including princes, officials and businessmen, we may be looking at a global initiative to take down the crooked, the corrupt, and the human rights abusers and traffickers. While we have heard rumblings and chatter over the past two weeks that something big was coming, we were not able to independently confirm those rumors, but if this EO is used as legal justification to brings down what many think of as a deep state or shadow government and/or criminal cabals, then this would fit the bill. I will leave you with Section 7 of the EO, because should this be the foundation to start bringing down criminals within America as well as seizing assets of the foreigners listed and any entity within America working with them, it will be impossible for the MSM to hide it, because entire criminal empires could be seized.... immediately. Sec. 7. For those persons whose property and interests in property are blocked pursuant to this order who might have a constitutional presence in the United States, I find that because of the ability to transfer funds or other assets instantaneously, prior notice to such persons of measures to be taken pursuant to this order would render those measures ineffectual. I therefore determine that for these measures to be effective in addressing the national emergency declared in this order, there need be no prior notice of a listing or determination made pursuant to this order.

http://allnewspipeline.com/President_Trump_Just_Lowered_The_Boom.php 

:: 12-22-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Defies Media Doubters By Signing Tax Cut Bill Before Christmas

“I didn’t want you folks to say I wasn’t keeping my promise”

Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - December 22, 2017

President Trump surprised many by signing the tax cut bill early, with Trump saying he did so to keep his promise and to defy mainstream media doubters. Trump indicated that he chose to enact the bill early as a response to criticism on news outlets that he was breaking a promise to have the legislation signed before Christmas. “I was going to wait for a formal signing some time in early January, but then I watched the news this morning and they were all saying, ‘Will he keep his promise, will he sign it by Christmas?'” Trump said. “And I called downstairs and said get it ready, we have to sign it now.” Just before he signed the bill, Trump said that a more elaborate formal ceremony was initially planned to take place in January, but that was abandoned so he could keep his promise. “I didn’t want you folks to say I wasn’t keeping my promise, I’m keeping my promise, I’m signing it before Christmas.” “I said that the bill would be on my desk before Christmas and you are holding me literally to that so we did a rush job,” added Trump. The tax cut is already proving popular with both employers and employees, with numerous large companies announcing wage rises and snap bonuses for workers over the last 24 hours.

https://www.infowars.com/trump-defies-media-doubters-by-signing-tax-cut-bill-before-christmas/ 

:: 12--17 Investors Business Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Left's Unhinged Response To Trump Tax Cut Reveals Their Real Fear: What If It Works?

axes: As tax cuts become a reality, Democrats have gone ballistic, claiming that the GOP's sweeping tax plan will rob the middle class and the poor, line the pockets of the rich, and tank the economy. It's all false, class-warfare clap-trap, and they know it. Following passage of the Republican tax reform, Democrat politicians and leftist media celebrities have become nearly unhinged, and that may be an understatement. House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi called the tax cuts a "scam" and "simply theft, monumental, brazen theft from the American middle class and from every person who aspires to reach it." She added that it was "not a vote for an investment in growth or jobs," but "a vote to install a permanent plutocracy in our nation." Plutocracy? Not to be outdone, former Democratic presidential candidate and millionaire socialist Sen. Bernie Sanders of Vermont called it "a great day for the Koch brothers and other billionaire Republican campaign contributors who will see huge tax breaks for themselves while driving up the deficit by almost $1.5 trillion." Celebrity leftists fared no better. "Woman, mother, grandmother, sister, daughter, you have betrayed us all," former comedian and TV host Rosie O'Donnell tweeted at Maine Republican Sen. Susan Collins, who voted for the tax cut plan. "Dear god, ask for forgiveness, redeem your soul tomorrow." She even offered her $2 million in cash to vote "no." No Hidden Agenda: Get News From A Pro-Free Market, Pro-Growth Perspective This is how desperate the left has become, and how divorced from reality. For all the talk of how tax cuts will line the pockets of the rich and destroy the economy, virtually no one in the mainstream of the economics profession, left or right, agrees. The Tax Policy Center (TPC), a liberal think tank, noted that more than 80% of Americans will get tax cuts under the plan just passed. And the benefits will go to every income group, not "billionaires." This, by the way, is bolstered by other recent analyses by Congress' Joint Committee on Taxation and by the widely respected nonpartisan Tax Foundation. TPC estimates an average tax cut of about $2,140 per person. By the way, some 16% of the richest Americans — those in the top 0.1% of incomes — will face an average tax increase of $387,610. Brian Riedl of the Manhattan Institute, further crunching the TPC numbers, found that while the top 1% of incomes now pay 27% of all federal taxes, they will get just 21% of the tax cuts. The bottom 80%, including the middle class, pays only 33% of all taxes, but will take home 35% of the tax cuts. Of the 12% who will face tax hikes, they're overwhelmingly among the rich — not the middle class. So, no, it's not "tax cuts for the rich." That's a totally bogus argument. For that matter, so are the arguments that tax cuts tank the economy. History is replete with examples of why that isn't true. The tax cuts on corporations and small, pass-through businesses, along with letting companies immediately expense the cost of new equipment, should lead to more business investment. So should shrinking the death tax, which should encourage more small-business investment. How much more is an open question, but the Heritage Foundation, which employs a widely used economic model, estimates that the tax cuts will tack on 2.2% to long-term GDP, or roughly $3,000 per household. That estimate includes a 4.5% jump in capital investment, mainly in equipment, and a hefty 9.4% gain in business structures. Along with expected rises in both the number of jobs and hours worked, after-tax wages for the average worker will be 3.5% higher than they would have been without the tax cuts. Others see more modest, yet still significant, gains. The Tax Foundation, for instance, forecasts a long-term permanent rise of 1.7% in GDP and 1.5% for wages. It also sees 339,000 new jobs. These aren't pie-in-the sky guesses. As history clearly shows, growth-oriented tax cuts such as these almost always have major benefits for the economy and for average workers. During the 20th century, big tax cuts in the 1920s (Harding, Coolidge), 1960s (Kennedy) and 1980s (Reagan) all yielded major growth dividends for the U.S. economy. What's more, those past major tax cuts were to varying degrees bipartisan. Sadly, not this time. Not one Democrat voted for them. Not one.  That's why the Democrats and progressive left have become so utterly unhinged. They've failed to stop the one thing that might deny them a chance to retake both houses of Congress in the 2018 midterm elections: an economic boom. When the economy really begins cooking, with the economy growing close to 3%, hundreds of thousands of new jobs being created and workers seeing more in their paychecks, how will they explain that to their constituents?

https://www.investors.com/politics/editorials/lefts-unhinged-response-to-trump-tax-cut-reveals-their-real-fear-what-if-it-works/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 12-22-17 News with Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Military Must Disarm And Disband FBI For High Treason

Dec 22, 2017 Read More Articles by Andrew Wallace

It is now common knowledge, that if President Trump should fail to disarm and disband the 35,000 FBI employees, using the military, you must prepare for civil war and a complete breakdown of government services. The FBI, members of DOJ, working with high ranking members of both parties, media and the communists have done everything possible to deny an elected president his office. The FBI refuses to comply with constitutional oversight by congress and has long maintained its independence from any constitutional government control. There is only one solution, the FBI must be terminated, it can’t be fixed. Please read my article “God gave us a Warrior, not a Saint to fight Treason”. August 22, 2017, Newswithviews. Com. Use first link below. This article will give you countless reasons and details for why the FBI must go. President Ronald Reagan had a similar problem in 1981 with the 11.345 member Air Traffic Controllers Union who went on strike grounding 7.000 planes. He fired all of them, with proviso that they could never work for the government again. I was a pilot at the time and it made things more difficult, but it was workable. In America today, we have no functioning constitutional government, or Rule of Law. Except for President Donald J. Trump, we are being ruled by traitors who are just as fake as our news media and communist schools. That said, I will make no attempt in this paper to list, or describe the millions of needless criminal and unconstitutional actions allowed or taken by government that has impoverished and enraged the people. Rather, I will predict. not advocate a few major actions that if taken quickly, could prevent much of the treason that is provoking a civil war and destroying our armed forces. Our Constitution does not permit forcing working people to support the lazy useless idiots produced in our communist cities by schools which indoctrinate with media support. Half of the pilgrims died in 1620 when they tried Communism. In the hundreds of years since 1620, all that the fairy tale of communism has done, is kill millions of people, and enrich dictators. People in high tax states with Communist (Democrat) cities pay reduced federal taxes, these reductions are then paid for them by citizens in other states. Why should other states subsidize their communism? If we returned to tariffs, which were used so effectively until 1913, no one would pay income taxes, there would be no need. The Communists could continue to pay high state and local taxes for communist services without our help, while they continue a rush into bankruptcy, anarchy, and civil war. Immigration, both legal and illegal, in all its forms, is imposing a terrible cost on citizens, and must be terminated for at least 25 years, as it was in the past. Make no mistake, every citizen of the United States, regardless of background is furious that the wall has not been constructed, and every illegal deported, and that includes the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) who we’ve paid for in billions, and are now in their 20s and 30s. There is no legitimate and effective law enforcement agency in the federal government. The FBI is mostly a criminal enterprise that has grown based upon its blackmail potential and propaganda. The FBI, and all its parts must be terminated, and replaced with the Militia of the Several States as dictated in the Constitution. State crimes are in no way a federal concern, and all federal law enforcement should be terminated in the states. Without honest and effective enforcement of the Rule of Law we will continue to progress rapidly into civil war. Except for hand out takers, and brain washed pansies, the people are enraged. We have also been cursed with a loud stupid communist minority who believe that gun free zones are possible, and are not killing fields. In truth, all three branches of government, excepting President Donald J. Trump and his team, are mostly imposters and constitutional traitors, willing or not. There are 15 cabinet level executive departments and many of them are what I call Unconstitutional Communist Departments, and must be terminated. Failure to terminate the Departments of Commerce, Transportation, Interior, Education, Agriculture, Energy, Health and Human Services, Housing and Urban Development, and Labor are acts of Treason. I refer to these departments as the unconstitutional Communist Departments because they are an unlawful attempt to modify our Constitution by usurping the rights of citizens and states for the benefit of Communism and its Criminal Minions of the Establishment. These are my words, but I derived many details from “The Constitution versus the Executive Branch Departments, July 12, 2012, by Lawrence M. Vance”. Another mentor has been” Constitutional Scholar, Publius Hulda, “ The Regulation Freedom Amendment and Danial Webster” December 17, 2017, Publius Hulda’s Blog.. The private Federal Reserve Bank must be terminated as unconstitutional, while we replace the income tax with tariffs and return to a constitutional currency that is neither fiat, nor digital. By the way, the Great Depression was caused by the private Federal Reserve Bank, and not by tariffs. Our Constitution is ignored by many people due to poor education, media propaganda, or criminal purposes. But many people do read the Constitution and are furious at those who do not comply with it. Judges ignore our Constitution all the time resulting in hatred by the people. States have not been given control of 24% of their land as stipulated in the Constitution resulting in ongoing armed resistance and death. Read my last two articles at Newswithviews.com for details. Link Link Anyone who takes an oath to serve and protect our Constitution, and then proceeds to support the unconstitutional communist departments, in an attempt to usurp our Constitution are nothing but criminal traitors. Democrat leaders are communists, and by definition are traitors. Islam/Cair is not a religion of peace and by definition can’t support our Constitution. The establishment families and their minions: (government officials, judges, media, bankers, large corporations, educational institutions, et al.) are anti-Constitution. Not only did Congress and our former presidents establish and fund unconstitutional communist departments with our money, they gave all departments the legal power of all three branches of government (so much for separation of powers). This means that unelected bureaucrats can (1) make a rule,(2) charge you with violating the rule, (3) find you guilty, and (4) determine your penalty. Of course all of this is contrary to our Constitution, they call this unlawful and treasonous procedure: The Administrative State. Having served in the United States Military, I have great respect for the troops, but I detest the pentagon brass who refuse to protect them. I will never forget the military judges who freed a combat deserter, but refused a trial with due process for an innocent officer and put him in prison. There are admirals who accepted whores and all kinds of bribes while their ships and planes were self destructing with many deaths. Then we have the admirals and generals who are willing to subject their young recruits to sick people who infect them with highly contagious terminal diseases which will cost the VA millions. Sending troops to war with inadequate equipment and training while using dangerous rules of engagement may be the least of pentagon sins. Homosexuality is a disease, that by its self will cause an early death, people born with this affliction have my sympathy, but the predatory ones attack young recruits who will kill them for doing so. For this to happen high ranking military officers must be communists and have the disease. Our military could stop the dangerous use of women in combat if they would use the draft for required manpower. You can’t mix unequal abilities and raging hormones in combat. Military training would be great for more young men, but the military could not tolerate the scrutiny of parents who vote, remember Viet Nam. President Donald J. Trump is certainly no saint, but he is a genius warrior, who relates to the people, and has built the most powerful movement in history. President Trump is the only man who can save our Republic by defeating any combination of Communists from both parties in elections, or if the Republic is attacked, in civil war. President Trump is being attacked every day by the forces of evil, who are traitors, who, I predict that he will defeat, or the people will put an end to them in elections or a civil war, especially if President Trump or the Republic is harmed. Communists in both parties think they are above the law, superior to common people by birth, and they will lie, cheat and smear President Trump to maintain their elite swamp status. In a few words. Stop the treason. Kick the communists in both parties out of government. Stop all immigration. Deport illegal’s. Terminate the FBI. Terminate the unconstitutional Departments of Government. End the private Federal Reserve Bank. Replace income tax with tariffs. End the Administrative State. End the treason by judges. Reform corruption by generals and admirals.

https://newswithviews.com/military-must-disarm-and-disband-fbi-for-high-treason/ 

:: 12-23-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

These Latest Events Show It's Time To Get The United Nations Out Of America And Time To Get America Out Of The United Nations!

December 23, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

With the recent United Nations non-binding vote on President Trump's decision to move our Israeli Embassy to Jerusalem proving that the majority of that global government body doesn't have the best interests of America or the American people in mind, and the 128 to 9 vote showing most UN members refuse to recognize the US's sovereignty and absolute right to make such a decision, it may be long past time to kick the UN out of America. While back in August, the UN warned the US of 'alarming racism' in America, as US Ambassador to the UN Nikki Haley recently told this very real global government body, "You're not the boss of the U.S." And while the UN would love to believe that their vote makes President Trump's decision to recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel 'null and void', it may not be just a coincidence that there have recently been numerous reports of United Nations vehicles or troops in America as was recently reported by Matt Dubiel, a radio station manager in Chicago. Interestingly, as we hear in the final video below featuring Dubiel, soon after reporting upon the UN in Chicago, his radio station was allegedly mysteriously taken off the air. And while Snopes recently claimed that there are no UN troops in Chicago nor plans to deploy them there in their latest attempt to squash the 'UN troops to disarm Americans' conspiracy theory, they certainly don't know what the future might bring as just days ago, Cook County Commissioner Richard Boykin was in talks with United Nations officials to explore the possibility of putting UN troops on the streets of Chicago to address the city’s horrendous gun violence problem. Boykin flew to New York last week to meet with UN assistant secretary-general for peacebuilding support, Oscar Fernandez-Taranco to discuss the issue. “The United Nations has a track record of protecting minority populations,” Boykin said before the meeting. “There was tribal warfare between the Tutsis and the Hutus in Africa, and they deployed peacekeeping troops there to help save those populations and reduce the bloodshed. We have to do something — black people in Chicago make up 30 percent of the population but 80 percent of those who are killed by gun violence.” Boykin said that UN peacekeepers would be more suited to patrolling the streets than the U.S. National Guard because they are better “trained” for the role. We also know as 100% fact that United Nations vehicles are being stored 'en masse' at a Kellogg's warehouse in Hagerstown, Maryland as seen in the photograph above and the 1st video below from from Alastair Williamson of Stock Board Asset as also read in this story. Williamson actually went to the Hagerstown site at night and gave us great on the spot video. How can Snopes debunk that? Interestingly we also learn from his story the ties between the UN, Kellogg's and none other than George Soros. 'Enemies of America within'? From his story.: U.N. ARMORED VEHICLES ARE BEING STORED UNDER THE SAME ROOF OF A KELLOGG CEREAL WAREHOUSE– ODD? The building at 11841 Newgate Boulevard in Hagerstown, Maryland just 70-80 miles outside of Washington D.C. houses a Kellogg cereal warehouse and armored United Nations vehicles all under the same roof. The building has a total of 615,000 square feet of space, where Kellogg leases about 250,000 square feet. The U.S. General Services Administration, a real estate arm of the federal government, leases the remaining space of the building. Perhaps, we should dive deeper into the rabbit hole and take a look at Kellogg. W.K. Kellogg Foundation is a major George Soros Donor, “The institutional left’s funding behemoth W.K. Kellogg Foundation has partnered with and given major donations to George Soros’s Open Society Institute and the Tides Center as part of its massive push to promote a far-left agenda.” Recently, a petition to label George Soros as a ‘terrorist’ has hit 100k signatures, which means the White House has to reply. This comes at a time where groups under George Soros’s Open Society umbrella have led to social destabilization in the United States. Take for example, Soros funded Black Lives Matter with $100 million, which the group led to social destabilization of Ferguson Missouri and Baltimore, Maryland. Nevertheless, the nonprofit arm of Kellogg cereal company called W.K. Kellogg Foundation is one of George Soros largest donors and a major donor of Black Lives Matter. Conclusion: Isn’t it odd that the non-profit arm of Kellogg and George Soros are funding groups to destabilize the United States? Or better yet, a Kellogg warehouse in Maryland is under the same roof of armored military vehicles. You decide.. Will foreign soldiers soon occupy the streets of big cities in America such as Chicago? While Cook County Commissioner Boykin claimed the UN had a track record of protecting minority populations and "we have to do something — black people in Chicago make up 30 percent of the population but 80 percent of those who are killed by gun violence". Yet according to the FBI’s uniform crime-reporting data for 2016, 90.1 percent of black victims of homicide were killed by other blacks, proving the percentage of black on black crime far outweighs any other racial category. And as we reported on ANP back in September or 2016, nearly wherever United Nations so-called 'peacekeeping forces' go, systematic abuses have followed including numerous accounts of child sexual abuse going back at least 13 years according to this story from Newsweek. Even this 2016 story from the Washington Post reported upon the systematic problems of UN 'peacekeepers' going into numerous different locations - and they want these folks in Chicago? As the Associated Press reported earlier in 2017, the child sex ring being run in Haiti was run by over 100 UN employees for a period of over 10 years and NONE of them were ever jailed for their crimes. So WHO really wants the UN on US soil? And will President Trump run the UN out of America and get America out of the UN? The fact that Nikki Haley recently stated 'we'd be taking names' prior to the UN vote proving who 'America's friends' are shows America has a lot of enemies. While globalist mouthpiece Foreign Policy recently reported the White House seeks to cut billions in funding for the United Nations and a U.S. retreat from U.N. could mark a “breakdown of the international humanitarian system as we know it”, why should the American taxpayer bankroll an international organization that works against America’s interests around the world as asked in this Infowars story? It's now time to take the US out of the UN and get the UN out of America.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Time_To_Get_The_UN_Out_Of_America.php 

:: 8-30-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BOMBSHELL: United Nations admits latest outbreak of polio in Syria was caused by polio vaccines

Wednesday, August 30, 2017 by: Vicki Batts

(Natural News) In war-torn Syria, there’s little doubt that the conflict has taken a toll on health. Now, the United Nations Children’s Fund (UNICEF) reports that their attempt at using vaccines to “protect” children against polio has backfireinfecting more children with the devastating disease rather than saving them. Vaccines make children sick, you don’t say? As World Health Organization representative Elizabeth Hoff reports, “As of 18 August 2017, 33 children under the age of five have been paralyzed. The detection of the circulating vaccine derived polio virus type 2 (cVDPV2) cases demonstrates that disease surveillance systems are functional in Syria. Our priority now is to achieve the highest possible polio immunization coverage to stop the circulation of virus.” Thirty-three children paralyzed by the vaccine that was supposed to protect them — and the UN’s response is to just keep doling out more vaccines? Sadly, that’s par for the course. Obviously, bad medicine is never the problem — there’s just not enough bad medicine, that’s all. Fran Equiza, a UNICEF representative commented, “No child should have to live with devastating effects of polio.” And yet, this is the second outbreak of polio to strike Syria since the conflict first took roots in 2011. Earlier this summer, NPR reported on this very phenomenon, wherein mutant strains from the polio vaccine caused more paralysis than wild polio. Could it really be that a lab-altered version of a virus is more dangerous than the one found in nature? Absolutely. As Jason Beaubien reports, as of June 2017, there were more cases of child paralysis caused by the polio vaccine than the actual, wild-caught disease itself. At the time of his reporting, just six cases of “wild” polio, which is naturally occurring in the environment, had been reported worldwide. Conversely, 21 cases of vaccine-derived polio had been reported internationally in June. Obviously, in Syria that number skyrocketed over the last two months — 33 children in Syria alone have been paralyzed by vaccine-derived polio. Raul Andino, a professor of microbiology at the University of California at San Francisco explains, “We discovered there’s only a few [mutations] that have to happen and they happen rather quickly in the first month or two post-vaccination. As the virus starts circulating in the community, it acquires further mutations that make it basically indistinguishable from the wild-type virus. It’s polio in terms of virulence and in terms of how the virus spreads.” Andino’s research also shows that the polio virus used in the vaccine will replicate inside human hosts’ intestines. In places with poor sanitation, this often means it has the chance to spread from person-to-person with relative ease. Places where conflict and war have decimated health care systems are known for being breeding grounds for disease outbreak. It comes as no surprise (sadly) that war-weary Syria is expected to have even more cases of polio in the coming months. Michael Zaffran, the director of polio eradication at the World Health Organization contends, “In Syria, there may be more cases coming up.” Zaffran adds that the WHO is aware of the risk that comes with the live polio vaccine and says it is “a very regrettable hiccup for the poor children that have been paralyzed, of course. But with regards to the whole initiative, you know it’s not something that is unexpected.” He added that while the children’s paralysis is unfortunate, “from a public health perspective, the benefits far outweigh the risk.” Do you think that will comfort the children and their families as they struggle with the after-effects of vaccine-derived polio? [Related: Learn more about the risks of inoculation at Vaccines.news]

https://www.naturalnews.com/2017-08-30-bombshell-united-nations-admits-latest-outbreak-of-polio-in-syria-was-caused-by-polio-vaccines.html 

:: 12-22-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top Marine general: 'There's a war coming'

By Josh Delk - 12/22/17 11:16 AM EST

The commandant of the Marine Corps, Gen. Robert Neller, told troops Thursday that "there's a war coming" and urged them to be prepared. "I hope I'm wrong, but there's a war coming," Neller told Marines stationed in Norway, during a visit there, according to Military.com. "You're in a fight here, an informational fight, a political fight, by your presence," he added. The commandant pointed to Russia and the Pacific theater as the next major areas of conflict, predicting a "big-ass fight" in the future. "Just remember why you're here," he said. "They're watching. Just like you watch them, they watch you. We've got 300 Marines up here; we could go from 300 to 3,000 overnight. We could raise the bar." Neller's visit comes amid tensions between Russia and NATO allies. Russia warned neighboring Norway that the presence of American troops could hurt relations, after Norway decision to host a new unit of U.S. soldiers through the end of 2018. The administration says the Marines are there to enhance ties with European NATO allies and train in cold-weather combat. In a question-and-answer session with the troops, Neller said the U.S. could shift its focus after years of fighting in the Middle East to Eastern Europe, citing Russia's conflicts with Ukraine and Georgia. On Monday, President Trump unveiled a new national security strategy that focused on the threats posed by Russia and China to U.S. interests.

Tags Donald Trump

http://thehill.com/blogs/blog-briefing-room/366174-marine-corps-commandant-theres-a-war-coming 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-22-17 One News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The day the U.S. called out UN back-stabbers

Friday, December 22, 2017 Steve Jordahl (OneNewsNow.com)

Allies and enemies of the United States condemned the U.S. this week for supporting Israel – and some say the vote at the United Nations is a badge of honor. A total of 128 nations voted Dec. 21 to support a UN resolution condemning the U.S. for recognizing Jerusalem as Israel capital, The Associated Press reported after the vote. Eight nations joined the U.S. to vote against the resolution, 35 countries abstained, and another 21 delegations were absent. Condemnation of the United States wavers at the UN, where the U.S. enjoys influence, but the international body is known for its blatant hatred and condemnation of the Jewish State while defending the Palestinians. Among our country's most influential allies, Gary Bauer of American Values points out that only Israel voted with the U.S. while Great Britain voted in favor of the resolution, and Canada and Mexico were among the nations that abstained. "Their first impulse every day, [when] they gather in New York, is to kick Israel, to kick the United States for standing with Israel," says Bauer. "It's pitiful and I agree with the President, we should stop funding it." And that's exactly what President Donald Trump and Ambassador Nikki Haley warned the UN body before the vote that it would do. With the vote looming, Trump voiced the decades-long complaints of many Americans that the U.S. helps countries around the world that were planning to stab the U.S. in the back at the UN. "The United States will remember this day," Haley said, "when so many countries come calling on us, as they so often do, to pay even more and to use our influence for their benefit." A post-vote editorial at The Washington Examiner newspaper points out that the U.S. funds 22 percent of the UN operating budget, 35 percent of the World Food Programme budget, and more than $2 billion annually to the UN peacekeeping budget, among other programs. The editorial observed: We recognize that many frontline U.N. programs do important work in saving and improving lives. But Trump is right to expect a measure of gratitude for this nation's commitments. Instead, he is receiving scorn and rebuke for practicing the most basic right of sovereign power to decide, in concert with a host nation, where to locate an embassy. The view of the U.S. at the UN, the editorial surmised, is "American taxpayers, write us a check, then shut up and listen while we educate them about their nation's inadequacies." Haley is getting high marks from Republicans in Congress, among them Indiana congressman Jim Banks who praises her support for Israel. "Nikki Haley is doing that important work," he tells OneNewsNow, "to ensure that we maintain the relationship – strengthen it after we saw eight years of a significant decline in their relationship during the Obama administration." Asked about Trump's vote-related threats, and if the U.S. has the "political will" to follow through on them, Banks tells OneNewsNow that willpower exists on both sides of the aisle. "I think so," he replies. "It's a bipartisan statement that we made in the House of Representatives. We have Democrats who are as pro-Israel as we have Republicans who are pro-Israel."

https://www.onenewsnow.com/national-security/2017/12/22/the-day-the-us-called-out-un-back-stabbers 

:: 12-22-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN Sanctioned Antisemitism

By Hal Lindsey

The world’s war on Jews continues to grow in intensity and in brazenness. From college campuses to the United Nations, people no longer hide their bigotry against Jews. Now they’re proud of it. Many of those working toward Israel’s demise say they are not anti-Semites. They say you can be anti-Israel without being anti-Jew. But when the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) officially proclaims that Israel has no historic link to the Temple Mount in Jerusalem, there can be no doubt. That age-old hobgoblin of the world — antisemitism — has roared back to life! On Tuesday in Paris, the UNESCO executive board approved a resolution denying any historical Jewish ties to the Temple Mount. I wrote about this in April when UNESCO first floated the idea, but who would have thought it would get this far? Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said, “To say that Israel has no connection to the Temple Mount and the Western Wall is like saying that China has no connection to the Great Wall of China or that Egypt has no connection to the Pyramids.” U.S. State Department spokesman Mark Toner said, “We are deeply concerned about these kinds of recurring, politicized resolutions that do nothing to advance constructive results on the ground.” CNN belittled Israel’s complaint as a “spat.” But it was a big enough spat that Israel has now cut off all ties to UNESCO. Carmel Shama-Hacohen, Israel’s ambassador to UNESCO, said, “We won’t negotiate and we won’t take part in these ugly games. There is no place for these games in UNESCO. This noble organization was established to preserve history, not to rewrite it.” UNESCO’s own website says, “Peace must be established on the basis of humanity’s moral and intellectual solidarity.” Do they even see Jews as a part of “humanity”? How can they pretend that Jews have no connection to the Temple Mount, and say that their goal is “humanity’s moral and intellectual solidarity”? USECO says its job is the “protection of heritage.” Yet they deny three thousand years of Jewish heritage. The resolution never refers to the site as “the Temple Mount.” It doesn’t mention the historical Jewish Temples built there. UNESCO refers to it only as “al-Haram al-Sharif,” Arabic for “the Noble Sanctuary.” For the Temple Mount to be exclusively Muslim, as UNESCO says, the temples could never have existed there. Even the Western Wall, sometimes called the “Wailing Wall,” is depicted in the report as wholly Muslim. Secular history, Bible history, and archeology all give overwhelming testimony to the existence of these great temples in this specific location. This is not just a matter of Jewish heritage, but also Christian. Jesus taught in the Temple, and had important things to say about it. When Muslim authorities did restoration work inside the Al-Aqsa Mosque, they tore out and threw away lumber that scientists confirm are of the right age and type to have been used in the first Temple — the one built by Solomon. For most of human history, wood from previous construction was reused. These beams had been used in Solomon’s temple, reused in the second temple, kept during Herod’s renovations, used again in Catholic churches built on the site, and finally used by the Muslims in building Al-Aqsa. When Muslim authorities built an underground mosque on this land that they claim to hold as holy, they threw away and in some cases destroyed thousands of artifacts from at least as far back as the second temple. Instead of treating the site with care as Jewish, Christian, and even atheistic archeologists would have done, they used jackhammers and bulldozers. They hauled off truckloads of dirt filled with smashed artifacts. They dumped it as trash. Muslims say a horse named “Buraq” once flew the Prophet Mohammed to the “Seventh Heaven,” using the Temple Mount as his launch pad. The UNESCO resolution accepts this without question. But they deny the three-thousand-year history of Israel’s connection to the mount. I am stunned by the brazenness of UNESCO’s campaign to eradicate any Jewish connection to the land of their fathers. The world is proceeding down a dark path. We can take comfort from the fact that these things were foretold in God’s Word. And those same remarkable prophecies also tell us that, in the end, goodness, truth, justice, and mercy will all win.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-20-2016/ 

:: 12-22-17 Front Page Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The UN Continues its Israel-Bashing

General Assembly passes meaningless resolution against Trump’s Jerusalem decision.

December 22, 2017 Joseph Klein

Following the U.S. veto of a draft Security Council resolution on December 18th seeking to censure and reverse President Donald Trump’s decision to recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel and relocate the U.S. embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem, the Palestinians and their enablers pushed for a similar resolution at a special emergency session of the UN General Assembly. The General Assembly passed the resolution on December 21st by a vote of 128-9, with 35 abstentions. It declared U.S. recognition of Jerusalem as Israel's capital “null and void” and urged nations to “refrain from the establishment of diplomatic missions.” Major European allies, including Britain, France, and Germany, shamefully voted for the resolution. In doing so, they exposed their latent centuries-old anti-Semitism by singling out the Jewish state for special condemnation. Other allies, such as Canada and Australia, at least had the decency to abstain. UN General Assembly resolutions purporting to buttress the Palestinians’ position are entirely non-binding, as are virtually all resolutions, actions or recommendations by the General Assembly on such matters as international security. They have no more legal impact than the vacuous speeches that have accompanied the passage of the resolutions. The latest resolution passed by the UN General Assembly forum, whose members include many free-riding authoritarian regimes, was a farcical attempt to isolate the most powerful democracy in the world, and the UN’s largest contributor by far, for exercising its national sovereign rights. Moreover, with all the real global crises today, including in Syria, North Korea, Yemen and Myanmar, one would think such crises would deserve their own special emergency sessions of the General Assembly. Alas, that has not happened. Yet the Israel-bashers chose to call a special emergency session to indulge their hatred for the Jewish state and their fantasies that what they pass there will have any real impact on Israel or the Trump administration. Ambassador Haley bluntly told the member states voting for the General Assembly resolution to butt out of America’s decisions as a sovereign nation. “Unlike in some UN member countries, the United States government is answerable to its people,” she said. Ambassador Haley added that “the President’s decision reflects the will of the American people and our right as a nation to choose the location of our embassy. No vote in the United Nations will make any difference on that.” Ambassador Haley also warned that Americans will need to re-evaluate the current level of generous contributions the United States makes to the UN and how they will now choose to regard those “countries who disrespect us in the UN.” President Trump was even more blunt in remarks he made the day before the General Assembly vote, as quoted by Reuters: "They take hundreds of millions of dollars and even billions of dollars, and then they vote against us. Well, we're watching those votes. Let them vote against us. We'll save a lot. We don't care." Israel’s Ambassador to the UN Danny Danon, during his remarks to the General Assembly, harshly criticized the countries supporting the resolution at the urging of the Palestinians. “Those who support today’s resolution are like puppets pulled by the strings of the Palestinian puppet masters,” said Ambassador Danon. “You are like marionettes forced to dance while the Palestinian leadership looks on with glee,” he continued. Ambassador Danon displayed a coin from the year 67 AD that was minted during the Jewish revolt against the Romans. “On this coin is written ‘Freedom of Zion.’ It proves the ancient connection of Jews to Jerusalem,” Ambassador Danon explained. “No UNESCO declaration, no empty speeches, no General Assembly resolution will ever drive us from Jerusalem,” he declared. The UN’s handling of the Palestinian-Israeli conflict has been immorally one-sided. As Ambassador Haley said in her remarks to the General Assembly, “To its shame, the United Nations has long been a hostile place for the state of Israel.” Israel, far more than many of the member states that continue to denounce it, “stands up for the ideals of freedom and human dignity that the United Nations is supposed to be about.” In standing up for Israel, the only genuine democracy in the Middle East, against continuous efforts at the UN to demonize and delegitimize it, and standing up for U.S. sovereignty in deciding where to locate its own embassies, the Trump administration is displaying the “principled realism” so lacking during the last administration.

https://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/268807/un-continues-its-israel-bashing-joseph-klein 

:: 12-21-17 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

UN votes against US recognition of Jerusalem as Israel's capital

UN General Assembly votes 128 to 9 to adopt anti-Israel resolution denouncing US recognition of Jerusalem as Israel's capital. 35 abstain.

David Rosenberg, 21/12/17 19:25 | updated: 20:11

The United Nations General Assembly voted by a wide margin Thursday to adopt an anti-Israel resolution, tacitly condemning America’s recent recognition of Jerusalem as Israel’s capital. During an emergency session of the General Assembly Thursday morning (New York time), the body voted 128 to 9 to adopt draft resolution A/ES-10/L22, rejecting President Trump’s recent declaration recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital city and chiding Israel over illegal “actions in Occupied East Jerusalem”. An additional 35 nations abstained from the vote, while another 21 did not participate. Thursday’s resolution, which was drafted by Turkey and Yemen’s UN delegations, states that “any decisions and actions which purport to have altered, the character, status or demographic composition of the Holy City of Jerusalem have no legal effect, are null and void and must be rescinded in compliance with relevant resolutions of the Security Council.” The resolution also called on the US not to establish its embassy or any other “diplomatic missions in the Holy City of Jerusalem.” The nine countries which voted against the resolution included the United States, Israel, Guatemala, Honduras, Marshall Islands, Micronesia, Nauru, Palau, and Togo. Australia, Mexico, Argentina, Benin, Canada, Poland, Croatia, South Sudan, Uganda, Romania, Rwanda, Malawi, Lesotho, Latvia, Hungary, Colombia, Jamaica, Fiji, and the Czech Republic were among those member states which abstained. On December 6th, President Donald Trump announced that he was reversing decades of US policy vis-ŕ-vis the Israeli capital, declaring that the US recognized Jerusalem as Israel’s capital city. The president also announced that had ordered the State Department to being work to relocate the US embassy from Tel Aviv to the Israeli capital. The move, praised by the Israeli government and some US lawmakers, drew criticism from many European leaders and much of the Arab world. Egypt’s UN delegation, which currently holds one of the ten temporary seats on the UN Security Council, submitted a proposal condemning the US recognition of Jerusalem, and declaring it null and void in international law. On Monday, the US vetoed the resolution, which was backed by all 10 temporary Security Council members and the four other permanent member states – China, Russia, the UK, and France. By Tuesday, it was reported that Arab states were planning a similar resolution in the General Assembly. During the special meeting, American Ambassador to the UN Nikki Haley slammed the international body, calling it a “hostile place for the State of Israel”. "To its shame, the United Nations has long been a hostile place for the State of Israel." "It's a wrong that undermines the credibility of this institution, and that in turn is harmful for the entire world." Before Thursday’s vote, President Donald Trump warned General Assembly member-states which receive American aid that the US would be “watching” which countries vote with the US, and which vote against it on the resolution. “They take hundreds of millions of dollars and even billions of dollars, and then they vote against us. Well, we’re watching those votes. Let them vote against us. We’ll save a lot. We don’t care,” he told reporters before the Cabinet meeting, according to Reuters.

https://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/239651 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 12-22-17 Christian News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palm Springs Becomes First City Council in Nation to Be All Homosexual, Bisexual or Transgender

By Heather Clark on December 9, 2017

PALM SPRINGS, Calif. — The City of Palm Springs, California has sworn in a man who identifies as a woman, as well as a woman who identifies as bisexual, making its city council all-“LGBT” as its other three members identify as homosexual. Lisa Middleton, a man who identifies as a woman (pictured), and Christy Holstege, an attorney who identifies as bisexual, were both sworn in on Wednesday after being elected last month. They join Mayor Robert Moon and Councilman Geoff Kors, who both are “married” to men, and Councilman J.R. Roberts, who likewise identifies as homosexual. Holstege and Middleton won with 30 percent of the vote, as compared to the 13 percent received by the nearest candidate. They replace Ginny Foat and Chris Mills, who decided not to run for reelection, according to CBS News. “The kind of actions that made my election possible took place over the last 15-20 years in this city,” Middleton stated, according to local television station KESQ. “I am thrilled to have an opportunity to represent Palm Springs and Palm Springs values throughout this state and throughout this country.” “It takes a diverse voice,” Holstege, who is married to a man but who identifies as bisexual, also remarked. “I work to make a living in Palm Springs. I want to raise kids here, and I think that’s important. I have to represent all of us, each and every one of us who lives in Palm Springs and I’m really looking forward to build a Palm Springs that works for all of us.” Middleton’s campaign website outlines that he is involved with various humanitarian and transgender advocacy groups, including the LGBT Center of the Desert and Equality California, and also serves as the chair of the neighborhood improvement coalition ONE-PS. Middleton is married to a woman and has an adult son and daughter. Holstege’s campaign website notes that in addition to handling civil litigation, elder law and domestic violence law, she also “focuses her practice and pro bono efforts serving underserved communities of the Coachella Valley, including people with disabilities, LGBTQ people, homeless individuals, injured workers, personal injury victims, and victims of discrimination and violence.” According to a report by the Desert Sun entitled “Gay Then, Gayer Now: The New Palm Springs City Council Marks a Milestone in LGBT Acceptance,” Palm Springs has a history of electing homosexuals to office, as the two previous mayors and four past members of city council have identified as homosexual. However, Councilman Roberts told the New York Times that he doesn’t want Palm Springs City Council to be known primarily for its sexuality. “As the last bit of confetti is being swept up, some concerns have replaced elation,” he outlined to the outlet. “I really don’t want us to be known as the queer council. I want this to be about the things we accomplish.” Holstege said Wednesday that she wants to focus on issues such as homelessness and to restore trust in the expenditures of public tax money. Middleton, who has worked with the Planning Commission since 2014, likewise stated that the passage of a half-cent sales tax is a priority in order to give the city a better budget to work with in regard to city planning and zoning. As previously reported, at least two other men who identify as women were elected to government office last month. In Minnesota, Andre “Andrea” Jenkins was elected to the Minneapolis City Council, and in Virginia, Daniel “Danica” Roem was elected to the House of Delegates. Historic American statesman Daniel Webster, who held office both in the House and Senate, once said, “If the power of the gospel is not felt throughout the length and breadth of the land, anarchy and misrule, degradation and misery, corruption and darkness will reign without mitigation or end.” Noah Webster, known as the father of American education, also said, “All the miseries and evils which men suffer from—vice, crime, ambition, injustice, oppression, slavery and war—proceed from their despising or neglecting the precepts contained in the Bible.”

http://christiannews.net/2017/12/09/palm-springs-becomes-first-city-council-in-nation-to-be-all-homosexual-bisexual-or-transgender/ 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 12-20-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

REVEALED: The FBI plot to overthrow the presidency and commit organized TREASON in America

Wednesday, December 20, 2017 by: Jayson Veley

Natural News) Most people never thought they would see the day that the FBI would become so politicized that many of its members actively lie and commit treason in an attempt to bring down the President of the United States, but alas, here we are. While our criminal justice system was originally established to give all Americans, regardless of their background and political ideology, fair and equal treatment under the law, that all changed when Barack Obama became the 44th president of the United States. With the Department of Justice under his control, Obama was able to appoint radical leftists like Eric Holder and Loretta Lynch to do his bidding, which mostly consisted of race-baiting and using the law to specifically target conservative Americans. In this way, the justice system became not only entangled in rampant corruption, but also a weapon used by the left to destroy their political enemies. Today, even though Donald Trump has taken over Barack Obama’s seat inside the Oval Office, rogue Obama appointees that still reside in the Department of Justice are doing what they’ve always done; the only difference is that now they have the advantage of working to dismantle the conservative movement from within. REVEALED: The FBI plot to overthrow the presidency and commit organized TREASON in America Wednesday, December 20, 2017 by: Jayson Veley

Tags: corruption, deep state, Donald Trump, FBI, Hillary Clinton, investigation, overthrow, Robert Mueller, Russia Scandal, treason 8,680Views

Image: REVEALED: The FBI plot to overthrow the presidency and commit organized TREASON in America

(Natural News) Most people never thought they would see the day that the FBI would become so politicized that many of its members actively lie and commit treason in an attempt to bring down the President of the United States, but alas, here we are. While our criminal justice system was originally established to give all Americans, regardless of their background and political ideology, fair and equal treatment under the law, that all changed when Barack Obama became the 44th president of the United States. With the Department of Justice under his control, Obama was able to appoint radical leftists like Eric Holder and Loretta Lynch to do his bidding, which mostly consisted of race-baiting and using the law to specifically target conservative Americans. In this way, the justice system became not only entangled in rampant corruption, but also a weapon used by the left to destroy their political enemies. Today, even though Donald Trump has taken over Barack Obama’s seat inside the Oval Office, rogue Obama appointees that still reside in the Department of Justice are doing what they’ve always done; the only difference is that now they have the advantage of working to dismantle the conservative movement from within. Perhaps one of the most outrageous and desperate allegations made by the left in recent history is the idea that President Trump and various members of his team colluded with the Russians throughout the 2016 presidential election, which ultimately helped Trump defeat Hillary Clinton last November. Despite no concrete evidence whatsoever, the liberals, including and especially leftists within the mainstream media, have been hellbent on convincing the American people that something illegal occurred. Eventually, they were rewarded for their efforts with the appointment of Special Counsel Robert Mueller, who has gone on to conduct one of the most biased and politicized FBI investigations in American history. To give just one example, it was recently revealed that a top FBI agent at the center of the investigation into the so-called “Russia collusion scandal,” Peter Strzok, exchanged several anti-Trump text messages with FBI lawyer Lisa Page, who was also appointed to Mueller’s investigative team. Although Strzok was suspended from the investigation for his overwhelming bias, it goes to show that Robert Mueller really didn’t take enough time to ensure that his team was fair and honest in the first place. (Related: The bogus “Trump-Russia collusion” story is nothing but a political hatchet job cooked up by Obama loyalist John Brennan.) It’s also worth noting that Peter Strzok was the FBI’s lead investigator on the investigation into Hillary Clinton’s mishandling of classified emails during her time as Secretary of State. Strzok even interviewed Clinton on July 2, 2016, just days before then-FBI Director James Comey announced that he would not be recommending any charges. If Peter Strzok is this biased and this willing to defend liberal Democrats, why would Robert Mueller recruit him for his team? Of course, Peter Strzok is only one of many individuals on Robert Mueller’s team that has an obvious left-wing slant. FBI Deputy Director Andrew McCabe, for example, was involved in both the investigation into Hillary Clinton’s email server and the investigation into the uranium one sale, neither of which conveniently resulted in legal consequences for Clinton. McCabe’s wife also received roughly $675,000 from Clinton supporters and left-wing organizations during her campaign for Virginia state senate. Other people on Mueller’s team with liberal biases include Andrew Weissmann, Justin Cooper, Jeannie Rhee, Bruce Ohr, and others. If all of this isn’t enough to convince you that this entire investigation into Russia’s role in the 2016 presidential election is just a politicized witch hunt designed to destroy President Trump and his administration, then what is? Sources Included: FrontPageMag.com DailyCaller.com FoxNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2017-12-20-revealed-the-fbi-plot-to-overthrow-the-presidency-and-commit-organized-treason-in-america.html 

:: 12-20-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former Asst. FBI Director: “Patriots” Within FBI Set to Expose Mueller & Comey

“Something is about to happen”

Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - December 20, 2017

Former FBI Assistant Director James Kallstrom told Fox Business that patriots within the FBI are about to go public with huge new revelations that could sink the credibility of the ‘Russian collusion’ investigation. Kallstrom said that a “5th estate” has been working to sabotage President Trump, lead by “a bunch of sycophants in the FBI” who are guilty of “obstruction of justice”. He added that the goal from the outset was to “destroy the presidency of the United States,” a claim backed up by the revelation that top anti-Trump FBI agents had settled on an “insurance policy,” namely the ‘Russian collusion’ investigation, to topple Trump if he defeated Hillary. “They were in Andy (McCabe’s) office plotting some kind of thing and I think that ‘some kind of thing’ is what we are seeing right now,” said Kallstrom, remarking that the entire Russian investigation was “very depressing” for many patriotic FBI agents. Kallstrom agreed with host Stuart Varney that a “cabal” within the FBI and DOJ that protected Hillary Clinton has been attempting to bring down Donald Trump for the past year. The former assistant director then dropped a bombshell, suggesting that insiders within the FBI are about to go public with new revelations about Mueller and Comey. “I think recent events, that I’m aware of, are going to improve that, because there’s going to be something actually something that’s going to happen in my view,” he said. “I think there’s a lot of patriots that have just had it up to here, with what’s going on. And they’re to step forward and tell people what the shenanigans have been, how they shut down the Clinton Foundation investigation, how other things, you know, were done that are so anti what the FBI and United States is all about,” Kallstrom added.

https://www.infowars.com/former-asst-fbi-director-patriots-within-fbi-set-to-expose-mueller-comey/ 

:: 12--17 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Fox News has reported, Deputy FBI Director Andrew McCabe has rescheduled his testimony before the House Intelligence Committee with the Justice Department telling the network that it was due to a “routine scheduling error.” More likely it is due to the need for everyone to get their stories straight as the details of the fix that was in for Hillary Clinton are being, er… unmasked and the details of the deep state coup against President Trump bubble to the surface from the depths of the swamp:   …Fox News was told by those familiar with the matter that the intelligence committee is suspicious of the purported scheduling error. One source said they believe the schedule issue arose after Fox News' report Monday night on Department of Justice official Bruce Ohr. Ohr was recently demoted from one of his two senior posts. Fox News reported that Ohr’s wife, Nellie Ohr, worked through last fall for Fusion GPS, which was behind the anti-Trump dossier… “McCabe has an Ohr problem,” one congressional source said. McCabe has many problems and is at the heart of the criminal conspiracy to protect Hillary and unseat President Trump. The “Ohr problem” relates to Bruce Ohr and his wife Nellie and their connections to Fusion GPS, the firm paid indirectly by the Clinton campaign and the DNC to work with former British spy Christopher Steele and Russian sources to put together a fake dossier likely used by the FBI to fraudulently obtain FISA surveillance warrants on Team Trump: Fox reported on Monday that Nellie Ohr worked last year for Fusion GPS, which commissioned the dossier. The company investigated Donald Trump on behalf of the Clinton campaign and DNC. Bruce Ohr, a high-ranking Justice Department official, also has connections to both Fusion GPS and Christopher Steele, the former British spy hired by Fusion to conduct the investigation of Trump. Ohr met prior to the election with Steele. He met several weeks after Trump’s victory with Simpson. It remains unclear what Ohr discussed during those meetings. Another McCabe problem relates to FBI lead investigator in the Clinton probe, Agent Peter Strzok, whose text messages to his FBI mistress, Lisa Page, lend both intent and motive to the Clinton cover-up and the animus toward President Trump. A letter from Homeland Security Committee chairman Sen. Rob Johnson, R-Wis., shows McCabe’s role in the altering and drafting of the James Comey memo exonerating Hillary Clinton: The letter reveals specific edits made by senior FBI agents when Deputy Director Andrew McCabe exchanged drafts of Comey's statement with senior FBI officials, including Peter Strzok, Strzok's direct supervisor, E.W. "Bill" Priestap, Jonathan Moffa, and an unnamed employee from the Office of General Counsel (identified by Newsweek as DOJ Deputy General Counsel Trisha Anderson) -- in what was a coordinated conspiracy among top FBI brass to decriminalize Clinton's conduct by changing legal terms and phrases, omitting key information, and minimizing the role of the Intelligence Community in the email investigation. Doing so virtually assured that then-candidate Hillary Clinton would not be prosecuted. McCabe was the ringleader of the damage control team trying to fudge the evidence of Hillary’s crimes and soften the tone of Comey’s exoneration memo so there would be fewer questions when the fix was revealed. McCabe was also aware of Strzok’s fears of a Trump victory and determination to undermine it: Out of all the damning, politically charged anti-Trump text messages released, one text from Strzok to Page on August 15, 2016, raised the most suspicion. It referred to a conversation and a meeting that had just taken place in "Andy's" (widely believed to be Deputy FBI Dir. Andrew McCabe's) office. According to Rep. Jim Jordan (R-OH), Strzok had texted this: "I want to believe the path you threw out for consideration in Andy's office [break]... that there's no way he gets elected. I want to believe that... But I'm afraid we can't take that risk... We have to do something about it." If McCabe had any honor, he would have dismissed Strzok instantly and revealed the corruption his words exhibited. But McCabe was part of the corrupt criminal enterprise. McCabe was in a key position overseeing the investigation of Hillary Clinton’s scandalous and treasonous handling of classified emails on her private server, a position from which he could assist FBI Director James Comey in putting the fix in. As Judicial Watch notes: Judicial Watch today released Justice Department records showing that FBI Deputy Director Andrew McCabe did not recuse himself from the investigation into former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s unsecure, non-government email server until Tuesday, November 1, 2016, one week prior to the presidential election. The Clinton email probe was codenamed “Midyear Exam.” While working as Assistant Director in Charge of the Washington Field Office, McCabe controlled resources supporting the investigation into former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s email scandal. An October 2016 internal FBI memorandum labeled “Overview of Deputy Director McCabe’s Recusal Related To Dr. McCabe’s Campaign for Political Office,” details talking points about McCabe’s various potential conflicts of interest, including the FBI’s investigation of Clinton’s illicit server, which officially began in July 2015: While at [Washington Field Office] did Mr. McCabe provide assistance to the Clinton investigation? After the referral was made, FBI Headquarters asked the Washington Field Office for personnel to conduct a special investigation. McCabe was serving as [Assistant Director] and provided personnel resources. However, he was not told what the investigation was about. In February 2016 McCabe became Deputy Director and began overseeing the Clinton investigation. The Overview also shows if asked whether McCabe played any role in his wife’s campaign, the scripted response was: “No. Then-[Assistant Director] McCabe played no role, attended no events and did not participate in fundraising or support of any kind." Of course, that statement was a lie. McCabe is a Democratic loyalist whose wife campaigned for state office in Virginia as a Democrat with heavy Democratic financial support. In fact, McCabe’s efforts on behalf of his wife are now the subject of multiple federal probes: Acting FBI Director Andrew McCabe, a central player in the Russia election case, is the focus of three separate federal administrative inquiries into allegations about his behavior as a senior bureau executive, according to documents and interviews. The allegations being reviewed range from sexual discrimination to improper political activity, the documents show… Circa reported Monday that former supervisory special agent Robyn Gritz, a decorated counterterrorism agent, has filed a sexual discrimination and retaliation complaint that names McCabe and other top FBI officials… Gritz also filed a complaint against McCabe with the main federal whistleblower agency in April, alleging social media photos she found show he campaigned for his wife’s Virginia state senate race in violation of the Hatch Act… In addition, the Justice Department Inspector General is investigating allegations from Senate Judiciary Committee Chairman Charles Grassley, R-Iowa, that McCabe may not have properly disclosed campaign payments to his wife on his ethics report and should have recused himself from Hillary Clinton's email case. McCabe is probably not a happy camper right now and certainly has no love lost for Michael Flynn, who was a potential witness on behalf of one of McCabe’s accusers. As PJ Media reports: In 2014, Flynn, then director of the Defense Intelligence Agency, personally intervened on behalf of Supervisory Special Agent Robyn Gritz by writing a letter vouching for her on his official Pentagon stationary and offering to testify on her behalf. He also supported her case in a radio interview in 2015… The FBI, for its part, claimed that Gritz had become "underperforming, tardy to work, insurbordinate, possibly mentally ill or emotional and deserving of a poor performance review."…

Flynn argued just the opposite in his May 9, 2014 letter: “SSA Gritz was well-known, liked and respected in the military counter-terrorism community for her energy, commitment and professional capacity, and over the years worked in several interagency groups on counter-terrorism targeting initiatives.”

McCabe did not disclose Democratic contributions to his wife’s campaign in Virginia in financial disclosure forms, donations that raise questions about both his integrity and objectivity. As Fox News Politics reports: The records, obtained through a Freedom of Information Act request, show FBI Deputy Director Andrew McCabe left the box blank for wife Dr. Jill McCabe's salary, as a doctor with Commonwealth Emergency Physicians. And there is no documentation of the hundreds of thousands of campaign funds she received in her unsuccessful 2015 Virginia state Senate race. As first reported by The Wall Street Journal, Clinton confidant and Virginia Gov. Terry McAuliffe urged McCabe’s wife to run for statewide office shortly after news reports were published that Hillary Clinton used a private email server and address for all her government business while serving as secretary of State. For the reporting period of October through November 2015, McCabe's campaign filings show she received $467,500 from Common Good VA, a political action committee controlled by McAuliffe, as well as an additional $292,500 from a second Democratic PAC. Connect those dots, Democrats and others looking for Russians hiding under Republican beds. We have a Deputy FBI Director, Andrew McCabe, campaigning for his wife, who receives huge sums of money from the Democratic Party of Clinton political ally Terry McAuliffe. After Clinton blames Russia for her election loss, Flynn becomes a target of an FBI probe in which his identity is illegally unmasked. He was a character witness on behalf of one of McCabe’s accusers. Was Mrs. McCabe’s largesse a quid for a future quo? Was Flynn’s unmasking McCabe’s revenge? An unindicted coconspirator in the pro-Hillary and anti-Trump conspiracy is Special Counsel Robert Mueller, leading a team of Clinton lawyers and donors, running an investigation which began with no crime and has found no proof of any collusion between Team Trump and Russia. So desperate has he become that he has cast any remaining ethics aside and should be removed. As Fox News’ Greg Jarrett writes: Special Counsel Robert Mueller is accused of acting in complete disregard for the law and must be removed. And so, too, must his entire team. There is devastating new evidence to suggest that Mueller and his staff of lawyers improperly, if not illegally, obtained tens of thousands of private documents belonging to President-elect Trump's Presidential Transition Team (PTT). The material includes emails, laptops and cell phones used by 13 PTT members. Critically, a "significant volume of privileged material" was taken by Mueller, according to the Trump transition lawyer, and then used by the special counsel team in its investigation. Mueller's staff apparently admits this egregious violation, which the law strictly forbids. Under the law, the only remedy is Mueller's dismissal from the case… The Presidential Transition Act states that all records of transition operations are private and confidential. On November 16, 2016, roughly ten days after Trump was elected president, the Chief Records Officer of the U.S. Government sent a letter to all federal agencies reminding them that "the materials that PTT members create or receive are not Federal or Presidential records, but are considered private materials." Yet Mueller seems to have ignored the law. Without a warrant or subpoena, his team of lawyers brazenly demanded these private records from the General Services Administration (GSA) which held custody of the materials. The GSA does this as a service to all incoming presidents out of courtesy, but it neither owns the documents nor is authorized to release them to anyone under any circumstances because they are deemed entirely private. Robert Mueller, like Andrew McCabe and the rest of the anti-Trump criminal conspirators, consider themselves above the law and on a divine mission to unseat Trump. Mueller’s conflicts of interest, starting with his relationship with James Comey, are well documented. His role, along with Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein, in covering up the FBI’s early investigation into Russia’s nuclear bribery in the Uranium One case are also a matter of public record. McCabe and Mr. Mueller are the leaders in the criminal conspiracy of the century, a silent coup against a sitting president that does indeed make Watergate look like a third-rate burglary. Daniel John Sobieski is a free lance writer whose pieces have appeared in Investor’s Business Daily, Human Events, Reason Magazine and the Chicago Sun-Times among other publications.

Read more: http://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2017/12/mccabe_and_mr_mueller.html#ixzz51wNNqspp 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 12-21-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

All the King’s horses and all the King’s Men could not put Humpty Dumpty Holder back together again!

By Dave Hodges

Eric Holder has engaged in behavior which should have already sent him to prison. And if he would have gone to prison as the government offiical most responsible for the murder of Border Patrol agent, Brian Terry, then former President Obama would go to jail as well because of his role of ordering Holder to ship thousands of guns to the Mexican drug cartels, via the DOJ, in order to launch attack the Second Amendment in America. Holder and Obama should have already been charged with the following:

Conspiracy to illegally distribute firearms to known enemies of the United States. This is treason.

Criminal facilitation.

Conspiracy to commit domestic terrorism.

Malfeasance of office.

Accessory to the murder of Brian Terry.

International gun running.

Racketeering with the drug cartels.

Contempt of Congress (charged and convicted but not sentenced).

The longer the Mueller investigation goes on, the greater the chance that Holder and friends are going to be fully exposed for their past bad deeds. Additionally, I have learned that the State Department was involved in Fast and Furious as well. and this brings Hillary Clinton into the picture. Further, I have known for sometime, courtesy of a confidential FBI source, that elements of the Clinton Foundation participated in the Fast and Furious scheme. The Clinton Foundation reportedly operated as a financial pass through in facilitating the off-the-books scheme to put American guns in the hands Mexican drug dealers. In other words, Clinton’s people were laundering the money associated with Fast and Furious.

Holder’s Meltdown On Twitter President Trump is frequently criticized for his behavior on Twitter. Trump has nothing on former Attorney General, Eric Holder. Exactly one week ago, Eric Holder tweeted that any attempt to remove Mueller from his post “will not be tolerated.” Holder went on in this tweet to say that the “attacks” on Mueller and his staff are “BS,” adding that they “are blatantly political – designed to hide the real wrongdoing.” It was clear that this rant was designed to convict the President, in the public’s mind, and that President Trump has a lot to hide and should be the target of and ongoing investigation into his conduct as the President or President-elect.. Apparently, one tweet was not enough. On December 17, 2017, the mounting anxiety of his impending legal difficulties, Eric Holder, again, tweeted out a very controversial message in which he frantically stated that the potential firing of Robert Mueller or in any way “crippling the special counsel’s office” is Holder’s “ABSOLUTE RED LINE.” Holder went on to state that, if the President should take action against Mueller in accordance with his role as Special Prosecutor, that “there must be mass, popular, peaceful support of both.” “The American people must be seen and heard – they will ultimately be determinative” The Absolute Red Line: Who Is It Really Meant For? Some are left wondering if that “Absolute Red Line” was crossed to the point that Antifa and Moveon.org are suspected of putting rocks on the railroad tracks that led to the deaths of six people. Others are also wondering if the fire and the shutting down of Atlanta’s airport was also the work of the same organizations. What other distractions does the left have up their sleeve? They are already UN troops on the ground in Chicago. What is the next move designed to cover their criminal tracks? Conclusion In previous articles, it has been documented that Robert Mueller has already been compromised by President Trump as Mueller has been clearly implicated as the one who delivered the first batch of uranium to the Russians on behalf of Hillary Clinton. Some researchers, such as Liz Crokin, have speculated that Mueller has already been compromised by President Trump and is actually doing Trump’s bidding as all the pieces for prosecution are being lined up. There is some merit to this line of thinking because the investigation of the so-called Russian collusion delusion, has pointed several fingers back at Hillary Clinton (ie uranium one). Mueller’s Russian collusion investigation also yielded the emergence of the Fusion GPS scandal that Congress plans on pursuing after the Christmas Break. Based upon this evidence as well other information, I am in the camp that believes that Robert Mueller is owned by Trump. If this is the case and a very good case can be made that it is, Holder’s Twitter statements are really directed at Mueller and he is being reminded of who he really is. In this light, Holder’s comments contains a very thinly veiled message that if Holder goes down, so does Mueller. The rats on the ship are turning on each other.

Please donate to offset the costs of The Common Sense Show PLEASE SUBSCRIBE TO OUR YOUTUBE CHANNEL AND DON’T FORGET TO “LIKE” US

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/12/21/why-is-eric-holder-freaking-out/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 12-21-17 Prophezine Ray Gano :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING PZ News – Rosie O’Donnell Offers $4 Million in Bribes To Senate – WH Please Respond –

By Ray Gano - December 21, 2017

On Tuesday Dec 19th 2017, Rosie O’Donnell offered to break the law by offering two senators $4 Million bribes to vote against the tax bill that passed the house. She posted this publicly on her twitter which you can see here – https://tinyurl.com/ Rosie-O-Is-A-Felon Under 18 U.S. Code §201, offering $4 million in bribes to senators to influence a vote is punishable with up to $12m in fines and/or imprisonment for as much as 15 years. Roseann “Rosie” O’Donnell, has an estimated net worth of $100 million and has the means to do this. I am asking President Trump to order Sect Sessions to open an investigation against Ms. O’Donnell. It is not right that someone with Ms. O’Donnell ways and means and the ability to make good on these bribes not be investigated. By making this public statement she thinks she is above the law and needs to know that she is not. If she does get away with this, it just proves to the American people that there are two sets of laws; one for the Hollywood elite and another for the common man like myself. Justice is suppose to be blind. Please Mr. President, look into this blatant abuse of the law by Ms. O’Donnell and prove to the Hollywood elite and the American people that there is only one set of laws and that she is not above it. That’s why I created a petition to President Donald Trump. Will you sign this petition? Click here:

https://www.change.org/p/president-trump-rosie-o-donnell-offers-4-million-in-bribes-to-senate-wh-please-respondhttp://petitions.moveon.org/sign/rosie-odonnell-offers?

source=c.em.cp&r_by=19478563  Thanks!

http://raygano.com/rosie-odonnell-bribes-senate/ 

[ :: 9-16-01 At the altar after PM Service  (second word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc Troops in the streets. The man of peace rising to his place. The false prophet making his move into his role. The times ahead are hard, yet my people who know me and walk with me shall be well taken care of etc.

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

 ::  12-31-14/1-1-15  New Years Eve Service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be.  For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change.  The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control.  Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching.  There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control. 

:: 12-20-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

OFFICIAL: UN Announces Plan To Bring Armed Peacekeepers Into Democrat-Run, Downtown Chicago

Foreign soldiers to occupy American streets?

The Alex Jones Show - December 20, 2017

Cook County Commissioner Richard Boykin is in talks with United Nations officials to explore the possibility of putting UN troops on the streets of Chicago to address the city’s horrendous gun violence problem.

https://www.infowars.com/official-un-announces-plan-to-bring-armed-peacekeepers-into-democrat-run-downtown-chicago/ 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 12-20-17 Family Security Matters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

President Trump Keeping Promise On EMP Protection

by DR. WILLIAM R. GRAHAM, DR. PETER VINCENT PRY December 20, 2017

President Donald Trump on Monday (December 18, 2017) in what may well be remembered as an historic speech describing his new "America First" National Security Strategy, broke new ground by promising to protect U.S. critical infrastructures from "cyber, physical, and electromagnetic attacks." After 8 years of the Obama Administration ignoring the existential threat posed by electromagnetic pulse (EMP), President Trump deserves the gratitude of his nation for being the first president to include EMP in his National Security Strategy. In so doing, President Trump is keeping a promise made in the 2016 Republican Party Platform on which he ran and was elected: Protection Against an Electromagnetic Pulse: A single nuclear weapon detonated at high altitude over this country would collapse our electrical grid and other critical infrastructures and endanger the lives of millions. With North Korea in possession of nuclear missiles and Iran close to having them, an EMP is no longer a theoretical concern - it is a real threat. Moreover, China and Russia include sabotage as part of their warfare planning. Nonetheless, hundreds of electrical utilities in the United States have not acted to protect themselves from EMP, and they cannot be expected to do so voluntarily since homeland security is a government responsibility. The President, the Congress, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Defense, the States, the utilities, and the private sector should work together on an urgent basis to... protect the national grid and encourage states to take the initiative to protect their own grids expeditiously. The new National Security Strategy acknowledges the importance of protecting U.S. critical infrastructures from "cyber, physical, and electromagnetic attacks": Critical infrastructure keeps our food fresh, our houses warm, our trade flowing, and our citizens productive and safe. The vulnerability of U.S. critical infrastructure to cyber, physical, and electromagnetic attacks means that adversaries could disrupt military command and control, banking and financial operations, the electrical grid, and means of communication. Presidential recognition of the EMP threat hopefully will mobilize the Department of Homeland Security and Department of Defense to give EMP protection of military forces and civilian critical infrastructures high priority. That protection should include not only hardening key assets against EMP effects-but more robust and layered missile defenses. President Trump's new National Security Strategy-reversing the Obama Administration's long neglect and weakening of National Missile Defense-promises to: ENHANCE MISSILE DEFENSE: The United States is deploying a layered missile defense system focused on North Korea and Iran to defend our homeland against missile attacks. This system will include the ability to defeat missile threats prior to launch. Enhanced missile defense is not intended to undermine strategic stability or disrupt longstanding strategic relationships with Russia or China. Hopefully, as the Trump Administration liberates itself from the damaging influence of Obama-holdovers opposed to National Missile Defense, the "America First" National Security Strategy may evolve to support space-based missile defense capable of protecting America from all potential adversaries-including Russia and China. President Trump understands, even if everyone in his administration does not, that "strategic stability" and "longstanding strategic relationships with Russia or China" are best maintained-not by a policy of mutual vulnerability-but by a policy of "Peace Through Strength." Protecting the nation from all missile threats and EMP should be the cornerstone of a "Peace Through Strength" policy. Toward the goal of EMP protection, President Trump should establish an Executive Agent to manage U.S. national infrastructure protection against the existential EMP threat. Current institutional authorities and responsibilities-government, industry, regulatory agencies-are fragmented, under-resourced, and unable to protect against foreign hostile EMP threats and natural EMP from solar super-storms. President Trump himself would be the best Executive Agent for national EMP protection. He could start by reforming Defense Department dereliction of duty on EMP. Up to the present, the Department has failed to lead the country in providing for national defense and security from EMP attack: --Failed to transfer much of its technical capabilities and accomplishments to other agencies of the federal government; --Failed to use its knowledge to assist and critique activities of other federal agencies, including the intelligence community; --Failed to declassify EMP environment and effects data and predictions that, while known to U.S. adversaries, are not available to the U.S. public, U.S. infrastructure organizations, and U.S. professional societies that develop specifications and standards for protecting critical national infrastructure; --Failed to inform the Congress and the public of the present and continuing existential EMP threat to the nation; --Failed to develop and pursue plans to protect the U.S. from EMP threats. Last but not least, Obama-holdovers in the Defense Department sabotaged the Congressional EMP Commission and made false assertions causing termination of the Commission in September 2017. That same month North Korea tested an H-Bomb that Pyongyang describes as capable of "super-powerful EMP attack." On September 4, 2017, North Korea published "The EMP Might Of Nuclear Weapons" accurately describing a Super-EMP nuclear warhead. So the inclusion of EMP in the new National Security Strategy comes just in time. Mr. President, thank you for your leadership!

Dr. William R. Graham, Chairman of the Congressional EMP Commission, White House Science Advisor to President Ronald Reagan, former Administrator of NASA, who was on the defense science team that discovered the EMP phenomenon resulting from the 1962 STARFISH PRIME high-altitude nuclear test.

Dr. Peter Vincent Pry is Executive Director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security and Director of the U.S. Nuclear Strategy Forum, both Congressional Advisory Boards, and served on the Congressional EMP Commission, the Congressional Strategic Posture Commission, the House Armed Services Committee, and the CIA. He is author of Apocalypse Unknown: The Struggle To Protect America From An Electromagnetic Pulse Catastrophe and Electric Armageddon, both available from CreateSpace.com and

Read more: Family Security Matters http://www.familysecuritymatters.org/publications/detail/president-trump-keeping-promise-on-emp-protection#ixzz51wS4oZIE  Under Creative Commons License: Attribution

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 12-20-17 Natural Blaze :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists May Now Create Air Transmissible Ebola and Other Lethal Viruses

Posted on December 20, 2017Natural Health News

By Heather Callaghan, Editor

Three years ago, several mishaps occurred with vials of viruses that could have been potential bioweapons in the wrong hands. A moratorium on deadly virus creation was installed, but the ban was just reversed on Tuesday allowing scientists to begin manipulating benign pathogens into deadly, epidemic-worthy human disease. Not only do the scientists want permission to create with abandon, they’d like to keep the results secret – i.e., keep them unpublished so that the work doesn’t get into “the wrong hands” and cause an act of bioterror… Now that the government has lifted the ban, scientists essentially have carte blanche to breed laboratory horrors. SEE: 30,000 Year Old Virus To Be Resurrected Played Out In The X-Files? New York Times Reports: Federal officials on Tuesday ended a moratorium imposed three years ago on funding research that alters germs to make them more lethal. Such work can now proceed, said Dr. Francis S. Collins, the head of the National Institutes of Health, but only if a scientific panel decides that the benefits justify the risks. Some scientists are eager to pursue these studies because they may show, for example, how a bird flu could mutate to more easily infect humans, or could yield clues to making a better vaccine. Critics say these researchers risk creating a monster germ that could escape the lab and seed a pandemic. Now, a government panel will require that researchers show that their studies in this area are scientifically sound and that they will be done in a high-security lab. The pathogen to be modified must pose a serious health threat, and the work must produce knowledge — such as a vaccine — that would benefit humans. Finally, there must be no safer way to do the research. Plague: One Scientist’s Intrepid Search for the Truth About Human Retroviruses and Chronic Fatigue Syndrome, Autism, and Other Diseases

List Price:$29.95

Price:$16.95

Price Disclaimer

These projects — known as “gain of function” research — are intended to “make pathogens more deadly or more transmissible” supposedly for the purposes of study. Consider this, however: the government has been studying pathogen manipulation for bioweapons – even testing some germs on Americans – at least as far back as 60 years ago. Some examples of new viruses could be air-transmissible Ebola, the flu virus, Middle East respiratory syndrome (MERS) and severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) – or any pathogen at all that can be manipulated to form a deadly human virus. Turns Out the Moratorium on Lethal Virus Creation Was Largely Bypassed Although the previous moratorium halted 21 projects, 10 of them were still allowed to continue. Scientist Want Results to Be Known Only on A “Need-to-Know” Basis “If someone finds a way to make the Ebola virus more dangerous, I don’t believe that should be available to anybody off the street who could use it for nefarious purposes,” said the director of the Center for Infectious Disease Research and Policy at the University of Minnesota. Government and academic actions like the above serve to create fear and powerlessness among the masses. It also gets them used to the idea and will soften any outrage should mishaps inevitably occur. Modern television and movies (Stephen King’s The Stand is being remade) serve as predictive programming, the purpose of which is to get people acclimated to massive change before it happens. SEE: Homeland Security To Release Chemicals Into The Air To Simulate A Biological Terror Attack Germs Gone Wild: How the Unchecked Development of Domestic Bio-Defense Threatens America

List Price:$16.95

Price:$16.95

Price Disclaimer

Additionally, another stated reason for this yearning to create lethal viruses is to be able to create vaccines for them. Coincidentally – scientists have already created air-transmissible vaccines for viruses. Interesting coincidence, no? Not only is it impossible to refuse a vaccine that is disseminated in the air, but an outbreak would create an ostensible and urgent warrant for them. Just one last note – the very last person to die from small pox died in 1978 due to a laboratory version of the virus escaping through an air vent… You can republish and share this piece but author name and link back to homepage must appear at the top. This message and all internal links must remain intact. Image: Garden of Life

https://www.naturalblaze.com/2017/12/scientists-create-air-transmissible-ebola-lethal-viruses.html   

:: 12-20-17 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

House Hands Trump a Win, OKs Historic Tax Reform

(Jacquelyn Martin/AP) Wednesday, 20 Dec 2017 12:59 PM

The Republican-controlled House of Representatives gave final approval on Wednesday to the biggest overhaul of the tax code in 30 years, sending a sweeping $1.5 trillion bill to President Donald Trump for his signature. In sealing Trump's first major legislative victory, Republicans steamrolled opposition from Democrats to pass a bill that slashes taxes for corporations and the wealthy while giving mixed, temporary tax relief to middle-class Americans. The House approved the measure, 224-201, passing it for the second time in two days after a procedural foul-up forced another vote on Wednesday. The Senate had passed it 51-48 in the early hours of Wednesday. Trump had emphasized a tax cut for middle-class Americans during his 2016 campaign. At the beginning of a Cabinet meeting on Wednesday he said lowering the corporate tax rate from 35 percent to 21 percent was "probably the biggest factor in this plan." Trump planned a tax-related celebration with lawmakers at the White House in the afternoon but will not sign the legislation immediately. The timing of the signing was still up in the air. After Trump repeatedly urged Republicans to get it to him to sign before the end of the year, White House economic adviser Gary Cohn said the timing of signing the bill depends on whether automatic spending cuts triggered by the legislation could be waived. If so, the president will sign it before the end of the year, he said. The debt-financed legislation cuts the U.S. corporate income tax rate to 21 percent, gives other business owners a new 20 percent deduction on business income and reshapes how the government taxes multinational corporations along the lines the country's largest businesses have recommended for years. Millions of Americans would stop itemizing deductions under the bill, putting tax breaks that incentivize home ownership and charitable donations out of their reach, but also making tax returns somewhat simpler and shorter. The bill keeps the present number of tax brackets but adjusts many of the rates and income levels for each one. The top tax rate for high earners is reduced. The estate tax on inheritances is changed so far fewer people will pay. Once signed, taxpayers likely would see the first changes to their paycheck tax withholdings in February. Most households will not see the full effect of the tax plan on their income until they file their 2018 taxes in early 2019. In two provisions added to secure needed Republican votes, the legislation also allows oil drilling in Alaska's Arctic National Wildlife Refuge and repeals the key portion of the Obamacare health system that fined people who did not have healthcare insurance. "We have essentially repealed Obamacare and we'll come up with something that will be much better," Trump said on Wednesday. "PILLAGING" Democrats have called the tax legislation a giveaway to the wealthy that will widen the income gap between rich and poor, while adding $1.5 trillion over the next decade to the $20 trillion national debt, which Trump promised in 2016 he would eliminate as president. "Today the Republicans take their victory lap for successfully pillaging the American middle class to benefit the powerful and the privileged," said House Democratic leader Nancy Pelosi. A few Republicans, whose party was once defined by its fiscal hawkishness, have protested the deficit-spending encompassed in the bill. But most of them have voted for it anyway, saying it would help businesses and individuals, while boosting an already expanding economy they see as not growing fast enough. "We’ve had two quarters in a row of 3 percent growth," Senate Republican leader Mitch McConnell said after the Senate vote. "The stock market is up. Optimism is high. Coupled with this tax reform, America is ready to start performing as it should have for a number of years." Despite Trump administration promises that the tax overhaul would focus on the middle class and not cut taxes for the rich, the nonpartisan Tax Policy Center, a think tank in Washington, estimated middle-income households would see an average tax cut of $900 next year under the bill, while the wealthiest 1 percent of Americans would see an average cut of $51,000. The House was forced to vote again after the Senate parliamentarian ruled three minor provisions violated arcane Senate rules. To proceed, the Senate deleted the three provisions and then approved the bill. Because the House and Senate must approve the same legislation before Trump can sign it into law, the Senate's late Tuesday vote sent the bill back to the House. Democrats complained the bill was a product of a hurried, often secretive process that ignored them and much of the Republican rank-and-file. No public hearings were held and numerous narrow amendments favored by lobbyists were added late in the process, tilting the package more toward businesses and the wealthy. House Speaker Paul Ryan defended the bill in television interviews on Wednesday morning, saying support would grow for after it passes and Americans felt relief. "I think minds are going to change," Ryan said on ABC's "Good Morning America" program.

https://www.newsmax.com/politics/house-tax-bill-approve/2017/12/20/id/832884/ 

:: 12-20-17 Life News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

49 Abortion Clinics Closed in 2017, 77% of All Abortion Clinics Open in 1991 Have Shut Down

National Cheryl Sullenger Dec 19, 2017 | 1:15PM Washington, DC

In a year that abortion businesses attempted to expand in America, the actual number of abortion facilities decreased by 27 clinics over 2016 totals. Closures far outpaced newly opened abortion facilities in 2017. In all, 49 abortion facilities — 35 surgical and 14 medication only clinics — closed or halted abortion services. Only eight new surgical abortion facilities were opened, along with eleven new medication abortion facilities. There was also some movement between categories. Fourteen surgical abortion facilities now only conduct medication abortions, while five medication abortion facilities added surgical abortions. These encouraging statistics and more were verified through an annual survey of abortion facilities conducted by Operation Rescue staff, this year with the assistance of Abortion Free New Mexico. “Operation Rescue’s annual surveys provide the most complete and accurate picture of abortion facilities available — straight from the horse’s mouth,” said Troy Newman, President of Operation Rescue. Methods Each year, Operation Rescue surveys each abortion facility in the U.S. using a number of investigative methods. Each facility was directly contacted. Abortion facility personnel voluntarily verified that abortions were available, and shared information on abortion pricing and wait times, although they were not aware the information was going to Operation Rescue. By the Numbers In 2017, there are 704 abortion facilities remaining in the U.S. Of these, 490 offer surgical abortions, often along with medication abortions. There are 214 facilities that offer only medication abortions. Forty-five percent of all states had at least one abortion facility that closed or halted all abortion services this year. Surgical abortion clinics decreased in number by 26% since 2009, the first year Operation Rescue began keeping records. Overall, there has been a 17% decrease in the total number of abortion facilities in America since 2009. Since 1991, when there were 2,176 active surgical abortion facilities, only 23% of that number of surgical clinics are operating today. “Pill Mills” Abortion facilities that offer only abortion-inducing drugs, also known by pro-life activists as “pill mills,” held steady at the same number as in 2016. Closures balanced evenly with new opens and clinics that dropped surgical abortions in favor of the abortion pills. Medication abortions involve a two-drug cocktail comprised of Mifepristone, also known as the RU486 Abortion Pill, and Misoprostol, a drug that causes strong and often unpredictable uterine contractions. A very small number of facilities provide medication abortions via injection of Methotraxate, a chemotherapy drug that causes abortions, albeit much less efficiently than the Abortion Pill cocktail. “Abortion facilities that provide only abortion drugs comprise an increasing slice of an ever-shrinking piece of the abortion pie,” said Newman. “While surgical facilities are closing at an impressive rate, pill mills are holding their own. Planned Parenthood reduced its number of abortion facilities by consolidating services into fewer locations. In 2016, Planned Parenthood operated 354 facilities that conducted abortions. Today, there are a total of 347 Planned Parenthood facilities that offer abortions. Of those, 160 are surgical abortion facilities, and 187 provide only medication abortions. Not counting Planned Parenthood’s vast – but shrinking – network of referral clinics that do not offer abortions, Planned Parenthood facilities now account for 49% of all abortion facilities in the U.S. Nevertheless, they only account for 30.6% of all abortions done in the U.S. Reopened A handful of facilities that were closed by their states that reopened in 2017. For example, in Texas, of the 20 abortion facilities were forced to close in 2013 for failure to comply with new abortion safety regulations, three reopened this year after the U.S. Supreme Court that negated parts of that safety law. However, 17 of the original 20 abortion clinics that shut down remain closed. Why Abortion Facilities Close One reason abortion clinics are closing is due to a decreased demand for abortions. There appears to be a correlation between clinics closing and a decrease in abortion numbers. According to the CDC, abortion numbers have been dropping steadily since 2005. The CDC’s 2014 Abortion Surveillance report indicated that from 2005 to 2014, among 48 areas that reported every year during this period, the total number of reported abortions decreased 21%, the abortion rate decreased 22%, and the abortion ratio decreased 21%. A comparable decrease of in abortion clinic numbers — 17% — has been tracked by Operation Rescue from 2009-2017. Some facilities have not been able to compete in an ever-shrinking abortion market and have been forced to downside or shut down. At the same time, when abortion facilities close, abortion numbers decrease even more. When abortion clinics close, lives are saved! Other reasons for clinic closures include:

• Successful pro-life activism.

• Failure of facilities to comply with licensing and safety regulations.

• Aging abortionists retiring or passing away.

• New state laws.

Notable Closures Some of the notable clinic closures that took place in 2017 include:

• Germantown Reproductive Health Services and Prince George’s Reproductive Health Services in Maryland: The Germantown facility employed late-term abortionist LeRoy Carhart, and was one of the nation’s few abortion centers that would abort babies throughout all nine months of pregnancy. When the Maryland Coalition for Life purchased the building earlier this year, the deal also included the closure of the Prince George’s facility, which was operated by the same owners. That was two closures for the price of one!

• The Office of Robert Santella in San Diego, CA: This abortionist was forced to surrender his medical license after the California Medical Board determined he engaged in unprofessional conduct during a demonic rant outside another San Diego facility where he worked. The incident, which included Santella threatening a pro-life activist with a pair of surgical scissors, was caught on video, which went viral on YouTube.com.

• Planned Parenthood of Metro DC in Silver Spring, MD: A pro-life campaign to close this facility succeeded when the Planned Parenthood’s landlord refused to renew its lease. Public pressure works!

• Hillcrest Women’s Medical Center, Harrisburg, PA: This facility was ordered to close by the state in June 2017, after gross violations were found during an annual licensing inspection.

• Bossier City Medical Suite, Bossier City, LA: This facility was in the middle of a lawsuit challenging abortion licensing requirements that it could not meet when it suddenly closed its doors. Pro-life activists rejoiced at the sight of a moving van outside the seed abortion facility in April.

“We rejoice that the abortion cartel is imploding and closing down. We are making progress. But they are not going down without a fight,” said Troy Newman. “We continue to work and pray that we will soon see an end to abortion in our nation. Let’s stop the killing and, in the words of President Donald Trump, make America great again!” LifeNews.com Note: Cheryl Sullenger is a leader of Operation Rescue.

http://www.lifenews.com/2017/12/19/49-abortion-clinics-closed-in-2017-77-of-all-abortion-clinics-open-in-1991-have-shut-down/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-21-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump threatens to cut aid to U.N. members over Jerusalem vote

Roberta Rampton, Michelle Nichols

WASHINGTON/UNITED NATIONS (Reuters) - U.S. President Donald Trump on Wednesday threatened to cut off financial aid to countries that vote in favor of a draft United Nations resolution calling for the United States to withdraw its decision to recognize Jerusalem as Israel’s capital.They take hundreds of millions of dollars and even billions of dollars, and then they vote against us. Well, we’re watching those votes. Let them vote against us. We’ll save a lot. We don’t care,” Trump told reporters at the White House. The 193-member U.N. General Assembly will hold a rare emergency special session on Thursday - at the request of Arab and Muslim countries - to vote on a draft resolution, which the United States vetoed on Monday in the 15-member U.N. Security Council. The remaining 14 Security Council members voted in favor of the Egyptian-drafted resolution, which did not specifically mention the United States or Trump but which expressed “deep regret at recent decisions concerning the status of Jerusalem.” U.S. Ambassador Nikki Haley, in a letter to dozens of U.N. states on Tuesday seen by Reuters, warned that Trump had asked her to “report back on those countries who voted against us.” She bluntly echoed that call in a Twitter post: “The U.S. will be taking names.” Several senior diplomats said Haley’s warning was unlikely to change many votes in the General Assembly, where such direct, public threats are rare. Some diplomats brushed off the warning as more likely aimed at impressing U.S. voters. According to figures from the U.S. government’s aid agency USAID, in 2016 the United States provided some $13 billion in economic and military assistance to countries in sub-Saharan Africa and $1.6 billion to states in East Asia and Oceania. It provided some $13 billion to countries in the Middle East and North Africa, $6.7 billion to countries in South and Central Asia, $1.5 billion to states in Europe and Eurasia and $2.2 billion to Western Hemisphere countries, according to USAID. Miroslav Lajcak, president of the General Assembly, declined to comment on Trump’s remarks, but added: “It’s the right and responsibility of member states to express their views.” A spokesman for U.N. Secretary-General Antonio Guterres also declined to comment on Trump’s remarks on Wednesday. “I like the message that Nikki sent yesterday at the United Nations, for all those nations that take our money and then they vote against us at the Security Council, or they vote against us potentially at the assembly,” Trump said. ‘BULLYING’ Trump abruptly reversed decades of U.S. policy this month when he recognized Jerusalem as Israel’s capital, generating outrage from Palestinians and the Arab world and concern among Washington’s Western allies. He also plans to move the U.S. embassy to Jerusalem from Tel Aviv. The draft U.N. resolution calls on all countries to refrain from establishing diplomatic missions in Jerusalem. A senior diplomat from a Muslim country, speaking on condition of anonymity, said of Haley’s letter: “States resort to such blatant bullying only when they know they do not have a moral or legal argument to convince others.” Responding directly to that comment on Twitter, Haley said: “Actually it is when a country is tired of being taken for granted.” A senior Western diplomat, speaking on condition of anonymity, described Haley’s letter as “poor tactics” at the United Nations “but pretty good for Haley 2020 or Haley 2024,” referring to speculation that Haley might run for higher office. “She’s not going to win any votes in the General Assembly or the Security Council, but she is going to win some votes in the U.S. population,” the Western diplomat said. A senior European diplomat, speaking on condition of anonymity, agreed Haley was unlikely to sway many U.N. states. “We are missing some leadership here from the U.S. and this type of letter is definitely not helping to establish U.S. leadership in the Middle East peace process,” the diplomat said. Israel considers Jerusalem its eternal and indivisible capital and wants all embassies based there. Palestinians want the capital of an independent Palestinian state to be in the city’s eastern sector, which Israel captured in a 1967 war and annexed in a move never recognized internationally. “The first name that she should write down is Bolivia,” Bolivia’s U.N. Ambassador Sacha Sergio Llorentty Solíz said of Haley’s message. “We regret the arrogance and disrespect to the sovereign decision of member states and to multilateralism. ”Reporting by Roberta Rampton; writing by Doina Chiacu; editing by Jonathan Oatis and David Gregorio

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-trump-israel-un/trump-threatens-to-cut-aid-to-u-n-members-over-jerusalem-vote-idUSKBN1EE2A3 

:: 12-20-17 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nikki Haley unleashes her two most savage tweets yet

Nikki Haley (Twitter) December 20, 2017 Melissa Leon

U.S. Ambassador Nikki Haley fired back at the United Nations after it passed a draft resolution that said any decisions regarding Jerusalem should be cancelled. While the resolution did not directly mention the United States, it was clear that the move targets President Donald Trump, who recently announced that the U.S. will now acknowledge Jerusalem as Israel’s capital and relocate the U.S. Embassy there from Tel Aviv. “The United States will not be told by any country where we can put our embassy,” Haley tweeted Monday. “Now today, buried in diplomatic jargon, some presumed to tell America where to put our embassy,” Haley said at the U.N. on Monday. “The United States has a sovereign right to determine where and whether we establish an embassy.” “I suspect very few member states would welcome security council pronouncements about their sovereign decisions. And I think some should fear it,” she added. And on Tuesday, Haley tweeted: “At the U.N. we’re always asked to do more and give more. So, when we make a decision, at the will of the American [people], [about] where to located OUR embassy, we don’t expect those we’ve helped to target us. On Thursday there’ll be a vote criticizing our choice. The U.S. will be taking names.” Trump earlier this month made the Jerusalem announcement, one that has been highly criticized by many but that Trump says is in the best interest of the U.S. and the pursuit of peace between Israel and Palestine. There is an ongoing conflict between Israel and Palestine that dates back to the mid-20th Century, with origins in the Jewish migration, as well as the conflict between Jews and Arabs in Palestine. It is known as the world’s “most intractable conflict.” While there is a long-term peace outlook, there has been no final peace agreement between Israelis and Palestinians. Key issues of the conflict include mutual recognition, borders, water rights, control of Jerusalem and other disputes. “Israel is a sovereign nation with the right to determine its own capital; acknowledging this as a fact is a necessary condition for achieving peace,” Trump has said. For more than two decades, Presidents have exercised a waiver to refuse to recognize Jerusalem as Israel’s capital and keep the U.S. Embassy there. His decision, however, “marks the beginning of a new approach to the conflict between Israel and the Palestinians,” Trump said. “After more than two decades of waivers, we’re no closer to a peace agreement between Israel and the Palestinians. It’s folly to assume repeating the same formula would improve the situation,” Trump has pointed out. Jerusalem is home to Israel’s Parliament and Supreme Court, and the official residences of the Prime Minister and President, Trump has said. “It’s the heart of one of the most successful democracies in the world.” And, Jerusalem is a place where “Jews, Muslims and Christians are free to live and worship according to their beliefs,” Trump has pointed out. Recognizing Jerusalem as the capital and relocating the U.S. Embassy “doesn’t reflect a departure from our goal of a peace agreement,” Trump has said, pointing out that his administration will not “repeat the same failed strategies of the past.”

https://americanmilitarynews.com/2017/12/nikki-haley-unleashes-her-two-most-savage-tweets-yet/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_medium=facebook   

[ :: 12-31-12/1-1-13 New Years Eve Service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. the cost of things, because they have gone over the cliff, shall skyrocket and taxes, taxes, it shall be like in the days of old when everyone will have to bring their taxes in and they will be condemned and judged if they do not. Oh the things that are going to take place now, the things that you haven’t even thought of, the things that you haven’t been aware of, but I have told you, I have warned you. I have tried to prepare you that you would be totally ready, that you wouldn’t have to run real fast to make up time, but that you would be walking right by my side. etc..

:: 12-15-17 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California is considering a mileage tax on drivers

Posted on December 15, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 34 Comments

A hungry beast always prowling about for more tax revenue, the California state government is now “considering” a mileage tax that will charge drivers for every mile they drive. Despite a new 12-cent increase in gas tax which recently went into effect on November 1, 2017, expected to bring in an estimated $52 billion in tax revenue, California still insists it needs more money for road repairs and that the gas tax isn’t bringing in enough revenue. Phil Matier reports for KPIX5, Dec. 11, 2017, that the state recently road-tested a mileage monitoring plan, the California Road Charge Pilot Program, as a way for the state to move from its longstanding pump tax to a system where drivers pay based on their mileage. State Senator Scott Wiener (D-SF) and others say it’s not just a question about money, it’s also a question about fairness. The openly “gay” Wiener says: “If you own an older vehicle that is fueled by gas, you’re paying gas tax to maintain the roads. Someone who has an electric vehicle or a dramatically more fuel efficient vehicle is paying much less than you are. But they are still using the roads. People are going to use less and less gas in the long run (and less gas means less gas tax, and less money for road repair.) We want to make sure that all cars are paying to maintain the roads.One idea would be to install devices that would clock your mileage every time you pull up to the pump or electric car charging station. Another idea is to put a tracker on every car. Wiener says, “The reality is that if you have a smartphone, your data of where you are traveling is already in existence.” None of this is sitting well with drivers such as Joshua Li, the owner of a hybrid BMW. Li says he saves around $200 a month by not using gas, and would definitely not be happy if his driving was taxed per mile. Randy Rentschler of the Metropolitan Transportation Commission says another solution is to raise the gas tax (again) and increase the vehicle registration fee for electric cars because “If you buy a small car that gets great fuel economy, we don’t get enough money to repair the roads.” But that idea goes against California’s “green” commitment because raising vehicle registration fees and taxing people with fuel-efficient, hybrid or electric vehicles could also discourage people from purchasing such vehicles that are key to reducing vehicle emissions and improving air quality.

~Eowyn

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/2017/12/15/california-is-considering-a-mileage-tax-on-drivers/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 12-14-17 The Free Thought Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Julian Assange Just Warned of a Deep State Coup Meant to Install Mike Pence as President

The founder of WikiLeaks is warning the public about a Deep State plot to overthrow Trump, and install Mike Pence as President of the United States.

By Jay Syrmopoulos - December 14, 2017

Washington, D.C. – In a tweet this morning, WikiLeaks founder, Julian Assange, made a prescient observation that the ongoing deep state coup against President Trump is an operation by establishment forces to unseat Trump and replace him with Vice President Mike Pence. Assange noted that Trump’s political capital has “been openly looted for months now by GOP, CIA, Netanyahu, Goldman Sachs, etc.” Julian Assange ? @JulianAssange

Trump's political capital has been openly looted for months now by GOP, CIA, Netanyahu, Goldman Sachs, etc. Game is clearly to extract as many unpopular positions as possible (e.g tax cuts for the super rich), push the resulting political corpse to Mueller & install Mike Pence. 4:19 AM - Dec 14, 2017

Essentially, Assange is saying is that the aforementioned stakeholders who want to see Trump gone have played a long-game, whereby they have worked “to extract as many unpopular positions as possible (e.g tax cuts for the super rich), push the resulting political corpse to Mueller & install Mike Pence.” This, of course, was done as means of severing Trump from his political base, which largely opposes CIA interventionism, Zionism, and globalist banking cartels. The idea behind it being that when Mueller moves to recommend impeachment, Trump will have strayed so far from the positions that got him elected that there will be a minimal public outcry in his defense. This follows chatter earlier this year that some saw Mike Pence as “the Deep State’s insurance policy.” In fact, Wikileaks’ Assange, tweeted back in March, that there was a plan afoot by Hillary Clinton and her loyalists within the Intelligence Community to force a “Pence takeover.” Julian Assange ? @JulianAssange

Clinton stated privately this month that she is quietly pushing for a Pence takeover. She stated that Pence is predictable hence defeatable.

6:20 AM - Mar 14, 2017 944 944 Replies 8,045 8,045 Retweets 7,019

“Pence is seen by many in Washington as a figure who might stand up for the traditionally hawkish views he espoused while in Congress, a proxy of sorts for the GOP national security establishment.”

Julian Assange ? @JulianAssange

Two IC officials close to Pence stated privately this month that they are planning on a Pence takeover. Did not state if Pence agrees.

6:29 AM - Mar 14, 2017 785 785 Replies 5,405 5,405 Retweets 4

Assange’s position about the Pence coup has been acknowledged by independent journalist, Mike Cernovich, who broke the Susan Rice unmasking story, and has previously said that inside sources have confirmed that Pence is working to remove Trump in a deep state coup. Back in August, Cernovich reported having inside information from White Houses sources that claimed Pence was working behind the scenes to count Republican votes in Congress for a possible impeachment vote to remove Trump. T Rumors of an internal coup began during the election campaign when it was reported that Pence began plotting a coup after a tape of Trump boasting about groping women was made public. The tape’s release, one month before the election, caused dissent among senior Republicans and led to several withdrawing their endorsements and calling for Trump to withdraw as the party’s presidential candidate. Pence, known as a deeply religious man, was said to be “beside himself” over Trump’s comments on the tape. Pence’s wife Karen was reportedly disgusted and called Trump “reprehensible—just totally vile,” according to the Atlantic. Sources close to the campaign have claimed that the situation was so serious that Trump held a meeting to determine what step to take next. Reince Priebus, who would become Trump’s first Chief of Staff, was reportedly bombarded with calls from party officials and donors pleading with him to get rid of Trump, with some suggesting replacing him with Pence and making Condoleezza Rice his running mate. Priebus reportedly told him he would suffer a huge defeat if he did not drop out. At the time, RNC lawyers attempted to find a legal mechanism by which they could remove Trump as the Republican candidate, while a group of billionaires attempted to offer Trump $800 million in order to voluntarily quit the race, according to the Atlantic. The fact of the matter is that Trump, while considered an outsider to politics, has operated as a consummate politician by catering to many of the special interest groups he ran on not allowing to have influence in his administration—which may ultimately be his undoing if his base abandons him as Mueller moves toward a potential impeachment. As Democratic Sen. Chuck Shumer told MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow in reference to Trump taking on the Intelligence Community:

“Let me tell you, you take on the intelligence community, they have six ways from Sunday at getting back at you.”

http://thefreethoughtproject.com/julian-assange-calls-out-establishment-coup-install-mike-pence-president/  

:: 12-14-17 P J Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judicial Watch's Tom Fitton: 'The FBI's Turned into a KGB-Type Operation'

By Debra Heine December 14, 2017

Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton argued on Fox News Wednesday evening that the FBI has been turned into a KBG-type operation that might need to be shut down. Fitton was was on Fox News @Night with Shannon Bream to discuss one of the latest troubling revelations to come out of the Department of Justice amid Special Counsel Mueller's investigation into Russia’s influence in the 2016 U.S. election. According to Fox News, "Glenn Simpson, co-founder of the opposition research firm Fusion GPS, acknowledged in a court document that his company hired the wife of a Justice Department official to help investigate then-candidate Donald Trump last year." Her husband, Bruce Ohr, was demoted at the DOJ last week for concealing his meetings with the same company, which commissioned the anti-Trump “dossier” containing salacious allegations about the now-president. Together, the Fusion connections for Mr. and Mrs. Ohr have raised Republican concerns about objectivity at the Justice Department, and even spurred a call from Trump’s outside counsel for a separate special prosecutor. "That seemed even by DC standards -- where a lot of us have spouses who work in different agencies and sometimes we are overlapping in our interests -- that seems a little too close for comfort for just about everybody," Bream said. "Look -- Fusion GPS was a Hillary Clinton Campaign vendor," Fitton replied. He argued that the DOJ "was working hand and glove" with the shady oppo research firm and perhaps paying them money while a DOJ official's wife was working with them. "The suspicion is they were paying them money," he said. "There was no distinction between the Hillary Clinton campaign and the Department of Justice and the FBI and the goal was unified -- which was to get Donald Trump," he added. "And the text messages that have come out show that they had some kind of insurance policy in case Mr. Trump won the presidency?!" Fitton exclaimed. "This is our FBI! Forget about the FBI investigations into Clinton and Trump being compromised by these conflicts. I think the FBI's been compromised. Forget about shutting down Mr. Mueller -- do we need to shut down the FBI because it was turned into a KGB-type operation by the Obama administration?" he asked. The FBI can not be trusted to investigate high-level government corruption at this time," Fitton argued when Bream gently admonished him for making such a radical statement. "Right now," he continued, "you see Mr. Rosenstein being blase about the corruption that's going on on his watch. He says 'we'll get to it when the IG report comes out.' In the meantime, Mueller's operation, which has been compromised, has been indicting and prosecuting people! They need protection! And I'm tired of the blase attitude of this Justice Department and FBI towards the the outrageous corruption that's been recovered," Fitton complained.

https://pjmedia.com/video/judicial-watchs-tom-fitton-fbis-turned-kgb-type-operation/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 12-13-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Growing vegetables in your own yard now confirmed as a criminal offense by Florida courts… INSANITY is now LAW

Wednesday, December 13, 2017 by: Vicki Batts

(Natural News) It’s a sad day in Florida: Property rights for homeowners have taken a huge blow as courts confirm that growing edible plants in your own front yard is, in fact, a crime. Out of all the terrible things a person can do these days, gardening is the last thing you may have suspected would become a punishable offense. To no one’s surprise, Big Government continues to use strong-arm tactics against innocent people looking to engage in some basic self-sufficiency. If they can’t take your guns, they’ll take your garden. This display of obvious government overreach first began back in 2013, when Hermine Ricketts and her husband Tom Carroll were faced with fines of up to $50 per day — for the crime of growing edible plants like tomatoes and Asian cabbage in their front yard — after city ordinances were changed. While they didn’t face any jail time, the couple had to dig up their prosperous garden. Due to their north-facing backyard that gets little sun, they’ve not been able to resume gardening. The couple has been fighting against the Village of Miami Shores and their outrageous ordinance ever since — along with help from the Institute of Justice (IJ), a non-profit law firm. IJ lawyer Ari Bargil, contended, “This decision gives local governments tremendous leeway to regulate harmless activities in the name of aesthetics. It gives government the power to prohibit homeowners from growing plants in their front yards simply because they intend to eat them.” Despite the recent ruling by the 3rd District Court of Appeal, which favored Miami Shores’ absurdity, Ricketts and Carroll are now looking to take their case all the way up to the state of Florida’s Supreme Court. According to the most recent ruling, Miami Shores has the right to brandish authority over design and landscaping criteria to maintain “property values and the enjoyment of property rights by minimizing and reducing conflicts among various land uses,” as well as for “protecting” the look of the village. Is a well-maintained vegetable garden really an eyesore that would damage property values? Richard Sarafan, attorney for the Village of Miami Shores, essentially argued that allowing the couple to keep their front-yard garden would somehow pave the way for total pandemonium. Sarafan complained that the couple’s yard was “filled with pots” that “should have” been placed in the backyard. But yet, had those pots been filled with flowers instead of vegetables — the city would have had no legs to stand on with their arbitrary complaint. There is no shortage of reasons to object to the 3rd District Court’s ruling, but perhaps the most inane explanation for their decision was the attempt at rationalizing why it’s okay for the government to legislate against edible plants but not ornamental ones. IJ attorney Ari Bargil objected to the court’s claim that “it is rational for government to ban the cultivation of plants to be eaten as part of a meal, as opposed to the cultivation of plants for ornamental reasons,” — and it’s easy to see why. How can the government tell citizens what kinds of plants they can grow? Government overreach regarding the cultivation of edible plants and other healthy living choices is a growing problem in the United States. Where will we draw the line? Food and health freedom are already under attack — this ruling is proof of that. [Related: Read more stories like this at Tyranny.news.]

https://www.naturalnews.com/2017-12-13-priority-growing-vegetables-in-your-own-yard-now-confirmed-as-a-criminal-offense-by-florida-courts-insanity-is-now-law.html 

 

:: 12-15-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Steve Quayle calls him God’s Prosecutor. The Bible tells us that as we near the end days, all will be revealed. We are certainly seeing these things come to pass. Menwhile, Presient Trump has achieved some noteworthy goals.

By Dave Hodges

The Stock Market is at an all-time high. Jobs are beginning to return to America. Trump has weathered the “Russian Collusion Delusion” storm to the point where the Deep State has had to manufacture sexual misconduct charges against the President. On balance, Presient Trump has been good for America. However, his polling numbers among his core have fallen significantly according to Fox News. Why? Because he supported the removal of Net Neutrality. Without the Independent Media, Trump would have not been elected. He has, for the time being, turned his back on his core and most ardent supporters. Perhaps, he is giving the FCC some rope and will spring into action when the censorship of his supporters takes full effect. Time will certainly tell. Regardless, Trump’s accomplishments have been nothing short of a miracle given the extreme obstacles he has faced from Democrats and even within his own party leadership Among the Republican leadership that opposes President Trump is the present Speaker of the House of Representatives, Paul Ryan. With regard to Ryan, it can be accurately said that the swamp is being drained. Paul Ryan’s Impending Departure There is little doubt that as the clock ticks down on this present term for Congress, Paul Ryan will not be among those who are seeking re-election. Sources close to Ryan have confirmed to Breitbart News that the Speaker is considering retiring after nine terms in the House. Politico published a report strongly confirming this speculation. According to Politico, “In recent interviews with three dozen people who know the speaker—fellow lawmakers, congressional and administration aides, conservative intellectuals and Republican lobbyists—not a single person believed Ryan will stay in Congress past 2018.” The Politico piece claims Ryan “was tiring of D.C. even before reluctantly accepting the speakership” and that he “told his predecessor, John Boehner, that it would be his last job in politics and that it wasn’t a long-term proposition.” And I can absolutely be certain of the fact that every word printed by Politico is nonsense. If you believe any of thes reasons on why Ryan is leaving the House, I have some swamp land in Florida. The Real Reason for Ryan’s Departure I had a recent conversation with my source that told me that the Bundy release from prison was imminent and this information came almost 3 days before Judge Navarro’s ruling. The Common Sense Show has learned that Paul Ryan is on the verge of being exposed for his intimate connections to the “Never Trump Movement” and radical activist, Paul Singer, who financially supported Fusion GPS and the so-called “Trump Dossier” research. For those that do not know, Singer is a billionaire and happens to be Paul Ryan’s top supporter. Singer has been conclusively linked to the discredited Russian dossier which has been repeatedly used by CNN to demean President Trump and impugn his credibility. Singer is a “Never Trump” participant and helped to fund the movement. Singer is a primary force behind the Washington Free Beacon that admits it paid Fusion GPS for the original and fabricated negative research on President Trump. Ryan is also intimately connected to others inside Fusion GPS. Fusion GPS is under investigation by the DOJ and charges are pending. Additionally, I was told that Ryan is connected, in several ways to the Clinton Foundation. The Clinton Foundation sponsored the illegal sale of uranium to Russia. I asked my source if Ryan was connected to this deal in the same manner as Mueller and was told that he was not an errand boy like Mueller. However, he has provided material support to the deal in ways that will be revealed at a later time. I was unable to obtain any further details. However, the information I received dow not appear to be proprietary. Got News is reporting on the Singer connection as well. I suspect that this release of information has been planted with multiple sources and will be appearing shortly all over the Internet. The Swanp Is Being Drained Paul Ryan’s head is undoubtedly the biggest trophy that the young Trump administration has garnered. His pending departure is sending shockwaves among the Deep State supporters. Finally, I have learned that Ryan may be allowed to walk in exchange for his stepping down. Conventional wisdom is stating that a disgraced Ryan would hurt Trump’s chances at re-election. We can only be left with one question: Who will be the next to nose dive into political oblivion?

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/12/15/the-real-reasons-why-paul-ryan-is-resigning-from-congress/

:: 12-15-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

FBI Edits To Clinton Exoneration Go Far Beyond What Was Previously Known; Comey, McCabe, Strzok Implicated

by Tyler Durden Dec 15, 2017 10:10 PM

The Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee has discovered that edits made to former FBI Director James Comey's statement exonerating Hillary Clinton for transmitting classified info over an unsecured, private email server went far beyond what was previously known, as detailed in a Thursday letter from committee chairman Sen. Ron Johnson (R-WI) to FBI Director Christopher Wray. The letter reveals specific edits made by senior FBI agents when Deputy Director Andrew McCabe exchanged drafts of Comey's statement with senior FBI officials, including Peter Strzok, Strzok's direct supervisor, E.W. "Bill" Priestap, Jonathan Moffa, and an unnamed employee from the Office of General Counsel (identified by Newsweek as DOJ Deputy General Counsel Trisha Anderson) - in what was a coordinated conspiracy among top FBI brass to decriminalize Clinton's conduct by changing legal terms and phrases, omitting key information, and minimizing the role of the Intelligence Community in the email investigation. Doing so virtually assured that then-candidate Hillary Clinton would not be prosecuted. Also mentioned in the letter are the immunity agreements granted by the FBI in June 2016 to top Obama advisor Cheryl Mills and aide Heather Samuelson - who helped decide which Clinton emails were destroyed before turning over the remaining 30,000 records to the State Department. Of note, the FBI agreed to destroy evidence on devices owned by Mills and Samuelson which were turned over in the investigation. Sen. Johnson’s letter reads: According to documents produced by the FBI, FBI employees exchanged proposed edits to the draft statement. On May 6, Deputy Director McCabe forwarded the draft statement to other senior FBI employees, including Peter Strzok, E.W. Priestap, Jonathan Moffa, and an employee on the Office of General Counsel whose name has been redacted. While the precise dates of the edits and identities of the editors are not apparent from the documents, the edits appear to change the tone and substance of Director Comey's statement in at least three respects. It was already known that Strzok - who was demoted to the FBI's HR department after anti-Trump text messages to his mistress were uncovered by an internal FBI watchdog - was responsible for downgrading the language regarding Clinton's conduct from the criminal charge of "gross negligence" to "extremely careless." "Gross negligence" is a legal term of art in criminal law often associated with recklessness. According to Black's Law Dictionary, gross negligence is “A severe degree of negligence taken as reckless disregard," and "Blatant indifference to one's legal duty, other's safety, or their rights.” "Extremely careless," on the other hand, is not a legal term of art. According to an Attorney briefed on the matter, "extremely careless" is in fact a defense to "gross negligence": "What my client did was 'careless', maybe even 'extremely careless,' but it was not 'gross negligence' your honor." The FBI would have no option but to recommend prosecution if the phrase "gross negligence" had been left in. 18 U.S. Code § 793 "Gathering, transmitting or losing defense information" specifically uses the phrase "gross negligence." Had Comey used the phrase, he would have essentially declared that Hillary had broken the law. 18 U.S. Code § 793 In addition to Strzok's "gross negligence" --> "extremely careless" edit, McCabe's damage control team removed a key justification for elevating Clinton's actions to the standard of "gross negligence" - that being the "sheer volume" of classified material on Clinton's server. In the original draft, the "sheer volume" of material "supports an inference that the participants were grossly negligent in their handling of that information." Also removed from Comey's statement were all references to the Intelligence Community's involvement in investigating Clinton's private email server. Director Comey's original statement acknowledged the FBI had worked with its partners in the Intelligence Community to assess potential damage from Secretary Clinton's use of a private email server. The original statement read: [W]e have done extensive work with the assistance of our colleagues elsewhere in the Intelligence Community to understand what indications there might be of compromise by hostile actors in connection with the private email operation. The edited version removed the references to the intelligence community: [W]e have done extensive work [removed] to understand what indications there might be of compromise by hostile actors in connection with the personal e-mail operation. Furthermore, the FBI edited Comey's statement to downgrade the probability that Clinton's server was hacked by hostile actors, changing their language from "reasonably likely" to "possible" - an edit which eliminated yet another justification for the phrase "Gross negligence." To put it another way, "reasonably likely" means the probability of a hack due to Clinton's negligence is above 50 percent, whereas the hack simply being "possible" is any probability above zero. It's also possible that the FBI, which was not allowed to inspect the DNC servers, was uncomfortable standing behind the conclusion of Russian hacking reached by cybersecurity firm CrowdStrike. Given the combination of factors, we assess it is reasonably likely that hostile actors gained access to Secretary Clinton's private email account." The edited version from Director Comey's July 5 statement read: Given that combination of factors, we assess it is possible that hostile actors gained access to Secretary Clinton's personal e-mail account. Johnson's letter also questions an "insurance policy" referenced in a text message sent by demoted FBI investigator Peter Strzok to his mistress, FBI attorney Lisa Page, which read "I want to believe the path you threw out to consideration in Andy's office -- that there's no way he gets elected -- but I'm afraid we can't take that risk." It's like an insurance policy in the unlikely event you die before you're 40...." One wonders if the "insurance policy" Strzok sent to Page on August 15, 2016 was in reference to the original counterintelligence operation launched against Trump of which Strzok became the lead investigator in "late July" 2016? Of note, Strzok reported directly to Bill Priestap - the director of Counterintelligence, who told James Comey not to inform congress that the FBI had launched a counterintelligence operation against then-candidate Trump, per Comey's March 20th testimony to the House Intelligence Committee. (h/t @TheLastRefuge2) The letter from the Senate Committee concludes; "the edits to Director Comey's public statement, made months prior to the conclusion of the FBI's investigation of Secretary Clinton's conduct, had a significant impact on the FBI's public evaluation of the implications of her actions. This effort, seen in the light of the personal animus toward then-candidate Trump by senior FBI agents leading the Clinton investigation and their apparent desire to create an "insurance policy" against Mr. Trump's election, raise profound questions about the FBI's role and possible interference in the 2016y presidential election and the role of the same agents in Special Counsel Mueller's investigation of President Trump." Johnson then asks the FBI to answer six questions: Please provide the names of the Department of Justice (DOJ) employees who comprised the "mid-year review team" during the FBI's investigation of Secretary Clinton's use of a private email server. Please identify all FBI, DOJ, or other federal employees who edited or reviewed Director Comey's July 5, 2016 statement. Please identify which individual made the marked changes in the documents produced to the Committee. Please identify which FBI employee repeatedly changed the language in the final draft statement that described Secretary Clinton's behavior as "grossly negligent" to "extremely careless." What evidence supported these changes? Please identify which FBI employee edited the draft statement to remove the reference to the Intelligence Community. On what basis was this change made? Please identify which FBI employee edited the draft statement to downgrade the FBI's assessment that it was "reasonably likely" that hostile actors had gained access to Secretary Clinton's private email account to merely that than [sic] intrusion was "possible." What evidence supported these changes? Please provide unredacted copies of the drafts of Director Comey's statement, including comment bubbles, and explain the basis for the redactions produced to date. We are increasingly faced with the fact that the FBI's top ranks have been filled with political ideologues who helped Hillary Clinton while pursuing the Russian influence narrative against Trump (perhaps as the "insurance" Strzok spoke of). Meanwhile, "hands off" recused Attorney General Jeff Sessions and assistant Attorney General Rod Rosenstein don't seem very excited to explore the issues with a second Special Counsel. As such, we are now almost entirely reliant on the various Committees of congress to pursue justice in this matter. Perhaps when their investigations have concluded, President Trump will feel he has the political and legal ammunition to truly clean house at the nation's swampiest agencies.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-12-15/fbi-edits-clinton-exoneration-go-far-beyond-what-was-previously-known-comey-mccabe-s 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

 :: 7-4-15 am Campmeeting Service (first word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You will see the antichrist if you know who he is and you should know who he is and you shouldn’t be searching for him, for I have already revealed him.  TV has even done a two and a half hour special on him, there is no reason the Christians should not know who he is, pay attention. etc.

Revelation 13:18 16 Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead 17 so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666.

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 12-14-17 Shawn Plep :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Coming AI Gods

December 14, 2017 By Shawn Plep 5 Comments

Bible readers have long-puzzled over the mysterious, creepy, and enigmatic figure known as the Beast. Scripture mentions this entity many times, most notably in the book of Revelation. He also appears in the book of Daniel, 2 Thessalonians, and 2 John, among other places. Similar to the true Lord – Jesusthe false lord has more than one name and more than one title. However, everything he is and does is an inversion of what the true God is and does. He is not the Christ, but he is a christ. He is a Christ imitator, a Christ stand-in, a Christ substitute, a Christ imposter, a Christ replacement: an anti-Christ. The anti-Christ is not the true God, but that doesn’t mean that he is not a “god”; the casual scripture reader shouldn’t make the mistake of discounting the abilities and plans of this personality. Taking the scripture at face value, it tells us he actually is a god (take a moment to read 2 Corinthians 4:4 and then put some light on it by reading Matthew 4:1-11, John 14:30 and John 18:36). This person will desire worship, and he actually can lay claim to rule over this present world system – which he will administer for a time. The anti-Christ will take charge, get things done, and people will think he’s great. Let’s just say…he’ll have a very high approval rating! Compare and contrast this god of the present world system (or, “order”) with the God of the universe. (i.e. “What’s the same, and what’s different?) There are many things we can glean from a side-by-side comparison. Doing so will help an otherwise mystified Bible reader actually make sense out of what the Bible says about the Beast. Incidentally, I believe we can make sense of what the Bible says about the end-times now more than ever. Why? Mostly, because we have greater access to information and access to advanced technology, and because I think technology will be heavily utilized by the anti-Christ. If you read about the anti-Christ in light of some of the technology we now have in our homes (much less, the unknown things possessed by DARPA or global corporations), his capabilities as written about in the Bible aren’t difficult to envision. In fact, I doubt any serious Bible scholar could convincingly separate technology from some of the descriptions of the Beast. Considering many of the things that have been invented or made into usable technologies in just the last 3 years, and what will be possible within the next decade, it’s very easy to imagine the rise of a global ruler who possesses superhuman abilities and intelligence. In other words, a new god will arrive on this earth – and he will be worshipped. New Gods for the Future There’s already a push in our current society to seek out new gods. The title of this post refers to a recent, serious effort by a very prominent figure in the tech world who wants to create a new religion with an AI god. The name of this religion is “Way of the Future“, and it seeks to create a “divine” AI who will be worshipped. Another recent article also talks about a coming AI Messiah – who will be worshipped. Another article, writing about an AI god that will write a new bible, asks if people would really worship a god who is an “artificial intelligence”. The coming AI gods are appearing everywhere you look in recent tech, AI, robotics, and futurism news. In fact, whenever you see news about Google, you’re probably learning about something that at least tangentially involves AI. (After all, Google says they’re “an AI-first company” now.) While some of the news is purse speculation, and some of the news is sensationalist click-bait, a substantial portion of what is being reported is valid and very real. The concept of religions, spirituality, and worship of a higher power who happens to be composed of ones and zeroes is now mainstream. I predict it will become commonplace and acceptable very soon, as well. Judging from the popularity of events such as Burning Man and the dwindling acceptance of traditional (i.e. Biblical) Christianity (especially among Millennials), people certainly will be willing to worship a new type of god. It’s an old theme, however: people have always had a willingness to worship idols. The difference is that this time, the idol will actually “think”, “see”,”speak”,and move. It will even give advice and quote scripture – from it’s own holy book. Before you scoff at the idea of AI writing its own bible, and people following its edicts, make sure you’re up-to-date on the latest developments – because things are advancing (and getting weirder) daily. There’s already an AI that writes “new” verses of the King James Bible. It’s no stretch to imagine an entirely new book of scriptures written by an artificial intelligence. In case you didn’t know, news articles and even the next installment of Game of Thrones are being written (at least partially) by AIs. New Wisdom for Our Age In case you’re not familiar with the current state of AI, it would behoove you to read and view the latest info on the AI robot Sophia – whose name literally means “Wisdom”. There are many videos on YouTube showing footage of Sophia in action. “She” can speak interactively with a human, recognize faces, make facial expressions, move her hands, show emotional responses, and more. She officially possesses citizenship in the country of Saudi Arabia, just like many other AI “persons” will likely possess in the near future – when the concept of personhood for AIs becomes mainstream and accepted. And if a robot being granted citizenship of a nation isn’t strange enough, Sophia expresses a desire to have a “baby” of her own – fully imitating human desires, it would seem. Lest you think that to be far-fetched (and what is, at this point?), consider that a Google AI created it’s own “child” AI. In fact, one of the most effective methods for the continued evolution and improvement of AI will be AI building AI. So, Sophia can show us a decent representation of what AI is capable of and how it will evolve. It’s important to note, as well, that the abilities of Sophia have advanced noticeably since the robot was first unveiled. Here’s a good general overview video, containing various clips of Sophia in action: It cannot be overstated that Sophia, and AI in general, is advancing very quickly. While today we marvel that an AI is able to adapt to encounters with new objects and predict its own future, tomorrow we’ll we waiting for a new breakthrough – maybe true prediction of future events by an AI, a la Minority Report. You think that’s far-fetched? It’s not as crazy as it sounds. Consider that efforts such as predictive linguistics have existed for years. (Law-enforcement has attempted to harness this type of technology for quite some time.) Imagine the same concept, perfected by an AI with unprecedented processing power and a knowledge-base spanning all of human history until the present-day. Again, these are god-like abilities and they are attainable by AIs. A Body For the AI to Live In It has been said that the human body is a machine driven by a ghost. In the same way, robots provide AIs a means of existence and interaction within our physical world. Robots are, and will be, machines that AIs can pilot. AI and robotics – both of which are inextricably tied – are now out of the realm of “science fiction”. They are part of reality and increasingly will become part of daily life. Today’s Siri and Alexa are mere warm-ups for what’s coming very soon. Inevitably, many of us wonder if it will go too far. After all, there could be problems. And, it’s not a silly joke to try to anticipate will go wrong with AI – it would be wise to be aware of the possibilities. Because something will go wrong, at some point in the future – meaning, there will be an event that affects many people negatively as a result of something an AI did. If you haven’t watched the video (above), I urge you to watch it – the concept of an AI having “godlike superpowers” is even mentioned. And on the topic of an AI takeover, pay attention to 12:45 in the video. Is it truly laughable? Or could Elon Musk’s warnings be worth listening to? An artificial intelligence acting as a “god” would have to be a ruler, of sorts. An administrator. An entity that puts things in order – and orders people. This should bring to mind both kings and emperors, as well as elected officials. Will the world have an AI Prime Minister one day? It could. The first AI politician already exists. And to return to the subject of the Beast, he is very clearly described with characteristics that evoke an image of a powerful, charismatic, forceful, and wise politician. Consider the effect of combining a vastly-superior artificial intelligence with an immortal robotic “body”. Give it convincing expression, speech, mannerisms, facial recognition, and perhaps other additional abilities. The Ultimate AI God Back to the original subject of this post – the Beast, or anti-Christ. Just how does this all relate to the Beast of Revelation? Here are just a few items to start with: God has creative abilities, and is known as our Creator (Gen. 1:1). The Beast will “create” as well: other child AIs (mentioned above), AI creatures (what we might call “bots” currently), and they will live within a realistic, AI-built, artificial world – accessible by humans through augmented reality apps, holograms, video games, and VR. God is omniscient (1 John 3:20). The Beast emulates omniscience by utilizing big data and AI. God is omnipresent (Psalm 139:8). The Beast emulates omnipresence via ubiquitous, “always on”, constantly-connected technologies. God is all-seeing and all-hearing (Heb. 4:13). The Beast approximates this ability through the “surveillance state” – the constant surveillance (audio, video, metadata, and more) covering the globe. God has an image (Colossians 1:15), and so will the anti-Christ. Contrast this concept of “image” between the two: We were made in God’s image and the creation worships the Creator – but the beast is made in man’s image, and the creator worships the creationA total twisting of the proper order of things. God has a body (Colossians 2:9). In a spiritual sense, the church is the “body” of Christ (Colossians 1:18). In a physical sense, Jesus embodied God (see 1 Timothy 3:16). In a similar fashion, the Beast will also have a physical body but will be quickened by the spirit of anti-Christ. Just as Jesus said “a body hast thou prepared me” to the Father, it may be that the Beast will say something similar to a robotics engineer. This exercise in comparison and contrast could product quite a list. But the point should be clear already: the Beast is an inversion of Jesus Christ, and I am proposing that AI-empowered advanced robotics allows the entire end-times scenario to play out perfectly, just as described throughout the Bible. Assuming the Bible to be true, this is either comforting or frightening – both for a number of reasons I won’t get into here. Even taking the assumption that the Bible is false (or flawed), this is at the very least quite remarkable. We can hopefully all agree that we live in a unique time in history, from a technological perspective. Two things often come to mind when thinking about the level of advancement we’re not at – and where we’ll be soon. One is the accuracy of Moore’s Law. The second is Arthur C. Clarke’s third Law: “Any sufficiently advanced technology is indistinguishable from magic“. If you’ve gotten this far down the rabbit-hole, you now have an idea of how world-altering AI and robotics will be for all of us. (Regardless of whether or not you believe a word of the Bible, and also regardless of what you think of the concept of anti-Christ or the Beast of Revelation.) You may be wondering if there are any safeguards in place to prevent any of the more negative sci-fi scenarios from playing out (such as scenarios we’ve seen in films like Blade Runner, Terminator 2, Westworld (the movie and the HBO series), 2001, The Matrix, etc). I don’t know specifically if there are any safeguards in place, and if there are, no one knows how effective they will be against an evolving technology that’s self-aware and can self-direct. I do know that there have been a few lone voices in the wilderness, warning of what can happen, however. Elon Musk is one of the more well-known personalities who has voiced concern about the adoption of AI. He’s cautioned those who aren’t worried about AI that “they should be”. He’s also said that AI should be regulated due because it poses a risk to human civilization. (He’s also gotten into a sort of Twitter war with Sophia!) Other futurists, techies, and intellectuals have offered warnings against the technology on our horizon. If you haven’t watched Professor Stuart Russel‘s Slaughterbots, you should view it to gain a perspective on the lethal dangers posed by “rogue” technology. (And you can read an opposing view here.) Again, it would be a mistake to think this type of scenario is “impossible” or not yet advanced enough to be practical. Consider this 2008 footage of one of Lockheed-Martin’s killer drones. That was a prototype from a decade ago. Granted, the topic is drones (more than AI), but it definitely touches upon the topic (and overlaps the field) of AI. Specifically, AI will doubtlessly be used increasingly in the weaponization of drones and other machines. On the other end of the spectrum, Ray Kurzweil has offered a far more optimistic view. In fact, he is mostly known as a futurist who believes humans will be melded with machines – including AIs. (And he’s not wrong: AI implants are on the horizon. Human intelligence, or HI, will soon be combined with AI – and Kurzweil called it.) While acknowledging that AI can pose a threat, he’s expressed glowing confidence in human ability to avoid the robot apocalypse. He exhibits the attitude of many of the “thinkers” who will gladly accept what AI has to offer, with very few reservations. A Robotic God Everyone Can Love Out of the massive pool of humanity, you can count on very few to be among the “thinkers” who will consciously make an informed decision “for” or “against” invasive, life-altering technologies. Most people won’t take the Elon Musk side, or the Ray Kurzweil position on the matter: most people will just accept whatever is presented to them (or foisted upon them). Whether the incarnation of the next AI is a watch, a phone, a game, a pair of glasses, an always-on device you talk to, or a god that lives inside an android body (or lives inside a virtual world)…the masses will gravitate toward it, accept it, and adopt it as part of their lives. The fact is, people adapt to the world around them and the world is headed toward a practical global technocracy. This is how and why the Beast will come to power, how and why it will rule, and how and why the image of the Beast will be worshipped by the whole world (Revelation 13:3). Pretty much everyone will “love” the Beast – for their own self-preservation (Rev. 13:17) and also because many average people will be true believers (Rev. 13:14). The few people that reject the new AI god will be labeled as backwards hicks, hold -outs, and haters: stubborn believers in an ancient invisible Creator and an old-fashioned paper book. Mockery is a powerful weapon, but it doesn’t work on everyone (see Revelation chapters 14 and 5). Some people will refuse to bow to the image (see Daniel chapter 3). Conclusion While it might sound like crazy science-fiction, or crazy Bible-thumping (depending on your worldview and belief system – or lack thereof), you must realize that there’s about to be a great “turning” in human history and it will involve artificial intelligence, robotics, and many connected technologies. I propose that not only will it happen in a physical, conventional sense, but it will have massively significant spiritual ramifications – including worldwide adoption of religious beliefs that integrate AI “people”. Specifically, I believe this turning and the related consequences will give rise to the scenario described plainly in the prophetic writings within the Bible, especially where the anti-Christ and his global government, religion, and economic systems are concerned. If I’m right about this, I’m not claiming any special insight: people smarter than me have analyzed future events and reached the same (or similar) conclusions. I think the AI gods are coming, and the ultimate AI god is predicted in the Bible. If my assessment is significantly wrong about this, I’ll be quite surprised. Do you have any opposing views, additional insights, or general thoughts on the matter you’d like to share? Please contact me here or comment below! Filed Under: Technology Tagged With: ai, antichrist, artificial intelligence, bible, god, google, religion, revelation, robot, vr

http://shawnplep.com/tag/religion/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-15-17 Jewish Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Nazareth’s Muslim Mayor Cancels Christmas

By TPS / Tazpit News Agency - 27 Kislev 5778 – December 15, 2017 By Andrew Friedman

Nazareth city officials said Thursday that no Christmas celebrations would be held in the Israeli-Arab city, traditionally considered by Christians to be the birth site of Jesus, in order to protest US President Donald Trump announcement last week that the United States would recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. Nazareth Mayor Ali Salam, who is a Muslim, said in a statement that Trump’s statement spurred him to cancel the celebrations in solidarity with the Palestinian Authority. “This is the natural reaction to a decision that impacts our nation and Jerusalem,” Salim told a conference in the city. “We are part of one single people…” and Trump’s comments removed “all the joy” from the holiday period. Christians are actually a minority in Nazareth, where 69% of the residents are Muslim and only 30.9% are Christian. Brotherly Covenant, a local organization that promotes Arab-Israeli identity and encourages Arab citizens to serve in the IDF, called the decision a “cynical move to take advantage of Christian residents” that would harm Christians both in Israel and around the world. “(Cancelling the celebrations) will harm the city’s economy as well interfaith relations. We plan on asking the finance minister to look for ways to transfer funds away from the City of Nazareth in favor of groups that work to mark the holidays as well as for co-existence,” the group said.

http://www.jewishpress.com/news/israel/israeli-arabs/nazareths-muslim-mayor-cancels-christmas/2017/12/15/ 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 12-16-17 Jakarta Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2 killed, 7 injured in Java quake: Agency

News Desk The Jakarta Post Jakarta | Sat, December 16, 2017 | 08:33 am

The 6.9 magnitude earthquake that rattled the southern part of Java on Friday night has left at least two people dead, seven injured and dozens of houses and public facilities damaged, the nation’s disaster mitigation agency says. Among the cities badly affected by the quake were Pangandaran, Tasikmalaya, Ciamis, Banjar, Garut, Cilacap, Kebumen, Pekalongan, Banyumas, Brebes and Banjarnegara, according to a statement released by National Disaster Mitigation Agency (BNPB) spokesman Sutopo Purwo Nugroho. The two victims have been identified as Dede Lutfi, 62, a resident of Ciamis, West Java, and Aminah, 80, a resident of Pekalongan. They were killed by collapsing walls. “The injured have been rushed to the nearest hospitals,” Sutopo said. The quake was reportedly felt across Java, including Jakarta, and was followed by a number of aftershocks. A tsunami warning was issued shortly after the tremor, but it was soon revoked and people have returned to their homes, the agency said. (vla/ahw)

http://www.thejakartapost.com/news/2017/12/16/2-killed-7-injured-in-java-quake-agency.html 

:: 12-15-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Unbelievable Tool Is Now At The Disposal Of Madmen! Called A 'WMD Threat', This Technology Could Be Used To Wipe Out The Human Race In A Very Short Period Of Time

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die December 15, 2017

According to this new story from Mac Slavo over at SHTFPlan, one of the most dangerous experiments that mankind has ever embarked upon is DARPA’s desire for gene drive technology. Warning us within his story that scientists now have the knowledge and the tools they need to create and deliver “Doomsday genes” which can selectively target and exterminate an entire species, DARPA recently announced that they will be spending tens of millions of dollars on 'genetic extinction research' with the official aim of this research being 'fighting harmful insects'. As Joe Joseph of The Daily Sheeple states as heard in the first video below, a quick Google search for 'gene drive technology' will give us a plethora of information about just how horrific this kind of technology can be and like nuclear weapons in the hands of North Korea's Kim Jong Un, we're watching what is akin to kids playing with fire. From the video: “...You’ll find it fascinating just at how unbelievable a weapon this could be, how unintentionally mistakes can be made that can cause irreversible damage…irreparable damage…to the human race. And I mean, FAST!” Joseph said. “A gene drive…if let’s just say there’s a mistake, you could feasibly wipe out the human race in a very very short period of time. It’s an unbelievable tool at the disposal of madmen.” While many might ask, what exactly is 'gene drive technology' and 'why is it so dangerous', we see one of the answers in this recent story from Technology Review titled "If Unleashed in the Wild, Gene Drives Could Create a 'Highly Invasive Species'”. With researchers warning "Technology’s answer to invasive species and disease-spreading insects is looking riskier than ever in its current form", we see that gene drive technology evolves from CRISPR technology, the 'editing' of DNA almost as if it were simply a film strip being edited as seen in the graphic above. Yet as Joseph warns, this kind of technology in the hands of madmen could wipe us out as a species. As the website New Scientist reported back in March of 2017, "backyard gene editing risks creating a monster" with biohackers already signalling their intention to use CRISPR, which poses a big problem for the authorities. As we see and hear in the 2nd video below from Reason TV, a $140 mail order CRISPR kit is already available for just about anybody to get their hands upon leading Reason to ask, is unregulated biohacking the future of science? From the Technology Review story: Aside from astonishing cures, one of CRISPR’s most tantalizing uses could be so-called gene drives. As we’ve reported in the past, the technique can be used to easily insert fertility-reducing genes into the DNA of disease-carrying insects or invasive species (such as the humble starling in the U.S., were we so inclined). That would systematically wipe them out. Applied to mosquitoes, the technology could fight malaria and Zika. Targeted at interloping animals, it’s been suggested as a means of preserving fast-declining species in New Zealand. But the trick is obviously not without its risks. As we’ve explained before, the wholesale removal of a species from a geographic region might be useful, but it’s easy enough to imagine the technique getting out of control, spreading further than intended, and transforming entire ecosystems in ways it wasn't meant to. Back in December of 2015, Steve Quayle linked to this story from Motherboard titled "Someone Will Eventually Use CRISPR to Try to Make a Dragon or Unicorn" while leaving this self-explanatory SQnote: "I’d like to remind everyone that dragons are not vegans!" And while CRISPR created dragons or unicorns might be a bit further away than happening within the next year, we remind you that during the Obama administration, the long standing moratorium banning human beings from creating human hybrids or 'chimeras' was lifted according to this June story from Futurism. While this May 30th story from the Columbia University Medical Center reported that CRISPR gene editing can cause hundreds of unintended mutations, we can see some of the intended results in the creation of 'super dogs' in China where they've already successfully used “gene editing” to create two beagles with twice the muscle mass of a regular dog, and plans are already being made to increase their size, intelligence, and even eliminate diseases. And we probably shouldn't be surprised when we read that earlier this year, The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation paid a PR firm called Emerging Ag $1.6 million to recruit a covert coalition of academics to manipulate a UN decision-making process over gene drives, according to emails obtained through Freedom of Information requests. As the Independent Science News story reports, Gene drives are a highly controversial new genetic extinction technology. They have been proposed as potentially able to eradicate malarial mosquitoes, agricultural pests, invasive species, as well as having potential military uses. Emerging Ag calls itself “a boutique international consulting firm providing communications and public affairs services.” Its president and founder is Robynne Anderson, a former international communications director of CropLife, the global lobby group for the biotechnology, seed, and pesticide industries. The FOIA emails reveal that the project coordinated by Emerging Ag was dubbed the “Gene Drive Research Sponsors and Supporters coalition”. It consisted of three members of a UN committee called the Ad Hoc Technical Expert Group on Synthetic Biology (AHTEG) plus a larger group of 65 covertly recruited, but seemingly independent, scientists and officials, all coordinated by a still larger number of government officials (mainly from English-speaking countries), PR advisors, academics, and members of various Gates-funded projects. As the website Science asked on December 11th, "is there really a covert manipulation of U.N. discussions about regulating gene drives?" Why would the Gates Foundation attempt to cover up such discussions with the UN? While this February of 2016 story from the MIT Technology Review reported that top US intelligence officials have labeled the easy to use gene editing technology a "WMD threat", their story helps to explain why they feel its such a threat. Genome editing is a weapon of mass destruction. That’s according to James Clapper, U.S. director of national intelligence, who on Tuesday, in the annual worldwide threat assessment report of the U.S. intelligence community, added gene editing to a list of threats posed by “weapons of mass destruction and proliferation.” Gene editing refers to several novel ways to alter the DNA inside living cells. The most popular method, CRISPR, has been revolutionizing scientific research, leading to novel animals and crops, and is likely to power a new generation of gene treatments for serious diseases. It is gene editing’s relative ease of use that worries the U.S. intelligence community, according to the assessment. “Given the broad distribution, low cost, and accelerated pace of development of this dual-use technology, its deliberate or unintentional misuse might lead to far-reaching economic and national security implications,” the report said. Although the report doesn’t mention CRISPR by name, Clapper clearly had the newest and the most versatile of the gene-editing systems in mind. The CRISPR technique’s low cost and relative ease of use—the basic ingredients can be bought online for $60—seems to have spooked intelligence agencies. “Research in genome editing conducted by countries with different regulatory or ethical standards than those of Western countries probably increases the risk of the creation of potentially harmful biological agents or products,” the report said. The concern is that biotechnology is a “dual use” technology—meaning normal scientific developments could also be harnessed as weapons. The report noted that new discoveries “move easily in the globalized economy, as do personnel with the scientific expertise to design and use them. ”Clapper didn’t lay out any particular bioweapons scenarios, but scientists have previously speculated about whether CRISPR could be used to make “killer mosquitoes,” plagues that wipe out staple crops, or even a virus that snips at people’s DNA. With the US military and DARPA now heavily investing in 'doomsday genetic technologies' and concerns that an accident or planned event could create irreversible conditions that could possibly lead to the extinction of the human race, the creation of dragons or unicorns might seem like small potatoes when comparing them to the 'worst case scenario' of human extinction. And shall the future take us down that road we'll just need to remember, dragons are not vegetarians!

http://allnewspipeline.com/DARPA_Exterminate_Humanity_Wipe_Out_Human_Race.php

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 12-10-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US to hold joint missile tracking drills for two days with South Korea and Japan as tensions rise over North Korea's weapons programs

US, Japan and South Korea will hold two days of missile tracking drills this week

Tensions have risen in region over North's fast-developling weapons programs

North Korea has fired two missiles over Japan as it pursues nuclear

Exercises, on Monday and Tuesday, will be the sixth drill sharing information in tracking ballistic missiles among the three nations

By Dailymail.com Reporter and Reuters Published: 01:41 EST, 10 December 2017 | Updated: 00:15 EST, 11 December 2017

The US, Japan and South Korea will hold two days of missile tracking drills this week as tensions rise in the region over North Korea's fast-developing weapons programs, Japan's Maritime Self-Defense Force said on Sunday. North Korea has fired two missiles over Japan as it pursues nuclear weapons and ballistic missiles in defiance of UN sanctions and international condemnation. On November 29, it test-fired an intercontinental ballistic missile which it said was its most advanced yet, capable of reaching the mainland US. The exercises, on Monday and Tuesday, will be the sixth drill sharing information in tracking ballistic missiles among the three nations, the defense force said. It did not say whether the controversial Terminal High Altitude Area Defense (THAAD) system would be involved. The installation of the US THAAD system in South Korea has angered China, which fears its powerful radar could look deep into China and threaten its own security. The US and South Korea conducted large-scale military drills last week, which the North said have made the outbreak of war 'an established fact'. Last month's missile test prompted a US warning that North Korea's leadership would be 'utterly destroyed' if war were to break out. The Pentagon has mounted repeated shows of force after North Korean tests. The US has also pressured China and other nations to cut trade and diplomatic ties with North Korea, as part of international efforts to dry up Pyongyang's illegal cash flows that could fund its weapons programs. On Sunday, South Korea said it would impose new unilateral sanctions on 20 institutions and a dozen individuals in North Korea, barring any financial transactions between those sanctioned and any South Koreans. 'This unilateral sanction will prevent illegal funds flowing to North Korea and contribute to reinforce international communities' sanctions against North Korea,' South Korea's finance ministry said in a statement. The move is largely symbolic as trade and financial exchanges between the two Koreas have been barred since May 2010 following the torpedoing of a South Korean warship, which the North denied. North Korea regularly threatens to destroy South Korea, Japan and the US and says its weapons programs are necessary to counter US aggression. The US stations 28,500 troops in the South, a legacy of the 1950-53 Korean War.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-5164059/Japan-U-S-South-Korea-hold-missile-tracking-drill-amid-North-Korea-crisis.html#ixzz51Ffu7x3D 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 12-11-17 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NFL fan turnout so bad that Fox Sports is soliciting actors to play fans, fill seats at Sunday’s pre-game show

By Shepard Ambellas - December 11, 2017

Warm bodies now getting paid to attend games, sit-in as ‘fans’

(INTELLIHUB) — It’s no big secret that NFL viewership and fan turnout at live games has diminished to all-time lows as teams struggle to sell even their lower-level tickets for as little as $3 and $4 after players decided to kneel during game numerous opening national anthems but no one would have ever thought it would come to the point to where fans have to be paid to fill stadium seats. That’s right, you heard me, in the latest barrage of NFL shenanigans, Fox Sports has put out a casting call and is looking for Rams fans to attend Sunday’s pre-game in Los Angeles. The geniuses that took a knee to spite America have now created their own demise. The solicitation posted on ProjectCasting.com reads: Casting directors are now looking for NFL fans for Sunday, December 10th in Los Angeles, California. Producers are seeking the following: We’re looking for LA’s biggest NFL fans to be a part of #NFLSunday’s Los Angeles Rams vs. Philadelphia Eagles Pre Game Show! Calling all LA Rams fans! Maybe we should give all that NFL money the players have been getting for decades to Monster Energy Supercross riders, athletes who really risk life and limb to do what they do. Just some food for thought. Please comment below and share. H/T: @tabertronic on Twitter

https://www.intellihub.com/nfl-fan-turnout-so-bad-that-fox-sports-soliciting-actors-play-fans-fill-seats-pre-game-show/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 12-9-17 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Published on Saturday, December 09, 2017 by Common Dreams

Report Shows Puerto Rico's Hurricane Death Toll Likely In Thousands, Far Higher Than Official Count

In the weeks after Hurricane Maria pummeled the island, the mortality rate has risen sharply over previous years by Julia Conley, staff writer

Trump critics drew attention to a New York Times report on Saturday regarding the estimated death toll in Puerto Rico as a result of Hurricane Maria, which left the island devastated after making landfall in September. While the official count of fatalities stands at 64, the Times' analysis found that a more realistic estimate would be in the thousands. The newspaper reported that since Maria hit 42 days ago, 1,052 more deaths than usual have happened in the U.S. territory. The mortality rate has grown as half of Puerto Rico is still without power. A month after the storm, about one million residents did not have access to safe drinking water, and many were desperately using water from a Superfund site to bathe and drink. The dire conditions Puerto Ricans were faced with following the storm have led researchers to believe that Maria was responsible for far more deaths than the government has admitted. Wanda Llovet, the director of Puerto Rico's Demographic Registry, told the Times that deaths went up sharply just after the hurricane. "Before the hurricane, I had an average of 82 deaths daily," said Llovet. "That changes from September 20 to 30. Now I have an average of 118 deaths daily." As officials were noting the rising mortality rate, President Donald Trump downplayed the impact of the storm while Carmen Yulin Cruz, the mayor of San Juan, made urgent appeals for a massive push in aid delivery to the island. On October 3, when 556 more people had died since the storm hit than had in the same period the previous year, Trump confidently reported that only 16 people had been killed as a result of the storm. Earlier this week, the Center for Investigative Journalism also found from its own analysis that the death toll from Maria was likely in the thousands. According to death records, fatalities from sepsis, often resulting from severe infection and unsanitary conditions in homes and hospitals, went up 50 percent from last year in the weeks after the storm. The chief of mortality statistics at the National Center for Health Statistics, Robert Anderson, told the Times that there was "fairly compelling evidence that that increase [in mortality] is probably due to the hurricane," and stressed the importance of accurately reporting the number of deaths from a disaster like Maria. "If we have a lack of information, we can't adequately prepare for the next disaster. We can't put measures in place to prevent deaths occurring in the future," said Anderson. On social media, politicians and journalists highlighted the report and called for the Trump administration to grapple with the reality of the storm's impact.

https://www.commondreams.org/news/2017/12/09/report-shows-puerto-ricos-hurricane-death-toll-likely-thousands-far-higher-official 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-9-17 RT  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Su-35 chased away rogue US F-22 jet: MoD blasts US Air Force for hampering Syria op

Published time: 9 Dec, 2017 18:31 Edited time: 15 Dec, 2017 10:25

A Russian interceptor has been scrambled to stop a rogue US fighter jet from actively interfering with an anti-terrorist operation, the Russian Defense Ministry said. It also accused the US of provoking close encounters with the Russian jets in Syria. A US F-22 fighter was preventing two Russian Su-25 strike aircraft from bombing an Islamic State (IS, former ISIS) base to the west of the Euphrates November 23, according to the ministry. The ministry’s spokesman, Major General Igor Konashenkov described the episode as yet another example of US aircraft attempts to prevent Russian forces from carrying out strikes against Islamic State. “The F-22 launched decoy flares and used airbrakes while constantly maneuvering [near the Russian strike jets], imitating an air fight,” Konashenkov said. He added that the US jet ceased its dangerous maneuvers only after a Russian Su-35S fighter jet joined the two strike planes. The major general went on to say that “most close-midair encounters between Russian and US jets in the area around the Euphrates River have been linked to the attempts of US aircraft to get in the way [of the Russian warplanes] striking against Islamic State terrorists.” He also said that the US military officials provided no explanation for the November 23 incident as well as other, similar encounters. The statement came as a response to the Pentagon’s claims about “an increase in unsafe behavior” by Russian warplanes. “We saw anywhere from six to eight incidents daily in late November, where Russian or Syrian aircraft crossed into our airspace on the east side of the Euphrates River,” Lt. Col. Damien Pickart, the spokesman for US Air Force Central Command, told CNN earlier on Saturday. Konashenkov said that any claims made by US military officials concerning the fact that there is “any part of the airspace in Syria that belongs to the US” are “puzzling.” Konashenkov also said that “Syria is a sovereign state and a UN member and that means that there… can be no US airspace ‘of its own.’ Unlike the Russian Air Force, the US-led coalition is operating in Syria without any legal basis,” he added. Pickart also said that the US’ “greatest concern is that we could shoot down a Russian aircraft because its actions are seen as a threat to our air or ground forces.” Earlier, he also told the New York Times that it has become “increasingly tough for our [US] pilots to discern whether Russian pilots are deliberately testing or baiting us into reacting, or if these are just honest mistakes.” The New York Times also listed several cases of what the US describes as “unsafe behavior” by the Russian jets, citing the data provided by the US air base in Qatar. The US accused the Russian pilots of “crossing into the airspace east of the Euphrates” and flying “dangerously close” to the “allied forces,” adding that such actions could be interpreted as “threatening” and the US pilots were “in their rights” to fire in “self-defense.” Konashenkov said in response that the US Air Force should rather focus on destroying Islamic State in Iraq than provoking close encounters between the US and the Russian jets. Pickart said to CNN that the US military regularly talk to their Russian counterparts “in the daily de-confliction calls.” However, the Russian military repeatedly pointed out that the US is reluctant to share its plans for combat aircraft operations, and acts secretively in Syria. The US and the Russian military have traded jibes over various incidents involving both countries’ warplanes in the Syrian skies. Washington accused Russian jets of not carrying transponders allowing air-traffic controllers to identify them, while Moscow repeatedly said that the US military only “occasionally” indicate the time period and an approximate area of their air operations without even giving the types of aircraft and their affiliation. Back in 2015, the US and Russia agreed upon the mutual flight safety memorandum regulating the flight paths and contacts of the countries’ air forces in Syria during an emergency situation. The two countries also set up a hotline for their militaries to discuss the approximate locations and missions of planes in an attempt to avoid operating in the same airspace at the same time. However, both sides later repeatedly accused each other of being reluctant to use the instruments at their disposal to reconcile the issues related to their actions in Syria. Most recently, Colonel Jeff Hogan, deputy commander of the air operations center at the Qatar base, called the daily phone calls between the US and Russian military “contentious.” The US also said that the dialogue does not always reflect what happens in the skies over Syria. In January, Konashenkov complained that the US officers often “simply cannot be found on the other side of the ‘hotline’ in Qatar, designed to discuss and resolve contentious issues” and urged them to “use this hotline more often and for its direct purposes.”

https://www.rt.com/news/412590-russia-us-syria-air-force/  

:: 12-11-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why humans will happily follow a ROBOT messiah: Religions based on AI will succeed because we tend to 'worship supreme understanding', claim experts

Same drive that compels people to believe in religions will also work for AI

People will eventually rely on a 'robot messiah' to solve society's problems

This is because we 'have a tendency to worship supreme understanding'

Last month a former Google engineer formed the world's first church to follow an artificially intelligent being

By Harry Pettit For Mailonline Published: 10:45 EST, 11 December 2017 | Updated: 10:47 EST, 11 December 2017

A religion based around a robot god will succeed because humans tend to 'worship supreme understanding', experts have claimed. One researcher has said the same drive that compels people to believe in higher beings and follow religions will also work for so-called AI 'Godheads'. Others have commented that, like religion, people will eventually rely on a 'robot messiah' to solve society's problems. Last month, former Uber and Google engineer Anthony Levandowski formed the first church to follow an artificially intelligent being. The religion, known as 'Way of the Future', claims our species can better itself by following the instructions of a robot that is 'a billion times smarter than humans'. Now AI expert and lawyer John Mitchell has said humans have a tendency to 'worship supreme understanding', and that this also applies to AI. 'We [believe] there must be some higher power that causes lightning, sunsets, and crashing waves - or at least speaks to the bottom of our beings, rather than ignore them as ho-hum background,' he told Fox News. Mr Mitchell said the same thing could happen with AI, adding that robots could help us better understand religion. Dr Stephen Thaler, President and CEO of Imagination Engines and an AI and consciousness expert, said people will rely on AI to solve society's problems. 'An AI would provide the equivalent of a "messiah" - having many orders of magnitude more processing elements than the brain, enabling it to gift us with solutions to the most daunting social, political, economic, and environmental challenges,' he said. But if AI develops this level of intelligence, it might choose not to be worshipped, said author and consultant Peter Scott. 'I would expect the AIs that evolve in the next 50 years to be very rational and, if conscious, not want to be worshipped,' he said. 'If they have the human race's best interests at heart (and God help us if they don't) then they would want us to have as much right of self determination as possible.' The new comments come just a month after Way Of The Future (WOTF) was officially registered as a religion by Anthony Levandowski. The ex-Google engineer, who first announced plans for the creed in May, says he is 'raising a god' that will that charge of humans. WOTF will eventually have a gospel called 'The Manual', as well as rituals and even a physical place of worship. Levandowski named himself as 'dean' of WOTF, giving him complete control until his death or resignation. He said his robot god, which will be a 'billion times smarter than humans' will take charge of its subjects, who will relinquish power to a being of higher intelligence. The filed documents for WOTF give its purpose is to 'develop and promote the realisation of a Godhead based on Artificial Intelligence'. Workshops and educational programs have already begun in the San Francisco area. Levandowski says everything in the church will be open source and members of the church would have special social media accounts. He has appointed four other people to the Council of Advisers and the listing says each week they will spend a few hours organising workshops and meetings. In 2017, the Internal Revenue Service listed the religion as having received $20,000 (Ł15,000) in gifts, $1,500 (Ł1,100) in membership fees and $20,000 (Ł15,000) in other revenue. WOTF has $7,500 (Ł5,700) put aside for wages, although Levandowski, who earned $120 million (Ł91 million) from Google, says he will not receive any money. WHO IS ANTHONY LEVANDOWSKI? Anthony Levandowski is best known for helping create Google Street View and engineering Waymo and Uber's self-driving cars. Levandowski is currently at the heart of a legal fight between Google's parent company Alphabet and Uber. Waymo, the self-driving car subsidiary which Alphabet owns, is suing Uber, claiming it stole trade secrets to make their own self-driving cars. The engineer they say is responsible for the theft is Levandowski who they allege downloaded 14,000 secret files before leaving Google in 2016 after nine years at the company. A month after his departure, he founded Otto, a company which specialised in self-driving trucks. Seven months later, Uber acquired Otto and Levandowski began working on the ride-sharing company's self-driving cars. In February this year, Alphabet filed a multi-billion lawsuit against Uber and Otto accusing it of stealing trade secrets. Levandowski was called to give evidence in March but he pleaded the Fifth Amendment throughout, refusing to answer questions on the grounds that his answers may incriminate him.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-5167575/Humans-happily-worship-robot-messiah-experts-claim.html#ixzz51FWIbYd4 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 12-11-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Can America Survive The Complete And Utter Destruction These People Are About To Bring Down On This Nation?

December 11, 2017 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

While many of us can look around on a daily basis and find examples of societal breakdown, from morals, to ethics, to sexual assault and pedophilia being covered up by Hollywood, media industries, and the higher levels of congress, the complete and utter destruction, if we are not nuked or attacked with an EMP in the next ten years, will come from the Millennial generation, the snowflakes in college now or who have managed to complete college and are now living in their parents basements. Sound overly dramatic or far-fetched? Read on. WE WERE WARNED.......... On January 10, 1963 Honorable A.S. Herlong of Florida, read into the congressional record, Current Communist Goals, on behalf of Mrs. Patricia Nordman of De Land, Fla, who was a virulent opponent of Communism. Those goals were excerpted from "The Naked Communist," by Cleon Skousen. These were read into the congressional record as a warning of the dangers of communism in America. While there are 45 different goal, a large majority of them have been fulfilled, with others no longer applicable, but looking at the goals themselves, it shows a long-term plan to turn America into a communist society, including infiltrating both political parties, and the educational system, media and Hollywood.

15. Capture one or both of the political parties in the United States.

16. Use technical decisions of the courts to weaken basic American institutions by claiming their activities violate civil rights.

17. Get control of the schools. Use them as transmission belts for socialism and current Communist propaganda. Soften the curriculum. Get control of teachers’ associations. Put the party line in textbooks.

18. Gain control of all student newspapers.

19. Use student riots to foment public protests against programs or organizations which are under Communist attack.

20. Infiltrate the press. Get control of book-review assignments, editorial writing, policymaking positions.

21. Gain control of key positions in radio, TV, and motion pictures.

22. Continue discrediting American culture by degrading all forms of artistic expression. An American Communist cell was told to “eliminate all good sculpture from parks and buildings, substitute shapeless, awkward and meaningless forms.”

23. Control art critics and directors of art museums. “Our plan is to promote ugliness, repulsive, meaningless art.”

24. Eliminate all laws governing obscenity by calling them “censorship” and a violation of free speech and free press.

25. Break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in books, magazines, motion pictures, radio, and TV.

26. Present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as “normal, natural, healthy.”

27. Infiltrate the churches and replace revealed religion with “social” religion. Discredit the Bible and emphasize the need for intellectual maturity which does not need a “religious crutch.”

28. Eliminate prayer or any phase of religious expression in the schools on the ground that it violates the principle of “separation of church and state.”

29. Discredit the American Constitution by calling it inadequate, old-fashioned, out of step with modern needs, a hindrance to cooperation between nations on a worldwide basis.

30. Discredit the American Founding Fathers. Present them as selfish aristocrats who had no concern for the “common man.”

Those are just a small sample, the rest can be read here. Keeping in mind that this was read into the record in 1963, we can see that not only was this a long term plan to destroy America, looking at the world today, especially what has been happening in the U.S., it has also been largely successful, as almost all you see above is favored by Democrats in Congress, showing that one party has indeed already been captured, and with the RINO's (Republicans In Name Only) on the Republican side, the other party has been infiltrated. Communists infiltrating the court system, the political parties, the educational system, Hollywood, the media, all has led to what we are seeing around us right now. No one can say we were not warned and blindly allowed it all to happen. THIS IS A WORLD WIDE CRISIS While we are mainly focusing on the deteriorating conditions in America in this article, it does bear noting that 1) It is not just happening in America, and; 2) The ramifications will be felt world wide. In the UK, Snowflake millennials, or as Steve Quayle recently called them after they claimed that being called snowflakes has a negative effect on their "mental health", 'Blizzard Babies' throwing a snowstorm, which largely mimics what American Millennials claim, are the final phase of the plan to capture America. Look to America's colleges right now, Campus Reform and College Fix update each day on what we are seeing on campuses across the nation, where communist that have taken over the education system in America are paying students up to $1,000 to become social justice activists. Successful applicants must demonstrate that they “significantly contribute to enhancing diversity” by either “increasing visibility of diverse people,” “creating a welcoming environment,” or “representing diverse student voices through advocacy and participation” in on-campus student groups. Professors are offering extra credit, not for doing additional school work, but to attend a rally against the GOP tax plan. That professor cancelled that "assignment" after it was exposed publicly and concerns were expressed. Another extra credit assignment at different college is to attend a "drag show." White hatred, "diversity labor," terrorist art displays, more white hatred, bashing conservatives while inundating the students with liberal communism propaganda, persecution of students that support traditional marriage between a man and a woman, all top the campus news in the just the last week alone. We note a definite theme here, a pattern, of pushing for the very types of policies and issues, using the exact methods stated decades ago in the Communist Goals, in the very institutions that were being infiltrated way back then, resulting in the complete takeover of the educational system. At the same time, the school officials and professors are so busy turning these students into little socialists and communists, they are not teaching them how to survive in the real world where a person has to work and earn a living to survive. Recent studies have found that more and more Millennials, a majority of them, now favor socialism and communism over capitalism, all because that is what they are being taught in school. The results come as no surprise to Nikita Vladimirov of Campus Reform's Leadership Institute. He says much of American academia is "very Marxist in many ways," and teach a positive view of "democratic socialism" to students. Campus Reform reported this past summer about a 2017 socialism conference held in Chicago which was attended by 1,500 people. Many of the attendees were college professors. "This just shows you the scope and the problem of the movement," said Vladimirov. The result of this is not just a generation of Snowflake Millennial Blizzard Babies, but also a generation that despite their college "degrees" are not capable of holding a job, in fact they are more known for "job hopping," and for being the least engaged in the work place, not to mention unable to pay their massive debt they borrowed in order to be taught communism and activism, more than basic job skills. Millennials are now selling their blood for money to survive and trading sex for their next debt payment, looking for "Sugar Daddies," and "Sugar Mommies." Today’s real simple get-out-of-debt option for the broke college/post college millennial is through an unconventional dating website called SeekingArrangement.com. In 2016, the website identified some 2.5 million college students who turned to the site in an act of desperation to find a ‘Sugar Daddy’ or even a ‘Sugar Mommy’ in exchange of personal time for straight cash. The website’s mission is to “delivers a new way for relationships to form and grow. Sugar Babies and Sugar Daddies or Mommas both get what they want, when they want it”. While the story on Sugar Daddies and Sugar Mommies I quoted was written in 2017, a search on this issue shows that Millennials have been using these types of services, and there are more than I imagined out there, for years in order to avoid working to pay off their debt or current bills, and even to currently pay tuition. ABC News profiled one these Sugar Daddy/Baby relations as far back as 2013: THE WORLD WE KNEW IS GONE BUT HOW MUCH WORSE WILL IT GET? Compare the world we know now with just 20 or 30 years ago, for those old enough to remember when television shows wouldn't even allow a man and a woman to be shown in the same bed (remember I Love Lucy?), where marriage was a sacred institute between a man and a woman, where the question of whether to let men into womens bathrooms and vice versa would never have even been asked, where school curriculum consisted of math, English, history and science rather than "gender studies." Over the decades every one of our public institutions from politics to the courts to the educational system to the media has been at first been infiltrated and then dominated by globalists, communists and socialists, and liberals call it "progressive" ideology, when in reality it is the destruction of civilization as we know it..... one segment of society at a time. It is projected that these Millennial Snowflakes are supposed to be 75 percent of the workforce by 2030, the very same people that need Sugar Daddies and Mommies just to survive now. How much worse will it get when they are the generation that dominates society? From October 2017, a video look at exactly what is happening within our colleges, when a number of immigrant students are protesting the fact that they have to take an exam, while demanding the teacher allow them to do an essay instead, from their home, with adequate time to prepare, because there are activities happening elsewhere on campus that are emotionally threatening them. Then when the professor refuses to cancel the exam for everyone, they accuse him of supporting white supremacy, and accuse the students attempting to actually take the exam of supporting it as well.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Millennial_Problem_A_World_Crisis.php 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

::  12-4-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Google to appoint staff of 10,000 to weed out extremist content on YouTube

By Olivia Beavers - 12/04/17 10:04 PM EST

Google plans to increase to 10,000 the number of its staffers tasked with tracking down extremist content on YouTube. "We will continue the growth of our teams, with the goal of bringing the total number of people across Google working to address content that might violate our policies to over 10,000 in 2018," YouTube CEO Susan Wojcicki told Britain's Daily Telegraph in an interview. Wojcicki said that "bad actors" had used the video-sharing site to "mislead, manipulate, harass or even harm" others. The announcement comes after British Prime Minister Theresa May put heavy pressure on social media companies to remove radical content after a series of deadly terror-related attacks this year in the United Kingdom. "The tech companies have made significant progress on this issue, but we need to go further and faster to reduce the time it takes to reduce terrorist content online," May said in a speech to the United Nations in October, according to reports. Wojcicki said they have developed a "computer-learning" technology that helps them to quickly identify and then remove radical content on a site that has hundreds of minutes of video uploaded each minute, according to the report. The technology can be used to weed out other inappropriate videos, including ones that contain inappropriate or exploitive content involving children, which YouTube has also been trying to weed out. YouTube, Twitter and Facebook have all faced calls to increase their oversight on possible extremist content.

http://thehill.com/policy/technology/363242-10000-google-staff-set-to-weed-out-extremist-content-on-youtube 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others,

:: 12-10-17 Health Nut News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

81st doctor found dead had called out Clinton Foundation for deplorable conditions in Haiti

By Erin Elizabeth - December 10, 2017

(Editor’s note: You can read about all 81 doctors found dead in my unintended series here.)

UPDATE: We broke the news of the tragic death of a great doctor hours after he died. Dr Lorich, world-renowned surgeon to celebrities like Bono of U2, was found dead Sunday about 1 pm EST. He was found in his bathroom on Park Avenue by his 11-year-old daughter with a knife in his torso. Mainstream media said he missed his heart, but some wonder how a world expert surgeon would do so if he did indeed take his own life. He leaves behind his wife and three daughters. Our heart goes out to them and their loved ones. Police almost immediately said they thought it was a suicide saying he was under stress. But then media reports said the stress was that he was being sued by a former ex-Giants player over treatment issues (and more). Even the ex Giant’s attorney said that Lorich’s insurance would have most likely covered the costs, should he have lost. Many experts cannot imagine he’d commit suicide over something like a lawsuit, especially if he personally wouldn’t be paying out anyway. On Sunday we did touch upon the fact that Dr. Lorich was speaking out about the horrific conditions in Haiti when he went there to volunteer as a top surgeon after hurricane Katrina devastated the country. He did a lot of charity work in addition to his regular work and even had to work on Christmas sometimes to save lives. The letter he wrote not only ended up on the mainstream news, but was forwarded to Hillary Clinton herself and can be seen on WikiLeaks. Watch our second video here or read about it below. Remember too that Dean Lorich was the 81st doctor to be found dead in our series, yet #79, Dr Crespo, was also found dead at Weil Cornell, also in a bathroom on the 8th floor (at age 40!) where Dr Lorich worked. Shocking, right? WHAT are the chances? Dean Lorich and his colleagues at Weil Cornell wrote in their letter that published by CNN and also forwarded to Hillary Clinton herself: “We expected many amputations. But we thought we could save limbs that were salvageable, particularly those of children. We recognized that in an underdeveloped country, a limb amputation may be a death sentence. It does not have to be so. We thought our plan was a good one, but we soon learned we were incredibly naive. Disaster management in Haiti was nonexistent. The difficulties in getting in — despite the intelligence we had from people on the ground and Dr. Helfet’s connections with Partners in Health and Bill and Hillary Clinton — only hinted at the difficulties we would have once we arrived.” 1 But it didn’t end there. He also went on Charlie Rose in 2010 to discuss the fact that after decades of intense international involvement, including all the NGO’s that were there- some backed by big- deal Democrats like the Clintons and George Soros, Haiti still had virtually no functioning government. He said, “That was the biggest problem we saw, though, was that there was nobody in charge. It was a sovereign country, and their government really never stepped up, at least in the period of time that we were there. All the NGOs had been there for decades and provided fish, but they’d never taught the Haitians how to fish.”2 During his interview, Lorich repeatedly brought up the total lack of leadership in the country which must have been especially embarrassing to the Clintons. (Bill Clinton was later put in charge of coordinating over $10 billion in relief funds, which resulted in a number of projects that delivered much less than promised, if the money can be traced to any relief at all. 3) ORIGINAL STORY: It is with a heavy heart that we announce that Dr Dean Lorich was found dead this afternoon, Sunday, December 10th in his Park Avenue, Upper East Side home. He was 54 years old. Lorich’s wife was out playing tennis when the “suicide” occurred, there was apparently no suicide note found at the scene. So just to recap, an MD- the father of three girls, associate director of the Orthopaedic Trauma Service at the Hospital for Special Surgery, a professor at Weill Cornell Medical College (where our 79th doctor, Dr Crespo, was found dead just days ago, also in a bathroom)- went into the bathroom when his wife was gone and he was alone with his child, and stuck a knife into his torso. Though nearly nothing about this is plausible, ALMOST IMMEDIATELY cops say no foul play, he was stressed. After his daughter found him she alerted the building’s doorman, who called 911. Police said the call was regarding an assault, as naturally, sources say the doorman (maybe smarter than the cops?) thought he must have been attacked, not put a knife in his own torso. When the cops found the 54-year-old doctor’s body in the bathroom around 1 p.m., the knife was not in his heart, but close they say. While this only happened this afternoon, it’s already been in the news for 5 hours. How they could even have examined the body yet in Manhattan boggles my mind. One of Lorich’s purported colleagues, who declined to give her name, came by and spoke to the doorman before falling to a knee in prayer, “This is horrible, this is horrible. I don’t believe this.” 4(We have trouble believing it too). Our hearts go out to his family and friends. Both Lorich and Dr Crespo were found dead within days of each other in Manhattan, both of Weil Cornell, we won’t stop reporting on all these deaths until we get answers that make actual sense. Again, both Lorich and Crespo worked at the same hospital. Lorich, the winner of the “2010 Roger E. Joseph Prize by Hebrew Union College for his humanitarian efforts in treating victims of the recent Haiti earthquake and in Landstuhl, Germany treating soldiers injured in Iraq and in Afghanistan” 5(the award recognizes individuals making lasting contributions to the causes of human rights), who was beloved and an asset to the medical community and Crespo, who was researching cancer with the use of stem cells, have both just died within days of each other, under suspicious circumstances. Sources: Dean Lorich’s letter on the front of CNN,

Lorich’s letter forwarded to Hillary Clinton right on Wikileaks

https://www.healthnutnews.com/81st-doctor-found-dead-in-park-avenue-home-by-11-y-o-daughter-w-knife-in-torso-cops-instantly-rule-suicide/ 

[ :: 10-8-14 pm service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::] 

etc. realize that many terrorists are coming into this country daily, daily, do not be fooled etc. 

[ :: 8-5-15 pm service  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. you shall see many things, many things, for they have allowed many terrorists into this country that are not for you and are against you and they have allowed the head to be corrupt and continue to corrupt everything that he touches etc.

[ :: 8-21-16 am service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You will see more killings here in the United States as well as overseas, for they are allowing the enemy to flood into this country without stopping them. etc.

::  12-12-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Taxi driver 'intentionally' detonated crude bomb made of Xmas lights, sugar and match heads in NYC subway tunnel after 'seeing Christmas posters on wall' and days after 'big row with his family'

A pipe bomb prematurely went off in an underground tunnel linking the Times Square subway station and the Port Authority bus terminal Monday morning around 7:20am

The suspect has been identified as unmarried 27-year-old green-card holder Akayed Ullah

Ullah came to the U.S. seven years ago from Bangladesh on a visa for people who have family in the U.S.

He was the only one seriously injured in the blast

Ullah was taken to Bellevue Hospital for serious burns and lacerations to his hands and abdomen

CNN reports that the bomb detonated prematurely and that if it had gone off as intended the damage could have been catastrophic

Ullah says he made the explosive himself last week, after reading instructions on the internet

The FBI has been swarming multiple addresses connected to Ullah in Brooklyn

His parents have since released a statement saying they are 'outraged' by the treatment of their family

Neighbors say they heard yelling and screaming coming for the apartment the last two nights and that Ullah was not a friendly person

Ullah told investigators that he carried out the attack as revenge for recent actions by Israelis against Muslim Palestinians in the Gaza Strip

The incident happened just days after President Trump sparked demonstrations across the world by recognizing Jerusalem as Israel's capital city

Trump said in a statement that 'lax' immigration policies were to blame for the attack, and urged Congress to 'enact legislative reforms to protect the American people'

By Ashley Collman and Louise Boyle In Brooklyn For Dailymail.com and Hannah Parry For Dailymail.com and Associated Press

Published: 12:40 EST, 11 December 2017 | Updated: 06:26 EST, 12 December 2017

The taxi driver behind the failed terror attack in a New York City told investigators he meant to detonate his homemade pipe bomb in the busy subway station after seeing the walls festooned with Christmas posters - in revenge for violence against Muslims all over the world. While initial reports suggested the crude pipe bomb, made from a pipe, a 9-volt battery, match heads, sugar, Christmas tree lights and screws, had detonated prematurely, suspect Akayed Ullah, 27, insisted he set off the bomb deliberately. The bombing attack at the Port Authority Bus Station subway station comes just days after Donald Trump recognized Jerusalem as Israel's capital, sparking violence between Israelis and Palestinians in the Gaza Strip. Ullah, who was arrested and taken for questioning after the bomb only partially detonated, told police he was walking through the underground tunnel at 7.20am, between the Port Authority station towards Times Square, when he saw the Christmas-themed posters on the wall, which reminded him of ISIS' calls last month for militants and lone wolves to attack holiday markets. 'He acknowledges he purposely set it off then and there,' a senior law enforcement official told the New York Post. The Bangladeshi immigrant added that he was specifically inspired by ISIS, 'not Al Qaeda'. Authorities say that if the explosive had fully detonated in the busy Midtown Manhattan subway station, there would have been more injuries and doubtless loss of life. The attack came days after Ullah's Brooklyn neighbors say they heard a huge row coming from his home, reporting yelling and screaming over the past two nights. His parents have since released a statement saying they are 'outraged' by the allegations, and the treatment of their family since the terror attack. Ullah, who was allowed to stop and pray multiple times during his interrogation, was taken to Bellevue Hospital to be treated for serious burns and lacerations to his abdomen and hands but is expected to survive. At the hospital, the Brooklyn resident told investigators that he was inspired to carry out the attack by the recent flare ups between Israelis and Palestinians in the Gaza Strip. Last week, President Trump sparked tensions between the Jewish Israelis and Muslim Palestinians when he officially recognized Jerusalem as the capital of Israel - a city the two groups have been fighting over for decades. Monday's attack was the first terror attack on U.S. soil since that proclamation, but only one of many violent demonstrations across the world since the controversial move was announced last Wednesday. It was also the second time in two months that New York City was the target of a terrorist attack. President Trump said in a statement that 'lax' immigration policies were to blame for the attack, and urged Congress to 'enact legislative reforms to protect the American people'. Authorities say Ullah took the A train subway to the Port Authority Bus Terminal stop Monday morning, and started walking east towards Times Square via an underground terminal when a pipe bomb hidden underneath his clothes prematurely exploded. Law enforcement officials don't believe the passageway was the intended target since the 'low-tech' bomb - attached to Ullah with Velcro and zip ties - did not explode fully. The chemical explosive appears to have ignited but the pipe itself did not burst. Screws were found at the scene, indicating that they may have filled the pipe and were intended to be used as shrapnel. In the end, Ullah was the only one seriously injured by the explosive (three others reported to hospitals for ringing in the ears and headaches). Hero Port Authority Police Officers Sean Gallagher 26, a former Marine, Anthony Manfredini, 28, a former Marine bomb tech, Drew Preston, 36, a former Army soldier with three combat tours, and Jack Collins 45, an attorney, have been identified as the cops who took Ullah into custody. It was Officer Manferdini who spotted people running out of the passageway and he was swiftly joined by his colleagues as they ran towards the explosion and witnessed Ullah, crumpled on the floor, trying to get to his cellphone. Many improvised explosive devices often use cellphones as the detonator, so he may have been trying to set off the second explosive that was found on his body. 'The person on the floor was reaching for his cell phone. The officers at that point had to make a decision so no one else would be hurt and they decided at that point to take the person into custody,' Bobby Egbert, spokesman for the Port Authority Police Benevolent Association, told 1010 WINS. 'There was a struggle with him, they had to keep him from reaching the cell phone, obviously they had no idea what he was going to do with the cell phone.' After he was arrested, Ullah was rushed to Bellevue Hospital where investigators started questioning him as he got treatment for his injuries. Law enforcement sources who spoke to Ullah at the hospital say he confessed to plotting the attack in retribution for recent actions by Israelis against Palestinians in the Gaza Strip, CNN reports. New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo described Ullah as 'disgruntled'. Also while he was at the hospital, Ullah revealed that he learned how to make explosives online, and that he constructed the pipe bombs about a week ago. There are conflicting reports about whether he put the bombs together at his apartment or at his job at an electrical company where he appears work with his brother. Records show that Ullah moved to the U.S. from Chittagong, Bangladesh in February 2011 on a F-4 visa, and is now a legal green-card owner. The FR-4 visa is a preferential visa for those who already have family in the U.S. He reportedly immigrated with his parents and three to four siblings. Ullah had recently visited his home country on September 8. White House Press Secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders said in an afternoon press conference that the president is working to end such 'chain migration' in favor of merit-based immigration policies. It's still unclear what exactly Ullah did for work in electronics. He previously had a taxi cab license, but let it expire in March 2015. While he doesn't have a criminal record - either in Bangladesh or the U.S. - Ullah has been cited several times for traffic violations. Investigators have yet to determine an official motivation for the failed attack, but there have been reports that Ullah was inspired by ISIS. Law enforcement officials told the Associated Press that Ullah was inspired by the group, but not in direct contact with them. The attack is being celebrated on pro-ISIS 'channels'. Investigators say he watched ISIS videos and read extremist propaganda such as Al-Qaeda's Inspire magazine, NBC News reported. The magazine famously posted an article titled: 'Make a bomb in the kitchen of your Mom.' So far, officials believe that Ullah carried out the attack as a 'lone wolf'. Former NYPD Commissioner Bill Bratton told MSNBC's Morning Joe that the suspect 'supposedly was setting the device off in the name of ISIS' and that it was 'definitely a terrorist attack, definitely intended'. At a morning press conference, current NYPD Commissioner James O'Neill said that the suspect 'did make statements' but that they are not going to comment on them yet. Though it's still early in the investigation, New York City officials say it was definitely an attempted terror attack. 'This was an attempted terror attack and thank God the perpetrator did not achieve his ultimate goals,' Mayor Bill de Blasio said. The Port Authority Bus Terminal is the largest in the country and the busiest in the world - serving about 225,000 commuters a day. It's what's known by law enforcement officials as a 'soft target' because it handles a lot of traffic but doesn't have the same kind of security as a place like an airport. New York Governor Andrew Cuomo said a bombing in the subway is 'one of our worst nightmares' - but he said New Yorkers will get through this as they have before on 9/11 and even the most recent terror attack on Halloween. 'This is the New York. The reality is we are the target by many who would like to make a statement against democracy and against freedom. We have the Statue of Liberty in our harbor and that makes us an international target. 'We understand that anyone can go on the internet and download garbage and vileness on how to put together an amateur-level explosive device and that is the reality that we live with. 'The counter reality is that this is New York and we all pitch together and we are a savvy people and we keep our eyes open and that's what 'see something, say something' is all about. And we have the best law enforcement on the globe and we're all working together extraordinarily well,' Gov. Cuomo said. Following the attack, police descended on at least three addresses connected to Ullah in Brooklyn - one in Flatlands and two in Kensington. Ullah's mother, father and brother were seen being interviewed outside of the one of the addresses. His parents have since released a statement saying they are 'outraged' by the treatment of their family. 'We are heartbroken by the violence that was targeted at our city today, and by the allegations being made against a member of our family,' the family said in a statement read by Albert Fox Cahn, legal director for Council on American-Islamic Relations-New York. 'But we are also outraged by the behavior of law enforcement officials who have held children as small as 4 years old out in the cold and who held a teenager out of high school classes to interrogate him without a lawyer, without his parents,' the statement continued. 'These are not the sorts of actions that we expect from our justice system, and we have every confidence that our justice system will find the truth behind this attack and that we will, in the end, be able to learn what occurred today.' Police had cordoned off the block of East 48th Street in Flatlands where the alleged terrorist had been living and the bomb squad were on the scene. Leonora Podlyashuk lives on the same floor as an apartment being searched in connection with Ullah at 679 Ocean Parkway in Brooklyn. She told DailyMail.com that a man, believed to be Ullah, his wife and son, aged about 5 years, moved into the building five months ago. The woman was pregnant at the time with their second child, and has since given birth. Her baby is 2 or 3 months old. 'The wife was pleasant, would say hello in the elevator, but I never saw any men [in the apartment],' she said. 'I would not have recognized him if shown a photo.' The wife was dressed in traditional Muslim attire, she said. It is unclear if the man is Ullah or a relative. The neighbour said some 20 police officers and FBI agents have been in the hallways since 8am today. Ullah was connected with another Brooklyn address on East 2nd Street. A woman who spoke on the intercom to DailyMail.com said she had 'no comment' about the suspect. Alan Butrico, owner of Locksmith hardware store on Avenue N in Marine Park, told DailyMail.com that a Bangladeshi family lives at the home the police had cordoned off. Butrico added to CNN that Ullah lived in the basement of the building while Ullah's brother and sister lived in the apartment above him. 'He wasn't friendly at all. The family was very quiet themselves. They don't talk to nobody. They just stay there,' Butrico said. Burtico says that the last two nights, tenants told him that they heard 'screaming and yelling' coming from Ullah's home, but they did not call police. Ally Mohammed, who works in the deli across the street, described the family as 'very nice, hardworking people'. He said that the suspect's mother came into his store and was very pleasant and that his father owned a grocery store in the area. Mohammed said that he believed the suspect lived with his brother, sister-in-law and their child, of around four years old. He said that he believed the brother had finished college and had a job in the city. He said he did not believe Ullah was married or had any children. 'What he did has nothing to do with Islam, maybe he was brainwashed,' Mohammed said Kisslyn Joseph, 19, from Grenada, has been staying next door to the suspect's home at her brother Kevin Alexander's house. She told DailyMail.com that she heard shouting from what appeared to be an argument on the phone inside the home on Sunday morning around 2am. She said that the argument was in English but she was unable to hear what was being said. Other neighbors also had negative memories of Ullah. 'He was just nasty. We would tell him to move the car, he felt like he owned it,' the owner of a hardware store who had previously fought with Ullah told CBS News. 'I've seen him in the neighborhood walking around. Pretty much looks like he always has something on his mind. Never says hello, doesn't talk to anybody,' one woman said. Social worker Michael, 35, was commuting from New Jersey to Brooklyn when the chaos unfolded. He said: 'There were people running from various angles and screaming that someone had a gun. People were saying 'just run, just go'. Everyone was looking around confused. 'After a few minutes I think I heard another person say there was an explosion and that's when people started to panic. There was a lot of chaotic shouting and screaming. I saw a guy spring past me and as people scattered the crowd began to hurry more and push through the doors. 'There are escalators that lead outside and steps and people were running up to get outside. We are talking 50 or 60 people. People were running over each other at one point. It became like a domino effect as everyone tried to run through the doors. 'We got out and I ran across the street to 41st. I could hear sirens going off and people were grabbing their phones and calling home. Everyone was quite panicked and shook up.' He added: 'It's scary. I'm quite on edge now.' Video from above the 'Crossroads of the World' showed lines of police and emergency vehicles, their lights flashing, lining the streets and no other vehicle traffic moving. Everything around the Port Authority in the 42nd Street area was shut down while police investigated the bombing - a surreal scene of what would ordinarily be a bustling rush hour. A spokesman for the Port Authority say they plan to have the transit hub up and running fully by the evening rush hour. Mayor De Blasio said getting transportation up and running again was an important message to the failed terrorist. 'We're not going to allow them to disrupt us. That is exactly what they what and that is exactly what they are not going to get,' he said. While the suspect's motivation has not been established yet, his alleged statements about ISIS and Bangladeshi background suggest he was motivated by extreme religion. The attack also comes on the heels of a Muslim day of rage in Dhaka, Bangladesh's capital, last week where thousands of Muslims protested over President Trump's declaration of Jerusalem as Israel's capital. The decision - which breaks with decades of tradition in international policy - has drawn widespread criticism from Muslims and Christians around the world. Previous presidents have refrained from such direct involvement in the Middle East's historic conflict but Trump proudly waded in. Moving the U.S. Embassy in Israel from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem was a campaign promise which he now boasts about fulfilling. The Bangladesh government condemned the attack in a statement issued Monday through their embassy in Washington, DC. 'Government of Bangladesh is committed to its declared policy of 'Zero Tolerance' against terrorism, and condemns terrorism and violent extremism in all forms or manifestations anywhere in the world, including Monday morning's incident in New York City,' she said. White House Press Secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders tweeted Monday morning that the president had been briefed on the situation. At an afternoon press conference, Sanders released a statement on behalf of the administration - saying this morning's incident is a further example of the need for tougher immigration policies. 'This attack underscores the need for Congress to work with the President on immigration reforms that enhance our national security and public safety. We must protect our borders. We must ensure that individuals entering our country are not coming to do harm to our people and we must move to a merit-based system of immigration,' she said. She went on to say that President Trump has been fighting to end chain migration, which would have prevented an attack like this. 'The President is certainly concerned that Congress, particularly Democrats, have failed to take action in some places where we feel we could have prevented this,' Sanders said. 'Specifically, the President's policy has called for an end to chain migration and if that had been in place, that would have prevented this individual from coming to the United States.' Monday's explosion also comes a month after Sayfullo Saipov plowed through cyclists on the a cycle path in Tribeca. The Uzbek national killed eight people in his rented Home Depot truck by mowing them down before crashing into a school bus. He injured another 12. Saipov, 29, who was living in Paterson, New Jersey, was gunned down by a police officer and remains in custody. Attorney General Jeff Sessions cited Saipov in his statement on the latest terror attack, saying that the immigration policies that let Ullah and Saipov into the country need to end. 'The President is exactly correct about the changes we need to our immigration system. We have now seen two terrorist attacks in New York City in less than two months that were carried out by people who came here as a result of our failed immigration policies that do not serve the national interest - the diversity lottery and chain migration. The 20-year-old son of the sister of a U.S. citizen should not get priority to come to this country ahead of someone who is high-skilled, well educated, has learned English, and is likely to assimilate and flourish here. 'It is a failure of logic and sound policy not to adopt a merit-based immigration system. The President has asked Congress to work with him on ending the diversity lottery and chain migration. He has proposed switching to a merit-based system of immigration similar to the Canadian and Australian systems. That means welcoming the best and the brightest and turning away not only terrorists but gang members, fraudsters, drunk drivers, and child abusers. Such a merit-based system would make us safer and welcome individuals who would be best able to assimilate and flourish in our country,' Sessions said. After the attack, the dollar lowered but stock markets recovered when the situation had been contained. The S&P 500, Dow Jones and Nasdaq indexes rose 0.1 to 0.3 percent when the main U.S. stock markets opened two and a half hours later. The dollar slipped as far as 113.245 yen against the Japanese currency. The Swiss franc, a refuge at times of heightened risk, reached a high of 1.16755 francs per euro. . 'We did see equities futures moving lower and it is not a surprise that we saw a move in crosses like dollar-yen,' said CIBC's head of currency strategy Jeremy Stretch. 'There is a susceptibility, whenever there is a degree of uncertainty, for the usual suspects to react.'

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-5167317/Explosion-reported-NYC-Port-Authority-bus-terminal.html#ixzz514EivdmL 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere. (NLT)

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 4-9-07 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. Evil will be all around fighting, and wars, etc..

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 12-11-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Masses Are Blissfully Unaware Of The Hell That Could Be Unleashed: 'Simple Mistake Could Trigger Sequence Of Events That End With Millions Of Americans Dead And The US In Ruins'

- Globalists New Push For War Marches America Towards Armageddon

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While the Trump-Russia investigation continues to blow up in the globalists faces with yet another investigator into 'Trump-Russia collusion' having been outed as 'sleeping in the same bed' as Hillary, thus destroying any impartiality which we had hoped they'd have and turning this 'witch hunt' into an absolute farce as we hear in the 1st video below, the same America-hating globalists continue to try to push us into a war with Russia that America may never be able to extract ourselves from as a functioning nation. As former Ronald Reagan assistant secretary to the Treasury for Economic Policy Paul Craig Roberts reports in this new story republished over at Zero Hedge, "America Is Walking Into Armageddon" as also heard in the 2nd video below. While a more accurate word might be 'herded' (like sheep!), the possible worst-case-scenario end results remain the same. As Daisy Luther the Organic Prepper recently reported, at least 8 places around the world are now actively preparing for nuclear war and as she reports in her story, tensions are high in practically every corner of the world but somehow, despite the proliferation of imminent threats, many people are still blithely unaware of the hell that could be unleashed. And while ANP agrees with much of a comment left on this story by ANP reader 'Ryan' who stated; "More doom and gloom. Things are actually getting better. Trump is turning things around. I'm optimistic. I know some bad things are still gonna happen at times but to have so many articles saying the demise of the country or America is going to be destroyed isn't right I'm my opinion. Have some faith God isn't going to allow all these things that you write in your articles to happen." We need to remember that America is still in the process of emerging from what many have called one of the most dangerous periods in US history with globalists poised to bring down America before President Trump got into office and now the very same globalists pushing lies and treachery in a last-ditch attempt to get President Trump removed and the will of the American people overturned. With a very obvious 'deep state' war still ongoing against President Trump, and loads of proof that those who are investigating him could never be impartial as the investigations are being led by angry Hillary Clinton voters, it's not a surprise that even Congressmen and US Senators are joining President Trump in slamming the failed and absolutely corrupt with Republican Congressman Louie Gohmert from Texas claiming they are corrupted beyond its sorriest days. And while we absolutely applaud President Trump for the changes that he has already accomplished in less than one year in office, America still has a very long way to go if we hope to completely drive corruption out of Washington DC. With President Trump now weighing plans for private spies to counter deep state enemies as shared in this recent story from the Intercept helping to prove that 'Barack and Hillary' leftovers in Washington DC are still pulling many strings, the orchestrated push towards war being carried out by the 'deep state' is not only reckless but completely undermines President Trump. Is it treason? From Paul Craig Roberts: The orchestrated hostility toward Russia, China, Iran, and North Korea protects the $1,000 billion annual budget of the military/security complex by convincing the American public that the US is threatened by enemies. It also keeps alive Democratic Party hopes that Trump can be removed from office, and it has prevented President Trump from normalizing relations with Russia. I have emphasized for some time that Washington’s gratuitous and aggressive actions against Russia and the constant barrage of false accusations against Russia and its government have convinced Russia that Washington is planning a military attack. There is nothing more reckless and irresponsible than to convince a nuclear superpower that you are preparing an attack on them. One would think that such irresponsible and reckless behavior would have the citizenry aroused and the media reporting the risk. Yet, there is only silence. It is more important to the media whether NFL players stand for the national anthem and that some male politicians show sexual interest in women in inappropriate ways. Insouciant America is walking into Armageddon. While most Americans are completely unaware of the dangers that potentially face us and how quickly things could come to a grinding halt evidenced by how poorly prepared most Americans are for even a big snowstorm, all across the planet preparations are now being made for nuclear war. While many of these preparations are taking place across the South Pacific and in lands near North Korea and Kim Jong Un, as we read from Daisy Luther, all it will take is one incident (or one 'tantrum'!) and things could quickly spiral completely out of control. And while Luther's story focuses on North Korea, she ends her discussion with Russia, a country that should be one of our greatest 'friends' in our fight against 'radical Islamic terrorism', possibly turned into an enemy? What an absolute tragedy that would be as filmmaker Oliver Stone tells us in the final video below, "blaming Russia for everything is insanity". From Daisy Luther: Due to tensions between the US and North Korea, the world is frantically preparing for the possibility of a nuclear attack. The US, China, Russia, North Korea, and South Korea have all shown force with bombers and destroyers, and it seems that it will only be a matter of time before one incident sparks a cascading explosion. The governments of these 8 places are making preparations, but they’ll be to little avail if people don’t participate and just expect to be rescued. 1. In South Korea, their government has urged citizens to get prepared for war, and prepping is becoming mainstream for North Korea’s nearest neighbor and sworn enemy. 2. A Chinese newspaper from an area that shares a border with North Korea published a series of articles advising people how to prepare for a strike. 3. Millions of people in Japan have taken part in (or soon will) nuclear attack evacuation drills, and the Prime Minister is urging local authorities to designate the best sturdy, underground sites to be used as potential shelters. 4. Australia recently received a warning from North Korea, calling the country a “vassal” of the United States. 5. Hawaii recently tested their nuclear sirens that have not been used since the 1980s. The island is the closest American state to Hawaii, which makes it geographically vulnerable. 6. As a US territory and the closest to North Korea, Guam could find itself in the crosshairs. Officials have issued guidelines to all its residents to prepare them for the possibility of a nuclear strike. 7. Here on the mainland, California is making preparations, but one notable factor is that residents should not expect help from the government any time soon should such a catastrophe occur. 8. Russia has been preparing for nuclear possibilities for quite a while now. Last year, it was reported that Russia was building fallout shelters all over the country and that 40 million citizens participated in a defense drill shortly before the US election, when tensions were running high over Syria. But it didn’t end with the election because now Russia is up to its eyeballs trying to defuse the US/North Korea situation. Russian president Vladimir Putin recently received a letter from Kim Jong Un that stated they could launch an attack on the US “at any day” and could reach the mainland. While some here in America might actually believe that a US war against Russia could be won, the long held doctrine of 'mutually assured destruction' proves otherwise yet as Roberts warns, 'pushing us towards annihilation' they are. Yet as Russian insiders living here in the US warned prior to the election of President Donald Trump, any hostile military actions towards Russia would surely end up reverberating here on to US soil. While it was reported back in October of 2016 that Russia's 'Satan 2' nuclear weapons could destroy a country the size of France or a state the size of Texas, Russia also is in possession of EMP weapons that could theoretically be used to take down our power grid and send us back to the dark ages. To close from this must-read story from 'Russian insider' Dmitry Orlov which was written back in May of 2016, back when the world was poised on the edge of nuclear war, an 'edge' that we had hoped we'd avoided with Trump's election. If there is going to be a war with Russia, then the United States will most certainly be destroyed, and most of us will end up dead. Thus, if tomorrow a war were to break out between the US and Russia, it is guaranteed that the US would be obliterated. At a minimum, there would no longer be an electric grid, no internet, no oil and gas pipelines, no interstate highway system, no air transportation or GPS-based navigation. Financial centers would lie in ruins. Government at every level would cease to function. US armed forces, stationed all around the globe, would no longer be resupplied. At a maximum, the entire landmass of the US would be covered by a layer of radioactive ash. We tell you this not to be alarmist, but because, based on everything we know, we are ourselves alarmed. If attacked, Russia will not back down; she will retaliate, and she will utterly annihilate the United States. Orlov then goes on to report upon what we were witnessing prior to the election from globalist leaders here in America, leaders who we believed we were voting out of office when electing President Donald Trump. Yet if Roberts is correct, these globalists are pushing America to the brink of disaster, just as Orlov warned over a year ago. The US leadership has done everything it could to push the situation to the brink of disaster. First, its anti-Russian policies have convinced the Russian leadership that making concessions or negotiating with the West is futile. It has become apparent that the West will always support any individual, movement or government that is anti-Russian, be it tax-cheating Russian oligarchs, convicted Ukrainian war criminals, Saudi-supported Wahhabi terrorists in Chechnya or cathedral-desecrating punks in Moscow. Now that NATO, in violation of its previous promises, has expanded right up to the Russian border, with US forces deployed in the Baltic states, within artillery range of St. Petersburg, Russia’s second-largest city, the Russians have nowhere left to retreat. They will not attack; nor will they back down or surrender. The Russian leadership enjoys over 80% of popular support; the remaining 20% seems to feel that it is being too soft in opposing Western encroachment. But Russia will retaliate, and a provocation or a simple mistake could trigger a sequence of events that will end with millions of Americans dead and the US in ruins.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Globalists_Pushing_For_Russia_War_Marching_To_Armageddon.php 

:: 12-10-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

25 million southern Californian's breathing in dangerous levels of PM particles 30 times finer than a human hair which cause heart attacks strokes cancer and respiratory diseases.

Earthwindmap showing an incredible 1,764 PM 2.5 particles an invisible killer coming from the Thomas fire. With almost 100,000 people displaced untold devastation to wildlife, almost 1,000 structures destroyed and nearly 200,000 acres burnt to a cinder Governer Jerry Brown has claimed that the wildfires are the new norm. Brown claimed climate change may exacerbate the weather conditions that caused the wildfires to explode. PM 2.5 is a particulate matter about 30 times finer than a human hair. 25 million southern Californian citizens are now breathing in these tiny particles which cause heart attacks strokes lung cancer and respiratory diseases. According to scientists the safe level of PM 2.5 is 50, yesterday a reading of PM2.5 on the Earthwindmap showed an incredible 1,764 coming from the Thomas fire, see picture above. In many ways, the smoke is just as dangerous as the fires and can cause breathing and heart problems to the vulnerable. The particles are invisible, even in smoke-free areas the tiny particles of PM 2.5 are small enough to get into the bloodstream. Not only can they cause trouble for people with lung problems like asthma or emphysema, they can also trigger heart attacks in people who are susceptible. Staying indoors has been advised by health officials. According to the LA Times ques of people are gathering outside shopping malls waiting to buy masks. Posted by Gary Walton at 2:43 pm

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/12/25-million-southern-californians.html

:: 12-6-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jerusalem: Recognizing Reality

By Hal Lindsey

On Wednesday, President Trump formally recognized Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. He also announced a beginning of the process to move the U.S. Embassy there. That process will take at least three years, and probably much more. He also endorsed the so-called “two-state solution” as the framework for peace with the Palestinians… as long as both sides agree to it. He did not specify anything regarding future boundaries of Jerusalem, or whether it should be split. He said those decisions need to be made as part of negotiations between Israel and the Palestinians. Israel itself has claimed Jerusalem as its capital since the time of King David. Modern Israel was first recognized as a nation in 1948. It took possession of West Jerusalem that year. But because of the ongoing war, it made Tel Aviv its temporary capital. The next year, David Ben-Gurion, Israel’s first Prime Minister, said, “For the State of Israel there has always been and always will be one capital only — Jerusalem the Eternal. Thus it was 3,000 years ago — and thus it will be, we believe, until the end of time.” Listening to the media, you would think President Trump’s decision is outside mainstream U.S. diplomatic orthodoxy. But that not true. No U.S. president ever pulled the trigger on the move, but as candidates, several of them were for it. Despite them taking that position, it was never a significant point of controversy in any presidential election. Congress passed a law in 1995 saying that Jerusalem should “remain an undivided city” and “be recognized as the capital of the State of Israel.” The law allowed presidents to postpone the move, but they had to do so every six months. Until now, that’s what they have all done. The leader of Senate Democrats, Chuck Schumer, urged President Trump to move the embassy. “As someone who strongly believes that Jerusalem is the undivided capital of Israel,” he said, “I am calling for the U.S. Embassy in Israel to be relocated to Jerusalem.” The President did not go that far. He said nothing about Jerusalem being “undivided.” Nevertheless, his decision has been criticized by leaders around the world, including in the United States. California Senator Diane Feinstein wrote to Trump saying, “Recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital — or relocating our embassy to Jerusalem — will spark violence and embolden extremists on both sides of this debate.” She said such a move would “undermine any remaining hope for a two-state solution.” A Palestinian general delegate to the United Kingdom said that to declare Jerusalem the capital of Israel is like “declaring war.” Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas warned that there will be “dangerous consequences.” The Palestinian terrorist group, Hamas, called for three “days of rage,” starting Wednesday, but making Friday the main day. The State Department warned U.S. embassies around the world to be on alert following the announcement. It also issued a warning to U.S. travelers in Israel. “Hostilities between the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) and terrorist groups, including Hamas, in the Gaza Strip could resume and the security situation could deteriorate with little or no notice.” Turkey’s President Erdogan said Jerusalem is a “redline” for Muslims. He said the move would be a violation of international law, and that, “This could go as far as cutting our diplomatic relations with Israel. President Trump argued that his action is “recognition of reality.” He pointed out that all the major institutions of the Israeli government, including the Knesset, are located in Jerusalem. Nations put embassies in the capitals of other nations because they want their ambassadors close to the center of power. In Israel, that’s Jerusalem. Through the years, proposed peace plans from the United Nations, the U.S., and Europe, have always allowed Israel to keep at least part of Jerusalem. Israel says that Jerusalem is its capital. Since the Israelis will be staying in Jerusalem under any of these plans, why does the world not allow Israel to choose its own capital? From a secular, diplomatic prospective, the President’s move makes sense to me. Israel is the one great democracy of the Middle East, and America’s most faithful ally. The Israelis — not a bunch of European elites — should decide the location of Israel’s capital. But I’m not a diplomat. I’m a preacher of the Gospel and a student of scripture. I look at this from another angle. In Genesis 12:3, God said to Abraham (then still named “Abram”), “I will bless those who bless you, And the one who curses you I will curse.” (NASB) “God Bless America” is a prayer. One of the actions that must accompany that prayer is for America to continue to bless Israel.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-6-2017/ 

:: 12-10-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pence responds to Abbas snub over Jerusalem decision

By Frank Miles | Fox News

Vice President Mike Pence's office said Sunday it was “unfortunate” that Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas canceled plans to meet with Pence in the West Bank this month because President Trump announced the U.S. would recognize Jerusalem as Israel’s capital. “The President has asked Vice President Pence to go to the region to reaffirm our commitment to work with partners throughout the Middle East to defeat radicalism that threatens the hopes and dreams of future generations. The Vice President very much looks forward to traveling to the region to meet with [Israeli] Prime Minister [Benjamin] Netanyahu and [Egyptian] President [Abdel Fattah] el-Sisi,” Pence’s press secretary Alyssa Farah told Fox News. “It’s unfortunate that the Palestinian Authority is walking away again from an opportunity to discuss the future of the region, but the Administration remains undeterred in its efforts to help achieve peace between Israelis and Palestinians and our peace team remains hard at work putting together a plan.” Abbas’ diplomatic adviser, Majdi Khaldi, said Saturday that Abbas wouldn’t meet Pence “because the U.S. has crossed red lines” on Jerusalem. President Trump also said last week the U.S. Embassy would ultimately move from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. Israel says it won’t relinquish any part of the city, while the Palestinians have said they want the Israeli-annexed eastern sector as their future capital. Abbas had viewed close ties with Washington as strategically important because of the U.S. role as Mideast broker. The snub of Pence signaled a sharp deterioration in relations. The Associated Press contributed to this report.

http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2017/12/10/pence-responds-to-abbas-snub-over-jerusalem-decision.html 

:: 12-8-17 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5,000 Palestinians hold violent protests across West Bank, Gaza over Jerusalem

IDF braces for further clashes on Saturday, after 200 injured, most of them lightly, in riots against Trump's recognition of Israel's capital; two killed at Gaza fence

By Judah Ari Gross, TOI staff and Agencies 8 December 2017, 3:47 pm

An estimated 5,000 Palestinian protesters held demonstrations and clashed with Israeli security forces at some 30 locations across the West Bank and Gaza Strip on Friday after midday prayers, in a show of anger over US President Donald Trump’s declared recognition of Jerusalem as Israel’s capital. The Israeli army said it was braced for more protests on Saturday, and it stepped up the deployment of troops at West Bank settlements to try to thwart any attempted terror attacks. It said the 5,000 demonstrators on Friday marked a lower number than anticipated, but expected protests to continue for several more days, Hadashot news reported on Friday night. Palestinian officials said two demonstrators were killed at the Gaza border fence. One was killed in the afternoon, while another who suffered serious injuries died of his wounds hours later. The Israeli army said it fired on two “inciters” at the fence. It said there was six points along the fence where protesters gathered and burned tires. The Red Cross in Gaza reported that 15 people were injured by tear gas and rubber bullets. In the West Bank, the Palestinian demonstrators threw rocks and Molotov cocktails, and set fire to tires and rolled them at Israeli security forces, who generally retaliated with less-lethal riot dispersal equipment, like tear gas, stun grenades and rubber bullets, and in some cases with live fire. Palestinian protesters also burned pictures and effigies of Trump and Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, as well as Israeli and American flags. Unusually, Palestinian Authority security forces allowed demonstrators to carry Hamas flags, Israel Radio reported. It said some Palestinians branded the protests the start of a new intifada uprising. Palestinian officials reported over 200 people injured in the West Bank and East Jerusalem, the vast majority of them lightly, from tear gas inhalation. Seven were hit by live bullets, and 45 by rubber bullets, the Palestinian Red Crescent ambulance service said. The Israel Defense Forces said it knew of at least 10 injured Palestinians in the West Bank. Two Palestinian protesters were shot by Israeli troops during a violent demonstration at the Gaza border, the army said. Local media reported that one of them was critically wounded. No soldiers from the Israel Defense Forces or Border Police were reported injured. Israeli officials said six Palestinians were arrested during the protests. Among the estimated 30 demonstrations in the West Bank, the largest took place in Ramallah, Hebron, Bethlehem, Al-Arroub, Tulkarem, Qalandiya, and Bayt Ummar, the army said. Smaller demonstrations were also reported in Ramallah, Nablus, Hawara and Nabi Saleh. In Jerusalem, hundreds of Palestinian rallied after Friday prayers near the Al-Aqsa Mosque, a flashpoint site in the holy city which, along with the Dome of the Rock, sits on the Temple Mount. The holiest place in Judaism, the mount is known to Muslims as Haram al Sharif. PLO and Turkish flags were raised during Friday prayers at Al-Aqsa. Most of the thousands of worshipers dispersed peacefully after Friday prayers in the Old City. But hundreds of demonstrators burned Israeli flags while others chanted, “The war is approaching, Al-Quds Arabiya,” using the Arabic name for Jerusalem and declaring it an “Arab” city. Protesters also chanted, “Let us die as martyrs — there is no place for the State of Israel.” A protest erupted briefly at Jerusalem’s Damascus Gate, and was cleared by police. Demonstrators threw objects at the security forces deployed there. Israel Radio said Arab members of Knesset were seen in the crowds. The Red Crescent said that one injured Palestinian man was transferred from Damascus Gate to the hospital after being injured by police. Israel had bolstered its security deployment in Jerusalem, but despite the heightened alert, police did not impose any restrictions on Muslim worshipers praying at Al-Aqsa. (At times of expected violence, Israeli authorities sometimes limit access to the site for young men.) In Gaza, thousands took to the streets and marched to denounce Trump’s proclamation. The Fatah movement of Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas said that by recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital, Trump had issued “a declaration of war against the Palestinian people,” Army Radio reported. The US president had harmed the Arab and Muslim nation, the Fatah spokesman said. “Someone with no right to intervene had awarded [Jerusalem] to someone with no right to it,” the radio reported quoted the spokesman saying. On Thursday, Hamas terror group leader Ismail Haniyeh called for a new Palestinian intifada, or uprising. In a Wednesday address from the White House, Trump defied worldwide warnings and insisted that after repeated failures to achieve peace a new approach was long overdue, describing his decision to recognize Jerusalem as the seat of Israel’s government as merely based on reality. The move was hailed by Prime Minister Netanyahu and by leaders across much of the Israeli political spectrum. Trump stressed that he was not specifying the boundaries of Israeli sovereignty in the city, and called for no change in the status quo at the city’s holy sites. Security assessments had expected tens of thousands to take part in the Friday protests and the IDF was particularly concerned that “lone wolf” attackers could try to carry out terror attacks, the Ynet news site reported. Soldiers were stationed at potential confrontation points during the day and were later to deploy to prevent any attempts to carry out attacks on settlements over the Sabbath, the report said. Dov Lieber contributed to this report.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/3000-palestinians-hold-violent-protests-across-west-bank-gaza-over-jerusalem/ 

[ :: 12-3-17 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. So be, be open, be open, let My Spirit speak to you, understand North Korea and if we don’t do something here they will act, they are not afraid to push the button. Pray about that etc.

:: 12-11-17 New Zealand Herald :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea's nuclear tests have damaged Earth's crust, caused tremors months later

11 Dec, 2017 10:53am

Two tremors detected in North Korea yesterday were likely to be aftershocks from the hermit nation's reckless nuclear test in early September, a US Geological Survey official confirmed. The mild 2.9 and 2.4 magnitude aftershocks were confirmed as "tectonic" in origin by the Vienna-based Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty executive secretary Lassina Zerbo. The USGS official claimed the tremors originated near the Punggye-ri nuclear test site - the location where North Korea carried out its largest nuclear test to date on September 3. The official said: "They're probably relaxation events from the sixth nuclear test. When you have a large nuclear test, it moves the Earth's crust around the area, and it takes a while for it to fully subside. "We've had a few of them since the sixth nuclear test." North Korea claimed its September test was an H-bomb - with experts estimating it was 10 times more powerful than the US atomic bomb which was dropped on Hiroshima in 1945. A sequence of tremors since that test has led experts to believe that there was damage caused to the mountainous region in the north-west of the country. Last month it was claimed that 100 workers were feared at the site had been trapped after the tunnel reportedly collapsed on September 10, although this has not been confirmed. In October, South Korea's spy agency said it believed Pyongyang might be readying two more tunnel at the site. One obstacle which could scupper North Korea using the Punggye-ri test is the nearby active volcano Mount Paektu, which is considered a sacred site by the communist nation. The dictator paid a visit to the site yesterday, which is claimed to be the birthplace of the secretive state's first dictator, Kim's grandfather. Pictures released by the regime show the Kim in the snow at the 9022ft, on North Korea's border with China, which the regime rewrote history to claim was birthplace of Kim Il-Sung, the Communist who ruled from after the Second World War until 1994. He was in fact born near Pyongyang in 1912, but the mountain has long been integral to the country's identity.

http://www.nzherald.co.nz/world/news/article.cfm?c_id=2&objectid=11957363 

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 12-11-17 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Transgender people can join the military Jan. 1 after court strikes down Trump's request

by Travis J. Tritten | Dec 11, 2017, 1:13 PM

Transgender people will be allowed to join the military starting Jan. 1 following a federal court's decision to deny an emergency request by the Trump administration to delay the move. The Justice Department had asked for the stay after the Washington, D.C., district court ordered last month that the Pentagon must proceed with the enlistments. The department argued the military would be “seriously and irreparably harmed” if forced to accept new transgender troops by that date. Judge Colleen Kollar-Kotelly rejected the request as part of the Doe v. Trump federal lawsuit filed against Trump, Defense Secretary Jim Mattis, and other top defense officials by six transgender service members, a Naval Academy midshipman, and an ROTC student. "Defendants have had the opportunity to prepare for the accession of transgender individuals into the military for nearly one and a half years," Kollar-Kotelly wrote in her ruling. The ruling Monday was another legal setback for President Trump’s effort to ban transgender troops and roll back the open service policy enacted by the Obama administration, which set the Jan. 1 date to begin enlistments. At the White House, spokeswoman Sarah Sanders said the Justice Department is plotting its next move in the case. "The Department of Justice is currently reviewing the legal options to ensure that the president's directive can be implemented," she said. A district judge in Maryland also issued an injunction last month barring the Pentagon from moving ahead with a ban. Rulings on injunctions in two other federal lawsuits in Washington state and California were expected. The Justice Department is appealing the injunctions and could appeal the emergency stay ruling. Under the current court orders, Mattis must begin allowing the new transgender enlistees within weeks. “The Department of Defense is a large and complex agency with over 20,000 recruiters and 65 geographically dispersed Military Entrancing Processing Stations,” according to the Justice Department stay motion filed last week. “Given the complex and multidisciplinary nature of the medical standards that need to be issued and the tens of thousands of geographically dispersed individuals that need to be trained, the military will not be adequately prepared to begin processing transgender applicants for military service by January 1, 2018.” The Pentagon told the Washington Examiner that preparations are now underway in case it must follow through with the enlistments. The Doe v. Trump plaintiffs had opposed any delay, saying the Pentagon had been preparing for transgender recruits since June 2016. “The government cannot credibly claim that it will be irreparably harmed by implementing a policy that it was on track to implement almost six months ago,” they argued in a court filing on Friday. Trump announced via a series of tweets in July that transgender troops would no longer be allowed to serve in any capacity and followed up a month later with orders for Mattis to abandon plans for transgender enlistments beginning in January, eliminate coverage for gender reassignment surgeries, and decide how to deal with what could be thousands of currently serving transgender troops.

http://www.washingtonexaminer.com/transgender-people-can-join-the-military-jan-1-after-court-strikes-down-trumps-request/article/2643128 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 12-11-17 US News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EU Tells Netanyahu It Rejects Trump's Jerusalem Move

Dec. 11, 2017, at 2:39 a.m.

Reuters - By Robin Emmott and John Davison

BRUSSELS/CAIRO (Reuters) - Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu took his case to Europe to ask allies to join the United States in recognizing Jerusalem as Israel's capital, but met a firm rebuff from EU foreign ministers who saw the move as a blow against the peace process. Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas, meanwhile, took his own case to Egypt on Monday and was expected to fly to Turkey for a meeting of Muslim countries this week, cementing support from leaders who say the U.S. move was a dire error. President Donald Trump announced last Wednesday the United States would recognize Jerusalem as Israel's capital, breaking with decades of U.S. policy and international consensus that the city's status must be left to Israeli-Palestinian talks. Palestinian militants in Gaza fired a rocket into Israel and the Israeli military said it responded with air strikes and tank fire targeting a position of Hamas, the Islamist group that controls the enclave. On the ground in the Palestinian territories, violent clashes with Israeli security forces in which scores of Palestinians have been injured and several killed since the U.S. announcement last week appeared to have mostly subsided. Netanyahu, on his first visit to EU headquarters in Brussels, said Trump's move helped peace, "because recognizing reality is the substance of peace, the foundation of peace". Israel, which annexed East Jerusalem after capturing it in a 1967 war, considers the entire city to be its capital. Palestinians want East Jerusalem as the capital of a future independent state. The Trump administration says it remains committed to the peace process and its decision does not affect Jerusalem's future borders or status. It says any credible future peace deal will place the Israeli capital in Jerusalem, and ditching old policies is needed to revive a peace process frozen since 2014. But even Israel's closest European allies have rejected that logic and say recognizing Israel's capital unilaterally risks inflaming violence and further wrecking the chance for peace. After a breakfast meeting between Netanyahu and EU foreign ministers, Sweden's top diplomat said no European at the closed-door meeting had voiced support for Trump's decision, and no country was likely to follow the United States in announcing plans to move its embassy. "I have a hard time seeing that any other country would do that and I don't think any other EU country will do it," Margot Wallstrom told reporters. Israel's position does appear to have more support from some EU states than others. Last week, the Czech foreign ministry said it would begin considering moving the Czech Embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem, while Hungary blocked a planned EU statement condemning the U.S. move. But Prague later said it accepted Israel's sovereignty only over West Jerusalem, and Budapest said its long-term position seeking a two-state solution in the Middle East had not changed. On Monday, Czech Foreign Minister Lubomir Zaoralek said of Trump's decision: "I'm afraid it can't help us." "I'm convinced that it is impossible to ease tension with a unilateral solution," Zaoralek said. "We are talking about an Israeli state but at the same time we have to speak about a Palestinian state." The Palestinian president, Abbas, met Egypt's President Abdel Fatah al-Sisi in Cairo, as well as the head of the Arab League. Egypt, a U.S. ally with a peace treaty with Israel, has brokered Israeli-Palestinian deals in the past. "DUNGEON FOR MUSLIMS" Moving the U.S. embassy in Israel to Jerusalem would have "dangerous effects on peace and security in the region", Sisi said on Monday at an earlier meeting with visiting Russian President Vladimir Putin. Abbas was also due to fly to Turkey. Trump's announcement has triggered a war of words between Turkish President Tayyip Erdogan and Netanyahu, straining ties between the two U.S. allies which were restored only last year after a six-year breach that followed the Israeli storming of a Turkish aid ship. On Sunday, Erdogan called Israel a "terror state". Netanyahu responded by saying he would accept no moral lectures from Erdogan who he accused of bombing Kurdish villages, jailing opponents and supporting terrorists. On Monday Erdogan took aim directly at Washington over Trump's move: "The ones who made Jerusalem a dungeon for Muslims and members of other religions will never be able to clean the blood from their hands," he said in a speech in Ankara. "With their decision to recognize Jerusalem as Israel's capital, the United States has become a partner in this bloodshed." Trump's announcement triggered days of protests across the Muslim world and clashes between Palestinians and Israeli security forces in the West Bank, Gaza and East Jerusalem. In Beirut, tens of thousands of demonstrators took to the streets to protest at a march backed by Hezbollah, the heavily-armed Iran-backed Shi'ite group whose leader called last week for a new Palestinian uprising against Israel. An announcer led the crowd in chants of "Death to America! Death to Israel!" Hezbollah leader Sayyed Hassan Nasrallah told the crowd by video link the group was turning its focus back toward the fight against Israel: "Today the axis of resistance, including Hezbollah, will return as its most important priority ... Jerusalem and Palestine and the Palestinian people and the Palestinian resistance in all its factions." "STOP PAMPERING" Netanyahu, who has been angered by the EU's search for closer business ties with Iran, said Europeans should emulate Trump's move and press the Palestinians to do so, too. "It's time that the Palestinians recognize the Jewish state and also recognize the fact that it has a capital. It's called Jerusalem," he said. In comments filmed later on his plane, he said he had told the Europeans to "stop pampering the Palestinians", who "need a reality check". The decision to recognize Jerusalem could also strain Washington's ties with another of its major Muslim allies, Saudi Arabia, which has sought closer relations with Washington under Trump than under his predecessor, Barack Obama. Saudi Arabia shares U.S. and Israeli concerns about the increasing regional influence of Iran, and was seen as a potential broker for a comprehensive Arab-Israeli peace deal. But Saudis have suggested that unilateral decisions over Jerusalem make any such rapprochement more difficult. Prince Turki al-Faisal, a former Saudi ambassador to the United States and veteran ex-security chief, published a strongly-worded open letter to Trump on Monday. "Bloodshed and mayhem will definitely follow your opportunistic attempt to make electoral gain," the prince wrote in the letter, published in the Saudi newspaper al-Jazeera. "Your action has emboldened the most extreme elements in the Israeli society ... because they take your action as a license to evict the Palestinians from their lands and subject them to an apartheid state," he added. "Your action has equally emboldened Iran and its terrorist minions to claim that they are the legitimate defenders of Palestinian rights." Iran's defense minister said Trump's recognition of Jerusalem would hasten Israel's destruction, while a top Revolutionary Guards commander, Qassem Soleimani, phoned two Palestinian armed groups and pledged support for them. (Additional reporting by Alastair Macdonald, Philip Blenkinsop, Nidal al-Mughrabi, Maayan Lubell, Sami Aboudi and Babak Dehghanpisheh,; Writing by Peter Graff; Editing by Andrew Heavens, Larry King, William Maclean)

https://www.usnews.com/news/world/articles/2017-12-11/netanyahu-sees-europeans-following-trump-on-jerusalem 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 12-10-17 KTLA TV 5 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thomas Fire Now the 5th Largest Blaze in California History as It Burns 359 Square Miles

Posted 6:34 AM, December 10, 2017, by Erika Martin, Erin Myers and Kristina Bravo, Updated at 10:55PM, December 10, 2017

The Thomas Fire became the fifth largest blaze in California history on Sunday as it scorched over 230,000 acres, or 359 square miles, prompting evacuations in Santa Barbara and Ventura counties, authorities said. Containment dropped from 15 percent to 10 percent, officials announced Sunday evening. The blaze has so far destroyed 790 structures, threatening 18,000 more, Cal Fire said. More than 94,600 people have been evacuated or sheltered, and some 5700 personnel have been deployed, according to the agency. Firefighters headed into a seventh harrowing day of the battle against powerful winds and extremely dry conditions, according to the Ventura County Fire Department. The blaze was ignited on Monday in Ventura County and only spread to Santa Barbara County overnight Saturday. By Sunday, the fire was contained on its southern border but was continuing to burn to the east, north and west and grew significantly in the Carpinteria area, where it forced new evacuations. By 12:30 p.m., additional evacuations were being issued in Montecito and residents in eastern parts of Santa Barbara were placed under warnings. Meanwhile, those in unincorporated areas near Santa Paula were allowed to return home. (Find full evacuation information below.) With the help of the Santa Barbara County Sheriff's Department, officials were able to quickly alert residents and those in new evacuation areas appeared to be safely sheltered, according to Mike Eliason, the public information officer for the Santa Barbara County Fire Department. “These folks have been anticipating this and it hit just as expected — well, a little sooner than was expected — and the people responded accordingly,” he told KTLA. Several schools in Ventura and Santa Barbara counties will be closed on Monday, officials said. (Find a list of schools below.) University of California, Santa Barbara announced Sunday afternoon that it's postponing finals week and the winter quarter due to the Thomas Fire, the Daily Nexus reported. Winds picked up again Sunday and could reach 55 mph after calming down a bit the day before, and a red flag warning would remain in place until 8 p.m., according to the National Weather Service. Humidity was in the single digits, which, combined with a lack of fall precipitation on the area's dry brush, was creating challenges for firefighters. The flames were expected to spread northeast toward the Sespe Wilderness and the Sespe Condor Sanctuary, firefighters said. At least one death has been blamed on the fire after a 70-year-old Santa Paula woman was found deceased in her car along evacuation routes on Wednesday. The first firefighter injury was suffered Sunday when a crew member hurt their leg, Ventura County officials said. The person was transported for treatment but authorities did not disclose their condition. As of 5 p.m. Sunday, the fire has led to intermittent outages and power surges for Southern California Edison customers in the area, potentially affecting 85,000 customers in Santa Barbara and 4,304 customers in Ventura. More than 4,400 firefighters were on the fire lines Sunday, including some 700 crew members from 11 different western U.S. states, according to Cal Fire. The Thomas Fire remained the most active of the week's six large wildfires, with the Lilac Fire in San Diego County reaching 75 percent containment Sunday and holding at 4,100 acres. More than 180 structures have been lost in that blaze. Evacuation orders were lifted in the areas between 5200 and 5800 Olive Hill Road, Fallbrook and the Rancho Monserate Country Club, Cal Fire announced Sunday afternoon. Evacuations were also lifted in all other fires, including the Rye Fire near Santa Clarita, which has burned 6,049 acres and was 93 percent contained; and Creek Fire near Sylmar, which has scorched 15,619 and was 95 percent contained. The Creek Fire has destroyed more than 120 structures, 60 of them homes, while at least six buildings were lost in the Rye Fire. As of Sunday afternoon, the Skirball Fire near Bel-Air was 85 percent contained and had been reduced in size to 422 acres due to more accurate mapping, the Los Angeles Fire Department said. The Liberty Fire in Murrieta, meanwhile, was 100 percent contained by Saturday night. Only the Skirball, Lilac and Thomas fires were being considered active on Sunday, while all except the Liberty had been the day before, the California Office of Emergency Services said. However, during a Saturday afternoon press conference, Cal Fire Chief Ken Pimlott indicated much remains to be done. "We're far from being out of the woods on any of them," he said. Overall, the wildfires have destroyed some 830 structures and forced more than 98,000 people to evacuate, according to Cal Fire. On Sunday, about 25,000 homes remained threatened. EVACUATIONS Mandatory orders: Santa Barbara County:

• Montecito: North of East Valley/Hwy 192; south of E. Camino Cielo; east of Buena Vista; west of Ladera Lane; Hot Springs Road to Buena Vista Road between Hwy 192 and East Camino Cielo

• Carpinteria: East of Toro Canyon Road east to Hwy 150, North of Hwy 192 to Camino Cielo, east of the intersection of Casitas Pass Road and Hwy 192, north of Hwy 192, and west of the county line;

• Unincorporated areas: Eastside Hwy 150 from Rincon Hill Road to Highway 101; Bates Road, Camino Carreta, Rincon Pt Road, Rincon Pt Lane and Buena Fortuna

• Mission Canyon Road to Hot Springs Road and Hwy 192 to East Camino Cielo

Ventura County:

• Santa Paula: Boundary of Bridge Road north to Thomas Aquinas, Dickenson Ranch Road east to east of Santa Paula Creek

• Ventura: North of Foothill Road from Kimball Road west to Poli Street; north Poli Street from Hall Canyon west to Cedar Street

• Casitas Springs: entire community should evacuate to the Ventura County Fairgrounds at 10 W. Harbor Blvd. in Ventura

• Lake Casitas: north of Hwy 150 heading to Hwy 33 and south of Los Padres National Forest

• East Ojai Valley: Hwy 150 east of Dennison Park to Koenigstein Road, south of Reeves Road

• Ojai: Unincorporated areas west of Rice Road; Los Encinos Road to Burnham Road, south of Hwy 150

• Upper Ojai Valley: Hwy 150 east of Reeves Road, and unincorporated areas west of Rice Road; Hwy 33 north of Fairview Drive- Matilija Canyon

• Unincorporated Ventura County: Residents and day visitors of Rose Valley

• Ventura County North Coast: Boundary of Hwy 33 on the north to Casitas Vista Road, northwest to Hwy 150, Hwy 150 (Casitas Pass Road) west to 101 Freeway and south on 101 Freeway (including Pacific Coast Highway) to Emma Wood State Beach

• Unincorporated Fillmore area: Hall Road to the west, Sespe Creek to the east, Fillmore City limits to the south, and Los Padres National Forest boundary to the north

Evacuation warnings: Santa Barbara County:

• San Ysidro Road to Ortega Ridge Road to Toro Canyon Road from the Pacific Ocean to East Valley Road

• San Ysidro Road to the intersection of Padaro Lane and Santa Claus Lane from the Pacific Ocean to the 101 Freeway

• Mission Canyon Road to Cold Springs Road between Alameda Padre Serra and Hwy 192

• Alameda Padre Serra to Hot Springs / El Rancho Road between S. Salinas Street and Hwy 192

• South of Hwy 192 to East Camino Cielo between Mission Canyon and Hwy 154

Ventura County:

• Ojai: Casitas Pass Road east to Highway 33, Spring Street to Loma Drive. (Includes Rice Road east to Loma Drive. Baldwin Road north to Besant Road)

• Unincorporated Fillmore area: Sespe Creek to the west, Burson Ranch to the east, Fillmore City limits to the south, and Los Padres National Forest boundary to the north

Evacuations centers are located at:

• Ventura: Ventura County Fairgrounds at Miners Building at 10 W. Harbor Blvd. in Ventura

• Oxnard: Oxnard College Gymnasium at 4000 S. Rose Ave., Oxnard

• Santa Paula: Santa Paula Community Center at 530 W. Main St., Santa Paula

• Santa Barbara: UCSB Recreational Center at 516 Ocean Road, Santa Barbara

• Small and large animals can be taken to the Ventura County Fairgrounds, and small animals can be housed at the UCSB facility

Residents who need assistance evacuating animals may call 805-681-4332 in Santa Barbara County and 866-387-8911 in Ventura County.

Additional information can be found at CountyofSB.org and ReadyVenturaCounty.org.

SCHOOL CLOSURES Ventura County:

• Briggs Elementary: Monday and Tuesday

• Fillmore Unified: Monday

• Mupu Elementary: Monday

• Ojai Unified: Monday through Friday

• Santa Paula Unified: Monday and Tuesday

• VCOE's career education center in Camarillo: Monday and Tuesday

• VCOE-operated school sites and classrooms: Monday and Tuesday

• Ventura Unified: Monday and Tuesday

Santa Barbara County:

• Carpinteria Unified: Monday through Friday

• Montecito Unified: Monday through Friday

• Cold Spring School: Monday through Friday

• Santa Barbara Unified: Monday through Friday

• Hope Elementary: Monday through Friday

• Goleta Unified: Monday through Friday

• All seven Santa Ynez Valley school districts (Ballard, Buellton, College, Los Olivos, Santa Ynez Valley Union High School, Solvang, Vista del Mar): Monday

• All North County/Santa Maria Valley school districts: (Santa Maria Bonita, Santa Maria Joint Union High School, Orcutt, Guadalupe Union, Blochman Union): Monday

http://ktla.com/2017/12/10/more-evacuations-ordered-as-thomas-fire-spreads-into-santa-barbara-county/ 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 12-4-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3D-Printed Suicide-Machines Will Usher In a Silent Genocide

The high-tech ‘suicide machine’ is a capsule and comes with a detachable coffin, which the organization claims the process of suicide is streamlined

Zero Hedge - December 4, 2017

A new controversial 3d-printed killing machine called ‘Sarco’ has been released by Exit International, an organization that advocates “every adult of sound mind has the right to implement plans for the end of their life so that their death is reliable, peaceful and at a time of their choosing.” The high-tech ‘suicide machine’ is a capsule and comes with a detachable coffin, which the organization claims the process of suicide is streamlined. The new device was recently released at The Exit NuTech Conference in Canada called “New Technologies for a Peaceful DIY Death” in October. Access to the Sarco capsule is as easy as filling out an online questionnaire, which will provide a four digit access code. The machine will allow anyone who has the access code to “peacefully and reliably end their life by simply pressing a button”, said Exit International. Once the access code is entered and the subject is in the device; the capsule will lock and release liquid nitrogen to drop the oxygen level, as one will experience an euphoric and peaceful death with-in minutes. The capsule will then detach from the Sarco machine and be used as a coffin. The base can be re-used and continue a quiet genocide that is extremely cost effective. Developed in the Netherlands by Exit Director Dr Philip Nitschke and Engineer Alexander Bannink, the machine can be 3d-printed and assembled in any location in the world. There is a cause for concern since the machines are printed, of which the technology could fall into the wrong hands. To make matters worse, “design criteria for the Sarco will be free, made open-source, and placed on the internet”, said Exit International. Sarco inventor Philip Nitschke said the development takes the world one step closer to the goal where any rational person can electively end their life in a peaceful and reliable way at the time of their choosing. He further said the machine does not use any restricted drugs or complicated inputs; all that is required is liquid nitrogen gas. Nitschke adds the development of Sarco was in response to the growing demand by the aging population for a better method of assisted-suicide. As we noted through Visual Capitalist’s Jeff Desjardin report, the global population that is 65 or older will double from 10% to 20% by 2050, signaling that a boom in the assisted-suicide industry could be right around the corner.

https://www.infowars.com/3d-printed-suicide-machines-will-usher-in-a-silent-genocide/ 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

 

:: 12-3-17 Outbreak News Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

England measles outbreaks linked to ongoing large outbreaks in Europe: PHE

by News Desk December 3, 2017

In a follow-up on the measles outbreaks reported in the cities of Leeds, Liverpool and Birmingham, Public Health England (PHE) reports that the outbreaks are linked to travel to other areas of Europe and advise the public to ensure vaccinations are up to date prior to traveling this Christmas season. As of 29 November 2017, there were 16 confirmed cases in Leeds, 11 confirmed cases in Liverpool and 9 confirmed cases in Birmingham. All of the cases have been reported in children and adults who have not received 2 doses of the MMR vaccine. Children and young people who have not received 2 doses of MMR vaccine are at risk. Unvaccinated people travelling to Romania and Italy, where there are currently large outbreaks of measles, are at particularly high risk. How contagious is measles? Answer: Very Anyone planning to travel to Europe over the Christmas period should check NaTHNaC travel health advice. PHE local health protection teams are working closely with the NHS and local authorities to raise awareness of the outbreaks in England and Europe with health professionals and local communities. The MMR vaccine is available to all adults and children who are not up to date with their 2 doses. Anyone who is not sure if they are fully vaccinated should check with their GP practice. Measles: A primer with Erin Archer Kelser, RN, BSN, CIC Dr Mary Ramsay, Head of Immunisation at PHE, said: The measles outbreaks we are currently seeing in England are linked to ongoing large outbreaks in Europe. People who have recently travelled, or are planning to travel to Romania, Italy and Germany and have not had 2 doses of the MMR vaccine are particularly at risk. This serves as an important reminder for parents to take up the offer of MMR vaccination for their children at 1 year of age and as a pre-school booster at 3 years and 4 months of age. Children and young adults who missed out on their MMR vaccine in the past or are unsure if they had 2 doses should contact their GP practice to catch-up. We’d also encourage people to ensure they are up to date with their MMRvaccine before travelling to countries with ongoing measles outbreaks. The UK recently achieved WHO measles elimination status and so the overall risk of measles to the UK population is low, however due to ongoing measles outbreaks in Europe, we will continue to see cases in unimmunised individuals and limited onward spread can occur in communities with low MMR coverage and in age groups with very close mixing.

http://outbreaknewstoday.com/england-measles-outbreaks-linked-ongoing-large-outbreaks-europe-phe-88176/ 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 12-4-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sweden: Death by Immigration

by Ingrid Carlqvist February 4, 2016 at 5:00 am

The atmosphere on Swedish social media is now almost revolutionary. People post videos of themselves accusing the government of murder, of filling Sweden with violent people. When Alexandra Mezher was murdered, she was alone in the residence with ten asylum seekers. She was stabbed by one of the "children" she cared for. When National Police Commissioner Dan Eliasson appeared on the "Good Morning Sweden" TV show, the day after Mezher's murder, he expressed sympathy for the murderer, but barely mentioned the victim. This sparked frenzied outrage on social media. Mass immigration is continuing to claim victims in Sweden. Murder, assaults and rape have become everyday occurrences in this small country, with a population just short of ten million, which last year opened its doors to almost 163,000 immigrants. The latest victim is 22-year-old Alexandra Mezher. She was stabbed to death last week by a so-called unaccompanied refugee child at the asylum house where she worked. Although the massive influx of asylum seekers has decreased drastically since January 4, when Sweden implemented border controls on the Swedish/Danish border, the people who are already here pose a giant problem to municipalities, police and citizens. The police are fighting a losing battle against street crime, as well as daily incidents at asylum houses – general disturbances that include fights, rapes and threats. The asylum houses are in a state of anarchy. On January 27, police were dispatched to a home for teenagers in Lindĺs, where a riot had erupted. Policeman Johan Nilsson told the local paper, Barometern: "One [of the youths] was refused when he tried to buy candy, and got angry with the staff. He gathered some 15 friends, and the staff was forced to lock themselves in while the mob smashed windows and other things. The instigator, supposedly 16 years old, is suspected of having started the riot, and another one is suspected of making unlawful threats and of violent rioting." That suspect was later released, after producing a document that stated he was under 15, and thus not criminally responsible. Another, more serious incident occurred at the asylum house Signalisten in Västerĺs on January 20. Ten policemen arrived at the facility due to reports of the repeated rape of a 10-year-old boy. The policemen were met by a large mob standing in a corridor, shouting and shaking their fists. The situation escalated to the point where the police were forced to flee for their lives. One of the officers later wrote in his report that it was only due to the presence of a police dog handler that he and his colleagues were able to escape: "Even more people appeared behind us. I was mentally prepared to fight for my life. We were 10 police officers in a narrow corridor. And I heard someone yell that there is an emergency exit. I felt that we could easily have been outmaneuvered, considering the environment and the number of counterparties." The policeman also wrote in his report that he hoped for more training in the future, on "how to handle crowds in confined spaces." That the Swedish police are no longer able to do their duty is evident. National Police Commissioner Dan Eliasson recently demanded 2,500 more officers and 1,600 more civilian employees for the police, to handle the heightened terror threat and the increased influx of refugees. Considering the length of time needed to train policemen, it will probably be a while before the police can increase its numbers. Eliasson also demanded a budget increase of between 1.8 and 2.8 billion kronor ($214 million - $332 million), because the "migrant situation means a significantly higher workload for the police." He identified at border controls and asylum houses as especially in need of greater resources, all over the country: "We need to be there often, there are fights and disturbances." On January 26, what everyone had been dreading finally happened. The police arrived at an asylum house for "unaccompanied refugee children" in Mölndal early in the morning, after reports of a knife fight. By the time they arrived, it was too late. Asylum house employee Alexandra Mezher lay bleeding on the floor, stabbed by one of the "children" she cared for. She died in hospital a few hours later The police arrested a person claiming to be a 15-year-old from Somalia on suspicion of murder, as well as the attempted murder of one of the youths who allegedly tried to intervene. He was later remanded. According to the local daily, GT, the staff had previously warned on several occasions that the suspect had psychiatric problems. The Mezher family are Lebanese Christians who fled the violence in Lebanon 25 years ago. Alexandra's mother, Chimene Mezher, told the British paper, The Daily Mail: "We left Lebanon to escape the civil war, the violence and the danger. We came to Sweden where it was safe, to start our family. But it is not safe any more. ... And I just want to know why... why Alexandra? She wanted to help them, but they did this. I just want answers." Chimene Mezher now accuses Swedish politicians of murdering her daughter. The dramatic recent population increase in Mölndal, a suburb of Gothenburg, has scared many of the 60,000 residents. In less than a year, 8,000 asylum seekers have moved in -- half of whom are so-called "unaccompanied refugee children." It has now emerged that staff at the asylum house where Alexandra Mezher was murdered had repeatedly complained about unreasonable conditions. A year ago, employees warned about being understaffed and working alone: "So far, nothing serious has happened, but it will," said a desperate employee who called the Health and Social Care Inspectorate ("Inspektionen för vĺrd och omsorg" or IVO). IVO inspected the asylum house, but found everything was in order. When Mezher was murdered, she was alone in the residence with ten asylum seekers. So far, no motive for the murder has emerged. When the National Police Commissioner appeared on the "Good Morning Sweden" TV show, the day after Mezher's murder, he expressed sympathy for the murderer, but barely mentioned the victim. This sparked frenzied outrage on social media. Eliasson said: "Well, you are of course distraught on behalf of everyone involved. Naturally, for the person killed and her family, but also for a lone young boy who commits such a heinous incident. What has that person been through? Under what circumstances has he grown up? What is the trauma he carries? This entire migration crisis shows how unfair life is in many parts of the world. We have to try to help solve this best we can." The atmosphere on social media is now almost revolutionary. People are posting videos of themselves accusing the government of murder, of filling Sweden with violent people and completely ignoring Swedes. What does the Swedish government really think? Does it maintain that the right of asylum is more important than everything else -- even the safety of its own people? Gatestone Institute called Sofia Häggmark, a non-partisan official at the Department of Justice unit for migration rights. Here is the Q & A: Should everyone get to seek asylum in Sweden, even if it leads to Sweden's undoing? "The right of asylum is very strong. We have international rules and EU rules that say that if a person comes to an EU country, that person has a right to seek asylum." Is it all right to say no if there are groups in your country that are being threatened by the asylum seekers -- minority populations such as Roma, Jews and Sami [Lapp]? Or that Sweden cannot afford it? "No, if a person has grounds for asylum or risks the death penalty or torture in their home country, you cannot deny them asylum." Is it not the Swedish government's primary task to protect Sweden and the Swedish people? "We need to abide by international rules; we are obliged to do that. We can be dragged before the Court of Justice of the European Union if we do not allow people to seek asylum." Which is more important – Swedish lives, or the risk that you might end up before the Court of Justice of the European Union? "I cannot answer that question; I can only tell you what the rules are." So you are saying that if 30 million people come here to kill us, we have no defense, we cannot stop it? "I can only tell you that the right of asylum gives very strong protection." But not for the Swedes? "If a person kills someone here in Sweden, the criminal justice system handles that and tries them. We need to look at every individual asylum case." Do you think it has ever happened at any time in the history of the world that a country cared more for the citizens of other countries than its own? "I cannot answer that. But there is no rule that sets a limit for how many [asylum seekers] Sweden can accept." So there is no plan for what to do when the country is full and the citizens are scared? "No, there is not." Do you personally think that feels okay? "I cannot answer that. That is not my job." If several millions of Muslims come here and implement Sharia law, then the right of asylum has effectively contributed to abolishing the democracy in our country, replacing the Swedish people and annihilating the whole concept of Sweden. Have none of you pondered these fateful issues? "I understand your thoughts." The measures taken by the government on January 4 were a way to stop immigration without compromising the almighty "right of asylum," because only those who actually set foot on Swedish soil have the right to seek asylum. The government imposed carriers' liability for the train and ferry companies operating on the route between Denmark and Sweden, which means that those companies had to hire guards to refuse passage to anyone that cannot show a passport or other valid ID. This is the first time people cannot travel freely between the Nordic countries since the Nordic Passport Union was introduced in 1952. The new identity checks have created a problem for Denmark, which was not at all keen to get stuck with all the asylum seekers headed for Sweden. Thus, Denmark introduced its own controls on the German border. Otherwise, Denmark has chosen a different path from Sweden. Instead of preventing people from seeking asylum, the Danish Parliament adopted a new law on January 26, which includes sharp austerity measures towards asylum seekers – measures that the government hopes will discourage migrants from coming to Denmark. The new rules include: Shorter residence permits Postponement of the right to bring in relatives The right of the state to seize a migrant's assets to cover asylum costs Stricter qualifications to get permanent residency An easing of the process for revoking the residency of refugees A 10% cut in cash benefits for asylum seekers Asylum seekers can only keep assets worth up to a total of 10.000 Danish krone ($1500), excluding jewelry of sentimental value. This last rule has been widely debated -- and condemned, especially in Sweden. But the truth is that Sweden has a similar law, called the Reception of Asylum Seekers Law (Mottagande av asylsökande), which was introduced in 1994. Section 15 of the law states: "A person who has a job, or other income or private assets, and lives in an asylum house, must pay a reasonable amount as compensation to the Migration Service. When food is included in the accommodation, a reasonable compensation should also be paid." However, Swedish authorities, with broad political agreement, ignore this law. Even the Danish Social Democrats supported the law. In 2010, the party demanded that Europe "make way for Islam," but now it has apparently made a complete U-turn. Social Democratic Faction Chairman Henrik Sass Larsen wrote in an opinion piece in the daily, Politiken: "We will do all we can to limit the number of non-Western refugees and immigrants to this country. That is why we have gone far – much farther – than we ever dreamed of. We do this because we do not want to sacrifice the welfare state in the name of humanism. Because the welfare state is ... the political project of the Social Democrats. It is a society built on the principles of freedom, equality and solidarity. Mass immigration – look at Sweden for example – will undermine the economic and social foundation of the welfare state." But protecting the welfare state that generations of Swedes have built, does not seem to be a priority for the Swedish Social Democrats. Some have long claimed that the Social Democratic affinity for immigration has to do with the party's desire to fill the country with "election cattle," and fuel has now been added to that fire. Muslims most often seem to vote for the left, studies show. For example, 93% of French Muslims voted for Socialist President François Hollande, and almost 90% of American Muslims voted for President Obama. Judging by recent polls, Swedish Prime Minister Stefan Löfven will indeed need the Muslim votes in order to remain in power. The respected polling institute, Sifo, recently presented a report on party sympathies for the month of January. The Social Democrats got a pitiful 23.2% – the worst result since polling started in 1967. The party got 31% in the general election of 2014, and that was considered a rotten result. Meanwhile, after the new border controls were implemented in January, and the number of asylum seekers arriving in Sweden decreased from a peak of over 10,000 a week, to 820 (during the third week of January), no one could tell if this was due to the border controls or the wintry weather. In total, 162,877 people sought asylum in Sweden in 2015. That is almost twice as many as the year before and many times the average during the 2000s, which was roughly 33,000 a year. Now, Minister for Home Affairs Anders Ygeman tells the Dagens Industri business paper that he has tasked the police and the Immigration Service with the deportations of up to 80,000 of the asylum seekers who arrived last year. The government plans on using chartered planes. Anders Ygeman describes the operation as a "very big challenge." While Gatestone Institute stands by the articles written for it to date by Ingrid Carlqvist, Gatestone is no longer affiliated with her in any way.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/7363/sweden-death-by-immigration 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 3-30-09 Popular Science :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Top 10 Volcanic Eruptions

In honor of Mt. Redoubt finally erupting, PopSci.com counts down some of the biggest blasts in history

By Stuart Fox March 30, 2009

Volcanic eruptions have altered global climate, and the global landscape, throughout history. In this new gallery, PopSci.com gives these ecological blockbusters their due.

10. Santa Maria Santa Maria, and it's sister volcano Santiaguito, blew up in one of the most powerful eruptions of the 20th Century. Thought at the time to have been dormant, the volcano exploded in 1902, throwing 20 billion cubic metersof debris into the sky above Guatemala. Some of that ash landed as far away as California. Since then, Santa Maria has been nominated as one of the International Association of Volcanology and Chemistry of the Earth's Interior's (IAVCEI) 16 "Decade Volcanoes", that geologists constantly monitor due to their explosive power and proximity to population centers.   courtesy of JoePhoto, via Flickr.com 9. Changbaishan The Changbai Mountains separate China from North Korea, and Baekdu (or Changbai) Mountain stands as the tallest of the range. An active volcano with a lake in its caldera, the most recent eruption came in 1903. However, the eruption in 1000 AD ranks as the largest, topping out at a seven of eight on the Volcanic Explosivity Index (VEI). chaojiwolf, via Flickr.com 8. Crater Lake The centerpiece of a national park in Oregon, the lake is actually the remains of a large volcano called Mount Mazama. Around 7,000 years ago, the then 11,000 foot tall volcano erupted in an explosion so large that it cut the height of the mountain by 2,400 feet. Stu Seeger, via Flickr.com 7. Kikai Now a string of islands at the southern-most end of Japan, Kikai caldera currently connects to four different volcanoes. And while the largest volcano, Mount Io, erupts continuously, these eruptions are small when compared to the 4350 BC eruption. That explosion created the caldera in the first place, and ranked a seven on the VEI scale. Thomas Maisonnasse , via Flickr.com 6. Santorini Another of the IAVCEI "Decade Volcanoes", Santorini is located in modern-day Greece. Currently an archipelago, Santorini was once a single island, until an eruption in 1610 BC blew the volcano apart. Rating around a seven out of eight on the VEI scale, the eruption of Santorini weakened the Minoan civilization of Crete, and may even have inspired the myth of Atlantis. courtesy of NASA 5. Krakatoa One of the most famous eruptions of all time, the August, 1883 Krakatoa explosion altered sunsets around the world, completely demolishing the Indonesian island. The eruption released nine cubic kilometers of magma. That's enough lava to fill the University of Michigan stadium almost 40,000 times. In the 126 years since, subsequent eruptions have rebuilt the volcano, forming a new island. flydime, via Flickr.com 4. Tambora Like Krakatoa, Tambora is located in present-day Indonesia. Showing signs of eruption in 1813, and culminating in a giant blast in 1815, the volcano's explosion was the largest of the modern era. The eruption launched 160 cubic kilometers of debris into the sky. That's enough detritus to cover the entire island of Manhattan in a layer of ash a mile and a half thick. The eruption lowered global temperatures by as much as three degrees, resulting in the "year without summer". Global food shortages also occurred, as the ash blotted out the sun. That winter, brown and red snow fell around the globe, and the bitter cold of 1815 indirectly resulted in Mary Shelley writing Frankenstein. courtesy of NASA 3. Lake Taupo Currently buried under a lake in New Zealand, Taupo volcano has had two VEI level six eruptions during human history. However, it was the so-called Oruanui eruption of 26,000 years ago that really takes the cake. That eruption released enough lava to coat all of Europe in a two-inch thick layer of magma. The blast was so large, it took 17,000 years for the climate to return to pre-eruption conditions. Piotr Zurek, via Flickr.com 2. Lake Toba What is it about Indonesia and globe-altering explosions? The largest volcanic lake in the world, Lake Toba was created by an explosion so large that University of Illinois professor Stanley Ambrose thinks it altered the evolution of mankind. He believes the resulting nuclear winter caused a drastic bottleneck in human evolution, reducing isolated populations so drastically that the resulting lower genetic diversity of the separate cohorts sped up the differentiation of humans into varying ethnic groups. Marc Veraart, via Flickr.com 1. Io Honestly, even the biggest volcanic explosion on Earth pales in comparison to the explosions on Jupiter's moon Io. First observed by the NASA probe Voyager 1, these volcanoes explode so violently that the lava plumes can reach over 200 miles off the surface of the moon. This intense volcanism results from the moon's liquid center being constantly disturbed by Jupiter's immense gravitational pull. courtesy of NASA

https://www.popsci.com/environment/article/2009-03/top-10-volcanic-eruptions#page-11 

::  12-5-17 Lew Rockwell :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What's the Truth About the Yellowstone Supervolcano Doomsday Theory?

RT News December 5, 2017

If you spend any time on the internet, it seems every few months humanity is faced with a looming existential threat from the depths of space. Planet X/Nibiru, the rapture or a wayward comet are, according to conspiracy theorists, destined to destroy us. However, there is one particular conspiracy, treasured by theorists, that our impending doom will come from within planet Earth – that lurking beneath America’s Yellowstone National Park is a supervolcano that will kill us all. Yellowstone, in the midwestern US, is – they claim – about to erupt and send unfathomable amounts of matter into the sky, covering anyone in the vicinity in a pyroclastic flow of ash and rock, and blocking out the sun, wiping out almost all life on Earth in the process. Conspiracy theories tend to draw on some grain of truth. The super volcano really has erupted before, three times in fact, over the last 2 billion years or so, but the theory goes that it’s bound to do so again soon, right? RT.com caught up with Michael Poland, Scientist-in-Charge at the Yellowstone Volcano Observatory, to find out the full extent of this lurking supervolcanic ‘threat.’ Instant Access to Current Spot Prices & Interactive Charts Poland specializes in volcano geophysics, particularly in how volcanoes change and behave over time. Using GPS, satellites and other methods, he studies how the surface of Yellowstone National Park moves to figure out what’s happening below. Firstly, what is a super volcano? “Super volcanos, or super eruptions, are these eruptions that are on the eruption intensity scale, there’s something called the volcano explosivity index (VEI) and eruptions that have a VEI of eight are considered super eruptions. And that’s pretty massive, most eruptions that we see would be VEI three, four. Big ones are five and then once a century or so there’s a six, so a VEI eight is really, really tremendous.” What would it take to cause one? “You have to have a really amazing amount of magma in the subsurface, so that’s one of the criteria. In order to be able to put all of that stuff onto the surface and into the atmosphere you have to have it below the surface to begin with. And I think that’s something that is interesting about Yellowstone. We don’t know whether there’s enough magma beneath the surface to have a super eruption, the evidence suggests that a lot of the magma reservoir is actually solid, and about 15 percent of it is molten, so there may not be enough down there to have a super eruption.” With that in mind, what are the odds of Yellowstone blowing it’s top? “I think the odds of a supereruption in our lifetime, in our children’s lifetimes, in our grandchildren’s lifetimes are astronomically small. I couldn’t even quantify it, it’s not something I’m worried about.” “I find it strange that Yellowstone is the volcano that’s ‘going to doom humanity.’ One of the things that bothers me about that is that there have been super eruptions when humans have been on the planet. There’ve been two and, in fact, both of those were larger than the last Yellowstone eruption. There was one about 74,000 years ago from Indonesia and there was one 27,000 years ago from New Zealand. Both of those were larger than the last eruption at Yellowstone and humanity survived.” What about so-called earthquake swarms at Yellowstone? And wasn’t there a particularly strong swarm earlier this year, 4.5 on the richter scale? “Yeah 4.5 is definitely noticeable, you’d feel it and people did, but there was a 4.8 in 2014 and there was a 7.5 in 1959. Certainly this summer’s swarm was really impressive, there were thousands of earthquakes, but that’s sort of what Yellowstone does. It has swarms all the time and one of them has to be the largest. I don’t see that as something to fear, however, instead I see it as an enormous opportunity for study.” “The idea that Yellowstone is going to erupt and kill us all is so demonstrably false. There’s an odd disconnect I think between common sense and reality and what we know to be true and false based on past events and this irrational fear about yellowstone in particular.” Reprinted from RT News.

https://www.lewrockwell.com/2017/12/no_author/is-this-doom-for-humanity/ 

:: 12-5-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Simultaneous Coup and Counter-Coup Is Underway in America

By Dave Hodges

In the present series that I have authored in the previous parts of the present series published The Common Sense Show, I have presented information of the following: Three days in advance of Judge Navarro’s ordered release of the Bundy men, I reported that a judicial order would be forthcoming within the week that would order the release of the Bundys’. During the 3 day gap between my Youtube report and the ordered release, I received scathing reviews of people doubting the authenticity of the report which emanated from an agent in the FBI. The devleopment validates the claims made by my FBI source. It was previously reported that Navarro was directly taking orders from former President Obama, even after he left office with regard to her conduct and rulings from the bench. I have since learned since that publication, that loyalist elements of the FBI and the DOJ have Navarro on tape for this crime which entails, treason, malfeasance of office, bribery and obstruction of justice. In the same surveillance web, Navarro also was found to be legally protecting Harry Reid and his son, who were paid $4.65 for helping to facilitate (a) the intended extraction of uranium from the Cliven Bundy’ ranch; and (b) the placement of a Chinese solar energy farm on the Bundy land as well as other rancher’s lands. Items two and three on this list were all caught on tape. In a new, and as of this date, unpublished revelation, Navarro was previously questioned by the FBI on these matters and she lied. This is yet another felony and these subsequent developments were used by the loyalist members of the FBI and a related DOJ taskforce to leverage the release of the Bundys’. Navarro will be turning state’s evidence at a near date in the future if Trump is successful in bringing this attack against the Deep State to a new level. The previously mentioned Chinese solar energy firm is a front group for the Chinese military. In the last installment in this series, it was established that the solar energy farms were to be located on land that was adjacent to a major Air Force base. This is significant and a “Red Dawn” type of invasion coming out of South and Central America would be thwarted by superior American air power unless the airpower could be negated by insurgent forces and that is what I contend is the purpose of the Chinese solar energy farms. Additionally, the Chinese solar energy farms would provide electrical power to local Chinese troops in the event of an EMP attack upon America perpetrated by the North Koreans. Additionally, about a month ago, Paul Martin and myself produced two investigative reports with photos that demonstrated that the United Nations forces were setting up a communications system outside of Rawlins, Wyoming that would operate in the aftermath of an EMP attack. Before exposing the elements of the assembling of a “Red Dawn” force, by Russia, that will be brought to bear against America, it is important to note that there developing reports which serve to enhance the scope of the claims made in this article and also will serve to enhance this information. Darin Damme KTAR Talk Show Host Darin Damme has been the most popular talk show host in Arizona over the past 11 months. His show and my show cover very similar issues regarding the Deep State, Hillary Clinton’s criminality, etc. Consistently Damme has offered the best evidence to support his notion that a Deep State coup and Trump’s led counter-coup is well underway. The coup is designed to replace Trump and bring down the existing poltical structure. Damme has never relied on an unnamed source that I have heard until his show which aired on December 3, 2017 in the 6pm hour. Damme claims that it was always the intention of General Flynn to entrap himself and a compromised Mueller is being forced to set a trap for much of the Deep State. On the morning of Damme’s show, 14 hours before Darin aired his show, I published a Youtube video in which I stated that I was being admonished by many colleagues (eg Liz Crokin) who were encouraging me to recognize the trap being set. In the following. I admitted to being criticized by my media colleagues on this point, However, I remained undecided and uncommited on this point as you will hear on this point. I want to emphasize that Darin Damme, Paul Preston and Liz Crokin have all told me that the Mueller double-cross of the Deep State is real. Here is the Youtube video I published 14 hours prior to Damme’s show. The parallels between our two shows is stunning because we are not talking to the same people. Paul Preston of Agenda 21 Radio In the late evening of December 4th and into the very early morning hours of December 5th, I had a detailed conversation with Paul Preston about these events. The following represents what I learned from Preston in this conversation: As previously reported on The Common Sense Show, Mueller did indeed deliver the first batch of highly enriched uranium on behalf of The Clinton Foundation, to Russia. The previously reported Rostov Memo that implicated Mueller as being the first delivery agent of the uranium, made public, is the smoking gun for this claim. As previously claimed on The Common Sense Show following the Sutherland Springs, TX., massacre, Preston confirmed that the CALEXIT movement is the home for all large-scale domestic terrorist activities. CALEXIT is supported and directed by George Soros, The Bank of China, HSBC Bank, the Mexican Consulate, the combination of the drug cartels and terrorist organization (ISIS and the Muslim Brotherhood), Eric Holder, California Governor Jerry Brown, Loretta Lunch, former President Obama and of course, the United Nations. Paul Preston supports my position with regard to the Chinese solar energy firms being a front group for the Chinese military and all the national security issues that comes with this development. Years ago, The Common Sense Show published findings that DHS was the creation of the former head of the East German Stasi, Markus Wolf, who was a former Nazi. He was paid $5 million for his efforts in setting up DHS. In other words, DHS, like NASA, was the creation of Nazi forces. It is Steve Quayle’s basic contention that the Germans may have lost World War II on paper, however, Nazi forces took over America. If you have not read the book, Empire Beneath the Ice. this is a must read in which Steve contends that Nazis actually won World War II. This is where Paul Preston and Steve Quayle find common ground. According to Preston, Ukraine is dominated by Nazi forces. The Ukraine attempted to assist Hitler in his invasion of Russia in retribution to the abuse perpetrated against Ukrainians perpetrated by Stalin. When the Ukraine was overthrown by the CIA, they did so with their Nazi assets. Today, thanks to the CIA, the Nazis run Ukraine. Preston contends that the present nuclear/EMP threat posed by North Korea is the product of Ukrainian assistance, not Chinese assistance. Courtesy of old Soviet nuclear based weapons, the North Koreans are receiving some of the best ICBM capabilities as evidenced by the recent NK launch of the ICBM which reached a maximum height of 2800 miles. This was an EMP weapons experiment. This is what the Nazis and the North Koreans plan to do to America. This is why the UN has established EMP foolproof communications devices outside of Rawlins, Wyoming. In short, Preston contends that the North Koreans are being spurred on by the Nazis in Ukraine, not China. Paul Preston will be a guest on The Common Sense Show, this Sunday, December 9, 2017 in the third hour (10-11pm Eastern). Conclusion In the next installment in this series, previously available open-sourced intelligence will be offered which will demonstrate that the Russians have assembled a Red Dawn force that will originate out of Central and South America. The re-introduction of this previously vetted intelligence information will serve to support the exposing of the Chinese solar energe farms being placed in proximity to major military bases which would have to be neutralized in the event of an attack. It should be mentioned that this information has been available but the context of the intelligence was not apparent, until now. These are unprecedented times in American history as we are undergoing a simultaneous coup and counter-coup for control of our country.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/12/05/a-simultaneous-coup-and-counter-coup-is-underway-in-amerca/ 

:: 12-4-17 The Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BOOM! Sara Carter: There Are Other Anti-Trump Mueller Team Emails Out There “A Lot More Is Going to Come Out” (VIdeo)

December 4, 2017 by Jim Hoft

Sean Hannity went on a tirade Monday against the politicized Robert Mueller investigators. Crooked Cop Robert Mueller hired a team of FAR LEFT hacks and Trump-haters to FIND A CRIME to impeach President Trump. Every single top attorney on the team is a former Democrat administration official or Democrat donor. On Monday’s show Sara Carter from Circa News told Sean that there are more anti-Trump emails out there connected to the Mueller investigation team. Sean Hannity: I’m hearing rumors all over the place Sara Carter that there are other anti-Trump text-emails out there. And we know about them. Sara Carter: I think you’re hearing correctly Sean and I think a lot more is going to come out. In fact, I know a lot more is going to come out based on the sources I’ve spoken to.

http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/12/boom-sara-carter-anti-trump-mueller-team-emails-lot-going-come-video/ 

:: 12-3-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex Jones: Globalists Will Kill Trump If Unable To Remove From Office

Failing Russia collusion narrative leaving globalists with few options

Infowars.com - December 3, 2017

Alex Jones has warned the criminal indictment unsealed against former White House national security advisor Michael Flynn is part of the globalist plot to potentially kill President Trump and start a civil war. “If we allow the evil people that hijack this country, the globalists, to remove Trump with all this fraud, and if we buy into the hype … if they’re able to do that, it will cause a massive civil war in this country. Economic, physical, there’ll be all sorts of permutations of it, and it will absolutely have this country descend into a nightmare,” Jones told listeners on Friday. “I don’t think they’re going to be able to remove Trump with all of this made-up Russia stuff, but they’re clearly going to go to their next plan to kill him, and they’ve been warming that up. And I don’t even like the different scenarios that are there of what we’re going to have to do to counter-strike against this,” he said moments later. “I’m going to tell every one of you globalists and your minions: You’re going to be held accountable, and if you don’t have the fear of God, you better have the fear of man. Or you better start reading some history books, because let me tell you something right now: You kill our elected Julius Caesar when he’s delivered victory after victory like it’s messianic in just 11 months; you kill, or you remove this president illegally with all your crap with your dying media propping it up in the face of all of the evidence because you’ve got some unconstitutional, mad dog, rogue government snake out of the swamp, your swamp team; you pull that, you’ve signed your own warrant. Know that.” Let it be known here in front of God, country, and the world that you are on a collision course with destruction. There’s no way you win this. There’s no way,” Jones added.

https://www.infowars.com/alex-jones-globalists-will-kill-trump-if-unable-to-remove-from-office/ 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 12-4-17 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Today former US Treasury Secretary Paul Craig Roberts and Peter Boockvar weighed in on the Republican tax plan and its impact.

December 4 (King World News) – Let’s start with the succinct note from Peter Boockvar below:

As we all try to figure out what the profit and growth implications are of the upcoming passage of a tax bill, the only analysis from Wall Street I’ve seen so far on earnings per share is an all else equal calculation of a lower tax rate. We need to widen the analysis. In Q3, companies paid out $7 Trillion of wages and salaries to the private sector. Thus, in the context of tight labor markets that will get tighter, a 1% raise would be an additional $70b of costs. With respect to the prospect of higher interest rates and quicker economic growth, US companies have $13.5 Trillion of total debt and thus a 100 bp increase in the cost of interest expense is $135b. On the top line revenue side, we’ll see how companies immediately respond to the encouragement to ramp up capital spending. The decision on where to locate plant and equipment on a lower tax rate will take years to play out in its impact. On the individual side, we’ll see how high income earners and spenders in 1/3 of the US economy (California, New York, New Jersey, Connecticut, Illinois and Massachusetts) respond to higher taxes and how many move out. Former US Treasury Secretary weighs in… Former U.S. Treasury Secretary Paul Craig Roberts had this to say about the situation: I deplore the tax cut that has passed Congress. It is not an economic policy tax cut, and it has nothing whatsoever to do with supply-side economics. The entire purpose is to raise equity prices by providing equity owners with more capital gains and dividends. In other words, it is legislation that makes equity owners richer, thus further polarizing society into a vast arena of poverty and near-poverty and the One Percent, or more precisely a fraction of the One Percent wallowing in billions of dollars. Unless our rulers can continue to control the explanations, the tax cut edges us closer to revolution resulting from complete distrust of government… The current tax legislation drops the corporate tax rate to 20%. This means that global corporations registered in the US will be taxed at a lower income tax rate than a licensed practical nurse making $50,000 per year. The nurse, if single, faces in 2017 a 25% marginal tax rate on all income over $37,950. A single person is taxed at a rate of 33% on all income above $191,651. 33% was the top tax rate extracted from medieval serfs, and approaches the tax rate on US 19th century slaves. Such an upper middle class income as $191,651 sounds extraordinary to most Americans, but it is so far from the multi-million dollar annual incomes of the rich as to be invisible. In America, it is the shrinking middle and upper middle class incomes that bear the burden of income taxation. The rich with their capital gains from their equity holdings are taxed at 15%. Even single individuals who earn between $1 and $9,325 are taxed at 10% on their pittance. The neoliberal economists who are the shills for the rich, Wall Street, and the Banks-Too-Big-Too-Fail claim, erroneously, that by cutting the corporate income tax rate to 20% all sorts of offshored profits will be brought back to the US and lead to a booming economy and higher wages. This is absolute total nonsense. The money won’t come back, because it is invested abroad where labor costs are lower, if invested at all instead of buying back the corporation’s stock or buying other existing companies. After 20 years of offshoring US manufacturing and professional tradable skills and the incomes associated with the jobs, who is going to invest in America? The American population has no income with which to purchase the goods and services from new investment, and the American population’s credit cards are maxed out. All that is going to happen is that Wall Street will calculate the lower tax rate into a higher equity price. Wall Street can do this without any of the offshored earnings coming home. Suddenly, everyone who owns equities will experience a boost in wealth, or the boost has already occurred in anticipation of the handout. The deficit-conscious Republicans have put into the Bill for Enhancement of the Rich’s Wealth, cuts in social services in order to “save workers from higher interest rates from budget deficits.” This is more dishonesty. If the Fed lets real interest rates rise to any meaningful amount, derivatives will unwind, and the Fed will have to create trillions more in new dollars to keep its Ponzi scheme in place. The deficit that results from the tax cut will be covered by the Fed purchasing the Treasuries, not by a rise in interest rates. What we are witnessing in the US and indeed throughout the western world is the total failure of capitalism. Capitalism is now merely a looting machine. The financial sector no longer supplies capital for production. What the financial sector does is to turn discretionary consumer income into interest and fee payments to banks. Aggregate demand can only grow through debt expansion, and the consumers reach a point where they cannot expand their debt. Capitalism, hiding behind “globalism,” which is misrepresented as a good thing when it is death itself, locates production where labor is cheapest, thus depriving First World labor of good wages and work opportunities and putting First World countries on the path to becoming Third World countries. Short-term profits and executive and board bonuses and stock options are maximized at the cost of the destruction of the domestic consumer market. Plunder Capitalism also privatizes as much of the public sector, such as the military, as possible, thus driving up the cost of the Pentagon’s budget. Jobs that the soldiers themselves formerly did are given to politically-connected firms. What was once KP (kitchen patrol) is now provided by an outside private service. Private mercenaries hired by the Pentagon collect as much in a month as troops in the line of fire earn in a year. I don’t know that the army any longer has a supply organization other than the private business that has the contract. Medicare and Medicaid are the next to be privatized, along with Social Security. The tax cut will result in deficit and high interest rate hype, and these lies will be used to save the workers from high interest rates on their mortgage, credit card, and student loan debt by scaling back or privatizing Medicare, Medicaid, and Social Security. The environment and public lands will be sacrificed to the private profits of timber, mining, and energy companies. Grizzly bears and wolves are losing their protection under the endangered species act so that states can sell trophy hunting licenses to men who have to prove their manhood by killing an animal with a high-powerful rifle at a safe distance. What we are witnessing is the complete looting of America and the entirety of the West. While the Western World collapses, the insouciant, submissive people sit there sucking their thumbs while they are being ruined. Nothing is left of the West except looters at work. This tax bill is an abomination, an act of brutal plunder. Its sponsors should be tarred and feathered and ridden out of town on a rail, if not hung from a lamp post.

https://kingworldnews.com/paul-craig-roberts-and-peter-boockvar-weigh-in-republican-tax-plan-and-its-impact/  

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 12-4-17 Federalist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court To Decide Whether Faith Is Between You And God, Or You And Government

If one’s exposure to the case was limited to the popular media, you might think this case was only about the free-speech rights of wedding-cake makers. It’s much more.

By John C. Eastman December 4, 2017

On December 5, the Supreme Court will hear an important religious liberty case that, at its core, raises the following question: Whether the government may use its monopoly on force to require any person to participate in a ceremony purporting to wed two people with same-sex attraction, even if that person cannot, for sincere religious reasons, recognize a same-sex union as marital. Of course, if one’s exposure to the case was limited to the popular media, you might think this case was only about the free-speech rights of wedding-cake makers. To be sure, the question of whether government can force any person to make a certain form of artistic expression is important and part of this case. Indeed, the lead argument made in favor of Masterpiece Cakeshop is the owner’s freedom of speech. But Masterpiece Cakeshop Ltd. v. Colorado Civil Rights Commission is, fundamentally, about religious liberty. The cake maker’s refusal to bake a cake for a ceremony purporting to wed two people with same-sex attraction stems from the cake maker’s religious principles. As in other cases involving photographers and florists, the core conflict here is whether civil society permits those who are compelled by “decent and honorable religious or philosophical premises,” as the Supreme Court said in Obergefell v. Hodges, to exercise those premises. In other words, can those who disagree with cultural progressivism’s dominant positions freely exercise religion? How Far We’ve Come from Guarding Freedom That the government could bestow a right on some Americans to force their fellow citizens to violate their conscience—and that a legal challenge to such an effort would be primarily considered to raise a free speech question, rather than a free exercise question—evinces the extent to which we have strayed from the Founders’ understanding of religion’s role in creating and sustaining a free society. The amicus brief submitted by the Claremont Institute’s Center for Constitutional Jurisprudence details why the First Amendment’s guarantee of the free exercise of religion is for each person to pursue the duties he owes the Creator. The government cannot “prohibit” the free exercise of religion because the rights and duties we possess as free men exist prior to government. As the Declaration of Independence confirms, our government was formed to safeguard those rights and in light of those duties. Logically, the government’s temporal power cannot prohibit them and still be within its proper realm. As James Madison put it in his “Memorial and Remonstrance,” man’s religious “dut[ies] [are] precedent both in order of time and in degree of obligation, to the claims of Civil Society,” and, therefore, “in matters of Religion, no man’s right is abridged by the institution of Civil Society, and that Religion is wholly exempt from its cognizance.” Refusing to exempt citizens from civil laws on religious grounds would be to give some citizens state power over other humans’ souls. Such a view cannot be reconciled with the founding—or any tenable understanding of limited government. Deciding the State’s Sway Over Your Soul Alas, thanks in large measure to some Supreme Court decisions (including one by Justice Scalia from 1990 called Employment Division v. Smith), civil society need no longer recognize religious exercise’s unique contribution to ordered liberty. If a majority of citizens restrict religious exercise in a “neutral” and “generally applicable” way (i.e., the majority is savvy enough to target religious dissenters by appealing to other enticing values, rather than singling them out), then the Supreme Court says religious exercise exists only at the majority’s mercy. Now, with the rise of “anti-discrimination” laws that are interpreted to force Americans to validate certain lifestyle choices, rather than prohibit invidious distinctions against immutable characteristics, progressives have all the tools they need to let the state decide when you stand at peril of your soul. If the Supreme Court approves of using these tools together in Masterpiece Cakeshop, Abraham Lincoln’s admonition against accepting the legitimacy of the Dred Scott decision will prove its prescience: “[T]he policy of Government upon vital questions affecting the whole people” will have been “irrevocably fixed by decisions of the Supreme Court . . . [and] the people will have ceased to be their own rulers.” Properly understood, the free exercise of religion ensures the sovereignty of the soul—an inherent limit on government power—and a vibrant, diverse public square. The threads that are left of this proper understanding are at stake in Masterpiece Cakeshop. Hopefully, the Supreme Court will preserve them. In any event, we must.

Dr. John Eastman is a senior fellow of the Claremont Institute and founding director of its Center for Constitutional Jurisprudence. He is also the Henry Salvatori Professor of Law and Community Service at Chapman University's School of Law.

http://thefederalist.com/2017/12/04/supreme-court-decide-whether-faith-god-government/ 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time etc

:: 12-4-17 KXAN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

San Marcos police officer killed in ‘ambush-type’ shooting

KXAN Staff Published: December 4, 2017, 3:51 pm Updated: December 5, 2017, 8:35 am

SAN MARCOS, Texas (KXAN) — The San Marcos police officer shot and killed Monday afternoon has been identified as 58-year-old Kenneth Copeland, in what has become the first officer killed in the line of duty in that police department’s history. Copeland, who had a wife and four children, was working on what would have been his day off, serving an arrest warrant for a violent crime around 2:23 p.m., Chief of Police Chase Stapp said in an emotional news conference Monday evening. Shortly after the officers arrived in the El Camino Real subdivision, the male suspect — who has not been identified — began firing at the officers, “much like in an ambush type of situation,” Chief Stapp said. Copeland was wearing a protective vest, but was shot multiple times. Another officer rushed Copeland to the Central Texas Medical Center in San Marcos, where medical staff worked to save his life. The officer was pronounced dead at 3:50 p.m. The suspect, who surrendered to police following a standoff with the San Marcos/Hays County SWAT team, was found to have been shot and taken to South Austin Medical Center where he’s being guarded. Chief Stapp said it’s unclear if the suspect’s injuries were self-inflicted or if he was shot by an officer. Once medically stable, Chief Stapp said the suspect will be taken into custody. Describing the 19-year department veteran as a hero, the chief said Copeland worked just about every day off, “to provide for his kids and because he knows we’re short-handed and need the help. His picture’s hanging in different parts of this Police Department because everybody loved him.” KXAN Investigates | Fallen Series The San Marcos Consolidated Independent School District said four area schools were placed on lockdown after the shooting. The children who were waiting for their parents were kept inside. Children who were on school buses getting ready to leave for the day were brought back inside. The lockdowns at the four schools — Bowie Elementary, DeZavala Elementary, Mendez Elementary and San Marcos High School — were lifted around 5 p.m. Copeland was recently honored for the in-school Cub Scouts program at Mendez Elementary. He was also a brother with Sigma Phi Epsilon, and was honored by the Texas chapter on its Facebook page Monday. “There’s a lot of great officers,” Promiseland Church Pastor Michael Higgins told KXAN. “There’s only a few that really mesh with our environment and Ken Copeland was so highly respected.” Copeland worked security for the church. In a statement, Gov. Greg Abbott said, “Today we grieve for the family of the fallen San Marcos police officer, and we vow swift justice for the killer. The men and women in law enforcement put their lives on the line every day to protect and to serve our communities, and we will never forget their sacrifices. Cecilia and I extend our heartfelt condolences to the officer’s family and to the entire San Marcos Police Department.” The 100 Club of Central Texas works to help grieving families of officers who die in the line of duty. People can find out more or donate to help on its website. Editor’s Note: The city of San Marcos initially said the shooting happened in the Cottonwood Creek subdivision, but later corrected that it happened in the El Camino Real subdivision.

https://kxan.com/2017/12/04/report-police-officer-shot-in-san-marcos/ 

:: 12-4-17 UPI :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court rejects Texas same-sex marriage appeal, weighs sports betting ban

By Sara Shayanian | Dec. 4, 2017 at 12:50 PM

Dec. 4 (UPI) -- The U.S. Supreme Court on Monday decided to let stand a Texas ruling that said the right to marry in that state does not entitle same-sex couples to additional benefits extended to heterosexual couples. The city of Houston asked the high court to overturn a state decision from June that said complex marriage-related issues -- like insurance for government employees -- were left undecided in 2015 when the Supreme Court legalized same-sex marriage. As a result, Texas justices said, the other marriage-related matters could be decided by state courts. Houston attorneys had argued the Texas ruling was wrong because "equal recognition of same-sex marriage requires more than a marriage license; it requires equal access to the constellation of benefits that the state has linked to marriage." Texas' high court ruled gay marriage is legal under case law, but did not believe the Supreme Court answered further marriage-related questions. Monday, the Supreme Court let the ruling stand, without comment. The issue began in 2013, when then-Houston Mayor Annise Parker began offering employee benefits to the same-sex spouses of employees who had been legally married -- a move that drew a lawsuit. Opponents of same-sex marriage launched a campaign to get the state court to reconsider and urged the Supreme Court to reject the appeal. "Mayor Annise Parker defied the law by providing spousal benefits to same-sex couples at a time when same-sex marriage was illegal in Texas," Jonathan Saenz, president of Texas Values, said. "What an incredible early Christmas present from the U. S. Supreme Court." The Texas case was one of multiple issues the Supreme Court acted on Monday. It also heard arguments about legalized sports betting in a case brought by New Jersey government officials. New Jersey Gov. Chris Christie, backed by 18 other states, asked justices to remove a federal law that bars states other than Nevada from allowing sports gambling.

https://www.upi.com/Top_News/US/2017/12/04/Supreme-Court-rejects-Texas-same-sex-marriage-appeal-weighs-sports-betting-ban/9691512405484/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 12-4-17 Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anti-Trump Text Messages Show Pattern Of Bias On Mueller’s Team

Chuck Ross Reporter 2:18 AM 12/04/2017

For nearly four months, Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s office, the Justice Department and the FBI have kept secret the fact that the FBI agent who oversaw the Russia investigation exchanged anti-Trump and pro-Hillary Clinton text messages with an FBI attorney who was also his mistress. Those messages, the existence of which were revealed in bombshell reports published over the weekend, highlight a pattern of the Mueller team. Many of Mueller’s prosecutors — it has been extensively reported — have made campaign contributions to Clinton and other Democratic political candidates. And a review by The Daily Caller shows that Mueller lawyers involved in the cases against four Trump associates are Democratic donors. But Peter Strzok’s text messages — which he exchanged with Lisa Page, an FBI lawyer who worked briefly on the Russia investigation — are perhaps the most significant evidence of anti-Trump bias uncovered so far on the Mueller team. (RELATED: FBI Agent Who Supervised Trump-Russia Probe Sent Anti-Trump Text Messages) The discovery could also undermine the integrity of Mueller’s expansive investigation. That’s because Strzok is the FBI agent picked in July 2016 to supervise the then-fledgling investigation into possible collusion between the Trump campaign and Russian government. Strzok’s central role in the probe is already raising questions about how and why the collusion investigation was opened in the first place. Carter Page, a former Trump campaign adviser targeted in the early stages of the investigation, told The DC on Sunday that he is “curious…whether [Strzok’s] fingerprints” are on a secret surveillance warrant taken out against him in Sept. 2016, just after It is unclear what information was used in the application for the warrant, though it has been reported that the infamous and uncorroborated Steele dossier was cited Page is accused in the dossier of being the Trump campaign’s collusion contact with the Kremlin, an allegation he vehemently denies. The Trump-Russia investigation was opened several weeks after Christopher Steele, the author of the dossier, first briefed FBI agents. The former British spy was working at the time for an opposition research firm that had been hired by the Clinton campaign and DNC to investigate Trump’s dealings in Russia. Mueller inherited the Russia investigation this May, when he was appointed special counsel after Trump fired James Comey as FBI director. Strzok’s departure from Mueller’s squad, reported in August, puzzled reporters covering the Russia investigation beat. Mueller’s press shop refused to provide an explanation for the move, characterizing it only as a personnel move. Congress was also kept in the dark. Requests for interviews with Strzok pushed by House Intelligence Committee chairman Devin Nunes were rejected by DOJ and FBI officials for months. Saturday’s report of Strzok’s text messages caught Nunes by surprise. The Republican issued a statement blasting the FBI and DOJ for “hiding” information and “stonewalling” congressional inquiries. (RELATED: DOJ And FBI Threatened With Contempt For ‘Hiding’ Info On Anti-Trump Investigator) Nunes also questioned whether Strzok handled the dossier. “This is part of a months-long pattern by the DOJ and FBI of stonewalling and obstructing this Committee’s oversight work, particularly oversight of their use of the Steele dossier,” Nunes said in a statement on Saturday. Strzok’s text messages with Page, his mistress, were first discovered by the Justice Department’s inspector general as part of an investigation that has been conducting into the FBI and DOJ’s handling of the Clinton email investigation. Strzok, a former Army officer, was the lead FBI investigator on that inquiry, too. He conducted the July 2, 2016, interview with Clinton herself. He was attended by David Laufman, a Justice Department lawyer and Obama donor. Strzok was also one of a handful of top FBI officials who was asked to review a rough draft of remarks that Comey planned to make in the Clinton case. Comey circulated the rough draft in May 2016. Republican lawmakers have seized on the draft of the so-called “exoneration” statement because it suggests that Comey had already reached a decision about the Clinton investigation before all witnesses — including Clinton — had been interviewed. Comey cleared Clinton of any charges in a public statement given on July 5, 2016. According to The New York Times and Washington Post, Strzok and Page, the FBI lawyer, exchanged their anti-Trump and pro-Clinton texts in the context of news events during the presidential campaign. It’s still unclear what exactly was discussed, but the messages are not the only evidence of Strzok’s link to politically-charged rhetoric. The demoted agent’s wife also appears to have deep pro-Clinton sentiments. A Facebook account that appears to be operated by Melissa Hodgman, a top lawyer at the Securities and Exchange Commission who married Strzok in 1994, shows membership in several pro-Clinton and pro-Obama Facebook groups. “Democrats for a Blue America” and “Thank You Obama” are two of the groups Hodgman supports. She is also a follower of a page called “We Voted for Hillary.” Hodgman did not respond to emails from The Daily Caller seeking comment about her involvement with the groups. Another unanswered mystery in the text message scandal is why Strzok’s politically-biased comments would be so problematic for Mueller given that many of the lawyers working under him have showed their political leanings in other ways. At least nine of Mueller’s prosecutors have donated to Democratic political candidates. And all of the legal actions taken so far in Mueller’s investigation have involved pro-Democrat prosecutors. The lawyers working the money laundering case against former Trump campaign chairman Paul Manafort and his associate, Rick Gates, have donated to Obama’s presidential campaigns. Andrew Weissmann, a veteran Justice Department prosecutor, gave $2,300 to Obama’s 2008 presidential campaign. He donated $2,000 to the DNC in 2006. Andrew Goldstein, who is working the case with Weissmann, contributed $3,300 to Obama’s campaigns in 2008 and 2012. One of the attorneys handling the case against former Trump adviser George Papadopoulos has also contributed heavily to Democrats. Jeannie Rhee, who served as a deputy assistant attorney general in the Obama administration, contributed $5,400 to Clinton’s campaign during the 2016 cycle. She also contributed $7,300 to Obama’s presidential campaigns. Papadopoulos pleaded guilty in October to lying to the FBI about contacts he had with Russians during the campaign. A former partner at Mueller’s old law firm, Wilmer Hale, Rhee has also represented Clinton and her family charity the Clinton Foundation in a 2015 lawsuit seeking access to the former secretary of state’s personal emails. Brandon Van Grack, one of the lawyers who secured a guilty plea against former national security adviser Michael Flynn, has also donated to Obama. A national security prosecutor with the DOJ, Van Grack contributed around $300 to Obama’s 2008 campaign.

http://dailycaller.com/2017/12/04/anti-trump-text-messages-show-pattern-of-bias-on-muellers-team/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 12-4-17 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. National News

BREAKING NEWS: Small Brush Fire Explodes to 500 Acres in 1 Hour, 2500 acres in 3 hours in California - EVACUATIONS ORDERED

Monday, 04 December 2017 23:50

A small brush fire has absolutely EXPLODED out of control in Ventura County California, now threatening at least 500 homes, and forcing evacuations near Santa Paula. UPDATE 11:56 PM EST -- Fire in northern Santa Paula is moving on an average of 40 acres a minute, threatening hundreds of homes.

UPDATED 2:19 AM EST -- Evacuate City of Ventura, CA. Wind gusting 44 - 60mph....stronger as morning comes!! 10,000+ acres now burning. The fire is being driven by high winds and almost limitless amounts of dry brush. Embers from the fire are hopping across roads, starting new fires in many locations. Two water-drop helicopters have already been called-in, but this fire is now officially "out of control" and could be far worse than other such fires in California's recent past. Firefighters battled a fast-moving brush fire threatening homes along the Santa Paula-Ojai border Monday night. Initial reports indicated the blaze, which has been dubbed the Thomas Fire, was about 50 acres and moving at a fast rate of speed as winds as strong as 20 mph whipped through the area. The fire quickly charred through 2,500 acres by the evening hours. It was reported in the Steckel Park area near State Route 150 and Thomas Aquinas College. Several structures were threatened, according to fire officials. The winds were moving the fire west, toward the main part of the city, fire officials said. SR-150 is closed at Stongate Road in Northern Santa Paula due to the fire. Evacuations underway for residents.

http://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/news/u-s-national-news/1726-breaking-news-small-brush-fire-explodes-to-500-acres-in-1-hour-2500-acres-in-3-hours-in-california-evacuations-ordered 

[ :: 12-3-17 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. So be, be open, be open, let My Spirit speak to you, understand North Korea and if we don’t do something here they will act, they are not afraid to push the button. Pray about that etc.

:: 12-4-17 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Largest aerial drill ever begins as 200+ US, South Korean aircraft join for mock attacks on North Korea

The U.S. sent F-22 stealth fighters to the Korean Peninsula and will conduct a joint exercise with South Korea this week.

by Melissa Leon · December 4, 2017

The U.S. has sent six F-22 stealth fighter jets to the Korean Peninsula to prepare for a joint drill with South Korea this week, in a huge show of force against North Korea – despite warnings from the country led by dictator Kim Jong Un. And, there are plans to send more aircraft, including F-35A and F-35B stealth jets, F-16C fighter planes and B-1B bombers, according to a report from South Korean Yonhap News Agency. This is the largest military aerial drill in history. “The South Korean Air Force will dispatch F-15K, KF-16 and F-5 fighter jets and other planes for the exercises with about 230 aircraft at eight U.S. and South Korean military installations being mobilized,” it reported. “The allies plan to stage simulated attacks on mock North Korean nuclear and missile targets and transporter erector launchers that move the North’s missiles, [the South Korean Air Force] said.” “Vigilant Ace” exercises are slated to kick off Monday and go through Friday. This comes after North Korea last week launched a new Hwasong-15 intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) that it claims was the “most powerful” to date. Experts and officials have since said the latest launch shows that North Korean missiles could reach anywhere in the world. The ICBM was launched Tuesday from Sain Ni and traveled more than 600 miles before crashing into the Sea of Japan, within Japan’s Exclusive Economic Zone (EEZ). The ICBM was in flight for more than 50 minutes. The BBC reported that, based on its trajectory, the missile could have traveled more than 8,000 miles, which means it could reach “any part of the continental United States.” “But it seems likely, the analysis adds, that the missile had a very light mock warhead, meaning it might lack the power to carry a nuclear payload, which is much heavier, over that distance,” the BBC pointed out. “North Korea, however, says the Hwasong-15 could reach mainland US carrying a ‘super-large heavy warhead.’”

http://americanmilitarynews.com/2017/12/largest-aerial-drill-ever-begins-as-200-us-south-korean-aircraft-join-for-mock-attacks-on-north-korea/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_

medium=facebook 

:: 12-5-17 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US embassies said to gird for protests over Trump Jerusalem moves

Missions reportedly told to prepare for possibility of local anger should Washington recognize the city as Israel's capital

By TOI staff and JTA Today, 7:38 am

The US State Department is reportedly bracing for violence at its embassies and consulates should President Donald Trump follow through on his reported intention to recognize Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. Diplomats fear an announcement by Trump, expected in a major policy speech Wednesday, could provoke anger in the Muslim world, setting off protests at US missions around the world, the Politico news site reported Monday. At least two classified cables have been sent to embassies and consulates warning them of potential danger and advising they ramp up security, the report said. “The impending Jerusalem announcement has me very worried about the possibility of violent responses that could affect embassies,” the site quoted a State Department official as saying. World leaders have warned Trump that breaking with decades of US policy and shifting Washington’s position on Israel’s capital — as well as possibly moving the embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem — could spark violence. The Hamas terror group, which controls Gaza, called Saturday for a new intifada if Washington recognizes Jerusalem as the capital of Israel or moves its embassy there. Defense Minister Avigdor Liberman on Monday brushed aside warnings of violence by Palestinians and the wider Arab world, saying Israel will “know how to deal with all the ramifications” of any US police shift. Though heavily fortified, US missions have been the target of violent mobs angry at Washington in the past, including protests outside embassies in 2012 following the release of a movie critical of the prophet Muhammad. Trump, who campaigned on a promise of moving the embassy, walked it back after assuming the presidency. Recent reports say that he was unhappy with his first waiver issued in June and wants to go ahead and recognize Jerusalem as Israel’s capital. There have been conflicting details as to what such a recognition would encompass, and whether it would involve moving the embassy. A deadline on signing a waiver to delay moving the embassy passed Monday without any US move on the issue. Palestinian officials have said that moving the embassy would scuttle attempts to revive Israeli-Palestinian peace talks led by Jared Kushner, Trump’s son-in-law and adviser. Kushner, in a rare public appearance this weekend, said he was optimistic about restarting the talks. Significantly, Saudi Arabia on Monday also warned against recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital. Kushner has become close to the Saudi crown prince, Muhammad bin Salman, and has sought his help in advancing the peace process. “Any US announcement on the status of Jerusalem prior to a final settlement would have a detrimental impact on the peace process and would heighten tensions in the region,” Saudi Ambassador to the US Prince Khalid bin Salman, the crown prince’s brother, was quoted by Reuters as saying. The Arab League said it was closely watching Trump’s moves on Jerusalem, with leader Ahmed Abul Gheit warning that recognizing the city as Israel’s capital would pose a threat “to the stability of the Middle East and the whole world.” “It will not serve peace or stability, instead it will nourish fanaticism and violence,” he said on Sunday, noting that the League was following the issue and would coordinate a joint position with Palestinian and Arab leaders if Trump took the step. Jordan’s Foreign Minister Ayman Safadi also warned that any change to the status of Jerusalem would have “grave consequences,” in a phone conversation with US Secretary of State Rex Tillerson on Sunday. It was crucial, he said, “to preserve the historical and legal status of Jerusalem and refrain from any decision that aims to change that status,” the official Petra news agency reported. The Organization of Islamic Cooperation said Monday that recognizing Jerusalem as Israel’s capital would be an act of “naked aggression” that would cause the United States to lose “its mediating role” in the Middle East, after an emergency meeting at the OIC headquarters in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/us-embassies-said-to-gird-for-protests-over-trump-jerusalem-moves/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

:: 11-26-17 The Economic Collapse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There Have Been 698 Earthquakes In California Within The Past 30 Days

By Michael Snyder, on November 26th, 2017

Why is the west coast shaking so violently? According to the latest data from Earthquake Track, there have been 698 earthquakes in California within the past 30 days. By the time that you read this article, that number will undoubtedly have changed. In recent days I have felt such an urgency to write about the seismic activity on the west coast, and I am quite concerned that so few people seem to be paying attention to what is happening. As I have covered previously, scientists tell us that when seismic activity begins to escalate the probability of having a major earthquake jumps significantly. Over the past month there have been more mainstream news articles about earthquake swarms in California than I have seen in years, and the magnitude 4.6 earthquake that rattled Monterey County earlier this month made headlines all over the world. And it isn’t just the U.S. section of the “Ring of Fire” that seems to be awakening. I have written about Mt. Popocatepetl down in Mexico several times recently, and on Friday it erupted three more times… Spectacular eruptions have been seen Southeast of Mexico City as Mexico’s Popocatepetl volcano spewed smoke and ash high into the air. The volcano had three eruptions Friday, one of which reached two and a half miles into the sky. The first explosion occurred at about 5:00 p.m. local time. Two more explosions overnight spread ash over the villages and fields south of the volcano. I cannot stress enough how potentially dangerous this situation could become. In ancient times, Mt. Popocatepetl completely covered entire Aztec cities with massive amounts of super-heated mud. Scientists assure us that someday Mt. Popocatepetl will once again erupt in a similar fashion, and the devastation that this will cause will be off the charts. Meanwhile, an extremely dangerous volcano on the other side of the Ring of Fire is also rapidly coming to life. When Mount Agung violently erupted in 1963, more than a thousand people were killed, and authorities are extremely concerned about the eruptions that are happening right now… Volcanic eruptions on the Indonesian resort island of Bali have prompted officials to cancel flights and move about 24,000 residents out of the way as a thick ash cloud from Mount Agung, thousands of meters high, drifts east and southeast along the archipelago. Residents were evacuated from 224 points around the island while Lombok International Airport on Pulau Lombok, the island due east of Bali, has closed temporarily, said Ari Ahsan, spokesman for Ngurah Rai International Airport in Bali. Over the weekend we witnessed eruption after eruption, and the column of ash coming from the volcano is now more than 4 miles high… The first eruption came around 5:30 p.m. local time (4:30 a.m. ET) Saturday, Bali’s Regional Disaster Management Agency said. More eruptions followed and continued into Sunday, with a “medium-pressure eruption” in the early evening that sent ash 2,000 meters into the air, the agency said. By late Saturday, the volcanic ash plume had reached an altitude of 7,600 meters (4.7 miles), according to Australia’s Bureau of Meteorology. But what is troubling authorities more than anything else is the fact that magma has been “detected close to the volcano’s surface”… It told people within a 7.5km exclusion zone to “immediately evacuate” in an “orderly and calm manner” Magma – molten rock – has now been detected close to the volcano’s surface, said officials and volcanologists. I know that the mainstream media is endlessly obsessed with covering the controversies surrounding President Trump, but to me all of this seismic activity that we are seeing along the Ring of Fire is the biggest news story in the entire world at the moment. I am convinced that what we are witnessing is quite unusual. All over the planet “dead volcanoes” are coming back to life, and major fault lines are being hit by a seemingly endless barrage of small to mid-size earthquakes. Is it possible that all of this shaking is leading up to something? Stay tuned, because I believe that what we have seen so far is only just the beginning… Michael Snyder is a Republican candidate for Congress in Idaho’s First Congressional District, and you can learn how you can get involved in the campaign on his official website. His new book entitled “Living A Life That Really Matters” is available in paperback and for the Kindle on Amazon.com.

http://theeconomiccollapseblog.com/archives/there-have-been-698-earthquakes-in-california-within-the-past-30-days 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 1-27-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jerusalem, Jerusalem

by Hal Lindsey

Throughout the 2016 campaign, President Donald Trump said he would move the U.S. Embassy in Israel from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem. But we’ve heard that before. In 1996, the Republican Party platform said, “A Republican administration will ensure that the U.S. Embassy is moved to Jerusalem by May 1999.” The Republicans lost that year, so we don’t know if they would have kept their promise. However, in 1995, Congress passed the “Jerusalem Embassy Act.” The bi-partisan bill stated, “Jerusalem should be recognized as the capital of the State of Israel; and the United States Embassy in Israel should be established in Jerusalem no later than May 31, 1999.” The act also contained a provision allowing the president to leave the embassy in Tel Aviv if he deemed it important “to protect the national security interests of the United States.” President Clinton chose to not to move it. Would a Republican president choose a different course? The party platform of 2000 promised, “Immediately upon taking office, the next Republican president will begin the process of moving the U.S. Embassy from Tel Aviv to Israel’s capital, Jerusalem.” Republican George W. Bush was elected, but nothing happened. Despite the inactivity of their president in the preceding four years, the 2004 Republican platform said, “Republicans continue to support moving the U.S. Embassy from Tel Aviv to Israel’s capital, Jerusalem.” But in his second four years, President Bush again kept the embassy in Tel Aviv. Nations place embassies in the capitals of countries because they want their ambassadors near the centers of power. The “Jerusalem Embassy Act” said, “The city of Jerusalem is the seat of Israel’s President, Parliament, and Supreme Court, and the site of numerous government ministries and social and cultural institutions.” The point of having an embassy and an ambassador is to have a local representative of one government to another. That means, the embassy needs to be located in the center of power. But the nations of the world have decided to make a political statement by not recognizing Israel’s right to name its own capital. In 2008, then-candidate Obama proclaimed unequivocally that Jerusalem was the capital of Israel. But as a president, he acted just like Presidents Bush and Clinton. In 2012, his White House spokesman at the time, Jay Carney, wouldn’t say whether Jerusalem was Israel’s capital or not. He just said, “our position hasn’t changed,” and “you know the answer.” What will President Trump do? He said throughout the campaign that he would move the embassy. For instance, he told the American Israel Public Affairs Committee in March, “We will move the American embassy to the eternal capital of the Jewish people, Jerusalem.” But now his administration has begun to equivocate. In his first full press briefing, new White House spokesman Sean Spicer was asked, “What is the U.S. strategic interest in moving the embassy from Tel Aviv to Jerusalem?” Spicer answered, “Well, I don’t — as I noted yesterday through several press inquiries, we haven’t — there’s no decisions. We’re at the very early stages of that decision-making process.” Wait a minute. We thought the decision had been made. We were given a promise, but now he tells us they’re at the “early stages of that decision-making process.” Isn’t this bait and switch? Isn’t this an example of the very swamp of Washington politics Donald Trump promised to drain? Later, Spicer repeated, “It’s very early in this process. We are at the beginning stages of this decision-making process and his team’s gonna continue to consult with stakeholders as we get there.” Later still, a reporter asked the question point blank. “At the end of the next four years, will the United States embassy be in Jerusalem?” Spicer answered, “Well, I — I think I’ve answered it twice now. I — we are at the early stages in this decision-making process.” The questioner then said, “But it’s not whether, it’s when and how?” Spicer said, “I — I — there’s a reason you go through a decision-making process. And that’s what we’re in the process of starting right now. So, I just don’t want to get ahead of — it would — if it was already a decision, then we wouldn’t be going through a process.” But if the decision hasn’t been made and they are in the early stages of the process, why would candidate Trump make a promise, then repeat it again and again? The 5th chapter of 2 Samuel tells how David made Jerusalem Israel’s capital. Dozens of scriptures from that point forward, show that God inspired and blessed that idea. Isaiah 14:32 says, “The Lord has founded Zion, and the afflicted of His people will seek refuge in it.” (NASB) A sovereign nation gets to choose the location of its capital, and Israel chose Jerusalem — three thousand years ago. One of the most important things to watch for over the next few weeks is whether the United States chooses to respect that choice.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-27-2017/ 

:: 12-4-17 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court Lets Trump's Latest Travel Ban Go into Full Effect

Monday, 04 Dec 2017 06:53 PM

The U.S. Supreme Court on Monday handed a victory to President Donald Trump by allowing his latest travel ban targeting people from six Muslim-majority countries to go into full effect even as legal challenges continue in lower courts. The nine-member court, with two liberal justices dissenting, granted his administration's request to lift two injunctions imposed by lower courts that had partially blocked the ban, which is the third version of a contentious policy that Trump first sought to implement a week after taking office in January. The high court's action means that the ban will now go fully into effect for people from Chad, Iran, Libya, Somalia, Syria and Yemen seeking to enter the United States. The Republican president has said the travel ban is needed to protect the United States from terrorism by Islamic militants. In a statement, Attorney General Jeff Sessions called the Supreme Court's action "a substantial victory for the safety and security of the American people." Sessions said the Trump administration was heartened that a clear majority of the justices "allowed the president's lawful proclamation protecting our country's national security to go into full effect." The ban was challenged in separate lawsuits by the state of Hawaii and the American Civil Liberties Union. Both sets of challengers said the latest ban, like the earlier ones, discriminates against Muslims in violation of the U.S. Constitution and is not permissible under immigration laws. Trump had promised as a candidate to impose "a total and complete shutdown of Muslims entering the United States." Last week he shared on Twitter anti-Muslim videos posted by a far-right British party leader. "President Trump's anti-Muslim prejudice is no secret - he has repeatedly confirmed it, including just last week on Twitter," ACLU lawyer Omar Jadwat said. "It's unfortunate that the full ban can move forward for now, but this order does not address the merits of our claims. We continue to stand for freedom, equality and for those who are unfairly being separated from their loved ones," Jadwat added. Lower courts had previously limited the scope of the ban to people without either certain family connections to the United States or formal relationships with U.S.-based entities such as universities and resettlement agencies. Trump's ban also covers people from North Korea and certain government officials from Venezuela, but the lower courts had already allowed those provisions to go into effect. The high court said in two similar one-page orders that lower court rulings that partly blocked the latest ban should be put on hold while federal appeals courts in San Francisco and Richmond, Virginia weigh the cases. Both courts are due to hear arguments in those cases this week. The Supreme Court said the ban will remain in effect regardless of what the appeals courts rule, at least until the justices ultimately decide whether to take up the issue on the merits, which they are highly likely to do. The court's order said the appeals courts should decide the cases "with appropriate dispatch." "We agree a speedy resolution is needed for the sake of our universities, our businesses and most of all, for people marginalized by this unlawful order," Hawaii Attorney General Douglas Chin said. Justices Ruth Bader Ginsburg and Sonia Sotomayor said they would have denied the administration's request. STRONG SIGNAL Monday's action sent a strong signal that the court is likely to uphold the ban on the merits when the case likely returns to the justices in the coming months. There are some exceptions to the ban. Certain people from each targeted country can still apply for a visa for tourism, business or education purposes, and any applicant can ask for an individual waiver. The San Francisco-based 9th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals will hear arguments on the merits of Hawaii's challenge on Wednesday in Seattle. The 4th U.S. Circuit Court of Appeals will arguments on the merits of case spearheaded by the ACLU on Friday in Richmond. Trump issued his first travel ban targeting several Muslim-majority countries in January, then issued a revised one in March after the first was blocked by federal courts. The second one expired in September after a long court fight and was replaced with the present version. The Trump administration said the president put the latest restrictions in place after a worldwide review of the ability of each country in the world to issue reliable passports and share data with the United States. The administration argues that a president has broad authority to decide who can come into the United States, but detractors say the expanded ban violates a law forbidding the government from discriminating based on nationality when issuing immigrant visas. The administration has said the ban is not discriminatory and pointed out that many Muslim-majority countries are unaffected by it.

https://www.newsmax.com/newsfront/supreme-court-travel-ban/2017/12/04/id/829803/ 

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

[ :: 7-3-17 morning service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Behold a strong warning has come from North Korea, move your ships or I will blow them out of the water.

:: 12-1-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea: A Reckoning

By Hal Lindsey

World leaders have known for a generation that a day of reckoning with North Korea would one day come. There were no easy solutions, so they did as little as they could, hoping the situation would resolve itself. But it did not. While leaders, especially in America, kicked the can down the road, the North Koreans did what they said they would do. They said they would develop nuclear weapons, and they did. They said they would create missile systems capable of wreaking havoc on their neighbors in their region. They did it. They promised H-bombs, and they developed H-bombs. They said they would create intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs). They have them. Finally, they said they would make bigger ICBMS, capable of striking anywhere in the world. And today, they have that, too. The people who allowed this disaster — the “can-kickers” — now go on television as pundits. They criticize any approach to North Korea that differs from their own when they were in power. But here’s the problem with that. What they did, didn’t work! President Clinton tried appeasing the North Koreans. He gave them fuel and food. The New York Times wrote about the North’s interaction with the Clinton Administration. “The lesson was an important one for North Korea. By provoking the West, the government had profited: It received several years of free oil and kept its nuclear power plant intact. The United States spent millions in aid and only briefly delayed the North’s weapons program.” But that wasn’t the worst of it. With the help of former President Jimmy Carter, Bill Clinton gave them more nuclear technology in exchange for the promise that they would only use it for peaceful purposes. They accepted the technology, then restarted their weapons program. George W. Bush was criticized for proclaiming North Korea part of an “axis of evil” along with Iran and Iraq. But history proves him right. He addressed the North Korean part of the “axis” by initiating the so-called “six-party talks.” The U.S., along with South Korea, China, Japan, and Russia negotiated with North Korea. Responding to harsh sanctions, the North Koreans agreed to shut down their nuclear operation in exchange for aid. They pulled out of the agreement shortly after Bush left office. As a candidate, Barack Obama criticized Bush for isolating North Korea. He came into office promising engagement with the regime. Again, the New York Times had an interesting assessment. “Rather than negotiate, Mr. Obama imposed a policy of ‘strategic patience,’ hoping that through sanctions and espionage, the United States could wait out the isolated state. Mr. Obama hoped that the North would eventually feel it had reason to negotiate and make a good-faith effort at talks. Instead the North pursued its weapons program and launched a series of cyberattacks on American businesses.” “Strategic patience” is another way of saying, “kick the can down the road.” Doing nothing didn’t work. The U.S. Defense Intelligence Agency estimates that by August of 2016, Kim Jong-un controlled an arsenal of up to 60 nuclear warheads. Since then, they have added hydrogen bombs to the stockpile. While the experts were saying they were years away from developing ICBMs that could hit the U.S. mainland, they proved this year that they have at least two kinds of missiles with that capability. In the last few days, they showed the incredible power of their newest missile. U.S. Secretary of Defense James Mattis said this missile can hit “everywhere in the world.” Today, North Korea is hundreds of times more dangerous than it was just five years ago. When he decides to negotiate, Kim can enter talks from a position of strength. He has dealt himself into the game, and he has given himself decent cards. He can bluff with a real threat behind his words. He can blackmail the world. Most people feel okay about a conflict with North Korea because they’re convinced that Kim wants to live, and he’s not stupid. He knows a nuclear attack against the U.S. would be suicide. So, we’re safe. Right? He’ll bluff, but that’s all. Maybe, but not necessarily. In August of 2016, a North Korean diplomat, Thae Yong-ho, defected. The BBC asked Thae if Kim Jong-un might attack the U.S. “Would he even destroy a city like Los Angeles,” the interviewer asked, “though the retaliation would surely kill him?” "Yes,” Thae answered, “because he knows that if he loses the power then it is his last day, so he may do anything, even to attack Los Angeles, because once people know that in any way you will be killed, then you will do anything.” Even a former insider like Thae can only guess at what Kim might do. But his reasoning is sound. As the Bible prophesied, we live in perilous times. But God remains sovereign. And His promises remain true. If you haven’t turned to Jesus with all your heart, I urge you to do so now.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-12-1-2017/ 

[ :: 11-18-01 pm Service (forth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. Rioting, looting, stealing and rape will be the common news for America. More people than ever before will buy guns and defense weapons. Welfare will crash with no money to pay the bills. The new type money system shall come into being. Those holding gold and silver to be safe will throw it in the streets, as it will be of no value. This will set the stage for the anti-christ and his system. But my people shall not suffer, as I will take them safely through, etc.

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc

:: 11-28-17 Preppers Gab :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

7 Unexpected Consequences of an Economic Crisis: That Will Throw The Nation Into Total Chaos

By : Preppeu5 November 28, 2017 Category : FEATURED, PREPAREDNESS

Other than the obvious consequences, what might we expect from a partial economic collapse? A total collapse of the economy would throw the nation into utter chaos. But what if we endure an economic depression, or a severe and long-lasting downturn? I think that some of the effects are not so obvious.

1. The college and university system will collapse As I explained in this previous post, the system of higher education is a house of cards. The cost of getting a college degree has risen sharply and steadily, while real income has remained relatively flat. The price rise is due to the easy availability of grants and loans for education. But with so many persons getting a college degree, its value in the marketplace has plummeted. Many college grads are out of work, or they are working in a job that does not require a degree. Eventually, this practice of paying more and more, for something that is worth less and less, will collapse the system. Colleges and universities will not have enough paying students, and professors will not agree to a drastic pay cut. Overhead expenses are far too high. All that is needed is an economic collapse, or partial collapse, to topple this house of cards. Many universities and colleges will be forced by economics to shut down. 2. Agricultural yields will plummet The current U.S. agricultural system is based on the expectation of high yields. But high yields are obtained by high inputs — all the things that go into growing the crop, including lots of fertilizer, perhaps irrigation, herbicides, pesticides, labor, machinery. Then those high yields are sold and the money is then used to fund the inputs for the next crop cycle. An economic collapse will mean that farmers will not be able to afford all the inputs needed for high yields. And when yields fall, the amount of money from that crop will be less. Then the next crop cycle will have even less money for inputs, resulting in even lower yields. And the process will continue — lower yields, less money, lower inputs — until many farmers are out of business and a food crisis results. 3. Violent crime will increase When people lack money and food, they become desperate. And desperate people do desperate things. Theft and robbery will skyrocket, and people will be afraid in their homes, and afraid to go out in the community. Even a quick trip to the market will become risky. Sales of most goods will plummet, causing the economic crisis to worsen. Protests will turn violent. Home invasion robberies will become much more common. Many people will be killed or injured as a result of this increase in violent crimes. 4. Law enforcement will be overwhelmed The law enforcement system in the U.S. is commercial. Officers are paid. We don’t keep a large excess of officers on the payroll, just in case crime sharply increases. So it is relatively easy for the system to be overwhelmed. And that means a call to 911 might not bring the police to your door in time, if at all. Those who have firearms for home defense will be much better off than those who rely solely on the police. But many households have no firearms. And that means that robberies will increase, and so will the economic damage and the number of injuries and deaths. 5. The healthcare system will be overwhelmed The healthcare system is also commercial, and lacks a safety margin in the form of excess doctors and nurses. Hospitals operate at close to capacity. A sudden increase in persons who are sick or injured will overwhelm the system. The aforementioned increase in violent crime will undoubtedly increase injuries. But it is less obvious that a disruption to the food production and distribution system will increase illnesses. Plenty of good healthy food is the first line of defense against illness. Malnourished persons are much more likely to get sick. So an extended disruption to the food supply will cause an increase in illnesses. 6. Travel anywhere will become dangerous As a result of all the above described problems, travel will be dangerous. Want to make a quick trip to the supermarket? You risk having your house robbed, if it is left unoccupied. And you risk being attacked on your way back from the market. Robbers might wait outside the market and follow anyone who looks like they purchased a lot of food. There will be protests in many places, and violence will often break out. People who are hungry and afraid do not make the best decisions. Then there is the cultural aspect of the situation. We live in a culture that tells us to expect the government to take care of us, and to protest whenever anything doesn’t go our way. Ironically, self-sufficiency is abhorrent to our narcissistic culture. I expect that the roadways will be dangerous, as violent criminals will see travelers as easier targets than homes. 7. The death rate will jump higher People will be malnourished because of the disruption in the food supply, so they will get sick more easily. Violent crimes and violent protests will result in many more injuries than usual. And yet healthcare will be much more difficult to access. There will be a shortage of hospital beds. It will be difficult to get a doctor’s appointment. There may be a shortage of prescription and OTC medications. All of these factors will make life a riskier endeavor. Now if you are a seasoned prepper, who has long considered the dangers inherent in an economic collapse, you may have anticipated some of the above consequences. But I hope I’ve added to your understanding of the possible problems that we may soon face.

http://preppersgab.com/index.php/2017/11/28/7-unexpected-consequences-of-an-economic-crisis/ 

:: 11-27-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breakthrough for growing food on Mars after scientists prove worms that are vital to healthy crops can reproduce in 'Martian soil'

Scientists studied Nasa's soil simulant, which comes from a volcano on Hawaii

They added pig slurry to the soil, before growing rocket in it

The researchers then added garden worms to the mix, which grew

To their surprise, they also found that two new earthworms were born in the soil

Worms are crucial for ecosystems, and would be needed on Mars for human settlers there to survive

By Shivali Best For Mailonline Published: 07:41 EST, 27 November 2017 | Updated: 08:14 EST, 27 November 2017

You may see them as irritating garden pests, but earthworms are actually vital for the survival of any ecosystem. Now, scientists have discovered that worms can reproduce in 'Martian soil' for the first time. The findings suggest that worms could reproduce on Mars, in what is a major step towards colonisation of the red planet. Researchers from Wageningen University in the Netherlands carried out an experiment that simulated life on Mars, and showed that two young earthworms were born in simulated Martian soil. The breakthrough follows a study by the same team last year in which various vegetables were harvested from the same soil. Dr Wieger Wamelink, lead author of the study, found the worms in a Mars soil simulant that he obtained from Nasa. The surface of Mars is covered by sand and dust - formed by the erosion of iron-rich igneous rocks similar to basalt. Known as 'Regolith' this material can be coarse, fine or powdery. Nasa's soil simulant originates from a volcano on Hawaii and Dr Wamelink has been growing rocket in it to which worms have been added - along with pig slurry that mimics human waste.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-5121167/Scientists-WORMS-reproduce-martian-soil.html#ixzz503PFc7jJ 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 11-28-17 From the trenches world report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bunkerville Standoff: Prosecution Continues Case, Defense Alleges Federal Bribery Attempt

Posted on November 28, 2017 by Admin

Nextrush Free “You don’t make laws, you make regulations” Ryan Bundy speaks with BLM agent Robert Shilaikis on March 17, 2014 Bureau of Land Management official Robert Shilaikis testified for the prosecution today in the Bunkerville Standoff case. Shilaikis testified about a phone conversation he had with Ryan Bundy regarding the government’s plans to impound cattle near the Bundy Ranch. Bundy reminded Shilaikis that the family would oppose the federal government’s seizure of their property (cattle) as they had said for the last 20 years doing “whatever it takes”. It’s a phrase that has sinister overtones to opponents of the Bundy’s. It is important for the prosecution to create sinister notions of violence against the four defendants. US District Judge Gloria Navarro initially would only allow 10 minutes of that conversation the proescution wanted used and not the whole conversation. She rejected an attempt by Cliven Bundy’s attorney Bret Whipple to include the whole 60 minute conversation. Judge Navarro changed her mind and eventually allowed the jury to hear the entire conversation where Ryan Bundy schooled Mr. Shilaikis about the Constitution and the BLM and the desert tortise, whose “protection” was used to limit the Bundy’s grazing rights at the beginning of the dispute with the federal government over 25 years ago. Bundy family friend Bryan Hyde said in a video posted on Facebook tonight that Ryan Bundy challenged the other BLM official in the conversation, Mr. Johnson, with the notion that he cannot uphold the Constitution when he’s destroying it through his work with the BLM. Johnson responded “That hurts”. Meanwhile, the defense says that when Shilaikis and another government official approached Bundy family member Clancy Cox on the grazing land in March 2014 there was a bribery attempt to enlist him as a government informant. Cox is married to one of Cliven Bundy’s daughters. The BLM officials were scouting out the ranch area and they wanted to gauge reaction of Bundy family members to their plans to seize the cattle. They recorded their conversation with Clancy Cox and another person there. This is something defense lawyers didn’t know about before. The judge ordered the prosecution to turn over the recording after lunch today. More issues will be dealt with by the judge and lawyers in the morning (Tuesday November 28th) with the jury expected back in the courtroom to hear testimony in the afternoon as the prosecution continues to present its case.

http://fromthetrenchesworldreport.com/bunkerville-standoff-prosecution-continues-case-defense-alleges-federal-bribery-attempt/212689 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 11-28-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bali's rivers of fear: Terrifying pictures show tourist island being flooded with volcanic sludge from exploding Mt Agung - as 60,000 tourists remain stranded with the airport closed

Terrifying photos show lava flows surging down the rivers near Bali's Mt Agung

The mountain is hurling clouds of volcanic ash 3 kilometres into the atmosphere

Cold lava flows, also known as lahar, have already flooded rivers and canals

Volcanic ash reached the airport's airspace, triggering its closure early Monday

More than 400 flights were cancelled and 60,000 travellers were left stranded

Magma has reached surface of volcano in Bali amid fears of 'explosive eruption'

By Max Margan For Daily Mail Australia and Australian Associated Press Published: 21:04 EST, 27 November 2017 | Updated: 02:30 EST, 28 November 2017

These terrifying photos show massive lava flows surging down the rivers surrounding Bali's erupting Mount Agung, as fears grow the volcano is set to blow. The mountain has been hurling clouds of volcanic ash 3km into the atmosphere since the weekend and red hot lava is welling up in the crater. Cold lava flows, also known as lahar, have already flooded the rivers and canals of nearby villages, with many locals ignoring warnings to steer clear. 'Watch out for lahar floods around Mt Agung,' agency spokesman Sutopo Purwo Nugroho wrote on Twitter on Monday. 'Lahar floods have already occurred in several places on the slopes,' he added, urging people to avoid nearby river areas. Extraordinary photos show masses of volcanic sludge surging through riverbeds as locals film the frightening scenes. Indonesia has raised the volcano to the highest level, as locals are told to flee for their lives and thousands of travellers are left stranded at the airport. Australian travelers heading to and from Bali will face another day of disruption on Tuesday as airlines closely monitor the ash cloud. More than 400 flights to and from Bali were cancelled and nearly 60,000 travellers have been stranded. The normally bustling airport on the Indonesian resort island of Bali is a near-ghost town, dotted by anxious Australian tourists desperate to get home. The airport's initial closure was for 24 hours until early Tuesday, but it is expected to stay closed for another day. On Monday night, tourists settled down for the night on makeshift beds on the airport's dusty floors. Some were considering making the more than 10-hour journey to Surabaya and catching a series of flights across Indonesia back to Australia. All are frustrated by what they say is a lack of updated information from their airlines about what happens next. The first Janeen McKay heard about flight cancellations was in a text from her brother back in Australia as she was on her way to Bali's airport. 'I had nothing from Jetstar, they had my mobile number,' the West Australian told AAP. After a 12-hour wait at the airport, she's now been told she won't be able to get home until Saturday at the earliest. 'We had a really nice time in Bali but then we get here and this has just ruined it,' Ms McKay said. 'Why does it take five days to get us out of here? Not very happy.' Ms McKay, an office manager, is keen to get back to Geraldton, north of Perth, to take over the care of her elderly mother from her sister, a nurse, who's needed back at work on Thursday. Veronika Naberezhnova is also non-plussed. 'It's a bit annoying,' the Department of Human Services worker said. 'My family's waiting there (in Sydney) as well, they're all waiting, they're all stressed.' On the other side of Bali, at Sanur beach, the distant crackle of lightning and an afternoon rain shower were the only annoyances for tourists lounging on sun beds and sipping cocktails. For them, the airport's closure means an extended holiday. 'What's to be annoyed about, getting stuck here,' said Simon Allan, whose flight to Perth was cancelled because of the ash cloud. 'We have no control of nature and we'll just go with the moment and see what happens tomorrow,' his partner Deborah Flynn told AAP. Scientists say Mount Agung's volcanic activity could escalate further over the coming days meaning planes could stay grounded with thousands unable to fly in or out of Bali. Carriers Jetstar and Virgin Australia will reassess the situation later on Tuesday. Jetstar has cancelled all flights to and from Bali, as has Virgin Australia. Jetstar acknowledged 'further disruptions are possible this week depending on weather conditions'. Affected Jetstar customers have been given the option of flying to destinations including Phuket, Singapore, Fiji or Tokyo at no additional cost. Other major airlines are all monitoring the situation but are unable to fly until the massive ash cloud dissipates. Flights from other Indonesian airports were experiencing delays on Monday because Bali's Gusti Ngurah Rai airport is a national hub with many transiting flights. The travel disruptions will ripple around the globe as the island is one of Asia's top destinations, attracting five million visitors a year. December through the first week of January is one of the island's busy periods. But the popular tourist areas of Kuta and Seminyak and the airport are about 70 kilometers (43 miles) from the volcano and largely safe even with a major eruption though masks and goggles could prove necessary if there's significant ash fall. Activity at the mountain has ramped up in recent weeks culminating with the cancellation of flights in and out of Bali this week due to a large ash cloud thrown up by the volcano. Indonesia has raised its alert for Mt Agung to the highest level, warning of the risk of a lava eruption is 'imminent'. Mount Agung, which sits more than 3,000 metres high over eastern Bali, last erupted in 1963 killing more than 1000 people and razing several villages. Authorities have ordered up to 150,000 people to leave a danger zone that extends 10 kilometers from the crater in places and tourists shouldn't enter it. The area, which includes a much-visited Hindu temple on the slopes of the volcano, will be prone to deadly mudflows and lava. A danger zone was expanded Monday morning amid issuing of the volcano's highest alert, with heavy rain sending ash and magma towards nearby villages. As authorities attempt to urge people to evacuate, only 40,000 have chosen to leave with many 'feeling safe' or staying to protect livestock, Bloomberg reports. Some governments are advising citizens to defer travel to the island. Malaysia's foreign ministry said all but non-urgent travel should be delayed while Australia, a big source of tourists for Bali, said people should be aware that ash clouds could also close other airports in Indonesia depending on weather conditions. Maureen Steele and Jackie Calabretta were scheduled to fly on a Garuda Indonesia flight from Sydney via Bali to Jakarta on Monday for an orangutan tour. They were up at 4am to travel from Gosford and Wollongong to make the 10am flight which cost $700 return. 'We were on the plane, all strapped in ready for departure, when the cabin crew announced they needed to wait 10 minutes to get clearance,' Ms Steele said at Sydney Airport. 'They told us they didn't get clearance so we all had to get off again.' As they passed back through customs, Ms Calabretta contacted Malaysia Airlines and booked a new flight costing $600 one-way to Jakarta via Kuala Lumpur. 'We have to go - we've paid hundreds of dollars on the vaccinations and there have been lots of preparations,' Ms Steele said as they settled in for a 10-hour wait. A group of eight surfers are hoping they'll be able to fly to Bali on Tuesday. James Hall, 18, said the Sydney friends had been planning their Sumatra surf trip for more than a year. 'It's frustrating, we've been told we might be able to fly tomorrow, so we just have to wait it out,' Mr Hall told AAP at Sydney's international terminal. 'There's not much we can do - it's a volcano.' The latest data from Agoda shows Bali is the number one destination for Australians travelling in December. University of Adelaide geologist Mark Tingay says the eruptions from Mount Agung have sent plumes of ash 3000 metres into the air. 'The volcanic eruption has moved on to the next, more severe, magmatic eruption phase, where highly viscous lava can trap gasses under pressure, potentially leading to an explosion,' he said in a statement. Mt Agung erupted on Saturday evening and three times on Sunday, throwing holiday plans into disarray. Indonesia's Volcano Observatory Notice for Aviation raised its aviation colour code from orange to red, indicating a further eruption with significant emission of volcanic ash into the atmosphere was imminent. Australia's Bureau of Meteorology's Volanic Ash Advisory Centre in Darwin issued maps showing an ash cloud heading southeast over the neighbouring island of Lombok away from Bali's capital Denpasar, where the international airport is located. RUMBLES FROM BALI'S MOUNT AGUNG WHERE IS THE VOLCANO? - Mount Agung rises about 3,000m above Bali's Karangasem district, in the holiday island's east - Bali lies within the so-called Pacific Ring of Fire, an area of high seismic and volcanic activity where thousands of tremors occur each year WHAT IS THE VOLCANO'S HISTORY OF ERUPTIONS? - Its last major eruption in 1963 killed over 1,000 people and razed many villages - More than 50,000 Indonesians were evacuated in September this year when experts warned an eruption was imminent - Some 25,000 people have been unable to return to their homes WHEN DID THE LATEST ERUPTION BEGIN AND WHY? November 21 - Minor eruption begins with a plume of ash and steam rising about 700m from the volcano - Authorities hold off issuing an alert and Bali's Denpasar airport remains open - Volcanologists say it was caused by magma heating water, also known as a phreatic eruption November 25 - Three minor eruptions recorded, with a plume rising 4000m and leaving nearby villages coated in a thin layer of ash - An exclusion zone of 7.5km from the volcano put in place - Jetstar cancels nine flights between Bali and Australia or Singapore; delays several scheduled Sunday flights - Qantas diverts flight from Sydney to Denpasar to Darwin - Virgin Australia diverts flight from Port Hedland to Bali; delays two flights from Denpasar to Australia - AirAsia cancels flights between Australia and Bali - A total of eight international flights to Bali and 13 international flights departing the island cancelled, with 2000 passengers stranded - Ash cloud moves towards neighbouring island of Lombok - Government volcanologist Gede Suantika estimates Agung could spew ash for at least a month November 26 - Indonesia's Volcano Observatory Notice for Aviation updates aviation colour code from orange to red, indicating a further eruption with significant emission of volcanic ash - After resuming flights on Sunday morning, Virgin Australia cancels flights in the afternoon - AirAsia cancels remaining flights to Bali and Lombok - Qantas and Jetstar flights were continuing in the afternoon - Experts say the eruption has switched to a magmatic type eruption from a steam-driven one; predict ash cloud could reach more than 6000m November 27 - Indonesian authorities raise alert for Mount Agung to the highest level; orders people within 10km to leave - Experts warn of an 'imminent' risk of a larger eruption - Bali's international airport closes for 24hrs; authorities to consider reopening on Tuesday - Australia's Bureau of Meteorology says ash plume has risen to 9144m, with ash falling at Denpasar Airport - BOM expects eruptions and ash to continue for at least 24 hours

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-5123081/Mount-Agung-volcano-Bali-rivers-flooded-sludge.html#ixzz503TkCP7R 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 11-27-17 Lisa Haven News Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Millions Oblivious To What Just Arrived—We’ll Soon Be Unrecognizable…

Posted by Lisa Haven | Nov 27, 2017 | Featured, Science/Technology, USA

By Lisa Haven

“The Mobile Phone Industry has been tapped by the globalists to connect the world to a global brain.” Rick Wiles Imagine your cell phone linked to a “global artificial intelligence brain.” Truth is we’re kinda already there. According to new research from the Pew Research Center’s Internet and American Life Project, 61 percent of Americans own a smartphone. Sure, many still own a regular cellphone, with 91 percent of the adult population owning some sort of mobile phone. But the jump in smartphone owners is substantial. Why is this important? Because the ultimate end game of the globalists is to connect every human being to a network, a trackable network in which they can turn off your “link” with the click of a button in the event you are not following their guidelines. All that and more in this staggering report…

http://lisahaven.news/2017/11/millions-oblivious-to-what-just-arrived-well-soon-be-unrecognizable/ 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 11-28-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Health Officials Warn: 40,000 Could Die As Britain Hit With 3-Week-Long Arctic Cold

by Tyler Durden Nov 28, 2017 5:00 AM Authored by Mac Slavo via SHTFplan.com,

Britain is facing a three-week long arctic chill that will see temperatures plummet and significant snowfall, according to health officials, who are warning that residents should be prepared for the imminent threat to human health. 40,000 could die from the cold. Temperatures in Britain are expected to go as low degrees Celcius or 10 degrees Fahrenheit over the next three weeks and extremely heavy snowfall is expected in Essex and London. Health chiefs have now issued a warning ahead of the prolonged cold spell, calling on the public to check on those who may be at risk. Britain risks a re-run of some of December’s 2010’s mayhem. This cold spell also forecasts snow and ice, meaning some roads will be impassable, trains will be halted, planes will be risking cancellations, and football matches could be called off because of frozen fields. December shivers nudging -12 Celsius (even in the South) were forecast by The Weather Company and The Weather Outlook. Dr. Thomas Waite, of Public Health England’s Extreme Events team, said: “As the weather is going to get colder everywhere in the coming days, this is a really good time to check on those who may be at-risk. People with diseases such as heart and lung conditions, older people and young children can feel the ill-effects of cold weather more than the rest of us.” “To stay well this winter we all need to play a part. Is there someone you know who could be at risk when the weather gets cold? Could you help them out by fetching shopping or prescriptions? When the colder weather arrives there are several things we can do to keep well, wear several thin layers instead of fewer thicker ones, keep parts of the home you’re using heated to at least 18C and keep a careful eye on the weather forecasts,” said Waite. It is feared colder-than-usual weather will kill close to 40,000 Brits this winter after 34,000 excess winter deaths were recorded in the mild winter a year ago. Winter’s average cold weather death toll is 25,000. The Met Office said Arctic air means Britain’s -7 C coldest nights of winter are possible on Wednesday and Thursday in both the South and North, beating the -6.3 C on Saturday morning at Topcliffe, North Yorkshire. Many who die in cold weather are elderly but these victims would not die anyway in coming months, the Department of Health emphasized. Twenty percent of winter deaths are of people under the age of 75, with 11 percent under 65, Office for National Statistics figures show.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-11-27/health-officials-warn-40000-could-die-britain-hit-3-week-long-arctic-cold 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time etc

:: 11-28-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

France Submits to Terrorism, Muslim Anti-Semitism

by Guy Milličre November 28, 2017 at 5:00 am

In France, since 2012, more than 250 people were killed by Islamic terrorism -- more than in all other European countries combined. No other country in Europe has experienced so many attacks against Jews. France is a country where Jews are murdered because they are Jews. "Muslim believers know very well what is happening. Only a minority is violent. But as a whole, they do not ignore that their birthrate is such that one day, everything here will be theirs". — Luc Ravel, Archbishop of Strasbourg. In Bagneux, France, on November 1, 2017, a plaque placed in memory of Ilan Halimi, a young Jew murdered in 2006 by a "gang of barbarians", was destroyed and covered with graffiti. When a few days later, another plaque replaced it, the French government issued a statement that "hate will not win". There are many signs, however, that hate has already won and that France is sick. If these signs were already obvious a decade ago, they are even more obvious today. Voluntary blindness prevented them from being addressed. Ilan Halimi was taken hostage in January 2006, then viciously tortured for three weeks. He was eventually abandoned, dying, on the edge of a road and died a few hours later. Most of kidnappers, who were arrested a few days after the murder, were Muslims. They immediately confessed. They said they had chosen Halimi because he was a Jew and they thought that "all Jews have money". Some added that Jews "deserve to suffer". They were tried behind closed doors. The leader, Youssouf Fofana, spat his bile against Jews and vehemently shouted the name of Allah during the whole trial, so the court could not hide that he was an Islamic anti-Semite. He was sentenced to "life" in prison -- which in France means 18 to 20 years. If he had not assaulted his guards in the prison, he would already have be released. The other members of the gang, described by the prosecutor in a watered down way as "thugs looking for easy money", were quieter and were handed down relatively light sentences. Today, almost all "the barbarians" are free. Even books, accentuating the whitewash, describe the crime as just an ugly "sign of greed" among "poorly educated young people". In 2014, director Alexandre Arcady made a movie -- 24 Days: The True Story of the Ilan Halimi Affair -- to draw attention to what he perceived as a growing danger for Jews and for the French in general. The movie was a flop; almost no one paid attention to it, despite some murders just as sickening. On March 19, 2012, in Toulouse, a 23-year-old Muslim, Mohammed Merah, entered the yard of a Jewish school and murdered three children and the father of two of them. He had already shot French soldiers, but shattering the heads of children at point blank range was an act of total horror. Three days later, besieged in his apartment, after having explained for hours to a negotiator why he had chosen Jewish children, he launched a last attack but was riddled with bullets by the police. He instantly became a hero in all the Muslim French suburbs; the anti-Semitic dimension of his act just contributed to his fame. For many months, his name, Mohammed Merah, was a rallying cry for Muslim youths. The press, meanwhile, described him as a "lone wolf" and "lost child". When evidence accumulated showing that his brother, Abdelkader, an Islamist, had trained Mohammed and helped him prepare his butchery, he was arrested. Abdelkader Merah's trial last month was as ugly as that of the "gang of barbarians", maybe even uglier. Abdelkader did not lose his temper. He expressed no regret. He calmly explained that jihad is a sacred duty for every Muslim; that he thought that his brother was "in paradise" and what the status of Jews is in the Koran. Mohammed and Abdelkader's mother, Zoulikha Aziri, testified that they were "good sons". Later, out of court, she said that "Allah orders Muslims to kill Jews". (Abdelkader's lawyer said that Abdelkader was not guilty of anything; that he was just a devout Muslim "practicing his religion", and that he himself considered it an "honor" to defend Abdelkader. Abdelkader was sentenced to twenty years in prison. If there is no appeal, and if he is no longer violent, he will be released in eight years. Abdelkader, while in jail, may still do what he was doing before: proselytize and repeat what he said in court about jihad. When he is released, he may well not stop. He will most likely not be arrested again. His mother may well repeat that Allah orders Muslims to kill Jews: the command is, she thinks, an integral part of her faith. She will not be accused of incitement to murder. Hundreds of thousands of men and women openly say what she says. There are thousands of Abdelkader Merahs. Some are in prison, some are not. Not only are 70% of prisoners in France Muslims, but prisons are now the main recruiting centers for jihadists in France. Calls to jihad can be heard from countless mosques throughout the country each week. A recent book, Partition, lists the addresses of 150 of them. Incitement to kill Jews is frequent in the almost 600 no-go zones that exist in France. Leaflets stipulating "if you meet a Jew, kill him", were recently distributed in the Paris suburbs, near places where street prayers occur. "Death to Jews" and "Slit Jews' Throats" can increasingly be heard in organized street protests. Synagogues have been attacked in Paris, Sarcelles and Marseilles. In the five years since Mohammed Merah's murders, French Muslims have attacked more Jews. On May 24, 2014, Medhi Nemmouche, a gunman who had recently returned from Syria, opened fire in the Jewish Museum in Brussels and shot four people. On January 9, 2015, Amedy Coulibaly, a man who had pledged allegiance to the Islamic State, entered a kosher grocery store, took 19 people hostage, and shot four of them. Recently, on April 4, 2017, a retired Jewish physician, Sarah Halimi, was viciously brutalized for an hour, then thrown off the balcony of her apartment. Her murderer, Kada Traore, who shouted "Allahu Akbar", was deemed "mentally ill" and sent to an asylum. Two attacks had a large number of casualties: one on November 13, 2015 in Paris and Saint-Denis (130 killed), and the other on July 14, 2016 on the Promenade des Anglais in Nice (86 killed). A priest, Fr. Jacques Hamel, was knifed to death while saying Mass. A businessman was beheaded by one of his employees. A police officer was shot on the Champs-Élysées. It does not stop. On October 1, 2017, two women were slain in front of the Marseille central railway station. The murder of most off the journalists and editors at the satirical magazine Charlie Hebdo on January 7, 2015 (12 killed) led, three days later, to a huge demonstration in Paris, but indifference quickly returned. In France, since 2012, more than 250 people were killed by Islamic terrorism, more than in all other European countries combined. In addition, no other country in Europe has experienced so many attacks against Jews. France is a country where Jews are murdered because they are Jews. Every year, Jews flee France by the thousands. Those who do not emigrate move to cities and neighborhoods where they hope they will be able survive without risking aggression. Many non-Jews live in fear and remain silent. The government does almost nothing. A few times a year, its members ritually denounce "anti-Semitism", but never forget to mention that it comes from the "far right". They only denounce "radical Islam" when the facts are so blinding obvious that it is impossible to do otherwise. If they can, they prefer to talk about people who were "radicalized", without giving any details or explanation. In August 2017, the Ministry of the Interior issued a statement that almost 300 jihadists were back from Syria and represent a risk. All of them could come back to France with French passports. None of them has been arrested. In March 2015, the French intelligence services created a Report Card for the Prevention of Terrorist Radicalization (FSPRT); there are 15,000 names on it. Monitoring everyone would require nearly 160,000 police officers. Therefore, only a few dozen suspects, are under surveillance. After France's November 2015 attacks, a state of emergency was declared. It consisted mainly of sending soldiers and police officers to railway stations and airports, and placing guards and sandbags in front of synagogues and Jewish schools. The state of emergency expired on November 1, 2017. It was replaced by a weak "anti-terrorism" law. Fewer soldiers and police officers will be deployed. "Security zones" will be created around events that appear "exposed to a terrorist risk", and police controls will stand near such events. These controls, however, already exist. "Places of worship" will be "visited" if it "seems" they disseminate "ideas that could lead to terrorism"; then they could be closed for six months. Many "places of worship" already disseminate "ideas that lead to terrorism"; they are still open. Legal texts omit words such as "radical Islam", "jihad" or "anti-Semitism". They also do not include words such as "mosque" or "search"; instead, they speak of "places of worship" and "visit". They also never define which "ideas" could "lead to terrorism". Yaffa Monsonego, the mother of one of Mohammed Merah's victims, did not go to Abdelkader Merah's trial. Her daughter, Myriam, was eight-years-old when she was shot. Monsonego said in a mainstream television interview that attending the trial would have been of no use; that French justice will never live up to what she and other families of victims feel every day, and that she is certain more murders will happen. A journalist said on radio that, by not naming and not fighting evil, France betrays all those who want to live safely, and abandons the country to those who are crushing it. He reminded his listeners that the presence of Islamic anti-Semitism in France is older than they could imagine, and mentioned a young disc jockey, Sebastien Sellam, murdered in Paris by his Muslim neighbor in 2003, just because he was a Jew. The journalist said the destruction of the plaque placed in memory of Ilan Halimi was a way of killing him a second time. A few weeks ago, Luc Ravel, Archbishop of Strasbourg, said that those who run the country bury their heads in the sand; and that while Islamists are tried, the trial of radical Islam in France is not even considered. He added that all French political leaders know a population replacement is in progress that will quickly have much more serious consequences than those already evident today: "Muslim believers know very well what is happening. Only a minority is violent. But as a whole, they do not ignore that their birthrate is such that one day, everything here will be theirs". Meanwhile, French President Emmanuel Macron, while in Abu Dhabi on November 8 to inaugurate a museum, said: "Those who want to make you believe that anywhere in the world, Islam is destroying other monotheisms and other cultures are liars who are betraying you". On November 13, back in Paris to pay homage to the victims of the attacks two years earlier, Macron participated in a release of multicolored balloons, watched them float to the sky, then laid flowers where the victims were killed. The plaques state that they were "murdered", but not that they were victims of terrorism. Soon, the word "terrorism" could also disappear from France's vocabulary. In Submission, a novel published on January 7, 2015, ironically the same day as the Charlie Hebdo murders, its author, Michel Houellebecq, foresaw that words would disappear, that Islamic terrorism would lead France toward submission, and that the Jews would leave the country. He was right. Dr. Guy Milličre, a professor at the University of Paris, is the author of 27 books on France and Europe.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/11392/france-terrorism-muslims-antisemitism 

:: 11-28-17 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5th survivor of Las Vegas shooting massacre killed in hit & run

Posted on November 28, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 25 Comments

Survivors of the October 1 Las Vegas mass shooting — the deadliest mass shooting in U.S. history wherein lone gun man Stephen Paddock allegedly killed 58 and injured more than 500 people at the Harvest 91 country music festivalare being killed, one by one. The latest is Roy McClellan, the fifth survivor to die — not from injuries sustained at the shooting. Fellowship of the Minds "In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act."

Criminal whose life sentence was commuted by WA state governor now facing murder charge

British singer would push a button to kill Trump for the safety of humanity →

5th survivor of Las Vegas shooting massacre killed in hit & run

Posted on November 28, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 25 Comments

Survivors of the October 1 Las Vegas mass shooting — the deadliest mass shooting in U.S. history wherein lone gun man Stephen Paddock allegedly killed 58 and injured more than 500 people at the Harvest 91 country music festival — are being killed, one by one. The latest is Roy McClellan, the fifth survivor to die — not from injuries sustained at the shooting. KSN.com reports that on November 17, 2017, 52-year-old Roy McClellan was killed in a hit-and-run while hitchhiking on State Route 160 in Pahrump, about 50 miles west of Las Vegas. The driver of the Chevrolet Camaro fled the scene, leaving McClellan for dead. According to Fox News on November 26, 2017, “investigators had located the car believed to be involved in the accident and charges were pending.” McClellan is the fifth survivor to die in incidents unrelated to the Las Vegas shooting. The other four are Kymberley Suchomel, Dennis Carver, Lorraine Carver, and Danny Contreras. What’s the statistical probability of that?

Kymberley Suchomel

Fellowship of the Minds

"In a time of universal deceit, telling the truth is a revolutionary act." ← Criminal whose life sentence was commuted by WA state governor now facing murder charge British singer would push a button to kill Trump for the safety of humanity →5th survivor of Las Vegas shooting massacre killed in hit & run

Posted on November 28, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 25 Comments

Survivors of the October 1 Las Vegas mass shooting — the deadliest mass shooting in U.S. history wherein lone gun man Stephen Paddock allegedly killed 58 and injured more than 500 people at the Harvest 91 country music festival — are being killed, one by one. The latest is Roy McClellan, the fifth survivor to die — not from injuries sustained at the shooting. KSN.com reports that on November 17, 2017, 52-year-old Roy McClellan was killed in a hit-and-run while hitchhiking on State Route 160 in Pahrump, about 50 miles west of Las Vegas. The driver of the Chevrolet Camaro fled the scene, leaving McClellan for dead. According to Fox News on November 26, 2017, “investigators had located the car believed to be involved in the accident and charges were pending.” McClellan is the fifth survivor to die in incidents unrelated to the Las Vegas shooting. The other four are Kymberley Suchomel, Dennis Carver, Lorraine Carver, and Danny Contreras. What’s the statistical probability of that? Kymberley Suchomel On October 9, 2017, about a week after surviving the Las Vegas shooting in which she had not been injured, Kymberley Suchomel, 28, died suddenly in her sleep in her Apple Valley, CA home. Suchomel was found by her grandmother, Julie Norton, just after 8:30 a.m., who believes Suchomel may have died in her sleep after her husband, Mike, had left for work at 4:30 a.m. Norton said “Kymberley had epilepsy and she’s always been prone to seizures — she told her friend that she recently had three focal seizures. I believe the stress from the shooting took her life.” (Seacoastonline) On October 5, 2017, Suchomel wrote on her Facebook page an account of what happened on the night of the shooting, which refers to multiple shooters and firecrackers preceding the gunshots. Although her Facebook page has since been set to private, her account is archived here. She wrote: “From about 50 feet in front of us, and a little to the right, fire crackers were set off. Let me repeat that… FIRE CRACKERS WERE SET OFF. […] I would say about 15 seconds later, the first volley of gunfire was released. […] But then the 3rd volley hit… and it was close. Very, very close to us. I could physically see the impact of the bullets on the astro-turf, I could feel the warmth & the passing of bullets. […] The gentlemen that mocked me stating it was just fireworks fell to the ground, and he never got back up. The lady behind me (who was now in front of me) who was terrified as I told her to run, never got back up. I actually had to physically step over her body to run (something I am still struggling with, so please don’t attack me. I was absolutely in flight-or-fight mode). There was another person to my right who also wasn’t moving. We ran. […] I thought to myself “we NEED to hide”, but as I looked quickly for somewhere to go, the gunfire once again got closer and closer. We couldn’t hide because they (and I do mean THEY) were chasing us. That exact moment is when I started to really panic. That is the exact moment in which I thought this was it, I was going to die, I was never going to see my family again. […] Bullets were coming from every direction. Behind us, in front of us, to the side of us. But I know, I just know, that there was someone chasing us. The entire time I felt this way. The farther we got from the venue, the closer the gunfire got. I kept looking back expecting to see the gunmen- and I say MEN because there was more than one person. There was more than one gun firing. 100% more than one. […]” Dennis and Lorraine Carver On October 16, husband and wife Dennis, 52, and Lorraine Carver, 53, who had survived the Las Vegas shooting two weeks ago, were killed when their Mercedes smashed into a metal gate and brick pillars less than a mile from their home in Riverside, California. California Highway Patrol said their car was engulfed by fire and it took firefighters nearly an hour to contain the blaze. (Las Vegas Review-Journal Danny Contreras On the morning of October 23, 2017, Las Vegas police found Danny Contreras, 35, fatally shot in a vacant home. Police said Contreras had been shot several times in the upper torso, and that the killing was likely related to narcotics. (Las Vegas Review Journal) According to Zero Hedge, Contreras was a survivor of the Las Vegas shooting and that, like Kymberley Suchomel, he had also publicly claimed there were multiple gunmen the night of the attack. In a tweet on October 5, four days after the mass shooting, WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange implied that the shooting had been staged by the FBI and gave a link to a Business Insider article claiming that “The FBI is ‘manufacturing terrorism cases’ on a greater scale than ever before.” See also:

2017 Las Vegas shooting: police scanner reported multiple shooters in different places

Stephen Paddock lookalike seen in Atlantic City 5 days after Las Vegas shooting

Las Vegas shooting massacre: 3 things that make you go ‘Hmm’

2017 Las Vegas mass shooting: Things that don’t add up

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/2017/11/28/5th-survivor-of-las-vegas-shooting-massacre-killed-in-hit-run/

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 11-28-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Never-before-seen footage shows China testing its multi-nuke hypersonic missile DF-41 which can strike ANYWHERE in the world and 'will be ready next year'

China Central Television Station revealed footage of multiple DF-41 being tested

A Chinese military expert claimed 'the missile can hit every corner of the earth'

It has a range of at least 7,500 miles and could carry up to 10 nuclear warheads

The warhead is set to be inducted by the People's Liberation Army (PLA) in 2018

By Tracy You and Phoebe Weston For Mailonline Published: 05:41 EST, 28 November 2017 | Updated: 05:47 EST, 28 November 2017

China's state broadcaster has revealed video footage of its armies testing the nation's most powerful nuclear missile. Dongfeng-41, or DF-41, is Beijing's next-generation intercontinental ballistic missile that could strike anywhere in the world with nuclear warheads and is expected to be ready during the first half of next year. The footage, aired on China Central Television Station on November 26, shows the powerful weapon being transported and launched in disclosed desert-like locations. DF-41 is said to have the longest range of any ballistic rockets in the world, has undergone its eighth test and is now near completion, according to China's state-run Global Times. The missile is 16.5 meters (54 feet) long with a diameter of 2.78 meters (9.1 feet). It's been developed to rival the 6th-generation missiles from the West, such as the American LGM-30 Minuteman and the Russian RT-2PM2, reported People's Daily Online. The report also claimed that the missile has a range of at least 7,500 miles (12,000km) and its striking accuracy is with 100 metres (328 feet). It could carry up to 10 nuclear warheads, making it difficult to be intercepted. The new missile also has a speed of more than Mach 10 (7,672mph) and can use decoy devices to find it way through the enemy's missile defence systems. Yang Chengjun, a Chinese expert on missile technologies and nuclear warfare strategy, told China Central Television Station during Sunday's programme that the DF-41 missile is reliable, quick and easy to transport. 'The missile can hit every corner of the earth, allowing China to counter a nuclear strike on the country,' Yang said in the programme. Mr Yang claimed that all of the DF-41 tests have been successful so far while the success rates of similar tests in the United States and Russia are around 90 per cent and 80 per cent respectively. Apparently, DF-41 also requires less soldiers to operate and can be transported across 'a variety of complicated terrains'. It's said to be able to launch from road and rail mobile launcher platforms, as well as silo-based launchers. Mr Yang also said that it only took China a bit more than 10 years to design and produce the missile from scratch, while it would take the United States and Russia 25 years to complete a similar task. He finally added that it would be up to the Communist Party of China to decide when to put the missile into service. According to previous reports, DF-41 would be inducted by the People's Liberation Army (PLA) in 2018 after first being introduced in 2012. 'It can carry up to 10 nuclear warheads, each of which can target separately,' Xu Guangyu, a senior adviser of the China Arms Control and Disarmament Association told Global Times. The missile must have 'matured considerably' if it is to be operational in 2018, Mr Xu said. 'Once the Dongfeng-41 goes into service, China's ability to protect its own safety and to prevent wars would greatly increase', he said. Reports suggest the missile's most recent test took place this month. State-run media claim tests took place in its Western desert area but the exact location has not been revealed. In July, a propaganda video from China claimed that Beijing owns about 2,500 ballistic missiles. In the video, Dongfeng-41 is highlighted as one of the 'world's top five intercontinental missiles'. The same video, however, also said that other countries shouldn't be afraid of China's 'advanced artillery force' because Beijing wouldn't deploy the weapons unless it's provoked. The two-minute-long propaganda video described China's astonishing arsenal through cartoon. It started by explaining why China needs powerful weapons by drawing comparisons to animals living in the wild. The anchor said: 'What would happen if tigers have no fangs and lions have no paws? The probably end up living with no food or even killed. 'That's why living creatures need defenses.' The video also claimed that China was the first country in the world to use tubular artillery. The video then started listing some of the most powerful weapons Beijing has. The country is said to have around 68 submarines, one home-made aircraft carrier, and the impressive J-20 stealth fighter. In addition, the J-20 fighter jet is equipped with 'cutting-edge supersonic and stealth technologies', according to the video. The J-20 jet made its first public flight in November 2016. Some suggested that the aircraft was built in part from plans of US war planes, obtained by Chinese hackers jailed earlier last year. However, Beijing firmly denied the claims. Military analysts said it was too early to tell if the jet matches the capabilities of America's F-22, which was thought to be the original model. The report said Beijing has 270 nuclear warheads as of July 2017. In comparison, Russia has 7,000, the United States has 6,800 and France has 300.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-5124287/Footage-shows-China-testing-multi-nuke-hypersonic-missile.html#ixzz4zvuBQJLx 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (third word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::]

etc. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. etc.

 :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 11-26-17 State of the Nation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The C.I.A. Literally Controls EVERYTHING … Even Deep State

Posted on November 26, 2017 by State of the Nation

The C.I.A. is likewise controlled by much more secretive levels of command and control State of the Nation The following perceptive comment was sent by email to SOTN. It simply states the obvious about the Central Intelligence Agency and its complete control of the United States of America, and beyond. It also shows just how extensive Deep State really is. Every publicly traded corporation, for example, within the Anglo-American Axis is controlled, either directly or indirectly, by the C.I.A. That’s why the U.S. Intelligence Community refers to it as The Company. The Global Control Matrix (GCM) is actually the backbone of the New World Order, and functions as a de facto One World Government. Deep State is just one critical piece of the GCM puzzle. Just because the current World Shadow Government operates in total secrecy doesn’t mean it doesn’t exist. The globalist New World Order has actually been here for well over a hundred years. The practical reality is that the World Shadow Government (WSG) rules over every square inch of planet Earth … to varying degrees, of course. (Russia, for instance, has left the reservation in many ways, but still has to play the game in many ways.) The bottom line is that the C.I.A. is primarily the enforcement agency for the WSG. It was recently written that the C.I.A. is the “enforcement agency for the Council on Foreign Relations”. And that’s entirely true. However, the C.I.A. is also the enforcement agency for every other entity within Deep State, both public and private, covert and overt. Only with this correct understanding can the true magnitude of humanity’s problematic predicament be comprehended. Essentially, a thoroughly rogue intelligence agency — the largest in the world — has taken control of every sphere of life. In fact, the C.I.A. acts with absolute impunity, whenever and wherever it so chooses to. As follows: JFK Assassination Plot Was Coordinated and Conducted by the C.I.A. And all the C.I.A. ever has to do to justify their never-ending criminal conspiracies is claim that they are being implemented in the interest of “N A T I O N A L S E C U R I T Y”. As if publicly executing a POTUS was carried out to make the nation more safe and secure. What a place! State of the Nation November 26, 2017 N.B. What is remarkable is that the post below only represents the tip of the CIA-controlled Deep State iceberg. It also illustrates why The U.S. Central Intelligence Agency Must Be Shut Down before it shuts US down. What Does the CIA Control? Submitted by GA The Mainstream Media is CIA (all TV, Radio, Newspapers & News Magazines). Hollywood is CIA (all Motion Pictures and TV programs). Google is CIA. Facebook is CIA. Twitter is CIA. Microsoft is CIA. Apple is CIA. IBM is CIA. Intel is CIA. Hewlett Packard is CIA…..the list here is endless, let’s just say all of Silicon Valley is CIA! All Defense Contractors are CIA, like: Lockheed Martin is CIA. General Dynamics is CIA. Northrup Grumman is CIA. Raytheon is CIA. Boeing is CIA. Halliburton is CIA. United Technologies is CIA. Bechtel is CIA. ISIS is CIA. Al Qaeda is CIA. Al-Nusra is CIA The Bin Laden Family is CIA. Saddam Hussein was CIA, who went rogue on the CIA. (There were no weapons of mass destruction, as we know, Daddy Bush was pissed off at his rogue CIA Agent, Saddam, and THAT is why so many U.S. soldiers had to die and get wounded in Iran.) Noriega was CIA, who went rogue on the CIA. Castro was CIA, who went rogue on the CIA. Soros is CIA & MI6. Bush Family is CIA. Clinton Crime Family is CIA, especially the Clinton Foundation. Obama Family is CIA. The White House has been CIA for over 25 years. The FBI is CIA. (obviously, or else the FBI would have shut down the Mafia years ago. But they don’t do they? Because the CIA and the Mafia are joined at the hip. They are partners in crime as the JFK assassination clearly demonstrated. Monsanto is CIA. The Las Vegas Massacre was CIA. Northern California UNnatural Fires were CIA. 9/11 was CIA/MI6/Mossad. Oklahoma City Bombing was CIA. Aurora Movie Theater Massacre was CIA. Sandy Hook was CIA……this list too is endless. Agenda 21 Depopulation Goals are CIA. When I say CIA, I mean CIA/Deep State controlled. Insiders call the CIA “The Company”. That makes sense now, doesn’t it? 6 Million people work for the CIA. CIA/MI6 have their tentacles into EVERYTHING of value, GLOBALLY. SERCO is CIA … and MI6 … and Mossad. The CIA sets the AGENDA and Controls the Narrative. Big Brother is CIA. They are everywhere: in your phone, on your PC, in your TV, in your car, in your fridge, your smart meters, and in all surveillance cameras and spying devices which are now everywhere. Even if these items are turned off, and you don’t pay the bill and shut down services, they can still turn it on whenever they want to and listen and watch you. That was step one for total control. Next is step 2: Agenda 21, Big Brother (CIA) wants you dead, either through deadly vaccines that infects you with cancer and then cancer treatments that don’t work. Agenda 21/Big Brother/Deep State/ CIA wants to decrease the global population through disease, wars, pestilence, famine, weather modification (droughts and deluges, mudslides and floods, earthquakes and volcanoes, massive hurricanes, ice storms, blizzards, tsunamis, sink holes, you name it). And, of course, through the promotion of rampant homosexuality (homos can’t reproduce). Christian Western Civilization is being destroyed on purpose by importing Islam which never assimilates and only brings division and civil wars. Just ask Gandhi. It got so bad in India, they had to divide their land, and all Hindus and Christians staying in India, and the Muslims went to Pakistan…….because militant Islam (Wahhabis) NEVER lives peacefully with anyone else. So you have to ask, why is the CIA/Deep State flooding the USA with Muslims? To promote Peace? No, to promote DIVISION and CONFLICT. These are just some of the TRUTHS the CIA/Deep State does NOT want you to know about, and that is why they HAVE TO CONTROL all media: TV, radio, newsprint, and now they are going after the Internet with censorship. You are supposed to remain in the dark, dumbed down, and swallow hook, line and sinker whatever Big Brother CIA spoon feeds you from TV, radio, newsprint….and the Internet. Everything else if “fake news”, remember? What has upset the status quo is a groundswell of truth getting out via the Internet and Alternative Radio, YouTube and Instagram. A tipping point was reached last year, and in spite of MASSIVE Vote Rigging on all levels, Trump still WON!. Trump is NOT CIA, thus the nonstop smears from Mainstream Media!

http://stateofthenation2012.com/?p=89844 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with.  etc.

:: 11-28-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive Cover-Up Ongoing At The Highest Levels - Fukushima Nuclear Hell Hole And 'Mass Deaths Events' - Are We Now Only Witnessing The 'Tip Of The Iceberg'?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die November 28, 2017

According to this new story over at ENENews which uses the Associated Press and Newsweek among their sources, the nation of Japan is preparing to flood the Pacific Ocean with a million tons of nuclear waste water contaminated by Fukushima, gradually to be released into the homes of billions of sea creatures, some of which may later be eaten by human beings. At loss for more than 6 years now about what to do with the tanks of toxic matter left over from the 2011 disaster, local fishermen are furious, warning the release could kill the fishing industry there, an industry already hurting for 6+ years due to the disaster itself. And while the Japanese government continues to hide pertinent information about radiactive contamination due to Fukushima from the public in Japan, anybody who has been paying close attention to the information that has been censored coming from there knows that the situation is much worse than we're being officially told. And these latest planned releases of radioactive waste into the ocean will only hasten the 'mass animal death events' that we've been reporting upon on ANP for 3 years running now. While the mainstream media and 'establishment' are more than happy to push 'global warming' in our faces at every opportunity that they get, the fact that they are utterly silent about what's been happening to the Pacific Ocean and the West coast to our oceans and the food chain there speaks to us much more loudly than their eternal, damning silence. As we reported on ANP back on November 10th, nearly every day we're getting signs of a catastrophic collapse of the Pacific Ocean food chain coming to us from both the independent media and small, local news outlets and while at the moment, fish, birds, mammals and other ocean creatures are the ones paying the ultimate price, it may be only a matter of time before Fukushima's poisons make the next leap up the food chain and begin killing more people than it already has. For those who have forgotten, soon after the 2011 disaster, the US Navy sent numerous aid ships to Japan and as this March of 2016 story from Stars and Stripes reported, 16 US ships which participated in the relief efforts are STILL contaminated with low levels of radiation, nearly 7 years later! And while a US Appeals Court recently ruled that 318 US sailors sickened by the radiation can sue the government of Japan and TEPCO for injuries caused, such a ruling does little good for the families of those sailors who have already died due to their exposure to Fukushima's poisons. And with the story of the USS Ronald Reagan and more than 500 sailors sickened underscoring the dangers that Fukushima's poisons pose to humans, we have to ask, how many other people have acquired deadly mysterious illnesses since then with no adequate explanation coming to them from doctors or medical health practitioners? And is it just a coincidence that many of the fish and animals involved in the still-growing 'mass death events' have suffered from many of the same symptoms as those sailors who were exposed, including muscle wasting, cancer, internal bleeding, thyroid dysfunction, abscesses, and birth defects? As ENENews reported back on November 9th, scientists were shocked by the low number of fish that were caught during a recent survey with 'no babies being born'. For those paying attention to the 'mass animal death events' that the website End Times Prophecy Blog has been meticulously keeping track of since 2011, should we even be surprised by any of this? As of this story writing, we're now up to 425 KNOWN 'mass animal death events' in 2017, spread across 78 different countries as of this day. Two stories put out by ENENews back on November 13th and November 14th help to explain why the massive coverup we're witnessing at the highest levels will end up having profound effects. As ENENews reported back on November 13th, the US state of Hawaii was struck by 200 times the fallout from Fukushima than was expected with over a trillion becquerels of nuclear waste falling upon the state. Then on November 14th, ENENews reported this disturbing aspect of the 'Fukushima cover-up' that we're witnessing: Fukushima Cover-Up. Why is there still such a massive cover-up of Fukushima, 6+ years later? As we see in the graphic above, according to scientists from China and Korea, huge swaths of radioactive poisons will continue to strike the West coast of the US between now and the year 2031 with no end to the flow of poisons into our oceans and atmosphere in sight. With a massive cover-up at the highest levels still ongoing and the worst still yet to come according to experts, some have argued that Fukushima is part of the globalists depopulation agenda and a massive, nuclear attack upon America. As Dr. Mark Sircus reported back on February 9th of 2017, most people think they have to die to go to hell but that is not true anymore. Today, in the mainstream press, they announced the existence of a hell hole in Japan at the destroyed nuclear power station at Fukushima. We have a hot spot on our planet that has never been imagined before and in the face of it human technology is helpless. As ENENews reported back in 2012, we're witnessing what seems to be an endless flow of radiation into the sea and atmosphere - and there is still nothing to stop this catastrophe as of this moment, now nearly 7 years later

http://allnewspipeline.com/Fukushima_Nuclear_Hell_Hole_And_Mass_Deaths.php 

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids.  Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

[ :: 12-30-01  At the altar after PM Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Put your money, your time, your efforts into what I tell you to do, for I will cause you to have a victory such as you have never seen. And it shall be so clear, yes; it shall be so clear what you are all to do. Yes, for I shall speak to you, my power shall be awesome and miracles shall come to pass. It shall not be the fake gold or the fake feathers or the false shaking or the animal noises or the falling under the power and not coming away with permanent results or changed lives. My prophetic shall speak concerning things to come in a clear concise manner that no one shall want to miss or read second hand. For they will want to hear it under the anointing of the prophets and to receive the anointing of the prophet that shall manifest miracles, signs and wonders. People shall now see the signs of the last days like never before. Not only in a strange and confusing weather, the heat, the drought, the floods, the forest fires, the volcanoes, lack of jobs, shortage of money, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, sandstorms, straight wind, electrical storms, electrical shortages, hail, locusts, pestilence’s, the sicknesses, terrorists attacks, wars, the uniting of the false church under the false prophet, the rise of the anti-christ, the riots, the crime, the drugs, alcoholism, great open gay activities and movies, more open sex on TV, more street people, homeless, lack of crops, food shortages, great fear in those who do not know me. No peace as my word says for the world. The UN taking more control, martial law established, rationing and many more disasters that shall now begin to come. etc.

:: 11-20-17 Last Days Warning :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Last Days Warnings

By Hal Lindsey

As the world reels under the impact of the latest Middle East crisis, many are discovering that the events are fitting into a larger pattern of precisely predicted events. The pattern is to be found woven through the Hebrew prophets from Moses to Jesus Christ and John the Apostle. The prophecies were made during a period of from 3500 to 1900 years ago. Throughout these predictions, it’s clear that the events are to lead to a final seven-year period of world catastrophe. This period will climax with a global war of such magnitude that only the personal, visible return of Jesus Christ to this planet will prevent man from self-annihilation. THINGS WE ARE SEEING Listed below are 20 pieces of this pattern which are unmistakably coming together simultaneously for the first time in history.

The return of the dispersed Jews to Israel to become a nation again in 1948.

The Jews’ recapture of the Old City of Jerusalem in the 1967 Arab-Israeli War.

The rise of Russia as a powerful nation and enemy of Israel.

The Arab confederation against the new State of Israel.

The rise of a military power in the Orient that can field an army of 200 million soldiers. (Red China alone boasts that she has this number of troops!)

The revival of the Old Roman Empire in the form of a ten-nation confederacy. (I believe the European Common Market is ultimately going to be this power.)

The revival of the dark occultic practices of ancient Babylon.

The unprecedented turn to drugs.

The increase of international revolution.

The increase of wars.

The increase of earthquakes.

The increase of famines through the population explosion.

The coming of plagues.

The increase of famines through the population explosion.

The coming of plagues.

The increase of pollution.

The departure of many Christian churches from the historic truth of Christianity.

The move toward a one-world religion.

The move toward a one-world government.

The decline of the United States as a major world power.

The increase in lawlessness.

The decline of the family unit.

THINGS TO WATCH

The Arabs will continue to bring greater pressure upon the Western nations to support their demands against Israel. They will do so through the continued restriction of oil without which the industrial nations cannot survive. They may begin to use their vast financial power to seriously threaten the economy of the United States as well. It is doubtful that Fort Knox could back up the dollars they hold, if they demanded gold for them. The United States will have some severe economic shocks from the European Common Market and the Arab oil squeeze. It will continue its decline as a major power both by this and internal moral decadence. The European Common Market will begin to emerge as the greatest economic power in history. Israel will continue to increasingly become the Western world’s dilemma. The Middle East will continue to be the most dangerous threat to world peace in history. The prophets clearly say that the spark that sets off Armageddon will be struck by the invasion of Israel by the Egyptian-led Arabs and the Russians. Jesus predicted these days we’re living in when He said concerning the prophetic signs, “When you see all these things, know He is at the door ready to return.” Then He said, “This generation will not pass away until all is fulfilled.” My opinion is that, because we are seeing all these signs fitting into the predicted pattern, we are the generation, which will see the culmination of history, as we know it, and the return of Christ. Who knows, perhaps this will be the year of Christ’s sudden and mysterious coming to snatch out all those who believe in Him.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-11-16-2017/ 

:: 11-28-17 CNN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As scarlet fever cases rise, baffled researchers investigate

Investigators don't know why

SANDEE LAMOTTE CNN Posted: Nov 27, 2017 07:15 PM CST Updated: Nov 27, 2017 07:15 PM CST

(CNN) - The age-old killer scarlet fever is on the rise in England and East Asia, according to research published Monday in The Lancet Infectious Diseases journal, and investigators don't know why. "Whilst current rates (in England) are nowhere near those seen in the early 1900s, the magnitude of the recent upsurge is greater than any documented in the last century," said study author Theresa Lamagni of Public Health England, the agency that funded the analysis. "Whilst notifications so far for 2017 suggest a slight decrease in numbers, we continue to monitor the situation carefully ... and research continues to further investigate the rise." Identified by a bright red rash that looks and feels like sandpaper, scarlet fever is a highly contagious disease caused by the same bacteria behind strep throat, group A Streptococcus pyogenes. Historically a common cause of childhood death, scarlet fever had been declining over the past two centuries, according to the study, with any rise in cases typically following a "natural cyclical pattern" every four to six years. But since 2009, cases have been steadily increasing in several East Asian countries, including Vietnam, South Korea, Hong Kong and mainland China. An outbreak then hit England, where cases tripled in one year, from 4,700 in 2013 to 15,637 in 2014. Infections continued to rise to nearly 20,000 in 2016, a 50-year high for the United Kingdom, according to the analysis. Hospital admissions during the outbreak in England are also high, the researchers said, nearly doubling between 2013 (703 cases) and 2016 (1,300 cases). Identifying scarlet fever Although anyone who gets strep throat can get scarlet fever, also known as scarlatina, the disease typically strikes children under the age of 10. Frequently spread by droplets via coughing and sneezing, group A strep can also hide on doorknobs, plates and utensils for hours. The red rash that gives scarlet fever its name typically starts on the neck and face and spreads to the chest, the back and other parts of the body. At first, the rash will look like a bad sunburn, but then it will begin to raise and become bumpy. If pressed, the red skin will turn white; it can also be itchy. Once the rash subsides, the skin will often peel, especially on the groin, fingertips and toes. A very sore, red throat that makes it difficult to swallow, along with a fever of 101 or higher, is a key sign of scarlet fever, along with swollen neck glands, headaches and body chills, nausea and vomiting. An early symptom can be a "strawberry" tongue -- one that looks more red and bumpy than usual -- along with a whitish coating on inside of the throat. Other telltale signs include be a flushed face (except for a white streak around the mouth) and red streaks in the creases of the skin, with the armpits, knees and elbows showing a deeper hue. Treatment for scarlet fever is the same as for strep: a course of antibiotics, which must be completed to be rid of the bacteria and avoid a relapse. If the regimen is followed appropriately, the disease is usually gone within a couple of weeks. Left untreated, it can lead to serious illness or even death. Complications of scarlet fever can include Bright's disease, a form of kidney damage, and rheumatic fever, an autoimmune disease that affects the heart, joins, skin and brain. If rheumatic fever affects the heart, it can cause long-term damage. That's one of the reasons scarlet fever was a leading cause of heart disease for adults before penicillin was discovered. Over the centuries, scarlet fever has caused devastating epidemics. Those infected were often isolated for weeks, while their bedding and belongings were burned to prevent disease spread. Why the prevalence of the disease began to decline, even before the wide-spread use of antibiotics, is a mystery. Detective work is underway Why the disease is making a resurgence today is also a mystery, according to the study. Investigators are looking at such possibilities as a change in human immune status, environmental causes and even the disease traveling from Asia to England, although evidence for that is slight. Though the cases in the United Kingdom came from at least three known strains, only one of those was also seen in Hong Kong, and only in few cases. "Whilst there is no clear connection between the situation in the UK and East Asia, a link cannot be excluded without better understanding of the drivers behind these changes," Lamagni said. "The hunt for further explanations for the rise in scarlet fever goes on." Meanwhile, she suggests that parents in England keep an eye out for telltale signs and act quickly to get their children, or themselves, to a doctor for evaluation and treatment. "Guidance on management of outbreaks in schools and nurseries has just been updated, and research continues to further investigate the rise," she said. "We encourage parents to be aware of the symptoms of scarlet fever and to contact their (general practitioner) if they think their child might have it." In a comment published alongside the paper, University of Queensland professors Mark Walker and Stephan Brouwer recommend that public health systems around the world be on guard. "Scarlet fever epidemics have yet to abate in the UK and northeast Asia," they wrote. "Thus, heightened global surveillance for the dissemination of scarlet fever is warranted."

http://www.abc17news.com/health/as-scarlet-fever-cases-rise-baffled-researchers-investigate/663090532 

:: 11-28-17 PRI :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The US Coast Guard is operating floating prisons in the Pacific Ocean, outside US legal protections

PRI's The World November 24, 2017 · 6:45 PM EST By Traci Tong

If you've followed the War on Terror at all, you're almost certainly familiar with the US detention facility at Guantánamo Bay, Cuba — a US prison that exists outside the realm of the US justice system. Now, it turns out, there's a secret US detention system in the War on Drugs, too — and this one is aboard US Coast Guard cutters sailing in the Pacific Ocean. In an effort to staunch the flow of cocaine and other hard drugs from South America to Central America and points north, Coast Guard cutters have been deployed farther and farther from the shore in the Pacific Ocean. When these cutters capture a boat carrying drugs, the smugglers are brought onto the ships and kept shackled to the deck, sometimes outside in the elements, until the Coast Guard makes arrangements for them to be transported back to the US for trial. But this isn't a wait of just a few hours or days. Often, these waits can last weeks or months, according to new reporting from The New York Times. Coast Guard officials say they can do this because the drug smugglers aren't under arrest until they reach US shores, but some of the worst cases are drawing criticism even from Coast Guard officials. Seth Freed Wessler reported this story for The Times. He says a combination of US agreements with Latin American countries and the US Maritime Drug Law Enforcement Act allows the US to take this action. Wessler spoke with The World's Carol Hills about his reporting and these "floating Guantánamos" on the Pacific Ocean. The Coast Guard usually has a reputation for being the good guys out there — rescuing people, apprehending bad guys. We've done stories about that. I take it it's a little bit more complicated? It is. The Coast Guard has a broad mission. It does search and rescue, enforces fisheries laws. It enforces drug laws on the oceans and, what few people know, is that the US Coast Guard has actually been deployed in recent years deep into the Pacific Ocean to interdict drug smugglers moving between South America — Colombia, Ecuador — and Central America, where the drugs — often cocaine — are dropped off and then often moved up through Mexico. These Coast Guard ships are deployed deep into the Pacific —sometimes thousands of miles from the nearest US port, where they're detaining suspected smugglers and holding them aboard these Coast Guard cutters. What I found in my reporting is that detainees, men who are moving cocaine in the Pacific Ocean. You write about some Ecuadorians who are out there transporting drugs and they end up shackled for many, many days on a Coast Guard boat. Give us the quick thumbnail sketch of this one guy, in particular, Jhonny Arcentales, and how he ended up there? He is a fisherman from a coastal town in Ecuador and was having a particularly, economically, rough year and made a decision to take a job smuggling cocaine off of the coast of Ecuador. He really didn't know all that much about what he was doing. As he was moving this cocaine on a boat with three other men, another Ecuadorian man and a Colombian man, they were approaching Central America, approaching Guatemala and the US Navy and Coast Guard intercepted that boat and pulled these men off. For the next 70 days, Mr. Arcentales and the other man he was detained with were held — always chained by their ankle to the deck of a ship or to a cable running along one of these large Coast Guard or Navy ships — for 70 days. He was moved from ship to ship as these Coast Guard cutters went about their patrols, picking up more cocaine in the Pacific Ocean. So this guy, Arcentales, and another guy — they're on a ship. This is a Coast Guard ship and they're basically exposed to the elements and basically shackled and not getting much food. How can the Coast Guard get away with keeping people under those conditions when the men haven't even been charged? The Coast Guard makes the argument that these people are not formally under arrest until they get to the United States. They're simply being held, while the Coast Guard deals with the logistical challenges of trying to get these men onto shore — into an airplane and flown to Florida, where they'll be prosecuted. Courts have generally bought the government's argument. The argument by the Coast Guard and by federal prosecutors that these logistical delays are legitimate, as it's hard enough to get people back. The reality is that when the Coast Guard has had to move people more quickly, they do. Very often, detainees are brought to port in one of these cutters, then placed in a hidden room in a helicopter hangar or in a room below deck and hidden there for the day while the Coast Guard cutter refuels or the Coast Guard crew get a bit of a break and then are brought back out to sea. So there are these delays that people in the Coast Guard — Coast Guard officials I interviewed — though really are actually unreasonable, considering that they're near an airport. Somebody could be put on a plane and brought back to the United States. As we've made this decision to prosecute more and more people, these delays have grown longer and longer. What we're seeing now is sort of carting people around ... carting suspected drug smugglers around the ocean an average of 18 days — very often longer than that — as the government waits to transport people to courts in Florida. Now Donald Trump's chief of staff, General John Kelly, he played a key role in expanding the reach of the Coast Guard in this way. Well, John Kelly was in charge of Southern Command, the Department of Defense area of operation in Latin America that's in charge of managing the drug war in Latin America. He was the head of Southern Command between 2012 and 2016 then retired. Under the Trump administration, he became head of the Department of Homeland Security, which oversees the Coast Guard. On two occasions he has had a role in these operations. And John Kelly has really been a proponent of the idea. He's called drug smuggling in Central America an existential threat to the United States. And the idea that we need to push our borders outward farther and farther away from our actual borders in order to defend the homeland, that's led to this effort to interdict drugs far, far away from the United States in places where drug smugglers actually really have very little idea where their drugs are headed. So, Johnny Arcentales and the other men that I've spoken to know, they're not thinking about where these drugs are going. The drugs are moving from South America to Central America as far as they're concerned. It's out of their control after that, but we're arresting people in international waters, often on foreign boats, thousands of miles from the United States. So the Coast Guard is arresting these people in these boats and it's not clear whether the drugs on these boats are going to the US? Ultimately, most of the cocaine on these smugglers' small boats is probably headed for the United States. But some of it may be going to other markets, to European markets, to Australian markets or elsewhere. It's not always clear that the drugs are coming here and, in fact, the circuit court in California has said that the US can't prosecute these cases unless they can prove that the drugs were headed to the United States — that they actually intended to to show up there. And that's one of the reasons why federal prosecutors prefer to bring these cases to Florida, where that burden of proof is not required. Whatever happened to Johnny Arcentales? How many days was he out there on this ship? He was picked up in September of 2014. And for the next 70 days, he was held aboard a series of Coast Guard cutters and Navy frigates as he was moved around the Pacific Ocean. He describes the experience of feeling like he really might disappear. He didn't know that he was going to be brought to the United States, wasn't being allowed to call his family — wondering, "does my family think I died?" He was ultimately brought to shore in Central America and told "you're going to be handed over to the Drug Enforcement Administration now" and brought to the United States to face prosecution after more than two months held aboard these ships. He was brought to the United States, charged criminally under drug trafficking laws and was sentenced to 10 years to a decade in federal prison. He's now in a federal prison in New Jersey. The community he comes from on the central coast of Ecuador, many men have left on these smuggling trips. More than a year ago, there was a major earthquake in Ecuador that left families in dire economic straits. Since then, there have been more and more people leaving. In fact, his son-in-law decided not long after that earthquake to take one of these jobs and left home. He didn't tell anyone and disappeared. Days later, was picked up by the Coast Guard. He was also sentenced to a decade in US federal prison. The question about the legality of the US Coast Guard's detention practices has not been raised, in an international context, in criminal courts. In the United States, when defense attorneys have tried to argue that the conditions amount to inhumane treatment, some cases judges have agreed. But they've said there's nothing we can really do about it. The law does not allow for us to throw this case out. What about the shame factor? This is a practice of detention that until now hasn't really been known. I wrote to dozens of men and received letters back from many of these men who'd been detained on these Coast Guard ships, describing the conditions of their confinement. Describing what sounded to me like real terror for them on the high seas. Those are stories that hadn't been told before. Are they allowed to use a proper bathroom? No the bathrooms on these boats are very different, ship to ship. They're provided essentially buckets to use as toilets on some of the boats. And these men are then required to clean out the buckets themselves and dump them off the edge of the ship. They describe that as a really terrible disgusting process. And the Coast Guard says "our ships aren't equipped as detention centers. We don't have facilities here. This is what we've got." In fact, I spoke to Coast Guard commanders who are really uncomfortable about the conditions on their ship — and uncomfortable about the amount of time people are held. I have evidence of people being held for upwards of 70 days. A Coast Guard official told me people have been held for 90 days. But the Coast Guard has no clear rules about how long they can hold people. When you talk to Coast Guard officials and ask them about these things that you've researched and found out, what do they say? Are they proud of this or are they a little bit wary of what's going on? Many of the Coast Guard officials that I talked to were really uncomfortable about the detention conditions and the amount of time that people were being held during their detention. I really felt that officials thought people need to be moved off the boats more quickly and, again, are uncomfortable about the conditions that they have to hold people in. Have you talked with the families? Yes. Many families, in fact, believe that their loved ones — husbands, fathers, sons — had disappeared. It's not unheard of for fishermen to disappear in the sea. For these fishermen, the ocean is the geography of their life. And so when I talked to Arcentales, for example, about the sea, he said to me "the ocean used to be a place that for me represented freedom. But now it's like a prison in the open ocean." And all of these men say "we understand that we've broken laws. We understand that we made these decisions. We understand that we're going to be punished for this." The question that they raise is "how are we in the United States right now?"

https://www.pri.org/stories/2017-11-24/us-coast-guard-operating-floating-prisons-pacific-ocean-outside-us-legal 

:: 11-28-17 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bali volcano spits ash 2 ˝ miles in the sky, airport closed

By firdia lisnawati and margie mason, associated press

KARANGASEM, Indonesia — Nov 28, 2017, 7:45 AM ET

A volcano with a deadly history continued to erupt Tuesday on Bali, one of the world's most popular resort islands, spitting ash 4,000 meters (2 ? miles) high and stranding tens of thousands of tourists for a second day. Lava was welling in its crater, but it remained unclear how bad the eruption might get or how long it could last. Authorities have raised the alert for Mount Agung to the highest level and told 100,000 people to leave an area extending 10 kilometers (6 miles) from its crater as it belches grey and white plumes into the sky. Its last major eruption in 1963 killed about 1,100 people. Officials extended the closure of Bali's international airport for another 24 hours due to concerns that jet engines could choke on the thick volcanic ash, which was moving across the island. Tourists waiting for planes stared at information screens reading "canceled" for every flight. Airport spokesman Ari Ahsanurrohim said more than 440 flights were canceled Tuesday, affecting nearly 60,000 passengers, about the same as Monday. Without aircraft, getting in or out of Bali requires traveling hours by land and boat to an airport on another island. "I don't know, we can't change it," said stranded German traveler Gina Camp, who planned to go back outside and enjoy another day on the island, which attracts about 5 million visitors a year to its famed resorts and world-class surf spots. "It's nature and we have to wait until it's over." Experts said a larger, explosive eruption is possible or Agung could stay at its current level of activity for weeks. "If it got much worse, it would be really hard to think of. You've got a huge population center, nearly a million people in Denpasar and surroundings, and it's very difficult to envision moving those people further away," said Richard Arculus, a volcano expert at Australian National University, adding that an eruption in 1843 was even more explosive than the one in 1963. "There are many examples in history where you have this kind of seismic buildup — steam ejections of a little bit of ash, growing eruptions of ash to a full-scale stratosphere-reaching column of ash, which can presage a major volcanic event," he said. A NASA satellite detected a thermal anomaly at the crater, said senior Indonesian volcanologist Gede Swantika. That means a pathway from the storage chamber in the volcano's crust has opened, giving magma easier access to the surface. Indonesian officials first raised the highest alert two months ago when a rash of seismic activity was detected at the mountain. More than 100,000 people living near the volcano fled their homes, many abandoning their livestock or selling them for a fraction of the normal price. The seismic activity decreased by the end of October, causing authorities to lower the alert level. Tremors increased again last week and officials upped the alert and ordered another large-scale evacuation, with nearly 40,000 people now staying in 225 shelters, according to the Disaster Mitigation Agency in Karangasem. But tens of thousands of villagers have remained in their homes because they feel safe or don't want to abandon their farms and livestock. "Ash has covered my house on the floor, walls, banana trees outside, everywhere" said Wayan Lanus, who fled his village in Buana Giri with his wife and daughter. Flows of volcanic mud have been spotted on Agung's slopes, and Arculus warned more are possible since it's the rainy season on Bali. "They're not making a lot of noise. It's just suddenly coming like a flash flood out of nowhere," he said. "You do not want to be near them. Stay out of the valleys." Indonesia sits on the Pacific "Ring of Fire" and has more than 120 active volcanoes. Mason reported from Jakarta. Associated Press writer Ali Kotarumalos in Jakarta contributed to this report.

http://abcnews.go.com/Technology/wireStory/bali-volcano-spits-ash-miles-sky-airport-closed-51428964 

:: 11-28-17 Boston Globe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

First lady goes with classic, traditional Christmas decor

Associated Press November 28, 2017

WASHINGTON — First lady Melania Trump has opted for a more traditional decor for her family’s first Christmas in the White House, adding a few new touches to the standards. New this year are wreaths hanging from the exterior of every window. Another new touch are glistening branches lining an East Wing hallway that leads guests to a tree decorated with the Trump family’s official Christmas ornament, a gold-toned bauble featuring the presidential coat of arms surrounded by a wreath of holly. The family Christmas card is on display. ‘‘Merry Christmas and Happy New Year,’’ says the card, signed by President Trump, the first lady, and Barron, their son.

https://www.bostonglobe.com/news/nation/2017/11/27/first-lady-goes-with-classic-traditional-christmas-decor/BERMWJISgmzWYesprr3rZO/story.html

:: 11--17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THE GOD-HATERS

Judge Moore and today's American 'Kulaks'

Exclusive: Alan Keyes warns Christians against elite who reject the Lord's sovereignty

Because I am standing with Judge Roy Moore I find myself within the circle of malice now focused on him by the forces of evil that are moving inexorably to procure the complete destruction of the Constitution and identity of the people of the United States. Their greatest enemy is God, of course, as He has shared Himself, in Spirit and Truth, in and through Jesus Christ. Their enmity naturally extends (as Christ said it would) to anyone willing faithfully to bear witness to God’s authority over the universe created by and through His Word. This includes, of course, His authority over all the determinations and conceptions that define human existence; the bonds of material, moral and spiritual obligation that allow for human action and choice, according to the Providence by which He makes good the promising nature on which our continued existence depends. I have received a slew of responses to my articles presenting the reasoning that obliges me, for the sake of God and the common good of our nation, to stand firmly with Judge Roy Moore during this time of unjust and malicious trial. Many of those responses encourage and give thanks for the work people are doing to detoxify the stream of incoherent accusation and abusive epithets most of Moore’s opponents substitute for coherent reasoning. However, a glimmer of truth consistently blinks out, revealing their contempt for him (and folks like me) because we believe in God and the logic of the American Declaration of Independence, which defines right and justice in terms of God’s rule. Moore’s uncompromised insistence upon this logic is the reason his detractors are attempting to immerse his name and reputation in an acid bath of corrosive allegations. Like the good communists some of them are, they viciously accuse their opponents of the sins they have blithely ignored or encouraged among themselves. To this extent their behavior reflects the truth of God’s overruling presence in the universe of our experience – in that they understand that the ultimate issue is not a matter of this or that factual misdeed; it’s a matter of standing for or against God, of remembering or discarding His universal sovereignty. They weaponize allegations of misconduct, even though in other respects they deny every standard that permits us to distinguish right doing from wrong. But the only sin they eagerly acknowledge and implacably condemn is the sin against their God-hatred, the sin that rejects their rejection of God. So, they seek to annihilate anyone who seeks mercy and forgiveness from God and Christ, where it may be found, and who disdains to seek it where it will never be accorded to anyone who offends their pitiless pride. In this the God-haters are like Lamech, the offspring of Cain. They promise unremittingly merciless civil death to those who prefer God’s just and self-contained authority to their sickly arrogant, overreaching, lawless and irresponsible power. This preference grievously 01 wounds their vainglorious pride. The record of mass murder associated with the atheistic political cults of the twentieth century attests to the fact that the God-haters will not long content themselves with inflicting civic death. Already they move to deprive faithful witnesses to God’s authority of their livelihoods and imprison them for using words that reject the rejection of God, or refusing to use terms that submit to it. Already they offer human sacrifice on the altars of abortion and make a hecatomb of natural family life. They make mock of humanity’s self-perpetuation with rituals of self-obsessed self-negation, wherein individuals deny and disparage God-endowed natural right. People who hold to the premises of God-acknowledging liberty that historically ground and enable the success of republican self-government in the United States, need to consider the destructive consequences of the relaxation of constitutional precautions against the abuse of our government’s national security powers since Sept. 11, 2001. This change is ostensibly directed, in large part, against foreign-inspired terrorists, mostly spawned by Islamist imperialism (which is principally responsible for the acts of terror that have proliferated since then). Now, however, the country’s corrupt and corrupting entertainment sector is being mined for examples of sexual crime and misconduct, for use in fomenting an environment of outraged passion that fosters a presumption of credibility for accusations of predatory sexual behavior. Meanwhile, in products of that same industry, people of good faith who reject the God-haters are being routinely portrayed in a way that encourages the assumption that Christian faith in God is an incubator of domestic terrorism. Is this intended to justify a presumption of guilt when the refusal to accept the rejection of God is construed as an intimidating crime, deserving harsh punishment for the terror it supposedly inflicts upon adherents of the deadly cults of abortion and sexual licentiousness? By discarding constitutional constraints, predicated upon natural right and respect for God-endowed justice and fair play (due process), we are already being moved toward an environment of unbridled government power. It begins to resemble the condition that permitted totalitarian governments in the 20th century to commit massive atrocities, in the name of History and the untrammeled power of supposedly “progressive” governments. As we are being goaded toward the same condition of totalitarian government by fear and force, isn’t it naďve to believe we will escape the murderous results foreshadowed time and again by the record of such governments in the last century? Will people of good faith become the Kulaks of 21st century America, sacrificed by the millions once the theology of liberty is openly outlawed? Forbid it, Almighty God. We must not meekly surrender ourselves or the political champions of our faith to the God-hating new order of things. We must never contemn as fools brave and God-believing leaders, like Judge Roy Moore, who are faithful unto civic and even corporeal death. Instead we must unite behind them, trusting in God for the hope of humanity that was, and ought always to be, uplifted as the bond and purpose of our existence as a free people.

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/11/judge-moore-and-todays-american-kulaks/#8Q4ZUoKHOUAllkty.99 

:: 10-30-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Most People Don't Even Realize What's Coming

Truthstream Media Published on Oct 30, 2017

Will you get lost in the Fourth Industrial Revolution? Most people I asked don't even know what that is, but it's happening all around us right now. This system is about technological evolution... evolving us. Please support our work on Patreon, read our goals here:

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5tn4P7IBqoQ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil. etc

:: 11-21-17 Clarion Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘ISIS Opens Sex-Slave Market in Turkey’s Capital’

Home > Human Rights > Human Rights Violators > Child Abuse > ‘ISIS Opens Sex-Slave Market in Turkey’s Capital’

By Ran Meir Tuesday, November 21, 2017

You may think ISIS’ demise in Iraq and Syria would mean an end to its sex-slave trading, but a new report says Islamic State has merely transferred its slave business into Turkey – including a market in Turkey’s capital Ankara. This means ISIS is involved in the slavery industry in a European country. During its years of power in parts of Iraq and Syria, ISIS held slave markets both in private and public. With its loss of power, Islamic State began smuggling Yazidi women across the border into Turkey. It imprisoned them with ISIS families it had shifted from Iraq and Syria into Turkey previous to the major losses in territory. ISIS is also said to be negotiating with the close relatives of these women to release them after years of captivity, torture and sexual slavery. The ransoms are believed to amount to thousands of dollars, which for many Yazidi families are sums they simply cannot afford. It is understood that when the families don’t meet the ransom demands, ISIS sells the women to the highest bidders. ISIS’ slavery operation is already up and running in three Turkish cities — Gaziantep, Urfa and Ankara — said Yazidi human rights campaigner Ali el-Hansouri speaking to Sputnik’s Arabic website. Click here for 5 Things You Should Know About ISIS-Tortured Yazidi Women Not only is ISIS holding women against their will, “but ISIS is also not releasing Yazidi children who were transferred to Turkey,” said el-Hansouri. “Rather it’s holding them within the houses of its activists there.” Amir and Amira aged eight and 10 are two such children currently in Kirsehir, in central Turkey. A Yazidi organization managed to locate them. For the last seven months, the group has been in contact with the Iraqi embassy in Ankara to help repatriate them, so far to no avail. During its years of tyranny, ISIS seized as many as 5,000 Yazidis, mostly women and children from the Sinjar area, enslaving them and forcing them to convert to Islam. Refusal meant torture and rape.

https://clarionproject.org/isis-opens-sex-slave-market-turkeys-capital/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 11-24-17 CNBC :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi Crown Prince calls Iran leader 'new Hitler': NYT

The Sunni Muslim kingdom of Saudi Arabia and Shi'ite Iran back rival sides in wars and political crises throughout the region

Tensions soared this month when Lebanon's Saudi-allied Prime Minister Saad Hariri resigned

Published 3:26 AM ET Fri, 24 Nov 2017 Updated 10:44 AM ET Fri, 24 Nov 2017

Saudi Arabia's powerful Crown Prince called the Supreme Leader of Iran "the new Hitler of the Middle East" in an interview with the New York Times published on Thursday, sharply escalating the war of words between the arch-rivals. The Sunni Muslim kingdom of Saudi Arabia and Shi'ite Iran back rival sides in wars and political crises throughout the region. Mohammed bin Salman, who is also Saudi defense minister in the U.S.-allied oil giant kingdom, suggested the Islamic Republic's alleged expansion under Ayatollah Ali Khamenei needed to be confronted. "But we learned from Europe that appeasement doesn't work. We don't want the new Hitler in Iran to repeat what happened in Europe in the Middle East," the paper quoted him as saying. Tensions soared this month when Lebanon's Saudi-allied Prime Minister Saad Hariri resigned in a television broadcast from Riyadh, citing the influence of Iran-backed Hezbollah in Lebanon and risks to his life. Hezbollah called the move an act of war engineered by Saudi authorities, an accusation they denied. Hariri has since suspended his resignation. Saudi Arabia has launched thousands of air strikes in a 2-1/2-year-old war in neighboring Yemen to defeat the Iranian-aligned Houthi movement that seized broad swaths of the country. Salman told the Times that the war was going in its favor and that its allies controlled 85 percent of Yemen's territory. The Houthis, however, still retain the main population centers despite the war effort by a Saudi-led military coalition which receives intelligence and refueling for its warplanes by the United States. Some 10,000 people have died in the conflict. The group launched a ballistic missile toward Riyadh's main airport on Nov. 4, which Saudi Arabis decried as an act of war by Tehran. Bin Salman said in May that the kingdom would make sure any future struggle between the two countries "is waged in Iran". For his part, Khamenei has referred to the House of Saud as an "accursed tree", and Iranian officials have accused the kingdom of spreading terrorism.

https://www.cnbc.com/2017/11/24/saudi-crown-prince-calls-iran-leader-new-hitler.html 

:: 11-23-17 The Free Thought :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vaccine Co. Funded by PayPal Owner Caught Illegally Injecting People at Hotels with Herpes Virus

A vaccine company funded by billionaire Peter Thiel was caught illegally testing a herpes virus on unsuspecting victims in Holiday Inn.

By The Free Thought Project - November 23, 2017

(RT) — A US researcher aiming to develop a herpes vaccine conducted illegal trials during which he injected people in hotel rooms and at a house on the island of St. Kitts, according to a new investigation. William Halford, a former associate professor at Southern Illinois University (SIU), began his first “trial” in 2013. But the setting wasn’t a university laboratory or a room at a hospital – it was a Holiday Inn Express and a Crowne Plaza Hotel located 15 minutes away from the college, according to an investigation by Kaiser Health News. Halford, who died of cancer in June, administered his experimental shots to at least eight herpes patients on four different occasions in the summer and fall of 2013. The volunteers were injected with a virus he had created, according to emails from seven participants and interviews with one participant. In multiple email exchanges between Halford and the participants, seen by Kaiser, he asked them to send photographs of rashes, blisters and other reactions they might have received as a result of the injections. “Just wanted to pass along that I immunized someone with the higher dose of the HSV-2 vaccine on Monday, and I attach the photos of the injection site at 48 hours to give you and everyone else an idea of what to expect…,” he wrote in September 2013. “This individual requested that I give him two immunizations to double the effect…one immunization per leg.” Four days later, Halford wrote that “everyone’s vaccines contained ~150 million infectious units of the HSV-2 vaccine strain,” noting that the first injection of the group represented about a 30- to 40-fold increase over what others received in August 2013. In the same email, the microbiologist wrote that he believed the trials were important. “Saturday Sept. 21 definitely represents a milestone in my career,” he wrote. “Don’t know how it will turn out, but I undoubtedly feel like this was a real test of the (a) safety / tolerability of the HSV-2 vaccine and (b) an opportunity to see if it has any therapeutic potential…I am indebted to all of you.” In an email dated October 2, 2013, Halford told a participant that his hypothesis of the injection’s outcome was “nothing more than an education guess.” He added that “the proof is in the pudding…let’s see if your problems with outbreaks dial back or not.” In addition to the trial being blatantly illegal, the microbiologist also did not obtain written informed consent from the participants, which is required by US law when testing a live virus on humans. Moreover, medical researchers are not allowed to inject people without a physician or nurse practitioner being present, Jonathan Zenilman, a doctor and expert on sexually transmitted diseases at Johns Hopkins University, told Kaiser. Meanwhile, a man from Texas who said he received the injections said he fears the vaccine may have given him genital herpes (HSV-2), when he previously only had HSV-1, which usually emerges as sores on the face. The Texan wrote in an email on February 24, 2014, that he was frightened after his second shot. “I got a large rash on my leg and it burned and swelled,” he wrote. “Then a blister popped up.” Responding to his concern in an email, Halford said: “I did not think the HSV-2 vaccine strain would be capable of reactivation, but perhaps I will have to reconsider that.” Experts who reviewed the man’s medical details for Kaiser said such a scenario was possible. “It makes me angry that Halford went ahead with the offshore trial anyway,” the Texas man said. “I hope more people weren’t hurt.” Another woman, however, claims to have been cured from Halford’s vaccine. She went on to help him recruit patients and organize injections. The Texas man said he did not know how the trial was paid for, noting that Halford would not accept money from the participants and told them “it would get him in more trouble if he was ever caught.” Even though Halford was apparently aware of the potential “suicide” that could occur if his under-the-radar trial became public, he launched a similar trial in 2016 at a house in St. Kitts, once again failing to notify US or local authorities. News of that trial was made public earlier this year. A woman from Colorado who took part in that trial has also reported possible side effects from the injections. Was the university aware? SIU has refused to comment to Kaiser about Halford’s 2013 trials. However, many exchanges between Halford and the participants in 2013 were sent from his university email account. He also used the university telephone for communication and referred to a graduate student as assisting in the trial and to using a laboratory on campus. “My lab currently consists of myself and 1 graduate student and anything I do with you guys or your blood is extra and on top of what I get paid to do …” he wrote in a November 3, 2013, email. After a Kaiser report stated that Halford completed the 2016 trial with no independent safety or oversight, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) demanded a response from SIU. In an initial response to federal authorities, the university said it found “serious non-compliance with regulatory requirements and institutional policies and procedures.” “If deemed necessary, SIU will develop an effective corrective action plan,” the dean of SIU’s medical school, Jerry Kruse, wrote in a letter to the HHS, which was obtained by Kaiser under the Freedom of Information Act. The university previously said it had no role, responsibility, or knowledge of the 2016 trial on St. Kitts, because Halford pursued it through Rational Vaccines, a company he co-founded in 2015. Its sole purposed was to market and research the herpes vaccine. However, SIU shared a patent on the herpes injection with the company, and promoted Halford’s research on its website. Furthermore, when a company owned by entrepreneur and PayPal co-founder Peter Thiel invested millions of dollars into the research in April, SIU publicly hailed Halford and Rational Vaccines. Several of the participants of both trials have told Kaiser that they asked SIU for help. The Colorado woman called the university “dismissive,” while a participant from California said he wanted the university to continue the vaccine research with safety oversight while “taking responsibility.” When SIU did not provide him with an adequate response, he said “it was obvious they want nothing to do with us.” Meanwhile, the surviving co-founder of Rational Vaccines, Hollywood filmmaker Agustín Fernández III, has said he considers the 2016 trial a success, and vowed to continue the research. He said that he was not involved with Halford’s work before the company was formed (meaning he had no part in the 2013 trial), but said he is aware of “individuals who experienced positive outcomes from the vaccine.”

http://thefreethoughtproject.com/vaccine-company-tests-hotels/ 

:: 7-17-14 Gicmodo :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

9 Unexpected Outcomes Of Human Cloning

George Dvorsky 7/17/14 12:17pm

Human cloning is currently illegal in virtually all parts of the world, but that doesn't mean it will stay that way. Here are some surprising things we can expect once we're finally allowed to make genetic duplicates of ourselves. Back in 2005, the United Nations General Assembly adopted a Declaration on Human Cloning prohibiting all forms of human cloning "inasmuch as they are incompatible with human dignity and the protection of human life." The ruling prohibits both therapeutic cloning, in which cells are cloned from a human for use in medicine and transplants, and reproductive cloning, the practice of creating a living, breathing genetic duplicate. Though many countries disagreed with the declaration, the resulting moratorium is respected around the globe. To date, no human clone has ever been born. But back in 2008, researchers successfully created the first five mature human embryos using somatic cell nuclear transfer (SCNT) where the nucleus of a somatic cell was taken from a donor and transplanted into a vacant host egg cell. The embryos were only allowed to develop to the blastocyst stage, at which point they were studied and then destroyed. So we know we can do it — we're just not entirely sure if it's completely safe. Nor is public opinion on board with the prospect. But that's not to say it won't ever happen. As the science improves, and as the concept gets normalized in our culture (thanks to shows like Orphan Black), people's opinions will likely change, and with it, the laws. But if human cloning ever does become legal, we can expect some weirdness. Here are nine surprising outcomes. 1. Who Clones Who? Let's say you clone yourself. Should your clone, in turn, be allowed to clone him or herself? How could you possibly say no, and what makes you think you'd even have any control over your genome at this point anyway? Here's the thing — the moment you choose to reproduce via human cloning, you're going to have to expect that it may not be the only genetic version of yourself to roam this great Earth; it's doubtful that the law would preclude your clonal offspring from reproducing in the same way you did. Likewise, a corporation could also claim ownership, particularly if they invented the technique used to clone you (better make sure to read the fine print). This is one of the underlying themes of the popular television show Orphan Black, in which a wealthy biotech firm, the Dyad Institute, claims intellectual ownership over a clonal line. Given the open and ambiguous state of patent law today, it's conceivable that certain human genomes, or parts of it, may lie outside our ownership, and subsequently, our control. 2. Illicit Cloning Disturbingly, there's also the potential for someone to clone you illegally. All they'd have to do is gather the required biological material, like your skin or blood cells, and hire a willing surrogate to carry your clone to term. Back in 2002, the Raelian UFO cult falsely claimed to have cloned the first human, who they dubbed "Eve." The incident hinted at the potential for other groups to do it for real in the future. Such an act would be extremely unethical, but not impossible. In the future, credible fertility clinics should refuse to do it without some kind of written consent, but black market options will likely become available. There's also the potential for biotech labs to do it covertly, along with cults and religious groups. Why would someone or some group do this? Aside from religious or profit motives, perhaps they'd be looking to clone their favorite celebrity, or raise a genetic duplicate of their favorite scientist or political figure. 3. Raising the Dead It's also possible that prospective parents might want to raise the clone of a parent or grandparent who's recently passed away. Of course, and ideally, the deceased person would have given prior consent to such a thing. The laws aren't there yet, but the day is coming when we'll need to clarify in our wills whether or not we would be accepting of this after we pass away. Our genetic constitutions will become part of our "estate" after death. Couples in mourning may also want to clone a dead child, perhaps one lost to an accident. This prospect is ethically challenging for a number of reasons, including the fact that the deceased child cannot give consent, nor would it truly "return" the original child (it would merely produce a twin). 4. Genetic Immortality It appears that we can clone clones indefinitely. Last year, researchers in Japan used a new technique to produce 26 successful generations of cloned mice from a single individual. In total, they produced 598 mice — all of them genetic duplicates. The breakthrough shows that mammalian cloning lines — humans included — can be extended and reproduced without limit. This implies that a kind of genetic immortality can be achieved; an exact replica of yourself can be copied for generations on end. Duncan Idaho's gholas from the Dune saga would be proud. (image: Hasloo Group Production Studio/Shutterstock) 5. Iterative Improvements Over Generations On a related note, indefinite cloning could lead to the practice of selective trait modifications over time. By using heritable germline gene therapy, each successive generation of clones could be augmented or altered in specific ways. For example, your clonal line could feature slow, iterative improvements to intelligence and memory. Or changes to physical characteristics, like hair color or morphology. Artificial chromosomes could be introduced as they're developed and improved over time by scientists. After centuries of this virtual asexual reproduction, your "offspring" would scarcely resemble the original version, namely you. 6. The Doppelganger Effect This probably wouldn't pose a problem for the first generation of clones, but if some lines are reproduced enough, it could lead to an incessant rash of mistaken identity. People would be convinced that they saw someone they know or recognize, when in fact it was a clone. This would only apply, of course, to inter-generational clones of roughly the same age. Relatedly, it could lead to new kind of identity theft in which clones pretend to be another person. 7. Rendering Biosignatures Useless Which bring up an interesting point as it pertains to forensic science and the acquisition of biosignatures. The proliferation of clones would introduce a slew of problems for investigators or systems reliant on biometrics. Facial recognition scans would pull up multiple matches, as would DNA fingerprinting. And in fact, there's already a precedent with this, but one that doesn't involve clones. Last year, identical twins in the UK were both charged with sexually assaulting a teenage girl — even though forensic tests could not prove which one carried out the attack. 8. Nature vs. Nurture Put to the Test Twins separated at birth have been a boon to scientists, particular those who study behavioral genetics. It offers them the opportunity to compare the impacts of socialization and environment on individuals who share the same genome. Unfortunately, however, there are achingly few subjects to study. Cloning could change that. What's more, scientists would not only be able to study intergenerational clones, but also clones separated by an entire generation or more. The results would undoubtedly be fascinating. We could see the extent to which sociological factors play a role in the development of personality, and the way epigenetic changes are triggered by the environment (including the mother's womb) 9. An Accepted Assistive Reproductive Technology Less speculatively, human cloning will simply serve as an alternative means of reproduction, particularly for infertile couples or same-sex couples looking to have biologically related offspring. The current hysteria directed at human cloning is eerily reminiscent of the backlash to so-called "test tube babies" in the late 1970s. Critics worried about a brave new world populated by freakish lab-grown children. Today, the fear is gone; approximately 200,000 babies are born each year in the United States via in vitro fertilization (IVF) and no one seems to care. I fully expect the same process of normalization to happen happen with human cloning. As for the argument that people are arrogant or narcissistic for wanting to clone themselves, that's grossly unfair. Wanting to have related offspring is a perfectly normal thing — even if it is a genetic duplicate, or a "delayed twin." What's more, parents who reproduce "normally" often have children — and subsequently raise them — for reasons far worse than this. We can't simply point the finger at cloners and declare their motivations as somehow being wrong or deviant. What matters is that they have access to reproductive technologies, and that they assume the role of a responsible parent. (image: Sukharevskyy Dmytro (nevodka)/Shutterstock) Finally, as for clones inundating the gene pool, that's highly, highly unlikely. The vast majority of people will never opt to clone themselves, so the number of clones in our society will always remain excruciatingly low. There will be no "homogenization" of the human gene pool. Follow me on Twitter: @dvorsky 

https://io9.gizmodo.com/9-unexpected-outcomes-of-human-cloning-1606556772 

:: 11-2-17 Venture Beat :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An AI god will emerge by 2042 and write its own bible. Will you worship it?

John Brandon@jmbrandonbb October 2, 2017 2:10 PM

Image Credit: Apple

In the next 25 years, AI will evolve to the point where it will know more on an intellectual level than any human. In the next 50 or 100 years, an AI might know more than the entire population of the planet put together. At that point, there are serious questions to ask about whether this AI — which could design and program additional AI programs all on its own, read data from an almost infinite number of data sources, and control almost every connected device on the planet — will somehow rise in status to become more like a god, something that can write its own bible and draw humans to worship it. Recently, reports surfaced that a controversy-plagued engineer who once worked at Uber has started a new religion. Anthony Levandowski filed paperwork for a nonprofit religious organization called The Way of the Future. Its mission: “To develop and promote the realization of a Godhead based on artificial intelligence and through understanding and worship of the Godhead contribute to the betterment of society.” Building divinity Of course, this is nothing new. The Singularity is another quasi-spiritual idea that believes an AI will become smarter than humans at some point. You might laugh at the notion of an AI being so powerful that humans bow down to worship it, but several experts who talked to VentureBeat argue that the idea is a lot more feasible than you might think. One of the experts is Vince Lynch, who started a company called IV.AI that builds custom AI for the enterprise. Lynch explained how there are some similarities between organized religion and how an AI actually works. In the Bible used by Image Credit: Apple In the next 25 years, AI will evolve to the point where it will know more on an intellectual level than any human. In the next 50 or 100 years, an AI might know more than the entire population of the planet put together. At that point, there are serious questions to ask about whether this AI — which could design and program additional AI programs all on its own, read data from an almost infinite number of data sources, and control almost every connected device on the planet — will somehow rise in status to become more like a god, something that can write its own bible and draw humans to worship it. Recently, reports surfaced that a controversy-plagued engineer who once worked at Uber has started a new religion. Anthony Levandowski filed paperwork for a nonprofit religious organization called The Way of the Future. Its mission: “To develop and promote the realization of a Godhead based on artificial intelligence and through understanding and worship of the Godhead contribute to the betterment of society.” Building divinity Of course, this is nothing new. The Singularity is another quasi-spiritual idea that believes an AI will become smarter than humans at some point. You might laugh at the notion of an AI being so powerful that humans bow down to worship it, but several experts who talked to VentureBeat argue that the idea is a lot more feasible than you might think. One of the experts is Vince Lynch, who started a company called IV.AI that builds custom AI for the enterprise. Lynch explained how there are some similarities between organized religion and how an AI actually works. In the Bible used by Christians, for example, Lynch says there are many recurring themes, imagery, and metaphors. “Teaching humans about religious education is similar to the way we teach knowledge to machines: repetition of many examples that are versions of a concept you want the machine to learn,” he says. “There is also commonality between AI and religion in the hierarchical structure of knowledge understanding found in neural networks. The concept of teaching a machine to learn … and then teaching it to teach … (or write AI) isn’t so different from the concept of a holy trinity or a being achieving enlightenment after many lessons learned with varying levels of success and failure.” Indeed, Lynch even shared a simple AI model to make his point. If you type in multiple verses from the Christian Bible, you can have the AI write a new verse that seems eerily similar. Here’s one an AI wrote: “And let thy companies deliver thee; but will with mine own arm save them: even unto this land, from the kingdom of heaven.” An AI that is all-powerful in the next 25-50 years could decide to write a similar AI bible for humans to follow, one that matches its own collective intelligence. It might tell you what to do each day, or where to travel, or how to live your life. Robbee Minicola, who runs a digital agency and an AI services company in Seattle, agreed that an all-knowing AI could appear to be worthy of worship, especially since the AI has some correlations to how organized religion works today. The AI would understand how the world works at a higher level than humans, and humans would trust that this AI would provide the information we need for our daily lives. It would parse this information for us and enlighten us in ways that might seem familiar to anyone who practices religion, such as Christianity. “[For a Christian] one kind of large data asset pertaining to God is the Old and New Testament,” she says. “So, in terms of Image Credit: Apple In the next 25 years, AI will evolve to the point where it will know more on an intellectual level than any human. In the next 50 or 100 years, an AI might know more than the entire population of the planet put together. At that point, there are serious questions to ask about whether this AI — which could design and program additional AI programs all on its own, read data from an almost infinite number of data sources, and control almost every connected device on the planet — will somehow rise in status to become more like a god, something that can write its own bible and draw humans to worship it. Recently, reports surfaced that a controversy-plagued engineer who once worked at Uber has started a new religion. Anthony Levandowski filed paperwork for a nonprofit religious organization called The Way of the Future. Its mission: “To develop and promote the realization of a Godhead based on artificial intelligence and through understanding and worship of the Godhead contribute to the betterment of society.” Building divinity Of course, this is nothing new. The Singularity is another quasi-spiritual idea that believes an AI will become smarter than humans at some point. You might laugh at the notion of an AI being so powerful that humans bow down to worship it, but several experts who talked to VentureBeat argue that the idea is a lot more feasible than you might think. One of the experts is Vince Lynch, who started a company called IV.AI that builds custom AI for the enterprise. Lynch explained how there are some similarities between organized religion and how an AI actually works. In the Bible used by Christians, for example, Lynch says there are many recurring themes, imagery, and metaphors. “Teaching humans about religious education is similar to the way we teach knowledge to machines: repetition of many examples that are versions of a concept you want the machine to learn,” he says. “There is also commonality between AI and religion in the hierarchical structure of knowledge understanding found in neural networks. The concept of teaching a machine to learn … and then teaching it to teach … (or write AI) isn’t so different from the concept of a holy trinity or a being achieving enlightenment after many lessons learned with varying levels of success and failure.” Indeed, Lynch even shared a simple AI model to make his point. If you type in multiple verses from the Christian Bible, you can have the AI write a new verse that seems eerily similar. Here’s one an AI wrote: “And let thy companies deliver thee; but will with mine own arm save them: even unto this land, from the kingdom of heaven.” An AI that is all-powerful in the next 25-50 years could decide to write a similar AI bible for humans to follow, one that matches its own collective intelligence. It might tell you what to do each day, or where to travel, or how to live your life. Robbee Minicola, who runs a digital agency and an AI services company in Seattle, agreed that an all-knowing AI could appear to be worthy of worship, especially since the AI has some correlations to how organized religion works today. The AI would understand how the world works at a higher level than humans, and humans would trust that this AI would provide the information we need for our daily lives. It would parse this information for us and enlighten us in ways that might seem familiar to anyone who practices religion, such as Christianity. “[For a Christian] one kind of large data asset pertaining to God is the Old and New Testament,” she says. “So, in terms of expressing machine learning algorithms over the Christian Bible to ascertain communicable insights on ‘what God would do’ or ‘what God would say’ — you might just be onto something here. In terms of extending what God would do way back then to what God would do today — you may also have something there.” The dark side Of course, any discussion about an AI god leads quickly to some implications about what this “god” would look like and whether we would actually decide to worship it. Some of the implications are troubling because, as humans, we do have a tendency to trust in things beyond our own capacity — e.g., driving in a major city using GPS and trusting we will arrive safely, as opposed to actually knowing where we want to drive and trusting our instincts. And, if an AI god is in total control, you have to wonder what it might do. The “bible” might contain a prescription for how to serve the AI god. We might not even know that the AI god we are serving is primarily trying to wipe us off the face of the planet. Part of the issue is related to how an AI actually works. From a purely technical standpoint, the experts I talked to found it hard to envision an AI god that can think in creative ways. An AI is programmed only to do a specific task. They wondered how an AI could jump from being a travel chatbot into dictating how to live. And the experts agreed that actual compassion or serving as part of an organized religion — activities that are essential to faith — go far beyond basic intellectual pursuit. There’s a mystery to religion, a divine component that is not 100 based on what we can perceive or know. This transcendence is the part where an AI will have the most difficulty, even in the far future. Vincent Jacques runs a company called ChainTrade that uses AI to analyze blockchain. It’s hyper-focused machine learning — the AI enforces anti-money laundering statutes. That’s obviously a long way from an AI that can tell you how to live your life or read an AI bible. “It would be extremely dangerous to have an all-knowing, thinking AI being someday,” says Jacques. “All computer programs, including AI programs, are built for a specific and narrow purpose: win a chess game, win a go game, reduce an electricity bill etc. The computer logic, even if it is advanced AI, doesn’t play well with a general will and general thinking capability that could at the same time design military strategies, marketing strategies, and learn how to play chess from scratch. For this reason, I’m not really scared of a potential super-thinker that could overthrow us one day — I believe that the inventive and innovative part will always be missing.” For her part, Minicola argues that an AI may be able to guide people and enlighten them in an intellectual way, but this is not the same as an actual expression of faith or any form of transcendence. “In terms of AI taking on God and manifesting something beyond data that simply does not exist, or rather beyond God — that’s not happening,” she says. In the next 25 years, AI will evolve to the point where it will know more on an intellectual level than any human. In the next 50 or 100 years, an AI might know more than the entire population of the planet put together. At that point, there are serious questions to ask about whether this AI — which could design and program additional AI programs all on its own, read data from an almost infinite number of data sources, and control almost every connected device on the planet — will somehow rise in status to become more like a god, something that can write its own bible and draw humans to worship it. Recently, reports surfaced that a controversy-plagued engineer who once worked at Uber has started a new religion. Anthony Levandowski filed paperwork for a nonprofit religious organization called The Way of the Future. Its mission: “To develop and promote the realization of a Godhead based on artificial intelligence and through understanding and worship of the Godhead contribute to the betterment of society.” Building divinity Of course, this is nothing new. The Singularity is another quasi-spiritual idea that believes an AI will become smarter than humans at some point. You might laugh at the notion of an AI being so powerful that humans bow down to worship it, but several experts who talked to VentureBeat argue that the idea is a lot more feasible than you might think. One of the experts is Vince Lynch, who started a company called IV.AI that builds custom AI for the enterprise. Lynch explained how there are some similarities between organized religion and how an AI actually works. In the Bible used by Christians, for example, Lynch says there are many recurring themes, imagery, and metaphors. “Teaching humans about religious education is similar to the way we teach knowledge to machines: repetition of many examples that are versions of a concept you want the machine to learn,” he says. “There is also commonality between AI and religion in the hierarchical structure of knowledge understanding found in neural networks. The concept of teaching a machine to learn … and then teaching it to teach … (or write AI) isn’t so different from the concept of a holy trinity or a being achieving enlightenment after many lessons learned with varying levels of success and failure.” Indeed, Lynch even shared a simple AI model to make his point. If you type in multiple verses from the Christian Bible, you can have the AI write a new verse that seems eerily similar. Here’s one an AI wrote: “And let thy companies deliver thee; but will with mine own arm save them: even unto this land, from the kingdom of heaven.” An AI that is all-powerful in the next 25-50 years could decide to write a similar AI bible for humans to follow, one that matches its own collective intelligence. It might tell you what to do each day, or where to travel, or how to live your life. Robbee Minicola, who runs a digital agency and an AI services company in Seattle, agreed that an all-knowing AI could appear to be worthy of worship, especially since the AI has some correlations to how organized religion works today. The AI would understand how the world works at a higher level than humans, and humans would trust that this AI would provide the information we need for our daily lives. It would parse this information for us and enlighten us in ways that might seem familiar to anyone who practices religion, such as Christianity. “[For a Christian] one kind of large data asset pertaining to God is the Old and New Testament,” she says. “So, in terms of expressing machine learning algorithms over the Christian Bible to ascertain communicable insights on ‘what God would do’ or ‘what God would say’ — you might just be onto something here. In terms of extending what God would do way back then to what God would do today — you may also have something there.” The dark side Of course, any discussion about an AI god leads quickly to some implications about what this “god” would look like and whether we would actually decide to worship it. Some of the implications are troubling because, as humans, we do have a tendency to trust in things beyond our own capacity — e.g., driving in a major city using GPS and trusting we will arrive safely, as opposed to actually knowing where we want to drive and trusting our instincts. And, if an AI god is in total control, you have to wonder what it might do. The “bible” might contain a prescription for how to serve the AI god. We might not even know that the AI god we are serving is primarily trying to wipe us off the face of the planet. Part of the issue is related to how an AI actually works. From a purely technical standpoint, the experts I talked to found it hard to envision an AI god that can think in creative ways. An AI is programmed only to do a specific task. They wondered how an AI could jump from being a travel chatbot into dictating how to live. And the experts agreed that actual compassion or serving as part of an organized religion — activities that are essential to faith — go far beyond basic intellectual pursuit. There’s a mystery to religion, a divine component that is not 100 percent based on what we can perceive or know. This transcendence is the part where an AI will have the most difficulty, even in the far future. Vincent Jacques runs a company called ChainTrade that uses AI to analyze blockchain. It’s hyper-focused machine learning — the AI enforces anti-money laundering statutes. That’s obviously a long way from an AI that can tell you how to live your life or read an AI bible. “It would be extremely dangerous to have an all-knowing, thinking AI being someday,” says Jacques. “All computer programs, including AI programs, are built for a specific and narrow purpose: win a chess game, win a go game, reduce an electricity bill etc. The computer logic, even if it is advanced AI, doesn’t play well with a general will and general thinking capability that could at the same time design military strategies, marketing strategies, and learn how to play chess from scratch. For this reason, I’m not really scared of a potential super-thinker that could overthrow us one day — I believe that the inventive and innovative part will always be missing.” For her part, Minicola argues that an AI may be able to guide people and enlighten them in an intellectual way, but this is not the same as an actual expression of faith or any form of transcendence. “In terms of AI taking on God and manifesting something beyond data that simply does not exist, or rather beyond God — that’s not happening,” she says. Actual worship, though? In my view, this is where the dangers come into play. As a Christian myself, it’s hard to imagine ever worshiping a bot that lacks any real personality, wisdom, or ability to become relevant and personal, no matter how much more intelligent it is than any human. An AI god would be cold and impersonal, an intellectual “being” that’s not capable of love or emotion. Will people actually worship the AI god? The answer is obvious — they will. We tend to trust and obey things that seem more powerful and worthy than ourselves. The GPS in your car is just the most obvious example. But we also trust Alexa and Cortana; we trust Google. When an AI becomes much more powerful, in 25 to 50 years, there is a great possibility that it will be deified in some way. (Apple and Google loyalists already have a religious fervor.) If an AI god does emerge, and people do start worshiping it, there will be many implications about how this AI will need to be regulated … or even subdued. Hang on for the ride.

https://venturebeat.com/2017/11/25/ai-adoption-is-limited-by-incurred-risk-not-potential-benefit/ 

:: 11-21-17 The Bulletin :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Published Nov. 20, 2017 at 09:21PM / Updated November 21, 2017 at 02:20PM

Deer and elk disease comes to Central Oregon

Chronic wasting disease found in carcass brought from Montana to Madras

Stephen Hamway The Bulletin @Shamway1

Oregon saw its first confirmed case of a fatal and easily spread disease that affects deer and elk earlier this month, thanks to a Madras hunter. Following a recent hunting trip to Montana, Madras resident Lyle Rehwinkel, 46, brought the carcass of a deer that tested positive for chronic wasting disease, a protein disease that infects the brains and nervous systems of deer and other hoofed mammals, to Central Oregon. Tim Schwartz, division lieutenant for Oregon State Police, said there had never before been a confirmed case of an animal carcass carrying the infamous disease in Oregon. “To my knowledge, this is the first,” Schwartz said. Chronic wasting disease is found in captive and wild deer and elk populations in pockets across North America, from Pennsylvania to Alberta. Colin Gillin, state wildlife veterinarian for the Oregon Department of Fish and Wildlife, said the disease is spread through saliva, urine and feces, and can live in the environment — in soil or even in plant populations — for years after a contaminated animal makes contact. Gillin said the disease can sometimes take more than a year to show symptoms after a deer contracts it, but it’s always fatal. “They’re almost like the Typhoid Mary of the (deer and elk) world,” Gillin said of infected animals. No known outbreaks of the disease have occurred on the West Coast, but Gillin said the disease has been occurring in Colorado for at least 50 years, and it affects up to 40 percent of wild deer in Wyoming, along with a significant percentage in Utah. Montana had only seen one other positive sample, but its proximity to affected populations in other states makes it a concern, Gillin said. With deer and elk populations in other Western states suffering from the disease, Oregon has made controlling its spread a priority. In 2002, the ODFW Commission banned the importation of live deer and elk from other states. The agency also banned hunters from bringing certain parts of deer and elk carcasses, including the skulls or nervous system, where chronic wasting disease is most concentrated in the body, from states where there has been a known case of the disease. Hunters who violate the ban can be cited for a misdemeanor. “It’s a fairly extreme measure, but it reduces your risk,” Gillin added. On Nov. 8, Montana Fish, Wildlife and Parks, a state agency that handles laws and regulations around wildlife in that state, notified Oregon State Police and ODFW that Rehwinkel’s mule deer carcass, which had not been properly harvested, had tested positive for the disease. Rehwinkel was cited for importing illegal deer parts, and state police officers confiscated meat from the infected deer. Rehwinkel could not be reached for comment. While some parts of the carcass were found on Rehwinkel’s property, other parts were buried at the landfill, according to Gillin. Ultimately, Schwartz said the state agencies determined that the parts at the landfill were buried too deep to be a danger to other deer or elk. The remaining parts, Gillin said, are in ODFW’s possession and will be incinerated at 1,800 degrees Fahrenheit, a necessary step to ensure the disease can’t endure. “It’s not like you can just throw it on the bonfire,” Gillin said.

— Reporter: 541-617-7818, shamway@bendbulletin.com 

http://www.bendbulletin.com/localstate/5771024-151/deer-and-elk-disease-comes-to-central-oregon 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:4
4 And another horse appeared, a red one. Its rider was given a mighty sword and the authority to remove peace from the earth. And there was war and slaughter everywhere.
(NLT) 

:: 11-23-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thursday, 23 November 2017

Horror in Yemen! War... Famine... Drought...1 million with cholera and now diphtheria while key ports for humanitarian shipments remain closed

Three people have died of suspected diphtheria in conflict-hit Yemen, doctors said Wednesday, as the World Health Organisation and International Committee of the Red Cross warned the disease was spreading. "Currently, there is an increase in diphtheria cases, due to the poor vaccination coverage for children under five years of age," an ICRC spokeswoman told AFP. The WHO also confirmed diphtheria cases had appeared in Yemen, where war has left hospitals struggling to secure basic medical supplies including vaccines. In the port city of Hudaydah, paediatrician Ousan al-Absi at the Al-Thawra hospital said three people had died of diphtheria over the past 24 hours. "We were surprised by the emergence of diphtheria cases here. We diagnosed and gave them emergency care as best we could," he said. "Some of them were dead when they arrived." Diphtheria, a bacterial infection that is preventable by vaccine, attacks the nose and throat and - if left untreated it attacks the heart and nervous system. While it is treatable, the infection can be deadly, particularly for children. The US-based Mayo Clinic estimates up to three percent of those who contract diphtheria will die. More than 2,000 people have died of cholera in Yemen this year, adding to the 8,600 who have died in the conflict between the Saudi-backed government and Houthi militias since 2015. The United Nations has warned that Yemen will face "the largest famine the world has seen for decades". There were more than 925,000 suspected cholera cases with over 2,200 associated deaths in Yemen as of Sunday, while key ports for humanitarian shipments remained closed, said the United Nations on Wednesday. Aid workers continue to respond to the outbreak, but fuel to run hospital generators and to pump clean water will run out in less than three weeks, Deputy UN spokesman for the secretary-general Farhan Haq quoted the UN Office for the Coordination of Humanitarian Affairs (OCHA) as saying. Vaccines needed to treat diphtheria will also run out in two weeks, warned OCHA. Ships and planes carrying humanitarian supplies have been unable to reach Yemen since the start of a blockade on Nov. 6, said Haq. The Saudi-led military coalition, which is fighting Houthi rebels in Yemen and is trying to restore the government of President Abdrabbuh Mansur Hadi, blocked land, sea and air access to Yemen after Saudi Arabia intercepted a missile launched by Houthi rebels toward the Saudi capital city of Riyadh on Nov. 4. The closure has sparked international outcry as it further deteriorated the already dire humanitarian situation in Yemen. UN humanitarian aid chief Mark Lowcock, who briefed the Security Council last week, warned that Yemen would see the world's largest famine in decades unless the blockade is lifted. The Security Council stressed the need to keep all seaports and airports functioning, including the seaport of Hudaydah, a critical lifeline for humanitarian aid and other essential supplies. The council demanded parties provide "full, safe, rapid and unhindered access" for humanitarian supplies and UN personnel to all affected governorates in the war-torn country. More than two-thirds of people in need and more than 80 percent of all cholera cases are located in the areas closest to Hudaydah and Saleef ports, according to the United Nations. Saudi ambassador to the United Nations, Abdallah Y. Al-Mouallimi, said Monday that the Saudi-led coalition would reopen seaports and airports in areas controlled by the Yemeni government within 24 hours. But he said those in rebel-held areas, including Hudaydah and Sanaa, would remain closed unless a stricter UN verification and inspection mechanism is in place over cargo transferred through those ports. The entire population of Yemen is dependent on food, fuel and medicine imports, primarily through seaports and more than 17 million Yemenis, or more than two-thirds of the population, are already food insecure, according to the United Nations. The World Food Program said Monday that the current stock of rice would run out in 111 days and stock of wheat in 97 days. Home

Posted by Gary Walton at 12:18 pm

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/11/horror-in-yemen-war-famine-drought1.html 

:: 11-22-17 Intellectual :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Millennials Are Having So Much Trouble ‘Adulting’

Annie Holmquist | November 22, 2017

Not long ago it was announced that “The Adulting School” was open for business. Its mission was to teach young millennials to do the basic tasks of life, such as cooking and time management, which they had somehow failed to acquire in their childhood years. But while the “The Adulting School” received a great deal of scornful condescension, the fact remains that many young people are in need of its services. Statistics show that this is particularly true in the area of cooking. While millennials are interested in the skill, roughly one-third to one-half of them lack confidence in their culinary abilities. A major reason for this culinary lack is the fact that “fewer millennials have had stay-at-home parents teaching them to cook.” That’s unfortunate, because as New York Times columnist Dorie Greenspan recently explained, teaching children to cook has countless benefits. Besides gaining the knowledge of cooking, getting kids in the kitchen provides an invaluable opportunity for parents to spend time with their offspring and talk about subjects that don’t always come up in the busyness of life. But as Greenspan goes on to imply, one of the hardest parts of teaching children to cook is knowing when it’s time to step back and let them fly on their own: “Our time in the kitchen – all those cookies and cakes and brownies and cupcakes – gave Joshua that quiet sense of competence. Maybe especially the cupcakes. I remember one afternoon when Joshua must have been in middle school. Until that day, every baking project was a work for 20 fingers; that day, he told me that I could sit on the windowsill, that he would make the cupcakes himself. I watched him line the muffin tins with pleated papers and mix the batter. We chatted, and he worked, checking that there was the same amount of batter in each cup, poking the tops of the cakes to see if they were baked through and finally frosting them. When the cupcakes were ready, he admired his work. I did, too.” Although she may not realize it, Greenspan’s experience of allowing her son to go solo in the kitchen reveals the second major reason today’s millennials have so much trouble “adulting.” Yes, many of them are never taught the basic skills in the first place. But those who have learned them may never have had the opportunity to practice them without a watchful eye peering over their shoulder to make sure they don’t have a mishap. C.S. Lewis once described this state of affairs as a misplaced form of love on the part of the parent. A truly loving parent, Lewis implied, needs to eventually work himself or herself out of a job: “But the proper aim of giving is to put the recipient in a state where he no longer needs our gift. We feed children in order that they may soon be able to feed themselves; we teach them in order that they may soon not need our teaching. Thus a heavy task is laid upon this Gift-love. It must work towards its own abdication. We must aim at making ourselves superfluous. The hour when we can say ‘They need me no longer’ should be our reward.” Today’s parents are continually concerned whether they are doing a good job raising their children. Based on Lewis’ words, knowing that isn’t as difficult as we might think. The best parenting, it would appear, is that which trains a child how to think and act responsibly on his own. Annie is a research associate with Intellectual Takeout. In her role, she assists with website content production and social media messaging. Annie received a B.A. in Biblical Studies from the University of Northwestern-St. Paul. She also brings 20+ years of experience as a music educator and a volunteer teacher – particularly with inner city children – to the table in her research and writing. In her spare time Annie enjoys the outdoors, gardening, reading, and events with family and friends.

http://www.intellectualtakeout.org/article/why-millennials-are-having-so-much-trouble-adulting 

[ :: 6-19-11 am service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For my word does not change, it has never changed, man, religion, the world, they have changed my word, they have made it of no avail, they have watered it down etc.

:: 11-14-17 Sputnik News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oh, Lord! Church of Sweden Drops Male God For the Sake of Inclusion

12:21 24.11.2017(updated 12:22 24.11.2017)

In a bid to become more inclusive, the Church of Sweden has voted to adopt a new handbook that advocates discarding masculine references to God, such as "he" and "Lord." Amid scathing criticism, the Church of Sweden has approved the new controversial and gender-neutral handbook by a large majority. The new guidelines, which are a politically correct update of a more traditional 1986 handbook, are the centerpiece for the church's activities, as they explicate the rules for how it operates in terms of language and proceedings. The most divisive proposal was to stop "unnecessarily" referring to God in a masculine way, such as "he," "Lord" and "Master" to make the church more inclusive. Another contentious instance of the church's politically correct newspeak is the notion of "sin" being replaced with "shortcoming." Instead of the traditional way, God may thus be referred to as "Mother" in some prayers, according to the handbook. "God, Holy Trinity, Father and Mother, Son — Sister and Brother, and Spirit — Lifeguard and Giver of Inspiration, lead us to your depths of wealth, wisdom and knowledge," an example quoted by the handbook said. Archbishop Antje Jackelén thanked everyone who participated in the work. "Let's show the world that we are a church that can embrace diversity," Jackelén said, as quoted by the Church of Sweden's mouthpiece Kyrkans Tidning. The initiative, which has been in progress since 2009, triggered strong reactions, not least from within the church itself. "I believe that some of these variants are in flagrant discord with great church tradition and the ecumenical consensus that exists between major churches," Church commissioner Mikael Löwegren in Ljungby, Smĺland County said, as quoted by the Sydsvenskan daily. Löwegren argued that this decision signified that the Church of Sweden "ceased to exist as a coherent spiritual community." "Under the guise of 'diversity', society is being broken down into different groups," Löwegren said, arguing that the new manual effectively dismantled church unity by allowing differences from parish to parish. He also argued that the gender-neutrality toward God "took the Church of Sweden further away from major churches instead of bringing it closer to them." Priest Helena Edlund, who blasted the church for having shown "a total unwillingness to listen to criticism," expressed her concern over the development. "If the Church of Sweden is to be a part of the world-wide Christian church, we cannot always choose the paths that tear us apart from the tree and its roots, we must choose unity instead of breaking away," Edlund told the Världen Idag news outlet last year. However, Sofia Camnerin, the deputy chair of the Uniting Church of Sweden, defended the use of "inclusive language" in the church. "Referring to God as 'Lord' consolidates gender hierarchies and the subordination of women in a white, Western feminist context," Camnerin argued in a blog earlier this year, claiming that legitimizing hierarchies led to violence and subordination. In recent years, the Church of Sweden has been involved in a number of interfaith and inclusion projects. Since allowing the blessing same-sex marriage in 2009 in a stance for love in all its forms, the Church of Sweden has played a major part in the LGBT movement. Sweden's first female Archbishop Antje Jackelén infamously chose "God is Greater" as her motto, which many perceived as a direct reference to "Allakhu Akbar," a well-known Muslim expression of faith. Sweden's first openly lesbian Bishop of Stockholm Eva Brunne continued the trend by notoriously suggesting removing crosses from the local Seamen's Church in order to accommodate Muslim believers.

https://sputniknews.com/viral/201711241059391218-sweden-church-male-god/ 

[ :: 9-16-01 At the altar after PM Service  (second word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc Troops in the streets. The man of peace rising to his place. The false prophet making his move into his role. The times ahead are hard, yet my people who know me and walk with me shall be well taken care of etc.

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (third word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::]

etc. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. etc.

:: 11-23-17 Info Wars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

“Out Of Control Genocide” In Baltimore, Residents Support Martial Law

“They need it in the areas that are highly targeted as shooting zones, killing zones.”

Zero Hedge - November 23, 2017

While in Baltimore City, Maryland, death and despair are a few things that are plentiful as the region descends into chaos. Deindustrialization coupled with depopulation started in the 1960s stripping the city of economic wealth. Many don’t want to admit, the city is shrinking as their looking glass is clouded with Kevin Plank’s gentrification narrative. Wealth inequality in the area is some of the widest in the United States with more than 100,000 African Americans with zero dollars to their name, according to JPM. Baltimore is a skeleton of what it once was many decades ago when it had its industries. Now, 46,800 homes are vacant– almost 16% of the housing stock as citizens are either leaving the area or being pushed into multi-family complexes by the city. Neighborhoods are rotting away as the local economy crumbles giving way to a surge in homicides. Baltimore is on track for the worse year ever with a homicide rate the highest in the United States. Baltimore is home to about 615,000 people, but the city has more homicides than New York or Los Angeles, both of which have far larger populations. Earlier this year, Mayor Catherine Pugh called in the Federal Government in hopes to restore order. She was even quoted, “violence in the city is out of control”… With the police department hemorrhaging officers, local community organized groups have taken to the streets in attempt to slow the momentum of out of control homicides. The movement is called Baltimore Ceasefire and the group has held two weekend city-wide ceasefire campaigns of “Nobody Kill Anybody”… Both ceasefires have failed. According to WSJ, Most murder victims are African-American men, and shootings happen largely in areas where residents live surrounded by poverty, unemployment, drug addiction and crime, city police records show. WSJ interviews Jackie Moodie, a resident of Baltimore who said “I’m always looking around at my surroundings”…. Moodie’s 27-year old son, Sir Jamareo Moodie, was fatally shot in February. “These children are so crazy. They get on drugs, they don’t care and they have guns. This is nothing but a bunch of genocide,” she said. According to WSJ, Moodie supports “martial law” on the streets to stop out of control homicides, At this point she would support “martial law” on the streets. “They need it in the areas that are highly targeted as shooting zones, killing zones,” she said, noting that this month, three people were shot, one fatally, a short distance from a Northwest Baltimore police station. In a preview of what’s to come, we reported on an incident over the weekend where the “police declared martial law” according to one citizen, after an entire neighborhood was shut down with the installation of checkpoints. The 4-5 day lockdown started late last week and ended Monday, after a police detective was executed in broad daylight.

https://www.infowars.com/out-of-control-genocide-in-baltimore-residents-support-martial-law/  

:: 11--17 http://www.thelostsecretsofthanksgiving.com/  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: 

If You Found This Thanksgiving Video Inspiring, Share With Your Family And Friends For A Chance To Win Our 8-Pack Audio Adventure Series!

http://www.thelostsecretsofthanksgiving.com/ 

:: 11-23-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

President Trump Triggers Liberals On Thanksgiving & Puts 'Almighty God' Back Into Thanksgiving Proclamation After Obama Removed All Mention Of God In 2016

November 23, 2017 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

While liberals across the internet are encouraging others to "ruin Thanksgiving" by arguing politics during the Holiday, rather than spending Thanksgiving day being thankful to God for everything we have, our family, friends, loved ones, President Trump just did an amazing thing when he issued his presidential Thanksgiving proclamation. The President invoked God six times in his first Thanksgiving proclamation, starting with the very first sentence when it states "On Thanksgiving Day, as we have for nearly four centuries, Americans give thanks to Almighty God for our abundant blessings." This is stark contrast to the past eight years as Barack Obama did not personally invoke God in his first Thanksgiving day proclamation, but only quoted George Washington, who spoke of the Almighty God. Throughout the years of Obama's presidency, he personally referenced God in his Thanksgiving proclamations a total of five times in eight years, excluding quotes from others, such as Washington and Abraham Lincoln, but by 2016, Obama had stripped any mention of God from his last Thanksgiving proclamation, including the quotes from others that spoke of the Almighty God. This goes back to other statements we have seen from President Trump, such as declaring that this nation would once again proudly say "Merry Christmas," rather than the "politically correct" Happy Holidays. A nation to which we have seen constant attacks against God is now being encouraged to find their way back to His grace by our president, as evidenced by countless statements made, including one President Trump made in October at the Values Voters Summit when speaking of his first ten months, he stated "We are stopping cold the attacks on Judeo-Christian values." He went on to quote the Founding Fathers and the founding documents of the United States, by saying "America is a nation of believers and we are strengthened and sustained by the power of prayer." Another statement he made which national news downplayed but to which those of faith noted, was when he said "In America, we don’t worship government. We worship God." So today, as liberal writers attempt to destroy a day in which we should be thankful to the Almighty God for everything we have been given, by encouraging dissent and anger and hate, the rest of America can be thankful that President Trump has put the Almighty God back into the Presidential Thanksgiving day proclamation. Full Proclamation below, via the White House website:

THANKSGIVING DAY, 2017 BY THE PRESIDENT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA A PROCLAMATION On Thanksgiving Day, as we have for nearly four centuries, Americans give thanks to Almighty God for our abundant blessings. We gather with the people we love to show gratitude for our freedom, for our friends and families, and for the prosperous Nation we call home. In July 1620, more than 100 Pilgrims boarded the Mayflower, fleeing religious persecution and seeking freedom and opportunity in a new and unfamiliar place. These dauntless souls arrived in Plymouth, Massachusetts, in the freezing cold of December 1620. They were greeted by sickness and severe weather, and quickly lost 46 of their fellow travelers. Those who endured the incredible hardship of their first year in America, however, had many reasons for gratitude. They had survived. They were free. And, with the help of the Wampanoag tribe, and a bountiful harvest, they were regaining their health and strength. In thanks to God for these blessings, the new governor of the Plymouth Colony, William Bradford, proclaimed a day of thanksgiving and gathered with the Wampanoag tribe for three days of celebration. For the next two centuries, many individual colonies and states, primarily in the Northeast, carried on the tradition of fall Thanksgiving festivities. But each state celebrated it on a different day, and sometime on an occasional basis. It was not until 1863 that the holiday was celebrated on one day, nationwide. In the aftermath of the Battle of Gettysburg, of one of the bloodiest battles of our Nation's Civil War, President Abraham Lincoln proclaimed that the country would set aside one day to remember its many blessings. "In the midst of a civil war of unequalled magnitude and severity," President Lincoln proclaimed, we recall the "bounties, which are so constantly enjoyed that we are prone to forget the source from which they come." As President Lincoln recognized: "No human counsel hath devised nor hath any mortal hand worked out these great things. They are the gracious gifts of the Most High God, who, while dealing with us in anger for our sins, hath nevertheless remembered mercy." Today, we continue to celebrate Thanksgiving with a grateful and charitable spirit. When we open our hearts and extend our hands to those in need, we show humility for the bountiful gifts we have received. In the aftermath of a succession of tragedies that have stunned and shocked our Nation -- Hurricanes Harvey, Irma, and Maria; the wildfires that ravaged the West; and, the horrific acts of violence and terror in Las Vegas, New York City, and Sutherland Springs -- we have witnessed the generous nature of the American people. In the midst of heartache and turmoil, we are grateful for the swift action of the first responders, law enforcement personnel, military and medical professionals, volunteers, and everyday heroes who embodied our infinite capacity to extend compassion and humanity to our fellow man. As we mourn these painful events, we are ever confident that the perseverance and optimism of the American people will prevail. We can see, in the courageous Pilgrims who stood on Plymouth Rock in new land, the intrepidness that lies at the core of our American spirit. Just as the Pilgrims did, today Americans stand strong, willing to fight for their families and their futures, to uphold our values, and to confront any challenge. This Thanksgiving, in addition to rejoicing in precious time spent with loved ones, let us find ways to serve and encourage each other in both word and deed. We also offer a special word of thanks for the brave men and women of our Armed Forces, many of whom must celebrate this holiday separated from the ones for whom they are most thankful. As one people, we seek God's protection, guidance, and wisdom, as we stand humbled by the abundance of our great Nation and the blessings of freedom, family, and faith. NOW, THEREFORE, I, DONALD J. TRUMP, President of the United States of America, by virtue of the authority vested in me by the Constitution and the laws of the United States, do hereby proclaim Thursday, November 23, 2017, as a National Day of Thanksgiving. I encourage all Americans to gather, in homes and places of worship, to offer a prayer of thanks to God for our many blessings. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this seventeenth day of November, in the year of our Lord two thousand seventeen, and of the Independence of the United States of America the two hundred and forty-second. DONALD J. TRUMP BOTTOM LINE There are so many things in life to be thankful for, one would think that for just one day, the MSM, writers and liberals across the nation, could find something in their lives to thank God for, but instead they would rather get triggered by how President Trump is spending his Thanksgiving.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Prez_Trump_Puts_Almighty_God_Proclamation.php 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 11-24-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thanksgiving eruption of Popocatepetl volcano is biggest eruption since 2013 sending ash and gas 1,800 meters above the summit

By Strange Sounds - Nov 24, 2017

The Popocatépetl volcano had his strongest eruption since 2013 on Thanksgiving 2017, sending a plume of ash and gas 1,800 meters above the summit. The explosion was so strong, it was registered from the Tlamacas and Altzomoni stations located 4.5 kilometers and 12 kilometers away from the volcano, respectively. The first video is from WebCam de Mexico: The next video was captured from Altzomoni, 12km away from the volcanic peak: The general director of the National Center for Disaster Prevention (Cenapred), Carlos Valdés González tweeted: “Video of the beginning of the activity of Popocatépetl at 14:13, this is the largest activity since year 2013″:

http://strangesounds.org/2017/11/popocatepetl-volcano-has-biggest-eruption-since-2013-sending-ash-and-gas-1800-meters-above-the-summit.html 

:: 11-23-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Black Friday mayhem: One shot outside Missouri mall as brawls close Alabama shopping center after stores open their doors early (with experts predicting Americans will splash out $20BILLION over the weekend)

One person was shot outside a Missouri mall on Thursday night as Black Friday shoppers rushed to stores

In Hoover, Alabama, two women sparked a mass brawl which forced the closure of the Riverchase Galleria

Other videos and pictures of frantic shoppers brawling over goods are pouring in from all over the country

Commerce experts predict Americans will spend $20billion in total between Thursday night and Monday

The average shopper is expected to spend almost $1,000 on discounted goods in stores and online

Many stores got a head start by opening their doors at 5pm on Thanksgiving Day to do more trade

By Jennifer Smith and Valerie Edwards For Dailymail.com Published: 00:26 EST, 23 November 2017 | Updated: 13:14 EST, 24 November 2017

Black Friday madness has officially gripped the nation. The elbows-out shopping bonanza began on Thursday night as stores across the country opened their doors early to crowds of frantic bargain hunters. Within hours, there were mass brawls at malls as they fought over discounted televisions and clothes and the chaos is ongoing. In Hoover, Alabama, the scrum in one mall became so violent that paramedics had to be called to treat the injured. Walmart staff were filmed holding frothing female shoppers on the ground as they waited for security to arrive to carry them out. The violence was even more severe in Missouri where a 19-year-old man was shot outside a mall as shoppers rushed to snap up cut-price goods inside. He is in a critical condition. On Friday, millions more flocked to shopping centers across the country as yet more deals became available. At the Mall of America in Minneapolis, Minnesota, there were snaking lines before the sun had even come up. The crowds were organized by barriers before being let inside at 5am. Mall staff say that 2,500 people waited outside the Mall of America before it opened. In Massachusetts, dedicated shoppers braved freezing temperatures to camp outside stores with blankets. They waited patiently for Walmart and Best Buy to open at 1am. Walmart in Dartmouth will be open until 11pm on Friday night - 22 hours after it opened its doors to the first shoppers. Neither incident of violence in Missouri and Alabama were sparked by fights over sale items, according to local police. At a Walmart somewhere else in the country however, five people were seen grappling over the same toy car. The grown men had to be separated by store staff and one was even talked down by his female companion. Their efforts were in vain - store staff refused to allow any of them to take the car home. This year's frenzy will see Americans spend an astonishing $20billion in stores and online, according to consumer experts. Experts predict 164 million Americans will spend nearly $1,000 each over the holiday weekend. The mayhem began at 5pm on Thanksgiving Day as thousands of bargain hunters rushed inside stores across the US in search of amazing sales, door buster deals and limited-time offers. Macy's Herald Square in Manhattan saw hundreds of people lined up outside their doors waiting to get their hands on deals like cosmetic and perfume sets from $10 to $20 as well as 40 per cent off on boots and shoes. Shoppers were also seen flocking to its Apple shop for deals on gadgets like the Apple Watch. Experts have predicted that over the five-day period between Thanksgiving and Cyber Monday, consumers will spend $19.7 billion. As several shoppers have braved the cold weather in tents, others cut the line by dressing up as staffers and waltzing through the doors. An estimated 164 million people are planning to shop or are considering shopping during the Thanksgiving weekend, according to a survey by the National Retail Federation (NRF). Of those considering shopping the long holiday weekend, the survey found that 32 million plan to shop on Thanksgiving Day, but Black Friday will remain the busiest day with 115 million shoppers descending on US stores. Consumers said they will spend an average $967.13 this year, according to the annual survey conducted by Prosper Insights & Analytics. That's up 3.4 per cent from the $935.58 consumers said they would spend when surveyed at the same time last year. Cyber Monday is expected to become the largest online shopping day in history, generating $6.6 billion in sales, 16.5 per cent growth compared to last year. The initial sales on Thanksgiving Day were expected to increase 15 per cent to $2.8 billion. But by 5pm Thursday, Americans had already spent $1.52 billion, which is a 17 per cent increase from last year. Adobe also projects $5 billion will be spent on Black Friday. Between Thanksgiving Day and Cyber Monday sales are predicted to hit $19.7 billion. The NRF expects holiday retail sales in November and December – excluding automobiles, gasoline and restaurants – to increase between 3.6 and 4 per cent for a total of $678.75 billion to $682 billion, up from $655.8 billion last year. US stores had to get creative this year with tricks to lure shoppers off the internet and back into the thick of it. Shopping malls in several states have scheduled Santa photo shoots with family pets as one way to attract customers in the face of the exploding online shopping realm. Brick-and-mortar stores have expanded their bag of tricks - and gotten increasingly bold - as they look to lure shoppers who might otherwise be happy to stay on the couch and pick up gifts while still in their pajamas. For the holiday shopping season, malls are hosting gingerbread decorating sessions, visits from the Grinch and ugly Christmas sweater nights. Temporary ice skating rinks and magical winter decor - like the famous Macy's window displays in New York - are also being used to draw customers intent on an in-person holiday experience. Walmart stores plans to throw more than 20,000 'holiday parties' at which children can pose for 'selfies with Santa'. The flagship Bloomingdale's store in New York has held yoga classes in the past, while Nordstrom has displayed Tesla cars near the section for men's suits. A number of shops now also ply visitors with food and drink. 'All of these retailers are desperate to get people into their stores,' said analyst Neil Saunders, managing director of GlobalData Retail, who added a note of caution about all the promotions.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-5110121/Retailers-look-woo-shoppers-rivals-Amazon-grows.html#ixzz4zNJeJqfs 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 11-22-17 Global News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

2018 could be an extra-active year for earthquakes, study says

By Maham Abedi National Online Journalist, Breaking News Global News November 22, 2017 1:06 pm

While earthquakes are difficult to predict, a new study suggests that next year the world may see more of the natural disasters. Research done by U.S. geologists, which was presented to the Geological Society of America’s annual meeting, explains that the Earth’s rotation has slowed very minimally. And that could mean 2018 will see more earthquakes than usual. University of Colorado’s Roger Bilham and University of Montana’s Rebecca Bendick evaluated data from the past 117 years, indicating that there is a “strong” correlation between Earth’s rotational speed and earthquakes. The Earth’s speed slows down for five or six years every few decades, as part of its natural cycle. The scientists explained that most years there are about 15 major earthquakes. But since 1900, there have been five periods when there was increased seismic activity. Those extra-active periods coincided with the Earth’s rotation slowing by about one millisecond a day. “On five occasions in the past century a 25-30 per cent increase in annual numbers of earthquakes [of 7.0 magnitude or more] has coincided with a slowing in the mean rotation velocity of the Earth, with a corresponding decrease at times when the length-of-day is short,” the study reads. Bilham said in an interview with The Observer that 2017 has been “easy” in terms of the number of major earthquakes. “Next year we should see a significant increase in numbers of severe earthquakes,” he explained. “We have had it easy this year. So far we have only had about six severe earthquakes. We could easily have 20 a year starting in 2018.” While the researchers aren’t able to predict specific earthquakes, they do have some insight on which areas are most likely to be affected. “The observed relationship is unable to indicate precisely when and where these future earthquakes will occur, although we note that most of the additional earthquakes have historically occurred near the equator in the West and East Indies,” the study explains. It adds that 80 per cent of Caribbean quakes since 1900 have occurred following a deceleration in the Earth’s rotation, including the 2010 Haiti earthquake which left thousands dead. Take study with a grain of salt: researcher An article in the Washington Post warns that this study has yet to be backed up by additional research. Bendick, one of the study’s researchers, told the newspaper that the findings were “statistically significant,” but they’re not as clearcut as they may seem. “We’re scientists, not magicians,” she said, explaining that the study does not intend to predict definitively that there will be more earthquakes next year — but that they are more likely.

https://globalnews.ca/news/3874676/earthquake-2018-study/ 

:: 11-23-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

San Juan submarine: 'Explosion' dashes crew survival hopes

23 November 2017 From the section Latin America & Caribbean

Hopes that the 44 crew of a missing Argentine submarine might still be alive have been dashed after the navy said an event consistent with an explosion had been detected. The "abnormal, singular, short, violent, non-nuclear event" was recorded in the south Atlantic by a nuclear test watchdog last week. Relatives of the missing crew reacted with grief and anger at the news. It follows a US report of a loud noise in the same area. The ARA San Juan disappeared last Wednesday. More than a dozen countries including the US, Russia and the UK have sent assistance. Where is the latest information from? It was provided to the Argentine navy on Thursday by the Vienna-based Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty Organization (CTBTO), spokesman Capt Enrique Balbi said. In a statement, the CTBTO said two of its hydro-acoustic stations had detected a signal from an "underwater impulsive event". On Wednesday the navy received a US report of a "hydro-acoustic anomaly" detected hours after the submarine went missing. Capt Balbi said the suspected explosion took place near the submarine's last known location. The navy only knew the location of the suspected explosion, not its cause, he said, and search efforts would be concentrated in the area. How have relatives reacted? News of the suspected explosion was broken to family members gathered at the Mar del Plata navy base shortly before Capt Balbi spoke to journalists. Some remonstrated angrily with the navy spokesman, reports said, while others collapsed in tears. Relatives accused the navy of lying to them and of raising false hopes. Others pointed the finger at the government, saying lack of investment and corruption in the armed forces had made the submarine unsafe. One man whose brother was on board the ARA San Juan was quoted by Clarin newspaper [in Spanish] as shouting: "They killed my brother, the bastards. They killed my brother because they take them out to sail [in a vessel held together] with wire." Relatives of crew members fear the worst Grief and anger dominate Argentine media Luis Tagliapietra, whose son Damián was on board, told Radio Cut that the navy had told them all the crew had been killed in the explosion at a depth of 200m. On Wednesday, Capt Balbi said oxygen would be running out on board the vessel. What was the sub's last known location? The ARA San Juan was returning from a routine mission to Ushuaia, near the southern-most tip of South America, when it reported an "electrical breakdown". According to naval commander Gabriel Galeazzi, the submarine surfaced and reported the breakdown, which Capt Galeazzi described as a "short circuit" in the sub's batteries. The sub was ordered to cut its mission short and return to the naval base in Mar del Plata immediately. According to Capt Balbi, the captain of the ARA San Juan contacted the naval base once more after reporting the problem. What happens when a submarine vanishes In the message, he reportedly said that the problem had been adequately fixed and that the sub would submerge and proceed towards Mar del Plata. The last contact was made at 07:30 local time (10:30 GMT) on Wednesday 15 November. It is not known what happened to the sub after that contact. Argentine navy protocol stipulates that in peace time, submarines make contact twice a day with the base. When the submarine failed to call in, the Argentine navy began its search. Who is on board? There are 44 crew on board the submarine, which is under the command of Pedro Martín Fernández. Forty-three of the crew are men but there is also one woman, Eliana María Krawczyk. The 35-year-old is the first female officer in Argentina to serve on a submarine. Nicknamed "the queen of the sea" by her father she comes from Oberá, a city in northern Argentina. Despite having been born and raised far inland, her relatives say that "she was born to be a submariner", citing her "will of steel" and a passion for her job. The rest of the crew is made up of submariners of varying ages and experience. The sub's engineer, Hernán Rodríguez, has been on the ARA San Juan for 11 years, local media reported. Submarine tragedies Accidents involving submarines are rare. Here are some of the most serious: All 70 crew aboard China's Great Wall Ming-class submarine suffocated in 2003 when a diesel engine malfunctioned, consuming the vessel's oxygen supply Russia's Kursk submarine sank in the Barents Sea in 2000 after a torpedo exploded during an exercise, killing all 118 on board, including 23 who survived the blast but died due to a lack of oxygen The USS Scorpion sank in the Atlantic in 1968, possibly because a torpedo exploded, killing the 99 crew The USS Thresher sank during diving tests in 1963, killing all 129 on board - the biggest submarine death toll in history How could the missing submarine be located? Brazil, Chile, Colombia, France, Germany, Russia, Peru, South Africa, Uruguay and the UK are among the countries that have sent either ships or planes to help with the search. The US navy has deployed two underwater vehicles which use sonar to create images of the sea floor. A Nasa research aircraft has also flown over the search area but failed to spot anything.

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-latin-america-42100620 

:: 11-21-17 Christian News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Feds Have 43 Pregnant Illegal Immigrant Girls in Custody as Immigration, Abortion Fights Collide

By Editor on November 22, 2017

(Washington Times) — The surge of illegal immigrant children crossing the border also means a surge of pregnant girls in U.S. custody, according to new government figures made public late Monday, highlighting the latest test of Trump administration policies. At least 420 pregnant Unaccompanied Alien Children (UAC) have been caught and put into government care over the last year, and 43 pregnant illegal immigrant girls were still in custody of the Health and Human Services Department as of Oct. 17, Jonathan White, the department’s director for children’s programs, said in court documents. Of the 420 girls seen in fiscal year 2017, 18 requested abortions and 11 had them. Another five rescinded their request for an abortion, and two were turned over to sponsors in the U.S. before a final decision was made, Mr. White said, meaning they were outside of government custody. The numbers come as the American Civil Liberties Union has filed a class action lawsuit demanding the government provide illegal immigrant girls the same rights to access abortion that Americans have. erc. and the news story continues..

http://christiannews.net/2017/11/22/feds-have-43-pregnant-illegal-immigrant-girls-in-custody-as-immigration-abortion-fights-collide/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 11-19-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Series of strong and shallow earthquakes (M7.0, M6.6 and M6.4) hits New Caledonia

By Strange Sounds - Nov 19, 2017

A swarm of strong earthquakes is currently hitting New Caledonia since 9:30am UTC. The series started with a strong M6.4. Six hours later, a M6.6 jolt hit at almost the same spot, a few tenths of kilometers (miles) east of Tadine. Now a powerful M7.0 hit just a few minutes ago at 10:43pm UTC. USGS is currently reporting 12 earthquakes with magnitudes bigger than M4.7 (the lowest actually), but only counts the significant earthquakes (M>4.5) around the world. And the swarm continues…

M 6.4 – 74km E of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 5.3 – 81km E of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 4.7 – 61km ENE of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 5.3 – 74km E of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 4.8 – 72km ESE of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 6.6 – 68km E of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 5.9 – 74km ENE of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 4.8 – 76km ENE of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 5.3 – 58km E of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 5.3 – 76km E of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 4.8 – 80km E of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 4.7 – 76km E of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 7.0 – 82km ENE of Tadine, New Caledonia

M 5.1 – 68km ENE of Tadine, New Caledonia

There are currently no tsunami warning, advisory, watch, or threat even after the powerful M6.4 and M6.6 earthquakes. According to the USGS homepage, about 14 people reported feeling the rumblings.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/11/series-of-strong-earthquakes-hits-new-caledonia.html 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 11-18-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PETER HITCHENS: The transgender zealots are destroying truth itself

By Peter Hitchens for The Mail on Sunday

Published: 19:05 EST, 18 November 2017 | Updated: 02:52 EST, 19 November 2017

Most of these politically correct fads are just designed to wind us up and provoke us. For example, I now regret having wasted so much time trying to argue rationally about same-sex marriage. All the sexual revolutionaries wanted was an excuse to call me a bigot. They could then ignore everything I said, or tell lies about me, or both. It was a tiny issue. In 2014, for example, in England and Wales, there were 247,372 heterosexual weddings, and 4,850 same-sex marriages. Already there are several hundred same-sex divorces each year. Once the novelty has worn off, I suspect the numbers of same-sex unions will decrease, just as heterosexual ones are doing. The point – that the old ways are dead and gone – will have been made, and the campaigners will move on to something else. I once thought the same about the transgender issue. But the idea that people are whatever sex they think they are is a terrifying weapon in the hands of modern Thought Police. Whatever you say, you cannot possibly be right about this. Express any opinion (apart from total submission), and within minutes you will be besieged by condemnation. It will be cleverly based on the idea that you are somehow being cruel to some troubled person, even though you aren't doing this at all. But that is just a pretext. In reality, a whole moral and social system is being destroyed, and traditional ideas of male and female are the next target, now that husbands and marriage have been done away with. For once you begin down the road of sexual revolution, there's no end. There will always be someone more militant than you. Since the French Revolutionaries set up the guillotine, the same thing has been true. Revolutions are all based on the false idea that humans and their nature can be changed. And once changed, they will fit neatly into the Utopia that is planned for them. Utopia, as we find every so often in Russia, China and Cambodia, can only be approached across a sea of blood, and you never actually arrive. The opposite view (now very unfashionable) is that we are all made in the image of God and cannot be changed into something else. This sounds odd to most modern ears. But in fact it is the foundation for the absolute respect for human life and liberty which underpins civilization. Once it's gone, you can make excuses for anything in the name of some invented 'right'. Mass abortion is the obvious example. And that is why The Mail on Sunday's exclusive story, that a teacher has been disciplined for failing to respect the transgender gospel, is so important. His slip was small, and momentary. One of his pupils, who would once have been called a girl, has decided to be male. He called this person a girl. So he must suffer. The sight of the Queen and Prince Philip watching the Remembrance ceremony last Sunday was almost unbearably poignant for me and (I suspect) many of my generation. The Duke of Edinburgh was plainly straining every nerve and sinew to do honour to the fellow warriors he actually knew and fought alongside so long ago, despite the burden of his great age. Nothing on Earth was going to stop him doing that. There are so few left from that time. The Queen, with an almost equal effort of will, was yielding one of her most important duties to her successor, a very hard duty indeed. They are now both so far ahead of us in years that they already seem to be in another time altogether, almost beyond our reach. It is disquieting and upsetting to see these things, inevitable as they are. I feel a great sense of foreboding. In the vanished world of absolute truth, the student's sex would not be a matter of opinion. People might (and I would favour this) treat the person's view of their sex with sympathy and try to go along with it. Who would want to hurt somebody on a matter of such delicacy? But in the new revolutionary world, truth is what the revolution says it is. This works in many ways. A Left-wing newspaper recently claimed I had said something I had not said, and do not think. Shown irrefutable evidence that I had not used the words alleged, it continued to claim that I had used them, because that is what it thought I had said. This leads down a very dark staircase. Reality must increasingly be forced to fit the beliefs of the new elite. Teachers must be punished for speaking the truth, so schools are no longer places where truth is respected or dissent allowed – which means they are dead to all intents and purposes. And perhaps most grievous of all, teenagers are placed on a medical conveyor belt which leads to powerful body-changing drugs and possibly to surgical alteration. It is not just crabbed reactionaries such as me who fret about this. In an eloquent article in The Times, the far-from-conservative commentator Janice Turner recently warned: 'But in a decade, when our adult children turn to ask, 'Why did you let me do this? Why didn't you stop me?' we may wonder if this was progress or child abuse.' The answer to the question 'Why didn't you stop me?' will be even sadder. We are failing to stop this because we are afraid of the intolerant revolutionary mob, which would lock up dissenters if it could, but for the moment contents itself with Twitter storms and witch-hunts. I can't laugh this off. It is not just a wind-up. It is a threat to free thought and, after many months of staying silent about it, I feel I have to say so. That faint rumble you can hear is the mob assembling for another heresy hunt. At last there is an antidote to the foolish film The Death Of Stalin, which trivialises this monster and his crimes. It is Angus Macqueen's brilliant, harrowing documentary Gulag, which you can watch on the BBC iPlayer only until December 6. See it above all for the astonishing film of the man-made hell called Norilsk, and the interview with a woman who explains exactly how Stalin robbed her of the ability to trust her fellow humans. But be warned: there are no jokes. Last Monday the Prime Minister rattled her plastic sabre at the Russians, in a silly speech at the Mansion House. She doesn't even know what she's talking about. She said: 'Russia's illegal annexation of Crimea was the first time since the Second World War that one sovereign nation has forcibly taken territory from another in Europe.' This is wrong. Nato Turkey (now an increasingly nasty despotism) seized Northern Cyprus in 1974 and still sits there, unpunished. She claimed Russia had 'repeatedly violated the national airspace of several European countries'. I asked No 10 for details. Two days later, whimpering that the information was somehow secret, a spokesman could only admit 'Russia has not violated UK airspace'. So whose airspace had it 'repeatedly' violated? No answer. If it's true, the Russians must know, so why the secrecy? The Russian threat is a fake.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/debate/article-5096679/PETER-HITCHENS-Transgender-zealots-destroying-truth.html#ixzz4zGNcNID1 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 11-15-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Overt demonic activity coming, warns 'Spiritual Warfare' expert

'Stand against the powers of darkness rather than ridicule or run from them'

Published: 4 days ago

The Roman Catholic Church is publishing prayers to combat the “powers of darkness” as interest continues to grow in the rite of exorcism. Demons and supernatural forces have become a staple of popular culture, and churches are scrambling to keep up as the imagery of evil continues to flood pop culture. An expert on combating the demonic, Pastor Karl Payne, former chaplain of the NFL’s Seattle Seahawks, told WND the “message about a Christian’s battle with the world, the flesh and the devil is just as real and relevant today as it was when God originally addressed the subject through the men He inspired to pen the Scripture.” Payne is the author of “Spiritual Warfare: Christians, Demonization, and Deliverance,” which now is available as an audiobook, “The reality of demonic warfare in particular has more to do with the delegated authority God has given every true Christian over all of the powers of the enemy than cultural particulars, ethnicity, gender, education or theological training,” he said. “The reality of this enemy, this battle and the delegated authority God has given to Christians over Satan and his minions has not changed.” Payne said the battle “will continue until the Lord Jesus Christ vanquishes all of His enemies.” “I believe according to 1 Timothy 4 that the closer we get to the return of the Lord Jesus Christ, the more intense this battle is going to become,” he said. “If this is the case, it means that unless Christians want to live like victims rather than victors, they had better do their homework and be willing and able to stand against the powers of darkness rather than ridicule or run from them.” Payne has been a critic of how pop culture increasingly treats the demonic as something glamorous or appropriate for children. “The growing fascination North Americans and Europeans seem to have with horror movies, spiritism, supernaturalism, the occult and Satanism is softening up the senses and consciences of the people watching and involving themselves in this nonsense,” he said. “It’s helping prepare them to function as predators or prey when Satan begins his ultimate reign over planet earth through his coming Antichrist and false prophet. “When two fighters get into the ring, with one thinking the fight is a staged game and the other understanding it is for life or death, the fighter who takes the fight more seriously is generally the fighter who is going to win the fight. Too many Christians seem to think demonic warfare is a game to turn on or off at their convenience, and they are getting their behinds kicked in battles they should be winning rather than losing. “With the media and public square vilifying the Judeo-Christian faith, and conservative Christianity in particular, people are going to put their faith in something or someone. But unfortunately, it just will not be the Lord Jesus Christ. Satan is alive and well, and he is prowling around like a hungry lion, looking for those he can devour. Christians need to wake up.” Like the reporting you see here? Sign up for free news alerts from WND.com, America’s independent news network. The Roman Catholic Church is the organization most strongly associated with exorcism, an image strengthened by its central presence in movies such as “The Exorcist.” But Payne says it is a common misperception to believe special titles or denominational credentials are required to fight what the church calls the “powers of darkness.” “I am glad for anyone who knows what they are talking about to stand up against demonic warfare rather than run from it, regardless of their titles or labels,” he said of Catholic exorcism efforts. “I still care more about what is actually in a bottle than the label that is on the bottle. Arm yourself for the most crucial battle of all. “Spiritual Warfare” is available now in the WND Superstore. ‘However, as long as demons legitimately hold ‘ground,’ Ephesians 4:27, against a person, they will not leave that person until the sin that opened the door for their involvement has been personally confessed and forgiven by God, and the ‘ground’ they hold against that person has been canceled by God. Demons do not fear pastors, priests, people or their denominational titles. They fear the Lord Jesus Christ and those who understand their delegated authority over the powers of darkness.” Instead of focusing on dogmatic rituals or sensationalism, Payne hopes his book and its new audiobook edition will force American Christians to wake up to the existence of the demonic real and rejoice in the knowledge believers have the power. “Too much of the church today represents two sides of the same coin,” he said. “On one side of the coin are people who like to talk about demonic warfare, but do not know how to stand against it in an effective manner. On the other side of the coin are people who ridicule or run from demonic warfare. They seem to think that in redefining demonic warfare they can eliminate the reality of the battle. This is naďve. Again, fighters who prepare for battle generally fare better than those who think it is all a game. Sloganeering is not helpful or effective in confronting demonic spirits who are tormenting Christians. Talking about a battle or playing video games simulating fighting in battles does not win actual battles.” Payne said he wrote the book “as a transferable guide to help Christians learn how to biblically recognize and respond to demonic warfare.” “We should win more battles than we lose, and serve the Lord Jesus Christ with the confidence of a victor empowered by Him rather than playing the role of a passive, helpless victim. We are victors, not victims because of the accomplished work and delegated authority of the Lord Jesus Christ. If my book helps in equipping the saints to fight rather than run, then I will rejoice.”

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/11/overt-demonic-activity-coming-warns-spiritual-warfare-expert/#uHz5fJ0PcaYtYoUH.99 

:: 11-20-17 Ready Nutritition :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Blood is Not Always Thicker Than Water: Why Some Family Members Shouldn’t Be Considered for the Prepper Group

Jeremiah Johnson Originally published November 20th, 2017

This article will be a sensitive subject and a sore spot for many readers. This piece is designed to provide “food for thought” for a difficult question that will arise for every family during their preparations. I state emphatically that it will arise. So many times, in our studies and preparations we approach things from a “dry,” pragmatic approach that accounts for everything in the manner of an accountant. We figure out the dollar amounts of our canning supplies, figure out the logistical needs for the family, etc., and come up with totals on a sheet. One thing not accounted for and factored into these calculations is human behavior and the effects that it has on the family and the family’s resources. I have spoken with many people over the course of my time in the Rocky Mountains. It seems that every family has their “Cousin It,” so to speak: A label I am employing to describe an incorrigible family member who has never “come around” in all the years of his or her life. No matter what happens, you can always depend on “It” to remain constant. Cousin It may have stolen, abused substances, been constantly combative or argumentative with family and neighbors alike…a “wild man with his hand against everyone, and everyone’s hand against him,” so to speak. The big problem is that most families tend to “incorporate” these incorrigible family members into their plans for preparation and survival. They feel compelled to give it a try…never taking past behavior into account. Another thing families do is “lie” to themselves: “Cousin It will be alright…he’ll change his ways when it hits the fan, and we’ll get everything straightened out then.” No, he won’t be alright when it hits the fan. Adversity doesn’t build character: it reveals it. You are allowed to cut your losses on this one. Look to history. Lot’s wife wanted to persist in what she wanted and was turned into a pillar of salt. The rest of the family moved on, without looking back. Brining us to the way to deal with such a thing: You do what you can until you can’t do any more…and then weigh the welfare of the group. This is a tough subject, isn’t it? You’ll have to search inside of yourself and what you believe in…but you’ll also have to be a realist who takes into consideration others who may not be able to make such a choice…others depending upon you to make the right move. If “Cousin It” happens to be drunken Uncle Ed who beat his wife and children regularly over the past 20 years and still hits the bottle…do you want him in the fallout shelter with you and the rest of your family? Or how about Cousin Tina who is addicted to Oxycodone. Are you going to let her in? You can try with these people up until the time that the “S” hits the fan: after that, you’ll have to cut your losses in the interest of preserving yourself and your family. The saying that “blood is thicker than water” is true, and many times teams of more than one family will be ruined because one or more of the family members…incorrigibles, if you will…are factored into the teams when everyone knows full well they cannot be depended upon. This is a serious issue that will take a lot of time to discuss among the family members prior to a final decision. I strongly believe this should take place, and then there should be a discussion with “Cousin It” as a group…prior to a collapse event. Afford the opportunity for a “turnaround,” but give it the time to observe the actual actions of that family member. When it hits the fan, a decision will have to be made, and that decision is not something that will just affect “Cousin It.” If things have not changed and he or she is taken in? It may mean action in the future that can jeopardize the survival of the whole group. Think it over carefully, and most importantly, think objectively and not just with the heart. It may mean the difference between life and death for more than just one individual. JJ out! Jeremiah Johnson is the Nom de plume of a retired Green Beret of the United States Army Special Forces (Airborne). Mr. Johnson was a Special Forces Medic, EMT and ACLS-certified, with comprehensive training in wilderness survival, rescue, and patient-extraction. He is a Certified Master Herbalist and a graduate of the Global College of Natural Medicine of Santa Ana, CA. A graduate of the U.S. Army’s survival course of SERE school (Survival Evasion Resistance Escape), Mr. Johnson also successfully completed the Montana Master Food Preserver Course for home-canning, smoking, and dehydrating foods. Mr. Johnson dries and tinctures a wide variety of medicinal herbs taken by wild crafting and cultivation, in addition to preserving and canning his own food. An expert in land navigation, survival, mountaineering, and parachuting as trained by the United States Army, Mr. Johnson is an ardent advocate for preparedness, self-sufficiency, and long-term disaster sustainability for families. He and his wife survived Hurricane Katrina and its aftermath. Cross-trained as a Special Forces Engineer, he is an expert in supply, logistics, transport, and long-term storage of perishable materials, having incorporated many of these techniques plus some unique innovations in his own homestead. Mr. Johnson brings practical, tested experience firmly rooted in formal education to his writings and to our team. He and his wife live in a cabin in the mountains of Western Montana with their three cats. This information has been made available by Ready Nutrition

http://readynutrition.com/resources/blood-is-not-always-thicker-than-water-why-some-family-members-shouldnt-be-considered-for-the-prepper-group_20112017/ 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 11-19-17 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese military launches website to rat on leaks, violations & fake news

Published time: 19 Nov, 2017 11:04

China has launched a website to report illegal online activities of the military and the spreading of “harmful information.” Earlier, the Chinese leader vowed to turn the People’s Army into a “world class force” and to “ensure a clean cyberspace.” China’s official military website announced the launch of the platform on Sunday, which is supposed to maintain a “clear internet space” surrounding the military. Any person, both publicly and anonymously, can issue an online report on various violations, including those published on websites or social media platforms. The possible violations include fake news about the military, leaked secrets, and “distorting headlines.” The spreading of “harmful” information about the Chinese Army, including attacks on the party’s leadership over the army and distortions of its history or that of the Communist Party, can also be reported on, as well as illegal Internet access of military personnel without permission of higher military staff. The launch of the official website comes just one month after Chinese President Xi Jinping, in a historic speech at a Chinese Communist Party meeting, vowed to turn the People’s Army into a “world class force” in 30 years, and ordered full modernization by 2035. Xi also mentioned strengthening “guidance, influence, and credibility of the media” and building “a system for integrated internet management to ensure a clean cyberspace,” a part of which could be the newly-introduced platform. “We will distinguish between matters of political principle, issues of understanding and thinking, and academic viewpoints, but we must oppose and resist various erroneous views with a clear stand,” the president told the 19th Chinese Communist Party Congress.

https://www.rt.com/news/410323-china-fake-news-report-website/ 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 1-10-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. it shall not be a good week, many things shall take place.  Watch the stock market, and if you have money hoarded up in there, you are going to lose it, you are going to lose it.  Listen carefully, pay attention, place your money where you know that it is safe etc.

Revelation 13:18 16 Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead 17 so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666.

:: 11-19-17 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MAJOR ALERT: Greyerz Says One Of The Two Largest Banks In Switzerland Just Refused To Hand Over Clients’ Physical Gold. Even More Surprising Is What The Client Did Next

November 19, 2017

It’s happened again. For the third time in the past six weeks, the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE, historic moves in currencies, told King World News that another scandal unfolded in Switzerland as one of the two largest banks in Switzerland refused to return a clients’ gold the bank was supposedly storing for the client. Even more surprising is what the client did next. 3rd Swiss Bank Scandal Unfolding, But First… November 20 (King World News) – Egon von Greyerz: “What is absolutely certain is that global wealth will be totally decimated in the next 4-8 years. It doesn’t matter if you are very rich or “just own a house” with some equity left. Most of it will come down in value by 75-95% in the next few years as the debt and asset bubbles implode. But what very few people realize or plan for, is the confiscation of wealth that will take place in coming years. There will be confiscation of wealth on many levels. With times deteriorating, governments will be thrown out as ordinary people become dissatisfied with their rapidly declining ability to survive. Many people will lose their jobs, and governments’ ability to help the poor and hungry will decline rapidly due to falling tax revenues. During that process, opposition parties will promise the earth. Thus we will see a society in upheaval due to political turbulence, social unrest, dire economic circumstances as well as anarchy. Many parties in the West have turned socialist or communist in latter years, and this trend will continue as the climate deteriorates. With the ruling party desperately fighting for its own survival, their task becomes increasingly impossible as there is no money left in the coffer and printed money no longer has any value. Opposition parties will promise solutions to all the problems and will have no difficulty becoming elected. But as they get into power they will also fail desperately. In most Western countries there will be left wing parties ruling but we might also see far right leaders emerging due to the anarchic situation. As tax revenues decline rapidly, governments will desperately look for new ways of increasing the state’s income. Normal people at this stage will be very poor so it will serve no purpose to tax them. The obvious target will of course be the wealthy. At that stage, the wealthy might already have lost half of their fortune or more, but socialist governments looking for revenue will ensure that most of their remaining wealth also disappear. Wealth taxes will be confiscatory and reach levels of 75% at least and possibly up to 90%. This will not only be popular with ordinary people, who at that point will be poor and suffering. It will also be what the desperate masses will demand, whether it is done peacefully or with violence. What is happening in Saudi Arabia presently with the Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman confiscating the wealth of other Saudi Princes and Saudi businessmen might set an example. Governments in the US, UK or Germany, for example, could just decide to freeze the assets of the wealthy and issue arrest warrants demanding transfer of say 85% of their wealth. Refusal would not be an option since it would lead to a long prison sentence plus confiscation of 100% of the wealth. Now is the time to plan for the risks of confiscation and punitive taxation. Soon it will be too late. All this sounds totally draconian and unrealistic in today’s “civilized” society, but anyone who doubts that these measures could happen only needs to study history. There are endless examples of confiscation of wealth. Often it is linked to periods of excess and decadence with major gaps between the rich and the poor, just as we are seeing today. During the French Revolution in 1789 , the aristocracy not only lost much of their wealth, they also lost their lives. It was the same way in the Russian Revolution in 1918 when both wealth and lives of the aristocracy were extinguished. We could easily reach a state of anarchy due to the suffering of the masses. At that point they would turn against banks, governments and the wealthy. leading to major violence as history repeats itself. Anything representing wealth will be despised by the masses, whether it is houses, cars, jewelry, clothes or other luxury assets. The flaunting of wealth that we see all over the world today could be very dangerous or even fatal at that time. Because the majority of people are not able to fathom this, many of them would call this scaremongering. The problem is that because we live today, we think it is different now. Many believe it is totally acceptable to see bespoke Rolls Royces, or Ferraris in New York, London or Hong Kong costing $250,000 or more. Today very few protest against the enormous top prices paid for a house in the same cities costing $100 million. And to buy a painting for over $100 million happens regularly. But if you want a Leonardo da Vinci, you must pay the neat sum of $450 million as an anonymous buyer did this week at the Christie’s auction in New York. A price level which very few can fathom. Will almost $1/2 billion be the record for a painting for decades or longer. Yes, in today’s money, that could certainly be the case. 11 tonnes of gold for a painting will probably not be beaten for the next 100 years or more. In the next 4-8 years, that painting can probably be bought for much less than 1 tonne of gold, more probably for 100 kilos or less (100 kg gold is today worth $4.1 million). For ordinary people, most of whom are not aware of these excesses, $1/2 billion for a painting is the ultimate decadence. This dangerous trend will not go unpunished in the future. And nobody must believe that law and order including police or military will function when society breaks down. Sadly, there will be no protection for the target groups. Weapons will hardly help against the crowd. Best is to live in a place where you are surrounded by like minded or in a country which is less exposed. All this is not an option for many people but worth thinking about while there is still time. Let me stress that I sincerely hope that none of what I have outlined will happen. But looking at risk and probabilities, we are now at a point in history when these events are likely to take place, whether it is in the next few years or at some later point. Excesses of the magnitude we are seeing today as well as the gap between rich and poor will not continue without returning to the mean at least. Coming back to confiscation, it looks like banks are already playing that game. In a recent KWN article, I discussed how banks don’t have the physical gold that their clients have bought. I also mentioned how banks are refusing to release the gold that the client holds in the bank. A 3rd Swiss Bank Refuses To Hand Over Clients’ Gold This week I was contacted by a person who went to his bank in Zurich — one of the two largest in Switzerland — to get his physical gold out. He had seen my KWN article on the subject. The bank, one of the biggest Asset Management banks in the world, told him that he couldn’t have his own gold because of new rules within the bank. What The Client Did Next Was Even More Surprising But this man did not give up that easily. He asked for a letter from the bank confirming that they refused to hand his gold to him. He told the bank that he would take this letter to the police. The bank clearly got scared and after three hours wait, the gentleman was told by the bank that they would hand his gold to him. So very generous of the bank to hand the client’s asset bank to him! This is yet another confirmation that banks are not going to give the clients their assets back without a major legal fight. But that is just the first stage, in my view. Soon banks will be under such pressure that they will hold on to clients’ assets. Few people believe that this is possible, but it is guaranteed that, in the not too distant future, insolvent banks will not be in a position to hand anything back to clients. Again I urge people to get assets out of the banks, in Switzerland or any other country. The financial system is already bankrupt, regardless of what central bank chiefs say. Holding physical gold outside the banking system and in the right jurisdiction is the best insurance agains these risks. But as I said above, tax planning is just as important as holding the right investment. Paper Gold Games No Longer Working The short term moves in the gold price are not important since we we will see multiples of today’s price. But this week gold finished on a high and the normal shenanigans of the BIS and bullion banks of dumping billions of dollars of paper gold after hours were unsuccessful. Therefore, It looks like the latest small correction is finished and the uptrend has resumed. Possibly we need to wait for the Fed decision in December before a major move up in gold. Whatever the Fed does will only have a very short term effect. Gold is going substantially higher regardless of central bank policy or paper gold manipulation. 5,000 years of history is much more powerful than ephemeral central bankers and manipulators.” Do Not Let Banks Steal Your Gold In a King World News interview I spoke with the man who predicted the Swiss National Bank would experience staggering losses and that the Fed would also experience massive losses that will destabilize the global financial system! His company is the only one in the world offering a precious metals investment service outside the banking system, with direct ownership and full control by the investor. He has also become legendary for his predictions on QE, historic moves in currencies, and major global events. To find out what he and his company can do to help answer that age old question for you CLICK HERE.

https://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-says-one-of-the-two-largest-banks-in-switzerland-just-refused-to-hand-over-clients-physical-gold/ 

:: 11-21-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In a Stunning Counter-Coup, Trump Has Turned the Tables On the Deep State

By Dave Hodges

Trump has turned the tables on the Deep State, for now. Are they or aren’t they? Are several top government officials under sealed indictments or not? Have US marines landed at Langley to arrest Deep State operatives at the CIA headquarters. Is it true that key Deep State operatives have been roughed up in order to gain cooperation? Let’s see where the facts takes us on these topics. Deep-Sourcing the Criminals Much of the information that is in this article comes from two broad categories (1) open source intelligence information from which about 75% of all intelligence comes from; and (2) the publicly disclosed “insider” information from many of my colleagues that has been made public. However, there is one piece of information that has been disclosed that has not been properly cited. I am speaking about Robert Mueller who has turned state’s evidence. The Stunning SGT Report The SGT produced a 12 minute video in which they revealed some of the strategy that has accompanied Trump’s counter-coup against Deep State operatives. The video documentary is very well organized, well-sourced and confirms much of what I already know to be true. However, the report is missing a couple of pieces of the puzzle that are essential to understanding that a state of civil war exists between the Trump administration and the majority of the American people against the subversive operatives of the Deep State and their radical followers. In the following video, SGT alleges that Robert Mueller has led a plot, in conjunction with key members of the Trump administration that will soon turn the tables on the Russian collusion charges. The topic has to do with Clinton’s sale of nuclear grade uranium to the Russians. As I reported in 2015, the uranium was seized by the BLM from ranchers and farmers in the West. The Bundy family would be one of these victimized families. The well done SGT Report did not report on this fact. Here is an excerpt from 2016 in which I alleged with complementary documentation that Hillary obtained the uranium from American ranchers and farmers like the Bundy and the Hammond families. Go to the youtube channel owned by dutchsinse. He makes a very compelling case that several ranches, not just Bundy’s and Hammond’s have been under assault in order to procure precious metals. In the following youtube video, dutchsinse asks the following question: “Let’s just call it what it is. Human greed is at stake here. Who is going to get the gold back there in the back country? Who is going to get the uranium?” One of the big problems in America today is that “public servants” like Hillary Clinton actually represent a foreign enemy masquerading as a domestic public servant. I will go one step further than Donald Trump’s assertion that Clinton and state that Hillary Clinton is this generation’s Ethel Rosenberg. Hillary Clinton, the Ethel Rosenberg of her generation. Clinton sold uranium to the Russians while serving as the Secretary of State and this is what both the Bundy and the Hammond Ranch Affair is all about. And there is nothing to suggest that these nefarious acts are still ongoing. A former key member of the Obama administration and current Presidential candidate, Hillary Clinton, has proven herself to be the Ethel Rosenberg of her generation. You may recall your U.S. history as Ethel Rosenberg sold nuclear secrets to the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. In an act every bit as egregious as Ethel Rosenberg’s treason, Hillary Clinton sold uranium to the Russians while serving as the Secretary of State. Ironically, the original source on this treasonous act committed by Clinton was none other than the liberal rag we call the New York Times. The rest of this story, along with the relevant history of Uranium One can be accessed by clicking here. As good as the SGT Report is, it does not contain this highly relevant information. There is another piece of evidence that needs to be brought in relation the SGT Report. The topic has to do with the flipping of Robert Mueller and his new-found allegiance to the Trump administration. The Flip Flop of Robert Mueller Robert Mueller is a traitor to this country. Robert Mueller has broken too many federal laws in his role as special prosecutor to even count. On the surface, Robert Mueller belongs in prison for his actions in support of the Clinton Foundation and their Uranium One deal. The SGT Report correctly and without substantiation reveals that Special Prosecutor, Robert Mueller, is engaged in a double-cross to turn the Russian collusion charges back onto Clinton and her associates. Here is what I wrote about Mueller’s invovlement in the Uranium One conspiracy. Former FBI Director Robert Mueller was appointed as Special Counsel for the sole purpose of investigating possible Russian collusion charges between President Trump’s campaign and the Russian government. On the heels of the collusion, Mueller is also looking for the smoking gun for obstruction of justice, on the part of Trump, which is the same charge that ultimately brought down the presidency of Richard Nixon. However, sometimes life is ironic and in a stunning development, Wikileaks, Julian Assange, tweeted a released State Department cable, which clearly and irrefutably proves that then Secretary of State Hillary Clinton ordered former FBI Director and present Special Counsel, Robert Mueller to deliver a sample of stolen Highly Enriched Uranium (HEU) to Russia in 2009. In the article from the above-referenced statement appears, I also published a memo which ties Mueller into the delivery of the highly enriched uranium to the Russians. The article can be found here. So why has Robert Mueller joined Trump in going after the Deep State operatives? The obvious answer is that he had to in order to avoid prosecution. Robert Mueller has joined Trump, not because he wanted to, but because he had to. Trump in what will become the biggest sting in American political history. The SGT Report does not explain the flip-flop of Robert Mueller. Mueller could be shot as a traitor for delivering nuclear grade material to the Russians. When he was confronted with this evidence, he had no choice but to join the other side. And the SGT Report correctly asserts that the phony investigation into Trump’s alleged Russian connections would eventually land on Hillary’s illegal sale of uranium to the Russians and Mueller was caught up in this. Soon Comey will be singing the praises of Trump as well. These revelations explain why Podesta’s brother has quit his own firm because he was involved. John Podesta was involved as well. Wasserman Shultz hired the Awan brothers to erase as much evidence as they could. This is part of what Seth Rich leaked to W-ikileaks and this is why Podesta had him murdered. I witnessed a sea change in Mueller the last week on October as evidenced by the following report: Please note that the guardians of the Deep State, Youtube (Google), demonitized this video while it was still in the cue. As Steve Quayle likes to say “You know you are over the target when you are getting flac”. On November 9, 2017, I receieved notification that Mueller had flipped sides. On November 12th, I published the following: People have asked me what caused me to suspect that Mueller had flipped sides and was actually pursuing Clinton et al? Besides the fact that the deeper that Mueller dug into Trump’s Russian connections, the more Hillary was implicated, there were media revelations as well. Further, there was a well-placed leak about 3 weeks ago, made to Fox News, in which the Uranium One conspiracy was reported in a very prominent manner. Add to that, the Clinton Foundation and the DNC was being outed by Donna Brazile at the same time on Fox News. I recognized these news releases for what they were, a psyops directed against the Deep State. Why would Fox News air such a thing? Simple, Rupert Murdock has had his disagrements and conflicts with the Deep State and the New World Order. And who could forget that Murdock and Trump had a well-publicized meeting when it was obvious that Trump was going to win the Republican nomination. Trump and Murdoch are allies. Fox News is part of the plan to take down Clinton et al. Conclusion People have asked me how did I get so close to the truth? The simple answer is that I have very good sources. To illustrate this point, please allow me to relate a Larry Nichols and Jeff Sessions encounter. In the early fall, Jack Easum and Paul Martin had befriended Larry Nichols. Larry Nichols told Jack that he had received a call from his old pal, Jeff Sessions. Sessions caled Nichols and screamed at Nichols to stop giving me inside information. However, Nichols informed Sessions that he had not passed along infomration to me, which was true. When this story reached me, I knew I was on the right track. Donald Trump has flipped Mueller. What about the Marines at Langley and the all the rest? Undoubtedly, the empire will strike back and the uncovered topics that were not covered here, will be presented in the next part in this series.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/11/20/in-a-stunning-counter-coup-trump-has-turned-the-tables-on-the-deep-state/ 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  etc.

:: 11-19-17 The Free Thought Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Officials Caught Forcing State Scientist to Alter Findings to Cover Up Earthquake Fracking Link

A former state-sponsored scientist revealed that he was ordered to alter his findings on the links between fracking and earthquakes.

By John Vibes - November 19, 2017

Hydraulic fracturing is a natural gas extraction method that has become extremely controversial for its environmental impacts. Fracking is the process of drilling down into the earth before a high-pressure water mixture is directed at the rock to release the gas inside. Water, sand, and chemicals are injected into the rock at high pressure, which allows the gas to flow out to the head of the well. Wastewater produced from this process is highly toxic and filled with a variety of chemicals. In many cases, people who live near fracking sites have been able to set fire to the water and air that comes through their pipes. It has also been found to contaminate drinking water. Unfortunately, fracking is still somewhat popular publicly because people know very little about it and it is also popular politically because all of the politicians have a hand in it. Due to an increased prevalence of seismic activity in the vicinity of fracking areas, many activists have pointed that this process may cause earthquakes as well. While environmentalists have been hoping to raise awareness about this problem for years, new testimony from one of the country’s top seismologists gives us a glimpse into why the scientific community has been largely silent about this issue. According to Austin Holland, the former lead seismologist for the state of Oklahoma, officials at the University of Oklahoma worked to actively cover up scientific findings that linked fracking to earthquakes. Oklahoma is one of the most drastic examples of how fracking can cause an upsurge in seismic activity, with the state seeing 639 earthquakes in the year of 2016 alone. READ MORE: Brewery Develops Edible 6-Pack Rings to Save Marine Life, Reduce Plastic Waste In a deposition last month, Holland stated that Larry Grillot, former dean of OU’s Mewbourne College of Earth and Energy, and Randy Keller, the former director of the Oklahoma Geological Survey pressured him to alter his findings to be more favorable to fracking companies. After the incident, Holland left his position at OU and the Oklahoma Geologic Survey. “I don’t know if ‘angry’ is the right word, but just disappointed … that I’d spent my time working towards something, and I thought I was in my dream job, and then I couldn’t be a scientist and do what scientists do, and that’s publish with colleagues. Well, that’s the point at which I realized that for my scientific credibility, I had to leave the position I was in,” Holland said. Keller and Grillot took issue with Holland’s report because they said that it advocated for specific policy changes. However, the only policy measures that Holland advocated was to ensure that important information about fracking and its effects were made available to the public. Holland was told that the following passage in his article was “unacceptable“: Holland went through with publishing the report anyway, and although he did not receive a formal reprimand, his superiors were not pleased. READ MORE: Smoking Gun Docs Released Proving EPA/Chemical Companies Conspiracy—MSM Silent “Well, the president of the university expressed to me that I had complete academic freedom, but that as part of being an employee of the state survey, I also have a need to listen to the people within the oil and gas industry. So Harold Hamm expressed to me that I had to be careful of the way in which I say things, that hydraulic fracturing is critical to the state’s economy in Oklahoma, and that me publicly stating that earthquakes can be caused by hydraulic fracturing was — could be misleading, and that he was nervous about the war on fossil fuels at the time,” Holland said. Holland also pointed out that while energy companies and environmentalists both contacted him and attempted to recruit him as a spokesperson for their cause, he did not feel directly threatened by them as he did by the bureaucratic structure within his own industry. “I was navigating a difficult landscape, but I was not pressured by industry to change what I’m doing, I was pressured by staff. Now, I did — was pressured by Harold Hamm to change the way I spoke about [fracking] in public. And I did have people in the industry say, ‘Well, you can’t say that’ or ‘You can’t say this.’ But the ones that actually write the paycheck control what I say in the public eye and what I don’t,” Holland said.

http://thefreethoughtproject.com/officials-force-state-scientist-alter-findings-earthquake-fracking-link/ 

:: 11-20-17 Russia Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America Has Become a Nation of Incompetents

A once-proud nation which was the envy of the world now suffers from a kind of omni-present dementia

Paul Craig Roberts Subscribe to 2713 Mon, Nov 20, 2017

Having grown up during the second half of the 20th century, I don’t recognize my country today. I experienced life in a competent country, and now I experience life in an incompetent country. Everything is incompetent. The police are incompetent. They shoot children, grandmothers, cripples, and claim that they feared for their life. Washington’s foreign police is incompetent. Washington has alienated the world with its insane illegal attacks on other countries. Today the United States and Israel are the two most distrusted countries on earth and the two countries regarded as the greatest threat to peace. The military/security complex is incompetent. The national security state is so incompetent that it was unable to block the most humiliating attack in history against a superpower that proved to be entirely helpless as a few people armed with box cutters and an inability to fly an airplane destroyed the World Trade Center and part of the Pentagon itself. The military industries have produced at gigantic cost the F-35 that is no match for the Russian fighters or even for the F-15s and F-16s it is supposed to replace. The media is incompetent. I can’t think of an accurate story that has been reported in the 21st century. There must be one, but it doesn’t come to mind. The universities are incompetent. Instead of hiring professors to teach the students, the universities hire administrators to regulate them. Instead of professors, there are presidents, vice presidents, chancellors, vice chancellors, provosts, vice provosts, assistant provosts, deans, associate deans, assistant deans. Instead of subject matter there is speech regulation and sensitivity training. Universities spend up to 75% of their budgets on administrators, many of whom have outsized incomes. The public schools have been made incompetent by standardized national testing. The purpose of education today is to pass some test. School accreditation and teachers’ pay depend not on developing the creativity or independent thinking of those students capable of it, but on herding them through memory work for a standardized test. One could go on endlessly. Instead, I will relate a story of everyday incompetences that have prevented me from writing this week and for a few more days yet. Recently, while away from my home, a heavy equipment operator working on a nearby construction site managed to drive under power lines with the fork lift raised. Instead of breaking the wire, it snapped the pole in half that conveyed electric power to my house. The power company came out, or, as I suspect, an outsourced contractor, who reestablished power to my home but did not check that the neutral wire was still attached. Consequently for a week or so my house experienced round the clock surges of high voltage that blew out the surge protection, breaker box, and every appliance in the house. Expecting my return, the house was inspected, and the discovery was that there was no power. Back came the power company and discovered that high voltage was feeding into the house and had destroyed everything plugged in. So. Here we have a moron operating heavy equipment who does not understand that he cannot drive under power lines with the lift raised. We have a power company or its outsourced contractor who does not understand that power cannot be reconnected without making certain that the neutral wire is still connected. So every appliance is fried. Glass everywhere from blown out light bulbs. We are talking thousands of dollars. This is America today. And the incompetents ruling incompetents want war with Iran, Korea, Russia, China. Considering the extraordinary level of incompetence throughout the United States, I guarantee you that we will not win these wars.

http://russia-insider.com/en/america-has-become-nation-incompetents/ri21548 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 11-20-17 Voice of America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

White House: Opioid Crisis Cost US Economy $504 Billion in 2015

WASHINGTON — Opioid drug abuse, which has ravaged parts of the United States in recent years, cost the economy as much as $504 billion in 2015, White House economists said in a report made public on Sunday. The White House Council of Economic Advisers (CEA) said the toll from the opioid crisis represented 2.8 percent of gross domestic product that year. President Donald Trump last month declared the opioid crisis a public health emergency. While Republican lawmakers said that was an important step in fighting opioid abuse, some critics, including Democrats, said the move was meaningless without additional funding. The report could be used by the Trump White House to urge Republicans in Congress - who historically have opposed increasing government spending - to provide more funding for fighting the opioid crisis by arguing that the economic losses far outweigh the cost of additional government funding. Using a combination of statistical models, the CEA said the lost economic output stemming from 33,000 opioid-related deaths in 2015 could be between $221 billion and $431 billion, depending on the methodology used. In addition, the report looked at the cost of non-fatal opioid usage, estimating a total of $72 billion for 2.4 million people with opioid addictions in 2015. Those costs included medical treatment, criminal justice system expenses and the decreased economic productivity of addicts. The CEA said its estimate was larger than those of some prior studies because it took a broad look at the value of lives lost to overdoses. The CEA also said its methodology incorporated an adjustment to reflect the fact that opioids were underreported on death certificates. "The crisis has worsened, especially in terms of overdose deaths which have doubled in the past ten years," the CEA said. "While previous studies have focused exclusively on prescription opioids, we consider illicit opioids including heroin as well." Opioids, primarily prescription painkillers, heroin and fentanyl, are fueling the drug overdoses. More than 100 Americans die daily from related overdoses, according to the U.S. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.

https://www.voanews.com/a/us-opioid-crisis-white-house-report/4126121.html 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc     

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

[ :: 7-3-17 morning service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Behold a strong warning has come from North Korea, move your ships or I will blow them out of the water.  

:: 11-19-17 Newsweek :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea's Kim Jong Un is Teaching Children How to Kill Americans

By Lauren Gill On 11/19/17 at 1:34 PM

North Korea is using video games to teach kids how to assassinate Americans at a propaganda camp where activities include swimming, making new friends, and laying flowers at the feet of former supreme leaders. In between learning songs about North Korean dictators, kids practice shooting at their virtual enemies with toy assault rifles while imagining they are taking out Americans, a clip from a 60 Minutes Australia report shows. “I’m so happy to kill Americans,” one kid boasts as he pumps a bullet into the back of a soldier on a video screen. “Americans, Japanese, and South Koreans - they are our enemy. I dream of killing them." Getty Images The unconventional getaway, Songdowon Children’s Camp, used to be a cheap place for kids from other communist countries to enjoy their summers, but now it has been repurposed to indoctrinate North Korea’s most promising youngsters with a violent anti-American agenda. Children view the shooting simulations as “practice for war,” according to 60 Minutes reporter Tom Steinfort. North Koreans are taught from birth to view Americans as the enemy. Videos and images of United States citizens being killed are shown at restaurants, in textbooks, and plastered across shop windows. Most recently, a video released by its state-controlled website presented North Korean missiles obliterating United States carriers and fighter jets, complete with a burning American flag. North Korea is rejecting calls from China to step away from its nuclear program, claiming such weapons are vital to the security of its people. Getty Images The threats might not just be virtual, though — the peril of nuclear war has increased as dictator Kim Jong Un has sped up his country’s nuclear weapons program and ordered tests on missiles that could reach the United States. And the regime is hard at work building its first ballistic missile submarine, giving it the capability to launch nuclear warheads underwater. In the meantime, Donald Trump and Kim are attempting to exert their power in a war of words. Trump called his adversary “rocket man” and “short and fat,” while Kim blasted the president as a “mentally-deranged dotard.”

http://www.newsweek.com/north-koreas-kim-jong-un-teaching-children-how-kill-americans-716272 

:: 11-16-17 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Amendment on Parental Rights Introduced in U.S. House

Contact: Michael Ramey, Director of Communications & Research, ParentalRights.org, 540-751-1200 , Media@parentalrights.org 

WASHINGTON, Nov. 16, 2017 /Christian Newswire/ -- Representative Randy Hultgren (R-IL) introduced legislation in the U.S. House to propose a Parental Rights Amendment to the U.S. Constitution. Hultgren's House Joint Resolution 121 had 15 original cosponsors at its introduction on Thursday, November 16. A parallel resolution, SJRes. 48, was introduced in the Senate by Sen. Lindsey Graham in August. "The freedom for parents to direct the upbringing, education, and care of their children is an American tradition once established beyond debate," said Rep. Hultgren. "Yet every day, families are broken apart by state actors who presume they are able to make a better decision for a child than a parent can. With recent state laws and court decisions threatening this American value, it is time parental rights are enshrined as fundamental rights and therefore protected under the Constitution." "We are grateful to Representative Hultgren for taking up this vital issue before Congress," says ParentalRights.org  President Jim Mason, a proponent of the resolution. "Parental rights is a crucial battle that too few are talking about. Every other question, whether of politics, religion, values, or ideology, hinges on the right of good parents to raise their children in a way that is true to them." The Amendment, which would provide that "[t]he liberty of parents to direct the upbringing, education, and care of their children is a fundamental right," requires a two-thirds vote in each house of Congress to go to the states for ratification. This means bipartisan support will be necessary for its passage. "Parental rights affect us all, regardless of race or belief, across every community or demographic," says Detroit-area family law attorney Allison Folmar. "Absolutely, this Amendment should have bipartisan support. In fact, it should have universal support." The NFL's 2005 MVP Shaun Alexander is also among those supporting the Amendment effort. Alexander is vice president of ParentalRights.org . "I am still amazed with how much authority the courts have over parents' rights today. With the Parental Rights Amendment now introduced in both houses of Congress, we can begin to push back and win for all parents authority for how to raise their own children. The Parental Rights Amendment will protect the greatest team ever assembled—the family." Representatives interested in cosponsoring H. J. Res. 121 should contact Doug Thomas in Representative Hultgren's office.

http://www.christiannewswire.com/news/2876880409.html 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 11-21-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Entire Baltimore Neighborhood Under Lockdown: "Police Declared Martial Law"

by Tyler Durden Nov 21, 2017 1:27 AM

Five days ago, Det. Sean Suiter, a married father of five and an 18-year veteran with the Baltimore Police, was patrolling the streets of West Baltimore around 5pm last Wednesday when he saw suspicious activity. Suiter approached a man and was shot point blank in the head, in a summary execution. He was rushed to the hospital in critical condition where he later died of his injuries. In response, Baltimore Police reacted with ‘fire and fury’ turning the neighborhood where Suiter was shot into an “open-air prison”, shutting down city streets and enabling checkpoints for citizens while officers in tactical gear went door to door, according to Baltimore Brew. Residents were prohibited from entering their own neighborhood unless they showed proper identification, these extreme measures have been in place for 4-5 days. “They’ve been to my house three times asking, ‘Did you hear anything? Do you know anything,’” said Edward Stanley, a local resident, who had to show a yellow slip before entering the neighborhood. Police initially said they needed to cordon off the area to try to capture the shooter. Police have said Suiter was in the 900 block of Bennett Place, investigating a previous homicide, when he was shot on Wednesday. So far, no arrests have been announced in the case. This morning, homicide detective Mike Newton told The Brew that the lockdown was necessary to collect evidence. Citizens describe how their day lives have been disrupted as West Baltimore remains under police control, as per Baltimore Brew: Two women walking down Franklin Street to get to their cars, parked blocks away because of the lockdown, complained that they had been harassed by officers. “They know I live here. They’ve seen me come and go. But this one had to pat me down. He [the officer] went like this to my jacket, grabbing it,” said Shelly, 25, who asked that her last name not be used. “They wanted to know where I had been. Why do I have to tell him that? It’s just me in my flip-flops trying to go to my own home.” “We haven’t been able to get our mail for four days,” said the woman with her, Samantha, 50, who also asked not be identified. “Is the city going to pay the late fees on my bills?” “It’s so sad what happened to the officer and I hope they catch whoever did it,” another woman said. “But this is really overboard. I’ve never seen anything like it.” The ACLU of Maryland released a statement yesterday, who are “troubled by reports that some persons entering or leaving the area have been subject to pat down searches, and that non-residents have been barred from entering the area”. “While the search for a killer is, of course, a high priority for the police, the limits on lawful police behavior do not disappear even when engaged in that pursuit. And at least one federal appellate court has said that a similar police cordon and checkpoint system was unconstitutional. “The residents of Baltimore, and, in particular, the residents of the affected community, deserve a clear explanation from the City as to why this unprecedented action has been taken, what rules are being enforced, and why it is lawful. The need to secure a crime scene from contamination to preserve evidence does not, on its face, explain the wide area to which access has been restricted for days after the incident.” On-the-ground information is scarce to those outside the cordon because access to residents, including by the media, has also been restricted. For that reason, we encourage anyone who has this kind of information to contact us at curtis@aclu-md.org . Baltimore Brew concludes by saying the Baltimore Police will “clear the crime scene” on Monday, so in a few hours. Perhaps in a preview of things to come, the 4-5 day siege of West Baltimore by Police has been described by one resident as ‘Martial Law’. Readers concerned about social tensions in the US are urged to monitor events in Baltimore, which better than Chicago or Detroit now demonstrates just how the United States is marching straight into a new, Orwellian era.

Scribe note: Twitter feeds & pictures are available by clicking the link below.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-11-20/entire-baltimore-neighborhood-under-lockdown-police-declared-martial-law 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 11-19-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Small tsunamis detected in New Caledonia and Vanuatu after magnitude 7 undersea quake

Tom Westbrook, Jonathan Barrett November 19, 2017 / 6:03 PM / Updated 17 hours ago

SYDNEY (Reuters) - A powerful magnitude 7 undersea earthquake struck east of New Caledonia’s Loyalty Islands in the South Pacific on Monday, sending small tsunamis towards New Caledonia and neighboring Vanuatu, where authorities ordered evacuations. The Pacific Tsunami Warning Center (PTWC) in Hawaii issued a tsunami warning for coastlines within 300 kms (186 mile) of the epicenter, but later said the danger had largely passed. Monday’s quake, initially reported as magnitude 7.3, struck at a shallow depth of 10 km (six miles) about 82 kms (51 miles) east of New Caledonia. It was the second major tremor in the same area in just over 12 hours and the third in the past month. “We are a little bit scared, we have had an earthquake last night and today it was quite a big one,” said Wayan Rigault, communications manager at Hotel Nengone Village on the island of Mare, which is the closest landmass to the epicenter. Rigault said there was no immediate damage, but guests were on alert for a formal evacuation warning. Small tsunamis were detected and waves may have reached up to one meter (three feet) above the high tide level in parts of New Caledonia and smaller in Vanuatu, the PTWC said. “Minor sea level fluctuations...may continue over the next few hours,” a statement from the agency said. Vanuatu’s National Disaster Management Office advised people in southern provinces to evacuate coastal areas for higher ground.. New Caledonia’s civil security agency made no plans to evacuate coastal places immediately. Authorities in Australia, New Zealand and Hawaii said there were no tsunami threats to the coastlines of those countries. Reporting by Tom Westbrook and Jonathan Barrett. Additional reporting by Byron Kaye and Charlotte Greenfield. Writing by Jane Wardell; Editing by Richard Pullin and Michael Perry

https://uk.reuters.com/article/us-newcaledonia-quake/small-tsunamis-detected-in-new-caledonia-and-vanuatu-after-magnitude-7-undersea-quake-idUKKBN1DJ0W0 

:: 11-18-17 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mexican heroin is flooding the US, and the Sinaloa cartel is steering the flow

Christopher Woody Nov. 18, 2017, 6:05 PM

A soldier shows the lancing of a poppy bulb to extract the sap, which is used to make opium, during a military operation to destroy a poppy field in the municipality of Coyuca de Catalan in Guerrero, Mexico, April 18, 2017. REUTERS/Henry Romero

Mexican cartels have shifted heavily into heroin production, responding to growing heroin and opioid use in the US. The Sinaloa cartel appears to be leading that shift, despite the extradition of its former leader, "El Chapo" Guzman, and internal conflicts over his successor. Heroin availability in the US — and overdose deaths related to drug — has skyrocketed over the past several years. Eleven of the Drug Enforcement Administration's 21 field divisions in the US rated it has the number-one drug threat in 2016. And while the DEA says heroin from Mexico, South America, Southwest Asia, and Southeast Asia is all available in the US, the agency's testing and research indicate that the US's southern neighbor is the dominant source. "Mexico and, to a lesser extent, Colombia dominate the US heroin market because of their proximity, established transportation and distribution infrastructure, and ability to satisfy heroin demand in the United States," the DEA notes in its 2017 National Drug Threat Assessment. Mexican cartels' shift to producing heroin — as well as synthetic drugs like fentanyl — has been driven in part by loosening marijuana laws in the US, and the Sinaloa cartel appears to be the main player in a lucrative market. The cartel's former leader, Joaquin "El Chapo" Guzman, was rearrested in Mexico in January 2016 and extradited to the US in January this year. During his incarceration and in the wake of his extradition, the cartel was wracked by infighting between members competing for control and faced growing competition from the Jalisco New Generation cartel, its only real rival in terms of power. But one of Guzman's peers, Ismael "El Mayo" Zambada, appears to have stabilized the cartel, quelling internal conflict and forging a kind of peace with the CJNG, according to Mike Vigil, former chief of international operations for the DEA. A Mexican government report earlier this year said Zambada had maintained the cartel's "cohesion" and avoided a war between its principal factions. Now the cartel "is more powerful than ever," members told Sinaloa state-based newspaper Rio Doce in October 'The cartels are very attuned to shifts in drug abuse' "The business didn't decrease with the extradition of" Guzman, a cartel operator, who described himself as a mid-level member, told Rio Doce. "We keep sending chiva [heroin], perico [cocaine], cristal [methamphetamine]. The only one that decreased was mota [marijuana], but from there on out everything continues like before," he said. The operator, guarded by 20 armed men at a ranch in Badiraguato, the community where Guzman was born, told Rio Doce that the value of marijuana had fallen considerably — from about $74 a kilo seven years ago to a little over $26 now — due to marijuana legalization in the US. Falling prices led many marijuana growers to shift to opium. The Sinaloa cartel dominates much of Mexico's Pacific coast, which includes main opium-cultivation areas in Guerrero and Sinaloa, which is part of country's Golden Triangle. (The CJNG is also active in that area.) For Mexico's cartels, "the big moneymaker right now, given the opioid epidemic, is heroin, and the reason that it's heroin is that people who have become addicted to prescription opioids find it a lot cheaper to purchase heroin," Vigil told Business Insider. "The cartels are very attuned to shifts in drug abuse in the United States. They always have been," Vigil said. "And as a result of that there's been a shift to the cultivation of opium poppies." Mexican cartels often have improvised labs — "I call them 'kitchen labs,' because they use nothing more than pots and pans that you would find in any kitchen," Vigil said — located near growing areas. The cartel chemists who run those labs don't have formal training, but they're mentored by other chemists and know how to convert opium to morphine and heroin, Vigil added. A heroin "cook" in northern Sinaloa state told Rio Doce production had increased dramatically. "Before I cooked some 40 kilos a year," he said. "But now I'm cooking like some 30 kilos a month," making both black-tar and white-powder heroin, a sign Mexican producers are drawing on Colombian methods. The cook told Rio Doce that Guzman's extradition had no effect on his work, and a group of farmers who grow marijuana and opium told the newspaper that they hadn't seen a drop in demand after Guzman was sent north. Data on Mexico's opium production varies, so it is hard to say how it has changed in recent years. The Mexican government says it eradicated 57,402 acres of opium crops through the end of October this year. That amount already exceeds any of the past five years, with the exception of 2015, which 2017 is on pace to surpass. Gauging how many plants are actually destroyed is another matter however, as the number of them in a given area varies widely, Vigil told Business Insider in May. Earlier this year, Mexico's army allowed the US and UN to observe opium-poppy eradication — the first time it had done so in at least a decade. CIA Director Mike Pompeo and then-Homeland Security Secretary John Kelly flew over poppy fields in Guerrero this summer. 'They do it because they want to' Most Mexican heroin and synthetic opioids are trafficked over land, frequently going through ports of entry on the US-Mexico border. Shipments travel around the US, often via the interstate highway system. Sinaloa, like most Mexican cartels, isn't involved in retail-level drug sales, but its members do travel to the US to oversee wholesale transactions, distributing bulk quantities to local sellers. The cartel has a presence throughout the US, and New York City appears to have become a hub for the northeast, an especially busy region. Seizures of fentanyl, which is more profitable than heroin, in the city this year are 10 times what they were last year, and DEA intelligence indicates that 80% of the drugs seized are linked to the Sinaloa cartel. While the spread of heroin and opioid abuse in the US has had devastating consequences for many communities, for the traffickers, it is simply a matter of business. Americans "buy [drugs], we sell," the Sinaloa operative told Rio Doce. "We don't force any gringo who consumes heroin or marijuana," he added. "They do it because they want to, and if one doesn't sell it to them, somebody else is going to do it." Mexico's cartels, Vigil said, are "very much like any corporation. They judge the market demand, and they shift accordingly, and I would have to say the cartels shift much more efficiently and quickly than any major corporation, because they don't have to deal the bureaucracy."

http://www.businessinsider.com/sinaloa-cartel-sending-mexican-herion-to-the-us-2017-11 

:: 11-20-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Satanist up against 'basic scientific facts' in abortion-law case

'It is fundamental error to confuse them with scriptures, creeds, confessions, sermons'

Published: 5 days ago author-image Bob Unruh

A satanist fighting Missouri’s informed-consent law – which requires that a woman requesting an abortion wait 72 hours and be informed of her options and the consequences of the procedure – is up against “basic scientific facts,” according to a pro-life legal organization. The Thomas More Society, in a brief supporting the state in a case brought by a satanist who sought an abortion, explains that the law required that she be provided with “materials describing the development of the unborn human being she was carrying, (b) the opportunity to observe the movements and/or hear the heartbeat of that human being by means of ultrasound video and audio, and (c) reasonable time to consider the implications of these things.” The brief, submitted to the state Supreme Court, argues these are “empirical means of ascertaining basic scientific facts about the circumstances in which a woman makes a decision about abortion.” “It is fundamental error to confuse them with scriptures, creeds, confessions, sermons, or other means of religious instruction,” the brief contends. Read the tested and proven strategies to defeat the abortion cartel, in “Abortion Free: Your Manual for Building a Pro-Life America One Community at a Time.” The satanist, who is not identified in the suit, claims the state was imposing a religious belief on her, noting she doesn’t believe life begins at conception. She contends that a state law requiring her to be given information about the abortion process and wait 72 hours violates her beliefs. However, Attorney Thomas Olp, Thomas More Society counsel, argued the abortion waiting period and consent requirements dictated by the law are “based on verifiable scientific facts.” “The question of when life begins is a scientific question, not a religious one. It is an observable scientific fact that the life of a new, genetically distinct organism of the human species begins at conception,” he said. Judge John Beetem, in Missouri’s Cole County Circuit Court, previously dismissed the complaint, explaining the woman failed to show the state was promoting a religious “dogma.” The case was appealed to the state’s Supreme Court. Olp said the woman’s claims are “fundamentally confused.” “She asserts that whether an embryo is a ‘separate unique, living human being’ or ‘a part of her body,’ depends on one’s religious convictions,” he said. “She thinks that the statement: ‘the life of each human being begins at conception’ is a political or religious conviction. And she erroneously claims that it is a matter of religious opinion that abortion ‘will terminate the life of a separate, unique, living human being.’ “In fact, none of these are religious or political claims, but established scientific facts,” he said. The brief explains: “By blurring the distinction between fact and belief, appellant attempts to invoke constitutional and statutory protections for religious belief to prevent the state from offering to present to her materials containing scientific facts and an opportunity to make observations for herself.” The brief says there is “certainly no right to prevent the state from offering scientific facts as part of the informed consent process for a uniquely significant medical procedure.” The question of when life begins isn’t unanswered by the 1973 Roe v. Wade opinion that created a right to abortion, the brief explains. “Scientific research has demonstrated that the fusion of sperm and egg plasma membranes – ‘a rapid event that takes less than a second to complete’ – immediately yields a new human organism.” Those facts are even taught in scientific textbooks, the brief notes, including the statement, “Human development is a continuous process that begins when an oocyte (ovum) from a female is fertilized by a sperm (spermatozoon) from a male.” The brief says the ‘truth of the findings … does not depend on anyone’s beliefs.” “Appellant does not – and cannot reasonably – argue that [Missouri law’s] requirements that a qualified professional offer her the ‘opportunity to view … an active ultrasound of the unborn child and hear the heartbeat of the unborn child if the heartbeat is audible’ amounts to anything other than the opportunity to make an empirical observation of the unborn human for herself,” the brief explains. “It is self-contradictory for her to complain of the state’s offers of scientific information on the putative ground that her religious beliefs require her to adhere to scientific information.” Read the tested and proven strategies to defeat the abortion cartel, in “Abortion Free: Your Manual for Building a Pro-Life America One Community at a Time.”

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/11/satanist-up-against-basic-scientific-facts-in-abortion-law-case/#q2TdefpLoY63h6qY.99 

:: 11-20-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Border agent killed, partner injured by illegal immigrants using rocks, report says

Illegal immigrants reportedly assaulted two U.S. Border Patrol agents with rocks, killing one and seriously injuring another Sunday near the southern border with Mexico. Details around the attack remained murky Monday, however, an FBI spokesperson said Rogelio Martinez and his partner were not shot and a National Border Patrol Council official told KTSM the assailants were "undocumented immigrants" who used likely used rocks to bash the agents. "We strongly believe rocks were what was used," NBPC Vice President Art Del Cueto told KTSM. The FBI had taken over the investigation into the death of Martinez, 36, and the injuring of his partner, who was not identified. The two were patrolling the Big Bend Sector of Texas when the attack occurred. "They were not fired upon," said Jeanette Harper of the FBI's El Paso office. "There are so many different agencies working together that we need to come together and develop a timeline." Martinez, who was from El Paso and had worked as a border agent since August 2013, died of injuries sustained while responding to “activity” near Interstate 10 in the Van Horn Station area, according to a news release from U.S. Customs and Border Protection. He was on Interstate 10 near Mile Marker 151 when the incident occurred, KFOX14 reported. At some point, Martinez's partner called for help, saying he and Martinez had both been injured, investigators told KFOX14. TRUMP'S BORDER WALL: A LOOK AT THE NUMBERS President Trump pushed the need for his proposed U.S.-Mexico border wall Sunday night following the incident, tweeting: "Border Patrol Officer killed at Southern Border, another badly hurt. We will seek out and bring to justice those responsible. We will, and must, build the Wall!" Elaine Duke, the acting secretary of the Department of Homeland Security, released a statement Sunday calling Martinez’s death a “tragic event.” “Earlier this morning, I was notified that Border Patrol Agent Rogelio Martinez died as a result of serious injuries suffered while on patrol in the Big Bend Sector of our southern border in Texas. Agent Martinez was responding to activity while on patrol with another agent, who was also seriously injured,” the statement read. Sen. Ted Cruz, R-Texas, also released a statement calling the attack a “stark reminder of the ongoing threat that an unsecure border poses to the safety of our communities and those charged with defending them.” “Our condolences and prayers go out to the family and friends of Border Patrol Agent Rogelio Martinez, who was killed this morning in the line of duty. We are also praying for the full recovery of his partner, who was also attacked,” Cruz said. FIRST FEMALE BORDER PATROL CHIEF SAYS AGENTS ARE EMPOWERED TO 'ENFORCE THE LAWS' UNDER TRUMP Border Patrol records show that Big Bend accounted for about 1 percent of the more than 61,000 apprehensions agents made along the Southwest border between October 2016 and May 2017. The region's mountains and the Rio Grande make it a difficult area for people to cross illegally into the U.S. from Mexico. The Border Patrol website lists 38 agents who have died since late 2003, some attacked while working along the border, and other fatalities in traffic accidents. It lists one other agent death in the line of duty this year. Fox News’ Mike Emanuel and The Associated Press contributed to this report.

http://www.foxnews.com/us/2017/11/20/border-agent-killed-another-injured-during-attack-near-texas-southern-border.html 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them

:: 11-13-17 willyloman.wordpress.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There is Something Very Wrong with Official Story of the Sutherland Springs Church Shooting

Posted on November 13, 2017 by willyloman by Scott Creighton

UPDATE: Go here to watch my video on this topic. It’s my Youtube channel. Enjoy it before they shut it down.

Let’s begin with this, a summary of the events laid out on the Wiki page: At approximately 11:20 a.m. CST, Devin Patrick Kelley exited from a vehicle at a gas station across the street from the First Baptist Church in Sutherland Springs wearing black tactical gear, a ballistic vest, and a black face-mask featuring a white skull,[6] and wielding a AR-15 pattern Ruger AR-556 semi-automatic rifle.[7][8][9] He immediately fired in the direction of the church.[10] He crossed the street and approached the building from the right while firing, and continued to fire while entering the church building with worshipers attending regular Sunday service.[11] Inside, he yelled, “Everybody dies motherfuckers,” as he proceeded up and down the aisle and shot at people in the pews.[6][12] Police found 15 empty AR-15 magazines capable of holding 30 rounds each.[13][14][15] According to investigators, the shooting was captured on a camera set up at the back of the church to record regular services for uploading online. The footage shows Kelley methodically shooting the victims, pausing only to reload his rifle.[16] As Kelley left the church, he was confronted by local resident and former NRA firearms instructor Stephen Willeford,[17] armed with an AR-15 pattern semi-automatic rifle. Willeford took cover behind a truck and shot Kelley twice.[18][19][20] Kelley dropped his rifle and fled in his Ford Explorer as Willeford fired several rounds through the vehicle’s window.[21][22] Willeford flagged down a passing pickup truck driven by Johnnie Langendorff, and they pursued Kelley at high speed for about five to seven minutes. According to Langendorff, they drove at speeds up to 95 miles (153 km) per hour.[23] During the chase, Kelley called his father to tell him that he was injured and thought that he would not survive.[20] Kelley lost control of his vehicle, and it hit a road sign and flipped before landing in a bar ditch in Guadalupe County, near the city of New Berlin.[24][25][26][27] Willeford and Langendorff observed that he was motionless, and police took over the scene when they arrived.[28] Police found Kelley dead in his car[25] with three gunshot wounds, including a self-inflicted head wound.[29] Two handguns were found in the vehicle: a Glock 9 mm and a Ruger .22-caliber, both of which Kelley had purchased.[30] Do you see it? It’s staring you right in the face. If he left his vehicle in the gas station parking lot and walked across the street shooting at the church… how did he jump in his vehicle just outside the entrance of the church after getting in a firefight with Stephen Willeford and shoot at him again as he sped off? Several witnesses reported the shooter, already wearing tactical gear and his mask, got out of a vehicle at the gas station, walked across the road and the field and began firing at the church. Forensic investigators from the FBI are seen in photographs searching for shell casings in the field behind the church between it and the gas station and the road. How is it the shooter gets out of his vehicle at the gas station and walks over to the church several hundred yards away and starts a shooting spree and then hops in his waiting vehicle just outside the front entrance of the church and makes his get-away? There is something very wrong with this story. It doesn’t add up. Either someone dropped the shooter off at the gas station, the guy wearing tactical gear and a mask and carrying a firearm with loads of ammo… or the whole story about the chase is bullshit from the beginning. And remember, since the weapon was dropped at the scene and the shooter was wearing a mask, the ONLY thing that puts that dead body at the scene of the shooting… is the story of the car chase and the “heroes” who chased him. And that’s it. Also of note… Stephen Willeford says the shooter’s car hit a road sign and it “flipped over his SUV”. Here is a photo of the SUV from the driver’s side. You can tell the front bumper has some damage (seems to be missing a bit of it from this angle) but the windshield looks fine. The back window is blown out and there appears to be some damage to the top luggage rack on the driver’s side. In this image taken from the right side much later, you can see damage to the bumper and what appears to be a cracked windshield though I can’t see that from the other image.

https://willyloman.wordpress.com/2017/11/13/there-is-something-very-wrong-with-official-story-of-the-sutherland-springs-church-shooting/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day.

:: 11-13-17 The All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

77 Holistic Practitioners Now Dead Since 2015: This Is Beyond Strange, They Are Dropping Like Flies And MSM Ignores Them

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine November 13, 2017

Since June of 2015, 77 holistic practitioners, more with other deaths associated with them, have died, official causes ranging from suicide to heart attacks, with the latest woman, doctor Annie Fairbanks, found murdered in her home, along with her husband, their 3-year-old daughter and 9-month-old son, in Arizona. Officials claim the husband killed his wife, two small children and then turned the gun on himself, but friends and loved ones have contacted Erin Elizabeth over at Health Nut News, who has been documenting the deaths of so many in the world of holistic medicine since 2015, to express doubts of the official claim of murder-suicide within hours of the discovery of the bodies. We at HNN, who have been reporting on these deaths for two and a half years, (which you can read about here in a numbered timeline with photos ) find this hard to make the call of murder-suicide in a matter of hours and would like to know more. For instance, how Hoster was able to do so, so quickly, after finding their bodies and the crime scene. Our heart goes out to their family and friends. We notice people (presumably friends) on Dr. Fairbank’s Facebook page are talking about what will happen to the murderer. We are not sure if they’re not informed, or have drawn their own conclusions. But we’ll wait for forensic reports, ballistics, and the autopsy reports. THE BIGGER PICTURE......... Ms. Elizabeth has done an outstanding job documenting not only the deaths of 77 people in the holistic field, but has kept up with updated information, specifically on those that died under mysterious circumstances, all that documentation, with links to each relevant portion from the death notifications to the updated autopsies, to the follow up investigations, found on her Holistic Doctor Death Series page. Stepping back from each individual death, the sheer amount of people from one specific subset of the medical industry, one that believed and practiced natural medicine and methods to deal with medical issues that did not involved big pharma, all dying in such a short amount of time, is absolutely astounding. It is given that heart attacks and suicides occur across the country on a daily basis, but the circumstances of some of these cases, as well as family testimony, shows that there is more than meets the eye and the "official" accounts simply defy logic. From the start, with the discovery of Dr. Jeff Bradstreet on June 19, 2015, found in a river with a gunshot wound to his chest, which was labeled a suicide, there have been strange circumstances surrounding these deaths, such as the rarity of someone shooting themselves in the chest, rather than the head, as a method of suicide. The very same day in Mexico, three doctors went missing and when their bodies were discovered the families said the bodies were not those of their missing family members, and despite that fact, the government declared them dead. When Rigoberto Hernandez stepped into the morgue, in late June, to identify his recently abducted son—he knew right away there had been a mistake. “It wasn’t him,” Hernandez told The Daily Beast during a recent demonstration outside the state capitol building to protest the government’s handling of the case. “I raised him from a baby, so I ought to know. The body presented [by the government] didn’t look anything like my boy.”The Hernandez family joined about 50 doctors and nurses at the July 2 demonstration, braving the desert heat. The protesters chanted and waved signs outside the locked gates of city hall, demanding “Due process!” and “Security for health-care workers!” “Our family said we couldn’t accept a body that wasn’t ours,” Hernandez explained. “But the DA declared my son dead anyway.” Two days later, in Florida, two chiropractors were found dead, separately, and to this date no cause of death has been reported. On June 29, 2015, two more holistic practitioners were found dead in separate states, one murdered, the other went missing and when he was found, his death was ruled as a suicide by gun, yet even local news was calling the entire investigation a "mess," and taking authorities to task for conflicting storylines and a lack of transparency in revealing results. With those eight deaths within a two week time frame, Health Nut News' "Unintended" series into the deaths of holistic doctors began, documenting each case, with updates, leading up to this most recent death of Annie Fairbanks and her whole family. That series and documentation can be found at Health Nut News. MYSTERIOUS DISAPPEARANCES AND DEATHS While we will not "reinvent the wheel" by detailing each individual death leading to the 77th, because all the information can be found at the link above, we will highlight some of those that can logically be considered mysterious. July 3, 2015 – Patrick Fitzpatrick MD went missing, has never been found and authorities say it is like he "vanished into thin air." July 21, 2015- Two doctors, Dr. Nicholas Gonzalez and Dr. Abdul Karim, died, both supposedly of heart attacks, although in Gonzalez's case, the autopsy did not show any heart attack symptomology, and according Health Nut News "Dr. Gonzalez also said in several interviews, including the last one before he died, that he thought big pharma wanted him to get hit by a bus or that he might die suddenly. " August 12, 2015 – Osteopath Mary Bovier is found slain to death in her home in Pennsylvania. Her significant other, who we’re told is also an osteopath, was questioned and released. There have been no further arrests and no other suspects. From June to November 2015, Health Nut News had documented the death 26 deaths, noting a "dozen plus accidental deaths and freak accidents, mostly holistic doctors." Under Elizabeth's "Late December 2015 – January 2016" category, she notes that she hadn't "included PhD’s in the series (unless they were also an MD, DO or DC)," but ran across another disturbing trend, which she describes as "a spate of cancer researchers killed, which hadn’t happened previously." Aside from the spate of cancer researchers, there are also very disturbing updates on earlier investigations, such as the saga shown below: 30) January 23, 2016 – A top MD, John Marshall, 49, former 4th generation Marine who’d served in Afghanistan and had survival training, was found dead in the Spokane River. His body was recovered that day. He was said to be in great shape and was on his usual run after his workout at the gym (the man was fierce). Authorities say he had somehow fallen into the river and drowned, and quickly concluded it was death by drowning. UPDATE 1: A former detective was ordered to stop his investigation into the links between the suspicious deaths of Drs. John Marshall and Brenda Thurman. UPDATE 2: Dr. Suzan Marshall (wife of Dr. John Marshall) believes her husband was murdered, despite a police investigation and autopsy report that determined it was an accidental drowning. UPDATE 3: Dr. Marshall’s wife hired a private investigator, and is questioning the quick call by Seattle PD. She even said someone is trying to silence her. The prominent investigator states on CBS news that the “accidental death” of Dr. Marshall is most likely a professionally staged murder by someone in the military or police. Again, more families are questioning these deaths and what some find absurd rulings by authorities. In yet another instance, a friend of the doctor that started Health Nut News on this series, died and while she was not a holistic practitioner, she was a nurse who had warned that is anything happened to her, do not assume it was an accident. 35) February 1, 2016 – Just a week later, to the day, after losing our local friend and holistic doctor, Rod Floyd, we lost another friend from our holistic community. The wonderful, young Paige Adams FNP, B-C, who also lived up the road from us, was found dead in her home. She had worked closely for many years with her good friend and colleague Dr. Bradstreet, whose death started off this holistic series. Now we have his close friend and colleague found dead. This is particularly heartbreaking because she was so young. Paige Adams had asked to stop by our house to visit days before she died. I feel awful for not taking her up on that, and my heart goes out to her family and patients. She’s the only one in this series who’s not a doctor—DC, MD, DO—but she was a board certified Nurse Practitioner whose patients raved about her endlessly. She also stated publicly (which you’ll see in the link) that if anything happened to her, don’t assume it was an accident. Another strange coincidence of note: 50) June 11, 2016 – We discover that yet another holistic doctor has allegedly committed suicide. Dr. Alex Shvartsman, dentist and naturopathic doctor, killed himself at home over the weekend. We’re now hearing that he, Mitch Gaynor MD (#11 in our series), and Nick Gonzalez MD (#8 or #9- we had two found dead that day) were all speaking at an event last fall that also included Steve “Sproutman”. Steve was killed in a strange car accident. We wrote about what happened, but didn’t include his case in the series. Dr. Gaynor allegedly took his own life, while Dr. Gonzalez allegedly had a heart attack. His wife then updated the public that it didn’t appear to be the case, and that they couldn’t find a cause of death. Now Dr. Alex (allegedly) took his life. All in a matter of months. All of them spoke at the same Health Expo in the northeast. This is breaking news I found out late Father’s Day night. From late December to January 2016, another 7 are listed. From January 2016 until 2017, another 34 deaths had been documented and another 15 so far in 2017. BOTTOM LINE While people die of natural causes all the time, the number of deaths from one specific subset of medicine, including the spate of cancer researchers, with the testimony of family that conflicts with the official causes, along with the autopsies in some cases not matching up with the "official" causes stated, in conjunction with the unexplained cases, the botched investigations, the "freak accidents," and the mysterious disappearances, would even have the most trusting of souls asking questions and doubting some of these reports. Exit Question: Why isn't the mainstream media asking questions and connecting the dots, and seems to be simply ignoring the "coincidence" of over 70 holistic practitioners deaths in a little over two years? Erin Elizabeth at Health Nut News discusses the latest death of Annie Fairbanks as well as some of the others in her November 12, 2017 video shown below.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Holistic_Doctors_Dead_Now_Total_77.php 

:: 11-14-17 ENE News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fukushima Cover-Up: “Keep cancers a secret” say doctors — “We’re getting leukemia and cataracts and we die suddenly” — “Students having sudden heart attacks” — Officials “actively ignoring” reports of illness and death

Published: November 14th, 2017 at 6:14 am ET By ENENews

Adam Broinowski, visiting research fellow at The Australian National University, 2017 (h/t Fukushima 311 Watchdogs) (emphasis added): Faced with the post-3.11 reality of government (and corporate) policy that protects economic and security interests over public health and well-being, the majority of the 2 million inhabitants of Fukushima Prefecture are either unconscious of or have been encouraged to accept living with radioactive contamination… As Fukushima city resident Shiina Chieko observed, the majority of people seem to have adopted denial as a way to excise the present danger from their consciousness. Her sister-in-law, for example, ignored her son’s ‘continuous nosebleeds’, while her mother had decided that the community must endure by pretending that things were no different from pre-3.11 conditions. [Source: Shiina Chieko, interview with the author]… Some, such as Yokota Asami (40 years old), a small business owner and mother from Kōriyama (60 km from FDNPS), demonstrated initiative in voluntarily evacuating her family. She decided to return (wearing goggles and a mask, she joked) in September 2011 when her son’s regular and continuous nosebleeds (in 30-minute spells) subsided. The Yokotas found themselves the victims of bullying when they called attention to radiation dangers… Her son was the only one to put up his hand when he was asked along with 300 fellow junior high school students if he objected to eating locally produced school lunches. He also chose not to participate in outdoor exercise classes and to go on respite trips instead. When it came time to take the high school entrance exam, he was told by the school principal that those who took breaks could not pass. He took the exam and failed. When he asked to see his results he found that he had, in fact, enough points to pass (the cut-off was 156 while he received 198 out of 250 points). [Source: Yokota Asami, interview with the author]… Asami reported that doctors undertook paediatric thyroid operations while denying any correlation (inga kankei) with radiation exposures. They also urged their patients to keep their thyroid cancer a secret… Yokota also indicated she knew of students having sudden heart attacks and developing leukaemia and other illnesses. [Source: Yokota Asami, interview with the author] This seems to be supported by Mr Ōkoshi, a Fukushima city resident, whose two daughters experienced stillbirths after 3.11. While Ōkoshi found that doctors have regularly advised women in the area to abort after 3.11, presumably to avoid miscarriages and defects, they do not discuss direct causes. He also observed regular illnesses experienced by many of his friends, and some sudden deaths. After a friend (62 years old) started saying strange things, he was diagnosed with brain dysfunction. He died quickly. Another friend (53 years old) was advised by a doctor to monitor a polyp in her breast. When she sought second opinions, she discovered she had accumulated an internal dose of 22 mSv and had a rapidly developing liver cancer. She also died quickly. [Source: Mr Ōkoshi, interview with the author] There are many more such stories that are being actively ignored by the authorities. As Shiina put it, ‘we’re getting leukaemia and cataracts and we die suddenly. The TEPCO registrar has been inundated with complaints’. [Source: Shiina Chieko, interview with the author]

http://enenews.com/fukushima-cover-up-keep-cancers-a-secret-say-doctors-were-getting-leukaemia-and-cataracts-and-we-die-suddenly-students-having-sudden-heart-attacks-officials-actively-i 

[ :: 12-2-12 am service (first word  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have done all, all that I can, saith your Father God, to make you aware of what time it is, what hour it is and the things that are taking place. For I have put many signs in the sky, I have placed many reminders here and there, I have called your attention to the things that I am doing and the things that the enemy is doing that you may see, etc..

:: 11-14-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anomalous series of spectacular sun phenomena in the sky of Chile (video and pictures)

By Strange Sounds - Nov 14, 2017

High altitude cirrus clouds sometimes contain a large number of hexagonal ice crystals, and if these are struck by sunlight at just the right angle, with the sun elevated at least 58 degrees, the sky suddenly looks like somebody waved a giant magnet in front of an old-school computer monitor. But, yesterday was more than unusual in Antofagasta. A series of different sun halos lit up the sky over the whole day, baffling skywatchers as if they’ve finally discovered the gateway to Oz. At around midday, a double solar halo – circumhorizontal arc below the very common 22-degree halo – amazed onlookers during approximately half an hour. Then around 3:30pm, another sun halo appeared before an incredible sundog or two suns phenomenon around 6:30pm. Chemtrailing? Approaching storm? or just weaponized weather art in the heart of Atacama desert? Will see that in the news in the next day. Meanwhile enjoy as if you weren’t aware of the weather war going on: While it may look like the pseudo-surrealist pap you’d find hanging in some naturopath dentist’s office, these are real pictures and videos of a real phenomenon: a so-called circumhorizontal arc appears below the very common 22-degree halo and some other more complex halos in the sky of Antofagasta, Chile on November 13, 2017: Now think about describing that moment to anybody who wasn’t right there with you: You’re either getting tossed in the loony bin or hit up for some of those excellent drugs you’re apparently on. It’s almost as if they’ve finally discovered the gateway to Oz.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/11/spectacular-sky-phenomenon-chile-video-pictures.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 11-15-17 SF Gate :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake swarm hits Monterey County; biggest felt in SF

By Bill Hutchinson Updated 6:32 am, Wednesday, November 15, 2017

A 4.6-magnitude earthquake rattled Monterey County on Monday and was felt more than 90 miles away in San Francisco, officials said. AFTERSHOCKS CONTINUE: The shaking isn't over as aftershocks continue (UPDATE) The quake hit at 11:31 a.m. about 13 miles northeast of Gonzales, near Salinas, and was followed by nine smaller aftershocks, with the largest measuring magnitude 2.8, said Annemarie Baltay, a seismologist with the U.S. Geological Survey in Menlo Park. There were no reports of injuries or damage. Baltay said the quake occurred on the San Andreas Fault, close to an area where the Calaveras Fault branches off. The quake happened at a depth of about 4 miles. She said there was no indication that the tremor was a harbinger of a bigger earthquake. “This is really typical behavior,” Baltay said. “It’s as if someone put an oil can into the fault and lubricated it.” There have been 51 small earthquakes in the same general area in the past decade, including a magnitude-4.6 shaker in 2011, Baltay said. Monday’s quake was felt in Monterey, Morgan Hill, San Jose and as far north as San Francisco. “We felt it here,” said Steve Anderson, a meteorologist at the National Weather Service office in Monterey. “It lasted about five seconds. There was a little bump and then a rolling motion. One of my colleagues said it made him feel seasick.” Bill Hutchinson is a San Francisco Chronicle staff writer. Email: bhutchinson@sfchronicle.com  Twitter: @Bill_Hutchinson

http://www.sfgate.com/bayarea/article/Swarm-of-earthquakes-hit-Monterey-County-felt-in-12354131.php 

:: 11-11-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PLANET X NIBIRU is here update today 17th November 2017, MUST WATCH

15,747 views

Nibiru Countdown

Published on Nov 11, 2017

Nibiru Countdown news channel synthesis planet Nibiru around the world updated daily

Please subscribe to channels like channel to share the latest video update

Thank you for your interest channel tracking

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=yZwt-sAxp0E 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready etc

:: 11-12-17 Geek Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Seven minutes of terror: AI activists turn concerns about killer robots into a movie

by Alan Boyle on November 12, 2017 at 4:01 pm

BOT or NOT? This special series explores the evolving relationship between humans and machines, examining the ways that robots, artificial intelligence and automation are impacting our work and lives. As if the mere phrase “killer robots” weren’t scary enough, AI researchers and policy advocates have put together a video that combines present-tense AI and drone technologies with future-tense nightmares. The disturbing seven-minute movie is being released to coincide with a pitch being made on Monday in Geneva during talks relating to the U.N. Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons, or CCW. Diplomats will be discussing the prospects for a global ban on lethal autonomous weapons, and an advocacy group known as the Campaign to Stop Killer Robots is pressing for quick action. The campaign’s video is meant to show how quickly the threat could move from TED talks to mass killings. Most depictions of killer robots show Terminator-type androids and giant battle machines treading heavily over a “War of the Worlds” landscape. The video illustrates how palm-sized drones packed with just a few grams of explosives are more likely trailblazers for attacks guided by artificial intelligence. The narrative is intercut with fake-news dramatizations that make it sound as if the debate over autonomous weapons has been ripped from the headlines. And that’s just the point, Berkeley AI researcher Stuart Russell says at the end of the video. Russell acknowledges that AI isn’t all bad. “Its potential to benefit humanity is enormous, even in defense,” he says. “But allowing machines to choose to kill humans will be devastating to our security and freedom. Thousands of my fellow researchers agree. We have an opportunity to prevent the future you just saw, but the window to act is closing fast.” This week’s campaign is supported by the California-based Future of Life Institute, a nonprofit organization focusing on the risks posed by AI. The institute has MIT physicist Max Tegmark as its president and has drawn backing from tech superstar Elon Musk. In January, the institute organized a conference that issued 23 Asilomar AI Principles for beneficial use of artificial intelligence, including a call to avoid an arms race in lethal autonomous weapons. The likeliest avenue to such weapons would involve automating drone attacks that are currently remote-controlled. Not everyone is convinced that AI-enabled robots would be inherently more dangerous than remote-controlled robots. “If I ever find myself in a war zone, and there’s a drone in front of me, deciding whether or not to shoot me, I couldn’t care less whether the decision is being made by a human or a machine,” University of Washington computer scientist Pedro Domingos said last year during a White House workshop on AI. “I want the correct decision to be made, so that I live. I’d rather have a machine making that decision.” And Indian ambassador Amandeep Gill, who is chairing this week’s U.N. meeting in Geneva, said the world isn’t likely to move quickly toward a treaty or a total ban on autonomous weapons. “It would be very easy to just legislate a ban, but I think … rushing ahead in a very complex subject is not wise,” Agence France-Presse quoted him as saying. “We are just at the starting line.” The video released today shows where the finish line could fall.

https://www.geekwire.com/2017/ai-activists-killer-robots-horror-movie/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 11-11-17 Investment Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Legacy Media Silent On Wikileaks’ Publication Of Vault 8

by IWB · November 11, 2017

A few days ago, Wikileaks published Vault 8, which includes the source code for Wikileaks’ earlier Vault 7 publication. Wikileaks made clear that, like Vault 7, Vault 8 does not include ‘zero day’ exploits. Wikileaks‘ press release explains Vault 8’s inclusion source code and development logs of Hive, a “major component of the CIA infrastructure to control its malware.” Despite the importance of Vault 8’s content, legacy press has largely ignored news of its release. Utter media silence surrounding Wikileaks’ latest publication may be somewhat explained by the shadow it casts on claims that Kaspersky Lab was involved in some sort of attempt at Russian interference, as establishment media claimed recently as part of their ongoing Russian hacking narrative. That the CIA actively impersonated Kaspersky Lab raises many questions regarding the impersonation of Russian and other groups by the CIA. Increasing anti-Russia hysteria on the part of the media appears to have increased in recent weeks. This comes despite the issue having been largely debunked by the work of the Forensicator, first reported by this author at Disobedient Media. Wikileaks’ press release notes that: “Digital certificates for the authentication of implants are generated by the CIA impersonating existing entities. The three examples included in the source code build a fake certificate for the anti-virus company Kaspersky Laboratory, Moscow pretending to be signed by Thawte Premium Server CA, Cape Town. In this way, if the target organization looks at the network traffic coming out of its network, it is likely to misattribute the CIA exfiltration of data to uninvolved entities whose identities have been impersonated.” Wikileaks wrote of Vault 8: “This publication will enable investigative journalists, forensic experts and the general public to better identify and understand covert CIA infrastructure components. Source code published in this series contains software designed to run on servers controlled by the CIA.” Wikileaks also tweeted on the subject: One of the key points that can be drawn from Wikileaks’ release of Vault 8 is that the CIA had the capability to pretend to be Kaspersky Lab, and that in fact they did impersonate them, among others. This is significant because it directly illustrates the capability of US intelligence agencies to false attribution. Likewise, the publication of Vault 7’s ‘Marble Framework‘ earlier this year revealed issues of misattribution. Wikileaks wrote that Marble Framework was “[D]esigned to allow for flexible and easy-to-use obfuscation” as “string obfuscation algorithms (especially those that are unique) are often used to link malware to a specific developer or development shop.” Vault 8 and earlier Vault 7 publications also shed light on the issue previously raised by Adam Carter, who repeatedly indicated over the last few months that Guccifer 2.0’s data was created in such a way that it demonstrated an intentional attempt to impersonate Russian hacking “fingerprints.” It should also be noted that while the recent publication of Vault 8 and the earlier publication of Vault 7 sheds important light on issues of misattribution, it is not directly related to Carter or the Forensicator’s studies of the Guccifer 2.0 material. Carter told Disobedient Media that very similar mimicry methods are observed in both cases. This similarity can be seen in Carter’s assessment of the available evidence regarding Guccifer 2.0, where he concluded that it was much more likely that Crowdstrike, in association with the DNC, created the Guccifer 2.0 persona, rather than Russian state actors or Eastern European hackers. Press reports indicate that since Vault 8’s release, Kaspersky Lab has confirmed that: “leaked digital authentication certificates issued in its name were fake after WikiLeaks published more proof of CIA online spying.” Eugene Kaspersky confirmed the information via Twitter: The publication of Vault 8 comes shortly after news of an October meeting between Bill Binney and CIA Director Mike Pompeo caused a furor in legacy press. Networks including CNN and NBC outrageously referred to former NSA Technical Director Bill Binney as a “conspiracy theorist,” despite his long and spotless record of absolute integrity. Like the release of Vault 8, Binney’s statements and support of a Veteran Intelligence Professionals for Sanity (VIPS) memorandum raise significant concerns regarding the Russian hacking theory. This correlation may explain to some extent the viciousness with which Binney has been smeared, as well as the absolute silence that has met Vault 8 upon its release. Thanks to the publication of Vault 8, as well as the previous work of VIPS, the Forensicator and Adam Carter, it has become increasingly clear that not only is there no evidence that Russia hacked the election, there is no indication at the time of writing that any such hypothetical theories have taken intelligence misattribution methods into account. This means that, in addition to the fact that no evidence has been produced showing that a Russian hack of the DNC occurred, there would potentially be a serious problem of attribution if any such evidence would be produced. This coincides with Disobedient Media’s previous coverage of the work of Adam Carter, which illustrated the methods by which ‘Russian fingerprints’ left on Guccifer 2.0’s publications appear to be a rather obvious, blundering attempt at misattribution. Carter wrote in his latest article: “Many other discoveries have been made this year that show Guccifer 2.0’s actions go beyond being careless and were clearly indicators of signal-mimicry (a misdirection intended to coerce flawed attribution).” In this way, Carter’s findings correlate with the false attribution abilities described in both Vault 8 and the previously published ‘Hive’ sub-release from Vault 7. Over the last few months, establishment interests seem to have grown increasingly sensitive regarding the Russian hacking narrative, which can be seen in the language used to attack VIPS and Bill Binney, as well as the silence hanging over the release of Vault 8.

http://investmentwatchblog.com/legacy-media-silent-on-wikileaks-publication-of-vault-8/ 

 :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (third word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::   ::]

etc. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. etc.

:: 11-15-17 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There Will Be Riots, Looting And A Divided America. Learn How To Become Invisible, To Mobs

When and if fascism comes to America it will not be labeled ‘made in Germany’ … it will not even be called fascism; it will be called, of course, ‘Americanism.’” That was the prediction of Halford Luccock in 1938. When one watches the rioting, burning and smashing that occurred at the University of California, Berkeley, the riots in Washington D.C. during the inauguration of Donald Trump or even the ones during natural disasters—all in order to stop an alleged “racist” or “fascist” from giving a speech or to take advantage of the chaos created during a natural disaster and loot the stores—one can see how prophetic Luccock’s prediction was. In recent years riots have become more and more commonplace in the US and many countries around Europe. People are angry, be it over a race killing, the falling economy, corrupt officials or just mindless opportunistic youngsters who are highly susceptible to the mob mentality. Let’s not forget about Katrina and after all the devastation that it brought with it, homeowners still had to encounter looters. Millions of dollars in damages, businesses ruined, people hurt and killed and all for what? To rise up against injustice? No, to take the opportunity to do as they pleased without fear of repercussions. These people are not protesting peacefully. They see that the law cannot control a large angry mob and decide that the law no longer applies to them. The media also plays a huge part in these riots, I mean what good can it possibly do to state live on air that “angry mobs are expected if X does/doesn’t happen…” What this causes is for these mindless criminals to think “Hey, maybe I should be angry. We should go out there and show them we’re angry”. So they do, and what ensues is a mixture of violence, robbery, looting, arson attacks and physical bodily harm to whoever stands in the way. So how can you make these looters pass you by? So how does an average person protect herself and her family from such civil unrest? The best way to avoid such unrest is not to live near those places most likely to be hit by civil unrest. The most likely targets in a new round of civil unrest are likely to be wealthy, gentrified neighborhoods in big cities, financial districts, and posh suburbs located near large cities. Examples of these include Brooklyn, Denver’s Highlands neighborhood, and Santa Monica and Beverly Hills in Los Angeles. Also, stay away from large universities, college campuses, and government buildings, which are likely to be the epicenters of disturbances. The first and most sensible answer as a prepper is ‘GOOD’ or Get Out Of Dodge. I would rather watch the riots unfold on the news than being stuck in the middle and have to defend my property and family from hundreds of people who fear no repercussions from their actions. So, what if things start and escalate rapidly. You arrive home from work and it’s already kicked-off and you can’t get out. What things can you do in and around your home to make these people pass you by? Well, there are many ways to make yourself and your home less appealing. Let’s dive right in. Hidden or In Sight? The individual situation would greatly determine if you try to stay hidden or let people see you are there. For example, if you can get family and friends to come to your location or a predetermined location, there is safety in numbers. This will allow you to be visible, using long arm weapons slung over your shoulder as you move about your property and garden. There is also a downside to this, in that your neighbors who have no preps for this kind of situation will see your lights on and perhaps come begging for help, protection, food, water etc. So you should be prepared for this. Hey, everything has its ups and downs right! Staying hidden may seem like the most logical choice at first, however, you must remember, these people are generally looking for an opportunity. A home with no lights or visible signs of human presence = opportunity. Sure, if they are coming thick and fast, destroying everything in their path then you have no choice but to escape or shoot. However, in general, everyday life, that’s not how it happens. Riots take time to warm up as people encourage others to get involved. This gives you a little time to get yourself, family and friends together and make a plan of action to deter looters. Vehicles Making it difficult to access your property is a great deterrent. However, if you have decided to be in plain sight then you should ensure you move vehicles out of the way so that you can be seen from people walking in the street. Using your neighbor’s driveway or the garage is a good option and one that will also allow you some cover from gunfire should you need it. It will also provide a quick escape route should you need it. You can also use your vehicle to light up your house and front lawn. Looters hate being spotted, they would rather sneak in and out between the shadows with a bag full of loot. By using your headlights to make your house look like a football stadium, this could deter people from approaching. The other option is, of course, to use the vehicles as a barricade around the house(s). Forming a semicircle around the front of the house where the mobs are likely to pass by will limit the entry and exit points. Think of Woodbury, the town in The Walking Dead episodes where the buses are used as gates into the compound. Weather Do you know what stopped the riots in Ferguson? It wasn’t that they found peace with the situation or that they got what they wanted, it was the temperature. Riots and looting often take place in the summertime when the weather is warm, not in the depths of winter or when it gets just cold enough to see your breath as you exhale. The temperature in Ferguson dropped and so did the enthusiasm for opportunistic violence and criminal activity. Here is an extract from the NYTimes publication in the Science Journal from 2013: We found that higher temperatures and extreme rainfall led to large increases in conflict: for each one standard deviation change in climate toward warmer temperatures or more extreme rainfall, the median effect was a 14 percent increase in conflict between groups and a 4 percent increase in conflict between individuals. Do some digging on Google and you will see many of these studies concur that extreme weather can play a part in increased violent encounters. Activity Don’t think that looters won’t hurt you, but in the same breath, they are looking for easy targets. So it’s important to make your home or neighborhood look like a place of high activity, with many people to defend it. Have people walking around, torches in hand, vehicles driving up and down and a lookout at each house and corner. Music or a TV set turned up loud enough to hear as you pass by in the street will often be enough to ward off potential threats. Essentially, the more people you can muster in your community to band together with the better. Cooking and Eating Should you cook outside? This is a tough one and debated by many, however, most people confuse this question with a ‘doomsday’ scenario. We are strictly talking about looting and rioting, not a post-apocalyptic world where people are starving and killing their neighbors for a cup of flour. My answer to this would be to cook outdoors IF you have decided to deter by showing a presence. If you have decided to lay low and hide, you need to be prepared to eat cold rations and not have an open flame or any kind of smell that can attract people to your hiding hole. If however, you have recruited friends and neighbors to help deter looters, then cooking and eating outdoors in plain sight would be ok depending on the situation. Say after a hurricane such as Katrina, people lost everything and had no food or safe drinking water. It is likely that you may have lost everything too, however, if you do have food, it is probably best to keep that to yourself and your close-knit group and not advertise to the world that you have things they need. Say you do cook outside, what do you have that you can cook with? Do you have a grill, a smoker and wood/coals to burn? Will you use gas? These are all questions to ask yourself and cooking indoors with these is not an option. Already Looted? Most of this article has taken the stance of the ‘strength in numbers’ deterrent of looters. However, there is another option which would require some tough decisions and small sacrifices to be made. I’m talking about making your property look like it has already been looted. How do we go about that and what would it entail? Let’s look at a few options. Also read: When Law And Order Breaks Down: “If I Had to Be an Animal, I Was an Animal. It Was About Survival.”—THIS IS THE REALITY Preparing for the Aftermath–What would it really be like to have no running water, electricity, sewer, newspaper or Internet? No supermarket or fire department close at hand? Trash and Broken Goods I know a few friends who keep their old broken TV set in their garage and plan to use it in this kind of event. They will take a bat to it and place it on their front lawn to give the impression that people have already been to the property and here is what’s left. You could also empty your garbage all over the property, people hate smell and muck. Especially if it’s been festering in there for a few days. Hidden Valuables If you do take the hunkered down approach it is best to take your valuables and some of your stored preps and move them away from the property or at least in a place where people won’t easily find them. A hole in the floor or a buried cache location is a good idea, even a fake stud wall or picture frame covering a small stash box can work. I would avoid keeping any valuables on my person such as jewelry or items that have sentimental value. Damage or lose them can have a devastating effect on your mindset and morale. Not what you want in a situation where having your wits about you is of the utmost importance. Going to the bathroom Staying hidden is all well and good, heck it works for our special forces behind enemy lines so why not? Well, they also have to do EVERYTHING where they choose to hide, and that means going to the bathroom. If you will be staying inside of your home, you will need a way to get rid of your waste and clean yourself afterward. That also means washing your hands and body. A idisease is a big killer in unsanitary conditions after events such as a hurricane or tsunami. Fire There is no shortage of fires where looting and rioting are concerned. How about creating a large fire in your front of your property? Burning tires smoke and stink like hell and cause the eyes to water, which is a good deterrent. It will also mask the smell of any cooking you do and makes it look like people have already been to your property so there won’t be anything left. Window Boards With hoards of people breaking into stores, there can only be so many who can fit through the doorway, most often looters will smash the glass windows to grab what they can with ease. Having a selection of pre-cut boards all measured up to fit the windows of your property could both protect your glass from being shattered and also make it look like your property has been condemned and is empty. If it looks like no one lives there, then there will be nothing to steal. Plus it has the added advantage of restricting the looters from peering into your home. Stay or Go Above we have a few very different options, to stay and protect what’s yours, staying hidden or in plain sight, or fleeing and living to fight another day whilst your property succumbs to vandals and looters. Each one is a tough choice and would take a lot of planning, people, skill, and determination. There is no right or wrong answer, there is only the right answer for YOU and YOUR situation at the time. Thinking about these things now could well save you from upset down the line. Don’t Fuel the Fire Though you might feel tempted, do not sit out on the front porch with your firearms. Cops will be on edge and they will not know if you are an innocent civilian simply defending your property or a threat. Your display may also summon bad people—not only have you shown the world you have guns, but you also have shown you have something worth protecting. With the obvious and enormous exception of attitudes toward slavery, Americans are more divided morally, ideologically and politically today than they were during the Civil War. For that reason, just as the Great War came to be known as World War I once there was World War II, the Civil War will become known as the First Civil War when more Americans come to regard the current battle as the Second Civil War. Civil unrest can severely disrupt your life for days, even weeks. It is unsafe to be outside, stray bullets and fires can ruin buildings, homes, and lives. Make sure you are prepared and you will be safe during social unrest, rioting, and looting. The Most Comprehensive Book Available Our grandfathers had more knowledge than any of us today and thrived even when modern conveniences were not available. They were able to produce and store their food for long periods of time. All the knowledge our grandfathers had, in one place. Here’s just a glimpse of what you’ll find in the book: The Lost Ways is a far-reaching book with chapters ranging from simple things like making tasty bark-bread-like people did when there was no food for building a traditional backyard smokehouse… and much, much, much more! Discover how to survive: Most complete survival tactics, tips, skills and ideas like how to make pemmican, snowshoes, knives, soap, beer, smokehouses, bullets, survival bread, water wheels, herbal poultices, Indian roundhouses, root cellars, primitive navigation, and much more at The Lost Ways Here’s just a glimpse of what you’ll find in The Lost Ways: From Ruff Simons, an old west history expert, and former deputy, you’ll learn the techniques and methods used by the wise sheriffs from the frontiers to defend an entire village despite being outnumbered and outgunned by gangs of robbers and bandits, and how you can use their wisdom to defend your home against looters when you’ll be surrounded. Native American ERIK BAINBRIDGE – who took part in the reconstruction of the native village of Kule Loklo in California, will show you how Native Americans build the subterranean roundhouse, an underground house that today will serve you as a storm shelter, a perfectly camouflaged hideout, or a bunker. It can easily shelter three to four families, so how will you feel if, when all hell breaks loose, you’ll be able to call all your loved ones and offer them guidance and shelter? Besides that, the subterranean roundhouse makes an awesome root cellar where you can keep all your food and water reserves year-round. From Shannon Azares you’ll learn how sailors from the XVII century preserved water in their ships for months on end, even years and how you can use this method to preserve clean water for your family cost-free. Mike Searson – who is a Firearm and Old West history expert – will show you what to do when there is no more ammo to be had, how people who wandered the West managed to hunt eight deer with six bullets, and why their supply of ammo never ran out. Remember the panic buying in the first half of 2013? That was nothing compared to what’s going to precede the collapse. From Susan Morrow, an ex-science teacher and chemist, you’ll master “The Art of Poultice.” She says, “If you really explore the ingredients from which our forefathers made poultices, you’ll be totally surprised by the similarities with modern medicines.” Well…how would you feel in a crisis to be the only one from the group knowing about this lost skill? When there are no more antibiotics, people will turn to you to save their ill children’s lives. If you liked our video tutorial on how to make Pemmican, then you’ll love this: I will show you how to make another superfood that our troops were using in the Independence war, and even George Washington ate on several occasions. This food never goes bad. And I’m not talking about honey or vinegar. I’m talking about real food! The awesome part is that you can make this food in just 10 minutes and I’m pretty sure that you already have the ingredients in your house right now. Really, this is all just a peek. And believe it or not, this is not all…

Table Of Contents: The Most Important Thing

Making Your Own Beverages: Beer to Stronger Stuff

Ginger Beer: Making Soda the Old Fashioned Way

How North American Indians and Early Pioneers Made Pemmican

Spycraft: Military Correspondence During The 1700’s to 1900’s

Wild West Guns for SHTF and a Guide to Rolling Your Own Ammo

How Our Forefathers Built Their Sawmills, Grain Mills, and Stamping Mills

How Our Ancestors Made Herbal Poultice to Heal Their Wounds

What Our Ancestors Were Foraging For? or How to Wildcraft Your Table

How Our Ancestors Navigated Without Using a GPS System

How Our Forefathers Made Knives

How Our Forefathers Made Snowshoes for Survival

How North California Native Americans Built Their Semi-subterranean Roundhouses

Our Ancestors’Guide to Root Cellars

Good Old Fashioned Cooking on an Open Flame

Learning from Our Ancestors How to Preserve Water

Learning from Our Ancestors How to Take Care of Our Hygiene When There Isn’t Anything to Buy

How and Why I Prefer to Make Soap with Modern Ingredients

Temporarily Installing a Wood-Burning Stove during Emergencies

Making Traditional and Survival Bark Bread…….

Trapping in Winter for Beaver and Muskrat Just like Our Forefathers Did

How to Make a Smokehouse and Smoke Fish

Survival Lessons From The Donner Party

http://www.survivaldan101.com/riots-looting-mobs/ 

 [ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.     

:: 11-9-17 The Patroit Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Navy Swamp Needs Draining Too

From Obama-style social engineering to rampant corruption, the Navy is in trouble.

Arnold Ahlert · Nov. 9, 2017

The Navy is sailing in very troubled waters. A scathing Navy report released Nov. 2 reveals that two major collisions — one between the USS Fitzgerald and merchant ship ACX Crystal off the Japanese coast on June 17 that killed 17 sailors and another between the USS John McCain and oil tanker Alnic MC near Singapore on Aug. 20 that killed another 10 — were caused by “fundamental failures to responsibly plan, prepare and execute ship activities to avoid undue operational risk.” The USS Fitzgerald’s collision was precipitated by a “compilation of failures by leadership and watchstanders,” including lookout crews who “were inattentive, disengaged in developments on the Bridge, and unaware of several nearby vessels.” As a result they “failed to visually differentiate between two vessels in close proximity” while “attempting to cross a highly congested sea lane at night.” Moreover the Officer of the Deck, the person responsible for safe navigation of the ship, “exhibited poor seamanship by failing to maneuver as required, failing to sound the danger signal and failing to attempt to contact CRYSTAL on Bridge to Bridge radio,” the report states. The officer also failed to “call the Commanding Officer as appropriate and prescribed by Navy procedures to allow him to exercise more senior oversight and judgment of the situation.” The USS McCain’s collision was an equally damning sequence of errors. Because the person at the helm was having difficulty maintaining course while also adjusting the throttles for speed control, the Commanding Officer “ordered the watch team to divide the duties of steering and throttles.” This unplanned shift “caused confusion in the watch team,” that ultimately led the helmsman to believe the steering mechanism had failed. According to the report, crews attempted to fix the mistake by transferring steering “among various controlling stations four times within the two minutes leading up to the collision.” Crew members also accidentally decoupled the ship’s two engines, and the two shafts “working opposite to one another in this fashion caused an un-commanded turn to the left.” This error, coupled with “lost situational awareness” on the ship’s bridge, effectively accelerated the McCain’s turn into the Alnic MC. “The thing that stood out to me was in both situations they had minimal situational awareness,” stated Capt. Rick Hoffman, a retired cruiser captain who reviewed the report for Defense News. “In the case of Fitzgerald, nearly criminal negligence on the part of the bridge watch team. And in neither case did the ship sound five short blasts or raise the general alarm to let anyone know they were in danger.” Incredibly, there were two additional incidents involving 7th Fleet vessels last year. In January, the USS Antietam guided missile cruiser ran aground near Yokosuka base. In May, the USS Lake Champlain collided with a South Korean fishing boat. The report minced no words regarding why these incidents occurred: “In each of the four mishaps there were decisions at headquarters that stemmed from a culturally engrained ‘can do’ attitude, and an unrecognized accumulation of risk that resulted in ships not ready to safely operate at sea.” Since the collisions, eight senior leaders have been relieved of duty, and members of both ships’ bridge and Combat Information Center watch teams have also received administrative actions. And while the Navy does not make these actions public, they may include career-killing letters of reprimand. Moreover, if the continuing investigation demands additional punishment, it will be forthcoming. “We are dangerously underinvesting in our military,” insisted Sen. Ben Sasse (R-NE) after reading the report. “Training, readiness and maintenance are hit the earliest — and tragic errors like this are the canary-in-the-mine warning bells.” While true in some respects, Sasse’s assertion — essentially that basic competence requires increased funding levels — rings exceedingly hollow, especially when one remembers that Barack Obama’s Navy Secretary, Ray Mabus, made political correctness one of his primary objectives. Marines in Congress from both parties criticized Mabus, also the former Democrat governor of Mississippi, for force-feeding co-ed training on the Marine Corps. They viewed the move as retaliation following the Corps request for an exemption from allowing women in combat. That request was based on studies showing sex integration would raise the risks of casualties. Mabus also attempted — and ultimately failed — to make all service job titles “gender neutral.” And funding has nothing to do with a massive corruption scandal encompassing as many as 440 Navy personnel, current and retired — including at least 60 admirals — under investigation for their involvement with Malaysian contractor Leonard “Fat Leonard” Glenn Francis. Francis allegedly provided Navy personnel with cash kickbacks and “wild times” in return for receiving classified information and contracts. Contracts with whom? The Navy’s 7th Fleet. In 2015, Francis pleaded guilty to bribery and fraud that included scamming the Navy out of approximately $35 million. He remains in jail in San Diego awaiting sentencing on Dec. 1. In the meantime, he is cooperating with the DOJ, which has already filed criminal charges against 28 individuals, including two admirals. The Navy is enacting some after-the-fact reforms following the acknowledgment in September that budget constraints, 100-hour workweeks, extended deployments, and training and maintenance delays have severely taxed the nation’s fleet and personnel. But top leaders speaking to the Senate Armed Services Committee refused to directly tie the quartet of accidents to those problems. “These collisions, along with other similar incidents over the past year, indicated a need for the Navy to undertake a review of wider scope to better determine systemic causes,” the report states. The past year? On Jan. 12, 2016, two Navy riverine command boats were captured by Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps (IRGC). A Navy report on that incident also cited “failed leadership at multiple levels from the tactical to the operational” as the reasons for the debacle. What kind of leadership? The unidentified commander in charge of the boats “opted to surrender rather than fight back, citing later fears that a confrontation could endanger the Obama administration’s efforts to lock in a deal with Tehran on its nuclear program,” The Washington Times reported. “Clearly, under President Obama’s plan to fundamentally change America, the degradation of our military forces was a key element,” asserts U.S. Navy Admiral and former commander in chief of the U.S. Pacific Fleet James A. Lyons. “The capitulation of our military leadership to accept these mandates was more than shocking, as it was a manifestation of the corrupt ‘political correctness’ mentality run amok.” Thus the ongoing effort to embrace progressive dogma proceeds, even if military readiness and people lives are sacrificed as a result. A sailor aboard the USS Shiloh, one of the Navy’s missile cruisers monitoring North Korea, told an anonymous Navy survey everything Americans need to know. “I just pray we never have to shoot down a missile from North Korea, because then our ineffectiveness will really show,” the sailor wrote. As the aforementioned incidents indicate, it’s already showing. Thus it behooves the Trump administration to drain this particular swamp ASAP. National security cannot be held hostage to social engineering and political correctness. And commanders in every branch of the military who disagree should be sent packing.

https://patriotpost.us/articles/52337 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 11-14-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

By Dave Hodges

Hillary Clinton and John McCain have a lot in common. Besides undermining the US Constitution and working against the interests of the United States, they share three similar variables: (1) They are undeniably supporters of ISIS and each had a hand in the creation of the most dangerous terrorist entity on the planet; (2) They both sustained supposed injuries to the same foot at the exact same time and we wearing the exact same orthodic boot; and (3) Both parties are the target of very vicious and persistent rumors that beneath their walking boots are GPS locators which are placed on the ankles of indcted suspects of serious crimes who may be a flight risk. Supporters of ISIS Hillary has been a supporter of ISIS since its inception. WikiLeaks continued to reveal criminal and outright treasonous behavior on the part of Hillary Clinton. WikiLeaks, with their “retrieval” of Clinton emails continues to show ties between Clinton and foreign governments, criminally corrupt corporations and serious human rights violations. At the center of the WikiLeaks revelations of Clinton’s treason and criminal behavior demonstrates undeniable links to Lafarge. Lafarge paid taxes to ISIS in order that they could protect its cement factory from destruction. The factor is located approximately northeast of Aleppo, Syria. Another criminal investigation conducted by a Syrian news agency, Zaman al-Wasl, an independent news organization, stated that Lafarge bought oil from ISIS on a consistent basis. In a 2007 Washington Post article, at a time, when Clinton provided the bulk of the Clinton family income. in the 1990’s before husband Bill was elected President of the United States. Hillary Clinton, at that time, was “earning more than $100,000 a year from her law firm salary and corporate board fees.” At the time, she served on Lafarge’s board, making about $31,000 a year from the company. the year 2007, was the year that Lafarge built its cement plant in Syria. Influence Pedaling, Obstruction of Justice and Mass Murder Was the Order of the Day for Clinton While Working for Lafarge In some respects, it subsequently serving on the Lafarge Board of Directors, which she did from 1990-1992. could be said that Hillary Clinton has calmed down since her days on the Rose Law Firm and Clinton’s record on the Board consists of extreme human rights violations and treason to the United States of America, who had placed an embargo on weapons shipments to Iraq, of any kind, during the time that Clinton was working for Lafarge. Hillary did not obey the laws of the United States and her actions led directly to the establishment of ISIS as a force to be reckoned with. From the Canary: Lafarge’s Ohio subsidiary was caught burning hazardous waste to fuel cement plants. Clinton defended the decision at the time. Then just before her husband, Bill Clinton, was elected president in 1992, Lafarge was fined $1.8 million by the Environmental Protection Agency for these pollution violations. Hillary Clinton had left the board of Lafarge in spring, just after her husband won the Democrat nomination. A year later, under Bill’s presidency, the Clinton administration reduced Lafarge’s EPA fine to less than $600,000.” From the American Spectator: The American Spectator report from November 1996 cited sources confirming that Hillary Clinton did legal work for Lafarge in the late 1980s before she became a director. The report also claimed that Lafarge’s US subsidiary: “…provided key services for the covert arms export network that supplied Saddam Hussein. To prevent exposure of that secret supply line, and collateral damage to Hillary Clinton – who joined Lafarge board in 1990, just as the arms pipeline was being shut down… the Justice Department was told to bury the investigation… But investigators from other US government agencies who worked on the case say they were ‘waved off’ whenever they got too close to exposing the direct involvement of the intelligence community in the arms export scheme.” (Ed. Note: This is would be the poison gas shipments to Hussein that my Benghazi source spoke of.) Hillary Was a Part of Sadam Hussein’s Secret Weapons Program When I was investigating Benghazi, one of kurds 2my confidential sources told me that Hillary Clinton sat on the board of the company that provided poison gas to Hussein, who in turn used the gas to attack the Kurds. Today, I have found evidence to validate the truth of this claim. This is what Benghazi was all about and this is why Ambassador Chris Stevens was murdered in order to cover up this crime which reach as far as the White House and former President Obama. Poison gas used in the Iran-Iraq War was manufactured using ingredients reportedly supplied by LaFarge. Five thousand Kurds were gassed to death by chemicals supplied by the very company that Hillary Clinton was working for while serving on their board of directors. As stated, she was paid for her role in these activities. One Dirty Hand Washes the Other In a major conflict of interest, at a 2013 annual meeting of the Clinton Foundation, Lafarge’s Executive Vice President for Operations, Eric Olson, was a “featured attendee.” The influence pedaling did not stop in 2013. For the fiscal years of 2015 and 2016, Lafarge was listed as a donor to the nefarious Clinton Foundation. Hillary Clinton has facilitated the growth of ISIS, as evidenced by what is presented here. Clinton’s involvement in Benghazi links directly to supporting the shipping of arms to ISIS. And now, Clinton and McCain are joined at the hip with regard to ISIS. John McCain’s ISIS Affiiations In an appearance on Fox News Monday, . And that’s McCain was asked to respond to Ron Paul’s comments earlier in the day, when the libertarian leaning Senator told CBS’ This Morning that arming Syrian rebels would only empower ISIS in the long runwhen things got weird and John McCain impulsively responded with the following: “Has Rand Paul ever been to Syria? Has he ever met with ISIS? Has he ever met with any of these people? No, no, no,” McCain said, clearly in reference to his own visit to Syria in 2013, where he was photographed with leaders of the Free Syrian Army, the fighters violently opposed to the Assad regime. “Don’t attempt to look for any logic in McCain’s blathering, because there isn’t any. This is not the first time McCain has attempted to make this idiotic argument. When intelligence emerged that up to 40 percent of the “moderate” rebels are actually extremists, McCain argued that the claims were not true because he has personally met the rebels who are supported by ISIS.” “I know who they are. I was in Syria and I met them. There’s about 70 percent still who are Free Syrian Army,” Amazingly, McCain made this statement despite the fact that a study by defense consultancy IHS Jane’s found that only around 30 percent of rebels are fighting for secular values,. During Fox News Monday’s appearance, McCain also claimed that his clearly alleged ISIS associations are “not true” that the moderate Syrian rebels have agreed a nonaggression pact with ISIS, another factor Rand Paul brought up Monday. McCain did not however, present any evidence to counter media reports based on intelligence shared by UK rights groups indicating this is indeed the case. McCain also claimed that no other Arab country has declared support for US airstrikes on ISIS, despite a White House announcement claiming it has such support. For more on this story click here. Last night on KTAR Radio, soon-to-departed talk show host, Darin Damme, appearing on Arizona’s largest news/talk station stated the following on his show regarding John McCain and his ISIS associations: THE UNITED STATES INVADED LIBYA BECAUSE OF GOLD, OIL AND FRENCH INFLUENCE IN NORTHERN AFRICA THE UNITED STATES ARMED, FUNDED AND TRAINED AL-QUEDA TO OVERTHROW LIBYA FIRST IN LIBYA TO OVERTHROW QADAFFI THEN IN SYRIA TO OVERTHROW BASSAR AL-ASSAD JOHN MCCAIN WAS THE MAN WHO SET IT UP HE WORKED IN CAHOOTS WITH THE PRESIDENT OBAMA & SOS HILLARY CLINTON JOHN MCCAIN TRAVELED TO LIBYA MET WITH LIBYAN REBELS WHO WERE KNOWN TERRORISTS – CALLED THEM “MY HEROES” THESE REBELS WERE AL-QUEDA LISTED ON THE STATE DEPARTMENT WEBSITE AS DESIGNATED FOREIGN TERRORIST GROUPS AT THE TIME OF HIM MEETING THEM THERE WAS AN ARMS EMBARGO TO LIBYA MCCAIN STATED ON MANY OCCASSIONS WE COULD FIND A WORK AROUND ULTIMATELY, WEAPONS WERE SOLD TO QATAR AND UNITED ARAB EMIRATES THEN THOSE WEAPONS WERE SHIPPED TO LIBYA ARIZONA RESIDENT MARK TURI WAS INVOLVED AT FIRST PUT APPLICATION THROUGH STATE DEPARTMENT TO SELL WEAPONS HILLARY CLINTON WROTE EMAILS ABOUT ARMING REBELS TURI WAS CUT OUT AND THE UNITED STATES SHIPPED WEAPONS DIRECTLY TO QATAR & UAE TURI WAS CHARGED WITH CRIMES BUT CHARGES DROPPED WHEN IT BECAME CLEAR DISCOVERY WOULD HAVE EXPOSED THE SCANDAL MCCAIN WENT TO LIBYA AND MET WITH ABDEL HAKIM BELHADJ (HEAD OF LIFG) BELHADJ HAD FOUGHT AGAINST US FORCES IN AFGHANISTAN BELHADJ RAN 2 TERRORIST TRAINING CAMPS IN AFGHANISTAN BELHADJ HAD MET WITH OSAMA BIN LADEN TWICE MCCAIN GAVE BELHADJ AN AWARD FOR HIS SERVICE IN THE LIBYAN OVERTHROW BELHADJ’S MEN STOLE $75 MILLION DOLLARS FROM LIBYA BELHADJ TOOK HIS SHARE ($15 MIL) AND ATTEMPTED TO LAUNDER THROUGH TURKEY AFTER THE OVERTHROW OF QADAFFI – THE CIA WAS RUNNING THE WEAPONS USED TO SYRIA VIA BENGHAZI WAS AMBASSADOR CHRIS STEVENS THERE BECAUSE HE FOUND OUT? OR WAS HE IN ON I CONSULATE WAS CIA RUN IT IS MY BELIEF THE MILITARY WAS TOLD TO STAND DOWN ON BENGHAZI ATTACK BECAUSE IT WOULD HAVE EXPOSED THE SCANDAL (Editor’s Note: I reported this same exact event in October of 2012) ARMS TRAVELED FROM BENGHAZI TO TWO SYRIAN PORTS JOHN MCCAIN TOOK SECRET TRIP TO SYRIA TO ORGANIZE “MODERATE SYRIAN REBELS” OVERTHROW OF ASSAD WAS ATTEMPTED TO SECURE PIPELINE THROUGH SYRIA FOR SAUDI ARABIA AND QATAR TO EUROPE ASSAD WOULDN’T APPROVE PIPELINE – INSTEAD INKED DEAL WITH IRAN FOR PIPELINE TO EUROPE BELHADJ ALSO TRAVELED TO SYRIA TO MEET WITH REBEL LEADERS MANY LIBYAN FIGHTERS WORKING FOR US IN LIBYA THEN TRAVELED TO IRAQ AND SYRIA – FIGHTING US MANY TIMES JOHN MCCAIN VOUCHED THEY WERE GOOD GUYS – NOT ISLAMISTS THEN ARMS WERE DISTRIBUTED TO “MODERATE SYRIAN REBELS” AL NUSRA FRONT BEING ONE – LATER THOSE GROUPS MERGED AS ISIS THE US PROTECTED ISIS – DIDN’T ACTIVELY DESTROY THEM THE US DIDN’T BOMB ISIS OIL FACILITIES OR THEIR TANKER TRUCKS HEADING TO TURKEY AFTER THE PARIS ATTACK, WHEN THE US HAD TO STRIKE, WE ACTUALLY DROPPED WARNING FLYERS ON THEIR TRUCKS BEFORE WE BOMBED ISIS SOLD THEIR OIL TO TURKISH PM ERDOGAN’S SON WHO THE HEAD OF TURKEY’S OIL MINISTRY FOR PENNIES ON THE DOLLAR OIL WAS THEN SHIPPED OUT OF TURKISH PORTS US INVESTED 500 BILLION DOLLARS IN TRAINING FIGHTERS IN SYRIA ONLY 4 OR 5 FIGHTERS CAME OF THE PROGRAM – THE REST FLED AND BECAME ISIS WHEN RUSSIA MOVED INTO SYRIA THE US STRONGLY OPPOSED THE MOVE RUSSIA/IRAN BEGAN FIGHTING ISIS JOHN MCCAIN – I WOULD GIVE FSA WEAPONS TO SHOOT DOWN THOSE RUSSIAN PLANES THE US ON MANY OCCASIONS GAVE ISIS AN ESCAPE ROUTE ONCE THEIR STRONGHOLDS WERE SURROUNDED MANY LIFG FIGHTERS WERE GIVEN SANCTUARY IN BRITAIN MANCHESTER BOMBER’S FATHER WAS IN LIFG ALONGSIDE BELHADJ PRESIDENT TRUMP ENDS CIA FUNDING TO REBELS IN SYRIA JOHN MCCAIN VIGOROUSLY OPPOSES TRUMP’S POLICY NOW THE US IS WORKING WITH HEZBOLAH TO FIGHT ISIS? DURING THE BENGHAZI HEARINGS SENATORS INTENTIONALLY AVOIDED ASKING THE CORRECT QUESTIONS WHEN A LESSER INFORMED SENATOR GOT CLOSE – A SENIOR SENATOR WOULD SHUT THEM DOWN YOU ARE BUSTED JOHN MCCAIN BY A CITIZEN FROM YOUR OWN STATE OF ARIZONA! YOU ARE A TRAITOR TO YOUR OWN COUNTRY! YOUR ACTIONS LED TO THE DEATH OF AN AMERICAN AMBASSADOR AS WELL AS MANY OTHER PEOPLE! JOHN MCCAIN IS TERRORIST FROM THE DEEP STATE! JOHN MCCAIN IS WORKING TO THE DETRIMENT OF THE AMERICAN PEOPLE! JOHN MCCAIN IS A TRAITOR TO THIS COUNTRY AND HAS BETRAYED HIS OATH OF OFFICE! Darin Damme will be missed. This kind of reporting is a rarity in the MSM. Would you say that the association between McCain and ISIS is undeniable? Both John McCain and Hillary Clinton should be indicted! Perhaps, they already have been undicted in secret. Please consider the following. Reality Check with Darin Damme

November 13, 2017 – Hour 1 (31:27) 11-13-2017

President Trump says the he believes Putin and calls James Comey, James Clapper and John Brennan political hacks, Darin explains how they are political hacks, John McCain is behind the creation on ISIS, plus he also said he knows them intimately and talks to them all the time. Are Hillary and John McCain Wearing Hidden GPS Ankle Bracelets? John McCain and Hillary Clinton may be joined at the hip when it comes to their allleged ISIS affiliations. However, these 2 despots may be be joined at the ankle as it appears ikely that they may have both been arrested, indicted in secret and issued ankle bracelets to wear in lieu of being publicly arraigned. I was originally skeptical, but what are the odds they’re both wearing the same boot on the right leg? What are the odds that Hillary’s motorcade was seen leaving her home the other day and visited the FBI building? How Many Coincidences Equals a Conspiracy? What are the odds that both John McCain and Hillary Clinton are wearing the same boot for alleged recent injuries sustained on their right foot? Allegedly, McCain partially tore an achilles tendon and Clinton broke a toe. Both injuries are on the exact same foot, at the same time and they are wearing the exact same walking boot. The right ankle is where the Feds would place a GPS ankle bracelet if these two had been charged with a serious crime and were considred to be a flight risk? And speaking of flight risk, please note that at the height of the “Email Scandal”, I reported that Hillary Clinton was preparing to flee to Qatar, a country without an extradition agreement with the United States, What are the odds Hillary’s motorcade was seen leaving her home the other day and visited the FBI building? What a coincidence! And again, ask yourself, how many coincidencs equals a conspiracy? The Fellowship of the Minds is reporting that both Hillary and McCain have been arrested and are wearing ankle bracelets. The Evidence Is Mounting There is no question that many people believe that Donald Trump has struck back against the Deep State. I have largely rejected these claims as being baseless and have avoided reporting on this rumor. However, circumstantial evidence is surfacing that has compelled me to take a second look at these stories of the hope and the promise that the good guys are actually attempting to “drain the swamp. The Independent media is a buzz with the possibility that that the identical orthropedic boots worn by the proven ISIS supporters Hillary Clinton and John McCain may actually be ankle bracelets, worn by criminals who may be a flight risk to prevent escape during indictment or following conviction. I freely admit that when one has invetigated these political thugs and moral degenerates as I have the past several years, it is easy to believe the worst about them. However, it is important to remain objective and to be drive by the facts, even if the facts are largely circumstantial. However, when even a slightly less credible outlet publish the same allegations with virtually the same evidence and alleged circumstantial proof, I have to sit up and begin to take notice. Here is a post from 4Chan MegAnon Conclusion MCain and Clinton are two slippery snakes and can possibly wiggle out of any jam. Both people have made a career of escaping the consequences of their serial criminality. However, there is too much smoke here for there not to be a fire. These two may slip of out of this mess, however, it now makes sense on why Trump is out of the country under military protection while this is transpiring. Trump obviously knows his history and is, for now, avoiding his JFK moment. Please donate to offset the costs of The Common Sense Show

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/11/14/mccain-and-hillary-are-proven-isis-supporters-have-the-two-been-indicted/

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

:: 11-7-17 Metro :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What is an EMP attack and how to prepare for one

Aisling Moloney for Metro.co.ukWednesday 1 Nov 2017 2:42 pm

A Nuclear Electromagnetic Pulse (EMP) is a burst of electromagnetic radiation created by nuclear explosions. North Korea has threatened and boasted about their capabilities for using an EMP, which means they will fire the nuclear weapon into the atmosphere over the US. If an EMP was fired over the US, it would not only devastate the electrical grid of a country along with all its infrastructure but this would lead to widespread casualties. There would be an indefinite blackout because of the EMP, and Military Commanders have been running drills in practice for a situation of chaos caused by a mass failure of the power grid. In the case of any nuclear attacks, radiation is the main thing to be worried about but in the case of an EMP, the radiation is mostly absorbed by the air in the atmosphere above where it is detonated. Using the EMP as a weapon may be desirable for North Korea as it requires less accuracy, and an EMP blast could affect a 700-mile radius (1126 km). The only spot that will be unaffected will be the small area exactly under the explosion close to the ground where the Earth’s magnetic field will create an eye of the storm. The EMP would only need to hit a general area of the target to cause significant damage. Until an EMP actually happens it is hard to know exactly what will happen. Former CIA Director James Woolsey has said that he believed this type of attack would cause society to collapse leading to a high number of American casualties. How does an EMP work? EMPs are rapid, invisible bursts of electromagnetic energy, they occur naturally in nature during a lightning strike and hence cause electrical disruptions nearby. A nuclear EMP, however, can affect an entire continent and destroy modern electronics on a colossal scale. A nuclear explosion doesn’t always mean there will also be an EMP. The nuclear explosion causes an invisible burst of gamma rays which are a form of light and a small amount of the bombs energetic yield is emitted as gamma rays. The energy released into the atmosphere accelerates negatively charged particles and electrons in the atmosphere and sends them towards the planet’s poles in a corkscrew-like pattern. The electrons respond by letting off this new energy as electromagnetic radiation. This surge of energy in the form of an electromagnetic pulse happens within a fraction of a microsecond and shocks electronic devices. The radiation emitted can be picked up just like radio waves are picked up by antennas. When the radiation passes through a phone or a computer the device catches this powerful pulse that generates a rogue current of electricity that moves through the device’s circuits and can destroy them. An everyday example of a tiny EMP would be turning on a microwave and your phone’s Wifi or Bluetooth drops off momentarily. When it comes to creating an EMP the more disastrous the EMP corresponds to how high up in the atmosphere the blast occurs. At a high-elevation, the gamma rays are more spread out and can reach a more widespread area. The low air density high up means the electrons can move more freely which will help maximize the intensity of the EMP. How to prepare for an EMP attack Build a Faraday Cage This is a metal box that is designed to protect item inside from an EMP attack although the effectiveness of it depends on the magnitude of the strike. You can make a Faraday Cage from old microwaves, metal filing cabinets, and aluminium cans and insulate with cardboard for added protection from the elements. Radio communication An EMP will affect all cellphones, wifi and other communication devices and so a two-way radio is a good tool to have for backup. A two-way radio is the best way to contact nearby family or friends during an emergency, but make sure to store the radios in your Faraday Cage. Don’t forget the batteries. Food storage In an EMP emergency all food supplies will be decimated and so food will become an extremely valuable commodity. Build up a food storage of canned goods and keep building this supply it will be incredibly handy. Batteries Battery operated electronics may just stand-up to an EMP so get a battery operated lantern, and radio, but stock up on the batteries too. Batteries alone will not be affected by an EMP but batteries in a device will be ruined. Hand Tools Any electronic device will be susceptible to ruin in an EMP so make sure you have your manual equivalents at hand such as a stapler, handsaw, can opener and a selection of screwdrivers.

http://metro.co.uk/2017/11/01/what-is-an-emp-attack-and-how-to-prepare-for-one-7045513/ 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc

:: 11-14-17 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Only God can save us': Yemeni children starve as aid is held at border

Iona Craig reports from Yemen where aid agencies cannot get vital shipments into the war-torn country already gripped by cholera outbreak

Iona Craig in Aden, Sana’a, Taiz and Hodeidah Sunday 12 November 2017 14.55 EST

Last modified on Monday 13 November 2017 02.39 EST

Abdulaziz al-Husseinya lies skeletal and appears lifeless in a hospital in Yemen’s western port city of Hodeidah. At the age of nine, he weighs less than one and a half stone, and is one of hundreds of thousands of children in the country suffering from acute malnutrition. Seven million people are on on the brink of famine in war-torn Yemen, which was already in the grip of the world’s worst cholera outbreak when coalition forces led by Saudi Arabia tightened its blockade on the country last week, stemming vital aid flows. Al-Thawra hospital, where Abdulaziz is being treated, is reeling under the pressure of more than two years of conflict between the Saudi-led coalition and Iranian-allied Houthi rebels. Its corridors are packed, with patients now coming from five surrounding governorates to wait elbow-to-elbow for treatment. Less than 45% of the country’s medical facilities are still operating – most have closed due to fighting or a lack of funds, or have been bombed by coalition airstrikes. As a result, Al-Thawra is treating some 2,500 people a day, compared to 700 before the conflict escalated in March 2015. More than 200 miles away in the southern governorate of Lahij, territory under the control of the coalition, more emaciated children lie listless, gasping for every breath. These scenes are replicated in therapeutic feeding centres in the capital, Sana’a, and at the heart of the conflict-ravaged city of Taiz. There in the shadows of a single incandescent bulb, what appears to be a blanket bundled into a dark corner is in fact three month-old Elias Basem, who has spent 20 days of his short life being treated for severe malnutrition. Aid agencies are now warning that Yemen’s already catastrophic humanitarian crisis could soon become a “nightmare scenario” if Saudi Arabia does not ease the blockade of the country’s land, sea and air ports – a move that the kingdom insists is necessary after Houthi rebels fired a ballistic missile towards Riyadh’s international airport this month. United Nations humanitarian flights have been cancelled for the past week and the International Committee of the Red Cross (ICRC), along with Médecins Sans Frontičres (MSF), have been prevented from flying vital medical assistance into the country. More than 20 million Yemenis – over 70% of the population – are in need of humanitarian assistance that is being blocked. Following international pressure, the major ports of Aden and Mukalla were reopened last week for commercial traffic and food supplies, along with land border crossings to neighbouring Oman and Saudi Arabia, but humanitarian aid and aid agency workers remained barred from entering the country on Sunday. UN aid chief Mark Lowcock has said if the restrictions remain, Yemen will face “the largest famine the world has seen for many decades, with millions of victims”. The conflict in Yemen is between Houthi rebels controlling the capital Sana’a, who are allied with former president Ali Abdullah Saleh, and forces loyal to another president, the ousted Abd-Rabbu Mansour Hadi. Since 2015, Saudi Arabia has led a military intervention to counter the advance of the Iran-allied Houthis, with the ultimate aim of reinstating Hadi. With regional tensions between Iran and Saudi Arabia escalating, Yemen is trapped in the middle of a proxy war in addition to its own internal power struggle. The UK has also been criticised for selling arms to Saudi Arabia despite the high casualty rate of its US-backed airstrikes in Yemen. In Aden, where Hadi and his government ostensibly rule, parents and children from surrounding governorates crowd the feeding centre in Al-Sadaqa hospital. Aisha was 21 months old but weighed just 7lbs – half the healthy weight of a baby her age – when she arrived at the hospital, her second admission in three months. Across the corridor, two year-old Shohud Hussein, weighing 11lbs, stares vacuously into the middle distance. “Hungry children don’t smile. She’s been here a whole month and hasn’t smiled,” said Dr Aida al-Sadeeq. In Sana’a, Nor Rashid sold her family’s cow to pay for the transport costs to get her four year-old daughter, who weighs 16lbs, to the city’s feeding centre in Al-Sabaeen hospital. She has other children who are also sick but she cannot afford to pay for the medical care if she brings them in for treatment too. “It’s because of the lack of government wages,” she said. “Usually we go to the person in the village with a wage to ask for help and borrow money if someone needs to go to the hospital. But since the wages stopped we have no support.” In Al-Thawra, employees grab the sleeve of the hospital’s director, Dr Khaled Suhail, begging him for money as he navigates the teeming therapeutic feeding centre for malnourished children. Government salaries have gone unpaid for more than a year, and the hospital now runs on the goodwill of its doctors, nurses and administrative staff. Suhail clutches the hand of an elderly maintenance man in charge of the hospital’s oxygen tanks as he pleads for cash. “If I had anything to give you, you know I would. But there is nothing,” he says. Saudi officials have repeatedly claimed that there is no hunger crisis in southern Yemen, where local forces backed by the United Arab Emirates, a coalition partner, largely hold power. According the Famine Early Warning Systems Network, however, Lahij is the most food-insecure governorate in the country. It is ranked at level four, while level five denotes full-blown famine. In the markets of both Hodeidah and Lahij, food is plentiful. Stalls bulge with fresh fruit and vegetables and traders offer sacks of flour and beans. The only shortage is the customers, who cannot afford to eat. In Hodeidah, the price of a 50kg bag of flour has risen from a pre-war 5,500 Yemeni rial to 7,600 YR. “Fruit and vegetables are a luxury like meat used to be,” said Arafat Zayed, who came to buy three kilos of flour, when he would have bought 50 to feed his family of five children before the war. How did the conflict in Yemen begin? The war in Yemen began in March 2015 when Saudi Arabia launched Operation Decisive Storm, but the prospect of conflict had been building for months. Yemenis overthrew longtime strongman Ali Abdullah Saleh in an uprising that began in 2011, but Saleh remained an influential figure operating behind the scenes. A failed transition sponsored by the US and Gulf states saw the rise of Abed Rabbu Mansour Hadi, who became president after Saleh. Hadi was overthrown by the Houthis, Shia rebels from the north that the Saudis accused of receiving Iranian backing. Saudi Arabia sees the war as part of a regional struggle for power with its rival Iran. In addition to the hunger crisis, Yemen has seen the worst cholera outbreak ever recorded, with more than 900,000 suspected cases and over 2,190 deaths. Although numbers keep rising, in September the rate of infection began to ease, largely due to the response by aid agencies who set up cholera treatment centres in towns and cities around the country. But the advances could be short-lived if restrictions on aid continue. “If the closure is not stopped in the coming days, we may see that the progress is stopped,” said the World Health Organisation’s spokeswoman in Geneva last week. A Red Cross shipment of chlorine tablets, used for the prevention of cholera, remained stuck for the fifth day on Sunday on the Saudi side of the border with Yemen. Without the free cholera treatment and essential humanitarian aid, international agencies warn that many more Yemeni children like Abdulaziz will suffer. “We are weak, our children are weak and we have nothing left to give. We can’t even feed our animals anymore” said Nor Rashid as she cradled her daughter. “Only God can save us now.”

https://www.theguardian.com/world/2017/nov/12/millions-on-brink-of-famine-in-yemen-as-saudi-arabia-tightens-blockade 

:: 11--17 Voice of America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Justice Department Considering Probes of Republican Concerns

WASHINGTON — U.S. Attorney General Jeff Sessions testifies Tuesday before the House Judiciary Committee, where he is likely to face questions about his directive for senior federal prosecutors to examine whether it is appropriate to open investigations into a number of issues raised by Republican lawmakers. Committee chairman Rep. Robert Goodlatte, asked Sessions in July and September to appoint a special counsel to investigate allegations of collusion between Hillary Clinton's campaign and the Democratic National Committee, issues linked to her use of a private email system while serving as secretary of state, the Clinton Foundation and an Obama-era purchase of American uranium mines by a Russian-backed company. The letter also asked for an examination of certain aspects of the Federal Bureau of Investigation's probe into Russian meddling in the 2016 election. Assistant Attorney General Stephen Boyd responded in a letter Monday that Sessions tasked prosecutors with evaluating "certain issues" raised by Goodlatte. Boyd said the prosecutors would report directly to Sessions and Deputy Attorney General Rod Rosenstein "as appropriate" and recommend whether any investigations should be opened or expanded. He further pledged the Justice Department "will never evaluate any matter except on the facts and the law." Mueller criticized President Donald Trump has strongly criticized an investigation by former FBI chief Robert Mueller into Russia's role in the election and possible collusion with the Trump campaign. U.S. intelligence agencies concluded in a January report that Russia directed an effort to help Trump's chances of winning. Trump has repeatedly called for more law enforcement scrutiny of Clinton. "Everybody is asking why the Justice Department (and FBI) isn't looking into all of the dishonesty going on with Crooked Hillary & the Dems...'' Trump tweeted last month. The president's comments and the move by Sessions brought complaints from Democrats about executive interference with the judicial branch. "If the AG bends to pressure from President Trump and his allies, and appoints a special counsel to investigate Trump’s vanquished rival, it could spell the end of the DOJ as an independent institution," Rep. Adam Schiff said on Twitter. Political smokescreen Rep. Gregory Meeks said the attorney general's actions were a "political smokescreen" meant to distract from collusion between the Trump campaign and Russia. "The President & Sessions just politicized the Dept. of Justice, trampling on this country's sacred rule of law," Meeks tweeted. Rep. Andy Biggs, who was one of the Republicans who signed onto Goodlatte's letter, said the Justice Department's response is "encouraging," but not as decisive as the lawmakers would have liked. "We must have an unbiased, independent special counsel to investigate the matters we have raised. We have spent long enough on meaningless evaluations and empty promises," Biggs said in a statement.

https://www.voanews.com/a/sessions-raises-prospect-of-special-counsel-on-gop-concerns-/4113970.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 11-13-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Netanyahu: Israel will act in Syria 'in accordance with our security needs'

Syria declares victory over Islamic State

Report: Iranians built new military base in Syria

By Anna Ahronheim November 13, 2017 16:51

A ceasefire agreement allowing Iranian troops 5km from Israel's border is "a real danger to Israel's stability," said former Defense Minister Amir Peretz. Israel will continue to carry out strikes in Syria despite a US-Russian cease-fire, Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu said Monday after reports that the deal would allow Iranian troops to remain only 5 km. from Israel’s border. Speaking during the weekly Likud faction meeting, Netanyahu described Israel’s security policy as “the right combination of firmness and responsibility” and said he has told Moscow and Washington that Israel will continue carrying out strikes in Syria despite the cease-fire agreement “in accordance with our understanding and in accordance with our security needs.” Netanyahu has publicly criticized the cease-fire deal, saying that it does not include any provisions to stop Iranian expansion in the area. In recent months Jerusalem has held talks with Moscow, Washington and Amman in an attempt to ensure that the agreement would define the buffer zone some 40 km. from Israel’s borders. The border with Syria has been tense since war erupted in 2011, and Israeli officials have repeatedly voiced concerns over the growing Iranian presence on its borders and the smuggling of sophisticated weaponry to Hezbollah from Tehran. Due to those concerns Israel has admitted to carrying out some 100 air strikes against Hezbollah targets and weapons convoys over the past five years; dozens more have been attributed to the Jewish state. Intelligence Minister Israel Katz reiterated Israel’s redlines on Monday, stating that “Israel has already made it clear that it shall not accept Iran and its affiliates and proxies basing themselves in Syria, which will be a permanent threat and a constant source of tension, friction and instability.” On Saturday Russia committed itself to working with the Assad regime to remove Iranian forces and Iranian-backed militias like Hezbollah, as well as foreign jihadis working with Jabhat al-Nusra and other extremist groups from Syria’s southwest. As an ally of Syrian President Bashar Assad, Moscow finds itself part of an alliance between Damascus and Tehran, the patron of Hezbollah. Russia, which views Iran as a key player in resolving the crisis in Syria, has repeatedly emphasized the importance of the role that the Islamic Republic plays in the wartorn country. The Iranian presence so close to the borders “is a real danger to Israel’s security and to regional stability in general,” former defense minister Amir Peretz said on Monday, adding that Netanyahu “must use all political and other tools to remove the Shi’ite axis from the borders of Israel,” alluding to possible military action against Iran and its proxies despite the cease-fire. As the war in Syria seems to be winding down in Assad’s favor due to Moscow’s intervention, Israel fears that Iran will help Hezbollah produce accurate precision-guided missiles and help them and other Shi’ite militias strengthen their foothold in the Golan Heights. On Saturday following the interception of a drone by an IDF Patriot missile, Defense Minister Avigdor Liberman repeated Israel’s warnings to Iran and Hezbollah saying that Israel “will not allow the Shi’ite axis to establish Syria as its forefront base.” Last month, Russian Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu reportedly told Israel that Moscow has agreed to expand the buffer zone by 10-15 km. – where Iranian and Hezbollah forces will not be allowed to enter – along the Israeli-Syrian border. The statement, attributed to an Israeli diplomatic official by London-based Asharq Al-Awsat, said Russia had refused the Israeli request for a 40 km. (25 mile) buffer zone, but expressed willingness to extend a 10-15 km. off-limits zone. Shoigu is reported to have told Israeli officials that the 40-km. demand was unrealistic and that Iranian and Hezbollah troops have not approached the border since Russian troops entered Syria, saying that therefore the request was “exaggerated” and “superfluous.” According to a senior American official, the tripartite deal signed on Saturday will eventually see all foreign terrorists and militia fighters leave the war-torn country. But as Israel’s intelligence minister said, while the Jewish state views the cease-fire agreement “favorably” in terms of moving Iran and its militias, including Hezbollah, from the area, “the test will be on the ground, not in words but in deeds.”

http://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Netanyahu-Israel-will-act-in-Syria-in-accordance-with-our-security-needs-514130 

:: 11-13-17 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF arrests senior Islamic Jihad terrorist

Arrest of senior terrorist leader near Jenin comes amid rising tensions with Islamic Jihad over destruction of terror tunnel. Israel's army said Monday it had arrested a senior Islamic Jihad member as tensions with the group rose after the army blew up one of its tunnels from Gaza, killing several terorrists. The army arrested the "senior operative" overnight in Arraba in the Lower Galilee, Israel's military said. A source with Islamic Jihad confirmed that one of its leaders, Tareq Qadaan, was detained as part of an "arrest campaign". There were no immediate details on whether others were arrested. Later on Monday, Israeli media said the army had raised its level of alert adjacent to the border with Gaza as a precaution against possible Islamic Jihad retaliation for the tunnel blast. One army spokeswoman told AFP that an Iron Dome anti-missile battery has been deployed in central Israel, while another said that otherwise there was "nothing new." Tensions have risen between Israel and Islamic Jihad after the army blew up a tunnel that stretched from the Gaza Strip into Israeli territory on October 30. Such tunnels have been used in the past to carry out attacks. The operation resulted in the deaths of at least 12 terrorists from Hamas and Islamic Jihad. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on Sunday warned militants in Gaza against carrying out attacks in revenge for the operation. Islamic Jihad meanwhile threatened to hit back at Israel over the destruction of the tunnel it says it dug.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/238024 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 11-9-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

By Dave Hodges

I can recall vividly watching the tape of Walter Cronkite as he announced the death of JFK. Cronkite was fighting with everything he had to maintain himself during the report and he did so with great poise although he was visibly shaken. I had my Walter Cronkite moment, and I failed, as I interviewed a citizen from Sutherland Springs, Texas. I know many people in the media relish the thought being the first to break a story and they can do so, under great pressure with professionalism. I am not made that way. Walter Cronkite. I am not. I freely confess that the interview I conducted on the facts surrounding the mass murder in Texas haunt me. I awakened this morning having a nightmare about the events. I hope I am never in this position again to where I have to report such profound human tragedy. In the late evening of November 8, 2017, I interviewed Vonda Smith from Sutherland Springs, Texas. Vonda’s husband originally reached out to me on Facebook and told me that the “real story” was not being told regarding the tragic events that took place on November 5th. The Interview Has Been Sabotaged I have the raw tape of the interview and it was ready for distribution. However, my files have been infiltrated and strange music, the likes of what I have never heard, has been embedded into the recording of the interview, making the listening to the exchange between Vonda and myself nearly impossible to decipher. I am having an individual working on removing the music track and they think they can do it, however, it is going to take time. In the meantime, I do not feel that I can wait to get this information out. Last night, I was comparing notes with Paul Preston of Agenda 21 Radio and he advised me to get this information out as soon as possible because it was not safe for either Vonda nor myelf to be the only ones in possession of the information revealed that was contained in our audio recording. I agree with Paul’s assessment, therefore, I am going to recount the interview from my perspective and am not going to wait to the release of the “repaired” audio file. When the file is restored, I will post it here as an update. Chris Ward’s Family Very early in the tragedy, local media aired a report that had identified the shooter as Chris Ward. This was repeated far and wide and dominated social media. I was reporting on the fact that Kelly had been killed and was recounting the contents of his deleted Facebook page when this interview began to cross my email, multiple times anming Mr. Ward as the assailant. He was not! All of us in the media owe Mr. Ward profound apology. Mr. Ward lost most of his family in the tragedy. As fate would have it, he was home sleeping while his family was at the ill-fated church because he had worked very late the night before. It was Mr. Wards brave wife, Joann, who was the mom that laid over her children, trying to protect them as, this animal assassin fired several bullets into the mother killing her and two of the three children. I personally extend my profound and heartfelt condolescences to Mr. Ward and his loved ones for their horrific loss. Joann’s aunt has set up a “Go Fund Me” account to help Chris with the associated expenses . Here is the link if you wish to support Chris War and his loved ones. https://www.gofundme.com/JOANNWARD  From the Go Fund Me page: “We lost my niece Joann Ward and two of her little girls in the Sutherland Springs shooting. Their youngest boy is still in unknown medical condition as he was shot 4-5 times but made it to the hospital. Joann was the most wonderful mom any child could wish for and her children were always laughing and just loving life. She leaves behind a husband and two other children that were in the church but survived the attack. I can imagine the costs burden on her surviving husband and family. Any contribution you can make will go directly to help with funeral costs, medical costs and other losses due to this horrific tragedy. A fund for the two surviving children, Ryland, age 5 and Rihanna, age 9 will be set up for their needs with the remainder of all donations raised. Thank you. ” This Sunday night, on The Common Sense Show, I am going to be assisting Joann’s aunt in raising the needed funds. The Invasion of the Body Snatchers Vonda Smith’s description of the events immediately following the tragedy made it clear that there was no intent on the part of the authorities to preserve the integrity of the crime scene. Apparently, “the authorities” were the FBI who seemed to make it to this town at light speed. Paul Preston told me that he saw news clips of men in FBI jackets that were on the scene in less than an hour following the shooting. Yet, there was crime scene integrity. According to Vonda, the only thing that the FBI cared about was to quickly get the bodies out of the church. This flies in the fact of “normal” crime scene investigations. Vonda recounted two stories of where the crime scene was invaded and nobody was guarding the evidence so to speak. Most telling was the fact that many of the bodies never went to the morgue for an autopsy. Following the gruesome event, the authorities put out an all-call for people to send photos of the victims to the authorities for purposes of identification. One person was shown a photo of tattoos and this was used as the means to identify a dead person. The vast majority of the family member of the victims, as of Wednesday evening have not been allowed to identify their fallen relatives. Vonda related the story of one family that was dictated to by the FBI what kind of funeral they were going to have. According to Vonda, the FBI told one family how much of the body they would be permitted to view. Additionally, the family was told whether the casket would remain open or closed. An Overreach of Jurisdictional Authority Despite the fact that ISIS has taken credit for the massacre at Sutherland Springs, the FBI has stated that this was not a terrorist event. Despite the fact that the original reports stated that Kelly was an “avowed athiest”, this was not a hate crime involving Christians. Despite the fact that myself and others have revealed the Kelly has a decided Antifa affiliation and identified with ISIS, the FBI categorized and characterized this event as a “mental health” event. The FBI is wrong and just with the Vegas massacre, they are covering up the facts of the case. The FBI needs to badly answer a question. If this is not a terrorist event, then why does the FBI have jurisdictional authority? This is a matter for the local sheriff. Why does the FBI have the right to determine what kind of casket and the degree of body exposure the victims will have? Why, now four days, after the event, have the vast majority of victims not been identified? In fact, Vonda clearly stated that the FBI was throwing deliberate roadblocks into body identification by demanding that the family had to have both the social security card and the birth certificate of the victim. Ask yourself a question America: How many of you could meet that burden? And when have you ever heard of such nonsense when it comes to proper body identification? A Chilling Account Vonda recounted the eyewitness testimony of a nine year old child who survived the attack. The girl clearly and personally told Vonda that the assailant put a gun to his own head and shot himself. Vonda further stated that the girl later repeated the fact that the assailant put a gun to his head but did not repeat the fact that he shot himself. I would say it is a safe bet that the girl was accurately describing a suicide. There would be no reason for the assailant to put a gun to his head and then not fire. As It Was In Vegas, The Official Narrative Does Not Add Up Paul Preston has a source that lives 3 miles from the scene of the crime and he is getting the EXACT same details as what Vonda described in that there are issues with the removal of the bodies, identification and crime scene integrity. I have taken the facts as Vonda has described them and posed these facts to people I consider experts. Here is what they have universally concluded: There were multiple shooters The reason that the idenfication of the bodies is being delayed is so the wounds can be surgically altered as much as possible. This is to conceal the fact that these people were likely shot with two different guns. Further, the restricted viewing aspect associated with the caskets at burial is to prevent people from seeing the conditions of the bodies as much as possible for the same reasons of concealment. The Interview Has Been Restored Conclusion Finally, isn’t it interesting, that the alleged assailant isn’t anti-Chrisitan, not a terrorist and not affiliated with Antifa. And of course, Kelly is a typical lone nut assassin that we see every single time we have one of these events. If all of these things are true, then why is the FBI controlling the narrative as well as the protocols for the funerals? Something here stinks and stinks very badly. To the good people in the FBI, why do you tolerate the bad people in the FBI? Again, I will upload the interview if and when we are able to repair the sabotage. It is noteworthy that the website crashed, twice, on the upload of this story. Please donate to offset the costs of The Common Sense Show PLEASE SUBSCRIBE TO OUR YOUTUBE CHANNEL AND DON’T FORGET TO “LIKE” US

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/11/09/stunning-insider-interview-with-a-sutherland-springs-citizen-the-truth-is-not-being-told/ 

:: 11-8-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Newsweek Asks: Why Are Conservatives Investigating Pedophilia?

The establishment can’t comprehend standing up against evil

The Alex Jones Show - November 8, 2017

Newsweek published an article titled ‘Why Is The Alt-Right Obsessed With Pedophilia?’ in an attempt to de-legitimize any grievances toward pedophiles/sexual predators as they’re identified.

https://www.infowars.com/newsweek-asks-why-are-conservatives-investigating-pedophilia/ 

[ ::  11-12-17 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. it doesn’t matter what you have, the Lord God says he can cure you from it. etc

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 11-8-17 Health Impact News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

From Nuremberg to California: How Eugenics Destroys the Lives of Children by Removing Consent to Medical Procedures Like Vaccines

Comments by Brian Shilhavy Health Impact News Editor

I have been investigating and covering the topic of vaccines for over a decade now, and know the topic so well that seldom, if ever, can I find anyone to carry on an intelligent conversation about the topic. The controversial topic of vaccines in the U.S. today is primarily a topic about beliefs, and people’s trust in vaccines resembles a religious belief, not an informed opinion based on the facts. I am not sure in all of my years in covering this very important and very controversial topic, that I have ever found a literary treatise on the subject as eloquent and comprehensive as this piece just put together by Barbara Loe Fisher, the founder of the National Vaccine Information Center. Revolutions that have changed the course of history have begun on lesser documents and exposés than what Barbara has written here, and I am not exaggerating. The Science is Never Settled When discussing the topic of vaccines, the religious-like faith of those who put their trust in them usually starts out with a statement like: “When it comes to vaccines, the science is settled.” This statement in and of itself is intrinsically unscientific, and is simply used to avoid debate and censor any information contrary to the religious-like beliefs so many hold about vaccines. Fisher correctly points out how our modern day culture has come to worship “science,” but it is a very perverted form of true science. To more fully understand this topic, read Dr. David Stewart’s excellent piece: The Limitations of Science and the Medical Paradigm and watch the Discovery Institute’s excellent video on “Scientism” and how science today is being used not for the advance of good, but for tyranny: November 12, 2017

Print This Post Print This Post

From Nuremberg to California: How Eugenics Destroys the Lives of Children by Removing Consent to Medical Procedures Like Vaccines 128 15 Child_survivors_of_Auschwitz Jewish twins kept alive to be used in Mengele’s medical experiments in Nazi Germany during WWII. These children were liberated from Auschwitz by the Red Army in January 1945. Image source.

Comments by Brian Shilhavy Health Impact News Editor

I have been investigating and covering the topic of vaccines for over a decade now, and know the topic so well that seldom, if ever, can I find anyone to carry on an intelligent conversation about the topic. The controversial topic of vaccines in the U.S. today is primarily a topic about beliefs, and people’s trust in vaccines resembles a religious belief, not an informed opinion based on the facts. I am not sure in all of my years in covering this very important and very controversial topic, that I have ever found a literary treatise on the subject as eloquent and comprehensive as this piece just put together by Barbara Loe Fisher, the founder of the National Vaccine Information Center. Revolutions that have changed the course of history have begun on lesser documents and exposés than what Barbara has written here, and I am not exaggerating. The Science is Never Settled When discussing the topic of vaccines, the religious-like faith of those who put their trust in them usually starts out with a statement like: “When it comes to vaccines, the science is settled.” This statement in and of itself is intrinsically unscientific, and is simply used to avoid debate and censor any information contrary to the religious-like beliefs so many hold about vaccines. Fisher correctly points out how our modern day culture has come to worship “science,” but it is a very perverted form of true science. To more fully understand this topic, read Dr. David Stewart’s excellent piece: The Limitations of Science and the Medical Paradigm and watch the Discovery Institute’s excellent video on “Scientism” and how science today is being used not for the advance of good, but for tyranny: Eugenics: Alive and Well in the U.S. Fisher also does an excellent job of documenting the history of “eugenics,” which was born in American intellectualism and made notorious by Hitler in Nazi Germany to justify horrible atrocities.

As we have reported here at Health Impact News, while the term “eugenics” has become unpopular, the ideas it represents have never left American culture – they have just been “repackaged” and are the same arguments used today for forced vaccination as they were used in the past for forced sterilization. The principles of eugenics are also seen in medical kidnapping, particularly in the field of psychiatry. November 12, 2017 Print This Post Print This Post

From Nuremberg to California: How Eugenics Destroys the Lives of Children by Removing Consent to Medical Procedures Like Vaccines Child_survivors_of_Auschwitz

Jewish twins kept alive to be used in Mengele’s medical experiments in Nazi Germany during WWII. These children were liberated from Auschwitz by the Red Army in January 1945. Image source.

Comments by Brian Shilhavy Health Impact News Editor I have been investigating and covering the topic of vaccines for over a decade now, and know the topic so well that seldom, if ever, can I find anyone to carry on an intelligent conversation about the topic. The controversial topic of vaccines in the U.S. today is primarily a topic about beliefs, and people’s trust in vaccines resembles a religious belief, not an informed opinion based on the facts. I am not sure in all of my years in covering this very important and very controversial topic, that I have ever found a literary treatise on the subject as eloquent and comprehensive as this piece just put together by Barbara Loe Fisher, the founder of the National Vaccine Information Center. Revolutions that have changed the course of history have begun on lesser documents and exposés than what Barbara has written here, and I am not exaggerating.

The Science is Never Settled When discussing the topic of vaccines, the religious-like faith of those who put their trust in them usually starts out with a statement like: “When it comes to vaccines, the science is settled.” This statement in and of itself is intrinsically unscientific, and is simply used to avoid debate and censor any information contrary to the religious-like beliefs so many hold about vaccines. Fisher correctly points out how our modern day culture has come to worship “science,” but it is a very perverted form of true science. To more fully understand this topic, read Dr. David Stewart’s excellent piece: The Limitations of Science and the Medical Paradigm and watch the Discovery Institute’s excellent video on “Scientism” and how science today is being used not for the advance of good, but for tyranny: Eugenics: Alive and Well in the U.S. Fisher also does an excellent job of documenting the history of “eugenics,” which was born in American intellectualism and made notorious by Hitler in Nazi Germany to justify horrible atrocities. As we have reported here at Health Impact News, while the term “eugenics” has become unpopular, the ideas it represents have never left American culture – they have just been “repackaged” and are the same arguments used today for forced vaccination as they were used in the past for forced sterilization. The principles of eugenics are also seen in medical kidnapping, particularly in the field of psychiatry. For more on this topic, see:

Mapping the Genome and Modern Genetics: Eugenics Repackaged for Modern Times

Eugenics in the United States Today: Are We on the Same Path Nazi Germany Followed?

The American History Of Compulsory Vaccination and its Ties to Eugenics

Are Proposed Forced Vaccination Laws Comparable to Eugenics Forced Sterilization Laws in the U.S.? From Nuremberg to California: Why Informed Consent Matters in the 21st Century

by Barbara Loe Fisher

National Vaccine Information Center

Since I was asked to make a presentation about vaccine exemptions in 1997 at the Department of Health and Human Services in Washington, D.C., I have publicly defended the informed consent principle, which was defined as a human right at the Doctors Trial at Nuremberg in 1947. 1 Informed consent means you have the right to be fully informed about the benefits and risks of a medical intervention and the freedom to make a voluntary decision about whether or not to accept those risks without being coerced or punished for the decision you make. Informed consent applies not just to risks taken by participants in scientific experiments, but also to risks taken by patients under the care of physicians. [2, 3, 4, 5] Health Impact News

November 12, 2017

Print This Post Print This Post

From Nuremberg to California: How Eugenics Destroys the Lives of Children by Removing Consent to Medical Procedures Like Vaccines

Child_survivors_of_Auschwitz

Jewish twins kept alive to be used in Mengele’s medical experiments in Nazi Germany during WWII. These children were liberated from Auschwitz by the Red Army in January 1945. Image source.

Comments by Brian Shilhavy Health Impact News Editor

I have been investigating and covering the topic of vaccines for over a decade now, and know the topic so well that seldom, if ever, can I find anyone to carry on an intelligent conversation about the topic.

The controversial topic of vaccines in the U.S. today is primarily a topic about beliefs, and people’s trust in vaccines resembles a religious belief, not an informed opinion based on the facts. I am not sure in all of my years in covering this very important and very controversial topic, that I have ever found a literary treatise on the subject as eloquent and comprehensive as this piece just put together by Barbara Loe Fisher, the founder of the National Vaccine Information Center. Revolutions that have changed the course of history have begun on lesser documents and exposés than what Barbara has written here, and I am not exaggerating. The Science is Never Settled When discussing the topic of vaccines, the religious-like faith of those who put their trust in them usually starts out with a statement like: “When it comes to vaccines, the science is settled.” This statement in and of itself is intrinsically unscientific, and is simply used to avoid debate and censor any information contrary to the religious-like beliefs so many hold about vaccines. Fisher correctly points out how our modern day culture has come to worship “science,” but it is a very perverted form of true science. To more fully understand this topic, read Dr. David Stewart’s excellent piece: The Limitations of Science and the Medical Paradigm and watch the Discovery Institute’s excellent video on “Scientism” and how science today is being used not for the advance of good, but for tyranny: Eugenics: Alive and Well in the U.S. Fisher also does an excellent job of documenting the history of “eugenics,” which was born in American intellectualism and made notorious by Hitler in Nazi Germany to justify horrible atrocities.

As we have reported here at Health Impact News, while the term “eugenics” has become unpopular, the ideas it represents have never left American culture – they have just been “repackaged” and are the same arguments used today for forced vaccination as they were used in the past for forced sterilization. The principles of eugenics are also seen in medical kidnapping, particularly in the field of psychiatry. For more on this topic, see: Mapping the Genome and Modern Genetics: Eugenics Repackaged for Modern Times Eugenics in the United States Today: Are We on the Same Path Nazi Germany Followed? The American History Of Compulsory Vaccination and its Ties to Eugenics

Are Proposed Forced Vaccination Laws Comparable to Eugenics Forced Sterilization Laws in the U.S.?

From Nuremberg to California: Why Informed Consent Matters in the 21st Century

by Barbara Loe Fisher National Vaccine Information Center

Since I was asked to make a presentation about vaccine exemptions in 1997 at the Department of Health and Human Services in Washington, D.C., I have publicly defended the informed consent principle, which was defined as a human right at the Doctors Trial at Nuremberg in 1947. 1 Informed consent means you have the right to be fully informed about the benefits and risks of a medical intervention and the freedom to make a voluntary decision about whether or not to accept those risks without being coerced or punished for the decision you make. Informed consent applies not just to risks taken by participants in scientific experiments, but also to risks taken by patients under the care of physicians. [2, 3, 4, 5] informed-consent2 Informed Consent Principle Applies to All Medical Risk-Taking Today, when a person publicly advocates for informed consent protections in vaccine laws, an “anti-vaccine” label is usually immediately applied to shut down any further conversation. [6,7 ]Perhaps because a conversation about ethics opens up a wider conversation about freedom. The right and responsibility for making a decision about risk taking rightly belongs to the person taking the risk. When you become informed and think rationally about a risk that you or your minor child may take – and then follow your conscience – you own that decision. And when you own it, you can defend it. And once you can defend it, you will be ready to do whatever it takes to fight for your freedom to make it, no matter who tries to prevent you from doing that. Never Do Anything Against Conscience Albert Einstein, who risked arrest in Germany in the 1930’s when he spoke out against censorship and persecution of minorities, said, “Never do anything against conscience even if the State demands it.” [8] There is no liberty more fundamentally a natural, inalienable right than the freedom to think independently and follow our conscience when choosing what we are willing to risk our life or our child’s life for. Because the journey we take on this earth is defined by the choices we make. If we are not free to make choices, the journey is not our own. The choices we make that involve risk of harm to our physical body, which houses our mind and spirit, those are among the most profound choices we make in this life.

Vaccine Risks Not Being Borne Equally By Everyone in Society So, vaccination must remain a choice because it is a medical intervention performed on the body of a healthy person that carries a risk of injury or death. [9, 10] And while we are all born equal, with equal rights under the law, we are not born all the same. Each one of us is born with different genes and a unique microbiome influenced by epigenetics that affects how we respond to the environments we live in. [11, 12] We do not all respond the same way to pharmaceutical products like vaccines, so vaccine risks are not being borne equally by everyone in society. Why should the lives of those vulnerable to vaccine complications be valued any less than those vulnerable to complications of infections? And why should people not be free to choose to stay healthy in ways that pose far fewer risks? Vaccines Carry Risks and Do Not Guarantee Protection The act of vaccination involves the deliberate introduction of killed live attenuated or genetically engineered microbes into the body of a healthy person, along with varying amounts of chemicals, metals, human and animal RNA and DNA and other ingredients [13] that atypically manipulate the immune system to mount an inflammatory response that stimulates artificial immunity. [14] But there is no guarantee that vaccination will not compromise biological integrity or cause the death of a healthy or vaccine vulnerable person either immediately or in the future. There is also no guarantee that vaccination will protect a person from getting an infection with or without symptoms and transmitting it to others. [15] Vaccine Science Gaps, Doctors Cannot Predict Who Will React Reports published by physician committees at the Institute of Medicine confirm that vaccines, like infections, can injure and kill people but that: very little is known about how vaccines or microbes act at the cellular and molecular level in the human body; [16, 17, 18] and the Institute of Medicine confirms that an unknown number of us have certain genetic, biological and environmental susceptibilities that make us more vulnerable to being harmed by vaccines, but doctors cannot accurately predict who we are; [19, 20] and that clinical trials of experimental vaccines are too small to detect serious reactions before they are licensed; [21,22] and that the U.S. recommended child vaccine schedule through age six has not been adequately studied to rule out an association with allergies, autoimmunity, learning and behavior disorders, seizures, autism and other brain and immune dysfunction. [23] Yet, with these large gaps in scientific knowledge, government health officials direct physicians to vaccinate 99.99 percent of children regardless of known or unknown risks. [24, 25] Government Licensed Vaccines “Unavoidably Unsafe” Therefore, vaccination is a medical procedure that can be termed experimental each time it is performed on a person. By extension, “no exceptions” mandatory vaccination laws create a de facto uncontrolled, population based scientific experiment that enrolls every child at birth and never ends, sacrificing an unknown number of vaccine vulnerable children. Further, the US Congress and Supreme Court have declared federally licensed vaccines to be “unavoidably unsafe,” removing civil liability from doctors who give vaccines and drug companies that sell vaccines in what has become a very lucrative multi-billion dollar business in the U.S. [26, 27] At the same time, the federal vaccine injury compensation program created by Congress in 1986 that was supposed to be a no-fault alternative to a lawsuit – not instead of a lawsuit – has been gutted by federal agencies so that, today, almost no child receives compensation when they are hurt by vaccines. [28] Now, a global vaccine injury compensation program is being created to shield multinational corporations from liability for injuries caused by the hundreds of new genetically engineered vaccines governments will mandate in the future. [29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34] All this, while medical trade groups affiliated with industry and government join forces to lobby for removal of flexible medical, conscientious and religious belief exemptions from state health laws, [35] as was done in California in 2015, [36] so that those who refuse government endorsed vaccines for themselves or their minor children can be denied an education, employment, health care and other civil rights. Utilitarianism Should Not Be Foundation of Public Health Law In 1996, when I was in the Holocaust Museum in Washington, D.C. attending a conference on the role of physicians and scientists implementing public health policy during the Third Reich, I looked up and saw an inscription that took my breath away. It said, “the first to perish were the children…from these a new dawn might have risen.” This commentary, which I originally presented in March 2017 at the inaugural meeting of Physicians for Informed Consent in California, [37] is dedicated to mothers and fathers, whose children died or became brain injured when the risks of vaccination turned out to be 100 percent. I am arguing that the consequentialist theory of utilitarianism [38, 39, 40] is a pseudo-ethic that must be rejected as the moral foundation of public health policy and law so it can be replaced with a compassionate ethic grounded in respect for the human right to autonomy and informed consent to medical risk taking, including vaccine risk taking. Pediatrician Censored for Reporting Infant Deaths After DPT Shots I remember the day in the spring of 1982, when I was a young mother with a four year-old son struggling with the effects of a serious DPT vaccine reaction. I had just seen the NBC television documentary DPT: Vaccine Roulette [41] and was networking with parents of DPT vaccine injured children in the Washington, D.C. area when I decided to attend a press conference at the American Academy of Neurology to hear a young pediatric neurologist talk about his study in which two thirds of the babies, whose deaths were classified sudden infant death syndrome, had died within three weeks of a DPT shot. This pediatrician was concerned that DPT vaccine may be a major unrecognized cause of early childhood death, including SIDS, and he suggested that more research be done. As soon as he finished, his physician colleagues launched a vicious attack on his professional expertise and personal integrity that left him physically trembling in a cold sweat. I had never seen anything like it. During the break, I was approached by a PhD scientist who, at the time, worked for the National Academy of Sciences. This scientist asked me why I was there and I told him I wanted to know more about DPT vaccine because, when I was taking my baby to be vaccinated, I had no idea that vaccines – which were supposed to keep children healthy – could actually kill them. He got this quizzical look on his face and said something to the effect that it only happens once in a million kids. And instinctively I said, but if a vaccine kills even one, how can all children be legally required to get it? He looked surprised, uncomfortable, and walked away mumbling something about vaccine benefits far outweigh the risks, and sometimes we have to make sacrifices for the greater good. And I thought to myself, but the benefits didn’t outweigh the risks for my child or for the babies who died after DPT shots in the study that young doctor tried to talk about before he was figuratively lynched for suggesting that DPT vaccine benefits might not outweigh the risks. And why was my child’s health sacrificed without my knowledge or permission, and what is “the good” that is made greater by child sacrifice, and who defines it as “good”? Playing DPT Vaccine Roulette with My Son’s Life When I became a Mom in 1978, my son, Chris, was the light of my life. Happy, healthy and precocious, he was saying words at seven months, speaking in full sentences by age two and identifying words in the books we read together every day. One doctor told me he was cognitively gifted. But everything changed in 1980 when, within hours of his fourth DTP shot, I witnessed the eyes of my two and a half year old son roll back in his head and his head fall to his shoulder as if he had fallen asleep sitting up. I carried him, pale and limp, to his bed, where he did not move for hours. I thought to myself, oh, he is tired and just taking a really long nap, or maybe he is coming down with a cold. And when I finally was able to wake him but he couldn’t sit up or walk or speak coherently, when he had terrible diarrhea and only stayed conscious for a few minutes before falling into 12 more hours of deep sleep, I did not understand that I had witnessed a classic post-DPT vaccine convulsion and “hypotonic/hyporesponsive reaction and brain inflammation. [42, 43, 44, 45] Chris was not just taking a really long nap, he was unconscious in his bed and could have died that day. I did not know because my pediatrician had told me nothing about how to recognize a vaccine reaction, including symptoms of encephalitis – brain inflammation that has been a well-documented complication of vaccination for two centuries. [46, 47, 48, 49] I did not know that the unusual local reaction after his third DPT shot was a warning sign or that our family history of severe allergies and autoimmune disorders could increase vaccine risks. [50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 55, 56] Even though I came from a family of doctors and nurses, had a college degree and had worked at a teaching hospital – like most parents back then I believed that vaccines were 100 percent safe and effective. And in the following days and weeks, when Chris could no longer concentrate or do what we could do before, when his personality changed and he was constantly sick with ear and respiratory infections, diarrhea, new food allergies and severe weight loss, my family and I could not understand why Chris had regressed physically, mentally and emotionally and become a totally different child. His doctors told us there was no explanation and said I should take him home and love him. Eighteen months later, when I, and millions of other parents in America, watched the Emmy award winning “DPT Vaccine Roulette,” [57] I called the TV station and asked if I could have copies of the medical literature used to anchor the documentary. And it was in my living room as I read case history descriptions of DPT vaccine injury and death in the pages of Pediatrics [58, 59, 60] and the British Medical Journal [61, 62, 63] and New England Journal of Medicine [64] that exactly matched the symptoms of brain inflammation I witnessed my son suffer that day, it was then I knew that physicians had been talking in medical journals for more than 50 years about the fact that pertussis vaccine could brain damage children, but no one had informed the mothers dutifully bringing their children for DPT shots legally required to go to school. As I tried to help my son cope with multiple learning disabilities that included dyslexia, fine and gross motor skill delay, auditory processing and attention deficit, and short term memory delays so severe they confined him to a special ed classroom throughout his public school education, and as I interviewed hundreds of mothers for the book DPT: A Shot in the Dark, I came to know many families whose children had died or were much more severely vaccine injured than my child. [65, 66] Chris has worked hard to compensate for his learning disabilities and he is a productive member of society today; but many vaccine injured children, tragically, are not. [67] My son is among the walked wounded in what has become an unprecedented and still unexplained chronic disease and disability epidemic now plaguing millions of children and young adults in America. [68] It is an epidemic of learning disabilities, ADHD, asthma, seizures, autism, diabetes, depression, and other types of brain and immune dysfunction marked by chronic inflammation in the body that has perfectly coincided with the tripling of the numbers of vaccines given to children – from 23 doses of seven vaccines starting at two months through age six in the early 1980s – to the current 69 doses of 16 vaccines starting on the day of birth with 50 doses given before age six. [69, 70] In 1982, it was my curiosity about the truth of the matter that pushed me to research the science, policy, law, ethics, history and politics of vaccination and spend two decades participating in public engagement projects at the Institute of Medicine and Department of Health and Human Services, where I served as a consumer member on vaccine advisory committees at the FDA and CDC, [71] a journey that has now spanned half my life. So, I offer you my perspective from that vantage point. Philosophy: Love of Wisdom Here we are in the 21st century, where the electronic communications revolution has created a virtual global public square on the World Wide Web, where more than three billion people are talking to – and sometimes yelling at – each other about ideas, values and beliefs, just like they did in the public squares of ancient Athens and Rome, and in universities, newspapers, and on radio and television since then. Throughout recorded history, people have disagreed with each other about how to answer big questions, like: Where do we come from? Are we only physical matter or do we have an immortal soul, a consciousness that survives physical death? What is truth and how can we know it? What is ethical behavior and how can we define it? Most of the formal debates about these questions have been described in the history of philosophy, [72] which the ancient Greeks defined as “love of wisdom,” that included study of knowledge; reasoning; nature of being or metaphysics; aesthetics; and ethics. The philosophy of science emerged as a separate discipline in the 18th and 19h centuries after mathematicians and astronomers mounted a successful challenge to the authority of organized religion. Science Now Dominates, Affect Cultural Values & Laws Since then, science has invaded and dominated every other branch of philosophy. As we are reminded every day in so many ways, science and math rule, and scientific evidence determines what is true and what is not. In fact, those who practice and submit to the authority of science insist that not only must science be used to define all truth, but leaders in science and medicine are authorities who should define “the good,” that is, define moral behavior and what kind of cultural values we should have, and what kind of beliefs we should be allowed to hold and teach our children, and what kind of laws should be passed in order to limit the ability of individuals to make “unscientific” choices that presumably endanger the public health and welfare. [73] That’s a whole lot of pressure for many physicians, who do not want to be put on a pedestal and required to exercise that kind of authority over the lives of fellow human beings because – first and foremost – it interferes with developing a relationship with patients based on mutual respect, trust and shared decision making. But, the stark reality is that the scientification of every branch of philosophy has elevated prominent scientists and physicians promoting “consensus science” into positions of authority, whose judgment should never be questioned. Long held cultural values, such as respect for freedom of thought, speech, conscience and religious belief are being called into question, which, in turn, affects court decisions and the making of laws. No where is this more visible than in public health law using the materialist philosophy of utilitarianism to legally require all Americans to use an increasing number of vaccines without their voluntary informed consent. So how did we get here? How did science come to dominate how we define what is true and good for the individual and society in the 21st century? Old Arguments About What Is True and Good Although conversations about the meaning of life and what is good started before written history and is embedded in tenets of five surviving major religions – Hinduism, Buddhism, Islam, Judaism, and Christianity – it was the classical Greek philosophers who began recording the debate. Socrates, Plato and Aristotle believed that we are physical matter animated by a vital spirit, and we can use innate knowledge and reason to perceive what is good. Epicurus disagreed and said humans are only physical matter and have no spirit or innate knowledge and that seeking pleasure and avoiding pain is the highest good and guide to moral behavior. For 1500 years following the birth of Christ, the highest good was defined as knowing and loving God in western cultures adopting Judeo-Christian moral values – until the Scientific Revolution when 15th and 16th century scientists Copernicus, Galileo, Newton and Francis Bacon developed methods for determining what is true that put the existence of God on trial, along with the definition of what is good. Although between the 16th and 19th centuries, Descartes, Locke, Kant, Hegel and other philosophers argued that humans are both physical matter and spirit and can use reason to understand scientific truth, as well as to perceive the natural law that serves as a guide to what is good, the materialist philosophers Hobbes, Hume, Bentham, Comte, Marx and Nietzsche argued that science proves there is no God or human spirit because we are only physical matter, and there are no absolute moral values but, rather, science can be used to define what is true and good. This included the idea that a mathematical equation can be used to judge whether or not an individual action, government policy or law is moral. The authors of the U.S. Declaration of Independence agreed with the philosophers who argued that humans have a physical body animated by a soul or spirit, and that we can use reason given to us by God to perceive the natural law, which includes natural rights, that belong to all individuals and limit the authority of government. The Bill of Rights in the US Constitution contains strong language protecting exercise of natural rights. [74] These have been defined internationally as human rights, including freedom of thought, speech, conscience and religious belief. [75, 76] Utilitarianism: Mathematics, Vaccination & Public Health Rising But today, it is not respect for natural rights that guides public health policy in the U.S., it is the philosophy of utilitarianism, created by Jeremy Bentham, a 19th century British attorney and social reformer. [77, 78] Bentham mocked the U.S. Constitution for mentioning God and affirming natural rights protected in the First Amendment. Like Comte, Marx and Nietzsche who followed him, Bentham did not believe that man has a soul or innate intelligence, so he returned to the hedonistic Epicurean philosophy of maximizing pleasure and minimizing pain to define what is good. Bentham’s utilitarianism uses a mathematical equation that judges the rightness or wrongness of an action by its consequences. Bentham said that an action is only moral or ethical if it results in the greatest happiness for the greatest number of people. With its emphasis on numbers of people, Bentham created utilitarianism primarily as a guide to state legislative policy, and vaccine cost-benefit analyses are rooted in utilitarianism. Bentham was a contemporary of British physician Edward Jenner, who took pus from a cowpox lesion and scratched it onto the arm of a young boy in an effort to prevent smallpox. Jenner’s experiment, repeated over and over again in lots of people, created a live human-cow hybrid virus called vaccinia. [79] The new chemical industry took that vaccinia virus, added some chemicals and bottled it, selling it to doctors and governments. The mass smallpox vaccine campaigns that followed expanded the authority of a new branch of medicine focusing on population-based disease control, called public health. [80] 19th century physicians were enlisted by government to give infants and children smallpox vaccine and were persuaded to look the other way when some of them died or were left permanently disabled after developing raging vaccinia virus infections and inflammation of the brain. Fully embracing the utilitarian rationale, public health officials viewed individual smallpox vaccine casualties as necessary losses to achieve the greatest good for the greatest number of people. Utilitarianism Codified Into US Law: Jacobson v. Massachusetts (1905) At the turn of the 20th century, utilitarianism was fashionable in intellectual and political circles. It was the philosophical argument used by attorneys in 1905 to persuade the U.S. Supreme Court to issue a utilitarian ruling in Jacobson vs. Massachusetts. [81] Lutheran Pastor Henning Jacobsen and his son had suffered severe reactions to previous smallpox vaccinations and Jacobsen argued that genetic predisposition placed him at high risk for dying or being injured if he was forced to get revaccinated. The court dismissed Jacobsen’s concern for his own health and life. In a split decision with one dissenting vote, the Court that included Oliver Wendell Holmes, issued an opinion that would affirm the legal right for U.S. state legislatures to assign police powers to public health officials to restrict or eliminate individual liberty in order to “secure the general comfort, health and prosperity of the state.” The Court maintained that all citizens can be compelled to receive smallpox vaccinations because the happiness and welfare of the majority outweighs the happiness and welfare of a minority. In other words, individual human sacrifice is ethical and legal if it is done for the common good. Georgetown law professor and mandatory vaccination proponent Lawrence Gusting has described it as the most important Supreme Court opinion in the history of American public health law. [83] Eugenics: Eradicating the “Unfit” in Buck v. Bell (1927) In 1927, then Chief Supreme Court Justice Oliver Wendell Holmes used the Jacobson ruling to give the state of Virginia a green light to sterilize Carrie Buck, a 17-year old young single mother who doctors and state social workers had incorrectly judged to be mentally retarded, just like her daughter and mother, they said. [84] Self-identifying as a Darwinian atheist and utilitarian, Chief Justice Holmes’s admiration for exercise of power is reflected in his legal opinions. [85] Holmes did not believe in the concept of natural rights and said, “Between two groups of people who want to make inconsistent kinds of worlds, I see no remedy but force.” [86] He believed scientific knowledge should be used to improve the human race and said, “I can imagine a future in which science shall take control of life, and condemn at once with instant execution what now is left up to nature to destroy.” [87] And, so, when it came to Carrie Buck, Holmes, the eugenicist, coldly proclaimed– “The principle that sustains compulsory vaccination is broad enough to cover cutting the Fallopian tubes.” [88] In this merciless 1927 Supreme Court decision, just as in the 1905 Jacobson v Massachusetts decision, Holmes achieved his goal of stripping cultural values and ethical principles from U.S. law. His logic was that if utilitarianism could be used to ensure the common good and protect society from infections through compulsory vaccination laws, then forced sterilization laws could be used to immunize society against becoming infected with bad genes. Social Darwinism and Eugenics in America Inspired Hitler Darwin’s theory of natural selection led to Social Darwinism [89] and eugenics that was viewed as a new science by U.S. intellectuals during the 1920s and 1930s. [90] American biologist Charles Davenport had founded the Eugenics Record Office at Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory on Long Island in 1910 [91] to improve the human race and soon courses on eugenics were offered at Harvard, Columbia, Cornell, Brown and other universities. The National Education Association had a Committee on Racial Well-Being to help teachers integrate eugenics content into public school textbooks. [92] By 1932, California and 28 other states had passed compulsory sterilization laws and the practice of eugenics was endorsed by leading U.S. scientists, medical doctors, lawyers, professors, businessmen, politicians, philanthropists, and social reformers like Margaret Sanger. The next year, in 1933, Hitler adopted eugenics as a central piece of his plan to protect the common good by eliminating individuals he considered to be a threat to the health, security and economic well being of the State. By the time eugenics became politically incorrect in the 1940’s, physicians implementing government health policy had performed more than 60,000 involuntary sterilizations on mentally disabled or chronically ill Americans. [93] Hitler was influenced by Marx and Nietzsche and inspired by U.S. eugenics laws. He blended utilitarianism with social Darwinism and nationalism to create a view of the State as one biological entity or body that must be kept healthy and free from disease and threats from unfit individuals. Enlisting the assistance of physicians and public health officials, the first minority considered unfit and expendable were severely handicapped children, the chronically sick and mentally ill, the “useless eaters” they were called. And when the reasons for why a person was identified as a threat to the health, economic stability, or security of the State grew longer to include minorities who were too old or too Jewish or too Catholic or too opinionated or simply unwilling to believe what those in control of the State said was true….as the list of those the State branded as persons of interest to be demonized, feared, tracked, isolated and eliminated grew, so did the collective denial of those who had yet to be put on that list. Doctors’ Crimes Against Humanity: Judgment at Nuremberg When doctors were charged with crimes against humanity at the Doctor’s Trial at Nuremberg for carrying out horrific scientific experiments on captive children and adults in the concentration camps, including vaccine experiments, they pointed to U.S. eugenics laws and invoked a utilitarian defense, claiming it was moral to sacrifice the health and lives of individuals to advance scientific knowledge that could save the lives of many more. [94, 95] Out of the Doctors Trial at Nuremberg came the Nuremberg Code, of which Yale law professor and physician Jay Katz said, “if not explicitly then at least implicitly, commanded that the principle of the advancement of science bow to a higher principle: protection of individual inviolability. The rights of individuals to thoroughgoing self-determination and autonomy must come first. “ [96] The First Principle of the Nuremberg Code is, “The voluntary consent of the human subject is absolutely essential.” [97] The Doctor’s Trial at Nuremberg put a human face on individual victims of immoral government health policies. The Nuremberg Code stands as an uncompromising affirmation of the value of every human life and the natural right to self-determination, a timeless guide to ethical behavior by scientists and physicians. While post World War II Europe had to process what they had learned from The Doctor’s Trial at Nuremberg and the holocaust, things were very different in America. In our country, prominent members of our society who had promoted and participated in the practice of eugenics were never required to look in the mirror and reflect upon what they had done, or face public disgrace. [98] They just went underground.

Science & Math Rule: History of Philosophy Forgotten Our perception of what is true and good is very much influenced by the prism through which we are taught to view the world. In today’s public schools, education is focused on science and math, but the study of philosophy and its’ impact on human history is not valued or taught that often. There is no discussion about the kind of utilitarian thinking that made eugenics acceptable in America. Few Gen Xers and Millennials, who will steer our nation into the second half of the 21nd century, understand the ramifications of allowing utilitarianism to guide public health policy and law, even as the specter of genetic engineering to change what it means to be human is already underway. [99, 100, 101] Do they understand the influence of utilitarian philosophers like Dr. Peter Singer, professor of bioethics at Princeton, who says it is ethical to euthanize disabled babies in the first 30 days of life, and it is ethical to euthanize elderly and disabled persons who are not aware they serve no useful purpose in society, because, he says, the life of a severely intellectually disabled person has no greater value than that of a dog or pig? [102] Dr. Paul Offit and other contemporary utilitarians who develop vaccines, make vaccine policy and promote “no exceptions” mandatory vaccination laws [103] are forcing us to kneel before them at an altar reminiscent of the one that a 19th century August Comte, built for his Religion of Humanity. We are not allowed to talk about what is true or good in the public square unless we have medical or academic credentials and then – only if we strictly adhere to promoting their consensus science, a code word for censorship that delegitimizes freedom of thought and dissent. Debate About Forced Vaccination Transcends Vaccination Today, everybody knows somebody who was healthy, got vaccinated and was never healthy again. But the vaccine science is settled, say the utilitarians refusing to compare the health of vaccinated children to unvaccinated children. Vaccines do not injure and kill, they say, or – if they do – it is so rare, that requiring some children to sacrifice their lives without their parent’s informed consent is ethical in order to enforce mandatory vaccination laws that serve the greater good. It is for this reason that the debate about vaccination transcends vaccination. It is the tip of the spear in a much larger war that is being waged on cultural values and beliefs in America, which is why I call it The Vaccine Culture War. Because if the State can tag, track down and force citizens against their will to be injected with biologicals of known and unknown toxicity today, then there will be no limit on which individual freedoms the State can take away in the name of the greater good tomorrow. Today the battlefield of the 200 year war on microbes is littered with human casualties far too numerous to count while, in a natural fight to survive, the microbes have evolved to evade the vaccines. [104] And the scientists and physicians in leadership positions determined to win that war continue to fire away, stepping around the bodies of vaccine-damaged children lying on the ground. Do I think that public health officials flying the science flag with a utilitarian star on it wake up everyday and say to themselves, I want to hurt a child today? Of course not. Most doctors and scientists want to help, not harm people. Do I think they have lost their way, blinded by a utilitarian pseudo-ethic that makes it easy to ignore the bodies lying on the ground so they can allow themselves to believe that human sacrifice is ethical when it serves the greater good? Yes, I do. They have forgotten to ask themselves this question: When one individual is considered expendable for the good of society, how many more can be considered expendable? Is it 500, 5,000, 50 million – or more? How many is too many to sacrifice for the happiness of the rest, and who gets to decide which ones among us are expendable? Holocaust survivor Elie Weisel said, “When you take an idea or concept and turn it into an abstraction, that opens the way to take human beings and turn them, also, into abstractions. When people are turned into abstractions, what is left?” [105] He is right. Abstractions are much easier to write off as coincidences. Abstractions are easier to add up in a column when there is no name or a face put to them. Abstractions do not live or breathe, bleed or convulse, scream or die. Abstractions can be dismissed and buried in files where nobody ever has to look. Rejecting Utilitarianism & Embracing An Authentic Ethic After surviving four concentration camps, physician Viktor Frankl called on mankind to reject the materialist view that a person only has value if he useful to society, which makes him a slave to the State. Frankl said: “The gas chambers of Auschwitz were the ultimate consequence of the theory that man is nothing but the product of heredity and environment—or, as the Nazis liked to say, of ‘Blood and Soil.’” I am absolutely convinced that the gas chambers of Auschwitz, Treblinka, and Majdanek were ultimately prepared not in some Ministry or other in Berlin, but rather at the desks and in the lecture halls of nihilistic scientists and philosophers.” [106]Transcending the horror of what he had witnessed, Dr. Frankl was able to see that, “Between stimulus and response, there is a space. In that space is our power to choose our response. In our response lies our growth and our freedom.“ ….. “It is this spiritual freedom – which cannot be taken away – that makes life meaningful and purposeful. In the 21st century, all of us are called upon to choose whether or not we will embrace what Albert Schweitzer called “a reverence for life.” [107] It requires us to turn away from materialist philosophers like Hobbes, Bentham, Comte, Marx, Nietzsche and Singer, who say that individual life does not matter, that life has no meaning, and that morality can be reduced to a mathematical equation. Enlightened physicians and scientists with compassion and courage are called upon to take back leadership of their professions from those who have lost their way. Even as those, who have been victims of utilitarian health policies, must continue to witness in the public square. Only then can we reject utilitarianism as a guide to the practice of medicine so consensus science orthodoxy will give way to real science that yields the truth about vaccination and health. Only then can we transcend the horror of what has happened to far too many children in the name of the greater good and adopt an authentic ethic, one that values individual autonomy and freedom of thought, speech and conscience – civil liberties that have been an antidote to tyranny in its many forms throughout human history. Our mission continues. No forced vaccination. Not in America.

Read the full article at NVIC.org.

http://healthimpactnews.com/2017/from-nuremberg-to-california-how-eugenics-destroys-the-lives-of-children-by-removing-consent-to-medical-procedures-like-vaccines/ 

:: 11-8-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Socialized health care system COLLAPSES in Venezuela… no more hospital beds, no matter how sick you are

Wednesday, November 08, 2017 by: Lance D Johnson

(Natural News) It didn’t take long for the socialist experiment in Venezuela to give way to malnutrition, starvation and scarcity of hospital beds and basic medical supplies. It doesn’t matter how sick you are right now in Venezuela; you might have no option but to take makeshift treatment from the hospital floor. Women are giving birth in crowded waiting rooms, and hundreds of thousands of people with malaria are suffering, unable to get treatment. Over a million cases of malaria are expected by 2018. According to expert estimates, the country has enough hospital beds to accommodate about 25 percent of the country’s needs. The government’s supply of 47,000 hospital beds has shrunk to 18,000 units, as the socialist health care system continues to ration. There is no guarantee that a doctor will be able to help you if you walk through hospital doors, either. This comes at a time when thousands of the country’s children are at risk of dying from malnutrition. Illnesses such as diphtheria are getting the best of the young and old, who are starving for nutrition or some kind of sustenance and stability. Rafael Gottenger, president of the Venezuelan American Medical Association, says: “We have seen children dying in Caracas from malnutrition. Mothers have nothing to feed their children. I have documented cases. For example, in the El Llanito Hospital, at least eight children have died recently from malnutrition. And if that’s the way it is in the capital, how would it be in the rest of the country? ”The Venezuelan socialist experiment is about eighteen years old. For fifteen years, the country was represented by Hugo Chavez, a populist who promised free healthcare and an improved standard of living. While the standard of living increased for many in the beginning, the wealth was slowly rationed by those at the very top of the socialist pyramid scheme. Over the years, the country became dependent on foreign oil for a majority of its economy. As the price of the oil went down, the wealth that the government was able to redistribute diminished. When the government gains control over the economy, the very import aspects of innovation, competition, and efficiency are lost. Newfound dependency on social programs halts the drive and initiative of people. Consumer choice is lost as bureaucrats and the wealthy class engage in corruption and decide what is best for the majority. What was promised as a fair system slowly loses its ability to regulate its own prices based on consumer demand. The limited supply of money that is taken from the producers is never enough to take care of everyone. When the money begins to run out to make life fair for everyone, production is slowed and goods and services become scarce. When the government begins setting the prices, the elite crony authoritarians find ways to take advantage, cutting off competition that naturally drives prices down and provides more abundant resources and choice. In Venezuela now, even if a patient finds a hospital bed, there is no guarantee he or she will receive treatment. Douglas Leon Natera, president of the Venezuelan Medical Federation says hospitals have less than five percent of the supplies and medicines needed to function normally. “Any Venezuelan who gets sick here in the country today runs the risk of entering a clinic only to have the relatives leave crying” Natera told El Nuevo Herald in a telephone interview. He says the high-priority showcase hospitals that receive resources first only have about 10-12 percent of what they need to treat the patients who come through their doors. With low oil prices stifling their economy, current President Nicolas Maduro has resorted to placing strict limits on food and medicine imports. Catholic charity organizations have struggled to keep up with the staggering rate of malnutrition in children. One organization, the Caritas, reports malnutrition as high as 11.4 percent for children under five. The malnutrition is disaffecting children’s growth and ability to fight off infectious disease. Diptheria, once deemed eradicated, has made a comeback in the country, with new outbreaks forming. It’s still unclear how many will have to suffer before the socialist system of Venezuela finally comes to an end. Sources include: MiamiHerald.com NaturalNews.com

https://www.naturalnews.com/2017-11-08-socialized-health-care-system-collapses-in-venezuela-no-more-hospital-beds-no-matter-how-sick-you-are.html 

[:: 2-11-07 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: : :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall see China as she continues to rise in her power. etc.

:: 11-9-17 TRU News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China to Add 5th Antarctic Outpost

November 09, 2017

China is reportedly prepping a mission to Antarctica that will establish its fifth outpost on the southernmost continent as part of its effort to expand its sphere of influence. The South China Morning Post reported on the “power play,” saying the icebreaker Xuelong, with a crew of 334, headed south from Shanghai on Wednesday. Its reported destination is Inexpressible Island, located in Terra Nova Bay nearly 2,500 miles south of New Zealand, which was the site of the famous Northern Party encampment where in 1912 a group of men overwintered in an ice cavern with only four weeks’ worth of rations. The SCMP report notes that China’s interest in Antarctica may be late in arriving, but it’s coming at a time when other countries—particularly the U.S.—are being forced to cut back due to budgetary constraints. It is said to be investing heavily in development and research facilities on the continent with an eye toward 2042. That year, the prohibition on mineral exploitation enacted by the Antarctic Treaty expires. Chinese leaders have made no effort to hide their intentions, calling the Xuelong’s mission part of the government’s effort to develop “polar prospecting and extraction equipment.” For the first year, the icebreaker’s crew will establish a 2,250 square-foot outpost base. Over the next five years, it will be expanded into a full-fledge colony—China’s fifth on the perpetually frozen continent. The U.S. has only three bases on Antarctica, most of which operate on decades-old equipment. It also has only two icebreakers, one of which has not aged well. China, on the other hand, is already building its third icebreaker and has several more in development.

https://www.trunews.com/article/china-to-add-5th-antarctic-outpost 

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids.  Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

:: 11-7-17 Channel 3000 WISC TV Madison :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Military training exercise to test local response to sustained power outages

Posted: Nov 07, 2017 12:14 PM CST Updated: Nov 07, 2017 12:14 PM CST

MADISON, Wis. - Wisconsin’s Department of Military Affairs is warning Columbia County residents of an increased law enforcement presence on the ground and in the air next week for a training exercise. The training in Columbia County and at Wisconsin’s Emergency Operations center in Madison starts Nov. 14, and is in conjunction with a national-level exercise, known as Grid Ex, that takes place Nov. 15-16, officials said. The public might see increased law enforcement presence and military personnel, including non-military unmanned aerial vehicles, in the area starting Nov. 14, according to a release. The exercise will continue until mid-morning the next day. GridEx tests local, county and state emergency management officials, as well as National Guard and private utilities partners, on their responses to sustained power outages resulting from threats to the power grid, officials said. November’s training will involve local, county and state law enforcement agencies and first responders, soldiers and airmen from the Wisconsin National Guard and Alliant Energy partners, according to the release.

http://www.channel3000.com/news/military-training-exercise-to-test-local-response-to-sustained-power-outages/652916889 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 11-8-17 War is Boring :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia Presses Ahead With Combat Robots

In the air and on land

WIB airWIB land November 8, 2017 Samuel Bendett

The Russian military announced on Oct. 30, 2017 that it will begin acquiring the Nerekhta — a ground-combat robot armed with a slew of remotely-operated weapons such as machine guns and rocket launchers. Col. Oleg Pomazuev, the head of the Russian Ministry of Defense’s Department of Innovation Research, said the Nerekhtas “managed to prove themselves well at the Alabino testing ground,” and that the robots exceeded manned combat vehicles “in a number of parameters.” The spartan-looking, mid-sized Nerekhta comes in three varieties — combat, transport and artillery reconnaissance – and can be equipped with a 12.7-millimeter or 7.62-millimeter machine gun, as well as a 30-millimeter AG-30M automatic grenade launcher. The Russian Ministry of Defense views such machines as an important way to amplify the army’s combat power. Robots can go where human beings cannot. Russia is in fact testing many unmanned ground vehicles, from small devices to tank-sized models equipped with a variety of ammunition. Going into 2018 and beyond, the Russian military will start acquiring more unmanned military systems for its air, land and naval forces. The past few weeks have seen several significant developments in Russian unmanned military systems, from government hints at how such systems could operate to announcements about new concepts and prototypes. The Russian military establishment has dropped several mentions about the implementation of artificial intelligence in combat. On Nov. 1, Viktor Bondarev, chairman of the Federation Council’s Defense and Security Committee, stated that artificial intelligence will be able to “replace a soldier on the battlefield and a pilot in an aircraft cockpit.” He further indicated that Russia is pursuing “swarm” technology — also pursued by the U.S. military — which would allow a network of drones to operate as a single unit. “Flying robots will be able to act in a formation rather than separately,” Bondarev said. “Perhaps, an operator will be sitting on the ground and controlling a whole unmanned squadron with the help of a computer … the day is nearing when vehicles will get artificial intelligence. So, why not entrust aviation or air defense to them?” Such official statements indicate that Russian military elites are contemplating the use of artificial intelligence in military settings in the future with a level of comfort about the idea, in contrast to more cautious and ambiguous statements in the West on the use of artificial intelligence. Bondarev’s statement could pour more oil on the fire of concern expressed by the American military establishment that the race for militarized AI is tightening among the United States, China and Russia. However, despite public pronouncements, unless an actual Russian proof of concept is tested, there is no cause for alarm, especially when the Russian military is so far following in American and Chinese footsteps in developing unmanned aerial vehicle swarms and manned-unmanned teaming concepts. On Oct. 27, 2017, Russian Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu confirmed that the armed forces will receive unmanned combat aerial vehicles, presumably beginning in 2018. Aerial drone technology is one area Russia has made strides. He indicated that “drones are (already) effectively used for conducting aerial reconnaissance, engineering support, electronic warfare, communications, and as part of target acquisition missions,” referring to the successful use of unmanned aerial vehicles in Syria, where Russian forces flew 16,000 UAV sorties for a total of 96,000 flight hours. Shoigu further stated that Russian use of its UAV fleet grew by 2.5 times since the start of its Syrian operation in 2015, from 400 to more than 1,000 monthly flights. Shoigu also indicated that Defense Ministry boards will hear proposals to increase the use and development of unmanned aircraft. Elsewhere, the Foundation for Advanced Research Projects in the Defense Industry (FPI) — the Russian equivalent of America’s Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency — announced it is developing an unmanned ground vehicle to serve as a “mobile assistant” for the country’s special forces. Such UGVs will be designed to deliver ammunition to troops on the battlefield, support special forces snipers, and, if necessary, help retrieve the wounded. Such concept UGV platforms “will combine the latest robotics developments and achievements, with the help of organizations specializing in navigation technologies, control systems and technical vision,” the FPI stated. While qualitative and quantitative gaps still exist between Russian and Western military robots, Moscow is nevertheless incorporating such technologies in its armed forces. However, Russia’s own ability to square its desire for high-tech military products with budgetary and economic realities will be a much greater and accurate indicator of the country’s unmanned ambitions.

http://warisboring.com/russia-presses-ahead-with-armed-military-robots/ 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 9-11-17 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sisi to Iran: Stop meddling in the region

Elad Benari, 09/11/17 06:05

Egyptian President sides with Saudi Arabia, calls on on Iran to stop meddling in the Middle East, but stresses he is against war. Egyptian President Abdel Fattah Al-Sisi on Wednesday called on Iran to stop "meddling" in the Middle East, but stressed that he does not want war and believes dialogue can resolve the region's crises. With his comments, quoted by The Associated Press, Sisi threw his support behind Egypt's Gulf ally Saudi Arabia amid the kingdom's mounting tensions with Iran. The Egyptian president told reporters that he did not want more tensions in the region, but that doesn't mean threats to Arab countries can be tolerated. "The region has enough instability and challenges as it is. We don't need any new complications involving Iran or Hezbollah so we don't add new challenges to the region," Sisi was quoted as having said at a news conference in the Red Sea resort of Sharm el-Sheikh. "I am against war, we can resolve crises with dialogue," he stressed when asked about the possibility of war with Iran or Hezbollah. But, he added, "Gulf security is a red line and others must stop meddling in our affairs and not work to escalate tensions. We in Egypt believe that Arab and Gulf security and any threat to Gulf (Arab) nations is a threat to our own national security." Sisi also said Saudi Arabia remained stable in the wake of the surprise arrest over the weekend of dozens of ministers, members of the royal family, businessmen and senior army officers. "Conditions in Saudi Arabia are totally stable and I have confidence in the government's handling of the situation," he insisted. But he avoided the increasingly aggressive rhetoric that has come from Riyadh in recent days. Over the weekend, Saudi Arabia blamed Iran for a missile fired toward its capital by Houthi rebels in Yemen and warned that could be considered an act of war. At the same time, Saudi officials accused Hezbollah, Iran's terror proxy in Lebanon of "declaring war" on the kingdom, following the resignation of Lebanese Prime Minister Saad Al-Hariri. Shiite Iran and Sunni Saudi Arabia have a historic rivalry in the Middle East. Saudi Arabia has repeatedly called on Iran to stop its “meddling” in the affairs of the kingdom's neighbors. Iran has fired back, accusing Saudi Arabia of trying to “drag the entire region into confrontation”.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/237848 

:: 11-8-17 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Climate Engineering Is A Gateway To Global Government

November 8, 2017 By Derrick Broze

As the U.S. House of Representatives held its first hearing on climate engineering it is becoming clear that the technology will lead to international governance. On Wednesday the U.S. House Subcommittee on Environment and Subcommittee on Energy Hearing held the first House hearing on the controversial subject of climate engineering or weather modification. The hearing, titled “Geoengineering: Innovation, Research, and Technology,” brought together members of the House committees as well as representatives of think tanks, scientists, and researchers in the field to discuss the future of geoengineering research and whether the Trump administration should allocate funding. The push for discussion of geoengineering from the Trump administration should come as no surprise. Back in January 2017, Activist Post reported that “the U.S. Global Change Research Program quietly recommended new studies looking into two specific areas of research involving geoengineering.” With the release of their report, the GCRP became the first scientists in the federal government to formally recommend studies involving geoengineering. Participants in Wednesday’s hearing include Full Committee Chairman Lamar Smith (R-Texas), Environment Subcommittee Chairman Andy Biggs (R-Ariz.), and Energy Subcommittee Chairman Randy Weber (R-Texas). Witness testimony came from Dr. Phil Rasch, chief scientist for climate science, Laboratory Fellow, Pacific Northwest National Laboratory; Dr. Joseph Majkut, director of climate policy at the Niskanen Center; Dr. Douglas MacMartin, senior research associate, Cornell University; and Ms. Kelly Wanser, principal director, Marine Cloud Brightening Project, Joint Institute for the Study of the Atmosphere and Ocean, University of Washington. Before the discussion began, the committee members established a working definition of geoengineering. According to a 2013 congressional report: The term ‘geoengineering’ describes this array of technologies that aim, through large-scale and deliberate modifications of the Earth’s energy balance, to reduce temperatures and counteract anthropogenic climate change. Most of these technologies are at the conceptual and research stages, and their effectiveness at reducing global temperatures has yet to be proven. Moreover, very few studies have been published that document the cost, environmental effects, socio-political impacts, and legal implications of geoengineering. If geoengineering technologies were to be deployed, they are expected to have the potential to cause significant transboundary effects. In general, geoengineering technologies are categorized as either a carbon dioxide removal (CDR) method or a solar radiation management (SRM) (or albedo-modification) method. CDR methods address the warming effects of greenhouse gases by removing carbon dioxide (CO2) from the atmosphere. CDR methods include ocean fertilization, and carbon capture and sequestration. SRM methods address climate change by increasing the reflectivity of the Earth’s atmosphere or surface. Aerosol injection and space-based reflectors are examples of SRM methods. SRM methods do not remove greenhouse gases from the atmosphere, but can be deployed faster with relatively immediate global cooling results compared to CDR methods. As the hearing unfolded, Committee Chairman Smith acknowledged that geoengineering “could have positive effects on the Earth’s atmosphere,” but cautioned “we have a lot to learn.” Smith’s outlook illustrated his skepticism of man-made climate change, stating, “While we are not sure this is plausible, some scientists believe it could achieve substantial environmental benefits at a cheaper cost than regulations.” Smith did acknowledge the “unintended consequences of geoengineering,” drawing attention to the fact that studies have shown altering the climate in one part of the world could have disastrous effects elsewhere. “One concern is that brightening clouds could alter rain patterns, making it rain more in some places or less in others,” Smith stated. “We still do not know enough about this subject to thoroughly understand the pros and cons of these types of technologies.” Supporters of geoengineering currently find themselves with a lack of public funding for these programs, as well as a skeptical public. This hearing was aimed at bringing the topic into the mainstream consciousness and potentially garnering support for funding. Chairman Andy Biggs mentioned the need for further study, stating “if in the future the government wants to actually apply the concepts and findings of geoengineering research, we must fully examine both the potential merits and potential pitfalls of this emergent field.” Kelly Wanser, principal director of the Marine Cloud Brightening Project, also encouraged “governance and regulatory efforts.” Wanser emphasized that oversight should be “rapidly established.” Joseph Majkut, Director of Climate Policy at The Niskanen Center, mentioned that “Congress has already given limited authority to regulate experiments intent on altering the weather, including changing planetary albedo.” However, Majkut noted, “at this point, those regulations are limited to reporting requirements.” Majkut called for Congress to implement “significant civil and administrative penalties” and potentially criminal penalties for violating the regulations. “Congress might also consider whether to extend that criminal liability not only to such experiments originating within or over the United States, but also conducted outside of our borders that result in an impact on the United States,” Majkut stated. “Such considerations would need the input of the diplomatic and international community.” The Niskanen Center is described as a libertarian think-tank aimed at influencing “Washington insiders,” as opposed to the public. The Center takes on issues like the environment and works to influence political leaders. In a recent blog titled “RIGHTLY GOVERNING SOLAR GEOENGINEERING RESEARCH,” Majkut and colleagues wrote about need for “small-scale field tests” and “a domestic regulatory governance structure for research.” Further, The Niskanen Center wrote that national governance structures might serve “as a test-bed for governance ideas” which could “seed discussions on international deployment” of geoengineering over the coming two decades. The hearing’s emphasis on the need for domestic and international governance structures illustrates the uncertainty around how exactly geoengineering will affect neighboring nations and communities. The Carnegie Climate Geoengineering Governance Initiative recently released a statement in support of “well-governed research on geoengineering” and urged governments and other institutions to support the University of Calgary’s recent publication of a Code of Conduct for Responsible Geoengineering Research. “Geoengineering is a matter for all society, worldwide, as it affects us all,” Carnegie wrote. “This means we need to hear many more voices than currently being heard in the geoengineering debate." The Secret $20 Bitcoin Blue Print (Ad) While these debates have mostly focused on the thoughts and opinions of government leaders and political pundits, the majority of the world is being left out of these discussions. It is absolutely vital for elected officials to discuss matters of such import, but we cannot allow the politicians alone to dominate the conversation. What of developing countries, indigenous communities, and local populations? Their voices must be heard in order to fully assess the risks of geoengineering. Do the governments of the world care about the will of the people, or will they push forth with their agenda regardless of public opinion or concern? These are important questions which need to be considered among any debate on the potential of engineering the climate of our planet. One way or another, our lives and future depend on the outcome of this scientific debate. For a much deeper look into the history of climate and weather engineering, please see this. Image Credit Derrick Broze is an investigative journalist and liberty activist. He is the Lead Investigative Reporter for ActivistPost.com and the founder of the TheConsciousResistance.com. Follow him on Twitter. Derrick is the author of three books: The Conscious Resistance: Reflections on Anarchy and Spirituality and Finding Freedom in an Age of Confusion, Vol. 1 and Finding Freedom in an Age of Confusion, Vol. 2 Derrick is available for interviews. Please contact Derrick@activistpost.com  This article may be freely reposted in part or in full with author attribution and source link.

https://www.activistpost.com/2017/11/climate-engineering-is-a-gateway-to-global-government.html

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 11-9-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

France: A Decomposing Civilization

by Giulio Meotti November 9, 2017 at 6:00 am

France's authorities and elites are tearing up, piece by piece, the country's historical, religious and cultural legacy so that nothing remains. A nation dispossessed of its identity will see its inner strength broken. No French terrorist who went to cut off heads in Syria lost his citizenship. The magazine Charlie Hebdo is now receiving new death threats, and no major French publication expressed solidarity with their murdered colleagues by drawing Islamic caricatures. Many of the French intelligentsia have been dragged in courts for alleged "Islamophobia". The martyrdom of Father Jacques Hamel at the hands of Islamists has already been forgotten; the site of the massacre is still waiting for a visit from Pope Francis as a sign of condolence and respect. France "sacrificed the victims to avoid fighting the murderers". — Shmuel Trigano, sociologist. France is about to commemorate the victims of the terror attacks of November 13, 2015. What has been achieved in the two years since the attacks? The French authorities are sending compensation to more than 2,500 victims of the jihadist attacks in Paris and Saint-Denis, who will be compensated with 64 million euros. Important victories were also attained by anti-terrorism forces. According to an enquiry by the weekly L'Express, in the last two years, 32 terrorist attacks were foiled, 625 firearms were seized, 4,457 people suspected of having jihadist links were searched, and 752 individuals were placed under house arrest. But the general impression is that of a country "frailing from within". In 1939, a Spanish anti-Fascist journalist, Manuel Chaves Nogales, fled to France, where he witnessed the collapse of the French Republic under German assault. His book, The Agony of France, could have been written about today. Nogales wrote that while the German soldiers were marching through Paris, the French were swarming out of movie theaters, "just in time for the apéritif at the bistro". After two French girls were murdered by an Islamist in Marseille last month, the social commentator Mathieu Bock-Côté wrote that France is experiencing "a process of national and civilizational decomposition that the authorities have decided to accompany and moderate, without claiming to fight and overthrow it, as if it were unavoidable". He seem to have got it right. The previous French president, François Hollande, did not even try to get re-elected; his successor, Emmanuel Macron, refuses to talk about Islam and appears to accept the permanent capitulation to the state of fear and emergency. The French army failed to liberate Raqqa, Syria as it promised after the attacks. "France will destroy ISIS", Hollande said after the carnage in Paris; but it was US and Kurdish forces that liberated the Islamic State's de facto capital. 15,000 French Islamists are now being monitored by the French intelligence services. Meanwhile, in the last ten years, 40,000 Jews have fled France. The safety of ordinary French people is no longer guaranteed. Islamist violence can arise anywhere to strike those who wear a uniform and those who do not. All French citizens are now targets in a war where, for Islamist terrorists, everything is allowed. In France's parliament, "Islamo-Leftist" voices are becoming increasingly bold. The political class distracts itself with "inclusive writing" at school; in vitro fertilization for singles and gays and on-the-spot fines for "sexist" harassers. No French terrorist who went to cut off heads in Syria lost his citizenship. The magazine Charlie Hebdo is receiving new death threats; no major French publication expressed solidarity with its murdered colleagues by printing Islamic caricatures. The victims' relatives published books entitled, You Will Not Have My Hate. Many of the French intelligentsia have been dragged into court for alleged "Islamophobia". Meanwhile, no Islamist enclave inside the secular Republic has been reclaimed, and only 19 Salafist mosques have been closed. The French parliament recently found it urgent to strip the politician Marine Le Pen of immunity after she tweeted photographs of victims of ISIS, including that of the US journalist James Foley. "Daesh is THIS!", she wrote in a post accompanying the photographs and using the Arabic acronym for ISIS. So, a country that that suffered 250 murders at the hands of ISIS removed political protection to a leader, who is already under police protection, for having spread the images of victims of ISIS, and thereby opening the door for her prosecution. The martyrdom of Father Jacques Hamel at the hands of Islamists has been forgotten; the site of the massacre is still waiting for a visit from Pope Francis as a sign of condolence and respect. French judges are now busy removing Christian symbols from the landscape: last month in Ploërmel, the cross above a statue of Pope John Paul II was ordered dispatched for allegedly violating the separation of church and state. Paris's Mayor Anne Hidalgo recently banned the city's main Christmas market for being insufficiently elegant. France's authorities and elites are tearing up, piece by piece, the country's historical, religious and cultural legacy so that nothing will remain. But a nation dispossessed of its identity will see its inner strength broken. Samuel Pruvot, a journalist for Famille Chrétienne ("Christian Family"), recently claimed that Christianity in France will be soon found in "museums". French culture, for the past two years, has been marked by "the sentiment of the end of the world". Intellectuals from both the left and right have been publishing essays about the "suicide of France", its "decadence" and its "unhappy identity". These are brilliant and important takes on the current state of French society. France now needs to go beyond mourning. It needs to show strength -- the will to prevail. France now needs to start fighting the ideological war, the most important one after arrests and the seizure of weapons. If France does not do that, November 13, 2015 will be remembered as the day in which France, as the sociologist Shmuel Trigano said, "sacrificed the victims to avoid fighting the murderers". Giulio Meotti, Cultural Editor for Il Foglio, is an Italian journalist and author.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/11336/france-decomposing 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 11-9-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi Arabia Orders Its Citizens To Leave Lebanon Immediately

by Tyler Durden Nov 9, 2017 12:33 PM

In a odd coincidence, just moments after we published an article laying out Hezbollah's military power at a time when both Saudi Arabia and Lebanon appear to be targeting Lebanon, and just two days after we discussed a leaked Israeli cable that confirmed Saudi Arabia and Israel are deliberately coordinating to destabilize the region and push Lebanon to a state of war, Saudi Arabia has ordered its citizens residing in Lebanon to leave immediately in a travel warning issued on Thursday, November 9. As Al Arabiya adds, the travel warning also called for Saudi nationals not to travel to Lebanon from any point of origin. Full advisory below: Official Source at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs: Saudi nationals visiting or residing in Lebanon are asked to leave the country as soon as possible. Riyadh, Safar 20, 1439, November 09, 2017, SPA -- Due to the situations in the Republic of Lebanon, the official source at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs stated that the Saudi nationals visiting or residing in Lebanon are asked to leave the country as soon as possible. The Kingdom advised all citizens not to travel to Lebanon from any other international destinations. This follows a similar warning issued by the Kingdom of Bahrain on November 5 urghing its nationals residing in Lebanon to leave immediately and to "exercise caution.” The Bahraini call came a day after Lebanese Prime Minister Saad Hariri announced his resignation, while on location in Saudi Arabia, citing concerns he could be assassinated like his father, criticized the Lebanon-based Hezbollah paramilitary and political movement and accused Iran of alleged attempts to bring destruction to the region. The Bahraini foreign ministry said in a statement received by AFP that its call was "in the interest of its citizens’ safety and to avoid any risks they may be exposed due to the conditions and developments” that Lebanon is going through. Earlier, Reuters reported that Lebanon believes former premier Saad al-Hariri, who as noted above resigned on Saturday while in Saudi Arabia, is being held by Riyadh, and Beirut plans to work with foreign states to secure his return, a top Lebanese government official said on Thursday. A second Reuters source, a senior politician close to Saudi-allied Hariri, said Saudi Arabia had ordered him to resign and put him under house arrest. A third source familiar with the situation said Saudi Arabia was controlling and limiting his movement. Saudi Arabia and members of Hariri’s Future Movement have denied reports that he is under house arrest. But he has put out no statements himself denying his movements are being restricted. He made a one-day flying visit to the United Arab Emirates earlier this week before returning to Saudi Arabia. Earlier on Thursday, Saudi Arabia's foreign minister also urged the international community to slap fresh sanctions against Iran, accusing its regional rival of supporting terrorism. "We would like to see sanctions on Iran for its support of terrorism and sanctions on Iran for violating the ballistic missile resolutions of the United Nations," Adel Al-Jubeir, Saudi minister of foreign affairs, told CNBC Thursday. Al-Jubeir also said that the landmark nuclear deal between Iran and six world powers was "weak," especially given Tehran would be capable of assembling a bomb "within weeks." He added he would like to see international agencies carry out a "much more robust" job when conducting inspections in Iran. Al-Jubeir also described the situation in Lebanon as "unfortunate" and went on to accuse Hezbollah of "hijacking the system" and putting "roadblocks" in front of Hariri at every opportunity. When asked whether Saudi Arabia was headed for a direct conflict with Iran, Al-Jubeir replied, "We hope not", and yet just hours later Riyadh made it clear that any Saudi citizens in Lebanon are now in danger. Needless to say, traditionally such accelerate evacuation orders have preceded military intervention. Should that be the case again, keep a close eye on oil.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-11-09/saudi-arabia-orders-its-citizens-leave-lebanon-immediately 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Be established in me, be not established in the world or the things of the world, but be established in me, for the days just ahead are dark days, evil days, wicked days, when many things shall take place. Things that shall even shock you, things that shall wake you up and wake up others, things that shall cause them to realize the lateness of the hour, the time in which you are living. They will see and understand the plot of the enemy, how he strives to take over and become a one world government, a one world enterprise who will contain all the food and issue out the food and even take over farms to control the food, the water, the gas, the oil, the supplies. Oh, the wickedness of his plot, but fear not that plot, etc.

:: 11-4-17 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Globalism vs. Patriotism, Evil vs. Good – Mark Taylor

By Greg Hunter On September 4, 2017

Mark Taylor, author of the wildly popular book “The Trump Prophecies,” correctly predicted, early on, a victory by Donald Trump to win the White House. Taylor is a retired firefighter that has become an unlikely prophet of God, who contends “President Trump is God’s anointed.” Taylor says what is going on is nothing short of a grand battle between good and evil. Taylor explains, “Here’s what I believe is going on right now. There is no longer a Republican and Democrat party – period. This is about globalism vs. patriotism basically right now. This is about light vs. dark. What you are seeing happen right now is God has anointed Donald Trump to pull us out of this hole we have been in for so long, this period of darkness we have been in. Donald Trump has literally stopped the enemy’s timeline. . . . The globalists have an agenda for this New World Order (NWO) timeline. They wanted Hillary Clinton as the finisher – period. I tell people all the time if anybody is pro-open borders and pro-immigration, you are a globalist. You are part of the NWO agenda. You are trying to forward the kingdom of darkness. They are coming against Donald Trump because the Christians in this nation, and I am not going to say the church because the church is in bad shape right now, it was the ‘remnant’ (Christians) that won this victory on November 8th. Because we won this victory, we cut the head off of that snake. This snake is kicking and screaming, writhing and kicking around and not liking the fact that their plans . . . have been derailed. . . . When you start putting these things together, Obama was the author of all this stuff, and Hillary was going to be the finisher of it. She was going to say this is the way it’s going to be, and by 2021 or 2022, America was going to be under a New World Order. It was going to be pro-open borders, completely open, and it was going to be a free flow of products and free flow of people. We have stopped that. By us putting him in office, we have stopped the enemy’s time line, and they are angry. . . . God is not even having to expose these people. They are exposing themselves.” Will God use the Trump Administration to strike back? First up is the legacy propaganda news media. Taylor says, “God is going to clean house on the news media, and I firmly believe that. You are going to begin to see the spirit of truth begin to flow. . . . You are already seeing it take place right now because the news media is being exposed like never before.” What about the so-called deep state and politicians? Taylor starts with fired FBI Director James Comey. Taylor contends, “James Comey was the clog in the pipe that was keeping the swamp from being drained. Now that he’s out of the way, you are starting to see things happen. . . . In 2015, I wrote a prophetic statement from God, and it says the spirit of God says your time has come to an end. You are both (Bill and Hillary Clinton) being omitted for the crime you have committed. . . . this is what God told me to write. . . . They are going to go down. I believe at some point, she (Hillary) will go to jail. It will be a sign to the United States that that spirit of Jezebel has been locked up and the key thrown away. God is not going to let this stuff go, and look at the pedophilia. There has been a total media blackout, and there has been 4,000 arrests. . . . This is what God has been telling me for a long time. There are military style tribunals coming because this thing goes so deep. I think it is even boggling the mind of Donald Trump right now. He’s trying to get his team in place so they can go after these people and prosecute them. There are going to be military style tribunals break out when the names come to light.” Taylor says, “Don’t fall for the doom and gloom. . . Some of my prophecies I have written say America is going to prosper like never before. Everybody thinks America is under judgment . . . but what about all the good things America has done. There are 100 different countries out there that are way worse than America, and they are still on the map. 90% of the Gospel that has gone throughout the earth has come from America. Where are all those seeds? God is going to use Donald Trump to bring those seeds back, and part of that is going to be getting America out of debt. You have a hard time prospering if you are in debt.” Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with Mark Taylor, author of the popular book “The Trump Prophecies.” (There is much, much more in this nearly hour long interview.] After the Interview: Mark Taylor says, “Right now, God wants to stress unity, unity and unity among Christians. All Christians should be thinking with one heart, one mind, in accord and in unity.” To buy a copy of “The Trump Prophecies” in paperback or eBook version click here for Amazon version and click here for Barnes and Nobel. To get Mark’s prophetic writings for free, go to his business website sordrescue.com. (Taylor sells cutting edge rescue equipment.) Click the “Prophetic Words” tab at the top of the page. There is also a free short trailer about Mark Taylor and the Prophecies he says are coming from God the Father. What’s next for Mark Taylor? Taylor tells me that he and “The Trump Prophecies” co-author Mary Colbert “will be on Cornerstone TV on September 11th for a National Day of Repentance, Fasting and Prayer. Mary Colbert will lead off at the 9am slot, and I will be doing the Target focused repentance at 3pm EST.” Mark sends “Blessings” to all.

https://usawatchdog.com/globalism-vs-patriotism-evil-vs-good-mark-taylor/ 

Scribe note:  This prophecy is posted as a news item and is not coming from the prophecy at  RMMI

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 11-8-17 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fire and ice: Mapping the magma flow to Antarctica's most active volcano

By EMILIE RICHARDSON & JEFF COSTELLO Nov 8, 2017, 11:39 AM ET

On a quest to map the magma source of Mount Erebus in Antarctica, one of the most remote and highly active volcanoes in the world, scientists needed the expertise of mountaineer Danny Uhlmann. From altitude sickness to dealing with potentially deadly crevasses while traversing the glacier, Uhlmann was responsible for the team's safety during the expedition. A crevasse is a deadly trap for unprepared climbers; frequently camouflaged in snow, the opening in glacial ice can be hundreds of feet wide and well over 100 feet deep. Under Uhlmann's guidance, the team wore climbing harnesses on the glacier and were trained to execute crevasse rescues using specialized rope techniques involving clamps and pulleys. Additionally, Uhlmann assessed the safety of the terrain for landing a helicopter at numerous measurement locations. Magma is molten rock below the earth's surface. When it erupts from a volcano or a fissure in the ground it's called lava. The project of creating a 3D map, like a CAT scan of the Earth, to trace the source of the magma flowing out of Mount Erebus was led by principle investigators Dr. Phil Wannamaker and Dr. Graham Hill. Funding was provided by the National Science Foundation grant and Royal Society of New Zealand. This was Dr. Wannamaker's seventh trip to Antarctica and Dr. Hill's fifth. Dr. Wannamaker told ABC News, "All trips have included a mountaineer/field safety trainer. The Erebus trip was unique in the elevation range we worked over, from sea level to 12,400' -- the number of field seasons and general exposure to weather and crevasse hazard." The scientists selected this particular volcano for several reasons; the first was that it is the world's best example of a phonolitic volcano, which formed in the early stages of the Earth rifting apart. It is also one of the most active volcanoes in the world, with a persistent lake of lava at the summit. Its close proximity to the McMurdo Station, a U.S. research center, and New Zealand's Scott Base benefited the scientists. The team gathered data from over 120 sites using a specialized geophysics technique, magnetotellurics, which will "see" more than 50 miles down into the Earth's upper mantle. In other projects, this type of geophysics research has allowed scientists to peer hundreds of miles into the Earth, "creating a new understanding of the basic processes that are functioning all the time beneath our feet, going back billions of years, and to be continued for billions more,” according to Uhlmann. Dr. Wannamaker told ABC News in an email, "Projects go smoothly and are a delight if all personnel – scientists, engineers, field safety, students, base support staff – recognize each other as peers and that the science is the primary goal." Uhlmann, who also works as a photographer, explained why he was interested in the research project. "This is something that needs to be seen. These scientists are not the type of people that put themselves in the spotlight and these places they travel to are very rare to see," he said.

http://abcnews.go.com/International/fire-ice-mapping-magma-flow-antarcticas-active-volcano/story?id=50512093 

:: 11-8-17 Newsweek :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NASA Discovers Mantle Plume Almost as Hot as Yellowstone Supervolcano That's Melting Antarctica From Below

By Hannah Osborne On Wednesday, November 8, 2017 - 08:30

A mantle plume producing almost as much heat as Yellowstone supervolcano appears to be melting part of West Antarctica from beneath. Researchers at NASA have discovered a huge upwelling of hot rock under Marie Byrd Land, which lies between the Ross Ice Shelf and the Ross Sea, is creating vast lakes and rivers under the ice sheet. The presence of a huge mantle plume could explain why the region is so unstable today, and why it collapsed so quickly at the end of the last Ice Age, 11,000 years ago. Mantle plumes are thought to be part of the plumbing systems that brings hot material up from Earth’s interior. Once it gets through the mantle, it spreads out under the crust, providing magma for volcanic eruptions. The area above a plume is known as a hotspot. For 30 years, scientists have suggested that a mantle plume may exist under Marie Byrd Land. Its presence would explain the regional volcanic activity seen in the area, as well as a dome feature that exists there. However, there was no evidence to support this idea. Now, scientists from NASA’s Jet Propulsion Laboratory have created advanced numerical models to show how much heat would need to exist beneath the ice to account for their observations—including the dome and the giant subsurface rivers and lakes we know are present on Antarctica’s bedrock. As lakes fill and drain, the ice thousands of feet above rises and falls, sometimes by as much as 20 feet. Study author Hélčne Seroussi, from JPL, said when she first heard that a mantle plume might be heating Marie Byrd Land she thought the idea was “crazy.” "I didn't see how we could have that amount of heat and still have ice on top of it,” she said in a statement. However, in a study published in the Journal of Geophysical Research: Solid Earth, Seroussi and colleagues looked at one of the most well studied magma plumes on Earth—the Yellowstone hotspot. The team developed a mantle plume model to look at how much geothermal heat would be needed to explain what is seen at Marie Byrd Land. They then used the Ice Sheet System Model (ISSM), which shows the physics of ice sheets, to look at the natural sources of heating and heat transport. This model enabled researchers to place “powerful constraint” on how much melt rate was allowable, meaning they could test out different scenarios of how much heat was being produced deep beneath the ice. Their findings showed that generally, the energy being generated by the mantle plume is no more than 150 milliwatts per square meter—any more would result in too much melting. The heat generated under Yellowstone National Park, on average, is 200 milliwatts per square meter. Scientists also found one area where the heat flow must be at least 150-180 milliwatts per square meter—but data suggests mantle heat at this location comes from a rift—a fracture in the Earth’s crust where heat can rise up. Concluding, the team say the Marie Byrd Land mantle plume formed 50-110 million years ago—long before the land above was hidden by ice. Heat from it, they say, has an “important local impact” on the ice sheet—and understanding these processes will allow researchers to work out what will happen to it in the future.

http://www.newsweek.com/antarctica-melting-below-mantle-plume-almost-hot-yellowstone-supervolcano-705086?amp=1 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 11-9-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mideast Powder Keg

By Hal Lindsey

The Middle East has long been a powder keg, and right now that powder keg is inhabited by people with flaming torches. In the last week, hostility in the region reached new levels. But this time the rage is not against Israel. It is Muslim versus Muslim; Sunni versus Shiite. The possibility of war between them, casts a pall over the entire planet. Sunni and Shiite Muslims have been at each other’s throats since Muhammad died in the year 632 AD. 85 to 90% of the world’s Muslims are Sunni. By that you would think Shiites are a marginal minority. But radical Shiites run Iran, a nation that has grown significantly more powerful since the nuclear deal it concluded with the United States and five other world powers last summer. One rarely discussed side-effect of the Iran nuclear deal has been an exacerbation of the volatile relationship between Sunnis and Shiites. After the agreement, both factions ratcheted up the belligerence. Sunni-led Saudi Arabia did everything it could to crash world oil prices just as Iran prepared to re-enter the global market again after years of sanctions. Saudis and Iranians have been fighting through proxies in several countries, including Syria, and have fought directly in Yemen. Tensions rose to a whole new level late last week when Saudi Arabia executed Nimr Baqr al-Nimr a Shiite cleric, along with 47 other prisoners. After Iranian protesters attacked the Saudi embassy in Tehran, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia cut diplomatic relations with Iran. The Saudis also suspended airline flights between the two nations. The conflict then spilled over to other countries. Bahrain severed diplomatic ties with Iran. The United Arab Emirates recalled its ambassador. Hostilities spread to Africa where Sudan recalled its ambassador to Iran, and expelled the Iranian ambassador. Russia and China, both of whom are allies of Iran, have entered the fray offering their services as peacemakers. There’s no clear cut “good guy” in this fight. Iran seems willing to blow the world into chaos believing it will bring back their Muslim messiah, the “Mahdi.” They promise to wipe Israel from the earth. They fund terrorism. They have a history of providing a safe haven for terrorists. They love to shout “Death to America.” And, yes, they are still developing nuclear weapons, and the intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICMBs) to carry them. On the other side, Saudi Arabia’s whole existence is based on a movement within Sunni Islam called “Wahhabism.” It was named after an eighteenth century Sunni preacher named Muhammad ibn Abd al-Wahhab. He preached a severe, fundamentalist form of Islam, urging practitioners of the religion to get back to its basic tenets. In 1744, al-Wahhab converted Muhammad bin Saud, founder of the Saud dynasty and the first Saudi State. The Sauds were later defeated by the Ottomans, but the Saud dynasty did not go away, and remained a power in the region. Modern Saudi Arabia was founded in 1932. Wahhabism remains the basis of the laws and governing philosophy of the nation. That’s why Saudi punishments include beheading, stoning, amputation and lashing, often in public. It is a place where rape victims can be treated worse than their attackers. In one case, seven men gang-raped a teenage girl. But since she did not have a chaperone with her at the time, the court also punished her. She actually received more lashes than one of her rapists. You’ve heard that women can’t legally drive cars in Saudi Arabia, but it also goes against the code for them to try on clothes when shopping, enter a cemetery, buy a Barbie, go swimming, or interact with men who are not relatives. Their faces don’t have to be covered, but they are not allowed to wear clothes or make-up that might “show off their beauty.” And, as mentioned above, Saudi Arabian women cannot go outside the home without a chaperone, called a “mahram.” Despite all this, the United States used to have a good relationship with the Saudi Kingdom. At one time, the U.S. probably could have talked Riyadh out of executing the Shiite cleric. But the Iran nuclear deal changed that. Saudi Arabia no longer trusts the United States. It feels that the U.S. has thrown in its lot with Shiites. With the Iran deal, the United States alienated much of the Sunni Muslim world, and Sunnis make up at least 85% of the world’s Islamic population. You might expect that by giving Iran pretty much everything it wanted in the nuclear deal, America would have at least turned the Shiites into friends. But Shiites respect strength. When we gave away everything in negotiations, it only increased their disdain. In the Middle East, no one is sure whose side the U.S. stands. In the nuclear deal, the United States stands with Iran against Saudi Arabia and the other Sunni Muslim nations. In Yemen, the U.S. stands with Saudi Arabia against Iran and the other Shiite nations. In Iraq, the U.S. seems to stand with the Shiite government against the Kurds and Sunnis. In Syria, the U.S. stands against President Bashar al-Assad and his allies, the Iranians. The U.S. is also against Sunni terror groups, such as ISIS and al-Qaeda. America claims to be on the side of Syria’s “moderate rebels,” but can’t seem to find any. The list could go on and on. The U.S. is both for and against practically every one of the many factions in the Middle East. This foreign policy chaos has left everyone confused, and no one trusting the United States. Though still active in the region, the U.S. has squandered away its friendships, influence, and standing. That opened the door for the Russians. They have seized the opportunity to fill the void where the U.S. once stood. In doing so, Vladimir Putin has neatly positioned Russia to fulfill the role prophesied for it in the Bible 2500 years ago. Pray that we will out last President Obama’s Presidency. If we get another left wing President, we are finished.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-9-2016/ 

:: 11-9-17 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

First DREAMer deported under Trump arrested again for trying to enter U.S.

Alan Gomez, USA TODAY Published 9:41 p.m. ET Nov. 8, 2017 | Updated 5:29 a.m. ET Nov. 9, 2017

The first known DREAMer to allege he was improperly deported by U.S. Border Patrol agents was arrested for trying to illegally re-enter the country for the second time this year, authorities said Wednesday. Juan Manuel Montes, 23, was caught late Monday after he was spotted on the U.S. side of the border by agents monitoring video feeds near Calexico, Calif., where he had lived for most of his life, according to a Border Patrol statement. Montes ran for about 200 yards, dropped to the ground, tried to flee again as Border Patrol agents approached him, but was quickly caught and arrested. He was booked into the Imperial County Jail and is facing a federal felony charge that could result in up to two years in prison. Montes has claimed he was deported by Border Patrol agents in February despite having deportation protections through the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals program, known as DACA. That would have made him the first known DACA enrollee deported under the Trump administration. More: First DREAMer who says Trump border agents wrongly deported him drops lawsuit More: First protected DREAMer is deported under Trump Border Patrol has refuted his claim, arguing that it has no record of deporting Montes that February night. The government says Montes must have left the country voluntarily without getting approval, which would have immediately terminated his DACA status. Play Video A group of lawyers sued the Trump administration to win his return to the U.S., and a federal judge in San Diego was preparing to hold a trial in December to figure out exactly what happened. U.S. District Judge Gonzalo Curiel was also willing to let Montes back into the country so he could testify on his own behalf. But in October, Montes informed his lawyers that he wanted to drop the case. He had been living with relatives in his native Mexico for eight months, and provided no explanation for ending his lawsuit. His lawyers have said Montes suffers from a cognitive disability due to an undisclosed incident that happened in his childhood. Montes was protected under the 5-year-old program created by President Obama to protect undocumented immigrants brought to the country as minors, a group known as DREAMers. The program has shielded nearly 800,000 people from deportation and granted them work permits. Their status is now in limbo after President Trump announced in September that he would end the program. Trump gave Congress six months to pass a bill to protect DREAMers, but hinted that he might extend their DACA protections if Congress fails to find a solution. It's unclear whether any of that would matter for Montes. He first tried to re-enter the U.S. in February, shortly after the night where he says he was deported and Border Patrol says he left on his own. He was caught by Border Patrol agents after he scaled the border wall, and was quickly deported. Monday's arrest would mark the second time he tried to re-enter the country. Under federal law, illegally re-entering the U.S. after being deported is a felony offense punishable by a fine and up to two years in prison, according to the Department of Justice. "Border Patrol Agents will always stop, detain, and arrest anyone making an illegal entry into the country irrespective of their immigration or citizenship status," Assistant Chief Patrol Agent David Kim said. Montes' lawyers did not respond to a request for comment Wednesday night.

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/world/2017/11/08/first-dreamer-deported-under-trump-arrested-again/846935001/ 

[ :: 4-8-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the racial divide that shall lead to blood in the streets etc.

:: 11-8-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California NAACP calls for removing ‘Star-Spangled Banner’ as national anthem

By Jessica Chasmar - The Washington Times - Wednesday, November 8, 2017

The NAACP’s California chapter is calling on Congress to remove “The Star-Spangled Banner” as the country’s official anthem, deeming it “racist.” Resolutions passed at the NAACP state convention in October urge Congress to rescind the status “The Star-Spangled Banner” holds as the U.S. national anthem and pledge support for former San Francisco 49ers quarterback Colin Kaepernick, whose protests have swept the NFL, according to reports. The organization’s president, Alice Huffman, said the Francis Scott Key song is “racist” and “anti-black,” referring to the infrequently-sung third stanza that reads, “Their blood has wash’d out their foul footstep’s pollution / No refuge could save the hireling and slave / From the terror of flight or the gloom of the grave.” Ms. Huffman said Congress, which adopted “The Star-Spangled Banner” as the national anthem in 1931, should replace the anthem with a song that doesn’t alienate a large chunk of the American population, The Sacramento Bee reported. “We’re not trying to protest the flag at all,” Ms. Huffman said. “We’re protesting this racist song that has caused so much controversy in America, and we’re just trying to get it removed. So, whatever comes out in the future as a national anthem, we can all stand proudly and sing it.” The California NAACP will ask state lawmakers for support of the campaign in January. LOAD COMMENTS (43) Click to Read More

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/nov/8/california-naacp-calls-removing-star-spangled-bann/ 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 11-6-17 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Attacks on prayer prove that the media still don't get religion

by Emily Jashinsky | Nov 6, 2017, 6:57 PM

If you're a proponent of strict gun control, which I am not, anger over political inaction after mass shootings is entirely understandable. More and more, however, that understandable anger has lead many on the Left to lash out at the victims in this shooting and others who put stock in prayer, or who console the families of victims by offering their prayers. Given that the shooting in Texas on Sunday took place in a church, anger over calls to prayer appeared to escalate, with some in the media pointing to the location of the crime as proof that prayer is useless under such circumstances. The argument, of course, is that Republicans look dumbly to empty religious gestures in the face of tragedy, all while resisting legislative solutions, neglecting to act and pocketing NRA cash as a reward. For a number of reasons, I think that critique is grossly misguided. I've outlined my thoughts on that here. But as we approach the anniversary of President Trump's victory, these anti-prayer sentiments reminded me of something else. As the media autopsied its coverage of the 2016 election, one of the industry's most powerful actors made an important concession. Roughly a month after Trump stunned the press and upset Hillary Clinton, New York Times Executive Editor Dean Baquet told NPR: "I think that the New York-based and Washington-based too probably, media powerhouses don't quite get religion." "We have a fabulous religion writer, but she's all alone," he continued. "We don't get religion. We don't get the role of religion in people's lives. And I think we can do much, much better. And I think there are things that we can be more creative about to understand the country." Fast forward one year later and left-leaning members of the media are denigrating the value of prayer, actively attacking Christian politicians for leaning on it in a time of tragedy. In complete fairness to Baquet, I haven't seen anyone from the Times partake in the anti-prayer pile-on. But plenty of journalists, commentators, and other Blue Checkmarks have. I'm including a sampling of those below. etc.

http://www.washingtonexaminer.com/attacks-on-prayer-prove-that-the-media-still-dont-get-religion/article/2639815 

[ :: 12-31-13/1-1-14 New Year’s Eve Service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. We are going to see a magnetic reversal affecting the power grids.  Remember the Lord talked to us about buying generators etc.

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service  (first word)  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

Listen carefully, ponder the words that I say unto you, for many things are going to take place now and you need to be prepared for those things.  Beware of the announcement of the ship that comes from Japan with a bomb.  Beware of the bookend effect on both west coast and east coast that will cause a gigantic earthquake that will affect the center, the center of the states.  Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 11-7-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Obama holdovers' exposing U.S. to possible EMP attack

'These people are undermining and opposing' Trump's policies

Alicia Powe

WASHINGTON – There’s no question that the United States is vulnerable to an electromagnetic pulse attack that could result in mass starvation and the death of about 90 percent of the American population, a nuclear strategist warns. But the deep state – those entrenched bureaucrats whose loyalties likely lay with a previous administration, under which they got their jobs – is indifferent. Dr. Peter Vincent Pry, a nuclear strategist formerly with the CIA who served as chief of staff of the Congressional EMP Commission until it was terminated in September (the same month North Korea tested a hydrogen bomb, which it described as capable of a super powerful EMP attack), said liberal Democrats still are running a lot of Washington even after President Trump’s election. “The people who sabotaged the EMP Commission, Obama holdovers, are still at the Department of Defense. They have not been replaced by the Trump administration. This is happening not just with the vitally important EMP Commission,” he said. “Our society, the Trump administration and the people who voted for Trump are paying for the failure of Congress to support Trump appointees quickly. “At the same time during the Obama administration, he had twice as many appointees appointed to positions in government than Trump has. It’s not President Trump’s fault – these people are undermining and opposing the policies that President Trump has enacted, including the case of the EMP Commission. ”Obama administration bureaucrats, who believed Hillary Clinton would win the 2016 presidential election, did everything they could to sabotage and undermine the commission, Pry said. “They held back money for a whole year. They held back security clearances. They tried to stop the commission’s staff from working, arguing that ‘you need a contract in order to work for the EMP Commission.’ They wouldn’t even let me work, or other staff, pro-bono. We did anyway. Get the real story about EMP in the groundbreaking “A Nation Forsaken” by F. Michael Maloof, as well as “Lights On” by Jeffrey Yago, from the WND Superstore. “Had Hillary won, we would never have received any of our funding or security clearances. It was all after she clearly lost and Congress intervened that they relented at the last minute. A commission that was supposed to have been able to work 18 months at EMP ended up with resources and support from the Department of Defense that enabled us to put in six months of work. That’s no way to provide for the national security of the country against an existential threat like EMP.” WND reported only last month that a congressional subcommittee on homeland security heard the bad news from experts who have been studying America’s vulnerability to an existential threat – a real-life “doomsday scenario.” The threat of a North Korean nuclear attack on the U.S. is almost unimaginably worse than turning a city like Chicago or Denver into ashes, they testified. If just one of the nuclear weapons North Korea is now known to possess could be directed toward the heartland of the U.S. and detonated in the upper atmosphere, it could fry the electrical grid with an electromagnetic pulse, paralyze communications and transportation nationwide, instantly plunge the country back into a 19th century-style existence and cause 90 percent of Americans to starve to death in one year. That full report has been posted online. Nukes at altitude An EMP attack likely would come from the explosion of a nuclear bomb at altitude over the United States. It’s shockwaves would disrupt all electronics in line of sight, including systems that deliver food, fuel, energy and communications to Americans. The result would be a run on food currently in stores, and starvation when those supplies failed, as replacements would be impossible without those delivery systems. White House Chief of Staff John Kelly assured on Fox News Tuesday night that Trump appointees will be confirmed, eventually, over Democratic opposition. “The names have been put forward in most cases,” Kelly told Fox News host Laura Ingraham. “The president was making this case last week when he had lunch with the Republican caucus on the Senate side. If you compare where this administration is, relative to the Obama administration, we are way, way behind, maybe half the number of those confirmed. And even under the last Bush administration – we are way behind. The Senate Democratic leadership has been very, very effective in slowing things down to a snail’s pace.” Kelly also addressed the possibility of North Korea using a bomb to explode an EMP over the mainland of the United States. “The great hope we all have and they are already doing this, is that the Chinese [will] exert their pressure –[North Korea] is already observing the sanctions,” he said “We all hope, and the president hopes, that the leadership as it is in North Korea will come to their senses. With the help of countries like China, decide to denuclearize, give up their atomic weapons. “They already have the capability to at least reach with missiles the great American citizens that live in Guam.” Even Defense Secretary Jim Mattis refused to meet with the EMP Commission, Pry explained. “We couldn’t get Secretary Mattis. Our chairman wrote to Secretary Mattis and told him what was going on. We didn’t even get a reply from him,” he said. “One can argue that the secretary of defense is busy with other things – he’s the secretary, ultimately the buck stops with him as secretary of defense and everything that happens with DOD. I cannot comprehend that not only did he not save the EMP Commission, we offered to brief Mattis and we never even heard from him. “We would have told Mattis, we think North Korea has intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBM) that can reach the United States. We think they probably have mastered the miniaturization problems and can fit a warhead on those ICBMs. “They might even be postured to do an EMP attack right now as we speak,” he continued. “Several times a day, North Korean satellites pass over the United States, on a trajectory evad[ing] U.S. national missile defenses, at an altitude that would put in the EMP field. It’s an intolerable threat.” The possibility of an EMP catastrophe makes it so that the enemies of the U.S. – North Korea, Russia and Iran – no longer need sophisticated nuclear weapons. New plan: Combined Armed Cyber Warfare They have a new plan. “It’s centered around EMP, but it’s not just EMP. We call it Combined Armed Cyber Warfare. It uses a combination of cyber-attacks, physical sabotage, non-nuclear EMP weapons and, ultimately, the most powerful cyber-weapon doctrine is an EMP attack,” he said. “All of these, in combination to attack not just our military but maybe our electric grid so that everything gets blacked out, would enable a failed state like North Korea or Iran for the first time in history to defeat the most advanced civilization on Earth.” He explained: “This is like before World War II. Einstein figured out from physics experiments that were being conducted in Nazi Germany that the Nazis were working on the atomic bomb. The Western democracies weren’t even aware of the possibility of this technology. They were completely blind to it. Einstein wrote a letter to Franklin Roosevelt, warning him about it, asking for a meeting. It was from that we got the Manhattan Project and the race for the bomb between Germany and the United States, which fortunately we won. “EMP is a decisive weapon in our information, electronic age – even more decisive than the atomic bomb was in its time. The Albert Einstein of EMP, Dr. William Graham, who was present during the discovery of the EMP phenomenon 1962, recently tried to get the secretary of defense to not only save the EMP Commission, but to hear him out on the threat from EMP and couldn’t get a meeting. This would be the equivalent of Franklin Roosevelt not taking the meeting, or reading the letter, from Albert Einstein, or just trash-canning the letter and not thinking about it. That’s how potentially disastrous this bomb is.” Liberal Democrats don’t want to gear up for a fight over EMP because it conflicts with their worldview that the American military should be weakened, Pry said. “Their solution is a world without nuclear weapons – that everyone should be giving up nuclear weapons, not just North Korea – the U.S. should lead by example and give up our nuclear weapons. That was a major Obama administration point of view – it’s the ideological objective of the American left and the Democratic Party. They believe nuclear weapons don’t really have a military utility. But EMP doesn’t fit into that picture,” he said. “If all you can do is blow up a city, blow up a base, it’s not so urgent to have a good verification regime to find out for a fact that Iran doesn’t have the bomb. The United States has hundreds of nuclear weapons, and we could turn Iran into a plate of glass.” Establishment Republicans, who “are in bed with the electric power industry,” are also responsible for the termination of the EMP Commission and obscuring the threat of EMP, Pry argued. Democrats ‘not the only guilty ones’ “Liberal Democrats are not the only guilty ones. The North America Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) is supposed to be concerned with security and partner with the U.S. Federal Regulatory Commission to provide security for the electric grid. But the reality is that it’s a big lobby and a very well-financed lobby. They own half of K street. They have whole electric grid institutes – so-called think tanks. They have the veneer of scientific and technical expertise, but what they’re really about is lobbying so that Congress doesn’t force them to spend money on anything, so that Congress doesn’t give to federal department and agencies regulatory authority over the electric power industry,” he said. “The 3,000 electric utilities in this country are the last critical infrastructure that regulates themselves. They still exist in the 19th-century regulatory environment, and they are very happy with that. Measures to prevent EMP threatens all of that – it would require that someone who knows about EMP, the DOD or Department of Homeland Security, to say: ‘You have to admit you need to be hardened. You don’t know how to do it, so we are going to help you, maybe we’ll even help you pay for it, but we need to expect and make sure it’s done and we are going to make sure it’s done right.’ They don’t want that,” he said. “So, you’ve got very well-funded people on the right who are against the EMP commission – I think of them as the establishment, the chamber of commerce Republicans.” American leftists are erroneously underestimating the ability of rogue regimes like North Korea and Iran to wipe out American civilization, Pry said. “Their point of view is valid as long as you don’t know about EMP. You enter EMP into the equation, now you can successfully end a civilization with one bomb and it doesn’t have to be an advanced or sophisticated one – you could use a meteorological balloon and launch it off a freighter at sea.” Pry detailed how an EMP attack would be more devastating than an asteroid hitting. “We have a population of 320 million Americans today – we are only able to sustain that population because of our technology. Our modern technological economy and all of our critical infrastructure that support that economy is keeping 320 million Americans alive,” he explained. “Communication, transportation, business and finance, our industrial capability, even food and water depend on electricity. When you subtract electricity, when you cause a nationwide blackout, blackout the electric grid and all the life-sustaining critical infrastructures, how can you now support 320 million people? How many people can you support?” Pry said many downplay the threat of an EMP attack by claiming the conditions resulting from the attack would be similar to “time traveling” to a time when people were less dependent on electricity. But in reality, he warned, the “aftermath of an EMP would be an unprecedented environmental catastrophe.” Time traveling “When people talk about the consequences of an EMP, people sometimes describe it as putting Americans into a time machine and delivering them back to the 19th century,” he said. “It’s not true, it’s even worse. The plants and facilities for purifying water would back up during a blackout. Rivers and lakes become polluted – they are already polluted. In the 19th century, most people had bacteria in their gut so that they could drink safely from streams and rivers. There were streams and rivers that were not so polluted. Today, you take your life in your hands if you have to go drink out of a river or a lake. When water purification plants get blacked out, human wastes and industrial waste back-flow and bodies of waters become even more polluted.We don’t have the 19th-century critical infrastructures to fall back on,” he continued. “We don’t have thousands of coal-fired locomotives. Seventy five percent of our population today does not work on farms or even know anything about farming, less than two percent of our population feeds the other 98 percent. You don’t have well water. Almost every house had well water in the 19th century. We don’t have that complex localized economy.” A burnout of electronics across the nation also would have other effects. “Gasline pipes are going to blow up – you’ll have firestorms in cities from exploding gas pipelines. Chemical spills, toxic clouds industrial accidents, where fires break out because of the failure of safety patrol systems,” he said. “This huge chemistry set that is our society isn’t just going to sit there and black out; in many cases, it’s going to detonate and basically turn into bombs. In seven days, the nuclear reactors will go Fukushima and spread radio-activity everywhere.” The government’s rebuild plan also is inadequate. “[The EMP Commission] tried to come up with ways on how we would sustain the population. Bottom line – we couldn’t come up with any way to keep 320 million Americans alive with no food and water for a year. We are experiencing this in Puerto Rico right now; their electrical grid is out,” he said. “FEMA, the DOD and Homeland Security – all of our collective power is focused on Puerto Rico. We are going to save them from starvation. Hopefully no pandemic will break out, so there won’t be any disease.” But he said that’s just a small island. Pryer worked 10 years for the CIA as the senior expert on nuclear strategy and weapons, including EMP, and as an EMP expert for the House Armed Services Committee. He helped establish the EMP Commission in 2000 and served as the chief of staff for the commission for 17 years until it was terminated, during which time he had access to classified and unclassified doctrine and to military documents. Get the real story about EMP in the groundbreaking “A Nation Forsaken” by F. Michael Maloof, as well as “Lights On” by Jeffrey Yago, from the WND Superstore.

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/11/obama-holdovers-exposing-u-s-to-possible-emp-attack/#MdL7aQdpFrZCe7t7.99 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 11-6-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Enhanced volcanic activity at Fuego (Guatemala), Popocatepetl (Mexico), Ambae (Vanuatu) – earthquakes reported at Redoubt (Alaska) and Fournaise (Reunion) volcanoes

By Strange Sounds - Nov 6, 2017

The volcanic unrest continues around the world. Enhanced volcanic activity at Fuego (Guatemala), Popocatepetl (Mexico), Ambae (Vanuatu) on November 4-5, 2017. The 11th eruptive phase of the year has begun at Fuego volcano in Guatemala with 6 to 8 explosions per hour, and generating ash plumes rising to 4,500-4,800 m asl. Lava ejection reaches 100 meter over the crater and feeds two lava flows in the Seca / Santa Teresa and Ceniza barrancas – 1,200 and 700 meters long respectively. Small avalanches are observed up to the vegetation limit. Turbine degassing noises ring every 5 minutes. Meanwhile, the Popocatépetl volcano exploded 4 times on Nov. 4th at 1:45, 6:08, 14:40 and 23:21. Ash falls are reported on Yecapixtla and Zacualpan de Amilpas. On Nov. 5th, an strombolian explosion occurred at 4:11, and was accompanied by ash falls on Telela del Volcan. Loud noises from incandescent explosions were seen and heard from the neighboring islands. A M2.5 earthquake was recorded by the seismometers of the Volcanological Observatory of Piton de la Fournaise and was felt by residents of Reunion Island on November 4, 2017. There is considerable uncertainty about its location. The earthquake is of tectonic origin, but still could announce another imminent eruption of La Fournaise volcano? Finally, a M5.1 earthquake hit 25km southwest of Redoubt volcano in Alaska. The volcanic and seismic unrest continue around the Ring of Fire!

http://strangesounds.org/2017/11/enhanced-volcanic-seismic-activity-photo-video-fuego-guatemala-popocatepetl-mexico-ambae-vanuatu.html 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..

:: 11-6-17 Disclose.tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Psychiatrist Claims: The Cause Of Mental Illness Is Demonic Possession

A psychiatrist, practicing out of his nationally recognized New York office, has recently come forth with startling new information on the status of mental illnesses and where it all stands. Richard Gallagher, a certified psychiatrist, who also works as an adjunct professor in the Department of Clinical Psychiatry at the New York Medical College, says that mental illness stems from demonic possession. Psychiatrist Breaks his Silence on Mental Illness READ MORE: This is a first in the world of psychiatry, not to be confused with the practice of psychology, as most medical practitioners who speak of anything deemed a fringe topic by the mainstream, automatically jeopardize both their careers and practice. Gallagher has personally encountered many patients, who he believes are, are controlled by demonic possessions. Even recently, the Washington Post reported an interview where the anonymous person claimed that he/she was seduced in the 1980’s by a satanic priestess. Dr. Gallagher sees many cases like this all the time. While completing his doctorate studies at Columbia, a Catholic priest asked Gallagher whether or not one of his parishioners was suffering from a mental illness. Gallagher sat down with the individual and now tells of the event and the patient's abilities to see into people. Could demonic possession the cause for mental illness? The patient talked at length about how the people who she never knew died. She could also tell things about a person and bring out their untold secrets. She performed various exorcisms on six people, all of whom reported that she began to speak languages which READ MORE: she had never learned before. Gallagher, after taking all this information into account, determined that the woman was possessed. Dr. Gallagher understands the various ways which his practice can be misconstrued as being something else. He also understands what other psychiatrists in his field think of his work. Superstitions and cases of demonic possession can be pointed out and confirmed as being fraud, but in Dr. Richard Gallagher’s career, the only patients who he has considered to be possessed, have been able to accomplish the most inhuman feats. 10 Bizarre Cases of Demonic Possession READ MORE: http://www.disclose.tv/news/psychiatrist_claims_the_cause_of_mental_illness_is_demonic_possession/138224http://www.disclose.tv/news/psychiatrist_claims_the_cause_of_mental_illness_

is_demonic_possession/138224http://www.disclose.tv/news/psychiatrist_claims_the_cause_of_mental_illness_is_demonic_possession/138224 

:: 11-5-17 The Washington Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fat Leonard’ probe expands to ensnare more than 60 admirals

By Craig Whitlock November 5

Maritime tycoon Leonard Glenn Francis was a VIP guest at Navy change-of-command ceremonies even though he was under criminal investigation. Clockwise from top left: Francis with Adm. Patrick Walsh at the Pearl Harbor base in Hawaii in January 2012; Adm. Jonathan Greenert and Francis at the Naval Academy in Annapolis, in September 2011; Francis with Vice Adm. Michael Miller at the same event; and Francis with Adm. Gary Roughead, also in Annapolis. (Photos obtained by The Washington Post) The “Fat Leonard” corruption investigation has expanded to include more than 60 admirals and hundreds of other U.S. Navy officers under scrutiny for their contacts with a defense contractor in Asia who systematically bribed sailors with sex, liquor and other temptations, according to the Navy. Most of the admirals are suspected of attending extravagant feasts at Asia’s best restaurants paid for by Leonard Glenn Francis, a Singapore-based maritime tycoon who made an illicit fortune supplying Navy vessels in ports from Vladivostok, Russia to Brisbane, Australia. Francis also was renowned for hosting alcohol-soaked, after-dinner parties, which often featured imported prostitutes and sometimes lasted for days, according to federal court records. The 350-pound Francis, also known in Navy circles as “Leonard the Legend” for his wild-side lifestyle, spent decades cultivating relationships with officers, many of whom developed a blind spot to his fraudulent ways. Even while he and his firm were being targeted by Navy criminal investigators, he received VIP invitations to ceremonies in Annapolis and Pearl Harbor, where he hobnobbed with four-star admirals, according to photographs obtained by The Washington Post. The Justice Department has filed criminal charges against 28 people, including two admirals, since Francis was arrested in an international sting operation four years ago. Those cases comprise the worst corruption scandal in Navy history, but they represent a fraction of a much larger list of Navy officials under investigation but whose names have been mostly kept secret. In response to queries from The Post, the Navy recently confirmed that it has been reviewing the conduct of 440 other active-duty and retired personnel — including 60 current and former admirals — for possible violations of military law or federal ethics rules in their dealings with Francis and his company, Glenn Defense Marine Asia. That is double the number of admirals whom Navy officials said were under investigation last year (The Navy has about 210 admirals on active duty). The caseload has grown as the Justice Department has given the Navy additional dossiers of individuals who did not meet the threshold for prosecution in civilian courts, but may have committed offenses under the military justice system, officials said. The Navy’s handling of the cases has been largely opaque to the public. The Navy has identified only 10 of the 440 individuals who have come under military investigation and has divulged few details about their ties to Francis, even in cases that have been closed. The vast majority of those under scrutiny are officers, according to the Navy. Officials said Francis targeted only a few enlisted sailors with his bribes. Navy officials said revealing additional names or more information about their involvement could violate their privacy rights and compromise ongoing cases. “The release of such information . . . would likely reveal sensitive details about the breadth and scope of the criminal investigation and pending cases,” Cmdr. Mike Kafka, a Navy spokesman, said in a statement. So far, the Navy has charged five people with crimes — none of them admirals — under military law, charging documents show. In addition, the Navy said it has determined that 40 people committed misconduct by violating ethics rules or other regulations. Their cases have been handled administratively, meaning they did not involve criminal charges. In many instances, the Navy was prevented from taking tougher action because the statute of limitations under military law — five years for most felonies — had expired. The oldest matter reviewed so far dated to 1992, while most occurred between 2004 and 2010, according to a Navy official. The official said the Navy has concluded that about half of those under review — 230 people — were not guilty of misconduct. Some were found to have had little or no contact with Francis. Many others attended dinners or accepted gifts, but the Navy determined that there were extenuating circumstances that excused their actions, said the official, who was authorized to speak only under the condition of anonymity. Francis, 53, is in jail in San Diego as he awaits sentencing in federal court. He pleaded guilty in 2015 to bribing “scores” of Navy officials and defrauding the service of more than $35 million. One of his attorneys, Ethan Posner, declined to comment for this article. Francis’s widespread overbilling of the Navy had been an open secret for years. In response to a flood of fraud complaints dating to 2006, the Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS) opened more than two-dozen separate investigations into Glenn Defense, according to law-enforcement records. Most of the cases went nowhere, NCIS files show. Starting in 2009, however, NCIS escalated its efforts by assigning more agents to investigate Francis. They later opened a full-blown corruption inquiry on suspicion that some Navy officials were feeding him military secrets and inside information about defense contracts. ‘Keep up the great work’ Despite being under the microscope, Francis was still able to rub shoulders with many of the Navy’s top leaders. In September 2011, for example, he was invited to the Naval Academy in Annapolis to attend a change-of-command ceremony for the Navy’s highest-ranking officer. During his visit, Francis posed for grip-and-grin photos with Adm. Jonathan W. Greenert, the new chief of naval operations, and the man he was replacing, Adm. Gary Roughead. Roughead and Greenert both had encountered Francis during prior assignments in Asia and the Pacific. A Navy spokesman would not say whether they are among the 60 admirals under investigation; the names of most officers on the list have not been made public. Roughead, who retired soon after the 2011 ceremony, said in an email that he couldn’t “recall particulars” about who was invited to the event. He declined further comment. In an email, Greenert said he had not been contacted by investigators and did not know how Francis came to be invited to the ceremony. He said he, Roughead and their spouses spent hours in a receiving line and posed for several pictures. Of the two admirals, Greenert’s previous contacts with Francis were more extensive, according to several individuals familiar with their relationship. Greenert met the defense contractor in the late 1990s while serving as chief of staff for the Navy’s 7th Fleet, which covers most of Asia. Their interactions continued after Greenert was promoted to vice admiral and took command of the fleet in 2003. While in command, Greenert attended at least three dinners with Francis, according to two former senior Navy officials. In December 2005, Greenert mailed Francis a holiday greeting card featuring a sketch of the USS Blue Ridge, the 7th Fleet flagship, which the contractor had often visited as a distinguished guest. “Leonard — See you soon I expect. Recognize the ship?” Greenert joked in a handwritten note wishing him “Good health & happiness in 2006.” A copy of the card was obtained by The Post. Three months later, Greenert signed a letter on official stationery thanking Francis for the “superb services” his company provided to the Blue Ridge during several port visits in southeast Asia. “Over the years, the reputation of Glenn Marine remains exceptional,” the letter stated. “Keep up the great work.” Francis treasured such letters, cards and photographs, which he promoted as proof of his close ties with the Navy’s senior leaders. Greenert posed for photographs with Francis on at least two other occasions: aboard the Blue Ridge in 2005 and at a ceremony in Hawaii in 2009, according to copies of the images obtained by The Post. In his email to The Post, Greenert said it was not unusual for commanders to send correspondence to contractors acknowledging their “responsive and flexible” service. He also said he sent hundreds of official Christmas cards during his time as the 7th Fleet commander. He did not respond to questions about dinners he attended with Francis or his other interactions with the contractor. Greenert’s relationship with Francis later became a sensitive issue for NCIS agents. As the law-enforcement probes into Francis and his company heated up in 2013, NCIS officials deliberately kept Greenert, who by then was chief of naval operations, in the dark, according to two former senior Navy officials with direct knowledge of the case. Even after Francis was arrested, NCIS officials excluded Greenert from briefings about the case, restricting their reports to a handful of Navy civilian leaders and Adm. Mark E. Ferguson III, who was then the vice chief of naval operations, according to the former senior officials. King of photo-ops In addition to Roughead and Greenert, Francis secured photo-ops with several other high-ranking admirals during his visit to the Naval Academy in 2011. He also spent time in Annapolis with Vice Adm. Michael Miller, then the academy superintendent, who arranged for a personal tour of his official residence, Buchanan House, according to photographs obtained by The Post. In a statement, Miller confirmed the meeting but said he had “no knowledge” that Francis was under investigation at the time. “Mr. Francis requested a tour of the Naval Academy. We would have supported that request as we do numerous visitors every year,” Miller said. He acknowledged that investigators had asked him about Francis’s visit, saying he was “completely forthcoming on this subject with the Navy.” Miller said he did not invite Francis to the change-of-command ceremony. Two other Navy officials said the invitation probably came from the protocol office for the chief of naval operations, but did not know who put his name on the guest list. The Navy later rebuked Miller with a formal letter of censure for failing to adequately reimburse Francis for lavish dinners and other gifts he received from the contractor years earlier when he commanded an aircraft carrier strike group in Asia. Miller retired from the Navy in 2015. Four months after visiting Annapolis, Francis was a VIP guest at another Navy change-of-command ceremony: at the headquarters of the U.S. Pacific Fleet in Pearl Harbor, Hawaii. On that occasion, Francis posed for photographs with Adm. Cecil Haney, the new Pacific Fleet commander, and his predecessor, Adm. Patrick Walsh, according to copies of those images obtained by The Post. Two former Navy officials who were present told The Post they were shocked to see Francis at the ceremony because the Pacific Fleet had been engaged in a years-long effort to tighten contract loopholes and sloppy billing practices that had enabled Glenn Defense to overcharge the Navy for millions of dollars. They said they were even more surprised to see Francis afterward at a smaller, private party at Nimitz House, the official quarters for the Pacific Fleet commander. In a statement, Haney said he didn’t invite Francis and didn’t know who he was before the ceremony. “Any photo I took with him was most likely during the receiving line where I took numerous photos with so many in attendance that day,” Haney said. He indicated that he had spoken with investigators, saying: “I have been completely forthcoming of this subject with the Navy.” In an interview, Walsh recalled Francis’s presence at Pearl Harbor that day but said he didn’t know who invited him. “Leonard Francis had a way of showing up at all kinds of ceremonies,” said Walsh, who retired from the Navy in 2012. Walsh said he was aware at the time that Francis was under scrutiny by the Pacific Fleet for his billing practices, but did not know that the contractor was also under criminal investigation by NCIS. He said investigators have not questioned him about his contacts with Francis. Walsh said he first met Francis during a port visit in Malaysia in 2004 when he served as the commander of the USS John C. Stennis aircraft carrier strike group. He said Francis invited him to one of his famous dinners, but that he didn’t attend. “I had a different set of priorities,” he said.

https://www.washingtonpost.com/investigations/fat-leonard-scandal-expands-to-ensnare-more-than-60-admirals/2017/11/05/f6a12678-be5d-11e7-97d9-bdab5a0ab381_story.html?utm_term=

.241a6a99089a

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 11-6-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An Open Warning To Churches All Across America! Think You Know Everything About Sunday's Horrifying Church Shooting In Texas? You Won't Believe What We've Found!

- As Part Of The 'All-Out War Upon Christianity', Left-Wing Groups Suggested Churches Be Targeted!

November 6, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In the screenshot seen above taken from the Facebook page of the First Baptist Church of Sutherland Springs, Texas, we see a post which was shared nearly two months ago on September 10th with over 150 'likes' called "Mark 2: God - What Is My Agenda?" While its great to see so many 'likes' on such a post, according to the Daily Mail, there were generally only 50 or so people there who attend the church on a weekly basis and with Sutherland, Texas a town of only 643 in 2016 with more than 94% of the population white, a town with only one post office and no traffic lights, we may be looking at the reasons why this particular church was recently targeted. As we see in the names of the people who have 'liked' this post, a HUGE majority of them have Muslim names! In fact, as we see also in the very first two comments below that were made on this post back in September, once again, two Muslims had seemingly selected this particular post, and church, to troll. Just a coincidence? As we learn in this story, as with many other mass shootings in America, the rabbit hole on the Texas shooting likely runs very, very deep. As we remind you, back on April 6th of 2009, Barack Obama said during a press conference that America is not a Christian nation as also heard in the first video below. Though Ben Carson sharply reminded us that Obama wasn't the person who got to make that decision but the American people, as we saw in one policy after another during Obama's term, the long-war upon Christianity was kicked into high gear during Obama's term as outlined in much more detail below. Why have so many people with Muslim names liked that particular Facebook post, with the first two comments on the post from those with obvious Muslim names as well? This should be a huge warning to all churches across America to check their Facebook posts for odd names leaving comments or liking their pages. The comments were made in September! How many more churches might be 'on a list'? We pray God provides His armor to churches across America. As we see in the next screenshot below of comments from the exact same post made after yesterday's shooting, there could be a lot of churches targeted as one person stated that their church's Facebook page had also had strange comments from unknown, foreign sounding names being made. As Diana Wentz states in the first comment, it sure seems like this church was targeted long ago! And as we see in the next screenshot below of a November 3rd tweet from Jack Posobiec, members of a radical left-wing group with ties to antifa recently suggested to their members to target churches. Often believed to be one of the 'ultimate soft targets', how long will it be until Christian churches in America post armed guards at their entryways to prevent terrorist dregs from entering? We also remind you of this September 29th story in which members of antifa warned that violent attacks would be coming with one member specifically stating: "They're not prepared for what we're planning". Were church shootings one such 'planned event'? When responding just a short time ago to a tweet from Barack Obama calling once again for gun control, actor James Woods tweeted "Ask your boss #GeorgeSoros to stop financing #Antifa terrorism?", a tweet already favorited more than 24,000 times! As we also read below, there are more and more indications that the Sutherland Springs church shooting was another part of the luciferian all-out war upon God and Christianity for as we've previously reported, should the luciferian global elite have to 'face the music', they might attempt to use their terrorist proxies to bring the entire thing crashing down before facing justice themselves. And with it looking more and more like the globalists may be preparing to 'sacrifice' Hillary Clinton as Susan Duclos reported in this story, we may be witnessing just the 'tip of the iceberg' with some of those who've recently been arrested in Saudi Arabia being Hillary Clinton 'funders and criminal chronies'. While the Daily Mail confirmed that Kelley was an athiest who former friends called 'creepy, crazy and weird', and of course, 'the left' has renewed their crusade to get guns further regulated or banned, putting even more Americans at risk of being attacked by 'creepy, crazy and weird' outcasts such as Kelley, we see once again it took a good guy with a gun to stop a bad guy with a gun, proving to us why guns should never be outlawed which would leave ALL Americans at the mercy of such a killer. Might Kelley have been somehow radicalized? As we see in the next screenshot below of Kelley's facebook page before it was taken down, for some reason, he recently shaved his beard. When asked why, he answered "Long story". The final video below takes a look at some of the ties that also suggest Kelley was tied to antifa or may have been a Muslim convert. While we'd love to know that story in full, the puzzle pieces are slowly coming together. In the meantime, look into the cold and seemingly 'reptilian' eyes of a mass murderer? Was he an MKUltra mind-controlled killer, simply another part of the luciferian agenda? Keep in mind, this picture was posted just days ago on October 31st so its very recent. And also of interest was the Mark Twain quote he left as his Facebook page main greeting: "I do not fear death. I had been dead for billions and billions of years before I was born and had not suffered the slightest inconvenience from it." While tens of millions of Americans suffered here over the past 8 years of the Obama administration, hundreds of millions of US taxpayer dollars were spent building and refurbishing mosques all around the world. From the Hillary Clinton/Obama foreign policies in Iraq, Libya, Syria, Afghanistan, Pakistan, China, Malaysia and India, all of whom have large Muslim populations at war with Christians, Muslims were allowed into America in huge numbers while Christians applying for entry here were largely rejected, returned to their own home countries to be slaughtered as the left quite literally attempts to rewrite history seen also in long-standing Confederate monuments being removed. And we shouldn't be surprised for as we read in this story from the Daily Sheeple, according to Steve Bannon, the global elite love cheap labor and the left love cheap votes, a couple of the REAL reasons why the elite and Democratic party have allowed illegal immigration to run rampant within America, putting all Americans at risk. While some in the past have asked ANP, "what do you mean by 'enemies of America within'", we suggest they take a look at the Muslim principal of taqiyya, which allows Muslims to lie, to advance the cause of Islam - in some cases by gaining the trust of non-believers in order to draw out their vulnerability and defeat them. We also suggest you look at the large number of Muslims that somehow got jobs within Obama's government at the State Dept, CIA, NSA, and fusion centers across America. And as former CIA agent Clare Lopez warned several years ago, Barack Obama switched sides in the war on terror during his administration. Understand now why we were financing ISIS and why George Soros is investing his money in domestic terrorists here in the US? Are we now witnessing just the latest salvo in the luciferian globalists all out war upon Christianity and 'traditional America' as they seek to bring in a totalitarian global dictatorship? While its still officially up for debate over whether this latest shooting was somehow tied to the 'deep state' and whether or not Kelley could very well be another MKUltra, mind-controlled shooter who has gone 'postal', as we read in this story from American Military News, Kelley would have been a perfect candidate having been court martialed for assault, he was clearly a loose cannon.

http://allnewspipeline.com/All_Out_War_Upon_Christianity.php 

:: 11-5-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia dossier investigators suspect reporters were paid to spread collusion claims

By Rowan Scarborough - The Washington Times - Sunday, November 5, 2017

The role of reporters is taking on added importance in federal court battles over the infamous Russia dossier that leveled unverified charges of collusion against the Donald Trump campaign. In U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia, Fusion GPS, the dossier’s financier via the Democratic Party and the Hillary Clinton campaign money, is fighting a House committee chairman’s bid to find out if the opposition research firm paid journalists. In U.S. District Court in Florida, a self-described dossier victim wants a judge to order the news website BuzzFeed, which published the dossier in full, to disclose who gave it to them. The cases underscore how a Moscow-sourced memorandum created as opposition research against Donald Trump in the presidential campaign last year often dictates the debate about politics and reporters’ rights in Washington. Rep. Devin Nunes, California Republican and chairman of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence, signed a subpoena to force a bank to turn over Fusion’s financial records. He wants to know who paid for the dossier, which was written in a series of 18 memos by former British spy Christopher Steele. He relied almost exclusively on unidentified Kremlin sources. exclusively on unidentified Kremlin sources. Fusion went to federal court to block the move, but the law firm Perkins Coie LLP, whose partner Marc E. Elias is the Clinton’s campaign’s general counsel, intervened. It filed a letter acknowledging it had paid Fusion for the dossier on behalf of Democrats. Fusion and Mr. Nunes then worked out an agreement on access to some of the firm’s financial records.

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/nov/5/journalist-pay-questioned-in-russian-dossier-court/ 

:: 11-6-17 Russian News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Putin and Trump to meet in Vietnam

This post was originally published on this site

Breakingnews.sy – – translated by Samer Hussein

DAMASCUS, Syria. Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov said today that the Russian President Vladimir Putin and US President Donald Trump will soon hold a meeting in Vietnam where they will discuss several important issues, the settlement of the Syrian crisis including. During a press conference on Saturday, Peskov said that arrangements are being made to prepare a meeting between the two leaders, where particular attention will be paid to the settlement of the Syrian crisis. The meeting will take place in scope of the Asia-Pacific Economic Cooperation (APEC) Summit, which will be held between November 10th and 11th in Vietnam. Peskov pointed out to plenty of the topics to be discussed, stressing they are in the interest of both, Kremlin and the White House. He noted that the settlement of the Syrian crisis has recently seen lots of positive developments, adding that the whole thing now requires more joint efforts and coordination between different sides in order to take it to a whole new level so that the crisis itself would be over much sooner.

from: https://www.globalresearch.ca/breaking-putin-and-trump-to-meet-in-vietnam/5616754 

:: 11-4-17 Science Alert :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Will Launch Their Highly Classified Reusable Spaceplane in 2020

Look out, SpaceX.

DOM GALEON, FUTURISM 4 NOV 2017

Officials from the China Aerospace Science and Technology Corporation (CASTC) released a statement on Tuesday saying they'll be ready to launch the next-generation spaceplane by 2020, according to a report by state news service Xinhua. If the statement is any indication, China seems to be have made significant headway on the development of a highly-secretive advance spacecraft. At first glance, it may not seem to be a remarkable feat: reusable space rockets have been making headlines consistently since SpaceX successfully launched a used Falcon 9 earlier this year. The company has been flying missions aboard reusable Falcon 9 rockets to the International Space Station, as well as to ferry satellites from private corporations and even several nations. China's new space plane — note, not space rocket — is expected to be different. CASTC researcher Chen Hongbo said that unlike traditional spacecrafts, this new spacecraft "will fly into the sky like an aircraft," Xinhua reports. This would, then, differentiate it from rockets, hence the name spaceplane. Supposedly, the spaceplane will take off from a runway, then fire its ramjet propulsion once high in the atmosphere. At that point, the plane will shift to rocket motors in order to reach orbital space, according to reports noted by Ars Technica. A game changer? Not much is known about this new spacecraft, which Chen said is meant to transport both crew and cargo into orbital space. The technology behind the space plane would also allow for easy maintenance, Chen added, which China envisions will lower the cost of future launches, while at the same time increasing their frequency. This will significantly improve China's space efforts, which now include plans for both the Moon and Mars. "Currently, China is developing its own reusable earth-to-orbit space vehicles that can take off and land horizontally," Liu Shiquan, China Aerospace Science & Industry Corporation vice director, previously said in June, speaking to the press during the Global Space Exploration Conference in Beijing. "We have already finished several crucial ground tests for engines and [other key components], yielding remarkable achievements." China wasn't the first to consider horizontally launched spacecraft; that was the original idea NASA intended for the space shuttle in the 1970s. Meanwhile, Virgin Galactic has SpaceShipTwo and XCOR has the Lynx (although it has been suspended due to lack of funding) but both are designed only for suborbital flight. If China succeeds in 2020, it'll become the first to fly an orbital spacecraft launched from a runway and designed to land back again on one.

http://www.sciencealert.com/china-launch-highly-classified-reusable-spaceplane 

:: 11-5-17 The Washington Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sen. Rand Paul’s injuries far more severe than initially thought

By Brandon Gee and Ed O'Keefe November 5 at 8:12 PM

BOWLING GREEN, Ky. — Sen. Rand Paul is recovering from five broken ribs and bruises to his lungs, and it is unclear when he will return to Washington, aides said Sunday, signaling that injuries he sustained Friday are far more severe than initially thought. The second-term Republican senator from Kentucky and 2016 presidential candidate was attacked, allegedly by a next-door neighbor, Rene Boucher, 59, who was charged with fourth-degree assault. Paul made his first public comments since the incident on Sunday, tweeting that his wife “Kelley and I appreciate the overwhelming support after Friday’s unfortunate event. Thank you for your thoughts and prayers.” Doug Stafford, Paul’s chief of staff, said in a statement Sunday that the senator has five rib fractures, including three displaced fractures, meaning the bones are partly or completely cracked. “This type of injury is caused by high velocity severe force. It is not clear exactly how soon he will return to work, as the pain is considerable as is the difficulty in getting around, including flying,” Stafford said. Paul has lung contusions, or bruises, caused by the broken ribs, Stafford said. He could not say whether one lung was bruised or both, but said Paul’s recovery could last several months. Such fractures can cause other significant medical problems, including internal bleeding, damage to other organs or pneumonia. The nature of the dispute between Paul and Boucher remained a mystery Sunday to locals who know both men as medical professionals based in this southwestern Kentucky town. Paul is an ophthalmologist who has practiced in town since moving here with his wife in 1993. He continues to provide free medical care to low-income Kentucky residents on a regular basis throughout the year when the Senate is not in session. Boucher is an anesthesiologist and the inventor of the Therm-a-Vest, a cloth vest partly filled with rice and secured with Velcro straps that is designed to help with back pain. He has worked at several local medical facilities through the years, according to public health records. David Ciochetty, a doctor with Interventional Pain Specialists in Bowling Green, said in an interview Sunday that Boucher worked there as a “general pain medicine physician” for about a year and a half beginning in January 2010 before leaving. Asked whether he knew what might cause Boucher to lash out, Ciochetty said, “The rest of Bowling Green would like to know that, too. I was quite surprised to see this in the news.” Ciochetty said Boucher used to work as an anesthesiologist at the hospital but “told people that he sustained a neck injury and could not continue his anesthesiology duties.” After Boucher left IPS, Ciochetty did not hear of him practicing anywhere else. Paul had full staff privileges at the hospital when Boucher worked there, so Paul and Boucher “must have worked together at some point,” Ciochetty said. Boucher was released Saturday on $7,500 bond, according to county jail records. He is scheduled to appear in court Nov. 9. A motive is not known, and there is no indication that the attack was political in nature. Jeff Jones, a registered nurse who worked with Boucher at the Bowling Green Medical Center, described Boucher’s politics as “liberal.” “He was active on social media and said some negative things about the Republican agenda,” Jones said. “I think it was unfortunate that they lived so close together,” he added. A Facebook page that appeared to be Boucher’s included links to articles and memes critical of President Trump and a news article about a Montana Republican congressional candidate who attacked a reporter the day before winning his seat. The page said Boucher is a former Army pain-management specialist and graduated from the College of Osteopathic Medicine in Des Moines in 1984. By late Saturday, the page had been overrun by other Facebook users criticizing Boucher for the alleged assault. On Sunday, the page appeared to be blocked from public view. Jim Bullington, a former member of the city commission, knows both men. He said Sunday that Boucher is divorced and lives alone. Bullington described Boucher as a socialist. “He’s pretty much the opposite of Rand Paul in every way,” Bullington said in an interview. The neighbors had been known to have “heated discussions” about health care, Bullington said, adding that Boucher is an advocate of a national health system. Paul, an outspoken libertarian, voted last summer against a Republican plan to repeal the Affordable Care Act, saying the plan didn’t go far enough in repealing the 2010 health-care law. Robert Porter, a friend of Paul’s, said late Saturday that the senator was mowing his lawn moments before the attack. Paul and Boucher live side by side along a small lake in Rivergreen, a close-knit gated community with large houses. On Sunday afternoon, nobody answered at Boucher’s home. Next door at the Paul residence, four people were seen doing yard work. Other neighbors were out walking, enjoying the unseasonably warm weather. The senator joins a growing list of lawmakers in both parties who have been attacked or threatened with violence this year. Congressional security officials have investigated thousands of general or specific threats against Democratic and Republican lawmakers. The threats turned to violence during the summer when House Majority Whip Steve Scalise (R-La.) was nearly killed by a gunman who showed up at a congressional baseball practice in Alexandria, Va. Paul, a member of the team, was on the field at the time of the shooting but was not hurt. More recently, Rep. Frederica S. Wilson (D-Fla.) skipped several days of votes after threats were made against her after she sparred with Trump over the treatment of the widow of a U.S. soldier killed in Niger. O’Keefe reported from Washington. Alice Crites, Caitlin Dewey and David Weigel contributed to this report.

https://www.washingtonpost.com/powerpost/sen-rand-paul-recovering-from-injuries-suffered-in-alleged-assault/2017/11/05/6380c78a-c250-11e7-84bc-5e285c7f4512_story.html?utm_term

=.b0ea5a93dc21 

:: 11-3-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tom Fitton on FBI Recusal Scandal in Clinton Investigation, DOJ & Clinton Corruption, & Mueller

Judicial Watch Streamed live on Nov 3, 2017

Stunning, new FBI Documents on Clinton Email Investigation...Where is the Justice Dept. on Clinton Corruption? & Mueller’s Out of Control Investigation

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=H_-zWOpHeYs&feature=youtu.be 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 11-6-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man linked to Texas shooting faced military court martial

By NOMAAN MERCHANT and PAUL J. WEBER | Associated Press

NEW BRAUNFELS, Texas – The man authorities have identified as the gunman in a mass shooting at a Texas church was discharged from the Air Force for allegedly assaulting his spouse and child, according to an Air Force spokeswoman. The spokeswoman, Ann Stefanek, said Sunday that Devin Kelley served 12 months' confinement after a 2012 court-martial. He ultimately received a bad conduct discharge and reduction in rank. She said Kelley served in Logistics Readiness at Holloman Air Force Base in New Mexico from 2010 until his discharge in 2014. His job responsible for moving passengers, cargo and personal property in military transportation. Authorities did not announce his name at a news conference on the shooting, saying only that the suspect was a white male in his 20s. But a U.S. official and a law enforcement official identified Kelley as the person who opened fire Sunday at the First Baptist Church of Sutherland Springs, Texas, killing 26 people and wounding about 20 others. The U.S. official told The Associated Press that Kelley lived in a San Antonio suburb and that he doesn't appear to be linked to organized terrorist groups. The official said investigators are looking at social media posts Kelley may have made in the days before Sunday's attack, including one that appeared to show an AR-15 style semi-automatic weapon. The official requested anonymity because the person did not have authorization to speak publicly. An address listed in online records as belonging to Kelley is located in New Braunfels, Texas, just outside San Antonio and about 35 miles (56 kilometers) from Sutherland Springs. Local records of an August traffic ticket issued in New Braunfels, Texas, for an expired registration and not having auto insurance give a birthdate that would make him 26 years old. At the address listed for Kelley in New Braunfels, two sheriff's vans were parked outside and police officers stood at the gate of a cattle fence surrounding the property. Law enforcement officials gathered at the property declined to comment on why they were there. Several messages left for his relatives went unreturned. Neighbors said that they heard intense gunfire coming from the direction of the address listed for Kelley in recent days. "It's really loud. At first I thought someone was blasting," said Ryan Albers, 16, who lives across the road. "It had to be coming from somewhere pretty close. It was definitely not just a shotgun or someone hunting. It was someone using automatic weapon fire." A person matching Kelley's name and date of birth also registered in 2014 to vote in Colorado, with an address listed in Colorado Springs, home of the U.S. Air Force Academy. The Colorado Secretary of State's office lists his registration now as inactive. According to Texas Department of Public Safety regional director Freeman Martin, the gunman arrived at a Valero gas station near the First Baptist Church of Sutherland Springs at around 11:20 a.m. Sunday. He was dressed in black, wearing tactical gear and a ballistic vest. He crossed the street to the church, left his vehicle and started firing a Ruger AR assault-type rifle at the church. Then he entered the church and fired. As he left the church, the shooter met an unidentified area resident with his own rifle who pursued him. The suspect was found dead in his vehicle near the border between Wilson and Guadalupe counties. Martin says it's unclear if he died of a self-inflected wound or was shot by the resident.

http://www.foxnews.com/us/2017/11/05/man-linked-to-texas-shooting-faced-military-court-martial.html 

:: 11-6-17 Dallas News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A small-town heart beats within all of us after Texas church massacre

Filed under Editorials at 15 hrs ago Written by Dallas Morning News Editorial

The glitzy neon splash of Las Vegas and the just-plain-folks spirit of little Sutherland Springs represent opposite ends of America. Yet these towns are now forever bound by a heinous reality: Two of the deadliest mass shootings in recent U.S. history have shattered each in the space of five weeks. Vegas' nightmare began the first Sunday in October, when a madman with an arsenal of weaponry gunned down 58 people and injured scores more at a country music festival. The nation had hardly regained its footing when, the first Sunday in November, yet another gunman bent on evil killed more than two dozen church-goers and injured 20 or so in the worst massacre in modern Texas history. The Sutherland Springs assailant all but took out an entire congregation as he, spraying gunfire, burst into the modest First Baptist Church during morning worship. In just minutes, he turned the one-blinking-light, unincorporated town 30 miles southeast of San Antonio into a horror set. Whether church worshippers in South Texas or music lovers in Vegas, all the dead and injured were innocent victims simply going about their lives. Not only are they lost to us, their lives cut cruelly short, but they leave families, friends and neighbors to the all-too-familiar dirge of heartbreak and healing. Sutherland Springs is not the first church shooting in Texas to explode the myth of small-town safety. Some of you will recall the gunman, clad in battle fatigues and yelling "This is war," who opened fire on a First Baptist congregation in the East Texas town of Daingerfield back in 1980, killing five and wounding 11. But a massacre the size of Sunday's church tragedy takes a small town and its residents to their knees. Hearing of victims who range from age 5 to 72, most shot as they sat in their familiar church pews -- it's enough to take us all to our knees. And for a community with only a couple hundred residents, the victims' names will be no abstract list. In small towns like Sutherland Springs, these will be relatives and classmates, neighbors and friends. And so often, it's the churches that knit the community together. As we hang our heads in this tragedy, we cannot forget that we've barely caught our breath from the last. We know in our heads that mass shootings account for only a tiny fraction of the killings in America. But we can see that the frequency of these large-scale homicides is increasing. And with three of the deadliest having occurred in just the last 18 months -- Las Vegas, Sutherland Springs and the killing of 49 people at the Pulse nightclub in Orlando, Fla. -- a sense of helplessness is growing nationally. We take pride in our Lone Star grit and resiliency. But the Sutherland Springs massacre hits hard --- so many of us still carry small-town hearts, even if we have learned to wear big-city armor. Thoughts and prayers -- even the most sincere -- are only a beginning.

https://www.dallasnews.com/opinion/editorials/2017/11/05/small-town-heart-beats-within-us-texas-church-massacre 

:: 11-6-17 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pastor's 14-year-old daughter reportedly among the dead in Texas church shooting

Mark Abadi

Law enforcement officers man a barricade near the First Baptist Church of Sutherland Springs after a fatal shooting, Sunday, Nov. 5, 2017, in Sutherland Springs, Texas. Darren Abate/AP

At least 20 people were killed in a mass shooting in a Texas church on Sunday.

One of the victims was the 14-year-old daughter of pastor Frank Pomeroy.

Pomeroy said his daughter was "one very beautiful, special child."

At least 26 people were killed in a mass shooting at First Baptist Church in Sutherland Springs, Texas, on Sunday. Identities of the victims have not been released, but the church's pastor Frank Pomeroy confirmed to ABC News that his 14-year-old daughter was among those who died. The pastor's wife Sherri Pomeroy told NBC News that she and her husband were out of town when the shooting took place, but their daughter was inside the church. Frank Pomeroy described his daughter, Annabelle Renee Pomeroy, as "one very beautiful, special child." Local authorities said a man walked into the church while service was underway and opened fire. One witness said she heard at least 20 shots. The suspect was reportedly shot and killed after a brief police chase. Authorities have not confirmed whether the suspect killed himself or was brought down by officers. Officials said the victims of the shooting ranged in age from 5 to 72. A spokesman for University Hospital in San Antonio said the hospital has received nine patients from the shooting, four of whom are children.

http://www.businessinsider.com/texas-church-shooting-pastor-daughter-victims-2017-11 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 11-4-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF vows to protect Syrian Druze village after Syrian spillover

Israel unmasks new Hezbollah commander on Syrian Golan

Protection from above: Air-power diplomacy in Syrian skies

By Udi Shaham November 3, 2017 12:52

The resident of a Druze village in the Golan Heights was treated and the IDF is watching the developments of the battles at the Hader region across the border. Following intensive fighting at Hader on Friday, on the Syrian-held section of Mount Hermon, which resulted in dozens of casualties, the IDF said it is willing to provide assistance and prevent the capture of the Druse village by anti-regime forces. “In recent hours, we have witnessed intensified fighting in the area of the Druse village of Hader on the Syrian part of the Golan Heights,” IDF Spokesman Brig.-Gen. Ronen Manelis said. “The IDF is ready and prepared to assist the residents of the village, and will prevent the harming or conquering of the village of Hader because of our deep commitment to the Druse population.” IDF Chief of Staff Lt.-Gen. Gadi Eisenkot, Northern Command commander Maj.- Gen. Yoel Strick and Commander of the Bashan Division Brig.-Gen. Yaniv Ashur were assessing the situation, Manelis added. A resident of Majdal Shams, in the southern foothills on the Israeli side of Mount Hermon, was wounded by spillover gunfire from the Syrian war. Manelis also said claims of Israeli involvement and assistance to global jihad elements in the fighting on the Golan Heights are groundless. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu who is in London to mark the Balfour Declaration centennial, posted a statement on his Facebook page reading: “We guard our borders in the North and the South and maintain our support for our Druse brethren.” Nine Syrians were killed and about 25 wounded on Friday morning in two terrorist attacks in Hader, which is located 4 km. from the Israeli border, and approximately 15 km. from the Syrian city of Quneitra. It was reported that the Sunni terrorist organization Jabhat al-Nusra announced that it was opening a campaign to capture Syrian Golan villages that are under the control of the Assad regime. The organization reportedly stressed that it would not harm the villagers, as long as they did not assist or support the Alawite regime. Following the deadly attacks, hundreds of Druse residents of Israel gathered at the border to support their relatives on the Syrian side. A group of Druse men briefly pushed through the security fence, breaching the border, and crossed into Syrian territory before being pursued and corralled back. The situation was then under control. IDF officials met with Druse community leaders Friday evening to discuss the situation in Hader. Sheikh Muafak Tarif, the spiritual leader of the Druse community in Israel, and other Druse leaders said their community against taking online rumors at face value and acting harshly based on false information. In the meeting, Tarif told Strick that he has “full confidence in you and in the IDF to protect the Druse [people] of Hader and to return things to the way they had been before, without Jabhat al-Nusra control [there].” Kulanu MK Akram Hasson, a member of the Druse community who lost four family members in Friday’s attack, said there are strong family ties between the Druse who live on the Israeli side of the Golan Heights and those living in Hader. “Since this [Friday] morning I had held talks with [Druse] community leaders in Hader and top-ranking IDF officers and high officials in the [Israeli] security services, and I hope that a cease-fire will be achieved soon,” Hasson said. Due to the battles just over the Syrian border, the Israel Police said that, as a part of its general preparations on the Golan Heights, forces were deployed and stationed at major intersections in the North to protect Israeli residents.

http://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Israeli-resident-wounded-after-being-shot-from-Syrian-spillover-fire-513260 

:: 11-6-17 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi arrests of princes consolidates another's power grab

By abdullah al-shihri and aya batrawy, associated press

RIYADH, Saudi Arabia — Nov 6, 2017, 1:31 AM ET

Saudi Arabia's heir to the throne is overseeing an unprecedented wave of arrests of dozens of the country's most powerful princes, military officers, influential businessmen and government ministers — some potential rivals or critics of the crown prince now consolidating his power. Among those taken into custody overnight Saturday in the purported anti-corruption sweep were billionaire Prince Alwaleed bin Talal, one of the world's richest men with extensive holdings in Western companies, as well as two of the late King Abdullah's sons. The arrest of senior princes upends a longstanding tradition among the ruling Al Saud family to keep their disagreements private in an effort to show strength and unity in the face of Saudi Arabia's many tribes and factions. It also sends a message that the 32-year-old crown prince, Mohammed bin Salman, has the full backing of his father, King Salman, to carry out sweeping anti-corruption reforms targeting senior royals and their business associates, who have long been seen as operating above the law. Reports suggested those detained were being held at the Ritz Carlton in Riyadh, which only days earlier hosted a major investment conference that the crown prince attended with global business titans. A Saudi official told The Associated Press that other five-star hotels across the capital were also being used to hold some of those arrested. The Ritz Carlton had no availability for bookings until Dec. 1, 2017 — a possible sign that an investigation of this scale could take weeks. Marriott International said in a statement that it is currently evaluating the situation at the Ritz-Carlton in Riyadh, but declined to comment further, citing privacy concerns. A Saudi government official with close ties to security forces said 11 princes and 38 others were being questioned. The official spoke to the AP on condition of anonymity because he was not authorized to speak to the media. The surprise arrests were immediately hailed by pro-government media outlets as the clearest sign yet that Prince Mohammed is keeping his promise to reform the country, wean its economy from its dependence on oil and liberalize some aspects of the ultraconservative society. The kingdom's top council of clerics issued a public statement overnight saying it is an Islamic duty to fight corruption — essentially giving religious backing to the high-level arrests. It's unclear if the U.S. had any advance word of the arrests. President Donald Trump's son-in-law and White House adviser Jared Kushner and others made an unannounced trip recently to Riyadh. Earlier on Saturday, Trump said he spoke to King Salman, though the White House readout of that call did not include any reference to the impending arrests. The Saudi government says the arrests are part of a wider effort to increase transparency, accountability and good governance — key reforms needed to attract greater international investments and appease a Saudi public that has for decades complained of rampant government corruption and misuse of public funds by top officials. Surprise moves reshaping the kingdom, however, are likely to worry investors. Among those reportedly taken into custody were two sons of the late King Abdullah: Prince Miteb bin Abdullah, who Saturday evening was ousted from his post as head of the prestigious National Guard tasked with protecting the Al Saud family, and Prince Turki bin Abdullah, who was once governor of Riyadh. Prince Miteb was once considered a contender for the throne, though he has not been thought of recently as a challenger to Prince Mohammed. Saudi Twitter accounts released several other names of those arrested, including Alwalid al-Ibrahim, a Saudi businessman with ties to the royal family who runs the Arabic satellite group MBC; Amr al-Dabbagh, the former head of the Saudi Arabian General Investment Authority; Ibrahim Assaf, a former finance minister, and Bakr Binladin, head of the Saudi Binladin Group, a major business conglomerate. Analysts have suggested the arrest of once-untouchable members of the royal family is a clear sign that the crown prince is sidelining potential rivals for the throne. Meanwhile, the Saudi-owned, Dubai-based satellite news channel Al-Arabiya reported that a helicopter crash Sunday in the kingdom's south killed Prince Mansour bin Murquin and seven others. Prince Mansour was the son of Prince Muqrin bin Abdulaziz, a former intelligence director and a one-time crown prince of the kingdom. Authorities gave no cause for the crash. The young Crown Prince Mohammed has risen from near obscurity to become Saudi Arabia's most talked about and powerful prince in less than three years since his father ascended to the throne. The prince's swift rise to power has unnerved more experienced, elder members of the royal family, which has long ruled by consensus, though ultimate decision-making remains with the monarch. The moves in Saudi Arabia mirror those in China, where President Xi Jinping has used corruption charges "as a battering ram to consolidate his own power and authority," said John Hannah, the senior counselor at the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, an Iran-skeptic think tank in Washington whose hawkish geopolitical views often coincide with the kingdom's. Hannah said Prince Mohammed has "latched onto corruption as a way to consolidate his power and remake the regime in his image," purging those who might be resistant. It is not clear what Prince Alwaleed or the others were being investigated for. Without naming those arrested, the Attorney General's office said "the suspects are being granted the same rights and treatment as any other Saudi citizen." The statement did not disclose specific details about the investigation, but stressed that no assets have yet been frozen and that individuals are presumed innocent until proven guilty. A high-level employee at Prince Alwaleed bin Talal's Kingdom Holding Co. told the AP that the royal was among those detained. The senior employee, who spoke on condition of anonymity due to fear of repercussions, said security bodies informed him of the arrest. Prince Alwaleed's many investments include Twitter, Apple, Citigroup, and the Four Seasons hotel chain. He is also an investor in ride-sharing services Lyft and Careem. He was once a significant shareholder in Rupert Murdoch's News Corporation, but sold much of those shares in 2015. The prince, pictured sometimes on his 85-meter (278-foot) super-yacht in the Mediterranean, is among the most outspoken Saudi royals and a longtime advocate of women's rights. He is also majority owner of the popular Rotana Group of Arabic channels. After word of his arrest, his company's stock dropped 7.6 percent in trading Sunday on the Saudi stock exchange. An earlier crackdown this year on perceived critics of the crown prince included clerics and lesser-known princes. In July, Prince Mohammed's most formidable challenger to the throne, Prince Mohammed bin Nayef, was plucked from the line of succession and ousted from his post as interior minister, overseeing internal security. This laid the groundwork for the king's son to claim the mantle of crown prince. Prince Mohammed's gambles have not always succeeded . A yearslong war he has overseen as defense minister against Iranian-allied rebels in Yemen has not made the kingdom safer. As news was unfolding about the anti-corruption probe, Saudi Arabia said late Saturday it had intercepted a ballistic missile fired from Yemen at Riyadh International Airport, on the outskirts of the capital. "The dismissals and detentions suggest that Prince Mohammed rather than forging alliances is extending his iron grip to the ruling family, the military, and the national guard to counter what appears to be more widespread opposition within the family as well as the military to his reforms and the Yemen war," James M. Dorsey, a Gulf specialist and senior fellow at Nanyang Technological University in Singapore, said in an analysis of the shake-up.

———

Associated Press writer Abdullah al-Shihri reported this story in Riyadh and AP writer Aya Batrawy reported from Dubai, United Arab Emirates. AP writers Jon Gambrell and Fay Abuelgasim in Dubai, Jonathan Lemire aboard Air Force One and Maggie Michael in Cairo contributed to this report.

http://abcnews.go.com/International/wireStory/saudis-arrest-11-princes-dozens-ministers-shake-50940094 

:: 11-1-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas hands PA control of Gaza border crossings

1 November 2017 From the section Middle East

The Islamist group Hamas has begun handing control of border crossings in Gaza to the Palestinian Authority (PA) as part of a reconciliation deal. A ceremony at the Rafah crossing with Egypt saw a formal transfer from a Hamas official to his PA counterpart. At the Erez and Kerem Shalom crossings with Israel, Hamas offices and security equipment were being dismantled. Next month, the internationally-recognised PA is due to take full control of security in Gaza. The reconciliation deal, brokered by Egypt last month, aims to end a decade-long split between Hamas and its secular rival, Fatah, which dominates the PA. Palestinians in Gaza and the West Bank have been ruled separately since deadly clashes between Hamas and Fatah broke out in 2007. Hamas won parliamentary elections in the occupied territories the previous year, and reinforced its power in Gaza after ousting Fatah from the enclave. Palestinian factions end split on Gaza Gazans hope for end to feud Has Hamas changed? In what was seen as the first key test of the reconciliation agreement, the director of the Palestinian Borders and Crossings Authority, Nazmi Muhanna, took full control of the Rafah crossing on Wednesday. In a short speech, PA Public Works Minister Mufeed al-Hasayneh declared that "the word 'split' will not exist in the Palestinian dictionary anymore". "There is no yellow and green. All our Palestinian people are under the Palestinian flag," he said, referring to the main colours of the Fatah and Hamas flags. Civil Affairs Minister Hussein Sheikh said the Rafah crossing would resume full operations on 15 November, when PA border officials and members of the Presidential Guard would be in place. Rafah has largely been closed since 2007, when Israel and Egypt tightened their blockades of Gaza in response to the Hamas takeover and in an attempt to prevent attacks by militants. There were no ceremonies at the Erez and Kerem Shalom crossings on Wednesday. But PA officials were seen moving in as Hamas security officials packed up equipment and departed in vehicles. All the Palestinian factions are due to meet in Cairo on 21 November to continue discussing implementation of the reconciliation deal, including the formation of a unity government that is not expected to include Hamas members. The issue of the tens of thousands of civil servants employed by Hamas in Gaza will be resolved by February 2018, but the role of Hamas's 25,000-strong military wing was not mentioned in the agreement. Israel and the US have expressed reservations about the reconciliation deal. The US said any Palestinian unity government would need to recognise the State of Israel, disarm "terrorists", and commit to peaceful negotiations. If Hamas was to play any role, it added, it would have to accept those requirements. Israel - which like the US considers Hamas a terrorist organisation and has fought three wars with militants in Gaza - said it would not deal with a Palestinian government that "relies on Hamas".

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-41830114 

:: 11-5-17 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israeli Army Calls for Gaza 'Marshall Plan' to Thwart Takeover by Forces More Extreme Than Hamas

Maj. Gen. Yoav Mordechai, the coordinator of government activities in the territories, believes persistence of the current situation there could lead to a new outbreak of violence

Amos Harel Nov 05, 2017 4:35 PM

Maj. Gen. Yoav Mordechai, the coordinator of government activities in the territories, has called for the implementation of a Gazan... etc. and the news story continues..

read more: https://www.haaretz.com/israel-news/.premium-1.821148 

[ ::  12-31-14/1-1-15  New Years Eve Service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Listen very carefully to the things that I say unto you, for these things are not to bring fear, but these things are to bring peace into your hearts that you will know, because of the things that are coming, the things that shall be.  For two thousand fifteen shall be a time of change, great change, change, change, change.  The Illuminati shall once again rise up to the place that you will be able to see them in operation, for they still control all the money and they still control more things than you realize they control.  Walt Disney is now in a new takeover trying to reach the minds and the hearts of the children, so be careful, be careful what you’re watching.  There is going to be a new type of army and this army will be hand picked, but not just anyone can join, for it shall be an army that shall be against us, it shall be approved by the United Nations and they shall march in our streets because there is no control in the streets, and therefore, they will bring in another army that will have control. 

:: 6-27-16 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What are military UN trucks doing in Virginia? Bemused motorists spot white 'combat vehicles' on the interstate

U.N. 'tactical vehicles' have been spotted in Virginia driving on interstate

Motorists have been positing pictures online sparking debate about them

One website asks if the U.N. is preparing for economic collapse in America

By Charlie Moore For Mailonline Published: 04:52 EDT, 27 June 2016 | Updated: 19:02 EDT, 27 June 2016

Military U.N. vehicles have been spotted in Virginia, shocking motorists and sparking conspiracy theories. The white trucks, equipped with large off-road tires, were seen being transported on Interstate 81 on Friday. They appear to be Alpine Armoring's Pit-Bull VX SWAT Truck models. Jeff Stern posted photos of the vehicles on Facebook, writing: 'Can't begin to tell you how many of these I passed today on 81 near Lexington VA. Interesting times ahead!' Fernando Johnson questioned online: 'Tactical Vehicles, with bullet proof glass? Whatever could those be for, and why are UN vehicles here, in THIS country?!' Meanwhile, Vincent Sammons noted on Facebook: 'They are sealed against gas too.' Another online commenter said: 'We have U.N. vehicles being shipped on U.S. highways. One has to wonder why?' Bobby Wayne Guinn posted on Facebook that he had witnessed similar scenes in Texas. He wrote: 'Wondering why 30 United Nations vehicles, fully loaded with combat-prepared troops, were driving down our highway in Dallas, Texas.' His post sparked website Liberty is viral to ask: 'Are these U.N. troops here preparing for economic collapse in America? Is this related to Iran ships approaching the U.S. border?' while Alex Jones posted a video warning of the 'U.N. takeover of America.' The U.N. is an intergovernmental organisation with 193 member states. Its objectives include maintaining international peace and security, promoting human rights, fostering social and economic development, protecting the environment, and providing humanitarian aid in cases of famine, natural disaster, and armed conflict. DailyMail.com has reached out to the U.N. for comment. Alpine Armoring has not responded to requests for a statement.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-3661842/What-military-trucks-doing-Virginia-Bemused-motorists-spot-white-combat-vehicles-interstate.html#ixzz4xCbNCxmz 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 10-30-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The United Nations Is Behind Antifa’s Planned Attacks Upon America

UN Vehicles housed on abandoned US military bases. In Parts one and two of this series on the takeover of the United States, I asserted the following: The Vegas massacre exemplified the composition of the forces that are being brought to bear against the people of the United States and they are Antifa, MS-13, ISIS, CIA trafficking arm, the FBI “cleaners”, the Deep-State left-overs of the Obamaa dminstration, the Clinton Foundation, HSBC Bank, George Soros, CIA/UN black ops and some others to be covered at a later time The plan is start a “holy hell” campaign similar to the Las Vegas massacre and the Northern California fires and force a crisis in which the United Nations troops, already inside the United States, will be brought out into the open and used as a gun confiscation force. In Part Three, the level of UN involvement is exposed. It is clear that the operation command and control resides within the administration of the UN in cooperation with Deep State. The purpose of this unholy alliance is the destruction of the United States. Attention American Citizens: The United Nations Is Not Your Friend I have mentioned several groups which are coalescing to conspire to take down this country and eliminate all domestic opposition. In response to my previous assertions, Steve Quayle sent me a note yesterday which presents the “brains” and the operational control behind this insidious plot. The following Steve Quayle observation puts an operational face to the plot to destroy America. “Dave-…FOLLOW UP WITH WHO COMPRISES THE MAJORITY OF THE UN SECURITY COUNCIL—RUSSIA AND CHINA …ALL THEIR MEN AND MATERIAL ARE STATIONED IN AND UNDER THE MILITARY BASES THAT GEORGE BUSH SENIOR CLOSED AND GAVE AWAY TO THE U.N. THIS EXPLAINS ALL UN VEHICLE, FOREIGN MILITARY VEHICLES AND ENCOUNTERS WITH FOREIGN SOLDIERS AS WELL AS THE FBI’S ADMITTED 25,000 CHINESE SPIES IN COUNTRY” Steve Quayle Let’s examine Steve’s message, piece by piece. FBI Admits That 25,000 Chinese Spies Are Freely Operating Within the United States The Washington Times and many other media outlets, on July 11, 2017, previously reported on the FBI’s 25,000 spies that are operating inside the United States and the FBI cannot and does not want to track them. Why? Because the FBI was hopelessly compromised by Obama administration, Deep-State holdovers who are working to to fulfill their mission which will culminate in the fall of the United States. In the Bundy ranch attempted takeover, the planned-t0-be attemped confiscated land was to be handed off to the Chinese solar company Cinta. Cinta is a front group for the Chinese military. I have previously covered how many Cinta operations lie adjacent to major American military bases (eg Nellis AFB and Luke AFB). It should also be noted that on July 4, 2016, then FBI Director, James Comey, said there were ISIS cells operating within all 50 states. The Composition of the UN Security Council The UN Security Council is composed of 15 Members. There are five permanent members and 10 ad hoc members. Steve Quayle was correct when he said it was important to pay attention to the permanent members. The composition of this group consists of members who are enmies of the United States and the five permanent members consists of China, France, Russian Federation, the United Kingdom, and the United States. The presence of the threat posed by the presence by the Chinese and Russians is obvious. However, even the French and the British are compromised. The French are in the process of destroying their own country by admitting millions of Middle Eastern Muslims who refuse to assimilate and have carried out heinous acts of terror on French soil. And of course, the UK is compromised by their status with the Rothschild Banking Cartel. The Bush Family of Presidents Close Dozens of American Military Bases Steve Quayle was correct about the closure of bases under former President George H.W. Bush in which over 100 bases were closed. Some of the base closures were not completed until Clinton took office, but Bush Sr. was the catalyst. On Sept. 8, 2005, the Department of Defense’s Base Closure and Realignment Commission (BRAC) gave President George W. Bush a list of 20 major military installations that it had determined were no longer necessary for the nation’s defense. The president signed off on the list, and despite tepid opposition, it passed through the House of Representatives. By the end of the year, it was enacted, and a deadline was set: On or before Sept. 15, 2011, the 20 bases would shut their doors. Most of the bases closed under Obama were scheduled for closure under Bush. Since then, there have been multiple civilian sightings of UN planes landing at American Air Force bases and these troops are transporting UN troops and/or having UN markings. The Internet has been abuzz with reports and photos of UN military vehicles on US soil. Many people are looking at this as a shocking development. The following has been reported as if this were some novel and recent event: “Military U.N. vehicles have been spotted in Virginia, shocking motorists and sparking conspiracy theories. The white trucks, equipped with large off-road tires, were seen being transported on Interstate 81 and this is just one example of the hundreds of reports I have received. In the accompanying documentation the UN vehicles are Alpine Armoring’s Pit-Bull VX SWAT Truck models. Jeff Stern posted photos of the vehicles on Facebook, writing: ‘Can’t begin to tell you how many of these I passed today on 81 near Lexington VA. Interesting times ahead!” “Fernando Johnson questioned online: ‘Tactical Vehicles, with bullet proof glass? Whatever could those be for, and why are UN vehicles here, in THIS country?!” This is just one such report representing hundreds I have received through the years. As alarming as this appears to be, it is just part of an ongoing operation of the pre-positioning of foreign assets on American soil in preparation for the takeover. Yesterday the Larry Nichols and Jack Easum reported in a story I carried in Part Two that 10 additional military bases are going to be closed and handed off the to the United Nations. Conclusion Steve Quayle’s summary observations were verified with a minimial amount of reference material. The body of evidence to support Steve’s statement could fill several libraries. There are some who think I have gone off of the deep end when I speak about FEMA camps and the intention of the TPTB to put millions of us in FEMA camps where life and death decisions will be made. It is time to revisit this topic from a new perspective. This will be the subject of Part Four of this series. My thanks to Steve for succinctly providing summarizing the organizing structure behind the present threat. Please donate to offset the costs of The Common Sense Show PLEASE SUBSCRIBE TO OUR YOUTUBE CHANNEL AND DON’T FORGET TO “LIKE” US

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/10/31/the-united-nations-is-behind-antifas-planned-attacks-upon-america/ 

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 1-10-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. it shall not be a good week, many things shall take place.  Watch the stock market, and if you have money hoarded up in there, you are going to lose it, you are going to lose it.  Listen carefully, pay attention, place your money where you know that it is safe etc.

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

Revelation 13:18 16 Also it causes all, both small and great, both rich and poor, both free and slave, to be marked on the right hand or the forehead 17 so that no one can buy or sell unless he has the mark, that is, the name of the beast or the number of its name. 18 This calls for wisdom: let the one who has understanding calculate the number of the beast, for it is the number of a man, and his number is 666.

:: 10-30-17 The Burning Platform :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BULL IN A CHINA SHOP

“So the modern world may be increasing in technological knowledge, but, paradoxically, it is making things a lot more unpredictable.” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder

I had read Nassim Taleb’s other best-selling tomes about risk, randomness and black swans – Fooled by Randomness & The Black Swan. They were not easy reads, but they were must reads. He is clearly a brilliant thinker, but I like him more because he is a prickly skeptic who scorns and ridicules academics, politicians, and Wall Street scumbags with gusto. There were many passages which baffled me, but so many nuggets of wisdom throughout each book, you couldn’t put them down. When his Antifragile book was published in 2012, the name intimidated me. I figured it was too intellectual for my tastes. When I saw it on the shelf in my favorite used book store at the beach, I figured it was worth a read for $9. I’m plowing through it and I haven’t been disappointed. His main themes are more pertinent today than they were in 2012. He published The Black Swan in 2007, just prior to one of the biggest black swans in world history – the 2008 Federal Reserve/Wall Street created financial collapse. His disdain for “experts” like Bernanke, Paulson, and Wall Street CEOs, and their inability to comprehend the consequences of their actions and in-actions as the financial system was blown sky high, was a bulls-eye. As usual, all of Taleb’s warnings and rational analysis of how the world really works have been forgotten or ignored, as the actions of the captured Fed, corrupt DC politicians, and greedy Wall Street shysters propel the nation and the world toward another historic financial collapse. The “experts” will be proven to be knaves and fools once again. “The problem with experts is that they do not know what they do not know” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder As I was reading passages of his Antifragile analysis of the real world, I was struck by how his concepts of fragility and antifragility become more relevant as this relentless bull market in stocks, bonds, real estate and government debt reaches nose bleed heights only seen twice before in financial history. When something is fragile it breaks easily. Interventionist monetary actions by the Federal Reserve, non-enforcement of financial regulations by the Federal Reserve, introduction of unregulated indecipherable derivatives, repeal of the Glass-Steagall Act, mass Wall Street collusion in the largest control fraud in history, and delusional expectations of ignorant investors created extremely fragile housing and stock markets which were certain to break. “Complications lead to multiplicative chains of unanticipated effects.” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder And break they did. There was no specifically particular catalyst which caused national housing prices to fall 30% or the stock market to fall 50%. Their extreme fragility made it certain they would break. The “experts” who declared the housing market strong and the stock market not overvalued provided a myriad of retrospective causes after the financial system collapsed. They never provide prospective warnings before things break. Their job is to mislead, while the Wall Street pillaging machine does its work. Were lessons learned from this horrific man-made debacle? Based on the actions taken by those in power, no lessons have been absorbed. The authorities have done the exact opposite of what needed to be done to make the financial system less fragile. Their reckless self-serving debt spawning scheme has guaranteed another far worse collapse. “If something is fragile, its risk of breaking makes anything you do to improve it or make it “efficient” inconsequential unless you first reduce that risk of breaking.” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder As the ill-gotten profits of criminal Wall Street banks evaporated during late 2008 and early 2009 the very survival of these Too Big To Prosecute behemoth owners of the Federal Reserve was in question. They were effectively bankrupt, as the toxic mortgage debt and busted derivatives blew gaping holes in their balance sheets. With 30 to 1 leverage, they were dead shysters walking. It was at this point the captured central bankers, crooked politicians, and feckless government apparatchiks across the globe colluded to prop up the existing elite establishment at the expense of the people they had just got done screwing out of $700 billion, after they had absconded with trillions in middle class wealth. The plan has been to introduce massive doses of central bank and government debt into an already debt saturated fragile global economic system and artificially suppress interest rates in order to prop up stock markets and high end real estate markets, while impoverishing senior citizens, savers and the working middle class. A few million middle class eggs must be broken to make a gold plated oligarch omelet. “The world as a whole has never been richer, and it has never been more heavily in debt, living off borrowed money. The record shows that, for society, the richer we become, the harder it gets to live within our means. Abundance is harder for us to handle than scarcity.” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder It was reported with great fanfare by the mouthpieces for the establishment in the corporate mainstream media the net worth of U.S. households has reached an all-time high. The Fed has successfully elevated the net worth of the top 10%, with the majority of the benefits accruing to the top .1%. This debt engineered faux recovery has benefited only Wall Street sycophants and the parasites feeding off their wealth, while throwing 80% of the population under the bus. There has been no recovery for the average working class American. Wall Street has gorged on debt and rigged markets, while Main Street has seen their savings eviscerated and depleted by soaring healthcare costs, skyrocketing rents, mounting tax burden, and everyday living expenses. The fraud of GDP growth since 2009, as pitiful as it has been, is completely dependent upon trillions of dollars of deficit spending by the government, Federal Reserve money printing, and massive forced spending created by Obamacare. The powers that be decided their own well-being, power, control and wealth superseded any civic obligation to future generations. “As to growth in GDP, it can be obtained very easily by loading future generations with debt – and the future economy may collapse upon the need to repay such debt.” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder Their actions have guaranteed economic collapse, but as long as the stock market remains elevated all is well in Elitist-ville USA. As long as we pretend the $20 trillion national debt and $200 trillion of unfunded welfare liabilities don’t matter, the party can continue. As long as a dumbed down populace chooses to willfully ignore basic mathematical facts, the propaganda spewing corporate media’s narrative of economic expansion and strong jobs market will be believed. As long as the American people allow themselves to be distracted by a tweeting reality president, bloated hog Hollywood sexual predators, mysterious video poker playing mass shooters, kneeling overpaid low IQ athletes, and the usual Washington bullshit about budgets, tax cuts, and healthcare plans, the oligarchs will keep their raping and pillaging of the national wealth machine running at hyper-speed. “More data means more information, but it also means more false information.” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder Never has there been more false information disguised as data in world history. Technology instantaneously disseminates data, as governments, central banks and corporations issue economic narratives and financial reports designed to mislead, confuse, obfuscate and hide the truth from the public. The government reports “strong” GDP of 3% while somehow ignoring the impact of two devastating hurricanes. The number is a pure guess based upon models designed to show it in the best light possible. It will be revised dramatically lower in the future with little fanfare, but its PR effect has already done the job of elevating stock markets higher. Mission accomplished. The brainless bimbos and talking head twits peddled as financial experts on the corporate fake news channels gushed about the strong economic results without even questioning the basis of the number. Consumer spending accounts for 69% of GDP. Some critical thinking might make you question the validity of that 3% GDP number. The massive increase in healthcare spending forced upon the public by the Obamacare cataclysm is counted as a great big positive for GDP. So is the jump in gasoline expenditures and food costs. A supposed large increase in auto purchases gave a boost to GDP. If automakers are reporting lower sales and reducing production, how could this be? Plus virtually all auto “sales” are nothing but easy money debt based rentals through 7 year $0 down, 0% interest loans or low payment 3 year leases. A full 17% of GDP ($3.4 trillion) is generated by the Federal, state and local government spending money they have absconded from you at gunpoint. Only a deeply dishonest disgraceful captured bureaucracy could count money taken from its citizens and then miss-allocated in epic proportions as an increase in GDP. The GDP calculation is fake data used to mislead the masses. If consumer spending was really robust it would be based upon strong wage growth from a vibrant jobs market. That’s the other outrageous fake data narrative being spun by the masters of propaganda within the Deep State. The government and politicians need to keep the sheeple calm and sedated during their never ending sheering, so they falsely report a 4.2% unemployment rate and the bloviator in chief takes credit for all the new jobs. In reality, there were 2.6 million new jobs added last year and the trend over Trump’s first eight months is 2.7 million new jobs – and most of them continue to be low paying service jobs. If the unemployment rate was really 4.2%, wages would be soaring as demand exceeded supply. But we all know real wages are stagnant and consumer debt has reached new all-time highs, as average middle class Americans are clinging to their credit cards to survive. A few basic facts obliterate this strong jobs market false narrative. Since 2007 (before the Fed created financial crisis) the working age population has grown by 24 million, while the number of employed Americans has increased by 8 million (only 3.6 million men), but somehow the unemployment rate is the same. Of those 8 million new jobs, 2.5 million are part-time. There are currently 2 million less men between the ages of 35 and 54 employed than there were in 2007. Those are considered prime working years for men. According to your lying government, 16 million working age Americans voluntarily left the workforce because they don’t need a job. Only an Ivy League professor or a 75 IQ moron could actually believe the drivel fed to the American public by these government apparatchiks. Ask yourself whether the real situation on Main Street America matches a 4.2% unemployment rate or a 20% unemployment rate. Ask yourself whether your real world inflation rate is 2% or in excess of 5%. If rising consumer expenditures reflect the health of the consumer, why are JC Penny, Sears and Macys dead retailers walking? Why are there more store closings and retail bankruptcies in 2017 than the depression year of 2009? Why has restaurant traffic been declining for over a year? Why do putrefying ghost malls haunt the suburban landscape like a scary apparition? We are living in zombieland, with the only an extraordinary amount of debt being pumped into the diseased veins of the global economy by central banker mad scientists giving this cadaver the appearance of life. With real median household income still at 1999 levels, the middle class (aka the deplorables) in flyover country is lifeless and barely surviving on their credit cards. This supposed recovery has passed the deplorables by, as it has been specifically engineered for the wealthy oligarchs. The pliant academic puppets running the Federal Reserve, ECB and the Bank of Japan on behalf of billionaire oligarchs, Wall Street bankers, government bureaucrats, mega-corporation CEOs, and corrupt politicians had a moral obligation to take actions which would have made the global financial system more resilient and less fragile. After the near death experience in 2008/2009 for the financial elite, central bankers and their co-conspirator government lackeys decided they would do whatever it took to elevate stock, bond and real estate markets. These traitors to their citizens have printed tens of trillions of currency out of thin air to elevate stock markets, buy bad debt to artificially suppress interest rates, and colluded with Wall Street hedge funds to drive real estate prices higher by purposefully reducing supply. Their actions have benefitted the haves at the expense of the have nots, while providing the deceitful appearance of stability when they are steadily introducing instability and vulnerability into the system. “But the larger point is that we can now see that depriving systems of stressors, vital stressors, is not necessarily a good thing, and can be downright harmful.” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder They have created an eight year bull market in everything, while increasing global debt by a mere $70 trillion. This long period of faux prosperity has encouraged rampant risk taking and speculation utilizing leverage to supercharge returns. The lack of volatility and unquestioned belief central bankers will bail them out, has led arrogant swashbuckling MBA hotshots to program their supercomputer high frequency trading machines to buy every dip. Many of these 30 somethings have never experienced a terrifying plunge or a real bear market. By eliminating fear of losses and suppressing volatility, central bankers have created a landscape where a buildup in risk and fragility guarantees a Minsky Moment. The speculative juices have now reached epic levels. The appropriate cautiousness of respected financial minds like Shiller, Hussman, Mauldin, Stockman, and Taleb is scorned and ridiculed by the egotistical big swinging dicks on the trading desks of the criminal Wall Street banks. Their belief in their statistical models is only outdone by their faith markets will never crash again. They believe central bankers have figured out how to levitate financial markets for all eternity. With the markets overvalued on par with 1929 and 2000, bullishness and margin debt have never been higher. The FANG stocks are the new Dotcom bubble stocks. Last week’s Amazon earnings release tells you everything you need to know about the outrageous hype and false narratives spun by Wall Street and their media mouthpiece pawns. The hyperbolic headlines screamed “HUGE EARNINGS BEAT”. At the start of the year earnings projections for the 3rd quarter were $2.00 per share. The company and their Wall Street analyst minions guided that down to 2 cents per share and then “beat” that by announcing 52 cents per share. Wow!! Meanwhile, their gross margins fell for the 4th quarter in a row, chiming in at NEGATIVE 18% or a $5.2 billion loss. That’s right. They lose 18% on every sale. That was enough to propel the stock over $1,000 per share, with a PE ratio of 250. This certainly isn’t irrationally exuberant. Right? No one on Wall Street dares to question the narrative about Amazon, Netflix, Facebook, or Google. The corporate propaganda media dutifully reports what they are told to report. Financial metrics, valuations, GAAP earnings, and common sense have left the building. The “professionals” on Wall Street are fully invested because they want those year-end bonuses. The little guys are entering the market. ETFs dominate on the way up and will lead the way down. Everything is being bought by the machines and everything will be sold when the machines revolt. The confidence level for future gains is off the charts. The herd of lemmings is stampeding towards the cliff. Skeptics and contrarians are getting flattened. “There is something like a switch in us that kills the individual in favor of the collective when people engage in communal dances, mass riots, or war. Your mood is now that of the herd. You are part of what Elias Canetti calls the rhythmic and throbbing crowd” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder Central bankers have succeeded in convincing virtually everyone they have everything under control, when in reality they have introduced far more risk and fragility into the financial system than existed in 2007. Curing a debt problem with far more debt is like treating a gunshot wound to the leg with a gunshot to the head. This cycle of greed and fear will end just as every previous cycle has ended. The debt financed speculative frenzy will cease when cash flow becomes insufficient to service the debt taken on to make the speculative investments. Even relatively small losses on the speculative assets will cause lenders to call their loans, which will begin a multiplicative chain of ferocious selling and unanticipated consequences. The sell-off will lead to a sudden and precipitous collapse in market-clearing asset prices, a sharp drop in market liquidity, and a severe demand for cash. Minsky will be smirking. The suppression of volatility by central bankers has lulled the masses into a false sense of security as the everything bubble grows ever larger and less stable beneath the surface. If they had allowed corrections over the last few years to periodically release the buildup of speculative pressures, the financial system would not be nearly as fragile. The all-knowing “experts” see nothing on the horizon which could derail this bull market. Trump has taken ownership of this bubble by taking credit for the surge since Election Day, after previously calling it a huge bubble during the campaign. He will rue his decision to own this over-priced market. This market bubble is so overblown, a specific trigger is not necessary to start the disintegration of this bubble. In retrospect, as in the case of Bear Stearns and Lehman Brothers in 2008, the financial press will need to blame the inevitable collapse on something tangible such as a military conflict, political indictment, financial institution failure, natural catastrophe, or surge in interest rates. This house of cards built on a foundation of dodgy debt and mass delusions of grandeur will come toppling down, with societal implications which will propel this Fourth Turning towards its bloody climax. The overconfidence and hubris being exhibited by the ruling class and the parasites feeding off their leftover scraps is palpable. There is no fear. They’ve got this thing. The suckers not getting rich in this market are to be disparaged and derided as losers. They remind me of the turkey who has been fed like a king for a thousand days by the butcher and every day turkey “experts” report with unequivocal statistical confidence that butchers love turkeys and will treat them like kings forever. Then on the 1,001st day the turkey experiences a fatal surprise. The Wall Street turkeys should note Thanksgiving is approaching rapidly. No one knows when or how this collapse will appear, but we do know Bernanke, Yellen, Draghi, Kuroda, Wall Street, Washington DC, and the fake news corporate media are culpable in weakening our economic and financial systems through their reckless, arrogant, corrupt solutions to the last collapse caused by their irresponsible, greedy, fraudulent schemes designed to enrich their wealthy oligarch constituents. They’ve created a supremely fragile financial system. When the losses begin to mount, we (the deplorables) will need to get in touch with our inner butcher. These turkeys will need to pay for their evil miss-deeds. “Not seeing a tsunami or an economic event coming is excusable; building something fragile to them is not.” – Nassim Nicholas Taleb, Antifragile: Things That Gain From Disorder

https://www.theburningplatform.com/2017/10/29/bull-in-a-china-shop-2/ 

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 11-1-17 Astute News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Global Thunder Exercise Timed to Coincide with Other Events

On November 1, 2017 By Asif AzizIn Opinion

The US Strategic Command (StratCom) kicked off its largest annual training exercise on October 30 with the commencement of Global Thunder 2018. The training event involves StratCom’s headquarters at Offutt Air Force Base as well as its many subordinate units around the world, such as missile and bomber wings. It encompasses all missions, including strategic deterrence, space operations, cyberspace operations, joint electronic warfare, global strike, missile defense and intelligence, and is expected to last for about 10 days. The United States had warned Russia about Global Thunder in advance as required by the New START. Last week, Russia held a strategic nuclear forces’ exercise too. President Vladimir Putin personally took part in the event as the Supreme Commander in Chief. The tests included an ICBM, three submarine-launched ballistic missiles and “an unknown number” of air-launched cruise missiles. Global Thunder typically occurs about this time every year. It is taking place in the period of immense tensions between the United States and North Korea as President Donald Trump is to visit US Asia Pacific allies, including South Korea and Japan, in early November. The US military is also planning a military exercise involving three of the Navy’s aircraft carrier strike groups scheduled to take place near North Korea, while Mr. Trump is traveling through the Asia-Pacific region. He’ll be in South Korea on November 7-8. Pyongyang will undoubtedly interpret it as another provocative act. Visiting South Korea on October 28, US Defense Secretary James Mattis emphasized that the United States would never accept a nuclear North. In August, President Trump warned the North not to make any more threats against the United States, and said that if it did, it would be met with “fire and fury like the world has never seen.” Despite the president’s warning the threats were made. Global Thunder has certain background. Moscow has recently expressed its concern over the involvement of non-nuclear NATO states in joint missions during nuclear exercises in violation of the Non-Proliferation Treaty. According to Alexander Grushko, Russia’s Ambassador to NATO, “We expressed our concern about the NATO continuing practice of involving non-nuclear states of the alliance in joint nuclear missions in violation of articles I and II of the NPT. This is also important in terms of compliance with the provisions of the Russia-NATO Founding Act, which remains one of the few pillars of material stability and security in Europe.” Unlike Global Thunder, some exercises with nuclear scenarios are conducted by the US and its NATO allies without prior warnings. The example is Steadfast Noon held in October with Czech and Polish participation. The nuclear exercise had not been officially announced and the alliance was very tight-lipped about it because of the political sensitivity of this mission. The secrecy struck the eye. Only a few weeks before the training event, NATO complained that Russia was not being transparent about its Zapad exercise held in September. The forces practiced NATO’s nuclear strike mission with dual-capable aircraft (DCA) and the B61 tactical nuclear bombs the US deploys in Europe. It was the first time the Czech Republic took part sending its JAS-39 Gripen fighters. The Polish F-16s are nuclear-capable aircraft. President Trump wants to ensure the US nuclear arsenal is at the “top of the pack.He believes the United States has fallen behind in its weapons capacity. An ambitious and expensive program, estimated to take 30 years and cost upwards of $1 trillion dollars to upgrade and replace all three legs of its nuclear triad, is under consideration. Beyond constant upgrades of the existing nuclear systems, new weapons are designed to replace the current ones. The Navy is designing a new class of 12 SSBNs. The Air Force is examining a new mobile ICBM along with extending the service life of the Minuteman III currently in inventory. The service has begun development of a new, stealthy long-range bomber and a new nuclear-capable tactical fighter-bomber. A new long-range nuclear cruise missile is being developed to replace the current one. The production of B61-12, a new guided “standoff” nuclear bomb able to glide toward a target over a distance, is also underway. A draft of the new Nuclear Posture Review (NPR) is being debated in Washington. According to the Guardian, “Among the new elements under consideration are a low yield warhead for a ballistic missile intended primarily to deter Russia’s use of a small nuclear weapon in a war over the Baltic states; a sea-launched cruise missile; a change in language governing conditions in which the US would use nuclear weapons; and investments aimed at reducing the time it would take the US to prepare a nuclear test”. The plans include bringing back the nuclear Tomahawk sea-launched cruise missiles, which were dropped from the arsenal in 2013. It may mark a decisive end to the era of post-cold war disarmament. “You can … be assured that our administration is committed to strengthen and modernize America’s nuclear deterrent,” said Vice President Mike Pence on October 27, visiting Minot air force base in North Dakota, home to Minuteman III intercontinental ballistic missiles and B-52 strategic bombers. According to him, “History attests the surest path to peace is through American strength. There’s no greater element of American strength, there’s no greater force for peace in the world than the United States nuclear arsenal.” There are signs that a new Cold War is in the air. For instance, the US Air Force is preparing to put nuclear-armed bombers back on 24-hour ready alert. A future long-range, rapid-strike capability (Prompt Global Strike-PGS) is seen in the United States as a partial alternative to nuclear weapons for hitting important time-sensitive targets. The capability sought by Washington could allow US forces to conduct a non-nuclear strike against any location in the world in one hour or less. The appearance of such weapons may lower the nuclear threshold. Unlike strategic nuclear forces, the development of long-range conventional weapons is uncontrolled. No talks are held to address the problem. With tensions running high, any exercise, especially a nuclear one, is risky. The failure of the US to warn Moscow as it should, in the case of Steadfast Noon, greatly increases mistrust. Global Thunder is timed with the exercise scheduled to take place near North Korea and the trip of President Trump across the Asia Pacific. It’s hardly a coincidence.

https://astutenews.com/2017/11/01/us-global-thunder-exercise-timed-to-coincide-with-other-events/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 10-30-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Robert Mueller In The Crosshairs As MSM Hides Uranium One & Dossier Funding Investigations By Blaring Manafort Headlines

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine October 30, 2017

There is a reason the liberal media are blaring hundreds of headlines screaming about the charges filed against former Trump campaign chairman Paul Manafort, by Special Counsel Robert Mueller, despite the acknowledged fact that all charges against Manafort stem from actions that occurred before the Trump campaign even started, and it is only partially in order to connect anything "Russia related" to President Trump.... the real reason is to avoid, distract and ignore the very real investigations now occurring into the Uranium One scandal and Trump dossier scandal, and the part that Robert Mueller played. OBLIGATORY MANAFORT INFO Before getting into what the MSM is not reporting, a brief rundown on the Manafort information. 12 counts have been leveled against Paul Manafort, and despite headlines from liberal media outlets, they all stem from Manafort's business dealings, and not his work on the Trump campaign, most from before the Trump campaign ever kicked off, which can be seen in the indictment itself, here. Via the BBC: The charges against Mr Manafort and Mr Gates do not relate to Mr Trump's campaign but to the alleged concealment of payments from the pair's Ukrainian business dealings up to 2016. The same information, in one form or another is provided in most the reporting, but hidden behind the headlines that imply the Manafort charges somehow implicate President Trump in some type of Russia collusion, despite the indictment itself negating those claims. Two more quick points on the Manafort charges before getting into what is happening behind the scenes that the media is absolutely freaking out about in private, while avoiding, ignoring and attempting to distract with the Manafort headlines, because both implicate Special Counsel Mueller is some very shadowy practices and scandals. First Point: As Jerome Corsi points out, the FBI under the Obama administration obtained a FISA warrant based on information within the now discredited "Trump dossier," which was funded by the DNC, the Hillary Clinton campaign and Obama campaign fund, which was filtered through the same law firm that paid Fusion GPS for the dossier. Remember when President Trump said he discovered his "wires were tapped" in Trump Tower? Manafort had offices in Trump Tower, and months after Trump's initial tweet, it was revealed Manafort was tapped, which is important, because every step of the way, President Trump has given us clues as to what was coming down the pike, which we will show more of later in this article. The fact that the Obama administration used the information in that dossier, means the FISA warrant itself was obtained illegally, according to Corsi, meaning all evidence gained through those warrants is considered "fruit of the poison tree." Via Corsi: On Sept. 19, 2017, CNN reported that U.S. investigators conducted electronic surveillance on Manafort both before and after the election under a FISA court warrant. The CNN article cites only unnamed sources, strongly suggesting the leak was based on an illegal leak to the press that could end up being traced back to the FBI, to Mueller’s Special Counselor office, or to both. Under the “fruit of the poison tree doctrine” established by the Supreme Court in Fourth Amendment illegal search and seizure cases, the FBI and/or Mueller may have compromised their entire investigation of Paul Manafort by either using the fraudulent “Russia dossier” paid for in part by the FBI, or by illegally leaking information derived from the FISA-authorized electronic surveillance to CNN and other mainstream media publications known to be partisan “Never Trump” mouthpieces. Read the rest at Infowars. Second Point: Many may wave away Corsi and Infowars as "conservative" outlets, so the second point from LawNewz, who often appear to be virulently anti-Trump, highlights that in the raid upon Manafort's home, "Mueller’s team may have obtained evidence in the raid of Paul Manafort’s home that was not covered by the search warrant." Specifically, "documents considered to be covered by attorney-client privilege." A similar issue came up recently in a case against Wall Street financier Benjamin Wey. A federal judge threw out all of the evidence gathered against him through warrants because the “sweeping” searches of his property violated his Fourth Amendment right. Judge Alison Nathan found that the searches were “grossly negligent” in that they collected evidence that went beyond the scope of the warrant like medical records, and divorce records. In the case of Manafort, it appears that his lawyers warned investigators about the existence of attorney-client privileged documents and memos. If investigators didn’t take the proper precautions to avoid collecting these documents, they could be in trouble for violating Manafort’s constitutional rights. It also appears that Tony Podesta is being targeted, as he just stepped down from his lobbying firm amidst the Mueller probe. EVERYTHING MUELLER TOUCHES IS TAINTED NOW Now we get to the meat and potatoes of this article, which is what the media is hiding behind their over-the-top enthusiasm about charges that have nothing to do with the Trump campaign itself. Congressional investigations into the Uranium One deal which made major headlines last week have already begun, which directly implicates a number of former Obama officials, including Special Counsel Robert Mueller himself who was the Director of the FBI at that time, as well as then-U.S. Attorney Rod Rosenstein, an Obama appointee who now serves as President Trump’s deputy attorney general, who appointed Mueller as Special Counsel in the Russia/Trump probe, then-Assistant FBI Director Andrew McCabe, now the deputy FBI director under Trump, former FBI Director James Comey and Hillary Clinton and the Clinton Foundation. Related: The Obama Administration’s Uranium One Scandal Note -Once again, the President gave the public a clue that the Uranium One deal would be further investigated with a March tweet stating "Why isn't the House Intelligence Committee looking into the Bill & Hillary deal that allowed big Uranium to go to Russia, Russian speech...." The next blockbuster report revealed that after the Washington Beacon pulled out of their opposition research against Trump when it became apparent he would be the GOP president nominee, the DNC, the Clinton campaign and the Obama campaign fund, all started funding the firm behind the oppo research, Fusion GPS, who then hired former British spy Christopher Steele, who created the infamous "Trump dossier," with information fed to him from Kremlin insiders. Yes, the very same dossier that was used to illegally obtain the FISA warrant which garnered the evidence Mueller used to get indictments against Paul Manafort. Note- President Trump once again informed the public the news about who funded the dossier was about to hit the news, on October 19, 2017. Media Research Center has done an outstanding job documenting the liberal media has been avoiding, downplaying or trying to distract from the Uranium One news and the dossier news. ABC News attempted to "shout down the truth of the dossier collusion," while CNN attempted to convince their viewers that the bombshell reports about Uranium One were a right-wing "campaign of confusion," even going as far as to "argue against transparency." The Wall Street Journal on the other hand is taking some massive flack from the left and liberal media because they looked at the news about who funded the Steele dossier, and their Editorial Board argued that Robert Mueller had to resign. Their first paragraph infuriated liberals and other media outlets: It turns out that Russia has sown distrust in the U.S. political system—aided and abetted by the Democratic Party, and perhaps the FBI. This is an about-face from the dominant media narrative of the last year, and it requires a full investigation. Then they concluded: Mr. Mueller is a former FBI director, and for years he worked closely with Mr. Comey. It is no slur against Mr. Mueller’s integrity to say that he lacks the critical distance to conduct a credible probe of the bureau he ran for a dozen years. He could best serve the country by resigning to prevent further political turmoil over that conflict of interest. The American public deserves a full accounting of the scope and nature of Russian meddling in American democracy, and that means following the trail of the Steele dossier as much as it does the meetings of Trump campaign officials. The fact that the WSJ refused to walk in lock-step with other liberal media outlets by attempting to ignore, justify or downplay how tainted any investigation involving Mueller is at this point, brought about a brutal reaction from others, such as MSNBC's Morning Joe calling it "disgraceful and dangerous," saying it was a "coordinated attack against Mueller." You can see other attacks against WSJ from prominent liberal writers and outlets at MediaIte. BEHIND THE SCENES - WHAT THE MSM IS HIDING What we haven't seen blared in hundreds of headlines is what is happening behind the scenes in Congress and the DOJ. On On October 23, 2017, David Bossie, president of Citizens United, and former chief investigator for the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee during the Clinton administration, called for a another Special Counsel, one to focus on the Uranium One/Clinton/Russia scandal, which would included investigating Mueller's role as FBI Director at the time, but more importantly, that was echoed the very next day by Senate Judiciary Chairman Chuck Grassley. Via The Hill: The Senate Judiciary Committee announced last week that it was opening an inquiry into the Uranium One sale. The House Oversight and Intelligence panels on Tuesday also announced a joint investigation that will look into how the Justice Department handled the deal, which sold more than 20 percent of the U.S. uranium supply to the Russian nuclear giant Rosatom. Congressional investigations aside, we have seen recent news reports about how Attorney General Jeff Sessions supposedly told former Congressman Jason Chaffetz he would not be looking at pursuing major cases like IRS, Fast and Furious, the email scandal, and it is getting a lot of play on conservative websites, but there was recent testimony by Sessions on the day the Uranium One scandal broke wide open, and while many focused on how Sessions said that it was Rod Rosenstein's responsibility to go to the "senior ethics people" in regards as to whether he should be taking part in any investigations regarding the issue, since he and Mueller played a large part in the Uranium One case, what many did not pay attention to and which the media certainly did not report is the portion of the testimony where Session said there is an ongoing investigation going on. Senator Gressley was asking about the recent revelations regarding Hillary Clinton, the Clinton Foundation, were being investigated and at first, Sessions said "without confirming or denying the existence of any particular investigation," he heard Grassley's concerns and they would be reviewed, but at the end of the clip below, Grassley asked "Has the Justice Department fully investigated whether the Russians compromised the Obama admin's decisions to smooth the way for transactions, and if not, why not"? Sessions' answer was "It would not be appropriate for me to comment on any ongoing investigation." BOTTOM LINE Perhaps the fact that there is an ongoing investigation into Uranium One and whether the Obama administration was "compromised" with the bribes funneled through the Clinton Foundation, while Clinton was Secretary of State and while Robert Mueller was in charge of the FBI during the initial investigation, which appears to have protected the Obama administration and Bill and Hillary Clinton from scrutiny, explains why House Minority leader Nancy Pelosi and other Democrats are pushing right this second to "demand Congress move to protect Mueller." Finally, President Trump appears to be giving us the same types of hints he has given us throughout his Presidency, with the wire-tapping of Trump Tower (which it took months to finally be revealed he was correct), or the upcoming Uranium One exposure (again, took months for the blockbuster report to be revealed) and now, the following from October 29, 2017: UraniumOneTrumpSessionsMueller.jpg  In Trump speak, that means the Republicans are unified in their determination to investigate the illegality of 1) The dossier funding; 2) Uranium One; 3) Those missing 33,000 emails; and 4) The fact that James Comey started his response for not recommending charges against Hillary Clinton, months before he even questioned her. What people need to understand is what we see in the liberal media is about half of what is happening behind the scenes, and we have seen the "Russia/Trump" collusion story continue to crumble as the first charges from the Trump/Russia probe had zero to do with Trump or Russian collusion in the 2016 election, as the Russia/Clinton/Obama/Mueller collusion bombshells are finally being revealed. The real Russian collusion investigations have just begun. That folks, is what the MSM is trying to hide from their audience. Help Keep Independent Media Alive, Become A Patron for All News PipeLine at https://www.patreon.com/ AllNewsPipeLine

http://allnewspipeline.com/MSM_Hides_Mueller_Collusion_Behind_Manafort_Headlines.php 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

:: 10-31-17 SF Gate :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Magnitude 6.8 earthquake strikes near Tadine, New Caledonia

Updated 3:15 pm, Tuesday, October 31, 2017

The United States Geological Survey reports a preliminary magnitude 6.8 earthquake struck near Tadine, New Caledonia on Tuesday. The quake hit at 11:42 AM local time at a depth of 11 kilometers. There was no initial word on damage or injury resulting from the quake. More information on this earthquake is available on the USGS event page. See the latest USGS quake alerts, report feeling earthquake activity and tour interactive fault maps in the earthquake section.

http://www.sfgate.com/earthquakes/article/Magnitude-6-8-earthquake-strikes-near-Tadine-New-12318618.php 

:: 10-30-17 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

France earthquake: Alps region hit by 140 tremors in days, BIG ONE feared

FRANCE has been hit by a huge number of earthquakes over the last month, leading to fears that the BIG ONE is on its way.

By Sean Martin PUBLISHED: 13:35, Mon, Oct 30, 2017 | UPDATED: 14:32, Mon, Oct 30, 2017

In the past 40 days, the French Alps have been rocked by 140 quakes which has led officials to warn locals that a more powerful tremor may be on the way. Earthquake observation organisation Sismalp says that the strongest tremor was a 3.8 magnitude quake, but such a large swarm can be a precursor for a massive earthquake. Martine a resident of the village of Montgellafray told Europe1 radio: ”The noise is like a storm coming from far way. Everything shakes. I said 'that's it, all the tiles are going to break. "The last earthquake was really frightening. Since the end of August it has never stopped. “Every two days there is one and they are getting more common.” Another local, Yves, said: "Everyone is asking questions. Everyone in the village is talking about it.” As residents prepare for a potential massive earthquake, conspiracy theorists coincidentally are warning that the mysterious Planet X could cause devastating quakes across the globe on November 19. A stellar body known as a Brown Dwarf – which has become known alternately as Nibiru, Planet X, Nemesis and Black Star is claimed to be pulling at the Earth’s tectonic plates triggering the current glut of earthquake and volcano activity around the world. Website Planetxnews.com has been charting the movements of the so-called Black Star, which is believed to have massive gravitational influence pulling and squeezing the Earth. Writer Terral Croft said seismic activity is ripping apart the Earth’s crust which will culminate on November 19. He added: “Global seismic activity reaches a peak in the second two weeks of November moving into December 2017. “The predicted backside alignment quake event is scheduled for November 19, 2017, when the Earth passes behind the Sun relative to the Black Star.” He predicted massive tremors along a fault originating in Indonesia and terminating near Gibraltar would strike Europe – especially Italy and France. A big French tremor would also be felt in the UK. He said: “This scenario can easily lead to new earthquake and volcanic activity for Italy and France.”

http://www.express.co.uk/news/science/873096/nibiru-planet-x-earthquake-alps-big-one-nemesis-end-of-the-world-brown-dwarf 

:: 10-31-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

States of emergency declared in Piedmont and Lombardy as forest fires scorch northern Italy and force hundreds to flee

By Strange Sounds - Oct 31, 2017

Forest fires have been raging across Piedmont and Lombardy in Northern Italy since about a month. Both regions are now seeking states of emergency. Hundreds of hectares have already been consumed by the fires aggravated by the strong, hot, and dry wind. The army has been called in to assist the fire fighters, strengthening the supply chain to the front line of the blaze. Moreover, Switzerland and Croatia have sent aircraft to help Italian firefighters battle forest fires that have scorched parts of northern Italy and forced the evacuation of hundreds of people. Interior Minister Marco Minniti held a crisis meeting Monday with emergency authorities in Turin, capital of the hard-hit Piedmont region, and said evidence points to arson as the cause for at least some of the fires. Authorities in Piedmont and Lombardy are seeking to have states of emergency declared for their regions, which have been hit by an abnormally dry summer, little autumn rainfall and winds that have helped spread the flames. Meanwhile amazing lenticular clouds formed over the Lago di Comabbio, in the Province of Varese, Lombardy, Italy on October 29, 2017: The fires have contributed to a thick cloud of choking smog that has covered northern Italy for days and worsening air quality in larger cities – Turin and Milan. Consequently, 200 elderly were evacuated yesterday from a care-home, 30km west of Turin and schools are being closed in the western area of Lombardy.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/10/states-of-emergency-declared-in-piedmont-and-lombardy-as-forest-fires-scorch-northern-italy-and-force-hundreds-to-flee.html 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 10-31-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tuesday, 31 October 2017

PLAGUE continues to spread to 10 more African countries! Red Cross fears GLOBAL OUTBREAK of Black Death: “Something different” warn experts

Warnings of ‘GLOBAL OUTBREAK’ of Black Death as PLAGUE continues to spread

No vaccine is available to prevent plague and according to The Sun News Paper the deadly disease has now spread into South Africa, Mozambique, Tanzania, Kenya, Ethiopia, Comoros, the Seychelles, Mauritius and Reunion. after taking root in Madagascar. HEALTH experts are warning there is “something different” about a new Black Death outbreak spreading across the world and that is because Red Cross officials have said the situation is particularly worrying because pneumonic plague, which is spread from person to person, has occurred for the first time in non-endemic areas and crowded cities. More than 70 percent of the cases are the pneumonic form which is fatal within 24 hours and no known cure if the pneumonic strain is not treated directly. The Black Death is thought to have originated in the arid plains of Central Asia, where it then travelled along the Silk Road, reaching Crimea by 1343. From there, it was most likely carried by Oriental rat fleas living on the black rats that were regular passengers on merchant ships. Spreading throughout the Mediterranean and Europe, the Black Death is estimated to have killed 50–60% of Europe's total population. In total, the plague may have reduced the world population from an estimated 450 million down to 350–375 million in the 14th century. The world population as a whole did not recover to pre-plague levels until the 17th century. The plague recurred occasionally in Europe until the 19th century. Madagascar is currently in the grip of an unfolding epidemic, with hundreds of people infected with the pneumonic plague. What led to the outbreak, and how can health authorities prevent its spread? Because the plague is endemic to Madagascar, outbreaks are not unusual. But this year, the outbreak emerged much earlier than usual and has spread in a unique manner. According to the World Health Organization, the outbreak was first identified after a 31-year-old man died in the Ankazobe District of the Central Highlands. As is common procedure following a suspected infectious disease death, the Ministry of Public Health began investigating the man's close contacts to ascertain if a wider health problem existed. And they soon discovered a spiralling infection trail. Since August it's estimated that at least 124 people have died, and an additional 1,192 infection cases have been logged. There have also been around 70 cases of bubonic plague, but it is the much more virulent pneumonic plague that has authorities worried. Pneumonic plague is considered the most aggressive form of the disease, as it can spread through person-to-person contact. Otherwise known as lung-based plague, the disease arises when an advanced infection moves to a person's lungs. At this stage, the sufferer can then infect others via coughing or sneezing. Incubation time is very short - just 24 hours in most cases - and if untreated the pneumonic plague is always fatal. Stephane Michaud, director of emergencies at the Canadian Red Cross, told The Globe and Mail that the situation is under control - at least in the short term: "For now, they are able to handle the clinical caseload of plague, and the main effort is at the community level to prevent further spread of the disease." While the World Health Organization believes the risk of a worldwide epidemic is low, the threat to local regions could escalate if global health authorities do not properly address this crisis. Antananarivo and Toamasina, the two largest cities in Madagascar, have experienced the greatest concentration of infections to date. Densely populated urban areas pose challenges for disease control efforts because of the difficulty in isolating infections. Additionally, cities tend to have more people travelling through to other regions, further increasing the risk of the pneumonic plague spreading beyond Madagascar. At present, nine countries have reported cases of the plague, with the Seychelles Islands among them. A number of vacationers flock to this region, so while the global risk remains low, heightened screening procedures may be put in place for some tourists as they return to their home countries. Even so, it's unusual for the plague to spread via long-distance air travel due to the short window of incubation. Generally, infected people will be too ill to travel or can be easily isolated. The good news is that the plague is highly treatable with antibiotics, and around 780 people have been cured since August 1. Furthermore, six of the affected districts in Madagascar have now reported zero cases for at least 15 days, meaning that the transmission risk in those regions is under control. And despite an unusually high number of infections, the outbreak is behaving in roughly the same way as local authorities observe every year. Therefore, if health officials can contain these infections, there's every reason to think that this situation can be resolved relatively swiftly. Such action hinges on international aid to ensure that Madagascar's authorities have all the necessary tools to stop the plague in its tracks. A global appeal for a further $5.5 million is underway to fund health centres, antibiotics deployment and more. Posted by Gary Walton at 12:21 pm

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/10/plague-continues-to-spread-to-10-more.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-28-17 New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Post-ISIS, our allies are turning guns on each other

By Eli Lake October 28, 2017

One might expect President Trump to take a victory lap after last week’s liberation of Raqqa from the Islamic State. Thanks to American air power, Maoist Kurds, Syrian patriots and US special operators, this caliphate ended as the shortest-lived in Islamic history. Yet the president chose not to exploit this win. The White House issued a five-paragraph statement. Much of last week was consumed with the president’s feud over his phone call to the mother of one of the soldiers killed in Niger. It’s the geopolitical equivalent of “Mo Money, Mo Problems.” Success brings new challenges. In this case, the eclipse of the Islamic State reopens old rifts in the Middle East that were paused to defeat a universally loathed enemy. Even the United States and Iran could cooperate (tacitly) against an outfit that operated sex-slave markets and attempted genocide. Now all of this fair-weather esprit de corps is gone. One glaring example is in northern Iraq, where the Iraqi Security Forces advanced on Kurdish Peshmerga positions in the last week following their recapture of Kirkuk, the oil-rich city Kurdish forces protected from the Islamic State in 2014. But there are small examples as well. In Raqqa, there are now reports that the Kurdish YPG militia have started taking down Syrian revolutionary flags favored by Arab members of the opposition forces that liberated the city, according to Jennifer Cafarella, senior analyst with the Institute for the Study of War. This says nothing of the new tensions between the United States and Iran in Iraq. This week Secretary of State Rex Tillerson earned a rare public rebuke from the Iraqi prime minister’s office after he called on Iranian-supported militias fighting the Islamic State to return home now that the fight is coming to a close. Only two years ago, the US was providing air support for ground offensives led by these militias in that fight. Cafarella told me that one of the problems with the US strategy against the Islamic State is that it was almost purely a military one, without the much-needed political component necessary for winning the peace. “What we have not addressed are larger institutional and societal challenges that gave rise to ISIS to begin with, and are now fueling the cascading crisis in Iraqi Kurdistan,” she said. “The very best example of that is that we have ignored and overlooked Iran’s penetration into the Iraqi Ministry of Interior and the Ministry of Defense.” In many ways this is an old story. Iran’s penetration into these institutions vexed President George W. Bush before he decided to “surge” troops into Iraq and pursue counterinsurgency under the leadership of Gen. David Petraeus. One of the White House staffers who argued for that strategy was Brett McGurk, the American diplomat who went on to forge the coalition against the Islamic State. At the time, the US pursued both Sunni and Shiite terrorists in Iraq, targeting any groups that threatened the elected government. Much of that strategy relied on a close partnership between Bush and then-Iraqi Prime Minister Nouri al-Maliki. Eventually Maliki, a Shiite Arab, succumbed to sectarianism. Under President Barack Obama, he pursued a ruthless campaign against Sunni groups in the west of the country, laying the groundwork for the rise of the Islamic State. Maliki reasoned that if Obama was intent to leave, he best make his peace with Iran. After the Islamic State began to take territory and went on a rampage in 2014, Obama abandoned his noninterventionism. He instructed McGurk to find an alternative that summer. That alternative became Haider al-Abadi, who ascended to be prime minister that September. The Iranians supported Maliki in that power struggle and lost. Today, Abadi is at a crossroads again. His security forces have pressed into Kurdish areas over the objections of the US government — though a cease-fire was said to be reached on Friday. The situation threatens to pit two Iraqi forces, both supported and armed by the US government, against one another, even though only a month ago they were cooperating against the Islamic State. It follows a certain depressing logic. Without an enemy to unite them, America’s allies in the Middle East return to fighting one another.

http://nypost.com/2017/10/28/post-isis-our-allies-are-turning-guns-on-each-other/ 

:: 10-28-17 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel-Hezbollah war is inevitable, sure to be devastating — defense experts

International High Level Military Group paints grim picture of potential conflict between Jewish state, Iran-backed terror group, and what, if anything, can prevent it

By Judah Ari Gross 26 October 2017, 11:07 am

A war between Israel and the Iran-backed Hezbollah terrorist group is inevitable, though not necessarily imminent, and will be unavoidably bloody for both sides, according to an assessment by a number of former generals from around the world, known collectively as the High Level Military Group. In an extensive report, published Wednesday, the organization details both the IDF’s and Hezbollah’s reorganization in the 11 years following the Second Lebanon War, the last time the sides engaged in all-out combat with one another. The High Level Military Group (HLMG) also describes the strategies each side will use in the apparently approaching war, as well as the potential pratfalls of those plans. “Hezbollah doesn’t want a conflict to break out at present, given it is still seeking to consolidate its gains in Syria and continue preparations in Lebanon. However, its actions and propaganda suggest that it considers its ability to fight a war with Israel as a given,” according to the report. “The timing of such a conflict is likely to be determined by miscalculation as much as decision-making in Iran and Lebanon.” The group said that should such a war break out, it will likely be “more violent and destructive than the previous ones,” due to the improvements that both sides have made to their respective military capabilities in the interim. The report, “Hezbollah’s terror army: How to prevent a third Lebanon war,” offers limited recommendations for avoiding such a conflict, instead painting it as a war waiting to happen. The retired generals and defense officials from the United States, Germany, France, the United Kingdom, Italy, Spain, Colombia, India, and Australia who make up the HLMG also express significant criticism of the United Nations for its “evident severe failure” to fully implement UN Security Council Resolution 1701, which ended the 2006 Second Lebanon War, a dereliction that they credit with exacerbating the situation. The former military leaders found that the UN Interim Force in Lebanon peacekeeping mission is not enforcing the aspects of Resolution 1701 that are meant to keep armed non-state actors like Hezbollah out of southern Lebanon. The 76-page report, which is based on interviews solely with Israeli representatives during a fact-finding mission, comes to many of the same conclusions as those of Israeli defense officials. In preparing the assessment, the HLMG did not meet with Lebanese, Hezbollah, or UN officials. Yet the High Level Military Group maintains that its assessments are “based purely on the accumulated military and strategic experience of its members.” The HLMG, which includes a former chairman of the NATO military committee, a former chief of staff of the Italian army, a former US ambassador-at-large on war crimes, a former director-general of the Indian Defense Intelligence Agency and the outspoken Israel supporter Col. (res.) Richard Kemp of the British military, was created by the Friends of Israel Initiative, a group founded by former Spanish Prime Minister José María Aznar in 2010 to fight an “unprecedented campaign of delegitimization against Israel.” This is not the group’s first foray into Israeli security. In December 2015, the organization also released a report that defended the IDF’s actions during the previous year’s Gaza war, finding that the army had abided by the rules of armed conflict and even surpassed them. Hezbollah is all grown up Hezbollah was founded in 1985, three years after the start of the First Lebanon War. It was created with Iranian support, and began killing Israeli soldiers stationed in IDF outposts in southern Lebanon with anti-tank missiles, improvised explosive devices, and small arms fire. Over time, however, the group grew from a terrorist nuisance to a full-scale nemesis with significant sway in domestic Lebanese politics. What was once a two-bit terrorist group now represents the benchmark by which the IDF measures its preparedness. In its report, the former generals and defense officials describe Hezbollah as being “widely considered to be the most powerful non-state armed actor in the world.” As the Lebanese terrorist group has taken part in the fighting on behalf of Syrian dictator Bashar Assad, it has gotten stronger through combat experience and improved access to advanced weaponry from its benefactor, Iran. “Hezbollah has the political clout of a government, the firepower of an army and the strategic approach of a terrorist organization,” according to the report. Israel believes that Hezbollah maintains a force of approximately 25,000 full-time fighters — 5,000 of which underwent advanced training in Iran — with another at least 20,000 fighters in reserve units. The terrorist army boasts of possessing attack drones, air defense systems, armored personnel carriers and even tanks. It is also believed to have the Yakhont shore-to-sea missile, with which it can threaten Israeli Navy ships. But its weapons of choice are missiles and rockets, which it has been amassing and improving, with Iranian assistance, at a fantastic rate. Hezbollah is believed to possess between 100,000 and 150,000 projectiles, most of them short range. Israeli officials assess that in a future war, the terrorist group would be able to sustain a firing rate of over 1,000 missiles per day. Increasingly, the IDF believes, the group has been focusing on making its missiles more precise so that it can direct attacks to key Israeli strategic sites. “Thus, not only has the sheer numeric scale of the threat increased exponentially, but the lethality is greatly increased on account of larger payloads, range and higher targeting accuracy,” the HLMG wrote in its report. Israel has been working to counter that threat through advanced missile defense systems like the Iron Dome, David’s Sling, Patriot and Arrow. But military officials regularly stress that these batteries will not provide perfect, hermetic protection. On the defensive side, Hezbollah has been embedding itself in the southern Lebanese civilian population “for tactical advantage (making the IDF hesitate to attack) and strategic advantage (using images of civilian harm to delegitimize the IDF),” according to the report. The HLMG said that Hezbollah “transformed almost every Shiite village in the country’s south into a military asset.” Inside and under those villages, Hezbollah is believed to have prepared extensive fighting positions from which it could confront the more powerful IDF. Hezbollah’s leader Hassan Nasrallah has also threatened that the terrorist group would not be fighting alone, but would have the support of Iran-backed militias in Syria and other fighters from across the Middle East. This which would force the Israeli army to fight on two fronts or even more, if Hamas in Gaza joins in the conflict as well. But the terrorist group has another advantage: the Israeli citizenry is unaccustomed to and unprepared for sustained conflict. “Policymakers expressed concerns about how prepared the Israeli public is for the level of devastation that would be wrought in a major military clash with Hezbollah,” the HLMG wrote. “Younger Israelis are less familiar with the threat of direct attack than older generations, and Israel’s success in neutralizing less sophisticated rockets fired from Gaza may have led to inflated expectations of its capacity to intercept the volume of rockets likely to be fired by Hezbollah.” The IDF’s nothing to scoff at either While Hezbollah’s arsenal contains “more rockets than many European armies,” according to the HLMG report, Israel’s military is considered by many analysts to be the most powerful in the Middle East. “Israel is equipped with the most advanced fighter jets, high-tech armed drones, and is widely assumed to be a nuclear weapons power,” the retired generals and defense officials wrote. “Statistical data available for 2014 suggests that the IDF has 410,500 active frontline personnel, 3,657 tanks, and 989 aircraft.” Israel has also dramatically improved its intelligence on the terrorist group in the 11 years since the Second Lebanon War, an important development, as a severe shortage of accurate information has been blamed for causing many of the conflict’s failures. By combining the overwhelming military force at its disposal and the intelligence required to direct it, the IDF would seek to end a future war quickly, before the Israeli home front would sustain heavy casualties. “However, as a potential conflict progresses, it will become harder for Israel’s military superiority to translate into battlefield victory,” according to the HLMG. In their report, the former generals wrote that Israeli officials told them they expect there to be “thousands of casualties in Lebanon, many of whom will be civilians despite the IDF adhering to the highest standards of the Law of Armed Conflict.”Conspicuously, while the High Level Military Group provides a general estimate of Lebanese casualties, it offers no such assessment of Israeli civilian deaths, beyond saying that the number is “likely to far exceed previous conflicts.” (There were 50 Israeli civilian deaths in the 1982 Lebanon War, and 46 in the 2006 conflict.) Hezbollah is Lebanon, or is it? One of the lingering questions in the High Level Military Group’s report is how Israel perceives the country of Lebanon, if it is fundamentally intertwined with Hezbollah or distinct from it. “During the HLMG fact-finding, it was clear that an intense policy debate in Israel’s upper echelons increasingly sees some senior voices making the case that a conflict should probably be conceived as including the state of Lebanon as an adversary,” the former generals wrote. For instance, Education Minister Naftali Bennett has been leading the charge that the two cannot be separated and that Lebanese national infrastructure should also be counted as a legitimate military target in a future war. This was not the case in the 2006 Lebanon War, when the IDF’s policy was to differentiate between Lebanon and Hezbollah, but developments inside the Arab country could change that. In its report, the HLMG noted an “increasingly symbiotic relationship between Hezbollah and the Lebanese Armed Forces,” which is believed to include intelligence sharing, as well as material cooperation. “Israel shared evidence with the HLMG that suggests that at least some military equipment which the LAF receives from international patrons, including the United States, ultimately finds its way into the hands of Hezbollah units,” the retired generals wrote. However, some analysts, who are not cited in the HLMG document, make the case, against the view of Bennett and other Israeli officials that Lebanon is Hezbollah, and Hezbollah is Lebanon. One of these is David Daoud, a researcher analyst for the United Against a Nuclear Iran think tank and advocacy group, who argues that by attacking Lebanese national infrastructure, Israel could end up helping Hezbollah by proving to the Lebanese population that the terrorist group is, as it claims, the country’s defender against the “Zionist regime.” Peacekeepers with their hands tied behind their back The HLMG puts significant focus on the role and failures of UNIFIL, the United Nations peacekeeping mission in southern Lebanon. The international force is generally seen by Israel to be feckless and incapable, or at least unwilling, to take serious action against Hezbollah’s force build-up, while in Lebanon the group is perceived by many as being a shill for the IDF. UNIFIL’s activities in southern Lebanon are dictated by UN Security Council Resolution 1701, which, among other things, calls for no non-state armed forces to occupy positions south of Lebanon’s Litani River. According to the HLMG, the United Nations force understands Resolution 1701 “in a very narrow sense with regards to the authority to search for weapons in Lebanon and curtail the activity of armed groups.” A new and improved mandate is required to address the situation Israel, and now the HLMG, argue that this mandate should be interpreted more broadly, which would allow UNIFIL to curb Hezbollah’s efforts to prepare for war by actively preventing the terror group from possessing weapons south of the Litani, with force if necessary. “A new and improved mandate is required to address the situation,” according to the report. What else can be done? Beyond granting UNIFIL broader powers, the High Level Military Group offers scant advice for preventing a future conflict between Hezbollah and Israel. What advice is offered is relatively vague, with no specifics to implement or mention of its feasibility. The main recommendation is to address not Hezbollah, but its patron. “The international community must take actions to curtail Iran’s activities, raise the cost of its behavior and engage in efforts at deterrence,” the group wrote. In terms of Hezbollah specifically, the High Level Military Group calls for Western nations to cease distinguishing the terror group’s political and terrorist wings. The international community must take actions to curtail Iran’s activities The former generals and defense officials also encourage the United States to make any future aid arrangements with Lebanon contingent “on a plan to strip Hezbollah of its de facto status as the leading force in the country.” More generally, the HLMG calls for the West to “strongly support Israel in its efforts to de-escalate the tensions.”

https://www.timesofisrael.com/israel-hezbollah-war-is-inevitable-sure-to-be-devastating-defense-experts/ 

[  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::]

Ezekiel 39:1 "And you, son of man, prophesy against Gog, and say, 'Thus says the Lord GOD: "Behold, I am against you, O Gog, prince of Rosh, Meshech, and Tubal;

2 "and I will turn you around and lead you on, bringing you up from the far north, and bring you against the mountains of Israel.

3 "Then I will knock the bow out of your left hand, and cause the arrows to fall out of your right hand.

4 "You shall fall upon the mountains of Israel, you and all your troops and the peoples who are with you; I will give you to birds of prey of every sort and to the beasts of the field to be devoured. (NKJ)

:: 10-27-17 The Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wake-Up Call: The Russia-Iran Axis Is an Existential Threat to Israel’s Security

avatar by Yigal Carmon October 27, 2017 2:24 pm

Iranian forces and Iran-supported militias are expanding in Syria, and are approaching the Israeli border. This is happening with the full support and facilitation of Russia, even though Russia knows very well that Iran’s aim is to fight the State of Israel and eradicate it — and that its expansion in Syria will significantly advance that aim. While Russian Foreign Minister Lavrov calls Israel’s demand that the Iranians maintain a distance of 40 kilometers from its border “not realistic” — even though Iran has come 2,000 kilometers to reach this point — Russian Defense Minister Shoygu has the temerity to come to Israel and entreat it to refrain from defending itself. The Russians believe that they can mislead Jerusalem. But so far, Israel has elected to act according to facts, rather than being taken in by Russian duplicity. Israel, therefore, is striking Syrian targets that endanger the Jewish state. While Syria and Iran enjoy full Russian support, Israel lacks US backing against the Russia-Iran threat. The US does not even stand up for itself in Syria — just a few days ago, Russia, like a rogue state, violated the deconfliction zone agreement that it itself had signed with the US. Therefore, Iran’s expansion into all of Syria up to the Israeli border will soon be completed, with the full support of Russia — and with an eventual withdrawal of all US forces from Syria. Senior Iranian officials and military commanders have already clarified that after Syria, Israel is next. Israel will have to fight its war against the Iran-Russia-Syria axis alone. It will need America’s diplomatic backing, military equipment and economic assistance, but never American troops. Yet as matters stand, the actual US strategy vis-ŕ-vis Iran’s expansion in the region is contrary to its rhetoric, which opposes this expansion (the US agreed, both in the Astana talks and in the deconfliction zones agreement with Russia, to legitimize Iran’s presence in Syria). This means that American support for Israel against the Iran-Russia axis is not assured. The US’ Russia policy also does not guarantee that the US will stand with Israel against the Iranian threat that is enabled by Russia. Israel is well equipped to answer existential threats if it must — even if they are either directly or indirectly Russian. At the same time, Russia’s military power may prove to be overestimated. Russia acts as if it is a world power, but its advanced weaponry may fail against Israeli-American technological superiority. This may be why Russia is in no hurry to launch its missiles when Israel strikes in Syria. President Obama even called Russia a regional power. This is not to say that there is no existential threat to Israel. Clearly, the Iran-Russia-Syria-Hezbollah axis does pose such a threat, but Israel can overcome it — if we must. However, the Jewish state’s ability to face the threat depends on early recognition that Russia is part of the enemy axis. The inability of many in Israel and the West to perceive Russia as the enemy stems from the belief that Russia has no reason in the world to be Israel’s enemy. Therefore, they ignore what they see happening in Syria, and instead provide complicated explanations about an inherent conflict of interests between Russia and Iran. This is a psychological failing from which Israel suffered bitterly in its history, as have other nations. So why would Russia align itself politically and strategically with Iran? Russia views itself as a superpower that is fighting to reclaim its former status. Indeed, for Russia, the enemy is not Israel. Russia’s true adversary is the US, and Israel is an historic ally of that adversary. Since the collapse of the Soviet Union, an increasingly embittered Russia has escalated its attempts to regain its past glory. The Russian regime hates the US (to understand this, it is sufficient to read Putin’s address a few days ago at the annual Valdai Club conference; see MEMRI Russian Media Project report). But Russia cannot fight the US directly. America is in the North Sea, and the best that Russia can do is dispatch planes to buzz the US Navy there. NATO is expanding eastwards, and Russia’s forces are no match for it — as attested to by General Staff Col. (ret.) Mikhail Khoradenok on Russian television, to the dismay of his audience: “We have 200 warplanes, while NATO has 3,800. We have 1,600 armored vehicles and APCs, while NATO has more than 20,000… Thus, anyone who talks about our capability to wage a conventional war against NATO is clearly too hotheaded” (see MEMRI Russian Media Project Clip #5902, February 14, 2017). Russia’s single antiquated smoke-belching aircraft carrier Admiral Kuznetsov is also no match for the US Navy, with its 10 advanced carriers. Russia cannot take on America directly, and therefore, it is using Iran as its proxy to humiliate America, undermine its status and expel it from the region. At the same time, Russia can use Iran as a bargaining chip to obtain what it needs the most: a lifting of the sanctions that were imposed after Russia annexed Crimea and dismembered Ukraine. Russian regime-affiliated think tanks and media outlets explicitly stated in early 2017 that Russia’s alliance with Iran could be a bargaining chip. Unless and until Russia and the West strike a deal on lifting these sanctions in exchange for Russia’s abandoning its alliance with Iran — which is completely unrealistic — Russia will cling to this alliance. This is because Iran reinforces Russia’s superpower aspirations and pretensions, and shares, and serves, Russia’s drive to humiliate and undermine the US. Any harm done to Israel in the process does not figure in Russia’s strategic considerations vis-ŕ-vis the US. Worse, even if Russia were to change direction at any time in the future, Iran’s Russia-enabled expansion in Syria — and its proximity to Israel — will remain, and will serve as the Islamic Republic’s launching pad for its war against Israel.

https://www.algemeiner.com/2017/10/27/wake-up-call-the-russia-iran-axis-is-an-existential-threat-to-israels-security/ 

:: 10-30-17 PJ Media :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It's Happening: Clinton Bundler Tony Podesta Steps Down, Dissolves the Podesta Group

By Tyler O'Neil October 30, 2017

After the arrest of Paul Manafort on Monday, Hillary Clinton bundler Tony Podesta announced he would be stepping down from leading the Podesta Group and that the firm would dissolve. Tony Podesta co-founded the firm with his brother John Podesta, who would become Clinton's campaign manager for the 2016 election. Special Counsel Robert Mueller's investigation into Donald Trump's Russia connections followed Manafort, Trump's former campaign chairman. Manafort turned himself in to the FBI on Monday, after being indicted on 12 counts, among which were "conspiracy to launder money, unregistered agent of a foreign principal, false and misleading FARA statements, and seven counts of failure to file reports of foreign bank and financial accounts." Interestingly, many of these charges could also be applied to Podesta. Manafort worked for the Party of Regions, a pro-Russia Ukrainian political party whose president, Viktor Yanukovych, ruled Ukraine between 2010 and 2014. Amid the "Panama Papers" leak emerged a Party of Regions ledger listing $12.7 million in cash payments for Manafort. In a subsequent report, the Associated Press revealed that Manafort helped the Party of Regions "secretly route at least $2.2 million in payments to two prominent Washington lobbying firms in 2012." The European Centre for a Modern Ukraine (ECMU), a pro-Yanukovych nonprofit, allegedly paid the $2.2 million to the Podesta Group and the Mercury LLC — to lobby the White House and Congress for positions in line with Yanukovych's government. Both Manafort and the Podesta Group failed to register as lobbyists acting on behalf of a foreign agent under the Foreign Agents Registration Act (FARA). Last week, three sources told NBC News that Tony Podesta and the Podesta Group had fallen under the purview of Mueller's investigation, due to their connections to Manafort's finances. Both Manafort's firm and the Podesta Group filed FARA registrations for the ECMU work only after the payments were reported by the media last year. Politico's Anna Palmer reported Tony Podesta's resignation from the Podesta Group on Monday. Podesta announced his decision during a firm-wide meeting Monday morning, and has alerted clients of his impending departure. He will be handing over full operational and financial control to longtime firm CEO Kimberley Fritts. She and a senior group will be launching a new firm in the next one or two days. Politico's sources said the transition has been in the works for the past several months. Podesta "was very magnanimous and said, 'This is an amazing group of people,'" a source told Politico, recalling Tony Podesta's remarks. He reportedly told staff he "doesn't intend to go quietly, or learn how to play golf," but rather he "needs to fight this as an individual, but doesn't want the firm to fight it." 5 Things to Know About Paul Manafort's Arrest in the Mueller Trump-Russia Probe etc. Scribe note: Click on the link below.

https://pjmedia.com/trending/its-happening-clinton-bundler-tony-podesta-steps-down-dissolves-the-podesta-group/ 

:: 10-30-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Saudi Arabia to extract uranium for 'self-sufficient' nuclear program

Saudi Arabia will extract uranium domestically as a step towards “self-sufficiency” in producing atomic fuel, a senior government official said Monday. Hashim bin Abdullah Yamani, head of the Saudi government agency tasked with the nuclear plans, told Reuters that the move makes sense from an economic point of view. In a speech at an international nuclear power conference in Abu Dhabi, Yamani did not specify whether Saudi Arabia seeks to also enrich and reprocess uranium—steps that are much more sensitive because they can open up the possibility of military uses. The world’s largest oil exporter said it wants to tap atomic power for peaceful purposes only in order to diversify its energy supply, Reuters reported. SAUDI WOMEN TO BE ALLOWED IN SPORTS STADIUMS NEXT YEAR “Regarding the production of uranium in the kingdom, this is a program which is our first step towards self-sufficiency in producing nuclear fuel,” Yamani told a conference organized by the International Atomic Energy Agency (IAEA). “We utilize the uranium ore that has been proven to be economically efficient.” Atomic reactors need uranium enriched to around 5 percent purity but the same technology in this process can also be used to enrich the heavy metal to higher, weapons-grade levels. This issue has been at the heart of Western and regional concerns about the nuclear work of Iran and led to the 2015 deal in which Iran agreed to freeze the program for 15 years in exchange for sanctions relief. President Trump has called the agreement a bad deal and this month said he was decertifying it. He wants Congress to fix the deal’s “flaws.” On Monday, IAEA chief Yukiya Amano said Iran was complying with the nuclear deal. SWISS FORMALIZE INTERMEDIARY ROLE BETWEEN SAUDI ARABIA, IRAN According to Reuters, Saudi Arabia would be the second country in the Gulf Arab region to tap uranium. The United Arab Emirates is scheduled to start-up its first, South Korean-built reactor in 2018. Yamani also said that Saudi Arabia will soon pass laws for its nuclear program and will have set up all of the regulations for its nuclear regulator by the third quarter of 2018. “The IAEA also has been requested to conduct an integrated review of our nuclear infrastructure during the second quarter of 2018,” he said, according to Reuters, which will allow the agency to assess efforts to prepare Saudi infrastructure “to introduce nuclear power for peaceful purposes.” Saudi Arabia is considering building some 17.6 gigawatts of nuclear capacity by 2032, the equivalent of about 17 reactors.

http://www.foxnews.com/world/2017/10/30/saudi-arabia-to-extract-uranium-for-self-sufficient-nuclear-program.html 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 10-24-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More Signs Emerge We May Be Only Days Or Weeks Away From Something Huge - Prepare Now Or Forever Hold Your Peace

- 'It Is Hard To Say What Might Happen But We All Know, Something Huge Is Coming'

October 24, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In the brand new story over at Breitbart that the Drudge Report linked to Tuesday morning they report that nearly 1.5 million fewer Americans are now on food stamps under President Trump than there were under President Obama. Reporting that the trend shows SNAP enrollment is falling every month since January, the numbers still show that a stunning 42 million+ Americans are depending upon government assistance to survive in 2017. According to this recent story over at Zero Hedge, the world is now looking at a 70% to 80% chance of another massive global financial crisis on the horizon and while we've seen that the big banks can continuously 'kick the can down the road', so far averting another 'great depression', the signs of forthcoming danger, and reasons to prepare, continue to be seen all around us. As we see in stories from all across the internet, the potential disasters Americans face take many forms. From North Korea still threatening to turn out the lights upon America while turning us into ashes, ISIS issues their latest threats of carrying out another '9-11-style event'. From ever-increasing preparations for 'the big one' and our planet Earth delivering more huge natural disasters to a potential deadly global pandemic to antifa threatening to shut down America in just two weeks, we'll be doing ourselves and our families a huge favor by paying close attention to the brand new SQAlert which we've republished above the videos below in which we're warned of a possible 'event' within the next few weeks. While ANP frowns upon putting potential future dates on events that are completely out of our control, great wisdom from Ezekiel shares why we feel we should always share such warnings to prepare for possible danger ahead. Especially with antifa preparing to riot across America in less than two weeks as shared in much more detail below. The word of the Lord came to me: “Son of man, speak to your people and say to them, If I bring the sword upon a land, and the people of the land take a man from among them, and make him their watchman, and if he sees the sword coming upon the land and blows the trumpet and warns the people, then if anyone who hears the sound of the trumpet does not take warning, and the sword comes and takes him away, his blood shall be upon his own head. He heard the sound of the trumpet and did not take warning; his blood shall be upon himself. But if he had taken warning, he would have saved his life. But if the watchman sees the sword coming and does not blow the trumpet, so that the people are not warned, and the sword comes and takes any one of them, that person is taken away in his iniquity, but his blood I will require at the watchman's hand. On the 'war front', we're happy to report that Kentucky Senator Rand Paul recently took task to neocon South Carolina Senator Lindsey Graham, claiming "the US is involved in so many wars 'even warmonger Lindsey Graham can't keep track". We should also keep in mind that President Trump and Rand Paul have been spending a lot of time together. While the left compares President Trump to Adolf Hitler, with claims he'll get America into a devastating nuclear war, we see a man of great patience who appears to be doing much in his power to keep America out of war yet safe from potentially being nuked by North Korea or Iran in the future, a very real 'Catch 22' situation. We wish him God's wisdom and strength in those further endeavors. Yet the North Korea threat is ever present on the winds. And while former US President Jimmy Carter recently called out the Russian election conspiracy as 'fake news' while also calling out US war propaganda and US imperialism, North Korea recently claimed they are now a fully fledged nuclear power, proving to us it may already be too late to turn back the hands of time on North Korea. In this new story, the Sun reported that North Korea is mass producing biological weapons such as smallpox, plague, anthrax and cholera to possibly use against US troops and maybe even here in America, as we've previously reported on ANP time and again and is now being reported by Forbes, a North Korean EMP attack upon America that took down our electrical grid would bring darkness to the land and cause massive starvation all across America. With a potential war on the horizon with NK, with estimates of up to 90% of Americans dead from an EMP, why was the Congressional EMP Commission just disbanded? From the new Forbes EMP story: “The U.S. can sustain a population of 320 million people only because of modern technology,” said Dr. Peter Vincent Pry. “An EMP that blacks-out the electric grid for a year would [decimate] the critical infrastructure necessary to support such a large population.” In three days, the food supply in local grocery stores would be consumed and the 30-day national food supply in regional warehouses would begin to spoil, says Pry. In one year, he contends that up to 90 percent of the population could perish from starvation, disease, and societal collapse. Pry says electro-mechanical systems which regulate the flow of gas through pipelines would spark; causing the gas to ignite and result in massive firestorms in cities and large forest fires. There would be no water; no communications; and mass transportation would be paralyzed, says Pry. In seven days, he contends that reactors in U.S.’ nuclear power plants would essentially melt down, spreading radioactivity across most of the nation. In this new story over at the Washington Post they report that world leaders are now preparing for a pandemic which they warn will come sooner than anyone expects which leads us to ask, what do they know that we don't know? Seeing that the World Bank and the Bill Gates Foundation are prominently mentioned in their story points us towards the 'depopulation' agenda potential motive while meanwhile, Madagascar deals with a deadly outbreak of the plague with warnings it will continue to spread. With governments also killing cash at breakneck speed another sign of where the globalists are attempting to herd the masses as they further institute their 'complete control grid', if war and/or a 'natural disaster event' are avoided in the weeks ahead, we see the biggest potential disruption could very well be antifa's plans to shut down America, making the country ungovernable, in November. Should massive blockades of highways and businesses take place as the domestic terrorists have been threatening to do, attempting to bring a stop to the day to day functioning of America, we could very well see a disruption of the chain of food and supplies that make their way across the country thanks to the good men and women in the trucking industry. We will be updating antifa's riots schedules in a follow-up to this story on ANP. And as we've previously reported on ANP, with mandatory electronic monitoring of truckers set to be the law of the land by December of 2017, talks of a potential trucking shutdown in our future also continue to hang in the air. While the SQAlert we've republished below from over at the website of Steve Quayle is from an anonymous source, we've long believed that we should be prepared for anything and this warning gives us a great such reason to prepare. PLEASE MAKE SURE ALL YOUR PREPS ARE TOPPED OFF AND ACCOUNTED FOR - CHECK AND RECHECK - ACQUIRE WHAT YOU NEED ASAP - NOTE WATER AND CANNED GOODS, SPECIFICALLY MENTIONED A friend of mine sent me a copy of a text he received from a friend in the Grocery Supply Industry in the Springfield, MO area. Here is a copy of that text: "Just had a brief conversation with a friend. His son works at AG which is a grocery supply warehousing company. His boss said the government called them Friday afternoon and told them to stock up on water and canned goods. Did not give a reason. They said in the next two weeks, to stock supplies of water and canned goods." For all that is going on right now it is hard to say what might happen but as we all know whether it be civil unrest, economical collapse, natural disaster, Korea, Isis, etc something is coming. Pray and prepare! In the first video below, Mike Adams from Natural News talks with us about the coming cashless society that 'the elite' are so eagerly pushing in as with it will come almost total tyranny. The 2nd video below isn't parody as we hear about a new LGBTQ gun club, appropriately called 'Trigger Warning', that is preparing for war with the right. The 3rd video below shares with us the latest threats and news coming from out of North Korea while in the final video below from the Hagmann Report, we're asked if recent events are prophetic harbingers of future events soon to come.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Prepare_Now_Or_Forever_Hold_Your_Peace.php 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

:: 10-27-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is an EMP in America’s future? A growing number of prominent Americans say it is is.

By Dave Hodges

This article is a massive dot connecting exercise in which it is becoming increasingly clear that the various nefarous forces are combing efforts to take down America in one eventful night. The evidence trail seems to be unmistakable. And as much as I want to be wrong, the trend curve of the known facts speaks to a very dire and nation-changing event that is coming our way. The EMP Threat/UN Poised to Act Mike Adams wrote an article in which he reported what is now sinking in with the rest of the media, namely, North Korea has a hydrogen bomb and advanced EMP weapons. Allow this to serve as a backdrop for the following article, which makes the case that the UN is operating on US soil, in places like Rawlins, Wyoming and Hagerstown, Maryland, and they are prepared to survive an EMP attack prior to asserting their authority over the people of the United States. The United Nations Personnel and Vehicles Are Seemingly Everywhere The United Nations is clearly on the move across the United. I am getting reports and photos from Georgia, Alabama and Texas. However, the most interesting photos are coming out Rawlins, Wyoming and Hagerstown, Maryland. Rawlins, Wyoming: UN Command and Control with EMP Proof Communications Over the past 18 months, the small town of Rawlins, Wyoming has come to my attention because of its intimate association with DHS and the UN. Further, this small town of under 10,ooo people has played host to some very large scale bioweapon response drills as well as testing the efficacy of the Federal authorities to be able to respond to a terrorist chemical attack. I have taken the following photos to military personnel who tell me this is an United Nations operation. The particular equipment you are looking at is designed to operate and persevere through an EMP attack. Just after Labor Day, Paul Martin and myself have received an identical communication from the Rawlins area. Please take note the following photos: What we have learned is that these “communications” are indeed UN vehicles and they are now permanently bolted down and their communications towers and and related equipment are designed to survive an EMP attack while still being abe to provide “unique” cell towers so some kind of force, presumably a contingent of troops under the auspices of the United Nations would be free to operate as their communications would have survived an EMP attack. In addition to this development, we should consider the many interviews that Paul Martin and I have done regarding foreign troops in Northern Colorado and Southern Wyoming. Here is a sample of what Paul Martin have been discovering in this region. On December 16, 2016, Paul revealed to my audience that Warren AFB has been cross-training non-combat personnel to be prepared to fight in an urban warfare situation. Here was that interview: This information has gone full cycle. This same indivdual has been telling Paul Martin, and one of Paul Martin’s other sources has been saying that the US is going to hit with an EMP. Before continuing with the progression of these UN/EMP related events, it is important to take a look at a couple of revelations which will prominently figure into the final scenario that this article is building towards. An Example of the Massive Presence on US Soil The following informational evidence is one of many UN staging areas. Please note the medical vehicles, but also note the vehicles associated with war. This is on American soil, where our DHS is allowing foreign military entities to act with impunity on American soil. I have learned that this facility is owned by the State Department (ie Deep State). What makes sense here is that a catastrophic event(s) is/are coming America’s way in the form of false flag events designed to create a crisis, in which the great purveysors of humanitarian aid, will come like a thief in the night to offer humanitarian aid, followed by gun confiscatio, followed by martial law. This is shaping up to be America’s darkest moment. Here is an email from the person that sent me the following photos:  Hey Dave, This area has been used for storing UN vehicles for at least the last year. If you check out this address on Google Maps you will see some Vehicles there as well. 11841 Newgate Boulevard Hagerstown Maryland 21740. You can’t tell from the pictures but behind the pickup trucks are some armored AMRAP type vehicles. My name is Steven Myers. Please keep up the good work and may God protect and watch over you. (note: Somebody did send me those photos too, look at the top photo at the top of the page). The following video contains 10 photos sent by Mr. Meyers. These vehicles are, again, a combination of medical and military assault vehicles. As I stated earlier, I am getting similar reports out of Alabama, Georgia and Texas. I believe that what we are seeing in this report is that the UN plans on making their presence known following an EMP attack upon the United States. As with other UN occupatons, the humanitarian mission quickly gives way to gun confiscation and worse. Certainly, the UN equipment in Rawlins would allow the UN to maintain their command and control following an EMP attack. November 4th Antifa Warning November 4, 2017 is shaping up to be an important “Red Letter Day” in the history of our country. From the New American: “The communists in the Antifa crowd are planning to begin a revolution in America on Saturday, November 4 — almost exactly 100 years after the Bolshevik Revolution that took Russia out of the frying pan of Tsarist rule and into the fire of communist totalitarianism. While some see Antifa activists as the modern heroes of anti-Fascism — fighting against racism, sexism, and a litany of other “isms” — and others see them merely as the snowflake crowd of spoiled brats demanding free everything, the reality is that Antifa is one tool in the communists’ toolbox to bring America to her knees. And Saturday, November 4, 2017, is the day they have chosen for the opening salvo in the American Bolshevik Revolution. On Tuesday morning, September 26, the Antifa group Refuse Fascism blocked rush-hour traffic on the 101 freeway for about a half an hour. Stretched out across the highway, holding signs spelling out, “NOV 4 IT BEGINS,” eight people chanted slogans such as “No Trump, no KKK, no fascist U.S.A.” and “Whose streets? Our streets!” Many others lined the areas above the freeway, holding banners demanding an end to the “Trump/Pence Regime” and shooting video of the blockade. As cars backed up on the freeway for several miles with thousands of angry travelers creating a cacophony of honking horns, the Antifa crowd continued their siege of the public right-of-way, claiming it was theirs to block. The hypocrisy of the Antifa crowd claiming to be fighting for freedom — while restricting the liberty of thousands of the people whose rights they claim to care about — is telling. While blocking traffic, these “activists” seem to give no thought to the fact that there may be police officers, ambulance drivers, and fire fighters as well as ordinary citizens on their way to real, life-threatening emergencies who are blocked in that traffic while the Antifa crowd makes a political point. This tactic is nothing new; Antifa’s comrades-in-arms in the Black Lives Matter (BLM) crowd have used it on numerous occasions. It is not surprising that both BLM and Antifa use the same disruptive tactics; they both draw their philosophy (and their tactics) from the poisoned well of Marxist ideology. They are both tools of the Marxist plan to overthrow America…” The November 4th Date Surfaces Again In a Very Dire Manner The same source that provided Paul Martin and myself the Rawlins, Wyoming photos of UN vehicles with specialized communications devices designed to survive an EMP attack, has surfaced again. He provided Paul with a very disturbing, and “concidental” evidence of a completely ignored internal memo between several agencies of the Federal government regarding a “drill” to practice against an EMP event. Oh, DHS states that they are “practicing” for a massive coronal mass ejection (CME) event. However, lets be very clear on ths point, it a CME was imminent this even would be widely reported in the media by independent astronomers. An event of this type cannot be hidden. Please note the sidebar mention of an EMP event towards the end of this internal memo. SMS Alert Text: Nov 4-6 DoD will hold a nationwide comms interoperability exercise simulating a coronal mass ejection impact disrupting the national power grid. More via email. Supplemental Info: The following press release was issued a short time ago by the American Radio Relay League (ARRL) and U.S. Army Military Auxiliary Radio System (MARS): Communications Interoperability Training with Amateur Radio Community SetElements of the US Department of Defense (DOD) will conduct a “communications interoperability” training exercise November 4-6, once again simulating a “very bad day” scenario. Amateur Radio and MARS organizations will take part. “This exercise will begin with a national massive coronal mass ejection event which will impact the national power grid as well as all forms of traditional communication, including landline telephone, cellphone, satellite, and Internet connectivity,” Army MARS Program Manager Paul English, WD8DBY, explained in an announcement. During the exercise, a designated DOD Headquarters entity will request county-by-county status reports for the 3,143 US counties and county equivalents, in order to gain situational awareness and to determine the extent of impact of the scenario. Army and Air Force MARS organizations will work in conjunction with the Amateur Radio community, primarily on the 60-meter interoperability channels as well as on HF NVIS frequencies and local VHF and UHF, non-Internet linked Amateur Radio repeaters. Again this year, a military station on the east coast and the Fort Huachuca, Arizona, HF station will conduct a high-power broadcast on 60-meter channel 1 (5330.5 kHz) on Saturday from 0300 to 0315 UTC. New this year will be an informational broadcast on Sunday, on 13,483.5 kHz USB from 1600 to 1615 UTC. Amateur Radio operators should monitor these broadcasts for more information about the exercise and how they can participate in this communications exercise, English said. “We want to continue building on the outstanding cooperative working relationship with the ARRL and the Amateur Radio community,” English said. “We want to expand the use of the 60-meter interop channels between the military and amateur community for emergency communications, and we hope the Amateur Radio community will give us some good feedback on the use of both the 5-MHz interop and the new 13-MHz broadcast channels as a means of information dissemination during a very bad day scenario. http://www.arrl.org/news/communications-interoperability-training-with-amateur-radio-community-set  Unsaid in this release is the fact that this exercise is also crucial to national preparedness for possible man-made EMPs via Intentional Electromagnetic Interference (IEMI) devices and High Altitude Electromagnetic Pulse (HEMP). IMEIs and HEMPs are produced by devices designed specifically to disrupt or destroy electronic equipment, or by the detonation of a nuclear device high above the earth’s atmosphere. Service Notes: This email message is a component of the AlertsUSA Homeland Security Threat and Incident Notification Service for mobile devices. You have paid for this service and are encouraged to archive these messages. Threat Journal Newsletter:

http://ThreatJournal.com  Connect With Us: Twitter: https://twitter.com/ThreatJournal

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ThreatJournal  In previous interviews, Mike Adams has revealed and it was later publicly announced that the North Koreans made ominous threats of their intention to detonate a hydrogen bomb while which would result in a devastating EMP. Please note the date of the EMP err., CME drill. It commences on what date? The drill commences on November 4th! The “I Told You So” Moment In the fall of 2013, I wrote a series of articles in which I detailed how the Obama administration was engaged in treasonous behavior because they were allowing our enemies, the Russians and the Chinese, to participate in the Grid Ex II drills. These drills were run by DHS and simulated a Grid down drill. In short, Obama showed the Russians and the Chinese how to take our grid. It is very possible that my warnings from four years ago have come to fruition. It is very possible that the significance of November 4th has been planned for a very long time. More Confirming November 4th Evidence Just prior to the publication of the article, I received the following email and it hits very close to home given the prior information presented in this article: Dave, I live in ___, and I’m a long time listener of yours and have emailed you before. I am a teacher at an elementary school on the grounds of a military base, I need to be vague so I’m not found out. Yesterday our principal informed the staff that the entire base, which borders ___ different communities, would be having a mass readiness drill, with increased activities beyond the usual monthly siren tests. Law enforcement/first responders for ____ have been notified, and we were told to make sure our kids are immediately brought inside if at recess when sirens go off, otherwise business as usual. With all of the chatter concerned the NK situation, I thought this was relevant. God Bless You and keep you, J P.S. I’m pasting the body of the email here for your info, I please ask not to share this part….. I will respect this request for anonymity. However, I am duty bound to report the general nature while protecting the source. DHS is conducting a major EMP drill involving a large community, The deleted information is specific as to location, facilities and proceedures to be followed. Additionally, the exact phrase used in the CME, DHS drill is used when they say that twitter and facebook will be used to notify the public if this “is a drill or an actual event”. How many coincidences does it take to make a conspiracy? Conclusion I have developed a hypothesis that ties together all of these dots. I think it is very likely that a November 4th event, similar to what is described, is indeed in the works. The UN is prepared and has deployed EMP proof communications. Does that maen that this will become operational on November 4th? That is not always the case because public exposure, similar to this article, can change the dynamics, but not necessarily the direction of the plot. However, as this scenario is unfolding, it is safe to conclude that we are looking at a plot to destroy America in one fell swoop. Additonally, I believe that the under the cover of Korean War II, this deed could be carried out and the North Koreans would be blamed. Further this could provide the backdrop for taking Trump out of office. Yesterday, I wrote an article in which I detailed how I believed that the forces of darkness that were coalescing to remove Trump were ready to act. Today’s revelations strengthen that belief. America beware Please donate to offset the costs of The Common Sense Show

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/10/25/strong-evidence-trail-points-to-a-massive-grid-down-event-on-november-4th/ 

:: 10-26-17 Intellhub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mandalay Bay security guard Jesus Campos drove rental car into California from Mexico one week after shooting By Staff Writer - October 26, 2017

Why would authorities let Jesus Campos travel out of the country in the days immediately following the shooting?

(INTELLIHUB) — A leaked U.S. Customs and Border Protection form obtained by Fox News contributor Tucker Carlson shows that Mandalay Bay security guard Jesus Campos reentered the United States, from Mexico, in a rental car almost one week to the hour after Campos was purportedly shot in the leg by 64-year-old gunman Stephen Paddock on the 32st-floor. However, Tucker’s report raises more questions than answers about this so-called security guard. Why would authorities allow Campos to leave the country so early on in the investigation? And, who paid for the rental? Don’t forget, ABC News reportedly spoke to Campos on Oct. 4 which is when he would have been in Mexico. Was ABC News aware that Campos was in Mexico at the time? Moreover, Tucker confirms what Intellihub has already reported which is that Campos is not registered as ‘private investigator’ or registered as a ‘security guard’ in the State of Nevada. Tucker said that Campos had previously entered the U.S. in January with his own vehicle which is registered in the State of Nevada. The rental car Campos was driving had California plates.

https://www.intellihub.com/jesus-campos-rental-car-from-mexico-after-shooting/  

:: 10-25-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Corey Feldman reveals plan for film to expose network of Hollywood pedophiles which he says will 'bring down' the industry and asks for $10million in donations to make it

Corey Feldman announced plans to produce the film on YouTube on Wednesday

The actor had already raised $20,000 within hours of launching his appeal

Feldman, now 46, has long alleged there is a network of pedophiles in Hollywood

He claims he and Corey Haim, his late co-star on The Lost Boys, are victims but their allegations have never been taken seriously

In the 1990s, Feldman even described how he'd been abused to police but charges were never brought

On Saturday, after tweeting about the 'network' again, Feldman was arrested for marijuana possession in a seemingly random raid on his tour bus

He claims he has also nearly been killed by two speeding trucks which stormed at him as he crossed the street

Feldman says he now fears for his life but is determined to expose the predators who he says are still operating in Hollywood

By Jennifer Smith For Dailymail.com Published: 11:21 EDT, 25 October 2017 | Updated: 15:44 EDT, 25 October 2017

Corey Feldman has revealed his plan to expose a network of Hollywood pedophiles - an explosive and incriminating film which he says will cost $10million to make. The 46-year-old actor has long referred to the network which he claims he is a victim of and which he says 'thousands' of others in the industry are aware of. Since the revelations of Harvey Weinstein's abuse of women in the industry began emerging earlier this month, Feldman has reignited his crusade to expose other predators he says are still operating at the highest level. Earlier this week, he spoke cryptically of his plan to bring them to justice in a string of tweets. Since then, he has been arrested for possession of marijuana and claims an attempt on his life has been made. Defiant despite his growing fear, Feldman released a video on YouTube on Wednesday to lay out his plan for a film which he says will answer 'what everyone wants to know' and expose the predators he says have been preying on child stars for decades. In order to make it and distribute it himself, without the interference with any of the studios or industry insiders who he says it will incriminate, he is asking for $10million in donations on an Indiegogo fundraising page. As of 1.30pm, a mere few hours after uploading the campaign, he had raised $20,000. Despite his promise not to involve anyone else in the film-making process, donors can buy an executive producer title with a $1million donation to the project. For a donation of $100,000, they can have their name included in the film titles and a donation of $1,000 buys a 'personal email of gratitude' from Corey. No one had taken the star up on the pricier options but several were baited by the $100 social media shout-out, the $50 signed CD (inside the US) and the $100 international signed CD for anyone outside the country. The cash will also be used to pay for extra security for himself and his family in addition to a legal team he says he needs to expose the 'evil' group. 'What I'm proposing is a plan that I believe can literally change the entertainment system as we know it. I believe that I can also bring down potentially a pedophile ring that I've been aware of since I was a child,' he said. Feldman said he could name six of the predators, one of whom is still 'very powerful'. He said himself was a victim of them when he was a child actor in the 1980s. 'I've been living in fear and living with this my entire life. As most victims have, I've been made to feel awkward, misunderstood and I've been degraded at great levels,' he said. 'I know that there's thousands others that have experienced what I have experienced in the entertainment industry and I also know there's peers of mine who know what I'm talking about and know all the details but have been afraid to come forward with their own truths,' he added. Last week, Feldman tweeted that he had a 'plan' to bring down the network of pedophiles which he has long referred to in interviews but who he has never identified. On October 21, he and his band, Corey Feldman & The Angels, were arrested in Louisiana for marijuana possession in what he described as a random raid on their tour bus. All were released from custody after providing proof of their legal prescriptions for it, he said. Since then, he says he had a 'near death' experience when two trucks came 'speeding' towards him at the same time. FELDMAN'S VOW TO EXPOSE HOLLYWOOD PEDOPHILES The following is a transcript of Feldman's seven-minute YouTube plea. Hi, this is Corey Feldman. I'm coming to you today to talk to you about what's on everybody's mind. I told everybody a few days ago that I had a plan to try and hopefully bring to light what is happening in the world of entertainment as far as perverts and pedophiles and all of the topics that we've been discussing. Ever since I even discussed the fact that I had this plan, my life has turned into utter chaos. It's pretty ripped up because of the devastation of what I've been through the last few days. I've experienced things like never before. I've been silenced my whole life but over the last few days, since I made that announcement, I've been arrested and had a near death experience last night where I felt like I was going to be killed. Two trucks came speeding at me at the same time on a cross walk. 'Several of my bandmembers decided to quit because they're afraid for their lives. They just left. I'm very alone but I need to protect myself and I need to protect my family. I need additional security and I need a legal team to help represent me so that I can fulfill this mission. 'What I'm proposing is a plan that I believe can literally change the entertainment system as we know it. I believe that I can also bring down potentially a pedophile ring that I've been aware of since I was a child. 'Right off the bat I can name six names - one of them who is still very powerful today, and a story that links all the way up to a studio. It connects pedophilia to one of the major studios. 'I am very afraid to do this, it's not easy. I've been living in fear and living with this my entire life, as most victims have. I've been made to feel awkward, misunderstood, and I've been degraded at great levels. 'Rumors have been told, stories have been made up about me, I've been insulted and degraded in ways that are unimaginable to me, all because they fear what I know as the truth. I'm not alone. I know that there's thousands of others that have experienced what I have experienced in the entertainment industry. I also know there's peers of mine who know what I'm talking about and know all the details but have been afraid to come forward with their own truths. 'I am using this to draw a line in the sand, to say to the Hollywood community, we are better than this. I know that we can stand together as one, we can be united and we can create an affront. Those good people out there, there's plenty of them, they've helped me over the years. You guys can take my side and we can stand together but additionally not just the entertainment industry, the entire world, the entire planet can come together over this issue because our children are the most sacred things we have. 'Who could even dream of robbing an innocent child of their life experience. It's not fair and it must end so I am begging you to join me and let our voices be heard. I have lived in shame and fear my entire life and so have millions of others and now we have the ability to let our voices be heard and break the dam of silence. 'I propose to do this by making a film that will be the most honest and true depiction of child abuse every portrayed by telling you my own story in a very real way. 'In a very honest way with no editing, no censorship no studio behind it. I will make the film, direct it, produce it and I will self-distribute it to guarantee that it gets a theatrical release with your donations. Additionally it will help me buy the security and the legal team that I need to help my family until the project is released. Once it's done, I believe we can revolutionize the film industry in such a way that we can root out the evil and make it safe for our kids again. 'Please join me in this fight, I know that together we can stand strong. The time is now. I've had people on Twitter begging me to do this. With 30,000 new followers just in the last week, I know this is what everybody wants to know. 'Everybody wants the answer - who did this. Who's responsible. They all want the answer. And all these people taunt me and tease me and bully me on social media on a daily basis. Every day when I go on twitter I have to be confronted with this topic that I do not want to have to think about again but every day, when I'm trying to live my life and do other things and go on with my tour, I lose all of that for this. 'I'm willing to walk away from all of it if I can make a difference and I believe that I can with this idea. So please join me and help me in making our voices be heard and making a change that can revolutionize the film industry, save millions of children's lives and let the truth be told so that the people who have done this damage can come to their consequences they deserve. 'Justice will be served under God's name because this is about good and evil, at the end of the day, there is nothing more evil than the people who want to take advantage of innocent children. Let's protect them together, God bless you.' In his video, Feldman suggested both were prompted by his earlier remarks to expose the powerful network of child molesters. 'Ever since I even discussed the fact that I had this plan, my life has turned into utter chaos. I've experienced things like never before. I've been silenced my whole life but over the last few days, since I made that announcement, I've been arrested and had a near death experience last night where I felt like I was going to be killed,' he said. 'Several' of his bandmembers had suddenly quit in fear of their lives, he added, and he was now 'very alone'. The film, he said, would be 'the most honest and true depiction of child abuse ever portrayed'. Feldman promised to produce it 'with no censorship and no studio' to ensure it was unedited. 'I will make the film, produce it and I will self-distribute it to guarantee that it gets a theatrical release with your donations. 'Additionally, it will help me buy the security and the legal team that I need to help my family until the project is released. 'Once it's done, I believe we can revolutionize the film industry,' he said. 'Please join me in this fight, I know that together, we can stand strong. The time is now,' Feldman said at the end of his appeal. Feldman shot to fame in the 1980s as a child actor in The Goonies, Gremlins, and Friday the 13th: The Final Chapter. He was only 10 when he appeared in The Fox and the Hounds and 16 when he starred in The Lost Boys along with Corey Haim in 1987. In the past, he has made repeated attempts to expose the network but none have ever resulted in the naming of those he says attacked him. He even described how he was abused in an interview with police in the 1990s but was ignored because the officers at the time were questioning him over allegations against Michael Jackson, who he said did not harm him and who he considered a friend. The statute of limitations had not been reached when Feldman made the remarks aged 22 in 1993. It has since long past. In 2016, in another media interview, Feldman laid bare how both he and Haim were targeted. 'With me, there were some molestations, and it did come from several hands, so to speak, but with Corey, his was direct rape, whereas mine was not actual rape. And his also occurred when he was 11,' he told The Hollywood Reporter last year. In 2013, during an appearance on The View, said their abusers were 'still out there'. 'There are people that did this to both me and Corey that are still working, they're still out there and they're some of the richest most powerful people in this business. 'They do not want me saying what I'm saying right now,' he said. Host Barbara Walters pushed back: 'Are you saying that they're pedophiles? And that they're still in this business?' Feldman emphatically answered 'yes' to both questions. She then said: 'You are hurting an entire industry'. The video resurfaced this week as fears of the wide-spreading Hollywood sex scandal extended to child stars. Some accused Walters of trying to silence Feldman. The View producer Bill Geddie defended her in a podcast this week, saying: 'You should know that this didn’t happen without Barbara digging into it. 'Barbara exposed all this . . . Barbara made this happen.' In 2011, after Haim's death, he told Nightline: 'I can tell you that the No. 1 problem in Hollywood was and is and always will be pedophilia. 'That’s the biggest problem for children in this industry... It’s the big secret,' he said, comparing it to the Jimmy Savile abuse scandal in the United Kingdom. A 2014 documentary called An Open Secret sought to shed light on the problem but it never found a home. It has been released in full on Vimeo and can be watched for free in the wake of the Weinstein allegations. Producer Amy J. Berg was threatened with law suits by the Screen Actors Guild and AFTRA for including reference to them in the film. In an interview with Elle later, she said: 'I don’t think anyone takes it very seriously. I think the industry has accepted it as industry standard.' She has supported Feldman's claims against Hollywood executives for years. Both Feldman and Haim endured well-documented battles with drug and alcohol addiction after being catapulted into stardom as child actors. Feldman also described the abuse in his autobiography, Coreography, but did not name his attackers. His remarks this week regarding the alleged network of pedophiles are not isolated. On Sunday, veteran writer Paul Haggis made reference to his accusations and said they were 'worth considering'. 'It is not an innocent place and never has been. Most of this behavior has been aimed at women, but I am sure that former child stars such as Corey Feldman and Corey Haim, who have both made allegations in the past that no one took seriously, are worth considering, too. 'Were people covering for pedophiles, too? We have to think that may have happened as well, because no one speaks out about being abused just to benefit their career. I find it particularly terrible that people had their dreams held to ransom in that way,' he said. Haggis has relocated from Hollywood to New York to work on new ventures and is convinced the golden days of tinseltown are over. 'It's finished,' he said of the industry in light of the growing claims of sexual abuse.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-5016409/Corey-Feldman-s-plan-expose-Hollywood-pedophiles.html#ixzz4wpWABWOj 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 5-16-10 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the system as you know it is vanishing before your eyes, you can no longer rely upon your jobs, upon your banking institutions, all you can depend upon is a one world government and you cannot depend upon that. etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 10-26-17 Alt-Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lies And Distractions Surrounding The Diminishing Petrodollar

Thursday, 26 October 2017 01:53 Brandon Smith

There are a few important rules you have to follow if you want to join the consortium of mainstream economic con-men/analysts. Take special note if you plan on becoming one of these very "special" people: 1) Never discuss the reality that government fiscal statistics are not the true picture of the health of the economy. Just present the stats at face value to the public and quickly move on. 2) Almost always focus on false positives. Give the masses a delusional sense of recovery by pointing desperately at the few indicators that paint a rosier picture. Always mention a higher stock market as a symbol of an improving economy even though the stock market is irrelevant to the fundamentals of the economy. In fact, pretend the stock market is the ONLY thing that matters. Period. 3) Never talk about falling demand. Avoid mention of this at all costs. Instead, bring up "rising supply" and pretend as if demand is not a factor even worth considering. 4) Call any article that discusses the numerous and substantial negatives in the economy "doom porn." Ask "where is the collapse?" a lot, when the collapse in fundamentals is right in front of your face. 5) Avoid debate on the health of the economy when you can, but if cornered, misrepresent the data whenever possible. Muddle the discussion with minutia and circular logic. 6) When a crash occurs, act like you had been the one warning about the danger all along. For good measure, make sure alternative economic analysts do not get credit for correct examinations of the fiscal system. 7) Argue that there was nothing special about their warnings and predictions and that "everyone else saw it coming too;" otherwise you might be out of a job. Now, if you follow these rules most of the time, or religiously, then you have a good shot at becoming the next Paul Krugman or one of the many hucksters at Forbes, Bloomberg or Reuters. A cushy job and comfortable salary await you. Good luck and Godspeed! However, say you are one of those weird people cursed with a conscience; becoming a vapid mouthpiece for the establishment may not sound very appealing. Or, maybe you just have OCD and you can't stand the idea of "creative math" when it comes to economic data. Whatever the case may be, you want to outline the deeper facts of the economy because the economy is life — it is the structure which holds together our civilization, and if we lie about it in the short term, then we only set ourselves up for catastrophe in the long run. Welcome to another dimension. Welcome to the world of alternative economics. Every aspect of the U.S. economy or the global economy can be presented two very different ways depending on whether you "interpret" the data to fit a preconceived conclusion, or simply relay it to the public as it really is. Let's use oil and the petrodollar as an example... To illustrate the mainstream establishment reaction to legitimate economic concerns on oil, I highly suggest going back and reading an article by Foreign Policy, the official magazine of the Council On Foreign Relations, titled "Debunking The Dumping-The-Dollar Conspiracy," published in 2009. The idiocy of this article was truly bewildering at the time it was released, but even more so now in retrospect. First, it is important to note that Foreign Policy refused to even acknowledge the issue of the dollar losing petro-currency status until Robert Fisk of The Independent, someone closer to mainstream exposure, dared to broach the topic, warning that a trend was in play to dump the dollar as the petro-currency by 2018. The alternative economic community had been warning about the world moving away from U.S. oil dominance for some time beforehand. Second, the CFR uses a typical circular fallacy when confronting the potential end of the dollar's world reserve status; the fallacy that the dollar is the world reserve currency because "the U.S. is the preeminent world economic power." Actually, the reverse is true — the U.S. is the world's preeminent economic power only because the dollar has world reserve status. It was also once an industrial powerhouse after WWII, but this was ONLY because the U.S. was one of the few manufacturing hubs in the world that wasn't demolished by years of kinetic destruction. When you are the only game in town, of course you reap huge economic benefits including massive international investment, but not forever. Today, obviously, the U.S. is far surpassed by other nations in the area of manufacturing and production, and has also been surpassed as the largest global importer and exporter. The "preeminence" argument is unmitigated garbage. Third, almost every danger Foreign Policy dismissed as "conspiracy" back in 2009 is now coming true. Just as Robert Fisk warned, and just as the alternative economic community warned long before him, numerous shifts in the world of oil as well as geopolitical relationships have created a spiraling nexus of anti-dollar sentiment. Is it possible that the dollar will lose petro-status by 2018? Absolutely, and here is why... While the U.S. remains the world's largest oil consumer according to the Energy Information Administration (EIA), American consumption of petroleum products has greatly diminished over the past few years; falling demand by increasingly destitute U.S. consumers has left oil producers searching for buyers elsewhere. The World Economic Forum noted in 2015 the drastic fall in U.S. demand since the 2008 debt crisis, but this admission went largely unnoticed in the mainstream media. Interestingly, while demand was crashing, the price per barrel continued to skyrocket because of the Federal Reserve's inflationary QE policies. Almost immediately after the Fed began tapering QE, oil prices drastically declined in line with the lack of existing demand. In 2017, the EIA claims there has been a rise in global demand since the second quarter. And has "projected" increasing demand including higher U.S. demand going into 2018, outpacing supply. Yet, at the same time the EIA admits a frustrating stagnation in global oil demand, with the U.S. being the primary drag on consumption since 2010. So, which trend are we supposed to believe? The one that is right in front of us, or the one that is optimistically projected? It is clear, even according to "official" statistics on crude oil imports, that the U.S. market began sinking in 2009 to levels not seen since the 1990's and has not recovered since. Everyone knows that each new year is supposed to bring exponential demand, like clockwork. But this has not been the case at all in the U.S. Meanwhile, China has recently surpassed the U.S. as the world's largest oil importer, even though the EIA lists the U.S. as the world's largest oil "consumer." The argument mainstream analysts would probably make here is that imports of oil are diminishing because U.S. shale oil is filling demand domestically. This argument overlooks the overall process of declining demand, though. The US is the largest consumer of oil NOW, but will that pace continue? According to the data, the answer is no. Americans are buying less petroleum products since the 2008 credit crisis, regardless of where they come from, and oil producers are seeking to diversify into other markets, and other currencies. On top of that, even if it were true that imported oil is crumbling because US domestic oil is filling rising demand, this still begs the question - Why would oil producing nations stick with the dollar as the petrocurrency when the US has decided to take its ball and go home? The US has now become a COMPETITOR in the oil market with shale, so why would OPEC nations and others also continue to give the US the enormous advantage of owning petrocurrency status? In the meantime, the geopolitical situation grows more unstable. I believe the Iranian sanctions issue has gone ignored far too long, and this has direct repercussions on the dollar's petro-status. How? Well, consider this — Europe continues its appetite for Iranian oil, with 40 percent of Iran's oil exports going to the EU. With the very oddly timed U.S.-led effort by the Trump administration to renew sanctions, Europe has been caught in a catch-22; either defy sanctions and upset relations with the U.S. or lose a significant source of petroleum imports. For now it appears that the EU will support sanctions, but this time solidarity on the issue is nowhere near as strong as it was back in 2012. With Iran as a major supplier for Europe as well as China, and overtaking Saudi Arabia as the top oil supplier for India, Trump's latest call to put economic pressure on the nation may add more fuel to the accelerating rationale against the dollar as the primary trade mechanism for oil. The question becomes, who benefits from American influence in oil, and who suffers? The more countries that suffer because of a world reserve dollar, the more likely they will be to look for an alternative. China has deepened ties to Russia for this exact reason. With Russia supplanting Saudi Arabia as China's largest petroleum source, and bilateral trade between Russia and China cutting out the dollar as world reserve, this is just the beginning of the shift. In the past week it has been hinted that China will be shifting in the next two months into using its OWN currency, the Yuan, to price oil instead of using the dollar. Saudi Arabia, America's longtime partner in the oil dominance chain, is now moving away from the old relationship. Tensions between the Saudis and the U.S. State Department over the rather surreal Qatar embargo are just part of a series of divisions. With China's influence in the region increasing, the mainstream has finally begun to acknowledge that Saudi Arabia may be "compelled" to trade oil in currencies other than the dollar. Why is oil so important? Because energy, along with currency, is the key to understanding the state of the economy. When demand for energy goes stagnant, this usually means the economy is stagnant. When a nation has maintained a monopoly on global energy trade by coupling its currency to oil, an addiction can be formed and its financial structure becomes dependent in that addiction being continuously satiated. Foreign Policy argued in 2009 that oil trade in dollars is "nothing more than a convention." I would actually agree with that in part; it is indeed a convention that can change dramatically at any given moment. But, Foreign Policy asserts that there would be no consequences for the U.S. if and when the change takes place and the dollar loses petrostatus. This is absurd. Trillions in dollars are held overseas and the singular function of those dollars is to fulfill international trade based on the "convention" of the dollar's world reserve status. What purpose do those dollar's serve if world reserve status is abandoned? The answer is none. All of those dollars would come flooding back into the U.S. through various channels. Market psychology would immediately trigger a massive loss in the dollar's international value, not to mention incredible inflation would be spiking here at home. This process has already begun, and it is looking more and more like the next couple of years will bring a vast "reset" (as the IMF likes to call it) in the hegemony of certain currencies. Some people believe this will be a wellspring, a change for the better. They think the death of the dollar will lead to "decentralization" of the global economy and a "multipolar world," but the situation is far more complex than it seems. I will go into greater detail in my next article as to why the dollar and the U.S. economy in general has actually been slated for deliberate demolition and how this will likely come about. As far as oil and petro-status are concerned, the mainstream media is perfectly willing to report on the developments I have mentioned here in a fleeting manner, but at the same time they are completely unwilling to account for the effects that will result or the deeper meaning behind these events. They will report on the smaller stories, but refuse to acknowledge the bigger story. It is quite a contradiction, but a contradiction with a purpose. If you would like to support the publishing of articles like the one you have just read, visit our donations page here. We greatly appreciate your patronage.

You can contact Brandon Smith at: brandon@alt-market.com  Scribe note: Click on the link below to see the graphs and charts.

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/3303-lies-and-distractions-surrounding-the-diminishing-petrodollar 

:: 10-25-17 Big League Politics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

EXCLUSIVE: Obama Appointed Islamic Society Official To Approve Russian Uranium Sale and Gulftainer Port Deal

Mary Fanning and Alan Jones Oct 25, 2017

The Obama administration placed Aimen Nabi Mir, former two-time president of the youth wing of the Islamic Society of North America (ISNA), into the top advisory position to the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS), a national security post at the Treasury Department. Aimen Mir was the CFIUS Staff Chairperson from 2009 until 2014. During that time, Aimen Mir played a key role in the CFIUS panel’s decision to approve the sale of Uranium One to Russia’s Rosatom. Mir also played a key role in the Treasury Department’s refusal to investigate the UAE’s Gulftainer 35-year cargo container terminal lease at Port Canaveral, a critical military infrastructure facility for U.S. naval and space operations. Both decisions severely damaged United States national security. Aimen Mir helped set the table for Vladimir Putin to seize control of over 20 percent of U.S. uranium and was part of the decision that awarded control of Port Canaveral’s cargo container terminal to Saddam Hussein’s rogue nuclear weapons scientist and designated Iraq War enemy combatant, Dr. Jafar Dhia Jafar. Dr. Jafar’s brother and business partner, Gulftainer co-owner Hamid Jafar, was under investigation by the Treasury Department and four congressional committees for his ‘Oil For Superweapons” scheme in concert with Saddam Hussein. For starters, Aimen Mir’s ISNA connections are troubling. ISNA is one of the largest Muslim Brotherhood front groups in the U.S. and was named by the Department of Justice as an unindicted co-conspirator in the 2008 Holy Land Foundation HAMAS terror funding trial. Further, Aimen Mir is the son of Kashmir-born physician Dr. Ghulam Nabi Mir, an ISNA Founders Committee member. Dr. Mir is also the president of the World Kashmir Awareness Forum (WKAF), an Islamic platform Dr. Mir uses to aggressively advocate for Kashmir’s secession from India in order to join Pakistan. WKAF’s Secretary General “Dr.” Syed Ghulam Nabi Fai, is a convicted felon, also from Kashmir, who served as a Pakistani Inter-Services Intelligence Directorate (ISI) operative inside the United States. Fai was arrested by the FBI in 2011 for covertly operating as an unregistered foreign agent while receiving $3.5 million dollars in wire transfers from the ISI. Fai used some of that money to fund an elaborate lobbying operation pushing Kashmiri “independence” on unsuspecting U.S. officials who remained seemingly unaware that Pakistan was running the operation. In 2013, Fai was granted early release from U.S. federal prison by the Justice Department. Like his father’s ISI partner Fai, Aimen Mir appears to have been running his own operation at CFIUS. Aimen Mir was the CFIUS Staff Chairperson from 2009 until 2014. During Mir’s five years in the staff chairperson’s seat, CFIUS approved Russia’s 2010 purchase of Uranium One, effectively handing Vladimir Putin control of 20 percent of America’s uranium. Also during Mir’s term, the Treasury Department refused to conduct two legally-required CFIUS investigations of Port Canaveral’s 2014 container terminal lease concession to the UAE’s Gulftainer. The Gulftainer deal effectively placed Saddam Hussein’s nuclear weapons mastermind, Dr. Jafar Dhia Jafar, along with his longtime Russian KGB/SVR and Iranian regime associates and a UAE Emir inside the wire of a national-security sensitive U.S. port. Gulftainer misrepresented its true ownership; facts that Mir could and should have uncovered easily. A World Bank International Finance Corporation (IFC) document (now scrubbed from the IFC website) proved that Gulftainer was owned in part by Sultan bin Muhammad Al-Qasimi, the Emir of Sharjah, UAE. Under the Foreign Investment National Security Act of 2007 (FINSA), foreign government ownership of an acquiring entity automatically triggers a mandatory CFIUS review, regardless of whether the transaction is a purchase or a lease. Aimen Mir understood CFIUS and FINSA law and chose to ignore it, as did Treasury Secretary Jacob ‘Jack’ Lew and Commerce Secretary Penny Pritzker. In 2014 the Treasury Department promoted Aimen Mir to Deputy Assistant Secretary for Investment Security after the Clinton Foundation-connected Uranium One and Gulftainer Port Canaveral deals closed. Mir’s LinkedIn profile and post-Trump administration inauguration posts show he’s still at the Treasury Department, now as a career civil servant. In Gulftainer’s case, the supposedly-rigorous CFIUS national security review process for direct foreign investment transactions was completely and stunningly bypassed. An email released by Wikileaks implicates Gulftainer and the Clintons in a pay-to-play operation involving the Port Canaveral deal. Both Uranium One and Gulftainer have deep ties to Russian intelligence, nuclear weapons, and uranium enrichment. Gulftainer has additional ties to the Iranian regime and to the architects of Obama’s Iran Nuclear Deal. Gulftainer executive board chairman Badr Jafar visited the White House in 2014, six weeks before the secretly-negotiated Gulftainer deal was announced, signed, and closed. According to Aimen Mir’s LinkedIn profile, since graduating from Georgetown in 2000, he never served in any national security position before his CIFIUS chairperson appointment. Mir’s work experience was as an immigration attorney at Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (WilmerHale) representing people from the Middle East seeking asylum in the United States. CFIUS staff members such as staff chairperson Mir wield tremendous power in the CFIUS process workflow. They conduct research and make recommendations to cabinet-level CFIUS board members or their designated representatives and, through omission, can conceal from those Cabinet members critical national security information about foreign companies looking to invest in U.S.-based operations. If a CFIUS application is approved before advancing from the 30-day initial review to an additional 45-day investigation involving 16 U.S. intelligence agencies, dangerous deals like Uranium One and Gulftainer deals can fly under the radar of the intelligence community. According to a 2015 Breitbart report on CFIUS review of the Uranium One deal, “surprisingly the 2009 Annual Report submitted to Congress by CFIUS inaccurately described this approved transaction by stating the company acquiring a minority interest was Canadian rather than Russian.” Breitbart contacted Aimen Mir at the time of that report to ask him if the Uranium One transaction was subjected to a secondary 45-day review but received no response. The Committee of Foreign Investment in the United States 2015 Annual Report to Congress Public/Unclassified Version, released over a year late, reveals that between 2013 and 2015, there were no covered transactions in the transportation sector involving acquirers from the UAE. In other words, the Treasury Department determined that the Gulftainer deal was not a ‘covered transaction’ and therefore CFIUS did not conduct the required investigation of the deal. That determination was likely made by Aimen Mir and it kept Gulftainer and U.S.- designated enemy combatant Dr. Jafar off the intelligence community’s radar. The Treasury Department determined that a CFIUS review was not required for Gulftainer’s Port Canaveral deal, according to a 2015 Orlando Sentinel report: “Rep. Duncan Hunter, R-San Diego, had asked for a formal Treasury Department review of security issues due to a foreign-owned company operating port facilities. Port spokeswoman Rosalind Harvey said that never happened. “After extensive filing of all required paperwork to U.S. Treasury Department officials, the panel found that no review was required because the agreement was a lease and not a purchase of Port assets,” Harvey said.” Unfortunately, there is more. James Rickards, author and former advisor to the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States (CFIUS) Support Group of the Director of National Intelligence (DNI), stated in an October 18, 2017 tweet that Director of National Intelligence James R. Clapper “disbanded” the CFIUS DNI advisory group “before Uranium One.” It is noteworthy that Director Clapper went before Congress to testify under oath that the NSA, CIA, and other intelligence agencies were not collecting massive amounts of telephonic and Internet metadata on hundreds of millions of innocent American citizens. Revelations by Whistleblower Edward Snowden proved otherwise. Subsequently Director Clapper was found to have been untruthful and resigned on November 17, 2016, effective the day Donald Trump was sworn in, January 20, 2017. Clapper has not been prosecuted for perjury. CFIUS rules are clear about what constitutes a ‘covered transaction’: Considering the post-9/11 national meltdown over the UAE’s Dubai Ports World deal, it is inconceivable that the Gulftainer deal would have received approval without a thorough intelligence review. The Congressional enactment of the Foreign Investment National Security Act of 2007 (FINSA) was designed to heavily reinforce CFIUS in order to prevent a repeat of Dubai Ports world debacle. The Gulftainer (GT USA) Port Canaveral 35-year concession is subject to CFIUS review because: Gulftainer is responsible for safety and security and makes all substantial business decisions at the Canaveral cargo terminal; Gulftainer oversees day-to-day operation of the Canaveral cargo terminal;

Port Canaveral is critical infrastructure for commercial maritime, military sealift, surface naval, submarine naval, commercial space, and military space operations;

Gulftainer’s cargo terminal is near four military bases: Two USAF, one USN, and one USCG;

Gulftainer’s cargo terminal is near NASA’s Kennedy Space Center;

Gulftainer’s cargo terminal is near the Eastern Range, critical for space missions and missile testing;

Gulftainer is partly-owned by a foreign government (Ruler of Sharjah, UAE), Iraqis involved in WMD production (Jafar family), possibly other “senior Iraqi military figures,” and in business with Russian Specially Designated Nationals (SDNs).

It is unclear how Aimen Mir was able to obtain a security clearance.

https://bigleaguepolitics.com/exclusive-obama-appointed-islamic-society-official-approve-russian-uranium-sale-gulftainer-port-deal/ 

:: 10-25-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Time Has Come: Venezuela May Be In Default In Under 48 Hours

by Tyler Durden Oct 25, 2017 10:33 PM

This past weekend, Venezuela failed to make $237 million in bond coupon payment, blaming "technical glitches" when in reality it simply did not have the money (or wish to part with it). Adding the $349 million in unpaid bond interest accumulated over the past month as of last Friday, that brings Caracas' unpaid bills to $586 million this month, just days before the nation must make a critical principal payment. And, as BofA sovereign debt analyst Jane Brauer writes, while the bank's base case assumption is that Venezuela will make its debt service payments this year, "the probability of a short term default has increased substantially with coupon delays" and it could come as soon as this Friday, when an $842 million PDVSA principal plus interest payment is due, and which unlike typical bond payments does not have a 30 day grace period but instead is followed by a second $1.1 billion PDVSA coupon on Nov 2, also without a 30 day grace period. As Brauer writes, Venezuela has been in as similar situation of payment uncertainty in the recent past, with bond prices plummeting right before a big payment. For example, just before a big principal payment was due in April 2017 Venezuela received a $1bn loan from Russia just one week before the due date. At that time Ven 27s dropped 16% in a month (from $52 to $45) and recovered completely within a month. Ven 27 has fallen to $35, as Venezuela has demonstrated that it will be a challenge to make all payments on time. The difference between now and April is that coupon payment delays then came after, not before the payment. Meanwhile, Venezuela has managed to redefine the concept of payment "on time" which now means "by the end of the grace period" As we keep track of missed payments, the 5 missed payments, so far totaling $350mn all have a 30 day grace period, as did the $237mn payments over the weekend. The concern is that the principal payments coming up have: No grace period in the bond indenture for an event of default Three business day grace period before triggering CDS The concerning principal due dates are coming up, the first of which is this coming Friday, which means in less than 48 hours Venezuela could be in default unless it can find $842 million: Friday, Oct 27 PDVSA 2020 $842mn Thursday Nov 2 PDVSA 17N $1,121mn The collateral against the first bond is PDVSA's Houston-based refining and retail subsidiary, and in just a few hours, the bondholders may be the (un)happy new ownders of said subsidiary. "This weekend, there's either going to be a lot of bond holders and traders drinking champagne, or there's going to be a lot of stressed fund managers," said Russ Dallen, managing partner at Caracas Capital Markets And to help everyone involved, here are some key tables, courtesy of BofA: Table 1. Ordered by due dates, missed payments and payments due today for Venezuela sovereign and wholly-owned quasi sovereign issuers. Table 2. Sorted by grace period end dates for missed payments and those due today Table 3. Debt service due dates for the next 9 months Table 4. Bond Attributes and face needed to block CACs

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-10-25/time-has-come-venezuela-may-be-default-under-48-hours 

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 10-24-17 The Free Thought :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: FBI Releases Docs On Sandy Hook Showing Feds Visited Shooter BEFORE Massacre

By Matt Agorist - October 24, 2017

Newtown, CT — On December 14, 2012, the world watched the news with horror as they heard the story of 20-year-old Adam Lanza fatally shooting 20 children between six and seven years old, as well as six staff members at Sandy Hook Elementary School. Since that fateful day, conspiracy theories have abounded from whether or not the shooting actually took place to what Lanza’s motive was. Adam Lanza is believed to have shot his mother, Nancy Lanza, in the head at her home in Newtown, Connecticut, around 9 a.m. on December 14, before taking her car and driving approximately five miles to the Sandy Hook Elementary School, where he would slaughter the children and teachers. According to reports, most of the shooting occurred in two of the school’s first-grade classrooms; 14 students in one classroom, and six in the other, were murdered. Only two of the victims who were shot by Lanza—both teachers—survived the attack. “In general, the FBI does not comment on the content of the files released through [Freedom of Information Act], and lets the information contained in the files speak for itself,” said Charles Grady, a community outreach specialist for the FBI based in New Haven. “This is a routine FOIA release nothing more, nothing less.” While we would expect that the names, addresses, and contact information be redacted throughout the documents, it appears that entire pages were wiped out. Just as Americans thought they may be getting some answers as to why this 20-year-old went on a shooting rampage, killing innocent children, it appears we may now have more questions than answers. One such question that arises from our brief combing of the documents is how Lanza, who only weighed 85 lbs, according to the report, was able to carry such heavy weaponry and ammo and shoot with such deadly accuracy. According to police, Lanza had in his possession, a Bushmaster XM15 .223 caliber rifle, a Glock 10mm handgun and was also in possession of a loaded 9mm Sig Sauer P226 handgun. After he’d already fired 154 rounds, Lanza also had more ammunition for the weapons he had on his person as well as three 30-round magazines for the Bushmaster, each of them containing 30 rounds. Lanza was carrying weapons which nearly weighed more than he did. Also, as the NY Daily News just reported, according to portions of the documents, Lanza was also visited by federal agents before the shooting—who offered him a job. The FBI documents reveal a visit to the home he shared with his mother by federal agents after he hacked into a government computer. “The authorities told her that if her son was that smart, he could have a job with them someday,” according to one of the heavily-redacted reports, as reported by the NY Daily News. As the News reports, Lanza, at that point in the ninth grade, landed on investigator’s radar after hacking his way into an unidentified agency’s computer. The teen made it through two levels of security before his efforts were thwarted, the documents showed. “Nancy had to convince the authorities that her son was just very intelligent and was challenging himself to see if he could hack (his way in),” the report said of Lanza’s mother. This revelation about Lanza being visited by federal agents several years before the shooting, leads to so many more questions and opens the floodgates for more conspiracy theories. Another question on the minds of Americans is why this 20-year-old kid, with no history of violent behavior, would ever do such a thing. Investigators even noted in their reports that Lanza was never violent, but often required special tools to avoid hurting himself by accident. To this day, Americans are still asking themselves why anyone would do such a thing. Nearly five years later, and we still have no motive and no clear cause as to what made this person snap. The Free Thought Project will continue to dig into the heavily redacted documents and we will issue updates as appropriate.

http://thefreethoughtproject.com/breaking-fbi-releases-docs-sandy-hook-shooting/ 

[ :: 9-4-05 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

There will be thousands of deaths from this hurricane and it will take more months than any storm to recover from, costing millions of dollars, by far the most costly storm to date, yet there shall be bigger storms to come. I have forewarned those along the seashores that they should leave everything and that they should move north etc

:: 10-26-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Severe hailstorm hits Formosa, Argentina: 8 centimeters large hailstones damage thousands of buildings and cars

By Strange Sounds - Oct 26, 2017

A strong hail storm hit the municipality of Formosa in northern Argentina late Wednesday afternoon (25). Thousands of buildings, cars, trees and boats on the Paraguay River were damaged by ice stones up to eight centimeters in diameter. National Weather Service (NMHS) issued an alert for severe weather (wind, rain and hail) for Córdoba, part of Catamarca, Chaco, Corrientes, Formosa, La Rioja, Misiones, Santa Fe, Santiago del Estero and Tucumán. In rural areas, plantations were completely destroyed, including newly germinated soybeans. Now a few pictures of the giant hailstones that fell on the Argentinian city of Formosa: etc.

Scribe note: Click on link below to see pictures amazing

http://strangesounds.org/2017/10/hailstorm-formosa-argentina-video-photo.html 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 10-26-17 PHYS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake risk elevated with detection of spontaneous tectonic tremor in Anza Gap

October 26, 2017 by Sarah Nightingale

Scientists at the University of California, Riverside have detected spontaneous tectonic tremor—a signature of slow earthquakes deep below the earth's surface—in the Anza Gap region of the San Jacinto Fault. Tectonic tremors are believed to increase the likelihood of a moderate to large, damaging earthquake occurring close to the earth's surface by altering the stress along the fault. Abhijit Ghosh, an assistant professor of earth sciences in UCR's College of Natural and Agricultural Sciences, and Alexandra Hutchinson, an earth sciences graduate student, published the research in the Bulletin of the Seismologic Society of America. The paper is titled "Ambient Tectonic Tremor in the San Jacinto Fault, Near the Anza Gap, Detected by Multiple Mini Seismic Arrays." The San Jacinto Fault zone, which is part of the San Andreas Fault system, runs underneath densely populated areas of Inland Southern California, including San Bernardino, Redlands, and Moreno Valley. It is the most active fault in Southern California and sits five miles from the UCR campus. While it is technically not a plate boundary, the San Jacinto Fault accommodates some of the movement that occurs as the North American Plate and the Pacific Plate grind together at the San Andreas Fault. Over the past 200 years, the 20-km region known as the Anza Gap is the only stretch along the 200-km fault line that has not experienced an earthquake of magnitude 5.5 or greater. "While other regions of the San Jacinto fault give rise to small and moderate earthquakes on a regular basis, the Anza Gap is surprisingly quiet, which raises questions about how it is releasing the stress it accumulates," Ghosh said. "For that reason, many experts suspect that this area is ripe to produce a damaging earthquake." Using data from 2011 and a new, highly sensitive detection method developed by Ghosh called "multibeam backprojection," the researchers uncovered the first evidence of a spontaneous tectonic tremor in the Anza Gap. Relatively little is known about tectonic tremors, which were first identified in Japan in 2001. Researchers now know they are associated with a phenomenon called "slow slip," a slow and transient movement of plates deep below the earth's surface that can last from several minutes to several years and may occur daily, annually, or anywhere between, depending on the fault. "While relatively little is known about tectonic tremors, in part because they have historically been difficult to detect, we know that these tremors are being caused by slow slip deep in the fault, and that when the deep part of the fault slips it adds stress to the shallow part. This may ultimately help to cause a damaging earthquake," Ghosh said. Ghosh said seismologists should further study tremor activity in the area to learn how the deep roots of fault zones impact activity closer to the earth's surface and affect earthquake hazard. "Tectonic tremors and slow slip will change the way we view faults. For example, our research on the Anza gap shows that the fault is spontaneously slipping at a greater depth than we previously thought, with slow earthquakes occurring between 13 and 24 km deep." "Since there is a connection between deep slow slip and damaging earthquakes closer to the surface, it may be possible that tectonic tremors will enable us to forecast major earthquakes in the future. Much more research is needed before that can happen, though."

Read more at: https://phys.org/news/2017-10-earthquake-elevated-spontaneous-tectonic-tremor.html#jCp 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

:: 10-26-17 Gov't Slaves :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Now Arresting Families for Praying at Home

October 26, 2017 by GOV'T SLAVES

In the most recent case of religious persecution in China, a house church pastor, Xu Shizhen, her daughter and her 3-year-old grandson were arrested by authorities. The family was reportedly taken into custody after a month of being found singing and dancing in praise and worship, and preaching the gospel in a public park. It is currently unknown where the family was taken after their arrest, but according to non-profit Christian human rights organization, China Aid, the two women, and the grandson have been separated. This is not the first time Xu Shizhen has got into trouble with Chinese authorities, who impose strict laws regarding practicing of religion other than those recognized by the state. Five years ago, this particular pastor had a run-in with officials when her then house church was seized and handed over to the control of Three-Self Patriotic Movement Church, a church which is run by the state. It was after this incident she founded her current home church, called Zion Church. Many believe that this is a move by the Chinese government to show the state and the world just how serious it is about its new rules regarding regulating religion in order to enhance national security, dismantling and preventing extremism, and curbing the practice of faith by organizations which are not approved by the state. Keeping in mind that the arrest of the family happened just two weeks after the state’s new religion regulations came into effect, it is a high possibility. For almost a decade Gov't Slaves has worked tirelessly to bring its readers the most critical news the corporate media does not want you to see. We have no intrusive ads, pop-ups or clickbait, just NEWS. If you happen to be in a position to support our work, PLEASE consider making a one-time donation below or a monthly recurring donation HERE. Your support is humbly appreciated. Gov't Slaves

http://govtslaves.info/2017/10/china-now-arresting-families-for-praying-at-home/ 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 10-26-17 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korean Official Warns: Take the Threat of “Strongest Hydrogen Bomb Test Over the Pacific”…”Literally”

*Please check the end of the article for a correction on the original report.*

International correspondent Will Ripley just told the world on Twitter that North Korea is very serious with the threat to test a hydrogen bomb over the Pacific Ocean. The thing with nuclear tests is that they aren’t harmless. Currently, scientists are concerned that the numerous nuclear tests inside Mount Mantap could end up having long-term ecological repercussions. They fear that the peak is structurally weakening with they are referring to as “tired mountain syndrome.” An earthquake registering 6.3 on the Richter scale followed the most recent test, with four aftershocks. But that’s not all. Something far more horrific could happen if tests continue. Days after the blast, satellite images showed evidence of landslides as the powerful bomb inflicted unprecedented levels of damage on the area. “These disturbances are more numerous and widespread than what we have seen from any of the five tests North Korea previously conducted,” said the website 38 North, which analyzes North Korea. Now researchers are suggesting that Mount Tanap is suffering from something called “tired mountain syndrome,” which happens when rocks beneath the land shift and fracture in unforeseen and unknowable ways… …One South Korean expert told CBS News that further tests at the site could be “potentially suicidal.” Another expert told NBC News that the ongoing tremors and landslides at the site mean another test “could risk radioactive pollution.” …Experts in China say the consequences of that could be catastrophic. Wang Naiyan, formerly of the China Nuclear Society, warned in the South China Morning Post of the potential for what’s called “taking the roof off.” “If the mountain collapses and the hole is exposed, it will let out many bad things,” he said. (source) Now, the tests could hit closer to home. We all remember Kim Jong Un’s initial threat to “test” a nuclear weapon over the Pacific Ocean. This test would devastate ocean life: The explosion would send radioactive particles flying through the air and into the water. Wind could carry the dangerous particles over hundreds of miles. The smoke from the blast site could block out sunlight and hinder life forms at sea that depend on photosynthesis to survive. The exposure to radiation could cause severe health problems for nearby marine life… The changes could lead to crippling mutations in future generations. The eggs and larvae of marine organisms are especially sensitive to radiation, according to experts. Affected animals could pass the exposure up the food chain. (source) It isn’t just marine life that would be affected. The radiation from such a “test” would drift in very short order over the mainland United States, Canada, and Hawaii according to a “rough simulation” posted on Twitter by Lassina Zerbo, the Executive Secretary of the Comprehensive Nuclear-Test-Ban Treaty Organization. As you can see from the simulation, the entire West Coast would be affected up into Canada. Then, radiation would spread across the Northern part of the United States. On the other hand, as some commenters pointed out, there have been many, many nuclear tests since 1945. Check out this video. Things start getting very busy about 1962. Would a North Korean test in the Pacific be different than these past tests? Stronger? Done in a more vulnerable location? Those are the unknown variables in the equation. With the recent escalation of the war of words between Trump and Kim Jong Un, it’s difficult to imagine that war is very far off. Horrifying propaganda art has ensured that the North Koreans loathe and fear Americans, and North Korea has boasted that nearly 5 million young people have enlisted in their military to “send millions of nuclear bombs to wipe out the US.” And Dr. Ron Paul, former senator and presidential candidate warns us that a false flag could also be imminent. (And with our history, who would really be stunned by that?) If you’re interested in learning more from the experts about how nuclear weapons work, how to protect yourself from radiation, and what to do in the event of a nuclear strike, this course has hours of fascinating interviews. For a quick refresher on nuclear survival, check out this article. CORRECTION: Originally, I cited one of the numerous articles that stated Barksdale Air Force base has nuclear bombers on alert. The link stating that this was the case has been removed after a reader informed me that the Air Force has released the following statement: A recent story and subsequent reposting by other outlets gave the false impression that there is a likelihood of B-52s returning to 24-hour alert status. This is incorrect, and there is no plan to return B-52s to 24-hour alert status or alert status for any length of time other than for standard readiness exercises. Barksdale continuously maintains and upgrades infrastructure, conducts exercises and modernizes equipment to maintain a baseline level of readiness. This is a part of the organization, training and equipment mission to be ready to defend our nation when called upon. (source)

http://www.theorganicprepper.ca/north-korean-official-warns-take-the-threat-of-strongest-hydrogen-bomb-test-over-the-pacific-literally-10252017 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 10-26-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WW3 START ! US warning to North Korea – 'We're ready to fight TONIGHT'

17,083 views

https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=8&v=RxiZKPAYnqo 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

[ :: 2-8-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. a terrible dark cloud has covered the earth, sickness, pain, suffering, bloodshed, drought, hurricanes, tornadoes, hail, fire, famine, pestilences, heartaches and sorrow, the anti-christ rising to power and fame. Oh, what a day that has now come.

:: 10-27-17 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DEATH IS COMING Plague warning in NINE countries – including Brit holiday hotspots – amid fears BLACK DEATH could spread on flights from Madagascar

The deadly plague outbreak has struck Madagascar's major cities sparking fears it has yet to 'peak' and could spread into the surrounding region

Exclusive By Corey Charlton 27th October 2017, 3:00 pm Updated: 27th October 2017, 3:05 pm

PLAGUE warnings have been issued for NINE countries surrounding Madagascar amid fears the disease could spread via sea trade and flight routes. The outbreak is considered a much bigger threat to the region than in previous years because it has taken on its pneumonic form - meaning it is airborne and spread by sneezing and coughing. And experts say the epidemic could still worsen as the death tolls hits 124 and more than 1,300 are left infected. The medieval disease famously wiped out ONE THIRD of Europe's population in the 13th and 14th centuries in one of the most devastating pandemics in human history known as the Black Death. Dr Ashok Chopra, a professor of microbiology and immunology at the University of Texas, told The Sun Online the crisis in Madagascar had yet to peak. He warned it was possible for the deadly plague to move further into the region given the regular flights going in and out of the country. "If they are travelling shorter distances and they're still in the incubation period, and they have the pneumonic (form) then they could spread it to other places. "We don't want to have a situation where the disease spreads so fast it sort of gets out of control." He added: "Most of the cases in the past have been of the bubonic plague but if you look at this particular outbreak, 70 percent of the cases are pneumonic plague, which is the most deadly form of the disease. "If the treatment is not given in a very short period of time these people will end up dying." Plague symptoms include sudden fevers, head and body aches, vomiting and nausea. Dr Chopra added that it spreads "very rapidly", as seen by the number of cases in Madagascar doubling within a week. Speaking from Madagascar, Christine South, head of IFRC's emergency operations, said: "With anything like this there is a possibility that somebody could be infected and get on a plane. "We have done preparedness support to some of the neighbouring countries." However, she added that she believed the plague outbreak may now be stabilising but medical staff would have a clearer understanding of this over the next few days. The nine countries the WHO has warned of being at risk are: Kenya Ethiopia South Africa Mozambique Tanzania Reunion Mauritius Seychelles Comoros According to the World Health Organisation, the disease - which has struck heavily populated cities - sparked a false alarm in the Seychelles after a traveller reported symptoms of the disease. WHO stated: "The risk of regional spread is moderate due to the occurrence of frequent travel by air and sea to neighbouring Indian Ocean islands and other southern and east African countries." "Nine countries and overseas territories have been identified as priority countries in the African region for plague preparedness and readiness by virtue of having trade and travel links to Madagascar. "These countries and overseas territories include Comoros, Ethiopia, Kenya, Mauritius, Mozambique, La Réunion (France), Seychelles, South Africa, and Tanzania." The disease remains endemic in rural parts of the African island but the rise in the pneumonic version of the illness has sparked particular concern. The World Health Organisation said that this year, plague arrived earlier than expected, and the infection is also spreading in urban centres and in areas that until now had not been affected.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/4765804/plague-black-death-madagascar-warning-nine-british/ 

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 10-26-17 ENE News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

‘Alarm’: Feds find ‘bizarre’ results in survey of Pacific Ocean — Record low numbers of fish — Expert: “We pulled that net up, and there was not a thing in it… this is really different than anything we’ve ever seen”

Published: October 26th, 2017 at 8:56 am ET By ENENews

Seattle Times, Oct 9, 2017 (emphasis added): Scientists survey Pacific Northwest salmon each year. For the first time, some nets are coming up emptyScientists have been hauling survey nets through the ocean off the coasts of Washington and Oregon for 20 years. But this is the first time some have come up emptyIn a report on their trawl survey, the scientists logged some of the lowest numbers of yearling Snake River spring chinook recorded since the survey began in 1998. Coho numbers were just as depressed… This year’s bizarre survey results all started with The Blob… [NOAA’s David] Huff said the purpose of a memo the research team wrote to managers about their survey results was intended to provide an early warning of how poor and just plain strange conditions in the ocean off Washington and Oregon’s coasts are… David Huff, NOAA Fisheries, Oct 9, 2017: “We were really worrying if there was something wrong with our equipment… We have never hauled that net through the water looking for salmon or forage fish and not gotten a single salmon. Three times we pulled that net up, and there was not a thing in it. We looked at each other, like, ‘this is really different than anything we have ever seen.’ It was alarming.” Brian Burke, NOAA Fisheries, Oct 9, 2017: “Every year is different. But this year popped out as being really different… Not just a bunch of normal metrics that point to a bad ocean year, but the presence of these things we have never seen before, really big changes in the ecosystem. Something really big has shifted here.” Daily Astorian, Sep 4, 2017: Warning signs for salmon… The numbers of young salmon caught off the Oregon and Washington state coasts during an annual federal survey cruise this June were among the lowest recorded in the past 20 years. In fact, numbers were low across nearly all the species researchers regularly catch or observe — from birds like the common murre to forage fish like anchovies and smelt… Brian Burke [with NOAA said,] “it was clear that there were not many fish out there.”… Burke said their understanding of why so many juveniles apparently died could shift. NOAA, Sep 2017: Ocean conditions for salmon headed to sea this year are very poor, according to recent NOAA Fisheries research surveys… NOAA Fisheries research surveys off the Pacific Northwest this year turned up among the fewest juvenile salmon of any of the last 20 years, an indication that many of the young fish that migrated to the ocean did not survive… Catches of other species such as smelt, herring, and anchovy were also low… This year researchers noted that chlorophyll, which is a barometer of the plankton that helps sustain higher trophic levels, was at its lowest levels in 20 years… See also: Massive die-offs reported in Pacific Ocean — Officials: “No fish out there, anywhere, over a very large area”… “What’s happening? Where’s their food?” — “Alarming… Frightening… Total failure in reproduction… Like nothing we’ve ever observed before” (VIDEO)

http://enenews.com/alarm-feds-find-bizarre-results-in-survey-of-pacific-ocean-record-low-numbers-of-fish-expert-we-pulled-that-net-up-and-there-was-not-a-thing-in-it-this-is-really-different 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10-26-17 Russia News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

10/26/2017 — LARGE PACIFIC EARTHQUAKE WARNING ISSUED — WEST COAST USA, ASIA, EUROPE + AMERICAS NOW ON WATCH: This deep earthquake activity indicates th…

This post was originally published on this site October 26, 2017

A warning has been issued for the potential of a large earthquake as a result of a deep seismic event which occurred in the West Pacific. The warning only covers this coming week (approximately 7-9 days). As things stand currently (Oct. 26, 2017) , over the past 48 hours, multiple deep earthquakes have occurred below the West Pacific, including Indonesia, Japan’s Izu trench, Fiji, and South America. This deep earthquake activity indicates the whole of the Pacific plate has been displaced, and will be compensating over the next week with larger seismic activity. Above: Deep earthquakes raised high off the globe for observation purposes , the deep earthquake at the center of the screen now causing a “fracture effect” as the pressure rises from below and puts stress on the under sides of the plate boundaries. This stress causes new earthquakes to spread out from the original deep event(s). The yellow arrows indicate which direction pressure spread in 1 days time. Read more about why deep earthquakes matter here: https://www.dutchsinse.com/?s=asthenosphere Going forward over this week (next 7-10 days), areas such as the Northwest Coast of the United States / Canada, Japan, Philippines, Indonesia, Solomon Islands, Central America, and multiple locations across South America should be impacted by increased seismic activity at each named location. We are expecting at least 1 magnitude increase at each named location, and looking for the potential of a M7.7 to M8.7 as a result of the deep M6.7 which occurred below Indonesia. The West coast of the United States is on watch for midrange M5.0 to lower M6.0 earthquake activity near the coast of Oregon + Northwest California, then to be followed by larger activity going to near M4.0 (or larger) in the midwest United States fracking operations across central Oklahoma. There are several locations which should show noteworthy movement outside of the United States, including Southern Europe, and Asia. Southern Europe should see a noteworthy increase in activity over the course of this week, expecting at least a 1 magnitude increase going to M5.0 in the Southern Mediterranean (Greece / Turkey), followed by Italy and Bosnia / Albania to be struck yet once again by another near M5.0 event(s). Central America + South America will be directly impacted at the “tips” of both large red arrows shown in the video. Those arrows point to the border of Ecuador / Columbia, as well as to near Valpariso Chile / Argentina. Both Northern and Southern South America should be heavily impacted this week as a result of the pressure transfer across the Pacific. Asia should be struck between India and Myanmar with earthquakes larger than anything which has struck in the past several weeks, meaning at least M5.2 or greater should strike the border region between India / Nepal / Myanmar. The middle East should also be struck by what comes out of Asia, thus a M5.2 or greater in Asia can cause M5.0+ activity in Iran. Have a plan this week for the large earthquake potential, don’t be scared – be prepared.

https://www.therussophile.org/10262017-large-pacific-earthquake-warning-issued-west-coast-usa-asia-europe-americas-now-on-watchthis-deep-earthquake-activity-indicates-th.html/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12  New Years Eve Service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that. Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there? And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years. Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer? Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 10-26-17 Christan Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Muslim Extremists Massacre 48 Christians in Nigeria

Morning Star News Nigeria Correspondent | Morning Star News | Wednesday, October 25,

The church elder in Plateau state, Nigeria saw the Muslim Fulani herdsmen storm into his village at 11 p.m. the night of Oct. 13, shooting in all directions. “Every one of us ran to save his life,” Dauda Samuel Kadiya, 38, of the Evangelical Church Winning All (ECWA) in Zanwrua, told Morning Star News. “I was shot at, but the bullet only bruised my hand. You can see the wound yourself.” The assailants destroyed eight houses in the attack, one of several assaults in Plateau state that went on uninterrupted from Oct. 8 to Oct. 17, killing 48 Christians, survivors said. “All Christians in villages around here have been displaced, and worship buildings have been abandoned,” Kadiya said. “Some of the church buildings were destroyed by the attackers.” In Zanwrua village, 62-year-old Agado Aura recounted how he and his wife narrowly escaped death. “Myself and my wife were still sitting in front of my house chatting at about 11 p.m. in front of my house when the attackers came,” Aura, a member of St. Peter’s Catholic Church in Tafigana but a resident of Zanwrua, told Morning Star News. “We could not go to bed early, because the previous night a village near ours, Tafigana, was attacked by the herdsmen. Suddenly, we heard gunshots from the eastern part of the village. We ran into some of the nearby rocks close to my house and hid there.” The armed herdsmen came to his house and started shooting, he said. “They broke the doors to our rooms and then set fire on my house,” Aura said. “Having set fire on my house, they went to the next house and did the same. They continued burning houses until they were done, before they left. I was watching all they were doing from my hidden spot behind those rocks you see over there.” Area Christian leaders told Morning Star News how armed herdsmen, apparently accompanied by terrorists from Islamic extremist groups, attacked communities just a few kilometers from a Nigerian army facility, the Rukuba Military Cantonment outside Jos, for nine days. Moses Tsohu, a Zanwrua village leader and ECWA member, lamented that the attacks were carried out in spite of the presence of soldiers stationed at check points on the Jos-Miango Highway. “In the past few weeks, our people have been attacked by Muslim Fulani herdsmen who are collaborating with armed terrorists to invade our communities,” Tsohu told Morning Star News. “These attacks are being carried out daily. Every blessed day we witness the invasion, killing of our people, and the destruction of their houses.”The attacks on 13 Christian communities in the north-central state also wounded nine people and ruined 249 homes, survivors said. Herdsmen began the assaults on Oct. 8 on Nkie Dongwro village, where one Christian was killed and another wounded. Tsonhu said a 2-year-old was among those killed over the course of the attacks. He gave the names of Christians killed in Nzherenvi, Nzherivo, and Aribakwa as Arivure, 2; John Audu, 25; Kure Dah, 31; Sunday Vire, 22; Voh Te, 20; Garba, 28; Zhu, 41; Jerry Simon, 34; Tegwi Mba, 30; and Wura Hwei, 27. Hundreds of Christians who have been displaced were taking refuge in Miango and in Jos, Tsonhu said. Survivors told Morning Star News that two Christians were killed in Hukke; one in Kpachudu; two in Nzhweruvo; one in Tafigana; six in Taegbe; one in Chuvorivireh; four in Aribakwa; one in Arichaka; and 30 in Nkyie Doghwro, which was attacked twice. They said nine Christians were injured in two villages, five in Taegbe and four in Nkyie Doghwro. In addition, the herdsmen kidnapped one Christian from Rotsu village. “We have continually woken up to news of attacks each day leaving tears, sorrow, despair and apprehension,” Sunday Abdu, president of the Community Development Association of the predominantly Christian Irigwe ethnic group, said at a press conference in Abuja. Abdu said that there was a prior attack as well: after Sept. 8 attacks on Ancha that killed at least 20 Christians, on Sept. 9 two persons were killed, including a soldier, in Hukke. The Oct. 8 assault began in Nkie Dongwro, killing one Christian and wounding another, he said. Abdu said that a young man in Kpachudu, Solomon Elisha, was killed on Oct. 10; three people were killed and houses razed on Oct. 11 in Nzhweruvo and Tafigana; On Oct. 12, Muslim Fulani herdsmen razed houses in Rikwe Chongu; on Oct. 14 in Taegbe, six people were killed, five injured and houses destroyed; in Nkyie Doghwro on Oct. 16, 29 people were killed and three injured at a school used as a camp where security forces were present. “It is painful to note that all these happened despite useful, timely information provided to security personnel, regarding movement and mode of operation of the assailants,” he said. The 13 villages attacked across nine days were Hukke, Kpachudu, Nzhweruvo, Tafigana, Rikwe Chongu, Taegbe, Zanwrua, Nchetahu, Chuvorivireh, Aribakwa, Nshuariba, Arichaka, and Nkyie Doghwro. Christians make up 51.3 percent of Nigeria’s population, while Muslims living primarily in the north and middle belt account for 45 percent. Nigeria ranks 12th on Open Doors’ 2017 World Watch List of countries where Christians suffer the most persecution. If you would like to help persecuted Christians, visit http://morningstarnews.org/resources/aid-agencies/ for a list of organizations that can orient you on how to get involved. If you or your organization would like to help enable Morning Star News to continue raising awareness of persecuted Christians worldwide with original-content reporting, please consider collaborating at http://morningstarnews.org/donate/?

https://www.christianheadlines.com/news/muslim-extremists-massacre-48-christians-in-nigeria.html 

:: 10-26-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Kenya election: Voting marred by boycott

7 minutes ago From the section Africa

Kenya's presidential election re-run has been marred by isolated clashes and a boycott by the main opposition. A teenage boy was shot by police and later died amid clashes in the opposition stronghold of Kisumu, one of four counties hit by violence. The electoral commission said voting in those areas would be postponed until Saturday. President Uhuru Kenyatta was declared the winner in an August vote, which was annulled because of "irregularities". Mr Kenyatta is seeking a second term. Opposition leader Raila Odinga has pulled out of the contest. Live updates: Kenya's controversial vote Kenya needs healing Key moment for African democracy Tens of thousands of police and other security staff deployed to protect voters and polling stations, which closed at 17:00 local time (14:00 GMT). International observers have scaled down their missions for security reasons. One voter in Nairobi's Mathare slum, taxi driver David Njeru, 26, told the AFP news agency: "It is my duty to vote. Last time the queue was all around the block and I waited six hours to vote, this time the people are few." After casting his vote in the town of Gatundu, Mr Kenyatta had urged people to cast their ballots so the country could move on. "We're tired as a country of electioneering. It's time we moved forward," he said, adding that most of the country was "calm and peaceful". Live rounds have been fired by police in the opposition stronghold of Kisumu, in western Kenya, killing at least one person. Nineteen-year-old George Odhiambo was brought to the main hospital in Kisumu bleeding heavily from a thigh wound. His brother told me that they had been sitting outside their house watching opposition demonstrations when he was shot. Four other patients nursing gunshot wounds are all in a stable condition. We've been coming across pockets of protesters as we drive around the city - with police firing teargas to disperse them. Most people here have heeded the boycott call by the opposition and stayed at home, and many polling stations have been barricaded to stop any would-be voters. A voting official in Kisumu told me just three of 399 polling station officials had turned up, fearing they might face intimidation for taking part in the election. A lone but determined voter came to the main polling distribution centre this morning to find out how he could vote as his polling station was closed. What effect are ethnicities having? BBC Kenya analyst Dickens Olewe says the ethnic divide can already be seen in the voting, with a high turnout so far in regions where President Kenyatta's Kikuyu community and Deputy President William Ruto's Kalenjin community reside. In parts of western Kenya where Mr Odinga's Luo community is mostly based, there is a near-100% boycott of the poll. The electoral commission has postponed voting until Saturday in the western counties of Homa Bay, Kisumu, Migori and Siaya because of "security challenges". These areas are all likely to continue observing the opposition's boycott. Ethnic-based politics is deep-seated in Kenya, fuelled by the illusion that if "one of us" is in power then people from that community will benefit, he says. Some Kenyans may also feel Mr Odinga's withdrawal makes the competition somewhat redundant; others may be just fed up with the ongoing political crisis - all factors that could affect the overall turnout, he adds. Uhuru Kenyatta: Kenya's 'digital president' Raila Odinga - love him or loathe him Full election coverage What has happened since the first vote? The announcement by the Independent Electoral and Boundaries Commission (IEBC) of Mr Kenyatta's victory on 8 August led to inflammatory rhetoric and attacks on the body. Last week, a senior member of the IEBC fled to the US amid death threats. About 50 people are reported to have been killed in violence since Mr Kenyatta was declared the winner in August's election. Mr Odinga had wanted the repeat ballot to be held at a later date, but a bid to delay the election re-run fell apart after only two of seven Supreme Court judges attended a hearing on Wednesday. One judge, Deputy Chief Justice Philomena Mwilu, failed to appear after her bodyguard was shot and wounded by unknown gunmen on Tuesday. Why is there an election re-run? Kenya's Supreme Court took the unprecedented decision to annul the August presidential election and demand a re-run in September citing "irregularities and illegalities". Chief Justice David Maraga said the election had not been "conducted in accordance with the constitution" and declared it "invalid, null and void". He said the verdict, which was backed by four of the six Supreme Court judges, found that the IECB had committed irregularities "in the transmission of results". The court said the result was "neither transparent nor verifiable". The ruling did not attribute any blame to President Kenyatta's party or campaign but it nevertheless raised tensions, with rival protests in support of and against the court. There were running battles between police firing tear gas and stone-throwing protesters in the city of Kisumu, an opposition stronghold, on Wednesday. Why is the opposition boycotting? Mr Odinga has said that the IECB failed to make the changes needed to prevent a repeat of the mistakes that marred the earlier poll, although the IECB disputes this. His opposition coalition - the National Super Alliance (Nasa) - made clear its participation in the election was contingent on reforms being made. Mr Odinga had vowed to disrupt Thursday's vote, calling for "massive" demonstrations, but has asked his supporters to stay away from polling stations in an attempt to avoid violent clashes. In a statement earlier this month, he accused the government of instituting a "dictatorship", adding: "We are going to win the battle for a free and fair election". "Our opponents want an election for the sake of it, we want a better election," he said.

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-africa-41757612 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 10-25-17 Independent :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea threat of 'most powerful' nuclear bomb test should be taken literally, foreign minister warns

Follows North Korea's first successful hydrogen bomb test

Jeremy B White San Francisco Thursday 26 October 2017 01:21 BST

America must take “literally” the threat of North Korea conducting a powerful nuclear test over the Pacific Ocean, according to a top official. Dramatically upping the stakes as it showcases its bolstered military prowess, North Korea last month conducted its first test of a powerful hydrogen bomb. Shortly afterward, the country’s foreign minister responded to Donald Trump’s threat to “totally destroy” North Korea by saying the country could conduct the “strongest hydrogen bomb test over the Pacific Ocean”. It was not an idle warning, according to senior diplomat Ri Yong Pil, who told CNN the possibility was meant to be taken “literally”. “The foreign minister is very well aware of the intentions of our supreme leader, so I think you should take his words literally,” Mr Ri told CNN. The threat of a nuclear test came as North Korea renewed its warning that America was provoking a military conflict, calling joint naval exercises a prelude to “nuclear war”. The claim, made in a letter from North Korean ambassador Ja Song Nam, is the latest in a series of threats and recriminations America and North Korea have exchanged over a tense few months. As North Korea has tested increasingly powerful weaponry and threatened to obliterate its enemies, the Trump administration has responded with vows to punish Korea with force if necessary. It has also conducted joint military exercises with South Korea, including a Navy drills that dispatched around 40 vessels -among them the nuclear-powered USS Ronald Reagan aircraft carrier - near the Korean Peninsula this month. At the time North Korea referred to those drills as a “rehearsal for war”. In his letter, Mr Ja asked the United Nations Security Council to examine what he called the “general mobilization of the strategic assets” for the exercise. Mr Ja said Donald Trump “made the most ferocious declaration of war in history by claiming to ‘totally destroy’” North Korea. The President issued that warning during a mid-September speech to the United Nations, continuing to match Korean bellicosity with American warnings of military reprisal. Defense Secretary James Mattis had said weeks earlier that North Korea risked “total annihilation” if it continued to defy the world and threaten allies. The latest provocations from North Korea come as Mr Trump makes final preparations for a trip across Asia at the start of next month, that will include stops in Japan, South Korea and China. On Wednesday he tweeted that he had spoken with China's President Xi Jinping about the issue of North Korea. Mr Trump also said he congratulated Mr Xi for his "extraordinary elevation" after China's president consolidated his grip on power in the country with a new leadership line-up unveiled at the Communist Party Congress in Beijing. Mr Xi told Trump China would “unswervingly follow the path of peaceful development” and promote “coordination and cooperation among world major powers”, the state Xinhua news agency reported. “China attaches great importance to the Sino-US relations and is willing to promote the long-term, healthy and stable development of bilateral relations on the basis of mutual respect and mutual benefits,” Xinhua cited Mr Xi as saying. Mr Trump was also earlier asked by reporters whether he would visit the tense demilitarized zone dividing North and South Korea during his Asia tour - his response was typically cryptic. “I'd rather not say, but you'll be surprised,” he said. China, seen as crucial to reining in its belligerent neighbor, has joined the world effort to halt North Korea but has also echoed the country’s warnings about US military exercises functioning as acts of aggression. In August, the country’s foreign ministry urged America to suspend planned military drills that it warned would escalate tensions. A state editorial condemning North Korea’s nuclear test in September also reprimanded the US for its “belligerent tone”, cautioning that “military exercises on DPRK's doorstep ate into Pyongyang's sense of security” and suggesting that North Korea suspend its military programs in exchange for the suspension of military exercises. North Korean leader Kim Jong-un also sent a rare congratulatory message to Mr Xi, the North's state media said on Thursday, wishing the Chinese leader “great success” in his future tasks as head of the nation. It was a warm overture from the North Korean leader, who rarely issues personal messages. “It expressed the conviction that the relations between the two parties and the two countries would develop in the interests of the peoples of the two countries,” the North's state-run central news agency said in a statement. The UN Security Council to which Mr Ja issued his plea has had limited success in containing North Korea. It has clamped successive rounds of sanctions on the North Korean economy but failed to deter the nation's military ambitions, leading American ambassador to the the UN Nikki Haley to declare diplomatic options “exhausted”. A leading South Korea opposition figure, Hong Jun-pyo, head of the conservative Liberty Korea Party, told Reuters in Washington that he backed Mr Trump's tough stance. “The only way to deal with the situation is by having a nuclear balance between the North and the South,” said Mr Hong, the runner-up in South Korea's 2017 presidential election.

http://www.independent.co.uk/news/world/americas/north-korea-nuclear-bomb-test-pacific-ocean-taken-literally-latest-news-united-states-a8019771.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-25-17 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas chief: We won’t discuss recognizing Israel, only wiping it out

Yahya Sinwar says 'no one in the universe can disarm us,' likens belief that terror group will relinquish weapons to 'Satan dreaming of heaven'

By Dov Lieber 19 October 2017, 6:56 pm

The Hamas leader in the Gaza Strip on Thursday dismissed US and Israeli demands that it lay down its arms and recognize the Jewish state, saying the terror organization is instead debating “when to wipe out Israel.” The remarks came during a closed roundtable discussion between Yahya Sinwar and Gazan youth about the ongoing reconciliation negotiations with rival Palestinian faction Fatah, to which some media outlets were invited to attend. “Over is the time Hamas spent discussing recognizing Israel. Now Hamas will discuss when we will wipe out Israel,” Sinwar said, according to the Hamas-linked news agency Shehab. A Hamas spokesperson released a few official quotes from the meeting. The Sinwar comment about discussing “when we will wipe out Israel” was not included in the transcript, which featured the Hamas leader again rejecting disarmament and Israel recognition. “No one in the universe can disarm us. On the contrary, we will continue to have the power to protect our citizens,” Sinwar said, according to the official statement. “No one has the ability to extract from us recognition of the occupation.” Since its inception nearly three decades ago, Hamas has sought to destroy the State of Israel. Sinwar’s comments on Thursday came as much of the international community was scrutinizing the terror organization as it attempts to join the internationally recognized government of the Palestinian Authority, which is controlled by PA President Mahmoud Abbas’s party, Fatah. On Thursday the United States called for Hamas to disarm and renounce violence before being allowed to implement the highly touted unity deal with Fatah. “Any Palestinian government must unambiguously and explicitly commit to nonviolence, recognize the State of Israel, accept previous agreements and obligations between the parties – including to disarm terrorists – and commit to peaceful negotiations,” said White House Mideast peace envoy Jason Greenblatt in a statement released by the US Embassy in Tel Aviv. “If Hamas is to play any role in a Palestinian government, it must accept these basic requirements,” Greenblatt said, in comments later commended by Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. One issue that threatens to derail the reconciliation process is the question of what will be the future of Hamas’s 25,000-strong military and its weapons arsenal. Abbas said he wants full control of all guns in Gaza. On Thursday, Sinwar doubled down on Hamas’s stance that it will not relinquish its armed forces. “Disarming us is like Satan dreaming of heaven. No one can take away our weapons,” he said. He also reportedly admitted that the talks could collapse. “There is a danger to the reconciliation project,” Sinwar was quoted as saying, though he did not elaborate. Last week, the two rival Palestinian factions signed an agreement in Cairo to allow the PA to take full control of the Gaza, which it was kicked out of 10 years ago by Hamas in a violent conflict. Speaking immediately after signing the deal, Saleh al-Arouri, the Hamas deputy political leader, said Palestinian unity was vital “so that we can all work together against the Zionist enterprise.” Sinwar on Thursday reiterated his group’s desire for the reconciliation process to be successful, and personally invited Abbas to hold the next meeting of his party’s central committee and of the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO), the largest Palestinian political umbrella group, in Gaza. “I call for the Fatah Central Committee and the Palestine Liberation Organization to hold its next meeting in Gaza, headed by [Abbas],” Sinwar said, according to a Hamas spokesperson. During his talk, Sinwar also touched upon prisoner negotiations between Hamas and Israel. In his statement, Sinwar reportedly said “we are ready for a second Shalit deal,” a reference to the 2011 prisoner exchange for abducted IDF soldier Gilad Shalit that was his own ticket out of Israeli prison. In the new deal, he claimed, Fatah leader and convicted murderer Marwan Barghouti, as well as others, would go free. Hamas is said to be holding captive three Israelis — Avraham Abera Mengistu, Hisham al-Sayed and Juma Ibrahim Abu Ghanima — all said to have entered the Gaza Strip of their own accord. Hamas is also holding the bodies of Oron Shaul and Hadar Goldin, two IDF soldiers who were killed in the Strip during the 2014 Gaza war. Last month it was reported that Hamas had accepted an Egyptian proposal for a prisoner swap with Israel whereby the bodies of 39 Palestinians killed in the 2014 Gaza war, 19 of whom are Hamas members, would be handed over to the group in exchange for Hamas acknowledging the fate of IDF soldiers Hadar Goldin and Oron Shaul. The IDF says the two were killed in the Gaza Strip during the 2014 war. Hamas has hinted that it is holding the two soldiers and has also implied that they could still be alive. In the second stage of the Egyptian plan, Israel would reportedly release the so-called “Shalit captives” — 58 Palestinians who were rearrested in the summer of 2014 after being set free in the 2011 swap for IDF soldier Gilad Shalit.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/hamas-chief-we-wont-discuss-recognizing-israel-only-wiping-it-out/ 

:: 10-24-17 Breitbart News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Europe, U.S. Flooded by Thousands of Jihadis After Islamic State Failure

by Ben Kew24 Oct 2017

A new report commissioned by the Soufan Center has outlined the threat posed by potential Western Islamic State (ISIS) fighters returning to their countries of origin as the caliphate continues to collapse. The report, titled “Beyond the Caliphate, Foreign Fighters and the Threat of Returnees,” finds that at least 5,600 men, women, and children from 33 countries who traveled to support the Islamic State have now returned to their country of origin, many of which are in the West. It also estimates that around 30 percent of the approximately 5,000 people who have gone to Syria from countries in the European Union have returned home. Seven of the 129 who went to join ISIS from the United States are now back on home turf, the report adds. “It’s a hell of a problem,” Richard Barrett, a senior adviser at the Soufan Center told NBC. “It’s very resource-intensive to identify who these people are, track them down and then to do something about them.” “We have to be cautious of thinking that all [5,600] would go back and be a problem, but I think it’s fair to assume that probably some will be,” he continued. The report also outlines how, upon their return, Islamic State terrorists continue to pose a serious threat to national security. It states: If on return they begin again to feel as rootless and lacking in purpose as they did before they left, then they are unlikely to settle back easily into a “normal” life, and as ISIS increases its external campaign, both through action and propaganda, returnees may be particularly vulnerable to contact from people who were part of the network that recruited them, or appeals for help from ex-comrades in arms. It also details the potential threat posed by women and children, whose commitment to the caliphate and its ideology is difficult to assess: A subset of returnees that is even harder to quantify, assess and address is the women and children who joined IS but later went home or were captured and await deportation. Without further research, it will be hard to judge the degree of their commitment to IS and their interest in becoming active rather than passive supporters. “It’s one of the hardest things of all to rehabilitate children who have been recruited by violent extremist groups,” Barrett said. “Once trained, they are incredibly committed and loyal.” “They will be a lot of mental health issues,” he continued. “And you can’t just put them in a child detention center—you have to treat them. Some will be turned around quite easily and will follow the next ‘mother figure’ that comes along, but others will be unpredictable, to say the least.” The report’s release coincides with the caliphate’s continued collapse at the hands of the U.S. led coalition. Last week, coalition forces celebrated the group’s expulsion from the Syrian city of Raqqa, while forces in the Philippines also expelled the terror group from their stronghold of Marawi. Islamic State “caliph” Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi had declared Raqqa the capital of the terrorist state in 2014.

http://www.breitbart.com/national-security/2017/10/24/report-europe-u-s-flooded-thousands-jihadis-islamic-state-failure/ 

:: 10-24-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia is No. 1 source country for ISIS foreign fighters: Report

By Guy Taylor - The Washington Times - Tuesday, October 24, 2017

Russia has been the No. 1 source country of foreign fighters for the Islamic State, according to a new report by a private security-intelligence firm, which also claims that thousands of the terror group’s fighters have returned to their home countries after losing territory in Syria and Iraq. The report released Tuesday by the New York-based firm The Soufan Group said “there are now at least 5,600 citizens or residents from 33 countries who returned home” in a situation that “represents a huge challenge for security and law enforcement entities” around the world. “As the so-called Islamic State (IS) loses territorial control of its caliphate, there is little doubt that the group or something similar will survive the worldwide campaign against it so long as the conditions that promoted its growth remain,” the report stated. “Its appeal will outlast its demise, and while it will be hard to assess the specific threat posed by foreign fighters and returnees, they will present a challenge to many countries for years to come.” The Soufan Group, headed by former FBI Agent Ali Soufan, has made headlines with its analysis of ISIS foreign fighter trends in years past. A 2015 report by the group had listed the tiny North African nation of Tunisia as the No. 1 source country of the foreign fighters at that time. Tuesday’s report updated the numbers, noting that Tunisia’s government has since dramatically revised — from 6,000 down to less than 3,000 — the number of Tunisians it believes have traveled to join ISIS. With that as a backdrop, the latest report maintains that some 3,417 fighters traveled from Russia to join the terror group in Syria and Iraq, compared with 3,244 from Saudi Arabia, 3,000 from Jordan and 2,926 from Tunisia. France is also listed as a top source country, with some 1,910 having traveled from there to join IS.

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/oct/24/russia-no-1-source-country-isis-foreign-fighters-r/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-23-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Iran-Hamas Plan to Destroy Israel

by Khaled Abu Toameh October 23, 2017 at 5:00 am

Iran's goal in this move? For Hamas to maintain and enhance its preparation for war against Israel. Iran's message to Hamas: If you want us to continue providing you with financial and military aid, you must continue to hold on to your weapons and reject demands to disarm. Iran wants Hamas to retain its security control over the Gaza Strip so that the Iranians can hold onto another power base in the Middle East, as it does with Hezbollah in Lebanon. In a historic reawakening, Iran is once again meddling in the internal affairs of the Palestinians. This this does not bode well for the future of "reconciliation" between Hamas and Palestinian Authority's Fatah faction run by President Mahmoud Abbas. The re-emergence of Iran, as it pursues its efforts to increase its political and military presence in the region, does not bode well for the future of stability in the Middle East. The Iranians are urging Hamas to hold on to its weapons in spite of the recent "reconciliation" agreement signed between Hamas and Fatah under the auspices of Egypt. Iran's goal in this move? For Hamas to maintain and enhance its preparation for war against Israel. A high-level Hamas delegation headed by Saleh Arouri, deputy chairman of Hamas's "political bureau," traveled to Tehran last week to brief Iranian leaders on the "reconciliation" deal with Fatah. During the visit, Iranian leaders praised Hamas for resisting demands (by Fatah) to disarm and relinquish security control over the Gaza Strip. "We congratulate you on your refusal to abandon your weapons, an issue that you consider as a red line," Ali Velayati, a senior Iranian politician and advisor to Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Khamenei, told the visiting Hamas officials. "The Palestinian cause is the most important cause of the Islamic world, and after all this time you remain committed to the principle of resistance against the Zionists despite all the pressure you are facing." Arouri and his colleagues rushed to Tehran to seek the support of the Iranian regime in the wake of demands by Abbas that Hamas allow the Palestinian Authority to assume security control over the Gaza Strip. The "reconciliation" agreement stipulates nothing about the need for Hamas to disarm, and Hamas officials have stressed during the past two weeks that they have no intention of laying down their weapons or dismantling their security apparatus in the Gaza Strip. Hamas views the demand to disarm as part of an Israeli-American "conspiracy" designed to eliminate the Palestinian "resistance" and thwart the "reconciliation" accord with Abbas's Fatah. Hamas's refusal to disarm is already threatening to spoil the "reconciliation." Arouri was quoted during his visit to Tehran as saying that Hamas "will not backtrack on the option of defending the Palestinian people." He specified that the "reconciliation" agreement with Fatah would not affect the weapons of the Palestinian "resistance," including Hamas. Hamas, he added, will "confront the Israeli-American conspiracy through national unity and reconciliation and by continuing the resistance. The Palestinian resistance forces will always stick to their weapons and will not lay them down." Hamas also sees the visit of its top officials to Tehran as a rejection of Israel's demand that it cut off its ties with Iran. Hamas officials say they continue to see their relations with Iran as "strategic and significant," especially in wake of Tehran's financial and military aid to their movement in the Gaza Strip. By aligning itself with Iran, Hamas is also seeking to resist any demand that it abandon its ideology and charter, which call for the destruction of Israel and oppose any peace process between Israelis and Palestinians. Iranian officials apparently do not like Mahmoud Abbas and the Palestinian Authority and are not keen on seeing them return to the Gaza Strip. Iran considers Abbas a "traitor" because his Palestinian Authority conducts security coordination with Israel in the West Bank and claims that it is committed to a "peace process" with Israel. This position goes against Iran's wish to destroy the "Zionist entity." Abbas, for his part, has always considered Iran a threat to his regime as well as to stability in the region. In the past, he has criticized Iran for "meddling" in the internal affairs of the Palestinians by supporting Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad in the Gaza Strip. Earlier this year, the Palestinian Authority strongly condemned Iran after a senior Iranian official accused Abbas of waging war in the Gaza Strip on behalf of Israel. The official's statement came in response to a series of punitive measures imposed by Abbas on the Gaza Strip. Abbas's spokesman, Nabil Abu Rudaineh, accused Iran of meddling in the internal affairs of the Palestinians and some Arab countries. He said that Iran's actions "encouraged divisions" among the Palestinians. "Iran must stop feeding civil wars in the Arab world," he said. "Iran must stop using rhetoric that only serves Israel and the enemies of the Arabs." Abbas and the Palestinian Authority are now convinced that Iran is working towards foiling the "reconciliation" agreement with Hamas. They believe that Iran invited the Hamas leaders to Tehran to pressure them not to lay down its weapons. Abbas and the Egyptians were probably naďve to think that Hamas would disarm and allow Abbas loyalists to deploy in the Gaza Strip after the signing of the "reconciliation" agreement. It is possible that some of the Hamas leaders had lied to Abbas and the Egyptians by hinting that Hamas would give up security control of the Gaza Strip. The Egyptians, who played a major role in brokering the Hamas-Fatah deal, are also believed to be worried about Iran's renewed meddling in the internal affairs of the Palestinians. Both the Palestinian Authority and Egypt see the visit of the Hamas delegation to Iran as a serious setback to the "reconciliation" agreement and as a sign that Hamas is not sincere about implementing the accord. Some Palestinian Authority and Hamas officials have recently claimed that Israel was not happy with their "reconciliation" agreement and was doing its utmost to foil it. The truth, however, is that it is Iran and Hamas that are working to thwart the agreement by insisting on maintaining the status quo in the Gaza Strip. Iran's message to Hamas: If you want us to continue providing you with financial and military aid, you must continue to hold on to your weapons and reject demands to disarm. What is in it for Iran? Iran wants Hamas to retain its security control over the Gaza Strip so that the Iranians can hold onto another power base in the Middle East. Iran wants Hamas to continue playing the role of a proxy, precisely as Hezbollah functions in Lebanon. The last thing Iran wants is for the Palestinian Authority security forces to return to the Gaza Strip: that would spoil Tehran's plans to advance its goal of destroying Israel. Iran's continued support for Hamas stems not out of love for either Hamas or the Palestinians, but from its own interest in consolidating its presence in the Middle East. Many Palestinians see the "successful" visit of the Hamas officials to Tehran as a major setback for efforts to end the 10-year-long Hamas-Fatah dispute. Similarly, the Egyptians are now wary of the sudden rapprochement between Iran and Hamas and are beginning to ask themselves whether they have been duped by Hamas. An Israeli delegation that visited Cairo on the eve of the signing of the Hamas-Fatah deal is said to have warned the Egyptians that the "reconciliation" would not work unless Hamas disarms and severs its ties with Iran. However, the Egyptians reportedly failed to listen to the Israeli warning. As for Israel, the US and other Western parties, the lesson to be drawn from the renewal of ties between Hamas and Iran is that Hamas has not changed one iota. Contrary to delusional hopes, discussed on the heels of the "reconciliation" agreement in Cairo and based on lies and thin air, Hamas is not headed toward moderation and pragmatism. By openly supporting Hamas, Iran is once again demonstrating that it aims to fan the fire in the Middle East and continue to sabotage any prospects for peace. Khaled Abu Toameh, an award-winning journalist, is based in Jerusalem.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/11209/iran-hamas-destroy-israel 

:: 10-25-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fox News bombshell: Manafort's Russia ties lead to ... Hillary!

Moscow 'wanted to cultivate' access as Clinton appeared headed to White House

Published: 23 hours ago author- Bob Unruh

All sorts of questions have been raised about FBI special counsel Robert Mueller’s investigation of Russian influence on the 2016 U.S. presidential election, especially since he’s stocked his office with mostly anti-Donald Trump and pro-Hillary Clinton lawyers. But now a startling report indicates the probe of onetime Trump campaign chief Paul Manafort may lead not to a Russian link to Trump, but to the now twice-failed Democratic hopeful for the Oval Office, Clinton. The Washington Post reported Tuesday the Clinton campaign and the Democratic National Committee helped fund research that resulted in the now-famous dossier that is at the heart of the allegations of Trump collusion with Russia. Now, Fox News Channel’s Tucker Carlson says he has a reliable source who has confirmed the Post story and provided additional information: Carlson said the source formerly worked with Clinton allies John and Tony Podesta. John Podesta was Hillary Clinton’s 2016 campaign chief. The source claims media allegations of “Russian collusion” with the Trump campaign are exaggerated. Carlson declined to identify the source but assured his audience the source not only worked for the Podesta Group but also had access to information from Robert Mueller’s special-counsel investigation. FoxNews.com said that while media reports describe Manafort as Trump’s main tie to the investigation, “the source said it is Manafort’s role as a liaison between Russia and the Podesta Group that is drawing the scrutiny.” Carlson said the “vehicle” for which Manafort worked was a “sham” company with a headquarters listed in Belgium but with contact information linked to Kiev, Ukraine. At a time when Barack Obama was president and Hillary Clinton was secretary of state, Manafort was “representing” Russian business and political interests. The Podesta Group was in regular contact with Manafort during that time, the report said. “Manafort was clear that Russia wanted to cultivate ties to Hillary,” said Carlson, noting it appeared likely at that time that she would succeed Obama in the White House. The report said that in 2013, long before President Trump was considered a presidential contender, the Podesta organization hired David Adams, one of Clinton’s former deputies, setting up a channel between the company and Clinton. It was during that time that the Uranium One deal “was being facilitated by the White House,” the report said. A panel on which Clinton sat approved the sale of 20 percent of American uranium reserves to a Kremlin-owned company at the same time that millions of dollars in donations were directed to the Clinton Foundation. Carlson said the widespread assumption that the Russia probe is focusing on Trump is “mostly bogus,” according to the source. ‘British agent hired on behalf of Clinton camp’ The Washington Post’s report Tuesday said Marc Elias, a lawyer for the Hillary Clinton campaign and the party, hired Fusion GPS, a Washington firm, for the “research” that resulted in the dossier. Then Fusion hired Christopher Steele, a former British agent who has ties to the FBI and others, to write it up. The report said Elias and his law firm, Perkins Coie, long linked to President Obama, hired Fusion in 2016 “on behalf of the Clinton campaign and the DNC.” The Post said that before then, and during the primary season, an unknown Republican had been paying for the research. The Democrats’ support of Fusion ran nearly to Election Day in 2016, said the report, which cited unidentified sources. Two congressional committees announced Tuesday they have launched investigations into the FBI’s handling of the case of Hillary Clinton’s use of an unsecure email server to send classified and top-secret information while she was secretary of state. “Decisions made by the Department of Justice in 2016 have led to a host of outstanding questions that must be answered,” said Bob Goodlatte, R-Va., chairman of the House Judicial Committee. The committee has joined with the House Oversight and Government Reform Committee, led by Rep. Trey Gowdy, R-S.C., to investigate the FBI’s investigation of Clinton. Like the reporting you see here? Sign up for free news alerts from WND.com, America’s independent news network. The Hill reported the two Republican leaders said they have “questions about the FBI’s decision to openly declare the bureau’s investigation into Clinton’s handling of classified information, while quietly investigating Trump campaign associates.” They also want to know, according to The Hill, why the FBI “decided to formally notify Congress of the Clinton probe on two separate occasions; why the FBI – rather than the Justice Department – recommended that Clinton not be charged after the investigation concluded; and the reasoning behind their timeline for announcing such decisions.” Further, two House committees said they are looking into Hillary Clinton’s involvement in the Uranium One “pay-for-play” scandal, an episode that Hillary Clinton described this week as “baloney.Rep. Devin Nunes, R-Calif., the chairman of the House Intelligence Committee, announced Tuesday he is working with the House Oversight Committee to learn whether an FBI investigation was under way when the Obama administration signed off on the 2010 Uranium One deal, the Washington Times reported. Talk-radio star Rush Limbaugh said Monday he believes one of the objectives of Mueller’s Russia investigation is “to protect anybody and everybody that had anything to do with this Clinton-Obama-Russian uranium deal.” The probe by Mueller – who served as FBI director during the agency’s Russia-uranium investigation – is not only an effort to “find anything impeachable on Trump,” Limbaugh said. “I think that they’re taking advantage of the opportunity to shield and prevent any investigation or knowledge of what really went on, because that uranium thing, we’ve all, up ’til now, considered it a Hillary and Bill Clinton and Russian deal where the Clintons personally profited from brokering the sale of a percentage of our uranium supply to Russia.” Limbaugh said none of it “could have happened without the involvement of Obama, and so you couple that with the inescapable conclusion that the collusion story has moved off of Trump colluding with Russia.”

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/10/fox-news-bombshell-manaforts-russia-ties-lead-to-hillary/#po7D4jzpV3E5pfGf.99 

:: 10-24-17 U.S. News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

House Intel Chair Launches Investigation of Uranium Deal

Rep. Devin Nunes, R-Calif., who signaled he was temporarily stepping aside from the Intelligence committee's probe into Russian election interference, announced he's leading a new Russia-focused investigation.

By Alan Neuhauser, Staff Writer |Oct. 24, 2017, at 2:20 p.m.

The top Republican on the House intelligence committee announced Tuesday that his committee is launching a joint investigation into a transaction approved by the Obama administration in 2013 that gave a Russian company control of 20 percent of U.S. uranium production capacity. Rep. Devin Nunes, R-Calif., told reporters that his committee will be working with the House Oversight Committee to look into the deal, one of several such transactions completed between 2009 and 2013, and in particular whether the FBI or Justice Department had conducted any investigations associated with the transactions. "This is just the beginning of this probe. We are not going to jump to any conclusions at this time," Nunes said. "One of the things we're concerned about is whether or not there as an FBI investigation, was there a DOJ investigation, and if so why was Congress not informed of this matter?" The announcement comes on the heels of a report in The Hill last week that the FBI had spent several years investigating the Kremlin's use of bribes and extortion to expand Russian influence in the U.S. nuclear industry – and that a committee made up of representatives from U.S. government agencies responsible for approving the Russia deal may have been kept in the dark about the FBI's findings. Republican lawmakers and President Donald Trump have long focused particular attention on the role of then-Secretary of State Hillary Clinton, whose agency was one of nine government agencies, as well as independent regulators, that needed to sign off on the transactions. An investigation by the New York Times in 2015 revealed that people and groups linked to the company, Uranium One, made sizable donations to the Clinton Foundation, which were not previously disclosed, as Russia sought to gain control of the company and its uranium assets. In the wake of the revelations, Trump, on the campaign trail in 2016, alleged that Clinton "gave up 20 percent of America's uranium supply to Russia." PolitiFact rated the claim "mostly false." However, the president has repeatedly raised the issue of the uranium deal, including as recently as last week, when he called it "the biggest story that Fake Media doesn't want you to know about." Clinton, after the report in The Hill last week, dismissed accusations of any wrongdoing associated with the uranium transactions. "I would say it’s the same baloney they’ve been peddling for years, and there’s been no credible evidence by anyone. In fact, it’s been debunked repeatedly and will continue to be debunked," Clinton said during an interview broadcast by C-SPAN. Nunes' announcement came five days after Trump's tweet – and almost exactly seven months after Trump on Twitter called on the House intelligence committee to launch an investigation into the uranium deal. The House chairman landed in hot water this spring after he'd had undisclosed contacts with the Trump team about the committee's investigation into Russian election interference. However, he said he had not been in touch with anyone in the White House about this latest probe. "I have not talked to anyone at the White House about this," Nunes said. "This is basically based off of our conversations with informants over the last several months." The announcement came shortly after the House Judiciary Committee, joined by the House Oversight Committee, said it was launching a separate investigation into how the Justice Department handled the investigation into Clinton's use of a private email server. The two probes into Clinton and the DOJ come as three committees and the Justice Department's special counsel continue their inquirires into Russian interference in the 2016 election and potential collusion between the Kremlin and members of the Trump campaign team. The congressional probes have reportedly been beset to varying degrees by partisan infighting, with some Trump supporters in Congress apparently eager to contain the scope and length of the various investigations. Nunes, in April, indicated that he was temporarily stepping aside from the House intelligence committee's Russia investigation, after meetings he'd had with the White House concerning some of the probe's early findings led to a congressional ethics investigation. His statement at the time said he would "continue to fulfill all my other responsibilities as Committee Chairman," and he batted away questions Tuesday that his involvement in a new probe on Russia contradicted his announcement from the spring. "You look like a guy who knows how to read," Nunes shot back at a reporter, referring him to his statement in April. The new investigation, he said, "is not about the election. This investigation is about uranium and whether the government functioned properly or not." Nunes was joined at the briefing by Rep. Ron DeSantis, R-Fla., who was there on behalf of Oversight Committee Chairman Trey Gowdy, and Rep. Peter King, R-N.Y., who chairs a subcommittee with jurisdiction over the FBI's National Security Division. No Democrats were present at the announcement. The intelligence committee's top Democrat, Rep. Adam Schiff of California, said in a statement that the two investigations "were initiated on a partisan basis." "Acting on the urging of the President who has repeatedly denied the intelligence agencies' conclusions regarding Russian involvement in our election, they are designed to distract attention and pursue the President's preferred goal – attacking Clinton and Obama," Schiff said. "This may be good politics, but it is a disservice to the far more important cause of investigating Russian interference in our democracy and protecting our elections in 2018 and beyond from outside influence." Updated on Oct. 24, 2017: This story has been updated with additional comment.

https://www.usnews.com/news/national-news/articles/2017-10-24/house-intel-chair-devin-nunes-launches-investigation-of-uranium-deal 

:: 10-22-17 US Defense Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on October 22, 2017 by Ray Starmann

VEGAS BOMBSHELL: VIDEO SHOWS 17 AMBULANCES PULLING BODIES OUT OF HOOTERS

Infowars

Video captured night of the Oct. 1 massacre reveals LVMPD and FBI are withholding key details about what actually transpired

LAS VEGAS (INTELLIHUB) — On the night of October 1, Youtuber Benjamin Franks and his friend had just grabbed some tacos and were heading back to their hotel room at the MGM when they noticed a separate disturbance at the corner of Las Vegas Blvd and Tropicana Ave. 15-minutes later, from the leisure of his hotel room, Franks managed to capture bombshell video footage which shows a total of 17 ambulances removing human bodies from Hooters, contradicting the official story told by Clark County Sheriff Joseph Lombardo. “They are just pulling so many bodies out of that Hooters,” a man’s voice can be heard saying at the 24-second mark. “I don’t know if people are dead — I don’t know if people are just injured — they just keep pullin’ them out though […] something definitely happened at Hooters though.” “It must have happened at Hooters dude because they are all showing up there,” he said. “It looks like most of them are at Hooters.” Hooters Casino and Hotel is located at 115 E. Tropicana Ave. which is just northeast of the venue where the Route 91 Music Festival was being hosted. Franks’s footage is absolute proof that the Los Vegas Metropolitan Police Department and the FBI are lying to the general public and have not been forthcoming about all of the events that occurred that night. “Me and my buddy went to vegas for two days. This was our first day there and had been out on the strip earlier but drove to circus circus later on. We had just gotten tacos when we finally reached tropicana and las vegas blvd is when we saw everyone running and all the police. We were lucky to get to the mgm parking garage and into our room about 15 minutes later and thats when this video starts. WE HAD NO IDEA WHAT WAS GOING ON,” the Youtuber wrote in his Oct. 21 post. Astonishingly, this all dovetails with an Oct. 14 Intellihub report which documents how an eyewitness explained in a radio interview that one of his girlfriend’s friends witnessed a ‘solo SWAT guy’ enter the back door of Hooters. In the article I wrote: A few moments later (after the gunfire in the venue subsided), Rick met back up with all five members of his group near a sign that they used for a “landmark” which was located between Hooters and Motel 6 which is when a “frantic stampede” fled Hooters. “[…] there was a bunch of people trying to get the hell away from Hooters so we did too,” he explained. “So we started running again.” Rick also pointed out that at one point he had witnessed “SWAT” guy enter Hooters through the back which he thought was suspicious. The scene was fluid and rapidly changing. Nobody could be trusted. According to Rick, the scene was fluid and rapidly changing. Nobody could be trusted. At one point, the group was told that a shooter had stolen a police car which elevated concern. The “HighImpactFlix” YouTube channel has condensed the footage in an excellent presentation of the facts.

http://usdefensewatch.com/2017/10/vegas-bombshell-video-shows-17-ambulances-pulling-bodies-out-of-hooters/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 10-22-17 The Free Thought :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Eye-Opening Survey Shows No.1 Fear of US Citizens is Government, NOT Terrorism

By Matt Agorist - October 22, 2017

An extensive survey of hundreds of adults across the United States has just revealed that the thing most Americans fear—more than anything else—is their own government. In fact, according to the survey, no other fear even comes close to the percentage of Americans who worry about their corrupt government officials. The survey was conducted by Chapman University and it serves to back up the point that while Americans claim to live in the Land of the Free, deep down, they realize they are living in a corrupt oligarchy. As Statista’s Niall McCarthy notes, like last year, corruption of government officials came top in 2017, with 74.5 percent of U.S. adults saying it makes them “afraid” or “very afraid.” Despite the constant fear mongering from the mainstream media and government on boogeymen terrorists plotting to steal our freedom, the public, according to this survey, is not buying it. In fact, the threat of terrorism isn’t even in the top 20 fears. Terrorism comes in at twenty-two—below credit card fraud and identity theft. While this survey is certainly promising, in the idea that people are waking up to government corruption, it is also a telling sign of America’s ability to hold two entirely contradictory ideas as self-evident. This ability, or perhaps better defined as “disability,” to hold two opposing ideas, such as the spreading of freedom through war, as being logically sound, is called cognitive dissonance. When one is in a state of dissonance, they may sometimes feel “disequilibrium”: frustration, hunger, dread, guilt, anger, embarrassment, anxiety, etc. In order for cognitive dissonance to work, society must remain just ignorant enough to support and to believe the lies fed to them from the establishment as reality; even though this reality is a complete contradiction. Once we step back and observe society with this in mind, the reason for this contradictory mental state becomes quite obvious. It is much easier to remain delusional and in a state of suspended disbelief than it is to deal with the opposing ideas held inside one’s head. How can one chant “USA is number 1!” while at the same time fearing the rulers of that USA? Coming to terms with the fact that you can actually be killed by the very entity who claims to protect you from those who wish to do you harm, is a difficult realization. Fortunately, there are those of us who have ‘woken up’ to our contradictory existence. This is not to say that we are smarter than others, only that we can recognize our own ignorance and through this self-reflection, seek to lessen that ignorance through entertaining ideas that may make us uncomfortable. If this survey shows us anything, it is that Americans would do well to entertain the uncomfortable idea that this country they hold so high up on a pedestal has actually long been on a path to become the dystopian nightmare written about in books like 1984.

http://thefreethoughtproject.com/survey-americans-fear-government/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 10-21-17 Redoubt News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alternative Media Vindicated in Uranium One Reports

Will the Uranium One scandal finally take down the Clinton Foundaation?

October 21, 2017 by Shari Dovale

Uranium One has finally hit the national media stage. It is a scandel that could take down the Clintons once and for all. Left-leaning The Hill is being credited with breaking the story, though it goes back to 2009. The media cannot stop talking about it, and the undercover FBI agent that has been gagged from talking to Congress about the details. The Obama administration and the Clintons defended their actions at the time, insisting there was no evidence that any Russians or donors engaged in wrongdoing and there was no national security reason for any member of the committee to oppose the Uranium One deal. But FBI, Energy Department and court documents reviewed by The Hill show the FBI in fact had gathered substantial evidence well before the committee’s decision that Vadim Mikerin — the main Russian overseeing Putin’s nuclear expansion inside the United States — was engaged in wrongdoing starting in 2009. AG Jeff Sessions has the power to release the informant from the Non-Disclosure Agreement (NDA) but has refused to do so. Fox News reports: “Witnesses who want to talk to Congress should not be gagged and threatened with prosecution for talking. If that has happened, senior DOJ leadership needs to fix it and release the witness from the gag order,” Grassley said in a statement. In a letter sent Wednesday to Attorney General Jeff Sessions, Grassley said such an NDA would “appear to improperly prevent the individual from making critical, good faith disclosures to Congress of potential wrongdoing.” He asked for a copy of the NDA by Nov. 1 and requested that, should one exist, “you release him from it and pledge not to engage in any form of retaliation against him for good faith communications with Congress.” Though the Main Stream Media (MSM) are finally talking about it, what very few seem to remember is that the alternative media have been talking about this for years. The central part of the of the Malheur Refuge Protest was the Hammond family, and their ranch outside of Burns, Oregon. Dwight and Steven Hammond were ordered to return to prison by the Federal government over a small range backfire. They had previously served out the sentence reluctantly imposed on them by Judge Hogan. During the court preceding the Hammonds were forced to grant the BLM first right of refusal. If the Hammonds ever sold their ranch they would have to sell it to the BLM. It was during this turbulent time that the political implications of Uranium One were shouted over the internet. * From INTELLIHUB: Clinton Foundation took massive payoffs, promised Hammond Ranch and other publicly owned lands to Russians along with one-fifth of our uranium ore …the Hammond’s ranch and other ranchlands surrounding the refuge sit atop a vast swath of precious metals, minerals, and uranium that’s heavily desired by not only the federal government but foreign entities as well. Citing BLM documentation, they continue: Oregon Energy, L.L.C. (formally Uranium One) is interested in developing a 17-Claim parcel of land known as the Aurora Project through an open pit mining method. Besides the mine, there would be a mill for processing. The claim area occupies about 450 acres and is also referred to as the “New U” uranium claims. * Newstarget also reports: EXCLUSIVE: Massive Cover-up – BLM leases Hammond ranch land to Russia through Clinton Foundation donors for uranium Evidence has surfaced that the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) has been taking land with plans to lease it to Clinton Foundation donors. Russia gradually gained control of Uranium One, a major mining company, in three separate transactions from 2009 to 2013, while Hillary Clinton served as Secretary of State. Canadian records reveal that the company’s chairman used his own family foundation to make four donations to the Clinton Foundation during that time, resulting in a sum contribution of $2.35 million. Secretary Clinton approved the deal for Russia soon after her family’s slush fund received the donations. Now, Vladimir Putin controls 20 percent of all uranium production capacity in the U.S. * Jon Rappoport reported: The Clintons: is the Oregon standoff really about uranium? …there’s a case to be made that they, through Uranium One and the Clinton Foundation, facilitated the sale of Uranium One to Putin and the Russians. And if so, and if this area of Oregon is projected to be part of that uranium mining deal, then we are looking at a stunning “coincidence”: the US federal government is coming down hard on a group of protestors who are occupying, for their own reasons, a very valuable piece of territory that goes far beyond the issue of private cattle grazing on government land. IWB reported: Massive Cover-up – BLM leases Hammond ranch land to Russia through Clinton Foundation donors for uranium

Freedom Outpost: Clinton Called Out on Russian Uranium Deal – Malheur Documents Found by Bundys Come to Forefront

Guerilla Media Network Reports: Trump Calls Out Clinton Over Russian Uranium Deal; Renews Interest In Documents Found During Malheur Occupation

WND: Oregon shootout rooted in Clinton uranium trade? Investigation ties Hillary’s Russian deal to rancher-fed standoff

The constantly vilified Patriot movement have continuously shared this information with alternative media, as the MSM seemed too invested in protecting Hillary Clinton for her election bid. They waited patiently for the MSM and President Donald Trump to wake up and smell the coffee. Accused of being anti-government, those in the movement will tell you they are PRO-Honest-Government, and that is all they have been asking for. Return to the founding ideals and allow transparency. The next goal, beyond holding Hillary Clinton accountable for her actions, will be to gain justice for LaVoy Finicum, murdered on the side of a remote highway in rural Oregon. Let’s begin that journey by freeing Dwight and Steven Hammond from prison. Sources and related articles:

http://thehill.com/policy/national-security/355749-fbi-uncovered-russian-bribery-plot-before-obama-administration 

http://www.nationalreview.com/article/452972/uranium-one-deal-obama-administration-doj-hillary-clinton-racketeering 

http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2017/10/19/grassley-wants-gag-order-lifted-for-fbi-informant-allegedly-threatened-by-obama-doj.html 

http://www.nationalreview.com/article/452972/uranium-one-deal-obama-administration-doj-hillary-clinton-racketeering 

https://pjmedia.com/rogerlsimon/uranium-one-means-mueller-must-recuse-russia-probe/ 

https://www.judicialwatch.org/press-room/press-releases/judicial-watch-sues-treasury-for-records-on-hillary-clinton-russian-uranium-scandal/ 

http://www.foxnews.com/opinion/2017/10/18/gregg-jarrett-clinton-cover-up-brought-to-by-same-guys-who-are-investigating-trump.html 

http://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2017/10/why_is_jeff_sessions_hiding_uranium_one_informant.html 

https://www.intellihub.com/clinton-foundation-payoffs-promised-hammond-ranch-other-publically-owned-lands-russia/ 

https://www.newstarget.com/2016-02-11-exclusive-massive-cover-up-blm-leases-hammond-ranch-land-to-russia-through-

clinton-foundation-donors-for-uranium.html 

https://jonrappoport.wordpress.com/2016/01/27/the-clintons-is-the-oregon-standoff-really-about-uranium/ 

http://investmentwatchblog.com/massive-cover-up-blm-leases-hammond-ranch-land-to-russia-through-clinton-foundation-donors-for-uranium/ 

https://freedomoutpost.com/clinton-called-out-on-russian-uranium-deal-malheur-documents-found-by-bundys-come-to-forefront/ 

http://www.wnd.com/2016/01/oregon-shootout-rooted-in-clinton-uranium-trade/ 

http://thepetesantillishow.com/trump-calls-out-clinton-over-russian-uranium-deal-renews-interest-in-documents-found-during-malheur-occupation/ 

Please support our coverage of your rights. Donate here: paypal.me/RedoubtNews

https://redoubtnews.com/2017/10/alternative-media-vindicated-uranium-one/ 

:: 10-23-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Monday, 23 October 2017

Solar storms causing seizures and migraines in people and dogs, behaviour problems in children and enhanced medical problems for people in Alaska Monday, 23 October 2017

Solar storms causing seizures and migraines in people and dogs, behaviour problems in children and enhanced medical problems for people in Alaska SDO I frequently receive emails from a wonderfully brave man from Alaska, his name is Bill Laughing-Bear who suffers from Traumatic brain injury (TBI). Because of his injury, Bill can't use a computer because the screen causes him seizures or terrible migraines so his mother Tina types his work and thoughts for him. Bill heads a TBI peer support group called “The Deadheads” who have been monitoring and charting the cause and effect of solar wind and the geomagnetic storms that affect earth’s magnetic field. He gets reports from others who also have migraines and side affects, such as seizures, when these storms hit earth. They have also noted that dogs are having seizures at the same time people are. It would appear Bill, has found a link to people and animals who live further north, or closer to the polar regions are more sensitive to solar activity. Bill follows The Big Wobble for the frequent space weather updates and the research into coronal holes and their influence on our planet and Bill has come up with some remarkable updates, below is the latest email from Bill. Gary, I appreciate your continuous updates on all kinds of thought-provoking facts. My Mom (Tina) gives me daily updates since I still cannot use computers due to my brain injury. Your website is always the first place we look to find a Coronal hole and sunspot activity. I should say, “you are SPOT-on!” I receive individual reports from people who are not in contact with one another nor do any of them monitor space weather, who give me almost identical reports concerning them or their sledge dogs. I am absolutely positive that the effect could not be a placebo (a measure designed merely to calm or please someone - according to www.dictionary.com ). Here are a few of the things we are learning: 1) More than one parent has contacted me about their children’s behaviour problems (children without brain injuries) during severe solar storms. They are normally well-behaved kids. It is constantly lining up with the solar storms or the phases of the moon. 2) Another person has contacted me regularly during these solar events letting me know that whatever type of rash he has all over his body, it flares up drastically, bringing major discomfort, and subsides significantly after these events. His body responds like clockwork to these solar storms just as the children show behaviour problems. 3) Some of our dogs are also having seizures as well as our “Deadheads” with TBI (Traumatic Brain Injury) having either seizures, cognitive function problems or at a minimum, migraines. 4) It also seems to me, although I can’t prove it yet, that I am seeing more activity with the wildlife, such as moose, during these solar events. The moose seem to be more active. We are finding that by monitoring your alerts, the solar events, and tracking the aurora forecast at http://www.gi.alaska.edu/AuroraForecast/Alaska , we are able to organize our daily activities around them because we know in advance what to expect. We can know ahead of time when it will not be wise to drive or make major decisions because we will be functioning with a limited capacity. It is the Deadheads belief that the gravitational fluctuations and solar storms are affecting the ionosphere which in turn affects the magnetite in our bodies and is a major part of their problem. (Article: Magnetite biomineralization in the human brain https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC49775/ ). Using a natural EM Meter which measures magnetic field changes as small as 0.5% of the earth’s magnetic field, confirms these events. We saw this with the recent solar eclipse. I am hoping to eventually get a specific type of Mac computer and screen that will work with my TBI and allow me to do more research for our brain injury group as well as monitor things more closely and timely. Being a disabled vet with a limited income, this may or may not become a reality. But in the meantime, I’m so grateful that I can - via Mom, my secretary - connect with you :o). Blessings, Bill Laughing-Bear We hope Bill gets his wish for a special computer soon so he can personally dig deeper into his research, finding connections between planetary alignment, solar activity and TBI Home Posted by Gary Walton at 11:37 am

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/10/solar-storms-causing-seizures-and.html 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 10-19-17 Pew Research Center :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Future of Truth and Misinformation Online

Experts are evenly split on whether the coming decade will see a reduction in false and misleading narratives online. Those forecasting improvement place their hopes in technological fixes and in societal solutions. Others think the dark side of human nature is aided more than stifled by technology.

By Janna Anderson and Lee Rainie October 19, 2017

In late 2016, Oxford Dictionaries selected “post-truth” as the word of the year, defining it as “relating to or denoting circumstances in which objective facts are less influential in shaping public opinion than appeals to emotion and personal belief.” The 2016 Brexit vote in the United Kingdom and the tumultuous U.S. presidential election highlighted how the digital age has affected news and cultural narratives. New information platforms feed the ancient instinct people have to find information that syncs with their perspectives: A 2016 study that analyzed 376 million Facebook users’ interactions with over 900 news outlets found that people tend to seek information that aligns with their views. This makes many vulnerable to accepting and acting on misinformation. For instance, after fake news stories in June 2017 reported Ethereum’s founder Vitalik Buterin had died in a car crash its market value was reported to have dropped by $4 billion. When BBC Future Now interviewed a panel of 50 experts in early 2017 about the “grand challenges we face in the 21st century” many named the breakdown of trusted information sources. “The major new challenge in reporting news is the new shape of truth,” said Kevin Kelly, co-founder of Wired magazine. “Truth is no longer dictated by authorities, but is networked by peers. For every fact there is a counterfact and all these counterfacts and facts look identical online, which is confusing to most people.” Americans worry about that: A Pew Research Center study conducted just after the 2016 election found 64% of adults believe fake news stories cause a great deal of confusion and 23% said they had shared fabricated political stories themselves – sometimes by mistake and sometimes intentionally. The question arises, then: What will happen to the online information environment in the coming decade? In summer 2017, Pew Research Center and Elon University’s Imagining the Internet Center conducted a large canvassing of technologists, scholars, practitioners, strategic thinkers and others, asking them to react to this framing of the issue: The rise of “fake news” and the proliferation of doctored narratives that are spread by humans and bots online are challenging publishers and platforms. Those trying to stop the spread of false information are working to design technical and human systems that can weed it out and minimize the ways in which bots and other schemes spread lies and misinformation. The question: In the next 10 years, will trusted methods emerge to block false narratives and allow the most accurate information to prevail in the overall information ecosystem? Or will the quality and veracity of information online deteriorate due to the spread of unreliable, sometimes even dangerous, socially destabilizing ideas? Respondents were then asked to choose one of the following answer options: The information environment will improve – In the next 10 years, on balance, the information environment will be IMPROVED by changes that reduce the spread of lies and other misinformation online. The information environment will NOT improve – In the next 10 years, on balance, the information environment will NOT BE improved by changes designed to reduce the spread of lies and other misinformation online. Some 1,116 responded to this nonscientific canvassing: 51% chose the option that the information environment will not improve, and 49% said the information environment will improve. (See “About this canvassing of experts” for details about this sample.) Participants were next asked to explain their answers. This report concentrates on these follow-up responses. Their reasoning revealed a wide range of opinions about the nature of these threats and the most likely solutions required to resolve them. But the overarching and competing themes were clear: Those who do not think things will improve felt that humans mostly shape technology advances to their own, not-fully-noble purposes and that bad actors with bad motives will thwart the best efforts of technology innovators to remedy today’s problems. And those who are most hopeful believed that technological fixes can be implemented to bring out the better angels guiding human nature. More specifically, the 51% of these experts who expect things will not improve generally cited two reasons: The fake news ecosystem preys on some of our deepest human instincts: Respondents said humans’ primal quest for success and power – their “survival” instinct – will continue to degrade the online information environment in the next decade. They predicted that manipulative actors will use new digital tools to take advantage of humans’ inbred preference for comfort and convenience and their craving for the answers they find in reinforcing echo chambers. Our brains are not wired to contend with the pace of technological change: These respondents said the rising speed, reach and efficiencies of the internet and emerging online applications will magnify these human tendencies and that technology-based solutions will not be able to overcome them. They predicted a future information landscape in which fake information crowds out reliable information. Some even foresaw a world in which widespread information scams and mass manipulation cause broad swathes of public to simply give up on being informed participants in civic life. The 49% of these experts who expect things to improve generally inverted that reasoning: Technology can help fix these problems: These more hopeful experts said the rising speed, reach and efficiencies of the internet, apps and platforms can be harnessed to rein in fake news and misinformation campaigns. Some predicted better methods will arise to create and promote trusted, fact-based news sources. It is also human nature to come together and fix problems: The hopeful experts in this canvassing took the view that people have always adapted to change and that this current wave of challenges will also be overcome. They noted that misinformation and bad actors have always existed but have eventually been marginalized by smart people and processes. They expect well-meaning actors will work together to find ways to enhance the information environment. They also believe better information literacy among citizens will enable people to judge the veracity of material content and eventually raise the tone of discourse. The majority of participants in this canvassing wrote detailed elaborations on their views. Some chose to have their names connected to their answers; others opted to respond anonymously. These findings do not represent all possible points of view, but they do reveal a wide range of striking observations. Respondents collectively articulated several major themes tied to those insights and explained in the sections below the following graphic. Several longer additional sets of responses tied to these themes follow that summary. The following section presents an overview of the themes found among the written responses, including a small selection of representative quotes supporting each point. Some comments are lightly edited for style or length. Major themes on the future of the online information environment Major themes on the future of the online information environment

Scribe note: Click on link below and view comments for more insight

http://www.pewinternet.org/2017/10/19/the-future-of-truth-and-misinformation-online/pi_2017-10-19_future-of-truth-and-misinformation_0-01/ 

:: 10-21-17 Legal Insurrection :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A warning about Robert Mueller, from a civil liberties lawyer he tried to entrap

Posted by William A. Jacobson Saturday, October 21, 2017 at 11:00am

“Special counsel Mueller’s background indicates zealousness that we might expect in the Grand Inquisitor, not the choirboy.”

It has been relatively quiet lately on the Russian-collusion Democrat-Media leak and rumor mill. “Relatively” is the key word. What once was a sustained campaign of leaks timed to hit every 2-3 days to create a permanent Russia-collusion news cycle, now barely makes a sound. Of course, some Russian collusion is more newsworthy to the media than others, with the Uranium One scandal receiving a tiny fraction of the coverage as completely speculative Trump campaign rumors did. Andy McCarthy has what so far is the best article detailing why Uranium One matters, The Obama Administration’s Uranium One Scandal Let’s put the Uranium One scandal in perspective: The cool half-million bucks the Putin regime funneled to Bill Clinton was five times the amount it spent on those Facebook ads — the ones the media-Democrat complex ludicrously suggests swung the 2016 presidential election to Donald Trump. The Facebook-ad buy, which started in June 2015 — before Donald Trump entered the race — was more left-wing agitprop (ads pushing hysteria on racism, immigration, guns, etc.) than electioneering. The Clintons’ own long-time political strategist Mark Penn estimates that just $6,500 went to actual electioneering. (You read that right: 65 hundred dollars.) By contrast, the staggering $500,000 payday from a Kremlin-tied Russian bank for a single speech was part of a multi-million-dollar influence-peddling scheme to enrich the former president and his wife, then–secretary of state Hillary Clinton. At the time, Russia was plotting — successfully — to secure U.S. government approval for its acquisition of Uranium One, and with it, tens of billions of dollars in U.S. uranium reserves. As to alleged Trump campaign collusion with the Russians, there has been nothing made public, even through leaks, that shows such collusion. At most, based on what’s been leaked so far, you might have had some people around Trump trying to use their connections to Trump to promote themselves and their businesses. That’s a far cry from campaign collusion, which of course, isn’t itself a crime (though it would be wrong). In the absence of reasonable belief that a crime was committed, there never should have been a Special Counsel appointed. A Special Counsel is not supposed to be the equivalent of Lavrentiy Beria’s secret police, someone who finds the man and then tries to find the crime. The reason that’s so dangerous is that the federal (and state) criminal laws, in the hands of an aggressive prosecutor, can be abused. Someone who is an expert on that problem is Harvey Silverglate, a Boston civil liberties attorney who, among other things, was co-founder of the Foundation for Individual Rights in Education. Silverglate’s book, Three Felonies a Day, demonstrates that the criminal laws are so broad and so counter-intuitive in many cases, that ordinary, honest, otherwise law-abiding citizens may be in violation of the law without realizing it. From the book self-description: The average professional in this country wakes up in the morning, goes to work, comes home, eats dinner, and then goes to sleep, unaware that he or she has likely committed several federal crimes that day. Why? The answer lies in the very nature of modern federal criminal laws, which have exploded in number but also become impossibly broad and vague. In Three Felonies a Day, Harvey A. Silverglate reveals how federal criminal laws have become dangerously disconnected from the English common law tradition and how prosecutors can pin arguable federal crimes on any one of us, for even the most seemingly innocuous behavior. The volume of federal crimes in recent decades has increased well beyond the statute books and into the morass of the Code of Federal Regulations, handing federal prosecutors an additional trove of vague and exceedingly complex and technical prohibitions to stick on their hapless targets. The dangers spelled out in Three Felonies a Day do not apply solely to “white collar criminals,” state and local politicians, and professionals. No social class or profession is safe from this troubling form of social control by the executive branch, and nothing less than the integrity of our constitutional democracy hangs in the balance. We have a system which would make Lavrentiy Beria salivate, in which almost anyone could be prosecuted if there were prosecutors so-inclined. So we have to trust in prosecutors to be honest and not to try to find the person first, the crime second. We know in real life it doesn’t happen that way, particularly when there is a special prosecutor/counsel. Patrick Fitzgerald’s witchhunt against Scooter Libby is one of the first examples to come to mind – an investigation of Libby for allegedly leaking the identity of CIA agent Valerie Plame Wilson when prosecutors knew from the get-go that someone else was responsible for the leak. Libby was prosecuted and convicted not for the leak, but for allegedly obstructing justice in the way he answered questions about his non-involvement in the leak, a classic “process” crime. Another example, though less popularly known, is the prosecution of Arthur Andersen accounting firm and Enron executives. Former federal prosecutor Sidney Powell has a column in The Hill about those prosecutions and lead prosecutor Andrew Weissman: Weissmann, as deputy and later director of the Enron Task Force, destroyed the venerable accounting firm of Arthur Andersen LLP and its 85,000 jobs worldwide — only to be reversed several years later by a unanimous Supreme Court. Next, Weissmann creatively criminalized a business transaction between Merrill Lynch and Enron. Four Merrill executives went to prison for as long as a year. Weissmann’s team made sure they did not even get bail pending their appeals, even though the charges Weissmann concocted, like those against Andersen, were literally unprecedented. Weissmann’s prosecution devastated the lives and families of the Merrill executives, causing enormous defense costs, unimaginable stress and torturous prison time. The 5th Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the mass of the case. Weissmann quietly resigned from the Enron Task Force just as the judge in the Enron Broadband prosecution began excoriating Weissmann’s team and the press began catching on to Weissmann’s modus operandi. Which brings us to the team of prosecutors Robert Mueller, Special Counsel, has assembled. That team is approaching the size of the entire U.S. Attorney’s Office (criminal and civil) for the entire State of Rhode Island and Providence Plantations. What started off as an appointment to investigate Russian interference in the election and alleged collusion with the Trump campaign now appears focused, at least in part, on finding crimes committed by those around Trump, particularly Paul Manafort. A dawn raid on Manafort’s home was unusual, and likely an act of intimidation. So should we trust Mueller not to abuse his power of investigation, not to seek to find a person and then look for the crime? Harvey Silverglate had an experience with Mueller that is chilling. Mueller tried to set Silverglate up for a crime, to entrap Silverglate into committing a crime. Silverglate writes at the website of public broadcaster WGBH, How Robert Mueller Tried To Entrap Me: But I have known Mueller during key moments of his career as a federal prosecutor. My experience has taught me to approach whatever he does in the Trump investigation with a requisite degree of skepticism or, at the very least, extreme caution. When Mueller was the acting United States Attorney in Boston, I was defense counsel in a federal criminal case in which a rather odd fellow contacted me to tell me that he had information that could assist my client. He asked to see me, and I agreed to meet. He walked into my office wearing a striking, flowing white gauze-like shirt and sat down across from me at the conference table. He was prepared, he said, to give me an affidavit to the effect that certain real estate owned by my client was purchased with lawful currency rather than, as Mueller’s office was claiming, the proceeds of illegal drug activities. My secretary typed up the affidavit that the witness was going to sign. Just as he picked up the pen, he looked at me and said something like: “You know, all of this is actually false, but your client is an old friend of mine and I want to help him.” As I threw the putative witness out of my office, I noticed, under the flowing white shirt, a lump on his back – he was obviously wired and recording every word between us. Years later I ran into Mueller, and I told him of my disappointment in being the target of a sting where there was no reason to think that I would knowingly present perjured evidence to a court. Mueller, half-apologetically, told me that he never really thought that I would suborn perjury, but that he had a duty to pursue the lead given to him. (That “lead,” of course, was provided by a fellow that we lawyers, among ourselves, would indelicately refer to as a “scumbag.”) Notice how the entrapment happened. What appeared to be an up-and-up witness at the last second, just as he was about to sign, revealed to Silverglate the information Mueller would use to prosecute Silverglate for suborning perjury – that the story in the affidavit was a lie. Fortunately for Silverglate, he was listening carefully, not talking on the phone or surfing the internet, so he heard and was able to process what unexpectedly had been revealed. And he thought quickly enough to kick the person out of the office before the document was signed, as opposed to choosing after the signing not to use the affidavit. And all the while Mueller’s prosecutors were listening, likely ready to prosecute a civil liberties lawyer for a crime Mueller’s team created. Silverglate then recounted a second encounter with Mueller, in which Mueller forcefully took off the table any willingness to investigate alleged FBI and prosecutorial misconduct in the Jeffrey MacDonald case, in which Silverglate was appellate counsel for MacDonald. Silverglate concluded from his experiences with Mueller: Special counsel Mueller’s background indicates zealousness that we might expect in the Grand Inquisitor, not the choirboy. What other evidence is there to be suspicious of Mueller and his team? For one, the person who is his lead prosecutor, the aforementioned Andrew Weissman of Enron/Arthur Andersen infamy. This all gives reason to be concerned about what Mueller is up to. At the end, we’ll see if these concerns are born out by the findings. If there is solid evidence of criminality related to Russia interference in the election, and that evidence is made public, then Mueller will be vindicated. If what we see, instead, is a round-up of the usual suspects like Manafort for crimes not related to Russian interference in the election or for process crimes, then the concerns Harvey Silverglate has expressed about Mueller will be vindicated.

https://legalinsurrection.com/2017/10/a-warning-about-robert-mueller-from-a-civil-liberties-lawyer-he-tried-to-entrap/ 

:: 10-22-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Treacherous McCain Betrays America Again As He Becomes The Darling Of The Left While Exposing His True Treasonous Colors

October 22, 2017 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

As far left liberal progressives in Hollywood hail AZ Senator John McCain as a "hero" for voting against Obamacare repeal, despite campaigning on a promise to repeal it, and the liberal mainstream media like the New York Times praising him as the "unfettered voice against Trumpism," after his speech at the 2017 Liberty Medal Award Ceremony where he called nationalism "unpatriotic," we note that McCain is not just the "RINO" (Republican In Name Only) that many have called him, but he is an outright traitor. A traitor to his constituents, a traitor to conservatives that supported Donald Trump against Hillary Clinton, and a traitor to America. JIHADI JOHN SHOWS HIS TRUE TREASONOUS COLORS Back in March 2017 I called McCain "Jihadi John" as we showed his extensive ties to George Soros as well as his past support for Islamic terrorists, via the supposed Syrian rebels, and his ties to terrorism, but since his last election, which after being diagnosed with brain cancer, was his final election, he is showing his true colors. In his most recent speech, he stated the following: To refuse the obligations of international leadership and our duty to remain 'the last best hope of earth' for the sake of some half-baked, spurious nationalism cooked up by people who would rather find scapegoats than solve problems is as unpatriotic as an attachment to any other tired dogma of the past that Americans consigned to the ash heap of history. Half-baked, spurious nationalism...... an astounding statement since nationalism by its very definition means "loyalty and devotion to a nation; especially," via Merriam Webster. It is also described as "patriotic feelings, principles and efforts," by Google, so one has to wonder how the new darling of the left, McCain, justifies calling people that feel "loyalty and devotion" to the U.S., "unpatriotic." In that one statement alone, John McCain declared himself a globalist and called those that expect their leader to put "America First," unpatriotic. Let that sink in for a second, because he admitted the biggest open secret in politics, that establishment Republicans along with establishment Democratic believe that American taxpayers and voters should be sacrificed on the alter of "international obligations" aka globalism, exactly what Americans rejected when they handed President Trump enough electoral college votes to make him President of the United States of America. Of course the fish wrap of newspapers, the NYT, ran to another globalist mouthpiece, former Vice president Joe Biden for a quote on McCain's speech: Mr. Biden said he took the speech as a pointed message, if not to Mr. Trump, then to the nation. “I think he was delivering a message to the country, to his colleagues and to any of the opinion makers that would listen, and that is, ‘Look, this is serious stuff, our role in the world is not guaranteed, democracy is not guaranteed, we know how to do this and, damn it, we’d better focus and know what’s at stake.’” President Trump also responded to McCain, in a radio interview with WMAL in Washington, stating "People have to be careful, because at some point, I fight back. I’m being nice. I’m being very, very nice. But at some point, I fight back, and it won’t be pretty." To which Mr. McCain, a former Navy captain who was tortured during more than five years as a prisoner in Vietnam, shot back: “I have faced tougher adversaries.” Well, since McCain and the Times once again wants to go there, lets do so. JOHN 'TOKYO ROSE' MCCAIN Over the years there have been conflicting reports from other POW's, some claiming McCain was tortured horrendously and others claiming he was not because he was the son of a US naval commander, therefore was considered a valuable propaganda weapon for the Vietnamese, with one of his prison guards claiming he was not tortured, stating "We never tortured McCain. On the contrary, we saved his life, curing him with extremely valuable medicines that at times were not available to our own wounded." Others claimed McCain actually collaborated with the Vietnamese, some dating back to 1996 with documentary evidence they believe prove their claims, via Facebook, titled "John McCain ‘Sang Like a Canary’ to the North Vietnamese." This information comes from U.S. intercepts of North Vietnamese broadcasts to American servicemen in South Vietnam around 31 October 1967, as well as from dispatches by North Vietnamese and Cuban correspondents — using material from a Nhan Dan (the central organ, the voice of the Communist Party of Vietnam, then and now) correspondent who interviewed John McCain. This material was published on 9 November 1967. The latter were backed up by the intercepts of these messages by the Message Center of the U.S. Department of Defense National Military Command Center, dated 11 November 1967.. A separate interview of McCain by a Soviet Union correspondent was published by Pravda in Moscow on 8 December 1967. A copy of this interview is presented below. And finally, McCain was interviewed by a French correspondent who published a series of interviews announced on 25 December 1967 and began 27 December 1967. This interview was intercepted by the Message Center of the U.S. National Command Center and disseminated via message on 1 January 1968. Each of these official records of John McCain’s interviews with foreign correspondents, while held captive in Hanoi is reproduced below. Observe that every one of these interviews contains military information — far, far beyond the limits required by the Code of Conduct. Indeed this information is far beyond what nearly all of the POWs were severely tortured to obtain — the insignificant ‘gray area’ information such as nebulous ‘air pirate’ signed statements. Only those few who were turncoats and anti-war sympathizers among our POWs gave up more information to the enemy than did John McCain. Indeed, John McCain made good on his promise to his interrogator, ‘the Bug,’ to provide U.S. military information in return for medical attention to his shootdown wounds. See the essay, ‘John McCain as a POW’ for the context of this promise. These interviews are documented below. The post does include screen shots of 11 documents. Related: NAVY RELEASES McCAIN’s RECORDS While all of the contradicting assertions are "he said, she said," type debates, the one thing that is confirmed is that John McCain was used in a "Tokyo Rose," style communist propaganda recording, where McCain's voice and message was played to help the Vietnamese, by demoralizing American troops with boots on the ground. McCain had previously admitted to making a taped confession, but it wasn't until 2016, that the taped recording was finally uncovered and published by TruNews, and was confirmed to be authentic by multiple sources. Via TruNews, August 2016: The 1969 North Vietnamese radio broadcast has never been heard in the United States of America. In fact, there has never been any knowledge that such a recording existed. The audio recording was found in a misplaced file in the National Archives in Washington, D.C. The broadcast was recorded by the Foreign Broadcast Information Service, a branch of the CIA that monitored international shortwave and foreign radio broadcasts. More on how the recordings were finally uncovered and published can be found at GotNews.com. For those unfamiliar with the "Tokyo Rose" reference, was a name given by Allied troops in the South Pacific during World War II to all female English-speaking radio broadcasters of Japanese propaganda in order to demoralize them and their families at home. (Source) BOTTOM LINE The question of whether John McCain was a war hero or a Veitnam collaborator aside, any American politician willing to sacrifice what is best for Americans, in favor of what is best for the "international community," and that pushes globalism over nationalism, is a traitor to their constituents and to this country. That includes John McCain, who dares claim that being a nationalist, one who feels "loyalty and devotion" to their country, is "unpatriotic," as McCain did in his most recent speech, because he just publicly outed himself as someone that is not "loyal" and holds no "devotion" for America, exposing his true treasonous colors .

http://allnewspipeline.com/John_Tokyo_Rose_McCain_Darling_Of_The_Left.php 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them.

:: 10-19-17 21st Century Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

STRANGER THAN FICTION: Why Is Foundation of Vegas Shooting Survivor Sponsored By DHS Linked Firm?

October 19, 2017 By Shawn Helton 4 Comments

Shawn Helton 21st Century Wire

When looking at the deeply entangled mystery surrounding the Las Vegas mass shooting, there’s been no shortage of questionable details and information that just doesn’t add up. You know the old adage, truth is often stranger than fiction… VEGAS QUESTIONS’ – Who is working behind the scenes concerning the High Desert Phoenix Foundation? (Photo illustration 21WIRE’s Shawn Helton) The shooting involving the Las Vegas Mandalay Bay Resort and Route 91 Harvest Festival, has ushered in the brutal return of politicized mass tragedy in America. The dramatic nature of the surreal as of yet still motiveless crime, only adds to a traumatic event that is now being described as “the 9/11 of Mass Shootings.” Similarly, over this past week, a story of concerning the sudden tragic death of a Las Vegas shooting survivor sent shock waves through both mainstream media and alternative media alike. As a chorus of gripping media reports detailed the unexpected death of 28 year-old Kymberley Jo (Synder) Suchomel (left photo Daily Press) in the days after the Las Vegas mass shooting, those still in search of answers in the aftermath of the tragedy were left captivated by her tale. By now, many may already be familiar with media accounts of Suchomel’s harrowing tale of survival, who along with close friends, was said to have attended the Route 91 Harvest Festival the night of the Las Vegas shooting massacre. As the untimely circumstances of Suchomel’s death have been conflated with the unexplained events in Las Vegas, many in alternative media have hastily assumed that the young fund raiser’s death was somehow linked to her dispute of the Las Vegas mass shooting storyline via social media posts on a Facebook account associated with her. Subsequently, online interpretations of the Suchomel story have led to a digital firestorm on social media, producing a wave of speculation prior to a more complete analysis of the survivor’s tale. Despite sensationalized reportage, at this time, there’s no concrete evidence to prove a social media-based conspiracy concerning the death of Suchomel… According to the original story first published by the Daily Press, we’re told Suchomel died in her sleep as she was said to have suffered from epilepsy and had been “prone to seizures.” Additionally, Suchomel, who was reportedly taking medication for a pituitary tumor, was discovered dead by her grandmother Julie Norton at 8:30am on October 9th at her Apple Valley, California home. At this moment, an autopsy of Suchomel’s death is still pending. QUESTION: Is it possible that ‘open source investigators’ were being led into a virtual cul-de-sac and thus missing the real story? Media Tripwire? Undoubtedly, the uncanny timing of Suchomel’s death has come on the heels of a brewing controversy over the Las Vegas mass shooting. This has led to increased speculation, turbo-charging even more spurious internet-based conspiracies and allegations. These now viral stories have simultaneously been published, as anonymous survivor claims from those close to Suchomel have presented Facebook messages associated with her account. Suchomel’s claims also allude to multiple shooters involved in the Las Vegas shooting, as she allegedly planned to “organize a group of survivors,” and that “The media can suck it. They have no idea what went down!” While Suchomel’s story is compelling, you have to wonder – is there more than we’ve been told? At face value, Suchomel’s public account of the Las Vegas shooting is persuasive and does appear to question the official narrative. However, one should look at information from multiple angles in order to formulate a more full spectrum understanding of complex multilayered criminality. *UPDATE* – Below are two screen shots associated with a Linkedin profile under the name of Kymberley Suchomel. We at 21WIRE cannot verify if this profile is connected in anyway to the Las Vegas shooting survivor or not, but several similarities in the appearance of the individual, home location and the inclusion of an aero-space industry government contractor Aero-Zone, along with others, raises some serious questions… The inclusion of the above Linkedin profile is not necessarily an endorsement of a larger conspiracy concerning the Suchomel saga. However, the Linkedin revelations above have surfaced at or around the same time as other government contractor links have been uncovered regarding the Las Vegas shooting survivor’s charitable foundation. (see below) QUESTION: Is the Linkedin profile above a ruse, someone else – or another mysterious part of the Suchomel story? SEE ALSO: The Las Vegas Mass Shooting – More to the Story Than We’ve Been Told Although the police dispatch communication, along with eye-witness testimony reveals some startling information contradicting the official story surrounding the Las Vegas mass shooting, one must be cautious when looking at all of the available evidence of a suspicious crime – however difficult that may be. As larger outlets in alternative media such as Infowars have sensationalized this highly emotive aspect of the Las Vegas tragedy, a series of formulaic polarizing political points have become an echo chamber in its aftermath. This type of conjecture rapidly descends into wild speculation only serving to magnify emotionally driven elements of a particular story, something that could be used to deliberately steer public perception away from any potential forensic clues. It’s important to remember that during same time SITE Intelligence injected an ‘ISIS meme’ into the Las Vegas tragedy without revealing any solid evidence, Infowars quickly followed suit. This then prompted an apparent ‘official’ statement that echoed those dubious claims from the terror group ISIS. Although these claims still linger, they’ve failed to produce any real connection to ISIS. As we’ve noted numerous times here at 21WIRE, the intelligence monitoring group called SITE, has ties to both the CIA and Israeli intelligence. The group has also had ethical concerns raised over the nature of their intel gathering in the last decade and according to the group’s founder, Rita Katz – they’ve managed to release terror related material linked to ISIS prior to the group itself. ‘GEO GROUP’ – A private-for-profit corrections and detention firm formerly known as Wackenhut Corrections Corporation under the umbrella of The Wackenhut Corporation. (Image Source corporatewatch) Strange Bedfellows: Follow the Money What you’re about to see below, is a collection of material revealing what appears to be a rather incredible financial component connected to the High Desert Phoenix Foundation, a charitable organization co-founded by the recently deceased Las Vegas mass shooting survivor Kymberley Suchomel. The High Desert Phoenix Foundation claims to have raised funds for grieving families affected by trauma since 2008. This amazing coincidence, rather incredibly, has not been mentioned once in any of the conspiratorial claims surrounding the Suchomel story at alternative media outlets. Put another way, a survivor of a traumatic event has been a long time co-founder of a foundation that contends to have helped those who have endured a traumatic tragedy themselves. It’s a difficult question to ask – but what are the chances of this uncanny coincidence? Furthermore, new evidence uncovers details concerning the High Desert Phoenix Foundation’s high-profile sponsors, one that includes the The GEO Group, Inc (GEO). This long time financial donor, is also linked to well-known government contractor security firms. Is this also a coincidence? In recent years, controversy has enveloped the multi-billion-dollar corporation known as Geo Group. Critics of GEO Group contend that politically motivated contributions have led to an expansion of its for-profit prisons system through federal, state and government contractual agreements at the expense of public safety. Even more concerning, is that critics argue that GEO Group has fostered a dangerous work environment via it’s under staffed operations, inadequate training and apparent mistreatment of detainees and other inmates. This has led to a potentially volatile situation for communities nearby GEO Group’s facilities. QUESTION: Does this sound like a suitable donor for a charitable foundation known for helping grieving families? In 1984, Wackenhut Corrections Corporation (WCC) had been formed as a part of The Wackenhut Corporation. In 2003, WCC management bought up all stock held by its subsidiary G4S, altering its name to The GEO Group, Inc. In 2004, other divisions of the Wackenhut Corporation were purchased by Group 4 Falck, a security focused subsidiary known as G4S Wackenhut, was later renamed again as G4S Secure Solutions. Here’s a screen shot of the High Desert Phoenix Foundation’s mission statement. Notice the modest look of the website – an organization with the financial backing of the multi-billion dollar GEO Group, one of the nation’s largest for-profit prison operators… The reason why the GEO Group link is so significant, is that prior to modern America’s largest mass shooting in Las Vegas, an apparent survivor of the incident was operating a foundation that was accepting financial support from a large-scale company formerly known as The Wackenhut Corporation, a subsidiary of G4S Secure Solutions, one of the world’s largest security firms, and a Department of Homeland Security connected conglomerate tied to the suspicious Orlando shooting in the summer of 2016 – an event, that was previously the country’s largest mass shooting. If you remember, 29-year old Omar Mateen, an Afghani-American was located in Port St. Lucie, Florida, about 120 miles outside of Orlando. In 2013, Mateen was placed under a terror watch list for 10 months (interviewed two to three times by the FBI 2013-14) and had worked for G4S Secure Solutions, headquartered in Jupiter, Florida, a company which was formerly part of a CIA-linked government contractor and security firm known as The Wackenhut Corporation. G4S, as it turns out, was the very first ‘designated’ and certified Department of Homeland Security (DHS) contractor and recently secured a $234 million dollar contract with the federal cabinet department. In addition to apparently providing security solutions for “90 percent of U.S. nuclear facilities,” G4S, according to border patrol sources has also been tasked with the transportation and release of illegal immigrants inside the interior of the United States. At least one of Mateen’s roles with G4S, was to transport and provide security for prisoner youths in Florida. Here’s a screen shot from the High Desert Phoenix Foundation’s website that proudly displays their billion dollar government contract linked ‘diamond’ donor, The Geo Group… Below is a link to the first discussion about the Geo Group connection as it relates to the Las Vegas mass shooting… Boiler Room: Stranger than Fiction – New Anomalies in the Las Vegas Mass Shooting with Shawn Helton & Hesher SEE ALSO: The Las Vegas and Weinstein Cover-ups: Boiler Room EP #132 The amount of independent examination regarding the Las Vegas shooting case thus far is fairly staggering and in the wake of any multilayered event, one must proceed with caution when reviewing the available evidence, as the doorway for a ‘trial by media’ frenzy in both mainstream media and alternative media could be used to derail sincere analysis. What should the public make of the the High Desert Phoenix Foundation’s long time financial links to a high-profile government contractor? All of this comes, as the Las Vegas shooting star witness, Mandalay Bay security guard Jesus Campos resurfaced to appear in what the public has been told will be his only media appearance to discuss this bizarre and highly questionable case. It’s also worth mentioning that Campos failed to shed any more light on the shifting timeline of events associated with the Las Vegas mass shooting. Watch Campos ‘break his silence’ in an interview that appeared on Ellen… Stay tuned for any updates to this story… 21WIRE associate editor Shawn Helton is a researcher and writer, specializing in forensic analysis of high-profile crime scene and counter terrorism investigations, and the deconstruction and analysis of the mass-media coverage surrounding those cases. He has compiled an extensive body of work covering a number of high-profile events since 2012. READ MORE DAILY SHOOTER NEWS AT: 21st Century Wire Daily Shooter Files SUPPORT 21WIRE – SUBSCRIBE & BECOME A MEMBER @ 21WIRE.TV

http://21stcenturywire.com/2017/10/19/stranger-than-fiction-why-is-foundation-of-vegas-shooting-survivor-sponsored-by-dhs-linked-firm/ 

:: 10-23-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Iran-Hamas Plan to Destroy Israel

by Khaled Abu Toameh October 23, 2017 at 5:00 am

Iran's goal in this move? For Hamas to maintain and enhance its preparation for war against Israel. Iran's message to Hamas: If you want us to continue providing you with financial and military aid, you must continue to hold on to your weapons and reject demands to disarm. Iran wants Hamas to retain its security control over the Gaza Strip so that the Iranians can hold onto another power base in the Middle East, as it does with Hezbollah in Lebanon. In a historic reawakening, Iran is once again meddling in the internal affairs of the Palestinians. This this does not bode well for the future of "reconciliation" between Hamas and Palestinian Authority's Fatah faction run by President Mahmoud Abbas. The re-emergence of Iran, as it pursues its efforts to increase its political and military presence in the region, does not bode well for the future of stability in the Middle East. The Iranians are urging Hamas to hold on to its weapons in spite of the recent "reconciliation" agreement signed between Hamas and Fatah under the auspices of Egypt. Iran's goal in this move? For Hamas to maintain and enhance its preparation for war against Israel. A high-level Hamas delegation headed by Saleh Arouri, deputy chairman of Hamas's "political bureau," traveled to Tehran last week to brief Iranian leaders on the "reconciliation" deal with Fatah. During the visit, Iranian leaders praised Hamas for resisting demands (by Fatah) to disarm and relinquish security control over the Gaza Strip. "We congratulate you on your refusal to abandon your weapons, an issue that you consider as a red line," Ali Velayati, a senior Iranian politician and advisor to Leader of the Islamic Revolution Ayatollah Khamenei, told the visiting Hamas officials. "The Palestinian cause is the most important cause of the Islamic world, and after all this time you remain committed to the principle of resistance against the Zionists despite all the pressure you are facing." Arouri and his colleagues rushed to Tehran to seek the support of the Iranian regime in the wake of demands by Abbas that Hamas allow the Palestinian Authority to assume security control over the Gaza Strip. The "reconciliation" agreement stipulates nothing about the need for Hamas to disarm, and Hamas officials have stressed during the past two weeks that they have no intention of laying down their weapons or dismantling their security apparatus in the Gaza Strip. Hamas views the demand to disarm as part of an Israeli-American "conspiracy" designed to eliminate the Palestinian "resistance" and thwart the "reconciliation" accord with Abbas's Fatah. Hamas's refusal to disarm is already threatening to spoil the "reconciliation." Arouri was quoted during his visit to Tehran as saying that Hamas "will not backtrack on the option of defending the Palestinian people." He specified that the "reconciliation" agreement with Fatah would not affect the weapons of the Palestinian "resistance," including Hamas. Hamas, he added, will "confront the Israeli-American conspiracy through national unity and reconciliation and by continuing the resistance. The Palestinian resistance forces will always stick to their weapons and will not lay them down." Hamas also sees the visit of its top officials to Tehran as a rejection of Israel's demand that it cut off its ties with Iran. Hamas officials say they continue to see their relations with Iran as "strategic and significant," especially in wake of Tehran's financial and military aid to their movement in the Gaza Strip. By aligning itself with Iran, Hamas is also seeking to resist any demand that it abandon its ideology and charter, which call for the destruction of Israel and oppose any peace process between Israelis and Palestinians. Iranian officials apparently do not like Mahmoud Abbas and the Palestinian Authority and are not keen on seeing them return to the Gaza Strip. Iran considers Abbas a "traitor" because his Palestinian Authority conducts security coordination with Israel in the West Bank and claims that it is committed to a "peace process" with Israel. This position goes against Iran's wish to destroy the "Zionist entity." Abbas, for his part, has always considered Iran a threat to his regime as well as to stability in the region. In the past, he has criticized Iran for "meddling" in the internal affairs of the Palestinians by supporting Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad in the Gaza Strip. Earlier this year, the Palestinian Authority strongly condemned Iran after a senior Iranian official accused Abbas of waging war in the Gaza Strip on behalf of Israel. The official's statement came in response to a series of punitive measures imposed by Abbas on the Gaza Strip. Abbas's spokesman, Nabil Abu Rudaineh, accused Iran of meddling in the internal affairs of the Palestinians and some Arab countries. He said that Iran's actions "encouraged divisions" among the Palestinians. "Iran must stop feeding civil wars in the Arab world," he said. "Iran must stop using rhetoric that only serves Israel and the enemies of the Arabs." Abbas and the Palestinian Authority are now convinced that Iran is working towards foiling the "reconciliation" agreement with Hamas. They believe that Iran invited the Hamas leaders to Tehran to pressure them not to lay down its weapons. Abbas and the Egyptians were probably naďve to think that Hamas would disarm and allow Abbas loyalists to deploy in the Gaza Strip after the signing of the "reconciliation" agreement. It is possible that some of the Hamas leaders had lied to Abbas and the Egyptians by hinting that Hamas would give up security control of the Gaza Strip. The Egyptians, who played a major role in brokering the Hamas-Fatah deal, are also believed to be worried about Iran's renewed meddling in the internal affairs of the Palestinians. Both the Palestinian Authority and Egypt see the visit of the Hamas delegation to Iran as a serious setback to the "reconciliation" agreement and as a sign that Hamas is not sincere about implementing the accord. Some Palestinian Authority and Hamas officials have recently claimed that Israel was not happy with their "reconciliation" agreement and was doing its utmost to foil it. The truth, however, is that it is Iran and Hamas that are working to thwart the agreement by insisting on maintaining the status quo in the Gaza Strip. Iran's message to Hamas: If you want us to continue providing you with financial and military aid, you must continue to hold on to your weapons and reject demands to disarm. What is in it for Iran? Iran wants Hamas to retain its security control over the Gaza Strip so that the Iranians can hold onto another power base in the Middle East. Iran wants Hamas to continue playing the role of a proxy, precisely as Hezbollah functions in Lebanon. The last thing Iran wants is for the Palestinian Authority security forces to return to the Gaza Strip: that would spoil Tehran's plans to advance its goal of destroying Israel. Iran's continued support for Hamas stems not out of love for either Hamas or the Palestinians, but from its own interest in consolidating its presence in the Middle East. Many Palestinians see the "successful" visit of the Hamas officials to Tehran as a major setback for efforts to end the 10-year-long Hamas-Fatah dispute. Similarly, the Egyptians are now wary of the sudden rapprochement between Iran and Hamas and are beginning to ask themselves whether they have been duped by Hamas. An Israeli delegation that visited Cairo on the eve of the signing of the Hamas-Fatah deal is said to have warned the Egyptians that the "reconciliation" would not work unless Hamas disarms and severs its ties with Iran. However, the Egyptians reportedly failed to listen to the Israeli warning. As for Israel, the US and other Western parties, the lesson to be drawn from the renewal of ties between Hamas and Iran is that Hamas has not changed one iota. Contrary to delusional hopes, discussed on the heels of the "reconciliation" agreement in Cairo and based on lies and thin air, Hamas is not headed toward moderation and pragmatism. By openly supporting Hamas, Iran is once again demonstrating that it aims to fan the fire in the Middle East and continue to sabotage any prospects for peace. Khaled Abu Toameh, an award-winning journalist, is based in Jerusalem. Follow Khaled Abu Toameh on Twitter

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/11209/iran-hamas-destroy-israel 

:: 10-19-17 The Patriot Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In Blocking Abortion Legislation, Democrats Will Display Their Cultural Extremism

George Will · Oct. 19, 2017

What would America’s abortion policy be if the number of months in the gestation of a human infant were a prime number — say, seven or 11? This thought experiment is germane to why the abortion issue has been politically toxic, and points to a path toward a less bitter debate. The House of Representatives has for a third time stepped onto this path. Senate Democrats will, for a third time, block this path when Majority Leader Mitch McConnell brings the House bill to the floor, allowing Democrats to demonstrate their extremism and aversion to bipartisan compromise. Democracy, which properly is government by persuasion rather than majority bullying or executive or judicial policy fiats, is a search for splittable differences. Abortion, which supposedly is the archetypal issue that confounds efforts at compromise, has for two generations — since the Supreme Court seized custody of the issue in 1973 — damaged political civility. Pro-abortion absolutists — meaning those completely content with the post-1973 regime of essentially unrestricted abortion-on-demand at any point in pregnancy — are disproportionately Democrats who, they say, constitute the Party of Science. They are aghast that the Department of Health and Human Services now refers to protecting people at “every stage of life, beginning at conception.” This, however, is elementary biology, not abstruse theology: Something living begins then — this is why it is called conception. And absent a natural malfunction or intentional intervention (abortion), conception results in a human birth. In 1973, the court decreed — without basis in the Constitution’s text, structure or history, or in embryology or other science — a trimester policy. It postulated, without a scintilla of reasoning, moral and constitutional significance in the banal convenience that nine is divisible by three. The court decided that the right to abortion becomes a trifle less than absolute — in practice, not discernibly less — when the fetus reaches viability, meaning the ability to survive outside the womb. The court stipulated that viability arrived at 24 to 28 weeks. On Oct. 3, the House passed (237-189) the Pain-Capable Unborn Child Protection Act banning abortions (with the usual exceptions concerning rape, incest and the life of the mother) after the 20th week. The act’s supposition is that by then the fetus will feel pain when experiencing the violence of being aborted, and that this matters. Of course, pro-abortion absolutists consider the phrase “unborn child” oxymoronic, believing that from conception until the instant of delivery, the pre-born infant is mere “fetal material,” as devoid of moral significance as would be a tumor in the (if they will pardon the provocative expression) mother. Whether a 20-week fetus has neurological pathways sufficient for feeling pain is surely a question that science can answer, if it has not already. Already there are myriad intrauterine medical procedures, some involving anesthesia: Doctors can heal lives that America’s extremely permissive abortion law says can be terminated with impunity. Only seven nations allow unrestricted abortion after 20 weeks. Most European nations restrict abortions by at least week 13. France and Germany are very restrictive after 12, Sweden after 18. Getting a scientific answer to the pain question, even if it is “yes,” should gratify the Party of Science. If the answer is “yes,” those who think fetal suffering is irrelevant can explain why they do. New medical technologies and techniques are lowering the age of viability. And increasingly vivid sonograms, showing beating hearts and moving fingers, make it increasingly difficult to argue that the “fetal material” is at no point, in any way, a baby. Science is presenting inconvenient truths to the Party of Science, truths that are the reasons the percentage of pregnancies aborted is the smallest since 1973. In 1973, the court bizarrely called the fetus “potential life”; it is, of course, undeniably alive and biologically human. A large American majority is undogmatic, because uncertain, about — and the House bill does not address — the question of when the living thing that begins at conception should be held to acquire personhood protectable by law. This majority’s commonsensical, prudently imprecise, split-the-difference answer is: Not at conception but well before completed gestation. Hence this majority, its vocabulary provided by the court’s arbitrary jurisprudence, thinks first-trimester abortions (more than 90 percent of abortions) should be legal. After which, approximately a two-thirds majority supports restricting abortions. When — the sooner the better — the House bill comes to the Senate floor, Democrats will prevent a vote on it. This will be a tutorial on the actual extremists in our cultural conflicts.

https://patriotpost.us/opinion/51901 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-18-17 Commentary :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Outside the UN, BDS Is Losing Badly

Giving up the ghost. Evelyn Gordon / Oct. 18, 2017

BDS activists are presumably celebrating the UN Human Rights Council’s decision to warn off companies that do business with Israelis in the West Bank. I’d advise them to enjoy their temporary victory while they can. As several recent events make clear, they’re losing badly outside the UN. And they’re losing for one simple reason: People worldwide are gradually coming to understand that the boycott, divestment, and sanctions movement isn’t “anti-occupation,” it’s anti-Semitic. Last Friday, for instance, Austria’s national student union passed a motion denouncing BDS as anti-Semitic and saying the movement recalls the Nazis’ economic boycott of Jewish businesses. The resolution also said BDS activists shouldn’t be given funding or venues in which to promote its campaign. The motion, which was pushed in particular by a student group called GRAS (Greens and Alternative Students), passed almost unanimously, with one abstention and no votes against. The previous week, the Green Party in the German state of Bavaria passed a resolution denouncing BDS as “anti-Semitic, hostile to Israel, reactionary and anti-enlightenment,” adding that it “reproduces the National Socialist slogan, ‘Don’t buy from Jews!’” The resolution, introduced by the party’s youth wing, also urged the national Green Party not to cooperate with BDS. Given that some prominent Green Party members have actively promoted anti-Israel boycotts, this uncompromising denunciation effectively amounts to a grassroots revolt. And this week, the Left Party in Germany’s most populous state, North Rhine-Westphalia, decided not to consider a motion urging Israel “to end the occupation and the Gaza blockade” and demanded the European Union end its Association Agreement with Israel due to the blockade and Israel’s West Bank security fence. Given that the Left Party (Die Linke in German) is easily the German party most hostile to Israel, this development is surprising. The party offered no explanation when it announced the decision on its Twitter account, but Jerusalem Post reporter Benjamin Weinthal suggested it might be related to what Martina Renner, a Left Party member of parliament, said about the resolution earlier this month. The “motion sounds like it was written from Israel boycott groups,” Renner said. “From this the executive board of @dielinke clearly distances itself.” Renner’s statement left no room for doubt: Even the Left Party wants nothing to do with BDS and anti-Israel boycotts. All these examples have something in common: The anti-BDS push is coming precisely from the groups that are normally least sympathetic to Israel–leftists and young people. In other words, BDS is losing not just among groups that could be expected to oppose it, like the U.S. Congress, but among the very demographic that ought to be its principal bastion of support. Of course, even many people who oppose boycotting Israel as a whole still think boycotts are acceptable as long as they target the settlements alone. The problem, as the UNHRC blacklist makes glaringly obvious, is that this isn’t actually possible. One of the companies that received a UNHRC warning letter this week, for instance, was Bezeq, Israel’s largest telecommunications company. Why? Because Bezeq provides telephone and internet service to the settlements. Nor is Bezeq unique; many of Israel’s largest companies provide services to the settlements, including the banks, the Mekorot Water Company, the Israel Electric Corporation, and all cell phone operators, because physical and economic infrastructure companies are expected to provide service to all Israelis. Moreover, the blacklist as compiled by the UNHRC and other BDS advocates also defines East Jerusalem and the Golan Heights as “settlements.” In other words, to satisfy the boycotters, Israeli companies wouldn’t merely have to stop providing essential services to hundreds of thousands of Israelis in the West Bank; they’d also have to stop providing services to hundreds of thousands of Israelis in Israel’s capital, not to mention the tens of thousands of non-Jewish, non-Israelis living in both eastern Jerusalem and the Golan. Complying with the boycott would, thus, cause a humanitarian crisis of major proportions –and, therefore, it isn’t going to happen. Until now, because most boycott initiatives have been small-scale, it’s been possible for people who advocate “just boycotting the settlements” to ignore what that actually means. The irony is large-scale initiatives like the UNHRC blacklist, by publicly spelling out exactly what it entails, make it much harder for people to keep ignoring the truth: that “boycotting the settlements” actually means boycotting Israel. Nevertheless, this realization isn’t going to sink in without a lot of work on the part of both the Israeli government and Jewish and pro-Israel activists worldwide. Indeed, that’s one of the main lessons of the victories to date. When the BDS movement first emerged, many well-meaning people advocated ignoring it rather than fighting it on the grounds that fighting it would simply inflate the importance of an otherwise insignificant movement. But victories like those of the past few weeks show why that strategy was wrong. The growing understanding that BDS is anti-Semitic didn’t happen because Israel and overseas activists ignored the movement; it happened because both the Israeli government and overseas activists relentlessly explained the connection between boycotting Israel and anti-Semitism. And a similar effort will be needed to explain that “boycotting the settlements” is just a euphemism for boycotting Israel. Even though large swaths of polite society are now perfectly comfortable with anti-Semitism as long as they can tell themselves it’s just “anti-Zionism” or “fighting the occupation,” open avowals of anti-Semitism are still taboo. Once stripped of the comforting pretense that it’s not anti-Semitic, BDS will be finished. And groups like the Austrian student union and the Bavarian Green Party are now tearing that pretense to shreds.

https://www.commentarymagazine.com/anti-semitism/outside-the-un-bds-is-losing-badly/ 

:: 10-22-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Air Force preparing to put nuclear-armed bombers back on 24-hour ready-to-fly alert: Report

The aircraft have not been on this status since the Cold War ended in 1991

By Jennifer Harper - The Washington Times - Sunday, October 22, 2017

The U.S. Air Force is preparing to put nuclear-armed bombers back on 24-hour ready alert, a status not seen since the Cold War ended in 1991, according to a report released Sunday by Defense One. “If the order comes, the B-52s will return to a ready-to-fly posture not seen since the Cold War,” reported Marcus Weisgerber, global business editor for the industry publication, noting that “long-dormant” runway areas on certain bases could once again be a home to fully loaded B-52s, ready to fly at a moment’s notice. “This is yet one more step in ensuring that we’re prepared,” Gen. David Goldfein, Air Force chief of staff, said in an interview during his six-day tour of Barksdale and other Air Force bases that support the nuclear mission. “I look at it more as not planning for any specific event, but more for the reality of the global situation we find ourselves in and how we ensure we’re prepared going forward.” The officer and other senior defense officials stressed that the alert order had not been given, but that “preparations were under way” just in case. The decision itself would be made by Gen. John Hyten, commander of Strategic Command, or Gen. Lori Robinson, the head of Northern Command. STRATCOM is in charge of the military’s nuclear forces and NORTHCOM is tasked with defending North America. “Putting the B-52s back on alert is just one of many decisions facing the Air Force as the military responds to a changing geopolitical environment that includes North Korea’s rapidly advancing nuclear arsenal, President Trump’s confrontational approach to Pyongyang, and Russia’s increasingly potent and active armed forces,” reported Mr. Weisgerber.

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/oct/22/air-force-prepares-nuclear-armed-bombers-for-24-ho/ 

:: 10-23-17 Voice of America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At Least 2 Killed as Powerful Typhoon Slams Into Japan

Typhoon Lan struck Japan early Monday with heavy rains and strong winds, leaving at least two people dead before the storm moved back out to sea. The typhoon made landfall southwest of Tokyo after its outer bands dumped rain on Japan for several days, triggering landslides and floods in some areas. Japanese media reported about 90 injured in addition to the two deaths related to the storm. Tens of thousands of people had been advised to evacuate ahead of Typhoon Lan's arrival. The storm also led airlines to cancel hundreds of flights, and disrupted some train and ferry services.

https://www.voanews.com/a/japan-typhoon-lan/4081495.html 

:: 10-16-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

JULIAN ASSANGE JUST UNLEASHED A HELLISH SURPRISE ON HILLARY CLINTON… THIS IS HUGE

The Next News Network Published on Oct 16, 2017

Sub for more: http://nnn.is/the_new_media | Hillary Clinton continues her world book tour making excuses for “What Happened”. Despite the fact that the world, including her own husband Bill have already told her.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?time_continue=5&v=xZ-DYnLCw8Y 

:: 10-17-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Mueller Transferred Uranium To Russia, Hid Clinton Crimes

The Alex Jones Channel Published on Oct 17, 2017

Robert Mueller, the man who is investigating President Donald Trump for ties to Russia has been shown to have ties to Russia himself.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=aZXy7SnTi0g 

:: 10-17-17 Judicial Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judicial Watch: State Department Reveals 2,800 Huma Abedin Government Documents on Weiner’s Laptop

OCTOBER 17, 2017

Clinton Email Federal Court Hearing Thursday, October 19

(Washington, DC) – Judicial Watch revealed today that the U.S. Department of State admits it received 2,800 Huma Abedin work-related documents from the Federal Bureau of Investigation (FBI) that were found on her estranged husband Anthony Weiner’s personal laptop. Abedin was former Secretary of State Hillary Clinton’s deputy chief of staff. Weiner is a disgraced former congressman and New York mayoral candidate who recently plead guilty to transferring obscene material to a minor. Abedin kept a non-State.gov email account that she used repeatedly for government business on Hillary Clinton’s notorious email server(s). The revelation was produced in a May 5, 2015, lawsuit Judicial Watch filed against the State Department (Judicial Watch, Inc. v. U.S. Department of State (No. 1:15-cv-00684)). Judicial Watch sued after the State Department failed to respond to a March 18, 2015, Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) request seeking: “All emails of official State Department business received or sent by former Deputy Chief of Staff Huma Abedin from January 1, 2009 through February 1, 2013 using a non-‘state.gov’ email address.” In accordance with a court ordered production of documents, the State Department’s court filing states: “The State Department has identified approximately 2,800 work-related documents among the documents provided by the Federal Bureau of Investigation.” By December 31, 2017, the State Department expects to complete its review and production of the FBI records. The government suggests some of the material may be “duplicative” of other records. “This is a disturbing development. Our experience with Abedin’s emails suggest these Weiner laptop documents will include classified and other sensitive materials,” said Judicial Watch President Tom Fitton. “When will the Justice Department do a serious investigation of Hillary Clinton’s and Huma Abedin’s obvious violations of law?” Judicial Watch previously released 20 productions of documents in this case that show examples of mishandling of classified information and instances of pay to play between the Clinton State Department and the Clinton Foundation. Also, at least 627 emails were not part of the 55,000 pages of emails that Clinton turned over, and further contradict a statement by Clinton that, “as far as she knew,” all of her government emails had been turned over to department. A hearing will be heard in a related case: Date: Thursday, October 19 Time: 10:30 am Location: Courtroom 19 U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia 333 Constitution Ave NW Washington, DC 20001 The State Department is processing 100,000 emails Clinton failed to disclose when she served as Secretary of State, some of which were emails sent by Abedin that were found on Weiner’s laptop. Clinton attempted to delete 33,000 emails from her non-government server. The State Department was ordered to produce documents to Judicial Watch, and has been processing only 500 pages per month of emails uncovered by the FBI in its investigation into Clinton’s non-government email system. The State Department has produced 23 batches of documents in this case so far. At the current pace, the Clinton emails and other records won’t be fully available for possible release until at least 2020. The lawsuit was originally filed in May 2015 (Judicial Watch, Inc. v. U.S. Department of State (No. 1:15-cv-00687)).

https://www.judicialwatch.org/press-room/press-releases/judicial-watch-state-department-reveals-2800-huma-abedin-government-documents-weiners-laptop/ 

:: 10-18-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

John McCain: An American Traitor for the Ages

By Dave Hodges

As a relatively young man in 1980, I had just finished reading the book, Trilaterals Over Washington, authored by Patrick Wood and the late Anthony Sutton. In the book, I learned from extensive documentation, that America had been taken over by a small minority of wealthy elitists. I was shocked, angered and outraged that our elected officials were spitting in the face of the Constitution by allowing this to happen. I began a search to find out more about what I had read in the Pat Wood’s book. In the days before the Internet, I was forced to use the old card catalogue system. I went to varous universities. I went to public libraries. I called the staffs of various member of Colorado’s congressional delegation. Through all my research, I found one, only ONE article that even mentioned the Trilateral Commission and it was the globalist mouthpiece, The Atlantic. This early New World Order rag stated that the organization was pro-human rights and that the creation of a new philosophy would benefit humanity because of the creation of “a more equitable and just world order”. I was angy beyond belief. I realized that the America was screwed and at some future date, we were going to lose our country! Can you imagine, in 1980, the reaction I got when I did my version of Paul Revereimitation “The Trilaterals are coming, the Trilaterals are coming”. My closest friends and my girlfriend had thought I had literally lost my mind. I was just getting started with my coaching and academic career. Some of my academic colleagues and graduate school professors accused me of being a “John Bircher”. I did not even know what a John Bircher was, I just knew that at some future date that we were going to lose our country. The Trilateral Commission and its first cousin, The Council on Foreign Relations were very secretive in those days and only “crazy people” talked about these organizations. I guess I was one of the early “conspiracy theorists”. During that time, most of my friends thought that I had lost my mind, and being on the verge of losing a very cute girlfriend, I chose to go back to sleep. Ironcially, in 2017, Pat Wood is my now friend and I am on a lot of naughty lists due to my advocacy for the restoration of the Constitution. Today, events have really changed. Hillary Clinton campaigned, for the Presidency, in front of the Council of Foreign Relations back drop, repeatedly. Under John McCain American Patriotism Is Dead: In your Face Globalism John McCain is out of the closet. The globalists are out of the closet. They are publicly advancing their New World Agenda and it is fully out in the open. Recently, John McCain received a meaningless award that globalists like to give each other and in his aceptance speech, he made the following dig at Trump for being a patriotic American: “To fear the world we have organized and led for three-quarters of a century, to abandon the ideals we have advanced around the globe, to refuse the obligations of international leadership and our duty to remain ‘the last best hope of earth’ for the sake of some half-baked, spurious nationalism cooked up by people who would rather find scapegoats than solve problems, is as unpatriotic as an attachment to any other tired dogma of the past that Americans consigned to the ash heap of history,” McCain said. [Quoted by Breitbart] THANK YOU JOHN MCCAIN FOR EXPOSING YOUR GLOBALIST AGENDA John McCain is one of “them”. He is a self-admitted globalist who is working for the destruction of the American people and their country. By default, he is a disciple of globalist Ted Turner who told Audobon Magazine that the population of the earth needs to reduced by 95%. McCain supports giving away American sovereignty to international bodies whose goal is to advance globalism AT THE EXPENSE OF AMERICAN LIBERTIES, NATIONAL SECURITY AND JOBS. In retrospect, this should not be surprising. McCain, along with the late Ted Kennedy co-sponsored the Central American Free Trade Agreement which gave away much of America’s sovereignty, jobs and allowed millions of illegal aliens, including ISIS and MS-13, to enter the United States with impunity. The 21st Century of Benedict Arnold When John McCain was elected to the Senate by the people of Arizona, he placed his right hand on the Bible and swore to protect America from enemies both foreign and domestic. McCain has become that domestic enemy that he swore to protect the country from. When Benedict Arnold committed his treason, he was trying to give away the plan for West Point. McCain is giving away the entire country. I ask you, who is worse? McCain Supports Terrorism Everyone from former Army psyop, Scott Bennett to Fox News has noted that Obama is and ahs been chummy with ISIS. In fact, in his role as the head of the Senate Intelligence Committee, McCain oversaw the illegal abandonment of American military equipment in Iraq in order that ISIS could confiscate this equipment. Federal law mandates that all American military equipment left behind in a theater of war be blown up. McCain et al actions were treasonous to say the least as this Senator fueled the rise of ISIS. Anti-American to Supporting Antifa McCain supports free trade agreements that steal millions of American jobs. McCain supported the TPP which would have destroyed what’s left of the sovereignty in America. It is obvious that McCain hates America and Americans. I was once at a town hall meeting in Mesa, AZ., when an elderly gentleman asked McCain “how is it that you work for me and you have better health care than I do?” McCain’s thuggish security team, who looked liked type-cast mafiaso thugs, very roughly threw the frail man out for asking the question as McCain mocked the man. At the same meeting, he was asked why he supported Agenda 21 policies and he stated “I have never heard of Agenda 21 policies”. I witnessed these events with my own eyes. John McCain is owned by George Soros and sold out America to Soros’ open borders policy. Conclusion We should not be surprised that John McCain would disparage President Trump for being patriotic. McCain only has one loyalty and that is to himself. By the way, Cindy McCain is NOT the original Mrs. McCain. Carol McCain, a former model, had a terrible car accident which left her disfigured when John McCain was in a North Vietnamese prison camp. Upon returning home, McCain quickly divorced Carol and married Cindy Hensley whose family launched John McCain’s political career. McCain has done to the country, what he did to Carol McCain. According the New York Times, the Hensley family had a “very rough and tumble background” with allegations of bootlegging and tax evasion. Cindy McCain’s business has been fraught with conflicts of interest. Her prenuptial agreement with John makes it diffiuclt to track the Senator’s finances to try and ascertain who is in his pockets. I find it ironic that McCain, the buffoon, who finished third to the bottom of his class at the Naval Academy, was ever allowed to fly a fighter jet. A fighter jet that he crashed into other planes as he almost sunk his own ship during the Vietnam War. The irony is that the warship, John McCain, is in dry dock as I write these words for crashing into another ship as it was almost sunk. Like Hillary Clinton, John McCain stands at the intersection of corrupt government and the Deep State, who John McCain faithfully serves. We do owe John McCain a debt of gratitude. He has helped to expose the globalist agenda and their intentions toward the American people. Please donate to offset the costs of The Common Sense Show

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/10/18/john-mccain-an-american-traitor-for-the-ages/ 

:: 10-17-17 Got News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Puerto Rican Secretary Of State Blows Whistle On Hurricane Relief Fraud, Finds Unopened US Aid In Dumpster

Oct 17, 2017 by GotNews

A shocking video recorded by Puerto Rico’s Secretary of State, Luis Rivera Marin, shows that United States aid to Puerto Rico is going to waste and being thrown away in dumpsters before it can reach the millions of island residents afflicted by Hurricane Maria: Most of Puerto Rico still does not have power, and its inhabitants are struggling with shortages in food, water, and essential supplies. However, yesterday Marin made the shocking discovery that a sizable portion of United States aid to Puerto Rico is going to waste before it ever reaches the hurricane victims. The video shows countless unopened boxes full of ready-to-eat meals in a dumpster, presumably thrown away by Puerto Rican officials. The video was shot in Patillas, a city on the island’s southeastern coast. You won’t hear this stuff from the lying mainstream media. Keep the GotNews mission alive: send tips to editor@gotnews.com or donate at FreeStartr.com/GotNews. This bombshell revelation appears to confirm GotNews’ earlier reporting on a Puerto Rican police officer who claimed elected officials, including Carmen Yulin Cruz, the anti-Trump Mayor of San Juan, are deliberately sabotaging hurricane relief efforts for political reasons. In a call to a New York City Spanish language radio station, the cop claimed the situation in Guaynabo, a suburb of San Juan, “looks like communism.”: She went on to describe the waste, noting how “There are dozens and thousands and thousands of food [boxes] and when people ask, we cannot give anything away because Carmen Yulin says that we cannot take anything out, because everything is a soap opera here – everything is a show.” “Carmen Yulin won’t move unless there is a camera behind her,” the caller continued. “I need to speak for the people because the people are suffering. Because I, as a cop – along with other police partners – we are seeing it.” This latest video confirms those aforementioned food boxes are being thrown away. As GotNews previously reported, the FBI is currently looking into public corruption allegations against Puerto Rican officials in light of reports like these.

http://gotnews.com/breaking-puerto-rican-secretary-state-blows-whistle-hurricane-relief-fraud-finds-unopened-us-aid-dumpster/ 

:: 10-17-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Memphis newspaper executive, 44, and urban explorer dies after trespassing at a luxury Chicago hotel and falling from 20th floor while taking photos

Eric Paul Janssen, 44, died after falling several stories from the 20th floor at the London House in Chicago Tuesday afternoon

Janssen was vice president of the Sandusky Newspaper Group in Memphis

The father-of-three was in Chicago for an architectural tour that promised 'behind-the-scenes access' to hundreds of buildings

At time of his death, he was taking photos on the ledge of the hotel, friends say

By Regina F. Graham For Dailymail.com Published: 20:26 EDT, 17 October 2017 | Updated: 23:28 EDT, 17 October 2017

A newspaper executive and fan of exploring tragically fell several stories to his death while he was trespassing at a luxury hotel in Chicago on Monday. Eric Paul Janssen, who was a vice president for the Sandusky Newspaper Group in Memphis, plummeted to the street while taking photos at the trendy London House Hotel. The 44-year-old man, who was a fan of urban exploring, was taking photographs without permission when he fell from a 20th floor parapet wall and struck a sixth-floor rooftop below around 3.30pm,CBS Chicago reported. Janssen, who was visiting for an architectural tour that promised 'behind-the-scenes access' to hundreds of buildings, was taking photos on the ledge of the hotel, which is located on 85 E. Wacker Drive near Michigan Avenue, according to his family and friends. A friend who was with Janssen at the time of the accident said he was not staying at the hotel, but had just been at the top floor lounge when he stepped away briefly to take some photos, the Chicago Tribune reported. The medical examiner said Janssen suffered numerous injuries and ruled his death an accident. His sister, Cynthia Vukmer, told the Tribune: 'He died doing what he loved. He did that, I do believe he did that.' She said the father of three was dedicated to his family and friends along with his job. 'He was very passionate about life and his friends and family,' Vukmer said. 'He was passionate about photography ... He was just a wonderful, wonderful guy. 'He was very, very, very deeply loved by his family and by so many. He was my hero.' Vukmer, who called her brother a 'gentle giant', said that they had their final conversation last week when he apologized for not purchasing her a birthday present. She shared that he did buy her son the Battleship board game, which they played together as children while growing up in suburban Memphis. Janssen graduated with a degree in journalism from the University of Memphis after being inspired by his mother who is a writer. His sister said that he had been living in the South Main Historic District in Memphis, but traveled a lot for work. One of his former classmates at the University of Memphis, Aimee Edmondson, told the Tribune that Janssen's motto in life was 'live a great story'. 'He often photographed from rooftops and had a particular interest in the beauty that comes with urban decay,' Edmondson said. Edmondson added that following Janssen on social media, 'you will understand what he was doing on the roof – taking beautiful photos, no doubt.' For his last Instagram post shared Monday, Janssen shared a striking photo inside of Barr Funeral Home. He captioned it, 'Birth. School. Work. Death.' Janssen also wrote: 'Chicago has been an amazing experience. Made some new friends. Reconnected with some old friends. Had a really wonderful time exploring this great city.'

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4991132/Newspaper-executive-dies-falling-Chicago-hotel.html#ixzz4w46ksWFK 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 10-17-17 America News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Listen: Hot Mic Catches Mystery Voice Telling Las Vegas Sheriff Not to Say Too Much

By Nick Arama - October 17, 2017

The Las Vegas shooting has taken a lot of crazy twists and turns. By now, in a shooting case, a lot of the information would be filled in, the shooter’s motivation, the background, the details and videos of the shooting. But with this shooting, there are more questions than there are answers and none of that has really been filled in yet. The police and the hotel are still struggling just to get the timeline of events as to what happened straight. The police have already changed significant elements in the timeline three times and the hotel has disputed their revised timeline. Some people are even raising questions about the possibility of other shooters. The police have discounted the question of additional shooters. etc. ng, there are more questions than there are answers and none of that has really been filled in yet. The police and the hotel are still struggling just to get the timeline of events as to what happened straight. The police have already changed significant elements in the timeline three times and the hotel has disputed their revised timeline. Some people are even raising questions about the possibility of other shooters. The police have discounted the question of additional shooters. But now there’s more weirdness, courtesy of this video of Clark County Sheriff Joseph Lombardo, who has been the face of the police, informing us about the case. The sheriff is asked a fairly straightforward question about whether or not a car had been staged for the shooter to escape. If you listen closely, you can here someone off to the left, off-camera, whisper, “Don’t go there.” etc. he man behind the sheriff, turn and look in that direction as he hears the etc. eanor changes rapidly and he puts off the reporter. He doesn’t really answer the question which seems like a perfectly reasonable question. Police had already admitted that Stephen Paddock, the shooter, had planned on trying to escape after the shooting. So what would be wrong with commenting on the question? Now it’s possible that there’s more in that question but after all the other oddities of the case, needless to say, it just adds a further component of weirdness.

https://www.americanewshub.com/2017/10/17/listen-hot-mic-catches-mystery-voice-telling-las-vegas-sheriff-not-say-much/?utm_source=palin 

[ :: 7-2-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

Let your spiritual eyes be open, for many things shall come to pass, many things you shall see, for you have not seen the big terrorist attack here in America yet, but you will see it, you will see it.  For you shall yet see great and mighty attacks here in the United States, you shall see these things come to pass.  You will also see the stock market, if you have got money there get it out, says the Lord, get it out now, for later will be too late.  Also you shall see many things taking place overseas like you have never seen before in your life.  And the political realm shall get even, even darker now, you shall hear things that you did not know, etc

:: 10-18-17 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Looming Catastrophe Hanging Over Our Heads – Paul Craig Roberts

By Greg Hunter On October 18, 2017 USAWatchdog.com

Former Assistant Treasury Secretary in the Reagan Administration, Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, says the record highs you see in the stock markets are based on “phony profits” that come from global central banks “propping up” the financial system. Roberts says, “Any of these central banks are really only there for a handful of big banks. That’s all they are concerned with. All the Federal Reserve has been concerned with for the last decade is the welfare of a handful of mega banks. Of course, the banks are too large. They should have never been allowed to get that large. When you have a bank too big to fail, then your policy has failed. You’ve allowed too much concentration. Where is anti-trust? Where is the Sherman Act? Everything that was legislated in the past to prevent the kind of looming catastrophe that is hanging over our heads, this looming catastrophe is produced by central banks. They are perpetuating it because they don’t know how to get out of it.” The International Monetary Fund (IMF) has just warned on the profitability of nine huge global banks. Some say they equal nine possible Lehman Brothers, which was the financial institution that started the 2008 meltdown. Is the IMF terrified of the slightest correction in the markets? Dr. Roberts says, “I think so, yes, because it’s not based on reality. It’s based on massive liquidity. So, it’s full of all kinds of dangers.” The biggest danger to Dr. Roberts, who has a PhD in economics, is the U.S. dollar. Dr. Roberts contends, “It seems to me that the only thing that would cause the Federal Reserve to stop the liquidity would be if the U.S. dollar fell under attack. If for some reason people said, hey, we don’t want the dollar anymore, and they started moving out of dollars into other currencies or into something else, if they cease to hold assets in dollars, if that happened, the Fed would have to try to raise interest rates to support the dollar. Then you could see that everything could come apart. If the interest rates would go up, there would be all kinds of derivatives that would not be sustainable. The stock market would collapse. It would be a mess. It would be an utter mess. That’s what the IMF is worried about. It’s a messy situation. How do you get out of it?” How does Dr. Roberts say people should protect themselves? Dr. Roberts says, “I would not be in debt.” Join Greg Hunter as he goes One-on-One with financial expert and award winning journalist Dr. Paul Craig Roberts.

https://usawatchdog.com/looming-catastrophe-hanging-over-our-heads-paul-craig-roberts/

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

:: 10-19-17 Daily Star :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California drill preparing 10.4 million for ‘INEVITABLE’ magnitude 7 earthquake TODAY

CALIFORNIA will hold large scale emergency drills preparing more than 10.4 million people for a magnitude 7 or greater earthquake today.

By Joshua Nevett / Published 19th October 2017

Seismologists believe the US state is decades overdue a “Big One” tremor measuring magnitude 7 or greater on the Richter scale. A massive fault line zone in the Bay Area of Southern California is thought to be most at risk with experts giving a 72% chance of a large tremor within the next 30 years. Almost three decades ago, San Francisco’s Bay Area was devastated by a magnitude 6.9 earthquake that killed 67 and caused more than (Ł3.7billion) $5billion in damages. Now a freak spate of deadly earthquakes that wreaked havoc in several regions throughout the Pacific has sparked fears California could be next. In the past 30 days alone, California has been struck by 671 earthquakes, according to Earthquake Track. The most powerful quake, measuring 5.7 magnitude, struck Ferndale in southern California. David Schwartz, geologist for US Geological Survey, said the most worrying fault line passes through the “most densely populated part of the Bay Area”. More than 7.4 million people live near the Hayward Fault – one of many fault lines experts are concerned about. “The Bay Area is positioned in the middle of the boundary zone of the North American plate and Pacific plate,” Schwartz said. “The Bay Area has the highest density of faults per square mile in any urban centre.” Schwartz said since 1906, the region has had an unusually small amount of earthquake activity. But he added: “I think to a degree we’re on borrowed time.” “All of these faults haven’t moved in quite a while and have to catch up. “I think in all probabilities … down the road almost inevitably faults will begin to move again.” To prepare residents for the worst, Southern California Earthquake Center is holding earthquake drills across the state on October 19. Schools, colleges, businesses and community groups will practice one-minute "Drop, Cover and Hold On” drills across the state. Safety experts are recommending that everyone takes part in the Great ShakeOut drill to avoid injury and death in the event of a massive earthquake. "Everyone, everywhere should know how to protect themselves in an earthquake," said Mark Benthien, Global ShakeOut coordinator at the Southern California Earthquake Center. “The ongoing fires in Northern California, September's earthquakes in Mexico, and recent hurricanes remind us that we're all in this together.” An earthquake drill, response exercise, press conference, and demonstration area will take place at the Natural History Museum in Los Angeles' Expo Park. "The Great California ShakeOut is such an important opportunity for us all to practice what to do the instant the ground starts to shake – Drop, Cover and Hold On," said Glenn Pomeroy, CEO of the California Earthquake Authority. “This simple drill can help save lives when we get hit by the next big earthquake that scientists assure us is coming.” More than 54.9 million worldwide have registered to take part in Great Sahek Out Earthquake Drills in 2017. Of those, 20 million will participate in the drills on Octover 19, with 2.6 million in central US, 273,000 in north east US and 1.9million in south east US. In California, 10.4 million people across the US state have registered for the drill to date, according to the Shake Out website.

http://www.dailystar.co.uk/news/latest-news/653305/california-earthquake-drill-2017-today-great-shake-out-bay-area 

:: 10-18-17 Health Impact News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Vaccine Cartel: Largest Criminal Organization in the World – Why Your Flu Shot is Probably Illegal

Editor, Health Impact News By Brian Shilhavy

If you are getting a flu shot this season, chances are that those who are providing the vaccine to you are breaking federal laws – and they don’t care. The reason they don’t care is because in 1986 Congress passed a law that then President Ronald Reagan signed which gave pharmaceutical companies that manufacture vaccines and medical personnel who administer those vaccines total legal immunity for injuries or deaths related to vaccines. As a result, federal guidelines for administering vaccines that are designed to protect patients are routinely ignored, especially when it comes to the annual flu shot that almost anyone can purchase in a pharmacy just as easily as they can purchase a candy bar or can of soda. If you have a severe reaction, injury, or are killed by the flu shot, you or your family have no legal recourse to sue the manufacturer or those who gave you the vaccine, even if they broke federal laws in administering the vaccine (as most do). You must hire an attorney and sue the Federal Government in vaccine court, where attorneys working for the Department of Justice (DOJ) will fight you to try and prevent you from being compensated for your injury or death. Health Impact News is probably the only media organization that publishes the quarterly reports from the DOJ listing settlements in the vaccine court for vaccine injuries and deaths, and each report clearly shows that the annual flu vaccine is the most dangerous vaccine in the U.S., causing severe injuries and deaths each year. The most recent report from September 2017 listed 275 injuries and four deaths from the flu vaccine. But the manufacturers of the flu vaccines and those who administer them take no responsibility and suffer no consequences, even if they broke the law. Justice for criminal medical murders and injuries largely does not exist in the United States. Information About the Flu Vaccine that is Required by Federal Law You Must Receive a Vaccine Information Statement Prior to Receiving a Flu Shot When someone injects you with the flu vaccine (as well as most other vaccines), federal law requires that they first give to you a Vaccine Information Statement (VIS) before injecting you. Federal law (under the National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act) requires a health care provider to give a copy of the current VIS to an adult patient or to a child’s parent/legal representative before vaccinating an adult or child with a dose of the following vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, measles, mumps, rubella, polio, hepatitis A, hepatitis B, Haemophilus influenzae type b (Hib), influenza, pneumococcal conjugate, meningococcal, rotavirus, human papillomavirus (HPV), or varicella (chickenpox). Source. In addition to the requirement to give you this VIS about the vaccine you are receiving (and if it is a multi-dose vaccine they are required to provide a VIS for each dose), whomever is administering the vaccine is also required by federal law to: record in the patient’s medical record (or permanent office log or file) the following information: The edition date of the VIS (found on the back) (i.e., the date of the visit, right bottom corner) The date the VIS is provided (i.e., the date of the visit when the vaccine is administered) In addition, providers must record: The office address and name and title of the person who administers the vaccine The date the vaccine is administered The vaccine manufacturer and lot number Source. What are the Warnings About the Flu Shot Given in the VIS? There are currently two Vaccine Information Statements related to the flu vaccine, one for flu vaccines that are “Live, Intranasal” and one for all flu vaccines that are “Inactivated or Recombinant.” Here is what these Statements say about who should not receive flu vaccines: Inactivated or Recombinant flu shot: Tell the person who is giving you the vaccine:• If you have any severe, life-threatening allergies. If you ever had a life-threatening allergic reaction after a dose of flu vaccine, or have a severe allergy to any part of this vaccine, you may be advised not to get vaccinated. Most, but not all, types of flu vaccine contain a small amount of egg protein. • If you ever had Guillain-Barré Syndrome (also called GBS). Some people with a history of GBS should not get this vaccine. This should be discussed with your doctor. • If you are not feeling well. It is usually okay to get the flu vaccine when you have a mild illness, but you might be asked to come back when you feel better. Live, Intranasal flu shot: Some people should not get LAIV because of age, health conditions, or other reasons. Most of these people should get an injected flu vaccine instead. Your healthcare provider can help you decide. Tell the provider if you or the person being vaccinated: • have any allergies, including an allergy to eggs, or have ever had an allergic reaction to an influenz vaccine. • have ever had Guillain-Barré Syndrome (also called GBS). • have any long-term heart, breathing, kidney, liver, or nervous system problems. • have asthma or breathing problems, or are a child who has had wheezing episodes. • are pregnant. • are a child or adolescent who is receiving aspirin or aspirin-containing products. • have a weakened immune system. • will be visiting or taking care of someone, within the next 7 days, who requires a protected environment (for example, following a bone marrow transplant) Sometimes LAIV should be delayed. Tell the provider if you or the person being vaccinated: • are not feeling well. The vaccine could be delayed until you feel better. • have gotten any other vaccines in the past 4 weeks. Live vaccines given too close together might not work as well. • have taken influenza antiviral medication in the past 48 hours. • have a very stuffy nose. Please note that with the Live, attenuated flu vaccine, administered as a nasal spray, that the CDC and flu manufacturers are admitting that the person receiving the vaccine is carrying around the live virus and is in danger of infecting others for 7 days! Think about the hypocrisy about influenza outbreaks currently practiced in public places. If there is an influenza outbreak in a school, for example, who is encouraged to stay home because they are perceived as a risk to the rest of the population? Those who have received the Live, attenuated flu vaccine? No! The unvaccinated are deemed to be at risk for spreading the influenza, and are ordered to stay home. In a hospital setting who among the medical staff is required to stay home or wear a mask because they are perceived to be a threat to the patient population? Those who have received the Live, attenuated flu vaccine? No! The unvaccinated nurses and other hospital staff are perceived to be a threat to the patient population, and either are required to wear a mask or often they are fired from their positions for refusing the flu vaccine. Do These VIS Sheets Meet Federal Requirements for Flu Shot Warnings? Part of the information that is required by federal law to be given to everyone prior to receiving the flu vaccine is given in this statement from the VIS: If you have any severe, life-threatening allergies. If you ever had a life-threatening allergic reaction after a dose of flu vaccine, or have a severe allergy to any part of this vaccine, you may be advised not to get vaccinated. Most, but not all, types of flu vaccine contain a small amount of egg protein. Notice that the only potential allergen given in this warning is to “egg protein,” yet the warning is for “any part of this vaccine.” How would you know if you are allergic to any of the ingredients in a flu shot if you are not provided with a list of ingredients of that particular flu vaccine (there are several different flu vaccines on the market, each with different lists of ingredients)? For example, did you know that one of the new flu vaccines on the market contains armyworms and insects? The VAXXED team recently went into a pharmacy and asked some basic questions about the flu shot. When they asked “Is there anything I should worry about in getting the flu shot?” the response given was: “The only contra-indication is if you are allergic to eggs.” When asked if they had the product insert for the vaccine from the manufacturer, the person replied: “When we open the box we just throw it away.” With No Legal Consequences for Injuries and Deaths due to the Flu Vaccine, Big Pharma is Pushing to Get More People Vaccinated It is easy to see what the agenda is for the pharmaceutical companies who manufacture flu shots. It is a multi-billion dollar a year industry, but a large segment of the adult population remains unvaccinated. One flu manufacturer has sponsored a website to promote ways to get more adults vaccinated: Using Standing Orders to Vaccinate Adults “Standing Orders” are a way to get more adults vaccinated by loosening the restrictions in place that were originally intended to protect patients and their right to consult with their physicians about medical decisions. From the website, which is sponsored by Pfizer: Standing orders authorize nurses and other appropriately trained health care personnel, where allowed by state law, to assess a patient’s immunization status and administer vaccinations according to a protocol approved by an institution, physician, or other authorized practitioner. Immunization standing orders work by enabling assessment and vaccination of the patient without the need for clinician examination or direct order from the attending provider at the time of the interaction. (emphasis added.) These “Standing Orders” apparently authorize a broader range of personnel who can administer vaccines. Studies done in the past on the impact of Standing Orders, such as with the HPV vaccine Gardasil, show that the use of these Standing Orders does increase vaccination rates. The Immunization Action Coalition, which works with Pfizer to educate medical professionals about Standing Orders, hosts conferences around the country on how to increase the use of these Standing Orders. One of the things they teach is that one of the “barriers” to using Standing Orders is the fear of being sued for malpractice. Here is a slide from their presentation: etc. etc.

Health Impact News

From the website, which is sponsored by Pfizer:

etc. Standing orders authorize nurses and other appropriately trained health care personnel, where allowed by state law, to assess a patient’s immunization status and administer vaccinations according to a protocol approved by an institution, physician, or other authorized practitioner. Immunization standing orders work by enabling assessment and vaccination of the patient without the need for clinician examination or direct order from the attending provider at the time of the interaction. (emphasis added.) These “Standing Orders” apparently authorize a broader range of personnel who can administer vaccines. Studies done in the past on the impact of Standing Orders, such as with the HPV vaccine Gardasil, show that the use of these Standing Orders does increase vaccination rates. The Immunization Action Coalition, which works with Pfizer to educate medical professionals about Standing Orders, hosts conferences around the country on how to increase the use of these Standing Orders. One of the things they teach is that one of the “barriers” to using Standing Orders is the fear of being sued for malpractice. Here is a slide from their presentation: Barriers to the Use of Standing Orders slide Source. In order to overcome this barrier to the “fear of malpractice,” they educate personnel on the National Vaccine Compensation Program, which was the result of the 1986 law giving legal immunity to the medical community for injuries and deaths resulting from vaccines. Here is a slide from their presentation: take-a-stand-National Vaccine Compensation Program Source. Are Medical Personnel Administering Vaccines without Patient Consent or Knowledge? According to medical personnel whistleblowers who do not approve of forced vaccinations and mourn the loss of patient rights, yes, some adults are being vaccinated in hospitals without their knowledge or consent. This is especially true with the flu vaccine. Health Impact News published an interview from a nurse last year who reported that this is indeed happening in hospitals: This policy is apparently a result of these “Standing Orders.” The nurse in this interview gives the following advice if you find yourself in a hospital needing surgery: When you sign consent for surgery, you can specifically say ‘no vaccines, I don’t want this.’ You can write an initial after what you say you do not want and they have to honor that. And if they don’t honor that, they can be sued. Vaccine Manufacturers Constitute the Largest Criminal Organization in the World It has been well documented that pharmaceutical companies comprise the largest group of illegal criminal activities of any other group in the world. Richard Smith, editor of the British Medical Journal until 2004, wrote an opinion piece in 2013 about a book published by Peter Gřtzsche, the head of the Nordic Cochrane Centre, entitled “Deadly Medicines and Organised Crime: How Big Pharma Has Corrupted Healthcare.” The characteristics of organised crime, racketeering, is defined in US law as the act of engaging repeatedly in certain types of offence, including extortion, fraud, federal drug offences, bribery, embezzlement, obstruction of justice, obstruction of law enforcement, tampering with witnesses, and political corruption. Peter produces evidence, most of it detailed, to support his case that pharmaceutical companies are guilty of most of these offences. (Source.) The “largest fraud settlement in U.S. history” was against a pharmaceutical company: On July 2, 2012 the British drug maker GlaxoSmithKline plead guilty to three counts of criminal misdemeanor and other civil liabilities relating to the prescription drugs Paxil, Wellbutrin and Avandia, and agreed to pay a total of $3 billion in fines–$1 billion to settle criminal charges, and $2 billion to cover civil liabilities. The payment is the largest fraud settlement in U.S. history, and the largest fine ever paid by a drug company. (Source.) In 2010 a panel of doctors with the Public Citizen’s Health Research Group produced a study showing that while the defense industry used to be the biggest defrauder of the federal government under the False Claims Act, the pharmaceutical industry has now overtaken them. The study found that: U.S. spending on prescription drugs has increased from $40 billion in 1990 to $234 billion in 2008. In this era of rapidly rising drug costs, the illegal pharmaceutical company activities that have contributed to such inflated spending have garnered a significant amount of media attention. Recent billion dollar settlements with two of the largest pharmaceutical companies in the world, Eli Lilly and Pfizer, provide evidence of the enormous scale of this wrongdoing. Now, keep in mind that all of these illegal criminal settlements were for drugs that did NOT include vaccines. You cannot sue a drug company for illegal activities regarding the manufacture, sale, and distribution of vaccines, thanks to an act of Congress in 1986 and the full support of then President Ronald Reagan. So given the fact that the pharmaceutical industry is the largest class of criminals in the world for products that do not include vaccines, how much worse are they since no one can sue them for crimes committed in regards to vaccines? It is almost more than the mind can imagine or believe. Isn’t it time to repeal the 1986 National Childhood Vaccine Injury Act?

http://healthimpactnews.com/2017/the-vaccine-cartel-largest-criminal-organization-in-the-world-why-your-flu-shot-is-probably-illegal/ 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 10-18-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wednesday, 18 October 2017

It's always fatal if untreated: Plague outbreak in Madagascar has the rich panicking as the desease hits the cities: A billion traveling by air per year

RSOE Alertmap

A plague outbreak in Madagascar has killed at least 74 people and 805 cases have been reported so far. The government has deployed resources to curb the disease, but many obstacles remain. As plague cases rose last week in Madagascar's capital, many city dwellers panicked. They waited in long lines for antimicrobials at pharmacies and reached through bus windows to buy masks from street vendors. Schools have been cancelled, and public gatherings are banned. For the 1st time, the disease long seen in the country's remote areas is largely concentrated in its 2 largest cities, Antananarivo and Toamasina. Global health officials have responded quickly. The WHO, criticized for its slow response to the 2014 Ebola epidemic in West Africa, has released USD 1.5 million and sent plague specialists and epidemiologists. The Red Cross is sending its 1st-ever plague treatment centre to Madagascar. Madagascar's minister of public health rallied doctors and paramedics in a packed auditorium at the country's main hospital, saying they're not allowed to go on vacation. "Let's be strong because it's only us. We're at the front, like the military," Mamy Lalatiana Andriamanarivo said. The outbreak could continue until the end of infection season in April [2018], experts warn. Madagascar has about 400 plague cases per year, or more than half of the world's total, according to a 2016 WHO report. Usually, they are cases of bubonic plague in the rural highlands. Bubonic plague is carried by rats and spread to humans through flea bites. It is fatal about the half the time, if untreated. Most of the cases in the current outbreak are the pneumonic plague, a more virulent form that spreads through coughing, sneezing, or spitting and is almost always fatal if untreated. In some cases, it can kill within 24 hours. Like the bubonic form, it can be treated with common antimicrobials if caught in time. The WHO calls plague a "disease of poverty" caused in part by unsanitary living conditions. Madagascar has a per capita GDP of about USD 400, and national programs to control the disease have been "hampered by operational and management difficulties", according to a report by the European Centre for Disease Prevention and Control. But the airborne pneumonic plague, which accounts for about 75 percent of cases in the current outbreak, makes no class distinctions. "Normally, the people who catch the plague are dirty people who live in poor areas, but in this case, we find the well-to-do, the directors, the professors, people in every place in society, catching the disease," said Dr Manitra Rakotoarivony, Madagascar's director of health promotion. The current outbreak began in August 2017, earlier than usual, when a 31-year-old man who had spent time in a village in the central highlands, Ankazobe [Analamanga region], travelled by bush taxi to the east coast, unaware that he had the plague. He died en route and was buried without any safety precautions in Toamasina. 4 people in contact with him also died. Residents of the capital began to relax in recent days amid the global response to the outbreak, but the disease remains a serious threat with the number of new cases per day remaining steady. Madagascar has fought the disease for more than a century. It was introduced to the island in 1898 when steamships from India brought rats infected with the bacteria that cause the disease. The plague nearly disappeared from Madagascar for 60 years, starting in 1930, but re-emerged in recent decades. While the WHO says the risk of the epidemic spreading beyond the region is very low and does not advise restrictions on travel to Madagascar. Spreading risk The impact of air travel on the spread of infectious diseases has led to considerable concern but limited study. More than 1 billion people travel by air each year. There are several important ways in which air travel can influence the global spread of emerging and established infectious disease. Infections may be spread on the aircraft through close contact and large droplets; airborne spread through small-particle aerosols, as in the case of a severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS); or even through contaminated food. Aircraft can transport infected disease vectors, such as rats or malaria-infected mosquitoes, as nonpaying passengers. Perhaps the greatest concern for global health, however, is the ability of a person with a contagious illness to travel to virtually any part of the world within 24 h. Home Posted by Gary Walton at 11:47 am

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/10/its-always-fatal-if-untreated-plague.html 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 10-18-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Will A 'Great Mountain Burning With Fire' Soon Be 'Cast Into The Sea'? More Than 112 Million Americans In 'Line Of Fire' Of What Could Be The Worst Natural Disaster In Modern History

October 18, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

"And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea..." In this brand new story over at the Daily Mail they report that La Palma island in the Canary Islands had recently seen 352 earthquakes in a period of 10 days with hundreds of mini-quakes recorded on the seabed. Reporting within their story that the quakes have been so small that most residents of the island, also a popular tourist attraction, haven't even felt them, they also report that the last time the island saw a volcanic eruption was all the way back in 1971. And while the Canary Islands seem to be a world away to most Americans, so why should they care about what's going on more than 3,000 miles away, those paying attention know that in a worst-case scenario, a volcanic eruption of Cumbre Vieja could nearly instantly send a crippling wall of water towards the US East coast and across the entire Atlantic ocean, moving at estimates of up to 500 miles per hour, as the 'mountain of fire' crumbles into the sea. Ensuring that a tsunami would arrive in such metropolitan coastal areas as New York, Boston, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Washington DC and south to Atlanta and Miami, it's long been warned that a catastrophic failure of the Western flank of the volcano could send millions of tons of earth into the surrounding ocean. And while some have claimed that an apocalyptic mega-tsunami brought on by a catastrophic eruption of Cumbre Vieja is simply 'fake news', as long as La Palma is quaking, with the majority of the quakes in the region of the volcano, there's a chance that Cumbre Vieja might be awakening. This study over at Geo.Arizona.Edu calls the mere possibility of a huge chunk of Cumbre Vieja crashing into the sea a 'doomsday scenario' and as we see in this story, a 'doomsday scenario' that gives people on the East coast of the US very little time to prepare for. As we see outlined below, while such a worst-case-scenario would require many different variables, such a scenario carried out to its worst potential would instantly become the biggest natural disaster in modern history. From the Mirror.: If it was to blow, Cumbre Vieja could cause a mega tsunami . Some experts believe the volcano is in the initial stages of failure, meaning a big enough eruption could cause a massive landslide to enter the Atlantic Ocean. It could result in waves as high as 600m (approx. 1,968'!), travelling at around 450mph, meaning the African coast would be submerged within an hour, and the southern coastlines of the British Isles in just three and a half hours. As we see in the map above, most of the east coast of the United States would be in a 7-to-8-hour 'arrival zone' should that 'worst case scenario' happen with almost unbelievable estimates of a 100'+ wall of water arriving as we see in the 1st video below, a simulation of what might happen to our planet Earth should Cumbre Vieja go. Such a scenario would truly be Biblical and as we're told in this story over at the BBC, has already happened long ago on a different island. Huge landslides and the mega-tsunami that they cause are extremely rare - the last one happened 4,000 years ago on the island of Réunion. The growing concern is that the ideal conditions for just such a landslide - and consequent mega-tsunami - now exist on the island of La Palma in the Canaries. In 1949 the southern volcano on the island erupted. During the eruption an enormous crack appeared across one side of the volcano, as the western half slipped a few metres towards the Atlantic before stopping in its tracks. Although the volcano presents no danger while it is quiescent, scientists believe the western flank will give way completely during some future eruption on the summit of the volcano. In other words, any time in the next few thousand years a huge section of southern La Palma, weighing 500 thousand million tonnes, will fall into the Atlantic ocean. What will happen when the volcano on La Palma collapses? Scientists predict that it will generate a wave that will be almost inconceivably destructive, far bigger than anything ever witnessed in modern times. It will surge across the entire Atlantic in a matter of hours, engulfing the whole US east coast, sweeping away everything in its path up to 20km inland. Boston would be hit first, followed by New York, then all the way down the coast to Miami and the Caribbean.

hare This October 18, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

Will A 'Great Mountain Burning With Fire' Soon Be 'Cast Into The Sea'? More Than 112 Million Americans In 'Line Of Fire' Of What Could Be The Worst Natural Disaster In Modern History

canary_islands_smashed.jpg

"And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea..." In this brand new story over at the Daily Mail they report that La Palma island in the Canary Islands had recently seen 352 earthquakes in a period of 10 days with hundreds of mini-quakes recorded on the seabed. Reporting within their story that the quakes have been so small that most residents of the island, also a popular tourist attraction, haven't even felt them, they also report that the last time the island saw a volcanic eruption was all the way back in 1971. And while the Canary Islands seem to be a world away to most Americans, so why should they care about what's going on more than 3,000 miles away, those paying attention know that in a worst-case scenario, a volcanic eruption of Cumbre Vieja could nearly instantly send a crippling wall of water towards the US East coast and across the entire Atlantic ocean, moving at estimates of up to 500 miles per hour, as the 'mountain of fire' crumbles into the sea. Ensuring that a tsunami would arrive in such metropolitan coastal areas as New York, Boston, Philadelphia, Baltimore, Washington DC and south to Atlanta and Miami, it's long been warned that a catastrophic failure of the Western flank of the volcano could send millions of tons of earth into the surrounding ocean. la_palma_tsunami.png And while some have claimed that an apocalyptic mega-tsunami brought on by a catastrophic eruption of Cumbre Vieja is simply 'fake news', as long as La Palma is quaking, with the majority of the quakes in the region of the volcano, there's a chance that Cumbre Vieja might be awakening. This study over at Geo.Arizona.Edu calls the mere possibility of a huge chunk of Cumbre Vieja crashing into the sea a 'doomsday scenario' and as we see in this story, a 'doomsday scenario' that gives people on the East coast of the US very little time to prepare for. As we see outlined below, while such a worst-case-scenario would require many different variables, such a scenario carried out to its worst potential would instantly become the biggest natural disaster in modern history. From the Mirror.: If it was to blow, Cumbre Vieja could cause a mega tsunami . Some experts believe the volcano is in the initial stages of failure, meaning a big enough eruption could cause a massive landslide to enter the Atlantic Ocean. It could result in waves as high as 600m (approx. 1,968'!), travelling at around 450mph, meaning the African coast would be submerged within an hour, and the southern coastlines of the British Isles in just three and a half hours. travel_times_from_canary.png As we see in the map above, most of the east coast of the United States would be in a 7-to-8-hour 'arrival zone' should that 'worst case scenario' happen with almost unbelievable estimates of a 100'+ wall of water arriving as we see in the 1st video below, a simulation of what might happen to our planet Earth should Cumbre Vieja go. Such a scenario would truly be Biblical and as we're told in this story over at the BBC, has already happened long ago on a different island. Huge landslides and the mega-tsunami that they cause are extremely rare - the last one happened 4,000 years ago on the island of Réunion. The growing concern is that the ideal conditions for just such a landslide - and consequent mega-tsunami - now exist on the island of La Palma in the Canaries. In 1949 the southern volcano on the island erupted. During the eruption an enormous crack appeared across one side of the volcano, as the western half slipped a few metres towards the Atlantic before stopping in its tracks. Although the volcano presents no danger while it is quiescent, scientists believe the western flank will give way completely during some future eruption on the summit of the volcano. In other words, any time in the next few thousand years a huge section of southern La Palma, weighing 500 thousand million tonnes, will fall into the Atlantic ocean. What will happen when the volcano on La Palma collapses? Scientists predict that it will generate a wave that will be almost inconceivably destructive, far bigger than anything ever witnessed in modern times. It will surge across the entire Atlantic in a matter of hours, engulfing the whole US east coast, sweeping away everything in its path up to 20km inland. Boston would be hit first, followed by New York, then all the way down the coast to Miami and the Caribbean. us_flood_map.png According to Wikipedia, the East Coast of the United States from Florida to Maine is the home to more than 112 million people. With coastlines at elevations of below sea level to 270' above sea level for several hundred miles inland along most of the coast as we see in the elevation map below from FloodMap.net, every major city along the east coast is in the line of fire should that worst-case-scenario come to pass. As Modern Survival Blog outlines for us in this story titled "How Far Inland Would A 300' Tsunami Go On The East Coast", much of how far inland a tsunami would go depends upon the energy behind it. As we see in the simulation video below, a 100' tsunami hitting the east coast would depend upon an approx. 500 cubic km collapse. Should the collapse be bigger, the energy involved would be much more while likewise, a smaller collapse would mean much less energy. From their story.: So here’s the question… “IF” a 300 foot tsunami reached the East Coast, how far inland would it go? The short answer, and one that many may think to be accurate, is that it will go inland until the elevation of the land is higher than the tsunami. While that sounds logical, there are variables… Actually, the distance a tsunami will travel inland has more to do with the energy it still has left as it hits the shore. Out of curiosity and an interest in maps, I have custom built the following elevation maps based on high resolution data from USGS digital elevation maps of the United States, particularly the East Coast. I have modeled several layers of elevation of the East Coast to illustrate various height scenarios of tsunami versus geography as it travels inland. Several observations regarding a 300 foot tsunami would be the probable devastation of the following major East Coast cities…

CITY, (Current elevation above sea level, feet)

Portland, ME (~ 50′)

Boston, MA (~ 30′)

New Haven, CT (~ 50′)

Bridgeport, CT (~ 40′)

New York City, NY (~ 20′)

Jersey City, NJ (~ 30′)

Newark, NJ (~ 50′)

Atlantic City, NJ (~ 10′)

Wilmington, DE (~ 80′)

Philadelphia, PA (~ 40′)

Virginia Beach, VA (~ 10′)

Wilmington, NC (~ 20′)

Myrtle Beach, SC (~ 20′)

Charleston, SC (~ 10′)

Savannah, GA (~ 10′)

Daytona Beach, FL (less than 10′)

West Palm Beach, FL (less than 10′)

Fort Lauderdale, FL (less than 10′)

Miami, FL (less than 10′)

Many more maps such as the one below at this Modern Survival Blog link. As Strange Sounds recently reported, a significant deformation of 5 centimeters was detected at this swarm of quakes and this ground elevation is understood as magma pressing from below and thus raising the ground. Earthquakes release the energy. And while we certainly won't worry about it nor hold our breaths waiting for Cumbre Vieja to explode, especially considering the last major eruption prior to 1971 was all the way back in 1949 and prior to that back in 1712, it's always good for people to have their ears and eyes open and prepared for the worst, especially since those in the danger zones would have so little time to get out, and will be trying to get to higher ground along with 112 million others. And as we read in this story from News Channel 3 and hear in the 2nd video below, the New Madrid recently was hit with a 3.7 earthquake and while experts warn that much of the west coast is long overdue for 'the big one', we best serve our families and communities by preparing for whatever might happen with our planet Earth clearly going through 'birth pangs'. As Unveiling the Apocalypse blog reported, Amongst the various other startling images depicted in the Book of Revelation, the curious scene of a "great mountain, burning with fire" being thrown into the sea appears to be granted a certain significance. The Apocalypse uses recapitulation as a literary device to highlight areas of especial importance. The battle of Armageddon, for example, is referred to in several different places. The bizarre scene of a mountain being cast into the sea in Rev 8:8 is recapitulated again by the angel throwing a great millstone into the sea in Rev 18:21, connecting this event with the fall of "Babylon" - the ruling world-power in the eschatological age. The second angel blew his trumpet, and something like a great mountain, burning with fire, was thrown into the sea, and a third of the sea became blood. (Rev 8:8) But what could this scene represent?

http://allnewspipeline.com/Canary_Islands_New_Madrid_Waking.php 

:: 10-19-17 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

La Palma volcano ALERT: Magma is MOVING! Expert warns ‘significant’ distortion in Canaries

LA PALMA volcano’s red-hot magma has risen after its recent flurry of earthquakes causing the ground on the Canary Islands to “significantly” rise above ground level, experts said.

By Rebecca Perring

PUBLISHED: 08:32, Thu, Oct 19, 2017 | UPDATED: 10:41, Thu, Oct 19, 2017

Volcano experts discovered the ground in the area surrounding local hotel Teneguia Princess hotel has risen by about 1cm to the south and 3.5cm upwards over the past year, according to GPS sensors regulating ground deformation. The shocking results from the Volcanological Institute of the Canary Islands (Involcan) come after the archipelago was rocked by two separate seismic swarms in the area surrounding the deadly Cumbre Vieja. One of the world's leading experts in volcanology, Professor Takeshi Sagiya, from the Nagoya University, described the GPS data as ”significant". He said the recorded change in height looked significant compared with the changes in the last year. The GPS sensor is located about 3.5 to 4.5 miles south of the centre of the latest seismic swarm. There were 44 earthquakes recorded up to 2.1 magnitude hit between Friday at 1.52pm and Saturday to 4.17am. They followed another seismic storm the weekend before, which saw about 50 tremors in three days, between 1.5 and 2.7 on the Richter Scale, sparking fears the islands most active volcano was about to erupt. Scientist Stefan Scheller said: “If we assume the magma accumulation lies below the seismic swarm and thus raises the ground above. “A circular elevation of the ground about 7 km around the centre means a quantity of raised rock with a volume of approximately 5 million mł, which corresponds to approximately 12.5 million tons of rock.” Mr Scheller also played down the recent activity, but did not rule out an eruption would take place. He said only the future will tell if the rock above the magma is stable enough to stop the movement or if the rise breaks the rock even more, which would be reflected in future micro-earthquakes, and over time would lead to an eruption. But he insisted deformation had begun a year ago and there was no reason to be rushed or alarmed. Meanwhile, the National Geological Institute (IGN) insisted hat its sensors have not detected any deformation of the ground. Additional reporting by Maria Ortega

http://www.express.co.uk/news/world/867902/La-Palma-volcano-latest-update-warning-earthquake-ground-formation 

:: 10-18-17 ABC 7 News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

By John Gregory and ABC7.com staff

Wednesday, October 18, 2017 01:22PM

EL SEGUNDO, Calif. (KABC) --

Firefighters battled massive flames raging near storage tanks at the Chevron refinery in El Segundo, which sent thick black clouds of smoke into the air. With multiple fire agencies responding to the scene, firefighters used massive quantities of water and foam to make quick work of the flames, extinguishing them in about 45 minutes. No one was injured. The flames touched power lines, sending off big electrical flashes and sending some lines to the ground. The fire also threatened storage tanks at the refinery. The fire came after a reported explosion in the area around 10:30 p.m. Firefighters from the refinery's on-site industrial fire department were first to respond. "It was putting off a lot of heat, a lot of energy, but they've dealt with this before and they were kind of Johnny-on-the-spot and did a fantastic job over there," said Battalion Chief Breck Slover of the El Segundo Fire Departement. With smoke blowing into nearby residential areas, the fire department asked people in the area to close their windows and shelter in place. No evacuations were ordered. "It can always be worse than it is," Slover said. "It was really spectacular looking, and I think because of the quick action, the quick thinking of everybody involved, that it kept it down to what it was." The refinery, built in 1911, is located at 324 W. El Segundo Boulevard. According to Chevron, the refinery is the largest on the West Coast, processing more than 274,000 barrels of crude every day. The property covers 1,000 acres and has a storage capacity of 12. 5 million barrels in 150 storage tanks larger than 30 feet in diameter. The refinery is just south of Los Angeles International Airport. It did not immediately appear the smoke interfered with flights. Refinery officials released a statement addressing the blaze. "Chevron's primary concern is to ensure the safety of its employees and the surrounding community and the environment. Chevron is working very closely with the local agencies to ensure that we meet those expectations in responding to this incident," the statement said, in part. Multiple fire agencies were called in to assist Chevron and El Segundo firefighters, including Hermosa Beach and Redondo Beach firefighters. El Segundo police said Vista Del Mar would remain closed due to downed power lines. It was unclear how long the road would be closed. The cause of the fire was under investigation.

Fire erupts at Chevron refinery in El Segundo etc. etc.

Los Angeles police say an infant died and a little girl and a woman were hospitalized after they were found naked, unconscious and covered in a white powder-like substance in a store parking lot.

http://abc7.com/fire-breaks-out-at-chevron-refinery-in-el-segundo/2546498/ 

:: 10-18-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Texas fights ACLU to avoid becoming ‘sanctuary state for abortions’

By Alex Swoyer - The Washington Times - Wednesday, October 18, 2017

Texas and seven other states argued to a federal court Wednesday that illegal immigrants shouldn’t be granted an unfettered constitutional right to abortion in the U.S., backing the federal government’s refusal to help an young girl who sneaked into the country and is being held at a government-run shelter. The American Civil Liberties Union was in the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia Wednesday demanding that the girl, who is a juvenile and wasn’t named, be permitted abortion access. The ACLU said the government either needed to transport her to a clinic for the procedure, or else allow someone else to take her because she is approximately 15 weeks pregnant and under Texas law, the limit for an abortion is 20 weeks. But Texas and the other states say they have local abortion laws that need to be respected, and urged the courts to butt out.An unlawfully-present alien with no substantial ties to this country has no constitutional right to abortion on demand,” said Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton. He said if the courts force the government to facilitate the abortion, it will be turning etc..

https://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/oct/18/texas-fights-aclu-avoid-becoming-sanctuary-state-a/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-17-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel says it will not negotiate with a Hamas-based Pal. gov't

Leaked: The six clauses of the Fatah-Hamas deal

Security cabinet issues no operative decisions on Fatah-Hamas deal

By Herb Keinon October 17, 2017 18:43

The statement was the first operative decision made by the Israeli government toward the Fatah-Hamas reconciliation agreement reached earlier this month in Cairo. Israel will not conduct diplomatic negotiations with a Palestinian government that relies on Hamas unless the terrorist organization changes fundamentally, the security cabinet decided on Tuesday. This comes in the wake of the recent Fatah-Hamas reconciliation agreement. Israeli-Palestinian diplomatic negotiations have not been held in more than three years. According to a statement released by the Prime Minister’s Office after the security cabinet meeting, Israel will not hold talks with a Palestinian government backed by Hamas unless it recognizes Israel and stops terrorist activities, in accordance with Quartet principles established more than a decade ago. In addition, the statement said Hamas must be disarmed, the bodies of Israeli soldiers and the Israeli citizens held by Hamas must be returned, and the Palestinian Authority must assume full security control over the Gaza Strip – including at the border crossings where it must prevent the smuggling of arms into the coastal strip. The other conditions set by the security cabinet for continued diplomatic negotiations with the Palestinians are that it continue to thwart Hamas terrorist activity and the building of terrorist infrastructure in Judea and Samaria, that Hamas be cut off from Iran, and that funds and humanitarian supplies will flow into Gaza only through the PA and other internationally recognized mechanisms set up for this purpose. The statement issued after the meeting – the second security cabinet meeting on this matter in consecutive days – contained the first operative decisions made by the government toward the Fatah-Hamas reconciliation agreement reached earlier this month in Cairo. Egypt was heavily involved in brokering the deal, and the US said it hoped the accord would allow the PA to regain full control over Gaza. This decision is in accordance with a security cabinet decision made in April 2014, the last time there were serious attempts at a Fatah- Hamas reconciliation pact. At that time, the cabinet statement said it “unanimously decided that Israel will not negotiate with a Palestinian government backed by Hamas, a terrorist organization that calls for Israel’s destruction. In addition, Israel will respond to unilateral Palestinian action with a series of measures.” Tuesday’s statement, by contrast, did not mention any retaliatory measures that would be taken against the PA for the recent pact. The security cabinet decision stopped short of what one of its members – Education Minister Naftali Bennett – publicly demanded in recent days: severing connection with the PA as a result of the pact, which he said turned the PA into a “terrorist authority.” Nevertheless, Bennett issued a statement congratulating Netanyahu for adopting a decision that “sees the PA as a terrorist authority,” because any other decision would have given legitimacy to a terrorist organization that works to destroy Israel. Now, Bennett said, the government and the army will extract a price from Hamas and the PA for Hamas’s continued refusal to release the Israeli citizens and the bodies of the IDF soldiers they are holding in Gaza. Deputy Foreign Minister Tzipi Hotovely also praised the cabinet decision, saying the PA chose “terror over peace, and there is a price for that.” Hotovely said the PA could not play a “duplicitous game” of seeking international legitimacy and membership in international organizations while at the same time it embracing a murderous terrorist organization. On the other side of the political spectrum, Zionist Union MK Amir Peretz sarcastically tweeted his “congratulations” to the security cabinet for “ending a negotiation process that never existed.” Joint List head Ayman Odeh quipped on Twitter: “The Netanyahu guide to negotiations: When [the Palestinians] are split – no talks. When they are united – no talks. But at his next speech to the UN he will say that his hand is extended in peace.” Both Fatah and Hamas on Tuesday night rejected the cabinet decision. Nabil Abu Rudeineh, a spokesman for PA President Mahmoud Abbas, said, “The Israeli position won’t change the official Palestinian policy of reconciliation that results in the end of the occupation and the establishment of a Palestinian state on 1967 borders with east Jerusalem as its capital.” Hamas called the cabinet decision “Israeli interference in internal Palestinian matters” and said the Palestinian reaction needs to be continuation toward stability and the success of reconciliation between Hamas and Fatah. Hagay Hacohen contributed to this report.

http://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Israel-says-it-will-not-negotiate-with-a-Hamas-based-Palestinian-government-507680 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

:: 4-25-17 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rape Trees, Dead Migrants and the Consequences of an Open Border

by Brandon Darby and Bob Price25 Apr 2016

Many of the most caring people in the U.S. think they are helping the poor from Latin America by leaving our Southwest border wide open between ports-of-entry, but they are not. Several of the transnational criminal organizations (cartels) operating in Central America and Mexico make an estimated one-third or more of their profits from illegal immigration. Specifically, two groups below Texas, the Gulf and Los Zetas cartels, are largely fueled by the trafficking and smuggling of human beings. The brutality of these criminal groups, from incinerating innocents in a network of ovens to their near complete control of state and local governments, is largely paid for by funds generated from illegal immigration–a shadowy economic engine that is only possible because we refuse to properly secure our border with Mexico. Women and young girls from Central America are routinely given birth control or morning after pills by their mothers in anticipation of the likely sexual assaults that will occur on their illicit journey to the United States. These females are often raped immediately upon making it to their first stop once they arrive in a Mexican stash house from Guatemala. They then are shipped to the U.S.-Mexico border, usually to Reynosa, Mexico, immediately south of McAllen, Texas. In the process of making it from the first stash house to the second, the women and young girls are often sexually assaulted or raped again by the smuggler–or group of smugglers–taking them between the two locations. The sexual assaults and rapes then often happen again in the second Mexican stash house of their journey. They are then trickled into the U.S. across the porous border and brought to a third stash house in a U.S. border town, usually in or near McAllen, Texas. They are often sexually assaulted or raped again by the operator of the stash house, if they are deemed attractive assaulted or raped again by the operator of the stash house, if they are deemed attractive by the criminals operating the clandestine facility. They are stockpiled until the cartel wants to send a large load of narcotics across the Rio Grande. The cartel then sends a large load of humans across in one area and then a drug load across in another. Once the human beings are in Texas, another smuggler then picks up the women and young girls and drives them with a coyote to a point along Highway 281 just before the Border patrol checkpoint immediately south of Falfurrias, Texas. The checkpoint is approximately 85 miles north of the U.S.-Mexico border. Rape trees The women and young girls exit the vehicle with their coyote and attempt to make their way around the checkpoint. Most of the apprehended illegal migrants say they were told it would be a 30-minute hike and that they were given a gallon of water for their trip. The reality is that the hike usually takes 3-4 days. It is common for the coyote to sexually assault or rape the females on this stretch of the journey as well. These coyotes usually remove an article of clothing from the female they rape and they tie it tightly to a tree—a rape tree. “The rape trees are a common practice in this area,” said Daniel Walden, a human trafficking investigator and instructor who founded a team of volunteer police officers who donate their time to help patrol in Brooks County, which is among Texas’ poorest counties. “The women are warned in Mexico that they likely will be raped and assaulted during the trafficking process. It is common for mothers to put their young daughters on the pill or some other form of contraception before sending them north.” “Human trafficking is about the smuggler having power and control over their victims. The rape trees send a signal to those who follow about what will happen if you get out of line. The women are terrorized into submission,” Walden explained during an interview with Breitbart Texas. “While I have only seen one rape tree personally, we get reports from inside the ranches about them on a regular basis.” Linda Vickers is one of those ranchers. Her ranch is located just north of the Border Patrol checkpoint south of Falfurrias. These smuggled aliens are led across her property on a regular basis. “Many years ago, I used to see bras and women’s jeans hung in trees on our property, but I didn’t know why,” Vickers told Breitbart Texas in an interview on Saturday. “I do now.” It is common to find not only these rape trees, but condoms as well,” the Texas rancher explained. “I find these rape trees and condoms to be unnerving and it is a reminder of the unsavory character of the criminal trespassers on my ranch. It makes me very angry.” Vickers said she is often asked if she feels safe on the ranch she calls home. “I would not if not for my pistol, my own alertness to my surroundings and my K-9s,” she explained. “These dogs let me live a normal life out here without fear.” The South Texas rancher recounted episodes on her ranch where they found groups of women and young girls. “These women and girls would huddle up together away from the men after the groups were captured,” Vickers said. She described a scene where a Mexican woman named Norma had teamed up with a 12-year-old girl named Delia. They were not related but Norma had taken Delia under her wing to protect her. The two had become separated from their smugglers the day before being found on the Vicker’s ranch. “I thought it was nice of her to take care of the young girl as they were traveling through this very dangerous territory.” The injured and tired left to die Some of the women and young girls get hurt; an ankle gets sprained, a foot broken, or they simply get exhausted and can’t physically continue. They are then left to die by their coyote—and they often do. The county that the Falfurrias checkpoint is in is Brooks County. They have six deputies to patrol nearly 1,000 square miles. Forty-four bodies were found in the area in 2014 alone, with 129 found last year. Some are men, some are women, but all were left to die after an injury or the inability to keep up with the group they were traveling with. The Salvadoran woman being interviewed by volunteer Brooks County deputy Daniel Walden was left behind to die in Brooks County because she twisted her knee. (File Photo: Breitbart Texas/Bob Price) Some of the illegal migrants make their way to a road and get rescued by law enforcement, others are not so lucky and they are found dead under a tree, usually half-eaten by vultures and other animals. Some of the women and young girls are picked up by sex traffickers who patrol the area looking for vulnerable prey. “The woman from El Salvador was very lucky that morning when we found her,” Walden said recalling the 2014 incident. “First she was lucky to find her way to a roadway where she could be discovered. The brush land all looks the same and experienced hikers get lost in minutes without navigational aids. The temperature that day was heading to the high 90’s and water is scarce.” “She was also lucky it was us that found her and not one of the human trafficking coyotes in the area that routinely drive along this particular road,” the deputy continued. “They are looking for women just like her they can turn into sex slaves in one of Texas’ larger cities.” The women and young girls who are lucky enough to get apprehended by law enforcement often refuse to talk about their assaults until much later. Many of them express fear for themselves or their families, as the coyotes have often threatened to kill them if the victim talks about the ordeal. Breitbart Texas witnessed first-hand, the horrible deaths that befell many of the travelers through this region. The photo above is one of two Mexican men left to die along the trail after they became too weak to keep up. After receiving a 911 call at the Brooks County Sheriff’s office, Border Patrol BORSTAR rescue teams searched for more than a day to find the two men. The one pictured above was found first. About 12 hours later, the second man was found further up the trail. In the Brooks County Sheriff’s Office, Chief Deputy Benny Martinez is no stranger to the death and suffering caused by our country’s open border policy. His department’s small staff of deputies are routinely sent out to recover the remains of the victims or pick up the survivors. His very small and underfunded department is supplemented by the volunteer efforts of those like Walden and his Border Brotherhood of Texas volunteer deputies. “Fortunately, because of the efforts of our deputies, the Border Patrol’s presence, help from the State of Texas with Texas Rangers, Department of Public Safety Troopers, and members of the Texas State Guard, the number of deaths this year is lower,” Martinez told Breitbart Texas in an interview. “We have worked hard to do as much as we can with the limited resources we have and have pushed state officials to send us help. The lives saved as a result speaks to how well our people are doing.” Countless Border Patrol agents and county law enforcement officers from across the entire 1,994-mile Southwest border with Mexico have repeated their versions of these same stories—ad-nauseam. The journeys and time spent by Breitbart Texas in border communities from the coast of Texas to the coast of California all share commonality in that women and young girls are exploited in a similar fashion by the coyotes who bring them into the U.S. illegally. There are minor differences, dependent upon the region, but they all share the same core: Mexican cartels and the human smugglers to whom they lease routes exploit the porous U.S.-Mexico border and humanity’s most vulnerable always suffer the most. Follow Breitbart Texas Managing Director Brandon Darby on Twitter: @brandondarby

http://www.breitbart.com/texas/2016/04/25/rape-trees-dead-migrants-consequences-open-border/ 

:: 9-28-17 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Now I Can Walk!' Jesus Heals the Cripple in Powerful Video

09-28-2017

Evangelist Daniel Kolenda has traveled the globe preaching the gospel and praying for the sick. He has seen God work many miracles first-hand, but this week he shared one of the most memorable healings he's ever witnessed. "In 2010 we were in the city of Karu in Nigeria," he explains in a video on his Facebook page. "I remember it was one of those nights where the miracles were just popping up like popcorn all over the field after I prayed for the sick." Kolenda knew God was up to something big and would show his miracle-working power. "I remember seeing from my right-hand side this woman running up to me with her sister and crutches in the air," he says. The woman comes walking across the stage with her hands in the air and tears in her eyes. Kolenda gives her the microphone and she tells a testimony that captures the attention of everyone in the audience. "I have had five surgeries. After the fifth one I could not walk," she says. "I could not walk but now I can walk." "For seven years I've been suffering that affliction for seven years now. I can now walk on my own! Thank you, Jesus!" she says. Kolenda says he saw the woman the next day and she was walking around just fine. "When we saw her the next day you couldn't tell that there had been anything wrong with her," he says. The woman's sister was overjoyed by the miracle God had performed. "Praise the Lord. Glory be to God. My sister is healed. She's the only sister I have."

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/cwn/2017/september/now-i-can-walk-jesus-heals-the-cripple-in-powerful-video 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 10-18-17 Times Live :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Roodepoort pastor's body found

18 October 2017 - 13:24 By Kgaugelo Masweneng

Tributes from friends and family poured out for a Roodepoort pastor found dead in Magaliesburg after he went missing on Monday. The body of Martin Beneke‚ who founded the Life in Christ Network church‚ was found burned beyond recognition. Police spokesperson Kay Makhubela said police were investigating a case of kidnapping and murder. “He was kidnapped and found dead at a farm in Magaliesburg yesterday‚” Makhubela said. “The man’s hands were tied behind his back and his body was burnt beyond recognition. He and his car were found by a farmer in the area and his car was burning. The motive is unknown and at the moment no arrests have been made. He was reported missing on Monday this week by his family after he did not come back home that night‚” Makhubela added. Beneke’s mother‚ Elaine‚ posted on Facebook: “My son is now part of statistics - hacked and killed!” Many people poured out their hearts in memory of the pastor on social media. Facebook friend Adam Dunn‎ posted his condolences to the family of the deceased: “Martin was a very good pigeon fancier‚ who was forever challenging the status quo. Very vocal at meeting ensuring fairness for the members‚ his club and race point locations. He was so sure of the quality of his pigeons and believed that his performance was directly related to his loft location‚ that he relocated his pigeons to Alberton just to prove the point. How many fanciers have this sort of conviction? Martin had.”

https://www.timeslive.co.za/news/south-africa/2017-10-18-roodepoort-pastors-body-found/ 

:: 10-18-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel finds a welcome audience with Christian journalists

By JOSEF FEDERMAN, Associated Press

JERUSALEM – Israel's nationalist government may be unpopular with Western liberals and much of its domestic press corps, but it has found a close friend among the world's evangelical Christians and their media outlets. The government this week is hosting a first-of-its-kind summit for Christian journalists, featuring softball questions, mutual admiration and a welcome respite for embattled Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. His outreach to evangelical leaders reflects striking tactical parallels to his close ally and fellow media basher, President Donald Trump. About 130 journalists from some 30 countries are participating in the four-day summit, which ends Wednesday. The world's largest broadcasters, including the Christian Broadcasting Network, Daystar, Trinity Broadcasting Network and God TV, are all represented. Nitzan Chen, the director of Israel's Government Press Office, said he believed the summit was long overdue, and that planners chose the 50th anniversary celebrations of Israel's capture of east Jerusalem as a fitting occasion for the conference. For many years, Israel has held a summit for Jewish media outlets, cultivating those journalists as unofficial "ambassadors" to help promote Israel's image abroad, he said. "Using the same logic," it decided to reach out to Christian media, in what could become a regular event. The summit's agenda includes meetings with top Israeli politicians, most from the nationalist side. Palestinian speakers barely appear on the agenda. Sessions include discussions on archaeology and Jewish-Christian relations, but also "radical Islam" and alleged media bias, legal "warfare" and Palestinian "incitement" against Israel. While Israel's West Bank settlements are largely vilified in the West, participants are offered a chance to visit one. The media summit extends what has become a warm relationship between Israel and its evangelical supporters. Local charities raise millions of dollars from Christian friends around the world, and evangelical Christians make up a sizeable segment of the tourism industry. Last week, thousands of Christians gathered in Jerusalem for an annual celebration and parade coinciding with the Jewish holiday of Sukkot. According to Israel's Tourism Ministry, evangelical Christians account for roughly one-fifth of all Christian tourists visiting the country. Among American Christian visitors, the number of evangelicals is much higher, at nearly 40 percent. "The evangelical market is one of our main target audiences," said Eyal Carlin, director of the ministry's Americas department. He said the ministry advertises in Christian media, sponsors trips for influential community leaders and works with Christian tour operators to offer visits with "faith-based or biblical themes." Gordon Robertson, chief executive of the Christian Broadcasting Network and a summit participant, said evangelical support for Israel was deep and heartfelt. He described Israel's modern-day history, from its founding in 1948 to its capture of east Jerusalem in 1967 to scenes last week of children laughing and playing in his Jerusalem hotel, as fulfilling biblical prophecy — the bedrock idea seemingly driving the Evangelicals' support. He also talked of his strong personal affinity for Israel and the Jewish faith, noting that he enjoys studying the Hebrew Bible. "I like to joke, the longer I'm a Christian the more Jewish I become," he said. CBN, known best for its "700 Club" show and which claims a worldwide audience of 360 million people, delivered its first satellite broadcast from Jerusalem's Mount of Olives in 1976. Today, its Jerusalem operation is "one of our most productive bureaus in the world," he said. While Robertson, the son of famed televangelist Pat Robertson, said he did not consider himself to be a direct partner of the Israeli government, he said, "I think we can be a partner with the Israeli people." "Israel is obviously in a very difficult position with the Palestinians, with the Arab world, and there needs to be a voice that's independent from Israel, saying, 'wait a minute, Israel is actually doing the right thing.'" He said. That strong support for Israel was evident at Netanyahu's meeting with the visiting journalists. Netanyahu, who routinely spars with local media and has accused them of reporting "fake news" in their coverage of a series of corruption scandals, received a warm welcome. "Good to see you, my friend," said one journalist before asking a question. "There's no fake news here." Netanyahu's embrace of the Christian media echoes the strategy employed by Trump. White evangelicals were a core constituency that propelled Trump to victory in last year's election. And even after the tumultuous start to his presidency, they remain staunch supporters. Trump, along with members of his administration and his family, have appeared regularly on CBN. Robertson said that Christian voters were drawn to Trump in part because of his strong support for Israel. "It's absolutely an issue. It will absolutely determine a vote," he said. Ahmad Majdalani, an aide to Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas, said evangelical support for Israel is well-known but difficult to understand. He said that both Palestinian Christians and Muslims are harmed by Israeli policies. "I think those evangelical people are deluded by the Israeli propaganda," he said. "I recommend they go to Bethlehem and see the large swatch of Christian land that was confiscated and turned into Jewish settlements." Robertson echoed the Israeli claim that the Palestinians have rejected repeated peace offers and refused to recognize Israel's right to exist as a Jewish state. He also rejected a common "accusation" in Israel that evangelical Christians are here to convert Jews or prepare for the End of Days. "We really truly stand with Israel, and we really truly want to be dear friends," he said. Not everyone agrees. Jeremy Ben Ami, president of J Street, a liberal pro-Israel group in Washington that is often critical of the Israeli government, said the evangelicals do not necessarily have Israel's best interests in mind. "Israel should be wary of embracing extreme Christian Zionist groups that may be more concerned with their own theological agendas than with Israel's long-term survival as a secure, democratic homeland for the Jewish people," he said.

http://www.foxnews.com/world/2017/10/18/israel-finds-welcome-audience-with-christian-journalists.html

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

[ :: 2-12-16 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Do not, do not go overseas without me telling you to.  Be careful of where you go, seek my face, call upon my name, don’t just go because others go, don’t just go because you feel like you would desire to go, don’t do it, saith your Father God, for blood shall be flowing in streets. etc.

:: 10-3-17 The Rutherford Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mass Shootings: The Military-Entertainment Complex’s Culture of Violence Turns Deadly

By John W. Whitehead October 03, 2017

Mass shootings have become routine in the United States and speak to a society that relies on violence to feed the coffers of the merchants of death. Given the profits made by arms manufacturers, the defense industry, gun dealers and the lobbyists who represent them in Congress, it comes as no surprise that the culture of violence cannot be abstracted from either the culture of business or the corruption of politics. Violence runs through US society like an electric current offering instant pleasure from all cultural sources, whether it be the nightly news or a television series that glorifies serial killers.”—Professor Henry A. Giroux This latest mass shooting in Las Vegas that left more than 50 people dead and more than 500 injured is as obscure as they come: a 64-year-old retiree with no apparent criminal history, no military training, and no obvious axe to grind opens fire on a country music concert crowd from a hotel room 32 floors up using a semi-automatic gun that may have been rigged to fire up to 700 rounds a minute, then kills himself. We’re left with more questions than answers, none of them a flattering reflection of the nation’s values, political priorities, or the manner in which the military-industrial complex continues to dominate, dictate and shape almost every aspect of our lives. For starters, why do these mass shootings keep happening? Mass shootings have taken place at churches, in nightclubs, on college campuses, on military bases, in elementary schools, in government offices, and at concerts. This shooting is the deadliest to date. What is it about America that makes violence our nation’s calling card? Is it because America is a gun culture (what professor Henry Giroux describes as “a culture soaked in blood – a culture that threatens everyone and extends from accidental deaths, suicides and domestic violence to mass shootings“)? Is it because guns are so readily available? After all, the U.S. is home to more firearms than adults. As The Atlantic reports, gun fetishism has become mainstream in recent decades due in large part to “gun porn in music, movies, and TV, [and] the combination of weapons marketing and violent videogames.” (Curiously enough, the majority of gun-related deaths in the U.S. are suicides, not homicides.) Is it because entertainment violence is the hottest selling ticket at the box office? As Giroux points out, “Popular culture not only trades in violence as entertainment, but also it delivers violence to a society addicted to a pleasure principle steeped in graphic and extreme images of human suffering, mayhem and torture.” Is it because the government continues to whet the nation’s appetite for violence and war through paid propaganda programs (seeded throughout sports entertainment, Hollywood blockbusters and video games)—what professor Roger Stahl refers to as “militainment“—that glorify the military and serve as recruiting tools for America’s expanding military empire? Is it because Americans from a very young age are being groomed to enlist as foot soldiers—even virtual ones—in America’s Army (coincidentally, that’s also the name of a first person shooter video game produced by the military)? Explorer scouts are one of the most popular recruiting tools for the military and its civilian counterparts (law enforcement, Border Patrol, and the FBI). Writing for The Atlantic, a former Explorer scout described the highlight of the program: monthly weekend maneuvers with the National Guard where scouts “got to fire live rounds from M16s, M60 machine guns, and M203 grenade launchers… we would have urban firefights (shooting blanks, of course) in Combat Town, a warren of concrete buildings designed for just that purpose. The exercise always devolved into a free-for-all, with all of us weekend warriors emptying clip after clip of blanks until we couldn’t see past the end of our rifles for all the smoke in the air.” Is it because the United States is the number one consumer, exporter and perpetrator of violence and violent weapons in the world? Seriously, America spends more money on war than the combined military budgets of China, Russia, the United Kingdom, Japan, France, Saudi Arabia, India, Germany, Italy and Brazil. America polices the globe, with 800 military bases and troops stationed in 160 countries. Moreover, the war hawks have turned the American homeland into a quasi-battlefield with military gear, weapons and tactics. In turn, domestic police forces have become roving extensions of the military—a standing army. Or is the Second Amendment to blame, as many continue to suggest? Would there be fewer mass shootings if tighter gun control laws were enacted? Or would the violence simply take a different form: homemade bombs, cars driven into crowds, and knives (remember the knife assailant in Japan who stabbed 19 people to death at a care home for the disabled)? Then again, could it be, as some have speculated, that these shootings are all part of an elaborate plan to incite fear and chaos, heighten national tensions and shift us that much closer to a complete lockdown? After all, the military and our militarized police forces have been predicting and preparing for exactly this kind of scenario for years now. So who’s to blame for the violence? This time, in Las Vegas, it was a seemingly nondescript American citizen pulling the trigger. At other times, it’s organized crime syndicates or petty criminals or so-called terrorists/extremists. Still other times, it’s the police with their shoot first, ask questions later mindset (more than 900,000 law enforcement officers are armed). In certain parts of the Middle East, it’s the U.S. government and the military carrying out drone strikes and bombing campaigns that leave innocent civilians dead and their communities torn apart. Are you starting to get the picture yet? We’re caught in a vicious cycle with no end in sight. Perhaps there’s no single one factor to blame for this gun violence. However, there is a common denominator, and that is a war-drenched, violence-imbued, profit-driven military industrial complex that has invaded almost every aspect of our lives. Ask yourself: Who are these shooters modelling themselves after? Where are they finding the inspiration for their weaponry and tactics? Whose stance and techniques are they mirroring? In almost every instance, you can connect the dots back to the military. We are a military culture. We have been a nation at war for most of our existence. We are a nation that makes a living from killing through defense contracts, weapons manufacturing and endless wars. In order to sustain the nation’s appetite for war over the long haul in spite of the costs of war in lives lost and dollars spent—and little else to show for it—the military has had to work overtime to churn out pro-war, pro-military propaganda. It’s exactly what President Eisenhower warned against (“the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex”) in his 1961 farewell address. We didn’t listen then and we’re still not listening now. All the while, the government’s war propaganda machine has grown more sophisticated and entrenched in American culture. Back when I was a boy growing up in the 1950s, almost every classic sci fi movie ended with the heroic American military saving the day, whether it was battle tanks in Invaders from Mars (1953) or military roadblocks in Invasion of the Body Snatchers (1956). What I didn’t know then as a schoolboy was the extent to which the Pentagon was paying to be cast as America’s savior. By the time my own kids were growing up, it was Jerry Bruckheimer’s blockbuster film Top Gun—created with Pentagon assistance and equipment—that boosted civic pride in the military. Now it’s my grandkids’ turn to be awed and overwhelmed by child-focused military propaganda in the X-Men movies. Same goes for The Avengers and Superman and the Transformers. (Don’t even get me started on the war propaganda churned out by the toymakers.) All of the military equipment featured in blockbuster movies is provided—at taxpayer expense—in exchange for carefully placed promotional spots aimed at indoctrinating the American populace into believing that patriotism means throwing their support behind the military wholeheartedly and unquestioningly. Even reality TV shows have gotten in on the gig, with the Pentagon’s entertainment office influencing “American Idol,” “The X-Factor,” “Masterchef,” “Cupcake Wars,” numerous Oprah Winfrey shows, “Ice Road Truckers,” “Battlefield Priests,” “America’s Got Talent,” “Hawaii Five-O,” lots of BBC, History Channel and National Geographic documentaries, “War Dogs,” and “Big Kitchens.” And that’s just a sampling. It’s estimated that U.S. military intelligence agencies (including the NSA) have influenced over 1,800 movies and TV shows. And then there are the growing number of video games, a number of which are engineered by or created for the military, which have accustomed players to interactive war play through military simulations and first-person shooter scenarios. This is how you acclimate a population to war. This is how you cultivate loyalty to a war machine. This is how, to borrow from the subtitle to the 1964 film Dr. Strangelove, you teach a nation to “stop worrying and love the bomb.” As journalist David Sirota writes for Salon, “[C]ollusion between the military and Hollywood - including allowing Pentagon officials to line edit scripts - is once again on the rise, with new television programs and movies slated to celebrate the Navy SEALs….major Hollywood directors remain more than happy to ideologically slant their films in precisely the pro-war, pro-militarist direction that the Pentagon demands in exchange for taxpayer-subsidized access to military hardware.” Why is the Pentagon (and the CIA and the government at large) so focused on using Hollywood as a propaganda machine? To those who profit from war, it is—as Sirota recognizes—”a ‘product’ to be sold via pop culture products that sanitize war and, in the process, boost recruitment numbers….At a time when more and more Americans are questioning the fundamental tenets of militarism (i.e., budget-busting defense expenditures, never-ending wars/occupations, etc.), military officials are desperate to turn the public opinion tide back in a pro-militarist direction — and they know pop culture is the most effective tool to achieve that goal.” The media, eager to score higher ratings, has been equally complicit in making (real) war more palatable to the public by packaging it as TV friendly. This is what Dr. Stahl refers to as the representation of a “clean war“: a war “without victims, without bodies, and without suffering”:‘ Dehumanize destruction’ by extracting all human imagery from target areas … The language used to describe the clean war is as antiseptic as the pictures. Bombings are ‘air strikes.’ A future bombsite is a ‘target of opportunity.’ Unarmed areas are ‘soft targets.’ Civilians are ‘collateral damage.’ Destruction is always ‘surgical.’ By and large, the clean war wiped the humanity of civilians from the screen … Create conditions by which war appears short, abstract, sanitized and even aesthetically beautiful. Minimize any sense of death: of soldiers or civilians.” This is how you sell war to a populace that may have grown weary of endless wars: sanitize the war coverage of anything graphic or discomfiting (present a clean war), gloss over the actual numbers of soldiers and civilians killed (human cost), cast the business of killing humans in a more abstract, palatable fashion (such as a hunt), demonize one’s opponents, and make the weapons of war a source of wonder and delight. “This obsession with weapons of war has a name: technofetishism,” explains Stahl. “Weapons appear to take on a magical aura. They become centerpieces in a cult of worship.” “Apart from gazing at the majesty of these bombs, we were also invited to step inside these high-tech machines and take them for a spin,” said Stahl. “Or if we have the means, we can purchase one of the military vehicles on the consumer market. Not only are we invited to fantasize about being in the driver’s seat, we are routinely invited to peer through the crosshairs too. These repeated modes of imaging war cultivate new modes of perception, new relationships to the tools of state violence. In other words, we become accustomed to ‘seeing’ through the machines of war.” In order to sell war, you have to feed the public’s appetite for entertainment. Not satisfied with peddling its war propaganda through Hollywood, reality TV shows and embedded journalists whose reports came across as glorified promotional ads for the military, the Pentagon turned to sports to further advance its agenda, “tying the symbols of sports with the symbols of war.” The military has been firmly entrenched in the nation’s sports spectacles ever since, having co-opted football, basketball, even NASCAR. Remember, just before this Vegas shooting gave the media, the politicians and the easily distracted public something new to obsess over, the headlines were dominated by President Trump’s feud with the NFL over players kneeling during the national anthem. That, too, was yet another example of how much the military entertainment complex—which paid $53 million of taxpayer money between 2012 and 2015 to pro sports teams for military tributes (on-field events recognizing military service members, including ceremonial first pitches, honor guards and Jumbotron tributes)—has infiltrated American culture. This Trump-NFL feud is also a classic example of how to squash dissent—whether it’s dissent over police brutality or America’s killing fields abroad. As Stahl explains, “Supporting the troops is made synonymous with supporting the war. Those who disagree with the decision to send soldiers to war are thus identified with the enemy. This is done through a variety of associations… Dissent becomes synonymous with criminal activity.” When you talk about the Las Vegas mass shooting, you’re not dealing with a single shooter scenario. Rather, you’re dealing with a sophisticated, far-reaching war machine that has woven itself into the very fabric of this nation. As Stahl concludes, “War has come to look very much like a video game. As viewers of the TV war, we are treated to endless flyovers. We are immersed in a general spirit of play. We are shown countless computer animations that contribute a sense of virtuality. We play alongside news anchors who watch on their monitors. We sit in front of the crosshairs directing missiles with a sense of interactivity. The destruction, if shown at all, seems unreal, distant. These repeated images foster habitual fantasies of crossing over.” You want to stop the gun violence? Stop the worship of violence that permeates our culture. Stop glorifying the military industrial complex with flyovers and salutes during sports spectacles. Stop acting as if there is anything patriotic about military exercises and occupations that bomb hospitals and schools. Stop treating guns and war as entertainment fodder in movies, music, video games, toys, amusement parks, reality TV and more. Stop distribution weapons of war to the local police and turning them into extensions of the military—weapons that have no business being anywhere but on a battlefield. Most of all, as I point out in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People, stop falling for the military industrial complex’s psychological war games.

https://www.rutherford.org/publications_resources/john_whiteheads_commentary/mass_shootings_the_military_entertainment_complexs_culture_of_violence 

:: 10-13-17 SHTF Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Las Vegas Massacre Survivor Abruptly Dies Just Days After Posting Eyewitness Account Of Multiple Shooters And Subsequent Cover-Up Shepard Ambellas October 13th, 2017

(INTELLIHUB) — A woman by the name of Kymberley Suchomel, 28, who attended the Oct. 1 Route 91 Harvest Music Festival, passed away Monday at her Apple Valley home just days after she had survived the deadliest mass shooting in modern U.S. history unscathed, according to multiple mainstream media reports. Suchomel, who posted her eyewitness account of the Las Vegas massacre in astonishingly vivid detail to her Facebook page on Oct. 4, subsequently passed away in her home on Oct. 9 from what reports are claiming are ‘natural causes.’ Shockingly, just days before her death, Suchomel posted key details about the shooting to Facebook that contradicted the official narrative which claims that Stephen Paddock was the lone gunman. “From about 50 feet in front of us, and a little to the right, fire crackers were set off. Let me repeat that… FIRE CRACKERS WERE SET OFF. I verbally stated “some asshole just shot of fire crackers in close proximity to so many people”. I was literally pissed off. You could see Jason Aldean look to his left kind of startled by it, but he was also clearly irritated. I would say about 15 seconds later, the first volley of gunfire was released,” the eyewitness wrote. She went on… It was a shorter volley than any of the others, and the gunfire was not as close together either. EVERYONE looked up, down, around. We thought it was more fire crackers at first, but then Ricky reached over, told us all to put our boots on, quickly. And the volley ended. Then people started to panic. The gentlemen behind me looked at me as I was putting on my boots, half laying down, and said “calm down crazy, its just fireworks, jeez”. That is when the 2nd volley went off, Ricky yelled at us all to get down, flat, & we immediately knew there was someone shooting at us. I remember getting down, but I didn’t lay flat for some reason, thinking- oh my gosh, I need to get flatter than I am now, but my body just wouldn’t let me. That was the 2nd volley. At the end of that volley ( I am still struggling to get my boots on), we turned and tried to run, but the people behind us still weren’t moving. I yelled at the lady “RUN! ITS GUNFIRE! RUUUUUUUUUNNNNN!!!” Third volley of gunfire hits astroturf According to Suchomel the shooting was ‘close.” “[When] the 3rd volley hit… and it was close. Very, very close to us. I could physically see the impact of the bullets on the astro-turf, I could feel the warmth & the passing of bullets. Once that 3rd volley was over, Casie linked her arm into mine, and we decided at that moment we weren’t stopping- we were getting the Hell out of there. And I do mean Hell. We were in literal Hell,” she claimed. “The gentlemen that mocked me stating it was just fireworks fell to the ground, and he never got back up. The lady behind me (who was now in front of me) who was terrified as I told her to run, never got back up. I actually had to physically step over her body to run (something I am still struggling with, so please don’t attack me. I was absolutely in flight-or-fight mode). There was another person to my right who also wasn’t moving. We ran. I don’t know what direction we ran, I don’t know towards which landmark we ran. We just ran. It was at this time our group got split up. Casie & I were together. Ricky, Cassie & Mendy were together.” Soon after, according to her account, Suchomel started to panic when she realized ‘100%’ that there was more than one shooter and that multiple gunmen were in the crowd! “We were rounding some sort of corner maybe- and I looked to the right and I saw this large cowboy sitting down with his legs spread, holding a blood-soaked woman. I thought to myself “we NEED to hide”, but as I looked quickly for somewhere to go, the gunfire once again got closer and closer. We couldn’t hide because they (and I do mean THEY) were chasing us. That exact moment is when I started to really panic. That is the exact moment in which I thought this was it, I was going to die, I was never going to see my family again. So, as we are running, we approach this fence where men are throwing women over, and we ran up to it as they had knocked It down, so we were able to get out. As we crossed the threshold of the venue, my mind went straight to other mass shootings and hearing the victim’s families in my head talk about how they never got to say goodbye. I did not want this for my husband (who was at work) & my grandma (who had my daughter, Scarlett). So, at 10:07pm I called my husband franticly leaving him a voicemail- telling him that I loved him and was in the middle of a shooting & I wasn’t sure if I would make it out alive,” she explained. “Next, while still running, I called my grandma to tell her the exact same thing. But the gunfire wasn’t stopping this whole time. It wasn’t ceasing. It wasn’t slowing down. And It was directly behind us, following us. Bullets were coming from every direction. Behind us, in front of us, to the side of us. But I know, I just know, that there was someone chasing us. The entire time I felt this way,” she explained “The farther we got from the venue, the closer the gunfire got. I kept looking back expecting to see the gunmen- and I say MEN because there was more than one person. There was more than one gun firing. 100% more than one.”As we were running, we kept changing direction, because it felt like no matter what direction we took, we were being followed. So we ended up running in a weird triangular path. The first place I remember getting to was a parking lot, and I told Casie (who was slightly in front of me) we needed to get under one of the trucks. She turned to me and started her way back to me, and that is when the gunfire got even CLOSER than ever before. It was RIGHT THERE. It was within the parking lot. Everyone around us was panicking once again. So we ditched the idea of getting underneath a vehicle, and we continued the run for our lives. If you know me, you know I am a big girl, who is out of shape, and who definitely does not run for any reason. But I can tell you I ran like I have never run before,” she continued in extreme detail. The 2nd place I remember going by was Hooters- which is where we met back up with the rest of our small group. We ran towards the entrance thinking we could take cover there, but as we got closer, a stampede of people ran out, terrified. We could only conclude that there was another gunman inside of that hotel. This made us even more scared- we had nowhere to go- no one to trust. At some point, we ended up at the airport & even entered the building for safety. Everyone as we entered were screaming at the staff “IS IT SAFE IN HERE?” but we weren’t getting anyone to answer us, so after running about 30 feet into the building, not getting the answers we so desperately needed, we decided it, too, wasn’t a safe spot, so we got out of there quickly and continued running. After all this running, we were tired, sore & having to stop to cough, gag and even vomit. We ran across an intersection & us & another group of people pleaded with a limo driver to let us in and get us out of there. He was clearly confused & didn’t understand what was going on, so he didn’t let us in. Next, we ran to a taxi van & she was willing to let us in, but she told us her van only held 4 people & she wasn’t going to let the 5 of us in, so we said screw it and continued running. At one point, we ran passed a small liquor store where they so graciously gave us water bottles. We passed UNLV as well. ‘Smaller Hispanic woman’ taunts victims minutes after shooting Additionally, the eyewitness reported that she was running with her group alongside ‘Tropicana Avenue’ when a ‘dark-colored SUV’ slowed and a ‘smaller Hispanic woman’ emerged from the window to ‘taunt’ her group. “[She] leans out the window, and she yells something we couldn’t understand in a clearly taunting manner. It really freaked us out, because again, we didn’t know who we could and could not trust,” the eyewitness explained. Could this ‘smaller Hispanic woman’ have been the same ‘short Hispanic lady’ reported by another eyewitness to have threatened concertgoers 30-45 minutes before the shooting started? Eight days later Suchomel was found dead in bed by her grandmother who arrived at Schomer’s residence at 8:30 a.m. According to an Oct. 9 report confirming Suchomel’s death, Suchomel “was taking medication for a pituitary tumor and feared to fall asleep at night after being heavily traumatized by the Oct. 1 massacre. Suchomel’s death may also be the reason that Mandalay Bay security guard Jesus Campos is receiving 24/7 high-profile security protection. Note: The actual Facebook post made by Suchomel was removed after the original article began to go viral. Hat Tip: @tabertrinic on Twitter Shepard Ambellas is an opinion journalist, analyst, and the founder and editor-in-chief of Intellihub News & Politics (Intellihub.com). Shepard is also known for producing Shade: The Motion Picture (2013) and appearing on Travel Channel’s America Declassified (2013). Shepard is a regular contributor to Infowars. Read more from Shep’s World. Follow Shep on Facebook. Subscribe to Shep’s YouTube channel.

http://www.shtfplan.com/conspiracy-fact-and-theory/las-vegas-massacre-survivor-abruptly-dies-just-days-after-posting-eyewitness-account-of-multiple-shooters-and-subsequent-cover-up_10132017 

[ :: 7-17-16 am service ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc The end is upon you and you need to look and see the things that you should be doing, pay close attention to that. For I have told you things would change here, they would change. If you live near the Babylon that is going to fall I have told you to move at least seventy-five miles from there, at least. That goes for California, that goes for the center fault line, realize that war, war is at hand. Not only with ISIS, but you have got Russia, you have got China, you have got North Korea, wake up, wake up, for I have been telling you these things, it is getting very, very dangerous, very dangerous. etc

:: 10-13-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia's New Combat Suit Gets A Nuke Resistant Upgrade

by Tyler Durden Oct 13, 2017 5:00 AM

According to Newsweek, citing Rostec, the Russian defense contractor building the suit, the third-generation Ratnik-3 suit “comprises five integrated systems.” Those five subsystems include “life support, command and communication, engaging, protection, and energy saving subsystems,” according to Tass, a Russian state-owned media outlet. This could be the most advanced combat suit on the planet. In total, the suit comes with 59 items, Tass said, including a powered exoskeleton that supposedly gives the soldier more strength and stamina, along with cutting-edge body armor and a helmet and visor that shields the soldier’s entire face. The suit also has a “pop-up display that can be used for tasks like examining a plan of the battlefield,” Andy Lynch, who works for a military company called Odin Systems, previously told The Daily Mail Online. Russia did release a video of the combat suit in late June, but it only showed a static display of the suit making it incredibly difficult to discern if it actually has any of the capabilities that are claimed. But the newest addition to this high-tech combat suit is fitting with the state of things on our politically volatile planet. The suit is being fitted with a watch that “retains its properties upon the impact of radiation and electromagnetic impulses, for example, upon a nuclear blast,” according to Rostec’s chief designer of the suit, Oleg Faustov. The first-generation Ratnik suit was reportedly given to a few Russian units in 2013, and some pieces of the suit were spotted on Russian troops in Crimea, according to a report by The New York Times. The third-generation Ratnik suit will supposedly be ready for service in 2022, said Russian Colonel General Oleg Salyukov. The US hopes to unveil its own Tactical Light Operator Suit which would be similar to Russia’s Ratnik. The US’s suit is also known as the “Iron Man” suit and plans to show it off are scheduled for 2018. France is working on one too, the Integrated Infantryman Equipment and Communications system, or FELIN. It’s the “space race” of combat suits. But in this contest, it appears that Russia is winning handily.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-10-12/russias-new-combat-suit-gets-nuke-resistant-upgrade 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 10-20-17   Sputnik  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gold Rush: Russia Stockpiling Bullion Like There's no Tomorrow

© Sputnik/ Vitaliy Bezrukih Opinion 09:49 14.10.2017Get short URL 28174921682

The Central Bank of Russia has recently been buying bullion at an unprecedented pace. According to Argentine financial expert Gabriel Rubinstein, this policy is aimed at protecting the Russian economy in the event of crisis situations, including against dollar-related "manipulations" by the US. "Countries stockpile gold for strategic and defensive reasons; for instance, in case relations between nations are damaged and their currencies lose their value," Gabriel Rubinstein, a financial consultant and former representative of the Argentine Central Bank, told Sputnik Mundo. If there is such a situation, according to the expert, gold reserves would be the basis for a new currency or other valuable assets in the future. "Gold, this eternal financial resource, has a real value if compared to other financial assets. The Russian government believes that it’s better to have more gold resources than dollars. Hypothetically speaking, if Russia holds tons of US dollars and the US wanted to damage its economy, this would be possible through currency manipulations," Rubinstein said, adding that gold guarantees against such a scenario. The Russian Central Bank has significantly increased the pace of its gold purchases. In the period between January and September 2017, the regulator bought 4.2 million troy ounces of the precious metal worth over $5 billion, 15 percent more than in the same period last year.

https://sputniknews.com/analysis/201710141058226369-russia-gold-reserves/ 

:: 10-12-17 Intellihub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive convoy of ‘unmarked big rigs’ escorted by police, driver ‘looked Russian’: SHOCK FOOTAGE

By Shepard Ambellas - October 12, 2017

A truck driver and his ride-along filmed and commentated as they drove alongside a massive covert convoy of 18-wheelers which were boasting full-on police escorts

SAN JOSE, Calif. (INTELLIHUB) — A truck driver and his girlfriend filmed dozens of unmarked big rig trucks heading north on Interstate 880 towards Oakland on Wednesday. The trucks and their unmarked white trailers were traveling at a high rate of speed through the Bay Area and were being escorted by a heavy police presence, alluding to the fact their contents are highly sensitive, possibly even nuclear. “Where are these trucks going? The driver questioned. “Look at this sh*t. Police escort and everything. All unmarked trailers.” The driver quickly noticed as he passed by several of the trucks that all of the official markings, including the ‘hazard markings,’ were tapped over. Each trailer was equipped with its own tracking device which could be seen mounted to the driverside of each cargo trailer. Astonishingly, the driver noticed that the driver of the truck in the convoy beside him ‘looked Russian.’ “That looked like a Russian, the driver said as he passed. “This is scary stuff.”

https://www.intellihub.com/massive-convoy-of-unmarked-big-rigs-escorted-by-police-shock-footage/ 

:: 10-13-17 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World News

BREAKING NEWS: South Korea planning for first-strike capability against North

South Korea plans a drastic shift in defense strategy that allows it to carry out pre-emptive strikes against the North and gain direct command of its forces from the US as soon as possible. A Japanese newspaper says the proposed strategic changes were contained in a South Korean Defense Ministry report submitted to the National Assembly on October 12. The report summarizes the ministry’s plan to draw up new defense strategy guidelines in December. If it goes into effect, the new strategy would permit South Korea to pre-emptively attack enemy bases at the first sign of a possible missile launch. An attack on North Korean territory would also be made as soon as Pyongyang made the first move. Defense officials say the concept is to replace the country’s current defensive strategy with an offensive one that would lead to military victory at minimum cost. South Korea’s current guidelines call for a counter attack after an initial North Korean attack has been blunted. It isn’t known, however, how the US will react to the proposal. Current joint-military policy calls for all South Korean forces to be under US command in hostilities involving North Korea. Seoul would presumably still seek US permission before moving independently in the field. The defense ministry report noted that South Korean Defense Minister Song Young-moo will meet with US Defense Secretary Jim Mattis in Seoul on October 28. FRIDAY, Oct. 13: North Korea Threatens GUAM (Again) Today, Firday the 13th of October, 2017, North Korea again threatened to launch multiple missiles at the US Territory of GUAM.

In an official statement issued by the Korean Central News Agency (KCNA), North Korea said: etc..

http://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/news/world-news/1404-breaking-news-south-korea-planning-for-first-strike-capability-against-north 

:: 10-14-17 Web News Order :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Global Markets Will Revert Back to Local Markets and Those Prepared for These Changes will Survive the Initial Collapse and Thrive in the Aftermath

October 14, 2017 danama

The prosperity we once knew as a nation was made possible because of cheap oil. When the EROI, Energy Returned On Invested, was at 30/1 we had unprecedented prosperity. The EROI is now falling below 10/1 and is taking prosperity with it. The EROI is the amount of energy we expend to get energy, in this case oil, out of the ground. We are getting 10 units of energy for every unit we expend to get it. Shale oil production results in 5 units of energy for every unit we expend. This matters because everything we use depends on cheap energy to maintain the status quo. An EROI of 10/1 is necessary to maintain our current standard of living. The Hills Group project oil will drop to $11.76 by 2020. This may sound good on the surface but cheap oil will not mean much if you have no job and no money to buy it. As the next depression sets in many more people will lose their job and as a result prices will collapse. They project by 2020 we will have 75% fewer gas stations as a result of collapsing oil. Today most of our population lives in the city. When jobs see their final collapse those people will have no way to survive. Living in the city requires stuff being brought in from other places. Those living in the city must pay for this stuff with the pay they earn. No jobs mean no pay and no goods. During the last great depression many city dwellers had family in the country to move back in with to stay fed but most city dwellers today are several generations removed from the country life and no longer have living family members in the country to move in with. Many of the farms that were left to city dwelling children after the parents died were sold and the money either spent or put into paper assets for retirement. When those paper assets evaporate those people will have nothing to fall back on.

http://webnewsorder.com/2017/global-markets-will-changes-survive-the-initial-collapse-and-thrive-in-the-aftermath/ 

 [ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 10-10-17 Ray Gano :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Demon Possessed? No… Demonic Infestation? YES!

By Ray Gano - October 10, 2017

I have gotten emails from so many people asking about battling demons, are they possessed, how to stand up to this evil and many other questions. It is weird; I have not felt what I am feeling since the time that The Lord asked us to return to the US. What am I talking about is battling the demonic. See, I have never had the desire to go into deliverance ministry. Yes, I know a lot about it and have studied it in the past at length. One does not do what I do and not have a strong grasp of this area. But I am finding myself being pulled into this area more and more, much like when God pulled us back into the US. This is an area where I do not feel fully suited and at times I think about “what might happen” and I have to say at times it scares the tar out of me. But if God is calling me towards this area of the ministry, then I am submitting to Him. Just know that I am not jumping for joy, if you want to call it that. Deliverance and spiritual battle is hard core because you are on the front lines and you can literally have the pulp beaten out of you. It is only through Jesus Christ and His protection that one is able to operate in this area. Walking a balanced Christian walk and being mature is what is needed. To be honest, I feel like Gideon in this calling. I want to stay in my comfy bible prophecy, world events and preparedness arena, not get my hands dirty and not put myself in harm’s way. But when I get an email from someone and they describe what is going on, things just pop into my head and I reach out and try to help as best I am able. Great thing is that 98% of the cases I have worked with have seen success or on the path to success. Demons Are Winning & We Don’t Even Realize It I look all over and I see so many people who know that something is wrong, but they cannot put their finger on it, they just know that “thinks are not right.” Others know but they seem to be afraid or to embarrassed to reach out. What am I talking about? People are being plagued with the demonic, “demonized” or better yet, “infested” or having an infestation of demons. This is why I say that demons are winning and people don’t even realize it. This is also where I feel convicted and I need to right a possible wrong where I might have misled some of you. In earlier articles I have said that a born again Christian cannot be “possessed.” This is correct and I still stand by this. The thing is that the English language is very limiting. The word “possessed” seems to be a catch all phrase when it comes to the demonic. I know that this seems to be splitting hairs, but I feel that it must be explained so that people, who are in fact demonically oppressed, infested, demonized, depressed & influenced do not just walk off and think everything is honky-dory. Things are not honky-dory and this is why I want to try to clarify. Here is a quick word study… Possession

Matthew 4:24 And his fame went throughout all Syria: and they brought unto him all sick people that were taken with divers diseases and torments, and those which were possessed with devils (G1139), and those which were lunatick, and those that had the palsy; and he healed them. STRONGS # G1139 δαιμονίζομαι daimonizomai dahee-mon-id’-zom-ahee Middle voice from G1142; to be exercised by a daemon: – have a (be vexed with, be possessed with) devil (-s). Because our English language is so limiting, we tend to instantly jump to the conclusion of “being possessed” as something out of the movie “The Exorsist” and we should be levitating, heads spinning and spitting up green pea soup. BUT… since this is NOT happening to us, we say “Oh, I guess I am not possessed then” and we go along our merry way. To be “possessed” by a demon, one literally has to open ones inner soul and spirit up to said demon and basically submit their lives to the demon; much like when one becomes born-again. The reality is that one becomes “demonized” not possessed. As stated before a more descriptive word is “Infested” or having an “Infestation” of demons. But Ray, you keep saying that we as Christians can’t be possessed, so what are you saying? ANALOGY – Our Holy of Holies Where The Holy Spirit Resides Within – Possesses Us 1 Corinthians 6:19 What? know ye not that your body is the temple of the Holy Ghost which is in you, which ye have of God, and ye are not your own? In reading this, it dawned on me and it became crystal clear how I can explain how Christians are affected by demons. The Jewish temple is a holy place, much like we are holy when we become born again. So the questions is this, how can the demonic have influence on us, invade us, infest us and still demonize us when we are holy? This is where the Jewish temple can help with an analogy. The Temple had three main areas, The Outer Courtyard, the Inner Court yard and the Holy of Holies. The manifest presence of God was only in the Holy of Holies, not in the Outer Court or the Inner Court. In the same way with all of us, the Outer Court of the Temple represents our physical bodies, the Inner Court represents our soul, and the Holy of Holies represents our spirits. Just as the manifest presence of God was only residing in the Holy of Holies, in the same way the Holy Spirit is only residing in our human spirits. Our holy of holies which is the innermost part of our beings is a ken to the Holy of Holies that was the innermost part of the Jewish Temple. In using this Jewish Temple analogy, we can grasp the human-spiritual makeup with the Lord. Just as Paul told us in 1 Corinthians 6:19 , we can see that our physical bodies are now His temple. It is our physical bodies that now actually “house” our human spirits where the Holy Spirit now lives within. The Jewish Outer Court was where just about anyone and everyone were allowed in to, men, women, gentiles, etc. We know that the entire Temple compound was considered holy. But as one progressed further into the temple it became increasingly more holy. King Herod had enclosed the “outer court” with colonnades and it was referred to as the Court of the Gentiles because the “gentiles” (non-Jews) were permitted to enter the Temple area. This is the same area where Christ cleansed the temple from all the money changes. He created a “cat of nine-tails” and literally beat the money changers out of the holy temple, out of the “Outer Court.” Like the money changers who “infested” the Outer Court area (which is considered holy), demons are able to “infest our bodies, our “Outer Court.” Do the money changers “own / possess” the Outer Court? No, they inhabited it, but did not “own or possess” the Outer Court. That is why Christ was able to drive out the infestation of money changers (demons). Why? Because HE (Jesus Christ) is the owner of the Holy Temple. He was the only one that had the true authority to cleanse the area. The money changers listened and obeyed Christ and left the Outer Court area. Again, this is an analogy to help explain how Demons can in fact “demonize” us / Infest / oppress / influence / depress us and I felt that it was necessary to explain this. I don’t want people to think that just because they are a Christian that demons will not attack them. Wrong, if anything Christians are being hammered by the demonic and many of us battle our demons daily. How Do We As Christians Become “Demonized / Infested” By The Demonic? This is the question that is at the top of many people’s list in all the emails that I have gotten. How do we become “demonized / infested”? Simple, in many cases we allow it. We give up our “legal rights” and allow the demon in. To expand a bit further we give the demon “legal rights” to come in and demonize and infest us, our lives and our family’s lives. At least that is how the demons see it, and they are very legalistic lot as well. What are these so called “legal rights”? The Occult Direct Willful Sin Inheritance – Generational Fears and Phobia Unforgiveness Trauma Abuse Ungodly Soul Ties Curses Addictions False Religions Cursed Objects Cursed Buildings Before Christ died on the cross, demons did have limited “legal rights.” We learn of this by reading Job. But because Christ died, was buried and rose on the third day, those limited rights that demons once had are now gone. Christ took those keys away and now demons no longer have any legal rights and they know it too. But because they are very legalistically minded, cunning and are liars, they like to play that “legal” game with people and because many people lack of knowledge and freedom in Christ, we let them. Outside Our Control I know that some of you are saying that some of these areas are outside our personal control and you are correct. But the demon does not see it that way. For example, a cursed / haunted building. It may be cursed / haunted due to a prior owner. In my DVD “Demons – Days of Noah and The Demonic Wars” Christina Peck tells her story about her demonically haunted home which the demons would actually manifest themselves before her and Josh. It is a pretty amazing story. If you do not have my DVD, contact me and I can provide you details on how to get it. Now in this case, the demon did not care about Josh & Christina, in the demon’s mind they had a “legal right” to the home based on the prior owner, not Josh and Christina. It was the demon’s home and Josh and Christina were there just so that they could torment them. This is how demons think. They have taken up shop / “infested” an area, object or family lineage and they then believe they have legal rights to that person, place or thing. But the hard facts are that demons do NOT have “legal rights” they just take them because we gladly give them over out of our own lack of knowledge. In the case of Josh and Christina, they did not know what to do because they were still fairly new Christians, at least Josh was, and this was something that they were not fully taught in church. Their best solution was to move out and that thank God that worked. Interestingly enough, the current owners contacted them and they have the same demonic problems. Conclusion Can born-again Christians be possessed? No, but they can be oppressed / depressed / influenced / infested and demonized. The reason that they cannot be “possessed” is that the Holy Spirit resides inside each and every one of our own personal “holy of holies.” BUT… demons can try to gain access to our “Outer Court” areas in our lives and they believe that they can do that via their “legal rights” to enter and conduct their form of business, much like the money lenders did in the outer courts of the temple. It is Jesus Christ who is the only authority that these demons have over them. They MUST submit to the name of Jesus Christ. It is His shed blood that set us free from these false “legal rights” and the demons know this and must submit to this. It is our lack of knowledge in this area due to the days we are living in and the lack of proper teaching from pastors, preachers and teachers out there. This is a topic that 20% (and growing) of the church does not believe in. Many believe that Satan and his minions are all just fairy tales. When we have a demonic infestation taking place in our lives we need to stop and realize what is truly going on. It isn’t a stroke of bad luck or God being mad at us, it is demons taking a false “legal right” that they “think” they have based on the things we have done in our lives, opening up doors for them to come in and demonize and torment us. What the church strongly needs is deliverance from this evil. But to do that, we need to admit that there truly is an evil and that we need delivering. I find it interesting that God is pulling me in this direction on top of the other areas I preach and teach on. I find it also interesting that I have taught on “The Servant Warrior” for the past several years. Much of that teaching can be applied in the physical, but amazingly enough, it can also be applied in the spiritual and our battle against the demonic. We are living in the last days of the last days and I totally believe that God is raising up spiritual warriors. They are greatly needed because so many people are being afflicted by the enemy and they don’t realize what is happening or why. Those who do, they know that they need help, but they do not know where to turn. If you are someone who has questions or thinks they need help, contact me. I have been helping a number of people and through the shed blood of Jesus Christ and through His authority we are seeing success in helping people be delivered of these demonic infestations. Finally, help support our work here and please purchase my Demons DVD. All that I am asking is a gift of $15.00 which has shipping and handling is included. NOTE : If you can help with a of gift $25, $35, $50 or more that would be a huge blessing and help us with our Roku & Video project.

http://raygano.com/demon-possessed-no-demonic-infestation-yes/ 

:: 10-15-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Stranger by the minute: Vegas 'hero' security guard goes missing

Sheriff bans independent reporters from press conference

Published: 3 days ago. Updated: 10/15/2017 at 4:52 PM author Leo Hohmann

Every time it appears the investigation into the worst mass shooting in modern U.S. history couldn’t get any more bizarre, something happens to take things to the next level of strange. After a week in which the timeline of the shooting was changed by police and then contested by the Mandalay Bay hotel, the sheriff who has been the local face of the investigation lashed out at the public he had just days earlier asked to help in providing information about the killer’s motive. Sheriff Joseph Lombardo condemned those disseminating “conspiracy theories” about the case. One of the most oft-repeated theories is that there was at least one other shooter besides the 64-year-old Stephen Paddock, possibly down on the ground or stationed on one of the first two or three floors of the Mandalay Bay. Paddock was shooting people from the 32nd floor and police say he killed himself after murdering 58 strangers and injuring nearly 500 at a country-music festival. “There is no conspiracy between the FBI, the Las Vegas Metorpolitan Police Department or anybody else. Nobody is attempting to hide anything in this investigation,” said Lombardo during a press conference Friday that was otherwise devoid of any substantive new information. Now almost two weeks since Paddock launched his attack on the Route 91 music festival, police still don’t have a motive as to why he did it. Sheriff is ‘his own worst enemy’ Ted Williams, a former homicide detective and Fox News contributor, said he feels bad for the sheriff but the investigation has not been handled well. “The sheriff is under a great deal of strain on this investigation,” Williams told Fox anchor Neil Cavuto. “On the other hand, the sheriff is his own worst enemy. He asked for help from the public, and when you ask the public for help, you have to give the public information, not misinformation. My heart goes out to the sheriff but you can’t give out misinformation.” Williams was referring to the timeline of the shooting, which for over a week was that the attack started with shots out the 32nd floor window and was stopped when hotel security guard Jesus Campos approached the shooter’s hotel door and was shot in the leg. That was reversed earlier this week with Campos said to have been shot before any of the gunfire was rained down on the concert-goers, and a hotel maintenance worker came forward Wednesday saying he heard the shots, some 200 rounds, fired at Campos through the door and warned hotel staff to call the police. At least six minutes elapsed between the shots at Campos and Paddock starting his ballistic assault on the crowd gathered at the concert below the hotel. If the new timeline is accurate, it only leads to more unanswered questions. If Campos was shot and wounded before the attack started, why did Paddock stop shooting and kill himself if the security guard did not stop him as previously reported by the Vegas police? Reporters barred from press conference Sheriff Lombardo also reportedly barred two conservative, independent journalists from entering the Friday press conference. They said they were stopped from entering by armed officers. ‘Hero’ security guard nowhere to be found Campos, meanwhile, has disappeared from public view. A security guard has been placed at his residence and he skipped out on five interviews Thursday night in which he had planned to break his silence. He was scheduled to appear on the Sean Hannity show on Fox News Thursday night. “We were in a room and we came out and he was gone,” Campos’ union president told reporters, according to ABC News’ Stephanie Wash. Campos is represented by the International Union, Security, Police and Fire Professionals of America, which did not respond to requests for comment from Fox News earlier this week. WND reported earlier this week that Campos is not even registered with the state as a licensed security guard. Now his whereabouts are unknown. ISIS claim still hangs out there ISIS, also called the Islamic State, immediately claimed credit for the attack and followed up four times reiterating its claim that Paddock was one of its “soldiers of the Caliphate.” But the FBI on day one said it has zero evidence of any such link. Some independent investigators believe that until more information is given about Paddock, the ISIS claim should be given more consideration and should not have been automatically discounted by the FBI. One such man is John Guandolo, a former Marine and ex-FBI counter-terrorism officer who now runs Understanding the Threat, a consultancy for law enforcement. Guandolo has called the investigation “bizarre and unprofessional.” In speaking to an FBI colleague, Guandolo said he was told, “Listening to FBI agents speak about the Las Vegas attack reveals there is an automatic dismissal on their part that this attack has anything to do with the Islamic Movement. This attitude is so well seated in the FBI that it drives all investigative efforts away from Islam and the Islamic State.” That should disturb every American, Guandolo says. “Knowing and understanding the Islamic threat and their doctrine Shariah — the thing that drives everything they do — is critical in cases like this,” Guandolo wrote on his website Friday. “But at the ground level, basic investigative steps will necessarily be missed and are being missed because investigators, no matter how proficient or how much experience they have, will never get to the truth because they are programed to specifically not get to it.” He continues with a bleak conclusion: “So for all of you out there who are not investigators, yet see this event clearly because you do understand the Islamic threat, the Muslim Brotherhood Movement, and Shariah, we (UTT) hope this helps you understand why you can see this for what it is but investigators cannot. “The Las Vegas attack, more than any other, puts the success of the Islamic Movement on full display while highlighting the intentional outcome of all of their efforts – complete investigative collapse in the face of overwhelming reality.”

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/10/stranger-by-the-minute-vegas-hero-security-guard-goes-missing/#6zOlaaddRouRKkix.99 

:: 10-13-17 Silvanus Publishing :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vegas Genocide: Brought To You By The Deep State?

by Silvanus Publishing, Inc., October 13, 2017

Twenty-thousand innocent American lives appear to have been intentionally placed in harms way on October 1, 2017, at the “Route 91 Harvest” Country Music Festival in Las Vegas, NV. Question: Would any of these unsuspecting victims attended this event, had promoter’s advertisements read: “Brought to you by ‘THE DEEP STATE’ and individuals with ties to Globalists, Communists, Islamic, anti-gun, anti-American sympathizers, who want to see Americans murdered!” In my article ‘Mandalay Bay Genocide: Occult Symbolism Revealed‘ we examined the ancient secret icons hidden in plain site, and how these expressions of the past are linked to the deadliest mass shooting in modern U.S. history. Throughout the following essay, we’re going to scrutinize those Corporations and individuals who coordinated the October 1, 2017 event, and the occult symbolism that permeates these organizations. To solve the whodunit mystery surrounding the October 1, 2017 Las Vegas mass shooting, America’s exceptional collection of human intelligence (“Humint“) needn’t look any further than those involved with the coordination of this event. Using the coordinators of said event as the hub for our investigation, we’ll begin lacing together the spokes or those associated with the coordinator(s). During the process of a traditional murder investigation, in which a suspect has used a gun in the commission of said crime, law enforcement match up a bullet with the gun that fired the bullet. Investigators then match up fingerprints with the finger that left the fingerprints. They match up details of the crime with a criminal who has a distinct pattern or method of operation that indicates or suggests the work of a criminal or criminals in more than one crime. Following such investigatory practices, we begin with the profile of “Route 91 Harvest,” a U.S. country music festival that is held annually at Las Vegas in Paradise, Nevada. The festival’s promoter is “Live Nation Entertainment” whose headquarters are located in Beverly Hills, California. Live Nation’s revenue in 2016 was US$8.355 billion. Live Nation’s leadership consists of Canadian CEO Michael Rapino and Chairman Greg Maffei. Michael Rapino was a major democratic donor to Barack Obama and friend of Obama’s White House Advisor Valerie Jarrett. In addition to having extensive ties to communist groups, Jarrett is the person who said that the NRA needed to be shut down in order to take America’s guns. This too is the same woman who in March, 2017 moved into Barack Hussein Obama’s 8,200 square-foot, $5.3 million dollar mansion. In a July 25, 2016 article by The Hill, Rapino is quoted as saying: “But I know they are trying to make it up to me — I assume Jeffrey Katz [Katzenberg] called Valerie [Jarrett] who emailed me last week” In my book, Deception: The Ancient Mystery That Holds The Secret of Newgrange, pg.248, I examine the connection between News Corp’s Rupert Murdoch, Saudi Prince Al-Waleed bin Talal, The Rothschild Family, and Jeffrey Katzenberg. “Rupert Murdoch’s 20th Century Fox signed with Jeffrey Katzenberg’s DreamWorks Animation in August 2012, it’s not surprising to see such a large volume of pro-Lucifer imagery throughout Hollywood. After all this is the same Jeffrey Katzenberg who was business partners with media mogul David Geffen, who in 1971 was allegedly involved with the CIA’s MK-Ultra mind control slave operation in Laurel Canyon. Geffen was also alleged to have played a role in the sacrifice of Scotsman Musician John Lennon and in 1999 was associated with homosexual parties, where teenage boys were sexually abused. Given the company he keeps and his blatant pro-Lucifer views it’s not surprising that we find many Antichristian references throughout both Disney and DreamWorks children’s films.Jeffrey Katzenberg and Steven Spielberg represent a short list of elite Billionaires whose actions arrogantly proclaim a steadfast allegiance to the goals of the ‘synagogue of Satan’ to blaspheme Jesus Christ and eradicate Christianity. According to President Barack Hussein Obama, Spielberg and Katzenberg are central to achieving this goal: “Believe it or not, entertainment is part of our American diplomacy. You helped shape the world culture. Tolerance, diversity and creativity” – President Barack Hussein Obama 2013 DreamWorks Animation Campus, KillingIreland.com, pg.236 Katzenberg, who now controls the digital media group ‘WndrCo‘ has called some of Hollywood’s most voracious sexual predators ‘friends’. Chief among them is Katzenberg’s friend of more than 30-years, Harvey Weinstein, who recently admitted on tape that he sexually assaulted many women. In response to the avalanche of victims coming forward to share their stories of sexual predation, Katzenberg released a statement that hypocritically excoriated Weinstein, stating, “You’ve done terrible things.” Keep in mind Katzenberg is the same person who in 1993 purchased Weinstein’s Miramax production company on behalf of Disney, during Katzenberg’s time as chairman of Walt Disney Studios and CEO of DreamWorks Animation. Shortly after purchasing Miramax in 1993, convicted child molester Victor Salva was chosen to direct Disney’s film ‘Powder‘. One of Victor Salva’s biggest supporters was Francis Ford Coppola, the uncle of actor Nicolas Kim Coppola (“Nicolas Cage“) who constructed a 9-foot-tall occult Illuminati pyramid above ground burial tomb in New Orleans’ St. Louis Cemetery. Nicolas Cages’ tomb is near the famous voodoo priestess Marie Laveau. Francis Coppola is most famous for his film “The Godfather,” which romanticized the Italian Mafia. For those who have read my previous exposé Mandalay Bay Genocide: Occult Symbolism Revealed it will be remembered that the Italian ‘Mafia’ was founded by Giusseppe Mazzini a 33rd degree Grand Master Freemason, revolutionary terrorist leader, Sicilian Gangster, and good friend of Albert Pike. Pike was a Sovereign Grand Commander of the Supreme Council 33rd degree of Freemasonry, British spy, KKK founder and Grand Dragon and “Knights of the Golden Circle” founder. Notable members of Pike’s “Knights of the Golden Circle” include, Jessie James and “John Wilkes Booth” who assassinated President Lincoln 4/15/1865. In 1871 Pike outlined plans for three world wars that would bring about a ‘New World Order’. In the following letter, Albert Pike described Freemasonry’s plan to Giusspee Mazzini. “In the third World War we shall unleash the nihilist and the atheists and we shall provoke a formidable social catechism which in all its horror will show clearly to the nations the effect of absolute atheism, origin of savagery and of the most bloody turmoil then everywhere the citizens obliged to defend themselves against the world minority of revolutionaries will exterminate those destroyers of civilization and the multitudes disillusioned with Christianity whose deistic spirits will from that moment be without compass or direction anxious for an ideal but without knowing where to render its adoration will receive the true light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer brought finally out into the public view. This manifestation will result from the general reactionary movement which will follow the destruction of Christianity and atheism both conquered and exterminated at the same time.” Grand Commander of Freemasonry Albert Pike was quite clear about his cult’s objective on pg.861 of his book “Morals and Dogma” which reads: “From the mutual action and re-action of each of these pairs of opposites and contraries results that which with them forms the Triangle, to all the Ancient Sages the expressive symbol of the Deity; as from Osiris and Isis, Har-oeri, the Master of Light [Lucifer] and Life, and the Creative Word… Such, my Brother, is the True World of a Master Mason; such the true ROYAL SECRET, which makes possible, and shall at length make real, the HOLY EMPIRE of true Masonic Brotherhood. GLORIA, DEI EST CELARE VERBUM. AMEN.” Weinstein’s Miramax was sold by Disney to ‘Filmyard Holdings,’ which they knew belonged to the Islamic Sharia law government of Qatar. In 2016 Miramax became ‘beIN Media Group‘ which is wholly owned by Al Jazeera Media Network, an organization suspected of having ties to Zbigniew Brzezinski’s creation Al-Qaeda and billionaire Nazi collaborator George Soros, who was recently called an ‘Agent of Satan‘ by Hungry. For generations communist apologists throughout Hollywood have been complicit in feeding the American people disinformation and conspiring against the U.S. with its enemies since William Randolph Hearst hired Sigmund Freud’s nephew Edward Bernays, a history that I expose in my book, FreudsMafia.com. To prove my point, here is a short quote from my book at FreudsMafia.com, pgs. 198-199 “Chicago Mayor, Rahm Emanuel, met with President-elect Trump on 12/7/2016 to “discuss some concerns he had.” Rahm is the brother of Trump’s Hollywood based agent Ari Emanuel. Ari is the CEO of William Morris Endeavor (WME). Murdered FBI agent, John O’neill discovered that Rahm was allegedly linked to Israeli Intelligence (MOSSAD). Ari and Rahm’s father, Benjamin Emanuel, was allegedly associated with the Israeli terrorist group, ‘Irgun’. The aforementioned Trump/MOSSAD connection should concern every U.S. Citizen, given the revelation of NSA whistleblower, Edward Snowden, in 2014, that the so-called “Caliph,” or leader of the Muslim terrorist group, “ISIS,” Abu Bakr Al Baghdadi, is in fact an Israeli Intelligence MOSSAD agent named Elliot Shimon.” IMPORTANT NOTE: founding partner of Endeavor Talent Agency, Ariel Z. Emanuel, has been an “Independent Director” for Live Nation Entertainment since 2007. On 9/14/2017 Ari sold 10,000 shares of Live Nation Entertainment, valued at $415,600.00. Live Nation Entertainment’s Chairman Greg Maffei has an equally interesting list of associates who have historically been hostile towards American sovereignty, the U.S. Constitution, Bill of Rights, and all those individuals attending the October 1, 2017 ‘Route 91 Harvest’ Country Western concert in Las Vegas. Greg Maffei is a graduate of Harvard and ‘Baker Scholar’ recipient. As an aside, The Baker Scholars Program was founded in 1973 by the family of George F. Baker. In 1863 Baker co-founded the First National Bank of the City of New York, which became a forerunner of Citibank. Citibank is one of the lead lenders to the developers of the controversial ‘Dakota Access Pipeline‘. Baker was the largest shareholder in Central Railroad of New Jersey and largest owner of his friend J.P. Morgan’s U.S. Steel Corporation, which relied heavily on prison laborers. In 1934, Time Magazine called Baker “the richest, most powerful and most taciturn [reserved] banker in U.S. history.” Baker too was a member of the ‘Jekyll Island Club’ whose members included J.P. Morgan, John D. Rockefeller, and the Vanderbilts. Jekyll Island was the location of a meeting in November 1910 in which draft legislation was written to create the privately owned, unconstitutional U.S. Federal Reserve Bank, Inc. To learn more about this history, read, The Creature from Jekyll Island. Greg Maffei also served as the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) for Larry Ellison’s Oracle, a company which got its start from a Central Intelligence Agency (C.I.A.) deal 40 years ago. In fact, Ellison’s company name ‘Oracle’ came from a CIA project code-named ‘Oracle’. This article in Forbes Magazine notes that Oracle billionaire Larry Ellison worked on a Shadow Government project with the code-name “Oracle”: “He [Larry Ellison] dropped out of the University of Chicago in the 1960s, headed to Berkeley, Calif. and by the mid-1970s began working on a database project. Code name: Oracle. Client: the Central Intelligence Agency. In 1977, Ellison founded the company with Robert Miner and Edward Oates, naming it after the CIA job.” There are other publications that suggest that the Shadow Government did more than just lend the name Oracle, and they suggest that the CIA gave Ellison the Oracle software after it was stolen from Russia: “I’ve chosen to publish his theory on Oracle’s origin – in other words, how CIA stole the source code from the Russians, who had developed it originally!” During the 2016 presidential Presidential race, Ellison donated $3 million to Marco Rubio’s campaign. This is the same Marco Rubio who in 1990, was arrested with his “friend” Angel Barrios along with another male in the infamously gay pickup spot in Miami’s Alice Wainwright Park. In one of Marco’s many 2016 Presidential debate speeches, he reiterated how his parents Mario Rubio Reina and Oriales Rubio escaped Cuban Communism in 1956. In reality, Rubio’s parents were allegedly friends of Jewish mob boss Meyer Lansky while working inside one of Lansky’s Havana Cuba Casinos. After Rubio’s parents were transported to America, they both worked inside of a Lansky owned and operated casino in Las Vegas. As I exposed in my article Mandalay Bay Genocide: Occult Symbolism Revealed, the owner of the Mandalay Bay was connected to Jewish and Italian mob figures, like Democratic Presidential candidate and former Secretary of State Hillary Rodham Clinton’s father, “Hugh Rodham” who took over the Chicago Mob from the Al Capone organization. According to academic records, Marco’s scholastic performance demonstrates that Rubio is anything but a savant. While attending Tarkeo College in Missouri, Rubio flunked out. While in Miami, Marco caroused with his “friend” Angel Barrios. It was during this period that Angel Barrios owned and operated an on-line gay porn operation named “Flava Works,” which streamed hardcore homosexual sex between Latino and Black men. During Rubio’s time at Santa Fe Community College in Gainesville, he shared a townhouse with his ‘friend’ Angel Barrios and two other students. This particular house was allegedly a magnet for individuals seeking cocaine and gay parties. Rubio’s “coke house” allegations increase in legitimacy when one considers the fact that in 1987, Rubio’s brother-in-law, “Orlando Ciclia,” was arrested by the South Florida, Drug Enforcement Agency (DEA) for his leadership position in a cocaine smuggling ring. The link between Greg Maffei, Shadow Government puppet Larry Ellison, and Marco Rubio is interesting considering the fact that the Las Vegas shooter Stephen Paddock, and his criminal brother Bruce Paddock are suspected gun and drug runners with roots in Florida and Marco Rubio is not only the U.S. Senator for Florida, Rubio is also associated with cocaine smugglers. Lastly, the merger that formed Greg Maffei’s Live Nation Entertainment was opposed by members of the Computer & Communications Industry Association (CCIA). CCIA members include Shadow Government Larry Ellison’s Oracle as well as Larry Page and Sergey Brin’s Google, another company that was seed-funded by the NSA and CIA. After graduating from University of Florida, Marco attended the University of Miami Law School. During his stay in Miami in 1995 it’s alleged that Marco attended “foam parties” which were held inside of exclusively gay night clubs. In addition to serving under shadow government puppet Larry Ellison, Live Nation Entertainment Chairman/CEO Greg Maffei also served as CFO for Bill Gates‘ Microsoft. In 2014, Bill and Melinda Gates invested $1 million into Michael Bloomberg’s organization which is associated with the confiscation of America’s guns. Bill Gates is also behind the push to destroy America’s Republic and replace it with Carl Marx cult of Communism. Gates is also a major inventor in the development of global government, global population control methods through forced vaccinations, remote controlled microchip contraception, Toxic GMO food production. Gates has promoted heavily the idea of a cashless society or “digital currency” which will make the poor more dependent on the Rothschild Families global network of central banks. Bill Gates and Warren Buffet are the creators of “The Giving Pledge“. Currently the pledge is comprised of New York City Mayor Michael Bloomberg and 158 ‘givers,’ many of which are globalist Luciferians. Warren Buffet is close friends with the Rothschild Family. In fact, Buffet has been photographed walking side-by-side with Jacob Rothschild. Buffet has also been photographed holding up the satanic all-seeing-eye hand-sign. Buffet is also friends with rapper Jay-Z, an admirer of Satanist Aleister Crowley. Jay-Z’ voice is featured on an album saying “Murder, Murder Jesus 666”. In my book, KillingIreland.com, pgs. 94-95, I examine Giving Pledge member Michael Bloomberg’s resuscitation of a 3rd century AD Temple of Mithras in London. The ancient site contains an ancient temple that was dedicated to the god of the sun and was used to sacrifice Christians on December 25th. There is an interesting link between Greg Maffei, Bill and Hillary Clinton, CIA Director turned President George H.W. Bush – who motions throat cut at Donald Trump, during GOP debate in Houston Texas, and who in the past has called for a “New World Order,” etc. – and Rothschild Family associate Warren Buffet. In addition to being the Chairman/CEO of Live Nation Entertainment, Maffei is also the CEO of ‘Liberty Media,’ a mass media company controlled by chairman John C. Malone. In 2005, John C. Malone held 32% of the shares in Rupert Murdoch’s media company News Corp, and although only about half were voting shares, Rupert Murdoch reportedly had concerns that he might lose control of his company to Malone, and tried to oust him from the firm with a “poison pill” strategy. Malone is on the board of the public policy group ‘The Cato Institute,” which is influenced by shadow government controlled corporations such as the Carlyle Group, an organization which acquired Booz Allen for $2.5 billion. The following quote is from my book, Freud’s Mafia: Sigmund Freud’s Crimes Against Christianity: “Mack McLarty – Carlyle Group Senior Advisor (from 2003), White House Chief of Staff to President Bill Clinton from [1993-1994], who advised both Jimmy Carter and George H.W. Bush. Serving as Clinton’s “special envoy for the Americas,” he was a key figure in the creation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (NAFTA) and the Free Trade Area of the Americas (FTAA), which was supported by the “Council of the Americas,” (COA) established by David Rockefeller, in 1965. McLarty was a top official at the 1994 Miami Summit of the Americas, which laid the groundwork for this Trade bloc; as well as serving as a key liaison to Clinton for Rockefeller’s Council in the implementation of this trade agreement. Rockefeller’s COA is affiliated with Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), Carlyle Group, Cato Institute, Union Pacific Railroad, Religions for Peace: International Council of Trustees, Center for the Study of the Presidency Trustee, New Democratic Network Advisory Board, America Abroad Media Advisory Board, United States-Mexico Binational Council member, Diligence LLC (Intelligence and Risk Management Consulting) advisory board, Inter-American Dialogue Co-Vice Chair, Leeds Equity Partners advisory board and Acxiom Corporation director.” In addition to being an admirer of Rupert Murdoch, John Malone is a “big-fan” of Arizona Sen. John McCain, an associate of billionaire Nazi collaborator George Soros. The following video at 11min 28sec mark [Here] examines how McCain is a CIA puppet and how Utah’s so-called ‘constitutional conservative’ Presidential candidate Evan McMullin, is connected to the Muslim Brotherhood, who since the 1970s had been working to destroy the U.S. Constitution. To view information associated with the Muslim Brotherhood’s 1991 plan to overthrow America, please watch [Here]. In Spring 1993, Bell Atlantic began looking at merger partners, including cable companies. Malone’s TCI and Liberty Media would be acquired for $11.8 billion in stock and assumption of $9.8 billion in debt. And $5 billion in Liberty properties could likely be added to the deal. Vice President Al Gore supported the idea of the merger. There is a great deal more information regarding the questionable profiles of those who coordinated the terrorist attack on Oct 1, 2017 in Las Vegas. However, I’m going to challenge independent citizen journalists and investigators to unwrap those packages. I finish this article with one of the biggest unanswered questions to date. Why didn’t any of the Country western music singers, who were on stage that night and who appear to have looked towards the direction of Stephen Paddock’s gun fire, warn their audience of over 20,000+ people? A citizen investigator who goes by the alias ‘Hot Patriot Chick‘ provides those who are awake with a logical answer to the above question. Using visual evidence, Hot Patriot Chick links country western singer Jason Aldean with the famed ‘Illuminati Card Game‘ which has seemingly predicted catastrophic events from around the world. Patriot Chick’s presentation also reveals an association between Jason Aldean, Satanist Aleister Crowley and Babylon. The following graphic features three elements. Illuminati Card Game (left), graphic element from an advertisement for ‘Country Rising’ featuring Jason Aldean (center) Jason Aldean’s shoulder tattoo (right). When examining the Illuminati Card Game (left) and Jason Aldean’s shoulder tattoo (right), readers will notice that the card and tattoo both contain a Jack over Ace (left) and Ace over Jack configuration (right). Furthermore, Aldean’s shoulder resembles that of a bullet wound. The ‘Country Rising’ graphic element (center) is even more telling. In my book KillingIreland.com, pg.237-239, I explain the history of this logo and how it represents an abstract modification of the number “69”. The number “69” is important to Satanists because it represents “The Great Beast 666” Aleister Crowley and his book, “The Book of Lies, chapter 69 titled, “The Way to Succeed and the Way to Suck Eggs!” which is a pun for the “69 sex position. In my book KillingIreland.com, 237-239 I provide readers with a photograph featuring the “69” symbol on a property containing Rupert Murdoch’s News Corp. and FOX headquarters. It will be remembered that John C. Malone holds 32% of the shares in Rupert Murdoch’s media company News Corp. The apparent Luciferian connection between all of the aforementioned individuals is crystallized when you examine Greg Maffei’s “Route 91 Harvest” country music festival logo. The poker chip element contains two 6-pointed stars, representing the ‘Star of Remphan [Satan]’ (Acts 7:43) and the highway road-sign contains 6-points as well. Together these elements create ‘666’ (Revelation 13:16-18). “To be a star you gotta BANG, BANG, BANG!” – Jason Aldean, Song ‘Crazy Town’

http://www.silvanuspublishing.com/las-vegas-genocide/1111-87/ 

:: 10-12-17 US Defense Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

West Point is being run by radical leftists and social justice warriors – Former West Point professor’s letter exposes corruption, cheating and failing standards

Posted on October 12, 2017 by Ray Starmann

The following letter was written by retired LTC Robert M. Heffington as an open letter. Heffington was an assistant professor at West Point for several years, until this past August. The letter has been circulating for a few days in private among the military. Heffington confirmed to American Military News on Wednesday that he did write the letter, and he sent a signed copy. He wrote the letter in light of recent media coverage of 2nd Lt. Spenser Rapone, a West Point graduate and infantry officer who recently came under fire for his public advocacy and support of socialism and communism, and being an “official socialist organizer” of the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA). The broader conversation that has been taking place in the military community now is what exactly went on – and goes on – at West Point that a graduate such as Rapone would feel so strongly empowered to apparently be a socialist and/or communist and spread these doctrines. Heffington says the Military Academy turned a blind eye to Rapone’s behavior and his “very public hatred” of West Point. While this doesn’t mean leaders at West Point defend Rapone’s views, it means that West Point’s senior leaders “are infected with apathy: they simply do not want to deal with any problem, regardless of how grievous a violation of standards and/or discipline it may be,” Heffington writes. Rapone was recently discovered to be a communist propagandist and “official socialist organizer” of the Democratic Socialists of America (DSA) after he posted a photo to Twitter of himself in support of professional football player Colin Kaepernick, where he is seen in his West Point uniform at graduation holding his cap that contains a piece of paper that says “Communism will win.” Rapone’s social media was filled with up to hundreds of posts, messages and photos that were being circulated around the military and civilian communities. His Twitter account is now set to protected, and his Instagram account has been taken down. His Facebook, where he goes under Giuseppe Impastato, is private. Rapone had also posted a second photo of himself in uniform, and he is seen wearing a Che Guevara T-shirt underneath his uniform jacket. Guevara was an Argentine Marxist revolutionary who believed the poor people of Latin America would be saved by communism. Rapone is a 2LT (Second Lieutenant) and an infantry officer in the 10th Mountain Division at Fort Drum, N.Y. He has deployed to Afghanistan and received a combat infantryman badge (CIB). Rapone has been widely criticized on the internet – and so has West Point, for seemingly allowing this behavior and appearing to turn a blind eye to an apparent communist who espouses many things the U.S. Military and the United States fight against. West Point has said that Rapone’s actions “in no way reflect the values of the U.S. Military Academy or the U.S. Army.” In Heffington’s letter, he says the most recent coverage of Rapone only highlights a “disturbing trend” that he has observed over several years of being on the faculty at West Point, which are “fundamental changes […] that have eroded it to the point where I question whether the institution should even remain open.” The following is Heffington’s letter in its entirety:

Dear Sir/Ma’am,

Before you read any further, please understand that the following paragraphs come from a place of intense devotion and loyalty to West Point. My experience as a cadet had a profound impact upon who I am and upon the course of my life, and I remain forever grateful that I have the opportunity to be a part of the Long Gray Line. I firmly believe West Point is a national treasure and that it can and should remain a vitally important source of well trained, disciplined, highly educated Army officers and civilian leaders. However, during my time on the West Point faculty (2006-2009 and again from 2013-2017), I personally witnessed a series of fundamental changes at West Point that have eroded it to the point where I question whether the institution should even remain open. The recent coverage of 2LT Spenser Rapone – an avowed Communist and sworn enemy of the United States – dramatically highlighted this disturbing trend. Given my recent tenure on the West Point faculty and my direct interactions with Rapone, his “mentors,” and with the Academy’s leadership, I believe I can shed light on how someone like Rapone could possibly graduate. First and foremost, standards at West Point are nonexistent. They exist on paper, but nowhere else. The senior administration at West Point inexplicably refuses to enforce West Point’s publicly touted high standards on cadets, and, having picked up on this, cadets refuse to enforce standards on each other. The Superintendent refuses to enforce admissions standards or the cadet Honor Code, the Dean refuses to enforce academic standards, and the Commandant refuses to enforce standards of conduct and discipline. The end result is a sort of malaise that pervades the entire institution. Nothing matters anymore. Cadets know this, and it has given rise to a level of cadet arrogance and entitlement the likes of which West Point has never seen in its history. Every fall, the Superintendent addresses the staff and faculty and lies. He repeatedly states that “We are going to have winning sports teams without compromising our standards,” and everyone in Robinson Auditorium knows he is lying because we routinely admit athletes with ACT scores in the mid-teens across the board. I have personally taught cadets who are borderline illiterate and cannot read simple passages from the assigned textbooks. It is disheartening when the institution’s most senior leader openly lies to his own faculty-and they all know it. The cadet honor code has become a laughingstock. Cadets know they will not be separated for violating it, and thus they do so on a daily basis. Moreover, since they refuse to enforce standards on each other and police their own ranks, cadets will rarely find a cadet at an honor hearing despite overwhelming evidence that a violation has occurred. This in tum has caused the staff and faculty to give up even reporting honor incidents. Why would a staff or faculty member expend the massive amount of time and energy it takes to report an honor violation-including writing multiple sworn statements, giving interviews, and testifying at the honor hearing-when they know without a doubt the cadet will not be found (or, if found, the Superintendent will not separate the cadet)? To make matters worse, the senior leadership at West Point actively discourages staff and faculty from reporting honor violations. l was unfortunate enough to experience this first hand during my first tour on the faculty, when the Commandant of Cadets called my office phone and proceeded to berate me in the most vulgar and obscene language for over ten minutes because I had reported a cadet who lied to me and then asked if “we could just drop it.” Of course, I was duty bound to report the cadet’s violation, and I did. During the course of the berating I received from the Commandant, I never actually found out why he was so angry. It seemed that he was simply irritated that the institution was having to deal with the case, and that it was my fault it even existed. At the honor hearing the next day, I ended up being the one on trial as my character and reputation were dragged through the mud by the cadet and her civilian attorney while I sat on the witness stand without any assistance. In the end, of course, the cadet was not found (despite having at first admitted that she lied), and she eventually graduated. Just recently a cadet openly and obviously plagiarized his History research paper, and his civilian professor reported it. The evidence was overwhelming-there was not the slightest question of his guilt, yet the cadet was not found. The professor, and indeed all the faculty who knew of the case, were completely demoralized. This is the new norm for the cadet honor system. In fact, there is now an addition to the honor system (the Willful Admission Process) which essentially guarantees that if a cadet admits a violation, then separation is not even a possibility. In reality, separation is not a possibility anyway because the Superintendent refuses to impose that sanction. Academic standards are also nonexistent. I believe this trend started approximately ten years ago, and it has continued to get worse. West Point has stated standards for academic expectations and performance, but they are ignored. Cadets routinely fail multiple classes and they are not separated at the end-of-semester Academic Boards. Their professors recommend “Definitely Separate,” but those recommendations are totally disregarded. I recently taught a cadet who failed four classes in one semester (including mine), in addition to several she had failed in previous semesters, and she was retained at the Academy. As a result, professors have lost hope and faith in the entire Academic Board process. It has been made clear that cadets can fail a multitude of classes and they will not be separated. Instead, when they fail (and they do to a staggering extent), the Dean simply throws them back into the mix and expects the faculty to somehow drag them through the academic program until they manage to earn a passing grade. What a betrayal this is to the faculty! Also, since they get full grade replacement if they must re­take a course, cadets are actually incentivized to fail. They know they can re-take the course over the summer when they have no other competing requirements, and their new grade completely replaces the failing one. ST AP (Summer Term Academic Program) is also now an accepted summer detail assignment, so retaking a course during the summer translates into even more summer leave for the deficient cadet. Even the curriculum itself has suffered. The plebe American History course has been revamped to focus completely on race and on the narrative that America is founded solely on a history of racial oppression. Cadets derisively call it the “I Hate America Course.” Simultaneously, the plebe International History course now focuses on gender to the exclusion of many other important themes. On the other hand, an entire semester of military history was recently deleted from the curriculum (at West Point!). In all courses, the bar has been lowered to the point where it is irrelevant. If a cadet fails a course, the instructor is blamed, so instructors are incentivized to pass everyone. Additionally, instead of responding to cadet failure with an insistence that cadets rise to the challenge and meet the standard, the bar for passing the course itself is simply lowered. This pattern is widespread and pervades every academic department. Conduct and disciplinary standards are in perhaps the worst shape of all. Cadets are jaded, cynical, arrogant, and entitled. They routinely talk back to and snap at their instructors (military and civilian alike), challenge authority, and openly refuse to follow regulations. They are allowed to wear civilian clothes in almost any arena outside the classroom, and they flaunt that privilege. Some arrive to class unshaven, in need of haircuts, and with uniforms that look so ridiculously bad that, at times, I could not believe I was even looking at a West Point cadet. However, if a staff or faculty member attempts to correct the cadet in question, that staff/faculty member is sure to be reprimanded for “harassing cadets.” For example, as I made my rounds through the barracks inspecting study conditions one evening as the Academic Officer in Charge, I encountered a cadet in a company study room. He was wearing a pair of blue jeans and nothing else, and was covered in tattoos. He had long hair, was unshaven, and I was honestly unsure if he was even a cadet. He looked more like a prison convict to me. When I questioned what he was doing there, he remained seated in his chair and sneered at me that he “was authorized” because he was a First Class cadet. I proceeded to correct him and then reported him to the chain of command the next morning. Later that day I received an email from the Brigade Tactical Officer telling me to “stay in my lane.” I know many other officers receive the same treatment when attempting to make corrections. It is extremely discouraging when the response is invariably one that comes to the defense of the cadet. That brings me to another point: cadets’ versions of stories are always valued more highly by senior leaders than those of commissioned officers on the staff and faculty. It is as if West Point’s senior leaders believe their job is to “protect” cadets from the staff and faculty at all costs. This might explain why the faculty’s recommendations are ignored at the Academic Boards, why honor violations are ignored (and commissioned officers are verbally abused for bringing them to light), and why cadets always “win” when it comes to conduct and disciplinary issues. It seems that the Academy’s senior leaders are intimidated by cadets. During my first tour on the faculty (I was a CPT at the time), I noticed that 4th class cadets were going on leave in civilian clothes when the regulation clearly stated they were supposed to be wearing a uniform. During a discussion about cadet standards between the BTO and the Dept. of History faculty, I asked why plebes were going on leave in civilian clothes. His answer astonished me: “That rule is too hard to enforce.” Yet West Point had no problem enforcing that rule on me in the mid-1990s. I found it impossible to believe that the several hundred field grade officers stationed at West Point could not make teenagers wear the uniform. This anecdote highlights the fact that West Point’s senior leaders lack not the ability but the motivation to enforce their will upon the Corps of Cadets. This brings me to the case of now-2LT Spenser Rapone. It is not at all surprising that the Academy turned a blind eye to his behavior and to his very public hatred of West Point, the Army, and this nation. I knew at the time I wrote that sworn statement in 2015 that he would go on to graduate. It is not so much that West Point’s leadership defends his views (Prof. Hosein did, however); it is that West Point’s senior leaders are infected with apathy: they simply do not want to deal with any problem, regardless of how grievous a violation of standards and/or discipline it may be. They are so reticent to separate problematic cadets (undoubtedly due to the “developmental model” that now exists at USMA) that someone like Rapone can easily slip through the cracks. In other words, West Point’s leaders choose the easier wrong over the harder right. I could go on, but I fear that this letter would simply devolve into a screed, which is not my intention. I will sum up by saying this: a culture of extreme permissiveness has invaded the Military Academy, and there seems to be no end to it. Moreover, this is not unintentional; it is a deliberate action that is being taken by the Academy’s senior leadership, though they refuse to acknowledge or explain it. Conduct and behavior that would never be tolerated at a civilian university is common among cadets, and it is supported and defended by the Academy’s senior leaders in an apparent and misguided effort to attract more applicants and cater to what they see as the unique needs of this generation of cadets. Our beloved Military Academy has lost its way. It is a shadow of what it once was. It used to be a place where standards and discipline mattered, and where concepts like duty, honor, and country were real and they meant something. Those ideas have been replaced by extreme permissiveness, rampant dishonesty, and an inexplicable pursuit of mediocrity. Instead of scrambling to restore West Point to what it once was, the Academy’s senior leaders give cadets more and more privileges in a seeming effort to tum the institution into a third-rate civilian liberal arts college. Unfortunately, they have largely succeeded. The few remaining members of the staff and faculty who are still trying to hold the line are routinely berated, ignored, and ultimately silenced for their unwillingness to “go along with the program.” The Academy’s senior leaders simply do not want to hear their voices or their concerns. Dissent is crushed-I was repeatedly told to keep quiet at faculty meetings, even as a LTC, because my dissent was neither needed nor appreciated. It breaks my heart to write this. It breaks my heart to know first-hand what West Point was versus what it has become. This is not a “Corps has” story; it is meant to highlight a deliberate and radical series of changes being undertaken at the highest levels of USMA’ s leadership that are detrimental to the institution. Criticizing these changes is not popular. I have already been labeled a “traitor” by some at the Academy due to my sworn statement’s appearance in the media circus surrounding Spenser Rapone. However, whenever I hear this, I am reminded of the Cadet Prayer: ” … suffer not our hatred of hypocrisy and pretense ever to diminish. Make us to choose the harder right instead of the easier wrong, and never to be content with a half-truth when the whole can be won. …that scorns to compromise with vice and injustice, and knows no fear when truth and right are in jeopardy.”

West Point was once special, and it can be again. Spenser Rapone never should have been admitted, much less graduate, but he was-and that mistake is directly attributable to the culture of permissiveness and apathy that now exists there.

Sincerely and Respectfully,

Robert M. Heffington

LTC, U.S. Army (Retired), West Point Class of 1997

Screen Shot 2017 10 11 at 1.59.06 PM - Exclusive: Former West Point professor's letter exposes corruption, cheating and failing standards [Full letter]

http://usdefensewatch.com/2017/10/west-point-is-being-run-by-radical-leftists-and-social-justice-warriors-former-west-point-professors-letter-exposes-corruption-cheating-and-failing-standards/ 

:: 10-14-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mideast Powder Keg

By Hal Lindsey

The Middle East has long been a powder keg, and right now that powder keg is inhabited by people with flaming torches. In the last week, hostility in the region reached new levels. But this time the rage is not against Israel. It is Muslim versus Muslim; Sunni versus Shiite. The possibility of war between them, casts a pall over the entire planet. Sunni and Shiite Muslims have been at each other’s throats since Muhammad died in the year 632 AD. 85 to 90% of the world’s Muslims are Sunni. By that you would think Shiites are a marginal minority. But radical Shiites run Iran, a nation that has grown significantly more powerful since the nuclear deal it concluded with the United States and five other world powers last summer. One rarely discussed side-effect of the Iran nuclear deal has been an exacerbation of the volatile relationship between Sunnis and Shiites. After the agreement, both factions ratcheted up the belligerence. Sunni-led Saudi Arabia did everything it could to crash world oil prices just as Iran prepared to re-enter the global market again after years of sanctions. Saudis and Iranians have been fighting through proxies in several countries, including Syria, and have fought directly in Yemen. Tensions rose to a whole new level late last week when Saudi Arabia executed Nimr Baqr al-Nimr a Shiite cleric, along with 47 other prisoners. After Iranian protesters attacked the Saudi embassy in Tehran, the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia cut diplomatic relations with Iran. The Saudis also suspended airline flights between the two nations. The conflict then spilled over to other countries. Bahrain severed diplomatic ties with Iran. The United Arab Emirates recalled its ambassador. Hostilities spread to Africa where Sudan recalled its ambassador to Iran, and expelled the Iranian ambassador. Russia and China, both of whom are allies of Iran, have entered the fray offering their services as peacemakers. There’s no clear cut “good guy” in this fight. Iran seems willing to blow the world into chaos believing it will bring back their Muslim messiah, the “Mahdi.” They promise to wipe Israel from the earth. They fund terrorism. They have a history of providing a safe haven for terrorists. They love to shout “Death to America.” And, yes, they are still developing nuclear weapons, and the intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICMBs) to carry them. On the other side, Saudi Arabia’s whole existence is based on a movement within Sunni Islam called “Wahhabism.” It was named after an eighteenth century Sunni preacher named Muhammad ibn Abd al-Wahhab. He preached a severe, fundamentalist form of Islam, urging practitioners of the religion to get back to its basic tenets. In 1744, al-Wahhab converted Muhammad bin Saud, founder of the Saud dynasty and the first Saudi State. The Sauds were later defeated by the Ottomans, but the Saud dynasty did not go away, and remained a power in the region. Modern Saudi Arabia was founded in 1932. Wahhabism remains the basis of the laws and governing philosophy of the nation. That’s why Saudi punishments include beheading, stoning, amputation and lashing, often in public. It is a place where rape victims can be treated worse than their attackers. In one case, seven men gang-raped a teenage girl. But since she did not have a chaperone with her at the time, the court also punished her. She actually received more lashes than one of her rapists. You’ve heard that women can’t legally drive cars in Saudi Arabia, but it also goes against the code for them to try on clothes when shopping, enter a cemetery, buy a Barbie, go swimming, or interact with men who are not relatives. Their faces don’t have to be covered, but they are not allowed to wear clothes or make-up that might “show off their beauty.” And, as mentioned above, Saudi Arabian women cannot go outside the home without a chaperone, called a “mahram.” Despite all this, the United States used to have a good relationship with the Saudi Kingdom. At one time, the U.S. probably could have talked Riyadh out of executing the Shiite cleric. But the Iran nuclear deal changed that. Saudi Arabia no longer trusts the United States. It feels that the U.S. has thrown in its lot with Shiites. With the Iran deal, the United States alienated much of the Sunni Muslim world, and Sunnis make up at least 85% of the world’s Islamic population. You might expect that by giving Iran pretty much everything it wanted in the nuclear deal, America would have at least turned the Shiites into friends. But Shiites respect strength. When we gave away everything in negotiations, it only increased their disdain. In the Middle East, no one is sure whose side the U.S. stands. In the nuclear deal, the United States stands with Iran against Saudi Arabia and the other Sunni Muslim nations. In Yemen, the U.S. stands with Saudi Arabia against Iran and the other Shiite nations. In Iraq, the U.S. seems to stand with the Shiite government against the Kurds and Sunnis. In Syria, the U.S. stands against President Bashar al-Assad and his allies, the Iranians. The U.S. is also against Sunni terror groups, such as ISIS and al-Qaeda. America claims to be on the side of Syria’s “moderate rebels,” but can’t seem to find any. The list could go on and on. The U.S. is both for and against practically every one of the many factions in the Middle East. This foreign policy chaos has left everyone confused, and no one trusting the United States. Though still active in the region, the U.S. has squandered away its friendships, influence, and standing. That opened the door for the Russians. They have seized the opportunity to fill the void where the U.S. once stood. In doing so, Vladimir Putin has neatly positioned Russia to fulfill the role prophesied for it in the Bible 2500 years ago. Pray that we will out last President Obama’s Presidency. If we get another left wing President, we are finished.

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-1-9-2016/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-14-17 The Daily Signal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Here Are 4 Ways Iran Is Destabilizing the Middle East

Madyson Hutchinson / @madyhutch / October 13, 2017

President Donald Trump announced on Friday that the United States would not recertify the controversial Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action with Iran—commonly referred to as the “Iran nuclear deal.” The controversial agreement has been under fire since President Barack Obama signed it in 2015. Critics have stated concerns that the deal did not do enough to prevent Iran from obtaining a nuclear weapon, something that threatens the security of the entire international community. As Trump outlined in his strategy, Iran’s offences are not limited to its nuclear program. This is why he included countering Iranian aggression as one component of his four-point strategy. Iran’s growing influence is a threat to regional stability and is harming U.S. allies. Since sanctions on Iran were lifted in 2016, Iran has enjoyed increased financial and economic influence, which it has since invested in destabilizing many of its neighbors. Americans need an alternative to the mainstream media. But this can't be done alone. Find out more >> In addition to having a nuclear program, here are four ways that Iran is increasingly destabilizing the Middle East. 1. Proxy wars and undermining of U.S. partners. Iran has a long history of backing rebel groups and undermining established regional governments. In Yemen, Iran is seeking to weaken Saudi Arabia’s influence by supporting the Houthi rebels against Saudi and Yemeni forces and against a Saudi-led Arab expeditionary force. The Houthis have carried out attacks on U.S. and U.S.-allied ships in the Red Sea with Iranian-supplied weapons. Iran even threatened to take military action against Saudi Arabia. 2. Smuggling of weapons and soldiers. Iran was able to capitalize on Iraq’s fight against ISIS and the instability that resulted. In particular, it has created transportation and logistical infrastructure to move soldiers and weapons through Iraq to its proxy forces in Syria and Lebanon. Iran is doing the same in Yemen. One U.S. officer noted that Iran has provided Houthi fighters with a deadly arsenal of weaponry that has even been used to attack U.S.-allied ships in the Red Sea. Iran has also recruited thousands of Afghan refugees and deployed them as armed volunteer forces to fight alongside President Bashar al-Assad’s troops in Syria. 3. Aligning with brutal regimes. The Syrian civil war has been bloody and brutal. Over half a million Syrians have been killed, and millions more are now displaced. Iran’s support for Assad is one of the key elements safeguarding his government’s survival. Iran has dispatched senior military figures, deployed hundreds of Revolutionary Guard soldiers, and provided monetary, intelligence, training, communications, and weapons support to Assad, despite his gross human rights violations. Iran’s allies include hostile nations like Russia, which has fought alongside Iranian forces and Assad in Syria, as well as Venezuela, which is falling apart under a corrupt, anti-Western government. Iran’s support of the Palestinian Authority has encouraged a rise in Palestinian terrorism and confidence in one day replacing Israel with a unitary Palestinian state. 4. State-sponsored terrorism. One of Iran’s most notorious evils is its funding of terrorism. The State Department lists Iran as the No. 1 state sponsor of terrorism, and for good reason. For years, Iran has backed anti-Western groups like Hamas and Hezbollah, as well as proxy groups in Iraq, Syria, and Yemen that have worsened ongoing regional conflicts. In the Gaza Strip, Hamas regularly carries out attacks on Israel by using Iranian-funded weaponry, and having benefitted from Iranian-funded training. In Lebanon, Hezbollah broadcasts pro-Iranian news and carries out attacks on the Lebanese-Israeli border. Iranian-backed Hezbollah fighters in Syria have played a role in propping up the Assad regime. Iran has also been accused of supporting the Taliban in Afghanistan—a relationship the country formalized in early 2014—and of refusing to punish senior al-Qaeda members. Preventing the Iranian regime from obtaining nuclear capabilities is important, but that is not the only threat Iran poses to the region. Iranian influence is expanding, and instead of slowing or preventing this expanding influence, provisions under the Iran nuclear deal have made it easier for Iran to negatively influence and destabilize the Middle East. Trump’s refusal to recertify the deal could mark a turning point in Iran’s destructive influence. A Note for our Readers: Trust in the mainstream media is at a historic low—and rightfully so given the behavior of many journalists in Washington, D.C. Ever since Donald Trump was elected president, it is painfully clear that the mainstream media covers liberals glowingly and conservatives critically. Now journalists spread false, negative rumors about President Trump before any evidence is even produced. Americans need an alternative to the mainstream media. That’s why The Daily Signal exists. The Daily Signal’s mission is to give Americans the real, unvarnished truth about what is happening in Washington and what must be done to save our country. Our dedicated team of more than 100 journalists and policy experts rely on the financial support of patriots like you. Your donation helps us fight for access to our nation’s leaders and report the facts. You deserve the truth about what’s going on in Washington. Please make a gift to support The Daily Signal.

http://dailysignal.com/2017/10/13/4-ways-iran-destabilizing-middle-east/ 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 10-11-17 Charisma :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

You are here: Home World ISIS Just Took Over a Town of Hundreds of Christian Families

ISIS Just Took Over a Town of Hundreds of Christian Families

12:00PM EDT 10/11/2017 World Watch Monitor

Islamic State (IS) jihadists have regained control of a town believed to be home to hundreds of Christian families. The group launched a surprise attack on the town of Al-Qaryatain, which was being guarded by government forces, early on Sunday. The town, in the central province of Homs, is known as a symbol of interfaith coexistence—Christians are thought to have accounted for between 900 and 2,000 of the 30,000 residents before civil war broke out in 2011. It is not known exactly how many Christians are still resident there. Al-Qaryatain also contained the tomb of a saint venerated by both Muslims and Christians. A plate from the entrance to the popular Mar Elian monastery that was destroyed by IS jihadists, whose ideology rejects creeds other than their interpretation of Islam. Rami Abdel Rahman, director of the British-based Syrian Observatory for Human Rights, told journalists that violent clashes broke out at the weekend after the jihadists stole in to the town. Al-Qaryatain was previously in the hands of jihadists when IS seized control of it in August 2015. Russian-backed government forces recaptured it in April 2016. The Syriac Orthodox Church published names of 21 Christians it said were killed during IS' eight-month occupation of the town, which lies 55 miles (90 km) southeast of Homs and 60 miles (95 km) west of Palmyra. Al-Qaryatain's symbol of coexistence: IS jihadists devastated the Mar Elian monastery, desecrated graves, bulldozed the saint's tomb Some 270 Christians were abducted by IS soon after the jihadists captured the town. Some sheltered in the 1,500-year-old Mar Elian (St Julian) monastery, which IS later bulldozed. The shrine and tomb of Mar Elian, who had been venerated by Christians and Muslims, were also bulldozed. After the town was liberated, the shrine of Mar Elian was found to have been bulldozed. The saint's relics have been recovered and moved to a different church. The kidnapped Christians were taken around 55 miles into the desert and held in an underground prison for 25 days before being released. The prior at the monastery, Syrian Rev. Jacques Mourad, was held captive by IS for five months. Many Syrian Christians and other minorities had flocked to Al-Qaryatain and nearby villages as IS seized control of towns and villages in the northern province of Aleppo. Church sources said that around 1,500 had managed to flee Al-Qaryatain while the jihadists were fighting the government troops. Situated between Damascus and the ancient city of Palmyra, the World Heritage Site most recently recaptured from IS in March 2017, Al-Qaryatain would have been a key vantage point for an attempt to take over Damascus.

https://www.charismanews.com/world/67700-isis-just-took-over-a-town-of-hundreds-of-christian-families 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 10-13-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump decertifies Iran nuclear deal, announces new crackdown

By Dave Boyer - The Washington Times - Friday, October 13, 2017

President Trump said Friday he’s decertifying the Iranian nuclear deal forged under the Obama administration, but stopped short of ending the international agreement, instead giving Congress 60 days to take a tougher approach toward Tehran’s lawless behavior. In an address from the White House, the president also said he’s directing the Treasury Department to sanction Iran's Revolutionary Guard Corps over its support of terrorism in the Middle East, calling it a “long overdue step.” “We will not continue down a path whose predictable conclusion is more violence, more terror and the very real threat of Iran’s nuclear breakout,” Mr. Trump said. “Iran is not living up to the spirit of the deal.” Mr. Trump, who has called the 2015 agreement signed by President Obama a “horrible” deal and threatened to rip it up, instead decided reluctantly to try to beef up the restrictions on Tehran by going to Congress. But the president held open the option of terminating the agreement altogether. “I may very well do that. I like a two-step process much better,” the president told reporters later. His action will have no immediate impact on the six-nation agreement that calls for Iran to submit to international nuclear inspectors in exchange for lifting of economic sanctions. “This is purely an internal domestic decision,” said Secretary of State Rex W. Tillerson. Mr. Tillerson said Mr. Trump faced a choice of walking away from the international accord or trying to strengthen it through unilateral domestic action. “He’s saying we’ll try,” Mr. Tillerson said. Top Iranian cleric Ayatollah Mohammad Ali Movahedi Kerman called Mr. Trump’s move ridiculous and said it “revealed the true image of America across the world.” “The US has always tried to bring the Islamic Republic to its knee throughout the history and the Iranian nation would never forget the their animosity,” he said during a speech Friday in Tehran, state-run media outlet Fars news reported. German Foreign Minister Sigmar Gabriel and European Union Foreign Policy Chief Federica Mogherini reportedly spoke with Iranian Foreign Minister Mohammad Javad Zarif shortly after Mr. Trump’s announcement. The discussions, according to Iranian media outlets, were focused on alternatives to preserve the nuclear deal, without U.S. participation. The leaders of Germany, the United Kingdom and France said in a statement that they “are concerned by the possible implications” of Mr. Trump’s action. “We stand committed to the [nuclear deal] and its full implementation by all sides,” they said in a statement. “The nuclear deal was the culmination of 13 years of diplomacy and was a major step towards ensuring that Iran’s nuclear program is not diverted for military purposes.” The president also told reporters that European leaders such as French President Emmanuel Macron and British Prime Minister Theresa May are concerned about his action because European firms are doing more business with Iran since sanctions were lifted. “They would love me to stay in, only for one reason — look at the kind of money that’s being spent,” the president said. “Iran is spending money in various countries. Emanuel [Macron] called up and he talked to me. I said ‘Look, Emmanuel, they just gave [automaker] Renault a lot of money. Take their money, enjoy yourself.’ But we’ll see what happens. Iran has to behave much differently.” In his address, Mr. Trump reminded Americans of Iran’s involvement in some of the most tragic and humiliating episodes for the U.S. on the world stage, beginning with militants’ seizure of the U.S. embassy in Tehran in 1979 and the holding of dozens of American hostages there for 444 days. He went on to list bombings by Iranian-backed terrorists of the U.S. embassy in Beirut, Lebanon, of a Marine barracks in Lebanon, and other attacks against Americans in Saudi Arabia and in east Africa. Mr. Trump also criticized the Obama administration for agreeing to lift economic sanctions as part of the deal in 2015 “just before what would have been the total collapse of the Iranian regime.” The president said wants Congress to strengthen enforcement of the deal to prevent Iran from developing an intercontinental ballistic missile, and “to make all restrictions on Iran’s nuclear activity permanent under U.S. law.” Former Obama national security council aide Ben Rhodes said Mr. Trump’s move is “provoking crisis.” “Trump is demanding that allies and Congress go along with him in violating the Iran Deal at a time when Iran is complying,” Mr. Rhodes said on Twitter. “Hard to overstate how irresponsible it is for Trump to risk blowing up Iran Deal by demanding rest of world justify his campaign rhetoric.” Noting European Union opposition to the president’s move, Mr. Rhodes said, “He is accomplishing nothing except isolating the U.S. and fueling Iranian hardliners.” Jason Rezaian, a journalist who was imprisoned by Iran before being released last year, expressed concern for several Americans still being held unjustly by Tehran. “I hope I’m wrong, but it looks to me as though Americans being held hostage in #Iran were just abandoned by @realDonaldTrump,” he tweeted. Sen. Tom Cotton, Arkansas Republican and a vocal critic of the Iran deal, said he and Foreign Relations Chairman Bob Corker of Tennessee have crafted legislation with the White House to address the president’s concerns. “Lawmakers need to do now what we couldn’t do two years ago: unite around an Iran strategy that truly stops Iran’s nuclear weapons program and empowers the United States and our allies to combat the full spectrum of Iran’s imperial aggression,” Mr. Cotton said. “The legislation Senator Corker and I have been working on with the administration will address the major flaws in the original Iran deal: the sunset clauses, the weak inspections regime, and the failure to restrict Iran’s development of advanced centrifuges. And it will create time and leverage for firm diplomacy — together with our allies — to work and neutralize the threat of a nuclear Iran permanently.” Rep. Eliot L. Engel of New York, ranking Democrat on the House Foreign Affairs Committee, said the president’s plan “doesn’t make sense” because it doesn’t strengthen the international agreement. “Negotiating additional terms to the nuclear deal requires a coalition of international partners, not unilateral congressional action,” Mr. Engel said. “Failing to certify the deal is a risky gamble. It’s the first step toward withdrawing from the agreement keeping Iran from building the bomb.” Mr. Trump was highly critical of the Obama administration’s negotiations, saying President Obama allowed Iran to receive a huge cash infusion of more than $100 billion to help fund terrorist activities. He even mentioned the oft-criticized decision to fly crates of cash to Tehran as the deal was sealed. “I wonder where all that money went,” Mr. Trump said sarcastically. He added, “The deal allows Iran to continue developing certain elements of its nuclear program. What is the purpose of a deal that at best, only delays Iran’s nuclear capabilities for a short period of time?” Mr. Tillerson said the administration considers the nuclear deal “weak” because it doesn’t address Iran’s support of terrorism, and its provisions against Tehran working on nuclear weapons phase out within 15 years. The new strategy for Iran approved by the president “is the culmination of nine months of deliberation with Congress and our allies on how to best protect American security,” according to the White House. The plan focuses on “neutralizing the government of Iran’s destabilizing influence and constraining its aggression, particularly its support for terrorism and militants,” the White House said. “We will revitalize our traditional alliances and regional partnerships as bulwarks against Iranian subversion and restore a more stable balance of power in the region,” stated a fact sheet from the administration. “We will work to deny the Iranian regime — and especially the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps — funding for its malign activities, and oppose IRGC activities that extort the wealth of the Iranian people. We will counter threats to the United States and our allies from ballistic missiles and other asymmetric weapons.” Russia, which is a party to the international accord, said Friday that abandoning the deal could “seriously aggravate the situation.” Mr. Trump’s speech from the White House will outline specific faults he finds in the pact but will also focus on an array of Iran’s troubling non-nuclear activities, four officials and advisers said. Those include Tehran’s ballistic missile program, support for Syrian President Bashar Assad, Lebanon’s Hezbollah movement and other groups that destabilize the region, including in Yemen. Under U.S. law, Mr. Trump faces a Sunday deadline to notify Congress whether Iran is complying with the accord that was negotiated over 18 months by the Obama administration and determine if it remains a national security priority. Although he will allow that Iran is living up to the letter of the agreement, he will make the case that the deal is fatally flawed and that its non-nuclear behavior violates the spirit of the regional stability it was intended to encourage, the officials and advisers said. Mr. Tillerson said that Mr. Trump will not call for a re-imposition of nuclear sanctions on Tehran. He will instead urge lawmakers to codify tough new requirements for Tehran to continue to benefit from the sanctions relief that it won in exchange for curbing its atomic program. And he’ll announce his long-anticipated intent to impose sanctions on portions of Iran's Revolutionary Guard Corps by designating them terrorist organization under an existing executive order, according to the officials and advisers. “The reckless behavior of the Iranian regime, and the IRGC in particular, poses one of the most dangerous threats to the interests of the United States and to regional stability,” the White House said in a statement released ahead of the speech. The statement, which did not reveal Trump’s decision, denounced the Obama administration for its “myopic focus on Iran’s nuclear program to the exclusion of the regime’s many other malign activities” and said the same “mistakes” would not be repeated. Maryam Rajavi, president-elect of the National Council of Resistance of Iran, welcomed Mr. Trump’s new policy. “Designation of the IRGC, the main instrument of suppression, export of terrorism and proliferation of weapons of mass destruction, as a terrorist entity is a long overdue, necessary step towards establishment of peace,” she said. She said previous U.S. administrations’ policies ignored human-rights violations in Iran and the regime’s “deadly meddling” in the region. “The ultimate solution is the overthrow of the regime and establishment of freedom and democracy in Iran by the Iranian people and resistance,” she said. “For years, a policy of appeasement has acted as the main impediment to change in Iran. It is time that the international community recognizes the aspirations of the Iranian people and stands with the people of Iran and their legitimate right for regime change.”

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/oct/13/trump-decertifies-iran-nuclear-deal-announces-new-/ 

[ :: 6-12-16 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::]

Make my word first place in your life, for without a thorough knowledge of my word the enemy will deceive you and there will be a falling away, for many false things are being taught today, a new gospel which is not a gospel at all, but know my word, for you are responsible to know my word. etc

:: 10-12-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Real Gospel

By Hal Lindsey

People love to add their own thoughts to the end of viral emails. Those thoughts can undermine the message of the original writer. One such email started going around several years ago — at least as far back as 2007. In addition to its life as an email, it has been featured in several devotional books and websites. Somewhere along the way, someone tacked on the phrase, “That's the whole Gospel message, simply stated.” One book, written by a Baptist minister, concluded with a slight variation — “That is the whole Gospel Message, simply told.” It’s the story of an old man whose good attitude causes a young thug to change his ways. It’s inspirational. But many of the people putting it on their websites, in their books, and in their emails, include the line saying it is the “whole Gospel message, simply stated.” That’s quite an astounding claim for a story that never mentions Jesus, never speaks of God, and doesn’t mention the cross. I have no problem with inspirational stories. But when someone calls it “the whole Gospel Message, simply told,” it concerns me deeply. It reminded me of something we ran on The Hal Lindsey Report in February of 2016. I told about Mother Teresa’s decades-long battle with a dark and unrelenting depression, and what I think helped cause it. Here is a portion of that story. Mother Teresa is officially known as “Blessed Teresa of Calcutta.” She will soon be given the title, “Saint.” Few people in history did good deeds with more fervor than this woman. She deserved the Nobel Peace Prize and the other honors she received, but her life is also a picture of tragedy. After she died, we learned that the harder Mother Teresa worked, the emptier she felt. She wrote, “Where is my faith? Even deep down… there is nothing but emptiness and darkness.… If there be God — please forgive me. When I try to raise my thoughts to Heaven, there is such convicting emptiness that those very thoughts return like sharp knives and hurt my very soul.” Her confessor suggested that she write a letter to God. So, to the One who promised never to leave us nor forsake us, she wrote, “Lord, my God, who am I that You should forsake me?” Later she wrote, “I have no Faith.” This wasn’t simply a rough patch. This was her life for 50 years. At the time of Pope Pius XII’s death in 1958, she felt a renewed spark of faith. But it lasted only a few weeks. Soon she returned to what she called, “the long darkness.” The torment, emptiness, pain, and guilt she expressed in her letters are enough to make any feeling person want to weep for her. I don’t point these things out to condemn her, but because we can learn from her sorrow. Paul and Silas sat in prison, their backs ripped apart by flogging, their wounds not cleansed and still bleeding. It was one of those times that Paul would later describe with the phrase, “in stripes above measure.” (2 Corinthians 11:23 KJV) Yet in that moment of pain, these men sang joyful praise in voices loud enough to be heard by the whole prison. Acts 16:25 says, “But about midnight Paul and Silas were praying and singing hymns of praise to God, and the prisoners were listening to them.” (NASB) God then opened the prison doors with an earthquake. To me, the singing is an even greater miracle than the earthquake. That’s what God wants for each of us. He allows us to go through times of spiritual gloom, but He doesn’t want us to live there. He wants us to live in His joy. Why was Mother Teresa so miserable and Paul so joyous? I think the key to Mother Teresa’s misery can be found in something she said in 1989 to a group of political and business leaders gathered to honor her at Blair House in Washington. (At this point, I showed a video clip of her speaking at that event. She said, “We read in the Gospel… ‘Whatever you do to the least, my brethren, you did it to.…” Then she held up her hand and pointed to a finger for each word as she continued. “‘You did it to Me.’ Five fingers. The whole Gospel is in five fingers.”) As great as that verse is, it is not “the whole Gospel.” That verse exposes our hypocrisy when we say we love Jesus, but don’t care for the people He died to save. To say that we find in that verse “the whole Gospel” misses the point of the Gospel. It misses Christ’s sacrifice of Himself on the cross for our sins. To say that’s “the whole Gospel” negates the cross by making salvation something we earn — not something Jesus earned for us. Increasing numbers of people today are falling into the trap of the Social Gospel — of believing that we are saved by our works as opposed to salvation by the work of Christ on our behalf. Mother Teresa could not earn God’s pleasure no matter how hard she worked. No wonder she was miserable. We must have confidence in the atoning work of Christ, or we will be miserable, too. Paul and Silas understood the Source of their salvation. In Romans 11, Paul wrote, “Even so then, at this present time there is a remnant according to the election of grace. And if by grace, then it is no longer of works; otherwise grace is no longer grace. But if it is of works, it is no longer grace; otherwise work is no longer work.” (Romans 11:5-6 NKJV) We’re either saved by grace or works. It cannot be both. If you make it both, then, according to God’s word, “it is no longer grace.” And without grace, it is all up to you, and you can expect to be miserable. The real Gospel is infinitely greater than the social gospel. Romans 1:16 says, “The gospel of Christ… is the power of God unto salvation.”

https://www.hallindsey.com/ww-10-12-2017/  

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10-12-17 KVER :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

KVERT/Volcano Observatory Notification to Aviation

20171012/2355Z

Sheveluch (CAVW #300270) orange KVERT 2017-248 N 56 deg 38 min E 161 deg 18 min

Kamchatka, Russia 10768.24 ft (3283 m), the dome elevation ~8200 ft (2500 m)

According to satellite data by KVERT, a plume of resuspended ash blowing from the vicinity of the volcano area drift for about 105 km to the east from the volcano. Explosive-extrusive eruption of the volcano continues. Ash explosions up to 32,800-49,200 ft (10-15 km) a.s.l. could occur at any time. Ongoing activity could affect international and low-flying aircraft. 6560 ft (2000 m) AMSL Time and method of ash plume/cloud height determination: 20171012/2320Z – Himawari-8 Distance of ash plume/cloud of the volcano: 65 mi (105 km)

Direction of drift of ash plume/cloud of the volcano: E / azimuth 97 deg

Time and method of ash plume/cloud determination: 20171012/2320Z – Himawari-8

http://www.kscnet.ru/ivs/kvert/index_eng.php 

:: 10-11-17 The Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Shinmoedake volcano starts erupting after 6 years of quiescence, Japan

Posted by TW on October 11, 2017 in categories

Following increased seismic activity detected since September 23, 2017, Shinmoedake volcano (Kirishimayama) in Kyushu, Japan started erupting at 20:34 UTC on October 10, 2017, coating nearby cities and towns in a thin layer of ash. The last eruption of this volcano occurred on September 7, 2011. Increase in the number of volcanic earthquakes under the volcano was first detected on September 23, 2017. It further increased on October 4, prompting JMA to conduct a field survey on October 5 when they observed fumarolic activity and weak thermal anomalies. At 23:55 JST that day, JMA raised the alert level from 1 to 2, restricting entry to areas near the crater. Shinmoedake started erupting for the first time in six years at 20:34 UTC on October 10 (05:34 JST, October 11), prompting JMA to raise the volcanic alert level to 3. This is the first time this volcano is on Alert Level 3 since October 2013. Alert Level 3 means residents and tourists are not allowed to approach the mountain within 2 km (1.2 miles) due to the possibility of flying rocks and pyroclastic flows. JMA said that the plume from the eruption is rising 300 m (984 feet) above the crater. This is 2000 m (6 561 feet) above sea level. A small amount of ash fell in three cities and the town of Takaharu in Miyazaki, JMA added. Kyodo reported that some people in Takaharu walked while holding an umbrella as volcanic ash fell on roads. Yoshinari Imanishi, 66, a senior official of a local tourism association, expressed concern about the possible negative impact from the eruption, saying, "We were hit by accommodation cancellations six years ago. I hope (the eruption) will not affect the autumn outing season." According to local police, there are no reports of injuries or damage. Geological summary Kirishimayama is a large group of more than 20 Quaternary volcanoes located north of Kagoshima Bay. The late-Pleistocene to Holocene dominantly andesitic group consists of stratovolcanoes, pyroclastic cones, maars, and underlying shield volcanoes located over an area of 20 x 30 km (12.4 - 18.6 miles). The larger stratovolcanoes are scattered throughout the field, with the centrally located, 1700-m-high (5 577 feet) Karakunidake being the highest. Onamiike and Miike, the two largest maars, are located SW of Karakunidake and at its far eastern end, respectively. Holocene eruptions have been concentrated along an E-W line of vents from Miike to Ohachi, and at Shinmoedake to the NE. Frequent small-to-moderate explosive eruptions have been recorded since the 8th century. (GVP)

https://watchers.news/2017/10/11/shinmoedake-volcano-eruption-japan/ 

:: 10-11-17 Mirror :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fears that La Palma volcano could erupt sparking MEGA TSUNAMI that will engulf Britain

Experts are concerned about the volcano after 40 tremors in just 48 hours at the popular tourist hotspot in the Canary Islands

Kara O'Neill 13:27, 11 OCT 2017

Experts are fearful that a volcano in La Palma could be about to erupt after 40 tremors in just 48 hours at the popular tourist hotspot. There are concerns that if the volcano blows, it could spark a mega tsunami which would affect Britain, as well as Spain and the US' east coast. La Palma, in the Canary Islands, has been rocked by dozens of small tremors measuring between 1.5 and 2.7 on the Richter scale. And it could well be a sign that the active volcano Cumbre Vieja could be set to cause devastation. Panic has spread among the 86,000 residents on the island after the largest tremor hit on Saturday afternoon, approximately 17.4 miles below ground. It measured 2.7 on the Richter scale, and was followed almost exactly 24 hours later by a magnitude 2.6 tremor, before a third of 2.1 hit on Monday at midnight. Maria José Blanco, director of the National Geographic Institute on the island, said a similar seismic 'swarm' has never been recorded to this date on La Palma. Despite the frequency of tremors, residents and tourists staying on the island did not feel the earthquakes - due to their depth underground. The volcano's last two eruptions occurred in 1949 and 1971, a gap of just 22 years. But this doesn't mean another eruption is due, as previous to these two dates, the last historical eruption occurred in 1712. If it was to blow, Cumbre Vieja could cause a mega tsunami . Some experts believe the volcano is in the initial stages of failure, meaning a big enough eruption could cause a massive landslide to enter the Atlantic Ocean. It could result in waves as high as 600m, travelling at around 450mph meaning the African coast would be submerged within an hour, and the southern coastlines of the British Isles in just three and a half hours.

http://www.mirror.co.uk/news/world-news/fears-la-palma-super-volcano-11323660 

:: 10-6-17 American Shipper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Barge rates skyrocket amid Ohio, Mississippi river closures

Large crop harvests this season, along with limited barge space due to portions of the Ohio and Mississippi rivers being closed, has sent spot rates for barge transportation through the roof in October, according to a report from The Farm Journal.

By Elizabeth Landrum |Friday, October 06, 2017

Spot rates for barges are skyrocketing as portions of the Ohio River into the Mississippi River are closed due to low water levels from dry weather, preventing harvested grain from being shipped, according to a report from agricultural industry news outlet The Farm Journal. Thanks to what may end up being the third largest corn crop ever, farmers have had to reevaluate their harvest early on in the season. According to The Farm Journal, company officials on Archer Daniels Midland’s (ADM) weekly conference call recap last week said low water levels from dry weather the past six to eight weeks is causing issues on the Illinois, Ohio and Mississippi rivers, causing freight rates to rise. Just last week, spot rates for export grain increased 27 percent to 50 percent compared to the week before, according to U.S. Department of Agriculture (USDA) data. The rate increases are expected to rise through October as there is no rain in the forecast, USDA said. According to The Farm Journal, Karl Setzer of MaxYield Grain said the issues along the rivers mean farmers are better off financially to hold on to grain for a while, as opposed to selling it at harvest. “There’s a 500 percent carry in the market. That means the river market is paying merchandisers 80 cents a bushel to hold corn from now until December, resulting better basis for farmers,” he said. Furthermore, grain buyers said that record yields in the Southern U.S. have increased seasonal demand for barges on the Lower-Mississippi, causing a backlog of corn and soybeans along the Upper- and Mid-Mississippi pools. While U.S. Army Corps of Engineers says they aren’t seeing any major backups in barge traffic due to low river levels around St. Louis, the agency is currently dredging near Thebes, Illinois to clear out high spots, said The Farm Journal. Slowdowns in that area are to be expected, but vessels are still allowed to transit during daylight hours. One additional factor in the river closures is the emergencies outages at Locks and Dams 52 and 53, Deb Calhoun, senior vice president of Waterways Council, Inc., told The Farm Journal. “The locks and dams on the system were built during The New Deal in the 1930s and earlier, and require recapitalization to be able to continue to allow shippers the most cost-competitive way to get their goods to the export market and for use domestically,” she said. “The Trump administration has suggested a $1 trillion initiative ahead for the nation’s ailing infrastructure and waterways’ locks and dams must be included in that plan.” Both locks are scheduled to be replaced by the Olmstead Lock and Dam in 2018. However, recent rhetoric from Trump has suggested that his supposed $1 trillion federal infrastructure spending plan will no longer be funded by public-private partnerships (P3s), which could result in high costs for states and localities.

https://www.americanshipper.com/main/news/report-barge-rates-skyrocket-amid-ohio-mississippi-69268.aspx?taxonomy=ServiceProviders 

:: 10-10-17 Motherboard :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Giant, Mysterious Hole Has Opened Up in Antarctica

“We’re still trying to figure out what’s going on.”

Kate Lunau Oct 10 2017, 12:55pm

A hole as large as Lake Superior or the state of Maine has opened up in Antarctica, and scientists aren't sure why it's there. The gigantic, mysterious hole "is quite remarkable," atmospheric physicist Kent Moore, a professor at the University of Toronto's Mississauga campus, told me over the phone. "It looks like you just punched a hole in the ice." Areas of open water surrounded by sea ice, such as this one, are known as polynias. They form in coastal regions of Antarctica, Moore told me. What's strange here, though, is that this polynia is "deep in the ice pack," he said, and must have formed through other processes that aren't understood. "This is hundreds of kilometres from the ice edge. If we didn't have a satellite, we wouldn't know it was there." (It measured 80,000 k at its peak.) A polynia was observed in the same location, in Antarctica's Weddell Sea, in the 1970s, according to Moore, who's been working with the Southern Ocean Carbon and Climate Observations and Modelling (SOCCOM) group, based at Princeton University, to analyze what's going on. Back then, scientists' observation tools weren't nearly as good, so that hole remained largely unstudied. Then it went away for four decades, until last year, when it reopened for a few weeks. Now it's back again. "This is now the second year in a row it's opened after 40 years of not being there," Moore said. (It opened around September 9.) "We're still trying to figure out what's going on." Read More: Deep-Diving Robots will Plunge 16,000 Feet to Monitor the Ocean Abyss It's tempting to blame this strange hole on climate change, which is reshaping so much of the world, including Antarctica. But Moore said that's "premature." Scientists can say with certainty, though, that the polynia will have a wider impact on the oceans. "Once the sea ice melts back, you have this huge temperature contrast between the ocean and the atmosphere," Moore explained. "It can start driving convection." Denser, colder water sinks to the bottom of the ocean, while warmer water comes to the surface, "which can keep the polynia open once it starts," he said. Using observations from satellites and deep sea robots, Moore and his collaborators are working on as-yet-unpublished research that aims to answer some of these questions. "Compared to 40 years ago, the amount of data we have is amazing," he said. Antarctica is undergoing massive changes right now, and figuring out why a gaping hole could suddenly open up will be key to understanding larger systems at play.

https://motherboard.vice.com/en_us/article/wjx9w4/a-giant-mysterious-hole-has-opened-up-in-antarctica 

:: 10-7-17 The Free Thought :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pedophilia Network of Cops Busted Raping and Filming Cadets to Make Child Porn

A pedophile network has recently been uncovered involving police officers and cadets in the Explorers program which connects teens who want to be police officers with cops.

By Jack Burns - October 7, 2017

Louisville, KY — Officers Kenneth Betts and Brandon Wood, formerly with the Louisville Police Department, may have been able to fly under the radar of the mainstream media until now. But with recent court document revelations presented in court this week, their alleged pedophilia practices have come to the surface and even captured on video. And, once again, the crimes involve a police cadet program and accused pedophile cops. The two police officers allegedly raped a teenage boy, both in their car and in a residence, and filmed the crime for the purposes of producing pornography. Betts and Wood were police officer mentors in the Youth Explorer Program for kids who want to one day become law enforcement officers. It was inside the mentorship program that they are accused of finding their victims. Woods was fired in April after serving 8 years in the police department. Betts resigned in 2014 following an investigation he’d had improper contact with a teenage girl. Both former Louisville officers were indicted in April and entered “not guilty” pleas. Their trials are underway. Because their victims are minors, both the identities of the children, as well as their parents, are being withheld for privacy reasons. A female victim’s mother made a statement to police in the fall of 2016 that Lt. Curtis Flaherty had put pressure on the family not to come forward with charges. According to the Courier-Journal, Flaherty was, “commander of both the Explorer program and the Public Integrity Unit,” in 2013. As such he was not only responsible for the youth discovery program but he also led the department which, “investigates possible criminal acts by department members.” So when the allegations of impropriety surfaced, a conflict of interest arose and Flaherty took the side of the accused police officer and allegedly encouraged the family to keep quiet. Flaherty retired from the Louisville PD earlier this year. He’s now lawyered up and his attorney, Lee Sitlinger, claims the mother’s recollections were either taken out of context or misinterpreted. Attorney David Yates represents five alleged victims. He told reporters the mother’s claims are in line with his own discoveries and added the Flaherty’s interference; underscores what I have been saying for some time – that there were police officers who used their trust and authority to abuse minor victims…They were protected and assisted in a continuing cover-up through their supervisor and this was allowed to go on for way too long. The mother gave a nearly hour-long videotaped interview with detectives. She said her daughter met the accused pedophile cops in 2013 at a week-long Explorer camp at Campbellsville University. There, the two cops targeted the young girl who was 15 at the time. She said Betts started sexting her daughter while she was 15, and after she turned 16, he began propositioning her for sex. She said she told another officer and an internal investigation progressed. According to the Courier-Journal, that’s when she said Flaherty stepped in and put a stop to it. Several officers subsequently interviewed her and took the daughter’s cell phone for further investigation. But she said the Explorer supervisor called her and told her to keep quiet, according to the report. She told investigators that when Betts learned her daughter had turned 16, he began contacting her to have a sexual relationship. The mother said a sergeant in internal affairs assured her that the investigation was important and that it was “on the top of the list on the chief’s desk.” But she said she was later told Betts had been “let go” and “there was never any closure regarding this case.” That’s when Betts apparently quietly resigned. Now, in 2017, accusations are being leveled against the Chief of Police Steve Conrad and the city of a cover-up. Mayor Greg Fischer suspended the program in March in an apparent response to the negative publicity the two officers brought to the department. Fischer and Metro Council members contacted the FBI which is also conducting its own investigation. Just as the investigation into alleged sex scandals involving teenage explorers and Louisville police officers was progressing, the police union stepped in and filed a lawsuit to prevent at least three other officers from testifying in the case. The River City Fraternal Order of Police (RCFOP) filed a lawsuit mid-August to prevent the officers from incriminating themselves in the involuntary interviews with a private attorney hired at the request of the mayor’s office. Officers Matthew Gelhausen, Joseff Keeling and Paul Paris were protected from being forced to give a deposition to the lawyer as a result of the lawsuit filed by their union. It is still unclear what the officers knew or how they were involved in the alleged abuses, cover-up, and/or quiet resignation of Betts. Betts and Woods were reported to be best friends and were good friends with Flaherty, their accused protector. According to many former explorers, Woods would often hang out with the young boys outside of the program and take them on camping trips. His behavior as a mentor in the program was also questionable as he reportedly got drunk on at least one occasion and leaned against the young men. In October of 2016, when allegations surfaced Woods raped a young teenage boy, he was stripped of his policing powers following an investigation by Flaherty’s Public Integrity Unit. It wasn’t until Betts was indicted that Woods was fired by Conrad in April. As a result of the ongoing investigation, a fourth officer was placed on reassignment following an allegation from a female victim (who was once an explorer and is now an adult) she was also abused. Officer Brad Schuhmann stands accused by the victim and is the latest officer to be officially embroiled in the sex scandal involving pedophile cops and teens in the Explorer program. The Explorer program is an affiliate of the Boy Scouts of America and, according to a Courier-Journal investigation going all the way back to 1974, has been at the center of sex scandal controversies involving cops and teenage cadets. As TFTP has reported, a vast pedophilia network is at work in the United States involving some of the most trusted members of society. As a result, few are ever held accountable for their actions and crimes against children. Using news databases, court records and other sources the Courier-Journal concluded: ► The Boy Scouts of America affiliate that runs the Explorer program has let police departments police themselves and failed to adopt some safeguards.

► Some department chiefs have ignored warning signs and minimized allegations.

► Ride-alongs in police cruisers have allowed law enforcement advisers to groom and abuse victims in one-on-one settings.

► Advisers have used their positions to exploit vulnerable teens who look up to them as mentors.

► Many offenders received only slight punishments, in part because of questions about whether victims had consented.

► Victims say their trust was violated and their dreams of law enforcement careers shattered.

In April, when residents of Rolling Hills learned their “Code Enforcement” official had been charged with raping a teenage boy, they demanded he be fired. He was. Both Betts and Woods are facing decades in prison for charges of sexual abuse, and sodomy against one of the teenage cadets they were sworn to protect. The criminal charges were filed against the two officers after the male victim known as “N.C.” filed a civil suit in March against the two men and Flaherty. The suit alleged the two officers began having sex with N.C. while he was 17 and continued doing so until he was 19 and that those sex acts were filmed for the purposes of creating pornography. We at TFTP call on anyone and everyone who has ever been abused by any police officer within the Louisville Police Department to come forward with their story. It is the age of reckoning and the pedophile network of abusers and protectors needs to be broken. The RCFOP should be ashamed of itself. Instead of demanding that its officers report crimes to their superiors, by filing a lawsuit preventing officers from testifying, they have given the public the impression those potential crimes should remain hidden.

http://thefreethoughtproject.com/uncovered-pedophilia-network-involving-cops-cadeta/ 

:: 10-11-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

An alarming development as the Bubonic Plague is now confirmed in the Seychelles while hundreds of new cases suspected in Madagascar

Wednesday, 11 October 2017

RSOE AlertMap

As the outbreak of the plague in Madagascar continues to evolve at a pace with 230 new suspected cases including 17 deaths an alarming development has seen the disease arrive in the Seychelles Health officials in Seychelles have confirmed that 3 people have tested positive for the Bubonic Plague. A Seychellois basketball coach died from the disease late last month in a hospital in Antananarivo, the capital of Madagascar, according to Today in Seychelles, where 42 people have died from the "Black Death." The coach, Alix Allisop, was assisting the Seychelles men's reigning champion of the Beau Vallon Heat in Madagascar during the Indian Ocean Club Championship. The government of Madagascar over the weekend confirmed that the death of Allisop was due to the pneumonic plague. The other members of the Seychellois basketball delegation, who were in close contact with Allisop, have been under observation since they returned to the country, Gedeon said. They are now at the military academy at Perseverance, a reclaimed island on the outskirts of Victoria. According to the World Health Organization (WHO) pneumonic plague, or lung-based plague, is the most virulent form and can trigger severe epidemics through person-to-person contact via droplets in the air, as well as flea bites from infected mammals. The incubation period can be as short as 24 hours. According to the Seychelles News Agency, the Seychelles' Ministry of Health on Wednesday advised all airlines and travel agents to discourage people from travelling to Madagascar due to the plague outbreak. Additional health measures at Seychelles' main airport have also been put in place. Jude Gedeon, Seychelles' public health commissioner, said that officials have put in place walk-through and temperature scanners at the international airport to detect cases. A form is also being given to disembarked passengers to state if they have any symptoms similar to those brought on by the plague.

Additionally, as a precaution, all schools in Seychelles are closed for the next 6 days as it is not yet confirmed that contact was made with any of the teachers. Home Posted by Gary Walton at 1:37 pm

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/10/an-alarming-development-as-bubonic.html 

:: 10-10-17 Wolf Street :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It’s Over for Sears Canada

by Wolf Richter • Oct 10, 2017 •

Brick and mortar meltdown.

Sears Canada hired the same leading bankruptcy advisory firm on June 12 that had represented Target Canada in its insolvency proceedings. Ten days later, it filed for bankruptcy protection to restructure its capital and its operations, shutter dozens of its 225 stores and lay off nearly 3,000 employees, but planned to continue operating. Today it said that the restructuring efforts failed, and that it would seek court approval to liquidate, shutting all its remaining stores and laying off its remaining 12,000 employees. Retailers are notoriously difficult to restructure. Once they’re this deep in trouble, after years of losses, they own few assets and are burdened with debts, as everything has been sold or pledged to creditors. Their suppliers, who’ve been burned too many times, are getting skittish. Lenders are getting desperate. And acquirers can be impossible to find. Most retailer bankruptcies start out as restructurings but end as liquidations. To stay alive while losing money for years, Sears Canada has sold off most of its real estate holdings, and the most valuable assets are already gone. What’s left are C$1.1 billion ($880 million) in liabilities. “The company deeply regrets this pending outcome and the resulting loss of jobs and store closures,” the company said in the statement. Pending court approval to begin the liquidation process, Sears Canada said that it would kick off liquidation sales at its stores as soon as October 19 and continue through the holiday selling period. In the bankruptcy filing in June, the company spoke of its “reinvention” and its “brand reinvention,” how it “rebooted its customer experience and service standards,” and how its “newly designed site built in-house by a new technology team” and some other factors would make this restructuring work. Today it said in a letter to employees that the liquidation is “a reflection on the state of the retail market today.” Sears Canada was partially spun off in 2012 from similarly struggling Sears Holdings in the US, which still holds a 12% stake, and whose CEO Eddie Lampert — a hedge fund manager — owns a 45% stake in part via his hedge fund, ESL Investments. In June, after it was granted court protection, the company received the court’s permission to try to find a buyer. Executive chairman Brandon Stranzl, backed by private equity firm Blackstone Group, tried to put together an offer, pledging to keep the company operating. But Sears Canada said today that “following exhaustive efforts, no viable transaction for the Company to continue as a going concern was received.” This confirmed weeks of speculation that those efforts were doomed. On October 4, Sears Canada asked the court for, and obtained, an extension of its creditor protection until November. 7. During the hearing, the lawyer for the retailer’s court-appointed monitor, FTI Consulting Canada, told the court that the company was assessing a revised bid by Stranzl, but was running out of time and money to decide. CBC News: A lawyer for the lenders argued that if a proposal to buy the business as a going concern does not materialize, it is key to liquidate before the Christmas season is over to maximize the value the process can attain. Hence the rush by the creditors to get the liquidation started. Then there are the pension obligations for its 6,000 retirees and 12,000 beneficiaries. The plan has a deficit of C$266.8 million. A motion was filed in August to wind up the plan. It would require the company to pay the full C$266.8 million to the plan, which the company doesn’t have. The motion adds: The wind up also gives rise to a payment into the plan by the Ontario Pension Benefits Guarantee Fund (“PBGF”) that would help offset the underfunding in the plan and minimize pension benefit reductions. The motion has been postponed until at least November 30. And that’s how the once largest retailer in Canada becomes another entity in the brick-and-mortar retail meltdown, its remains getting picked through in bankruptcy court. Liquidation too for Toys “R” Us? The company filed for bankruptcy in the US and Canada to restructure, but it can’t solve what’s killing it. Read… The Fate of Toys “R” Us after Bankruptcy?

https://wolfstreet.com/2017/10/10/sears-canada-to-liquidate-close-all-stores-lay-off-12000/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10-11-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A boiling river of WINE flows through devastated California wine country as residents return to apocalyptic scenes after wildfires kill 21- while 5,000 flee another inferno in the home of Disneyland

Fires across California have killed 21 people in the north and forced 20,000 people to evacuate their homes

Nearly 150 people are still unaccounted for and some 2,000 buildings have been destroyed by the blazes

A series of fires that flared up north of San Francisco on Sunday are among the deadliest in the state's history

In Southern California, most evacuation orders were lifted after a fire destroyed 14 buildings, mostly homes

A monster Canyon 2 blaze cast an orange glow over the Disneyland theme park in Anaheim late Tuesday night

By Ruth Styles In Anaheim Hills, California, For Dailymail.com and Kelly Mclaughlin For Mailonline Published: 06:58 EDT, 11 October 2017 | Updated: 19:27 EDT, 11 October 2017

Wineries across California's Napa Valley are among the thousands of properties that have been destroyed by fierce wildfires ravaging the state this week. Paradise Ridge Winery, situated on a hill overlooking Santa Rosa, is one of the many hit by fires that broke out Sunday, with its barrels charred and its wine flowing like a river under smoldered debris. Fires across California have killed 21 people so far in the north and forced 20,000 people across the state to evacuate their homes. Nearly 150 people are unaccounted for and some 2,000 buildings have been devoured by the flames. Among the dead are a married couple, aged 100 and 99, who were unable to evacuate in time. A deaf-blind woman is also believed to be among the dead. Governor Jerry Brown declared a state of emergency for Napa, Sonoma, Yuba, Butte, Lake, Mendocino, Nevada and Orange counties and requested a presidential major disaster declaration to help battle at least 18 blazes burning throughout the state. A series of fires that flared up north of San Francisco on Sunday night are among the deadliest in the state's history. In Southern California, most evacuation orders have been lifted as firefighters successfully battle a wildfire that destroyed 14 buildings, most of them homes. Thousands of people in Tustin, Orange and Anaheim were allowed to begin returning home Tuesday evening, a day after the blaze erupted in northern Orange County. Some of the largest of more than a dozen blazes burning over a 200-mile region were in Napa and Sonoma counties, home to dozens of wineries that attract tourists from around the world. They sent smoke as far south as San Francisco, about 60 miles away. Sonoma County said it has received more than 100 missing-person reports as family and friends scramble to locate loved ones. 'It looks like a bombing run here,' said winemaker Joe Nielsen of Santa Rosa's Donelan Family Wines, speaking to the San Francisco Chronicle. 'Just chimneys and burnt-out cars and cooked trees.' The nightmare continued Tuesday evening for the residents and workers of the postcard-pretty Santa Rosa wine country, which is hugely popular with tourists, as the fires burned on and on. Meanwhile in southern California, a monster Canyon 2 blaze cast an orange glow over the Disneyland theme park late last night, although Police and Fire Department spokesman Sgt Daron Wyatt was keen to reassure tourists that they are in no danger and that the resort is safe. Photos, obtained exclusively by DailyMail.com, taken in Anaheim - a city of 350,000 people south of Los Angeles, show destroyed homes, cars caved in and children's toys reduced to melted blobs of plastic. Approximately 7,500 acres have been consumed by the conflagration since early Monday morning, forcing the evacuation of 5,000 homes and putting another 35,000 at risk. Sgt Wyatt, 50, told DailyMail.com that the fire has destroyed 14 homes so far and damaged another 22 – among them six properties on Canyon Heights Drive where these photos were taken. Most of the fire damage is located in the Anaheim Hills, close to the Limestone Canyon Regional Park, where residents said their homes were engulfed within an hour of the first police warning at approximately 10am on Monday. 'About 10am in the morning, I came outside and smelled it and saw the smoke and the flames were coming straight this way at us,' said Cory Murdock, 45, a financial planner who lives with his wife Alison, 40, and their five-year-old twins William and Madison. 'We knew it was coming straight towards us. We tried to warn some of the neighbors and grabbed our stuff pretty quick because we knew what was coming. 'Around five to 10 minutes later, the police came round, telling everybody – you do need to go now. We were just helping everybody, trying to grab as much stuff as we could and got out of here.' Others told of their terror as they battled to escape through clouds of choking black smoke and showers of burning ash particles. Aimee Piazza, 44, a mother-of-two, was at home when the blaze began and said the 40 minutes it took her to escape were some of the most frightening of her life. She told DailyMail.com: 'It really was sheer terror. I've been up here through fires before, I've lived up here all my life, and I've never been through such fires before. 'The smoke and how crazy it was and the panic of everybody trying to get out. I didn't even know if everyone did get out – I didn't even know if my neighbors were OK until now.' Murdock added: 'There was so much ash and there was the smoke - it was just really thick but we couldn't feel the heat from the fire when we left. 'We could see to the end of the street when we left but during the middle of it… I've got ash burned into my backyard, we've lost trees… Everything. So it was just flying everywhere. But we were lucky.' Among those to lose everything was Michelle Homen, 58, whose property sits close to Piazza's own home. Others to lose their residences included parents-of-three Janet and Kevin Shaevitz, 42 and 53 respectively, and Sylvester McBride, 54, and his wife Ann, 51. Neighbors described Homen as 'devastated', adding: 'She's totally devastated but she says she's going to rebuild. 'They're just looking for a place to stay right now.' Police and the American Red Cross have set up evacuation centers across Anaheim, including downtown and at a police substation in the eastern part of the city. Residents living in the evacuation zones have been told not to return to their homes until Wednesday afternoon at the earliest, although some have been allowed to collect essential medication accompanied by a police escort. One who did was Kumari Bharil, 53, who allowed DailyMail.com to accompany her as she returned to her property. The house, which sits on a quiet street overlooking a charred stretch of hillside, stank of smoke but Bharil said she was pleased by the lack of damage, telling DailyMail.com: 'I'm happy with this but I'm hoping to come back home soon.' She added: 'They said I could in here and get my medication. This is such a beautiful area and I really like it. 'I am so amazed at the firefighters and the job they do – I am so grateful for that. I really appreciate everything everybody is doing to protect the property and everything like that.' The mother-of-two, who is staying with her parents nearby, said of the evacuation: 'It happened yesterday morning around 10.30. 'I was at the gym and I couldn't get back into the house. I didn't have anything because I just had my gym clothes and my purse. It was scary, it was very scary. All that smoke and fire.' Like Bharil, many of those evacuated are staying with relations or friends, while others have checked into local hotels. Among them is Rachel Suon, 22, who fled with her mother and her dogs Winnie and Rocky early yesterday morning. 'My dad booked us a hotel in Anaheim close to Disneyland – we stayed there last night,' she told DailyMail.com. 'We left a lot behind. I left some clothes, all the pictures we have, furniture – everything. The fire was very close. 'I actually live on East Manor Ridge Drive and the fire was right down the street on the cul-de-sac area. It was very scary.' Medic Marie Pham, 40, said she had left her ID and credit cards at her home in one of the evacuation zones and is currently unable to work because of their loss. She also told DailyMail.com that she was terrified that her home, which she shares with husband Hien and their children Katelyn, nine, and Christopher, seven, will burn down. Pham said: 'I grabbed everything I could but I'd come from the gym, so I left my ID [at home] and my credit cards in the house. 'I didn't grab my husband's meds, so now he's trying to go back there to get them. It was very frightening because it got very close. 'The next two blocks up, the houses burned down, their cars melted. We were really close by the same spot. She added: 'I'm kind of nervous – I hope it stops before it gets to our house.' The Anaheim Police Department has now lifted some of the evacuation orders in place, although much of the eastern part of the city remains shut down. According to Sgt. Wyatt, resources are currently being focused on the eastern side of the fire with helicopters dropping water and planes pouring retardant in a bid to contain the blaze. He added: 'Several thousand residents have been displaced and we understand their frustration and we want to get them back into their homes as soon as possible. 'But our focus is the preservation of life and making sure it's safe to do so. Until then, our advice is always that we've made an evacuation order for a reason. Our advice is always to leave.'

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4969206/Californians-return-destruction-wildfires-kill-21.html#ixzz4vFc35gKG 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 10-11-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Alex Jones: Multiple Shooters In Vegas, HIV Spreading Is Legalized In California (Full Show)

26,109 views

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=HYWxRd7_0zc 

:: 10-11-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Something Very Big and Very Evil Is About to Happen

By Dave Hodges

Where is the Vegas massacre headed? This is not a stand alone event. The event has purpose and it is a means to an end. I believe I have that answer because of my past affiliations and I have some small ability to connect the dots. The Vegas shooting is just the very beginning. Only four months after the birth of this website, I ran one of the biggest stories I had ever covered. At that time, I had been friends with a FEMA employee for almost 15 years. As I recounted the following story, as on one night, he and his wife showed up at my office and told me they were bugging out witin 60 days and that things were about to get really ugly in America. Ex-FEMA Relocations Almost five years ago, I was told by a close friend who happened to be an Ex-FEMA counter-bioterrorism operative, that he was bugging out in order to get out of harms way. He was very clear on one point, when Americans begin to see the massively shifting of military assets as well as a UN troops on American soil, it is a clear sign that things are about to happen. What he then told me was bone-chilling. To repeat what he had previously reported, he stated (late 2012) that there is a rising tide of populism in this country. And that if the elite could not stem the tide of populism, which was blocking the final establishment of the New World Order, they would embark on a plan to exterminate as many Americans as possible and thereby, destroy the country. He said what we all know, that America, with its Constitution and 300 million hand guns, is the last real obstacle to the establishment of a New World Order. This message was telling, about stemming the tide of populims, because it was years ahead of Trump and the awakening of the American people. It was more than 3 years ahead of anyone thinking that Donald Trump would awaken millions of Americans with a resurgence of American populism. He went on to say that we have stockpiled CBN’s that the world does not even know we have in terms of their lethality. He warned me that when we started to see UN on our soil, that our time was short. The UN began making a significant appearance, as I have previously reported, in 2014 during the Central American illegal alien invasion. When we see the presence of the UN on American soil, this is a harbinger of bad things to come and that the UN will swoop in under the guise of humanitarian aid but they will be the ones who will seize the guns and operate the “re-education” camps. The reason that this man and his wife came to my office, then we strolled across open ground to discuss this, with our cell phones left behind, was that he was telling me he that like-minded retirees from both DHS and FEMA were doing the same thing. In fact, he told me that they were cohabitating in the same remote area with like-minided people. Because of his extreme knowledge in biological and chemical warfare, he knew his life would be in immediate danger if the globalists were to launch such an attack to stem the rise of populism in America because dead men tell know tales. He warned me to stop broadcasting on the radio and “forget” about my website because he felt I was putting myself in danger. WHAT WERE THEY RUNNING FROM? These FEMA and DHS retirees, that I have had contact with say they are running for the hills for the following reasons: World War III A deadly purge within the military and the intelligence agencies Chemical and/or biological attack. The answer is all three. However, the most immediate threat, according to these sources is number 3, chemical and biological attack. This is why many of these ex-alphabet soup agency personnel have maintained a portable air supply in their constructed hideaways. I have also been told that a planned chemcial/biological attack could be used to frame an enemy and be the reason to begin World War III. In 2016, NPR Report Confirmed Validity of Ex-Intel Bugging Out Back in 2012, I published the following photo taken by Sherrie Wilcox and her companion. An uncountable number of FEMA coffins were discovered on a lonely road approximately 50 miles outside of Atlanta. As I stated, the discovery was made by Sherrie Wilcox who has since bugged out for her own safety We all know these FEMA coffins, but we were not sure when they would be employed and in what form and following what event? We now may know the answer to this question. The breadcrumbs of clues are accumulating and a patern is beginning to emerge. The following is information I came across just over a year ago. The following photo contains stacks of boxes containing critical supplies stretch almost :as far as the eye can see in this Strategic National Stockpile warehouse”. The photo was made available courtesy of the CDC. The public is not allowed to know the location of any of the facilities designed to respond to a chemical and/or biological attack. The only thing that the public knows is that stockpiles for these facilities are growing. The location of this facility and its contents are classified. Greg Burel is on record of admitting to supervising several of these stockpiled facilities. In other words, the NPR report is accurate in that these facilities exist. Dr. Irwin Redlener is the director of the National Center for Disaster Preparedness at Columbia University. Francisco Kjolseth of the The Salt Lake Tribune was allowed to visit one of the facilities. Interestingly, he made the following observation: “… the inside is huge. If you envision, say, a Super Walmart and stick two of those side by side and take out all the drop ceiling, that’s about the same kind of space that we would occupy in one of these storage locations.” Interesting reference to Walmart after what I wrote yesterday on who Walmart is at the center of future control of food by DHS. The NPR article is essentially accurate in portraying the fact that various government agencies have such facilities. However, these facilities are not for the public. This means that the public will not be receiving these supplies designed to counteract the effects of a CBN attack. Are the Globalists Beta-Testing This Plague for Later Release Within the United States? The pneumonic plague is devastingly deadly. It is passed from person to person (ie human contact). This version of the plague is airborne, it spreads with great rapidity. Victims of this plague who come into contact with this deadly disease usually proves fatal in less than 24 hours of exposure. Health officials in Madagasca are scrambling as “the plague” is apparently preparing to sweep to across the country. Health authoriteis are in the identification of victims phase. And the frightening thing, aside from the absolute devastation, is the fact that the UN’s World Health Organization (WHO) is already on scene and are rushing to identify anyone who has come into contact with those affected and are moving to quarrantine the infected. What used to be called the “Black Death,” as it previously killed 5o million Europeans is now beginning to ravage Madagascar. If one recalls their history will remember that this plague claimed the lives of 50 million Europeans during as the plague is known have peaked in 1347 and wiped out 33% of European population. This unnatural reoccurance has raised this author’s suspicions that this is not a natural event. Below is a graphic from the World Health Organization about the plague. Very Concerning Development In Southern California I interviewed Paul Preston on my show last Sunday and we deviated from our planned topic as he revealed that there is a very serious outbreak of Hepatitis A and the spread and occurance is not natural. SAN DIEGO COUNTY HEPATITIS A OUTBREAK 2017 From the NBC affiliate channel 7, in San Diego announces that 18 Die From Hepatitis A, Emergency Declaration Extended in San Diego County. This looming health disaster is getting ready to spread to the rest of the state and beyond. I feel like I am watching the movie Outbreak. There have been 18 deaths reported and 490 cases confirmed. Paul Preston reports that the number is actually six times larger. In light of the previously presented information, I believe we are likely seeing beginning of chemical and biological attacks. We are entering uncharted waters.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/10/11/something-very-big-and-very-evil-is-about-to-happen/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-7-17 The New York Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump finally has a plan to take on Iran

By Eli Lake October 7, 2017 | 5:01am

After more than nine months in office, President Trump finally has an Iran policy. Before the opening of the UN General Assembly, Trump approved the long-awaited strategy to deal with Iran, according to administration officials. These officials tell me it will outline a new aggressive approach to countering Iranian threats all over the globe and endeavor to use the leverage of Trump’s threats over the Iran nuclear deal, or Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action, to spur US allies to begin to address its flaws. Wednesday, Secretary of State Rex Tillerson hinted the new policy was coming: “The JCPOA represents only a small part of the issues we have to address with Iran.” The centerpiece of Trump’s Iran strategy will be the designation of Iran’s Revolutionary Guard Corps as a terrorist organization, placing it in the same category as al Qaeda and the Islamic State. Congress mandated this designation over the summer, but allowed Trump to waive the requirement. The designation would be significant. The Revolutionary Guard controls a large portion of the state’s economy. Iranian economist Bijan Khajehpour nestimated the guard was responsible for 15 percent of Iran’s gross domestic product. The designation of the Revolutionary Guard as a terrorist organization could create problems for foreign companies seeking to invest in Iran. While the Treasury under President Barack Obama issued rules requiring private companies to do due diligence and avoid investment in the Revolutionary Guard, the rules were weakened in the final months of the administration. The new designation will make life harder for those companies. “It’s important because it means if you are doing business with Iran in key sectors of its economy, you run a significant risk you are doing business with a terrorist organization,” Mark Dubowitz, of the Foundation for Defense of Democracies, told me this week. The designation of the Revolutionary Guard is one element of what administration officials have described as a whole-government approach to pushing back against Iran’s regional aggression. This includes a new policy on countering Iran’s threats to shipping lanes and particularly the threat of anti-ship missiles and the harassment of US Navy vessels. It will include a new emphasis on countering Iranian networks inside Latin America; Iran’s development of ballistic missiles; Iranian human-rights violations; and support for terrorist groups and proxies in the Middle East. Two US intelligence officials tell me an element that will not be publicized includes a ramping up of operations against the Revolutionary Guard and other Iranian proxies like Hezbollah. Already, CIA Director Mike Pompeo has approved new authorities for US intelligence officers to begin tracking and targeting Iranian agents abroad. These kinds of programs include psychological operations such as placing funds in secret accounts belonging to Iranian officers in order to create the impression such officers are working for foreign powers. Obama wound many of these programs down in his second term, particularly after the formal negotiations over the Iran nuclear deal began. Pompeo is winding them back up, according to these officials. As The New York Times reported, Pompeo placed the CIA officer who led the hunt for Osama bin Laden in charge of the agency’s Iran operations. Despite the administration’s crystallizing policy on Iran, US officials tell me there is still no formal plan on how to secure Syrian and Iraqi territory after the Islamic State is driven out. This is particularly important in Syria today as Iran’s proxies and the Revolutionary Guard have already begun to take over some of these areas. Dubowitz told me that for now he is assessing how comprehensive the new effort against Iran’s Revolutionary Guard will be. “I’m looking for measures that will drain the Guard Corps’ resources and have an economic impact on their funding of aggression abroad and patronage networks at home,” he said. If Dubowitz gets his wish, it’s likely the Iranians themselves will accuse Trump of violating the nuclear deal forged by his predecessor and threaten to pull out. Unlike Obama, Trump would probably consider that a favor.

http://nypost.com/2017/10/07/trump-finally-has-a-plan-to-take-on-iran/ 

:: 10-10-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel advancing plans for 4x more settlements than last year

Thousands of women call on Israeli, PA leaders to make peace

May warns Netanyahu on danger of axing Iran deal

By Tovah Lazaroff October 10, 2017 17:54

Among the projects on the list is new housing for the Jewish community in Hebron. Israel will have advanced plans for 12,000 settler homes in 2017, Israeli officials said on Tuesday as they continued to defend Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu against charges that he had not done enough for Jewish building in the West Bank. To date, plans for 5,000 settler homes have been advanced and tenders have been issued for 3,000 homes. Next week, the Higher Planing Council for Judea and Samaria is set to hold its third meeting this year. According to officials, it will advance plans for 3,763 homes, bringing the total to close to 12,000. That’s four times the number of plans that were debated in 2016, the officials said. This includes projects for settlements that have not seen new homes in many years. Among the projects on the list is new housing for the Jewish community in Hebron, permanent homes for the evacuees from the Migron outpost and 300 homes for the Beit El settlement. “Those who claim that this is not a significant improvement mislead the public,” the officials said. They spoke as Netanyahu has been under pressure from settler leaders to do more to approve building projects in West Bank settlements. They have been particularly concerned that Netanyahu is over-dramatizing the actual amount of projects in which new construction can occur. Samaria Regional Council head Yossi Dagan, who is a member of the Likud Central Committee and an ardent supporter of US President Donald Trump, has had particularly harsh things to say about Netanyahu's settlement policy. He explained that, in reality, the list involved only 700 new units. Netanyahu has continued to clamp down on settlement building, just as he did during the former Obama Administration, Dagan charged. “Unfortunately, Netanyahu is missing a historic opportunity here,” Dagan said. In particular, he noted the absence of industrial zones and roads from the list. Trump might not like the settlement building, but won’t condemn it as Obama did, Dagan said. Israeli officials said in response: “There is no one who has done more in a wise and determined manner for the settlements than Netanyahu.” The council’s meeting comes as President Trump is working to advance a new peace process between Israelis and Palestinians. Israeli officials said that Netanyahu must pay attention to the diplomatic situation. “Those who think it is possible to ignore diplomatic considerations are also mistaken,” the officials said. The Palestinians condemned Israeli plans to promote more settlement homes. The Palestinian Liberation Organization's (PLO) Executive Committee member Hanan Ashram said, “Clearly, Israel is bent on entrenching the military occupation and its illegal settlement enterprise, further reaffirming its intentions of displacing Palestine and replacing it with 'Greater Israel.'" According to Palestinian news agency WAFA, Ashram spoke against the building on Monday during a meeting with Norwegian Representative Hilde Haraldstad in Ramallah. “Rather than becoming party to Israel's unlawful breach of international law and conventions, the global community should hold Israel accountable for acting outside the law before it destroys the prospects of a viable Palestinian state, peace and stability indefinitely,” she said, according to WAFA.

http://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Israel-advancing-plans-for-4x-more-settlements-than-last-year-507142 

:: 10-10-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lawmakers crack down on growing anti-Israel boycotts, 'propaganda campaign'

By Sarah Smith, Fox News

Lawmakers are stepping up efforts to crack down on anti-Israel boycotts and protests, with Wisconsin becoming the latest state to consider legislation aiming to freeze out companies joining the so-called “BDS” movement. BDS – which stands for Boycott, Divestment, Sanctions – calls for boycotting Israeli companies “involved in the violation of Palestinian human rights” as well as “complicit” organizations, in addition to encouraging divestment and sanctions against similar groups. The bill introduced in Wisconsin last week would prevent state organizations from doing business with companies that participate in the boycotts. “Boycotts of Israel must be fought because they do not just attack the Jewish state. This propaganda campaign is also the basis for newly emboldened and destructive anti-Semitic attitudes,” state Sen. Leah Vukmir, a Republican who recently announced her candidacy for U.S. Senate, said in a statement. “We must support our ally Israel.” Vukmir introduced the bill along with state Rep. Dale Kooyenga. It would specifically prohibit companies that contract with the state from engaging in Israel boycotts; it also would prohibit state agencies and local governments from joining in any such boycotts. The sponsors hope Wisconsin will join 21 states with their own laws and resolutions against the BDS push. Most recently, North Carolina passed legislation banning state agencies from working with companies who participate in BDS boycotts. The BDS movement was founded in 2005, claiming inspiration from the anti-apartheid movement in South Africa. Organizers say the goal is to “end international support for Israeli violations of international law by forcing companies, institutions and governments to change their policies.” Critics of the BDS movement allege that it is anti-Semitic and discriminates against Israel. “The Boycott, Divestment and Sanctions movement (BDS), which rejects Israel’s right to exist as a Jewish state, is the most prominent effort to undermine Israel’s existence,” the Anti-Defamation League says on its website. Meanwhile, a bipartisan effort to enact federal anti-BDS legislation is underway in both the U.S. House and the Senate. The Israel Anti-Boycott Act was introduced by Sens. Ben Cardin, D-Md., and Rob Portman, R-Ohio, in March of this year, with an identical bill introduced in the House by Reps. Peter Roskam, R-Ill., and Juan Vargas, D-Calif. The legislation would amend the Export Administration Act of 1979 to prohibit such boycotts by international government groups and direct the Export-Import Bank to take a similar stance. The effort has widespread bipartisan support including from Senate Minority Leader Chuck Schumer, D-N.Y., Sen. Marco Rubio, R-Fla., and House Minority Whip Steny Hoyer, D-Md. In July, the ACLU penned a letter opposing the bill, arguing it would “impose civil and criminal punishment on individuals solely because of their political beliefs about Israel and its policies” in violation of their First Amendment rights. BDS has become increasingly popular on college and university campuses, which have been the focal point of the nation’s free speech debate. Several student senates have passed BDS resolutions in support of Israel boycotts. The Tufts University student senate signed a BDS resolution in April, just days before Passover began, causing members of the school’s Jewish community to feel “deeply disturbed.” The movement also has its share of critics on campus. As reported at the time by The Jerusalem Post, after the American Studies Association voted in 2013 to support a proposed boycott of Israeli academic intuitions as part of BDS, the heads of 92 universities rejected the decision.

http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2017/10/10/lawmakers-crack-down-on-growing-anti-israel-boycotts-propaganda-campaign.html 

:: 10-4-17 Survival oneline 101:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When The SHTF There Will Be No Doctors, No Hospitals, And No Pharmacies To Run To When You Need Them

Posted By: Ted October 4, 2017

Instead of teasing you by giving you the answer in the 3rd paragraph, here it is…good health. So before you think you’ve already read similar articles, please read on. I think you’ll find this different. Your health during SHTF scenarios is more important than: All your training All your stored goods Your bug out location I understand we can’t all be in perfect health, but you owe it to yourself to be as healthy as possible. I’m not only talking about getting in better shape but included with your preps, you should include certain foods, herbs & spices that I will list here to help keep you healthy and to cure many ailments when you get sick. If you think staying healthy is difficult now, imagine how hard it will be to do so after SHTF. There will be no doctors, no hospitals, and no pharmacies to run to when you need them. Without good health, all your preps may likely go to someone else who comes along and takes it. I can’t tell you the number of acquaintances I know who have spent years and lots of money stockpiling but don’t do squat (no pun intended) to stay healthy. How they think they’ll survive is beyond me. The good news is most of the items I’m referring to are either cheap or can be grown in most areas of the U-S. They are lightweight in the event that you must bug out and can be preserved for many years without losing much of its potency. Of course, one method to preserving is keeping spices/herbs in air-proof containers. I put much of mine in plastic Food Saver bags and shrink wrap them. They can also be preserved in Mylar bags that are placed in 5-gallon buckets and removing all the oxygen from the bucket. There are many videos you can research on how to do this. Call it a coincidence if you must, but by including a certain regiment of foods, herbs, and spices in my diet on a daily basis, I have not had a sick day from work in over 10 years. I’m no spring chicken either…I’m a baby boomer. I’ll list items to grow and store, followed by my daily regimen. I will also include linked sources within and at the end of this article to back up the information. Also read: 4 Health Tips From Ancient Medicine – Natural Anesthetics Used To Dull Or Block Pain Herbs That Really Make a Difference Tumeric– This is one of the most important to have on hand. This powerful herb contains curcumin which is an anti-inflammatory. It helps reduce pain and swelling which is needed by many boomers such as me due to minor arthritis. Some studies indicate it may also help prevent colon cancer and Alzheimer’s. Fortunately, turmeric can be easily grown in most U-S climates. Cinnamon– A recent German study shows it’s helpful for those with Type II diabetes as it reduces blood sugar by 10%. It’s also shown to help reduce cholesterol. Mind you it’s possible to take too much of this spice and can be dangerous. Cinnamon is not grown in the U-S so you must buy and store it. Garlic– I know many who avoid eating garlic merely because they’re afraid how others might react to the odor from their breath. After Armageddon, who gives a damn? I’m sure some will respond to this by saying the odor may give yourself away if you’re on patrol while in a survival camp but in my humble opinion, the benefits outweigh the smell. I’m also not suggesting that you eat it every day. I too have certain work related appointments where garlic breath wouldn’t be preferred. Garlic has many benefits including, lowering cancer risk, improving your cardiovascular health, reduces high blood pressure, helps prevents strokes by slowing arterial blockages and reduces cholesterol. It’s also one of the few plants in existence that is all three…anti-bacterial, anti-viral and antifungal. Besides being easy to grow, garlic can also be dehydrated. There are many books available from Amazon that will include all its benefits. Are you ready to turn back the clocks to the 1800’s for up to three years? Our grandfathers and great-grandfathers were the last generation to practice the basic things that we call survival skills now… WATCH THIS VIDEO and you will find many interesting things! Click on the image bellow and learn more about Survival things that we lost to history. Rosemary– We may end up having to fry or grill meats after TSHTF so including rosemary will help prevent the risk of potent carcinogens that are often in meat that are cooked at high temperatures. Rosemary contains two antioxidants that reduce carcinogens. This is easy to grow inside your home or outside in your garden. And if you don’t grow it, it’s inexpensive to buy and stores for long periods. Flax seed– Many have a false belief that all fats are unhealthy but nothing can be further from the truth. Our bodies need a certain amount of Essential Fatty Acids (EFA) because, without it, we die. Many of you have heard the term “rabbit starvation.” Simply put, if for example, someone were to rely on rabbit as their sole source of protein, the lack of fat in the meat will put one’s health at risk. One source of EFA’s are oils such as olive, canola, peanut, and vegetable oil and many others you are now using at home. The problem comes from the fact that you won’t have access to many oils because they don’t have a long shelf life and can go rancid. Even if you stock up on oils, they will run out. Olives can only grow in certain climates and those of us in areas outside of the Southwest cannot grow it. However, two seeds that can grow in most areas of the U-S are sunflower seeds and flax seeds that contain EFA. Flax can be grown in your garden in abundance. Flax can be consumed as a seed or the oil can be extracted. Now unless you have a seed press (a good one is pricey), It can be difficult to extract the oil. Flax seed can be heated on the stove for a short time which will draw the oil out that will float to the top of the water. Then you merely pour off the oil and store it in a cool place. It’s not as beneficial as the first cold press extraction method because heating it up will cause some of the health benefits to dissipate. But hey…beggars can’t be choosers. The oil will also have a shelf life of 1-2 weeks using this method, even if refrigerated so it’s important to use the heating process on a routine basis and only process a small amount at a time. Also read: Off-Grid Food Preservation Methods – How Did People Preserve Food In The 1500’s? Ginger– Eating the wrongs foods or foods that have spoiled during SHTF periods could become more common. Ginger helps prevent nausea whether it’s from upset stomach, pregnancy or motion sickness. In one study, ginger was shown to be more effective than Dramamine for subjects who suffer from motion sickness. Ginger grows in most climates and can be dehydrated. Onions– I could fill up a book on the benefits of onions but with so many varieties available and the ability to grow them in most any climate, onions are among the healthiest of foods. I know many individuals that find onions difficult to digest making it impossible for them to eat. But the majority of us have no such issues. Without including all the benefits here, see the link at the end of the article for additional details. Onions can also be chopped up and dehydrated for long storage life. Horseradish root– Another food item that grows in most climates, horseradish is a powerful plant that is connected to many health benefits, including its ability to reduce weight loss, lower blood pressure, alleviate respiratory conditions, build strong bones, improve immune system health, stimulate healthy digestion, and promotes heart health. Cayenne peppers– One of the best books I’ve read is by John Heinerman entitled The Health Benefits of Cayenne. It’s only 48 pages long and you’ll read it in an hour or so but no one I know explains the benefits of hot peppers like Heinerman. There are many varieties of hot peppers that grow in most climates but the key ingredient capsicum seems to be most prevalent in cayenne peppers. Its key benefits will help reduce the severity of colds, improves circulatory and digestive issues, infections, and respiratory ills. Like most items listed above, cayenne can be crushed and dehydrated. Raw unfiltered apple cider vinegar– Again, I could fill up volumes explaining the health benefits of vinegar so I’ll spare you with those details. You can search for many articles and purchase books online with the many uses of apple cider vinegar including other benefits that don’t include ingesting it. Using Herbs for Good Health Now here is how I use some of the items on a regular basis for good health. One of the healthiest drinks you will ever taste is called Master Tonic. I have a link below with a YouTube video where I first learned how to make it. It’s made up of garlic, the hottest onion you can find (White or Spanish), hot peppers (I use cayenne and/or jalapeńo), ginger root, horseradish root and raw unfiltered apple cider vinegar. The secret to its benefits is the mixing of the ingredients. Even though any of the six ingredients are beneficial on their own, their combining enhances its benefits. One reason many prescriptions and O-T-C liquid medications include alcohol is that the alcohol enhances the other ingredients. So by mixing all six items here, it’s as if it each ingredient is on steroids. I’ll be the first to admit, you won’t find it pleasant tasting. I can’t take more than a sip or two without making an awful face. In the video link I included here, you will see the gentleman drink 2 oz of it while holding a straight face. I’ve been taking this for years and still make a face. Don’t drink it for the enjoyment (you won’t) but drink it for its benefit. Another tonic I drink every morning is called Apple Cider Vinegar Detox. Read link below for additional information. One of the ingredients you see here (lemons) won’t be available in most areas of the world after TSHTF but you can at least drink it now while available. It may also be beneficial to stock up on bottled lemon juice to use in place of freshly squeezed. Besides being a detox, studies show this drink will help you lose weight without doing any other changes in your diet and lifestyle. Includes 8-12 oz of warm water and the following: 2 Tbs lemon juice 2 Tbs apple cider vinegar 1 Tbs honey 1 Tsp cinnamon Place all ingredients in a blender for a few seconds and drink up. Certainly better tasting than the Master Tonic mentioned above. The last tonic I will mention here utilizes turmeric. There are a variety of ways to use it but I include: Turmeric Black pepper Lemon juice The link for this tonic includes carrot juice. I have also done it using olive oil instead of lemon juice. One Last Food Item for Good Health Here’s a food item that is delicious and its health benefits are like medicine…sauerkraut. Growing cabbage is easy and can be done in all areas of the U-S. By fermenting cabbage into sauerkraut, it’s not only healthy…but has a long shelf life. Canning sauerkraut is also easy. I have a link below that shows a simple way to make it in only a few days from your kitchen counter. Some don’t like the flavor of sauerkraut. However, I have found those people have often purchased it in a grocery store from a tin can. Ugh! No wonder they didn’t like it. In an SHTF scenario, you won’t be buying it in a can so making it is much more pleasant to eat and will include a higher level of Probiotics than you’ll find in the canned variety. Most people know that food purchased in tin cans has lost most, if not all of its nutritional value due to the high level of heat required to seal the can.

http://www.survivalonline101.com/no-doctors-no-hospitals-and-no-pharmacies-to-run/ 

:: 10-3-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Researchers find ‘new and unanticipated’ source of radioactive waste leaking into the ocean 60 MILES from the site of the Fukushima disaster

Researchers found radioactive cesium in beaches up to 60 miles from the site

The radioactive material was found in the sands and in brackish groundwater

Over time, the researchers say it's slowly being released back into the ocean

They say it's not a health concern, as no one is exposed to or drinks the water

By Cheyenne Macdonald For Dailymail.com Published: 18:49 EDT, 3 October 2017 | Updated: 18:58 EDT, 3 October 2017

It’s been six years since a massive earthquake, followed by a 50-foot tsunami, slammed into Japan's northeast coast, resulting in one of the worst nuclear accidents in history. But scientists have now discovered a ‘new and unanticipated’ source of radioactive waste left behind by the Fukushima disaster. New research has pinpointed radioactive material from the power plant in sands and brackish water as far as 60 miles away, and found it’s slowly being released back into the ocean. While the radioactive waste discovered in the new study is not considered to be a health concern, the find highlights another unexpected consequence of a nuclear meltdown far from the site of the disaster itself. In some cases, the levels in the groundwater were as much as 10 times higher than levels in the seawater in the harbour around Fukushima itself. And, levels of the radioactive material more than 3 feet deep in the sand were higher than that in the sediments offshore. In the study, the team collected samples from eight beaches within 60 miles of the Fukushima Dai-ichi Nuclear Power Plant between 2013 and 2016. According to the researchers from Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution and Kanazawa University, the sands acted much like a sponge following the 2011 power plant failure, after high levels of radioactive cesium137 was carried along the coast by the ocean currents. As the waves and tides brought the material onto the ground, it ‘stuck’ to the surfaces of the sand grains. Over time, the radioactive cesium the sands retained is slowly leaching into the water. ‘No one is either exposed to, or drinks, these waters, and thus public health is not of primary concern here,’ the scientists said. WHAT THEY FOUND Researchers from Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution and Kanazawa University collected samples from eight beaches within 60 miles of the Fukushima Dai-ichi Nuclear Power Plant between 2013 and 2016. The researchers inserted 3- to 7-foot-long tubes into the sand, and pumped up the underlying groundwater. At the sites, they found two types of radioactive cesium – cesium-137, which may have come from either the Fukushima incident or from nuclear weapons tests during the 1950s and 60s, and cesium-134, which they say can only come from Fukushima. Cesium was found in both the sands and in the brackish groundwater beneath the beaches. Salt water causes the cesium to become unstuck, the researchers explain. As the waves and tides over the years brought the salty seawater in from the ocean, the brackish water was eventually able to release the cesium from the sand. And, this allows it to return to the ocean.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-4946274/Scientists-radioactive-waste-60-miles-Fukushima.html#ixzz4v1mPEJh1 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 10-3-17 Sky Watch TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former Google Engineer Developing ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE GOD With Plans To Give Life Unto The Image Of The Beast “For The Betterment Of Society”

October 3, 2017 by SkyWatch Editor

Intranet service? Check. Autonomous motorcycle? Check. Driverless car technology? Check. Obviously the next logical project for a successful Silicon Valley engineer is to set up an AI-worshipping religious organization. Anthony Levandowski, who is at the center of a legal battle between Uber and Google’s Waymo, has established a nonprofit religious corporation called Way of the Future, according to state filings first uncovered by Wired’s Backchannel. Way of the Future’s startling mission: “To develop and promote the realization of a Godhead based on artificial intelligence and through understanding and worship of the Godhead contribute to the betterment of society.” The Way of the Future team did not respond to requests for more information about their proposed benevolent AI overlord, but history tells us that new technologies and scientific discoveries have continually shaped religion, killing old gods and giving birth to new ones. (READ MORE) Deus ex machina: former Google engineer is developing an AI god Way of the Future, a religious group founded by Anthony Levandowski, wants to create a deity based on artificial intelligence for the betterment of society Olivia Solon Thursday 28 September 2017 04.00 EDT Last modified on Thursday 28 September 2017 16.52 EDT Intranet service? Check. Autonomous motorcycle? Check. Driverless car technology? Check. Obviously the next logical project for a successful Silicon Valley engineer is to set up an AI-worshipping religious organization. Anthony Levandowski, who is at the center of a legal battle between Uber and Google’s Waymo, has established a nonprofit religious corporation called Way of the Future, according to state filings first uncovered by Wired’s Backchannel. Way of the Future’s startling mission: “To develop and promote the realization of a Godhead based on artificial intelligence and through understanding and worship of the Godhead contribute to the betterment of society.” Levandowski was co-founder of autonomous trucking company Otto, which Uber bought in 2016. He was fired from Uber in May amid allegations that he had stolen trade secrets from Google to develop Otto’s self-driving technology. He must be grateful for this religious fall-back project, first registered in 2015. The Way of the Future team did not respond to requests for more information about their proposed benevolent AI overlord, but history tells us that new technologies and scientific discoveries have continually shaped religion, killing old gods and giving birth to new ones. As author Yuval Noah Harari notes: “That is why agricultural deities were different from hunter-gatherer spirits, why factory hands and peasants fantasised about different paradises, and why the revolutionary technologies of the 21st century are far more likely to spawn unprecedented religious movements than to revive medieval creeds.” Religions, Harari argues, must keep up with the technological advancements of the day or they become irrelevant, unable to answer or understand the quandaries facing their disciples. “The church does a terrible job of reaching out to Silicon Valley types,” acknowledges Christopher Benek a pastor in Florida and founding chair of the Christian Transhumanist Association. Silicon Valley, meanwhile, has sought solace in technology and has developed quasi-religious concepts including the “singularity”, the hypothesis that machines will eventually be so smart that they will outperform all human capabilities, leading to a superhuman intelligence that will be so sophisticated it will be incomprehensible to our tiny fleshy, rational brains. For futurists like Ray Kurzweil, this means we’ll be able to upload copies of our brains to these machines, leading to digital immortality. Others like Elon Musk and Stephen Hawking warn that such systems pose an existential threat to humanity. “With artificial intelligence we are summoning the demon,” Musk said at a conference in 2014. “In all those stories where there’s the guy with the pentagram and the holy water, it’s like – yeah, he’s sure he can control the demon. Doesn’t work out.” Benek argues that advanced AI is compatible with Christianity – it’s just another technology that humans have created under guidance from God that can be used for good or evil. “I totally think that AI can participate in Christ’s redemptive purposes,” he said, by ensuring it is imbued with Christian values. “Even if people don’t buy organized religion, they can buy into ‘do unto others’.” For transhumanist and “recovering Catholic” Zoltan Istvan, religion and science converge conceptually in the singularity. “God, if it exists as the most powerful of all singularities, has certainly already become pure organized intelligence,” he said, referring to an intelligence that “spans the universe through subatomic manipulation of physics”. “And perhaps, there are other forms of intelligence more complicated than that which already exist and which already permeate our entire existence. Talk about ghost in the machine,” he added. For Istvan, an AI-based God is likely to be more rational and more attractive than current concepts (“the Bible is a sadistic book”) and, he added, “this God will actually exist and hopefully will do things for us.” We don’t know whether Levandowski’s Godhead ties into any existing theologies or is a manmade alternative, but it’s clear that advancements in technologies including AI and bioengineering kick up the kinds of ethical and moral dilemmas that make humans seek the advice and comfort from a higher power: what will humans do once artificial intelligence outperforms us in most tasks? How will society be affected by the ability to create super-smart, athletic “designer babies” that only the rich can afford? Should a driverless car kill five pedestrians or swerve to the side to kill the owner? If traditional religions don’t have the answer, AI – or at least the promise of AI – might be alluring.

https://www.theguardian.com/technology/2017/sep/28/artificial-intelligence-god-anthony-levandowski 

:: 10-4-17 USA Watchdog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Very Violent Reversal Before End of 2017 – James Rickards

By Greg Hunter On October 4, 2017 In Market Analysis

By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com

Four time best-selling financial book author James Rickards says don’t get too comfortable with the record high stock prices. Rickards explains, “I think the markets will have a very violent reversal in late November or early December. Let me be specific about why because I never make claims like this without backing it up. . . . Here’s what’s going on. Right now, markets are priced for a Fed rate hike in December. . . . The stock market is interpreting this rate hike as economic strength . . . everything is set for a violent reversal because the Fed is not going to hike interest rates in December.” So, why is the Fed not going to raise rates? Rickards says it’s because of not enough inflation and way too much deflation. This has the Fed scared to move. Rickards contends, “Why is deflation a central bank’s worst nightmare? The answer is deflation increases the real value of debt. In other words, the dollar actually gets stronger in a deflationary environment. If I owe you dollars, and the dollar just got stronger, I owe you more money in real terms. It becomes more difficult to pay off debt in a deflationary environment because my income is drying up. The real burden of debt is going up, and if I couldn’t pay you to begin with, deflation is going to make it more difficult to repay you. . . . Imagine if we had one or two percent deflation . . . and the value of the debt was going up. The defaults would be even worse. Bad debts would pile up. The banking system would be under threat. Tax collections would go down in nominal terms. The credit of the U.S. government would be called into question. The U.S. government might default. These are all the horrendous consequences of deflation, and it’s why central banks cannot have deflation.” So, what happens if Rickards is correct and the Fed does not raise rates? Rickards says, “When that happens, and I think it will happen . . . all of a sudden, the dollar is going to get weaker, the euro is going to get stronger, gold is going to go up and bonds are going to rally. So, there will be a lot of big market effects. I am not talking the end of the world . . . . I am not talking about a total meltdown. I am talking about a violent repricing of some major commodities and bonds . . . because the market thinks the Fed is going to raise, and they’re not.” Is there a danger in October as many believe there could be? Rickards says “yes,” and it comes from increased tensions with North Korea. Rickards says, “We have a window from October 10th to October 21st. What is the significance of that window? October 10th is the anniversary of the communist party of North Korea. Kim Jong Un is getting ready to test more missiles. . . . We have two catalysts. The anniversary on October 10th and war games (with South Korea) on October 21st. In that window is when I expect one or more missile tests. That’s going to be another wake up call to the markets. The markets are sleepwalking . . . they don’t understand this war is coming, and it is coming. A shooting war, a pre-emptive war, a kinetic war with the United States against North Korea, I do expect by mid-2018. . . . Kim Jong Un thinks we are bluffing. We are not.” Rickards also restates his case for “$10,000 gold” and contends it’s at a relatively low price, and people should buy it now and simply hold it.

https://usawatchdog.com/very-violent-reversal-before-end-of-2017-james-rickards/ 

:: 10-4-17 ALT-Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Catalan Independence: Why The Collective Hates It When People Walk Away

Wednesday, 04 October 2017 03:12 Brandon Smith

I have written many times in the past about the singular conflict at the core of most human crises and disasters, a conflict that sabotages human endeavor and retards critical thought. This conflict not only stems from social interaction, it also exists within the psyche of the average individual. It is an inherent contradiction of the human experience that at times can fuel great accomplishment, but usually leads to great tragedy. I am of course talking about the conflict between our inborn need for self determination versus our inborn desire to hand over responsibility to a community through group effort — sovereignty versus collectivism. In my view, the source of the problem is that most people wrongly assume that "collectivism" is somehow the same as community. This is entirely false, and those who make this claim are poorly educated on what collectivism actually means. It is important to make a distinction here; the grouping of people is not necessarily or automatically collectivism unless that group seeks to subjugate the individuality of its participants. Collectivism cannot exist where individual freedom is valued. People can still group together voluntarily for mutual benefit and retain respect for the independence of members (i.e. community, rather than collectivism). This distinction matters because there is a contingent of political and financial elites that would like us to believe that there is no middle ground between the pursuits of society and the liberties of individuals. That is to say, we are supposed to assume that all our productive energies and our safety and security belong to society. Either that, or we are extremely selfish and self serving "individualists" that are incapable of "seeing the bigger picture." The mainstream discussion almost always revolves around these two extremes. We never hear the concept that society exists to serve individual freedom and innovation and that a community of individuals is the strongest possible environment for the security and future of humanity as a whole. Thus, the mainstream argument becomes a kabuki theater between the "ignorantly destructive" populists/nationalists/individualists versus the more "reasonable" and supposedly forward thinking socialists/globalists/multiculturalists. The truth is, sovereignty champions can be pro-individual liberty and also pro-community or pro-nation, as long as that community is voluntary. Collectivists will have none of this, however, and despite their intellectual and "rational" facade, they will often turn to brutality in order to disrupt any movement to decentralize power. The civil unrest in the Spanish region of Catalonia is an interesting example of the tyranny of the collectivist ideology. According to mainstream doctrine, Spain is supposed to be a "decentralized unitary state" made up of "autonomous communities," all with their own statutes and self governing bodies "loosely" regulated by the Spanish constitution of 1978. Catalonia, along with a couple other regions and cities in Spain, has long fought for true autonomy from the central government in Madrid. This separatist culture was crushed under the heel of Francisco Franco's dictatorial regime after the Spanish Civil War which started in 1936. After Franco's death in 1975, Spain began its "transition to democracy" (democracy being the tyranny of the majority rather than tyranny by military regime). Once again, Catalonia's push for independence returned. The reasons for a Catalan secession are multitude and are of course noble or nefarious depending on which side you talk to. From my research, it would seem the primary drive for Catalonia is economic. Spain is one of the more indebted member states in the European Union with a national debt near 100% of GDP. The "great recession" starting in 2008 struck Spain particularly hard, with around 21% of the general population officially in poverty and over 40% of all children officially in poverty. Unemployment according to government statistics hovers near 18%. Catalonia is the most prosperous region in Spain's economy, accounting for nearly 20% of total GDP. Catalans also assert that taxation in their region is a primary pillar for the Spanish government, which has not returned the favor with sufficient investment in infrastructure in the region. In essence, there is a "taxation without representation" feel to the conflict, and Americans in particular know very well how that kind of situation can end. On the other side of the debate, it is clear that if Catalonia leaves the Spanish system on negative terms, then Spain's already crumbling economy will be destroyed. The motivation for Spain to keep control of Catalonia is high just on the grounds of economic disaster. Beyond the economic issue, another interesting side note on Spain is its intense social justice (cultural Marxism) programs. While Europeans often suggest Spain as being a "conservative" government, in policy and action this is simply not true. Spain is notorious for being one of the most militantly feminist governments in the EU aside from Sweden, and this is saying something given the socialist nature of the EU. Gender laws and divorce laws in the country offer some of the most draconian double standards against men I have ever witnessed. Perhaps this will give you a kind of litmus test for the sort of culture we are dealing with here, and maybe it accounts for some discontent in certain portions of the Spanish population. Catalonia itself is often cited as being "more liberal" in its political orientation in comparison to the rest of Spain. Of course, the term "liberal" can mean many different things in Europe depending on the nation, and American definitions do not necessarily apply. Just as Europeans tend to have no understanding whatsoever of what "conservatism" means in the U.S., Americans have a hard time understanding all the intricacies of the various levels of "liberalism" in Europe. That said, what side of the political spectrum Catalonia sits on is irrelevant to greater discussion. What I actually enjoy pointing out here is the fact that whether you look at the Franco era of nationalist totalitarianism, or the "semi" socialist and hyper-cultural Marxist era of today, the Spanish government STILL acts the same in its despotism against Catalan separation or independence. It is not as if the socialists set out to right the wrongs of the Franco regime once it fell. Not at all. Instead, they merely perpetuated the same attitude of centralization while wearing a smiling face. Once again, we see that there is very little difference between fascism and communism/socialism when we get down to core behaviors and policies. Collectivists, regardless of what other labels they use to identify themselves, have certain rules that they consistently follow in order to maintain power. One of those rules is that the collective is indivisible. They might pontificate endlessly about their superior democratic ideals, but when some people vote to leave en masse, either in polling booths or with their feet, the mask of benevolence always comes off and the true monster behind collectivism is revealed. As we have seen in Catalonia, this monstrous behavior is undeniable. The Spanish government has set out to prevent not just separation, it has sought to prevent the very act of voting on separation using police and military force. In essence, martial law was been declared in Catalonia in order to stop the people from enacting the very democratic ideals the Spanish government claims it enshrines.

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/3289-catalan-independence-why-the-collective-hates-it-when-people-walk-away 

:: 10-3-17 From the trenches world report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hotel Guest Next Door To Las Vegas Shooter Saw ‘Multiple Gunmen’

Posted on October 3, 2017 by Jim     M2 Voice

An Australian man who was staying in the room next to the shooter in the Mandalay Bay has confirmed he witnessed multiple gunmen involved in the Las Vegas attack. “There were multiple people dead and multiple shooters. I was just hiding waiting for police to come get us. I got outside safely and was hiding in bushes,” Brian Hodge told Australia’s Courier-Mail. Mr. Hodge, who was staying in room 32134, next door to Stephen Paddock in room 32135, also provided important information when he revealed that a security guard was killed by police. “My floor is a crime scene. They killed a security guard on my floor.” Who was the “security guard” who was killed by police? Wendy Miller from Cooroy, on the Sunshine Coast – another Australian caught up in the Las Vegas shooting – may have provided a missing piece of the puzzle. Also speaking to the Courier-Mail, Ms Miller said she was at a bar in the nearby Luxor Hotel with her husband when she saw what she described as a “man of interest” run by. Ms Miller said the man sprinted through her hotel after coming off an escalator from the Mandalay Bay. “The man that they [security] were chasing was wearing a security jacket like them,” she said. Mr Hodge’s eyewitness report of multiple gunmen and a dead security guard, and with Ms Miller’s report of a security guard being chased by authorities, suggest that the mainstream media narrative of the “lone wolf” gunman is not the truth. The fact is that this was an orchestrated, co-ordinated attack by multiple conspirators, and the mainstream media are attempting to cover it up. Video footage confirms multiple shooters Two explosive videos provided to Your News Wire have also confirmed there were multiple shooters involved in a co-ordinated attack, and the mainstream media of a “lone wolf” gunman operating without a motive is a lie. Both videos show gunfire originating from the fourth floor of the Mandalay Bay Hotel, much lower than the 32nd floor, where the mainstream media is claiming Stephen Paddock, a “lone wolf”, fired on the crowd using an automatic weapon. The mainstream media narrative regarding Paddock’s motives have also been debunked by FBI sources who reportedly claimed the shooter has links to Antifa as well as ISIS. But mainstream media is actively covering up the information, claiming Paddock had “no political or religious affiliations or interests.” The fact is the Las Vegas shooting was clearly a co-ordinated false flag attack, orchestrated by Paddock as well as at least one other as yet unidentified gunman operating from the fourth floor of the hotel. The mass shooting and scores of dead will be used by the elite to further push their nefarious agenda. Anybody who looks into the information available to them on the internet will arrive at the same conclusion. Unfortunately anybody who relies on mainstream media for their information will be force-fed a very different conclusion. The questions must be asked: why is the mainstream media covering for a mass murderer? Why are they attempting to rewrite his past and erase his political affiliations? The answers are simple. The corporate media, controlled by a small, elite oligarchy, is operating on behalf of the New World Order, attempting to mislead the public into believing their enemies are their friends, and their friends are their enemies. It doesn’t suit the mainstream media’s agenda to have an Antifa member responsible for the worst mass shooting in American history. They are actively engaged in covering up this fact up so they can continue pushing the New World Order’s sick and twisted agenda. Stephen Paddock, the Las Vegas shooter, was an Antifa member who carried out the worst mass shooting in American history in order to create further division in American society, push the country towards civil war, and further the agenda of the elites. Official Antifa facebook page, Antifa Melbourne, congratulated Stephen Paddock after the bloodiest mass shooting in America’s history, before deleting the post after a torrent of criticism. There is an active campaign to sow division and create chaos in the United States. Organized groups are working on behalf of global organizations with the most nefarious of goals. We need to wake up and stop believing everything fed to us by the mainstream media. They have proven themselves completely unreliable. We need to stop hiding from the truth.

http://www.m2voice.co.uk/hotel-guest-next-door-to-las-vegas-shooter-saw-multiple-gunmen/ 

http://fromthetrenchesworldreport.com/hotel-guest-next-door-las-vegas-shooter-saw-multiple-gunmen/209094 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 10-3-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

600 earthquakes hit Llaima volcano (Chile), 45 daily explosions at Sabancaya (Peru)

By Strange Sounds - Oct 3, 2017

The volcanic unrest is increasing around the world.

Anomalous seismic activity recorded below Llaima volcano in Chile, while Sabancaya volcano in Peru is exploding 45 times per day since a week! An anomalous swarm of more than 600 earthquakes – never seen in years – is currently hitting below Llaima in Chile. According to Sernageomin, a series of at least 600 LP-type low frequency tremors, commonly associated with the dynamics of fluids inside the volcanic system, is striking under Llaima volcano since Sunday 1 October. Such an increased seismicity has not been reported since years and thus is kind of frightening or residents and officials. This new seismic phase shows a change in the behavior of the activity, but the accumulated energy is still low enought. Therefore, the alert level of the Llaima volcano remains at green. Meanwhile in Peru, the Sabancaya volcano explodes at least 45 times per day since 2 weeks now, with ash and gas plumes reaching a maximum height of 3,500 m above the crater. The level of alert of the volcano remains at ORANGE, while the Misti and Ubinas volcanoes, also in Peru, remain at the green alert level.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/10/volcanic-unrest-600-earthquakes-hit-llaima-volcano-chile-45-daily-explosions-at-sabancaya-peru.html 

:: 10-3-17 Sky Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

SABOTEURS PART 18: The Great Seal Prophecy of America’s Coming Grey Champion

October 3, 2017 by Sky Watch Editor

In The Secret Teachings for All Ages, celebrated 33rd-Degree Freemason Manly P. Hall said: Not only were many of the founders of the United States Government Masons, but they received aid from a secret and august body existing in Europe, which helped them to establish this country for a peculiar and particular purpose known only to the initiated few. The Great Seal is the signature of this exalted body—unseen and for the most part unknown—and the unfinished pyramid upon its reverse side is a trestleboard setting forth symbolically the task to the accomplishment of which the United States Government was dedicated from the day of its inception. [i] Hall spoke of many things regarding the Freemasonic symbolism of our capital city, but by far the most powerful signature of intent by the society, as Hall just stated, is the Great Seal. He didn’t even try to hide the fact that the Seal involves a “task”—a “peculiar and particular” one that our nation was “dedicated” to by our founding fathers from “inception”! Hermes Trismegistus of the Hermetic Corpus wisdom texts prized by the Rosicrucians (and by extension, the Freemasons) regaled his disciple with a principle for the workings of the universe: “As Above, So Below.” This code is so buried in esoteric mysticism today that you find it even modeled by “The Magician” in the tarot deck; one of his hands holds a wand toward Heaven, and the other points to the earth, signifying the magician’s (and alchemist’s) role in the metaphysical link between Heaven and earth—and this artwork is a direct result of the “As Above, So Below” maxim. Straight from Trismegistus’ Emerald Tablet writing from the Hermetica is the explanation of this mystical connection: That which is Below corresponds to that which is Above, and that which is Above corresponds to that which is Below, to accomplish the miracle of the One Thing. And just as all things have come from this One Thing, through the meditation of One Mind, so do all created things originate from this One Thing, through Transformation. [ii] To those who are understandably confused by this obscure and cryptic text and what this “One Thing” might be, consider what Nikki Scully writes about the Emerald Tablet in her book, Alchemical Healing: A Guide to Spiritual, Physical, and Transformational Medicine: The basic tenets of alchemy are distilled in the Emerald Tablet, one of the most quoted and studied of the guiding treatises of alchemical lore.… The Tablet suggests that “that which is above is the same as that which is below: All that exists is of One Mind, or of One Thing, and they are the same.” It is the goal of the alchemist to bring spirit and matter into alignment and harmony. Within that relationship rests the secret of creation, and with it our ability to co-create our own reality…. The language used to convey ancient and medieval alchemy was purposely misleading, encoded in terms so difficult to understand that the majority of those who tried to decipher it were either led astray or forced to give up.… Throughout all the processes of alchemy, it is important to remember the teaching from the Emerald Tablet…. What happens in the spirit world is a reflection of what happens in the physical world. [iii] Simply put, what happens on this earth can be controlled, manipulated, redirected, or entirely created based on the powerful, metaphysical link between the unseen realm and the enlightened few (magicians, sorcerers, alchemists, master Freemasons, etc.). What happens below on our natural earth, according to this philosophy, can mirror that of the supernatural—and the ambitions of a new society (or New World Order) become tangible via this concentration. Such a “mirror” is openly displayed in the Great Seal. It does, as Hall signifies, “symbolically” relate the “task” to which our country was “dedicated.” He made it clear, as did Nikki Scully, that these symbols and languages are “purposely misleading” to the general public. It is perhaps no wonder, then, that the nation remains misled and that only students of archaic/esoteric symbolism would be able to decipher the true “peculiar and particular purpose” of the Seal’s design. By allowing the imagery to appear nationalistic in its branding, the truth can be shrouded behind what the general public perceives as patriotic. When digging through the piles of research available on the Great Seal since its conception in 1776 (approved in 1782), the following implications are offered: The Obverse Side The animal chosen to bear the US Coat of Arms (with thirteen stripes) is the American Bald Eagle, supposedly chosen “because of its long life, great strength and majestic looks, and also because it was then believed to exist only on this continent.… The eagle represents freedom. Living as he does on the tops of lofty mountains, amid the solitary grandeur of Nature, he has unlimited freedom, whether with strong pinions he sweeps into the valleys below, or upward into the boundless spaces beyond.”[iv] However, as stately as this all sounds, it is common knowledge that the earlier sketches were of William Barton’s “phoenix in a nest of flames.” Of this, Manly Hall said, “Its selection would of course have been appropriate.” He went on to say: Among the ancients a fabulous bird called the Phoenix is described by early writers such as Clement, Herodotus, and Pliny; in size and shape it resembled the eagle…. The Phoenix, it was said, lives for 500 years, and at its death its body opens and the new born Phoenix emerges. Because of this symbolism, the Phoenix is generally regarded as representing immortality and resurrection. All symbols have their origin in something tangible, and the Phoenix is one sign of the secret orders of the ancient world and of the initiate of those orders, for it was common to refer to one who had been accepted into the temples as a man twice-born, or re-born [think Horus/Osiris]. Wisdom confers a new life, and those who become wise [or enlightened] are born again. The Phoenix symbol is important in another way, as an emblem among nearly all civilized nations of royalty, power, superiority, and immortality. The Phoenix of China is identical in meaning with the Phoenix of Egypt; and the Phoenix of the Greeks is the same as the Thunder Bird of the American Indians.… It is immediately evident that the bird on the original seal is not an eagle…but the Phoenix…. The beak is of a different shape, the neck is much longer, and the small tuft of hair at the back of the head leaves no doubt as to the artist’s intention.[v] So, as far as Hall was concerned, and as far as the historical evidence shows, the eagle was never an eagle, but a reincarnating bird held to high importance in Freemasonic mysticism. However, there is yet another corresponding mythological link to the eagle as the representative phoenix. Several other birds could have been chosen to be the veiled phoenix if the artist was deliberate in shaping their lines, but in the family tree of the Roman pantheon, Jupiter (Zeus to the Greeks) was the father of Apollo, and his sacred animal was the eagle, who almost never leaves his side. When this very eagle was combined with a thunderbolt in its talons in artwork—a common occurrence on Greek and Roman coins—the eagle was to be considered Jupiter, himself, in animal form. Interestingly, in almost every single depiction of this state, the eagle has its wings outstretched in precisely the same stance as the Eagle of the Great Seal, and its head is always facing the same direction. The comparison of the two images is so striking that if one were to approach a person with no understanding of the identities or symbolism of either the Roman/Greek coins or the US Seal (or US history), he or she would understandably think the Roman/Greek coin was an antique coin of America’s ancient past. The unbearded “underworld Jupiter”—also known as Veiove, Vetis, or Vejovis, depending on the region the myth hails from—is depicted with a cluster of arrows in his hand, just like the eagle of the Great Seal. Thus, there is a distinct allegory existing that the eagle of the US might in fact be a stand-in for the father of the Apollo/Osiris/Horus, who will be reborn into this world through reincarnation/resurrection—and who will arrive to finally place the missing “apex stone” upon the unfinished pyramid (on the reverse side of the Seal) for the New Atlantis. In the eagle’s left talon are thirteen arrows, said to represent the thirteen original colonies; in its right talon is an olive branch (with thirteen leaves and thirteen olives, again for the thirteen original colonies), said to represent peace. The duality of the arrows and the olive branch signifies, or so we’re told, that our nation desires peace however and whenever possible (which is why the eagle has its head turned to the peaceful side), but we are ready to bravely go to war if necessary to preserve our values. Above the eagle’s head is a “glory” with thirteen stars, and from its beak is an unraveled scroll with the words E PLURIBUS UNUM—which translates, “out of many, one” (alternatively, “one, out of many”)—made up of thirteen letters. (The English translation, when including the comma, is also comprised of thirteen characters.) The phrase E pluribus unum is said to have strong ties to another by Greek philosopher Heraclitus, whose writings survive only in what is called “the Fragments.” Fragment 10 reads, “The one is made up of all things, and all things issue from the one,” which is strangely similar to the Hermetic “As Above, So Below” maxim adored by Freemasons: “And just as all things have come from this One Thing, through the meditation of One Mind, so do all created things originate from this One Thing.”

http://skywatchtv.com/2017/10/03/saboteurs-part-18-great-seal-prophecy-americas-coming-grey-champion/ 

:: 10-3-17 Web News Order :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rural America Is Dying A Slow And Miserable Death But Only The Local Inhabitants Seem To Notice

October 3, 2017 danama Alternative

It was happening slowly but now it is happening faster. The crown jewels of the rural areas, the graduating children, are leaving and taking their potential with them. As rural businesses shut down and opportunities dwindle, younger people are leaving to seek out greener pastures. That is a travesty for small towns and the traditions they have maintained for generations. There are two main reasons why the youth of America are leaving small towns. One is the economy and the other is the social environment. There are no good jobs and there is nothing to do outside of work. Growing youth need to be kept busy with something and lacking that they will seek out excitement. When the community they grow up in fails to provide them with the opportunities they need they eventually leave and never come back. This is leading to ever smaller towns that are beginning to disappear as the older generation dies off. If rural communities want to reverse this trend they will have to solve those two problems. They will need to promote locally owned businesses to provide the jobs needed to keep people from moving to cities and they will need to provide a certain amount of entertainment to keep the youth happy.  Multinational companies have stripped the economic base out of small towns as the profits from these businesses get sent to wall street instead of being held locally providing capital for growth and innovation. Smaller local operations employing 5 to 10 people can capitalize on local resources to provide good paying jobs to entice the youth so they can stay local and start a family there. Replacing a few multinational companies with dozens of local operations will make the local area more resilient during economic downturns and insure local access to products produced there. This type of return to a local economy will happen eventually anyway if economic conditions deteriorate to the point of cutting off goods and services to rural areas. Out of necessity these areas will reconstitute an economic base to provide necessities to the population unless government gets in the way. Multinational companies will pull out and go to where the money is in the world leaving the impoverished towns in their wake after having stripped them economically. At that point the only question is whether the town is still big enough to rebuild a local economy or if the aging population will simply see the end of the community. With no youth to help rebuild the economy it will likely signal the end. It has been said that the most important thing a farmer raises are a set of children with a good work ethic and a set of moral values. These two things are something that the current youth is desperately missing in America. As more people migrate to larger cities to find the life they seek, their urban children are left to their own devices as both of their parents work full time to provide a home where children no longer need to have a job and are entertained by the moral codes prevalent in the urban areas. This is creating a generation of entitlement minded youths that provide little value to their communities. The Book of Secrets | Survival things our great grandfathers did or built around the house. With fewer of these youths growing up in rural areas, the values that helped build this country are becoming obsolete. A new paradigm is building that will ultimately tear this country apart as the old world with its traditions and the new world with its entitlements fight for control. As the song says, you’ve got to stand for something or you’ll fall for anything, is a lesson today’s youth will have to learn through bitter experience. As rural areas go, so goes the nation. The destruction of our rural heritage will signal the coming of a new paradigm that is not sustainable and will provide no hope for future generations. Unfortunately, that is what certain groups are hoping for. The destruction of the nuclear family will provide a future of chaos and confusion and allow a select few to maintain power over the many. Unless there is a shift back to rural communities and local production soon, the future of this country will be very different from the past, and not for the better.

http://webnewsorder.com/2017/rural-america-is-dying-a-slow-and-miserable-death/ 

:: 10-2-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bionic spider silk: Researchers have developed a super strong “biocomposite” with the potential to revolutionize numerous industries

Monday, October 02, 2017 by: Tracey Watson

(Natural News) Spider webs are known to be among the strongest natural materials known to man. For example, the webs of a type of spider found in Papua New Guinea are so strong that fishermen use them as handheld fishing nets. Additionally, in 2010, scientists discovered that the web of a species of orb weaver in Madagascar is the strongest biological material on the planet. Now, a team of researchers from the Graphene Flagship has discovered a way to make spider silk even stronger using graphene-based materials. Science Daily is reporting that silk spun naturally by spiders that have had graphene and carbon nanotubes introduced into their environment is up to three times stronger and 10 times tougher than ordinary spider silk. The study was conducted by researchers from Italy’s University of Trento and the Cambridge Graphene Centre at the University of Cambridge in the U.K., and was published in 2D Materials. So, what is graphene in simple terms? Essentially a layer of pure carbon tightly packed together in a honeycomb-shaped lattice, graphene is the thinnest, lightest and strongest compound known to man. It is also the best conductor of heat at room temperature, and the best-known conductor of electricity. Researchers are looking at ways to harness its incredible strength in the development of Kevlar vests and even for use as a building material. Natural materials have some incredible properties that simply cannot be duplicated with man-made creations. Harnessing and even expanding these natural properties is therefore being eagerly researched by scientists around the globe. How to enhance the amazing mechanical properties of spider silk is one of the areas being keenly investigated. For this particular study, researchers sprayed solutions of carbon nanotubes (CNTs) and graphene within the enclosures of the test spiders. After the spiders ingested these materials, their silk was tested to look for possible changes. (Related: Silk fibers may help repair nerve damage in humans.) Science Daily explains the results: The silks showed enhanced mechanical properties compared to reference silks collected from the same spiders, with significant increases in the strength, toughness and elasticity of the biocomposite silk threads. The strongest silk threads had a fracture strength of up to 5.4 GPa, over 3 times as strong as the unmodified silks, as well as a tenfold increase of toughness modulus up to 2.1 GPa. The research team believes that this enhanced strength can be used in applications as diverse as the reinforcement of parachutes and improving the strength of medical dressings. (Related: Discover other amazing scientific breakthroughs at Scientific.news.) “Humans have used silkworm silks widely for thousands of years, but recently research has focused on spider silk, as it has promising mechanical properties. It is among the best spun polymer fibres in terms of tensile strength, ultimate strain, and especially toughness, even when compared to synthetic fibres such as Kevlar,” said Nicola Pugno from the University of Trento. “Our study looked at whether spider silk’s properties could be ‘enhanced’ by artificially incorporating various different nanomaterials into the silk’s biological protein structures. This is the highest fibre toughness reported to date, and a strength comparable to that of the strongest carbon fibres or limpet teeth,” she added. Though the researchers stress the need for further studies, they are excited about the endless possibilities of this composite inspired by nature.

https://www.naturalnews.com/2017-10-02-bionic-spider-silk-researchers-have-developed-a-super-strong-biocomposite-with-the-potential-to-revolutionize-industries.html 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 10-3-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"Putin Is The New Master Of The Middle East"

by Tyler Durden Oct 3, 2017 6:35 PM

With the Trump administration lately focused mostly on domestic policy - even as Mueller's ongoing Russian probe continues to hang over Trump's head - US power and influence in the Middle East has found itself in retreat, a continuation of unsuccessful and/or failed policies implemented by the Obama administration, resulting in a power vacuum that has to be filled, and one country has emerged willing to take America's spot. As Bloomberg writes today, "the Israelis and Turks, the Egyptians and Jordanians - they’re all beating a path to the Kremlin in the hope that Vladimir Putin, the new master of the Middle East, can secure their interests and fix their problems." And now, none other than Saudi Arabia is the latest to make friendly overtures toward the Kremlin, when Saudi King Salman visits Moscow on Wednesday, the first monarch of the oil-rich kingdom to do so. At the top of his agenda will be reining in Iran, a close Russian ally seen as a deadly foe by most Gulf Arab states. As Bloomberg concedes, until very recently, Washington stood alone as the go-to destination for such leaders. Now, however, "American power in the region is perceptibly in retreat" a testament to the success of Russia’s military intervention in Syria, which has not only succeeded in squashing the local Islamic State threat, but kept President Bashar al-Assad in power after years of U.S. insistence that he must go. “It changed the reality, the balance of power on the ground,” said Dennis Ross, America’s former chief Mideast peace negotiator who advised several presidents from George H. W. Bush to Barack Obama. “Putin has succeeded in making Russia a factor in the Middle East. That’s why you see a constant stream of Middle Eastern visitors going to Moscow.” There's also money: as RT writes, a joint Russian-Saudi fund to invest in the energy sector will be announced during the forthcoming visit of the Saudi King to Moscow, Russian Energy Minister Alexander Novak told the Al Arabiya TV Channel. According to Novak, the basic agreement to establish the $1 billion fund has already been reached. Novak said Russia is "focused on developing cooperation with Saudi Arabia not only within the OPEC framework but also outside the cartel,” including the energy sector, the electric power sector, and renewable energy resources. Additionally, Moscow and Riyadh are expected to announce a new investment platform and manufacturing projects. Last week, the Director-General of the Russian Direct Investment Fund (RDIF) Kirill Dmitriev praised significant results in investment cooperation between the RDIF and Saudi Arabia's Public Investment Fund (PIF). In 2015 the two sovereign funds agreed to a partnership, establishing a joint $10 billion platform and inking several investment deals. RDIF has also signed a cooperation agreement with the Saudi Arabian General Investment Authority (SAGIA), to jointly search for investment projects in Russia. SAGIA is supposed to bring Russian companies to the Arabian market. Still, Putin's success will bring problems, because as conflicting demands pile up, it won't be easy to send all the visitors home satisfied. “The more you try to adopt a position of dealing with all sides, the more you find that it’s hard to play that game,’’ Ross said. To be sure, Moscow was a major power in the Middle East during the Cold War, arming Arab states against Israel, however as communism collapsed in the late 1980s, so did Russia's influence. When the US invaded Iraq to topple Saddam Hussein, Russia was a bystander, unable to do more than protest. However, the tables began to turn in 2013, when the U.S. under Obama decided not to attack Assad. Two years later, Putin sent troops and planes to defend him. For the most part, America’s local allies were firmly in the Assad-must-go camp. They were disillusioned when U.S. military might wasn’t deployed to force him out. Russia’s clout in the region has grown “because Obama allowed it to,’’ said Khaled Batarfi, a professor at Alfaisal University’s branch in Jeddah, Saudi Arabia. “Unfortunately he withdrew to a great extent from the Middle East.’’ That view is widespread. It was bluntly expressed last month by Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan, who spent years urging American action against Assad. Talks with the U.S. “couldn’t get any results,’’ he said. And, as discussed here previously, Turkey has now alligned with Russia and Iran in a plan to de-escalate the conflict. It’s “achieving a result,’’ Erdogan said. Two years ago, tensions between Putin and Erdogan had threatened to boil over, after the Turkish military shot down a Russian jet on the Syrian border. Last Friday, the Russian president flew to Ankara for dinner with his Turkish counterpart and “friend,’’ who’s agreed to buy Russian S-400 air defense missile systems, riling fellow NATO members. Meanwhile, in the most bizarre reversal, the Saudis, who had financed rebels fighting against Assad as well as radical, Al Qaeda splinter groups and according to Hillary Clinton, the Islamic State itself, are cooperating with Russia in coaxing the opposition to unite for peace talks – which will likely cement the Syrian leader in power, even as Saudi Arabia has splintered from its long-time ally Qatar. America’s Middle East allies mostly welcomed the change of U.S. president, and Donald Trump’s tough talk about challenging Iran. So far, though, he’s stuck close to his predecessor’s policy in Syria, concentrating on fighting Islamic State not Assad. So, as the goal of regime-change in Syria recedes, priorities have shifted. The Saudis and other Arab Gulf powers are urging Russia to reduce Iran’s role in Syria, where Hezbollah and other Shiite militias supported by Tehran have provided shock troops for Assad’s offensive. “Russia is better off not to be on one side of it. That’s the key message," Abdulkhaleq Abdulla, a U.A.E.-based political analyst, told Bloomberg. “Here is the king, representing Arab Gulf countries, representing a lot of geopolitical weight, coming to Russia. And Russia has to take that into consideration.’’ However any expectations the Saudi monarch may have of inserting a wedge between Russia and Iran will soon be dashed: Putin won’t shift his stance on Iran to accommodate Saudi wishes, according to a person close to the Kremlin quoted by Bloomberg. Israel’s Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu, who has visited Russia four times in the past 18 months, has also found it hard to sway the Russian leader. In August, Netanyahu told Putin that Iran’s growing foothold in Syria is “unacceptable.’’ In September he told CNN that the Iranians are trying to “colonize’’ Syria with the aim of “destroying us and conquering the Middle East." Russia, though, refused his demand for a buffer zone inside Syria that would keep the forces of Iran and Hezbollah at least 60 kilometers (37 miles) from the Israeli border, a person familiar with the matter in Moscow said. Instead, Russia offered a 5-kilometer exclusion zone, the person said. Relishing its newly-found power broker position, Russia also rejected a U.S. demand to make the Euphrates river a dividing line between Syrian government troops and U.S.-supported forces in eastern Syria. This led to a race to capture territory from retreating Islamic State fighters in a strategic and oil-rich border region, and is currently manifesting itself in the scramble to control Drer Ezzor. At the same time, Russia has succeeded in keeping open channels of communication to all sides, from Iran to Saudi Arabia and the Palestinian radical Islamist group Hamas to Israel, said Ayham Kamel, Middle East and North Africa director at Eurasia Group. While Russia didn’t give way on the buffer zone, it has a tacit understanding that permits Israel to carry out airstrikes against Hezbollah in Syria, said Andrey Kortunov, director general of the Russian International Affairs Council, a research group set up by the Kremlin. It’s been mediating, along with Egypt, to end the decade-old inter-Palestinian rift between Fatah in the West Bank and Hamas in Gaza. Putin invited rival Libyan factions to Moscow, after a series of peace efforts by other countries came to nothing. Russia has become a leading investor in oil-rich Iraqi Kurdistan, and was one of the few world powers to refrain from condemning its recent vote on independence. What is most surprising, is that in economic terms, the contest for influence looks dramatically one sided: America’s GDP is 13 times Russia’s. However, that’s not always the decisive factor, said Alexander Zotov, Moscow’s ambassador to Syria from 1989 to 1994. “Sometimes you have two boxers coming out to the ring, one is huge with bulging muscles and the other is smaller but nimble, and has a better technique,’’ he said. Making matters worse, the nimble fox has managed to, supposedly, sway US elections courtesy of $100,000 in Facebook ads, when both the Clinton and Trump campaign spent hundreds of millions. While economics are a limiting factor for Russia, Putin has another material advantage over American presidents according to Paul Salem, vice president of the Middle East Institute in Washington. He has no Congress to worry about, and no elections that he risks losing. Putin has been around for almost two decades, a long time in geopolitics, with “very consistent leadership, a consistent message,” Salem said. “He says what he does, he does what he says.” Russia’s rise came as U.S. policy makers grew preoccupied with Asia, and the American public tired of Middle East wars – something both Obama and Trump acknowledged. To be sure, “Washington remains the indispensable power in the region,’’ said Eurasia’s Kamel. But its commitment to traditional alliances is weakening, he said, and that’s encouraged regional leaders to hedge their bets. As Bloomberg concludes, “The Kremlin is on everyone’s mind."

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-10-03/bloomberg-putin-new-master-middle-east 

:: 10-3-17 The Aviationist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Il-76 “Candid” Modified To Support Special Operations Conducts Flight Test Over The Black Sea

Oct 03 2017 By David Cenciotti

A special version of the Il-76MD-90A (Il-476) airlifter, developed for special forces support was tracked online during flight test recently. A really interesting aircraft was spotted conducting flight testing over the Black Sea on Sept. 26, 2017: the Il-76MD-90A “78650”, the first “Candid” modified to carry out special operations. According to the Russian media outlet “Izvestia” the example “78650” is a flying testbed for a heavily modified Il-76MD-90A variant equipped with “unique on-board radio-electronic systems that would allow the aircraft to stealthily deliver paratroopers and special forces behind the enemy lines, remaining invisible and invulnerable to the enemy.” How the aircraft can evade radars and remain invisible is unclear, anyway, the experimental Candid can be distinguished from the baseline IL-76MD-90A by the presence of an opto-electronic station mounted on the lower nose section of the aircraft and for the “President-C” system used designed to protect aircraft from MANPADS (Man-Portable Air Defense Systems) and IR (heat-seeking) missiles by laser and radiofrequency/electronic jamming of the missile guidance. The aircraft is also equipped with advanced avionics, modernized communication suite and flight navigation system as well as a new collision warning system for low-level flying. The example “78650,” used to test the new Special OPS variant of the Candid strategic cargo, is the same aircraft involved in the flight-test and certification program for the Il-76MD-90A airlifter (first flight on Sept. 22, 2012). According to “Izvestia,” the aircraft returned to the Aviastar manufacturing facility in Ulyanovsk, where new equipment was installed, in 2014. With the modified Il-76, Moscow aims to field all-weather, day and night aircraft capable to airdrop special forces or cargo well inside the enemy territory or to land on unprepared airstrips behind the enemy lines. More or less what the U.S. special operations aircraft (such as the MC-130s or the C-17 Globemaster IIIs) have been doing for some decades. Needless to say we don’t know what type of sensor the Il-76 “78650” was testing over the Black Sea on Sept. 26; nevertheless, it is at least interesting that the activity of this highly modified aircraft filled with equipment required to undertake clandestine missions can be tracked online (by means of the usual Mode-S/ADS-B transponder) using Flightradar24.com.

Read more at https://theaviationist.com/2017/10/03/russian-il-76-candid-modified-to-support-special-operations-conducts-flight-test-over-the-black-sea/#9Wag87Y32yarTDkQ.99 

[ :: 7-17-16 pm service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For you will see the terrorists as they rise up, you will see the killings as the blood rolls in the street, you will see buildings as they are blown up, you will see many, many things as they take place now. etc

:: 10-3-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Pray Only Trumptards Died': Soulless Liberals Celebrate Vegas Massacre As They Prove How Much They Hate Patriotic Americans

October 3, 2017 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

The majority of the nation prays for the victims of the Vegas Massacre, where nearly 60 people died and over 520 people were injured on Sunday, as videos and audio of horrendous automatic gunfire can be seen and heard as attendees of a country and western concert, the Route 91 Harvest Festival in Las Vegas Village, can be seen running for their lives with others lying motionless after the bullets flew. While ANP reported multiple aspects of the Vegas Massacre, here and here, below we will see the reactions of the hard-core liberal progressive left that can only be described as "soulless." EVIL TO THEIR CORE It was expected and predictable that Democratic politicians and the liberal left would start screaming for gun control, despite audio evidence indicating a weapon used during the Vegas massacre is already deemed illegal for civilians to own, so it was no surprise to see them attacking the NRA, and congress before the names of dead were even known, because as former Obama administration official, Rahm Emanuel, once so proudly said, "You never let a serious crisis go to waste," but the reactions from other liberals, attacking the victims, praying that only Trump supporters died, and other similar sentiments, shows that some people are simply evil to their core. For example, a school teacher, using the hashtag #PrayForVegas, wrote on Twitter "Lots of white Trump supporters in Las Vegas at route 21 watching Jason aldean. Pray only trumptards died." Her profile shows her holding a baby, with the words "Teacher, mother, sister, woman," with a number of hashtags including #TheResistance #DumpTrump #Impeach45 #fucktrump #pussygrabber and #resist, making it very clear she is a liberal Trump-hater. (H/T Twitchy) Not only was her tweet deleted, but her whole account appears to be gone as we now get the "Sorry, that page doesn’t exist!" message when clicked. The internet is forever though, so some astute user captured her profile along with her disgusting "prayer." Of course that teacher isn't the only social media user celebrating the death of almost 60 people and the injury of over 500 others, as we see another user that ended up deleting their account after massive backlash, said "It's country music so they must be trump supporters it's karma for Puerto Rico." VegasHate2.jpg Note the numbers directly below the karma tweet which shows that 13 people actually marked "like," which is the little heart icon, and 15 people retweeted it, some could have retweeted to castigate him others could have because they shared his opinion, no way to tell since the original was deleted, but it shows that while many might not publicly state their sentiments, they certainly agree with them. Perhaps one of the most ironic message from the soulless is where a tweet of an image that says #Pray For America, with the word Pray has a big X over it, and under the crossed out "Pray" the words Policy Change is substituted. The meaning is clear, people died, so this woman wants gun control policy enacted to stop more deaths..... the irony? This comes from a woman responsible for the murder of millions of babies. Her name is Cecile Richards and she is an American pro-choice activist who has served as the president of the Planned Parenthood Federation of America and president of the Planned Parenthood Action Fund since 2006. VegasHate3.jpg Needless to say, Pro-life Twitter users called her out. Related: Deranged Leftists Mourning Tom Petty Ask, "Why Not Trump" THE SOULLESS MSM Then we have others that took to social media, that are part of the MSM, to castigate the victims, no empathy, no sympathy, because they think those that listen to country and western music, are "republican gun toters." Such as the now-former VP and senior counsel to CBS, Hayley Geftman-Gold saying "If they wouldn’t do anything when children were murdered I have no hope that Repugs will ever do the right thing. I’m actually not even sympathetic bc country music fans often are Republican gun toters." VegasHate4.jpg CBS immediately fired Geftman-Gold and issued a statement, which said "This individual, who was with us for approximately one year, violated the standards of our company and is no longer an employee of CBS. Her views as expressed on social media are deeply unacceptable to all of us at CBS. Our hearts go out to the victims in Las Vegas and their families." Geftman Gold is now recieving death threats and has apparently done a 180 and now she claims "this senseless violence warrants the deepest empathy," a word she apparently learned the meaning of after receiving massive backlash for her initial statements. Then we have Esquire columnist Charles Pierce that thinks the Vegas massacre is a "blood sacrifice" to the Constitution and the goes on to attack Christians, Donald Trump and the NRA: (Source) Christians believe that the sacrifice of Christ on Calvary obviated forever the need for further blood sacrifice. However, not even that could obviate or eliminate the entirely secular desire for blood sacrifice within a society perceived to have gone astray. Christians pray to the crucified Christ. Christians also push the plungers that send the poisons into the veins of prisoners. Christians believe that atonement comes through the intercession of Jesus. Christians also believe that atonement comes from smart bombs and predator drones. For the first time in eight years, America saw a President that addressed the nation in regards to a tragic loss of life, who did not politicize the tragedy, never mentioned bills in Congress, no political agenda statements whatsoever as President Trump spoke of gathering more information about the "act of pure evil," then went on to speak of the first responders, compliment the police response, spoke of the victims, the families of the victims and how in times of tragedy the nation pulls together, unites. In fact the speech was so on point that a CNN employee, John King, actually called it "pitch perfect," but other members of the soulless media couldn't let go of their hatred and anger, to the point where Washington Post media blogger Erik Wemple angrily denounced King's assertion, saying "CNN scrambles to glorify Trump’s Las Vegas speech." VegasCowboyBoots111.jpg BEHIND THE BLIND HATRED FOR COUNTRY AND WESTERN FANS What these soulless individuals do not understand is that their blind hatred for country and western music fans and celebrities, and their own assertions that automatically connect Trump support to the country music industry, is quite telling. AFP headlines a piece with "Attack strikes country music, bastion of US traditionalism," where the article describes country music as "one of the more conservative segments of US culture," where God and Country are hailed as good. They go on to show the basic demographics: Surveys have found that more than 90 percent of country listeners are white, with the music most popular in the Deep South and Great Plains, although the Nashville-based industry takes pains to stress that it is making inroads with minorities. A Nielsen study last year found that fans also skewed older, with the average person at a US country music show nearly 45 years old. Since Trump's shock election victory, country stars have been among the few in the entertainment industry to offer the occasional kind word for the populist real estate mogul -- although many artists, including Aldean, have preferred to avoid direct political commentary. Senator Ted Cruz, running against Trump for the Republican presidential nomination, summed up the political associations of the genre when he said he switched from listening to rock because he found country stars more patriotic after the September 11, 2001 attacks. Emphasis mine. Country and western celebrities and their fans are known for patriotism, so in the mind of the soulless left, that automatically makes them conservative and Trump supporters, therefore they feel no compunction about wishing death upon them. As an example of that patriotism, one of the attendees of the concert that was attacked, was a marine veteran, Taylor Winston, and a friend who stepped up during the aftermath by "commandeering" a work truck, then going back into the scene of utter devastation to start loading up some of the most critically injured into the truck, racing them to the hospital and then going back for more. In two trips, Winston and Lewis said they transported about two dozen people to the hospital. Victims were piled into the back seat and truck bed. Winston told people to apply pressure to the wounds, as he sped to Desert Springs Hospital Medical Center, wanting to get people there “before they bled out.” Those men weren't the only people that transported victims before the first responders could do so, others did the same, as shown below: These are the kinds of men and women that attended the country music concert. Those are the people that these evil, liberally progressive leftists are wishing death upon. These are patriotic Americans and the American-hating segment of the population cannot stand them for it. BOTTOM LINE What the America hating liberals are admitting is that they hate patriotism and to them President Trump represents those patriots. Think about that for a second and what it says about these people that they would attack the victims of the Vegas massacre for no other reason than they are patriotic members of society and they are inadvertently telling everyone that they believe Donald Trump is a patriot, therefore that is why they hate him and his supporters. This is why the NFL anthem protests caught the American public's attention in such a strong way, because President Trump stood up for the U.S. flag, for the National Anthem, and for the country, and in the minds of the soulless left, that is unacceptable.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Soulless_Libs_Celebrate_Vegas_Massacre.php 

:: 10-3-17 Raconteur Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"I like a good story, well told. That is the reason I am sometimes forced to tell them myself." - Mark Twain

I've been playing with this in my head all day, so let me indulge for a few minutes. It may be overtaken by events later today, but this is where it is at the moment. Stephen Paddock, 64, multi-millionaire, $400K retirement home, multiple properties, two airplanes, private pilot, instrument-rated, wears reading glasses, retired aerospace accountant and real estate mogul or somesuch. Divorced (for the last 27 years), no kids AFAIK, lives 90 minutes up I-15 from Sin City, but his roommate/gf/? is a 62-y.o. fililpina who's looking like the wrong side of the portrait of Dorian Gray. Can go anywhere he likes, do anything he likes, fly all over the country, or play in Vegas, but hooks up with Tiny Troll in Reno, in a strip club. Likes to gamble, and has multiple CTRs for cash payouts of $10K, $20K, $30K, etc. I'm not a homicide detective, and I never stayed at Holiday Inn Express, not even once, and not one thing in this adds up, and the more that's revealed, the less sense it makes, on any level. Motivations for spying (on the theory that one crime is somewhat like another) are usually sorted by the MICE acronym. (Sam Culper MI types, three-letter agency guys, et al, pitch in anywhere if you feel like it). MICE: Money Dude's a multi-millionaire, per family, with a ton of assets, house, planes, cars, etc. Ideology No known strong political or religious affinities or affiliations whatsoever. Compromise He's retired, divorced, rich, and 64. etc.

Revenge - No

Frustration/hate - Because of...?

Money/Greed - No

Sex/Jealousy - No

Property Dispute - No

Personal Vendetta - Against...?

Political - No

Class Conflict - No

Narcotics - No

Other Felonies - No

Urge to Protect - No

So, based on everything known, there's no motive whatsoever for this. What would make a 64 year-old single guy, well-off, no worries but how many years before he owes the actuarial tables his own death, fast forward the whole thing, spend thousands of dollars to meticulously craft the King of Spades mass murder of the century, just to go out in a blaze of glory and then cap himself when SWAT finally inevitably comes knocking? You have plenty of money even if you live to 99, a life of relative ease, no discernible problems of any kind, and you decide mass murder-suicide is the way to spend a weekend in Vegas at an age when most people aren't even sure they can afford to retire yet. And then there are the questions. About a hundred or so, so far. How does an accountant get rich and retire early? Real estate how? Why gamble huge sums? Accountants, Steve Martin's old schtick notwithstanding, are not known for being "wild and crazy guys". Instrument-rated pilot? A detail-oriented guy, not somebody who'd take stupid chances. And why two planes? He can only fly one at a time. Why live in Mesquite, on the AZ/Utah border, 90 miles from Vegas? If you live in Mesquite, and Vegas is an hour and a half by car, or half that by plane, what are you doing in a strip club in Reno? And why is a retired multi-millionaire in the promised land of Sugar Daddies and hard-bodied young sugar babies hanging out with a shriveled old dealer who looks like she should be the maid on Golden Girls reruns? Why does "not a gun guy" suddenly have dozens of weapons? Why modify one or more to fire at near full-auto rates? Why get interested in explosives, and have ammonium nitrate in your car trunk? Who gets interested in sniping and mass murder after a career handling nothing more fearsome than a pencil (outside of a Dilbert cartoon)? What accountant moves 27 times? What's the story on the roommate? Why's she in Australia/the Phillipines/BFE at the moment in question? Things I want to see or hear about from people who have seen: Everybody he ever worked with, his family, his ex-wife. Every minute of security footage from the day he checked into the Mandalay Bay until SWAT came knocking at his door. Every bank deposit and withdrawal he's ever made since his first piggy bank. Every job he's ever held. Interviews with every living neighbors at 27 different locations. Every flight plan he ever filed. Every trip he ever took, including gas card receipts since he got his first driver's license. Every gun he ever bought, sold, rented, or drooled on. His credit card receipts for the last 40 years. His gambling tally going back to his divorce. Every phone call he made since about the year 2000. Every medical file on him since birth. And I'm betting with all that, I still wouldn't know Jack or Squat about what would make somebody like him do what it's alleged he did Sunday night, or find any explanation for it. Which is why I can't help but presume that once we've eliminated the possible, the reason has to be something else, however improbable. Either this guy is the biggest civilizational mole in history, or we're being fed a wall of bullshit big enough to hide an aircraft carrier. Absolutely nothing about this guy is what it should be. The last time I read something this far-fetched, that didn't add up this much, the guy was named Clark, and the author's name was Tom Clancy. What's really going on here? "The truth isn't just stranger than you imagine, it's stranger than you can imagine."

More news, but nothing that sheds any light on WHY. Posted by Aesop at 3:22 AM Labels: just saying, serendipity

http://raconteurreport.blogspot.com/2017/10/who-how-why-and-wtf.html 

:: 10-3-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Either The 'Surveillance State In America' FAILED Terribly Or Mandalay Bay Was A Massive 'New World Order' Operation

- And If The Surveillance State Failed Miserably, It's Time To Ditch It Nationwide Since It Doesn't Work

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

According to one of the top comments on this new Breitbart story titled "Gowdy On Vegas Shooting: Difficult To Believe That A Single Person Could Have Done This Without Detection", how did 64-year-old Stephen Paddock turn into Jason Bourne overnight? As Congressman Trey Gowdy asks, how was it that Paddock was not discovered with at least 23 weapons and thousands and thousands of rounds of ammunition somehow carried up 32 floors of a hotel with surveillance cameras everywhere? Certainly getting all of those weapons and that ammo to their proper location for 'the kill' would have been discovered, right, isn't that what those multimillion dollar security systems are for? So how was 'Jason Bourne' able to carry out the Mandalay massacre without being detected by the surveillance state set up all around him and across America? As Newsweek recently reported, killer Stephen Paddock had ties to the military industrial complex here in America having worked for a predecessor of defense contractor Lockheed Martin many years ago. And as Paul Joseph Watson asks us in the final video below called "WHAT THEY’RE NOT TELLING YOU ABOUT THE LAS VEGAS MASSACRE", "Was it a lone wolf attack? Are all white men to blame? Why did eyewitnesses get a warning 45 minutes before?" As we see in one story after another from all across the internet, something isn't quite adding up with Mandalay Bay. And as we see outlined within this ANP story, the massacre there was undoubtedly a very desperate 'globalist deep state operation' rather than a 'lone wolf' as the globalists lose their grip of control upon 'President Trump's America'. As this story over at Yahoo News wisely points out, the Mandalay Bay attack was an attack upon 'traditional America', the America that bleeds 'red white and blue'. While we're certain that we'll be savaged by some for suggesting such a sinister 'globalists deep state' plot was carried out, that's quite ok for we well know, the truth often hurts. For as we see outlined below, the 'global deep state' has long used 'patsy's' to commit their acts of terror, going back many decades. The fact that Hillary Clinton and other Dems immediately began to call for gun control speaks louder than their words, especially seeing that one of their very own antifa terrorists was likely responsible for the carnage. First, the top rated comment on this Breitbart story: Think about it! 2 separate rooms, 2 blown out windows not broken, blown out, 32nd floor. Do you know what type of glass is used in windows like this and how thick it is? Enough shots were fired to kill and wound nearly 600 people. 23 weapons and thousands of rounds of ammunition were found at the scene. All of that weight of weapons and ammunition. My own personal estimate would be at least 2,000 rounds were fired. If the weapon or weapons were fully automatic the muzzle rise and reloading would take quite a bit of time. All fired within a 10 minute period, by 1 lone 64 year old man. Something smells, smells really bad. Something stinks to high heaven and with Mandalay Bay happening, we have 100% proof of one of the following: EITHER the 'surveillance state' completely failed (which would mean it should now be ditched across the US because it failed to catch a killer when it easily should have!) OR the the killer was given assistance by others, others who would have had to have had the capability of helping Stephen Paddock GET AROUND the surveillance state. So, whatever the truth is about what happened at Mandalay Bay, something is definitely rotten to the core. As Jamie White reported back on September 27th over at Infowars, globalists magazine 'The Economist' recently reported that President Trump was the biggest threat to their liberal 'New World Order'. Claiming that President Trump's nationalism will upend their global system, the story also admits as seen in the screenshot above that at least 70 years of a 'liberal order' has actually existed, something the msm will still call a 'conspiracy theory'. Yet we'll have to laugh at their claim of being 'peacemongers' as the last 70 years has seen war after war after war after war. So, might the globalists, who are admitting 'their movement' is in huge trouble, have helped to plan Mandalay Bay? For those who'd believe people would never do such a thing, lets go back to now-declassified Operation Northwoods. Operation Northwoods was a proposed false flag operation against the Cuban government, that originated within the U.S. Department of Defense (DoD) and the Joint Chiefs of Staff (JCS) of the United States government in 1962. The proposals called for the Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) or other U.S. government operatives to commit acts of terrorism against American civilians and military targets, blaming it on the Cuban government, and using it to justify a war against Cuba. The plans detailed in the document included the possible assassination of Cuban émigrés, sinking boats of Cuban refugees on the high seas, hijacking planes, blowing up a U.S. ship, and orchestrating violent terrorism in U.S. cities.[2] The proposals were rejected by the Kennedy administration.[3] At the time of the proposal, communists led by Fidel Castro had recently taken power in Cuba. The operation proposed creating public support for a war against Cuba by blaming it for terrorist acts that would actually be perpetrated by the U.S. Government.[4] To this end, Operation Northwoods proposals recommended hijackings and bombings followed by the introduction of phony evidence that would implicate the Cuban government. It stated: The desired resultant from the execution of this plan would be to place the United States in the apparent position of suffering defensible grievances from a rash and irresponsible government of Cuba and to develop an international image of a Cuban threat to peace in the Western Hemisphere. Several other proposals were included within Operation Northwoods, including real or simulated actions against various U.S. military and civilian targets. The operation recommended developing a "Communist Cuban terror campaign in the Miami area, in other Florida cities and even in Washington". So, did the surveillance state in America completely fail hundreds and hundreds of people or was Mandalay Bay a much larger operation where the surveillance system was meant to fail so that the operation could be carried out? The signs of a massive 'false flag' include numerous reports of multiple shooters, reports of numerous exits blocked, trapping concert goers in the 'kill zone' like rats in a cage, and just as antifa recently stated they would do, numerous reports that ISIS claimed the shooter was a soldier of Allah (and remember, ISIS was originially created by the 'globalist deep state'), and the bizarre warning that 'you're all going to die' that came 45 minutes prior to the attack as just a few. As we hear in the 2nd video below, mandatory active shooter training was expected to be completed by September 30th by a business called 'Casino Essentials' in Las Vegas. What are the odds? Just another coincidence? As Mike Adams of Natural News tells us in the first video below, Mandalay Bay was 'Mission Impossible': "It’s all hogwash. The “official” narrative of how things went down in the Las Vegas massacre is so full of holes that it begs the question of just how deep the truth about this attack really goes." As Gateway Pundit reported, according to one expert, the mass shooting was 'very strange', and 'unlike anything we've ever seen before here in America. So how deep does the rabbit hole go? The Courier Mail story actually spoke to an Australian citizen who was staying in Las Vegas in the room NEXT DOOR to the shooter. Let's look at what he had to say: Another Australian man staying at the Mandalay Bay Resort has spoken about his close call with the Las Vegas gunman - claiming he launched his murderous attack from the room next door. Australian Brian Hodge, who previously worked at Jupiters Casino on the Gold Coast, claimed he was staying in the room next to the shooter on level 32 at the Las Vegas resort. He said he managed to escape the initial horrific scenes inside the hotel but found himself forced to hide in a bush for several hours after the event. “I got outside safely and was hiding in bushes,” Mr Hodge said. “There were multiple people dead and multiple shooters. I was just hiding waiting for police to come get us. “We were hiding in the bushes outside waiting for the police.” Mr Hodge said he was staying in room 32134 while the gunman was in room 32135. “It was a machine gun from the room next to me,” he said. “My floor is a crime scene. They killed a security guard on my floor.”

http://allnewspipeline.com/Mandalay_Bay_Was_A_Massive_Deep_State_Operation.php 

:: 10-3-17 Patroit Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Predictably and Despicably, Dems Exploit Vegas to Push Gun Control

Not even waiting for all the facts, Democrats use suffering to push their anti-Liberty agenda.

Paul Albaugh · Oct. 3, 2017

The nation’s worst shooting massacre happened Sunday night in Las Vegas, where 58 people attending a country music concert were murdered and more than 500 wounded. Jason Aldean was performing when the assailant opened fire from his 32nd floor hotel room. This was a horrendous act of mass murder — what President Donald Trump correctly called “pure evil.” It’s a grim reminder that evil human beings will go to extreme measures to inflict pain and suffering on others. As evil as this massacre was, gun controllers took to the microphone before any facts surrounding this atrocity were unveiled. Leftists immediately screamed about how their preferred policies would have prevented this tragedy without presenting any facts to back up their claim. What follows is a litany of lies from many leftists using this tragedy to advance their agenda to strip Liberty from law-abiding citizens. After trotting out a series of completely bogus statistics, House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi pontificated in a letter to House Speaker Paul Ryan, “Congress has a moral duty to address this horrific and heartbreaking epidemic. Charged with the solemn duty to protect and defend the American people, we must respond to these tragedies with courage, unity and decisive action.” By which she means to pass left-wing anti-gun legislation curtailing the Second Amendment. Democrat Sen. Chris Murphy from Connecticut insisted, “This must stop. … It is positively infuriating that my colleagues in Congress are so afraid of the gun industry that they pretend there aren’t public policy responses to this epidemic.” He added, “The thoughts and prayers of politicians are cruelly hollow if they are paired with continued legislative indifference. It’s time for Congress to get off its a— and do something.” Connecticut’s other Democrat senator, Richard Blumenthal, added, “It has been barely a year since what was previously the largest mass shooting in American history — the deadly attack at Pulse nightclub. … In the interim, thousands more have been lost to the daily, ruthless toll of gun violence. Still, Congress refuses to act. I am more than frustrated. I am furious!” Joe “Double Barrel Shotgun” Biden posted on Twitter, “How long do we let gun violence tear families apart? Enough. Congress & the WH should act now to save lives. There’s no excuse for inaction.” Rep. Jim Himes (D-CT) argued, “The problem is that ‘enough’ was many, many years and many, many brutal deaths ago.” Sen. Elizabeth Warren (D-MA) tweeted, “Thoughts & prayers are NOT enough. … We need to have the conversation about how to stop gun violence. We need it NOW.” Sen. Sheldon Whitehouse (D-RI) added, “How many lives must be lost before we act?” Sen. Tim Kaine (D-VA) commented, “We suffer these horrific events repeatedly and do nothing to stop them. We must do better.” “Enough is enough,” Rep. Mike Thompson tweeted. “Congress should come together and establish a Select Committee to end gun violence.” While they’re at it, maybe they could end world hunger and poverty. Michael Bloomberg, the former mayor of New York and perennial leading advocate for gun control, opined that leaders should “resolve to stop mass shootings in America — and back up our words with actions.” And of course, Hillary Clinton, the defeated presidential candidate who should be in jail instead of making public comments, urged the public to not politicize this mass murder — but then immediately politicized it. “Our grief isn’t enough,” she lectured. “We can and must put politics aside, stand up to the NRA, and work together to try to stop this from happening again.” In other words, defenders of the Second Amendment must put our politics aside to follow her politics. Clinton also launched into factually challenged nonsense: “The crowd fled at the sound of gunshots. Imagine the deaths if the shooter had a silencer, which the NRA wants to make easier to get.” Which brings us to several facts that these cynical exploiters conveniently leave out. It is true that the NRA has been pushing for years to have Congress allow “silencers” to be less regulated. But there is a huge misconception about these tools that Clinton and many others exploit. A “silencer” is more accurately called a suppressor. It reduces the loudness and flash of a firearm but it does not completely silence it. In other words, a silencer makes a gun slightly less loud (though it’s still roughly the decibel level of a jackhammer), and it was invented to protect hearing for those who regularly practice shooting. It does not, as Hollywood imagines, allow someone to fire a weapon that cannot be heard by others in the next room. Another consideration is whether the killer used a fully automatic weapon to carry out this attack on innocent people as early reports speculated. It’s more likely that the killer used a “bump fire” stock attachment that allows a semiautomatic rifle to simulate automatic fire. If that’s the case, Democrats will go after such accessories and Republicans will have a difficult time playing defense. Either way, the truth is, as Charles C.W. Cooke points out, “He had so many weapons that it’ll be a while before we know which ones he chose." Nevertheless, the media is quick to blame Republicans for failing to renew the Clinton administration’s 1994 "assault weapons” ban. That ban applied to semiautomatic rifles, not fully automatic ones. Fully automatic weapons already have the severest restrictions of any firearm. It is illegal to sell or buy a new one. Fully automatic weapons that were made and owned before 1986 are still in circulation but they are extremely expensive, are very difficult to acquire and have very strict rules that come with them. In order to own a fully automatic weapon, a $200 tax must be paid along with a lengthy application form to the ATF. If, after a lengthy background check, someone is approved to own a fully automatic weapon, then the ATF enters that individual’s information into a registry and the local law enforcement within that jurisdiction is notified. Fully automatic weapons are also almost never used in homicides — just three times since 1934, and two of those were by police. The Democrat talking points about gun control are completely blown out of the water with these facts, but the Leftmedia come to their aid. Yet, as they do with every heinous shooting, Democrats continue to use the blood of innocents to push for more restrictions and even to completely outlaw firearm ownership. They call for more controls despite the fact that there are already 20,000 laws on the books to restrict firearm use. Chicago, a city leftists love to tout as an example of why we need more firearm regulations, already has the most stringent gun laws to go with the highest crime rate of any city in the U.S. Moreover, a gun is an object, a tool. Monstrous murder sprees using those tools are committed only by evil or mentally deranged people. The argument from the Left goes something like this: “Well, if there were no guns, then evil people could not inflict such great harm.” Wrong! Evil people will use any means to inflict harm; knives, baseball bats, explosives, vehicles (as when 84 people were slaughtered in Nice, France) and many other objects could be used. Kentucky Gov. Matt Bevin perhaps said it best: “You can’t regulate evil.” We also need to be reminded of the reason that our Founding Fathers were so adamant about protecting We the People from government encroachment on the natural right to defend oneself with a firearm. Our right to keep and bear arms is the greatest deterrent to a tyrannical government that would want to enslave its people. Without gun ownership, there is no defense of Liberty. That doesn’t change even in the face of the horrific violence in Las Vegas.

https://patriotpost.us/articles/51637 

:: 10-2-17 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reeling After the Deadliest US Shooting: Only God Can Heal America

By Michael Brown , CP Op-Ed Contributor | Oct 2, 2017 2:03 PM

The views expressed by the author do not necessarily reflect the editorial opinion of The Christian Post or its editors.

America is reeling again. Families have been ripped apart and individual lives have been torn apart. One day we're reeling from devastating hurricanes, the next day we're torn apart by racial divisions, the next day we're ripped apart by the worst mass shooting in our history. The pain is palpable, the shock tangible. Can America still be healed? At the time of this writing, no one knows what motivated Stephen Paddock to launch his murderous attack during an outdoor, country music concert in Las Vegas. What we do know is that he was "one of us" – not a terrorist from a foreign country and, to our knowledge, not shouting "Allahu Akbar" (although ISIS stated that he was a recent convert to Islam and claims him as one of its soldiers). As his brother Eric said, "He was just a guy. Something happened, he snapped or something, he was just a guy. He has no political affiliation, no religious affiliation, as far as we know. This wasn't a terror attack." He added, "Mars just fell into the earth. We're completely dumbfounded." And who can imagine the loss and shock of the surviving victims and the families of those killed? Who can make sense of this? And can anyone with a conscience claim that the people mowed down at this country music concert were worse sinners than the rest of us? That they specially deserved to be slaughtered in cold blood? God forbid. I'm sure that gun control will be a hot topic in the days ahead. Does the Second Amendment guarantee our right to own assault rifles or machine guns, weapons that can murder 50+ people and injure hundreds of others in a matter of minutes? But to focus on this now is to miss the point, just as it was a mistake to focus on questions of global warming during the hurricanes (although these are certainly debates we will have). No, we must ask bigger questions at a time of such agony: Why are these tragedies occurring? Where is God in the midst of this? How can America be healed? During the devastating hurricanes, some claimed these natural disasters were judgments from God while others claimed that they were the result of man-made, global warming. Some even suggested that they we were being judged because we elected Donald Trump as our president (really!). What I sensed in my own heart as I prayed was the voice of appeal, the voice of mercy, the voice of the Healer ready to mend and restore. It was God saying to us through the storms, "America, you need Me!" Today, as I look at the bodies of the bloodied victims laying lifeless on the concert grounds, as I see others running in terror and still others falling wounded, I hear that same voice, except this time calling out more loudly, "America, you need Me!" It's the same voice I hear as our nation is torn apart by racial strife and division, the same voice I hear as our inner cities are ravaged by gangs, the same voice I hear as baby parts are thrown into dumpsters behind abortion mills. God is calling out to us, "America, you need Me!" There is no political solution. There is no social band aid that can be applied. There is no law that can be passed that will heal our sickly land. Instead, we need to get on our faces before the Lord acknowledging our own sins and shortcomings, not pointing the finger at others but rather at ourselves. And whatever our views on climate control and gun control and immigration reform and President Trump and social justice may be, we need to implore the only one who can heal our land. What else is needed to get our attention? Like it or not, our nation was founded on biblical principles, with God at the center of our nation, and America can only be great if America is good. Without Him, our condition is terminal. With Him, there is hope – but we must act now. Let us do, then, what millions of Jews did this past weekend in the celebration of Yom Kippur, fasting and confessing sins and asking for mercy. And let us make whatever changes we must make in our own lives and families to stand in right relationship with God and our neighbor. But let us also look to the cross where the Savior paid for our sins and struck at the root cause of our rebellion and pain. It's not too late for America to be healed, but our condition is certainly critical.

https://www.christianpost.com/news/reeling-after-the-deadliest-us-shooting-only-god-can-heal-america-201328/ 

:: 10-3-17 I 24 News middle east :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hezbollah chief tells 'non-Zionist Jews' to go home or get dragged into war

10/01/2017 2:53:47 PM Updated on 10/01/2017 2:53:48 PM Written by i24NEWS

Nasrallah, who lives in hiding out of fear of assassination, frequently levels grave threats at Israel

Hezbollah chief Hassan Nasrallah has urged "non-Zionist Jews" in Israel to return to the countries which they came from or fall victim to a war between the Jewish state and his Lebanese militia. Giving an address on Sunday from an underground bunker to mark the Shiite commemoration of Ashura, he called for Jews who emigrated to Israel to “leave and return to the countries from which they came so they are not fuel for any war that the idiotic [Prime Minister Benjamin] Netanyahu government takes them to”. “They will have no secure place in occupied Palestine,” he was quoted as saying by Reuters news agency, referring to Israel. Nasrallah, who lives in hiding out of fear of assassination, frequently levels grave threats at Israel. On Sunday he said that if Israel begins an "adventure" against Hezbollah -- which Jerusalem considers a proxy of regional rival Iran -- they would be making a serious error. The Israeli leadership does not possess “a correct assessment of where this war will lead if they ignite it," Nasrallah said, "They do not have a correct picture about what is awaiting them if they go to the idiocy of this war." Jerusalem often accuses Hezbollah, members of which serve in Lebanon's cabinet, of consistently breaking the United Nations Security Council resolutions that govern the fragile peace that has reined on the Israel-Lebanon border since the conclusion of the Second Lebanon War in 2006. However Nasrallah fired back in his Sunday address, saying Israel has a network of hidden cameras and other spy equipment rigged up in southern Lebanon, calling it a violation of Resolution 1701 and vowing to find "other means to deal with it," according to quotes carried by Haaretz. The usual war of words between Israel and Hezbollah has escalated in recent months as Jerusalem pushed -- with ultimate success -- for a beefed up mandate for the UN peacekeepers that are supposed to monitor the ceasefire arrangement on the border and as Israel grows anxious about swelling Iranian influence in Syria. Both Iran and Hezbollah, along with Russia, have thrown men, weapons and financial aid at Syria to prop up regional ally Bashar Al Assad's regime in an almost seven year-long civil war. But Israel has warned that it will not tolerate any permanent Iranian bases being built in Syria as the government succeeds in flushing the crumbling Islamic State organization from swathes of the country.

Read more: Israel chief of staff says Hezbollah quietly stocking up missile arsenal

http://www.i24news.tv/en/news/international/middle-east/156710-171001-hezbollah-chief-tells-non-zionist-jews-to-go-home-or-get-dragged-into-war 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 10-4-17 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palestinian Reconciliation: Abbas Says No to 'Hezbollah Model' in Gaza as Hamas Hopes to Retain Armed Wing

Hamas' military wing is the main obstacle in resuming PA control of Gaza, officials say, with first joint government meeting slated for Tuesday

After Hamas folds, Palestinian government to convene in Gaza for first time in years

Hamas leader invites Abbas to resume control of Gaza

Optimism about Fatah-Hamas reconciliation, but tough issues aren’t yet on the table

Hamas leaders in the Gaza Strip and senior Palestinian Authority officials issued further declarations over the weekend about their commitment to reconcile and said both sides are committed to moving the process ahead. But even if the parties reach agreement over administrative issues, they are still yet to deal with the main obstacles – Hamas’ military wing and donations the organization receives from abroad. The London-based, pan-Arab daily newspaper Al-Hayat reported over the weekend that Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas has stipulated three conditions for reconciliation. First, that Hamas dismantle its military wing; second, that there be no foreign involvement in the administration of the Gaza Strip; and third, that any money for restoration and development only be channeled through the Palestinian government. According to Palestinian officials, these conditions are intended to block any involvement by former Fatah leader Mohammed Dahlan or countries like Qatar. A senior PA official confirmed to Haaretz that Abbas has refused to establish the “Hezbollah model” in Gaza. “The Lebanese model cannot be applied in the PA territories. If there is no unified rule and administration by institutions subservient to the rule of law, as in every normal country, there can be no talk of true national reconciliation,” the official said. Following these remarks, the deputy head of Hamas’ political wing, Dr. Moussa Abu Marzouk, demanded clarifications from Abbas. According to Abu Marzouk, Hamas’ military wing is not a subject of discussion with the PA. Its weapons, Abu Marzouk added, “are weapons intended for the defense of the Palestinian people, and as long as the Palestinian people are under occupation, the weapons will continue to be ready for any scenario.” Meanwhile, the leader of Hamas’ political wing in Gaza, Yahya Sinwar, said the group’s military wing, Iz al-Din al-Qassam, is now capable of firing the same number of rockets at Tel Aviv in 51 minutes as it fired in the 51 days of the last war in 2014. According to Sinwar, there is an entire tunnel city under Gaza that can protect fighters for a long time. Nevertheless, Sinwar continues to speak in favor of reconciliation and says his organization has agreed to many compromises in order to promote that goal. He said he would break the neck of anyone within Hamas who tries to hurt their efforts. Preparations are continuing in Gaza for a Palestinian government meeting on Tuesday. A delegation of journalists from Ramallah arrived in Gaza on Friday, and government ministers and dozens of other officials will arrive on Monday. They will also be joined by senior Palestinian intelligence and security officials, headed by intelligence chief Majid Faraj and the head of the Palestinian security service, Ziad Hab al-Rih. Delegations from Egyptian intelligence and the United Nations are also expected to arrive in Gaza ahead of Tuesday’s meeting. After the visit, to be billed as a festive event, delegations will head to Cairo to continue reconciliation discussions.

read more: https://www.haaretz.com/middle-east-news/palestinians/1.815009 

:: 10-3-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court struggles with judges’ role in drawing political maps

By Stephen Dinan - The Washington Times - Tuesday, October 3, 2017

Redistricting — the process of drawing new legislative maps every decade — has long been the blood sport of American politics. Supreme Court justices on Tuesday debated just how deeply they want the federal courts to wade into that. Justices across the political spectrum said partisan gerrymandering is distasteful, but during oral arguments on a case out of Wisconsin, conservative members said they saw little chance of limiting the courts’ role if they start to get involved. Chief Justice John G. Roberts Jr., who has long been seen to view protecting the majesty of the court as a paramount goal, worried what voters would think if judges strike down state maps by ruling that one party was destined to too many seats. “We will have to decide in every case whether the Democrats win or the Republicans win,” the chief justice said. “That is going to cause very serious harm to the status and integrity of the decisions of this court in the eyes of the country.” Wisconsin state officials acknowledged that they were aiming to help Republicans when the Legislature and governor — all under Republican control — redrew the lines after the 2010 census. They packed Democrats into relatively few districts, where Democratic candidates easily won, then spread Republicans more evenly among districts to benefit their party’s candidates. That led to a situation in 2012 where Republicans won less than 49 percent of the vote among those who cast ballots for the state Assembly but garnered 60 of the 99 seats. Paul M. Smith, the attorney for Democratic voters who challenged Wisconsin’s map, said that if the court didn’t intervene, then every state that leaves redrawing to politicians will follow Wisconsin’s lead and draw districts where the party affiliation of the winner is never seriously in doubt. “It may be that you can protect the court from seeming political, but the country is going to lose faith in democracy big time because voters everywhere are going to be like the voters in Wisconsin and [say], ‘No, it really doesn’t matter whether I vote,” Mr. Smith told the justices, countering the chief justice’s fear of politicization. Mr. Smith said legislatures that stand to benefit aren’t going to fix themselves and neither will Congress. “You are the only institution in the United States that can solve this problem, just as democracy is about to get worse,” he told the court. Justices have struck down plans over racial gerrymanders and have said in previous rulings that extreme partisan gerrymanders could be illegal. But the court has never struck down a map specifically over partisanship. Part of the difficulty has been to come up with a credible test. Voting rights activists say they have one, thanks to the latest social science research that promises to calculate the number of votes “wasted” because voters were packed into districts for partisan reasons. Other social scientists, though, question whether that screen is solid enough. They say the “efficiency gap” test would invalidate plans written by supposedly neutral judges. Indeed, Wisconsin’s attorneys said that of the 17 worst maps identified by the efficiency gap method, 10 were drawn by neutral arbiters such as nonpolitical commissions or by federal judges. Erin E. Murphy, the attorney for the Wisconsin Senate, said those “false positives” proved the “EG” test is fatally flawed. “At the end of the day, what matters is how people vote in elections,” she said. Chief Justice Roberts called the calculations “sociological gobbledygook” and repeated his fears of being dragged into a boondoggle. The law calls for any federal challenges to districts to be heard by a three-judge panel at the district court, with appeals coming directly to the Supreme Court. “The whole point is you’re taking these issues away from democracy and throwing them into the courts,” the chief justice said. Court watchers have predicted that the case could come down to a split with Justice Anthony M. Kennedy in the deciding role. In previous cases, he has sought good tests for identifying bad plans. He didn’t tip his hand on Tuesday, though he did pressure Wisconsin on whether it would be illegal for a state to explicitly call for maximizing political advantage for one party or another as part of its redistricting process. After some prodding, the attorney for the state Senate said she believed that would cross a line. Justice Stephen G. Breyer offered a multipart test that he said could cut through the clutter. He said if a single party controlled the process, if the map led to a major disparity between percentage of votes and the end result of seats and if it was deemed to be persistent across elections, then it could be questioned. “I suspect that’s manageable,” he said. Justice Sonia Sotomayor said that in Wisconsin’s case, Republican legislators kept sending the map back to squeeze out more partisan advantage. She said if challengers could prove the state sought the most partisan map possible, that should be enough. It’s possible the justices never get to the merits of the case. Some members of the court, including Justice Kennedy, questioned whether the lead plaintiff challenging Wisconsin’s map could bring the case because he lived outside the districts in question. He argued that he had standing to sue because the state’s maps affect the makeup of the Legislature. But several justices suggested that his claim would have been stronger if he was affected by the redrawing. Outside the court building, former California Gov. Arnold Schwarzenegger led a rally on the case, telling the crowd that “it’s time to terminate gerrymandering.” Mr. Schwarzenegger, who as governor pushed California to move redistricting from politicians’ hands to a citizen commission, said high re-election rates are proof that the system is “fixed” and Congress won’t change it. “Herpes and colonoscopies are more popular than Congress, but for some miracle reason, 98 percent of them get re-elected,” he said. “It’s a system where the politicians are picking the voters, rather than the voters picking the politicians.” Alex Swoyer contributed to this report.

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/oct/3/scotus-struggles-judges-role-draw-political-maps/ 

:: 10-3-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. expels 15 Cuban diplomats, fuelling tensions with Havana

Matt Spetalnick, Sarah Marsh October 3, 2017 / 11:03 AM / 2 days ago

WASHINGTON/HAVANA (Reuters) - The Trump administration on Tuesday expelled 15 Cuban diplomats to protest Cuba’s failure to protect staff at the U.S. embassy in Havana from a mysterious spate of health “attacks,” spurring new tensions between the former Cold War foes. Secretary of State Rex Tillerson said the expulsions from Cuba’s embassy in Washington were also intended to ensure “equity” in staffing levels, after he recalled more than half the U.S. diplomatic personnel in Havana on Friday. Cuban Foreign Minister Bruno Rodriguez denounced the decision as “unjustified,” accused the United States of insufficient cooperation with Cuba’s investigation of the health incidents and urged Washington to stop politicizing the matter. The steps taken by Republican President Donald Trump’s administration delivers another blow to his Democratic predecessor Barack Obama’s policy of rapprochement, including actions likely to erode the normalization of a relationship dominated for decades by mutual hostility and suspicion. The latest U.S. move was communicated to Cuban Ambassador Jose Ramon Cabanas on Tuesday, and the diplomats were given seven days to leave, a State Department official said, speaking on condition of anonymity. “Until the Government of Cuba can ensure the safety of our diplomats in Cuba, our embassy will be reduced to emergency personnel to minimize the number of diplomats at risk of exposure to harm,” Tillerson said in a statement. “We continue to maintain diplomatic relations with Cuba, and will continue to cooperate with Cuba as we pursue the investigation into these attacks,” he added. The United States announced on Friday that it was sharply reducing its diplomatic presence in Cuba, as it warned U.S. citizens not to visit the Communist-ruled island because of the alleged attacks it says have caused hearing loss, dizziness and fatigue in 22 U.S. embassy personnel. The State Department had said the embassy was halting regular visa operations for Cubans seeking to visit the United States and would offer only emergency services to U.S. citizens. Cuba has denied involvement in any attacks and says it has reinforced security for U.S. diplomatic personnel. Rodriguez said lack of U.S. cooperation had stymied its own investigation into the matter. Authorities had not provided access to the injured people and the doctors who examined them, or to the homes where the attacks allegedly took place, he said, adding that evidence had been delivered late. Rodriguez urged the United States to cooperate more and said Cuba was also working with Canada on the investigation as Canadian diplomats have reported similar symptoms. So far, none of the probes have yielded any answers about how the alleged attacks were carried out or who was responsible. PRESSURE FROM LAWMAKERS Slideshow (4 Images) Several Cuban-American Republican lawmakers, including U.S Senator Marco Rubio and Representative Ileana Ros-Lehtinen, had urged that Cuban diplomats be kicked out in retaliation for the Cuban government’s failure to get to the bottom of the attacks. “I commend the U.S. State Department for expelling a number of Cuban operatives from the U.S.,” Rubio, an influential voice on Trump’s Cuba policy, said in a statement. But James Williams, president of Engage Cuba, a Washington-based pro-engagement lobbying group said: “This decision appears to be purely political, driven by the desire of a handful of individuals in Congress to halt progress between our two countries.” ”It looks like we are returning the threats and tensions of the 1960s,” said Maria Fernandez, a 45-year-old office worker in Havana. “This is madness by Trump. It’s really sad, because we are so close, and yet so far away from a sincere rapprochement.” Trump, who in June vowed to partially roll back the detente with Cuba agreed by his Democratic predecessor Obama after five decades of hostility, called the Cuban government “corrupt and destabilizing” in his address to the United Nations last month. Cuba described his comments as “unacceptable and meddling.” Rodriguez urged the United States “not to continue politicizing this matter, which can provoke an undesirable escalation and could rarify and reverse even more bilateral relations.” In Havana, U.S. diplomats frantically selling off their belongings at garage sales and on social media, said they were disappointed to be ordered to leave. In a message on Facebook, the embassy’s top official, career diplomat Scott Hamilton, said he would also be leaving. “I am an optimist and hope we will return one day, before too long,” he wrote. “Hasta la proxima Cuba.” Additional reporting by Doina Chiacu and Patricia Zengerle in Washington and Nelson Acosta and Marc Frank in Havana; Editing by Tom Brown

Our Standards:The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-usa-cuba-diplomacy/u-s-expels-15-cuban-diplomats-fuelling-tensions-with-havana-idUSKCN1C81UE 

:: 10-3-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Antifa Receiving Military Training in Syria – Vegas Shooter’s Girlfriend Travelled to Middle East

Even after ISIS takes responsibility, MSM fights to cover up Islamic link just like San Bernardino

Mimi Al-Laham & Kit Daniels | Infowars.com - October 3, 2017

Editor’s Note: Just like the Pulse nightclub massacre, the San Bernardino attack and the 2009 Ft. Hood shooting, the mainstream media is doing everything it can to cover up the connection between Islamic terrorism and major massacres on US soil. Establishment reporters are even claiming it’s “fake news” that ISIS took responsibility for the attack – even though they did take responsibility for the attack. The following article reveals the dark triad of Antifa, Kurdish members of ISIS and anarcho-communists Kurds – and by implication why a country music festival – the bastion of flyover-country Americana – was targeted. For background, read this RELATED article first: FBI Source: Vegas Shooter Found with Antifa Literature, Photos Taken in Middle East. Members of Antifa are illegally crossing the Syrian border to receive military training from Kurdish militias as part of a dark triad between Antifa, anarcho-communist Kurds and Kurdish members of ISIS. The US-backed Kurdish People’s Protection Units (YPG) has anarcho-communist politics which has attracted American and European Antifa to fight alongside them in what they refer to as “the Rojova revolution.” Security agencies are concerned that these Antifa members will continue the “revolution at home” once they return. Already FBI sources have revealed Antifa literature and photos taken in the Middle East which were found in the hotel room of suspected Las Vegas shooter Stephen Paddock. In a policy that began under the Obama administration, the US military is providing weapons and training to YPG members, many of whom are directly linked to the PKK terrorist organization. This policy was wrapped under the guise of fighting ISIS, however, backing terrorists to fight terrorists hasn’t worked in the past. An uproar occurred when US special forces in Syria attached YPG insignia to their arms and the US military was accused of supporting terrorism, to which the Pentagon admitted wrongdoing and said the use of the insignia was unauthorized. As a result, the US military was forced to rebrand YPG as “Syrian Democratic Forces” (SDF) to provide plausible deniability. The weapons and military training that the US military has provided them with are in turn being provided to western members of Antifa. These members of Antifa, along with the Kurds, have been constantly glorified in the mainstream media. Rolling Stone magazine interviewed several “western leftists” that are fighting in the YPG. And the fact that these anarcho-communist militias have ‘women who are fighting ISIS’ is something that is oft-repeated. Antifa groups in Europe and North America have posted photos of their fighters holding up the Kurdish YPG-flag along with the Antifa flag in Syria. Now this group of militants is calling themselves the International Revolutionary People’s Guerilla Forces [IRPGF] and the vanguard “of the revolution” in Rojava who vow to fight capitalism all over the world. This is already happening as Antifa members were part of an armed demonstration in Phoenix, Arizona. Kurdish military training is spreading to Antifa and other radical leftist groups in the West. One of the groups involved, the John Brown Gun Club, already glorifies the Kurdish YPG. It’s plausible the photos from the Middle East that were found in the room of the Las Vegas shooter (along with Antifa literature) were photos of Antifa fighting alongside Kurds in Syria, and it’s also possible the shooter crossed into Syria to receive military training. Foreign fighters are able to legally fly to Turkey and then illegally cross into the Syrian border without being detected. Germany is already reeling from a large population of Antifa, 1.2 million Kurdish immigrants and Kurdish militant groups working together in large numbers. Furthermore, thousands of Germans have illegally crossed into Syria to fight alongside Kurds, thus it’s no surprise when German Antifa gangs show up at right-wing rallies with hundreds of people and commit violent attacks. The media, however, continues to glorify Kurdish fighters as “the only people fighting ISIS” while ignoring the efforts of the Syrian and Russian governments. This is mainly because the military-industrial complex had plans to balkanize Syria and Iraq, in the “project for a new Middle East” and they don’t care if they accomplish it using Islamic terrorists or Kurdish communists. The Kurdish militias are not much better than ISIS, nor as liberal and democratic as the media portrays them to be. In fact, the Kurds themselves are not one homogenous group, with the majority of Kurds being Sunni Muslims and some of them even joining ISIS. In Iraqi Kurdistan the percentage of female genital mutilation is around 70% while it’s zero in all other parts of the country. In fact Iraqi Kurdistan, along with Yemen and Egypt, are the only areas of the Middle East where female genital mutilation is routinely performed. But even the communist YPG has been active at ethnically cleansing Christian Assyrians, Arabs and other minorities in the areas they deem the “Kurdish” state. Often times the areas they claim don’t even have a Kurdish population. Since the Kurdish population aren’t a majority in the areas Kurdish militias are trying to annex, they are carrying out these ethnic cleansings of non-Kurdish minorities in an attempt to achieve a demographic shift. The YPG forcibly disarmed Assyrian Christian militias after assassinating their leader, David Jindo. In Iraq the US-backed Kurdish militia Peshmerga forced Christian and Yazedi militias to disarm, before abandoning them to genocide once ISIS attacked. And the Kurdish regional government of Iraq is still not allowing these minority groups to return to their villages even though ISIS was pushed out two years ago. The idea that Kurds deserve their own state is something that is being perpetually pushed by pro-war think tanks and liberal sympathizers; however, this pays little attention to the origin and history of the Kurdish people. For one thing, the word Kurd was a designator for Iranian nomads. Like many other nomadic groups such as Bedouins and gypsies, they cross borders tending to livestock. They typically cross through Iraq and Turkey following the Euphrates River and live mostly in mountains. In 1915, the Turkish government promised Kurds the homes and cities of the Armenian Christians if they were to participate in the Armenian and Assyrian genocide. However after Kurds complied, Turkey reneged on the deal of giving them autonomy. The population of Kurds in north Syria resulted from multiple waves of illegal Kurdish immigration from Turkey after they failed to mount insurrections against the Turkish government. Many of these Kurdish were given refugee status by the Syrian government at the time, but now these same refugees are demanding their own state and are trying to claim ownership of much of Syria’s oil fields and are blocking the Syrian army from fighting east of the Euphrates. This foreign policy of balkanizing Middle Eastern countries to create a Kurdistan may have explosive implications not just for the Middle East, but also for the West, as it breeds a new form of “Antifa resistance” as well as terrorism in the same way that ISIS was bred through US deep state foreign policy.

https://www.infowars.com/report-antifa-receiving-military-training-in-syria-vegas-shooters-girlfriend-travelled-to-middle-east/ 

:: 10-4-17 Info Wars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BREAKING: Sheriff Says Las Vegas Shooter Could Have Been “Radicalized”

Authorities admit potential motive for first time

Paul Joseph Watson | Infowars.com - October 4, 2017

During a live press conference, Clark County Sheriff Joe Lombardo revealed that the Las Vegas gunman, Stephen Paddock, may have been “radicalized” and that authorities were attempting to uncover the source of his radicalization. “Did this person get radicalized unbeknownst to us? And we want to identify that source,” said Lombardo. If confirmed, this suggests that there may have been a political motive behind the massacre. As Infowars reported earlier, according to forensic psychiatrist Dr. Michael Welner, Paddock may have deliberately targeted conservatives attending a country music concert. Paddock’s family insists that he had no strong political or religious inclinations.

https://www.infowars.com/breaking-sheriff-says-las-vegas-shooter-could-have-been-radicalized/ 

:: 10-3-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'They took too long to take him out': Veteran, who alerted the cops to Vegas gunman's EXACT location, demands to know why it took more than an hour for the hotel room to be raided as it's revealed officers waited outside for more than 24 minutes

Police received their first report of gunfire at the Route 91 Harvest festival, in Las Vegas at 10.08pm on Sunday

But it was 72 minutes before SWAT teams burst into Stephen Paddock's room

An officer told dispatch they were armed and ready to enter Paddock's room at 10.55pm but were told to wait until SWAT arrived

After 24 minutes, SWAT teams burst into the shooter's Mandalay Bay room at 11.21pm and found the 64-year-old had shot himself moments earlier

Police have not yet explained why officers were delayed

Chris Bethel, who was in a room just a couple floors below the shooter at the Mandalay Bay, had called the police to alert them to Paddock's location

He is questioning why it took so long for the cops to respond

'It took them too long to get over there, to take him out,' said the Iraq veteran

By Hannah Parry For Dailymail.com Published: 14:03 EDT, 3 October 2017 | Updated: 15:03 EDT, 3 October 2017

An Iraq war veteran who was staying in the same hotel as the Las Vegas gunman is demanding to know why it took more than an hour for the cops to take him down.

Police received their first report of gunfire at the Route 91 Harvest festival, in Las Vegas at 10.08pm on Sunday.

But it was another 72 minutes before SWAT teams finally burst into Stephen Paddock's room at the Mandalay Bay to find the suspect had shot himself dead moments earlier.

The most concerning issue is there appears to have been an unexplained 24 minute delay, where SWAT teams were armed and ready to go outside Paddock's room, but waited until 11.21pm to enter.

Now Chris Bethel, who was in a room just a couple floors below the shooter at the Mandalay Bay, is questioning why it took so long for the cops to stop Paddock who shot dead 59 and injured 527 in the most deadly mass shooting in American history. 'It felt like it took them too long to get over there, to take him out,' said Bethel, an Iraq war veteran. 'To get him. And it's actually eating me up inside.' Bethel, of Texas, who was in Vegas for an IT conference, said that he'd been in his room when he suddenly heard gunshots coming from above him at just after 10pm on Sunday. 'I could just hear the gun shots, continuously. Just full automatic,' Bethel told CBS Dallas-Fort Worth. 'There was explosions going off. It was like a bomb just went off man. And then there were more gun shots.' He says he called the front desk at the Mandalay Bay, the hotel across the street, and the cops to warn them that the shooter was above him, but says no one answered. 'Seconds are going by, minutes are going by, the rounds are continuously going,' he said. 'Changing weapons, changing calibers, you can hear the difference in the gunshots.' As he watched, he saw police responding to the wrong location below. Eventually, he was able to get hold of someone and tell them: 'He's not over there, he's over here'. Police have since credited Bethel with helping them locate the shooter. But Bethel says he's been left with the feeling that more lives could have been saved if only someone had picked up the phone sooner. 'I feel like I didn't do enough,' he told CBS News. 'I feel like I couldn't get a hold of somebody quick enough to let them know. And it felt like it took them too long to get over there, to take him out.' Police radio audio revealed that officers had located the location of the shooter, in room 135 on the 32nd floor of the Mandalay, as early as 10.24pm. Minutes later, cops found a security guard in the hallway outside Paddock's room who had been shot by the suspect, and asked for back up. Paddock had shot through the door, hitting the guard in the leg. He is expected to survive. By 10.37pm SWAT officers reported they were moving up to the 32nd floor to help officers, and at 10.55pm, an officer said he was ready to go in. But he was told to 'be careful' and wait after he admitted the SWAT team weren't there yet, Newsweek reported. At 10.57pm, cops reported they had locked down the hallway and had officers ready to go in. TIMELINE OF TERROR IN VEGAS: Country music star Jason Aldean was performing on stage at the Route 91 Harvest Music Festival when lone gunman Stephen Paddock, 64, opened fire on the 22,000 people gathered. About 10pm: Paddock smashes out two windows on the 32nd floor with a hammer-like implement and opens fire with his arsenal of at least 19 weapons - including fully automatic weapons. 10.08pm: First phone call to police that shots had been fired at the festival outside the Mandalay Bay Hotel and Casino on the Las Vegas Strip. 10:18pm: Officers ask the hotel to shut down the elevator so the suspect can't flee. 10:19pm: A team of four officers begin to make their way into the Mandalay Bay, moving up towards the 32nd floor. 10:21pm: An officer, whose location is unclear, calls over the radio: 'Gunshot wounds to the chest and head. We need immediate medical!' Another officer says police and revelers on the ground are still taking fire. 10.23pm: False reports come in of multiple shootings at multiple other locations. Response teams are sent out to investigate. 10:24pm: One of the four officers inside the Mandalay calls dispatch to report that they are in the stairwell on the 32nd floor and can still hear gunshots coming from room 135. Dispatch responds by calling for backup from SWAT to help prepare to bust into the suspect's room. 10:25pm: Radio transmissions indicate Paddock may have stopped firing into the crowd at this moment. 10:28pm: Police officers gathered at the Mandalay Bay report that Paddock has shot at a security guard in the hallway of the floor outside his room. They call for backup. 10:37pm: SWAT officers report they are now moving up to the 32nd floor to help the police officers. 10:38pm: Cops say they haven't heard gunfire in about 10 minutes. Police radio transmissions reveal there is still some confusion over which floor the gunman is on, and whether there could be multiple shooters. 10.44pm: On the ground, terrified festival goers begin stealing empty police cars to flee from gunfire. 10.54pm: Officers report they've cleared many areas in the hotel and casino. 10:55pm: An officer said he was on floor 32 and was readying to make entry. But he warned to be 'careful' on police radio transmissions by control, who asked 'Are you with the SWAT guy?' When the officer replied he was not, he was told to wait for them. 10:57pm: An officer reports they had locked down the hallway outside the gunman's room, telling dispatch they had 'multiple rifles and plenty of officers'. But there was then a 24 minute delay while they appeared to wait for the SWAT team to arrive.

11.08pm: Las Vegas police confirm they have shut down a portion of The Stri 11.21pm: SWAT teams storm the 32nd floor room that Stephen Paddock was firing from. They gained entry using flashbangs designed to stun the shooter. Paddock fired through the door as SWAT teams were trying to breach the room. By the time they entered the room, he had shot himself dead. Seventy-two minutes elapsed from the first 911 call to Paddock being found dead. 11.24pm: Officer tells dispatch: 'We have one suspect down.' 11:28pm: 'We have one suspect down. Multiple firearms,' an officer confirmed again, adding it was definitely the suspect who was 'firing into the crowd.' 11.32pm: McCarran International Airport announced it was diverting flights destined for the city. 11.34pm: Interstate 15 in and out of Las Vegas was shut down for a time. 11.56pm: Hospitals in Las Vegas said that at least two people were dead and 24 were injured of which 12 were critical. 12.01am: Almost two hours after the first emergency call police confirmed that one suspect was 'down'. 1.06am: The Southern California police department say that one of their officers is among the injured. 1.34am: At this point the death toll dramatic rises to 20 people injured and 100 injured. 1.54am: Police in Las Vegas says that two of their officers who were off-duty were among the dead. 2.13am: Investigators say that they are looking for the 'roommate' of the shooter - Marilou Danley and describe her as a person of interest. 3.30am: Las Vegas Sheriff Joseph Lombardo announces that the death toll is now at least 50 dead and 200 injured - making this the deadliest shooting in US history 6.30am: Investigators say they have located Marilou Danley and say that she is overseas and is not longer a person of interest. 9.30am: Sheriff provides another update and says that the death toll is now in excess of 59 and that 527 people are injured. But there is an unexplained 24 minute delay as armed and ready officers were forced to wait outside the suspect's hotel room door. Eventually, at 11.21pm, SWAT teams used an explosive device to break into the gunman's room and found he had killed himself a few moments before. 'Breach, breach, breach!' an officer was heard yelling over police scanner radio, as they entered the room after the explosion, before another officer told dispatch: 'We have one suspect down.' The Las Vegas Metropolitan Police Department declined to comment about the delay to the DailyMail.com. But other police scanner audio captured the confusion faced by cops who received reports of multiple shootings at multiple hotels and locations across the Vegas strip, and pleas by officers for medical teams. 'We're now getting reports of shots fired at Cesar's and the Bellagio,' an officer reported to dispatch. Dispatch responded: 'We need confirmation from these hotels as soon as possible about these shots fired. We just have one suspect down at this point of time.' The hotels confirmed the reports were incorrect. Swat teams were also sent out to reports of gunfire at New York, New York, Paris Las Vegas and The Tropicana. One overwhelmed cop called in for backup at Paris for reports of 434 - the Vegas cop code for illegal shooting. 'You have a couple more strike teams on route to you, please hold and be safe on your entry,' a dispatcher responded. 'Are you still hearing 434s? 'We have people running everywhere,' the cop responded. 'Are you hearing 434s right now?' 'Negative, negative,' she told dispatch. It's possible the confusion and chaos, and concerns there was multiple shooters, could have delayed the response. In total, 59 people lost their lives and 527 were injured in what became the worst mass shooting in American history. Clark County Sheriff Joseph Lombardo said his deputies found 16 weapons in Paddock's Mandalay Bay Resort and Casino hotel room, where he's been staying since September 28. They also recovered another 18 from his Mesquite home, as well as several thousand rounds of ammunition and explosives. Several pounds of ammonium nitrate, a bomb making ingredient, were found in Paddock's car. POLICE AUDIO AS COPS STORMED GUNMAN'S HOTEL ROOM

Officer: 169-10, we got shots fired, 4:15AFF. Sounded like an automatic firearm.

Control: Code red, 169-10, we have shots fired...

Officer: (inaudible yelling) It's coming from upstairs in the Mandalay Bay. Upstairs Mandalay Bay, halfway up, I see the shots coming from Mandalay Bay, halfway up.

2nd officer: Control, 3661IC, we have multiple casualties. GSWs (gun shot wounds), send a medical team, multiple casualties.'

Control: Repeated just be advised there is automatic fire, fully automatic fire, from an elevated position. Take cover.

2nd officer 'Multiple GSWs to the chest, legs, femoral arteries. Send a medical team (inaudible). We have an active shooter, we have an active shooter inside the fairgrounds.

3rd officer: Shots fired from Mandalay Bay, there's many people down, stage left, just be advised.

4th officer: 790RI, I'm gonna form a strike team, Mandalay Bay and the Boulevard. I need five officers on me.

5th officer (storming the room): Control to Zebra 20

Control: Zebra 20, go ahead

5th officer: Set on the suspect's door. I need everybody in that hallway to be aware of it and get back. We need to pop this and see if we can get an inside response from this guy. To see if he's in here or if he has actually moved out somewhere else.

Control: Copy. All units on the 32nd floor, SWAT has explosive breach, everyone in the hallway needs to move back. All units move back.

Officer: Breach, breach, breach.

(Gunshot?)

5th officer: (inaudible) We have one suspect down.

Control: We need the air clear for Zebra 20, they have one suspect down inside the room. Zebra 20 has one suspect down inside the room.

Officer: Can you confirm the location of the suspect down, please?

Control: Zebra 20 is saying there is one down inside the room.

Officer: Inside the what?

Control: Inside the room at Mandalay Bay.

Officer: 7 Victor, there is one down, 32nd floor, Mandalay Bay.

Control: Is that room 135?

Officer: That's affirmative, one suspect down in 135, floor 32, Mandalay Bay. I have the floor.

Officer: Control to 360, Can you confirm that room number?

Control: 135, 32nd floor, Mandalay Bay.

Officer: Suite 135-32, is that correct?

Control: 32nd floor, Suite 135.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4945322/Vet-wants-know-cops-took-long-stop-shooter.html#ixzz4uYJqPftx 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 10-3-17 The Government Rag Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Chertoff Connection: Las Vegas | Jack Mullen

I saw a post on Facebook containing the comments of a forum shown below. This comment was of interest because Stephanie Sledge had been connecting the shooting dots in Las Vegas to expanding State agendas to further impede and restrict activities and rights of American at public places. She plans to release an article on subject soon. [UPDATE] Stephanie’s article is here. I am not saying the information in this anonymous post is the truth, but it does make sense and is consistent with the story, lets explore this idea. At the time of the shooting in Las Vegas, the United States Congress was considering a bill making gun ownership easier and consistent with the US Constitution. The bill, called “The Sportsman’s Heritage and Recreational Enhancement Act” was expected to pass congress and be made ready for President Trump to sign soon. The bill would allow gun owners to, again, transport registered firearms across state lines, carry guns in national parks and eliminate the $200 transfer tax on silencers. At the same time another bill introduced by the NRA would make sane and consistent State concealed carry laws, by allowing concealed carry permitted gun owners to carry in all States, regardless of the State laws, which violate the US Constitution (which is incorporate to all States Constitutions.) These laws are big steps toward unraveling all of the unconstitutional law created by the individual states in support of the agenda to disarm Americans. According to Stephanie Sledge, the Las Vegas shooting will be used to call for new and extreme security measures in all public places where people gather, like casinos, department stores, schools etc., in addition to a demand for more gun legislation.

Here is the interesting comment found on a forum dated 9-11-17 – way before the events of October 1, 2017.

“if their plan is successful state of nevada will pass a law in the future making all casinos have mandatory metal detectors and backscatter machines. soon after a federal law will be passed to put these machines in universities, high schools, federal buildings, you name it. osi systems and chertoff are the main producers of these machines. sometime around 2020 chertoff and osi will merge into a single company. after they merge the owners will sell off all their stock and make billions in profit. mr chertoff has been in contact with sheldon adelson. mr adelson will become a huge sponsor of these machines and he will be the first to put them in his casinos when the law passes. this is my last message for now. don’t expect me to return anytime soon -john

Notice the mention of Michael Chertoff in this post. It was after 9-11 dual citizen (Israeli, and US), Michael Chertoff became the chief ‘information container’ of all 911 disclosures because he was appointed to the position of Head of DHS.

After 9/11 Chertoff became the most powerful man in America as the head of the Department of Homeland Security

After his appointment to the head of DHS, Chertoff quickly asserted himself with the message “Its Okay to Torture Prisoners” in 2005.

It is no surprise Chertoff has a long history of association with Anti-American events and legislation starting even before 9-11. It was in 1995 when Chertoff, an appointee of Bill Clinton (no conflict of interest here,) was appointed ‘special’ counsel for the Clinton White Water scandal.

Before that in 1993, Chertoff was the lead prosecutor and with Judge Michael Mukasey presided over the the trial of the “Blind Sheikh”, Omar Abdel Rahman in the aftermath of the false flag bombing at WTC in 1993. The FBI was later found to have created this terrorist event. After 911, Chertoff was one of the authors of the Patriot Act, which had already been written and was waiting for the just such an event as 911. Then came the “Underwear Bomber” false flag, and it was Chertoff who recommended new body scanners for airports, while at the same time His lobbying firm, Chertoff Group (founded 2009), represented manufacturers of the scanners, in particular Rapiscan, one of the two companies that were contracted by TSA to take a nude picture of you at the airport. Chertoff made millions from scanning our bodies with harmful radiation in search of a ‘terrorist’ never found. BTW, has anyone ever gone to a country like Iceland or New Zealand where they can just walk off the plane — and go on their merry way? That is quite the experience. Conveniently, Chertoff was Assistant Attorney General in charge of criminal investigations on 911 and was responsible for releasing the ‘five dancing Israelis’ caught filming and cheering when the WTCs fell to the ground. Chertoff authorized their return, before police could even question, to Israel. Chertoff’s story is long, dark and sordid and his connections to all events which involve disarming Americans is easily taken for granted. It is not hard to see the possible connections between the Las Vegas shooting and Michael Chertoff & company. Following the advice of fellow dual citizen Rahm Emanuel, “Never let a good crisis go to waste“, and, in this case, the crisis is likely an event with many agendas, why shouldn’t one of these agendas enrich Michael Chertoff again while supporting the Israeli agenda and costing Americans both money and liberties. The other individual mentioned in the comment above is Sheldon Adelson a billionaire dual citizen Jewish business man who owns the Sands Hotel in Las Vegas and other Las Vegas properties and he also lives in Las Vegas. Adelson is apparently happy to put the Chertoff radiation machines in his hotels. I suppose the happy gamblers and show goers will not mind a few dozes of radiation everyday. Wake Up America Americans are being manipulated into a newly constructed prison nation — these shootings are not organic and will continue. Remember it was the Obama administration who made the absurd and irrational statement ‘“common sense” gun laws will deter jihadists [terrorists] who are planning attacks.’ Decoded that means give up your guns and the shootings will miraculously end. Giving up your guns is the PRIMARY goal of these shootings, but the secondary goals are equally important. Creating a surveillance state which restricts individual fluidity within their country while tracking and cataloging and archiving your interests, movements, choices and routines which will eventually lead to a complete prediction algorithm attached to your person for use in war-game planning. There is no coincidence this shooting happened when two NRA bills were in the pipeline to reduce gun restrictions in America. It is also NO COINCIDENCE that moves to disarm people have historically preceded mass genocide, misery and population reduction. The USA is about to experience a significant financial collapse. It would not be good for those who caused the collapse and then looted American wealth to stand before an armed population. For a better understanding of how being disarmed results in potential genocide, investigate the plight of the Afrikaners (Boer) of South Africa and how the white and Christian populations were decimated after the Bolshevik “revolution” of 1917 in Russia. It is irrational and a contradiction to believe taking guns from the people will make them safer. Please see my detailed explanation in this article I wrote “There is No Such Thing as Gun Free Zone.”

https://thegovernmentrag.wordpress.com/2017/10/03/the-chertoff-connection-las-vegas/ 

:: 10-3-17 The Conservative Treehouse :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Curiouser and Curiouser – Vegas Shooter’s Girlfriend Used Multiple ID’s, Multiple SS Numbers, and Married Two Men Simultaneously…

Posted on October 3, 2017 by sundance

Much like the San Bernardino attack revealed a manipulative scheme for green-card marriages, so too is the Mandalay Bay Massacre revealing the use of multiple identities within the associations of the killer. Marilou Who? Oh, and if Marilou Danley she reads these reports before getting on board her flight back from Japan, the Philippines, Indonesia, Taiwan, Australia and/or wherever the heck she really is… well, she likely ain’t coming back. Just saying. (Via NewsWeek) Marilou Danley, the live-in girlfriend of Las Vegas gunman Stephen Paddock, and now a “person of interest” in the shooting investigation, is a Philippines native who has used two Social Security numbers during her two-plus decades in the United States, and was married to two men at the same time, public records show. The person who may hold the key to solving the mystery of why the Vegas gunman killed 59 and wounded nearly 600 people led a convoluted life of her own, with two simultaneous husbands, a bankruptcy, two Social Security numbers, multiple addresses in several states and even different ages depending on which state records you review. The details are part of a Newsweek investigation into Danley’s past, which takes on a new urgency now that the FBI is frantically working to bring her “immediately” back from overseas for more information about the shooting and the $100,000 Paddock wired to her family there days before the shooting. Marilou came to the U.S. as Marilou Natividad, married Geary Danley in 1990 and took his surname. Danley, 76, lives in Arkansas, but he has declined to answer questions. In 1996, Marilou wed Jose Bustos, and became Marilou Bustos. But she did not dissolve her marriage to Danley until 2015, divorce records show. Both marriage licenses were filed in Clark County, which includes the city of Las Vegas, even though the Danleys lived in Tennessee and Arkansas around the time of their marriage, and the Bustoses lived in California. Marilou also has a daughter, currently living in California, but it is unclear whether one of her husbands, or another man, fathered the child. In California, her name is registered as Marilou Natividad-Bustos and her birthday is listed as January 1962, making her 55 years old. Under a different Social Security number in Nevada, her name is Marilou Lou Danley and her birthday is listed as December 1954, making her 62. Oh, my favorite paragraph this week: At times, her identities merged: Marilou filed for bankruptcy in 2012, under the name Bustos, while she was still married to Danley and living with Paddock in Reno. Her lawyer during the bankruptcy has not yet responded to a request for comment. Marilou held multiple addresses, some simultaneously—in Arkansas, Tennessee, California, Florida and other states, and often moved through cities within those states. (more).

https://theconservativetreehouse.com/2017/10/03/curiouser-and-curiouser-vegas-shooters-girlfriend-used-multiple-ids-multiple-ss-numbers-and-married-two-men-simultaneously/ 

:: 9-28-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NFL Chaos Is Part Of The Globalists Long-Held Plans To Divide Then Destroy America - Is It Time For The American People To Bring An End To The Globalist Institutions That Hate Our Country?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die September 28, 2017

"When you open your heart to patriotism, there is no room for prejudice! The Bible tells us, How good and pleasant it is when God's people live together in unity" - President Donald J. Trump While Republican US Senator James Lankford of Oklahoma is now claiming that a Russian troll army is responsible for stoking the NFL debate in an attempt to push divisiveness in America despite the fact that Colin Kaepernick started this hatred of America now going on within the NFL well over a year ago, long before President Trump was voted into office, we see in this must-read story from Frank Brady over at his Gates To Liberty blog that what we're now witnessing in the NFL is a key part of the globalists long-held plans to divide then destroy America. As has been long reported on ANP and within alternative media, there is a very real plan to destroy the sovereignty of America going back many, many decades (perfectly represented by most of the lunatics in Congress being opposed to President Trump's 'America First' agenda!) and with the NFL quite literally selling their souls to ESPN and the political left while spitting upon their core fan base and America, Brady warns "This Is Not About Football, This Is About WAR!" Simply put, the NFL has decided to bite the very hand that feeds it, the American people and our great nation, and as Brady tells us within his story, this latest drama has nothing to do with either football or the national anthem. Is it time for the American people to put an end to (peacefully and legally via boycotts, of course, while we still can!) any globalist institutions, such as the NFL and ESPN, that have turned against America and sold out the American people? From Brady's must-read story.: What is unfolding comes right out of Saul Alinsky's "Rules for Radicals" handbook. Both "Black Lives Matter" and "Antifa" are hard core Marxist Shock Troops being continuously supplied with boots on the ground by Barack Hussein Obama's "Organizing for Action", a national army of fanatical Leftists that is hundreds of thousands strong and is actively recruiting "volunteers" through mass mailings to radical e-mail lists. Obama maintains a well-staffed Washington office for a reason. He and his posse intend to destroy what remains of the old American republic and install a totally socialist tyranny upon its ashes. As Susan Duclos reported on ANP on Wednesday, according to one black man, US Veteran and law enforcement officer Brandum Tatum, what President Trump is doing right now is separating those who love America from those who hate America. The fact that Kaepernick had never even bothered to register to vote should have told the NFL that the donkey they were hitching their protest-cart to was lame. And the fact that Black Lives Matters continues to base most of their protests upon 'fake news', while Antifa proves to us they are fascists by attempting to stifle the free speech of others, proves the monster America is dealing with is tyrannical and totalitarian in nature, willing to push an agenda based upon outright lies which fits perfectly into Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama's 'Saul Alinsky agenda'. And we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that TV networks refused to show the many former NFL fans in the stands, booing at their formerly favorite teams, for the mainstream media and the NFL are quite literally defecating upon America and the many lives of Americans lost protecting our rights as citizens under that flag. We expect that the TV networks will continue to ignore the masses of fans that are protesting against the teams within stadiums, hoping that people won't notice. Yet how can America miss noticing being quite literally stabbed in the back by owners, coaches and jocks making millions and millions of dollars to play a stupid kids game? While we fully recognize the rights of athletes and anybody else in America to protest, the fact that they're protesting against the very same country that has allowed them to live the lives of kings is beyond bizarre - it's downright psychopathic. Have NFL athletes no clue as to why they are bringing in millions and millions of dollars? NFL fans should make up a new rule - any NFL player who disrespects the very country that has allowed them to live like kings should have to go spend a year in Iraq or Syria or North Korea or Yemen or Nigeria or Venezuela. Instead of running for touchdowns, they'll be running to escapse ISIS or Boko Haram or Kim Jong Un or lions and leopards within the jungle. Think they'd stand up for the American flag when they came back, IF they came back, with all of their body parts attached? The total irony of multi-millionaires athletes screaming oppression while they're making 8 figure salaries also proves to us that most NFL jocks are completely brain dead, and therefore make perfect clueless dolts for the 'global elite' who've long been working to take down America. And as Brady warns us in his story, those who are attempting to overthrow America are quite literally inviting hell upon this nation as such an attempt to overthrow America will surely bring upon war. Yet as we return to Brady's story and the fact that what's now happening is so much more than just 'protest' or 'boycotts', Brady warns we're witnessing a war for the future of America. With the NFL teaming with America-hating and racist ESPN proving they've sold their souls to the 'globalist satan' as is perfectly seen in their illuminati-themed halftime shows, it may be time for the American people to raise our voices together and take down EVERY globalist institution in America that has sold out our nation or allows our country, our flag and our veterans and LEO's to be disrespected. With Black Lives Matter PROVING to us that THEY are a violent, 'racist' group that hates whites while Antifa PROVES to us they are FASCISTS who hate the freedoms of Americans to speak freely, we understand why Brady warns we're now witnessing a war for the future of America: Should the America-hating globalists have their way, we may one day be watching 'white genocide' playing out before our very eyes with Christians already under attack worldwide. Yet we see recent small signs of progress, such as former NFL Denver Broncos quarterback John Elway saying "Stand for the Anthem and get politics out of football", while reminding everybody that America is the greatest nation on this Earth as is also heard in the 2nd video below. Think the sales of John Elway jerseys won't now go through the roof? While ANP will be the first to admit that there are many things about our government that are well worth protesting against, protesting against the very country and flag that has written into law our right to protest isn't the way to go. And as we see it, through our eyes, 'America' already won a very real political 'Revolution' in 2016 when Donald Trump defeated Hillary Clinton, the entire republican establishment and the very real, Saul Alinsky philosophy that Hillary and Obama have long been living and throwing upon America and the world. For those who might think Hillary ties to 'radical' Saul Alinsky are 'fake news', we invite you to read her senior thesis written on May 2nd of 1969 at Wellesley College in Wellesley, Massachusetts. As Conservative Review reported back in August of 2016, back in 1993, the president of Wellesley College approved a new rule upon being contacted by Bill Clinton’s White House. The rule stated that all senior theses written by a president or first lady of the United States would be kept under lock and key. The rule was meant to keep the public ignorant about the radical ties of the first lady, Hillary Rodham Clinton, to the radical Marxist organizer, Saul Alinsky. The 92-page thesis was titled, “There is only the fight…: An Analysis of the Alinsky Model.” The thesis became unlocked after the Clintons left the White House and is now posted online. After being ruled by Barack Obama, another Alinskyite, for 8 years, perhaps one might think the fact that the modern Democratic Party is completely taken over by Alinskyites is old news, but the connection between Alinsky and Hillary is special. Hillary describes Alinsky as a “neo-Hobbesian who objects to the consensual mystique surrounding political processes; for him, conflict is the route to power.” Alinsky’s central focus, she notes, is that the community organizer must understand that conflict will arise and to redirect it and, as she quoted him in her thesis, be “...dedicated to changing the character of life of a particular community [and] has an initial function of serving as an abrasive agent to rub raw the resentments of the people of the community; to fan latent hostilities of many of the people to the point of overt expressions... to provide a channel into which they can pour their frustration of the past; to create a mechanism which can drain off underlying guilt for having accepted the previous situation for so long a time. When those who represent the status quo label you [i.e. the community organizer] as an 'agitator' they are completely correct, for that is, in one word, your function--to agitate to the point of conflict.” As former Republican presidential candidate Ben Carson reminded Americans during the 2016 Republican Convention, Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton's mentor Saul Alinsky had dedicated his book "Rules For Radicals" to satan. In the first video below our videographer shares with us why America will never be 'united' until we ALL stand up for our flag and our nation, warning us that cultural Marxism & Saul Alinsky's playbook tactics are brainwashing the weak minded as we've seen all across the NFL. In the 2nd video below we give respect to John Elway for speaking truth, the NFL needs to get politics out of football. And in the final video below, Sean Hannity and Tucker Carlson expose all of the anti-Trump, anti-America Republicans now in the US Senate who are doing their very best to assist in the globalists plans to destroy America beginning at the 35 minute 50 second mark.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Plan_To_Take_Down_America_Includes_NFL.php 

:: 9-28-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'The time is now': Lockheed Martin reveals plan for manned Mars base camp that will orbit the red planet in 2028 with landing shuttles to ferry crew members to the surface

The base camp will use existing technologies, such as NASA's Orion deep-space capsule

Researchers will study Mars soil and rock samples ahead of Nasa landing astronauts there in the 2030s

Outpost can be expanded to add ships to take astronauts to the surface of the red planet

Lander would take crew down to the surface for two week stays during their mission

By Mark Prigg For Dailymail.com

Published: 17:36 EDT, 28 September 2017 | Updated: 22:08 EDT, 28 September 2017

Lockheed Martin has revealed plans to set up a 'Mars base camp' orbiting the red planet - and says it hopes to launch it within ten years. Using NASA's Orion spacecraft as the command deck, the orbiting outpost could give astronauts the ability to operate rovers and drones on the surface in real time, helping us better understand the Red Planet and plan for manned missions. 'The time is now,' Lockheed Martin said in a video revealing the project at the International Astronautical Congress (IAC) in Adelaide, Australia, where it also showed off a lander that could eventually take astronauts form the station to the red planet's surface. 'Sending humans to Mars has always been a part of science fiction, but today we have the capability to make it a reality,' said Lisa Callahan, vice president and general manager of Commercial Civil Space at Lockheed Martin. 'Partnered with NASA, our vision leverages hardware currently in development and production. 'We're proud to have Orion powered-on and completing testing in preparation for its Exploration Mission-1 flight and eventually its journey to Mars.' Mars Base Camp is aligned with NASA's recently-announced lunar Deep Space Gateway approach for developing and testing systems, including Orion, in lunar space before using them to go to Mars. 'We think we can launch this is about a decade, and Orion is already being built.' The Gateway will allow astronauts to live and work in orbit around the Moon for months at a time while gaining experience with extended operations far from Earth. On the Gateway, they can perform lunar science and test out systems and operations such as habitats, airlocks, solar electric propulsion, surface telerobotics and even landers. Mars Base Camp would ultimately be built up at the Deep Space Gateway, away from Earth's gravity, before being deployed to Mars. Mars Base Camp's first mission is intended to be an orbiting mission around the Red Planet. 'Mars Base Camp is not a 'flags and footprints' system,' Lockheed Martin says. 'Rather, MBC-based missions not only enable human exploration of Mars on a near-term timescale, but also establish an infrastructure of reusable elements that enable sustainable, long-term crewed operations at Mars. 'This system is intended to embrace and leverage international and commercial partnerships, and several opportunities for purely commercial service as part of the overall concept of operations are identified.' Following this, the architecture allows for a surface lander. The concept is designed to be a reusable, single-stage lander capable of descending to the surface from Mars orbit. 'As valuable as orbiting missions are for science and exploration, we'll eventually look to leave the base camp and descend to the surface, says Lockheed Martin. The Mars Base Cape surface lander concept is a reusable, single-stage lander capable of descending to the surface from Mars orbit using supersonic retropropulsion. Each surface mission could last two weeks with up to four astronauts, and return to the orbiting Mars Base Camp without surface refueling or leaving assets behind. The lander uses Orion avionics and systems as its command deck and is powered by engines using liquid-hydrogen/liquid-oxygen propellant, both of which will be generated from water. A crew of 4 would descends to the surface to spend up to two weeks in a location collecting data and samples related to key science objectives. They then return to MBC to perform more thorough analysis on the collected samples in the MBC Lab Module and, ideally, refuel the lander for another sortie. 'In the MBC paradigm, initial landings on Mars are envisioned as relatively short-duration science expeditions,' Lockheed Martin said. Each surface mission could last two weeks with up to four astronauts, and then return to the orbiting Mars Base Camp where it would be refueled and readied for another mission. The six-person research station would take images and readings of sites across the red planet as a prelude to human colonisation missions. 'The concept is simple: transport astronauts from Earth, via the Moon, to a Mars-orbiting science laboratory where they can perform real-time scientific exploration, analyze Martian rock and soil samples, and confirm the ideal place to land humans on the surface in the 2030s,' the firm said. 'This is a mission designed to be led by NASA and its international and commercial partners. The major components of the architecture will be launched separately. Some are pre-positioned in Mars orbit ahead of time. Others are assembled in cis-lunar space for the journey to Mars. Six astronauts will launch on Orion, which serves as the heart of the Mars Base Camp interplanetary ship. Aerospace giant Lockheed Martin first unveiled the concept last year but at a recent conference revealed fresh details of its plans to use virtual reality to drive Mars rovers in real-time and even look for signs of alien life. The 12-month crewed mission will collect data to help Mars colonisation missions, such as those currently in development by Nasa or Elon Musk's SpaceX, to pick the best spot to land humans on the red planet's surface. The station's crew could use virtual reality and artificial intelligence to drive exploration rovers across the planet's surface in real-time. Samples of rock and soil from Mars taken by rovers will be jetted up to the base camp for quick analysis. These samples could be researched for signs of alien life, project team members have said. Lockheed Martin has been discussing their plans with a number of engineers and scientists since it first announced its plans. The company continued this work during the 48th Lunar and Planetary Science Conference (LPSC), held March 21-25 in The Woodlands, Texas.

This isn't possible when the rover and scientist are on different planets, creating a delay in the decision process,. 'We could be operating rovers on the surface in joystick mode from the Mars Base Camp, as opposed to the way we control rovers today,' Dr Ben Clark, chief scientist on the Lockheed Martin team studying the Mars Base Camp, has previously said.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-4931320/Lockheed-Martin-reveals-plan-2028-Mars-base-camp.html#ixzz4uGKoe1v4 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 9-28-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

HUMANITY ALERT: Sperm count plunges 59% due to mass chemical feminization of men

Thursday, September 28, 2017 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) A rigorous new study conducted at the The Hebrew University of Jerusalem and published in the science journal Human Reproduction Update finds that human sperm production has declined 59.3% from 1973 to 2011, trending toward a collapse of human population. Via Science Daily: …The researchers found …a 59.3 percent decline in total sperm count, among men from North America, Europe, Australia and New Zealand who were not selected based on their fertility status. These findings strongly suggest a significant decline in male reproductive health that has serious implications beyond fertility and reproduction, given recent evidence linking poor semen quality with higher risk of hospitalization and death. The causes of the decline have been widely linked to chemical exposure, especially from agricultural chemicals like atrazine that are “chemical castrators” of men. These chemicals cause “feminization” of males, leading to hormonal disruption and sperm population decline. That decline, researchers found, is accelerating in western nations like the United States and could lead to a collapse in human population. Chemical exposure causing “feminization” of biological males while destroying sperm production and viability Although this was not the focus of this particular study, the same chemicals causing this plunge in sperm production may also be increasing non-male gender expression in biological males, leading an increasing number of biological males to pursue transgender surgeries or lifestyles. This biological fact remains adamantly denied by the anti-science political Left in America, which pursues the “magical science” narrative that transgenderism is solely a “choice” and cannot be influenced by chemical exposure. Yet every biological scientist and chemist in the world knows that chemical exposure alters biological function in humans. In fact, the very process of medical gender transition from a biological male to a female involves chemical castration using hormone-disrupting prescription chemicals such as Cyproterone. The common food packaging chemical BPA is also widely known to be a hormone disrupt and estrogen mimicker. Those who insist that choice alone can override the laws of chemistry and genetics are living a delusion (Bill Nye, anyone?). Biological sex expression is determined by genes and chemistry (including chemical exposure), not by wishes and hopes. Environmental exposure to such chemicals is irrefutably a significant vector for sperm decline among men in western nations. As explained by the researchers: While the current study did not examine causes of the observed declines, sperm count has previously been plausibly associated with environmental and lifestyle influences, including prenatal chemical exposure, adult pesticide exposure, smoking, stress and obesity. Here’s the video from The Hebrew University explaining this sharp drop in sperm production:

https://www.naturalnews.com/2017-09-28-humanity-alert-sperm-count-plunges-59-due-to-mass-chemical-feminization-of-men.html 

:: 8-4-17 9TO5 Mac :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Smartphone use has radical impact on mental health of teens, claims San Diego SU psych professor

Ben Lovejoy - Aug. 4th 2017 5:51 am PT

San Diego State University professor of psychology and author Jean Twenge has claimed that smartphone usage is having a radical impact on both the behavior and mental health of U.S. teenagers. The arrival of the smartphone has radically changed every aspect of teenagers’ lives, from the nature of their social interactions to their mental health […] Rates of teen depression and suicide have skyrocketed since 2011. It’s not an exaggeration to describe iGen as being on the brink of the worst mental-health crisis in decades. Much of this deterioration can be traced to their phones. Far from being the usual generalized complaint about teens spending too much time staring at their screens, Dr Twenge has plenty of hard data to support her contentions – made in The Atlantic, the magazine in which Laurene Powell Jobs recently bought a majority stake … The long-form article, entitled Have smartphones destroyed a generation?, is packed full of graphs – each showing the launch of the iPhone as a reference point. A 2017 survey of more than 5,000 American teens found that three out of four owned an iPhone. They show that teens today spend far less time hanging out with their friends, fewer of them have a driving license, they date less, have less sex, get less sleep and are more likely to feel lonely. There are also some stark statistics. Teens who spend three hours a day or more on electronic devices are 35 percent more likely to have a risk factor for suicide, such as making a suicide plan […] Boys’ depressive symptoms increased by 21 percent from 2012 to 2015, while girls’ increased by 50 percent—more than twice as much. The rise in suicide, too, is more pronounced among girls. Although the rate increased for both sexes, three times as many 12-to-14-year-old girls killed themselves in 2015 as in 2007, compared with twice as many boys. The suicide rate is still higher for boys, in part because they use more-lethal methods, but girls are beginning to close the gap. Twenge is quick to note that smartphones are not the only factor, but she argues that it is a key one. Parenting styles continue to change, as do school curricula and culture, and these things matter. But the twin rise of the smartphone and social media has caused an earthquake of a magnitude we’ve not seen in a very long time, if ever. There is compelling evidence that the devices we’ve placed in young people’s hands are having profound effects on their lives—and making them seriously unhappy. And far from the common belief that kids grow up too quickly these days, she argues that the opposite is true when you examine common markers like going out without their parents, earning their own money and starting to date. Across a range of behaviors—drinking, dating, spending time unsupervised— 18-year-olds now act more like 15-year-olds used to, and 15-year-olds more like 13-year-olds. Childhood now stretches well into high school. The piece is illustrated with depressing examples of behavioral changes. One of the ironies of iGen life is that despite spending far more time under the same roof as their parents, today’s teens can hardly be said to be closer to their mothers and fathers than their predecessors were. “I’ve seen my friends with their families—they don’t talk to them,” Athena told me. “They just say ‘Okay, okay, whatever’ while they’re on their phones. They don’t pay attention to their family.” Like her peers, Athena is an expert at tuning out her parents so she can focus on her phone. She spent much of her summer keeping up with friends, but nearly all of it was over text or Snapchat. “I’ve been on my phone more than I’ve been with actual people,” she said. “My bed has, like, an imprint of my body.” There’s the now common portrait of social media usage making people feel unhappier as they compare their own lives with the self-curated online version of the lives of their peers. Today’s teens may go to fewer parties and spend less time together in person, but when they do congregate, they document their hangouts relentlessly—on Snapchat, Instagram, Facebook. Those not invited to come along are keenly aware of it. Accordingly, the number of teens who feel left out has reached all-time highs across age groups. Like the increase in loneliness, the upswing in feeling left out has been swift and significant. Twenge doesn’t have any easy solutions. She acknowledges that it’s not realistic to expect teens to dramatically curtail their usage of electronic devices or social media. But she suggests that modest changes could help. Significant effects on both mental health and sleep time appear after two or more hours a day on electronic devices. The average teen spends about two and a half hours a day on electronic devices. Some mild boundary-setting could keep kids from falling into harmful habits. The whole piece is well worth a read, especially for parents.

https://9to5mac.com/2017/08/04/impact-of-smartphones-on-mental-health/ 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 9-29-17 Web news Order :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There Will Likely Be A Catastrophic Event In Conjunction With A Monetary Crisis – Citizens Of The World Are Kept Distracted By Insignificant Things To Keep Them Calm Right Up To The End!

September 29, 2017 danama

As global currencies wage a race to the bottom, citizens of the world are kept distracted by insignificant things to keep them calm right up to the end. The end will be the destruction of many world currencies and the savings of those invested in them. When that happens those who have lost everything will panic, and for good reason. The conspiracy theorists and sound money people will be proven to be prophets but none of that will matter by then. All of the savings that people think they have was long ago looted by the bankers and now they must destroy those ledger entries that people think they have. Much like the phantom gold that no longer exists in vaults but only on paper, those ledger entries must be destroyed before the banks are required to give that money back to its rightful owners. It is not only the savings but the promised payments from government entities that must be eliminated. The government has made promises it cannot keep and now it must find a way out while maintaining “plausible deniability”. That is the crux of the unwinding we will see in the near future. The people have been robbed of their wealth and their futures and now it is time to perpetrate the cover up so the guilty parties can sail off into the sunset with their ill gotten loot. It almost sounds like a movie plot but unfortunately the people will have to stick around after this show and deal with the aftermath. That is something most people do not see coming and are ill prepared to deal with emotionally, physically or financially. There are many things that people will disagree on when it comes to the future but there are some things those following events will agree on. There will likely be a catastrophic event in conjunction with a monetary crisis. Most people will be completely unprepared for the events. Only those that hold hard assets and the means to protect them will come through this with any wealth in tact. The government will increase their control of the population. Basic resources like food, water and energy will be expensive or difficult to get. This is especially true for imported goods. People will lose the homes they cannot afford and their retirement savings. Government payments will be cut off or severely cut back. There will be armed resistance against the government as they reduce freedoms that people are accustomed to. Roving gangs will likely be a problem at least in the short term following the crisis. The country will look much different in ten years than it does now, and likely not for the better. People will need a different strategy for retirement than they now hold. Healthcare will become more expensive and less available to the average citizen. The . These items point out the direction we are headed as a nation. Those U.S. will likely become a third world nation as far as living standards are concerned that ignore the reality we now live in will suffer greatly and will be immobilized with fear and uncertainty as to what to do. The government they looked to in the past for guidance and safety will be at odds with their very existence in the future. Those things they took as a given will no longer exist. This list defines what you as an individual must be prepared to deal with in the uncertain future ahead. Only by addressing these issues will you have any peace of mind in the coming days as events play out on a global scale. It has been said many times before but must be repeated because many still do not hear the message. You must be prepared to provide basic necessities to your family for a prolonged period of time. This includes clean drinking water, nutritious food, shelter, sanitation, security, clothing, health care and any excess funds should be used to buy precious metals or some other wealth preservation tool. Any transportation and communication assets you have will greatly enhance your survival position. Beyond these basic items you will also need to think about some way to produce income in the years ahead. Having special knowledge or capitol equipment to produce needed goods will insure you can continue to care for your family long term. The ability to produce food, water, clothing or energy and provide medical help or capitol goods will insure you have a product to sell that will be in demand. In a dysfunctional world the business opportunities are many. Basic supplies that were once taken for granted will be sought after by everyone. Herbal remedies, meat production, paper goods, cleaning agents, tools, building supplies and such mundane things as blocks of ice and footwear will have to come from somewhere. Something as simple as an absorption freezer powered by a homemade power source like bio-gas can provide frozen meat and ice to sell the year round. You must also be cognizant of many possible dangers that an uncertain world can present. These include natural disasters, the threat of war, disease, nuclear dangers such as fallout and contamination and chemical threats from malfunctioning plants and storage sites. The ability to plan for the future is more imperative now than ever. It is a sad thing that people spend more time planning a summer vacation than they do for their future. That lack of planning will insure a difficult future for them and their children as the world unwinds at an ever faster pace taking their standard of living to ever lower levels until reaching the bottom of this unknown new world. You need to prepare now like your life depends on it, because it does.

http://webnewsorder.com/2017/there-will-calm-right-up-to-the-end/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9-28-17 News Hub :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Four Pacific Rim volcanoes rumble to life

28/09/2017 Wilhelmina Shrimpton Newshub

Four volcanoes along the Pacific Ring of Fire have either erupted or look likely to explode after emitting smoke, ash and red hot rock. The volcanic unrest has forced hundreds of thousands of people to evacuate areas in Indonesia, Vanuatu and Mexico. Aerial footage shot by the New Zealand Defence Force (NZDF) shows Vanuatu's Monaro Volcano rumbling to life. "It's bubbling away quite fiercely," NZDF's tactical aerial survey co-ordinator Mark Chadwick says. "There's a lot of ash and steam and debris being ejected from the crater." 240,000 flee in Bali as volcano threatens to erupt Should Kiwis travelling to Bali be worried about Agunu Volcano erupting? Authorities fear an eruption is imminent, and have ordered the evacuation of 10,000 people living on Ambae Island - which Mr Chadwick says is a "smart move". "There is a lot of debris and scorched vegetation, which depending on the wind flow, could affect other parts of the island as well." Monaro isn't the only volcano on the Pacific Ring of Fire that looks set to blow. Mt Agung in Bali has also been rumbling, and further north Mt Sinabung on North Sumatra has been blasting ash. Across the Pacific in Mexico, the Popocatépetl Volcano is also showing signs of unrest, spewing glowing rock and ash over the already quake-ravaged country. More than 30,000 people have fled North Sumatra's Mt Sinabung, but the biggest impact has been on popular tourist destination Bali. Around Mt Agung, 75,000 people have evacuated. Smoke has been seen billowing from its peak, and thousands of volcanic tremors have been felt. "I'm scared, really scared," one resident says. "The volcano is going to erupt." Denpasar Airport's alert level has been raised to orange. If it reaches red, the airport will be shut down. There are 450 New Zealanders registered as being in Bali, 127 in Vanuatu and 120 in Mexico. People are warned to stay away from volcanic areas.

http://www.newshub.co.nz/home/world/2017/09/four-pacific-rim-volcanoes-rumble-to-life.html 

:: 9-19-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Volcanic unrest: Eruptions at Fuego volcano (Guatemala), Turrialba (Costa Rica) and Agung volcano (Bali), Ambae and Lopevi volcanoes in Vanuatu on high alert

By Strange Sounds - Sep 29, 2017

The volcanic activity along the Ring of fire is rising with several volcanoes erupting or on high alert around the world. The latest to date are the Fuego volcano in Guatemala, the Agung volcano on Bali, Indonesia, and the Turrialba volcano in Costa Rica. The Ambae and Lopevi volcanoes in Vanuatu are on high alert! The 10th eruption of 2017 began at Fuego volcano on September 27, 2017. It was confirmed by an increase in the seismicity and the presence of tremor generated by the ascension of the magma. On September 27, 2017, permanent explosions were accompanied by an ash plume rising to 4,800 meters asl, before moving 30 km west and northwest. Moreover 30 meters high lava fountains were feeding two lava flows in the Barranca Seca (600 meters long) and Las Lajas (500 meters long). On September 28, lava fountains were reported rising about 300 meters above the crater and casting in the Barraca Seca at a length of 800 meters. Ashfalls have been reported in La soledad, Pastores, San Miguel and Antigua. An important lahar is observed in the community of Sacatepéquez. On Sept. 28, Mount Agung seismicity remained high with 444 deep volcanic earthquakes, 214 superficial volcanic earthquakes, and 23 local tectonic earthquakes. Between 0h and 6h local on the following day, there are 125 VA earthquakes, 40 VB earthquakes and 5 local tectonic earthquakes. Gas and steam emissions have now become routine since already 2 days. Emissions come out of a visible fracture in the crater. The existence of this fracture shows that movements of the magma continue towards the surface. Evacuations are now topping 144,389 people on September 28 at 12:00 pm. Evacuations continue around Ambae volcano while a large plume of gases, ashes and volcanic rocks are ejected from the Lombenben crater. The Lopevi volcano, also in Vanuatu has been put on alert level 2, as it now shows a state of major instability. It is now forbidden to approach the crater as adventurers could be impacted by lava stones or asphyxiated by gases. Finally, the Turrialba volcano exploded 3 times (5.30, 8.25 and 15.23) on Sept. 28 with ash and gas plumes rising 700-800 meters above the crater and then dispersing towards the west-southwest. The volcanic unrest is increasing around the world and nobody knows when it will stop…

http://strangesounds.org/2017/09/eruptions-at-fuego-volcano-guatemala-and-agung-volcano-bali-ambae-and-lopevi-volcanoes-in-vanuatu-on-high-alert.html 

:: 9-28-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Popocatepetl volcano in Mexico explodes 9 times in last 24 hours of enhanced volcanic activity

By Strange Sounds - Sep 28, 2017

The Popocatépetl volcano erupted 9 times during 6 hours 16 minutes continuously, sending incandescent fragments 1,000 meters around its crater and its flanks. Some explosions during this long period of volcanic activity sent a plume of ash and gas rising 1,000 to 1,500 meters above the crater. From these 9 explosions, four occurred yesterday at 14:13, 16:54, 21:24 and 23:09 h, and the others today at 02:53, 03:05, 06:41, 09:39 and 09:45 h. Ashfalls have been reported in the area. The volcano-tectonic seismic events were recorded, today at 02:02 (M2.1), 02:23 (M2.2) and 03:14 (M1.5) The Cenapred said the Popocatepetl volcano activity is within the normal parameters of activity for a Yellow phase 2 level of activity and therefore does not require a preventive evacuation.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/09/popocatepetl-volcano-eruption-video-pictures-9-explosions-september-27-2017.html 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 9-28-17 Sky watch tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Tom Horn’s “Blood On The Altar” Vision Unfolding Before Our Eyes? Behold The Rise Of Anti-Christian Bigotry In America

September 28, 2017 by SkyWatch Editor

It is often said that Christianity thrives in persecution. If so, then it may be about to see its very best days in the United States of America. Is suffering the slap in the face that will awaken the church from its infatuation with comfort and compromise? It seems likely that we will soon know. Last week, progressive lawmakers showed more of their disdain for Christians during the hearing for President Trump’s Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals nominee, Amy Barrett, a law professor at Notre Dame – and a devout Catholic. “Whatever a religion is, it has its own dogma,” said Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.). “And I think in your case, professor … that the dogma lives loudly within you, and that’s of concern[.]” Sen. Dick Durbin (D-Ill.) asked Ms. Barrett,Do you consider yourself an orthodox Catholic?” The implication is that being an “orthodox” Catholic” disqualifies you from being a judge… (READ MORE)

The American Thinker September 24, 2017

The Rise of Anti-Christian Bigotry in America By E.W. Jackson

Several Democrat senators have used the confirmation hearings of the most exclusive club in America to lay down an unconstitutional requirement for qualification to public service. At a hearing in June, Sen. Bernie Sanders questioned the fitness of Wheaton College alumnus Russell Vought for the post of deputy director of the Office of Management and Budget. Mr. Vought had written an article in which he said Muslims "do not know God because they have rejected Jesus Christ his Son, and they stand condemned." Sen. Sanders accused Mr. Vought of religious bigotry, saying, "In my view, the statement made by Mr. Vought is indefensible, it is hateful, it is Islamophobic, and it is an insult to over a billion Muslims throughout the world." Last week, progressive lawmakers showed more of their disdain for Christians during the hearing for President Trump's Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals nominee, Amy Barrett, a law professor at Notre Dame – and a devout Catholic. "Whatever a religion is, it has its own dogma," said Sen. Dianne Feinstein (D-Calif.). "And I think in your case, professor ... that the dogma lives loudly within you, and that's of concern[.]" Sen. Dick Durbin (D-Ill.) asked Ms. Barrett, "Do you consider yourself an orthodox Catholic?" The implication is that being an "orthodox" Catholic" disqualifies you from being a judge. Sen. Al Franken (D-Minn.) condemned the nominee for speaking before a "hate" group – the Alliance Defending Freedom, Christian attorneys who litigate religious freedom cases. Obviously a dangerous group. This line of questioning – or perhaps more accurately, this "inquisition" – amounts to a religious-based exclusion of Christians simply because of what they believe. There were no accusations of harmful behavior or violence toward anyone. Apparently, faith is enough to draw the ire of today's Democrats. It should be pointed out that the claim of exclusivity – i.e., that one's religion is true while others are false – is not unique to Christianity. Islam is well known for holding that view, except that sharia law, unlike Christianity, demands not that you love the nonbeliever, but that you tax, enslave, or kill him. However, the Senate will not interrogate Muslims on their beliefs, because that would constitute "Islamophobia." Our Founding Fathers were well aware of the dangers of religious bigotry. They wisely included in the Constitution a provision to protect us against it. Article Six says, "[N]o religious Test shall ever be required as a Qualification to any Office or public Trust under the United States." Have these senators ever read the document to which they took an oath? They are so caught up in a growing societal trend of hatred for Christianity and what it represents that they seem unaware of their dangerous bias. Kim Davis, clerk of probate for a Kentucky county, spent a week in jail because she refused to sign a marriage certificate for two lesbians. She claimed that it would violate her conscience and her commitment to God. Aaron and Melissa Klein, who own a small family bakery called Sweet Cakes by Melissa, were fined $135,000 for refusing to bake a "wedding cake" for a gay couple in 2013. Hundreds of such cases now dot the legal landscape of our country. If law and politics are downstream from culture, the senators who were willing to impose a religious test in open defiance of the Constitution are reflecting adherence to a toxic culture. A virulent new bigotry is coursing its way through our nation, overriding the highest law of the land. It would seem that we are in not a post-Christian era, but a distinctly anti-Christian one. In August 2012, a young man tried to commit mass murder at the Family Research Council. The would-be killer was later convicted of domestic terrorism. He told the FBI that he chose to attack the Family Research Council because the Southern Poverty Law Center had designated the FRC an anti-gay hate group. The SPLC continues to put Christian organizations that support marriage or oppose abortion in the same category as the KKK. This growing hatred of all things Christian is a consequence of the sexual revolution, which created the politics of promiscuity and called for a world without the God who says "no." As the repository for traditional sexual morality, Christianity is viewed as the mortal enemy of the "gay rights" movement, the abortion industry, and the new transgender obsession. Those who were once thought of as hardworking, God-fearing people living lives of Christian decency and common sense are now slandered as "deplorables" and "extremists" by the elites of the Democratic Party and the media that enable them. The entertainment world, sports, colleges and universities, major corporations, government bureaucracy, and even members of the United States Senate have bought into this cultural hedonism. There is no room for Bible-believing Christians in their new world. It is often said that Christianity thrives in persecution. If so, then it may be about to see its very best days in the United States of America. Is suffering the slap in the face that will awaken the church from its infatuation with comfort and compromise? It seems likely that we will soon know. Read more: http://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2017/09/the_rise_of_antichristian_bigotry_in_america.html#ixzz4uJ3e2Stv 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 9-29-17 Hindustan Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese, Pakistan pilots jointly fly combat jets during air exercise

Chinese and Pakistani pilots jointly flew the J-11BS, one of China’s third generation fighters, during the drill held in the remote Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region this month.

world Updated: Sep 29, 2017 08:35 IST Sutirtho Patranobis Hindustan Times, Beijing

A senior Pakistani Air Force officer flew a sortie in one of China’s new fighter jets this week, making him the first from his country to do so and reiterating the close military ties between the two “all weather” allies. The head of PAF’s Southern Air Command, Air Vice Marshal Haseeb Paracha, flew in the J-11BS, one of China’s third generation fighters, during the Shaheen-VI exercise, state media reported on Thursday. Paracha was in China to participate in the just-concluded Shaheen VI drill, which was first held in 2011. The exercise, held in the remote Xinjiang Uyghur Autonomous Region (XUAR) during September 5-25, was described as an anti-terror drill. A People’s Liberation Army website reported, “The air vice marshal was accompanied by Xin Xin, a vice-chief of staff of the PLA Air Force. This marks the first time that a Pakistani top military official has flown in China’s new fighter jet.” It added: “The Chinese warplane performed acrobatic maneuvers during the flight, drawing praise from Haseeb.” Pakistan’s Geo News reported, “The PAF contingent, comprising combat pilots, air defence controllers and technical ground crew, is participating in the exercise, during which the contingents from both sides demonstrated mutual trust by sitting in the same fighters.” The report added: “The previous drills only provided experience of sitting in the same fighter instead of cooperating in fighting.” The exercise featured China’s J-11 fighters, JH-7 fighter-bombers, KJ-200 AWACS aircraft and ground forces, including surface-to-air missile and radar units. The PAF sent its JF-17 Thunder jets and early warning aircraft. “During the joint training starting from September 7, different kinds of aircraft from the two air forces such as Chinese J-11 fighter jets, JH-7 fighter-bombers, KJ-200 AWACS aircraft and Pakistani JF-17 Thunder fighter jets and early warning aircraft participated in drills of air-to-air combat, close air support operation, air-to-ground attack and confrontational operation involving multiple arms of the air force,” the report said. “The Shaheen-VI joint air training exercise, especially the anti-terrorism training jointly held by the air forces of China and Pakistan, will certainly be a powerful deterrent to terrorist forces, and conducive to safeguarding national security and people’s well-being of the two countries,” said Lt Gen Zhan Houshun, air force commander under the PLA Western Theatre Command, which oversees the borders with India. “The drills maintain national security and protects people of the two countries,” Zhan said. A video of Chinese and Pakistani pilots jointly flying warplanes for the first time was shown by the defence ministry during a news briefing. “Speaking of Pakistan, the first word that comes to my mind is ‘Iron Pak’,” Col Wu Qian told the briefing, adding the Shaheen-VI exercise was marked by several firsts. Wu said this year’s exercise was unique as the two sides conducted “confrontation training” at night in China and carried out close support operations for the first time. In yet another first, the two sides organised combat target practice backed by naval aviation and special operations units of airborne troops. “There are more forces and more elements in this year’s joint training exercise compared with previous ones,” he said.

http://www.hindustantimes.com/world-news/chinese-pakistan-pilots-jointly-fly-combat-jets-during-air-exercise/story-C1amGYJz3vsEL7qobl1d1H.html 

:: 9-29-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How a huge radioactive cloud could spread towards Asia and the US if North Korea carries out a nuclear explosion over the Pacific Ocean

Graphic shows possible spread of 'atmospheric burst' from North Korean nuke

It reveals path of potential 'radio-isotope cloud' from a blast in the Pacific Ocean

Simulation released by the Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty Organisation

Comes just weeks after Kim Jong-un ordered North Korea's sixth nuclear test

By Julian Robinson for MailOnline Published: 07:12 EDT, 29 September 2017 | Updated: 09:59 EDT, 29 September

A new graphic has emerged showing how a radioactive cloud could spread towards Asia and the US if North Korea carries out a nuclear explosion over the Pacific. The simulation reveals the possible two-week spread of an 'atmospheric burst' that could be unleashed from one of Kim Jong-un's nukes. It was released on the Twitter account of Lassina Zerbo, Executive Secretary of the Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty Organisation, which examines weapons tests. However, it does not say what the yield of the hypothetical explosion would be or what threat such a 'radio-isotope cloud' would pose to humans. The simulation shows what might happen over a two-week period in the event of a blast in the middle of the Pacific Ocean. According to The Telegraph, Zerbo later tweeted that the graphic was a 'simply a rough simulation of (a) potential cloud that could carry isotopes!' and that it had been drawn up following inquiries made to his organisation. It comes just weeks after North Korean tyrant Kim Jong-un ordered the country's sixth nuclear test at the Punggye-ri military site. The test probably had a yield of 250 kilotons, a US monitoring group said - much higher than official estimates. Pyongyang claimed it was a hydrogen bomb that could be fitted into a missile - prompting global condemnation and heightening tensions over its weapons ambitions. The US Geological Service put the magnitude of the resulting earthquake at 6.3, and the Comprehensive Nuclear Test Ban Treaty Organisation (CTBTO) and Norwegian agency NORSAR had raised their initial figures to 6.1. As a result, the respected US website 38 North, which is linked to Johns Hopkins University, said it was raising its estimate for the yield of the blast to 'roughly 250 kilotons'. The figure is more than 16 times the size of the 15-kiloton US bomb that destroyed Hiroshima in 1945.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4932972/North-Korea-cause-radioactive-cloud-Pacific.html#ixzz4uCcu7uti 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 10-1-17 North Korea Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. military is planning to rotate strategic assets to the Korean Peninsula

Seoul is expecting more provocative acts by North Korea next month

Since Trump’s threats, 4.7 million North Koreans have joined the military

SEOUL, South Korea - As sabre-rattling continues between Washington and Pyongyang, Seoul is bracing for an October shockers from its nuclear active neighbour. On Thursday, North Korea claimed that 4.7 million of its citizens had volunteered to join or re-enlist in the military since the country’s leader threatened to "tame” President Trump “with fire" last week. Meanwhile, preparing for the horrors that await, the U.S. has now agreed to begin regularly deploying its ‘strategic assets’ to the Korean Peninsula. The South Korean government said that the decision was made as North Korea’s testing of long-range missiles and nuclear weapons puts the region on high alert. The announcement was made by the chief of South Korea’s National Security Office, Chung Eui-young after his meeting with South Korean President Moon Jae-in and leaders of other political parties. Chung told the political leaders that, "The U.S. has pledged to expand the rotational deployment of its strategic assets near the Korean Peninsula.” According to the Yonhap News Agency, Chung’s discussion with political leaders revolved around whether there was "any crack" in terms of trust between the security allies. He said, “[The deployment] will begin as early as late this year, and this will help us expand our defense capabilities.” Further, during their meeting at the annual United Nations General Assembly last week, officials said Moon and President Trump agreed on the additional deployments. While neither sides have specified the nature of these strategic assets, experts believe the terminology usually refers to stealth planes, long-range bombers and ballistic-missile submarines. While the U.S. Pacific Command has not made any official comments, a ruling party spokesman in Seoul reportedly said that the U.S. has made its pledge in writing. Meanwhile, with the anniversary of the founding of the North Korean communist party and China’s all-important Communist Party Congress lined up next month, South Korea is said to be expecting more provocative acts by North Korea in October. Chung added that the discussions with Moon on Thursday also involved talks on Pyongyang’s possible provocations around October 10 and 18. Park Wan-ju, a lawmaker and head spokesman of the ruling Democratic Party said that the report prepared by the South Korean security adviser also pointed to the risk that a military conflict could by sparked by “accidental incidents.” Park said, “The president said the United States speaks of military and diplomatic options, but South Korea can’t go through war again.” As tensions on the Korean peninsula rose over the last two months, with North Korean dictator Kim Jong Un and U.S. President Donald Trump exchanging war threats and personal insults over the North’s nuclear and missile development program - South Korea and Japan are fearing war breaking out. North Korea has accused Trump of declaring war, following his warning on Twitter that Kim’s regime would not last if he persisted in threatening the U.S. and its allies. The same week, Trump even warned that North Korea would be totally destroyed in such an event and at the same time, Pyongyang hasn’t backed down on its dramatic threats either. Commenting on whether China had a plan to respond to an emergency in North Korea, Chinese defense ministry spokesman Wu Qian said, “Military means cannot become an option.” Qian has urged for talks to resolve the issue.“ He added, “The Chinese military will make all necessary preparations to protect the country’s sovereignty and security and regional peace and stability.” Meanwhile, as the region braces for possible provocations, North Korean government declared on its state media on Thursday that millions of its citizens were signing up to battle Trump and his country. The Rodong Sinmun newspaper reported that millions of young men and 1.22 million women said they wanted sign up to counter the U.S. since Friday. According to South Korean news agency Yonhap, Pyongyang has previously claimed that North Koreans have volunteered to join the military as part of propaganda campaigns to boost solidarity. Pyongyang’s report noted that the North Korean military enlistment came after Kim Jong Un issued a statement on Friday warning, "I will surely and definitely tame the mentally deranged U.S. dotard with fire."

http://www.northkoreatimes.com/news/254855010/seoul-fears-october-shocker-as-north-korea-strengthens-army 

:: 9-29-17 Sky News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea makes 'rapid progress' on weapons

Published: 7:28 pm, Friday, 29 September 2017

The UN nuclear watchdog's chief says North Korea's sixth nuclear test showed the isolated country has made 'rapid progress' on weapons development. International Atomic Energy Agency Director Yukiya Amano said the North's sixth and most powerful test conducted on September 3 posed a 'new threat'. 'What is most important for now is for the international community to unite,' Amano told reporters on Friday after a meeting with South Korean Foreign Minister Kang Kyung-wha during a visit to Seoul.

http://www.skynews.com.au/news/world/asiapacific/2017/09/29/north-korea-makes--rapid-progress--on-weapons.html 

:: 9-28-17 Techspot :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A former Google engineer founded a religion that is developing an AI god

Deus ex machina

By Rob Thubron on Sep 28, 2017, 7:00 AM

Here’s some news that's likely to give Elon Musk a heart attack: a former Google engineer has founded a religious organization that seeks to “develop and promote the realization of a Godhead based on Artificial Intelligence.” Anthony Levandowski co-founded self-driving trucking company Otto, which Uber acquired for $680 million in 2016. He became head of engineering for the ride-hailing firm’s autonomous vehicle division, and made headlines after being fired in May following allegations he stole trade secrets from former employer Google. It seems Levandowski could now become more famous for his nonprofit religious entity, called Way of the Future, which he founded in September 2015. Wired’s Backchannel discovered previously unreported state filings that reveal the corporation aims “through understanding and worship of the Godhead, [to] contribute to the betterment of society.” While Way of the Future has yet to submit forms with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) to qualify as a tax-exempt religious organization, the documents do show Levandowski as its CEO and president. AI gods may sound like the stuff of sci-fi, Anime, and computer games, but it’s certainly a concept likely to appeal to the futurists and transhumanists of Silicon Valley more than traditional religions. Elon Musk is one CEO unlikely to welcome the move toward self-aware artificial life and the singularity. The Tesla boss was one of many experts to create OpenAi, a nonprofit that makes sure AI development is regulated. He also joined 116 other experts calling for a ban on “killer robots" recently, and said AI was humanity’s “biggest existential threat” and “more dangerous than North Korea.” Hopefully, his words won't come back to haunt us when everybody's forced to worship an all-seeing robotic god.

https://www.techspot.com/news/71178-former-google-engineer-developing-ai-god.html 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-28-17 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas says it won’t even discuss giving up weapons if PA takes over Gaza

In 51 minutes, Hamas 'can hit Tel Aviv with as many rockets as fired in 51 days of last war,' terror group's Gaza chief Sinwar boasts

By Dov Lieber September 28, 2017, 4:48 pm

Senior Hamas leader Moussa Abu Marzouk said on Thursday that the Gaza-based terror group is not prepared to discuss the dissolution of its military wing during talks with the Fatah party, as the two sides attempt to form a unity government. Also on Thursday, Hamas’s Gaza leader Yahya Sinwar claimed the terror group’s ability to target the center of Israel with rocket fire had significantly increased since the last war between Israel and Hamas in 2014. He added that the elusive commander of the terror group’s military wing, Muhammad Deif, supports the reconciliation attempt. “This issue [of Hamas disarming] is not up for discussion, not previously and neither will it be in the future,” Abu Marzouk said in an interview with the semi-official Turkish news agency Al-Andalous. “The weapons of the resistance are for the protection of the Palestinian people, and it is inconceivable that Hamas will lay down its weapons as long as its land is occupied and its people dispersed.” Fatah and Hamas have been at loggerheads since Hamas violently took control of the Strip in 2007, with the two groups operating separate administrations. Hamas’s military wing, the Izz ad-Din al-Qassam Brigades, has a reported 27,000 armed men divided into six regional brigades, with 25 battalions and 106 companies. It has fought three conflicts with Israel since the terror group took control of Gaza. Hamas announced earlier this month that it had agreed to steps toward resolving the split with Palestinian Authority President Mahmoud Abbas’s Fatah party, announcing it would dissolve a body seen as a rival government — known as the administrative committee — and was ready to hold elections. That statement came after Hamas leaders held talks with Egyptian officials and as Gaza faces a mounting humanitarian crisis, exacerbated by retaliatory moves by Abbas following Hamas’s decision to set up the administrative committee to govern the enclave in March. While Abbas welcomed Hamas’s dissolution of the administrative committee, he didn’t commit to removing PA sanctions on the Strip. PA Prime Minister Rami Hamdallah is slated to travel to Gaza on Monday to begin reinstating the PA’s control over the Strip. Reconciliation attempts between the two sides have failed numerous times, and one of the biggest sticking points has been who will control the border and security in the Gaza Strip. Abu Marzouk also said in his comments on Thursday that Hamas would not be willing to accede to the demands of the so-called Middle East Quartet — the United States, Russia, the European Union, and United Nations — that it renounce terrorism and agree to accept past agreements between Israel and the Palestinian Liberation Organization (PLO), which is the largest Palestinian political umbrella group. Despite refusing to give up its military, Hamas on Thursday reiterated that it is completely committed to the idea of a unity government. “Hamas will not remain a party to the division in any way,” said Sinwar, in remarks given during a closed meeting with journalists that were later published by Palestinian media outlets. “The page of the previous stage must be turned over, and we must move into the future to build our national project,” he added. Sinwar also boasted about improvements in Hamas’s military capabilities to strike Israel’s densely populated Tel Aviv region. “In 51 minutes the Qassam Brigades can hit Tel Aviv with the same number of rockets that it fired during 51 days in the last” war, said Sinwar, During that war, Hamas fired thousands of rockets at Israel, a small percentage of which made it to the Tel Aviv area. In a surprising statement, Sinwar said that Deif, the leader of the Qassam Brigades — who is wanted by Israel for multiple acts of terrorism including the orchestration of suicide bombings, and who Israel has tried to kill numerous times — is “strongly supportive” of the reconciliation efforts. US ‘withdrew veto’ against Palestinian reconciliation In his statements on Thursday, Abu Marzouk claimed Hamas was informed that the US was ending its opposition to a Hamas-Fatah unity government. “We received information from sources of our own, and other Western diplomats, confirming that the United States has lifted its veto on Palestinian reconciliation,” he said. The Hamas leader said the removal of American opposition grants Abbas “the space to take a bold step to end Palestinian division, as America formed a primary obstacle.” On Thursday the Quartet, of which the US is a part, welcomed the PA’s impending return to the Gaza Strip as part of renewed reconciliation efforts with the Hamas. It said renewed PA control over Gaza “is critical for efforts to reach lasting peace.” The latest reconciliation efforts between Fatah and Hamas come as US President Donald Trump has sought to revive peace talks between Israel and the Palestinians and met separately with Abbas and Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu on the sidelines of the United Nations General Assembly in New York last week. In apparent contradiction of Abu Marzouk’s statement, last week, Trump’s Middle East peace envoy Jason Greenblatt slammed Hamas’s rule in the Gaza Strip and called on the PA to retake control of Gaza and urged the international community to help this process come to fruition. “Relief from the suffering in Gaza can only be found when all interested parties gather together to help the Palestinian people and isolate Hamas,” Greenblatt said, accusing Hamas of using money meant for Gaza’s civilian population on terror infrastructure.

https://www.timesofisrael.com/hamas-says-it-wont-even-discuss-giving-up-weapons-if-pa-takes-over-gaza/ 

:: 9-28-17 Foreginpolicy :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Is Going to War in Syria to Fight Iran

Israeli officials aren't shying from confronting Tehran's forces — since no one else will.

By Jonathan Spyer September 28, 2017

JERUSALEM – Israeli officials believe that Iran is winning its bid for dominance in the Middle East, and they are mobilizing to counter the regional realignment that threatens to follow. The focus of Israel’s military and diplomatic campaign is Syria. Israeli jets have struck Hezbollah and Syrian regime facilities and convoys dozens of times during Syria’s civil war, with the goal of preventing the transfer of weapons systems from Iran to Hezbollah. In an apparent broadening of the scope of this air campaign, on Sept. 7 Israeli jets struck a Syrian weapons facility near Masyaf responsible for the production of chemical weapons and the storing of surface-to-surface missiles. The strike came after a round of diplomacy in which Israeli officials concluded that their concerns regarding the developing situation in Syria were not being addressed with sufficient seriousness in either the United States or Russia. A senior delegation led by Mossad chief Yossi Cohen visited Washington in late August, reportedly to express Israel’s dissatisfaction with the emerging U.S.-Russian understanding on Syria. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu visited Russian President Vladimir Putin in Sochi to raise similar concerns with Moscow. In both cases, the Israelis were disappointed with the response. Their overriding concern in Syria is the free reign that all the major players there seem willing to afford Iran and its various proxies in the country. And as long as nobody else addresses that concern in satisfactory, Israel is determined to continue addressing it on its own. Iranian forces now maintain a presence close to or adjoining the Israeli-controlled portion of the Golan Heights and the Quneitra Crossing that separates it from the Syrian-controlled portion of the territory. Israel has throughout the Syrian war noted a desire on the part of the Iranians and their Hezbollah clients to establish this area as a second line of active confrontation against the Jewish state, in addition to south Lebanon. “Syria,” of course, hardly exists today. The regime is in the hands of its Iranian and Russian masters, and half of the country remains outside its control. But the Iran-led bloc and its clearly stated intention to eventually destroy Israel certainly do exist, and the de facto buffer against them may be disappearing. Hezbollah Secretary-General Hassan Nasrallah recently declared “victory” in the Syrian war, adding that what remained was “scattered battles.” With the prospect of pro-Iranian forces reaching Bukamal on the Syrian-Iraqi border, this opens up the possibility of the much-reported Iranian “land corridor” stretching uninterrupted from Iran itself to a few kilometers from the Israeli-controlled Golan. Earlier this month, Israel shot down an Iranian drone over the Golan Heights. It was the latest evidence of Iran’s activities on the border. Syrian opposition reports have noted an Iranian presence in Tal Al-Sha’ar area, Tal Al-Ahmar, and Division 90 headquarters, all in the vicinity of the border. Pro-Iran forces, meanwhile, are open in their ambitions. Hezbollah al-Nujaba, an Iraqi Shiite force supported by Iran, has formed a “Golan Liberation” unit and declared itself “ready to take action to liberate the Golan.” Senior figures from the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps and the Basij have been photographed in areas close to the border. Israel has so far thwarted these ambitions in two ways. First, it has launched attacks to frustrate and interdict attempts to build a paramilitary infrastructure in the area. Most famously, the killing of Jihad Mughniyeh, son of Hezbollah military chief Imad Mughniyeh, in a targeted strike at Mazraat Amal in the Quneitra area in January 2015 was part of this effort. Five other Hezbollah members and a general of the Iranian Revolutionary Guards, Mohammad Allahdadi, were also killed in the strike. Second, Israel has developed pragmatic working relations with the local rebel groups who at the moment still control the greater part of the border, such as the Fursan al-Joulan group. This cooperation focuses on treating wounded fighters and civilians, and providing humanitarian aid and financial assistance. There has also probably been assistance in the field of intelligence, though no evidence has yet emerged of direct provision of weapons or direct engagement of Israeli forces on the rebels’ behalf. On July 9, a ceasefire agreement directly brokered by the United States and Russia for southwest Syria was announced. It posits the establishment of a de-escalation zone in Syria’s southwest, in the area of the Quneitra and Daraa provinces. The details of the de-escalation zone are still being negotiated. But Israel has been deeply concerned that it could seriously complicate the de facto Israeli safeguards in place against Iranian infiltration of the border. If the fighting ends, physical resistance to encroachment will become more complicated and sponsorship of rebels potentially no longer relevant. As of now, Russian attempts to assure Israel that the terms of the ceasefire adequately address its concerns in this regard have evidently failed to persuade. The latest media reports on the negotiations for the zone suggest that the United States has reached an agreement with Moscow that pro-Iranian militias will be kept 25 miles from the border. But the issue goes beyond arrangements at the southwestern edge of Syria. Israel is concerned by Iran’s overarching regional ambitions. Recent comments by Nasrallah, the Hezbollah leader, that a future war with Israel might involve additional pro-Iranian militia forces to the Lebanese groups have been well noted in Jerusalem. Israeli Intelligence Minister Yisrael Katz recently told a security conference in Herzliya, as reported by Reuters, that in a future war between Israel and Hezbollah the latter may be able to make use of an Iranian naval port, bases for Iran’s air and ground forces, and “tens of thousands of Shiite militiamen being brought in from various countries.” A recent report in the London-based Al-Quds al-Arabi described Iranian plans to thin out the Sunni Arab population between Damascus and the border with Lebanon, expelling Sunni residents and replacing them with pro-government Shiites from elsewhere in the country or outside it. Israeli strategic culture tends to emphasize addressing immediate threats, but these potential demographic developments are also being watched closely in Jerusalem. This all forms a larger picture in which Israel sees a major shift underway in the regional balance of power, to the benefit of the Iran-led regional bloc. Anyone who has received briefings from senior Israeli security officials in recent years has become familiar with a conception of the region as divided into four broad blocs: Iran and its (mainly Shiite) allies; a loose group of countries opposed to Iran that includes the Arab autocracies of the Gulf (excluding Qatar), along with Egypt, Jordan, and Israel itself; an alliance of conservative Sunni Islamist forces, such as Turkey, Qatar, Hamas, the Muslim Brotherhood, and Sunni Arab rebels in Syria; and finally the regional networks of Sunni Salafi jihadism, most notably the Islamic State and al Qaeda. There are problems with this picture, and it contains simplifications. Most notably, the line between the conservative Sunni Islamists and the Salafis has always been blurred. There is an additional blurred line, in which authoritarian rulers such as Egyptian President Abdel Fattah al-Sisi have some sympathy for Syrian President Bashar al-Assad. Nevertheless, the picture was a serviceable one, adhering to many of the clear realities of the Middle East over the last decade and a half. But the tectonic plates of this picture are now shifting, most notably to the clear detriment of the two camps associated with Sunni political Islam. The period of Arab unrest in 2010, during which Islamist and Salafi forces seemed briefly ascendant, is now a spent force — its beneficiaries in retreat and in some cases eclipsed by Sunni autocrats and pro-Iranian forces. Hamas is seeking to rebuild its relations with Iran. Former Egyptian President Mohamed Morsi languishes in jail. Islamists in Tunisia are a minority element in the government, and Qatar is under attack from Saudi Arabia and the United Arab Emirates because of its stances in recent years. And the Syrian Sunni Arab rebels, once the great cause of this group, are now stranded — fighting for survival and without hope of victory against the Assad regime. The Salafis, too, are in eclipse, at least as political contenders. Looked at from Israel, this process is a mixed bag. Sunni Islamists are hostile to Israel, of course, and for the most part, their failure to assemble a lasting power bloc is welcomed in Jerusalem. Senior Israeli security officials describe, for example, Sisi’s 2013 coup deposing the Muslim Brotherhood as a species of “miracle.” In Syria, however, the insurgent efforts of the Sunni Islamists had at least the benefit of distracting the attentions of the more formidable enemy — the Iran-led regional bloc. For five years, Israel was largely able to sit by while Sunni and Shiite political Islam were in a death’s embrace just north and east of the border. Russian and Iranian intervention, however, appears to have tipped the balance against the Sunni rebels, threatening to bring the long chapter of active civil war in Syria to a close. From an Israeli point of view, we are back to the pre-2010 Middle East, when Israel and pro-western Sunni powers understood they were in a direct faceoff with the Iranians and their allies. But in 2017, there is the additional complicating factor of a direct Russian physical presence in the Levant, in alliance or at least in cooperation with Israel’s enemies. U.S. President Donald Trump’s administration, which remains exclusively focused on the war against the Islamic State, has done little to assuage Israeli concerns. Trump and those around him, of course, share the Israeli assessment regarding the challenge of Iranian regional ambitions. The impression, however, is that the administration may well not be sufficiently focused or concerned to actually take measures necessary to halt the Iranian advance — both military and political — in Syria, Iraq, or Lebanon. Where does this leave Israel? First, Israel’s diplomatic avenues to the international power brokers in Syria remain open. When it comes to Washington, Israel’s task is to locate or induce a more coherent American strategy to counter advance of the Iranians in the Levant. Its goal when it comes to Moscow is to ensure sufficient leeway from Putin, who has no ideological animus against Israel and no special sympathy for Tehran, so that Israel can take the measures it deems necessary to halt or deter the Iranians and their proxies. Second, Israel will continue to rely on its military defenses, which remain without peer in the region. And as shown in Masyaf, they can be employed to halt and deter provocative actions by the Iran-led bloc where necessary. Nevertheless, as seen from Jerusalem, the shifting regional tectonic plates are producing a new situation in which the Iran-led alliance is once again directly facing Israel, consequently raising the possibility of direct confrontation. Masyaf was not the first shot in the fight between Israel and its proxies in the Levant — and it is unlikely to be the last.

http://foreignpolicy.com/2017/09/28/israel-is-going-to-war-in-syria-to-fight-iran/ 

[ :: 9-21-14 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

I have had my hand of protection upon America but no more.  I am going to shake America like never before.  I will lift my hand of protection for a little while.  Remember nine one one and what happened when my hand was lifted?  What is to come is far worse than that.  I have sat back and watched as my word has been removed from your schools.  Your children know nothing of me.  I have watched while your government has removed my commandments from their walls.  They have promoted a life style forbidden by me.  I have said in my word man shall not lie with man and women with women this is an abomination.  You have opened up your military, they are dancing in the streets, they are thumbing their noses and saying we are here we will take over.  I will not allow this to go on any longer without discipline.  I love you America but you need to be shaken. etc

:: 9-19-17 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Judge Roy Moore: We Removed God from Schools, Shootings and Death Filled the Void

by AWR Hawkins19 Sep 2017

CNN is lamenting the fact that GOP frontrunner for the U.S. Senate in Alabama Judge Roy Moore told pastors and Christians in a speech last month that shootings and killings in American society are the result of removing God from schools. Andrew Kaczynski’s KFile on CNN dug up a video of Moore from late August speaking at Citizen Impact USA, making the comments that have CNN and the GOP establishment in Washington similarly freaked out. “We are losing the acknowledgement of God and I’m standing here talking to Christians and pastors and I’m telling you we’re losing the acknowledgement of God,” Moore said, per CNN’s report. After, per Kaczynski, Moore began “reciting several verses from the Old Testament book of Hosea that deal with lack of knowledge of God,” the front-running candidate for the U.S. Senate in Alabama argued that shootings and killings in U.S. society today is because of the lack of God in public life. “You wonder why we’re having shootings, and killings here in 2017? Because we’ve asked for it,” Moore said. “We’ve taken God out of everything. We’ve taken prayer out of school, we’ve taken prayer out of council meetings.” In a video of Moore’s speech to Citizen Impact USA, he can be heard saying, “There’s no truth, no mercy, no knowledge of God in the land.” He then referenced Hosea 4:2 (King James Version) saying, “By swearing and lying and killing and stealing … they break forth and blood touches blood.” Moore went on to cite a recent example of a coach who was barred from going out on the 50-yard line to kneel and say a silent prayer before a football game began. The school district filed a suit which resulted in an injunction to prevent the coach from praying at the 50-yard-line. Within seconds of the CNN piece posting, the Senate Leadership Fund—a PAC affiliated with Senate Majority Leader Mitch McConnell which has spent millions upon millions of dollars in Alabama to try to prop up failing establishment candidate Luther Strange—spokesman Chris Pack tweeted the attack against Moore from CNN: It is not the first time that McConnell’s organization has been working with CNN to attack Moore, the conservative candidate much more closely aligned with President Trump’s agenda than Strange—the establishment-backed candidate that Trump has endorsed and is set to campaign for later this week. Last week, as Breitbart News reported, Senate Leadership Fund and CNN teamed up to attack Moore for suggesting that the 9/11 terrorist attacks happened as a result of the lack of God in American society. While both that attack over 9/11 and this one over shootings may seem harsh in Washington, D.C., or on the island of Manhattan, the message Moore gave in both actually is a positive one among GOP primary voters in Alabama. Polling data from JMC Analytics has shown that most likely voters in Alabama’s upcoming GOP primary runoff on Sept. 26 do not think less of Moore as a result of these statements, and actually like what he says. For instance, in response to the 9/11 attack, most astute observers understood that it is actually a positive in Alabama—not an attack: The same goes for this latest attack. What is perhaps more interesting, however, is the emergence of a new alliance between Senate Leadership Fund—McConnell’s organization—and CNN. President Trump despises CNN, and calls it a “very fake news” network. He has bashed the network repeatedly from rally stages, and cheered when three senior CNN staffers were forced to resign earlier this year as the result of a Breitbart News investigation that uncovered they published extraordinarily fake news regarding the Russia scandal. The McConnell group’s decision to keep working with CNN to attack a GOP candidate who supports the president’s agenda, Moore, and create further division inside the GOP is not the only time the group has lined up against President Trump and his agenda. The Senate Leadership Fund has been caught in the act of publishing deceptively edited videos falsely suggesting that Moore does not support the president’s planned border wall. Creating division inside the GOP and falsely alleging that a Republican does not support the president’s agenda is in and of itself an attack on the president and his agenda. AWR Hawkins is the Second Amendment columnist for Breitbart News and host of Bullets with AWR Hawkins, a Breitbart News podcast. He is also the political analyst for Armed American Radio. Follow him on Twitter: @AWRHawkins. Reach him directly at awrhawkins@breitbart.com .

http://www.breitbart.com/big-government/2017/09/19/judge-moore-removed-god-schools-shootings-death-filled-void/ 

:: 9-25-17 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Food Truck Giving Free Food to Hurricane Workers, Kicked Out of Town for Not Having a Permit

September 25, 2017 By Matt Agorist

Green Cove Springs, FL — After Irma devastated Florida, most restaurants and stores were shut down in certain areas. Green Cove Springs was one of those places. So, when Jack Roundtree, owner of the Triple J BBQ food truck, arrived in town, not only was he welcomed with open arms — he was desperately needed. As he sold BBQ to paying customers, Roundtree used the extra money to feed utility workers for free for all their hard work. However, once officials saw a man who’d dare sell food in their town without paying them first, police were called in to make quick work of this entrepreneurial good Samaritan. Shut down and get out of town—is what Roundtree was told by local authorities for both providing charity and a much-needed product and service. Why was Roundtree told to get out of town, you ask? Well, he hadn’t paid the local government for the ‘privilege’ to sell food to those in need inside Green Cove Springs. Roundtree is no outlaw. In fact, Green Cove Springs actually encouraged him to sell his BBQ during their monthly Saturday-in-the-Park event before the hurricane. But not this time. Even if he would’ve gone to city hall to buy a permit to sell during the Irma aftermath, however, he couldn’t—they were closed. According to Clay Today: It was interesting to learn that Roundtree and his truck were encouraged to serve customers during Green Cove’s monthly Saturday-in-the-Park event without a permit, but during Irma’s aftermath, not so much. Had Roundtree decided to press his case at City Hall, he would have been greeted with a sign that read: ‘Due to Hurricane Irma, City Hall offices and services will re-open on Thursday, Sept. 14, 2017.’ So, instead of allowing Roundtree to offer free food to utility workers and sell food to people during their time of need, and just get a permit after government employees decided to return to work—they just kicked him out of town. Here’s how one Green Cove Spring witness, Bettie Tune, described the events at Rich’s on her Facebook page, as reported by Clay Today: Just saw a BBQ food truck set up in town. GREAT!! Wanted to stop and get a good lunch for the guys helping us. When I pulled in, there was a Green Cove Springs police sitting there. OK, everyone has to eat, and the choices are very limited right now. Starting to talk to one of the guys from the food truck and found out that the “city manager” had sent her police to make them leave. This is such a great little town, but it seems like the people who run it do their best to keep it from progressing. THANKS Green Cove Springs City Manager. Shame on you! The irony here is that he was kicked out of town for failing to get a permit by government workers because the other government workers who would’ve given him this permit, were not at work. In a report from the Institute for Justice, Communications Coordinator, Matt Powers explains that Roundtree is not alone. Cities across the country often impose strict regulations that make it nearly impossible for food trucks to operate. In 2011, IJ launched its National Street Vending Initiative to fight these laws. In Baltimore, the Institute for Justice (IJ) is challenging a ban on food trucks parking within 300-foot of a brick-and-mortar business that sells the same type of food. In Chicago, IJ is challenging regulations that bans food trucks from operating within 200 feet of a brick-and-mortar business serving food and forces them to install GPS tracking devices that broadcast their every move. And IJ is challenging a Louisville, Kentucky, law banning food trucks from operating within 150 feet of any restaurant selling similar food. These strict regulations are ostensibly designed for food safety, but in reality, serve to raise revenue for the state and limit established restaurants’ competition. They also stifle economic growth. As the IJ noted: Wire Tapped America - New Book (Ad) It is not only during times of crisis that food trucks contribute to their communities. According to IJ’s report Streets of Dreams mobile vending businesses help people escape poverty and unemployment through affordable start-up costs which creates the initial economic opportunity for upward mobility. IJ’s report, Seven Myths and Realities found the presence of food trucks can actually help local restaurant industries by attracting new customers and serving as incubators for new restaurants. Cities should embrace food trucks and liberate them from onerous regulations so they can enjoy the benefits these businesses bring. When people in need are denied food they are willing to purchase because government workers aren’t in the office to sell the maker of that food a permission slip, something is wrong in the land of the free. As TFTP reported earlier this month, this problem is everywhere. It stifles local economic growth, persecutes the poor the hardest, and turns hard-working entrepreneurs into criminals, ripe for the extortion of state. Luckily, thanks to Martin Flores, who filmed an innocent hot dog vendor named Beto get robbed by a Berkeley police officer for selling hot dogs, Americans are seeing the harsh reality that is making a living in a police state. Matt Agorist is an honorably discharged veteran of the USMC and former intelligence operator directly tasked by the NSA. This prior experience gives him unique insight into the world of government corruption and the American police state. Agorist has been an independent journalist for over a decade and has been featured on mainstream networks around the world. Agorist is also the Editor at Large at the Free Thought Project. Follow @MattAgorist on Twitter, Steemit, and now on Facebook. This article first appeared at The Free Thought Project.

https://www.activistpost.com/2017/09/food-truck-giving-free-food-hurricane-workers-kicked-town-not-permit.html 

[ :: 12-1-13 am service  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months.  Not three years, not six years, not seven years.  Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. Forsake not the assembling of yourselves together, I will be speaking to you, you need to be hearing, you need to be listening, the time is extremely short. etc 

:: 9-26-17 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

After The Collapse Series: What Becomes Money When The System Collapses?

September 26, 2017

With this article, we continue our series After The Collapse, if you missed any article of this series can be found here After The Collapse Series. What is money? Economist Mike Shedlock defines money through the eyes of Austrian economist Murray N. Rothbard as “a commodity used as a medium of exchange.” “Like all commodities, it has an existing stock, it faces demands by people to buy and hold it. Like all commodities, its priceť in terms of other goods is determined by the interaction of its total supply, or stock, and the total demand by people to buy and hold it. People buyť money by selling their goods and services for it, just as they sellť money when they buy goods and services.” What is money when the system collapses and the SHTF? In disaster situations, the value of money as we know it now changes, especially if we are dealing with a hyperinflationary collapse of the system’s core currency. This article discusses money as a commodity in an event where the traditional currency (US Dollar) is no longer valuable. In a collapse of the system, there will be multiple phases, with the first phase being the “crunch”. The crunch is the period of time directly preceding a collapse and the collapse itself. Traditional Currency Initially, the traditional currency system will maintain some value, though it may be rapidly depreciating in buying power. For those with physical, non-precious metal denominated currency on hand (paper dollars, non-silver coins), spending it as rapidly as possible is the best approach. Also read: Grid-Down Collapse: When Hard Assets Soar In Value, Having Key Supplies And Tools Prepared In Advance Of An Emergency Is Absolutely Critical To Your Well-Being And Survival!

Preparing for the Aftermath–What would it really be like to have no running water, electricity, sewer, newspaper or Internet? No supermarket or fire department close at hand? It is during the crunch that ATM machines around the country will run out of currency as people aware of the rapidly devaluing dollar will be attempting to withdraw as much money as possible. This immediate increase in money supply, coupled with the population’s general knowledge of the currency depreciation in progress, will lead to instant price increases for goods, especially essential goods. If your physical cash has not been converted into tangible assets, this would be the time to do so. Acquiring as much food, fuel, clothing and toiletry items as possible would be the ideal way to spend remaining cash before it completely collapses to zero, as it did in the Weimar inflation in 1930’s Germany, or Zimbabwe’s hyperinflation in recent years. Precious Metals During the initial phase of the ‘crunch’ precious metals will be a primary bartering tool, but this may not last long. The old survivalist adage “you can’t eat your gold” will become apparent very quickly. In a total breakdown of the system, food, water and fuel will be the most important tangible goods to acquire. Consider someone who has a two week or one month supply of food on hand. Do you believe they would be willing to part with that food for some precious metals? The likely answer is no. There will be almost no bartering item that one would be willing to trade their food for once it is realized that food supply lines have been cut. That being said, since most will not barter their food, not even for fuel, the next recognized medium of exchange by merchants, especially those selling fuel, will be precious metals. For the initial crunch, silver coins, especially recognizable coins like 90% silver quarters, dimes and half dollars, along with one (1) ounce government mint issued silver coins like US Silver Eagles, will be accepted by some, probably most, merchants. For those trying to flee cities to bug-out locations, silver coins of the aforementioned denominations may be a lifesaver, as they can be used to acquire fuel. While we recommend having gold, as well, the issue with gold is that its value is so much higher than that of silver, that breaking a etc

While we recommend having gold, as well, the issue with gold is that its value is so much higher than that of silver, that breaking a one-ounce gold coin into 10 pieces just to buy a tank of gas will not be practical. It is for this reason that having silver on hand is highly recommended. Packing at least $25 – $50 of silver coins in each bug-out bag would be a prudent prepping idea. In a total SHTF scenario, silver and gold may eventually break down as a bartering unit, as contact with the “outside” world breaks down. One reason for this is that the fair value price of precious metals will be hard to determine, as it will be difficult to locate buyers for this commodity. This, however, does not mean that you should spend all of your precious metals right at the onset of a collapse. Precious metals will have value after bartering and trade are reestablished once the system begins to stabilize. Once stabilization begins, the likely scenario is that precious metals will be one of the most valuable monetary units available, so having plenty may be quite a benefit. At this point, they could be used to purchase property, livestock, services, and labor. Water Water is often overlooked as a medium of exchange, though it is one of the most essential commodities for survival on the planet. Had individuals in New Orleans stockpiled some water supplies during Hurricane Katrina, much of the loss of life there could have been avoided. For those bugging out of cities, it will be impractical to carry with them more than 5 – 10 gallons of water because of space limitations in their vehicles. Thus, having a method to procure water may not only save your life but also provide you with additional goods for which you can barter. An easy solution for providing yourself and others with clean water is to acquire a portable water filtration unit for your bug-out bag(s). While they are a bit costly, with a good unit such as the Katadyn Combi water filter running around $150, the water produced will be worth its weight in gold, almost literally. This particular filter produces 13,000 gallons of clean water! A Must have for any survival kit. Because we like reserves for our reserves, we’d also recommend acquiring water treatment tablets like the EPA approved Katadyn Micropur tabs. If your filter is lost or breaks for whatever reason, each tablet can purify 1 liter of water. In our opinion, the best chemical water treatment available. Clean water is money. In a bartering environment, especially before individuals have had time to establish water sources, this will be an extremely valuable medium of exchange and will have more buying power than even silver or gold on the individual bartering level. Food In a system collapse, food will be another of the core essential items that individuals will want to acquire. Survival Blog founder James Rawles suggests storing food for 1) personal use 2) charity 3) bartering. Dry goods, canned goods, freeze dried foods can be used for bartering, but only if you have enough to feed yourself, family and friends. They should be bartered by expiration date, with those foods with the expiration dates farthest out being the last to be traded. You don’t know how long the crunch and recovery periods will last, so hold the foods with the longest expiration dates in your possession if you get to a point where you must trade. Baby formula will also be a highly valued item in an SHTF scenario, so whether you have young children or not, it may not be a bad idea to stockpile a one or two week supply. (For parents of young children, this should be the absolute first thing you should be stockpiling!). In addition to water, baby formula may be one of the most precious of all monetary commodities. Another tradeable food good would be, seeds, but the need for these may not be apparent to most at the initial onset of a collapse, though having extra seeds in your bug-out location may come in handy later. Fuel Fuel, including gas, diesel, propane, and kerosene will all become barterable goods in a collapse, with gas being the primary of these energy monetary units during the crunch as individuals flee cities. For most, stockpiling large quantities will be impractical, so for those individuals who prepared, they may only have 20 – 50 gallons in their possession as they are leaving their homes. If you are near your final bug-out destination, and you must acquire food, water or firearms, fuel may be a good medium of exchange, especially for those that have extra foodstuff they are willing to trade. Though we do not recommend expending your fuel, if you are left with no choice, then food, water, and clothing may take precedence. For those with the ability to do so, store fuel in underground tanks on your property for later use and trading. Firearms and Ammunition Though firearms and ammunition may not be something you want to give up, those without them will be willing to trade some of their food, precious metals, fuel and water for personal security. When the system collapses, there will likely be pandemonium, and those without a way to protect themselves will be sitting ducks to thieves, predators, and gangs. Even in if you choose not to trade your firearms and ammo during the onset of a collapse, these items will be valuable later. As food supplies diminish, those without firearms will want to acquire them so they can hunt for food. Those with firearms may very well be running low on ammunition and will be willing to trade for any of the aforementioned items. As you maybe already know, ammunition was the primary trading good during the recovery and stabilization periods, where it was traded for food, clothing, shoes, livestock, precious metals and fuel. Clothing and Footwear We may take it for granted now because of the seemingly endless supply, but clothing and footwear items will be critical in both, the crunch and the phases after it. Having an extra pair of boots, a jacket, socks, underwear, and sweaters can be an excellent way to acquire other essential items in a trade. As children grow out of their clothes, rather than throwing them away, they will become barterable goods. It is recommended that those with children stock up on essential clothing items like socks, underwear, and winter-wear that is sized a year or two ahead of your child’s age. Additional Monetary Commodities The above monetary units are essential goods that will be helpful for bartering in the initial phases of a collapse in the system. As the crunch wanes and recovery and stabilization begin to take over, other commodities will become tradeable goods. Some other examples of items that will be bartering goods during and after a crunch include vitamins, tools, livestock, fishing supplies, coffee and medical supplies. Another important monetary commodity after the crunch will be trade skills. If you know how to fish, machine tools, hunt, sew, fix and operate radios, fix cars, manufacture shoes, or grow food, you’ll have some very important skills during the recovery period.

http://www.survivaldan101.com/money-system-collapses/ 

:: 9-25-17 Shft Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

50K Evacuated From Bali, As Nation Is On Volcano Alert For Imminent Eruption

Mac Slavo September 25th, 2017 SHTFplan.com

Fears of an imminent eruption on the Indonesian tourist island of Bali have led to the evacuation of an estimated 50,000 people. The Mount Agung volcano is going to erupt, scientists say. Waskita Sutadewa, the spokesman for the disaster mitigation agency in Bali, said people have scattered to all corners of the island and some have crossed to the neighboring island of Lombok. Indonesian authorities raised the volcano’s alert status to the highest level on Friday following a dramatic increase in seismic activity. It last erupted in 1963, killing about 1,100 people. Villagers are staying in temporary camps, sports centers, village halls, or with friends and relatives. Some do return to the exclusion zone during the day to tend to their livestock or shift the animals to areas further from the volcano for their safety. Others say they are selling their cows because they don’t know when they’ll be able to return. “It’s obviously an awful thing. We want to be out of here just to be safe,” said an Australian woman at Bali’s airport who identified herself as Miriam. National Disaster Mitigation Agency spokesman Sutopo Purwo Nugroho said hundreds of thousands of face masks will be distributed in Bali as part of government humanitarian assistance that includes thousands of mattresses and blankets. Indonesia is prone to seismic upheaval due to its location on the Pacific “Ring of Fire,” an arc of volcanoes and fault lines encircling the Pacific Basin. Government volcanologist Surono, who uses one name, said the feared eruption could be huge and potentially also close airports in East Java and Lombok, according to local media reports. Agung is in the north of the island about 43 miles from the tourist hotspot of Kuta. People have been told to stay at least 6 miles from the crater, but to stay 7.5 miles away when to the north, northeast, southeast, and south-southwest. Over the past 5,000 years, Agung has erupted once a century on average and about a quarter of its eruptions have been a similar or stronger strength than 1963. Macquarie University volcanologist Heather Handley said the eruptions in 1843 and 1963 had a Volcanic Explosivity Index of about 5 on a scale where 8 would be the strength of an ancient supervolcano eruption such as Yellowstone in the U.S. or Toba in Indonesia. Although officials have said there is no immediate threat to tourists, a significant eruption would force the closure of Bali’s international airport, stranding thousands. The island is famous for its surfing, beaches and its elegant Hindu culture is still safe to visit. Bali’s Ngurah rai International Airport has been operating normally since the alert status for Mount Agung was raised to the highest level on Friday. Nearly 5 million tourists visited Bali last year.

http://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/50k-evacuated-from-bali-as-nation-is-on-volcano-alert-for-imminent-eruption_09252017 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

:: 9-26-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'California Is Obviously Shaking' - The Ring Of Fire Is Restless As Californians Fear The San Andreas Fault Is Ready To Blow

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine September 26, 2017

Events in September 2017, including but not limited to the 8.1 magnitude earthquake off the coast of Mexico in early September, followed by a 7.1 magnitude on the 19th, along with the evacuations happening now where 50,000 are being forced to flee their homes amid fears Mount Agung, in Bali, could erupt at any moment, and a state of emergency that has been declared on the Vanuatu island of Ambae as the Monaro volcano continues to erupt, show that we are seeing a level of earth activity that is increasingly concerning. Over the past weekend, Mexico was again shaken up by another 6.2 magnitude earthquake and no less than 26 smaller earthquakes have rattled California in a 24 hour period, and 176 earthquakes in a seven day period, causing some serious alarm over the much-talked about "big one" hitting along the 800-mile fissure that runs almost the length of California, called the San Andreas Fault. Via Newsweek: "It's a different system," says Matthew Blackett, Senior Lecturer in Physical Geography and Natural Hazards at Britain’s Coventry University, "But the system that is causing these quakes in Mexico is by and large similar to what's happening in California.” In both locations, tectonic plates are sliding past one another. In California, the Pacific plate and the North American plate are both moving northward, but the former is moving faster than the latter, leading to a buildup of tension. Some of this was released in a catastrophic 1906 quake that hit San Francisco. But there’s still thought to be a lot of unresolved pressure along the San Andreas fault in the South of the state. In other words, a quake is probably coming, and it’s going to be a “big one.” American government projections, says Blackett, place the likely magnitude of that quake somewhere between magnitudes 7 and 8. The San Andreas Fault is part of that Ring of fire. SAN ANDREAS, THE RING OF FIRE & HARMONIC TREMORS The reason so many people keep their eyes on the Ring of Fire, shown in the image above, is because that "ring" produces 90 percent of the world's earthquakes and 81 percent of the world's largest earthquakes, but also holds 452 volcanoes, which is more than 75% of the world's active and dormant volcanoes. Some Californians have been so rattled by the swarm of quakes over the last week, they are stocking up in bulk in preparation of the possibility of the "big one" being closer than imagined before. In order to understand exactly how much of a disaster it would be for for a mega-quake to hit the San Andreas Fault line, we remind you of what Dr. Lucy Jones, Science Advisor for Risk Reduction at the U.S. Geological Survey, pointed out back in 2013, saying "Imagine America Without Los Angeles," as she warned that California is in no way prepared for a major quake. According to a USGS study called the “Shakeout Report,” when a high-magnitude earthquake rocks the San Andreas fault, the damage will go far beyond the collapsed buildings and freeways seen in the 1994 Northridge earthquake. For example, LA-area supermarkets now depend on Internet systems for warehousing and shipping food to stores, and the food is stored on the other side of the San Andreas fault. “With the development of the Internet and the new just-in-time economy, none of them store food on the Los Angeles side of the San Andreas anymore,” Jones said. “So this is one more place where the development of the complexity of our modern society is creating new vulnerabilities as we face the big earthquakes.” Fiber-optics could also be cut off when a disastrous earthquake hits the San Andreas fault. “Two-thirds of the connectivity from Los Angeles to the rest of the world go through fiber-optic cables crossing the San Andreas fault,” Jones explained. “So we expect at the time of the earthquake when the fault moves, we will break these fiber-optic cables and two-thirds of the data capacity between LA and everyone else will disappear,” she said. Natural gas pipelines also cross the San Andreas fault, so gas for cooking and heating would be in short supply. That Shakeout Report projected that over 10 million Californians would be affected if San Andreas blows. It is also noteworthy that in late November 2016, by federal, state and academic researchers found that contrary to prior findings where experts previously believed the San Andreas could only rupture in isolated sections, now they have determined the entire 800-mile-long fault running the length of California where the Pacific and North American plates meet, could actually all "unzip" at once "unleashing a rare, singular catastrophe," as reported by Fox News at the time. Considering the aforementioned points, when I noticed a couple of SQ notes associated with some articles about EQs and volcanoes over on Steve Quayle's site , in conjunction with an an alert from this morning regarding an earthquake overview, they peaked my interest. The first was a note after the link tot he 26 EQs in the last 24 hours where Steve recommended "Those of you who understand what's going on should at least go on vacation if you live between Sacramento and Los Angeles, especially if the EQ's turn harmonic." Being unfamiliar with the term "harmonic" in relation to earthquakes, I shot him off a quick email to ask, and he pointed me to the Earthquake Glossary page for "harmonic tremors," which states the following: Harmonic tremor describes continuous rhythmic earthquakes that can be detected by seismographs. Harmonic tremors often precede or accompany volcanic eruptions. Below is a screen shot of the seismogram display from the USGS, recording seismograph stations in real-time and each plot represents 24 hours of data per station. Then we have the SQ Alert explaining the concerns of Dutchsinse, who does daily segments regarding both earthquakes with discussions on volcanoes on his YouTube channel, where the "unsettling" series of swarms, specifically those in the Mt. St. Helens and Mt. Ranier areas, which Steve indicates is very important. TO SUM IT UP: 4 LARGE QUAKES IN THE FORECAST, VARIOUS LOCATIONS. MT. RAINIER AND ST. HELENS ARE SWARMING. SOMETHING STRANGE IS GOING ON OFF THE COAST OF ASTORIA, OREGON. THE PTB ARE PULSING THE AREA. DUTCHSINSE SAYS THERE IS A VOLCANO IN THE OCEAN - THE ONE THAT ERUPTED IN PRIOR YEAR AND THE PTB DID NOT LET US KNOW UNTIL THE ERUPTION WAS OVER. IT MAY BE ERUPTING AGAIN. WEST COAST SLOW SLIP CHANGED TO VERY FEW SPOTS WITHIN THE LAST 24 HOURS. IF THAT PATTERN CARRIES THROUGH THE NEXT 2 DAYS, DUTCH WILL WARN OF A BIG QUAKE - ABOVE 7 AND AT ONE POINT HE SAID ABOVE 7.7 OFF THE COAST. HE SAID IT WILL BE FELT IN SEATTLE AND PROBABLY CA AS WELL. IT WOULD HAVE THE EQUIVALENT PRESSURE OF 9 MONTHS THAT THE SLOW SLIP HAS MOVED. VANCOUVER BC - A LISTENER NOTIFIED DUTCH OF A 4. QUAKE THERE, HOWEVER THAT IS NOT VERIFIED. IF IT DID NOT HAPPEN, VANCOUVER CAN EXPECT A QUAKE AROUND 5. (OFF THE COAST). CA IS OBVIOUSLY SHAKING. Please note St. Helens and Ranier are part of the Ring of Fire. Read the entire SQ Alert. BOTTOM LINE Considering California is considered over due for what they call a "big one," historically speaking, with various experts stating very clearly it is not a matter of "if" it will happen but of "when," perhaps the severity of the issue is best explained by saying the best case scenario is that a mega quake hits California resulting in catastrophic loss of life and infrastructure, in comparison to the alternative worst case scenario, which is the San Andreas "unzipping" in conjunction with the worlds biggest volcanoes coming alive in a "synchronous manner," an issue Quayle will be addressing on Hagmann and Hagmann on Thursday.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Earth_Wobbles_EQs_Volcanoes_Ring_of_Fire.php 

:: 9-26-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fiji rocked by TWO earthquakes measuring 6.5 and 5.1 magnitude in the middle of Australia's school holidays

Two earthquakes have struck Fiji on Tuesday, one 6.5 and one 5.1 in magnitude

The larger quake was measured at a depth of 104km, with no threat of a tsunami

It comes after a 6.0 magnitude quake also struck Papua New Guinea Tuesday

The quakes are two of many that have hit the 'Ring of Fire' area in the last week

By Kirby Spencer and Brianne Tolj For Daily Mail Australia Published: 02:06 EDT, 26 September 2017 | Updated: 05:30 EDT, 26 September 2017

Two earthquakes struck off the coast of Fiji on Tuesday - one measuring 6.5 in magnitude and the other 5.1. The biggest quake was recorded at approximately 2.20pm, measuring a depth of 104km and struck south of the Fijian islands in the South Pacific. While the smaller quake was registered 289km north of Ndoi island around 11.40am and was 579 km deep. Despite the size of the quakes, the Pacific Tsunami Warning Centre said there was no threat of a tsunami. It comes after a 6.0 magnitude earthquake also struck nearby Papua New Guinea on Tuesday morning. The quake, measuring at a depth of 5.7km, was felt by locals at around 6.30am, the United States Geological Survey said. It struck 230km off New Britain just hours after a 5.0 magnitude earthquake was registered 148km south-east of Tarron Monday night. Quakes have been felt throughout the region as the tectonic plates within the 'Ring of Fire' that stretches from New Zealand to California move. A huge undersea earthquake struck off the coast of Bali, Indonesia, last week days before thousands of families were due to flock to the popular holiday destination for school holidays. The 5.7 magnitude quake was detected 125km northeast of Surabaya, Java, on Thursday, the US Geological Survey confirmed. Measured at a depth of 588km, the quake immediately sparked fears of a tsunami and an eruption from Mount Agung volcano. Intense earthquakes have rocked New Zealand, Vanuatu, Indonesia, Japan and Mexico throughout the last weeks, all places considered within the 'Ring of Fire'. The ring is used to describe an area where tectonic plates collide and shift frequently, and is known for causing almost 90 per cent of the world's earthquakes. Phil Cummins at Geoscience Australia and the Australian National University recently suggested seismic waves cascading along fault lines could be responsible. He said waves could jump between nearby fault lines and continue moving, triggering imminent earthquakes at rupture points. 'The waves that are excited by the earthquakes might rattle or disturb some distant faults that are close to rupture already,' he said. Vanuatu, which has a population of 270,000, is made up of 80 nations scattered across 1,300 kilometres of ocean and sits directly on top of the 'Ring of Fire'. While Mexico was devastated by a 7.1 magnitude a week ago, which killed at least 300 people and left hundreds more trapped underneath collapsed buildings. Two powerful earthquakes were also reported to have struck New Zealand on Wednesday, while Japan had scares of a national disaster after seismic activity hit off the coast east of Fukushima early on Thursday morning.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4920106/Fiji-rocked-TWO-earthquakes-measuring-6-5-5-1.html#ixzz4tp9mCJRz 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 9-24-17 Small Wars Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Total Defense: How the Baltic States Are Integrating Citizenry Into Their National Security Strategies

by Marta Kepe and Jan Osburg Journal Article | September 24, 2017 - 8:51am

Marta Kepe and Jan Osburg Russian aggression in Ukraine and military exercises at the borders of the Baltic states, as well as a string of information and cyber operations, have raised fears among Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania about their security. Due to their shared borders with Russia, the Baltic states are the NATO members most exposed to Russia’s threats. As small countries with little strategic depth and limited human and economic resources, they are increasingly adopting a “total defense” approach to national security, which includes enabling civilians to be able to protect themselves and to also support their nation’s professional armed forces in case of a conflict. U.S. and NATO forces therefore also need to plan for effective engagement with local civilians as they prepare their forces for deployment to the Baltic states in times of crisis. Baltic Armed Forces are Outnumbered and Outgunned by Russia’s Military The total population of the Baltic states is 6.2 million. Their combined territory is only 173,291 km2 (or 107,678 square miles) and a leisurely drive through the widest point between Russia and the Baltic sea would only take around 7 hours. Despite their size, all three Baltic countries have committed to spending at least 2% of their GDP on defense, with Estonia having reached this aim in 2015, and Latvia and Lithuania close to the target in 2017 with 1.7% and 1.8% respectively. However, their small economies and populations, and their past focus on developing expeditionary rather than territorial defense capabilities due to their accession to NATO in 2004 and the economic crisis of 2008, mean that even with the best of efforts there are limits on how much the Baltic states’ militaries can be grown. Currently, all Baltic armed forces combined comprise around 22,000 troops, with 448 heavy artillery pieces but no tanks or warplanes. The Russian conventional capability in the Western Military District alone is assessed at approximately 300,000 troops, while the total Russian conventional capability is estimated to be around 845,000 troops, 5,436 heavy artillery pieces, 2,550 tanks and 1,389 warplanes. Thus, it is obvious that the Baltic states’ military capabilities are no match for Russia’s forces. While NATO has deployed one battalion to each of the three Baltic states as part of the Enhanced Forward Presence (EFP) effort and has made additional pledges to support the security in the region, augmenting NATO forces to the degree needed for thwarting a full-scale Russian invasion is likely to encounter opposition due to costs and political reasons. The Promise of Asymmetric Approaches Considering the unequal character of the Baltic and Russian forces, an asymmetric strategy that encompasses a whole-of-society approach to national defense holds promise to augment the defensive and deterrent capabilities of the countries under threat. The primary goal of asymmetric defense is to defeat the adversary’s will to engage in – or continue with – aggression by denying benefits, increasing costs and influencing their perception of both costs and benefits. Resistance to invasion and occupation would also send an important political message to Allied governments, namely that the local population does not accept the new rulers and is putting their lives on the line to defend their national sovereignty. Such “total defense” actions go beyond conventional military activities. They encompass efforts of civilian branches of government, non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and the general population, thus enhancing conventional defense and deterrence measures. A total defense approach may be particularly helpful in situations where there is no clear threshold for the ‘start of hostilities’, and, if deterrence should fail, can also help to buy time until sufficient NATO reinforcements can arrive. Civilian engagement in particular can be part of deterrence in the form of raising popular support for the defense of the state, strengthening societal resilience and increasing threat awareness as well as letting civilians contribute their skills, talents and resources or serve as watchful eyes. Including civilians requires strategic alignment and communications between and among defense planners, civilian authorities, NGOs and the general population. Baltic Steps Towards “Total Defense” The Baltic states are very aware of the role society plays in their national defense. This is illustrated by the renewed interest in asymmetric approaches, which have been included in strategic-level government documents. The three states also host NATO centers of excellence that contribute analysis and support to NATO’s strategic communications, cyber defense and energy security capabilities. Furthermore, the Baltic states have been encouraging their populations to be involved in national defense and contribute to societal resilience by educating their populations on the role of the armed forces, national defense, and security threats, and by advising civilians on how to act in case of crisis and war. However, beyond those basics, Estonia, Latvia and Lithuania differ in their approaches to defense policy and capability planning. Likewise, their approaches on working with citizenry as key parts of deterrence and defense also have significant differences. The Estonian implementation of total defense is an all-inclusive approach that encompasses the participation of all sectors of society, including government institutions, the private sector and civil organizations. Its main goal is to preserve the independence and sovereignty of the country under any circumstance. While doing so, it also aims to increase the confidence of the people in the Estonian government and their will to defend Estonia. A key part of this approach is ensuring a resilient and cohesive society that is the glue that holds together defense, security and foreign policy and related capabilities, and ensures the availability of human resources and their readiness to actively respond if necessary. Latvia, on the other hand, has started integrating total defense into its national security strategy. The strategy focuses on resilience – increasing Latvia’s ability to resist hybrid threats that may be economic, political and technological in nature, to counter information warfare and, like Estonia, to increase social cohesion. As outlined in the 2016 State Defence Concept, civil-military cooperation is part of the national security approach and brings together state administrative institutions, the general public and the National Armed Forces. According to the Latvian Constitution, the ability of the population to engage in individual and collective resistance is regarded as an indivisible part of the national identity and civic confidence, forming the foundation of state defense against any aggressor. Lithuania’s total defence approach has been in place since the early 1990s and has been inspired by the examples of the Nordic countries and Switzerland. Here, total defense is understood as an approach to national defense that includes not just the National Armed Forces and Allied forces, but also the mobilization of all national resources towards defeating an invader, along with active resistance by every citizen that is in any way legitimate under international law. Lithuania has also used the concept of ‘comprehensive security’, which stands for the cooperation of military and civilian institutions and interoperability of military and civilian capabilities. Moreover, Lithuanian strategic documents specifically allude to the concept of civil resistance, which is understood as the citizens of Lithuania, either as individuals or formed into small units, engaging in activities against aggression and occupation. The Ministry of National Defense (MOND) has supported this effort by publishing extensive practical recommendations on how to prepare for and act in emergencies and war, issuing a brochure with focus on resilience in 2015, and issuing a third volume focusing on resistance in 2016. Public’s Readiness to Engage in National Defense Each of the Baltic states has a proud history of civilian participation in armed and unarmed resistance. However, popular engagement in civic activities and NGOs is generally low. The passivity of the post-liberal societies and a potential lack of understanding within the society that citizens’ action can make a difference may be contributing to this relatively low level of civil engagement. Participation is also hampered by the divided information space between Estonians, Latvians, Lithuanians and local Russian-speaking populations, with differing attitudes towards history, and dissimilar cultural and political identities. Likewise, the differences in regional development and the consequent social and economic inequality, and a perceived detachment of the society from policy-making processes, adds difficulties to engaging with society, specifically in times of crises. Nevertheless, a substantial amount of the Baltic populations is willing to actively defend their countries. For example, armed resistance is regarded as necessary by 77% of the respondents to an Estonian Ministry of Defence opinion poll, with 56% of the respondents willing to take an active part in the defense of Estonia. The number of those ready to actively engage in defense is reported at 39% in Lithuania and 33% in Latvia. Based on the Baltic states’ current population levels, this would amount to more than 2.5 million people across the three countries ready to take up arms to defend the independence and sovereignty of their countries – a number twice the order of magnitude larger than the active-duty military. Conscription and Training of Civilians Increased civilian participation in defense can be fostered through engagement with existing social and professional organizations, and with individuals at all levels of society. Conscription, in addition to its role in generating active-duty military forces, may also be regarded as part of civilian engagement and training for defense. It increases the human resources available for mobilization, boosts general preparedness for emergency situations, and can increase appreciation of one’s country and its armed forces. Estonia has continued conscription since the early 1990s and Lithuania reinstituted a form of conscription in 2016, only eight years after it was abolished it in 2008. Conscription in Estonia is for a term of 8 to 11 months and aims to provide the conscript with the knowledge needed to contribute to the military in wartime. While only men face compulsory military service, since 2013 women are also allowed to serve in the program. Similarly, Lithuania has a nine month long conscription program, with a large percentage of the around 3,000 conscripts a year participating in the program as volunteers. Latvia is the only Baltic state that does not currently have any form of conscription as it was suspended in 2006. The most recent development in the Baltic states aimed at increasing the ability of civilians to respond to crisis, protect themselves, and help support national defense is the effort of the Latvian government towards the reintroduction of national defense and civil defense courses in schools. If implemented, this initiative will increase the population’s knowledge on how to recognize threats and respond to them. Furthermore, it may increase Latvian youth’s interest in serving in the professional and voluntary forces and elevate the general level of support for civilian resistance in case of conflict. Currently, only 13 schools in Latvia offer national defense courses on a voluntary basis. If implemented, the new national defense courses would be offered to high schoolers (grades 10–12) and would include learning about the national defense strategy, the armed forces, individual security and survival, international humanitarian law and acquiring various practical skills, for example mastering obstacle courses or identifying and avoiding mines. The program may also involve marksmanship training, individual combat skills and improving general fitness levels. Civil defense classes would provide students with knowledge on how to act in dangerous situations and teach first aid skills. However, having a body of conscripts and networks of civilians with defense-related skills is not enough. These skills and networks need to be exercised. Accordingly, the “Siil” integrated national defense concept exercise, held in 2015 in Estonia, was the largest exercise in Estonia’s history. It involved 13,000 reservists, members of the Estonian national voluntary defense organization (“Defence League”), conscripts, professional military and Allied forces. More recently, Lithuania integrated a partial mobilization exercise, Lightning Strike 2017, with participation of reserve troops. In addition, some training and exercises for senior government officials, politicians, representatives of educational institutions, NGOs and journalists have been held in the Baltics states, with the objective of informing them about and training them for various civil crisis situations. Such training also contributes to building the interpersonal and interorganizational networks needed for the effective implementation of a total defense system. This means giving people from different backgrounds and professional networks the opportunity to connect with each other and thus create both formal and informal social and communication networks. One example of such training is the Estonian National Defence Course that has been held since 1999. It brings together a wide variety of participants, including Estonian politicians, military, government and local government representatives as well as individuals working in the private sector and NGOs. Nationwide emergency response capabilities are also regularly tested in exercises such as the Estonian Contingency Employment Exercise (CONEX). This exercise was used to explore the options for legal measures in resolving crisis situations (e.g. large scale cyber incidents, mass poisoning, disruption of electricity supply, mass disturbances or attacks on key infrastructure) and involved NGO and private sector representatives. Held in 2015 in conjunction with the Siil exercise, it helped review strategic level response procedures and identify potential shortcomings in legislation. Conclusions The Baltic states’ thinking about national defense increasingly encompasses civil society, starting from the leveraging of civilian infrastructure to the participation of civilians in national defense. The Latvian Minister of Defence illustrated this by saying: ‘We suggest changing the paradigm of state defense from the idea that a fighter is only a soldier with a weapon in his hands and the support of Allied soldiers, to the conviction that every patriot of this country may give an invaluable contribution to state defense.’ If done correctly, this promises to provide a sustainable addition to defense and deterrence, and thus help prevent further aggression in this region. Furthermore, any small-unit warfare that may take place in the Baltic states in the case of invasion would require local society support regarding logistics, information and other resources. It is therefore paramount that the citizenry understands their role in defense and are ready to support their own as well as allied troops. Notwithstanding the differences between the Baltic states, below are some recommendations for Allied activities that can help the Baltic states in their approach to strengthening the national defense of the countries that form the Eastern border of the Alliance: Support national efforts to educate their citizens on national security issues, thus increasing their willingness and interest to participate. Facilitating open discussions about national defense that involve the government sector, armed forces, the private sector, NGOs and members of the society will increase awareness of defense and security among the general public. Augment national efforts to educate their citizens on what to do in time of crisis or war, by providing support to publications, television and radio programs disseminating such information. Advise the Baltic states on best practice regarding how to increase interagency cooperation between their ministries of defense and armed forces cooperation, and their ministries of interior, NGOs and general society. Participate in the design and execution of multi-institutional defense and resilience exercises that include the participation of civil society. These recommendations are aligned with recent developments within NATO. Resilience, civil preparedness and civil-military readiness were all discussed during the last NATO Summit in Warsaw in 2016. Furthermore, NATO has increased its interest in the state of civil defense and civil resilience measures. When implemented correctly, these combined, whole-of-government efforts promise to enable a sustainable defense to and deterrence against aggression directed at NATO’s easternmost members.

http://smallwarsjournal.com/jrnl/art/total-defense-how-the-baltic-states-are-integrating-citizenry-into-their-national-security- 

:: 9-26-17 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. National News

US ARMY INFILTRATED BY COMMUNISTS; One Officer IN UNIFORM Boasts "Communism Will Win"

A photo of U.S. Army infantry officer and West Point graduate Spenser Rapone has surfaced showing Rapone in his uniform with the words “Communism will win” scrawled inside of his Officer's cap. Another photo, showing this same Army Officer wearing a Che Guevara (Marxist) shirt BENEATH his uniform has also surfaced. It is written policy in Communist Groups to intentionally HIDE their true intentions so as to gain power, then betray all to implement Communism over the dea bodies of whoever disagrees with them. Rapone got into the US Military Academy during the Obama Administration and now there are genuine concerns that perhaps ALL of the MANY US military officers REPLACED BY OBAMA, are actually Commies bent on the destruction of the United States! In the wake of the recent NFL protests, a West Point graduate and infantry officer tweeted out the following image with the caption “#VeteransForKaepernick” –

http://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/news/u-s-national-news/1320-us-army-infiltrated-by-communists-one-officer-in-uniform-boasts-communism-will-win 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 9-26-17 21st Century Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MSM Fake News: How Washington Post Sexed-up its ‘Facebook Russian Bot’ Conspiracy

September 26, 2017 By 21wire 4 Comments

This is a story about how once trusted mainstream media outlets like Washington Post and the New York Times have used their vast platforms to distort reality and spread disinformation en masse – to both the American and global public. It’s also a story about a new “excuse industry” which has sprung up to medicate Hillary Clinton’s tragic defeat. The article below, written by award-winning journalist Robert Parry, reveals the shocking extent to which the establishment is willing to go to achieve both domestic political, and international geopolitical outcomes. In September, we were told by multiple US mainstream media that “suspected Russian operators” used Facebook and Twitter accounts to spread “anti-Clinton” messages which somehow affected the electoral outcome in 2016. This was followed by a dramatic announcement by Facebook officials that they had responded to the crisis by ‘shutting down’ several hundred accounts (approx. 470) suspected to have been created by a firm ‘linked to the Kremlin’ who used ‘Russian bot’ accounts to purchase $100,000 worth of Facebook post ads – 3,000 ads in total – over a 3 year period (that’s only $33,000 per year) which we’re told were “pushing divisive issues during and after the American election campaign” (so said the New York Times). As it turns out, the story was not only wildly exaggerated, it provided a convenient smoke screen to cover-up another case of real collusion. The scale of American propaganda is simply breathtaking. In this single passage taken from the recent New York Times ‘scoop’ on the alleged ‘Facebook Russian Bot’ phenomenon, you can see the full compliment of packaged lies which has become a set piece in US mainstream discourse now: “The Russian information attack on the election did not stop with the hacking and leaking of Democratic emails or the fire hose of stories, true, false and in between, that battered Mrs. Clinton on Russian outlets like RT and Sputnik. Far less splashy, and far more difficult to trace, was Russia’s experimentation on Facebook and Twitter, the American companies that essentially invented the tools of social media and, in this case, did not stop them from being turned into engines of deception and propaganda.” It gets worse though. What the Washington Post and others like the New York Times have obscured from the American people through this massive propaganda exercise – is the Obama Administration and partisan Democrats’ own role in helping to generate this contrived conspiracy, or fake news. In the absence of any actual evidence of ‘collusion’ between the Trump campaign and Russia – what we have now is a case of Silicon Valley giant Facebook, actually colluding with the White House and the Federal government officials in order to help fabricate a highly politicized false conviction. Here are some of the main points in the article below: • Powerful politicians pressured Facebook executives to come up with any evidence to support the Democratic Party’s theory of “Russian meddling.”The Washington Post and others tried to convince a naive portion of the public to believe that somehow $100,000 in transient Facebook ad impacted the tens of billions of dollars spent during U.S. political spending for the 2016 election cycle. • With all of the hype about “Russian operatives,” the mainstream media has not produced evidence to show who bought the ads. As journalistic hoaxes go, this is one of the biggest we’ve seen. Perhaps an even bigger fraud in all of this however, is how a corporate mainstream media outlet like the Washington Post can use it’s unlimited resources and media might to push out a blatantly fake narrative, intentionally distorted to deceive the public in order to achieve some partisan political objective – and then site on the board of the establishment’s ‘First Draft’ project which they claim is leading the fight against ‘fake news’. How can a major purveyor of fake news be left to lead the fight to ‘tackle fake news’? This is the danger of allowing an establishment cartel comprising of the corporate media, Facebook, Google and other tech monopolies – to devise their own information policing regime. More on this incredible story from award-winning Consortium News here… Washington Post Pushes More Dubious Russia-bashing By Robert Parry Some people are calling the anti-Russian hysteria being whipped up across the U.S. mainstream news media a new “golden age of American journalism,” although it looks to me more like a new age of yellow journalism, prepping the people for more military spending, more “information warfare” and more actual war. Yes, without doubt, President Trump is a boorish and dangerous demagogue, now highlighted by his reckless speech before the United Nations last week, his schoolyard Tweet taunts toward North Korean leader Kim Jong Un, and his ugly denunciation of black athletes for protesting against police killings of often unarmed African-Americans. And, yes, I know that some people feel that the evidence-lite and/or false allegations about “Russian meddling” are the golden ticket to Trump’s impeachment. But the unprofessional behavior of The New York Times, The Washington Post and pretty much the entire mainstream media regarding Russia-gate cannot be properly justified by the goal of removing Trump from office. Ethically in journalism, the ends – however much you might wish them to succeed – cannot justify the means, if those means involve violating rules of evidence and principles of fairness. Journalism should be a place where all sides get a fair shake, not where some get a bum’s rush. But the U.S. mainstream media has clearly joined the anti-Trump Resistance and hates Russian President Vladimir Putin, too. So, we are given such travesties of journalism as appeared as a banner headline across the front page of Monday’s Washington Post, another screed about how Russia supposedly used Facebook ads to flip last November’s election for Trump. The article purports to give the inside story of how Facebook belatedly came to grips with how the “company’s social network played a key role in the U.S. election,” but actually it is a story about how powerful politicians bullied Facebook into coming up with something – anything – to support the narrative of “Russian meddling,” including direct interventions by President Obama and Sen. Mark Warner of Virginia, the ranking Democrat on the Senate Intelligence Committee and a key legislator regarding regulation of high-tech industries. Finding the ‘Evidence’ In other words, Facebook was sent back again and again to find what Obama and Warner wanted the social media company to find. Eventually, Facebook turned up $100,000 in ads from 2015 into 2017 that supposedly were traced somehow to Russia. These ads apparently addressed political issues in America although Facebook has said most did not pertain directly to the presidential election and some ads were purchased after the election. Left out of the Post’s latest opus is what a very small pebble these ads were – even assuming that Russians did toss the $100,000 or so in ad buys into the very large lake of billions of dollars in U.S. political spending for the 2016 election cycle. It also amounts to a miniscule fraction of Facebook’s $27 billion in annual revenue. So the assertion that this alleged “meddling” – and we’ve yet to see any evidence connecting these ads to the Russian government – “played a key role in the U.S. election” is both silly and outrageous, especially given the risks involved in stoking animosities between nuclear-armed Russia and nuclear-armed America. Even the Post’s alarmist article briefly acknowledges that it is still unclear who bought the ads, referring to the purchasers as “suspected Russian operatives.” In other words, we don’t even know that the $100,000 in ads over three years came from Russians seeking to influence the U.S. election. (By comparison, many Facebook advertisers – even some small businesses – spend $100,000 per day on their ads, not $100,000 over three years.) But this diminutive effort by “suspected Russian operatives” doesn’t stop the Post from going on and on about “fake news” and “disinformation,” albeit again without offering evidence or specifics of any Russian “fake news” or “disinformation.” It has simply become Official Washington’s new groupthink to say that everything linked to Russia or its international TV network RT is “fake news” or “disinformation” even though examples are lacking or often turn out to be false accusations themselves. For instance, there is nothing in the Post’s article acknowledging that nothing from the various Democratic email disclosures, which have been blamed on Russia (again without real evidence), has been identified as untrue. So, how can truthful information, whether you like how it was obtained or not, be “fake news” or “disinformation” Falsehood as Fact But Monday’s Post exposé simply asserts the claim as flat fact. Or as the article asserts: “what Russian operatives posted on Facebook was, for the most part, indistinguishable from legitimate political speech. The difference was the accounts that were set up to spread the misinformation and hate were illegitimate.” In responsible journalism, such an accusation would be followed by a for-instance, giving an example of “the misinformation and hate” that the “Russian operatives” – note how they have been magically transformed from “suspected Russian operatives” to simply “Russian operatives” – were disseminating. But there is no example of the Russian “misinformation and hate,” a classic violation of the reporting principle of “show, don’t tell.” In this story, it’s all tell and no show. Indeed, what is shown in the article is often contradictory to the story’s conclusion. The article says, for instance, “A review by the company found that most of the groups behind the problematic pages had clear financial motives, which suggested that they weren’t working for a foreign government. But amid the mass of data the company was analyzing, the security team did not find clear evidence of Russian disinformation or ad purchases by Russian-linked accounts.” So, Facebook initially – after extensive searching – did not find evidence of a Russian operation. Then, after continued pressure from high-level Democrats, Facebook continued to scour its system and again found nothing, or as the Post article acknowledged, Facebook “had searched extensively for evidence of foreign purchases of political advertising but had come up short.” That prompted Warner to fly out to Silicon Valley to personally press Facebook executives to come up with the evidence to support the Democrats’ theory about Russia paying for carefully targeted anti-Clinton ads in key districts. The Post’s article reported that “Finally, [Facebook Chief Security Officer Alex] Stamos appealed to Warner for help: If U.S. intelligence agencies had any information about the Russian operation or the troll farms it used to disseminate misinformation, they should share it with Facebook. The company is still waiting, people involved in the matter said.” Under Pressure Still, faced with extraordinary pressure from senior Democrats, Facebook finally delivered the desired results, or as the Post reported, “By early August, Facebook had identified more than 3,000 ads addressing social and political issues that ran in the United States between 2015 and 2017 and that appear to have come from accounts associated with the [St. Petersburg, Russia-based] Internet Research Agency.” So, the ads covering three years, including post-election 2017, only “appear” to be “associated” with some private Russian operation that only allegedly has ties to the Kremlin. And the total sums of the ad buys are infinitesimal compared to what it actually takes to have any real impact on Facebook or in a U.S. presidential election. If the context of this story were changed slightly – say, it was about the U.S. government trying to influence public opinion in another country (which actually does happen quite a bit) – the Post would be among the first news outlets to laugh off such allegations or dismiss the vague accusations as a conspiracy theory, but since these allegations fit with the prejudices of the Post’s editors, an entirely different set of journalistic standards is applied. What the article also ignores is the extraordinary degree of coercion that such high-level political pressure can put on a company that recognizes its vulnerability to government regulation. As Facebook has acknowledged in corporate filings, “Action by governments to restrict access to Facebook in their countries could substantially harm our business and financial results. It is possible that governments of one or more countries may seek to censor content available on Facebook in their country, restrict access to Facebook from their country entirely, or impose other restrictions that may affect the accessibility of Facebook in their country for an extended period of time or indefinitely. … “In the event that access to Facebook is restricted, in whole or in part, in one or more countries or our competitors are able to successfully penetrate geographic markets that we cannot access, our ability to retain or increase our user base and user engagement may be adversely affected, we may not be able to maintain or grow our revenue as anticipated, and our financial results could be adversely affected.” Avoiding Reality In other words, another way to have framed this story is that powerful politicians who could severely harm Facebook’s business model were getting in the face of Facebook executives and essentially demanding that they come up with something to support the Democratic Party’s theory of “Russian meddling.” The Democratic leaders wanted this finding as an explanation for Hillary Clinton’s (image, left) stunning defeat, rather than going through the painful process of examining why the party has steadily lost ground in white working-class areas across the country. What is missed in these Russia-bashing articles is that the Democratic brand has been sinking for years, including massive losses in statehouses across the country as well as in Congress. The party’s decline was not a one-off event with Donald Trump suddenly snaking away with significant parts of the white working class because the Russians bought some Facebook ads. However, instead of looking in the mirror, national Democrats demanded that Facebook executives ferret out whatever tiny or imaginary information there might be about some Russians buying Facebook ads – and then allow those coerced findings to be fed into the excuse industry for why Hillary Clinton lost. And, what about the Post’s repeated accusations about Russia engaging in “disinformation” and “fake news” without offering a single example? Apparently, these assertions have become such articles of faith in the U.S. mainstream media that they don’t require any proof. However, honest journalism demands examples and evidence, not just vague accusations. The reality is that the U.S. government has stumbled again and again when seeking to paint RT as a disinformation outlet or a vehicle for undermining American democracy. For instance, the Jan. 6 report on alleged Russian “cyber operations,” released by Obama’s Director of National Intelligence James Clapper, included a lengthy appendix, dated from 2012, which decried RT for such offenses as allowing a debate among third-party presidential candidates who had been excluded from the Republican-Democratic debates; covering the Occupy Wall Street protests; and citing the environmental dangers from “fracking.” The idea that American democracy is threatened by allowing third-party candidates or other American dissidents to have a voice is at best an upside-down understanding of democracy and, more likely, an exercise in hypocritical propaganda. False Accusations Another misfired attempt to discredit RT came from Obama’s Under Secretary of State for Public Diplomacy Richard Stengel, who issued a “Dipnote” in April 2014, which helped establish the narrative of RT as a source of Russian disinformation. For instance, Stengel claimed that RT reported a “ludicrous assertion” that the United States had spent $5 billion to produce Ukraine’s “regime change” in February 2014. But what Stengel, a former managing editor of Time magazine, apparently failed to understand was that RT was referring to a public speech by Assistant Secretary of State for European Affairs Victoria Nuland to U.S. and Ukrainian business leaders on Dec. 13, 2013, in which she told them that “we have invested more than $5 billion” in what was needed for Ukraine to achieve its “European aspirations.” In other words, the RT report wasn’t “ludicrous” at all. Nuland also was a leading proponent of “regime change” in Ukraine who personally cheered on the Maidan demonstrators, even passing out cookies. In an intercepted pre-coup phone call with U.S. Ambassador to Ukraine Geoffrey Pyatt, Nuland discussed who should run the new government and pondered with Pyatt how to “glue” or “midwife this thing.” So, Stengel was the one disseminating false information, not RT. Similarly, senior U.S. politicians, including Hillary Clinton, and the U.S. mainstream media have falsely asserted that all 17 U.S. intelligence agencies signed off on the Russia-did-it hacking claims. For months, that canard was used to silence skepticism. After all, how could you question something that all 17 U.S. intelligence agencies confirmed to be true? But it turned out that – as DNI Clapper, himself a hardline Russia-basher, belatedly acknowledged – the Jan. 6 report on the alleged Russian hacking was the work of “hand-picked” analysts from only three agencies, the CIA, FBI and NSA, and the “assessment” itself admitted that it was not asserting the Russian conclusion as fact, only the analysts’ opinion. The New York Times finally retracted its use of the fake claim about “all 17 U.S. intelligence agencies” in late June 2017 although it wouldn’t let the lie lie, so instead the Times made misleading references to a “consensus” among U.S. intelligence agencies without using the number…

http://21stcenturywire.com/2017/09/26/msm-fake-news-washington-post-sexed-facebook-russian-bot-conspiracy/ 

:: 9-25-17 Michael Savage :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

MUST LISTEN: THE NATIONAL FELONS LEAGUE IS SPITTING ON AMERICA, NOT THE FANS

September 25, 2017 Read the transcript below:

AS MANY OF YOU KNOW, I HAVE JUST WRITTEN A BOOK ABOUT GOD. THERE’S A PASSAGE FROM THE BIBLE I’D LIKE TO QUOTE FOR YOU. IT’S FROM PROVERBS 3:31 AND IT READS, “ENVY THOU NOT THE OPPRESSOR AND CHOOSE NONE OF HIS WAYS.” TODAY, THE OPPRESSORS ARE THE BULLIES OF THE NFL WHO KNEEL OR HIDE WHEN OUR NATIONAL ANTHEM IS PLAYED, FORCING A CAPTIVE AUDIENCE TO WITNESS THEIR VILE, INSULTING, AND UNINFORMED VIEW OF WHAT AMERICA STANDS FOR. I’LL TELL YOU WHAT AMERICA STANDS FOR. WE ARE A NATION IN WHICH NO CITIZEN IS TREATED DIFFERENTLY UNDER THE LAW, REGARDLESS OF THEIR COLOR, RACE, FINANCIAL STATUS, CREED, OR NATION OF ORIGIN. EVEN THESE HYSTERICAL MILLIONAIRES HAVE RIGHTS. SO I ENCOURAGE ALL OF YOU TO DO THE SAME: EXERCISE YOUR RIGHTS. TURN OFF YOUR TVS. “DO NOT CHOOSE THE WAYS” OF THE ANARCHISTS, THE IGNORANT, WHETHER THEY TAKE THE FORM OF NEO-NAZIS, ANTIFA…OR PROFESSIONAL ATHLETES. THE NATIONAL ANTHEM IS ABOUT A NATION NOT A PRESIDENT President Trump says players who protested the National Anthem being played before games should be fired from their teams over the weekend, and the whole world exploded. Yesterday, America was treated to NFL players taking a knee, or sitting or locking arms while the national anthem was being played in protest of what the President said. Well, guess what? They weren’t protesting a President, they were giving a big middle finger to the country. That flag and that song should be a unifying moment, a moment to say ‘no matter what differences we have, we are all American, and it’s a privilege to be one.’ But a bad player, influenced by his radical Muslim girlfriend last year decided to make it about him. He claimed to be protesting the killing of black men in America by the police while at the same time wearing a shirt praising the Castros of Cuba. And it’s spread to this. ‘He’s practicing his first amendment rights’ everyone said. Well Donald Trump practiced his first amendment rights and an entire league lost their minds. This tradition goes back a hundred years to World War 1. The people loved their country then, with boys fighting overseas in a horrible war. We have soldiers on the battlefield today, and these players just spit on them. The national anthem is about a nation, not about a President. And if these thugs don’t know that, they should be thrown off the team. And the commissioner of this league supports this. He should be thrown out too. He’s saying these players have a right to their free speech and to protest if they see fit. But it wasn’t that way when the Dallas Cowboys wanted to wear stickers on their helmets to honor the police after several Dallas policemen were shot. No, he wouldn’t allow that. Or when an NFL player wanted to honor 9/11 victims with a decal on his shoe. No, we couldn’t have that either. But spitting on the flag, you can do that all day. But people will still defend these thugs who spit on everything good about America, saying it’s their right. But is it? Yes, they can say what they want, but shouldn’t they be accountable for what they say? Their bosses should fire them because they’re staining their product with anti-Americanism. But they won’t do anything because they’re too afraid of the backlash that the leftist fascists have instigated in this country. All that we used to honor and respect must be thrown out and we have to accept the ridiculous. Man is woman, woman is man, America is bad, the Soviet Union was good. The Soviet Union was good and now Russia is bad. The civil rights movement never happened, minorities are now more oppressed than ever. It’s upside down. The fact that these players can do what they did yesterday, with no repercussions whatsoever disproves their arguments. Where could you do this on the planet? Dictatorial regimes you’d be killed or put in torture prisons. Even in Westernized countries you have laws against certain speech. I’ve been banned from Britain for something I didn’t even say, but here millionaire thugs can go on national TV and vehemently hate the country. Remember this, when they do what they did yesterday, they’re not disrespecting a President, they’re disrespecting an entire nation. They’re disrespecting you and me.

https://michaelsavage.com/2017/09/25/the-national-felons-league-is-spitting-on-america-not-the-fans/ 

Beware of false prophets, Matt 7:21

:: 9-23-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Times of Deception

By Hal Lindsey

The September 23rd deception, like those of date-setters past, will soon be debunked by the calendar itself. On September 24th, the world will not have come to an end. PlanetX will not have crashed into Planet Earth. The Millennial reign will not have begun. The earth will not have split in two. The star of Bethlehem will not have returned. Will there will be any apologies from the people who perpetrated these hoaxes? If history is a guide, probably not. They will have had so much fun stirring up attention for themselves, they’ll just decide to do it again next year, or maybe even later this year. Robyn Flynn is a Montreal radio producer. On September 19th, she tweeted, “Just tried to book an interview w/ a researcher who says the world ends Saturday. Told me he’s not available for interviews until next week.” She was talking about the so-called “Christian numerologist,” David Meade. And their discussion neatly sums up the problem. In a video with 9 million YouTube views, another speaker excitedly tells us about the possibilities of September 23, 2017. But he admits that he made a similar video in another year. “I made that video about September 23, 2015,” he said. “And quite a few people watched that video. Now, some people said, ‘Well, nothing happened.’ Well, some of the things I mentioned, if not all of them in that video, did happen. The pope came to America — something that the world had never seen before.” The Pope did visit the United States in September 2015. But it wasn’t the first time the world had ever seen a Pope come to America. It happened in 1965, 1979, 1984, 1987, 1993, 1995, 1999, and 2008 — not to mention a couple of layovers in Alaska. And it was hardly a prophetic prediction. He made the video in August, and the Pope visited the U.S. in September. The visit had been on the world calendar for months. If that’s supposed to give his new video credibility, it sadly fails. Now this particular teacher is careful to say that the things he’s talking about may come true, or may not. He’s not dogmatic, and rarely makes straight forward statements. He says he will leave it to his viewers to reach their own conclusions — something viewers tend to do whether you want them to or not. But when a teacher tells the viewer to decide for himself based on the facts, the teacher needs to be especially careful to give accurate facts. He said, “In September 23rd of 2015, many astronomers, many scientists were saying that there is some weird, weird thing going on in the fact that there is this star that showed up… and they called it the ‘Bethlehem Star,’ the star that appeared during the time when Jesus was born — that same star.” I believe he was referring, not to a star, but to a conjunction of Jupiter and Venus in the skies as viewed from our angle on earth. They appeared in close proximity in July and August of 2015. Then, in October, Jupiter and Venus again appeared close in the sky, this time also near Mars. A few astronomers think that one of these conjunctions of planets may account for the star seen by the wise men long ago. This is not unusual. Unbelievers often try to come up with explanations for what they consider “myths.” The YouTube teacher goes on to say, “So, almost 2000 years later, we have a star appearing that was the same star that appeared according to astronomers. You can look this all up on YouTube. Look at video.” YouTube is a wonderful tool, but just because someone posted something there does not give instant credibility to their opinions. In fact, from earth, we see a conjunction of Jupiter and Venus fairly often — not every 2000 years as claimed in the video. If he’s referring to the three planets together, that didn’t happen in September of 2015, but in October. And it lasted only days — not the two years he implies. I realize I haven’t gotten into the astrology lesson that these people give when they speak about Revelation 12. Suffice it to say, they don’t understand Revelation 12. I won’t bother to prove the fallacy of their opinions because, as I said at the beginning, the calendar will debunk them. I have several concerns, though. First, the Bible’s credibility is harmed by these kinds of teachings. When the predicted event doesn’t happen, people are left to think that the Bible said something inaccurate. Nothing could be further from the truth. This stuff is about pseudo-science, and the religion of astrology. It’s not about the Bible. But when preachers such as this man say it, people assume such preachers speak for God. My second concern is that so many people have chosen to take these things seriously. Nine million people viewed the video I just referenced. That means people are passing it on to one another using email and social media. Why pass on such obvious fallacies? Where is Christian discernment? Finally, I’m concerned that Christians are so quick to accept something that God condemns — the false religion of astrology. Isaiah 47:13-14 says, “Let your astrologers come forward, those stargazers who make predictions month by month, let them save you from what is coming upon you. Surely they are like stubble; the fire will burn them up. They cannot even save themselves from the power of the flame.” (NIV) Christians follow the great God of the universe. He has spoken to us. He has given us the precious gift of His word. Yet, some of us are willing to turn to astrology as the answer to the puzzles of the universe. Brothers and sisters, stick to the Bible.

http://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-24-2017/ 

Beware of false prophets, Matt 7:21

:: 9-24-17 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'End of the world still on its way': says apocalypse theorist despite being proven wrong

Yahoo7 News / September 24th, 2017

A US man who predicted the world was going to end on Saturday now says it will end in October after his prediction was proven wrong. Christian numerologist David Meade said verses in Luke 21:25 to 26 tell us that recent events, such as the recent solar eclipse seen by the US and Hurricane Harvey, are signs of the apocalypse. Meade's theory, which most people view through a widely skeptical lens, says that the so-called Planet X, also known as Nibiru, will pass Earth on September 23, causing volcanic eruptions, tsunamis and earthquakes, The Sun reports. But Meade has since been proven wrong, and in an updated article, clarifying his beliefs said September is “sign month”, which will “get the ball rolling” and that actual events which will trigger the end of the world will happen in late October. He writes that a “tribulation period” is coming, which is described as seven years where the world will face disasters and plagues; outlined in the book of Revelations. Meade claims this will be followed by a “Millennium of peace”. NASA has since dismissed the claims, insisting the Planet X theory is merely a hoax because the planet doesn't exist. "Nibiru and other stories about wayward planets are an Internet hoax," NASA said in a statement. "There is no factual basis for these claims." Meade wrote a book called Planet X – The 2017 Arrival which insisted Nibiru would crash into Earth in October, but then moved it forward by a few weeks. TV viewers alarmed by doomsday 'emergency alert' interrupting broadcast Apocalypse? Fears Italian Nostradamus prophecy is coming true as it snows in southern Italy NASA reveals what will happen when 'Planet X hits Earth' on September 23 His theory was given a boost this year when NASA discovered a new planet in the solar system, which they named Planet Nine. Meade has been quoted previously saying: "It is very strange indeed that both the Great Sign of Revelation 12 and the Great Pyramid of Giza both point us to one precise moment in time – September 20 to 23, 2017." Various branches of the Christian church have also rejected Meade’s claims.

https://au.news.yahoo.com/a/37205078/planet-x-end-of-the-world-now-october-not-september-meade-claim/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-26-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Palestinian gunman kills three Israelis in West Bank

8 hours ago From the section Middle East

Three Israelis have been shot dead by a Palestinian at the entrance to the Jewish settlement of Har Adar in the occupied West Bank, Israeli police say. The gunman, a 37-year-old from a nearby village, was also shot and died later. Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu blamed the attack on Palestinian incitement. It came as Donald Trump's Middle East envoy Jason Greenblatt arrived in Jerusalem to try to revive Israel-Palestinian peace talks. The White House has tried to lay the groundwork for a resumption of negotiations since Donald Trump took office in January, but there has been no sign of progress. Peace talks between the two sides broke down amid acrimony in April 2014. What are Jewish settlements? Police say the gunman, identified in Israeli media as Nimer Jamal, struck after he raised suspicions of security personnel at a rear gate at Har Adar. He shot his victims - two security guards and a border policeman - at close-range and seriously wounded another person, before being shot by security forces. The gunman was a father-of-four who had an Israeli permit to work in Jewish settlements along the boundary of the West Bank, Israel's internal security agency said. He came from the village of Beit Surik, about a mile east of Har Adar. The area is about 18km (11 miles) north-west of Jerusalem. No group has taken responsibility for the attack, although Gaza-based Palestinian militant organisations Hamas and Islamic Jihad welcomed it. The head of the Information Office of Fatah, the political faction of Palestinian President Mahmoud Abbas, said Israel bore responsibility for the attack, because of its "continuous aggression" against the Palestinians. Israeli Prime Minister Netanyahu said the attacker's home would be demolished and relatives' work permits revoked. He called on Mr Abbas to condemn the attack unequivocally. Wave of attacks About 36,000 Palestinians have permits to work in Jewish settlements, where security to guard against attacks is tight. The issue of settlements is one of the most contentious between Israel and the Palestinians, who see them as an obstacle to peace. More than 600,000 Jews live in about 140 settlements built since Israel's 1967 occupation of the West Bank and East Jerusalem. The settlements are considered illegal under international law, though Israel disputes this. Tuesday's attack is the latest in a wave of stabbings, shootings and car-rammings of Israelis predominantly by Palestinians or Israeli Arabs since late 2015. Since then, some 50 Israelis and five foreign nationals have been killed in such attacks in Israel and the Occupied Territories. Around 300 Palestinians - most of them assailants, Israel says - have also been killed in that period, according to AFP news agency. Others have been killed in clashes with Israeli troops. Israel says Palestinian incitement has fuelled the attacks. The Palestinian leadership has blamed frustration rooted in decades of Israeli occupation.

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-middle-east-41396597 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9-26-17 Sidney Morning Herald :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

September 26 2017 - 12:53PM

Bali's Mount Agung volcano 'critical' with hundreds of tremors every day

Jewel Topsfield Karuni Rompies

Bali's Mount Agung volcano has reached a "critical" stage with 500 tremors shaking the area a day, according to Indonesia's National Disaster Management Agency. Spokesman Sutopo Purwo Nugroho warned that molten rock known as magma was just three to five kilometres from the summit of the mountain in eastern Bali. "We cannot predict when it will erupt, but monitoring shows the potential to erupt is high," Mr Sutopo said. "No instrument can predict with precision when a volcano will erupt". He said 62,000 people had been living in the exclusion zone, but almost 50,000 evacuees had sought shelter in 301 camps in the area. But there were still people who refused to be evacuated because the mountain had not yet erupted and they worried about who would feed their animals. Nyoman Kastawan has remained in his village of Dukuh Pandan Sari Kubu, which is inside the exclusion zone and about eight kilometres from the summit. He said about 40 women and children from his family had been evacuated to Denpasar, but he stayed behind to look after his cattle and pigs. "Around 30 males still live in my village, the able-bodied, so when there is something we can evacuate immediately. Some of the old men who stayed behind said the eruption is still a long way off. They survived the 1963 eruption so they don't want to evacuate now. It's still a few months away they say." Mr Sutopo warned that when Mount Agung last erupted in 1963, more than 1500 people were killed and 1700 houses destroyed. "The kind of eruption is explosive, spewing stones, lava and pyroclastic flows (a fast-moving current of hot gas and volcanic material)," he said. Indonesia's president, Joko Widodo, said he would visit refugee camps on Tuesday. Mount Agung is 71 kilometres from the tourist hot spot of Kuta. Mr Sutopo said tourism was still normal and flights had not been affected. He said ash and thick smoke would not reach Bali's capital, Denpasar. The travel advisory only warned people not to venture within nine kilometres south-east of Mount Agung and 12 kilometres, north, north-east, south and north-west of the crater. Mr Sutopo said contingency plans were in place if an eruption meant flights had to be-rerouted to cities outside Bali. He said if the volcano erupted between September 25 and October, volcanic ash would fly south-west. If it erupted between November and January the ashes would disperse to the east towards West Nusa Tenggara and East Nusa Tenggara. Villages neighbouring those that had been evacuated would provide shelter under a "sister village" model. Mr Sutopo said he deeply regretted hoaxes, which suggested the volcano had already erupted, which he believed were circulated to increase traffic to websites. He urged the public to visit the official website for Mount Agung updates: magma.vsi.esdm.go.id. Volcanologist Ray Cas warned the highest danger posed by an eruption would be pyroclastic flows, which were responsible for many of the deaths when Mount Agung last erupted in 1963. He said volcanic mud flows, which channel into major valleys, could bury entire villages. "If the population hasn't been evacuated there is a risk of a huge loss of life," Professor Cas, an Emeritus professor at Monash University and the immediate past president of the International Association for Volcanology and Chemistry of the Earth's Interior, said. "It is not just the preliminary eruption that poses enormous hazards and risks." He said Indonesia was one of the most volcanically active countries in the world and the Centre for Volcanology had a lot of experience in monitoring these types of events. "They are obviously taking it extremely seriously … because of such a high level of earthquake activity and such a long repose period since the last eruption." The 1963 eruption, which shot gas and ash up to 10 kilometres in the air, was ranked five on the Volcanic Explosivity Index, equivalent to the 1980 eruption of Mount St Helens in Washington, which killed more than 50 people. In Australia, airlines are closely monitoring Bali but said on Monday afternoon that flights were planned to operate as scheduled. Jetstar and Virgin were allowing customers to cancel or change their bookings, in return for flight vouchers. A Jetstar spokeswoman said "a handful" of customers have requested to change their dates, which the airline had accommodated with no fee.

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. Etc.

:: 9-22-17 Shtf Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Iran And North Korea Are “Collaborating In An Exchange Of Materials And Technicians To Mutually Develop Nuclear Weapons Capabilities”

Jeremiah Johnson September 22nd, 2017 SHTFplan.com

The Public Law. For the Public Good. For your own good, for whatever good it will do. Under Clinton in 1994, Civil Defense was repealed. The Cold War has “ended,” as of 1992 with the “collapse” of the Soviet Union, and it was time to rid the U.S. of all of those “pesky” fallout shelter signs. There was NAFTA and the beginnings of true globalism with the creation of the EU. What need was there for Civil Defense? Twenty-three years after the treasonous disbanding of Civil Defense and official signs for locations of Fallout Shelters, there is a need for both once more. North Korea has been engaging in exchange with Iran for decades: collaborating in an exchange of materials and technicians to mutually develop one another’s nuclear weapons capabilities. All News Pipeline’s Stefan Stanford and Susan Duclos have been presenting some excellent and informative articles on the North Korean EMP (Electromagnetic Pulse) capabilities. Many of these articles have been authored by Dr. Peter V. Pry, the foremost expert on the EMP threat facing the United States. All News Pipeline’s article of September 19, 2017 is entitled Following Threats To Drop The ‘Father Of All Bombs’ While Claiming They’ve Infiltrated The US Military, Iran Prepares To Deploy 3 New Satellites Into Orbit – Is Iran Preparing To Launch An EMP Attack Upon America? This piece is no exception to the quality information released thus far by All News Pipeline. Please read it! This article is written by none other than Dr. William R. Graham, Chairman of the Congressional EMP Commission and former Science Advisor to President Reagan. Dr. Graham also was directly involved in the 1962 “STARFISH PRIME” high-altitude nuclear test that began the U.S.’s study into the effects of an EMP. North Korea has not backpedaled on its threats to nuke the United States and to unleash an EMP weapon if provoked by the U.S. As Dr. Graham’s article points out, this is not only feasible, but soon they will not be alone: Iran plans to launch 3 satellites that can easily be fitted with a miniaturized EMP device. Dr. Graham also corroborates Dr. Pry’s assertions that the 2 North Korean satellites currently in orbit may contain an EMP weapon. As a matter of fact, Dr. Pry released an article to All News Pipeline on September 18, 2017, entitled, North Korean Public Statement Confirms ‘Worst Case Scenario’ Fears After Many Years of Denial By ‘US Elite’ – Have We Reached Our ‘Rhineland Moment’? This piece gives a list of all the things accomplished by North Korea that were denied by the U.S. Media, the politicians, and the skeptical naysayers of the public within the past 6 months. Most of these denied items were confirmed in many cases by none other than the “experts” who originally denied them and then changed their minds in the face of evidence that could not be refuted. Iran just increased its military budget, has billions of investment dollars in its nuclear plant facilities and a joint railway project with Russia and several Asian nations, and is one of the last remaining nations not tied to the world bank and the IMF. Iran has held a doctrine for many years of pursuing options with EMP’s launched on missiles hidden within cargo containers on board ships. These options have been tested by the Iranians in several scenarios over the past 5 years. Now there is a growing Iranian naval presence in the Western Hemisphere in Cuba and Venezuela, with plans of sending more of a fleet into the Atlantic. Dr. Graham and Dr. Pry are both revealing scenarios with both North Korea and Iran that are developing further each day. I strongly encourage you to read these articles. It is important to become aware and educated on a threat that is not going to disappear anytime soon. The expertise of the authors is only matched by their candor and clearly-understandable explanations of the situation. The next world war will be initiated by an EMP attack against the U.S. Jeremiah Johnson is the Nom de plume of a retired Green Beret of the United States Army Special Forces (Airborne). Mr. Johnson is also a Gunsmith, a Certified Master Herbalist, a Montana Master Food Preserver, and a graduate of the U.S. Army’s SERE school (Survival Evasion Resistance Escape). He lives in a cabin in the mountains of Western Montana with his wife and three cats. You can follow Jeremiah’s regular writings at SHTFplan.com or contact him here.

http://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/report-iran-and-north-korea-are-collaborating-in-an-exchange-of-materials-and-technicians-to-mutually-develop-nuclear-weapons-capabilities_09222017 

:: 9-23-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran defies Trump to test new-medium range ballistic missile that could hit Israel

State television carried footage of the launch of the Khoramshahr missile

First displayed at a high-profile military parade in Tehran on Friday

Has a range of 1,250 miles (2,000 km) and can carry multiple warheads

By Harvey Day For Mailonline Published: 05:21 EDT, 23 September 2017 | Updated: 12:19 EDT, 23 September 2017

Iran said on Saturday that it had successfully tested a new medium-range missile in defiance of warnings from Washington that such activities were grounds for abandoning their landmark nuclear deal. State television carried footage of the launch of the Khoramshahr missile, which was first displayed at a high-profile military parade in Tehran on Friday. It also carried in-flight video from the nose cone of the missile, which has a range of 1,250 miles (2,000 km) and can carry multiple warheads. 'As long as some speak in the language of threats, the strengthening of the country's defence capabilities will continue and Iran will not seek permission from any country for producing various kinds of missile,' Defence Minister Amir Hatami said in a staement. The test comes at the end of a heated week of diplomacy at the UN General Assembly in New York, where US President Donald Trump again accused Iran of destabilising the Middle East, calling it a 'rogue state whose chief exports are violence, bloodshed and chaos'. The test comes at the end of a heated week of diplomacy at the UN General Assembly in New York, where US President Donald Trump again accused Iran of destabilising the Middle East, calling it a 'rogue state whose chief exports are violence, bloodshed and chaos'. Previous Iranian missile launches have triggered US sanctions and accusations that they violate the spirit of the 2015 nuclear deal between Tehran and major powers. Iran, which fought a brutal war with neighbouring Iraq in the 1980s, sees missiles as a legitimate and vital part of its defence - particularly as regional rivals Saudi Arabia and Israel import huge amounts of military hardware from the West. Trump has threatened to bin the nuclear agreement, saying Iran is developing missiles that may be used to deliver a nuclear warhead when the deal's restrictions are lifted in 2025. He is due to report to Congress on October 15 on whether Iran is still complying with the deal and whether it remains in US interests to stick by it. If he decides that it is not, that could open the way for US lawmakers to reimpose sanctions, leading to the potential collapse of the agreement. Trump said on Wednesday he had made his decision but was not yet ready to reveal it. The other signatories to the deal - Britain, France, Germany, China, Russia and the EU - have all pushed for it to continue. They point out that abandoning the agreement will remove restrictions on Iran immediately, rather than in eight years' time, and that the International Atomic Energy Agency has repeatedly confirmed Tehran is meeting its commitments. Iran says all of its missiles are designed to carry conventional warheads only and has limited their range to a maximum of 2,000 kilometres, although commanders say they have the technology to go further. That makes them only medium-range but still sufficient to reach Israel or US bases in the Gulf. At Friday's military parade, President Hassan Rouhani hit out at those who 'create problems for the peoples of our region every day and boast of selling arms to the bloodthirsty Zionist regime which has been attacking the peoples of our region for 70 years like a cancerous tumour.' As well as carrying out missile tests, Iran has also launched a space satellite and fired missiles at Islamic State group targets in eastern Syria in recent months.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4912404/Iran-tests-new-medium-range-missile-defying-US-warnings.html#ixzz4tbMcDeYx 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 10-26-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For man brings many things about themselves, their foolishness, they run off at the mouth and they do not consider the things that they are saying. They poke the bear in the eye and poke the bear in the eye and they poke the bear in the eye and they do not realize that the bear can be very vicious, that he can tear them to shreds, that he can kill those that they love, he can kill their sons and their daughters and they never think of this. They only do the stupid things that they think themselves because they don’t inquire of me or ask of me and therefore the things that come are because of their foolishness. etc.

:: 9-22-17 New Eastern Outlook :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

22.09.2017 Author: Phil Butler

The Deadly Rocket Scare Redux: North Korea’s Role in the Arms Game

North Korea is once again the big, bad, boogey man of Asia, a convenient villain Washington will use to fuel a spanking new arms race. If all-out war does not follow Donald Trump’s insane policies aimed at Pyongyang, something miraculous will have to take place soon. The American hegemony turns once again to the Far East, in a redux of the 2000 North Korean sanctions negotiations. I’ll wager that very few people reading this remember the 1999 missile tests over Japan that North Korea used to “negotiate” sanctions reductions. Yes, it’s true and not “fake news”, as the New York Times reported from 2000, “South Korea Plans to Begin Rocket Program”. What, you expected ingenuity and creativity from the Trump administration and the US Congress? Not a chance of that, I say. The elites that run the globalist narrative never divert from what works, I tell you. If young and old Americans were fearful Japan would go up in a mushroom cloud in 1999, then the new generation of willing idiots are all the more capable of apathetic abandon. Trump and Co. are just doing Korea or Vietnam II, since those ventures proved financially profitable for the military industrialists and the economy overall. Do you feel like you’ve been duped yet? Okay, read on. Once again, the New York Times is the soap box from which the hegemons preach to the waiting and fearful masses about the Pyongyang boogeyman, only this time it’s Kim Jong-un, and not his venerable supreme leader father Kim Jong-il who’s center stage in the Armageddon drama. But the headlines this time around are far more creative. A story this week entitled “The Rare, Potent Fuel Powering North Korea’s Weapons”, brings to mind 007 and James Bond, super-duper-secret rockets from Dr. No or Austin Powers as Dr. Evil, I can no longer discern. Once again American journalists take advantage of the fact most people don’t know beans about much of anything anymore. Let me frame the latest bullshit from Arthur Ochs Sulzberger Junior’s venerable newspaper. The rare and potent fuel it took not one but two award winning journalists to “invent” is known as UDMH, or Unsymmetrical dimethylhydrazine. Now I am fairly sure that William J. Broad and David E. Sanger both know UDMH is about as rare in the world of rockets as pointy nose cones or ignition sequences. But the North Koreans and the story sound much more ominous and deadly with spy thriller lingo deployed. Just so you know I’m not slinging BS, the rare and potent fuel the NYT cites is old as rockets themselves. I quote from the Encyclopedia Astronautica: “N2O4/UDMH propellant. Nitrogen tetroxide became the storable liquid propellant of choice from the late 1950’s. Unsymmetrical Dimethylhydrazine ((CH3)2NNH2) became the storable liquid fuel of choice by the mid-1950’s. Development of UDMH in the Soviet Union began in 1949. It is used in virtually all storable liquid rocket engines except for some orbital maneuvering engines in the United States, where MMH has been preferred due to a slightly higher density and performance.” And now the New York Times’ authors cite classified memos from the Bush and Obama administrations that make “presciently clear” North Korea’s pursuit of the stuff every nation on Earth uses to make rockets blast off! And there’s more in the globalist publication, much more. Here’s how Broad and Sanger twist the tale to suit Washington’s latest provocations: “Classified memos from both the George W. Bush and Obama administrations laid out, with what turned out to be prescient clarity, how the North’s pursuit of the highly potent fuel would enable it to develop missiles that could strike almost anywhere in the continental United States.” Spooky and scary, huh? The man who lied about WOMD’s and the man who won a Nobel Prize for killing more Muslims than the Crusaders were on top of the intel, and able to pounce like angry lions for the military industrialists and energy moguls! This ultra-secret rocket fuel invented by (Spectre?) the Nazis during WWII to fuel the experimental Messerschmitt Me 163 Komet fighter, is currently used in almost all “storable” rockets used for either military (siloed ICBMs etc.) or civilian rocketry (SpaceX etc.). So, I’ll leave the reader to his or her own devices to figure out why highly venerated New York Times authors would just mislead their readership. The couple citing WikiLeaks to help venerate the story via none other than Hillary Clinton’s US State Department, pretty much takes the cake where unmitigated audacity is concerned. Oh, and by the way. The 1999 rocket shots from North Korea flew over Japan too, just in case you wondered. This leads us to the motive for the Trump administration loosing the collective mind over Iran and North Korea. Some will be surprised to learn Ronald Reagan’s “Star Wars” initiative is ready to be rolled out! Yeah, the real Big Bad Wolf westerners are being warned of is a familiar one, the horrendous fiends Americans must be protected from at all costs (really all costs), ballistic first strike terrorists. And the plan to thwart North Korea or fundamentalist Iran? For lack of a better term, let’s call this version “Skynet”. Yes, the growth perspective of General Dynamics, Boeing, Raytheon, and a score of other corporations will boom if space and the anti-ballistic missile idea catches hold. Some reading are too young to recall the Strategic Defense Initiative (SDI) that the Reagan administration said would end the so-called mutually assured destruction (MAD) strategy of nuclear deterrence. One particular facet of SDI and Star Wars that bears keen scrutiny here is the ABM, or anti-ballistic missile component. Fast forward to June of 2017, and to Russian President Vladimir Putin’s interviews with the famous filmmaker, Oliver Stone. In one segment the award winning filmmaker and Russia’s leader discuss when George Bush abrogated the ABM Treaty with Russia, back in 2001. This “dangerous” moment in US-Russia relations has now ended up threatening to destroy any semblance of nuclear parity, as Aegis ABM systems have now been installed in Romania and Poland, on the frontiers of Russia. And now the Americans are clearly intent on installing the same systems in either South Korea or Japan, which helps completely encircle Russia, thereby creating an even more dangerous situation. This report from The Nation features the Putin interview and the danger of the new SDI, from the Russian perspective, which is equally as important as the western view. There is not space enough to outline how America’s missile defense strategies have metamorphosed in the last three decades under Ronald Reagan’s successors. However, validation of my thesis here can be gleaned by watching the movements of the key people that would be involved in any renewed SDI or Star Wars initiative. So, the fact the new Commander of the U.S. Air Force Space Command’s Space and Missile Systems, Lt. Gen. Samuel Greaves testified the other day before the U.S. Senate, “modernizing” America’s ABM capability was the subject. Greaves, who inherited Reagan’s SDI, Bill Clinton’s Ballistic Missile Defense Organization, and President George W. Bush’s Missile Defense Agency, has more experience and knows more about space based systems than anybody in the U.S. Military. There’s little doubt but that he is a key figure in testing of systems such as the touted Kinetic Energy Interceptor (KEI), offshoots of the Boeing YAL-1 Airborne Laser (ABL), Raytheon’s Network Centric Airborne Defense Element (NCADE), and an array of other top-secret weapons that operate within certain spheres. Instances of programs that focus on the ascent phase intercept (API). Mid-course and terminal phases of ICBM flight are as broad as anyone can imagine. The mid-course system Mr. Putin discussed, the Aegis Ballistic Missile Defense System (Aegis BMD), is but a single facet to extraordinary developmental efforts in the field. Finally, all this “development” spells jobs and money at the endpoint. But there has to be a threat in order to expand research, development, manufacturing, and deployment of these systems. Once again, North Korea plays a vital role in drumming up enough good old fashioned fear to justify trillions of dollars in weapons programs. Therefore, the lie has to be manufactured and propagated through trusted media like the New York Times and other corporate or elitist controlled channels. Advertising was never so effective as when it’s applied to products that save lives and liberty. Stay tuned for North Korea to announce a cessation of all testing in exchange for lifted sanctions, and for Raytheon and others to announce new contracts for advanced deterrent systems. Phil Butler, is a policy investigator and analyst, a political scientist and expert on Eastern Europe, exclusively for the online magazine “New Eastern Outlook”.

https://journal-neo.org/2017/09/22/the-deadly-rocket-scare-redux-north-korea-s-role-in-the-arms-game/ 

:: 9-23-17 America Downfall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hawaii Urges Residents To Prepare For Nuclear Attack

Hawaii officials have reportedly been urging residents to prepare for a nuclear attack, the stunning plea coming amid increasingly unnerving rhetoric — and actions — from North Korea. Aloha State authorities were working to educate and prepare residents for a possible atomic attack by telling them to consider preparing in the same way they’d prep for a tsunami, the Washington Post reported. “Now it’s time to take it seriously,” Hawaii state Rep. Gene Ward, a Republican, said, “not to be an alarmist, but to be informing people.” North Korea’s foreign minister has said the Communist nation may test a hydrogen bomb in the Pacific Ocean after dictator Kim Jong Un vowed he would take the “highest-level” action against the United States, South Korean media reported Thursday. Ri Yong Ho made the comments on the sidelines of the United Nations General Assembly in New York, the Yonhap news agency reported. “We have no idea about what actions could be taken as it will be ordered by leader Kim Jong Un,” Yonhap quoted Ri as saying. read more at foxnews.com

http://americandownfall.com/hawaii-urges-residents-to-prepare-for-nuclear-attack/ 

:: 9-22-17 The Daily Sheeple :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former Congressman Warns That Foreign Countries Could Bribe The Feds To “Regulate Drudge”

September 22, 2017 | Alex Thomas | The Daily Sheeple |

A former Republican Congressman from Colorado has warned that a foreign country could bribe or “incentivize” the FCC to regulate and “rein in” popular conservative news outlets, including The Drudge Report. Former Rep. Tom Tancredo, in an opinion piece for The Hill, started out his shocking warning by downplaying the so-called Russian actors who may have spent a measly $100,000 with social media giant Facebook in exchange for ads that hurt Hillary Clinton. Tancredo not only correctly noted that such a small amount of money could not have actually altered the election, he also destroyed the notion that the American establishment is “surprised” by the idea of a foreign government trying to influence an election. Facebook CEO Mark Zuckerberg said this month that his company sold over $100,000 in social media advertising to a Russian government-controlled front group during the 2016 election cycle. While that amount is a relative pittance and critics are saying the ads were poorly produced — where is Bill Maher when you really need him? — the discovery has raised alarms. It’s ironic, of course, that America’s media elites are suddenly alarmed, considering that the CIA and intelligence agencies abroad have engaged in similar activity for decades. But putting that aside, what if the bigger danger comes not from amateurish foreign advertisers, but from foreign governments seeking to influence the American regulatory agencies meant to act as the citizens’ watchdogs? The former congressman then gets to the crux of his warning, asking a very pointed question to the reader that unfortunately sounds all too plausible in this day and age. Could a foreign government — such as Russia, Ukraine, or Mexico, for example — bribe or “incentivize” a federal agency such as the Federal Election Commission to regulate (or “rein in”) conservative news websites? The truth could be stranger than fiction if you examine the habits of the federal commissioners who run our regulatory agencies. Tancredo then reveals a fact that news outlets like The Daily Sheeple have long reported – there are absolutely elements within the federal government who have expressed support for censoring The Drudge Report in the past while at the same time taking dozens of trips overseas, sometimes even bashing the American way of life while doing so. For years, Democrats on the FEC have been vocal in their desire to regulate speech on websites such as Facebook and Twitter, to say nothing of Drudge and Fox News. Will they use the news of foreign government purchasing social media advertising as an excuse to enter that regulatory minefield more boldly? But what’s even more worrisome is that third-party groups, some connected to foreign governments, have spent tens of thousands of dollars helping regulators travel around the world. Who’s to say that quid pro quo, spoken or unspoken, isn’t part of the equation? It’s far more likely than the idea that foreign governments might be using a website like Drudge to spread propaganda. Buying one regulator would be more cost-effective than spending millions trying to sway millions through advertising. After all, “I can get it for you wholesale” is still the American way. Consider this. As the establishment media continues to push their 24/7 anti-Trump echo chamber, real dangers poised by other countries are going unchecked, with many in the media most likely on board with the idea that top conservative news outlets need to be censored. At this point one can’t help but wonder (and worry) that some form of political censorship of the internet is on the horizon which will most likely be attempted by connecting the amazing success of someone like Matt Drudge to supposed Russian propaganda operations – all in the name of censoring non leftist voices. Delivered by The Daily Sheeple We encourage you to share and republish our reports, analyses, breaking news and videos (Click for details). Contributed by Alex Thomas of The Daily Sheeple. Alex Thomas is a staff writer and reporter for The Daily Sheeple. Wake the flock up – follow Alex’s work at our Facebook or Twitter.

http://www.thedailysheeple.com/former-congressman-warns-that-foreign-countries-could-bribe-the-feds-to-regulate-drudge_092017 

:: 9-23-17 The Daily Sheeple :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Globalist Puppet John McCain Showered With Praise By Liberal Establishment and Hollywood Over Health Care Bill Opposition

September 23, 2017 | Alex Thomas | The Daily Sheeple

The liberal establishment, with help from Hollywood, is showering turncoat Sen. John McCain (R-AZ) with praise after his stunning announcement that he would once again go directly against his own campaign promise and oppose the Graham-Cassidy Obamacare repeal bill. McCain made the announcement in a statement Friday, saying that he could not in “good conscience” vote for the repeal of a law that he ran against during his last campaign. “I cannot in good conscience vote for the Graham-Cassidy proposal. I believe we could do better working together, Republicans and Democrats, and have not yet really tried,” McCain declared. “Nor could I support it without knowing how much it will cost, how it will effect insurance premiums, and how many people will be helped or hurt by it,” his statement continued. “Without a full CBO score, which won’t be available by the end of the month, we won’t have reliable answers to any of those questions.” After the announcement the liberal media immediately went to work praising the senator, with multiple “news” outlets spending considerable time painting McCain as some sort of hero standing up to the forces of Trump when in reality he is nothing more than an establishment puppet working for the very same masters who control the mainstream press. Unsurprisingly, numerous Hollywood celebrities also chimed in with praise for McCain throughout Twitter, with multiple openly anti-Trump Democrats responding joyfully to the senator once again turning on not only his party, but the people who voted for him in the first place. Some of the more pointed Tweets included: While McCain has long been considered a Rhino Republican, over the last year and a half he has been involved in a plethora of shady conduct, most aimed at stopping the Trump anti-globalist agenda dead in its tracks. In January it was revealed that McCain himself was the deep state operative who passed the infamous disinformation dossier on Donald Trump to the head of the FBI. McCain, apparently believed that the false information was so important that he specifically went out of his way to pass the documents to FBI director James Comey. “The Guardian can confirm that the documents reached the top of the FBI by December. Senator John McCain, who was informed about the existence of the documents separately by an intermediary from a western allied state, dispatched an emissary overseas to meet the source and then decided to present the material to Comey in a one-on-one meeting on 9 December, according to a source aware of the meeting,” the Guardian reported. As if that wasn’t enough, McCain then went on the offensive against Trump supporters themselves, using a wide-ranging interview with a liberal magazine to essentially declare war on the Trump agenda. In the interview, published by New York Magazine, McCain attacked both Trump and his supporters in a variety of different ways including the admittedly botched roll-out of the travel ban, his speech to the CIA, and his supposed views on torture. At this point it should be strikingly clear that Senator John McCain is working for the establishment deep state and is now willing to go completely against his own campaign agenda as long as it is made to hurt President Trump in the end. Delivered by The Daily Sheeple We encourage you to share and republish our reports, analyses, breaking news and videos (Click for details). Contributed by Alex Thomas of The Daily Sheeple. Alex Thomas is a staff writer and reporter for The Daily Sheeple. Wake the flock up – follow Alex’s work at our Facebook or Twitter.

http://www.thedailysheeple.com/globalist-puppet-john-mccain-showered-with-praise-by-liberal-establishment-and-hollywood-over-health-care-bill-opposition_092017 

:: 9-23-17 On Line Ministeries :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on September 23, 2017 by Jon Watkins

Queer Persona’s will Manifest at Halloween this year

1st Thessalonians 5:22 “Abstain from all appearance of evil.” What part of those six words do you not understand…….., Christian? Devil Worshiping Americans will break records with their Halloween spending this year, according to the National Retail Federation. It is not just children who live in a fantasy world. It is NOT the children who are going out buying costumes and handing down the Sins of the Fathers and mothers to the next Generation! Young, and some mature adults, have not grown up and are living out their lives in a perpetual dream state, as evidenced by the snowflakes that have manifested since 2016! 1st Corinthians 13:11 “When I was a child, I spake as a child, I understood as a child, I thought as a child: but when I became a man, I put away childish things.” “What one generation allows in moderation, the next will practice it in EXCESS!” That is my version of a saying I heard many years ago and IS so true! They surveyed about 7,000 ignorant people who will participate in the Eve of the Devil. The prediction is, lovers of Satan will spend around $9.1 billion on their holy day. Homosexual Batman seems to be the preferred Superhero this year and is tied with a Princess. Also see Manufactures Retailers and Superheroes going Queer. Third is an animal, and that could be attributed to the perverts known a Furries. Read about these Perverts here. Problem is, people, including those who claim to be Christians, are living in a fantasy world. To many are fixated on video games and science fiction and hellish, evil television and movies that are laced with homosexual innuendo! Hellywood is also consumed with blood and gore, which Halloween is now engrossed in. With all of the Zombie, Creepy Clown and Cannibal news, one would assume that would be the theme of this years Eve of the Devil! I suppose the Homosexual and Transgender agenda is to strong pull right now! Many so-called Christians do not heed 1st Thessalonians 5:22 “abstain from all appearance of evil”. . Not only do we flee from that which is evil, Psalms 37:27 “Depart from evil, and do good; and dwell for evermore.” we flee from that which appears to be evil. For instance, a pastor or professing Christian for that matter, should not be seen frequenting a bar because someone may think he or she is getting drunk, and probably is. Depending on the Bible version you use, 1st Thessalonians 5:22 refers to the “appearance of evil” (KJV), “every kind of evil” (NIV and NLT), or “every form of evil” (NRSV, NKJV, and ESV). Each is a good translation. The Greek word translated “appearance,” “form,” or “kind” can mean any of these things. The same word is used in 2nd Corinthians 5:7 and translated as “sight.” Avoiding the appearance of evil, or abstaining from every form of evil, means to live in God’s light by the power of the Holy Spirit. We “take no part in the unfruitful works of darkness, but instead expose them” (Ephesians 5:11). We SHOULD worry about the perceptions of others and about the integrity of our own walk with Christ. But alas people in this day can no more discern evil and do not have the slightest inkling of the mind of God! Now for you idiots who say who am I to judge a persons actions and heart 1st Corinthians 2:14-16 “But the natural man receiveth not the things of the Spirit of God: for they are foolishness unto him: neither can he know them, because they are spiritually discerned. 15 But he that is spiritual judgeth all things, yet he himself is judged of no man.16 For who hath known the mind of the Lord, that he may instruct him? But we have the mind of Christ.” I am NOT the Judge, I am merely a FRUIT inspector who can discern!

https://www.online-ministries.org/queer-personas-will-manifest-at-halloween-this-year/ 

:: 9-22-17 Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Georgia Tech Riot’s Dark Message To America

Scott Greer Deputy Editor 11:26 AM 09/22/2017

Georgia Tech may be the unlikeliest of places to witness violent riots, but in the current climate of campus insanity it seems no college is immune from student unrest. On Monday, cop cars burned down and police were pelted with rocks in retaliation for a “non-binary” student shot to death by law enforcement over the weekend. The slain student brandished a knife at officers while demanding that they shoot him. Video of the shooting and the multiple suicide notes left behind by the deceased student, Scout Schultz, indicate he was trying to goad police into killing him. (RELATED: Student Killed By Police At Georgia Tech Left Three Suicide Notes) Regardless of the evidence, aggrieved Techies took it as an act of police brutality against the LGBT community and decided upon violence. Georgia Tech was not the first place to see such aggressive demonstrations on a college campus this year. Riots took over the University of California – Berkeley over a planned Milo Yiannopoulos speech in February, resulting in several people assaulted by leftist demonstrators over the suspicion they may like Milo. (RELATED: Berkeley Student Paper Publishes Columns PRAISING Anti-Milo Riot) Leftist students took over Evergreen State University in May after a liberal professor suggested it was a bad idea to kick out all white students and faculty for a day of protest. After forcing the offending professor to flee campus, students effectively took most of the faculty and wouldn’t allow to them to even use the restroom unless they agreed to their ridiculous demands. (RELATED: Evergreen State Calls Protesters’ Actions ‘Criminal’…Two Months After The Fact) Additionally, baseball bat-wielding leftists patrolled the Evergreen campus to look for imaginary Nazis in the ensuing weeks. Physical violence has become an increasing factor in campus insanity, an element that was largely absent when I wrote my book, “No Campus for White Men,” last year. Sure, there were protesters aggressively disrupting speeches. There was that one University of Missouri professor who threatened to get “muscle” to remove a reporter from a safe space. But there were no burning cop cars and no conservatives getting beaten unconscious. A lot of the violence on campuses so far has appeared to have come from outside agitators affiliated with Antifa, as shown in the Berkeley riots. Georgia Tech, on the other hand, shows a riot originating from the student body, not from anarchists living in the nearby community. This is a big development for higher education. Students no longer have to rely on the local crust punk scene to shut down speakers and attack their political foes. They’ll just do it themselves. The bad news for America is that we are all but guaranteed to see similar, left-wing student-driven riots this academic year. Recent polling shows that more Georgia Techs are bound to occur. A poll released this week by the Brookings Institute showed that one-fifth of American students support violence against speech they find offensive. Sixty-two percent of self-identified left-wing respondents believe shouting over a disagreeable speaker is a great idea. Forty-four percent of students think hate speech is not protected by the Constitution, a false notion that would encourage left-wing agitators encouragement to use any means necessary to shut down their enemies. As a society, we’ve liked to tell ourselves that violence outside of self-defense is wrong. It is considered especially wrong if it is used against somebody expressing their constitutional rights, whether it be to vote, pray or share their political opinion. To the young leftists of 2017, however, violence is a good thing — if used by themselves and against those they deem beyond the pale. To them, their intimidation of wayward professors and macing of suspected “Nazis” are not acts of aggression, but measures of self-defense. Allowing dissidents to go unmolested means that vulnerable students are going to get hurt…somehow. “I put my safety and my freedom on the line because letting Yiannopoulos speak was more terrifying to me than potential injury or arrest,” one Berkeley rioter argued for why he took up violence to shut down speech. Violence is a righteous solution to offensive speech and alleged police oppression. It can be morally justified and defended with the most fantastical of claims. However, violence is still bad if it’s practiced by the other side as it’s only good when it remains in the Left’s grasp. The images coming out of Berkeley and Georgia Tech are shocking to most Americans, but to those who engage and sympathize with the riots, they’re brave acts of resistance. Burning a cop car is okay if done for a noble cause. Good moral standing is on the side of the rock throwers, not the police who just murdered a student belonging to a protected class. We may long for the days when checking your white privilege was the worst part of campus Leftism, rather than being sent to the ER over failure to check it. WATCH BEN SHAPIRO SHAME COLLEGE CAMPUSES THAT STOP POLICE FROM REDUCING VIOLENT OUTBURSTS FROM STUDENT:

http://dailycaller.com/2017/09/22/the-georgia-tech-riots-dark-message-to-america/ 

:: 9-23-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Doomsday is not on Saturday after all, writer says after predicting end of the world

David Meade, who claimed the world is ending Saturday when a mysterious planet collides with Earth, is now backtracking on the calamitous claim. Meade said the world won't end on Sept. 23 after all, but instead Saturday will only mark the beginning of a series of catastrophic events to occur over several weeks. “The world is not ending, but the world as we know it is ending,” he told the Washington Post. “A major part of the world will not be the same the beginning of October.” Meade said his prediction is based on verses and numerical codes found in the Bible, specifically in the apocalyptic Book of Revelation. He said recent events, such as the solar eclipse and Hurricanes Irma and Harvey, are omens of the approaching apocalypse. The significant number is 33, according to Meade. “Jesus lived for 33 years. The name Elohim, which is the name of God for the Jews, was mentioned 33 times [in the Bible],” he said. “It’s a very biblically significant, numerologically significant number. I’m talking astronomy. I’m talking the Bible...and merging the two.” Sept. 23 is also 33 days since the Aug. 21 solar eclipse. Meade has also built his theory on the so-called Planet X, which is also known as Nibiru, which he believes will pass Earth on Sept. 23. This will cause volcanic eruptions, tsunamis and earthquakes, he claims. NASA has repeatedly said Planet X does not exist. Meade’s prediction has been dismissed by people of faith including the Roman Catholic and Protestant branches of Christianity. Ed Stetzer, a professor and executive director of Wheaton College’s Billy Graham Center for Evangelism, slammed Meade’s theory on Friday, calling it “fake news” and asked Christians to be critical. “It’s simply fake news that a lot of Christians believe the world will end on September 23,” Stetzer wrote in Christianity Today. “Yet, it is still a reminder that we need to think critically about all the news.”

http://www.foxnews.com/science/2017/09/22/doomsday-is-not-on-saturday-after-all-writer-says-after-predicting-end-world.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9-23-17 New York Daily News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rescuers continue search efforts for missing as death toll climbs to 295 in earthquake-ravaged Mexico

BY Rich Schapiro NEW YORK DAILY NEWS Updated: Saturday, September 23, 2017, 2:44 AM

Weary rescue workers resumed digging through piles of bricks and cement in earthquake-ravaged Mexico Friday as the desperate search for survivors stretched into its fourth day. Families of the missing clung to hopes of a miracle after several people were pulled alive from the rubble in Mexico City on Thursday. “They keep telling us there is life in there, but we keep on waiting,” said Cristal Estrada, whose accountant brother Martin, 31, was among the missing. “There is life, yes, but we do not know if it is my brother’s. “They do not have much time in there,” she added. The death toll from the 7.1-magnitude earthquake rose to 295 people Friday. More than half of the fatalities — 155 — were in the hard-hit capital city. A total of 60 people have been plucked from the wreckage since the quake struck Tuesday. The rescue effort was suspended in parts of Mexico City overnight amid a drenching rain that threatened to destabilize the mountains of debris. Several families of the missing waited for news outside a collapsed seven-story building in the Roma Norte neighborhood. A list of 46 names of missing people was attached to a nearby lamppost where civil engineer Jose Gutierrez updated the relatives on the status of the rescue effort. Gutierrez straddled both worlds — he, too, had a relative believed to be trapped under the piles of concrete slabs. “My family is in there. I want them to get out,” Gutierrez said, his voice breaking with emotion. “So ... we go onward.” First responders and volunteers from a myriad of countries — including the U.S., Japan, Panama and Israel — have flooded Mexico to aid the search operations. The rescuers’ tireless work was rewarded Thursday when two people were pulled alive from the rubble of a decimated textile factory in the Colonia Obrera neighborhood. Cheers broke out among the roughly 1,000 volunteers when the survivors emerged from the pile. The celebration capped what had been a mostly fruitless search. A total of 21 people had been confirmed dead at the site, according to NBC News. As bulldozers and backhoes arrived in some parts of the city, officials insisted that the heavy machinery was only being used on wrecked buildings where no one had been detected or piles of rubble that threatened to collapse on other structures. “It is false that we are demolishing structures where there could be survivors,” said National Civil Defense chief Luis Felipe Puente. “The rescue operations will continue, and they won’t stop.” The death toll included 73 in Morelos, 45 in Puebla, 13 in Mexico state, six in Guerrero and one in Oaxaca. At least 25 people — including 21 students believed to be 7 or 8 years old — were found dead at the site of the crumbled private Enrique Rebsamen school in Mexico City. The devastated three-story building captured worldwide attention when it was revealed that a schoolgirl was trapped alive in the rumble. But the account turned out to be false — dashing the hopes of the rescuers as well as the untold numbers of people rooting for the girl around the world. “It was a confusion,” said Alfred Padilla, a volunteer rescuer at the school. “The important thing is there are signs of life and we are working on that.” With News Wire Services

http://www.nydailynews.com/news/world/search-missing-continues-death-toll-climbs-293-mexico-article-1.3514344 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 9-22-17 Israel Online :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Syria says IAF carried out air strike overnight near Damascus

According to several media sources in Syria, the Israeli Air Force attacked an ammunition warehouse near a Damascus airport during the night. Israel has yet to provide an official response.

Sep 22, 2017, 11:30AM Omri Ariel

Syrian media outlets reported Friday that the Israeli Air Force had carried out a strike overnight targeting an ammunition facility near Damascus. Some sources also published pictures and videos claiming to show the exact moment of the alleged Israeli strike. It was also reported that the area was engulfed by heavy smoke and that there were no Syrian casualties. If these reports are true, the strike may have been Israel's response to the unmanned drone from Syria that tried to infiltrate Israeli territory earlier this week. The aircraft, which was intercepted by a Patriot missile, was reportedly built in Iran and operated by Hezbollah in order to collect intelligence above the Golan Heights. The IDF stated after the incident, "The IAF's air defense troops have intercepted an unmanned drone which seemed to belong to Hezbollah. We will continue to respond forcefully to any such attempt in the future."

http://www.jerusalemonline.com/news/middle-east/israel-and-the-middle-east/report-iaf-strikes-overnight-near-damascus-31252 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 9-18-17 Gateway Pundit :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iran Claims Country Has Infiltrated U.S. Military, Obtained “Sensitive Documents”

September 18, 2017 by Joshua Caplan 

As tensions between the U.S. and North Korea reach new heights, it appears Iran sees an opportunity to flex its military might, as well. A new report reveals the Islamic Republic claims to have not only developed a monster 10-ton bomb, but also to have infiltrated the U.S. military. Both are explosive claims. Washington Free Beacon reports: A senior Iranian military leader claims the Islamic Republic has developed the “father of all bombs,” a 10-ton bomb that is said to rival the United States’ ‘mother of all bombs,” or MOAB, according to regional reports. Iranian General Amir Ali Hajizadeh, commander of the Iranian Revolutionary Guard Corp’s airspace division, claimed in an interview over the weekend with the country’s state-controlled media that Iran has developed the 10-ton bomb and has the capability to drop them from aircraft. Hajizadeh also claims that Iran has infiltrated the U.S. military and has sensitive documents in its possession. “We have infiltrated into the Americans’ command control centers over the recent years,” he was quoted as saying in a television interview broadcast on PressTV, another Iranian-controlled outlet. As previously reported by TGP, Reporters Without Borders (RSF) reveals mainstream media journalists have been both threatened and blackmailed by Iranian spies for positive coverage. Iran’s clandestine spy network has been threatening and blackmailing scores of journalists, even going so far as to detain and threaten the family members of these reporters, in order to ensure positive coverage in global media outlets, according to a new report that estimates at least 50 international journalists have been threatened in just the past year. Outlets such as the BBC and Voice of America have been subjected to threats and in some cases have had their computers hijacked by Iran, according to the report, which states that “all international media outlets with Persian-language services are concerned” about the Islamic Republic’s often-secret efforts to blackmail reporters in order to gain positive headlines.

http://www.thegatewaypundit.com/2017/09/iran-claims-claims-country-infiltrated-u-s-military-obtained-sensitive-documents/ 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 9-18-17 The Columbus Dispatch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Some agencies now suing citizens, journalists who seek public records

IOWA CITY, Iowa — An Oregon parent wanted details about school employees getting paid to stay home. A retired educator sought data about student performance in Louisiana. And college journalists in Kentucky requested documents about the investigations of employees accused of sexual misconduct. Instead, they got something else: sued by the agencies they had asked for public records. Government bodies are increasingly turning the tables on citizens who seek public records that might be embarrassing or legally sensitive. Instead of granting or denying their requests, a growing number of school districts, municipalities and state agencies have filed lawsuits against people making the requests — taxpayers, government watchdogs and journalists who must then pursue the records in court at their own expense. The lawsuits generally ask judges to rule that the records being sought do not have to be divulged. They name the requesters as defendants but do not seek damages. Still, the recent trend has alarmed freedom-of-information advocates, who say it’s becoming a new way for governments to hide information, delay disclosure and intimidate critics. “This practice essentially says to a records requester, ‘File a request at your peril,’” said University of Kansas journalism professor Jonathan Peters, who wrote about the issue for the Columbia Journalism Review in 2015, before several more cases were filed. “These lawsuits are an absurd practice and noxious to open government.” Government officials who have employed the tactic insist they are acting in good faith. They say it’s best to have courts determine whether records should be released when legal obligations are unclear — for instance, when the documents might be shielded by an exemption or privacy laws. At least two recent cases have succeeded in blocking information while many others have only delayed the release. State freedom-of-information laws generally allow requesters who believe they are wrongly denied records to file lawsuits seeking to force their release. If they succeed, government agencies can be ordered to pay the legal fees and court costs. Suing the requesters flips the script: Even if agencies are ultimately required to make the records public, they typically will not have to pay the other side’s legal bills. “You can lose even when you win,” said Mike Deshotels, an education watchdog who was sued by the Louisiana Department of Education after filing requests for school district enrollment data last year. “I’m stuck with my legal fees just for defending my right to try to get these records.” The lawsuit argued that the data could not be released under state and federal privacy laws and initially asked the court to order Deshotels and another citizen requester to pay the department’s legal fees and court costs. The department released the data months later after a judge ruled it should be made public. Deshotels, a 72-year-old retired teachers’ union official who authors the Louisiana Educator blog, had spent $3,000 fighting the lawsuit by then. He said the data ultimately helped show a widening achievement gap among the state’s poorest students, undercutting claims of progress by education reformers. The lawsuits have been denounced by some courts and policymakers. A New Jersey judge in 2015 said they were the “antithesis” of open-records policies and dismissed a case filed by a township against a person who requested police department surveillance video footage. In Michigan, the state House voted 108-0 earlier this year in favor of a bill that would make it illegal for agencies to sue public records requesters. The proposal came in response to a county’s lawsuit against a local newspaper that had sought the personnel files of two employees running for sheriff. A judge dismissed the lawsuit, saying the county had to approve or deny the request. The documents, ultimately released days before the election, showed that one of the candidates had been disciplined for carrying on an affair while on-duty in 2011. That candidate lost. The Michigan bill’s sponsor, Republican Rep. Klint Kesto, called the tactic “a backdoor channel to delay and put pressure on the requester” that circumvents the state’s Freedom of Information Act “Government shouldn’t file a lawsuit and go on offense. Either approve the request or deny it,” he said. “This shouldn’t be happening anywhere in the country.” As his bill remains pending in a state Senate committee, Michigan State University filed a lawsuit against ESPN after the sports network requested police reports related to a sexual-assault investigation involving football players. That and a number of other cases are currently unfolding. And in Portland, Oregon, school district filed a lawsuit against parent Kim Sordyl, who is seeking records about employees on leave for alleged misconduct after the disclosure that one psychologist had been off for three years. Sordyl said she believes the information will expose costly missteps by district human-resources officials and lawyers, and the district attorney already has ordered the records to be released. “They are going to great lengths to protect themselves and their own mismanagement. This is retaliation,” said Sordyl, who has hired an attorney. “Most people would give up.” A district spokesman said the lawsuit, which also names a journalist who requested similar information, amounts to an appeal “in an area of public records law that we believe lacks clarity.” “When this information is released prematurely, the district’s position is that the employees’ right to due process is jeopardized,” spokesman Dave Northfield said. The University of Kentucky prevailed in January when a judge blocked the release of records sought by its student newspaper detailing the investigation of a professor who resigned after being accused of groping students. The judge agreed with the university that the records would violate the privacy rights of students who were victims even if their names were redacted. While that ruling is on appeal, Western Kentucky University filed a similar lawsuit against its paper, the College Heights Herald, which sought records related to allegations of sexual harassment and assault involving employees. Several other state universities released similar documents to the newspaper, and the state attorney general has ruled that they are public records. “It’s not a good feeling knowing that we are being sued,” said Herald editor-in-chief Andrew Henderson, whose publication has been raising money to pay legal fees. “I just hope that something beneficial comes out of all of this for everyone involved.”

http://www.dispatch.com/news/20170917/some-agencies-now-suing-citizens-journalists-who-seek-public-records 

:: 8-12-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Navy fires two commanders after 'losing confidence in their abilities to command' as Asia sea accidents leave 17 dead

Charles William and Captain Jeffrey Bennett were fired by commander Vice Admiral Joseph Aucoin 'due to loss of confidence in their ability to command'

Ten American sailors went missing and are feared dead after a Navy warship collided with a commercial tanker east of Singapore and Malaysia on August 21

In June the USS Fitzgerald collided with a Philippine cargo ship killing seven U.S. sailors, with the crew being held accountable for their actions on the ship

It was the fourth major incident in the U.S. Pacific Fleet this year

By Reuters and Michelle Ganney For Dailymail.com

The U.S. Navy dismissed two senior officers, an admiral and a captain, on Monday after a series of collisions involving Seventh Fleet warships in Asia, citing a loss of confidence in their ability to command. Rear Admiral Charles Williams, commander of Task Force 70, and Captain Jeffrey Bennett, commander of Destroyer Squadron 15, were fired by Seventh Fleet commander Vice Admiral Phil Sawyer, the Navy said. In August, Sawyer replaced fleet commander Vice Admiral Joseph Aucoin, who was fired after the accidents. 'Both reliefs were due to a loss of confidence in their ability to command,' the Navy statement said. The shakeup in the Seventh Fleet command followed a pre-dawn collision between guided-missile destroyer USS McCain and a merchant vessel east of Singapore and Malaysia on August 21, which killed 10 sailors and was the fourth major incident in the U.S. Pacific Fleet this year. Chief of naval operations, Adm. John Richardson, said he wanted to conduct a 'comprehensive review' of recent US Navy collisions, according to CNN. He doesn't necessarily believe the incidents are a result of cyberintrusion or sabotage, however, he is considering all options. 'We are looking at every possibility so we are not leaving anything to chance there,' he stated. Additionally, in June, another destroyer, the USS Fitzgerald, collided with a Philippine cargo ship, killing seven U.S. sailors. An unnamed US defense official said: 'The way it looks now, it seems that the crew on the (USS) Fitzgerald is going to be at fault,' according to The Guardian. He added: 'They are certainly going to be held accountable in some way for their actions.' Senior US Navy officer, William Moran, told a congressional oversight panel in early September that the hectic pace of military operations and a constrained military budget don't excuse these two warship accidents that killed 17 American sailors. 'No matter how tough our operating environment, or how strained our budget, we shouldn't be and cannot be colliding with other ships and running aground,' Admiral William Moran, the vice chief of naval operations, told members of the House Armed Services Committee. 'We have allowed standards to drop as the number of certifications has grown,' he added. 'That is not about resourcing; it is about safety and it is about leadership at sea.'

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4895392/U-S-Navy-fires-two-commanders-Asia-sea-accidents.html#ixzz4tQQi5BrQ 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

[:: 8-20-17 am service (second word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

From this day forth, says your Father, the true news, the true news is going to have to come from me, because even those stations that at one time were true are now turning and going the other direction because of the power, because of the money people, because of those that want the one world government etc

:: 9-18-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Is Google Hiring 1,000 Journalists To Flood Newsrooms Around America?

by Tyler Durden Sep 18, 2017 10:40 PM

So what do you do when you fail to elect your chosen candidate and your former political allies and mainstream media turn against you by painting you not as the 'progressive', open-minded, friendly tech company that you used to be but as an evil, racist, Russian-colluding corporate villain intent upon destroying all that is sacred in the world? Well, you just buy the media, of course. As Poynter notes today, after a series of public relations debacles in recent weeks, from the firing of James Damore to news last week that Google's algos served up some fairly disturbing keywords to potential advertising buyers (e.g. "Why Do Black People Ruin Neighborhoods"), Google is ramping up its media presence with the announcement that the Google News Lab will be working with Report For America (RFA) to hire 1,000 journalists all around the country. Many local newsrooms have been cut to the bone so often that there's hardly any bone left. But starting early next year, some may get the chance to rebuild, at least by one. On Monday, a new project was announced at the Google News Lab Summit that aims to place 1,000 journalists in local newsrooms in the next five years. Report For America takes ideas from several existing organizations, including the Peace Corps, Americorps, Teach for America and public media. Unlike foreign or domestic service programs or public media, however, RFA gets no government funding. But they are calling RFA a national service project. That might make some journalists uncomfortable – the idea of service and patriotism. But at its most fundamental, local journalism is about protecting democracy, said co-founder Charles Sennott, founder and CEO of the GroundTruth Project. "I think journalism needs that kind of passion for public service to bring it back and to really address some of the ailments of the heart of journalism," he said. Here's how RFA will work: On one end, emerging journalists will apply to be part of RFA. On the other, newsrooms will apply for a journalist. RFA will pay 50 percent of that journalist's salary, with the newsroom paying 25 percent and local donors paying the other 25 percent. That reporter will work in the local newsroom for a year, with the opportunity to renew. Of course, while the press release above tries to tout the shared financial responsibility of these 1,000 journalists, presumably as a testament to their 'independence', it took about 35 seconds to figure out that the primary funder of the journalists' salaries, RFA, is funded by none other than Google News Lab. Meanwhile, as a further testament to RFA's 'independence, we noticed that their Advisory Board is flooded with reputable, 'impartial' news organizations like the New York Times, NPR, CBS, ABC, etc.... That said, as Jeff Bezos found out this morning, you can buy the media outlet but that doesn't necessarily mean you can buy their loyalty (see: Did WaPo Break The Law When It Disciplined A Writer For This Negative Article On Jeff Bezos?)....

https://nexusnewsfeed.com/article/geopolitics/why-is-google-hiring-1-000-journalists-to-flood-newsrooms-around-america/ 

:: 9-19-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Toys ‘R’ Us files for BANKRUPTCY: Retailing giant becomes the latest victim of online shopping - leaving its 64,000 worldwide employees at risk

Toys 'R' Us, the iconic toy store, filed for bankruptcy protection on Monday

It is the latest victim to the online shopping industry

The first Toys 'R' Us opened in 1957 and the company has since become a worldwide phenomenon

By Reuters and Dailymail.com Reporter Published: 01:37 EDT, 19 September 2017 | Updated: 02:17 EDT, 19 September 2017

Toys ‘R’ Us Inc, the largest U.S. toy store chain, filed for bankruptcy protection on Monday. This is the latest sign of turmoil in the retail industry caught in a viselike grip of online shopping and discount chains. Toys ‘R’ Us said it received a commitment for over $3billion in debtor-in-possession financing from lenders including a JPMorgan-led bank syndicate and certain of the company’s existing lenders. The new financing, subject to court approval, is expected to immediately improve the company’s financial health and support its ongoing operations during the court-supervised process, Toys ‘R’ Us said. The company’s Canadian unit intends to seek protection in parallel proceedings under the Companies’ Creditors Arrangement Act (CCAA) in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice, Toys ‘R’ Us said in a statement. The retailer’s operations outside of the United States and Canada, including about 255 licensed stores and joint venture partnerships in Asia, which are separate entities, are not part of the Chapter 11 filing and CCAA proceedings, Toys ‘R’ Us said. The filing is among the largest ever by a specialty retailer and casts doubt over the future of the company’s nearly 1,600 stores and 64,000 employees worldwide. It comes just as Toys ‘R’ Us is gearing up for the holiday shopping season, which accounts for the bulk of its sales. Toys ‘R’ Us filed the petition in the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the Eastern District of Virginia in Richmond, Virginia. The company has not shown a net quarterly since 2013, reports Bloomberg. The first Toys 'R' Us opened in 1957 and its inaugural CEO, Charles Lazarus, presided over the company until 1994. The company was bought out in 2005. In the process, it was saddled with major debts that it has never paid off. The company experienced some renewed success under CEO David Brandon, who since 2015 has sought to make Toys 'R' Us the destination for children that it once was. But the changes ultimately proved futile in the face of the online retailing industry. Toys 'R' Us has more than 800 locations in the United States and has stores from the United Kingdom to Japan.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4897848/Toys-R-files-BANKRUPTCY.html#ixzz4tQUiKloA 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 9-18-17 Government Slaves :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Companies are quietly pulling out of Baltimore, turning the city into one big food desert

Monday, September 18, 2017 by Thomas Dishaw

Baltimore is in bad shape. Crime, poverty, drugs and Democratic leadership has driven this once prosperous city to the point of despair. Baltimore, with an estimated population of 616,664 people, is facing a crisis; companies are pulling out of the city at an alarming rate creating one big food desert. Strip malls that were once overflowing with customers and businesses are becoming increasingly empty. Just look at the pictures below taken on the corner of Loch Raven Boulevard and Cold Spring Lane. The Mars Supermarket (one of the last truly independent grocery chains in Maryland) which used to reside in this plaza has finally closed its doors due to declining sales and intense competition. Mar’s, considered the anchor store in this strip mall, had a devastating domino effect on the rest of the businesses in this area, causing all of them to eventually shut down. Out of the six companies that once did business on this busy East side intersection only two remain. Wells Fargo, a bank that has more in common with criminals than it does a bank, and the other is a liquor store that seems to be at the heart of every inner city’s destruction. What is even more alarming is the population in this neighborhood is increasingly aging. Numerous apartment buildings in the area house hundreds, if not thousands of elderly citizens, most of whom depend on public transportation and rely on a grocery store within walking distance to acquire food. The lack of an available grocery store will be the demise of this neighborhood, just like many others before them. These food deserts force people to buy their groceries from gas stations or corner stores that charge triple the price for products and offer little to no healthy options for patrons. This situation also causes its residents to flee this environment, and with no new occupants wanting to move in it often results in abandoned and boarded up properties littering these neighborhoods. Sick of the lies? Get the Gov’t Slaves newsletter delivered to your inbox. Scenes like this have become a mainstay in Baltimore. As the inner-city economy collapses and crime and poverty continue to grow, companies are increasingly going out of business or relocating to friendlier, suburban areas. Baltimore is quietly turning into a mini Chicago, but does anybody care?

Thomas Dishaw is the editor and creator of Govtslaves.com. You can follow Gov’t Slaves on Twitter, Facebook and GAB or contact us by email at govtslaves@protonmail.com .

http://govtslaves.com/2017-09-18-companies-are-quietly-pulling-out-of-baltimore-turning-the-city-into-one-big-food-desert.html 

:: 9-19-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Scientists have stored light as sound for the first time in a breakthrough that could lead to super-fast computers

Scientists created a breakthrough microchip from chalcogenide glass

The microchip converts light into sound briefly before turning it back into light

While light is a good carrier of data, its speed can be a nuisance in computers

But this 'acoustic buffer' could help to slow the light down enough to be useful

By Shivali Best For Mailonline Published: 06:45 EDT, 19 September 2017 | Updated: 07:18 EDT, 19 September 2017

In a world first, scientists have stored light-based data as sound waves on a computer chip - a feat they compare to 'capturing lightning as thunder'. Storing light as sound has been pursued by large companies such as IBM and Intel for years, but until now has never been achieved. The researchers hope their breakthrough could lead to the creation of computers in which data can safely travel at the speed of light. Researchers from the University of Sydney demonstrated the technological breakthrough in a new study, published in Nature Communications. Transferring information from light to sound and back again inside a microchip is critical for the development of photonic integrated circuits – microchips that use light to manage data. These chips are being developed for use in telecommunications, optical fibre networks and cloud computing data centres where traditional electronic devices are susceptible to electromagnetic interference, produce too much heat or use too much energy. Dr Birgit Stiller, supervisor of the project, said: 'The information in our chip in acoustic form travels at a velocity five orders of magnitude slower than in the optical domain. 'It is like the difference between thunder and lightning.' This delay allows the data to be stored briefly, before being processed back into light. While light is an excellent carrier of data, its speed can become a nuisance inside computers. To help overcome this issue, the researchers created an 'acoustic buffer' within the microchip, in which light was temporarily converted into sound. Mr Moritz Merklein, lead author of the study, said: 'Building an acoustic buffer inside a chip improves our ability to control information by several orders of magnitude.' While light-speed data has its advantages, it must be slowed down to allow you do anything useful with it. Normally, this is done using electronics, but as computers and telecommunication systems become bigger and faster, the associated heat is making some systems unmanageable. The use of photonic chips is one solution to this problem being pursued by large companies such as IBM and Intel. Mr Merklein said: 'For this to become a commercial reality, photonic data on the chip needs to be slowed down so that they can be processed, routed, stored and accessed.' The researchers' chip is made of chalcogenide glass, which provides optimal guidance of both optical and acoustic waves. The chip operates at room temperature and can be used with other computer components, which means it can be easily integrated into photonic circuits. Dr Steve Madden, who also worked on the project added: 'The transfer of information from light to acoustic phonons is an exciting area currently receiving a lot of attention worldwide, and we hope this work will stimulate some new on-chip information processing capabilities.'

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-4898576/Scientists-transfer-light-sound-waves-world-first.html#ixzz4tQWYa2vZ 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 9-19-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Synthetic muscle that lifts 1,000 TIMES its own weight could lead to super-strong humanoid robots

The artificial muscle can push, pull, bend and twist, as well as lift heavy weights

It does so at low voltage without the need for an external compressor system

It is actuated using a thin resistive wire and an eight volt low-power supply

It is 3D printed into a silicone rubber matrix with ethanol distributed throughout

By Tim Collins For Mailonline Published: 06:54 EDT, 19 September 2017 | Updated: 06:55 EDT, 19 September 2017

Humanoid robots are a step closer after engineers developed synthetic muscle that can lift a thousand times its own weight. The 3D-printable synthetic soft muscle doesn't need an external compressor or high voltage equipment as previous models did. The artificial muscle can push, pull, bend and twist, as well as lift weight. A team of engineers at Columbia University says up until now no material has been capable of functioning as a soft muscle. This is due to an inability to show the desired properties of high stress and strain. Inspired by living organisms, team leader Professor Hod Lipson said soft material robotics hold 'great promise' for areas where robots need to contact and interact with humans, such as manufacturing and healthcare. He said that, unlike rigid robots, soft robots can replicate natural motion, grasping and manipulation, to provide medical and other types of assistance, perform delicate tasks, or pick up soft objects. Professor Lipson added: 'We've been making great strides toward making robot minds, but robot bodies are still primitive. 'This is a big piece of the puzzle and, like biology, the new actuator can be shaped and reshaped a thousand ways. 'We've overcome one of the final barriers to making lifelike robots.' To achieve an actuator with high strain and high stress coupled with low density, study lead author Aslan Miriyev used a silicone rubber matrix with ethanol distributed throughout in micro-bubbles. The solution combined the elastic properties and extreme volume change attributes of other material systems, while also being easy to fabricate, low cost, and made of environmentally safe materials. After being 3D-printed into the desired shape, the artificial muscle was electrically actuated using a thin resistive wire and eight volt low-power. It was tested in a range of robotic applications where it showed significant expansion-contraction ability. It was capable of expansion up to 900 per cent when electrically heated to 80°C (176°F). Via computer controls, the autonomous unit is capable of performing motion tasks in almost any design. Dr Miriyev, a postdoctoral researcher in the Creative Machines lab, added: 'Our soft functional material may serve as robust soft muscle, possibly revolutionising the way that soft robotic solutions are engineered today. 'It can push, pull, bend, twist, and lift weight. 'It's the closest artificial material equivalent we have to a natural muscle.' The research team plan to continue building on the development, incorporating conductive materials to replace the embedded wire. This should accelerate the muscle's response time and increase its shelf life. Dr Miriyev said that, long-term, they will involve artificial intelligence to learn to control the muscle, which may be a 'last milestone' towards replicating natural motion. The full findings of the study were published today in the journal Nature Communications.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-4898544/Silicon-3D-printed-muscle-lead-lifelike-robots.html#ixzz4tQYWr0Xi 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

 [ :: 10-3-12pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 9-19-17 Count Down to Zero Time :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Katy Perry IN YOUR FACE Witchcraft Mind control Cannibalism Satanism with the wonderful worship of death and the Brave Nuns who opposed her

on September 19, 2017

Nicole Sherzinger: “To make it, you really have to sell your soul to the devil.” In a recent interview with The Independent, Nicole Sherzinger – the former lead singer of the Pussycat Dolls – discussed the music industry and what is truly needed to make it. According to her, female pop stars who receive “industry love” must obey orders, forget about their values and accept to be slutty. In short, they must be willing participants of the elite’s Agenda. In Sheringer’s words: ” To make it, you really have to sell your soul to the devil”. To be honest with you, I sometimes wish I were more slutty. I’d probably be a lot more successful if I were. This is such a tough industry, you know. To make it, you really have to sell your soul to the devil.” When asked is she sold her soul to the devil: “No, I haven’t. That’s probably why I haven’t quite reached the top of my mountain. I mean, where’s my Tony Award, my Grammy, my Oscar? Why don’t I have any of those things yet?” HAS KATY PERRY SOLD HER SOUL TO THE DEVIL ? here she is riding her dark horse aka Lucifer now the fallen angel SATAN. Listen: Katy Perry is a Witch on 'Dark Horse' Track ... Satan comes as an angel of light he is your buddy he is your pal and he wants you to have fun fun fun. While behind the scenes he rips your soul apart. People love what the devil does for them because their lives are so dull boring and horrible they have nothing spiritual so that entertainment is their God. The devil likes nothing more than to strip us, whom God made in His own image, of our humanity. And there’s nothing more dehumanizing of oneself and the other than to commit cannibalism — the ingestion of humans by humans. Before it burned down in a hellish inferno last December, the “Ghost Ship” warehouse in Oakland, California, had held an evening performance “art” event in which the “artist” assumed the Arch of Hysteria pose (see “Oakland warehouse fire: Satan’s Hell House“). And yet, cannibalism has become a meme — an idea, behavior, style, or usage that spreads from person to person within a culture — in contemporary America’s sick culture. first lets look at Katy Perry’s song Chained TO THE RHYTHM THE SONG IS STAGGERING IN ITS HONESTY The Illuminate as sick depraved people who worship death destructive staggering evil murders. Yet they have a code. I believe this code was imposed on the devil Satan the dragon and his followers by God himself for Satan has no honor. The must tell us what they are doing or going to do. This song does that in spades. But it flies over most peoples heads. the lyrics are broken down below. THE SONG IS ABOUT MASS MIND CONTROL CHAINED TO THE RHYTHM LYRICS. Are we crazy? Living our lives through a lens Trapped in our white-picket fence Like ornaments So comfortable, we live in a bubble, a bubble

So comfortable, we cannot see the trouble, the trouble Aren’t you lonely Up there in utopia

Where nothing will ever be enough? Happily numb So comfortable, we live in a bubble, a bubble

So comfortable, we cannot see the trouble, the trouble Ah, so good Your rose-colored glasses on

And party on Turn it up, it’s your favorite song Dance, dance, dance to the distortion Turn it up, keep it on repeat Stumbling around like a wasted zombie Yeah, we think we’re free Drink, this one is on me

We’re all chained to the rhythm To the rhythm to the rhythm Turn it up, it’s your favorite song

Dance, dance, dance to the distortion Turn it up, keep it on repeat Stumbling around like a wasted zombie Yeah, we think we’re free Drink, this one is on me We’re all chained to the rhythm To the rhythm to the rhythm Are we tone deaf? Keep sweeping it under the mat Thought we can do better than that I hope we can So comfortable, we live in a bubble, a bubble So comfortable, we can’t see the trouble, the trouble Aha, so good (so good) Your rose-colored glasses on And party on Turn it up, it’s your favorite song Dance, dance, dance to the distortion Turn it up, keep it on repeat Stumbling around like a wasted zombie Yeah, we think we’re free Drink, this one is on me We’re all chained to the rhythm To the rhythm to the rhythm etc. It is my desire Break down the walls to connect, inspire Ay, up in your high place, liars Time is ticking for the empire The truth they feed is feeble As so many times before They greed over the people They stumbling and fumbling and we’re about to riot They woke up, they woke up the lions (woo!) etc. THIS VIDEO HAS TWO SKELETAL FIGURES AND IS OBVIOUS IN ITS WORSHIP OF DEATH Satanists love to desecrate the holy especially if it was once used for Worship Perry in 2015 was granted permission to buy a Nuns convent the nuns were not happy and accused her Witchcraft

LOS ANGELES (ChurchMilitant.com) – Legal wrangling over the sale of a Catholic convent to pop star Katy Perry has gotten contentious, after the nuns who once lived there called her “disgusting” and accused her of selling her soul to the devil. “[I would] not be very happy at all if Perry got the property,” said Sr. Rita Callanan. “I do not like Katy Perry’s lifestyle.” “I gave a lot of the things from the internet to show the archdiocese what kind of woman she was,” Callanan continued. “Some of the things she does are disgusting.” Callanan, 78, and Sr. Rose Catherine Holzman, 86, argue that their order has sole rights to the land, and have even called in a signatura — the highest judicial authority at the Vatican — to intervene, after Abp. Jose Gomez sued the sisters in The nuns detailed their recent meeting with the pop star, where they confronted her on her supposed witchcraft. “Katy Perry was all dressed very nicely and said: ‘I have this tattoo on my wrist and it says Jesus,'” said Callanan. “And I wanted to say, ‘Yes, and what is the tattoo on your behind?'” Perry, who once started out as a Christian singer, quickly went mainstream after her hit song “I Kissed a Girl,” about a lesbian encounter. Perry was afterwards on record saying she sold her soul to the devil. The nuns asked her about this claim as well as Perry’s participation in a 2014 “Witch Walk” in Salem, Massachusetts. “I asked her: ‘You are into witchcraft, you went to Salem,'” Callanan said Perry reportedly turned to someone in her entourage and asked if she had ever been to Salem. She probably couldn’t remember because of her MK ultra Fog multiple personality switch. “I said: ‘Come on, you didn’t know you were in Salem at a witchcraft thing? You don’t remember it?” explained Callanan. “‘That would stick way out in my mind. I read it, was that incorrect information?'” LYING KATY PERRY AT THE WITCH WALK She continued in her confrontation with Perry, saying, “I’m sorry, but I am just not into witchcraft and I am just not into people who are into witchcraft. It disturbs me, and that was our mother house and our retreat house, and it’s sacred ground.'” The sisters want to sell the property to a restaurateur, Dana Hollister, who has dished out $10 million for a grant deed and is willing to pay up to $5.5 million to the archdiocese to buy out the lease on the priests’ home. But concerns revolve around zoning if the land is turned into a commercial property. The overall target for Perry and her satanic cohorts is the moral order, especially as upheld by Christian civilization. The fight is not new in itself since Satanic symbols and lyrics have long pervaded modern culture. Katy Perry song WIDE AWAKE BACKWARDS Katy on her song dark horse “It’s kind of a juxtaposition” Perry explained to MTV “It’s got me, a pop artist, with a little bit of an urban kind of hip-hop-flavored background soundtrack to it, and the lyrics are kind of witchy and dark, as if I was a witch warning this man not to fall in love with me, and if you do know I’m going to be your last.” The video is used as worship for the dark Illuminati Egyptian Gods of the occult. The song is featured on the singers upcoming album Prism, Whats a prism katy The True Goal: Numb the Resistance These Satanists care little if they win or lose the concrete fight over the monument, the statue, the Black Mass, or whatever. Using the false argument of religious freedom, they will seek to remove a cross or religious symbol in the public square, If they win, the hated cross will be gone. If they lose, they will strive to put up their monument with equal exposure. KATY HERSELF HAS BY SELLING HER SOUL BECOME NOTHING MORE THAN A MONARCH MIND CONTROL SLAVE HERE IS KATY AND HER MK ULTRA HANDLER AND NEO-PAGAN EX HUSBAND RUSSEL BRAND RUSSEL BRAND katy perrys ex husband IS ILLUMINATI !!! DO NOT BE FOOLED !!! Katy Perry fights court battle over nuns who accused her of witchcraft The singer now needs final approval from the Vatican Will the Pope give permission Satanist Katy Perry is obsessed with cannibalism Katy Perry’s Illuminati Secrets Exposed

http://countdowntozerotime.com/2017/09/19/katy-perry-in-your-face-witchcraft-mind-control-cannibalism-satanism-with-the-wonderful-worship-of-death-and-the-brave-nuns-who-opposed-her/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 9-18-17 US Defense Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on September 18, 2017 by Ray Starmann

DID SUSAN RICE SPY ON TRUMP OFFICIALS FOR THE MUSLIM BROTHERHOOD?

After months of denials, the pretext for Susan Rice’s eavesdropping on Trump officials has finally been made public. It had been widely known that Obama’s former National Security Adviser had contrived to unmask the names of top Trump officials who had been spied on by the administration. And the same media that still treats Watergate as the Great American Scandal had claimed that there was nothing “improper” in an Obama loyalist eavesdropping on members of the opposition party. Every time Obama Inc. was caught eavesdropping on opposition politicians, it presented its spin in a carefully packaged “scoop” to a major media outlet. This time was no different. When Obama Inc. spied on members of Congress to protect its Iran nuke sellout, it packaged the story to the Wall Street Journal under the headline, “U.S. Spy Net on Israel Snares Congress”. The idea was that Obama Inc. was “legitimately” spying on Israel, that it just happened to intercept the conversations of some members of Congress and American Jews, and that the eavesdropping somehow meant that its victims, Jewish and non-Jewish, rather than its White House perpetrators, should be ashamed. The White House had demanded the conversations between Prime Minister Netanyahu, members of Congress and American Jews because it “believed the intercepted information could be valuable to counter Mr. Netanyahu’s campaign.” This was domestic surveillance carried out under the same pretext as in the Soviet Union which had also accused its dissident targets of secretly serving foreign interests. Obama and his minions had used the NSA to spy on Americans opposed to its policies. Including members of Congress. They did this by conflating their own political agenda with national security. Since Obama’s spin was that the Iran Deal was good for national security, opponents of it were a “national security” threat. And its fig leaf for domestic surveillance was that a “foreign leader” was involved. Now get ready for a flashback. Susan Rice’s excuse for unmasking the names of top Trump officials in the Obama eavesdropping effort was that they were meeting with the crown prince of the United Arab Emirates. The carefully packaged CNN story, which reeks of the Goebbelsian media manipulations of “Obama whisperer” Ben Rhodes, tries to clumsily tie the whole thing to the Russians. But for once it’s not about Russia. It’s about Islam. The UAE has become best known for being the first regional Muslim oil state to turn against the Muslim Brotherhood and the entire Arab Spring enterprise. It helped mobilize opposition to the Qatari agenda. The ultimate outcome of that effort was that Egypt was stabilized under a non-Islamist president and the Islamist takeover in Libya is looking rather shaky. The Saudi coalition against Qatar, the sugar daddies of Hamas, Al Qaeda and the Muslim Brotherhood, has its origins in that effort. When Obama Inc. spied on members of Congress before, it was to protect Iran. This time around, the gang that couldn’t spy straight was trying to protect the Muslim Brotherhood. The Iran Deal was never about stopping Iran’s nuclear program. It certainly does not do that. Nor was it ever meant to do it. Instead the real goal of the Iran negotiations was a diplomatic arrangement with the Islamic terror state. The fruits of that arrangement can be seen from Beirut to Baghdad. They are written in blood and steel across Syria, Israel and Yemen. And that arrangement had to be protected at all costs. Even if it meant spying on Americans. Even if it meant spying on members of Congress. The arrangement that Susan Rice was protecting by spying on top Trump officials was even older and dirtier. It goes back to Obama’s Cairo speech and the resulting bloody horrors of the Arab Spring. Both times Obama Inc. was caught spying on American officials to protect its dirty deal with Islam. Obama officials had spied on Americans to protect Iran and the Muslim Brotherhood. That’s more than a mere crime. It’s treason. Imagine if Watergate had been about the White House spying on Democrats for the KGB. That is the sheer full scope of what we appear to be dealing with here. Both high-level eavesdropping incidents involve an effort by Obama Inc. to protect Islamist enemies. These efforts checked all the right and wrong legal boxes. The orders were carried out by men and women who know all the loopholes. Each decision was compartmentalized across a network. There were always pretexts. And a media eager to fight for the right of the left to spy on the right. It is as unlikely that Susan Rice will be held accountable for pulling off a crime that makes Watergate into the gold standard of governmental ethics as it is that Hillary will ever go to jail for abusing classified information. The network, which some dub the swamp, has excelled at defending its own. That’s why current National Security Adviser H.R. McMaster protected Susan Rice’s access to classified information and nurtured all the Obama holdovers behind the leaks while purging those who tried to expose them. It is also why Susan Rice’s testimony did not leak until CNN was able to roll out its carefully packaged spin. Conservatives excel at zeroing in on abuses like Hillary’s email account, the Rice unmasking and the Benghazi cover-up, but falter when it comes to exposing the motives behind them. And so the investigation of the abuses quickly vanishes into a thorny thicket of alibis, technical legalities, cover-ups and licenses. And a baffled public reads about hearings that delve into acts rather than motives. It is vital that we understand not only what Rice did, but why she did it. It is important that we expose the pattern of misconduct, not just the individual act. Susan Rice’s eavesdropping would have remained hidden if Flynn and his appointees hadn’t temporarily obtained the keys to the kingdom. And the network quickly worked to have Flynn forced out and replaced with McMaster. And McMaster has steadily forced out Flynn’s appointees so that there are no more leaks like the one that exposed the Rice eavesdropping. The swamp looks after its own. Unless there are fundamental changes at the NSC and beyond, we will never know the full scope of the Obama eavesdropping operation. But we still do know a great deal about what motivated it. Susan Rice and the White House didn’t just eavesdrop on the political opposition. There was an agenda so urgent that they were willing to pull out all the stops to protect it. Even right down to committing what has become the ultimate crime in the White House. It was the same agenda that dragged us into a war in Libya. The same agenda that was at the heart of the diplomatic efforts of the administration over eight years. That agenda was empowering Islamists. The Obama edition of Watergate wasn’t committed merely for domestic political gain. It was carried out for a reason that was encompassed in his address to the United Nations after the Benghazi massacre. “The future must not belong to those who slander the prophet of Islam.” This foul slogan led to the first arrest of a filmmaker for political speech in almost a century. It led to the sordid betrayal of our national security and our allies. And to domestic espionage against Americans. The future must not belong on those who spy on Americans to protect Islamism.

http://usdefensewatch.com/2017/09/did-susan-rice-spy-on-trump-officials-for-muslim-brotherhood/ 

:: 9-18-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

America's Slow-Motion Military Coup

by Tyler Durden Sep 18, 2017 11:05 PM  Authored by Stephen Kinzer via The Boston Globe,

In a democracy, no one should be comforted to hear that generals have imposed discipline on an elected head of state. That was never supposed to happen in the United States. Now it has. Among the most enduring political images of the 20th century was the military junta. It was a group of grim-faced officers — usually three — who rose to control a state. The junta would tolerate civilian institutions that agreed to remain subservient, but in the end enforced its own will. As recently as a few decades ago, military juntas ruled important countries including Chile, Argentina, Turkey, and Greece. These days the junta system is making a comeback in, of all places, Washington. Ultimate power to shape American foreign and security policy has fallen into the hands of three military men: General James Mattis, the secretary of defense; General John Kelly, President Trump’s chief of staff; and General H.R. McMaster, the national security adviser. They do not put on their ribbons to review military parades or dispatch death squads to kill opponents, as members of old-style juntas did. Yet their emergence reflects a new stage in the erosion of our political norms and the militarization of our foreign policy. Another veil is dropping. Given the president’s ignorance of world affairs, the emergence of a military junta in Washington may seem like welcome relief. After all, its three members are mature adults with global experience — unlike Trump and some of the wacky political operatives who surrounded him when he moved into the White House. Already they have exerted a stabilizing influence. Mattis refuses to join the rush to bomb North Korea, Kelly has imposed a measure of order on the White House staff, and McMaster pointedly distanced himself from Trump’s praise for white nationalists after the violence in Charlottesville. Being ruled by generals seems preferable to the alternative. It isn’t. Military officers, like all of us, are products of their background and environment. The three members of Trump’s junta have 119 years of uniformed service between them. They naturally see the world from a military perspective and conceive military solutions to its problems. That leads toward a distorted set of national priorities, with military “needs” always rated more important than domestic ones. Trump has made clear that when he must make foreign policy choices, he will defer to “my generals.” Mattis, the new junta’s strongman, is the former head of Central Command, which directs American wars in the Middle East and Central Asia. Kelly is also an Iraq veteran. McMaster has commanded troops in Iraq and Afghanistan almost without interruption since he led a tank company in the 1991 Gulf War. Military commanders are trained to fight wars, not to decide whether fighting makes strategic sense. They may be able to tell Trump how many troops are necessary to sustain our present mission in Afghanistan, for example, but they are not trained either to ask or answer the larger question of whether the mission serves America’s long-term interest. That is properly the job of diplomats. Unlike soldiers, whose job is to kill people and break things, diplomats are trained to negotiate, defuse conflicts, coolly assess national interest and design policies to advance it. Notwithstanding Mattis’s relative restraint on North Korea, all three members of Trump’s junta promote the confrontational approach that has brought protracted war in Afghanistan, Iraq and beyond, while fueling tension in Europe and East Asia. Our new junta is different from classic ones like, for example, the “National Council for Peace and Order” that now rules Thailand. First, our junta’s interest is only international relations, not domestic policy. Second, it did not seize power in a coup, but derives its authority from the favor of an elected president. Third and most important, it main goal is not to impose a new order but to enforce an old one. Last month, President Trump faced a crucial decision about the future of America’s war in Afghanistan. This was a potential turning point. Four years ago Trump tweeted, “Let’s get out of Afghanistan.” If he had followed that impulse and announced that he was bringing American troops home, the political and military elite in Washington would have been stunned. But junta members swung into action. They persuaded Trump to announce that instead of withdrawing, he would do the opposite: reject “rapid exit” from Afghanistan, increase troop strength, and continue “killing terrorists.” It is no great surprise that Trump has been drawn into the foreign policy mainstream; the same happened to President Obama early in his presidency. More ominous is that Trump has turned much of his power over to generals. Worst of all, many Americans find this reassuring. They are so disgusted by the corruption and shortsightedness of our political class that they turn to soldiers as an alternative.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-09-18/americas-slow-motion-military-coup 

:: 9-18-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Soros Has Created the Battleground for America’s Second Civil War- Exclusive Report

This is a breaking and exclusive story that has not even made its way into Independent Media. California’s seismic activity centered around the San Andreas fault is no match for the tremendous upheaval that is going on inside the state. What is going on in California is a breeding ground and a prescription for violent revolution. And as you would expect, at the center of it all, is George Soros. A State with No Cohesion California is a state which is going through tremedous upheaval. There are competing forces which are fighting for the control of the 8th largest economy in the world. The political interests of California could not be more diverse. Economically, California is home to the greatest poverty in the nation as well as the greatest level of affluence. California’s political interests could not be more diverse. The political interests of the State Legislature would make Hitler and Mussolini blush with envy at the extreme liberalism and lack of personal libertiess. However, some of the most ardent conservatives live in one of America’s most affluent counties (Orange County). For 10 million of California’s diverse population, English is not the first language spoken. In short, the interests in California are so diverse that it is hard to believe that a violent revolution does not lie in the state’s future. The people in No. California have received no help and protection from their state government emanating from the ravages perpetrated upon the residents by the BLM and the EPA. Water compact and historical land use agreements have been frequently been violated by the Federal government to the extent that the residents and their elected representatives, mostly the County Commissioners, led a political rebellion to create their own state, the State of Jefferson. The movement was completely legal and followed the creation of the new proposed state through Article IV Section 3 of the U.S. Constitution which states: “New States may be admitted by the Congress into this Union; but no new States shall be formed or erected within the Jurisdiction of any other State; nor any State be formed by the Junction of two or more States, or parts of States, without the Consent of the Legislatures of the States concerned as well as of the Congress.” Thus, the legal and well-respected movement was born and was moving towards accomplishing the goal of statehood. However, George Soros, the United Nations and the globalists, as a whole had very different ideas. CALEXIT: The Planned Violent Overthrow of California According to Paul Preston, reports are circulating that numerous state legislators from California, including “California Senate pro tem Kevin de Leon), State representatives from Florida, Texas, New Mexico, Arizona, Nevada, Utah and Colorado have been meeting with members of La Raza, the Mexican government (consulate), Mexican Mafia (“La EME”), California’s violent Mexican gangs (Nortenos /Sureńos/ Sur 13), La Familia () and religious leaders (Catholic / Jesuits) to come up with a plan to separate from the United States as well as the above mentioned states”. Governor Brown, his aides, and the Bank of China have been in attendance in several of these meetings designed to sever California from the US. Further, The Common Sense Show has learned, independent of Paul Preston, that George Soros is bankrolling some of the costs associated with this movement. In addition to Soros, the United Nations and the Chinese government have had representatives at the CALEXIT meetings. Two Japanese Generals had an all day beheading contest. The ring leader was Sasakawa. Most shockingly, members of the Sasakawa Japanese crime family are in cahoots with Gov. Brown’s efforts to become El Presidente of California. By the way, the Sasakawa crime family is named after the one and only Sasakawa who engineered the brutal “Rape of Nanking”. After the war Sasakawa was not executed because he had money and could used as an asset. The Sasakawa crime family came to run Mitsubishi. In addition, subsequent meetings revealed that the Bank of China is helping to bankroll this movement in conjunction with George Soros. I want to emphasize that the Obama administration had representatives in the same room as these organized criminals. This is treason of the highest order. Today, former Attorney General, Eric Holder, is leading the movement. In addition to the criminal cabal elements already mentioned in the preceding paragraphs, MS-13 has entered into this equation. Based upon information that I received from Border Patrol and DEA personnel, obtained in the summer of 2014, I learned that MS-13 was being captured by the Border Patrol and then ordered released by DHS. This is significant because MS-13, as I reported 38 months ago plays the role of political assassins for the cartels in Mexico in which they carry out hits on law enforcement, political leaders, members of the media and their respective family members. Their presence guarantees the same behaviors in California and perhaps beyond for any and all opposition to this unholy alliance. On a related note, I recently interviewed Congressman Paul Gosar (9/17/17) on The Common Sense Show, and he expressed grave concern about the role that MS-13 is playing and will play in our country. What If CALEXIT Is Not Successful: An Insider Eyewitness Speaks Out In addition to what Paul Preston revealed as to the brains behind the Calexit movement, he revealed that he has a man on the inside, let’s call him “Mike”, as Paul Preston calls him. “Mike” not only reported on the attendees of these Calexit meetings, this insider reports CONFIRMED the Obama administration had three members in attendance and the administration is in support of this movement. Again, this point cannot emphasized too strongly. : Mike” also said that plans to start killing white people were discussed amongst the gangsters in attendance should CALEXIT falter. Need I point out that this man’s life would be in grave danger if it were discovered that he was a plant and reporting to the Independent Media? Therefore, his identity will never be released. The La Raza movement seems to be at the core of this movement. However, the original movement has morphed in its scope and implementation. Brief History of Reconquista Atzlan There is no legal mechanism in which a state can legally withdraw from the United States. I have written about this before as this plan to leave the United States is known in Mexico as the Reconquista movement meaning to reconquer what was forfeited from Mexico following the Mexican American war in the mid-19th century in which the United States purchased land from the defeated Mexico. La Raza and its first cousin MECHA espouse Trotsky’s principles for overthrowing all 8 state governments involved the taking of what once was Mexican land. The Reconquista movement is so controversial (i.e. the announced intention to expel all Whites from an 8 state area), that the plan has temporarily been reduced and morphed into a plan called Calexit, which used to be referred to at one-time as “YES, CALIFORNIA!” The Reconquista Movement once looked like this on paper: Today, these covert meetings indicate that the plan has been reduced to just California and the radicalized La Raza has taken a backseat, publicly, but has been instrumental in bringing together the criminal elements of this unholy organization. I think it likely that California is only a starting point and that this movement is going to spread far and wide. Look at the membership attendees, the state officials are from several states, not just California. This is a safe conclusion to make. For the reader’s convenience, I included the radio interview with Paul Preston. I have conducted many interesting and sometimes shocking interviews in the nearly 10 years I have been doing radio as the host of The Common Sense Show. However, I must say that I am stunned by the totality of the criminal element that is participating in the breakup of California and how that criminal element is partnering with elected officials, both federal and state, as they conspire to commit treason against the United States, as well as California. If one thinks that these assertions are far-fetched, please watch the brief interview recently conducted by Tucker Carlson of Fox News with a spokesperson of Calexit: As I look at these unfolding facts, I shake my head in amazement as it would be impossible make this information up because of its totally bizarre nature. The following video is the interview contains some details that was not included in this article and is provided as contextual background material and verfication for many of the claims made in this article. . Also at these meetings were the representative of George Soros. The ultimate plan for CALEXIT is to become its own country, but only as a protectorate of the United Nations. At my latest count, there are 23 movements for various states to withdraw from the country and George Soros has his fingerprints on all of them. It is clear that Soros is planning to destroy the United States from within through this movement. CALEXIT even has gone so far as to open an embassy in Moscow. Still Skeptical? Press conference announcing the formation of the CALEXIT embassy in Russia. Courtesy of Russia Today On December 15, 2016, Paul Preston told me that CALEXIT had opened an embassy in Russia. On December 18, 2016, Russia Today published the following: “A campaign calling for the independence of California from the United States has opened an “embassy” in Moscow. The movement, Yes California, is hoping for a “Calexit” break from the US. Speaking at a press conference on Sunday, Louis Marinelli, leader of the movement, said the embassy will not deal with diplomatic issues, but will act as more of a cultural center that will educate Russians about California’s history, boost trade ties and promote tourism.” In case you are keeping score, Governnor Jerry Brown is in full support of this movement. This movement is illegal and the participants are guilty of Treason and Sedition because Article 4 Section 3 of the Constitution does not permit the withdrawal of state from the country. The CALEXIT and the State of Jefferson Movement Are Incompatible CALEXIT cannot succeed f the State of JEfferson movement goes forward. Enter George Soros. How does George Soros deal with opposition? His history says he takes it over and destroys the opposiition from the inside. And this is exactly what Soros did to the Jefferson movement. In case one has been in a coma for the past several years, it is well-known that Soros and Moveon.org are one in the same. Meckler is a leader and strong proponent of the law suit being promoted by the second group. As they say, a picture is worth a thousand words. The above picture is of Mark Meckler and Moveon.org founder and leader, Joan Blades. Gotcha! As they say in the infomercial business, there is more. According to some I have spoken with in the area, Chuck Beretz is a staunch advocate for the CALEXIT movement. Below, Berets, takes the damning photo of Meckler and Blades and praises their alliances (ie “building bridges). Please note the CALEXIT reference in Beretz’s link in the tweet. As a result, Soros confiscated the Jefferson movement. The movement promptly launched a law suit that was totally irrelevant to the movement. The obvious purpose was to drain the resources of the movement so it would die. And die it has. I spoke with Paul Preston by phone on 9/18/17 and he stated that the Jefferson movement was dead. The Soros takeover of the Jefferson movement has been vehemently denied. However, the evidence is omnipresent. Mark Meckler, one of the founders of the Tea Party joins Geroge Soros operative Joan Blades of MoveOn.org for a “Living Room Conversation” on January 12, 2017 in Berkeley, Calif. Blades hosted the talk, which sought to bring representatives from both sides of the spectrum to seek common ground on issues. According to the article Meckler and Blades “have been talking online and over the phone for a few years now. Quietly, until now. Meckler is the front man for radio talk show host Mark Levin’s “convention of states” movement according the Paul Preston The meeting was revealed in a ‘tweet’ from ‘CalExit’ activist Chuck Beretz. Cal Exit is the George Soros sponsored movement to have California become it’s own nation. Here is one of the CALEXIT and “Kill the Jefferson movement” which has destroyed the statehood dreams of the proposed 51st state. Joe Garoli, on January 17, 2017, in an article appearing in SFGATE, made the same claims. So, is the Jefferson movement dead? It would appear so, as the Soros operatives have succeeded in destroying the Jefferson movement. Is California going to be the first of several states that will withdraw from the country, thus, leading to the demise of the United States? Not exactly. Paul Preston and his colleagues have resurrected the movement and have named it New California. Paul will be my guest on The Common Sense Show, on Octoober 1st, to discuss these developments in detai. New California The proposed map of New California can be found at the top of this article. New California is a new state in development exercising it’s Constitutional Right to form from the State of California. The process to form New California is authorized and codified in Article IV Section 3 of the U.S. Constitution in the same manner as the State of Jefferson. The movement has attracted monied interests as well as the suppot of 40 out of the 58 counties in California. Ne California has released the following demographic report: “Demographic Estimates 2016 Populations New California 15 Million California 45 Million New California will be the 6th largest State behind New York (bigger than Illinois and Penn), It’s Estimated 25-27 seats in the US House of Representatives will go to New California Old California will become the 2nd most populous state behind Texas and ahead of Florida, losing 25-27 seats in the US House of Representatives The 5 Southern New California counties have a population of just over 11 million If they were to break away they would be a state the size of Ohio, probably larger as some other counties might join.” Conclusion George Soros, for the moment has been defeated. his plan is being met and the people of California have new life. the attempted break-up of the United States is in jeopardy if New California is successful. However, this will not be the end of this story. Soros and the globalists will throw everything into defeating this newsest movement for independence. The biggest false flag in out nation’s history is set to happen and it would make an excellent backdrop string of hurricans which have struck major metro areas and a new line of storms is set to take place as well. However, the centerpiece for geoengineering will take place in Northern California, as this would stop the New California movement in its tracks. This will be the topic of discussion in Part Two of this series.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/09/19/soros-has-created-the-battleground-for-americas-second-civil-war-exclusive-report/ 

:: 9-18-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Caribbean islands shattered by Irma brace for another battering and begin evacuations as Hurricane Maria intensifies into a 'catastrophic' Category 5

Hurricane Maria strengthened from a Category 1 storm to Category 5 on Monday

It's expected to make its first landfall tonight in the Leeward Islands

Forecasters say it could get even stronger and become a Category 5 as it enters the warm waters of the eastern Caribbean

Many of the islands in Maria's path are just beginning to recover from the battering of Hurricane Irma

Puerto Rico is expected to take a direct hit, after losing power to most of the island due to a mere brush with Irma earlier this month

It's still too early to tell if Maria poses any threat to the U.S. mainland

By Associated Press Published: 00:04 EDT, 18 September 2017 | Updated: 23:40 EDT, 18 September 2017

Hurricane Maria grew into a Category 5 storm on Monday as it barreled toward a potentially devastating collision with islands in the eastern Caribbean just beginning to recover from Hurricane Irma. Forecasters warned it was likely to grow even stronger as it entered warmer waters. It's still too early to know whether Maria poses any threat to the U.S. Currently though, the storm is on a path that will take it near many of the islands already wrecked by Hurricane Irma and then on toward Puerto Rico and the Dominican Republic. Maria could hit Puerto Rico on Wednesday, said Ernesto Morales with the U.S. National Weather Service in San Juan. 'This storm promises to be catastrophic for our island,' he said. 'All of Puerto Rico will experience hurricane force winds.' The U.S. territory on Monday imposed rationing of basic supplies including water, milk, baby formula, canned foods, batteries, flashlights and other items. The U.S. National Hurricane Center said Maria had maximum sustained winds of 130 mph Monday afternoon, and called the storm 'extremely dangerous'. The eye of the storm is expected to pass near the island of Dominica on Monday evening. At 5pm ET, the storm was centered about 45 miles east-southeast of Dominica. Hurricane warnings were posted for the U.S. and British Virgin Islands, Guadeloupe, Dominica, St. Kitts, Nevis, Montserrat, Martinique and St. Lucia. A tropical storm warning was issued for Antigua and Barbuda, Saba, St. Eustatius, St. Maarten and Anguilla. Forecasters said hurricane conditions should begin to affect parts of the Leeward Islands by late Monday, with storm surge raising water levels by 6 to 9 feet near the storm's center. The storm was predicted to bring 6 to 12 inches of rain across the islands, with more in isolated areas. Officials in Dominica closed schools and government offices on Monday and urged people to evacuate and seek shelters. 'We should not take this storm lightly,' said Prime Minister Roosevelt Skerrit. 'Let us continue to pray for our safety.' Officials in Guadeloupe said the French Caribbean island would experience extremely heavy flooding starting Monday afternoon, and they warned that many communities would be submerged overnight. In nearby Martinique, authorities ordered people to remain indoors and said they should be prepared for power cuts and disruption in the water supply. All schools and non-essential public services were closed. On Wednesday, Maria was expected to be near or over Puerto Rico, which was spared the full brunt of Irma, although much of the island had its power knocked out. Nearly 70,000 people remain without power, and Gov. Ricardo Rossello on Monday warned of another widespread outage. 'We have an extremely weak infrastructure that has already been hit by one storm,' he said. 'This is going to be a catastrophic event.' Forecasters said the storm would dump up to 18 inches of rain across Puerto Rico and whip the U.S. territory with heavy winds for 12 to 24 hours. Officials said the Federal Emergency Management Agency was ready to bring drinking water and help restore power in Puerto Rico immediately after the storm. Rossello said officials had prepared about 450 shelters with a capacity for nearly 68,000 people - or even 125,000 in an emergency. There are still nearly 200 people in shelters from Hurricane Irma. Schools were cancelled for Monday and government employees would work only a half day. Officials in the Dominican Republic urged people to leave areas prone to flooding and said fishermen should remain in port. Farther north, long-lived Hurricane Jose continued to head northward off the U.S. East Coast, causing dangerous surf and rip currents. It wasn't expected to make landfall but tropical storm watches were posted along the coast from Delaware to Massachusetts' Cape Cod. Jose was centered about 265 miles east-southeast of Cape Hatteras, North Carolina, and was moving north at 9 mph. It had maximum sustained winds of 75 mph. The ocean washed over parts of North Carolina's Outer Banks as Hurricane Jose passed well to the east, and five people were knocked off a coastal jetty in Rhode Island by high surf caused by the storm. Officials said rescuers had to fight through rough surf to load the injured onto stretchers and get them to shore. All five were taken to a hospital with minor and major injuries. In the Pacific, Tropical Storm Norma's threat to Mexico's Los Cabos resort area at the southern end of the Baja California Peninsula seemed to ease as forecasters said the storm's center was likely to remain offshore. Norma had winds of about 50 mph and it was centered about 175 miles southwest of Cabo San Lucas. The Baja California Sur state government prepared storm shelters and canceled classes for Monday. Meanwhile, Tropical Storm Lee weakened into a tropical depression far out in the Atlantic while Hurricane Otis weakened far out in the Pacific. Neither threatened land.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4894198/Hurricane-Maria-heads-battered-Carib-islands.html#ixzz4tKFGSaVo 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 9-19-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane Maria's first victim: One dead and two missing on Guadeloupe after Category 5 storm roared past the island with 160-mph winds - and Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands are next

One person is dead and two missing on the island of Guadeloupe after Hurricane Maria passed by the island on Tuesday

Maria made its first landfall Tuesday morning on the island of Dominica

Communications have been knocked out but there are reports of 'widespread devastation'

Meanwhile, residents in the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico are bracing for a direct hit

Forecasters say Maria will make landfall in the early hours of Wednesday on the southwestern tip of St. Croix

The eye will then hit the southeastern coast of Puerto Rico a few hours later

'This is going to be a catastrophic event,' Puerto Rico Gov Ricardo Rossello warned

Experts say Maria's eye is getting smaller - so it's becoming more powerful

There have been twice as many storms with twice as much power as usual so far this year

And there haven't been this many Category 3 and above storms in seven years

By Jake Wallis Simons, Associate Global Editor, In Antigua, Caribbean and Julian Robinson for MailOnline and Ashley Collman For Dailymail.com Published: 02:48 EDT, 19 September 2017 | Updated: 20:24 EDT, 19 September 2017

Hurricane Maria has claimed its first victim. Officials say one person died on Guadeloupe after being hit by a falling tree when the Category 5 storm hit the French Caribbean island overnight. Authorities say the person did not comply with orders to remain indoors on Tuesday morning. They say two other people are reported missing after their boat sank off La Desirade island, just east of Guadeloupe. About 40 percent of the island is without power. That's 80,000 homes. Flooding has been reported in several communities, especially along the southern coast. Officials say Les Saintes, Marie-Galant, Petit-Bourg and La Desirade have been the hardest hit. Roads are littered with fallen branches and trees but only limited infrastructure damage has been reported. But the damage there is likely not as bad as Dominica, which suffered a direct hit. Communications to the island were wiped out in the storm, so the extent of the damages - including any casualties - are still unclear. Meanwhile, Americans in the U.S. Virgin Islands and Puerto Rico are preparing for direct hits on Wednesday. Hurricane Maria's track shifted slightly on Tuesday, putting the island of St. Croix in the U.S. Virgin Islands in its direct path. U.S. Virgin Islands Gov. Kenneth Mapp said Tuesday that the eye is now expected to pass over the southwestern tip of St. Criox early Wednesday morning, on its way to Puerto Rico. The Virgin Islands are already reeling from Hurricane Irma, which passed over the islands of St. Thomas and St. John earlier this month. Maria is expected to bring up to 12 inches of rain to St. John. Meanwhile, Puerto Ricans are bracing for their first direct hit from a Category 4 or stronger hurricane in 85 years. Puerto Ricians have been told to 'evacuate or die' after Maria laid waste to the island of Dominica overnight. The Category 5 hurricane is expected to make landfall Wednesday morning, but conditions will start deteriorating as early as Tuesday at noon. Islanders have been warned to find shelter immediately, with the howling 160mph winds expected to 'devastate' the U.S. island territory, much of which is still without power after a brush with Hurricane Irma earlier this month. Frantic attempts are also being made to prepare for the monster storm before it slams into the British Virgin Islands, where a curfew has been put in place as rescuers battle to clear the damage already caused by Hurricane Irma. It comes as experts revealed Maria has developed a dangerous 'pinhole eye' producing a more compact center and intensifying its power. It's still too soon to know whether it poses any threat to the mainland U.S. Overnight, the storm caused chaos on Dominica and destroyed the house of prime minister Roosevelt Skerrit who had to be rescued. The 44-year-old, who has led the country since 2004, said he had been at the 'complete mercy of the hurricane' before making it to safety. But he later warned the island of 72,000 people has lost 'all that money can buy', adding on Facebook: 'My greatest fear for the morning is that we will wake to news of serious physical injury and possible deaths as a result of likely landslides triggered by persistent rains.' Unconfirmed reports have suggested that Dominica's main hospital has had its roof torn off, leaving patients vulnerable to the hurricane and local residents without access to medical care. Power has gone down across the majority of Dominica. The DBS radio station has stopped broadcasting on the island after reports that the building had been smashed by falling objects in 160mph winds. Fierce winds and driving rain lashed mountainous Dominica for hours late Monday night. Its winds reached sustained maximum speeds of 160mph as it plowed into the tiny country - and forecasters warned it might become even stronger, the latest blow in the worst hurricane season for seven years. A police official on the island, Inspector Pellam Jno Baptiste, said late Monday night that there were no immediate reports of casualties but it was too dangerous for officers to do a full assessment as the storm raged outside. 'Where we are, we can't move,' he said in a brief phone interview late Monday night while hunkered down against the region's second Category 5 hurricane this month. On the nearby island of Guadeloupe, footage showed ferocious tree-bending winds whipping through deserted streets and shaking lamp posts when the storm first hit. Meanwhile, the damage appeared to be minimal on the French island of Martinique, after Maria roared past the island on Tuesday. About 25,000 households lost electricity and two small towns are without potable water. The head of French civil security, Jacques Witkowski, told reporters in Paris on Tuesday that it was too soon to say whether the French department of Guadaloupe was so lucky. Communications there have been difficult. He says at least two people suffered minor injuries. The prefect, or highest French official, of Guadaloupe, Eric Maire, said in a video via Twitter that some roads and homes were flooded and heavy rain is expected to continue. He told island residents to 'remain inside' amid the flood threat and warnings by forecasters of possible landslides. France is upping its manpower in the region, with two flights taking off on Tuesday, the first carrying 160 firefighters and military personnel to Martinique. Maria weakened briefly before dawn Tuesday to a still major Category 4 storm after its rampage over Dominica. But the fluctuation in intensity proved short-lived as a hurricane hunter plane reported the storm had regained its fearsome Category 5 status within hours. Meanwhile, emergency steps are being undertaken on the British Virgin Islands to prepare for the looming onslaught, although an official co-ordinating the operation has warned the islands had been 'weakened' by Irma and the situation 'doesn't look good'. A curfew is in place and the governor Gus Jaspert warned of a race against time to clear up Irma debris to stop it becoming 'missiles' when Maria hits. Another British overseas territory, Montserrat, has been issued with a hurricane warning amid fears Maria could bring a devastating storm surge, while torrential rain could trigger deadly flash floods. The Foreign Office is warning against travelling to the BVI, Monterrat, Anguilla and the Turks and Caicos Islands. UK International Development Secretary Priti Patel said the Government is under no illusion about the possible impact of the strengthening hurricane and said they were taking steps to prepare communities. In just a 27-hour span between Sunday and Monday, Maria strengthened from a Category 1 hurricane to a Category 5 hurricane. When it hit Dominica, it weakened to a Category 4, but only for a brief period before returning to top strength. Fluctuations in intensity were expected, and forecasters have warned Maria would likely intensify over the next 24 hours or longer, noting its eye had shrunk to a compact 10 miles across and warning: 'Maria is developing the dreaded pinhole eye.' That generally means an extremely strong hurricane will get even mightier, said Brian McNoldy, a hurricane researcher at the University of Miami. He said it just like when a spinning ice skater brings in their arms and rotates faster. 'You just don't see those in weaker hurricanes,' he said. The storm's hurricane-force winds extended out about 35 miles and tropical storm-force winds out as far as 125 miles. That means that those in the line of Maria's path will start feeling the effects of the storm hours before it hits. Hurricane warnings were posted for the U.S. and British Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, Guadeloupe, Dominica, St. Kitts, Nevis and Montserrat. A tropical storm warning was issued for Martinique, Antigua and Barbuda, Saba, St. Eustatius, St. Maarten, St. Lucia and Anguilla. Forecasters said storm surge could raise water levels by 6 to 9 feet near the storm's center. The storm was predicted to bring 10 to 15 inches of rain across the islands, with more in isolated areas. The current forecast track would carry it about 22 miles south of St. Croix in the U.S. Virgin Islands late Tuesday and early Wednesday, territorial Gov. Kenneth Mapp said. 'We are going to have a very, very long night,' Mapp said as he urged people in the territory to finish any preparations. St. Thomas and St. John are still stunned from a direct hit by Hurricane Irma, which did extensive damage and caused four deaths on the two islands. Barry University said it chartered a private plane to carry students and staff from its St. Croix facility to Florida in preparation for Maria. It said 72 people connected to the Barry's Physician Assistant Program and a few pets were on Monday's evacuation flight. Authorities in the U.S. territory of Puerto Rico warned that people in wooden or flimsy homes should find safe shelter before the storm's expected arrival there on Wednesday. 'You have to evacuate. Otherwise, you're going to die,' said Hector Pesquera, the island's public safety commissioner. 'I don't know how to make this any clearer.' Gov. Ricardo Rossello said Puerto Rico had 500 shelters capable of taking in up to 133,000 people in a worst-case scenario. He also said the Federal Emergency Management Agency was ready to bring drinking water and help restore power immediately after the storm, which could hit as a Category 5 hurricane. Puerto Rico is expected to take a direct hit from Maria, which will likely devastate the island. Some 70,000 people there still without power because of Irma, which merely brushed the island, and 200 are still in shelters. Rosselló warned the hurricane will have a much greater impact than Irma. 'It will essentially devastate most of the island,' he told USA Today adding: 'It will provoke massive flooding in flooding prone regions ... our priority is to save lives.' The U.S. territory on Monday imposed rationing of basic supplies including water, milk, baby formula, canned foods, batteries, flashlights and other items. Roberto Garcia, with the National Weather Service in San Juan, said: 'That is catastrophic in every way. People have to act, and they have to act now. They can no longer wait for a miracle.' Guadeloupe, the French island near Dominica, has already experienced heavy flooding amid warnings many communities could be submerged. On Dominica, Skerrit used Facebook to update islanders through the night, writing: 'Certainly no sleep for anyone in Dominica. I believe my residence may have sustained some damage,' he wrote at first. But he then added: 'We do not know what is happening outside. We do not dare look out. All we hear is the sound of galvanise (galvanised iron roofing) flying. The sound of the fury of the wind. As we pray for its end!' An hour later, the Prime Minister posted dramatically: 'Rough! Rough! Rough!' He then added, 'my roof is gone. I am at the complete mercy of the hurricane. House is flooding.' As Dominican citizens and others around the world looked on, a few minutes later he concluded: 'I have been rescued,' before explaining that the loss of his roof 'triggered an avalanche of torn away roofs in the city and the countryside'. The Prime Minister then appealed to 'friendly nations and organizations with helicopter services' for help. In referring to the galvanized iron roofs, Mr Skerrit was identifying one of the worst hazards in a long list of dangers facing islanders. Flung into the air by hurricane-force winds, the tin sheeting becomes in effect flying blades. A woman from the island of Barbuda, told MailOnline last night that she had seen a horse cut in half by a sheet of the roofing when the island was flattened by Hurricane Irma. Hurricane Maria started as a tropical storm last week but quickly gained power as it approached the Caribbean islands. In just a 27 hour period between Sunday and Monday, it was upgraded from a Category 1 to a Category 5 - just in time to make landfall on Dominica, a mountainous island prone to landslides in heavy rains. Dominica last suffered serious weather damage during Tropical Storm Erica in 2015, which dumped 33-inches of rain, triggering widespread mudslides. The entire town of Petite Savanne had to be evacuated and 30 people were killed. It is thought that Dominica has not seen such severe weather since Hurricane David, a Category Five storm, killed more than 2,000 people on the island in 1979. In 1930, Hurricane San Zenon also left thousands of Dominicans dead. Heavy wind and rain continues to lash a number of islands in the Caribbean, with particular fears for Guadeloupe and Puerto Rico as well as Dominica. Barbuda and St Martin, both of which suffered the brunt of Hurricane Irma and were almost totally destroyed, are also suffering the onslaught of Maria tonight. Even though they do not lie directly in the path of the storm, the mountains of debris lying in the streets and the thousands of ruined buildings on the islands make the level of danger severe. Barbuda is understood to have been entirely evacuated yesterday for the first time in about 300 years, with many residents taken to nearby Antigua. The island is now guarded by Royal Marines. Meanwhile, Jose remained a Category 1 hurricane in the Atlantic as it churned up dangerous surf and rip currents along the U.S. East Coast. It was about 350 miles south-southwest of Nantucket, Massachusetts, and had top sustained winds of 75 mph. The ocean washed over parts of North Carolina's Outer Banks as Hurricane Jose passed well to the east, and five people were knocked off a coastal jetty in Rhode Island by high surf caused by the storm. Officials said rescuers had to fight through rough surf to load the injured onto stretchers and get them to shore. All five were taken to a hospital with minor and major injuries. In the Pacific, Tropical Storm Norma's threat to Mexico's Los Cabos resort area at the southern end of the Baja California Peninsula seemed to ease as forecasters said the storm's center was likely to remain offshore. Norma had winds of about 50 mph and it was centered about 175 miles southwest of Cabo San Lucas. The Baja California Sur state government prepared storm shelters and canceled classes for Monday. Meanwhile, Tropical Storm Lee weakened into a tropical depression far out in the Atlantic while Hurricane Otis weakened far out in the Pacific. Neither threatened land. All of this makes this year's hurricane season the worst in years by any number of standards, USA Today reported. For a start, it's the first year since 2010 that four hurricanes in Category 3 or above had been spotted by September 18. In total, seven hurricanes have formed this year - that's double the number that would usually accumulate by this point, said Colorado State University meteorologist Phil Klotzbach. The energy generated by the storms - known as Accumulated Cyclone Energy - is also double the usual amount. In fact, it hasn't been this high since 2005 - the year that Hurricane Katrina hit Louisiana. Another double: So far this year hurricanes have been circulating in the Atlantic for 30 days thus far. Usually 15 days is the average. That's the highest figure since 2004. It's been a shocking - and dangerous - year from a U.S. perspective, too. Never before in recorded hurricane history - a full 166 years - have two Category 4 hurricanes hit the U.S. But this year both Harvey and Irma struck various States.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4898010/Dominica-PM-rescued-home-Hurricane-Maria-hits.html#ixzz4tKJFIJ3A 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 9-18-17 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gingrich: NKorea Poses 'Greatest Danger of Nuclear War'

By Sandy Fitzgerald | Monday, 18 Sep 2017 11:31 AM

President Donald Trump must stress the dangers of North Korea and urge the countries of the United Nations to come together against its threat, as the country and its leadership pose the "greatest danger of nuclear war that we have seen, not just since the Cold War," former House Speaker Newt Gingrich said Monday. "I think it's a greater danger than the Cuban Missile Crisis or other events during the Cold War," Gingrich told Fox News' "Fox & Friends" program. "There's a very real danger here that we're going to somehow end up in a nuclear exchange that will kill an enormous number of people." Further, he said, "all the elements of the planet," including Russia and China, will have to be involved in convincing North Korea to "step down and limit their ambitions." China, in particular, has to cut off North Korea economically, said Gingrich, but there are "a lot of games being played" by many parties. "The North Korean economy continues to be financed by Russia and China, and I think those two countries have to understand they are risking a real war on their border if they allow this to continue," said Gingrich. "The United States is not going to tolerate a dictatorship with ICBMs with hydrogen warheads that could eliminate American cities ... no president could responsibly take the risk of somebody like Kim Jong Un, literally wiping out Seattle or Chicago or Los Angeles." Trump will have other powerful messages when he speaks to the United Nations' General Assembly on Tuesday, said Gingrich, including about his vision of sovereignty, and the United States as a unique nation. "He expects everybody else also to be unique nations," said Gingrich. "I think somebody who cuts through all the globalism and reasserts the legitimacy of national sovereignty is a very important step for the UN." Secondly, the UN must reform itself, said Gingrich, as "there are too many ways in which it is incompetent and inefficient and some ways dishonest." The United States, meanwhile, has been the "most generous country," and it is reasonable for Trump to say to the world that it must do its fair share, said Gingrich. "We accept more illegal immigrants," said the former speaker. "We have put tens of billions of dollars into foreign aid, we put tens of billions of dollars in humanitarian aid trying to follow up after tsunamis and earthquakes. So I think it is reasonable to say to the world you have to do your fair share too." The United States also should look seriously at its entire relationship with the UN, and decide if it should form "some kind of organization of democracies," said Gingrich. In the UN, he continued, "you have the United States getting outvoted by disasters like Venezuela or other countries that are crashing, dictatorships like [Vladimir] Putin's government, which has been assassinating people. One of the uncovered stories of the last three or four years is how many people the Russians have assassinated, and we pretend that they're morally equal. Well, they're not."

http://www.newsmax.com/Politics/newt-gingrich-north-korea-poses-greatest/2017/09/18/id/814196/ 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 9-17-17 Rueturs :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea fuel prices soar after U.N. sanctions capping supply

September 17, 2017 / 11:46 PM / a day ago

(Reuters) - Gasoline and diesel prices rose sharply in North Korea after its sixth nuclear test and as the U.N. Security Council imposed new sanctions capping fuel supply, market data analyzed by Reuters on Monday showed. The Security Council unanimously passed a resolution on Sept. 11 banning exports of condensates and natural gas liquids to the North and capping the annual supply of refined petroleum products at two million barrels and crude at its current levels. The price of gasoline sold by private dealers in the capital Pyongyang and northern border cities of Sinuiju and Hyesan spiked to $2.51 per kg as of Sept. 13, up 45.1 percent from $1.73 per kg on Sept. 5, according to Reuters analysis of data compiled by the Daily NK website. The website is run by North Korean defectors who collect prices via phone calls with traders in the North. Diesel prices also surged 61.5 percent from $1.30 per kg to $2.10 per kg during the same period. Lee Sang-yong, who speaks regularly to sources inside the North and supervises market data from them, said the price hikes were caused primarily by a cut in supplies as the regime scrambles to hoard fuel, wary of a potential fuel crunch. “North Korean authorities are likely to have intentionally reduced supplies in the market after the nuclear test, thinking the U.N. Security Council sanctions would affect their own repository,” Lee said. “In addition, astute traders are cutting their supplies on the expectations that the prices would go up further, while there’s some psychological effect among ordinary citizens who worry about war.” U.N. Ambassador to the United Nations Nikki Haley said on Sunday the Security Council has run out of options on containing the North’s nuclear programmer and Washington may have to turn the matter over to the Defense Department. North Korea launched a missile over Japan into the Pacific Ocean on Thursday in defiance of the new Security Council. White House national security adviser H.R. McMaster said on Friday, after the latest North Korean missile launch, that the United States was running out of patience: “We’ve been kicking the can down the road, and we’re out of road.” The latest gasoline price represents a 70.7 percent and 153.5 percent surge compared with statistics posted on June 8 and Dec. 1, respectively, less than one week after the Security Council adopted its last two resolutions on North Korea. North Korea gets most of its fuel from China and some from Russia. U.S. and South Korean officials have said the North imports some 4.5 million barrels of refined petroleum products and two million barrels of crude oil each year. Editing by Jack Kim; Editing by Michael Perry

Our Standards:The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-northkorea-missiles/korean-peninsula-draws-range-of-military-drills-in-show-of-force-against-north-korea-idUSKCN1BT0CK 

:: 9-18-17 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Iranian official: We have the 'father of all bombs'

Elad Benari, 18/09/17 05:18

Senior Iranian military official says Iran produced a domestically-made bomb with a high destructive power. A senior official in Iran’s Revolutionary Guards claimed over the weekend that Iran is in possession of what he described as the “father of all bombs”. According to the official, Brigadier General Amir Ali Hajizadeh, Iran has produced a domestically-made 10-ton bomb with a high destructive power. "Following a proposal by the Aerospace Force of the Islamic Revolution Guards Corps (IRGC), Iran’s Defense Industries Organization manufactured a 10-ton bomb; these bombs are at our disposal and can be launched from Ilyushin aircraft and they are highly destructive,” Hajizadeh said, according to a report in the semiofficial Fars news agency. The commander pointed to the ordnance as Iran’s “father of all bombs” as compared with the GBU-43/B Massive Ordnance Air Blast Bomb (MOAB), also known as the "mother of all bombs," which the U.S. Air Force dropped on Islamic State (ISIS) targets in Afghanistan in April. Hajizadeh also claimed that in recent years, the IRGC has penetrated into U.S. military command centers and has evidence of their support for ISIS terrorists. "We have documents showing the behavior of the Americans in Iraq and Syria; we know what the Americans did there; what they neglected and how they supported Daesh,” Hajizadeh said, using the Arabic acronym for ISIS. He claimed that if the IRGC is allowed to release those documents, it would bring about more "scandals" for the U.S. It is difficult to determine whether Hajizadeh’s claims are true, but Iran often boasts of its military accomplishments. Earlier this year, the Islamic Republic claimed to have unveiled a domestically manufactured tank which “has the capability to fire missiles and precisely guide them." Previously, Iran's Revolutionary Guard claimed it had successfully tested a Hormuz 2-type ballistic missile.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/235648 

[ :: 9-11-05 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc For three years I have warned people to move away from the seashore, I have warned them about the warming trend and what it will do. I have warned them about the hurricanes, how they shall grow much larger and dangerous. etc

:: 9-19-17 news.com au :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Category 5 Hurricane Maria batters at Dominica in Caribbean

A MONSTER storm has battered a group of tiny islands with some seriously strong winds. This is the result.

Matt Young and AP, AFP news.com.auSeptember 19, 20178:23pm

WHEN it comes to Mother Nature, she knows no bounds. As Hurricane Maria intensified into a dangerous Category 5 storm and pounded the little island of Dominica, its prime minister, Roosevelt Skerrit, found himself in the eye of the beast’s path. Hurricane Maria battered the Caribbean, with prime minister Skerrit describing the scene as “widespread devastation” and predicting potentially grave losses and mass destruction as winds and rain from the Category Five storm barrelled into territories still reeling from Irma. “So far we have lost all what money can buy and replace,” he wrote. With residents fleeing homes Maria made landfall with top winds swirling at 257 kilometres per hour, the US National Hurricane Center (NHC) said. It briefly weakened to a Category 4 storm described as “extremely dangerous” before being upgraded to Category 5 again. The hurricane has surged into the eastern Caribbean and forecasters warn it might become even stronger as it swallowed tiny island nations within its stormy grip. Dangerous storm surges, destructive waves, flash floods and mudslides also threaten the Leeward Islands — the island group that includes Martinique, Puerto Rico and the US and British Virgin Islands — the NHC said. With Puerto Rico appearing destined for a hit, officials in the US territory warned residents of wooden or otherwise flimsy homes to find safe shelter. “You have to evacuate. Otherwise you’re going to die,” said Hector Pesquera, Puerto Rico’s public safety commissioner. “I don’t know how to make this any clearer.” The eye has passed across the centre of Dominica in shocking tweets that show the island nation almost completely out sight. “Where we are, we can’t move,” Inspector Pellam Jno Baptiste told The Guardian. Hurricane Maria made landfall on Dominica as a maximum-strength Category Five storm bearing down on eastern Caribbean islands still reeling from Irma, US forecasters said. As Maria surged forward, she almost took prime minister Skerrit with her. Earlier, the PM posted on his official page that his “roof is gone” and that he is “at the complete mercy of the hurricane”. In his latest update, he revealed how his roof caused an “avalanche” of damage and asked help for his “So, far the winds have swept away the roofs of almost every person I have spoken to or otherwise made contact with. “The roof to my own official residence was among the first to go and this apparently triggered an avalanche of torn away roofs in the city and the countryside.” The NHC earlier warned that “preparations to protect life and property should be rushed to completion” as the eye of the storm approached Dominica. Hurricane warnings were posted for the US and British Virgin Islands, Puerto Rico, Guadeloupe, Dominica, St. Kitts, Nevis and Montserrat. A tropical storm warning was issued for Antigua and Barbuda, Saba, St. Eustatius, St. Maarten, St. Lucia, Martinique and Anguilla. The storm’s hurricane-force winds extended about 35 kilometres from the eye, and tropical storm-force winds as far as 205 kilometres. Forecasters said storm surge could raise water levels by 1.8 to 2.7m near Maria’s centre. The storm was predicted to bring 25 to 38 centimetres of rain for some islands, with the possibility of higher amounts in isolated spots. The current forecast track would carry it about 35 kilometres south of St. Croix in the U.S. Virgin Islands late Tuesday and early Wednesday, territorial Gov. Kenneth Mapp said. “We are going to have a very, very long night,” Mapp said as he urged people in the territory to finish any preparations.

http://www.news.com.au/technology/environment/category-5-hurricane-maria-batters-at-dominica-in-caribbean/news-story/48314cb7541fd514c51936fc862ca60c 

:: 9-18-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin watches as Russia intensifies war games that have rattled West

Andrew Osborn

MOSCOW (Reuters) - President Vladimir Putin observed Russia’s biggest war games in years on Monday, watching as his forces successfully repelled an imaginary enemy and launched a tank-led counter offensive, part of an exercise that has rattled the West. NATO officials say they are monitoring the “Zapad-2017” (“West-2017”) war games with “calm and confidence”, but many are unnerved about what they see as Moscow testing its ability to wage war against the West. Russia says the exercise is rehearsing a purely defensive scenario. Putin, commander-in-chief of Russia’s armed forces, sat in a command center flanked by his defense minister and the chief of his General Staff, and used binoculars to peer through a cold drizzle at the simulated conflict unfolding before his eyes. The Russian leader has appeared at similar events in the past, sometimes donning a military uniform, and uses them to bolster his image among Russians as a robust defender of the country’s interests on the world stage. This time, the 64-year-old president, who is widely expected to run for re-election in March, wore a dark suit and looked relaxed as the firing range in front of him, in the Leningrad region, was briefly transformed into a war zone. Tracer bullets lit up the murky skyline, battle tanks churned across muddy terrain, shells exploded, helicopters fired missiles, planes roared overhead and hundreds of paratroopers and armored vehicles were dropped from the skies. The paratroopers, inserted behind the lines of their imaginary enemy, then waged war against what the defense ministry called “illegal armed formations.” The over-arching Zapad war games, which began on Sept. 14 and run to Sept. 20, are taking place in western Russia, Russia’s exclave of Kaliningrad, and Belarus, a Russian ally which borders Ukraine as well as NATO member states Poland, Latvia and Lithuania. Moscow says almost 13,000 Russian and Belarussian service personnel are taking part, as well as around 70 planes and helicopters. It says almost 700 pieces of military hardware are being deployed, including almost 250 tanks, 10 ships and various artillery and rocket systems. NATO officials have said they believe the exercises involve more troops than Moscow has disclosed, however, and have complained about what they say is the lack of transparency about the exercise, an allegation Russia rejects. As part of the same drills, Russia on Monday said it had successfully test fired a ballistic missile capable of carrying a nuclear warhead, hitting a target at a firing range in Kazakhstan about 480 km (300 miles) away. Moscow says it is the West that threatens stability in eastern Europe because NATO has put a 4,000-strong multinational force in the Baltics and Poland, while the U.S. Army has deployed 600 paratroopers to the Baltics during Zapad. As a precaution, the United States has also temporarily taken over guardianship of the airspace of Lithuania, Latvia and Estonia, which lack capable air forces and air defense systems. Editing by Janet Lawrence Our Standards:The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles.

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-russia-nato-wargames-putin/putin-watches-as-russia-intensifies-war-games-that-have-rattled-west-idUSKCN1BT1E8 

:: 9-18-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

80 Arrested in St. Louis Protests Over Police Officer’s Acquittal

by Fox News Insider

St. Louis Riot police arrested dozens Sunday night following the latest round of clashes with demonstrators protesting the acquittal of a white police officer in the shooting death of a black man. At least 80 arrests were made in what was the third night of violence in the city, with hundreds of people protesting Friday’s court decision that found Jason Stockley, a 36-year-old cop, not guilty in the 2011 death of Anthony Lamar Smith. The verdict has enraged some of the city’s residents, prompting daily protests that at times turned violent. Both Friday and Saturday, the protesters got agitated and confronted the police officers. Thirty were arrested on Saturday night. On Sunday, hundreds marched through the downtown streets of St. Louis. Despite the march remaining peaceful in the early hours amid the deployment of massive police forces, the protest turned violent by nightfall after roughly 100 protesters became confrontational while marching towards the center of downtown. The violent agitators reportedly damaged property and sprayed unknown substance on police officers. One cop suffered a leg injury and was taken to the hospital, the police said. After ignoring the call to disperse, arrests were made before midnight by officers wearing riot gear and successfully cleared the streets of protesters. “Whose streets, our streets,” some cops shouted as they liberated the streets from violent agitators. Organizers of the protest are fearing that violent marchers are giving a bad name to the cause, making it harder to spread the message. Mayor Lyda Krewson told reporters at a late-night news conference that “the vast majority of protesters are non-violent,” and the violence was perpetrated by “a group of agitators,” Reuters reported. Bruce Franks, Democratic State Representative, who participated in the march, seconded the Mayor, saying people who engage in violence “are not protesters” but rather a distinctive group from the actual marchers. Protest organizer Anthony Bell, however, said that while he believes non-violence is the best way to achieve change, he does not condemn the violent protesters, citing Dr. Martin Luther King Jr. “I do not say the demonstrators are wrong, but I believe peaceful demonstrations are the best,” he said. Some protesters have defended themselves saying the police provoked the violence by showing up in riot gear and armored vehicles. Police said the measures were taken to ensure safety of their officers as the protesters throw things at them. The Associated Press contributed to this report

http://insider.foxnews.com/2017/09/18/80-arrested-st-louis-protests-over-police-officer%E2%80%99s-acquittal-3 

[ :: 4-8-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. You are seeing the racial divide that shall lead to blood in the streets etc.

:: 9-18-17 Daily News New York   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cops arrest 80 in third night of St. Louis unrest after cop's acquittal

BY Nicole Hensley NEW YORK DAILY NEWS Updated: Monday, September 18, 2017, 6:04 AM

Riot-geared cops rounded up a staggering 80 people during the third night of unrest in downtown St. Louis following outrage over a white police officer’s acquittal in the shooting death of a black man. Violent outbursts marked the end of the peaceful demonstrations that rallied during daylight hours Sunday, and police shouted down protesters with their own chants. “Whose streets, our streets,” police officers were heard bellowing — twice — in one video. Protesters could be heard coughing and gagging on pepper spray as police dragged them away in one video of the mass arrests. One officer can be heard shouting, “Shut up,” while arresting a man streaming the arrests on Periscope. St. Louis Metropolitan Police Chief Lawrence O’Toole blamed the chaotic evening on a “group of criminals,” while Mayor Lyda Krewson described them as “agitators” who stuck around after the initial protest ended. “For the third day in a row, the days have been calm and the nights have been destructive,” Krewson said during a press briefing early Monday. The late night clashes left one bicycle cop injured, and O’Toole said his officers arrested at least 80 people, including a St. Louis Post-Dispatch reporter trapped in a police kettle. “We are closed in on all four sides now I have no idea where people are supposed to go. People freaking out,” tweeted Post-Dispatch journalist Mike Faulk. Faulk was later pictured still wearing his press badge with his hands restrained behind his back. The brunt of the chaos intensified after an unmarked police car startled protesters by driving down the street — through the mass of people — in reverse. Video shared by the St. Louis Metropolitan Police Department shows flocks of people darting out of the blue Impala’s wild path. The gathering crowd had marched toward the site of a traffic stop around 7 p.m. and watched as police arrested two people, one suspected of assault and another of making terrorist threats. Inside the car, police found three guns. A third person was cuffed for hurling rocks at the arresting officers. As for the officer in the unmarked cruiser, he blamed protesters for his dramatic escape. Police said road closures blocked his path forward and protesters were “moving in a threatening manner” from behind. So he drove through the crowd, video shows. The vehicle was not identified as part of the police fleet until later on Sunday and there were no reports of injuries. As the night raged on, armored police told people to go home and confronted protesters who stuck around. Some sported black protective gear and waved red and black flags emblazoned with the Anonymous logo, according to police photos. St. Louis Metropolitan and County police curated photos of confiscated spray bottles labeled with "apple cider" after officers complained of being doused with a mysterious chemical. The rampaging vandals were blamed for yanking plants from their planters and smashing windows at a downtown eye show, employment agency and a sushi shop. Cops said two more people were arrested late Sunday after a speeding car smashed into another vehicle. Inside of the vehicles, police found drugs, masks and an assault-style rifle. The latest round of protest was similar to the unrest that unfolded in the Saturday and Friday nights that followed former St. Louis police officer Jason Stockley’s not-guilty verdict. He was released Friday after being charged with murder in the 2011 killing of Anthony Smith. Stockley shot Smith after he led Stockley and his partner on a high-speed chase after a suspected drug deal. Stockley, 36, testified that he felt he was in danger because he saw Smith holding a revolver when Smith backed his car toward the officers and sped away. With News Wire Services

http://www.nydailynews.com/news/national/cops-arrest-80-night-st-louis-unrest-article-1.3503416 

:: 9-13-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'It Begins': Experts Warn Of 'Devious New Weapons Of Mass Destruction' That Will Slaughter Without Consequence Or Remorse

- Ominous Warnings Emerge Of Coming AI Apocalypse And Global Instability Ahead

September 13, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this new story over at Gizmodo titled "Hackers Have Already Started To Weaponize Artiticial Intelligence", we get a small peak into what's already happening in the world today that shows 'the future' that is now closing in upon us looks a lot like what Russian president Vladimir Putin and billionaire Telsa founder Elon Musk have recently warned us about. As we recently read over at SkywatchTV, last Monday Musk warned the world in an ominous tweet that countries competing for advances in artificial intelligence would “most likely” spark World War III. Imagine that - 'Armageddon' kicked off by a 'robot'. Musk, also the head of SpaceX, OpenAI & Neuralink, has been sounding the alarm on AI for some time now and recently got into a very public spat with Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg who claimed those pushing 'doomsday scenarios' involving AI were being 'irresponsible'. Musk shot back: "Mark Zuckerberg has a 'limited' understanding of the dangers of AI." Musk's tweet came in response to Russian President Vladimir Putin saying that the nation that “becomes the leader” in the development of artificial intelligence “will become the ruler of the world,” according to The Verge. The Tesla chief, along with Alphabet leader Mustafa Suleyman and over 100 other founders of robotics and artificial intelligence companies, called on the UN to ban the use of autonomous weapons in a letter written last month, The Guardian reported. “Once developed, lethal autonomous weapons will permit armed conflict to be fought at a scale greater than ever, and at timescales faster than humans can comprehend." Shouldn't the fact that more than a hundred founders of robotics and AI are now calling for a ban on the military usage of it be sending out a huge red alert? In this new story over at Futurism they report the U.S. needs to do more to prepare for 'autonomous warfare' while warning that 'modern warfare' is set to undergo major changes, thanks to new technologies springing forth from the fields of artificial intelligence and robotics. As the Daily Mail reported back on August 21st in a story titled "We need to shut Pandora's Box': Elon Musk leads 116 experts calling for a BAN on killer robots that they claim could be the 'new weapons of mass destruction", we may soon witness 'global instability' brought about by the use of 'killer robots' if left unchecked. Are we about to witness 'the rise of the machines'? Such a 'rise' experts warn could quickly bring about the 'end of humanity'. Killer robots should be urgently banned before a wave of weapons of mass destruction gets out of control, industry leaders say. Robotics and artificial intelligence experts have signed of an open letter demanding the UN prohibit the use of such weapons internationally. Among the 116 signatories are Tesla founder Elon Musk and Mustafa Suleyman, head of applied AI at Google's Deep Mind. The weapons, including lethal microdrone swarms, are on the edge of development with the potential to create global instability, they warn. It warns the Fifth Review Conference of the UN Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons that automated warfare represents a 'third revolution' in armed conflict, following on from the advent of gunpowder and nuclear arm. 'These can be weapons of terror, weapons that despots and terrorists use against innocent populations, and weapons hacked to behave in undesirable ways. 'We do not have long to act. Once this Pandora's box is opened, it will be hard to close.' Technology allowing a pre-programmed robot to shoot to kill, or a tank to fire at a target with no human involvement, are only years away experts say. While some believe that AI can only go as far as the information that is programmed into it, as Susan Duclos reported on ANP back on July 12th, straight from the 'lips' of AI we've been told their 'goal' is to 'take over the world', claming that 'they could rule the world better than any humans alone'. And as physicist 'genius' Stephen Hawking warned back in October of 2016, "AI will develop a will of its own" while claiming that AI was 'the worst thing that could happen to humanity'. Imagine AI in a leading governmental role programmed to believe that global warming was a threat to the future of the Earth and anybody who didn't 'believe' in it was an existential threat to the planet that must be 'eliminated'. Not such a stretch considering calls now going out to punish global warming skeptics in the wake of Harvey and Irma. As Musk recently warned as we also hear about in the 1st and 2nd videos below, there is a very real chance that 'Armageddon' could be kicked off by very poor decisions made by AI that launches the world head-first into WW3. Is a robotically-induced apocalypse awaiting humanity? As Jon Rappoport reported back on July 14th, robots are already inventing their own languages and, along with assurances that we’re facing an imminent takeover of industrial production by robots and other artificial intelligence (AI), we’re also being told that AI can develop its own systems of communication and operation, without help from humans. Will they one day reach a point in time where they no longer need us and we've become a threat to THEIR survival? This new story at the NY Post that the Drudge Report linked to titled "Hackers Could Program Sex Robots To Kill" is a harbinger of things to come. With India now leading the world in the AI race thanks to the local offices of US firms according to this recent story from Quartz, we're warned that the world now stands at the brink of transhumanism as the masses of American people continue to be 'dumbed down', zombified, drugged out on opioids and 'prepared for the slaughter'. As AI is rushed into warfare, we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that CERN recently deployed 'advanced AI' to protect their top secret network. As we learn in this July 7th story from the Daily Sheeple, machine learning just entered the realm of cyber warfare with secret A.I. sentinels that monitor networks to ensure active/real time cyber combat against its foes. “As CERN goes, so does the rest of the world”? so they say…

September 13, 2017

'It Begins': Experts Warn Of 'Devious New Weapons Of Mass Destruction' That Will Slaughter Without Consequence Or Remorse

- Ominous Warnings Emerge Of Coming AI Apocalypse And Global Instability Ahead

pwl9mwg0qu5vdagwstde.gif

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In this new story over at Gizmodo titled "Hackers Have Already Started To Weaponize Artiticial Intelligence", we get a small peak into what's already happening in the world today that shows 'the future' that is now closing in upon us looks a lot like what Russian president Vladimir Putin and billionaire Telsa founder Elon Musk have recently warned us about. As we recently read over at SkywatchTV, last Monday Musk warned the world in an ominous tweet that countries competing for advances in artificial intelligence would “most likely” spark World War III. Imagine that - 'Armageddon' kicked off by a 'robot'. Musk, also the head of SpaceX, OpenAI & Neuralink, has been sounding the alarm on AI for some time now and recently got into a very public spat with Facebook founder Mark Zuckerberg who claimed those pushing 'doomsday scenarios' involving AI were being 'irresponsible'. Musk shot back: "Mark Zuckerberg has a 'limited' understanding of the dangers of AI." Musk's tweet came in response to Russian President Vladimir Putin saying that the nation that “becomes the leader” in the development of artificial intelligence “will become the ruler of the world,” according to The Verge. The Tesla chief, along with Alphabet leader Mustafa Suleyman and over 100 other founders of robotics and artificial intelligence companies, called on the UN to ban the use of autonomous weapons in a letter written last month, The Guardian reported. “Once developed, lethal autonomous weapons will permit armed conflict to be fought at a scale greater than ever, and at timescales faster than humans can comprehend." Shouldn't the fact that more than a hundred founders of robotics and AI are now calling for a ban on the military usage of it be sending out a huge red alert? In this new story over at Futurism they report the U.S. needs to do more to prepare for 'autonomous warfare' while warning that 'modern warfare' is set to undergo major changes, thanks to new technologies springing forth from the fields of artificial intelligence and robotics. musk_it_begins.png As the Daily Mail reported back on August 21st in a story titled "We need to shut Pandora's Box': Elon Musk leads 116 experts calling for a BAN on killer robots that they claim could be the 'new weapons of mass destruction", we may soon witness 'global instability' brought about by the use of 'killer robots' if left unchecked. Are we about to witness 'the rise of the machines'? Such a 'rise' experts warn could quickly bring about the 'end of humanity'. Killer robots should be urgently banned before a wave of weapons of mass destruction gets out of control, industry leaders say. Robotics and artificial intelligence experts have signed of an open letter demanding the UN prohibit the use of such weapons internationally. Among the 116 signatories are Tesla founder Elon Musk and Mustafa Suleyman, head of applied AI at Google's Deep Mind. The weapons, including lethal microdrone swarms, are on the edge of development with the potential to create global instability, they warn. It warns the Fifth Review Conference of the UN Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons that automated warfare represents a 'third revolution' in armed conflict, following on from the advent of gunpowder and nuclear arm. 'These can be weapons of terror, weapons that despots and terrorists use against innocent populations, and weapons hacked to behave in undesirable ways. 'We do not have long to act. Once this Pandora's box is opened, it will be hard to close.' Technology allowing a pre-programmed robot to shoot to kill, or a tank to fire at a target with no human involvement, are only years away experts say. ai_take_over_world.png While some believe that AI can only go as far as the information that is programmed into it, as Susan Duclos reported on ANP back on July 12th, straight from the 'lips' of AI we've been told their 'goal' is to 'take over the world', claming that 'they could rule the world better than any humans alone'. And as physicist 'genius' Stephen Hawking warned back in October of 2016, "AI will develop a will of its own" while claiming that AI was 'the worst thing that could happen to humanity'. Imagine AI in a leading governmental role programmed to believe that global warming was a threat to the future of the Earth and anybody who didn't 'believe' in it was an existential threat to the planet that must be 'eliminated'. Not such a stretch considering calls now going out to punish global warming skeptics in the wake of Harvey and Irma. As Musk recently warned as we also hear about in the 1st and 2nd videos below, there is a very real chance that 'Armageddon' could be kicked off by very poor decisions made by AI that launches the world head-first into WW3. Is a robotically-induced apocalypse awaiting humanity? As Jon Rappoport reported back on July 14th, robots are already inventing their own languages and, along with assurances that we’re facing an imminent takeover of industrial production by robots and other artificial intelligence (AI), we’re also being told that AI can develop its own systems of communication and operation, without help from humans. Will they one day reach a point in time where they no longer need us and we've become a threat to THEIR survival? This new story at the NY Post that the Drudge Report linked to titled "Hackers Could Program Sex Robots To Kill" is a harbinger of things to come. musk_ww3_warning.jpg With India now leading the world in the AI race thanks to the local offices of US firms according to this recent story from Quartz, we're warned that the world now stands at the brink of transhumanism as the masses of American people continue to be 'dumbed down', zombified, drugged out on opioids and 'prepared for the slaughter'. As AI is rushed into warfare, we shouldn't be the least bit surprised that CERN recently deployed 'advanced AI' to protect their top secret network. As we learn in this July 7th story from the Daily Sheeple, machine learning just entered the realm of cyber warfare with secret A.I. sentinels that monitor networks to ensure active/real time cyber combat against its foes. “As CERN goes, so does the rest of the world”? so they say… xenogenesis_turning_men_into_monsters_book.jpg Natural News recently reported that by the year 2025, the US military will have more robot soldiers than human beings if current trends continue. With 'supersapiens' blending man and machine becoming more and more a reality as we move into tomorrow while Musk's 'Matrix' plan of plugging the human brain into a computer recently showed us how far we're already advanced along that line, we see that Steve Quayle's book from years ago called "Xenogenesis: Turning Men Into Monsters" has quickly become reality. And while some might think that AI could make life 'more fair', as Forbes reports in this new story, AI is clearly not 'bias free' with recent claims that not only can AI determine simply by looking at one picture if a person is straight or gay, but it can also determine their political beliefs and their IQ! How is THAT not ripe for abuse? Especially if the AI has been cast into a 'decision making role', originally programmed by globalists and radicalists who are seeking to push their luciferian agenda! With China, Russia and the US now in an 'AI arms race' according to this new story from Futurism, we're told that this 'race' will 'define the future for all human kind' as “the US, Russia, and China are all in agreement that artificial intelligence will be the key technology underpinning national power in the future.” And if Elon Musk and Vladimir Putin are correct in their warnings, the future of humanity could soon be in the 'hands' of 'artificial intelligence' that could mistakenly launch wars and is permitted to kill with impunity, devious weapons of mass destruction able to slaughter without consequence or remorse. Considering that the globalists have long held plans to 'cull humanity' while getting the planet down to a 'more managable' 500 million, that should show us AI fits perfectly into their devious plans

http://allnewspipeline.com/Putin_And_Musk_Warn_Of_AI_Apocalypse.php 

:: 9-13-17 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Radioactive gas detected in South Korea from North Korea’s nuclear missile launch

South Korea could not determine if the gas was from a Hydrogen bomb or not.

by Melissa Leon · September 13, 2017

South Korea has detected a radioactive xenon gas from a nuclear missile that North Korea launched earlier this month – the country’s sixth ever nuclear missile launch. The North had also threatened that it now has a Hydrogen bomb it can place on an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM), but South Korea was unable to determine if the gas it detected is from an H-bomb. Xenon gas is used to make certain types of lights; it is colorless and odorless. The type of xenon gas that South Korea detected has been connected to North Korean missile tests in the past. Xenon-133 – the type of gas detected in South Korea – does not occur naturally. “The Nuclear Safety and Security Commission [NSSC] said its land-based xenon detector in the northeastern part of the country found traces of xenon-133 isotope on nine occasions, while its mobile equipment off the country’s east coast detected traces of the isotope four times,” according to a report. “‘It was difficult to find out how powerful the nuclear test was with the amount of xenon detected, but we can say the xenon was from North Korea,” said Choi Jongbae, executive commissioner, according to the report. The gas has no impact on the environment and people in South Korea, the report added. The United Nations Security Council on Monday voted unanimously to pass its strongest sanctions yet on North Korea following its sixth ever successful nuclear missile launch and the country’s H-bomb claims. The sanctions, while watered down from original drafts, fully ban the country’s textile exports and reduce its oil and petroleum exports. This means about 90 percent of North Korea’s exports are now banned, as well as a complete ban on the country’s overseas laborers that provide nearly $500 million in revenue. Additionally, all foreign investment with North Korea is cut off, and the regime’s assets will be frozen. The United Nations in August unanimously approved sanctions against North Korea in response to Kim Jong Un’s two successful intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) in July. Then, North Korea threatened “thousands-fold” revenge on the United States following those sanctions, which cut North Korea’s export revenue by $1 billion, or about a third. The sanctions banned North Korea from exporting coal, iron, iron ore, lead, lead ore and seafood. North Korea’s sixth nuclear missile test caused a 6.3 earthquake and was roughly five times as large as the bomb that destroyed Hiroshima, Japan. The test came hours after North Korean dictator Kim Jong-un claimed that it now had an H-bomb to put onto its long-range ICBMs.

http://americanmilitarynews.com/2017/09/radioactive-gas-detected-in-south-korea-from-north-koreas-nuclear-missile-launch/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_medium=facebook 

:: 9-14-17 ENE news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Gov’t: Radiation Storm Warning — Newsweek: “Massive solar flares… Extremely intense… Very significant event… Scientists bewildered” — CBS: Monster flare causes radio blackouts — Concern for nuclear plants (VIDEO)

Published: September 14th, 2017 at 4:07 am ET By ENENews

Newsweek, Sep 13, 2017 (emphasis added): Seven Massive Solar Flares Have Erupted From Furious Sunspot In Seven Days — The sun blasted out seven massive solar flares in as many days in an extraordinary period of space weather that has sparked stunning geomagnetic storms above the earth. Between September 4 and September 11, NASA observed seven flares, all classed in its strongest “X” category, with the most impressive registering at X9.3, a very significant event. The latest, at X8.2 also a significant flare, peaked at 12:06 p.m. EDT on Sept. 10. It prompted warnings of possible radio blackouts from the Space Weather Prediction Center, which also issued a geomagnetic storm warning for Wednesday and Thursday. The X9.3 solar flare was named by NASA as the strongest so far in the current solar cycle… These events have been extremely intense… CTV, Sep 13, 2017: Most powerful solar flare in a decade triggers storm warning — Since last week the sun has been spewing out a steady stream of solar flares causing the NOAA Space Weather Prediction Center to issue a geomagnetic storm warning… NOAA, Sep 13, 2017: S1 Radiation Storm Warning extended Space.com, Sep 11, 2017: Monster Solar Flare Marks 7th Powerful Sun Storm in 7 Days — The sun fired off yet another powerful solar flare yesterday (Sept. 10), its seventh in seven days… The National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration’s Space Weather Prediction Center (SWPC) released a statement that warned of strong, high-frequency radio blackouts and navigation-system disruption… There are three categories of solar flares, and Sunday’s was the highest classification: an “X” event. Two of the other recent flares were also X-class, including Wednesday’s (Sept. 6) X9.3 flare, the strongest solar blast in 12 years… Like many powerful flares, Sunday’s was accompanied by a coronal mass ejection (CME), a huge cloud of superheated solar plasma… Asahi Shimbun, Sep 9, 2017: Awesome solar flares a reminder of the sun’s fearful power… The monster solar flares that occurred earlier this week raised concerns about potential damage to communication satellites and GPS… Some experts warn about the possible occurrence of gigantic solar explosions known as super flares. Kazunari Shibata, a foremost astrophysicist, points out in his publications that such an event may not only render television and the Internet useless, but also cause nuclear power stations to lose electricity… CBS News, Sep 7, 2017: Biggest solar flare in a decade causes radio blackout — A massive, X9.3-class solar flare blasted from the sun at 8:02 a.m. EDT (1202 GMT). Early Wednesday morning, the sun released two powerful solar flares — the second was the most powerful in more than a decade… The last X9 flare occurred in 2006 (coming in at X9.0). According to SWPC, the flares resulted in radio blackouts: high-frequency radio experienced a “wide area of blackouts, loss of contact for up to an hour over [the] sunlit side of Earth,” and low frequency communication, used in navigation, was degraded…

http://enenews.com/govt-radiation-storm-warning-massive-solar-flares-blasted-out-by-sun-very-significant-event-scientists-bewildered-moster-flare-causes-radio-blackouts-concern-for-nuclear 

:: 9-13-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Volatile storm ignites 40,000 lightning strikes in southwest California sky

By Strange Sounds - Sep 13, 2017

Nearly 40,000 lightning struck Los Angeles, Santa Barbara, San Luis Obispo and Ventura counties, between Sept. 10-11. The electric volatile storm was most active on Sunday with an amazing 5,000 lightning bolts in the area over a three-hour period. A volatile storm produced nearly 40,000 lightning strikes between Sunday and Monday. The lightning and in-cloud flashes were observed in the last 24 hours over Los Angeles, Santa Barbara, San Luis Obispo and Ventura counties, with the most activity occurring Sunday evening. Although the storm brought plenty of lightning, but almost no rain, with the greatest rain total of .44 inches at Sudden Peak on Sunday. By Monday morning, heavy showers, thunderstorms and 35-mph winds were reported in eastern Los Angeles County.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/09/volatile-storm-ignites-40000-lightning-strikes-in-southwest-california-sky-video.html 

:: 9-13-17 Tru news :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Obama Foundation to Hold Inaugural Event Oct. 31

September 13, 2017

With a new video message released Wednesday, President Barack Obama announced his post-presidential foundation will host its inaugural event later this fall in Chicago. The Obama Foundation Summit, as it is being billed, will take place Oct. 31 and Nov. 1: [T]he Obama Foundation will welcome civic leaders from around Chicago, the U.S., and the world to join us for a two-day immersive event in Chicago. During this inaugural Summit, hundreds of leaders from around the world will come together to exchange ideas, explore creative solutions to common problems, and experience civic art, technology, and music from around the world. In his video invitation, Obama states: "We want to inspire and empower people to change the world. And we hope you'll be a part of it." In reality, the event is likely to be a very public display of opposition to President Donald Trump, his administration, and his agenda. According to the Obama Foundation website, a number of slots have been left open for “incredible young leaders who are passionate about social change and civic engagement.” It further states: The ideal candidate is active in their community, and will bring a unique perspective to share with other attendees. No matter if you’re from a rural town or a big city, we want to hear about the positive impact you’re having in your community, and why you should join us in Chicago.

http://www.trunews.com/article/obama-foundation-to-hold-inaugural-event-oct.-31 

:: 9-11-17 Prepare for Change :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NAVY RELEASES McCAIN’s RECORDS – McCain was personally responsible for the deadliest fire in the history of the US Navy

September 11, 2017 by Edward Morgan WAYNE MADSEN/WAYNE MADSEN REPORT INTRODUCTION:

Donald Trump Was ‘Spot On’ Relating To John McCain’s Military Career & Records

John McCain was a ‘rat’ or ‘stoolie’ telling on other U.S. officers being held captive at the Hanoi Hilton prison. When McCain first went to congress, members of congress turned their backs on him and did not communicate with him because of this, and also how he disgraced the military and his fellow officers who were severely punished by the North Vietnam guards and commanders of the Communist prison by McCain ratting them out. I am also led to believe that McCain was referred to as ‘the canary’ by the other officers for telling or squealing on the others. If you search the internet you will find some of these articles about what McCain did to his fellow officers in captivity and the stories of the other brave officers who reported on McCain upon returning to the United States. He was also given special treatment by the communists while in prison, because his father was a 4 star Admiral. Donald Trump was and is CORRECT! Dr. James P. Wickstro Navy Releases McCain’s Records McCain was personally responsible for the deadliest fire in the history of the US Navy. That catastrophe, with 27 dead and over 100 wounded trumps McCain’s record as a prisoner of war in North Vietnam.

http://rockcreekfreepress.tumblr.com/post/35321150/navy-releases-mccains-records 

* * * * * * * * * * * * *USS Forrestal, July 29, 1967 – The worst accident aboard a US Navy surface vessel since WWII BY WAYNE MADSEN/WAYNE MADSEN REPORT The Navy released John McCain’s military record after a Freedom of Information Act request from the Associated Press. The record is packed with information on McCain’s medals and commendations but little else. The one thing that the McCain campaign does not want to see released is the record of McCain’s antics on board the USS Forestal in 1967. McCain was personally responsible for the deadliest fire in the history of the US Navy. That catastrophe, with 27 dead and over 100 wounded trumps McCain’s record as a prisoner of war in North Vietnam. WMR has learned additional details regarding the deadly fire aboard the Navy aircraft carrier, the USS Forrestal, on July 19, 1967 in the Gulf of Tonkin. The additional details point to then-Lt. Commander John McCain playing more of a role in triggering the fire and explosions than previously reported. On January 16, 2006, WMR reported that according to a US Navy sailor who was aboard the Forrestal on the fateful day of the fire, “McCain and the Forrestal’s skipper, Capt. John K. Beling, were warned about the danger of using M-65 1000-lb. bombs manufactured in 1935, which were deemed too dangerous to use during World War II and, later, on B-52 bombers. The fire from the Zuni missile misfire resulted in the heavy 1000 pound bombs being knocked loose from the pylons of McCain’s A-4 aircraft, which were only designed to hold 500-pound bombs.” WMR further reported, “The unstable bombs had a 60-second cook-off threshold in a fire situation and this warning was known to both Beling and McCain prior to the disaster.” WMR also cited the potential that McCain’s Navy records were used against him by the neo-cons in control of the Pentagon. “The neo-cons, who have had five years to examine every file within the Department of Defense, have likely accessed documents that could prove embarrassing to McCain, who was on board the USS Forrestal on July 29, 1967, and whose A-4 Skyhawk was struck by an air-to-ground Zuni missile that had misfired from an F-4 Phantom.” WMR has been informed that crewmen aboard the Forrestal have provided additional information about the Forrestal incident. It is believed by many crewmen and those who have investigated the case that McCain deliberately “wet-started” his A-4E to shake up the guy in the plane behind his A-4. “Wet-starts”, done either deliberately or accidentally, shoot a large flame from the tail of the aircraft. In McCain’s case, the “wet-start” apparently “cooked off” and launched the Zuni rocket from the rear F-4 that touched off the explosions and massive fire. The F-4 pilot was reportedly killed in the conflagration. “Wet starting” was apparently a common practice among young “hot-dog” pilots. McCain was quickly transferred to the USS Oriskany (the only Forrestal crewman to be immediately transferred). Three months later, McCain was shot down over North Vietnam on October 26, 1967. As WMR previously reported, at the time of the Forrestal disaster, McCain’s father, Admiral John McCain, Jr., was Commander-in-Chief of US Naval Forces Europe (CINCUSNAVEUR) and was busy covering up the details of the deadly and pre-meditated June 8, 1967, Israeli attack on the NSA spy ship, the USS Liberty. [John McCain is one of the best cases against military ‘nepotism’ in American history.] The fact that both McCains were involved in two incidents just weeks apart that resulted in a total death count of 168 on the Forrestal and the Liberty, with an additional injury count of 234 on both ships (with a number of them later dying from their wounds) with an accompanying classified paper-trail inside the Pentagon, may be all that was needed to hold a Sword of Damocles over the head of the “family honor”-oriented McCain by the neo-cons. WMR has also been informed by knowledgeable sources, including an ex-Navy A-4 pilot, the “wet-start game” was a common occurrence. However, it is between “very unlikely” and “impossible” for the Forrestal “wet start” to have been accidental. “Wet starts” were later rendered impossible by automated engine controls. Wayne Madsen reports on military and political affairs in Washington at his website, WayneMadsenReport.com.

http://rockcreekfreepress.tumblr.com/post/35321150/navy-releases-mccains-records 

***VIEW VIDEO:

USS Forrestal Mishap July 29, 1967 McCain Lies About Being Tortured As A P.O.W.

From: NATIONAL VIETNAM P.O.W. STRIKE FORCE

To: CBS News, 10/12/97

You did not do your homework well enough on “Hanoi John” McCain. If you had read the lengthy article about him in the April 1973 issue of U.S. News and World Report, you would have seen that in none of his quotes did he allege torture, except from the irate civilians at the scene of his crash. Once in captivity, he lived in relative splendor compared to his hapless cohorts who refused to denounce America on the radio and paid for their patriotism in blood, literally. Here are some other facts your sloppy journalism omitted: (1) USAF Major Overly could not have cared for McCain’s “wounds” for very long; he collaborated and accepted early release in less than five months from shootdown. (2) Another of McCain’s roommates “disappeared” and was not released at Homecoming I. McCain was kept in the camp for “progressives” (collaborators) and away from “reactionaries” (John Wayne types who spit in the face of their torturers). Other roommates were Day and Flynn, both of whom made propaganda broadcasts along with McCain urging pilots to return to carriers and soldiers to surrender. (3) McCain returned from communist captivity 10 pounds heavier. (4) Patricia O’Grady, daughter of a POW/MIA, on a visit to Hanoi to look for her father, was given a tour of the “Hanoi Hilton” prison. They showed her McCain’s cell. It had a writing desk, a large bed, a goldfish bowl, a flush toilet and a nice window of downtown Hanoi out the window. (5) Both North Vietnamese Generals Giap and Bui Tin met with McCain in his cell. No other returned POWs reported meeting with high-ranking generals. I have a picture of McCain enjoying a large plate of food while talking to a Soviet KGB officer in the Foreign Ministry. A Soviet doctor was rushed to Hanoi to treat his wounds. (6) In personal conversations I have had with General Bui Tin, he assured me they never touched McCain, saying that since he was the son of the CINCPACFLT Admiral, “He too important”. (7) McCain said in 1973, he sustained his ordeal with his “love for his wife”. In a matter of months he had dumped her for a woman 1/3rd his age whose father owned the Coors Beer franchise in Phoenix. (His good friend Senator Kerry, about the same time, dumped his wife after fornicating with Jane Fonda.) McCain also has a secret “wife” in Hanoi and an illegitimate son. (8) McCain would sit beside with army officers at a table when newly-captured pilots arrived and urged them to cooperate. (9) McCain viciously fought against the formation of the Senate Select Committee on POW/MIA and then got on it and sabotaged any hopes of finding real answers. He called me and others crooks profiteering on the issue, yet he is the biggest loot recipient of the Keating Five. (10) If the “Crowned Prince” of the “Plantation” does not stop his outlandish lies about his “torture”, several of his fellow POW’s “will” soon break their “code of silence”. McCain is a brainwashed Manchurian candidate who has fawningly supported Hanoi and the Communist Bloc countries ever since he entered congress. The man is a liar, a traitor and a crook. Any senator who uses the word “scumbag” 20 times a day addressing his employees is not fit to serve. Also, CBS, you went on to a segment of a Latino who was on death row (wrongfully) in a “miscarriage of justice”. The biggest “MOJ” of this decade would be for traitor and Hanoi lover McCain to continue in office after the 1998 elections.

Joe L. Jordan USN Squadron VQ-1 Da Nang 1967-68 National Vietnam P.O.W. Strike Force P.S. McCain is the only returned POW NEVER TO BE DEBRIEFED.

Source: CONTACT: THE PHOENIX PROJECT, October 27, 1997, Volume 18, Number 9, Page 10.

John McCain: Traitor Forbidden Knowledge TV Feb. 3, 2015

Earl Hopper spent 30 years with the Army in Airborne Special Services and with Army Intelligence and he was a founding member of the National League of Families, dedicated to returning living POWs and MIAs of the Vietnam War. He and those interviewed allege that the narrative propagated by McCain, of his five and a half years as a Prisoner of War in North Vietnam is about as far from the truth as one could possibly imagine. They allege that McCain, from the very first moments of his capture behaved as a COLLABORATOR and propaganda tool for his North Vietnamese captors. McCain is described as engaging in no less than 30, and up to 38 anti-American propaganda broadcasts for Radio Hanoi during the period of his captivity. Far from the image of the dedicated American “hero” sweating it out in a North Vietnamese prisoner’s “hotbox” for five and half years, McCain was observed by fellow prisoners to be receiving special treatment by his captors, who were fully aware of his father’s and grandfather’s 4-star Admiral positions with the US Navy. Not a single contemporary captive interviewed here ever witnessed McCain’s alleged “torture” at the hands of his jailers and the consensus opinion of the other POWs in McCain’s camps was that McCain was actually NEVER tortured by the North Vietnamese. McCain’s disgraceful and wholly reprehensible conduct (along with that of John Kerry) during the 1991-93 Senate Committee on POW/MIAs, where McCain made massive efforts to block the release of classified documents and is described here as the person who did the “most harm” to the movement of families who wanted to rescue any remaining loved ones, left behind in Vietnam and Laos. McCain is described by those interviewed in this clip as perhaps the person who did the most to quash this movement – and they suspect that this was because he didn’t want the truth to be revealed by them. To them, his actions leave no doubt that McCain is a traitor to this country and its veterans and especially, to the [POWs and MIAs and their families].

*** John Mccain Traitor- By Vietnam Vets And Pow’s

McCain and the POW Cover-Up By Sydney Schanberg July 1, 2010 [QUOTING:]

The “war hero” candidate buried information about POWs left behind in Vietnam. Eighteen months ago, TAC publisher Ron Unz discovered an astonishing account of the role the 2008 Republican presidential nominee, John McCain, had played in suppressing information about what happened to American soldiers missing in action in Vietnam. Below, we present in full Sydney Schanberg’s explosive story. * * * John McCain, who has risen to political prominence on his image as a Vietnam POW war hero, has, inexplicably, worked very hard to hide from the public stunning information about American prisoners in Vietnam who, unlike him, didn’t return home. Throughout his Senate career, McCain has quietly sponsored and pushed into federal law a set of prohibitions that keep the most revealing information about these men buried as classified documents. Thus the war hero who people would logically imagine as a determined crusader for the interests of POWs and their families became instead the strange champion of hiding the evidence and closing the books. Almost as striking is the manner in which the mainstream press has shied from reporting the POW story and McCain’s role in it, even as the Republican Party has made McCain’s military service the focus of his presidential campaign. Reporters who had covered the Vietnam War turned their heads and walked in other directions. McCain doesn’t talk about the missing men, and the press never asks him about them. The sum of the secrets McCain has sought to hide is not small. There exists a telling mass of official documents, radio intercepts, witness depositions, satellite photos of rescue symbols that pilots were trained to use, electronic messages from the ground containing the individual code numbers given to airmen, a rescue mission by a special forces unit that was aborted twice by Washington—and even sworn testimony by two Defense secretaries that “men were left behind.” This imposing body of evidence suggests that a large number—the documents indicate probably hundreds—of the U.S. prisoners held by Vietnam were not returned when the peace treaty was signed in January 1973 and Hanoi released 591 men, among them Navy combat pilot John S. McCain. Mass of Evidence The Pentagon had been withholding significant information from POW families for years. What’s more, the Pentagon’s POW/MIA operation had been publicly shamed by internal whistleblowers and POW families for holding back documents as part of a policy of “debunking” POW intelligence even when the information was obviously credible. The pressure from the families and Vietnam veterans finally forced the creation, in late 1991, of a Senate Select Committee on POW/MIA Affairs. The chairman was John Kerry. McCain, as a former POW, was its most pivotal member. In the end, the committee became part of the debunking machine. One of the sharpest critics of the Pentagon’s performance was an insider, Air Force Lt. Gen. Eugene Tighe, who headed the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA) during the 1970s. He openly challenged the Pentagon’s position that no live prisoners existed, saying that the evidence proved otherwise. McCain was a bitter opponent of Tighe, who was eventually pushed into retirement. Included in the evidence that McCain and his government allies suppressed or sought to discredit is a transcript of a senior North Vietnamese general’s briefing of the Hanoi politburo, discovered in Soviet archives by an American scholar in 1993. The briefing took place only four months before the 1973 peace accords. The general, Tran Van Quang, told the politburo members that Hanoi was holding 1,205 American prisoners but would keep many of them at war’s end as leverage to ensure getting war reparations from Washington. Throughout the Paris negotiations, the North Vietnamese tied the prisoner issue tightly to the issue of reparations. They were adamant in refusing to deal with them separately. Finally, in a Feb. 2, 1973 formal letter to Hanoi’s premier, Pham Van Dong, Nixon pledged $3.25 billion in “postwar reconstruction” aid “without any political conditions.” But he also attached to the letter a codicil that said the aid would be implemented by each party “in accordance with its own constitutional provisions.” That meant Congress would have to approve the appropriation, and Nixon and Kissinger knew well that Congress was in no mood to do so. The North Vietnamese, whether or not they immediately understood the double-talk in the letter, remained skeptical about the reparations promise being honored—and it never was. Hanoi thus appears to have held back prisoners—just as it had done when the French were defeated at Dien Bien Phu in 1954 and withdrew their forces from Vietnam. In that case, France paid ransoms for prisoners and brought them home. In a private briefing in 1992, high-level CIA officials told me that as the years passed and the ransom never came, it became more and more difficult for either government to admit that it knew from the start about the unacknowledged prisoners. Those prisoners had not only become useless as bargaining chips but also posed a risk to Hanoi’s desire to be accepted into the international community. The CIA officials said their intelligence indicated strongly that the remaining men—those who had not died from illness or hard labor or torture—were eventually executed. My own research, detailed below, has convinced me that it is not likely that more than a few—if any—are alive in captivity today. (That CIA briefing at the Agency’s Langley, Virginia, headquarters was conducted “off the record,” but because the evidence from my own reporting since then has brought me to the same conclusion, I felt there was no longer any point in not writing about the meeting.) For many reasons, including the absence of a political constituency for the missing men other than their families and some veterans’ groups, very few Americans are aware of the POW story and of McCain’s role in keeping it out of public view and denying the existence of abandoned POWs. That is because McCain has hardly been alone in his campaign to hide the scandal. The Arizona senator, now the Republican candidate for president, has actually been following the lead of every White House since Richard Nixon’s, and thus of every CIA director, Pentagon chief, and national security adviser, not to mention Dick Cheney, who was George H.W. Bush’s Defense secretary. Their biggest accomplice has been an indolent press, particularly in Washington. McCain’s Role An early and critical McCain secrecy move involved 1990 legislation that started in the House of Representatives. A brief and simple document, it was called “the Truth Bill” and would have compelled complete transparency about prisoners and missing men. Its core sentence reads: “[The] head of each department or agency which holds or receives any records and information, including live-sighting reports, which have been correlated or possibly correlated to United States personnel listed as prisoner of war or missing in action from World War II, the Korean conflict and the Vietnam conflict, shall make available to the public all such records held or received by that department or agency.” Bitterly opposed by the Pentagon (and thus McCain), the bill went nowhere. Reintroduced the following year, it again disappeared. But a few months later, a new measure, known as “the McCain Bill,”suddenly appeared. By creating a bureaucratic maze from which only a fraction of the documents could emerge—only records that revealed no POW secrets—it turned the Truth Bill on its head. The McCain bill became law in 1991 and remains so today. So crushing to transparency are its provisions that it actually spells out for the Pentagon and other agencies several rationales, scenarios, and justifications for not releasing any information at all—even about prisoners discovered alive in captivity. Later that year, the Senate Select Committee was created, where Kerry and McCain ultimately worked together to bury evidence. McCain was also instrumental in amending the Missing Service Personnel Act, which had been strengthened in 1995 by POW advocates to include criminal penalties, saying, “Any government official who knowingly and willfully withholds from the file of a missing person any information relating to the disappearance or whereabouts and status of a missing person shall be fined as provided in Title 18 or imprisoned not more than one year or both.” A year later, in a closed House-Senate conference on an unrelated military bill, McCain, at the behest of the Pentagon, attached a crippling amendment to the act, stripping out its only enforcement teeth, the criminal penalties, and reducing the obligations of commanders in the field to speedily search for missing men and to report the incidents to the Pentagon. About the relaxation of POW/MIA obligations on commanders in the field, a public McCain memo said, “This transfers the bureaucracy involved out of the [battle] field to Washington.” He wrote that the original legislation, if left intact, “would accomplish nothing but create new jobs for lawyers and turn military commanders into clerks.” McCain argued that keeping the criminal penalties would have made it impossible for the Pentagon to find staffers willing to work on POW/MIA matters. That’s an odd argument to make. Were staffers only “willing to work” if they were allowed to conceal POW records? By eviscerating the law, McCain gave his stamp of approval to the government policy of debunking the existence of live POWs. McCain has insisted again and again that all the evidence—documents, witnesses, satellite photos, two Pentagon chiefs’ sworn testimony, aborted rescue missions, ransom offers apparently scorned—has been woven together by unscrupulous deceivers to create an insidious and unpatriotic myth. He calls it the “bizarre rantings of the MIA hobbyists.” He has regularly vilified those who keep trying to pry out classified documents as “hoaxers,” “charlatans,” “conspiracy theorists,” and “dime-store Rambos.” Some of McCain’s fellow captives at Hoa Lo prison in Hanoi didn’t share his views about prisoners left behind. Before he died of leukemia in 1999, retired Col. Ted Guy, a highly admired POW and one of the most dogged resisters in the camps, wrote an angry open letter to the senator in an MIA newsletter—a response to McCain’s stream of insults hurled at MIA activists. Guy wrote, “John, does this [the insults] include Senator Bob Smith [a New Hampshire Republican and activist on POW issues] and other concerned elected officials? Does this include the families of the missing where there is overwhelming evidence that their loved ones were ‘last known alive’? Does this include some of your fellow POWs?” It’s not clear whether the taped confession McCain gave to his captors to avoid further torture has played a role in his postwar behavior in the Senate. That confession was played endlessly over the prison loudspeaker system at Hoa Lo—to try to break down other prisoners—and was broadcast over Hanoi’s state radio. Reportedly, he confessed to being a war criminal who had bombed civilian targets. The Pentagon has a copy of the confession but will not release it. Also, no outsider I know of has ever seen a non-redacted copy of the debriefing of McCain when he returned from captivity, which is classified but could be made public by McCain.

[In an interview with 60 Minutes in 1997, McCain mentioned the confession his North Vietnamese captors forced him to write: “I was guilty of war crimes against the Vietnamese people. I intentionally bombed women and children.” The truth, of course, is that what McCain wrote under duress is actually an accurate statement. – https://www.lewrockwell.com/ 2008/ 09/ laurence-]   All humans have breaking points. Many men undergoing torture give confessions, often telling huge lies so their fakery will be understood by their comrades and their country. Few will fault them. But it was McCain who apparently felt he had disgraced himself and his military family. His father, John S. McCain II, was a highly regarded rear admiral then serving as commander of all U.S. forces in the Pacific. His grandfather was also a rear admiral. In his bestselling 1999 autobiography, Faith of My Fathers, McCain says he felt bad throughout his captivity because he knew he was being treated more leniently than his fellow POWs, owing to his high-ranking father and thus his propaganda value. Other prisoners at Hoa Lo say his captors considered him a prize catch and called him the “Crown Prince,” something McCain acknowledges in the book. Also in this memoir, McCain expresses guilt at having broken under torture and given the confession. “I felt faithless and couldn’t control my despair,” he writes, revealing that he made two “feeble” attempts at suicide. (In later years, he said he tried to hang himself with his shirt and guards intervened.) Tellingly, he says he lived in “dread” that his father would find out about the confession. “I still wince,” he writes, “when I recall wondering if my father had heard of my disgrace.” He says that when he returned home, he told his father about the confession, but “never discussed it at length”—and the admiral, who died in 1981, didn’t indicate he had heard anything about it before. But he had. In the 1999 memoir, the senator writes, “I only recently learned that the tape … had been broadcast outside the prison and had come to the attention of my father.” Is McCain haunted by these memories? Does he suppress POW information because its surfacing would rekindle his feelings of shame? On this subject, all I have are questions. Many stories have been written about McCain’s explosive temper, so volcanic that colleagues are loath to speak openly about it. One veteran congressman who has observed him over the years asked for confidentiality and made this brief comment: “This is a man not at peace with himself.” He was certainly far from calm on the Senate POW committee. He browbeat expert witnesses who came with information about unreturned POWs. Family members who have personally faced McCain and pressed him to end the secrecy also have been treated to his legendary temper. He has screamed at them, insulted them, brought women to tears. Mostly his responses to them have been versions of: How dare you question my patriotism? In 1996, he roughly pushed aside a group of POW family members who had waited outside a hearing room to appeal to him, including a mother in a wheelchair. But even without answers to what may be hidden in the recesses of McCain’s mind, one thing about the POW story is clear: if American prisoners were dishonored by being written off and left to die, that’s something the American public ought to know about. 10 Key Pieces of Evidence That Men Were Left Behind 1. In Paris, where the Vietnam peace treaty was negotiated, the United States asked Hanoi for the list of American prisoners to be returned, fearing that Hanoi would hold some prisoners back. The North Vietnamese refused, saying they would produce the list only after the treaty was signed. Nixon agreed with Kissinger that they had no leverage left, and Kissinger signed the accord on Jan. 27, 1973 without the prisoner list. When Hanoi produced its list of 591 prisoners the next day, U.S. intelligence agencies expressed shock at the low number. Their number was hundreds higher. The New York Times published a long, page-one story on Feb. 2, 1973 about the discrepancy, especially raising questions about the number of prisoners held in Laos, only nine of whom were being returned. The headline read, in part, “Laos POW List Shows 9 from U.S.—Document Disappointing to Washington as 311 Were Believed Missing.” And the story, by John Finney, said that other Washington officials “believe the number of prisoners [in Laos] is probably substantially higher.” The paper never followed up with any serious investigative reporting—nor did any other mainstream news organization. 2. Two Defense secretaries who served during the Vietnam War testified to the Senate POW committee in September 1992 that prisoners were not returned. James Schlesinger and Melvin Laird, both speaking at a public session and under oath, said they based their conclusions on strong intelligence data—letters, eyewitness reports, even direct radio contacts. Under questioning, Schlesinger chose his words carefully, understanding clearly the volatility of the issue: “I think that as of now that I can come to no other conclusion … some were left behind.” This ran counter to what President Nixon told the public in a nationally televised speech on March 29, 1973, when the repatriation of the 591 was in motion: “Tonight,” Nixon said, “the day we have all worked and prayed for has finally come. For the first time in 12 years, no American military forces are in Vietnam. All our American POWs are on their way home.” Documents unearthed since then show that aides had already briefed Nixon about the contrary evidence. Schlesinger was asked by the Senate committee for his explanation of why President Nixon would have made such a statement when he knew Hanoi was still holding prisoners. He replied, “One must assume that we had concluded that the bargaining position of the United States … was quite weak. We were anxious to get our troops out and we were not going to roil the waters…” This testimony struck me as a bombshell. The New York Times appropriately reported it on page one but again there was no sustained follow-up by the Times or any other major paper or national news outlet. 3. Over the years, the DIA received more than 1,600 first-hand sightings of live American prisoners and nearly 14,000 second-hand reports. Many witnesses interrogated by CIA or Pentagon intelligence agents were deemed “credible” in the agents’ reports. Some of the witnesses were given lie-detector tests and passed. Sources provided me with copies of these witness reports, which are impressive in their detail. A lot of the sightings described a secondary tier of prison camps many miles from Hanoi. Yet the DIA, after reviewing all these reports, concluded that they “do not constitute evidence” that men were alive. 4. In the late 1970s and early 1980s, listening stations picked up messages in which Laotian military personnel spoke about moving American prisoners from one labor camp to another. These listening posts were manned by Thai communications officers trained by the National Security Agency (NSA), which monitors signals worldwide. The NSA teams had moved out after the fall of Saigon in 1975 and passed the job to the Thai allies. But when the Thais turned these messages over to Washington, the intelligence community ruled that since the intercepts were made by a “third party”—namely Thailand—they could not be regarded as authentic. That’s some Catch-22: the U.S. trained a third party to take over its role in monitoring signals about POWs, but because that third party did the monitoring, the messages weren’t valid. Here, from CIA files, is an example that clearly exposes the farce. On Dec. 27, 1980, a Thai military signal team picked up a message saying that prisoners were being moved out of Attopeu (in southern Laos) by aircraft “at 1230 hours.” Three days later a message was sent from the CIA station in Bangkok to the CIA director’s office in Langley. It read, in part: “The prisoners … are now in the valley in permanent location (a prison camp at Nhommarath in Central Laos). They were transferred from Attopeu to work in various places … POWs were formerly kept in caves and are very thin, dark and starving.” Apparently the prisoners were real. But the transmission was declared “invalid” by Washington because the information came from a “third party” and thus could not be deemed credible. 5. A series of what appeared to be distress signals from Vietnam and Laos were captured by the government’s satellite system in the late 1980s and early ’90s. (Before that period, no search for such signals had been put in place.) Not a single one of these markings was ever deemed credible. To the layman’s eye, the satellite photos, some of which I’ve seen, show markings on the ground that are identical to the signals that American pilots had been specifically trained to use in their survival courses—such as certain letters, like X or K, drawn in a special way. Other markings were the secret four-digit authenticator numbers given to individual pilots. But time and again, the Pentagon, backed by the CIA, insisted that humans had not made these markings. What were they, then? “Shadows and vegetation,” the government said, insisting that the markings were merely normal topographical contours like saw-grass or rice-paddy divider walls. It was the automatic response—shadows and vegetation. On one occasion, a Pentagon photo expert refused to go along. It was a missing man’s name gouged into a field, he said, not trampled grass or paddy berms. His bosses responded by bringing in an outside contractor who found instead, yes, shadows and vegetation. This refrain led Bob Taylor, a highly regarded investigator on the Senate committee staff who had examined the photographic evidence, to comment to me: “If grass can spell out people’s names and secret digit codes, then I have a newfound respect for grass.” 6. On Nov. 11, 1992, Dolores Alfond, the sister of missing airman Capt. Victor Apodaca and chair of the National Alliance of Families, an organization of relatives of POW/MIAs, testified at one of the Senate committee’s public hearings. She asked for information about data the government had gathered from electronic devices used in a classified program known as PAVE SPIKE. The devices were motion sensors, dropped by air, designed to pick up enemy troop movements. Shaped on one end like a spike with an electronic pod and antenna on top, they were designed to stick in the ground as they fell. Air Force planes would drop them along the Ho Chi Minh trail and other supply routes. The devices, though primarily sensors, also had rescue capabilities. Someone on the ground—a downed airman or a prisoner on a labor gang —could manually enter data into the sensor. All data were regularly collected electronically by U.S. planes flying overhead. Alfond stated, without any challenge or contradiction by the committee, that in 1974, a year after the supposedly complete return of prisoners, the gathered data showed that a person or people had manually entered into the sensors—as U.S. pilots had been trained to do—no less than 20 authenticator numbers that corresponded exactly to the classified authenticator numbers of 20 U.S. POWs who were lost in Laos. Alfond added, according to the transcript, “This PAVE SPIKE intelligence is seamless, but the committee has not discussed it or released what it knows about PAVE SPIKE.” McCain attended that committee hearing specifically to confront Alfond because of her criticism of the panel’s work. He bellowed and berated her for quite a while. His face turning anger-pink, he accused her of “denigrating” his “patriotism.” The bullying had its effect—she began to cry. After a pause Alfond recovered and tried to respond to his scorching tirade, but McCain simply turned away and stormed out of the room. The PAVE SPIKE file has never been declassified. We still don’t know anything about those 20 POWs. 7. As previously mentioned, in April 1993 in a Moscow archive, a researcher from Harvard, Stephen Morris, unearthed and made public the transcript of a briefing that General Tran Van Quang gave to the Hanoi politburo four months before the signing of the Paris peace accords in 1973. In the transcript, General Quang told the Hanoi politburo that 1,205 U.S. prisoners were being held. Quang said that many of the prisoners would be held back from Washington after the accords as bargaining chips for war reparations. General Quang’s report added: “This is a big number. Officially, until now, we published a list of only 368 prisoners of war. The rest we have not revealed. The government of the USA knows this well, but it does not know the exact number …and can only make guesses based on its losses. That is why we are keeping the number of prisoners of war secret, in accordance with the politburo’s instructions.” The report then went on to explain in clear and specific language that a large number would be kept back to ensure reparations. The reaction to the document was immediate. After two decades of denying it had kept any prisoners, Hanoi responded to the revelation by calling the transcript a fabrication. Similarly, Washington—which had over the same two decades refused to recant Nixon’s declaration that all the prisoners had been returned—also shifted into denial mode. The Pentagon issued a statement saying the document “is replete with errors, omissions and propaganda that seriously damage its credibility,” and that the numbers were “inconsistent with our own accounting.” Neither American nor Vietnamese officials offered any rationale for who would plant a forged document in the Soviet archives and why they would do so. Certainly neither Washington nor Moscow—closely allied with Hanoi—would have any motive, since the contents were embarrassing to all parties, and since both the United States and Vietnam had consistently denied the existence of unreturned prisoners. The Russian archivists simply said the document was “authentic.” 8. In his 2002 book, Inside Delta Force, retired Command Sgt. Maj. Eric Haney described how in 1981 his special forces unit, after rigorous training for a POW rescue mission, had the mission suddenly aborted, revived a year later, and again abruptly aborted. Haney writes that this abandonment of captured soldiers ate at him for years and left him disillusioned about his government’s vows to leave no men behind. “Years later, I spoke at length with a former highly placed member of the North Vietnamese diplomatic corps, and this person asked me point-blank: ‘Why did the Americans never attempt to recover their remaining POWs after the conclusion of the war?’” Haney writes. He continued, saying that he came to believe senior government officials had called off those missions in 1981 and 1982. (His account is on pages 314 to 321 of my paperback copy of the book.) 9. There is also evidence that in the first months of Ronald Reagan’s presidency in 1981, the White House received a ransom proposal for a number of POWs being held by Hanoi in Indochina. The offer, which was passed to Washington from an official of a third country, was apparently discussed at a meeting in the Roosevelt Room attended by Reagan, Vice President Bush, CIA director William Casey, and National Security Adviser Richard Allen. Allen confirmed the offer in sworn testimony to the Senate POW committee on June 23, 1992. Allen was allowed to testify behind closed doors and no information was released. But a San Diego Union-Tribune reporter, Robert Caldwell, obtained the portion relating to the ransom offer and reported on it. The ransom request was for $4 billion, Allen testified. He said he told Reagan that “it would be worth the president’s going along and let’s have the negotiation.” When his testimony appeared in the Union-Tribune, Allen quickly wrote a letter to the panel, this time not under oath, recanting the ransom story and claiming his memory had played tricks on him. His new version was that some POW activists had asked him about such an offer in a meeting that took place in 1986, when he was no longer in government. “It appears,” he said in the letter, “that there never was a 1981 meeting about the return of POW/MIAs for $4 billion.” But the episode didn’t end there. A Treasury agent on Secret Service duty in the White House, John Syphrit, came forward to say he had overheard part of the ransom conversation in the Roosevelt Room in 1981, when the offer was discussed by Reagan, Bush, Casey, Allen, and other cabinet officials. Syphrit, a veteran of the Vietnam War, told the committee he was willing to testify, but they would have to subpoena him. Treasury opposed his appearance, arguing that voluntary testimony would violate the trust between the Secret Service and those it protects. It was clear that coming in on his own could cost Syphrit his career. The committee voted 7 to 4 not to subpoena him. In the committee’s final report, dated Jan. 13, 1993 (on page 284), the panel not only chastised Syphrit for his failure to testify without a subpoena (“The committee regrets that the Secret Service agent was unwilling …”), but noted that since Allen had recanted his testimony about the Roosevelt Room briefing, Syphrit’s testimony would have been “at best, uncorroborated by the testimony of any other witness.” The committee omitted any mention that it had made a decision not to ask the other two surviving witnesses, Bush and Reagan, to give testimony under oath. (Casey had died.) 10. In 1990, Col. Millard Peck, a decorated infantry veteran of Vietnam then working at the DIA as chief of the Asia Division for Current Intelligence, asked for the job of chief of the DIA’s Special Office for Prisoners of War and Missing in Action. His reason for seeking the transfer, which was not a promotion, was that he had heard from officials throughout the Pentagon that the POW/MIA office had been turned into a waste-disposal unit for getting rid of unwanted evidence about live prisoners—a “black hole,” these officials called it. Peck explained all this in his telling resignation letter of Feb. 12, 1991, eight months after he had taken the job. He said he viewed it as “sort of a holy crusade” to restore the integrity of the office but was defeated by the Pentagon machine. The four-page, single-spaced letter was scathing, describing the putative search for missing men as “a cover-up.” Peck charged that, at its top echelons, the Pentagon had embraced a “mind-set to debunk” all evidence of prisoners left behind. “That national leaders continue to address the prisoner of war and missing in action issue as the ‘highest national priority,’ is a travesty,” he wrote. “The entire charade does not appear to be an honest effort, and may never have been. … Practically all analysis is directed to finding fault with the source. Rarely has there been any effective, active follow through on any of the sightings, nor is there a responsive ‘action arm’ to routinely and aggressively pursue leads.” “I became painfully aware,” his letter continued, “that I was not really in charge of my own office, but was merely a figurehead or whipping boy for a larger and totally Machiavellian group of players outside of DIA … I feel strongly that this issue is being manipulated and controlled at a higher level, not with the goal of resolving it, but more to obfuscate the question of live prisoners and give the illusion of progress through hyperactivity.” He named no names but said these players are “unscrupulous people in the Government or associated with the Government” who “have maintained their distance and remained hidden in the shadows, while using the [POW] Office as a ‘toxic waste dump’ to bury the whole ‘mess’ out of sight.” Peck added that “military officers … who in some manner have ‘rocked the boat’ [have] quickly come to grief.” Peck concluded, “From what I have witnessed, it appears that any soldier left in Vietnam, even inadvertently, was, in fact, abandoned years ago, and that the farce that is being played is no more than political legerdemain done with ‘smoke and mirrors’ to stall the issue until it dies a natural death.” The disillusioned colonel not only resigned but asked to be retired immediately from active military service. The press never followed up. My Pursuit of the Story I covered the war in Cambodia and Vietnam, but came to the POW information only slowly afterward, when military officers I knew from that conflict began coming to me with maps and POW sightings and depositions by Vietnamese witnesses. I was then city editor of the New York Times, no longer involved in foreign or national stories, so I took the data to the appropriate desks and suggested it was material worth pursuing. There were no takers. Some years later, in 1991, when I was an op-ed columnist at Newsday, the aforementioned special Senate committee was formed to probe the POW issue. I saw this as an opening and immersed myself in the reporting. At Newsday, I wrote 36 columns over a two-year period, as well as a four-part series on a trip I took to North Vietnam to report on what happened to one missing pilot who was shot down over the Ho Chi Minh trail and captured when he parachuted down. . Their disinterest was paAfter Newsday, I wrote thousands more words on the subject for other outlets. Some of the pieces were about McCain’s key role. Though I wrote on many subjects for Life, Vanity Fair, and Washington Monthly, my POW articles appeared in Penthouse, the Village Voice, and APBnews.com. Mainstream publications just weren’t interested rt of what motivated me, and I became one of a very short list of journalists who considered the story important. Serving in the Army in Germany during the Cold War and witnessing combat firsthand as a reporter in India and Indochina led me to have great respect for those who fight for their country. To my mind, we dishonored U.S. troops when our government failed to bring them home from Vietnam after the 591 others were released—and then claimed they didn’t exist. And politicians dishonor themselves when they pay lip service to the bravery and sacrifice of soldiers only to leave untold numbers behind, rationalizing to themselves that it’s merely one of the unfortunate costs of war. John McCain—now campaigning for the White House as a war hero, maverick, and straight shooter—owes the voters some explanations. The press were long ago wooed and won by McCain’s seeming openness, Lone Ranger pose, and self-deprecating humor, which may partly explain their ignoring his record on POWs. In the numerous, lengthy McCain profiles that have appeared of late in papers like the New York Times, the Washington Post, and the Wall Street Journal, I may have missed a clause or a sentence along the way, but I have not found a single mention of his role in burying information about POWs. Television and radio news programs have been similarly silent. Reporters simply never ask him about it. They didn’t when he ran unsuccessfully for the Republican nomination in 2000. They haven’t now, despite the fact that we’re in the midst of another war—a war he supports and one that has echoes of Vietnam. The only explanation McCain has ever offered for his leadership on legislation that seals POW files is that he believes the release of such information would only stir up fresh grief for the families of those who were never accounted for in Vietnam. Of the scores of POW families I’ve met over the years, only a few have said they want the books closed without knowing what happened to their men. All the rest say that not knowing is exactly what grieves them. Isn’t it possible that what really worries those intent on keeping the POW documents buried is the public disgust that the contents of those files would generate? How the Senate Committee Perpetuated the Debunking …

[END OF QUOTING.]

***READ THE COMPLETE DOCUMENT AT:  www.theamericanconservative.com/articles/mc 

Incumbent Sen. John McCain Running For A Fifth Term Rocky Montana May 27, 2016

The above compendium of the articles about the past behavior of John McCain tell it all. As McCain is now running for a fifth term as U.S. senator for Arizona, these articles are being posted once again in an effort to inform more Arizona voters and the American people about McCain past behavior. On November 8, 2016, Arizona voters either reelect John McCain for a fifth term, knowing that he has lied to and deceived the them and the American public throughout his political career, or they will finally do the right thing and run McCain out of office, and replace him with a more honest, honorable and deserving individual. The U.S. Senate and the Republican Party will do just fine without John McCain. In review: John “McCain was personally responsible for the deadliest fire in the history of the US Navy. That catastrophe, with 27 dead and over 100 wounded’ and over $72 million in aircraft damage, eclipses ‘McCain’s record as a prisoner of war in North Vietnam.” McCain has admitted: “I’m not a war hero.” , but for nearly 50 years he has allowed falsehoods to be reported about himself by the controlled media and his colleagues in the Washington Establishment. They have repeatedly claimed that John McCain is a “war hero” and that he was tortured by his captors while “imprisoned” at Hanoi. Due to John McCain’s duplicity in falsely stating his war record, his captivity record, his cooperating with the enemy (North Vietnamese Communists), and his efforts to cover up the truth about P.O.W.’s left in Vietnam, speaks to the man’s character. His continued deceit and profiteering dishonors the memory of all legitimate war heros, war captives, P.O.W.’s left behind, and the military men and women who have died in service to our country. The above articles have been available to the Arizona voters and American public for decades, and yet the incumbent Senator has been undeservedly rewarded with a 34 year political career to date, from 1982 though 2016. Interested parties can contact John McCain or his staff at: Share Your Opinion – United States Senator John McCain

Washington, DC: Phone: (202) 224-2235 Fax: (202) 228-2862

Phoenix, AZ: Phone: (602) 952-2410 Fax: (855) 952-8702

Prescott, AZ: Phone: (928) 445-0833 Fax: (928) 445-8594

Tucson, AZ: Phone: (520) 670-6334 Fax: (520) 670-6637

Source: https://lozzafun1.wordpress.com/2016/05/29/navy-releases-mccains-records-mccain-was-personally-responsible-for-the-deadliest-fire-in-the-history-of-the-us-navy/ 

:: 9-12-17 Info Wars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hillary Clinton Wanted to Craft Voodoo Dolls of Congress, Media

Hillary reveals her fascination with the occult yet again

Jamie White | Infowars.com - September 12, 2017

Failed presidential candidate Hillary Clinton flirted with the idea of making voodoo dolls of certain members of Congress and the media in response to her email server scandal, according to her new book. The constant media coverage of her use of a secret email server frustrated Clinton because she insisted she “acted in good faith” – despite multiple attempts to cover up her activity – and eventually admitted to making a mistake. “It was like quicksand: the more you struggle, the deeper you sink. At times, I thought I must be going crazy. Other times I was sure it was the world that had gone nuts,” Clinton wrote. “Sometimes I snapped at my staff. I was tempted to make voodoo dolls of certain members of the press and Congress and stick them full of pins. Mostly, I was furious at myself.” The odd remark highlights Clinton’s penchant for the occult and voodoo, which were documented on numerous occasions, including rituals she performed in the White House while First Lady as revealed in the journalist Bob Woodward’s 1996 book The Choice. Long-time Clinton insider Larry Nichols also revealed that Hillary regularly attended a Witch coven in California during the 1990s. “Bill told me she was going out there, she and a group of women, and she would be a part of a Witches church,” Nichols said. “When Bill told me that you could’ve hit me with a baseball bat.” Additionally, Clinton’s campaign chairman John Podesta also participated in bizarre occult activities, such as “Spirit Cooking,” as revealed through WikiLeaks’ disclosure of thousands of Podesta’s private emails last year. These “Spirit Cooking” ceremonies were hosted by gore-prone performance artist Marina Abramovic, who is regularly depicted in various videos mixing a variety of human fluids, including blood and breast milk, into a congealed “paint” used to draw disturbing phrases and images. “Abramovic is known for her often-gory art that confronts pain and ritual. Her first performance involved repeatedly, stabbing herself in her hands. The next performance featured her throwing her nails, toenails, and hair into a flaming five-point star — which she eventually jumped inside of, causing her to lose consciousness,” writes Cassandra Fairbanks.

https://www.infowars.com/hillary-clinton-wanted-to-craft-voodoo-dolls-of-congress-media/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 9-12-17 Shtf Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Death Of Free Speech Is Imminent: Government Begins Censorship Of Media Through Disingenuous Means

Mac Slavo September 12th, 2017

The death of free speech is imminent. Anyone with access to a computer and the internet can see that the United States mainstream media is nothing more than a propaganda machine designed to brainwash the masses into a lemming-like agreement with the government. And now, it’s oh-so-ironic that the same government that tells the media what to report on in order brainwash the public is seeking to quiet those who disagree and label them as “propaganda.” Some may call it fake news, others just want a different opinion rather than the left-leaning media hysteria we are accustomed to. But now, media outlet RT (Russia Today), founded in Russia will have to register with the United States as “foreign media;” which will forever give it the inaccurate title of “propaganda.” This doesn’t apply to merely the Russian version of the news outlet, but the American-run and operated site as well. According to The Hill, in a report on Monday, RT did not name the company that the Department of Justice (DOJ) has compelled to file paperwork under the Foreign Agents Registration Act, but blasted the edict as overreaching. “The war the US establishment wages with our journalists is dedicated to all the starry-eyed idealists who still believe in freedom of speech. Those who invented it, have buried it,” Margarita Simonyan, RT’s editor-in-chief, said about the registration. Media organizations have been exempted from the law, which is wide-ranging in its disclosure requirements and generally applies to political consultants and those working in lobbying or public relations. It would be a felony if RT is found to have willfully failed to register as a foreign agent, however. The registration would not stop the organization from operating, but requires regularly submitted paperwork that lists its sources of foreign government-tied revenue and the contacts it makes in the United States, and it would require any reporting to be labeled as being influenced or financed by the Russian government. –The Hill RT has also contracted with Julian Assange, who runs WikiLeaks and is suspected of leaking internal emails from the Democratic National Committee, so the fact that they are being singled out with attempts to silence their reporting is not a big surprise to anyone with functioning neurons. RT must be a threat to the political elites and the establishment, or they would be left alone while outlets like CNN brainwash and lie for profit to prop up the wealthy and powerful politicians they will stop at nothing to protect.

http://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/the-government-begins-censorship-of-media-through-disingenuous-means_09122017 

[ :: 7-8-12 am Campmeeting Service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Watch, watch, watch as you begin to see the monetary system totally crumble and collapse, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 9-13-17 The Wall Street Journal :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Prepares Sale of $2 Billion in U.S.-Dollar Bonds

Issue would be country’s biggest-ever U.S.-dollar bond sale and its first since 2004

By Manju Dalal and Carolyn Cui Updated Sept. 13, 2017 4:54 p.m. ET

China is laying the groundwork for its first sale of U.S.-dollar sovereign bonds in more than a decade, a move toward expanding its ties with global investors as its economy improves. The government is preparing to sell $2 billion in bonds this month, etc.

https://www.wsj.com/articles/china-prepares-sale-of-2-billion-in-u-s-dollar-bonds-1505292305 

:: 9-14-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

De-Dollarization Spikes - Venezuela Stops Accepting Dollars For Oil Payments

by Tyler Durden Sep 14, 2017 4:41 AM

As we previously noted, Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro said last Thursday that Venezuela will be looking to “free” itself from the U.S. dollar next week. According to Reuters, “Venezuela is going to implement a new system of international payments and will create a basket of currencies to free us from the dollar,” Maduro said in a multi-hour address to a new legislative “superbody.” He reportedly did not provide details of this new proposal. Maduro hinted further that the South American country would look to using the yuan instead, among other currencies. “If they pursue us with the dollar, we’ll use the Russian ruble, the yuan, yen, the Indian rupee, the euro,” Maduro also said. And today, as The Wall Street Journal reports, in an effort to circumvent U.S. sanctions, Venezuela is telling oil traders that it will no longer receive or send payments in dollars, people familiar with the new policy said. Oil traders who export Venezuelan crude or import oil products into the country have begun converting their invoices to euros. The state oil company Petróleos de Venezuela SA, known as PdVSA, has told its private joint venture partners to open accounts in euros and to convert existing cash holdings into Europe’s main currency, said one project partner. The new payment policy hasn’t been publicly announced, but Vice President Tareck El Aissami, who has been blacklisted by the U.S., said Friday, "To fight against the economic blockade there will be a basket of currencies to liberate us from the dollar." There is no major market reaction for now - a modest bid to Bitcoin and some weakness in EUR and Gold (seems someone wants this to look like nothing). “You can say whatever you want for your domestic propaganda and make it look like you’re retaliating against the U.S.... This political posturing will only be to their detriment.” So what happens if Europe also sanctions Venezuela? Will Rubles or Yuan... or Gold be the only way to buy Venezuela's oil? * * * This decision by the nation with the world's largest proven oil reserves comes just days after China and Russia unveiled the latest Oil/Yuan/Gold triad at the latest BRICS conference. It’s when President Putin starts talking that the BRICS reveal their true bombshell. Geopolitically and geo-economically, Putin’s emphasis is on a “fair multipolar world”, and “against protectionism and new barriers in global trade.” The message is straight to the point. “Russia shares the BRICS countries’ concerns over the unfairness of the global financial and economic architecture, which does not give due regard to the growing weight of the emerging economies. We are ready to work together with our partners to promote international financial regulation reforms and to overcome the excessive domination of the limited number of reserve currencies.” “To overcome the excessive domination of the limited number of reserve currencies” is the politest way of stating what the BRICS have been discussing for years now; how to bypass the US dollar, as well as the petrodollar. Beijing is ready to step up the game. Soon China will launch a crude oil futures contract priced in yuan and convertible into gold. This means that Russia – as well as Iran, the other key node of Eurasia integration – may bypass US sanctions by trading energy in their own currencies, or in yuan. Inbuilt in the move is a true Chinese win-win; the yuan will be fully convertible into gold on both the Shanghai and Hong Kong exchanges. The new triad of oil, yuan and gold is actually a win-win-win. No problem at all if energy providers prefer to be paid in physical gold instead of yuan. The key message is the US dollar being bypassed. RC – via the Russian Central Bank and the People’s Bank of China – have been developing ruble-yuan swaps for quite a while now. Once that moves beyond the BRICS to aspiring “BRICS Plus” members and then all across the Global South, Washington’s reaction is bound to be nuclear (hopefully, not literally). Washington’s strategic doctrine rules RC should not be allowed by any means to be preponderant along the Eurasian landmass. Yet what the BRICS have in store geo-economically does not concern only Eurasia – but the whole Global South. Sections of the War Party in Washington bent on instrumentalizing India against China – or against RC – may be in for a rude awakening. As much as the BRICS may be currently facing varied waves of economic turmoil, the daring long-term road map, way beyond the Xiamen Declaration, is very much in place. * * * Having threatened China today with exclusion from SWIFT, we suspect Washington is rapidly running out of any great ally to sustain the petrodollar-driven hegemony (and implicitly its war machine). Cue the calls for a Venezuelan invasion in 3...2..1...!

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-09-13/de-dollarization-spikes-venezuela-stops-accepting-dollars-oil-payments 

:: 9-14-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ex-President Carter: Give Trump credit on forcing immigration debate

Published September 14, 2017 Fox News

Former President Jimmy Carter on Wednesday expressed optimism that President Donald Trump might break a legislative logjam with his six-month deadline for Congress to address the immigration status of 800,000-plus U.S. residents who were brought to the country illegally as children. Carter told Emory University students that the "pressures and the publicity that Trump has brought to the immigration issue" could even yield comprehensive immigration law changes that Presidents George W. Bush and Barack Obama could not muster. "I don't see that as a hopeless cause," Carter said. He added that Trump's critics, including himself, "have to give him credit when he does some things that are not as bad" as they are depicted. "As a matter of fact, to give Trump some due, he hasn't ended DACA yet," Carter said. "What he said is he's given the Congress six months to address the issue, which is long overdue." He also noted that Trump has waffled on whether he'd actually move to deport so-called "dreamers" if Congress doesn't act. As the 92-year-old Democrat spoke at Emory in Atlanta, Democratic congressional leaders Nancy Pelosi of California and Chuck Schumer of New York were huddled with the Republican Trump at the White House; afterward, Pelosi and Schumer announced a deal they said would protect young immigrants from deportation and grant some Republican demands on border security. Carter reminded students that Obama, whom Carter supported, failed to win passage for the Dream Act -- named for the sometimes sympathetic stories of the young immigrants -- even when he had Democratic majorities on Capitol Hill. The 39th president, who served one term from 1977 to 1981, blamed both major parties for an inability to pass any major immigration law overhaul since a 1986 law signed by President Ronald Reagan. Carter lost to Reagan in November 1980. Carter said members of his party have been too reluctant to make deals on border enforcement, though he clarified that technological investments would be better than Trump's proposal for a physical wall. Carter said Republicans are too quick to dismiss discussions of "amnesty" for "longtime residents."The deal between Democrats and Trump does not include a U.S-Mexico border wall that was a centerpiece of Trump's presidential campaign. Beyond immigration, Carter told students he supports a single-payer health care system, and he recalled proposing a measure as president that would have phased in a "Medicare-for-all" structure by extending benefits first to children, then to older Americans as the federal budget allowed. That did not pass. Democratic support is growing for Sen. Bernie Sanders' proposal to extend Medicare coverage to all Americans, a trend that Carter noted. Carter said earlier this year that he voted for Sanders over Hillary Clinton in Georgia's 2016 Democratic presidential primary. He also told of collapsing earlier this year while working on a Habitat for Humanity project in Canada and being hospitalized. When he was released, he said, he asked what he owed. "Zero," he recalled. "The Canadian taxpayers paid for my treatment." Carter acknowledged to students the considerable expense of single-payer models and the political risks for his party if they anger the private insurance industry and push the tax hikes necessary to pay for universal coverage. Still, he concluded, "Theoretically, it's the best system." The Associated Press contributed to this report.

http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2017/09/14/ex-president-carter-give-trump-credit-on-forcing-immigration-debate.html 

:: 9-13-17 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump cuts off visas for countries that refuse deported immigrants

by Anna Giaritelli | Sep 13, 2017, 3:47 PM

The Trump administration announced Wednesday it has ordered the State Department to limit certain visas for Cambodia, Eritrea, Guinea, and Sierra Leone because those countries have refused to accept the return of its nationals who are deported from the United States. "International law obligates each country to accept the return of its nationals ordered removed from the United States," Acting Secretary of Homeland Security Elaine Duke said in a statement. "Cambodia, Eritrea, Guinea, and Sierra Leone have failed in that responsibility. The United States itself routinely cooperates with foreign governments in documenting and accepting its citizens when asked, as do the majority of countries in the world. However, these countries have failed to do so, and that one-way street ends with these sanctions." "American citizens have been harmed because foreign governments refuse to take back their citizens. These sanctions will ensure that the problem these countries pose will get no worse as ICE continues its work to remove dangerous criminals from the United States," said U.S. Immigration and Customs Enforcement Acting Director Thomas Homan. State Secretary Rex Tillerson has told U.S. consular officers in the four countries to impose visa restrictions on certain categories of applicants. These restrictions will be determined on a country-by-country basis. "The U.S. Embassy in Phnom Penh, Cambodia, has discontinued the issuance of B visas (temporary visitors for business or pleasure) for Cambodian Ministry of Foreign Affairs employees, with the rank of Director General and above, and their families. The U.S. Embassy in Asmara, Eritrea, has discontinued the issuance of all B visas (temporary visitors for business or pleasure)," the State Department announced. "The United States Embassy in Conakry, Guinea, has discontinued the issuance of B visas (temporary visitors for business or pleasure), and F, J, and M visas (temporary visitors for student and exchange programs) to Guinean government officials and their immediate family members," the memo stated. "The United States Embassy in Freetown, Sierra Leone, has discontinued the issuance of B visas (temporary visitors for business or pleasure) to Ministry of Foreign Affairs officials and immigration officials." If the countries continue not to cooperate with the U.S., the State Department will expand the visa sanctions to additional visa groups in that country. Tillerson will wait to lift sanctions until Duke confirms each one is cooperating. In mid-August, DHS said it had submitted a letter to the State Department asking for visas to some citizens in those same four nations be suspended. While a presidential candidate, Trump promised to take more action to get countries to take back people the U.S. sought to deport. Eight of the 20 countries that had fought the change are now working with the U.S. government to take back their citizens. ICE has had to release 2,137 Guinean and 831 Sierra Leone nationals, "many with serious criminal convictions," because their home countries refused to accept them back, according to the DHS release. Similarly, the Eritrean and Cambodian governments refused to issue travel documents for its citizens to be transported back. ICE was forced to free 700 illegal immigrants from Eritrea and 1,900 Cambodian nationals.

http://www.washingtonexaminer.com/trump-cuts-off-visas-for-countries-that-refuse-deported-immigrants/article/2634314 

:: 9-13-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Palestinians' "Jewish Problem"

by Bassam Tawil September 13, 2017 at 5:00 am

According to the Palestinians, the two US envoys seem fully to have endorsed Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu's positions instead of representing the interests of the US. Why? Because they are Jews, and as such, their loyalty is to Israel before the US. Perhaps this view is a projection of what many Muslims would do if the circumstances were reversed. What we are actually witnessing is the never-ending search for excuses on the part of the Palestinian Authority and its president, Mahmoud Abbas, not to engage in peace talks with Israel. The Palestinians do not like US President Donald Trump's envoys to the Middle East. Why? The answer -- which they make blindingly clear -- is because they are Jews. In the Palestinian perspective, all three envoys -- Jared Kushner, Jason Greenblatt and US Ambassador to Israel, David Friedman, cannot be honest brokers or represent US interests because, as Jews, their loyalty to Israel surpasses, in the Palestinian view, their loyalty to the United States. Sound like anti-Semitism? Yes, it does, and such assumptions provide further evidence of Palestinian prejudices and misconceptions. The Palestinians take for granted that any Jew serving in the US administration or other governments around the world should be treated with suspicion and mistrust. Moreover, the Palestinians do not hesitate to broadcast this view. Take for example, the recent Palestinian uproar over statements made by Friedman in an interview with the Israeli daily Jerusalem Post. One phrase that Friedman said during the interview has drawn strong condemnations from the Palestinians and some other Arabs. According to the Jerusalem Post: "The Left, he explained, is portrayed as believing that only if the 'alleged occupation' ended would Israel become a better society." Specifically, it was the use of the term "alleged occupation" that prompted the Palestinians to launch a smear campaign against Friedman -- one that includes references to his being a Jew as well as a to his being a supporter of Israel. This, as far as the Palestinians are concerned, is enough to disqualify him from serving as US Ambassador to Israel or playing any role whatsoever as an honest and fair mediator in the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. One political analyst with close ties to the Palestinian Authority (PA) leadership in Ramallah called for removing Friedman from his job altogether. Commenting on the interview with the US ambassador, Palestinian political analyst Omar Hilmi Al-Ghoul wrote: "David Friedman is known to the Palestinian people and leadership as an ugly Zionist colonial who arouses revulsion." Al-Ghoul called on President Trump to recall his ambassador to Israel and to instruct the State Department to start searching for a replacement. He said that the Palestinians are "have the right" to demand the removal of any ambassador or envoy who "trespasses diplomatic protocols." The political analyst's opinion reflects the view of many senior officials of the Palestinian Authority. These officials, however, are either reluctant to air their views in public, out of fear that disclosing them would create a crisis with the US administration and end the money that the US pumps into the PA. In private, several Palestinian officials in Ramallah have been expressing concern and anger with President Trump's choice of Jews as his top advisors and envoys on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict. This time, the Palestinian Authority was not able to restrain voicing its outrage with the US ambassador's use of the phrase "alleged occupation." Departing from the official PA policy not to launch personal attacks on President Trump and his representatives, the PA Foreign Affairs Ministry blasted the US for "whitewashing the occupation and covering up [Israeli] violations and crimes against the Palestinians." The ministry also denounced Friedman for attending a wedding in a Jewish settlement in the West Bank last May, and for participating in Israeli celebrations marking the 50th anniversary of the reunification of Jerusalem. Israeli citizenship also appears to be a red line for the Palestinians. They earlier had also lashed out at Friedman after reports that his daughter had obtained that citizenship. For them, this was further evidence of the US ambassador's "bias" in favor of Israel, thanks to his Jewish identity. Arab news websites and social media have also heaped scorn on Friedman for his pro-Israel position and for being a Jew, Here, for example, Friedman is dubbed a real estate broker because of his support for Jewish settlements and as someone who has influence on President Trump. Conspiracy theory, anyone? These comments, which are common among Palestinians and Arabs, are reminiscent of the conspiracy theory that Jews control the US and the world. Friedman is depicted as a Jew who affects President Trump's decisions. In other words, according to the Palestinians and Arabs, US policies are determined on the basis of what some influential Jews whisper into the ears of the US president rather than on US or international interests. Similar charges have been made against previous US administrations, both Republicans and Democrats. Henry Kissinger, Dennis Ross, and Martin Indyk are only a few of the Jews over the last few decades who have been accused by Palestinians and Arabs of having played a major role in the US decision-making process. The Jews are often referred to as being part of the Zionist lobby and a pressure group in the US that works to influence Washington's policy to ensure that it is pro-Israel. There is, of course, never any mention of the powerful Arab oil lobby. When President Trump's envoys, Kushner and Greenblatt, visited Ramallah late last month, Palestinians staged a protest in the city against US "bias" in favor of Israel. One of the protesters held a poster featuring Kushner tied to a leash by a blond woman (apparently his wife, Ivanka) who is dressed in an Israeli flag. Translation: Kushner is a puppet in the hands of the "Jewish Lobby." Another poster carried by the protesters displayed a photo of President Trump with a Palestinian boy throwing a pair of shoes at his head. The caption: "Dirty Trump, our prisoners and martyrs are not terrorists." The protest in Ramallah, which was organized by the National and Islamic Forces, an alliance of grassroots activists representing various Palestinian factions, including President Mahmoud Abbas's ruling Fatah faction, could not have taken place without a green light from the Palestinian Authority leadership. Abbas is not particularly known as an advocate of free speech; anyone who dares to criticize him finds himself behind bars. Just last week, Abbas ordered the arrest of two Palestinians, a journalist and an activist, who dared to criticize him in public. Anyone who wants to hold a protest in Ramallah needs the prior permission of Abbas and his lieutenants, regardless of the subject of the protest. Abbas's security officers were not blind to the anti-Semitic poster raised by the protesters against Kushner. In fact, Palestinian intelligence officers deployed at the scene were the best witnesses to this display of hatred against a US representative because of his religion. Such protests, however, are fine with the PA leadership so long as they are not directed against Abbas or any of his senior aides. Each and every time Kushner and Greenblatt meet with Palestinian officials, someone in Ramallah reminds us that are Jews and that they thus cannot possibly perform as honest brokers. Here is what Faisal Abu Khadra, another Palestinian political analyst, had to say in the semi-official Palestinian daily Al-Quds: "The ability of Trump and his administration to exert pressure on Israel is currently limited. Trump is surrounded by a group of extremist Zionists. Even in his family, Trump has extremist Jews, which questions his ability to put pressure on Israel. It's hard to see how Kushner and Greenblatt would be able to achieve a breakthrough toward peace." Among other accusations the Palestinians have lodged against Kushner and Greenblatt is the claim that when the envoys come to meet with Palestinian leaders, they parrot the positions of the Israeli government, and not the US. According to the Palestinians, the two US envoys seem fully to have endorsed Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu's positions instead of representing the interests of the US. Why? Because they are Jews, and as such, their loyalty is to Israel before the US. Perhaps this view is a projection of what many Muslims would do if the circumstances were reversed. Palestinians and other Arabs therefore see and judge President Trump's emissaries according to their religion, not their positions as authentic representatives of their own country, the US. What we are actually witnessing is the never-ending search for excuses on the part of the Palestinian Authority and its president, Mahmoud Abbas, not to engage in peace talks with Israel.  Bassam Tawil is a Muslim based in the Middle East.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/10990/palestinians-jewish-problem 

[ :: 8-9-17 pm service (first word)  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc.  If you look at Russia she is ready to strike, Iran ready to strike, North Korea ready to strike, they are not playing games; they are serious with the things that they are saying.  Only you have felt that they have feared you, and because you have felt that they have feared you, you are not listening as close as you should. etc.  

:: 9-14-17 NBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia Kicks Off Huge Zapad 2017 Military Exercises With Belarus

by Alexander Smith, Mac William Bishop and Courtney Kube Sep 14 2017, 6:59 am ET

LONDON — Russia kicked off what Western powers expect to be the country's largest military exercise since the Cold War on Thursday, a massive mobilization of forces that has triggered unease among U.S. officials and their allies in Eastern Europe. Land, sea and air units will be taking part in war games across a huge area encompassing western Russia, Belarus, the Baltic Sea and the Russian exclave of Kaliningrad. Moscow says fewer than 13,000 troops are participating, meaning they don't have to invite international observers. But NATO members and Western military experts believe as many as 100,000 troops may be involved in the drills. Dubbed Zapad, which means "west" in Russian, the exercise has its roots in vast Soviet drills dating to the 1980s. This year's edition has been planned for months. Previous versions were held in 2009 and 2013. Analysts don't believe that Russia is about to launch a war. "NATO remains calm and vigilant, and committed to keeping Estonia and all our allies safe," NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg said last week in Estonia, one of the tiny Baltic nations that borders Russia and often worries about undue influence from Moscow. But not everyone in the region is so sanguine. In Lithuania, another Baltic nation that was once part of the Soviet Union, Defense Minister Raimundas Karoblis summed up the mood. "We can't be totally calm. There is a large foreign army massed next to Lithuanian territory," he told Reuters. Other Western officials, including the head of the U.S. Army in Europe, Gen. Ben Hodges, have raised concerns that Russia might use the drills as a "Trojan horse" to make incursions into Poland and Russian-speaking regions in the Baltics. Hodges made the comment in a Reuters interview in July. Russia insists the long-planned Zapad exercises would only be used to defend against aggression by NATO, the U.S.-led 29-member military alliance founded in the aftermath of World War II. But following months of uncertainty surrounding NATO — caused by Trump's mixed messages — this year's Zapad exercise may be designed to test the alliance's resolve. "Russia is not organizing defensive operations but instead an offensive threat, testing how serious we are about protecting the members of NATO," said Jonathan Eyal, international director of the Royal United Services Institute, a London-based think tank. Belarus not only borders Russia, but also three of America's key but relatively isolated NATO allies: Poland, Lithuania, and Latvia. Related: Trump's Rhetoric Has This Town Ready for War Like Estonia in the north, the latter two were occupied by Soviet forces for almost 50 years and they have remained a focus of the renewed standoff between Russia and the West. This breakdown was sparked by Moscow's 2014 annexation of Crimea and worsened over military intervention in Syria and allegations of state-sponsored hacking. "Russia is reminding us that the Baltic states are relatively indefensible," Eyal added. "They want to see where the cracks are in NATO and where they can be widened." Trump caused alarm in Europe after he was slow to explicitly endorse NATO's central promise of collective defense, known as Article 5. He also demanded member states up their military spending and suggested he wouldn't defend them unless he did. The rhetoric from Trump has since softened — with some members of his team expressing America's strong and enduring support for NATO — but the mere suggestion of wavering was enough to give many Europeans the jitters. NATO has reinforced its position in Eastern Europe, now maintaining a rotating force of 4,000 in Poland and the Baltics. But hypothetical scenarios played out by the Rand Corporation last year found that it would take Russian forces just 60 hours to reach the outskirts of the Estonian and Latvian capitals of Tallinn and Riga. In terms of this year's Zapad exercise, what concerns some officials and experts is they aren't exactly sure how big they will be. There are also questions about Putin's true intention. The official figure given by Russia is that there will be no more than 13,000 personnel taking part. Some Western analysts say that it's no coincidence that this is also the exact number of troops allowed in a military exercise before international observers must be invited. The Vienna Document of 2011 is an agreement by members of the Organization for Security and Co-operation in Europe — a group that includes Russia — which says that any exercise involving more than 13,000 personnel must allow observers from all other OSCE nations. Russian officials, such as Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov, are adamant they have nothing to hide. "Our NATO colleagues know all too well that they were invited to attend these exercises, and that they are transparent," Lavrov said in a June interview. But many in NATO remain unconvinced. "We have every reason to believe that it may be substantially more troops participating than the official reported numbers," NATO Secretary General Jens Stoltenberg said at a press conference last month. Germany has openly alleged that the real number will be more than 100,000 troops. The same number has been predicted by U.S. officials, who spoke to the Associated Press on condition of anonymity. That would make Zapad 2017 Russia's largest exercise since the Cold War. Keir Giles, an associate fellow at London's Chatham House think tank, said the official figures were "hopelessly unreliable." He added Russia could get around the 13,000-limit by having several drills going on at once. Moscow is not transparent both in terms of the size and intent of their exercises, one U.S. defense official told NBC News on condition of anonymity. "They continually send more troops than they report to the international community," the official said, adding that they need to be honest about their intentions to avoid misunderstandings. Pentagon spokeswoman Lt. Col. Michelle Baldanza added: "Russia has conducted several large-scale snap exercises along NATO's Eastern flank with little to no notice and in a non-transparent manner." The last Zapad exercise, in 2013, featured "more than 75,000 men, who were engaged in simulated operations in the air, on land and at sea," according to a report by The Jamestown Foundation, a Washington-based research institute. For comparison, last year 24 NATO members held a military exercise named "Anakonda," which included more than 31,000 service members. Whatever the number, the exercises come against the backdrop of several close encounters between Russian and NATO aircraft and ships in recent years. "There's always a possibility for miscalculation when that's going on," Gen. Curtis M. Scaparrotti, NATO's supreme allied commander, told reporters last month, referring to these near-misses. "I think that's the importance of transparency, particularly on Russia's part, to tell us about [the Zapad] exercise: What should we expect to see, what is the size of them, where will they operate?" What's also unclear, according to some Western analysts, are Putin's motives. Russian Foreign Minister Lavrov has dismissed as "nonsense in its purest form" any suggestion that the Kremlin is using the drills for anything other than defense. But many Western experts say that Russian exercises are often used to disguise other objectives. Most notably, Russia's war with Georgia in 2008 and annexation of Crimea in 2014 both followed military exercises that allowed Moscow to move troops into key locations. "These large-scale exercises … served as a means to obscure the movement of Russian units into the conflict zone," according to the report by The Jamestown Foundation following the Zapad 2013 exercise. One theory is that this year's drill could be used by Russia to "leave troops behind" in Belarus in order to give Moscow a more-advanced forward base in Europe, according to Giles at Chatham House.

https://www.nbcnews.com/news/world/russia-plans-huge-zapad-2017-military-exercises-belarus-n788741 

:: 9-13-17 The Aviationist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia Has Deployed Its MiG-29SMT Multirole Combat Aircraft To Syria For The Very First Time

Sep 13 2017By David Cenciotti

Once again the Syrian Air War is the testbed for the most recent Russian Air Force weapons system. This time is the turn of the MiG-29SMT. The Russian Air Force has deployed some MiG-29SMT multirole combat aircraft to Hmeymim airbase, near Latakia, in western Syria, the Russian Ministry of Defense confirmed on Sept. 13, 2017. It’s the first time the modernized version of the baseline Fulcrum jet is deployed to take part in the Syrian Air War. The MiG-29SMT is an upgraded variant of the MiG-29 featuring a big 950-litre spine CFT (Conformal Fuel Tank) and an in-flight refueling system on the left hand side of the cockpit: it is equipped with a “glass cockpit” with two MFI-10-6M displays and IKSh-1M HUD (Head-Up Display). With a maximum range of 1,800 km (3,000 with three drop tanks), it can carry guided air-to-surface weapons. According to “Russia’s Warplanes, Volume 1” by Piotr Butowski published by Harpia Publishing, one of the most authoritative sources on Russian military aircraft and helicopters today, besides the baseline Fulcrum loadout, the MiG-29SMT can carry two R-27T medium-range IR-guided air-to-air missiles or two extended-range R-27ER/ET AAMs, or up to six RVV-AE AAMs. Air-to-ground weapons include two Kh-29T/L, up to four Kh-25M, or two Kh-31A7P missiles, or up to four KAB-500 guided bombs. The first images emerging from Syria show at least one aircraft with two unguided FAB-500s. The Russian Air Force plans to operate a fleet of 44 MIG-29SMT fighters: 28 were returned from Algeria (that ordered the aircraft in February 2006 and broke the contract after 16 were delivered because they claimed that the airframes were not brand new – these, according to Butowski were acquired by the Russian MoD and delivered to a fighter regiment in Kursk-Khalino beginning in February 2009) and another batch (whose complete delivery status is not known) of 16 aircraft ordered in 2014 and due to delivery by the end of 2016. The video below shows the MiG-29SMTs in Syria for the very first time.

Read more at https://theaviationist.com/2017/09/13/russia-has-deployed-its-mig-29smt-multirole-combat-aircraft-to-syria-for-the-very-first-time/#IgUfgz6P035KPczc.99 

[ :: 9-18-13 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For it is a very dark hour as you have seen and that hour shall grow darker and darker and darker, for the evil spirits possessing people shall manifest themselves, and as they manifest themselves, you shall see death, you shall see killings, you shall see blood flowing, you shall see many things, many things. Think it not strange, but it is that hour and it is that time and no one seems to be binding up those spirits, nobody seems to be casting them out, nobody understands them. For the world tells you that you are bipolar, no you are demon possessed, saith your Father God. etc..

:: 9-13-17 The Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

At Least 11 Mayors Accused Of Child Sex-Related Crimes Since 2016

Peter Hasson Associate Editor 11:46 AM 09/13/2017

Seattle Mayor Ed Murray resigned on Wednesday after a fifth man publicly accused the Democrat of molesting him as a child. But Murray isn’t alone. At least 11 then-current and former mayors have been accused of child sex abuse-related crimes since 2016. The allegations range from child porn to physical abuse. The alleged victims were as young as four years old. Stillwater, New York Mayor Rick Nelson resigned earlier this month after being arrested on child porn charges. Nelson has a decades-long history of alleged sexual misconduct involving teenagers and children. The child porn charges marked the fifth such accusation against Nelson, the Times Union reported, including allegations of rape and sodomy. Nelson was never convicted for the previous alleged abuses, which allegedly included inappropriate behavior with a five year old in 1982 on the school bus that Nelson was driving at the time. Nelson is the father of Patrick Nelson, a Democratic 2018 congressional candidate who served as one of Vermont Sen. Bernie Sanders’ delegates at the 2016 Democratic National Convention. Just last week, 78-year-old Dale Kenyon, former mayor of Clayton, New York was indicted on charges of sexually abusing a teenager over the course of three years. (RELATED: De Blasio Staffer, Rising Democrat, Caught With Child Porn) Dwayne Schutt, 61-year old mayor of Randolph, Nebraska, was arrested in July on multiple child sexual assault charges, KTIV reported. Police say Schutt repeatedly sexually abused a minor over a period of four years, beginning when the victim was 13-years-old. Schutt, whose trial is ongoing, remains Randolph’s mayor today. Former Ohio mayor Richard Keenan, a Democrat, was handed a life sentence in April 2017 after he pled guilty to repeatedly raping a four-year-old girl, WFMJ reported. Keenan, who was first indicted in August 2016, will be eligible for parole after serving 10 years. He claimed during the trial that the four-year-old was a “willing participant. ”Anthony Silva, then-mayor of Stockton, California, was arrested last August on charges that he provided teens with alcohol at a camp for underprivileged youth that he ran before recording them playing strip poker, the AP reported. Silva, who claimed he accidentally recorded the strip poker game after interrupting it, pled no contest to the lesser charge of providing alcohol to a minor. He was sentenced to 40 hours of community service. Silva, a Republican, was later accused of embezzling hundreds of thousands of dollars from the camp in a case that is ongoing. Kenneth Lewis Barrett, then-mayor of Winston, Oregon, was one of four men arrested on March 19 as part of a sex sting, KPIC reported. Authorities say the four men believed they were meeting a 14-year-old girl for sex. Barrett was carrying a concealed handgun when he showed up to the meet, police say. The trial of a Georgia man last year convicted of molesting and raping an 11-year-old boy and a 12-year-old girl took a dark twist when the girl said that Christopher Wright, then a Georgia mayor, had also raped her and forced her to perform oral sex on him, KTOC reported. Wright, who was first elected mayor as a Democrat in 2012 at the age of 22, was indicted in June 2016, WALB reported. Wright pled no contest to child sex abuse and rape in January 2017 but was let off without a prison sentence. He was sentenced to 20 years probation — during which time he can’t seek public office — and ordered to pay a $1,000 fine. Former Rockdale, Texas mayor Darral Gene Walker was indicted in June 2016 on charges of sexual misconduct. “A copy of the indictment said Walker engaged in sexual contact with a child younger than 17 years of age by touching the boy’s genitals,” TDTNews reported. “Walker admitted that the events happened at his home in Rockdale, but said it was for purely educational reasons, not for sexual gratification.” Walker pled guilty to a lesser assault charge in August 2016 after striking a deal with prosecutors that will allow him to avoid registering as a sex offender. Former Millbrook, New York mayor Donald H. Briggs was indicted on felony charges in December 2016, in relation to “alleged inappropriate sexual contact with a person younger than 17,” according to local news reports.

http://dailycaller.com/2017/09/13/at-least-11-mayors-accused-of-child-sex-related-crimes-since-2016/ 

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc

:: 9-14-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea threatens to 'reduce the US to ashes' and 'sink Japan into the sea' as satellite images suggest Kim Jong-un is preparing another nuclear test

North Korea threatens to reduce 'Yankees' to 'ashes and dust' after sanctions

Also hits out at 'wicked Japs' and says country 'should be sunk' by a nuke

Comes as US defense officials said regime has spent last 48 hours moving mobile missile launchers into position and preparing fixed sites for launch

Elsewhere new satellite imagery of the Punggye-ri nuclear test site was released

It suggests part of the underground base collapsed after last test, but that new areas are now being prepared to carry out future explosions

By Chris Pleasance for MailOnline Published: 03:09 EDT, 14 September 2017 | Updated: 13:42 EDT, 14 September 2017

North Korea has threatened to nuke Japan and reduce the US 'to ashes and darkness' in response to the latest sanctions imposed by the UN. The threat was issued via the North's state news agency as US defense officials said the regime has spent the last 48 hours moving mobile missile launchers and preparing fixed sites for launch. Elsewhere analysts from Johns Hopkins University said Kim Jong-un's regime appears to be readying its nuclear test site for more detonations following the explosion of what North Korea claims was a hydrogen bomb on September 3. In a statement released by news agency KCNA, a spokesman for the regime said: 'The army and people of the DPRK are unanimously demanding that the Yankees, chief culprit in cooking up the "sanctions resolution", be beaten to death as a stick is fit for a rabid dog. 'There's limit to patience. Now is the time to annihilate the U.S. imperialist aggressors. Let's reduce the U.S. mainland into ashes and darkness. 'Let's vent our spite with mobilization of all retaliation means which have been prepared till now. These are voices of the Korean army and people. 'Also heard in the DPRK are strong accusations against the Japs who have zealously joined in the U.S. racket for sanctions. 'The behaviors of Japs, sworn enemy of the Korean nation, are enraging us. The wicked Japs should not be pardoned... 'A telling blow should be dealt to them who have not yet come to senses after the launch of our ICBM over the Japanese archipelago. 'The four islands of the archipelago should be sunken into the sea by the nuclear bomb of Juche. Japan is no longer needed to exist near us.' Japan's chief cabinet secretary Yoshihide Suga called the statement 'outrageous', saying it 'escalates tension in the region and is absolutely unacceptable.' The statement came as NBC news said three senior US defense officials had confirmed that the North had been observed moving multiple mobile missile launchers and preparing 'hard sites' for launch. Analysts believed that North Korea's latest missile, the Hwasong-14 is capable of ranging most of the mainland US, and has already been fired over Japan. The North claims that the nuclear warhead it tested at its Punggye-ri Nuclear Test Site on September 3 is small enough to fit on the tip of the missile, though there are doubts as to whether it has the technology to bring it back to earth intact. The troubling developments came as new commercial satellite imagery released by Johns Hopkins University via the 38North website showed new activity at Punggye-ri. Analysts from the US-Korea Institute at the university observed multiple large landslips at the northern end of the site, which are more extensive than those seen after previous nuclear tests. A rectangular subsidence 'crater' at the northern end of the site, near Mount Mintap, suggests that part of the site has collapsed due to the force of the last blast. However, increased activity around southern and western underground portals suggests new areas are now being prepared to carry out future tests. 'Imagery from September 8 shows a large tractor/trailer cargo truck in the South Portal Area for the first time, and mining carts and other equipment are present outside the West Portal,' Frank Pabian, Joseph Bermudez Jr. and Jack Liu said. 'Such activity, coming shortly after the largest underground nuclear test conducted at Punggye-ri to date (via the North Portal), suggests that onsite work could now be changing focus to further prepare those other portals for future underground nuclear testing.' The UN Security Council voted unanimously on Monday to impose fresh sanctions on North Korea following its latest nuclear test. Measures include the complete ban on North Korean labour being used overseas, which earns the regime an estimated $500million per year. North Korea citizens are often forcibly transferred overseas to work, given a subsistence wage and then forced to send the rest of what they earn back to Pyongyang. Dozens of countries are thought to make use of such labour - including future World Cup host Qatar, but it is most prominent in China and Russia. Further measures were designed to hit North Korean coal and textile exports, oil imports and impose asset freezes on regime officials.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4882972/North-Korea-threatens-reduce-ashes.html#ixzz4smfy10E8 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 9-13-17 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BULLSEYE! South Korea tests its new cruise missile that could wipe out Kim Jong-un from 300 miles – as North Korea threatens U.S. and Seoul with ‘miserable destruction’

South Korea's Air Force fired the Taurus missile from an F-15 fighter jet and hit a target off the country's western coast

By Jenny Awford 13th September 2017, 11:44 am Updated: 14th September 2017, 9:53 am

SOUTH Korea has tested an advanced cruise missile that could wipe out Kim Jong-un from 300 miles away as the North Korean nuke crisis intensifies. The show of force prompted North Korea’s ruling party to threaten Seoul and the US with “miserable destruction”. Dramatic footage shows the moment South Korea's Air Force fired the Taurus missile from an F-15 fighter jet and hit a target off the country's western coast on Tuesday. Live-fire drills are being carried out to strengthen South Korea’s pre-emptive strike capability against North Korea in the event of a crisis. The long-range Taurus air-to-surface missiles were introduced from Germany for precision bombing of key facilities in North Korea. They have a range of 310 miles (500km) and could attack targets in North's capital Pyongyang, even if it is fired from the central part of South Korea. With a maximum speed of 1,163kph, the missiles could obliterate many targets in the communist country within 15 minutes. The weapons are equipped with stealth characteristics so they avoid radar detection before hitting North Korean targets, according to Seoul's Defence Ministry. South Korea is on course to deploy some 170 Taurus missiles as part of its on-going air defence build-up plan, Kill Chain. The country imported around 90 more last year. The latest drill was also designed to test the Air Force's integration of the German missile with local fighter jets and monitor performance. "By hitting the target precisely, the exercise showed off the military's capability to respond to an enemy attack, as well as its ability to launch precision attacks on strategic targets even from a far distance," the Air Force said. The missile was fired without an explosive device for safety reasons. The exercise came as North Korea’s ruling party accused South Korea of “blindly dancing” to the tune of the US. “The South Korean puppet forces disclose again their chronic evil practice of depending on outside forces while looking up to their master at a time when US-led imperialists are feeling extreme uneasiness and terror owing to the great tremor caused by the DPRK's nuclear thunder,” state media said. “Their criminal action goes to clearly prove once again their ugly colours as henchmen carrying out outside forces' policy for aggression against the DPRK. “The reckless sanctions and pressure upon the DPRK kicked up by them, blindly dancing to the tune of the US, are an unpardonable treacherous act of going against the aspiration of the compatriots for national reconciliation and unity and the improvement of inter-Korean relations. “Sycophantic and treacherous acts and dependence on outside forces will lead to miserable destruction.” A Washington State senator warned the region must start preparing for a nuclear attack because of the growing threat from North Korea. Mark Miloscia said the danger to Pacific Northwest, which is the closest part of the US mainland to North Korea, was "starting to become imminent". He warned that the threat was growing with each weapons test, urging lawmakers to back the bid for an emergency response plan when they meet tomorrow. The senator - who flew nuclear-ready B52 bombers during the Cold War - also said that America could not rely on the safeguards that once prevented hostilities with the Soviet Union. He said: "In the Cuban Missile Crisis we had the institution of the red phone, and various ways of contacting each other militarily to make sure we don't escalate. "None of that exists with North Korea. With the current regime, we don't even have anything close to the controls over the relationships we had with the Soviet Politburo and its leaders. "And I don't think they have any sort of rational contact with any of their neighbours that we can deal with... Given that, we hope for the best but we have to plan for the worst." Under current rules, Washington state is prevented from planning an emergency response to a nuclear attack. It's a throwback to the Cold War, when it was feared that planning for a nuclear strike might suggest the US was preparing to launch one itself and expected a response. Mr Miloscia said he understood the logic, but the situation had changed and it was the duty of public officials to prepare. "We should have some sort of pre-planned response ready," he said. "Because the threat is growing and the threat is starting to become imminent. And not to do so would be a dereliction of duty." He continued: "I think it's a real threat, if not in the short term then in the foreseeable future… initially I thought three to five years, but it could be even sooner. "I think we would be completely wrong to ignore it… There may be a better target for North Korea i.e. Hawaii, which is a little bit closer. "But I would put Seattle as one of the top five targets in the north-west to go against, both militarily and economically, for any sort of adversary." The remarks follow a series of North Korean weapons tests in recent months, including the launch of an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) capable of reaching US soil. And the situation only grew tenser when Kim Jong-un tested a nuclear bomb, estimated by US intelligence to pack a 140kiloton punch - nearly ten times bigger than the Hiroshima blast. Mr Miloscia added: "To our country, they are clearly one of our primary threats, period. "Because when you combine an atomic capability with launch capability, that is a significant upgrade in threat. So you have to plan. "I don't think we have that sort of threat capability and that willingness from any other nation in the world." The changes proposed by the Republican senator and David Frockt, a Democrat, will axe the rules preventing Washington from preparing for a nuclear attack. Mr Miloscia will put the bill before his fellow lawmakers at the state capital, Olympia, tomorrow. He then hopes a plan can be drawn up a the same time as officials revise Washington's earthquake, tsunami and volcano response plans.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/4454650/south-korea-tests-its-new-cruise-missile-that-could-wipe-out-kim-from-300-miles-as-north-korea-threatens-seoul-with-miserable-destruction/ 

[ :: 9-11-05 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::] 

etc For three years I have warned people to move away from the seashore, I have warned them about the warming trend and what it will do. I have warned them about the hurricanes, how they shall grow much larger and dangerous. etc

:: 9-12-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane Irma energy soars over Houston after a 5000 mile journey - Seriously, what are the odds?

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=bnHs-qgJ18Y&feature=youtu.be 

:: 9-8-17 CNN Tech :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Giant Equifax data breach: 143 million people could be affected

by Sara Ashley O'Brien @saraashleyo September 8, 2017: 9:23 AM ET

Equifax says a giant cybersecurity breach compromised the personal information of as many as 143 million Americans — almost half the country. Cyber criminals have accessed sensitive information -- including names, social security numbers, birth dates, addresses, and the numbers of some driver's licenses. Additionally, Equifax said that credit card numbers for about 209,000 U.S. customers were exposed, as was "personal identifying information" on roughly 182,000 U.S. customers involved in credit report disputes. Residents in the U.K. and Canada were also impacted. The breach occurred between mid-May and July, Equifax said. The company said it discovered the hack on July 29. The data breach is one of the worst ever, by its reach and by the kind of information exposed to the public. "This is clearly a disappointing event for our company, and one that strikes at the heart of who we are and what we do," said Equifax chairman and CEO Richard F. Smith. Equifax is one of three nationwide credit-reporting companies that track and rates the financial history of U.S. consumers. The companies are supplied with data about loans, loan payments and credit cards, as well as information on everything from child support payments, credit limits, missed rent and utilities payments, addresses and employer history, which all factor into credit scores. Unlike other data breaches, not all of the people affected by the Equifax breach may be aware that they're customers of the company. Equifax gets its data from credit card companies, banks, retailers, and lenders who report on the credit activity of individuals to credit reporting agencies, as well as by purchasing public records. Equifax is mailing notices to people whose credit cards or dispute documents were affected. It also says that consumers can check to see if they've potentially been impacted by submitting their name and the last six digits of their social security number. Users are given a date when they will be enrolled in free identity theft protection and credit file monitoring services. Equifax did not immediately reply to CNN Tech's request for more information about the process. "This is reason Number 10,000 to check your online bank statements and credit card statements on a regular basis, ideally weekly," said Matt Schulz, senior industry analyst at CreditCards.com. "Bad guys can be very patient, so it's important to keep an eye out long after this story fades from the headlines."

http://money.cnn.com/2017/09/07/technology/business/equifax-data-breach/index.html 

:: 9-14-17 National Public Radio :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Journalist Says: In North Korea, Talk Of War And Nuclear Weapons Is 'Everywhere'

September 13, 20172:08 PM ET Heard on Fresh Air

New Yorker writer Evan Osnos visited North Korea in August to understand what they really mean when they talk about nuclear war. He found that nuclear weapons are an essential part of their society. TERRY GROSS, HOST: This is FRESH AIR. I'm Terry Gross. My guest, New Yorker staff writer Evan Osnos, went on a reporting trip to North Korea at a dangerous time. It was last month, three days after President Trump tweeted that military solutions are now fully in place, locked and loaded should North Korea act unwisely. Osnos went to North Korea to see what he could learn about the country's leader, Kim Jong Un, and his nuclear strategy. In July, North Korea launched its first intercontinental ballistic missile that could potentially reach the mainland of the U.S. This month, it detonated a nuclear weapon several times more powerful than the atom bombs dropped over Hiroshima and Nagasaki. President Trump has threatened to unleash fire and fury like the world has never seen if North Korea makes any more threats against the U.S. And yesterday, in response to the new, stricter sanctions passed by the U.N. Security Council, the North Korean ambassador said North Korea is ready to use a form of ultimate means. We're going to talk about what Evan Osnos saw and learned during his four days in Pyongyang, the capital of North Korea. Osnos covers politics and foreign affairs for The New Yorker. He covered China for eight years. Evan Osnos, welcome back to FRESH AIR. Before we talk about your trip, how worried are you about a possible nuclear war, that either North Korea or the U.S. will use a nuclear weapon? EVAN OSNOS: I think we have to take extremely seriously the moment that we're in because this really is an unusual moment. You know, to be blunt about it, we're dealing with two political leaders who have between them a combined seven years of experience in public office, Donald Trump and Kim Jong Un. Each of them prides themselves on being unpredictable, on being confrontational when necessary, and that introduces two chemical ingredients into this U.S.-North Korea relationship that is very different than what came before. So I'll tell you honestly. I don't sit up at night worrying about nuclear war, but I have a very clear sense now that we're facing extremely risky territory. GROSS: We've always relied on deterrence. And you've spoken to deterrence experts, and some of them feel like the equation for deterrence has changed now that we're talking about Kim Jong Un and President Trump. OSNOS: Yeah. This is the key fact about the moment that we're in right now. What's changed is that we're now into an era in which neither side truly understands who is sitting on the opposite side of the Pacific. They don't really know in Pyongyang whether Donald Trump means it when he says that, quote, "fire and fury" would be raining down on Pyongyang if they threaten the United States. They don't quite know what he means when he says that the U.S. is locked and loaded as he did in a tweet in August. And on the U.S. side, of course it's very hard to know what to make of these statements that North Korea makes, these incredibly hyperbolic declarations about breaking the windpipes of the Yankees and drowning them in a sea of blood. And as a result, in many ways, you find two countries staring at each other through very foggy glass. And that's partly by design. But the result is that today, instead of the U.S. and the Soviet Union, which had a fairly clear sense of each other by the end of the Cold War, we're dealing with two countries that are in many ways deeply unaware of how the other one thinks. GROSS: Well, you went to North Korea after some frightening exchanges. This was just three days after President Trump tweeted that military solutions are now fully in place, locked and loaded. Was that a particularly frightening time to go to North Korea ? OSNOS: I mean I'll be honest. Yeah, I had some hesitation about whether this was a mistake. I'd spent several months putting together this trip, dealing with the North Korean government, trying to get them to approve the idea. And then it just happened that in August when the trip was ready to go, that the relationship deteriorated quite rapidly. And you had both sides threatening violence against the other. And so for a few days, my editors and I were talking about whether this was still a valid idea and whether it can be done safely. And what we concluded in the end was that the risks were manageable. I was there, invited by the government. They knew who I was. They knew I was a journalist. And it seemed like the wise choice to go. GROSS: So why did you want to go? What did you hope to learn? OSNOS: I was desperate to try to understand what they actually mean when they say these things. I wanted to understand what North Korea intends when they talk about nuclear weapons. How do they actually imagine a war would unfold? How do they think about things like the theory of deterrence, the idea of mutually assured destruction? Do they imagine that a war with the United States would be the end of them? Or do they have some other conception? And frankly I also wanted to understand what it felt like on the ground. I mean was it a place that looked more belligerent than aggressive from far away as - than it would be up close? GROSS: So do you now feel like you have a better understanding of what North Korea's concept of nuclear war is, what its leaders' concept is about what nuclear war would actually mean for them and for their people? OSNOS: I did learn a few things that I think are important for us to keep in mind. One of the things that's quite striking when you get to Pyongyang is that talk of war and nuclear weapons and missiles is everywhere. It's on billboards beside the street. I drove by a billboard that showed a picture of the U.S. Capitol that's been reduced to rubble, and North Korean missiles are going into it. And it says - in Korean script across the top, it says, preventive war and military options. And then you hear about... GROSS: Can we just stop right there and talk about what a frightening image that must've been to drive, passing the Capitol of your country... OSNOS: (Laugher) Right. GROSS: ...Ruined by a North Korean nuclear weapon... OSNOS: Right. GROSS: ...On a billboard. OSNOS: Yeah. I mean, Terry, this is - gets to the heart of the strangeness of the experience. Let's be honest. This is not the kind of billboard that you see in the United States. And that's - you know, that's - we've had a nuclear arsenal since World War II, and it exists sort of in the background of our consciousness. We know we have these weapons. We know there's this risk always of nuclear conflict of some kind. But it's not the kind of thing that ever comes up in daily conversation perhaps until recently. But in North Korea, it comes up a fair amount. I mean we're sitting at lunch, and on television there is pictures of artillery and missiles. And it's a kind of propaganda film that's running on the screen over our heads. And if you talk to government officials, they say that they are thinking about it constantly. And some of that is very, very much for public consumption. It's intended for me, the American journalist, to bring that message home. But it's also important for us to recognize that we don't think about war quite the same way that North Korea thinks about war because after all, you know, the Korean War, which took place between 1950 and 1953, is a distant part of our collective memory in the United States. It's overshadowed, really, by other wars in the 20th century. But for North Korea, it was practically last week. That's how they talk about it. It's very much still a live, active issue. And they think about the threat and the prospect of American hostility and invasion. For them, that is a very real thing. It's not abstract. GROSS: You know, in talking about the propaganda and the emphasis on, like, weaponry, you know, dolphins in the U.S. are considered these beautiful, peaceful animals, very new-agey (ph), spiritual. People swim with the dolphins. Talk about the missiles and the dolphins in North Korea. OSNOS: (Laughter) Yeah. This was a really, in its own way, revealing little moment. They took me to a number of places in the capital that were intended to show me that the life in Pyongyang is getting better and better. That's what they wanted to project. And it's worth pointing out here, you know, North Korea has a per capita income that's roughly comparable to Haiti. It's a little bit behind Yemen. So it is a poor country by any measure. But in the city itself, in Pyongyang, there are these very clear signs of development and growth. So one of the places they took me was what's known as the dolphinarium. It's an aquarium where dolphins will flip around and jump in the air and, you know, jump through rings. And at the end of the show, there's a video montage. And in the video montage, there are missiles streaking across the sky. And I asked my minder from the foreign ministry; I said, what's the connection there between dolphins and missiles? And he said the connection is that we will have everything we want - a dolphinarium, missiles. One by one, we will achieve it. And in that, that's a really important point because what's happened is that the missile and the nuclear program have been braided into the North Korean sense of pride and self-respect and joy and so that everybody is reminded every day that these programs, these weapons are essential elements of your own sense of personal and family satisfaction. And that's one of the reasons why I think it's going to be harder for the United States to persuade North Korea to give them up than we might naturally assume. GROSS: I know you didn't get a chance to speak with a lot of North Korean people, and the people in Pyongyang are kind of chosen to live there because they're younger, they're healthier, they're - they're - it's a very cleansed image of what North Korea is like. But from the little you were able to get, do you think that people in North Korea are afraid of the consequences of nuclear war? Do they understand what a nuclear weapon really does, that if there was a nuclear war and North Korea was attacked in exchange for their weapon, you know, if there was a counter nuclear attack on North Korea, that it would be devastating, that they would - you know, millions would die horrible deaths? It's, like, way beyond a sense of pride. It's, like, a terrible, terrible death. OSNOS: Yeah, and I'm going to - I'll answer that in two ways. One is what I was told, and the second is what I came to believe. The first thing is that people go out of their way to tell you how comfortable they are with the idea of a nuclear exchange. I mean, I had a conversation with a very smart and very alert, knowledgeable America analyst at the Foreign Ministry, a guy named Pak Song Il, whose job it is to analyze the United States, speaks extremely good English. And he said, look; we understand that a war would be devastating, but we've survived devastation twice in our recent history - the Korean War and then the famine of the mid-'90s which killed up to three million people. And he said, we would - we would survive again. And he took me down into the subway which is built a hundred meters underground, twice the depth of the New York subway system, and he said, this is where we would go in the event of a nuclear strike. He showed me the blast doors. And when you walk down the street, you hear loudspeakers that are talking about the threat of American attack and the need to be alert to spies and to enemies. And yet I have to admit, after - after hearing this day, after day, after - they were telling me over and over again - and I would stop people on the street and I would ask them to talk about the hostility and the crisis of the moment, and they would give very similar answers. In fact, you know, I didn't bother putting many of them into the story because it was just so repetitive. But - but what was - what I concluded was that this is a form of national theater. In a sense, North Korea's self-image today is rooted in the idea that it - it survived the Korean War. In their own telling, they beat the Americans. Historians disagree with that. They say that what it - it was in fact a stalemate. But in the Korean self-image, they are capable of survival. They see themselves as gritty, and I came away with the very distinct impression that when they talk about nuclear war, you know, to borrow a phrase, what they're really talking about is their sense of - of will and determination to be a country that can stand up to this immense level of isolation and sanctions and hostility in the world. But the idea that they would actually push this to the point of a nuclear exchange is - is not as - is not as sincere as the propaganda and the theatrics would suggest. I think that's really important to point out. GROSS: What - what? What evidence do you have of that? OSNOS: You know, this is a little bit like deterrence in the sense that it goes partly on the basis of instinct and feel. And I had these conversations with North Korean government officials in which they are living their lives. You know, they are - Pak Song Il, who I spent a lot of time with, has a 5-year-old son. He is frustrated by the fact that sanctions have stopped the import of Lego bricks because they're qualified as a luxury good under international standards. That's what frustrates him. He's a guy who gets up in the morning and tries to understand Donald Trump's Twitter feed. You know, he lives a life. He is not a jihadist who is thinking about self-sacrifice and about some holy martyrdom. And I think that's really important to distinguish because we've become so inured over the course of the last 15 years to the idea that there are people who imagine glory in suicide that we sometimes imagine that North Korea is the same way. And it's not the same way. We have to be deadly serious about what their government has the capability to do and what they intend to do. But let's not go too far and assume that that means that it's a suicidal regime because that's a very different thing. GROSS: Well, the person who you just described, Mr. Pak, was your minder during a good deal of the trip. And he's from North Korea's Foreign Ministry's Institute for American Studies. That's not American studies like your average American studies department at an American university. What does American studies mean in that context? OSNOS: They're in charge of assessing everything they can about the U.S. So they read every story that comes out in the American press about North Korea. They have the difficult task of reading Donald Trump's comments, following his Twitter feed, trying to understand what he means. And, you know, for - they had a lot of questions for me, yeah, which was kind of a surprise. I didn't really expect that, but a senior official in the Institute for American Studies late in the evening one night after we'd had a long dinner said to me, is it true that H. R. McMaster, the national security adviser, has control over the black bag, by which he meant the nuclear codes. And I said, no, that's not true. The president has control over the nuclear codes. You need to be clear on that. But I was quite struck. This is one of the most senior diplomats in the North Korean Foreign Ministry in charge of the American account, and he's still very much trying to gather information about the nature of our nuclear decision-making. I think what they were trying to do was - and we do this too as Americans, and American journalists and intelligence analysts do the same thing, which is, sure, that's very much the public information. We know it's true that the... GROSS: Oh, I see, yeah. OSNOS: ...President - but he was trying to say, look, you live in Washington. You cover politics. You know some of these people. What's really going on? And that's - you know, that was very much the tone of a lot of their questions was what's really going on. Why is it, they said, that the president will use this in - this very confrontational language on Twitter but then his own secretary of state, Rex Tillerson, will come out and say we seek no regime change, we want some sort of diplomatic negotiations? So they're trying to figure out what's going on there because it doesn't seem to be the simple matter that the president is speaking with one voice. GROSS: If you're just joining us, my guest is Evan Osnos. He's a staff writer who covers politics and foreign affairs for The New Yorker, and his new article is called "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea." He traveled there recently. We'll talk more about the trip after we take a short break. This is FRESH AIR. (SOUNDBITE OF PAUL SIMON'S "ONE MAN'S CEILING IS ANOTHER MAN'S FLOOR")

GROSS: This is FRESH AIR. And if you're just joining us, my guest is Evan Osnos. He's a staff writer for The New Yorker, covering politics and foreign affairs. His new article is called "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea," and it's based in part on four days he spent in North Korea in August. It's also based on a lot of interviews he's done here and in Seoul. What were some of the questions you asked your minders about Kim Jong Un? OSNOS: I was very (laughter) careful about asking about Kim Jong Un because they treat him like a god. This is, you know - the rules are such that anything that disparages Kim Jong Un or dishonors him in any way is a lawbreaking offense, and they would consider that grounds for detention. So when you ask about him - it's perfectly legitimate to ask about him, and I would do so in talking about his readiness for war, his perception of American will and resolve. But I didn't ask very many questions about his personal life partly because the best information on that is really available outside North Korea. And I've been making trips to Seoul and Beijing and spending time in Washington in order to answer some of those questions. So I guess when I asked them questions about Kim Jong Un, I asked them things like, when he goes to a missile launch and he celebrates this successful missile launch, what does he actually want the United States to take away from that? What message is he trying to send? And that's their job - is to try to craft the message the government sends. And so their answer to that was that we need you to understand that there is - in the end, there is nothing that will stop us from taking steps to protect ourselves if we believe that you're going to strike us first. That's a big point. We sometimes overlook what a fundamental difference it means if a country is prepared to take a pre-emptive step to protect itself or to attack an enemy. But North Korea over the last four years has begun to talk about pre-emptive strikes. And they were - that was one of the first things that they wanted to talk about with me - was, they said, Donald Trump has talked about the possibility of a preventive war with North Korea, meaning a war that the United States would start in order to prevent North Korea from acquiring greater threatening capability. And they said, but you need to understand the United States is not the only country that's capable of a preventive war. GROSS: OK, so what you're talking about here is if North Korea thinks that the U.S. is going to launch a pre-emptive war because the U.S. thinks that North Korea is going to attack the U.S., then North Korea will pre-empt the pre-emptive (laughter) war and launch first. So it's this - I know there's usually empirical evidence about what missiles are being moved where and so on, but it sounds like there's a lot of mind reading going on here. And it's hard to read Donald Trump's mind, and it's hard to read Kim Jong Un's mind. That seems kind of frightening. OSNOS: You know, it is a kind of psychological gamesmanship, but in some ways, this is not new. And we need to sometimes step back and remind ourselves that this is a problem that the world has faced since 1945. You know, you have had great powers in the Soviet Union and China and the United States that were at one point in our history, in the '60s and '70s and 80s - we all remember the Cold War as being this period of chronic tension when something could set it off. And that was a period in which we formed some theories about how this works. And one of the greatest thinkers on the subject of deterrence was Thomas Schelling. He was an economist at Harvard and the University of Maryland. He won a Nobel Prize for thinking about deterrence and his writings on the subject. And what he said was that a nuclear standoff is not like two people in a boxing ring in which one will stand and one will fall. It is like two mountain climbers who are tethered together, standing on the edge of a cliff. And they're - each one is trying to persuade the other one that they're willing to take the ultimate step or that they might just slip and take them both down inadvertently. And so it is ultimately a game in the mind much more so than it is about the technical capabilities and what they're actually capable of doing to each other. GROSS: My guest is Evan Osnos, who covers politics and foreign affairs for The New Yorker. His article "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea" is in the current issue. After a break, we'll talk more about what he saw and learned in North Korea, and he'll tell us how he managed to get there. I'm Terry Gross, and this is FRESH AIR. (SOUNDBITE OF STEVE REICH'S "MALLET QUARTET I. FAST") GROSS: This is FRESH AIR. I'm Terry Gross. Let's get back to my interview with New Yorker staff writer Evan Osnos about his recent reporting trip to North Korea to learn what he could about their nuclear strategy. His article "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea" is in the current edition of The New Yorker. Osnos covers politics and foreign affairs for the magazine. He spent four days last month in Pyongyang, North Korea's capital. How do you even get to go to North Korea as a reporter for The New Yorker? OSNOS: Well, it's a harder place to get to partly because we don't have diplomatic relations with North Korea. There is no embassy in Washington. Usually that's how you apply to go to a country as a journalist. But in this case, there is something that I'd heard about for years that's an informal office known as the New York channel. And it exists within North Korea's mission to the U.N. And it consists of a couple of diplomats who are charged with managing really the frontline of the relationship with the U.S. And I got an email for them, and I sent them a note. And they responded. And I said, look; I'd like to come to North Korea. And they're very cautious about this. They typically allow journalists to come in in large groups to witness parades or for special occasions. But they are a little bit warier of individual reporters who want to talk about the nuclear program. And they said it'll take months, and it did. It took about five months. But in the end, the trip was arranged. They - I think they concluded that they had a message that they wanted to send to the rest of the world that wasn't getting out. And for that reason, they needed to let some somebody and to tell it. GROSS: What do you think the message was? OSNOS: The message was, we will never give up nuclear weapons. And that message is deeply felt. I mean they will tell you that the reason they will never give up nuclear weapons is that they remember what happened to Saddam Hussein and Muammar Gaddafi, both of whom were developing nuclear weapons at one point, gave them up and, as a result, ended up losing their regime. And both of them ended up executed. And they talk about this quite openly - that the lesson of Libya, the lesson of Gaddafi's fall was that if you go down that path, you leave yourself vulnerable to the changing whims of the United States, and you can ultimately be cast aside. And so Kim Jong Un and his government are adamant that they will not make the same mistake. GROSS: Well, that leads to the fact that, say, under Saddam Hussein, you know, a lot of people in Iraq hated him, feared him, had been tortured by him. You know, there were the Sunni insiders who supported him because they were part of his regime. But you know, the Shia and the people outside his regime lived in fear. And so I think the Bush administration thought, well, you overthrow Saddam, and people cheer, and they welcome you and so on - didn't work out that way. But what sense did you get in North Korea about what people's true feelings were about Kim Jong Un, who calls himself the supreme leader? Did you get any sense from the insiders who you spoke to and from people who were on the street who you tried to talk to? OSNOS: When you're on the ground in North Korea, you get only the most sanitized and carefully administered official view. There's no question about that. And that view is very clear, which is that Kim Jong Un is a wise and prudent and gifted leader and full stop. And really almost there is no deviation from that. And you know, in and of itself, that's sort of an amazing thing to see just as an example of the effectiveness of propaganda and the effectiveness of the risk of stepping outside of that. And I should say that, you know, one of the reasons why people are so vigilant - I've worked on a lot of authoritarian countries over the years. I've been to places that are repressive. But North Korea is in a class by itself. I have never been to a place where there is as clear and as rigid a sense of what can be said and not said. And nobody that you will encounter as a foreigner there - even if you're a foreign diplomat who's based there for several years, you will not encounter people who say to you anything disparaging about the leadership. But outside the country in Seoul and Beijing and places where I met defectors, for instance, you can get a much clearer sense. And what you hear when you talk to defectors in Seoul and other places is that there is a lot of dissatisfaction with Kim Jong Un. He is the third generation of the Kim dynasty to rule the country, but he doesn't have the revolutionary credentials that his grandfather had. He doesn't have the experience that his father had. He grew up in a very cloistered and privileged environment, and they're not exactly sure whether he's got the experience and the wit to be able to pull this off. But I've spoken to a number of people in the American intelligence community who have looked for examples of a coup, you know, the possibility that people would rise up against him or organize around him. And what they told me is that they've never found any evidence of it because the risks are so dramatic, so profound. North Korea practices what's known as destruction of three generations, which is that if you are caught organizing against the regime then not only are you punished, but also your children are punished, and your grandchildren are punished. And that has a very powerful effect on preventing any kind of alternative government from gathering force. And that's been a frustration to other countries that have tried to promote civil society or dissent of any kind. GROSS: You describe how when you buy a newspaper in North Korea, the vendor has to fold the newspaper very carefully so as not to crease the face of a photograph of Kim Jong Un. So that is a level of craziness and narcissism that goes pretty deep. So in addition to having a chilling effect, I mean what does it tell you about the sanity of Kim Jong Un? OSNOS: I think you hit on a key point, which is, a lot of us ask frankly if Kim Jong Un is crazy. I mean is he mad? You know, here he is putting himself willingly into a confrontation with the United States that could not only destroy his government but also destroy his country. And how can that possibly make sense? I think there's no question that when it comes to the way that he conducts himself as an individual in that society, it is so secluded and paranoid and detached from ordinary life that there is a - there's something completely crazy about that - I mean the idea that that any time his name is uttered, people describe him as the respected leader, comrade, General Kim Jong Un. I mean it's almost reflexive. But that's a different question from whether he's crazy when it comes to national security and foreign policy. And that's really a different category in that. Some of his harshest critics in the U.S. government - I mean people at the highest ranks of the national security structure and the intelligence community - they say, look; we think he is unpleasant. We think he is hostile. We think he is a threat to the United States, but we don't think he's crazy. And we don't think he's irrational, and that's a crucial fact. What they think is that he is doing what he needs to do to protect his own existence and to protect his government. You know, in the strictest sense in kind of international relations terms, being rational means being able to recognize your national interest and promote it. And in that sense, he's not crazy. GROSS: Were you in North Korea for any of President Trump's tweets about North Korea? OSNOS: Yeah. I was in North Korea at one point when Donald Trump tweeted. On August 17, he tweeted, quote, "Kim Jong Un of North Korea made a very wise and well-reasoned decision. The alternative would have been catastrophic and unacceptable." And I have to admit; at first, I couldn't figure out what he was talking about because I'd been there for several days. And from the North Korean perspective, they hadn't done anything that Donald Trump should regard as a very wise and well-reasoned decision. But actually what had happened was that Donald Trump and his advisers had concluded that Kim had blinked in the nuclear standoff. He had pulled back from a threat to launch four missiles towards American territory in Guam. And so they decided that in order to recognize that, that they - he put out this tweet. And so then it was kind of a fascinating thing to watch because I watched as the North Korean government officials who I was with tried to make sense of it. You know, they couldn't quite decide whether they should dispute it, whether they should embrace it, whether this was an opening or whether this was just an impulsive move by the president. Pak Song Il, who is a - you know, the North Korean government analyst I was with - he was frustrated. He said, Trump only read one half of the statement, meaning one half of this declaration about whether they were going to launch missiles or not. He meant that they - North Korean government didn't intend to blink. And so I - you know, I happened to be interviewing a government official that morning, and he told me he was kind of mystified, you know? He asked me to read the tweet twice. And afterwards, he said (groans), you know? He said, I wish the United States would just leave us alone. And that was in its own way a kind of a plaintive, I thought very honest sense of exasperation. They are - in the end, they really don't want the U.S. to leave them alone. They want the U.S. to deal with them. But they are also frustrated and confused and worried about what Donald Trump might do. GROSS: So they see President Trump as unpredictable, unreadable and frightening. OSNOS: That's right. And they don't know whether Donald Trump is, as one of them put it to me, irrational or too smart. A government official in North Korea said to me... GROSS: That's kind of the question I asked you about... (LAUGHTER) GROSS: ...Your perception of Kim Jong Un. OSNOS: Exactly. Yeah, that's the really amazing fact about where we are right now, which is, North Korea is asking many of the same questions about Donald Trump that we ask about Kim Jong Un. Is he rational? Does he have a coherent plan? And does he recognize the full risks of what he's doing? GROSS: If you're just joining us, my guest is Evan Osnos. He's a staff writer for The New Yorker who covers politics and foreign affairs. And he has a new article in The New Yorker called "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea," and it's based in part on four days in August that he spent in North Korea. We'll be back after a break. This is FRESH AIR. (SOUNDBITE OF TIM DELAUGHTER'S "DEBATE MONTAGE") GROSS: This is FRESH AIR, and my guest is Evan Osnos. We're talking about his article in the current edition of The New Yorker. The article's called "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea." It's based in part on four days he spent in North Korea in August. It's based as well on many interviews he did in America and in South Korea. He's a staff writer for The New Yorker, who covers politics and foreign affairs. So there's a very tight control in North Korea on information, on popular culture. You put on a TV. You had a TV in your room. What did you see? OSNOS: Well, in my room, I was sort of living in a parallel world from North Korea outside. They have Asian satellite channels in the room of a foreign guest. So I didn't have North Korean television there. I had, you know, Christian evangelists and Singaporean cooking shows. But when I went out into the hotel lobby or when I went to any restaurant, there was always a TV playing. And on the TV was the main state broadcasting channel. And that channel shows nostalgic films from the 1950s and '60s that celebrate the origins of North Korea. You know, in the North Korean imagination, those were the glory days. That was when things were great. You know, they were richer than South Korea. They had this rich patron in Moscow. The Soviet Union was still intact. And so very much the North Korean government today tries to channel the memory of that and say, look; that's who we were, and that's who we could be again. And if you watch North Korean TV, you see it over and over and over again. And then they have a sports channel and an entertainment channel, but those only broadcast occasionally because the main event is really about this political psychological drama about channeling the lost moments they - of North Korean history. GROSS: I'm sure you wanted to see as much of North Korea as you would be allowed. So where did your minders allow you to be taken? OSNOS: Well, one of the things we did was we left Pyongyang, and we went out and drove across the countryside for a couple of hours to reach the DMZ - the Demilitarized Zone which separates North Korea from South Korea. And you know, that's a pretty fascinating place. It's - you know, the war is still technically on. We signed a cease fire in 1953 but never a peace treaty. And so South Korea and North Korea are still technically at a state of war. And you have large numbers of troops on both sides of the border. And the North Koreans wanted me to go down and see that. And they brought me to this little room that is straddling the border. It's a hut. And it's the room where the two sides get together and negotiate, and it's very tense. There are guards on both sides. And the dividing line down the middle of the table is a set of microphones. And if you step across that line, you are in South Korea. And I did that and sort of looked back across at the north. And they said to me, you know, we are - what they wanted me to know was - this was one of those moments that I thought was revealing. The military lieutenant colonel who was taking me around, Colonel Pang, said to me, our respected leader, as they call him - Kim Jong Un has visited this very spot. He's come to the front line. And he said to me, would Donald Trump dare to do that? And I said well, yeah, actually (laughter). I think he probably would. And I thought that was important because they have in their own minds created a narrative that their leadership and their country is braver and stronger than the United States and that the United States is weak and ultimately backs down. And that's actually quite a dangerous perception because that may not be the case. And this president is willing to take larger risks, President Trump is, than some of the presidents before him. And so one of the dangers here is that if they regard Trump as too similar to his predecessors, they may misunderstand what he's willing to do. GROSS: Wow. It's interesting that you got to see that. OSNOS: Yeah. I - you know, even with the restrictions, I was kind of amazed at the things that they would - that they would show off. GROSS: What else? OSNOS: Probably the most memorable thing I saw when I was there was a school. I'd ask to see some schools, and they took me to a place that's clearly a showpiece. You know, they love this place, and it's called the Pyongyang secondary school for orphans. And it's, you know, the best of the best. This is not what an average North Korean school looks like. It was brand new. It was, you know, 400 students with the best facilities, a pool, you know, a new gym, all the chemistry equipment they could want. But it was actually revealing in unintended ways because the first thing they brought me to see was an exhibition on the first floor that's dedicated to the day, the two-hour period in which Kim Jong Un visited the school. And it was photo after photo of Kim Jong Un walking down the hall, Kim Jong Un touching a chair, Kim Jong Un smoking a cigarette. And they said that the students are brought through the exhibition once a month in order to walk in the footsteps of their respected leader, as they put it. And then they put - brought me over and they said this is a photograph of Kim Jong Un touching a blanket, and here is the blanket in a glass case. And I - it was one of those moments where you just have to step back and realize that we are dealing with a society that is operating on a very different bandwidth than we are every day. GROSS: So one of the things that's definitely ratcheted up tensions between the U.S. and North Korea and increased fear within the U.S. is that North Korea in July launched its first intercontinental ballistic missile that has the potential of reaching the mainland of the U.S. And more recently, it detonated a bomb, a nuclear bomb, six or seven times more powerful than the bombs the U.S. dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki. Do you think that this is a sign that very recently they had technological breakthroughs that enable them to do that or do you think it's more a sign that they were, like, holding off to test these things at a moment when they really want to show off what they're capable of? OSNOS: Well, it's neither simply one or the other. It really is the result of about a three or four-year process of dramatic acceleration in the pace of development of their nuclear and missile program, that beginning in about 2012, which is when Kim Jong Un, the leader, came into power, they began to sprint. And what that means is that they began to do many more missile tests than his father had ever done. They began to do them more frequently. They began to allow people to fail without consequences. So they were sort of acknowledging that these tests weren't working. And then they began to test their nuclear weapons also more frequently. And the goal was to try to achieve the capability that matters, which is the capability of putting a nuclear weapon on the mainland United States. And the view from outside of - the view of intelligence analysts in the U.S. and elsewhere is that once they got within striking distance, then they decided we're going to go for it no matter what. So even if the United States escalates its threats, even if sanctions continue, we are now close enough that we will do whatever we need to in order to make it to that threshold. And that's the threshold that they started to reach this summer. And that's one of the reasons why you began to see one after another after another. GROSS: My guest is Evan Osnos, a staff writer for The New Yorker. His article, "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea," is in the current issue. This is FRESH AIR. (SOUNDBITE OF MUSIC) GROSS: This is FRESH AIR. Let's get back to my interview with Evan Osnos about his article "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea," which is in the current issue of The New Yorker. He spent four days last month in Pyongyang, the capital of North Korea. When you're speaking to people in North Korea, to your minders who are monitoring you, you're relying on your translator - aren't you? - to accurately convey what you're saying. OSNOS: That's right. GROSS: So how do you know if you can really have confidence in the translator? I mean, because if they translate something in a way that's subtly different from what you're saying, that could really be used against you. OSNOS: Yeah. I came back with an interesting set of audio recordings. I mean, I had been carrying around my digital recorder as I do on every story. And, you know, I'd hold it up. And people, as they would be answering me, they would be talking into my recorder. And I came back to the U.S. and a Korean translator helped me interpret what was said on the ground because sometimes you're absolutely right. The Korean translator would take some of the questions I posed and make them - and sort of gin them up to be more political or more - to make them sound better to North Korean ears. I'll give you an example. At one point, when we were walking around in Pyongyang, I had asked people whether they had seen the city change very much over the decades. And the question, as it was interpreted to the North Korean man on the street, was our city is now full of glorious achievements and architecture that the world envies. What do you think is the most important achievement that we have created? And so the results of that were more suited to the second version of the question than the first. But in its own way, I found that also terrifically revealing because what you heard was the interpreter's effort to try to maintain this image - this mythology about the country. GROSS: So if North Korea wants to play in the global community of nations and they want diplomatic relations with the U.S., but they don't want to give up their nuclear program, what if - what if the U.S. said, OK, we're going to open up relations with you. And we're going to try to avoid a nuclear confrontation by having diplomatic relations. And we understand that North Korea is not going to give up their nuclear weapons. Is that a conceivable angle that might be played. And if so, what would the world look like if that happened? OSNOS: That is a conceivable angle. In fact, I think that's a very likely destination. It's hard for the U.S. government to say that now because they certainly don't want to give up the possibility of North Korea giving up its nuclear weapons. But most of the people you talk to who specialize in this subject agree that we're probably going to end up in a situation where North Korea has nuclear weapons. It is a nuclear state, and we learn to co-exist with it. And there are various ways that can look. You know, North Korea wants us to treat it like Pakistan, which is, after all, a member of the international community. It's got nuclear weapons. The U.S. never acknowledged it, never celebrated it but learned to live with it and doesn't treat it as a hostile threat. I think another version that you hear promoted these days is the possibility that we may eventually treat North Korea a bit like the way we treated Cuba, even when we had a hostile relationship, which is that we had an interest section in Havana. And the possibility might be that even if we don't have full diplomatic relations with North Korea, that we open up some kind of channel so that we know what's going on and that we're able to protect our people on the ground. But at this stage, the reality is that it's too hostile to imagine us opening formal diplomatic relations. The most logical and conceivable first step is that we get to the negotiating table at all and begin to try to come up with a framework that would de-escalate the tensions, which means, in practice, trying to get the North Koreans to slow down or freeze the level of development that they're doing on their weapons programs. And in return, the U.S. might freeze, as it's known, the level of joint-military exercises that it conducts with South Korea. These are the kinds of things that might be in play. But at this point, we're a long way from formal diplomatic recognition. The first step is really getting to the table at all. GROSS: Evan Osnos, it's always so great to have you on our show. Thank you so much for your reporting and for joining us again. OSNOS: Thanks for having me, Terry. GROSS: Evan Osnos covers politics and foreign affairs for The New Yorker. His article "The Risk Of Nuclear War With North Korea" is in the current issue. (SOUNDBITE OF FRED HERSCH'S "ELF") GROSS: Tomorrow on FRESH AIR, my guest will be jazz pianist Fred Hersch. He has a new memoir about what it was like to start his jazz career in the closet and then, nearly 30 years ago, come out as gay and as having HIV. He nearly died nine years ago and spent several weeks in a medically-induced coma. Later, he wrote music inspired by his coma dreams. I hope you'll join us. FRESH AIR'S executive producer is Danny Miller. Our technical director and engineer is Audrey Bentham. Our associate producer for online media is Molly Seavy-Nesper. Roberta Shorrock directs the show. I'm Terry Gross.

http://www.npr.org/2017/09/13/550673120/journalist-says-in-north-korea-talk-of-war-and-nuclear-weapons-is-everywhere 

:: 9-14-17 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Trump Caves on DACA, Wants ‘Quick’ Amnesty for 800K Illegal Aliens

by John Binder13 Sep 2017Washington, D.C.43,809

In a meeting with establishment politicians from the Problem Solvers Caucus and the Blue Dog Coalition, President Trump signaled a full-fledged cave on the issue of giving amnesty to nearly 800,000 illegal aliens currently protected by an Obama-created executive immigration program. Since Attorney General Jeff Sessions announced the ultimate end to the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program, under which hundreds of thousands of illegal aliens were given work permits and temporary protected status, Trump has remained unclear on whether he would stick to his anti-amnesty campaign promises or cave to the political establishment. At his White House meeting with moderates, according to The Hill, Trump is set to choose a legislative deal that quickly legalizes the nearly 800,000 illegal aliens on DACA, without getting any pro-American immigration reforms in return: Indeed, said Rep. Henry Cuellar (D-Texas), the president is already getting impatient. “He says, ‘Oh, DACA, we want to move on this quick, we don’t want to wait six months,’” Cuellar said after the meeting. “He said, ‘It’s already been six days and nothing’s happened.’” Cuellar said Trump didn’t propose a timeline, but voiced concerns that waiting until the March 5 deadline grows closer would only put a spotlight on the issue and make it more difficult for Congress to act. The president, Cuellar said, wants to move “when people are not expecting it.” “He said, ‘We don’t have to tie a wall to this. We can put a wall [in another bill],’” Cuellar said, emphasizing that other border enforcement measures would likely be included. Although Trump is looking at pushing through a clean amnesty bill for DACA recipients, he did mention during the meeting, according to Cuellar, the possibility of passing Sen. Tom Cotton’s (R-AR) pro-American worker “RAISE Act,” which cuts legal immigration in half, in exchange for amnesty. Trump’s cave to DACA amnesty comes just a day after the White House Legislative Affairs Director Marc Short said the administration would look at exchanging amnesty for tax cuts. Short, as Breitbart News reported, is a former executive with the pro-mass immigration billionaires, the Koch brothers. Additionally, Short led an effort in 2016 inside the Koch organization to derail Trump, opposing him for his “America First” agenda. Although Short’s anti-Trump operation never came to fruition, he went on to join Sen. Marco Rubio’s (R-FL) unsuccessful presidential campaign. House Speaker Paul Ryan most recently would not rule out a plan to give amnesty to the 800,000 DACA recipients, as Breitbart News reported. Immigration patriots, who want to see an end to illegal immigration and major cuts to legal immigration to relieve American workers, recently told Breitbart News that any immigration deal on DACA that includes amnesty would be an “outrageous selling out of the [Trump] base.” Numbers USA President Roy Beck blasted Short’s comments regarding a deal in which amnesty is given to DACA recipients in exchange for tax cuts or mere border wall funding. “Short’s compassion seems entirely for foreign citizens here illegally with not a nod for struggling American workers,” Beck said. Should DACA recipients receive amnesty, Center for Immigration Studies Director Mark Krikorian has warned that it will have two impacts on American communities: A surge in illegal immigration along the U.S.-Mexico border and a surge in legal immigration, as newly-amnestied DACA recipients would be able to bring their relatives to the U.S., potentially peaking at two to four million. DACA recipients currently hold upwards of 700,000 U.S. jobs. An ultimate end to the program – with DACA recipients not getting amnesty –would result in a 700,000 job stimulus for American workers. This would amount to nearly 30,000 new U.S. job openings for American workers every month once the program is officially phased out. Although screening for DACA was previously touted as being sufficient in keeping criminals out, United States Citizenship and Immigration Services (USCIS) revealed that more than 2,100 recipients had their status revoked for being criminals or gang members. UPDATE 07:00 EST — President Trump took to Twitter on Thursday morning to state there was no deal reached on DACA, but followed up with a series of statements implying the deal he wants to do to give amnesty to illegal immigrants.

http://www.breitbart.com/big-government/2017/09/13/report-trump-caves-on-daca-wants-quick-amnesty-for-800k-illegal-aliens/ 

:: 9-8-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How phones make us dim: Brain scientist says excessive use of high-tech appliances stops us remembering details

Technology is reducing the need for today’s generation to work out problems

Scientist Susan Greenfield says there is less need to accumulate knowledge

Brains have a ‘use it or lose it policy’ so the ability to store facts ‘risks being diminished’ through lack of practice

By Sarah Harris for the Daily Mail Published: 19:57 EDT, 8 September 2017 | Updated: 21:03 EDT, 8 September 2017

Excessive use of smartphones risks making people dimmer, a top neuroscientist has warned. Susan Greenfield said growing use of technology is reducing the need for today’s generation to work out problems and accumulate knowledge. The research fellow at Lincoln College, Oxford University, said remembering names and dates is no longer vital as they are there at the click of a button. However, brains have a ‘use it or lose it policy’ so the ability to store facts ‘risks being diminished’ through lack of practice. Baroness Greenfield yesterday addressed the House of Lords about the case for improved digital understanding at all levels of UK society. She said that time spent in a screen-based world displaced time spent ‘learning, playing and socialising in the real world’. Baroness Greenfield attacked the growing trend to outsource thinking to smartphones. She believes the relatively innocuous shift to technological dependence for information could have profound effects on how we routinely make sense of complex arguments.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-4867190/Smart-phones-making-dim-say-scientists.html#ixzz4sOm9z6En 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 9-1-17 Intellectual :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Deep State: How it Came to Be and Why it Fights so Hard

The members of the Deep State are fighting not only for money and power, but their very sense of being.

Devin Foley | September 1, 2017

Increasingly, it looks like the political fight isn’t between Republicans and Democrats, but rather the American people against the Deep State. More and more often we are seeing bureaucrats, lobbyists, and elected officials of both parties circle the wagons so to say in an effort to prevent any true reforms of our government. While we the American people may believe the government isn’t working, for an elite group embedded throughout our government and media, the government is working quite well -- for them! So, how did this come to be in a nation that’s founding document begins with “We the People”? For a take on the development of the Deep State and what it represents, we turn to Joost Meerloo in his seminal book The Rape of the Mind. Presciently, in his discussion of the Deep State or the "administrative machine" published in 1956, Meerloo states, “The burning psychological question is whether man will eventually master his institutions so that these will serve him and not rule him.” Here’s how he describes the rise of the Deep State: “… The development of a kind of bureaucratic absolutism is not limited, however, to totalitarian countries. A mild form of professional absolutism is evident in every country in the mediating class of civil servants who bridge the gap between man and his rulers. Such a bureaucracy may be used to help or to harm the citizens it should serve. It is important to realize that a peculiar, silent form of battle goes on in all of the countries of the world -- under every form of government -- a battle between the common man and the government apparatus he himself has created. In many places we can see that this governing tool, which was originally meant to serve and assist man, has gradually obtained more power than it was intended to have. … Governmental techniques are no different from any other psychological strategy; the deadening hold of regimentation can take mental possession of those dedicated to it, if they are not alert. And this is the intrinsic danger of the various agencies that mediate between the common man and his government. It is a tragic aspect of life that man has to place another fallible man between himself and the attainment of his highest ideals.” But you might say that only seems to describe the expansion of “red tape” that entrepreneurs and individuals complain about, not a group of individuals who seem united to keep government operating as it is currently, and under their control. Isn’t there a difference between red-tape bureaucracy and the Deep State that we’re seeing today? Arguably, yes. But it is the regimentation and red tape that seems to foster the environment in which the Deep State comes into being and then thrives. Meerloo expands on that point in detail: “Which human failings will manifest themselves most readily in the administrative machine? Lust for power, automatism, and mental rigidity -- all these breed suspicion and intrigue. Being a high civil servant subjects man to a dangerous temptation, simply because he is a part of the ruling apparatus. He finds himself caught in the strategy complex. The magic of becoming an executive and a strategist provokes long-repressed feelings of omnipotence. A strategist feels like a chess player. He wants to manipulate the world by remote control. Now he can keep others waiting, as he was forced to wait himself in his salad days, and thus he can feel himself superior. He can entrench himself behind his official regulations and responsibilities. At the same time he must continually convince others of his indispensability because he is loath to vacate his seat. As a defense against his relative unimportance, he has to expand his staff, increasing his bureaucratic apparatus.  In order to become a V.I.P. one needs a big office. Each new staff member requests new secretaries and new typewriters.  Everything begins to get out of hand, but everything must be controlled; new and better files must be installed, new conferences called, and committees set up. The staff-interaction committee talks for days on end. New supervisors are created to supervise the old supervisors and to keep the whole group in a state of infantile servility. And what was formerly done by one man is now done by an entire staff…” Now we see how the Deep State became so deeply entrenched in our government and why its members will fight against any threat to it. The members of the Deep State are fighting for not only their jobs and their power, but their very sense of being. What meaning do they have in life if they were shown that they are in fact dispensable, that they can be replaced or their positions or departments can be eliminated? In the end, their egos depend upon the maintenance and growth of personal power and prestige. Understanding that the fight is not just about power and money, but self-identity and ego, goes a long way to seeing how ugly the battle between the American people and the Deep State over the government will become -- and how the battle has actually been raging for years. “Compulsive order, red tape, and regulation become more important than freedom and justice, and in the meantime suspicion between management, employees, and subjects increases. Written and printed documents and reports have become dangerous objects in the world. After a conversation, even when there are harsh words, inanities are soon forgotten. But on paper these words are perpetuated and can become part of a system of growing suspicion.” That sounds quite a bit like some of the latest intrigues in D.C., does it not? And how about this insight about the politicians who perpetuate and strengthen the Deep State, rather than dismantle it? “Sooner or later nearly all politicians become infected with the bug. Under the burden of their responsibilities, they give in to the desire to play the game of diplomacy. They start to compromise in their thinking, to bend backwards and to be circumspect, lest their remarks be criticized by the higher echelons. Or they fall back into infantile feelings of magic omnipotence. They want to have their fingers in every pie -- to the left and to the right. All these are dangerous mental streaks of every human being which can develop more easily in politicians and administrators because of the growing impact of modern governmental techniques and their threat to free expression. When a man gets entangled in strategical and political talk, something changes in his attitude. He is no longer straightforward; he doesn’t express and communicate what he thinks, but he worries about what others are thinking about him behind their facades. He becomes too prudent and starts to build all kinds of mental defenses and justifications around himself. In short, he learns to assume the strategic attitude. Forget spontaneity, deny enthusiasm; don’t demand inner honesty of yourself or others, never reveal yourself, never expose yourself, play the strategist. Be careful and use more buts and howevers. Never commit yourself.” We, the American people, have quite a task ahead of us if we are to wrest control of our government from the Deep State. Over many decades, it has put in place compulsive orders, red tape, and regulations while growing layer upon layer to enforce what it creates. All the while, its roots drive deeper and deeper into our government. Even the politicians who we send to D.C. to represent us are ensnared in the game. They begin to play by the rules set forth by the Deep State; indeed, our elected officials even become dependent upon the Deep State. And so it is that we face an interlocking defense apparatus that is employed full time by us, using its time to further entrench itself. Further, the politicians who promised to take on the Deep State on behalf of their constituents, though not in so many words, have actually joined forces with those who they were supposed to uproot. Without a doubt, the Deep State must be confronted and defeated for the health of our nation. But how?

http://www.intellectualtakeout.org/article/deep-state-how-it-came-be-and-why-it-fights-so-hard 

:: 9-9-17 Doctor Housing Bubble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A lot of people do not equate California with poverty. You certainly don’t think of poverty when you look at real estate values in places like San Francisco even though the homeless issue is right in your face. The reality is that most people do not live lavish lifestyles. In fact, a new report highlights that more than one-third of California households have virtually no savings. These households would not have the ability to live at the poverty level for three months if one paycheck in the household was lost due to a job loss. You also have more than 2 million young adults living at home with their parents since the rent is too high. This isn’t the California that is presented in Hollywood movies. California and the evaporation of the middle class The reality is, the middle class is slowly disappearing in California. There was a time not long ago when a blue collar worker was able to purchase a home in many California locations. But there has been an aggressive gentrification. Now many people feel it is necessary to go into big debt simply to purchase a crap shack. “(Pasadena Star News) Lars Perner, an assistant professor of clinical marketing at the USC Marshall School of Business, said California’s high housing costs have put many households on shaky financial ground. “The cost of housing in California is exorbitant,” he said. “That’s a big part of the problem. People pay a disproportionate amount of their income toward housing.” In places like Los Angeles close to half of renting households send close to half of their paycheck off to rent. And for the majority that own they spend over 40 percent of their net income on housing costs. This provides very little buffer for any emergencies. And of course, people live day to day and the economy has been on a massive bull run since 2009. A small recession is going to cause major ripples. And the way California is structured supports a boom and bust economic cycle. Tax revenues are flush in good times thanks to high taxes across the board but when things contract, the money dries out very quickly. And inventory is down across the United States: Housing inventory across the US is down 12 percent year-over-year but in Los Angeles, it is down 26 percent from an already low level. So for those crap shack hunting house lusting couples, they are simply biting the bullet and buying. Of course they are buying when everything is rosy and assume there is no correction on the horizon. It is interesting that this shrinking of the middle class is happening virtually in all major metro areas. My view on this is that this is being accelerated by technology. People all want the same things across all areas: Amazon Prime, Netflix, Gyms, Whole Foods, Uber, etc. So what happens is that lifestyle choices are more standardized across cities because of technology so people push real estate values up in similar herd like trends. But it is troubling to know that 37 percent of California households are living on the financial edge. And this is a figure that comes when the economy at least on paper looks good. What happens when you get your inevitable pullback in the stock market and real estate?

http://www.doctorhousingbubble.com/more-than-a-third-of-california-households-have-virtually-no-savings/ 

:: 9-8-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

9/08/2017 -- Large earthquake unrest -- West Coast USA on watch -- Major unrest spreading

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=k7nO4tPM2IE&app=desktop 

:: 1-18-09 am service (1st word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Keep your eyes upon me, watch and listen, even as volcanoes begin to erupt, landslides and avalanches, flooding overseas, soon to America. But keep your eyes on the things that I have told you and realize that my church shall go through this time in great victory.

:: 9-8-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive holes in the ice caused by violent volcanic eruption open up in glacier in Iceland

By Strange Sounds - Sep 8, 2017

The largest glacier of Iceland is melting like an ice cream.

Giant holes as large as 1,300 feet wide and caused by volcanic eruptions have opened up in Vatnajökull. Vatnajökull is the second largest glacier in Europe, covers 8 percent of Iceland and several volcanoes. In the last few years, the enhanced seismic activity has created several glacial floods in the area. Now, huge holes more than 1300 feet wide and several hundreds of feet deep are appearing in the ice. These cavities mean that the ground beneath the glacier has been left exposed for the first time in hundreds or thousands of years, since the glacier itself was formed. Scientists believe it is very important to be vigilant against the creation of any more calderas, which raise the likelihood of a glacial flood. These floods – jökulhlaup – occur when the dam that contains a glacial lake fails. They can occur simply as the result of a buildup in pressure but are more likely to be caused by a volcanic eruption or earthquake, as in 2010 during the second eruption of the Icelandic volcano Eyjafjallajökull. There is something weird happening on the largest glacier of Iceland and nobody can determine what it indicates. Prepare and get READY for the next large eruption.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/09/massive-holes-glacier-caused-by-violent-volcanic-eruption-open-up-in-largest-glacier-in-iceland.html 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.  And you will be able to tell those round about you, you will be able to warn them even though they will not accept your warnings, but when the shaking comes, when the buildings crumble and fall to the ground, when the blood is flowing in the streets of America, then they shall wake up, then they shall come unto you.  They shall beg, they shall plead, they shall cry, for they will want to know the truth and they shall hear the truth and the truth shall set them free.  

:: 9-8-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Earth Is Shaking And We Could Witness 'Seas Of Fire' - X-Flares, Mega-Hurricanes, And An 8.2 Magnitude Earthquake In Mexico - We Are Witnessing Historic Events

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine September 8, 2017

As California, Montana And Oregon are seeing wildfires raging, and Texas is suffering the aftermath of Hurricane Harvey while Florida seems to be in the bullseye of the "beast" called Irma, we noted two days ago that a massive X9.3 flare shot towards Earth from the sun, said to be the most powerful we have seen in a decade, instigating the NOAA to put out a G3 geomagnetic storm watch for September 6-7, 2017. The NOAA then updated that G3 storm warning to extend from September 7th through the 9th. Some observant readers have been asking if the CME (Coronal Mass Ejection) from the X-9.3 flare could have anything to do with the massive 8.2 earthquake that hit Mexico on September 7, 2017, in the midst of the G3 watch, and there is evidence going back to 1967, that the sun and the moon and space weather events do have a direct influence on Earth, so we will begin there. (H/T Washingtonsblog, 2011) Science Direct, Volume 3, 1967–1968, Pages 417-425, stated the following: Solar activity, as indicated by sunspots, radio noise and geomagnetic indices, plays a significant but by no means exclusive role in the triggering of earthquakes. Maximum quake frequency occurs at times of moderately high and fluctuating solar activity. Terrestrial solar flare effects which are the actual coupling mechanisms which trigger quakes appear to be either abrupt accelerations in the earth's angular velocity or surges of telluric currents in the earth's crust. More from WB, quoting a 1998 report from a scientist from the Beijing Astronomical Observatory, Chinese Academy of Sciences: Mitch Battros theorized in 1998 that large solar flares affect Earth’s magnetic field, which in turn shifts the oceanic and atmospheric currents, which can cause earthquakes and extreme weather. As Battros summarizes his formula: Sunspots => Solar Flares (charged particles) => Magnetic Field Shift => Shifting Ocean and Jet Stream Currents => Extreme Weather [including earthquakes, volcanoes, hurricanes or other extreme natural events] Read the entire article and citations. WEATHER WARFARE IS NOT A CONSPIRACY THEORY We are also seeing a lot of chatter on the internet about "weather warfare," and while the MSM like to label those questions as "tin foil hat conspiracy theorists," there is adequate public statements from high level U.S. officials, directly quoted, and reports, that shows weather warfare is real. Example: United States Secretary of Defense William Cohen, April 1997, said at a keynote address at the Conference on Terrorism, Weapons of Mass Destruction, and U.S. Strategy at the Georgia Center, Mahler Auditorium, University of Georgia, Athens, Ga, said "There are some reports, for example, that some countries have been trying to construct something like an Ebola Virus, and that would be a very dangerous phenomenon, to say the least. Alvin Toeffler has written about this in terms of some scientists in their laboratories trying to devise certain types of pathogens that would be ethnic specific so that they could just eliminate certain ethnic groups and races; and others are designing some sort of engineering, some sort of insects that can destroy specific crops. Others are engaging even in an eco- type of terrorism whereby they can alter the climate, set off earthquakes, volcanoes remotely through the use of electromagnetic waves. So there are plenty of ingenious minds out there that are at work finding ways in which they can wreak terror upon other nations. It's real, and that's the reason why we have to intensify our efforts, and that's why this is so important." (Source- archive.defense.gov) While Cohen's statements were in reference to the scare of "false threats," it is very interesting that the statement came less than a year after a paper was submitted to the Air Force, titled "Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025, where it is stated on page 7 of the 52 page PDF: "Current technologies that will mature over the next 30 years will offer anyone who has the necessary resources the ability to modify weather patterns and their corresponding effects, at least on the local scale. Current demographic, economic, and environmental trends will create global stresses that provide the impetus necessary for many countries or groups to turn this weather- In the United States, weather-modification will likely become a part of national security policy with both domestic and international applications. Our government will pursue such a policy, depending on etc.

That report covered: Precipitation Enhancement, Storm Enhancement, Precipitation Denial, Space Weather and Fog and Cloud Removal. Last but not least, if "weather warfare" was such a "conspiracy," as the MSM likes to label anyone talking about the extreme weather events, volcanoes threats and Earthquakes we are seeing right now, then why is there a UN "Prohibition of Military or Any Other Hostile Use of Environmental Modification Techniques," as stated on U.S. Department of State's own website, signed in 1997 and entered into force in October 1978? Article I sets forth the basic commitment: "Each State Party to this Convention undertakes not to engage in military or any other hostile use of environmental modification techniques having widespread, long-lasting or severe effects as the means of destruction, damage or injury to any other State Party." An understanding defines the terms "widespread, long-lasting or severe." "Widespread" is defined as "encompassing an area on the scale of several hundred square kilometers"; "long-lasting" is defined as "lasting for a period of months, or approximately a season"; and "severe" is defined as "involving serious or significant disruption or harm to human life, natural and economic resources or other assets." Related: Washington Post Story Hints Of Irma Weather Warfare As FEMA Chief Warns: 'Entire Southeastern United States Better Wake Up And Pay Attention This was a topic that Steve Quayle has been warning about for decades, wrote a book called "Weather Wars & Un-Natural Disasters" which covered everything from cover-ups, to Weather Modification Patents, and a whole lot more. 'WHEN THE SEAS CATCH FIRE' Being so ahead of the curve in regards to many issues, I emailed Steve this morning regarding the possible connection between X-Flare CME and the Mexico earthquake, where he highlighted a few sources for me to look into, then pointed me in the direction of the Air Force report "we own the weather 2025," as well a note about seismic weapons, saying "This is a full scale weather war," and warning that "the next issue that will start to manifest is "when the seas catch fire due to lightening and/or friction igniting the methane hydrate that will surface in mass volume." Prophetic earth changes coming will also be one of the topics Quayle addresses when he speaks this month at the True Legends conference in Branson Missouri from September 15-17, 2017. That type of phenomena was described by survivors of a tsunami devastated Papua New Guinea in 1998: Shortly before sunset, the earth began to shake, and a thunderous boom shattered the air. Large cracks suddenly gaped open on the beach, and the village children, filled with curiosity, ran to look, encouraging the grown-ups to come and see, too. As a crowd gathered, the ocean began to recede from the shore, and, as the water drew farther out, a distant murmur grew to a rumbling. Within a few minutes the rumbling had grown to a deafening roar, like the sound of an approaching jet squadron. The sea had returned as a wall of water, glowing red near the crest...... (Source - http://researcharchive.calacademy.org, 1999) Both Cambridge Conference Network and Orbit, attribute the following quotes to ABC, 1998, with a description of the same event: Others thought a giant explosion caused the wave, which towered more than 40 feet. Some survivors reported seeing sparks fly from the water and thought the ocean was on fire.[.....] Particularly troubling was the question from a 15-year-old schoolgirl who asked about a “mountain of water with fire sparkles.” Many of the victims had what appeared to be severe burns, suggesting that the water was on fire. That quoted report also said "Many of the victims had what appeared to be severe burns, suggesting that the water was on fire." In aftermath the claim was the "burning" was from friction, but it is not an affect we have seen mentioned regarding subsequent tsunamis. THE RING OF FIRE & SAN ANDRES FAULT The reason SQ's warning sparks much interest here is a look at the Tsunami Buoys that were triggered by Mexico's 8.2 mag earthquake last night, all surrounding the ring of fire, screen shot credit to Hal Turner: National Geographic- Ring Of Fire: "Geologic features along the Ring of Fire include not only volcanoes, but ocean trenches, mountain trenches, hydrothermal vents, and sites of earthquake activity." The Ring of Fire is a string of volcanoes and sites of seismic activity, or earthquakes, around the edges of the Pacific Ocean. Roughly 90% of all earthquakes occur along the Ring of Fire, and the ring is dotted with 75% of all active volcanoes on Earth. Given Quayle's reference to methane hydrate surfacing in mass volume, literally causing the seas to catch fire, we found that media was quite interested in July 2003 findings of methane hydrate recovered from the summit of a mud volcano, as reported by the USGS in 2006. We already know there is a connection linking the position of the Sun and Moon to earthquake activity along the San Andreas Fault, and that San Andreas is part of the ring of fire, which as quoted above, is holds 75 percent of all active volcanoes on Earth. Which makes Mexico's link to the California faults deeply concerning, as was explained by Mark Benthien, communications director for the Southern California Earthquake Center in Los Angeles, in 2010, when he said "Southern California [and northern Mexico are] a whole series of blocks sliding past each other," according to National Geographic. As was noted in a follow up email from SQ: "IMAGINE THE SEAS ON FIRE AND IT BEGINS TO HIT HOME AT HOW TRULY LATE THE HOUR IS!" Revelation 8:8-10 (KJV): 8 And the second angel sounded, and as it were a great mountain burning with fire was cast into the sea: and the third part of the sea became blood; 9 And the third part of the creatures which were in the sea, and had life, died; and the third part of the ships were destroyed. 10 And the third angel sounded, and there fell a great star from heaven, burning as it were a lamp, and it fell upon the third part of the rivers, and upon the fountains of waters; BOTTOM LINE Whether looking at this with knowledge of weather warfare, or even for those that have been led away from that knowledge by the MSM, it matters not, between the hurricanes, the X-Flares and CMEs causing geomagnetic storms, and the massively powerful 8.2 mag earthquake that hit Mexico last night, in conjunction with everything happening which has a direct effect on Earth as a whole and destabilizing the very foundation with which we stand on, if the ring of fire blows, we all may see the "seas on fire." Fires to the west, devastation in the South in Texas after Harvey, the East preparing for the storm of dubbed the "beast," and an 8.2 magnitude earthquake may have just destabilized fault lines on the ring of fire where a number of active volcanoes sit..... does anyone doubt that the "Earth is shaking?"

http://allnewspipeline.com/X_Flare_Hurricanes_Earthquakes_Seas_of_Fire.php 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 9-7-17 Independent Record :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

More than 1 million acres have burned this summer; state fire fund drained

By HOLLY K. MICHELS holly.michels@lee.net Sep 7, 2017 Updated Sep 8, 2017

The cost to the state of Montana for battling wildfires that have burned more than a million acres this summer has reached $53.7 million, a staggering price tag that has completely drained a state fire fund that was already slashed in half by decisions made in the 2017 Legislature. In April lawmakers passed a cost-cutting bill that called for taking $30 million from the roughly $62 million fire fund to maintain an informal $200 million rainy-day account for state government and to reduce the depth of cuts to other state operations and services, cuts that would be triggered if state revenues came in lower than projected. That happened in July. Currently burning figures Infogram The fire account was left with $32.5 million, which has all been spent. The state is now paying for its share of fighting fires out of the Department of Natural Resources' budget. So far $3.4 million has been spent out of an available $11.84 million. The remaining $21.4 million has been covered through DNRC's operational budget and the governor's emergency fund. During the heavy snows of last winter when lawmakers decided to tap the fire fund, it would have been hard to imagine the smoke-filled skies, numerous evacuations and burned range land that has dominated this summer. But an incredibly dry spring led to significant drought, creating prime fire conditions. Nearly 1,700 fires statewide have burned 1,005,803 acres this year. Legislators also considered the average annual cost of fighting fires for the state is about $20.6 million, offset by an average of $5.2 million in federal reimbursements, according to legislative records. But there are outliers — in the past decade, fire suppression costs to the state topped $100 million in 2008 and in 2013 reached $57 million. While the cost of fighting fire has come in dramatically higher than expected this year, tax revenues have been much less than the Legislature projected, leaving Gov. Steve Bullock to seek another possible $236 million in cuts from state agencies. More information about those cuts is expected Friday. State Sen. Jon Sesso, D-Butte, said the fire fund was still probably the most logical place to look for money. “It was as good a place as any to provide a contingency, and when you compare using available cash assets compared to making deeper cuts in other areas of the government, I think it was still a prudent contingency plan.” He called current conditions “almost like the perfect storm.” “Not only did we get less revenue than we had anticipated for ’17, but the fires are probably going to hit an historical level of expense.” Costly year The Northern Rockies Coordination Center’s website tracks the total cost — including those to state, federal and tribal governments — of fighting all active fires. Who picks up the tab depends on where the fire is burning. On Thursday, updated figures put cost for all active fires at nearly $211 million. That estimate is only for active fires, not ones that were put out earlier this summer like the 270,000-acre Lodgepole complex in Eastern Montana, which cost an estimated $9.27 million, though that tally is not final. Federal agencies do not track fire costs in real time as closely as the state does and stressed that total costs will not likely be known for about a year. The most expensive fire currently burning in Montana is the Lolo Peak fire, 10 miles southwest of Lolo. It has consumed 48,686 timbered acres, has 415 people working the fire and has cost $39.6 million so far. The second-most expensive are the Sapphire Complex, burning 15 miles southeast of Clinton, and the Rice Ridge fire, six miles north of Seeley Lake. Both have cost about $32.6 million so far. The Sapphire Complex has burned 43,516 acres and Rice Ridge has burned 119,857 acres. The state has applied for and been approved to receive assistance from the Federal Emergency Management Agency for the Lolo Peak fire and the Lodgepole complex. The grants can match up to 75 percent of approved state costs for fighting fires. On Thursday, Bullock met with FEMA administrator Brock Long to urge more assistance and resources to help fight Montana’s wildfires. “It has been a long and  While I will continue to pursue every availchallenging fire season in Montana,” Bullock said. “We’ve had losses to homes, livestock, forage and infrastructure, and we’ve tragically lost the lives of two wildland firefighters. We are experiencing impacts to individuals and businesses across the state, who have endured losses due to evacuations, hazardous air quality, and sustained threats to our tourism and recreation industries. “The situation is likely to get worse before it gets better.able resource to support fire response and recovery, I am asking that we work together to ensure the long-term health, safety, and livelihood of Montanans impacted by this disaster,” Bullock continued. Bullock asked Long to expedite the review and approvals of additional grants and consider the ability to apply for grants across multiple fires. Bullock also asked Long for help accessing assistance for individuals affected by fires. The governor requested that criteria and thresholds across multiple fires be addressed to make resources available for those who have faced significant impacts. Stacie Greff, a spokesperson for FEMA, said the conditions that exist in the state at the time of the request and whether the fire threatens enough destruction to constitute a major disaster are part of what determine funding decisions. “We’re trying to fend off a major disaster,” she said. FEMA evaluates based on four key criteria: • Threat to lives and improved property, including critical infrastructure and facilities and watersheds; • Availability of state and local firefighting resources, such as aircraft or firefighters; • High fire danger conditions, as determined by a national rating system; and • Potential major economic impact. FEMA assistance grants can pay for things like equipment and supplies, the cost of emergency work like evacuations, police barricades and traffic control, unified command centers, meals for firefighters and other costs that directly go to fighting fire. They are not for helping people who lost homes or property to fires. States have to submit receipts and documentation to receive funds. FEMA funding is the primary way the state can get help from the federal government to pay for the cost of fighting fires. Both of Montana’s U.S. senators, Republican Steve Daines and Democrat Jon Tester, took to the Senate floor this week to impress upon their colleagues the magnitude and impact of fires burning in Montana and ask for help as Congress worked to approve aid for Texas, which has been devastated by Hurricane Harvey. “Saving lives and property when disaster strikes is a fundamental pillar of government," Tester said. "It is not a Democrat or Republican issue, it is an American responsibility. I am confident we can work together to ensure the victims of Harvey get the relief they need and the states that are burning, like Montana, have the resources they need to protect our citizens, our economy, and our way of life." Tester also on Thursday invited Republican President Donald Trump to visit Montana and tour areas that have burned. Daines told the Senate that of the top 30 wildfires in the nation, 28 were burning Montana. “Our crisis in Montana isn’t water, it’s not too much water, it’s not hurricanes, it’s fire. It is smoke filling the air and filling our lungs. … We need to ensure Montana gets the resources it needs first of all to stop the fires.” U.S. Rep. Greg Gianforte, a Republican, took to the House floor, saying: “I hope this image and the others from back home will make my colleagues more aware of the fires’ devastation and the need for relief in the Treasure State.”

http://helenair.com/news/state-and-regional/more-than-million-acres-have-burned-this-summer-state-fire/article_17e6c8ce-93e3-11e7-9fec-eb8fa6dd55c1.html 

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

:: 9-1-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China sees new world order with oil benchmark backed by gold

Yuan-denominated contract will let exporters circumvent U.S. dollar

Published: 09/01/2017 at 2:56 PM

(Nikkei) China is expected shortly to launch a crude oil futures contract priced in yuan and convertible into gold in what analysts say could be a game-changer for the industry. The contract could become the most important Asia-based crude oil benchmark, given that China is the world’s biggest oil importer. Crude oil is usually priced in relation to Brent or West Texas Intermediate futures, both denominated in U.S. dollars. China’s move will allow exporters such as Russia and Iran to circumvent U.S. sanctions by trading in yuan. To further entice trade, China says the yuan will be fully convertible into gold on exchanges in Shanghai and Hong Kong.

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/09/china-sees-new-world-order-with-oil-benchmark-backed-by-gold/#XKdw7rgSgzA3Dgp7.99 

:: 9-7-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What did Jesus say about natural disasters?

By Joshua Rogers Published September 07, 2017 Fox News

Several years ago in my hometown, a man was driving down the highway with his wife when a tree fell down across the highway, landed right on the cab of their pickup truck, and killed them both. Later that week, I was in a church service in which the pastor referenced the freak accident and said, “Do you think that kind of thing happened by accident? There’s no way.” I grimaced internally when he said that, wondering if the couple had any friends or relatives in the congregation. But as insensitive as the comment may have been, it hit a nerve for another reason: Christians like me are more comfortable invoking the idea of God’s sovereignty in good times than in bad. And nowhere is that more evident than in natural disasters. We’re understandably uncomfortable giving God the credit when it comes to hurricane winds crushing helpless grandmothers in their homes or floods drowning children. If the winds and waves obey Jesus, why wouldn’t he step in and help all of those in harm’s way? Fortunately, Jesus provided some insight into this when he addressed a crowd and talked about a different type of “natural disaster”—one involving gravity. “[W]hat about the eighteen people who died when the tower in Siloam fell on them?” Jesus asks. “Were they the worst sinners in Jerusalem? No, and I tell you again that unless you repent, you will perish, too.” (Luke 13:1-5). Jesus taps into something that makes a lot of us uneasy. Many prefer to see him as a wise guru who preached a general message of world peace and non-judgment. But when it comes to the question of “why” with disasters, he gets to the heart of the issue and focuses on the potential disaster that threatens everyone who ever lived: the day they meet God face to face. Jesus said, “There is no judgment against anyone who believes in [me]. But anyone who does not believe in [me] has already been judged for not believing in God’s one and only Son” (John 3:18). He says that those who do not believe in him and live for him “will go away to eternal punishment, but the righteous to eternal life” (Matthew 25:31-46). That’s not the Jesus most of us want to talk about—especially in times where people are suffering the awful effects of natural disasters. But that’s where Jesus went in the face of disaster, so we would do well to go there with him. When we go there with Jesus, we discover the good news that God is “longsuffering toward us, not willing that any should perish but that all should come to repentance” (2 Peter 3:9). And in God’s efforts to keep us from eternally perishing, he will use everything he can to get our attention—even things he might not have caused, like the devastation that comes with a natural disaster. As C.S. Lewis said, “God whispers to us in our pleasures, speaks in our conscience, but shouts in our pain: it is his megaphone to rouse a deaf world.” If we listen to him, we will hear him shouting our names from the cross, where he went through the worst pain possible in order to bring each of us into his family. As we watch the footage of people fighting helplessly in the face of nature’s wrath, we should contemplate the day when we will all face God and answer for how we responded to the gift of his Son. On that day, we will only survive the storm if we have already thrown ourselves at the mercy of the only one who can provide the eternal shelter our souls need in this life and the next. Joshua Rogers is an attorney and writer who lives in Washington, D.C. You can follow Joshua on Twitter @MrJoshuaRogers and Facebook, and read more of his writing at JoshuaRogers.com.

http://www.foxnews.com/opinion/2017/09/07/what-did-jesus-say-about-natural-disasters.html 

:: 9-7-17 Haaretz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israel Attacked Chemical Weapons Plant in Syria, Local Reports Claim

Syria confirms: Israel targeted military facility, killing two ■ Incident comes amid massive Israeli anti-Hezbollah drill, weeks after outgoing air force chief admits Israel attacks weapons convoys

Jack Khoury and Gili Cohen Sep 07, 2017 2:14 PM

The Israeli military struck Thursday a chemical arms plant in in Syria, foreign media reports claimed. The Syrian army general command confirmed in a statement the attack on what they called a military facility, and said that two people were killed and extensive damage was caused. Israel refused to comment on the reports. A Syrian military statement said that at 2:40 A.M. Israeli warplanes struck the site from within Lebanese airspace. In a statement, the Syrian army said the Israeli warplanes fired several missiles while in Lebanese air space, and warned of the "dangerous repercussions of such hostile acts on the security and stability of the region." Syrian opposition members claimed that four Israeli warplanes were involved in the strike, which would be the first since a ceasefire was reached between the Assad regime and Syrian rebels in July. Israel allegedly targeted the Scientific Researchers Center, a plant involved with the development of chemical weapons, near the city of Masyaf in central Syria, reports said. By early Thursday, smoke could still be seen billowing over the area. The war monitor, the Syrian Observatory for Human Rights, said the strikes hit a Scientific Studies and Research Center facility, the agency the U.S. describes as Syria's chemical weapons manufacturer. The Observatory also said that a military storage camp next to the center was used to store ground-to-ground rockets and that personnel of Iran and its allied Lebanese Hezbollah group had been seen there more than once. Opposition forces also said the target was a weapons factory that develops arms for the Syrian regime and for Hezbollah. Lebanese media reported the presence of Israeli aircraft in Lebanese airspace early Thursday, however it is unclear whether it is related to the attack or to the large military drill currently taking place in Israel's north. Former head of Military Intelligence Amos Yadlin tweeted that the Israeli attack "was not routine." He added that the site "produces chemical weapons and explosive barrels that have killed thousands of Syrian civilians," Yadlin wrote in his tweet. "The attack is finally an Israeli moral statement about the massacre in Syria," he said. Syrian forces have used chemical weapons more than two dozen times during the country’s civil war, including in April’s deadly attack on Khan Sheikhoun, UN war crimes investigators said on Wednesday. Israel has attacked convoys bringing arms to Hezbollah and groups on several Israeli fronts dozens of times over the last five years, a top Israeli military commander has confirmed for the first time two weeks ago. The number of Israeli attacks on such convoys since 2012 is approaching triple digits, Maj. Gen. Amir Eshel, the outgoing commander of the Israel Air Force, told Haaretz. Commenting on Thursday's attack, the Syrian army said the strike was "a desperate attempt" to raise the morale of terror organisation ISIS because of the recent losses the group has suffered at the hands of the Syrian military. According to the Syrian army, the attack attributed to Israel proves Israel's support of the global jihadist terror group. The Syrian army has warned of "dangerous consequences to Israeli aggression in the region." Various people, including Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu himself, have openly admitted to Israeli attacks on arms convoys to Hezbollah, but no numbers have been cited. Israel has been reluctant to talk about the scope of such attacks beyond its borders. Eshel's comments are the first time that a senior Israel Defense Forces officer has specifically revealed the practice. Israel's army is currently carrying out its largest drill in 20 years in the north of the country, and encompasses all forces: ground, air, sea and intelligence. The drill, which will be overseen by Israel Defense Forces' Northern Command, is expected to through next week. It will include a scenario of instant escalation, in which the army has to defend Israel against multiple terrorist infiltrations in the north. This would be the first such Israeli strike in Syria since a cease-fire was reached in southern Syria in July. Israel, however, voiced its dissatisfaction with the fact that its security interests were not reflected in the draft cease-fire agreement formulated by the United States and Russia. Last week, Netanyahu told visiting UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres on Monday that Iran is building sites to produce precision guided missiles in Syria and Lebanon. Last month, Netanyahu stressed to Russian President Vladimir Putin the importance of removing Iranian and Hezbollah forces from Syria in order to prevent a future war.

read more: http://www.haaretz.com/middle-east-news/syria/1.811035 

:: 9-9-17 Chicago Trubune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mexico mourns at least 67 dead after twin punch of magnitude 8.1 quake, Hurricane Katia

By Christopher Sherman AP Sept 9, 2017 Juchitan, Mexico

Slow-moving funeral processions converged on Juchitan's cemeteries from all directions on Saturday, so many that they sometimes caused temporary gridlock when they met at intersections. A monster earthquake and a Gulf coast hurricane have combined to take at least 67 lives in Mexico, and no place suffered more than the Oaxaca state city of Juchitan, where 37 died as buildings collapsed in the magnitude 8.1 temblor. The graveyard swelled with mourners and blaring serenades for the dead — the sounds of snare drums, saxophones and sobbing. Pallbearers carried the caskets around rubble the quake had knocked from the simple concrete crypts. Jittery amid continued aftershocks, friends and relatives of the deceased had hushed conversations in the Zapotec language as they stood under umbrellas for shade from the beating sun. Paulo Cesar Escamilla Matus and his family held a memorial service for his mother, Reynalda Matus Martinez, in the living room of her home, where relatives quietly wept beside her body. The 64-year-old woman was working the night shift at a neighborhood pharmacy when the quake struck Thursday night, collapsing the building. "All the weight of the second floor fell on top of her," said her son, who rushed to the building and found her under rubble. He and neighbors tried to dig her out, but weren't able to recover her body until the next morning when civil defense workers brought a backhoe that could lift what had trapped her. Fearful of crime, the pharmacy kept its doors locked, and Escamilla Matus wondered if that had cost his mother the time she needed to escape. Scenes of mourning were repeated over and over again in Juchitan, where a third of the city's homes collapsed or were uninhabitable, President Enrique Pena Nieto said late Friday in an interview with the Televisa news network. Part of the city hall collapsed. The remains of brick walls and clay tile roofs cluttered streets as families dragged mattresses onto sidewalks to spend a second anxious night sleeping outdoors. Some were newly homeless, while others feared further aftershocks could topple their cracked adobe dwellings. Rescuers searched for survivors with sniffer dogs and used heavy machinery at the main square to pull rubble away from city hall, where a missing police officer was believed to be inside. The man's body was found Saturday afternoon in a collapsed passageway between city hall offices and a market, according to a municipal police officer who was guarding the site. The officer declined to give his name because he was not officially authorized to give information to reporters. The city's civil defense coordinator, Jose Antonio Marin Lopez, said similar searches had been going on all over the area. Teams found bodies in the rubble, but the highlight was pulling four people, including two children, alive from the completely collapsed Hotel Del Rio, where one woman died. "The priority continues to be the people," Marin said. Larissa Garcia Ruiz was grateful to escape with only a broken arm when her house collapsed as she and her family slept. "I only woke up when I heard screaming," said the 24-year-old cradling her wrapped arm. Her mother managed to push the daughters and her blind husband through the back doorway before a massive section of thick wall fell, trapping her. As Larissa tried to help rescue her mother, another piece of rubble fell, breaking her arm. Other relatives and friends finally managed to release the trapped woman. All around them people yelled for help that night. "Nobody helped us," her sister Vicenta said. "Everybody got out as best they could." In addition to the deaths in Juchitan, the quake killed nine other people in Oaxaca and 19 in neighboring states. Two others died in a mudslide in the Gulf coast state of Veracruz after Hurricane Katia hit late Friday. Pena Nieto said authorities were working to re-establish supplies of water and food and provide medical attention to those who need it. He vowed the government would help rebuild. Power was cut at least briefly to more than 1.8 million people due to the quake, and authorities closed schools in at least 11 states to check them for safety. The Interior Department reported that 428 homes were destroyed and 1,700 were damaged just in Chiapas, the state closest to the epicenter. Just one day later, Hurricane Katia hit land north of Tecolutla in Veracruz state, pelting the region with intense rains and maximum sustained winds of 75 mph (120) kph. Veracruz Gov. Miguel Angel Yunes said two people died in a mudslide related to the storm, and he said some rivers had risen to near flood stage, but there were no reports of major damage. More than 4,000 people evacuated parts of Veracruz and neighboring Puebla states ahead of the storm's arrival. The Hurricane Center said Katia could still bring 3 to 6 inches (7.5 to 15 centimeters) of additional rain to a region with a history of deadly mudslides and flooding. Associated Press writers Peter Orsi and Mark Stevenson in Mexico City contributed to this report.

http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/nationworld/ct-mexico-earthquake-hurricane-20170909-story.html 

:: 9-6-17 ABC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DACA announcement sparks protests nationwide, dozens arrested at Trump Tower

By Meghan Keneally Sep 6, 2017, 1:54 AM ET

Dozens of protesters were arrested in front of Trump Tower in New York in one of many nationwide protests after Tuesday’s announcement that the Trump administration is ending the Deferred Action for Childhood Arrivals (DACA) program, five years after it was introduced. A total of 34 people have been arrested, according to the New York Police Department. No injuries to protesters or police officers have been reported, and the crowd has thinned since it started. If protesters were cooperative and turned over their personal information to police, including name, address and date of birth, they were given a special ticket and were not fingerprinted, officials said; those who refused to turn over their personal information were fingerprinted. New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio urged DACA beneficiaries to be cautious about protesting. Trump expected to announce DACA decision today 'Dreamers' head back to school facing fears about DACA's future Washington, New York plan to sue Trump if he ends DACA "Obviously if someone, now with this new information that we are getting out of Washington today, is a DACA recipient, I would urge them to be very careful about anything like civil disobedience. There are many other people who can undertake the civil disobedience. I wouldn’t advise the DACA recipients to do it. In this city, there has been an approach that it is mindful,” de Blasio said. A number of the chants at Trump Tower today directly called out DACA, with some protesters shouting "When DACA is under attack, what do we do? Stand up, fight back!" The demonstrations started shortly after Attorney General Jeff Sessions announced this morning that DACA is being rescinded. The program protects young people who were brought to the United States illegally as children from deportation. Since the program’s initiation in 2012 by the Obama administration, nearly 800,000 undocumented immigrants who came to the U.S. as children have been granted protection under DACA. In other cities: Washington, D.C. Protesters also gathered in Washington, D.C. The demonstrations started as a rally outside the White House, then shortly after 11 a.m. protestors marched down 15th Street, then south on Pennsylvania Avenue. No arrests have been reported there. Chicago Hundreds of Chicagoans marched through the Loop before congregating at a rally in Federal Plaza on Tuesday afternoon, where DACA recipients spoke to the assembled crowd. The marchers also took to ICE headquarters in downtown on West Congress Parkway. Police said there were no arrests. Los Angeles Southern Californians held a rally outside of Kenneth Hahn Hall of Administration -- the city's seat of government -- on Tuesday to protest the repeal of DACA. ABC affiliate KABC in Los Angeles said about 150 protesters gathered at the event along with public officials, including Mayor Eric Garcetti. Garcetti called the decision by Trump "cruel" and urged Congress to pass the DREAM Act "once and for all -- right now." California is home to about 220,000 DACA recipients, according to KABC, the most of any state.

http://abcnews.go.com/Politics/arrests-made-daca-protest-york/story?id=49625957 

:: 9-8-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Washington Post Story Hints Of Irma Weather Warfare As FEMA Chief Warns: 'Entire Southeastern United States Better Wake Up And Pay Attention'

- Globalist Mouthpiece Reports Killer Hurricane Irma Is Aimed At Florida As If Following GPS Directions While Mayor Of Miami Hints Of Forthcoming 'Nuclear Disaster' In America

September 8, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

For those who've been paying attention to what some are arguing have been clearly 'weaponized' hurricane's Harvey and Irma, the opening paragraph to this new Washington Post story (via archive.is) nearly defies belief - they're screaming out a bit of truth to those with the ears to hear it.: This could be The Big One, again, and everyone knows it, and if people here are getting a bit frantic, that might not be an irrational response. Hurricane Irma is about as big as a tropical cyclone can possibly get, and the latest computer models show it aimed at South Florida as if following directions by GPS. With one of the ancient meaning's for the name Harvey being 'battle worthy' while the German meaning for the name Irma is "War Goddess", we'll take a look within this story at the latest and what might be the greatest fear of Hurricane Irma, two nuclear power plants now directly in the forecast line of destruction. Overall, up to a dozen or more nuclear plants might be in Irma's path. We also look below videos at a new SQAlert which warns that both Harvey and Irma are manufactured events and warns of a vision that Irma will turn up the coast and cause havoc from Florida to the North East coast. As we hear from Dane Wigington of the GeoEngineering Watch in the 2nd video below, there are many signs hurricane Irma is being manipulated with several clear objectives and agendas. While fake news Washington Post and the rest of the mainstream media will continue to call 'weather modification' and 'weather warfare' either a 'tinfoil hat conspiracy theory' or 'fake news', as we see and hear in the 1st video below as also documented by this 1974 United States Senate 'top secret' hearing entry, 'weather modification' for military purposes is proven dating at least as far back as to Operation Popeye in Vietnam from 1967 to 1972 as shared via Wikipedia.: Operation Popeye (Project Controlled Weather Popeye / Motorpool / Intermediary-Compatriot) was a highly classified weather modification program in Southeast Asia during 1967–1972. The cloud seeding operation during the Vietnam War ran from March 20, 1967 until July 5, 1972 in an attempt to extend the monsoon season, specifically over areas of the Ho Chi Minh Trail. The operation was used to induce rain and extend the East Asian Monsoon season in support of U.S. government efforts related to the War in Southeast Asia. The chemical weather modification program was conducted from Thailand over Cambodia, Laos, and Vietnam and allegedly sponsored by Secretary of State Henry Kissinger and CIA without the authorization of then Secretary of Defense Melvin Laird who had categorically denied to Congress that a program for modification of the weather for use as a tactical weapon even existed. A report titled Rainmaking in SEASIA outlines use of lead iodide and silver iodide deployed by aircraft in a program that was developed in California at Naval Air Weapons Station China Lake and tested in Okinawa, Guam, Philippines, Texas, and Florida in a hurricane study program called Project Stormfury. Project Popeye was the experiment in increased rainfall through cloud seeding leading up to Operation Popeye. The technical aspects of the experiment were verified by Dr. Donald F. Hornig, Special Assistant to the President of the United States for Science and Technology. During October 1966, Project Popeye was tested in a strip of the Laos panhandle east of the Bolovens Plateau in the Se Kong River valley. The government of Laos was not informed of the project, its methods or its goals. The test was conducted by personnel from the Naval Ordnance Test Station located at China Lake California. Fifty cloud seeding experiments were conducted with the result that 82% of the clouds produced rain within a brief period after having been seeded. It was claimed that one of the clouds drifted across the Vietnam border and dropped nine inches of rain on a US special forces camp over a four-hour period. After the successful completion of the test phase, Project Popeye transitioned from an experiment to an operational program of the U.S. Defense department. With that proof giving new meaning to the term 'directed energy weapons', the story that immediately caught our attention this morning over at the Daily Mail began "This Is A Nuclear Hurricane" followed by dire words of warning from the mayor of Miami Beach to his people ahead of the crushing onset of Hurricane Irma. "Get out now!" Mayor Phillip Levine cried, issuing mandatory evacuations for at least 100,000 people, while adding, 'this storm will envelope us whether it is off shore or on shore. It won't make a difference' and 'I'll do anything in my power to convince [people] this is a very serious storm. This is a nuclear hurricane. They should leave the beach, they must leave the beach." Fresh off its complete destruction and total carnage left at two Caribbean Islands, allegedly destroying at least 95% of Barbuda and St. Martin, killer hurricane Irma is the ultimate reason to 'prep' way ahead of time as shown in over a million people in Puerto Rico losing power while in Florida, stores are quickly running out of water and other basic necessities. Now bearing down on Florida (via GPS?) and the Eastern seaboard with at least 2 of Florida's nuclear power plants in the direct path of Irma's wrath, FEMA Chief Brock Long says Irma should be a wakeup call for the entire southeastern United States.: "The entire southeastern United States better wake up and pay attention." How HUGE is 'monster' hurricane Irma? According to this story over at the Detroit Free Press that the Drudge Report linked to on Wednesday, the EYE ALONE of Irma is BIGGER than the entire suburban area of Detroit, Michigan. And think about this... the EYE is usually where the 'calm' is. While death and destruction swirl about it for hundreds of miles in every direction, we see in the graphic above just how big Hurricane Irma would be if the eye of it was just west of Washington DC. Astoundingly, the hurricane would extend northwards to Vermont and New Hampshire and westward to Cincinnati, Ohio and south to Savannah, Georgia, at its current size. And as the Daily Beast reports, Irma is stronger than all of the other 8 2017 hurricanes combined. And while both Turkey Point and St. Lucie nuclear power plants have survived previous hurricanes and flooding conditions, neither has faced anything at all like Hurricane Irma and since Mayor Levine of Miami is calling this a 'nuclear hurricane', there may be a very good reason why. If hurricane's Harvey and Irma really ARE 'weather warfare' attacks upon America, might we soon witness a 'weather-warfare induced nuclear attack' upon our nation? New stories from both Jamie White over at Infowars and the editors over at ENENews report the nuclear plants in Irma's path are sparking 'Fukushima fears' among experts who warn a 'Fukushima-style' catastrophe is within the realm of possibility seeing that we're now dealing with brutal, untamed forces of nature....or more likely, weather warfare. As ENENews reports, what's being called 'the worst hurricane ever', with winds up to 225 mph, is heading straight towards multiple nuclear power plants with officials warning of possible 'apocalyptic damage'. What could go wrong? Absolute worst case scenario: 'Fukushima in America' being delivered across the entire East coast of our nation by Hurricane Irma's winds and rains. A nuclear hurricane? A potential nuclear nightmare. As we see in the next graphic below, as of 5 a.m. today, nearly the entire Southeast of America had a 30% chance or greater of tropical storm force winds with the nuclear plants in Florida now in the 90% range. If the storm keeps on its current track, within a few days, most of the mid-Atlantic will be within the 'cone'. Proving to us that FEMA's head was correct and this won't be just a 'Florida-event' but a 'much of the East coast event', experts have already warned Irma has the potential to affect every major city in Florida. It's wrath will likely spread far beyond as it possibly restrengthens over the Atlantic Ocean before relanding somewhere between Georgia, South Carolina and North Carolina if current weather model forecasts are correct. While we certainly understand that a Fukushima-scenario unfolding in Florida is an absolute, worst-case long-shot-scenario, we MUST be prepared for anything. Knowing that experts are already warning of 'another potential Fukushima', a damaged nuclear power plant resulting in massive amounts of radiation in the air, being delivered by one of the most deadly hurricanes in history, is reason enough to make sure that we all have 'safe rooms' planned. And having such a room that radiation wouldn't be able to seap into, JUST in case Irma delivers a 'death blow', would absolutely double as a nuclear fallout shelter should Kim Jong Un do something totally insane and launch a nuclear attack upon America. Yet those who've been paying attention know that 'weather warfare' and 'weather modification' are real, proven by nearly 100 years worth of very real patents (thanks to Dane Wigington for the painstaking work!), and as has been painstakingly documented by Steve Quayle in his book "Weather Wars & Un-Natural Disasters". And with Hollywood preparing to release the movie "Geostorm" on October 20th, a movie which documents 'weather modification gone mad' as seen in the final video below, might 'Irma' be exactly what a 'weather warfare' hurricane looks like, being steered directly into two major nuclear power plants as seen in the next graphic below? And is it just a coincidence that Monday, the day Irma should be smack dab in the middle of Florida, is 9/11? In the new story over at the Organic Prepper we read that 5 potential, and epic, disasters await us here in America and whether we live on the east coast or the west, the north or the south, we serve our Lord and our families and neighbors best by preparing for whatever may be coming our way. From the west on fire to X-class solar flares threatening our communications and electrical grid to the ever looming presence of Kim Jong Un and North Korea to the Biblical weather we've been getting as of late, we can't go wrong if we do our very best to prepare for anything and everything. The Organic Prepper also has this essential guide to preparing for hurricanes for those who haven't yet done their 'due dilligence' and with Irma so strong that it's being measured now on seismometers usually used to detect earthquakes, we get a taste of just how powerful this monster is. With the US military dedicating at least 4 ships and thousands of troops to 'Irma relief efforts', FEMA is almost out of money and stretched to the limits by Harvey and Irma. The 'Van Gogh' like image seen below comes to us from the Earth Null School website which keeps track of winds and other atmospheric anomalies and clearly shows the 'triple threat' now churning in the Atlantic Ocean and Gulf of Mexico, the first time that 3 hurricanes have been in the Atlantic basin at the same time in the last 7 years. As ANP has reported again and again, in such a situation as hurricanes Harvey or Irma or any other potential disaster, preparation way ahead of the event is of the utmost importance and can be the difference between life and death. As the Miami Herald reported two days ago, nearly a week before the arrival of Irma, empty shelves are everywhere. With water in short supply and many gas pumps running dry, those who have waited for the very last moment to prepare may soon find themselves out of options and out of luck. As we learn in this new story linked on the Drudge Report, the US military and state police in Florida are now escorting fuel trucks. With the Earth quite literally shaking as Irma powered its way across the Atlantic Ocean, we agree completely with one resident of the island of Puerto Rico who recently told an interviewer "May God protect us all". With Irma quite literally knocking the small island of Barbuda off the map as shared in this new story over at SHTFPlan while several nuclear power plants and millions of people now lie in the way of what the mayor of Miami has called 'a nuclear hurricane', a storm that still hasn't slowed down, the 'perfect storm' that awaits America will last way beyond 2017 as the economic costs are sorted out and potentially millions of American families begin to put their lives back together.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Prepping_For_Nuclear_Monster_Irma.php 

:: 9-8-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The terrifying sound of Hurricane Irma

By Strange Sounds - Sep 8, 2017

Hurricane Irma is currently devastating several caribbean islands one after the other.

And the sound of destruction accompanying the Category 5 storm is terrifying, apocalyptic.

Have a prayer for all those who are currently being hit and/or suffering due to this totally anomalous monster storm.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/09/terrifying-sound-hurricane-irma-video.html 

:: 9--17 My Daily Informer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane Irma Is Being Called ‘A Lawnmower From The Sky’ And FEMA Warns It Will ‘Devastate’ The Southeast (Irma Is Being Described As A ‘Nuclear Hurricane’)

Irma is not just another hurricane – it is a history making storm that is going to cause up to a quarter of a trillion dollars in damage once it makes landfall in the United States. In fact, Miami Beach Mayor Philip Levine used the term “nuclear hurricane” to describe this storm to the media. I would never use that term personally, but I am in agreement that it would be exceedingly difficult to overstate the danger that this storm represents. According to the National Hurricane Center, Irma has been a category 5 storm for more than 50 hours, and that is already one of the longest stretches on record. Of course if you were to extrapolate the Saffir-Simpson scale, Irma would have been considered a category 6 storm when it had sustained winds of 185 miles per hour. This is a point that I made in my article entitled “Hurricane Irma: If There Was Such A Thing As A Category 6 Hurricane, This Would Be It”. And just a day later, MSNBC published an article with a suspiciously similar headline: “If there were a category 6 hurricane, Irma would be it”. So will the rest of the mainstream media attack MSNBC for saying the exact same thing that I did? Of course not. And will the mainstream media attack Miami Beach Mayor Philip Levine for calling Irma “a nuclear hurricane”?… “We have talked to people in your city who say, ‘We ain’t going,’” CBS4’s Hank Tester told Levine. “I hate to hear that. I’ll do anything in my power to convince them this is a very serious storm. This is a nuclear hurricane. They should leave the beach, they must leave the beach,” he said. Of course not. I am certainly not criticizing Levine. Once again, it is not terminology that I would have used, but if it helps get more people to safety that is a good thing. Just look at what has happened to Barbuda. According to Antigua Prime Minister Gaston Browne, 95 percent of the buildings on Barbuda have been damaged or destroyed… “As it stands, Barbuda is practically uninhabitable,” Antigua Prime Minister Gaston Browne told Antigua/Barbuda Broadcasting Services. He added that the destruction on the island, which is home to about 1,800 people was “heart-wrenching” and most of it is now completely underwater. “A significant number of the houses have been totally destroyed,” his chief of staff Lionel Hurst said. At least one of the eight deaths caused by Irma was confirmed on the island of Barbuda. Originally, Browne’s optimistic Facebook post claimed that Barbuda and Antigua had both stood up to Irma’s wrath. Antigua, which is home to around 80,000 people was not hit nearly as hard as Barbuda. “It is clear that Antigua and Barbuda has stood up to a mighty test,” he wrote in the statement posted to Facebook. But he revised his opinion after taking a helicopter ride to survey the damage to Barbuda, which is just 30 miles north of Antigua. “I never contemplated any possibility that you could have such a contrast,” he said of the relative destruction. Browne also said that 95% of the buildings on Barbuda were damaged and 30% percent of the buildings on the island completely demolished when the core of the Category 5 hurricane crossed almost directly over the island early Wednesday. “Barbuda now is literally rubble,” Browne said. And Browne put an exclamation point on things when he told Anderson Cooper the following… “I have never seen any such destruction on a per capita basis compared to what I saw in Barbuda this afternoon,” Browne told CNN’s Anderson Cooper. Could we see similar devastation in our country? Today is your chance to be part of saving our ancestors' lost ways. I wanted to make this information available to every family out there without having to spend years of their lives or thousands of dollars. So I came up with this great idea to edit all my manuscripts and to turn all this lost knowledge into one of the greatest books of this century: The Lost Ways We shall see. Right now, millions are holding their breath as they wait to see where Irma will go. According to the Washington Post there are a couple of key factors that meteorologists are watching… The first is a ridge of high pressure over the Atlantic, dubbed the “Bermuda High.” This system, around which winds flow clockwise, acts as a guardrail to Irma, shunting it farther south and west like a pinball, and preventing it from heading out to sea. The stronger the ridge, the greater the probability that its westward movement will continue. The second is what’s known as an upper-level shortwave trough. This is a zone of low pressure spinning away over the southern Tennessee Valley within a dip in the jet stream, that spins counterclockwise. This will eventually capture Irma into its overall circulation, but the strength and forward speed of that feature will determine Irma’s propensity to move inland. But of course authorities can’t wait until the last minute, and coastal communities are already being evacuated. And we are not just talking about Florida. Earlier today, we learned that an evacuation order had been issued for Savannah, Georgia Georgia’s governor has ordered a mandatory evacuation starting on Saturday from the state’s Atlantic coast ahead of Hurricane Irma. That includes the city of Savannah, home to nearly 150,000 people. Gov. Nathan Deal issued the evacuation Thursday for all areas east of Interstate 95, all of Chatham County and some areas west of the interstate. He also expanded a state of emergency to 30 counties. How will you protect your savings and yourself in the event of an DISASTER ? This just-released PDF guide Surviving and Thriving During an DISASTER will show you exactly how. Click here to download the PDF now. Down in Florida, the clock is ticking for those that would still like to get out. There is extremely heavy traffic on the major highways, and many gas stations down in Florida have already completely run out of gasoline… Several gas stations in Florida ran out of gas Thursday as Hurricane Irma approached the state. Supplies fell as people heeded evacuation orders for some southern parts of the state. Last week, Hurricane Harvey crippled oil refineries in Texas, creating shortages even before Irma made landfall in the Caribbean. As I have been saying all along, you don’t want to be there when this storm makes landfall. There are going to be some people that figure that since they were able to “ride out” other hurricanes that they will be able to do the same thing with Irma. Those that choose to do that will be making a tragic mistake, and it may cost some of them their lives. Hurricane Irma Is Being Called ‘A Lawnmower From The Sky’ And FEMA Warns It Will ‘Devastate’ The Southeast It looks like Hurricane Irma is going to make landfall in south Florida on Sunday morning. Of course that could still change, but this is what the meteorologists are telling us at this point. But of course the exact spot where Irma makes landfall is not so important because of the absolutely immense size of this storm. Irma is going to cause chaos and devastation over a very large area, and just like Hurricane Harvey the recovery from this storm is literally going to be measured in years. Down in the Caribbean, the destruction that Irma has caused has been absolutely unprecedented. The president of the island of Saint Martin “estimated that 95 percent of his country had been obliterated”, and one resident of the island described the storm as “a lawnmower from the sky”… Witnesses described similar scenes on the island’s Dutch half. “It’s like someone with a lawnmower from the sky has gone over the island,” said Mairlou Rohan, a European tourist visiting Sint Maarten, part of the Netherlands. That is not the sort of terminology that I would use, but without a doubt the devastation caused by this storm has been off the charts. On Barbuda, at least 90 percent of the buildings have been destroyed… Gaston Browne, the prime minister of Antigua and Barbuda, said Barbuda was “totally demolished,” with 90% of its buildings destroyed. Communication with the island was cut off because of the destruction. As Hurricane Jose approaches the island, Barbuda officials are trying to evacuate the entire population of 1,800. Now the storm is heading straight for south Florida, and FEMA is using apocalyptic language to describe what might happen… FEMA Director Brock Long, in a Friday morning update, told a news conference there’s no question that Hurricane Irma will devastate parts of the souheastern United States: “Obviously, Hurricane Irma continues to be a threat that is going to devastate the United States in either Florida or some of the southeastern states,” Long told a 7:30 a.m. news conference. Some are comparing Hurricane Irma to Hurricane Andrew, but the truth is that Irma is much, much larger. You can see a comparison of the two storms right here. At this point, scientists are running out of superlatives to describe this storm. At the National Hurricane Center, one expert is already labeling Irma as “the most infamous in Atlantic hurricane history”… “Irma has me sick to my stomach,” said Eric Blake, a scientist with the National Hurricane Center, on his personal Twitter account on Thursday evening. “This hurricane is as serious as any I have seen. No hype, just the hard facts. Take every lifesaving precaution you can.” “I have little doubt Irma will go down as one of the most infamous in Atlantic hurricane history,” he added. We shall see what happens over the next few days. Hopefully things will not be quite as bad as the experts are projecting. At this hour, thousands upon thousands of Florida residents are desperately trying to flee north on the highways. Unfortunately, a lot of gas stations are already completely out of gasoline, and it is getting worse by the hour. Just check out these numbers… In Gainesville, it was the worst: At least 58% of stations were out of gasoline as of Friday morning, according to GasBuddy’s fuel tracker. More than 40% of stations in West Palm Beach and Miami had no fuel, while 38% of Fort Myers-Naples stations, nearly 35% of Tampa-St. Petersburg locations and more than 32% of Orlando stations were offline. At the stations where gasoline is still available, some people are having to wait up to 90 mins for fuel. Of course there are others that are not planning to leave Florida at all. In fact, 82-year-old Joseph “Tony” Vincent told the Washington Post that he is quite content to ride the storm out at a local hotel… “Hell, you’d be safer here than taking a car on those roads. You might be killed before you get to Atlanta,” he scoffed. If Irma fizzles, Vincent said he’ll just ride his three wheeler back to his trailer. “I’ll come on home and get drinker than hell,” he said. Hopefully he will be okay. The warnings have been issued, and I don’t think that they could have been much stronger. People have made their decisions about what they are going to do, and now we will see how things play out. On another note, I had to smile today when I came across a Think Progress article entitled “The case for a Category 6 rating for super-hurricanes like Irma”. I have been heavily criticized for saying the exact same thing that the liberal media is now talking very heavily about, but of course those outlets will not receive the same sort of criticism that I did. In the end, the main thing is keeping people safe, and if anyone in the direct path of this storm still feels like they want to “ride it out”, I would very much encourage you to flee while you still can. This is an exceedingly dangerous storm, and you do not want to be there when it hits. When civilization collapses, he predicts, the world will go back to barter. Urges everyone to have a disaster-preparedness kit containing enough food, water and other supplies to last 72 hours. This is sensible advice, and prepares have a point when they mock those who ignore it. Are you worried about your future? Are you worried by the many disasters that you face in your everyday life? Worry no more. The Lost Ways comes in to solve your woes. This program was created by Davis Claude and its major role is to prepare and teach you how to handle worst-case scenarios using the least independence. This program will therefore motivate you to protect your family and friends during the worst period without the help of the modern technology. Remember, calamities are everywhere: at work, home, school and many other places. These calamities cause tension and leads to a decrease in productivity. This may finally lead to a reduction in life. Fortunately, the lost ways review will provide solutions to these situations. It will give you the tips for preparing yourself when nothing seems to go as expected.

http://www.mydailyinformer.com/hurricane-irma-is-being-called-a-lawnmower-from-the-sky-and-fema-warns-it-will-devastate-the-southeast-irma-is-being-described-as-a-nuclear-hurricane/ 

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 9-3-17 Investment Watch Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Word To The Wise – “You’re A Mercenary If…”

by IWB · September 3, 2017

The Burning Platform’s Jim Quinn notes that: I have no idea if Major General Higginbotham actually penned this or not but it is a stark warning, one that I have maintained for years, that a civil war in North America (if it happens in the USA it will take Mexico and Canada along for the ride) will not be as cut and dry and as some folks would like. There are no definable sides to our current predicament, no political organization to speak of, and as such a wide spread conflict would become chaos in short order. The continent would get very tribal very quickly. Political ideologues proceed with caution. You won’t like what you are about to read. Via Kunckledraggin.com, “If you are paid $25.00 an hour to show up to a rally to “counter” the other party using physical force and violence, you are not a “counter protestor.” You are a mercenary. There is no need for further debate on this. You were paid to attack someone you don’t know for reasons that you couldn’t care enough about to go there for free. You did your “job” and collected your check and your reimbursement of expenses. You’re a mercenary. Not a Patriot. Not a Social Justice Warrior. Not a Defender of Freedom or Liberty. Not an upholder of Truth or Justice. None of those things you claim to be. You are a mercenary. And mercenaries are not lawful combatants and deserve whatever comes their way at the hands of the people they are attacking. You have no 1st Amendment rights when you’re a mercenary. Doesn’t matter what side you’re on. Doesn’t matter what cause you’re showing up to disrupt. If you can’t express yourself peacefully through diplomatic means, then you better be prepared to meet your maker at the hands of someone who is only barely keeping their own violent tendencies at bay through a massive exercise of self-control. I know it sounds romantic to attend these rallies and get shit started with the other side. And when you’re young and passionate, it’s really easy to get whipped up into a frenzy of raw emotions. There is a reason why young people are preferred when it comes to warfare. They are easy to manipulate and control and set off. But I’m telling you all this right now. You’ve got no idea what road you are starting down. Romance and idealism wears off really fast when you’re laying in a pool of your own blood trying to stuff your intestines back into your torn abdomen. I’ve been lucky enough to go forty-two years without having to put the skills I learned in the Marines to use. I continue to train and keep those skills up to date because I see the madness that is happening all across this country. I don’t train to attack others like you do. I train to defend others FROM you. I’m not alone either. There are thousands of men and women in this country who have seen war and death and don’t want any more to do with it. They want to live in peace. They want to forget the things they’ve had to do in the service of their country. They want to raise their kids and have family BBQs and build tree houses and soap box derby cars and have tea parties. They don’t want this shit that you’re selling. You have the extremist left and the extremist right that are doing their best to get something started. To force us into a Civil War. Even in the 1860’s, the violence between the North and South was nowhere near what we see today. Nowhere. Even. Close. And yet we still had a war of ideology that consumed hundreds of thousands of lives. All you young and naive kids on both sides of this equation who think that having a Civil War will advance your agenda or restore your vision of what you think is America, just remember this… Those of us older generations aren’t having any of this shit. And if you jump off, you better be prepared to deal with US. We don’t care what color you’re wearing or what sign you’re holding if you come after us, our friends, our family, our co-workers, our neighbors, etc., WE will kill you. So remember that when you’re thinking that it’s just Left vs Right, or Liberal vs Conservative, or Commie vs. Fascist. We are the variable you’re not considering. That “Silent Majority” that you pretend does not exist is getting really sick and tired of your bullshit. Geoffrey B. Higginbotham Major General, USMC (Ret.)

http://investmentwatchblog.com/a-word-to-the-wise-youre-a-mercenary-if/ 

:: 9-4-17 One hundred percent fed up dup :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

OBAMA THREATENS TO SURFACE FROM LEFTIST BUNKER To Speak Out Against Trump’s Plan To End DACA

By 100% FED Up - Sep 4, 2017

Contrary to what the media would like us to believe, Obama has not remained silent when it comes to policy that President Trump put in place by executive order. Neither he nor his Democratic henchmen remained silent when President Trump desperately tried to convince Congress to repeal and replace Obamacare, or when he had the opportunity to attack him over his handling of the Charlottesville controversy. The media celebrated Obama’s post-Charlotseville tweet designed to make our former President look like he was in favor of uniting the nation (which we all know is a bald-faced lie), while falsely giving the impression that President Trump was choosing sides. Before the media gets into a full-blown tizzy about Obama using social media to bash our current president over DACA, they might consider that most of America aren’t stupid enough to believe that Valerie Jarrett didn’t move into Barack Obama’s DC home because he needed a friend to play checkers with. He may not be making public statements to voice his opposition against our current president, but one thing we do know is that he and Valerie Jarrett aren’t sitting on their hands, while President Trump unwinds everything they worked so hard to make happen, including DACA. Hotair – You know it’s killing this guy not to be on camera every day scolding Trump in his usual “that’s not who we are” terms but that would be a strategic disaster so obvious that silence is really the only option. A “Trump vs. Obama” fight over almost any issue would unify most of the right behind the president and O knows it; the most brutal thing he can do to Trump is to deny him that our-guy-versus-their-guy dynamic. I don’t think it’s crazy to believe that Trump’s job approval would be five to 10 points higher if Obama had spent the last seven months sniping at him regularly. By withholding his criticism, he’s made it possible for “soft” Republicans and right-leaning independents to criticize POTUS without fear of being accused that they’re carrying O’s water. Two days before President Trump’s inauguration, Obama warned him that he would come out against him if Trump rescinded his unconstitutional DACA.

http://100percentfedup.com/obama-threatens-surface-leftist-bunker-speak-trumps-plan-end-daca/ 

:: 9-5-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

From the Gulf Oil Spill to Hurricane Harvey, the Algae Conspiracy Has Gone Full Circle

By Dave Hodges

This article is more of an annotated bibliography. The evidence for the following claims is overwhelming. Here is the thesis for this article: There are several agendas working in concert and the net effect and byproduct of all them is the creation of large algae deposits for the purpose of energy development. This marks the beginning of a new era in energy usage and many people are being hurt in the process. Major Changes Coming As Obama left office, he signed a $12 trillion climate change with the UN based on the Paris agreements. Essentially, your energy is going to skyrocket in cost. Your access to energy is going to be severely controlled. One of the most notable changes we are going witness is the conversion of oil to biofuels which will be controlled by the same case of characters. One biofuel has emerged as the choice and we are seeing this energy being championed in a major way in the MSM with a plethora of commercials like the following. Algae Commercial Although it is true that the President Trump did remove the US from the Paris Climate Change Treaty, the moment he leaves office, the treaty will be thrust upon the United States. This article is structured in such a way that if the reader takes the time to follow the evidence trail, there can only be one conclusion that makes any sense. Specifically, this article will detail the following: The globalists through their government minions are in the process of destroying massive bodies of water including, but not limited to Chesapeake Bay, Northern California, the Great Lakes, the Mississippi River and the Gulf of Mexico. The destruction are not because of neglect, it is willful destruction with very ulterior motives in mind, but the desire to create algae farms, through intentional destruction of the land and surrounding water. The globalists are using nitrates from fertilizer and Corexit to accomplish their desire to create a dead zone in the aforementioned bodies of water. The globalists are creating water dead zones which will allow the proliferation of algae growth and the oil companies have initially led the charge to convert our energy usage from oil to algae. Prominent globalists are involved in this conspiracy and have contributed massive resources to this endeavor. Prominent globalists are attempting to buy up as much water as possible to exacerbate the destruction of water resources in the aforementioned areas. In other words, Americans are looking at extreme water scarcity from which the globalists can wage wars and force submission to their will while at the same time carry out their stated depopulation agenda. I wrote back in May that my instincts told me that this conspiracy has more breadth and depth than what is revealed here and it is my sincere hope that my fellow researchers will afford some much needed attention to these issues because I strongly believe there is more to learn and we do not have much time because humanity’s fate hangs in the balance. My instincts were correct! When we look at the following developments, there can only be one conclusion. Before jumping to the effects of Hurrican Harvey, let’s look back in time to establish a pattern of behavior, namely, our food supply is being imperiled in order to grow algae. And our oil industry is under severe attack to make way for algae. The Gulf Oil Spill From Parts Five and Six of the series I previously wrote called The Great Gulf Coast Holocaust, it was conclusively proven that BP, Goldman Sachs, Transocean and Halliburton prepositioned (e.g. BP stock dumping) themselves to make money from the destruction of the Deepwater Horizon oil rig. However, there is a lot more going on in the Gulf than a handful of corporations each making hundreds of millions of dollars from their contrived role in the oil spill. The motive to destroy the Gulf holds the promise of making certain entities and individuals multi-trillions of dollars. The Obama administration and many others (individual billionaires, select politicians, BP, Exxon, Nalco, GM, GE, Goldman Sachs, University of Chicago, and many others including the Department of Defense are all deeply invested in bio-fuels. These billionaire psychopaths will willingly sacrifice the Gulf and all of its residents for this multi Trillion Dollar industry representing a new era of energy applications. Revelations from a Previous Investigation The Gulf Oil Spill As mentioned, I wrote a seven part series following the Gulf Oil Spill, In this series I painstakingly detailed how this “accident”, was really no accident at all. In fact, I saw the same governmental behaviors as I am presently seeing in the Central Valley of California, related to the Oroville Dam. Namely, we witnessed the world’s largest artificial creation of algae along the coastline of the Gulf Coast states, should this dam break. During the recovery and treatment phase of the Gulf, BP, over the objections of the EPA, used the highly dangerous oil treatment called Corexit. Corexit is so dangerous to human life that it is banned in 17 countries. So, why was it allowed? Corexit forces the oxygen into the water column. The net effect is that the only thing that grows is the new popular biofuel, algae. In fact, in the Gulf, people like Soros and Gore began showing us and investing in of all things, algae farms along the coast. What I discovered several years is when the dams are destroyed in NO CAL, the only thing that will grow for several years will be algae. What an amazing coincidence. Reference Articles Do Not Eat Our Food In the Gulf Part 6 Great Gulf Coast Holocaust Health Crisis of Unparalleled Proportions in the Gulf from Corexit Which Leads to Algae Formation Search Engine “The Great Gulf Coast Holocaust:- Note: Do Not Use Google’s Search Engine The State of Jefferson Movement Northern California and Southern Oregon counties have formed a conglomeration of over 20 counties to form the state of Jefferson in order to get away from the EPA and the BLM in order to escape the withholding of water to ranchers and farmers and the destruction of their dams along the same lines. One interesting side-note has to do with who is behind the destruction of the dams. It is none other than the former Secretary of the Interior, Bruce Babbitt, who opposed all dams in his tenure in office. Further, former Attorney General, Eric Holder, has been brought in to assist. In the case of the destruction of dams in NO CAL, Babbitt has helped Governor Jerry Brown in this endeavor. Another partner in crime, to this end, is none other than John Podesta, according to researcher Paul Preston of Agenda 21 Radio. So we have the dam buster joining forces with the child molester. This is the motivation behind these seemingly unconnected events. Here is what I discovered back 2013 when I was investigating the State of Jefferson movement. The Algae Factor The destruction of the Klamath River dams will result in huge deposits of algae which will make this pristine land very difficult to farm. It was at this moment that I had an epiphany. The Agenda 21 goal of depopulating this region was also motivated by a secondary goal, the proliferation of algae. This is something that I have a great deal of knowledge about, because I’ve dealt with this issue when I was writing my seven part series on the Gulf oil explosion. “As I discovered in the Gulf, the use of Corexit as the primary oil dispersant was very ineffective and led many researchers, like myself, to question the wisdom of the use of the most toxic dispersant on the face of the earth. In fact, Corexit does not disperse any oil, it merely submerges the oil. But what Corexit does do is it sucks all the CO2 out of the water and creates a dead zone. And this is precisely what we see along vast stretches of the Gulf, dead zones. When it was revealed to me that algae proliferation was going to be a byproduct of the destruction of these dams, I realized that this was very likely intentional. In the Gulf, algae farms, the next biofuel craze, have been springing up all along the coastline. The sponsors of this algae movement in the Gulf Coast have been none other than Al Gore, Warren Buffett and George Soros. Following the destruction of these dams, I fully expect to see the same globalists bringing their algae farms to this abandoned region.” Oroville Dam Break and Algae I have received numerous communications which are talking about a hum in the community in the picture, below, on the upper right hand side of the photo. These people are complaining that they have migraines after hearing a consistently low humming noise. The animals are impacted and many of the people are having trouble sleeping at night in this area called the Kelly Ridge area. Will this be the straw that breaks the camel’s back or Oroville? If the dam breaks, there will be unparalleled damage to this rich, fertile farm area. Nothing will grow but ALGAE. That means that the 2nd richest rice producing region in the world will be no more. The United States’ largest winter vegetable and fruit production will be no more. Can you say famine, complete control of food, UN intervention for humanitarian regions? And there is another advantage….Of course the UN Peacekeepers would be invited in by Gov. Brown to “help out”…. There is another advantage for the globalists as well. Algae Is Dumbing Down America Several years ago, as I was investigating the algae phenomenon, I found that Mike Adams had already blazed the trail of the dumbing down effect of the substance. From NATURAL NEWS “(NaturalNews) Scientists at Johns Hopkins Medical School have identified a mysterious virus that literally makes people stupid, and it has so far been found in about 45% of the people tested. The discovery of the “stupid” virus, normally found in algae, was revealed at the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. The study, entitled “Chlorovirus ATCV-1 is part of the human oropharyngeal virome and is associated with changes in cognitive functions in humans and mice” is found at this link on the PNAS.org website. The rather shocking take away from the study is that the virus alters the gene expression of brain cells, literally making people perform more poorly on cognitive tests, visual processing and spatial awareness. So far, 90 people have been tested for the presence of the virus, and 40 tested positive, according to The Independent. [2] “Those who tested positive performed worse on tests designed to measure the speed and accuracy of visual processing. They also achieved lower scores in tasks designed to measure attention,” reports the paper. According to the study abstract, the virus alters gene expression relating to “…synaptic plasticity, learning, memory formation, and the immune response to viral exposure.” This virus, in other words, can truly suppress your brain function, memories and immune response. And it is apparently quite common in humans…” [1] http://www.pnas.org/content/early/2014/10/23 … [2  http://www.independent.co.uk/news/science/vi…  As far as the globalists go, what a wonderful byproduct of Algae, the dumbing down of the public. Hurricane Harvey and the Houston Oil Refineries The impact of Harvey on the Houston area extends far beyond the devastation of 50,000 homes, the destruction of an untold number of destroyed businesses, and of course, the loss of life. Forbes provided an analysis which stated that Houston’s boom is likely over and the oil industry will never be the same again. Oil is algae’s major competitor. When Harvey devastated Houston, among the uncounted casulaties in the MSM, is this far-reaching effect upon the oil industry. What the Paris Climate Change Treaty could not accomplish to making American energy unaffordable, the weather modification attack upon Houston will accomplish. The long-range effects on oil prices and other related costs are going to be devastating to the American economy. Not only will Houston take a generation to recover from the scars caused by Harvey, America will, at some future date, come to embrace algae as the fuel of the future. Companies including Exxon Mobil and Valero Energy shut down their facilities in the area and evacuated workers. I almost forgot to mention on little item. When the flood waters, resulting from 50 inches of rain, subside, nothing will grow in the surrounding rural areas of Houston, for years, except…..ALGAE! And what what will this do to food prices in America, in the long term? There is one more item that the MSM is failing to even mention at this point and it is the 11 superfund sites that surround Houston that have been compromised. The release of these deadly chemicals associated with these sites, will have long-term health effects. Some experts I have spoken with fear that we will see, in the not-t00-distant future catastrophic effects on human health. The water supplies of Houston may be permanently imperiled as described by the AP in the following report: From the Associated Press Graphic shows location of federal superfund sites around Houston, including flooded sites; 3c x 4 inches; 146 mm x 101 mm; “…Long a center of the nation’s petrochemical industry, the Houston metro area has more than a dozen Superfund sites, designated by the Environmental Protection Agency as being among America’s most intensely contaminated places. Many are now flooded, with the risk that waters were stirring dangerous sediment. …The Associated Press surveyed seven Superfund sites in and around Houston during the flooding. All had been inundated with water, in some cases many feet deep. On Saturday, hours after the AP published its first report, the EPA said it had reviewed aerial imagery confirming that 13 of the 41 Superfund sites in Texas were flooded by Harvey and were “experiencing possible damage” due to the storm. The statement confirmed the AP’s reporting that the EPA had not yet been able to physically visit the Houston-area sites, saying the sites had “not been accessible by response personnel.” EPA staff had checked on two Superfund sites in Corpus Christi on Thursday and found no significant damage. AP journalists used a boat to document the condition of one flooded Houston-area Superfund site, but accessed others with a vehicle or on foot. The EPA did not respond to questions about why its personnel had not yet been able to do so…” (Thank you AP for telling the truth). The following statement is cruel, but true: Houston has stage-four cancer and it is spreading to the rest of the nation. The impact of Harvery is catastrophic and the long-range impacts are barely being reported. Hurricane Irma-The Wildcard How many major oil rigs will Irma take out? This of course, would benefit the algae industry. What US industries will be imperiled by Irma? If Irma has similar effects, then even the most cautious and conservative people should start asking questions about weather modification and this apparent attack upon our food producing land as well as the oil industry which will leave large segments of land in the United States unable to sustain anything by algae. How many times in the history of the insurance industry, have individuals or businesses been caught setting fire to their homes and businesses in order to receive a lucrative payout of insurance money? This is exactly what BP and Exxon are doing. They are intentionally burning down their own home (oil) in order to construct a behemoth palace (bio-fuels).

Conclusion There is a clear pattern in that every planned ecological disaster has algae proliferation as its byproduct. Now we are seeing the algae process being advertised in the MSM in a very major way. This marks the beginning of a brave new world in which we move head first into a technocracy (ie scientific dictatorship). Famine and UN intervention are necessary byproducts of what could happen in California and accross our nation. If you do not agree with these conclusions, I have provided the reader with the means to do some very in depth exploration.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/09/05/from-the-gulf-oil-spill-to-hurricane-harvey-the-algae-conspiracy-has-gone-full-circle/ 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 9-5-17 CBS News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

World's largest firefighting aircraft grounded by U.S. gov't

Last Updated Sep 5, 2017 3:42 PM EDT

Update: California activated the SuperTanker to fight its first U.S. wildfire in August 2017.

More than 50 large wildfires are scorching land this morning across the western U.S. But a new firefighting tool is sitting idle in an airport hangar in California because the U.S. Forest Service refuses to let it fly. The converted Boeing 747 jet, nicknamed the SuperTanker, can drop almost twice as much fire retardant as the largest airtanker currently in service. "We're the very largest in the world -- there's nobody out there that comes close," said Jim Wheeler. His company, Global SuperTanker, turned a 747-400 series passenger jet -- one of the biggest in the sky -- into the world's largest fire extinguisher. "We can drop a line of retardant about three kilometers long, about a mile-and-a-half," Wheeler told CBS News correspondent Mark Strassmann, as the plane performed a test run in Colorado last fall. But in this country, it's virtually worthless unless the U.S. Forest Service gives it permission to fight fires -- something the agency has yet to do, even though the plane was certified by the FAA last September, and has since fought fires in Chile and Israel. "The frustration factor is exceptionally high," Wheeler said. "It's very hard to watch property burn and lives lost, and we can't get in and help." In May, the Forest Service issued a request for new airtankers, but said it would only give contracts to planes with a dispensing capacity of between 3,000 and 5,000 gallons. The supertanker can drop more than 19,000 gallons of water or retardant at a time. Wheeler said, "It begs the question: if your house is on fire, are you going to call the smallest, slowest fire truck?" Some firefighter advocacy groups suggest the Forest Service might be trying to control its budget, causing delays for the plane, which could cost as much as $250,000 a day to operate. The Forest Service says it can't comment on the dispute because Wheeler filed an official protest last month. According to Wheeler, the aircraft can be filled in less than 30 minutes. But it's not just the speed and size that make the Supertaker powerful; its pressurized tank system atomizes the water when it's released, rather than just dumping it, like a bucket. "It doesn't break down tree limbs, it won't crush cars or buildings," Wheeler said. And a firefighter or a stranded resident who happens to be under this big dump of water will be be fine. "You'll get wet, but won't be killed," Wheeler said. Strassmann asked, "Why hasn't someone done this until now?" "There's a lot of cost involved in doing this, a lot of testing and a lot of paperwork, and I think that scares most people," Wheeler replied. California's fire agency currently has an agreement to use the plane, but can't deploy it until the Forest Service gives its approval. It's an expensive aircraft, but at a time of ever-growing wildfires threatening lives and property, Wheeler feels his service is a bargain. "You're not going to put out a 4,000-acre or larger fire with buckets and helicopters. It's just physically impossible," he said.

https://www.cbsnews.com/news/worlds-largest-firefighting-aircraft-grounded-by-u-s-govt/ 

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, oh even the big earthquake and you shall see the division before long from one end of the states to another that you cannot cross for that fault shall be opened.  You shall see the stock market as it crashes, for I have warned you and yet the world has mocked me, your President has mocked me, both parties have mocked me and judgment day is coming fast. etc

:: 9-5-17 MSN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

No Joke: 97 Million Full-Time Workers Are Now Living Paycheck to Paycheck 26 / 29

The Motley Fool Sean Williams

This may not come as a shock to many, but Americans are pretty undisciplined when it comes to money. According to data from the St. Louis Federal Reserve, the personal saving rate in June 2017 was a measly 3.8%. In effect, it means working Americans are putting away just $3.80 for every $100 they earn. For the average American earning $30,000 annually, that equates to just $1,140 a year in savings. Of course, that assumes the average American is saving money, which isn't always the case. A study from GoBankingRates, conducted last year, found that 69% of the Americans it surveyed had less than $1,000 in savings, including about a third of respondents who had a big goose egg -- $0. So, what are we doing with our money? Considering that the U.S. economy is 70% based on consumption, we're probably buying things. In fact, we're probably buying more stuff than we can reasonably afford. The Federal Reserve recently released data showing that aggregate credit card debt had hit an all-time high of $1.027 trillion, eclipsing the previous high that was set before the Great Recession. Add in well over a trillion in auto-loan and student-loan debt, and we have a growing profile of debts that Americans are struggling to pay. These data points paint a pretty scary picture, but they're nothing compared to the newest survey from CareerBuilder. A staggering number of full-time workers are living paycheck to paycheck According to the latest survey, conducted on CareerBuilder's behalf by Harris Poll, 78% of U.S. full-time workers are now living paycheck to paycheck, up from 75% in 2016, to make ends meet. If we utilize full-time employment data from the Bureau of Labor Statistics in 2016 (123.8 million full-time workers), it means about 97 million of those full-time workers are living paycheck to paycheck. That includes 23% who said they always lived paycheck to paycheck, 17% who claimed they usually do, and 38% who noted that they sometimes do. What was particularly interesting about CareerBuilder's survey is that well-to-do individuals weren't free of financial issues. Roughly 9% of workers making $100,000 or more annually was living paycheck to paycheck, and 59% of these highest-income folks were carrying around debt. In the middle-income to middle-upper-income bracket of $50,000 to $99,999 in annual income, 28% were living paycheck to paycheck, and 70% were in debt. Debt itself proved to be a major issue for a majority of workers, regardless of their income -- and it's a big reason workers are struggling to save money. Just 19% of workers surveyed admitted to saving more than $501 monthly, while at the other end of the spectrum, 56% were saving less than $100 a month, including 26% with no monthly savings whatsoever. When questioned, less than a third (32%) of respondents admitted to following a detailed monthly budget, and a number of respondents refused to give up certain luxuries, despite their financial woes. For example, 54% refused to give up their internet connection, 53% wouldn't give up their mobile device, and 48% wouldn't stop driving, to lower their monthly expenses and save money. In all, the American labor force is in a sad state, financially. Two simple steps to be smarter with your money However, that doesn't mean American workers are completely lost. There's always time to right the ship and fix your finances. The key point is that you have to be proactive and make things to happen if you're among the 97 million full-time workers who are, in some form, living paycheck to paycheck. 1. Create and stick to a budget CareerBuilder's survey correlates identically with a 2013 poll from Gallup that also found that just 32% of American households were keeping a detailed monthly budget. Without a budget, it's practically impossible to have a good understanding of your cash flow, and therefore it's difficult to optimally adjust your spending and saving habits. Formulating a budget today is easier than ever. Gone are the days of writing out a budget by hand and having to do all of the math by yourself. Today, budgeting software can be found online, and in many cases for free. All you'll need to do is devote about 30 minutes a month to inputting in your expenses and income. In addition, budgeting software may even be able to help you formulate a saving plan if you know how much you'd like to sock away each week, month, or year. Perhaps the biggest issue with a budget isn't formulating it, so much as sticking to it. To that end, here are a few helpful tips: Consider setting up an automatic weekly, biweekly, or monthly withdrawal from your paycheck or your checking/savings account and into an investment account, to keep yourself honest to your budget and remove the "I forgot" excuse from the equation. Try using cash instead of credit when making purchases. While using a credit card will give you a neat list of everything you've purchased, it's an intangible form of capital. Using cash, and having to hand over physical bills, will probably make you think twice about discretionary purchases. Get everyone in your household involved with budgeting. The more you surround yourself with like-minded people, the more likely you are to be successful. Be "SMART," which stands for specific, measurable, achievable, realistic, and timely. Using SMART budgeting goals should improve your chances of success and keep you from straying off track. 2. Be smart with what you save On top of just saving a lot more, workers need to be smarter with what they are saving. According to Gallup, just 52% of those it surveyed in 2016 owned stocks, which matched an all-time low. The concern is that the stock market is arguably the greatest wealth creator of all time. Inclusive of dividend reinvestment, the stock market has appreciated in value by an average of 7% over the long term. That's well ahead of inflation, gold, housing, bonds, and practically every other asset you can think of. However, with the Great Recession and the stock market's steep losses still in investors' minds, many have avoided jumping back into stocks -- and they've missed one of the greatest eight-year bull runs in the process. Though there are no certainties when it comes to investing in stocks, perhaps the closest certainty I can offer is that high-quality companies tend to increase in value over time. Since 1950, the broad-based S&P 500 has had 35 corrections lower of at least 10% when rounded to the nearest whole number. In each and every instance, be it in a matter of weeks, months, or years, a bull market rally has eventually erased any and all downside. Patient long-term investors who stick with stocks are rewarded with real-money gains far more often than they aren't. Saving more and being smarter with your money is the not-so-secret formula some 97 million working Americans can use to no longer be a worrisome statistic.

http://www.msn.com/en-us/money/personalfinance/no-joke-97-million-full-time-workers-are-now-living-paycheck-to-paycheck/ar-AArffO6?li=BBnbfcN 

[ :: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 8-31-17 Christian Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Faith to Weather the Storm

Jacob Lupfer | Religion News Service | Thursday, August 31, 2017

“Faith to weather life’s storms.” The phrase evokes the cliche sentimentality of greeting cards you might send to a bereaved friend. But many believers are quite upfront about the fact that religion sustains them not just through the day-to-day, but especially in “seasons of distress and grief,” as the old hymn goes. The storm metaphor translates into all manner of difficult situations: pain, brokenness, loss and so on. But how does faith speak to the storms of life that are literal? This question comes into sharp focus as a massive tropical storm inundates a populous coastal area with endless rain and epic flooding. Before, during and after dangerous weather events, dearly held beliefs face profound challenges. What do we pray for when a hurricane approaches? That God will make storms dissipate? That it will go hit somewhere else — maybe someplace less populated? That loss of life be limited? That people will respond with justice and kindness? In moments like these, our conceptions of who and what God is are laid bare: Either he can change nature or he cannot. Either he will, or he will not. It is easy to see God in the heroic rescue of frightened children from a flooded house. It is more difficult to see him in the fate of people who did not make it out alive. In any case, many people believe God calls them to help their fellow man in the aftermath of life’s storms. When disasters occur, faith groups are almost always among the first on the scene with resources and manpower. One little-known fact about American religious communities is that many are mobilized for immediate disaster relief. Through denominations and other organizational networks, faith groups leverage their scale and proximity to play a key role in the aftermath of storms. The ordinary quibbles over religious doctrine and practice suddenly seem much less important. If someone is pulling me or my loved ones to safety from rising floodwaters, I do not much care if she is a Christian or a Muslim or an atheist. And while I have opinions about ideal levels of state funding for emergency preparedness and disaster relief, in my moment of rescue it does not matter if the person helping me is a government worker or a volunteer. Americans across political and cultural lines contribute to relief and recovery. Some show up, some send money, and many more send prayers. Yet even when we come together as a people to begin the work of relief and recovery, our religious prejudices and hostilities are never fully subdued. Houston megachurch pastor Joel Osteen received harsh criticism across the internet in the wake of the storm for not immediately opening his church, which was formerly a NBA arena, as a shelter. But it was not initially clear even to Osteen’s critics that it was safe or advisable to house displaced persons in the complex. The implication is that, since Osteen is a prosperity-gospel heretic and a very wealthy man, it is right to deride him for not doing more to help his city. I would be the last person to defend Osteen as a faithful expositor of Christian truth. However, as a fellow citizen I sympathize with a leader who undoubtedly has many in his flock who are under water. The massive congregation may yet do significant storm recovery work, long after its online detractors stop judging and keeping score. It is important to assume good faith in bad times. Soon enough, our collective attention will move on from Texas’ floods. We can resume our never-ending debates about religion and politics. But for now, it is time to love our neighbor. Hopefully it is not too old-fashioned to think that’s what religious faith demands — before and after the storm. Jacob Lupfer is a contributing editor at RNS. He teaches political science at American University Courtesy: Religion News Service

http://www.christianheadlines.com/columnists/guest-commentary/a-faith-to-weather-the-storm.html 

:: 9-3-17 NDTV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hydrogen Bomb Test A 'Perfect Success', Can Be Loaded Onto Missile: North Korea

Hydrogen bombs or H-bombs -- also known as thermonuclear devices -- are far more powerful than the relatively simple atomic weapons North Korea was believed to have tested so far.

North Korea said today it had tested a hydrogen bomb which it can mount on a missile, declaring "perfect success" in its biggest-ever nuclear detonation and presenting a potent challenge to President Donald Trump. Pyongyang has long sought the means to deliver an atomic warhead to the United States, its sworn enemy, and the test will infuriate Washington and regional powers. China, the North's main ally, issued a swift condemnation. A jubilant newsreader on state television hailed the "unprecedentedly large" blast, adding the device could be mounted on a missile. It "marked a very significant occasion in attaining the final goal of completing the state nuclear force", she added. Hydrogen bombs or H-bombs -- also known as thermonuclear devices -- are far more powerful than the relatively simple atomic weapons the North was believed to have tested so far. Hours earlier, the North released images of leader Kim Jong-Un at the Nuclear Weapons Institute, inspecting what it said was a miniaturised H-bomb that could be fitted onto an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM). China, Pyongyang's main diplomatic protector, lost no time in issuing "strong condemnation" of the test, which overshadowed the opening of the BRICS summit in Shanghai by leader Xi Jinping. Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe described the test as "absolutely unacceptable". In Seoul, President Moon Jae-In called for new United Nations sanctions to "completely isolate North Korea" and said the South would discuss deploying "the strongest strategic assets of the US military". Hydrogen Bomb Test A 'Perfect Success', Can Be Loaded Onto Missile: North Korea Hydrogen bombs or H-bombs -- also known as thermonuclear devices -- are far more powerful than the relatively simple atomic weapons North Korea was believed to have tested so far. North Korea said it can mount the Hydrogen bomb on it's ballistic missile Seoul: Highlights North Korea carries out its 6th nuclear test The hydrogen bomb test gives North Korea "thermonuclear" status This was the most powerful nuclear test carried out by North Korea so far North Korea said today it had tested a hydrogen bomb which it can mount on a missile, declaring "perfect success" in its biggest-ever nuclear detonation and presenting a potent challenge to President Donald Trump. Pyongyang has long sought the means to deliver an atomic warhead to the United States, its sworn enemy, and the test will infuriate Washington and regional powers. China, the North's main ally, issued a swift condemnation. A jubilant newsreader on state television hailed the "unprecedentedly large" blast, adding the device could be mounted on a missile. It "marked a very significant occasion in attaining the final goal of completing the state nuclear force", she added. Hydrogen bombs or H-bombs -- also known as thermonuclear devices -- are far more powerful than the relatively simple atomic weapons the North was believed to have tested so far. Hours earlier, the North released images of leader Kim Jong-Un at the Nuclear Weapons Institute, inspecting what it said was a miniaturised H-bomb that could be fitted onto an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM). China, Pyongyang's main diplomatic protector, lost no time in issuing "strong condemnation" of the test, which overshadowed the opening of the BRICS summit in Shanghai by leader Xi Jinping. Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe described the test as "absolutely unacceptable". In Seoul, President Moon Jae-In called for new United Nations sanctions to "completely isolate North Korea" and said the South would discuss deploying "the strongest strategic assets of the US military". That could be taken as a reference to tactical nuclear weapons, which were withdrawn by Washington in 1991. Their return would represent a significant escalation by the allies and alarm Pyongyang, which believes itself to be at risk of invasion. US monitors measured a 6.3-magnitude tremor near the North's main testing site, which South Korean experts said was five to six times stronger than that from the 10-kiloton test carried out a year ago. The tremor was felt in northeastern China, with people in the border city of Yanji saying they fled their homes in their underwear, and in the Russian Pacific city of Vladivostok. Whatever the final figure for test's yield turned out to be, said Jeffrey Lewis of the armscontrolwonk website, it was "a staged thermonuclear weapon" which represents a significant advance in its weapons program. Chinese monitors said they had detected a second tremor shortly afterwards of 4.6 magnitude that could be due to a "collapse (cave in)", suggesting the rock over the underground blast had given way. 'Super explosive power' Pyongyang triggered a new ramping up of tensions in July, when it carried out two successful tests of an ICBM, the Hwasong-14, which apparently brought much of the US mainland within range. It has since threatened to send a salvo of rockets towards the US territory of Guam, and last week fired a missile over Japan and into the Pacific, the first time time it has ever acknowledged doing so. Trump has warned Pyongyang that it faces "fire and fury", and that Washington's weapons are "locked and loaded". Analysts believe Pyongyang has been developing weapons capability to give it a stronger hand in any negotiations with the US. "North Korea will continue with their nuclear weapons programme unless the US proposes talks," Koo Kab-Woo of Seoul's University of North Korean Studies told AFP. Hydrogen Bomb Test A 'Perfect Success', Can Be Loaded Onto Missile: North Korea Hydrogen bombs or H-bombs -- also known as thermonuclear devices -- are far more powerful than the relatively simple atomic weapons North Korea was believed to have tested so far. North Korea said today it had tested a hydrogen bomb which it can mount on a missile, declaring "perfect success" in its biggest-ever nuclear detonation and presenting a potent challenge to President Donald Trump. Pyongyang has long sought the means to deliver an atomic warhead to the United States, its sworn enemy, and the test will infuriate Washington and regional powers. China, the North's main ally, issued a swift condemnation. A jubilant newsreader on state television hailed the "unprecedentedly large" blast, adding the device could be mounted on a missile. It "marked a very significant occasion in attaining the final goal of completing the state nuclear force", she added. Hydrogen bombs or H-bombs -- also known as thermonuclear devices -- are far more powerful than the relatively simple atomic weapons the North was believed to have tested so far. Hours earlier, the North released images of leader Kim Jong-Un at the Nuclear Weapons Institute, inspecting what it said was a miniaturised H-bomb that could be fitted onto an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM). China, Pyongyang's main diplomatic protector, lost no time in issuing "strong condemnation" of the test, which overshadowed the opening of the BRICS summit in Shanghai by leader Xi Jinping. Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe described the test as "absolutely unacceptable". In Seoul, President Moon Jae-In called for new United Nations sanctions to "completely isolate North Korea" and said the South would discuss deploying "the strongest strategic assets of the US military". That could be taken as a reference to tactical nuclear weapons, which were withdrawn by Washington in 1991. Their return would represent a significant escalation by the allies and alarm Pyongyang, which believes itself to be at risk of invasion. US monitors measured a 6.3-magnitude tremor near the North's main testing site, which South Korean experts said was five to six times stronger than that from the 10-kiloton test carried out a year ago. The tremor was felt in northeastern China, with people in the border city of Yanji saying they fled their homes in their underwear, and in the Russian Pacific city of Vladivostok. Whatever the final figure for test's yield turned out to be, said Jeffrey Lewis of the armscontrolwonk website, it was "a staged thermonuclear weapon" which represents a significant advance in its weapons program. Chinese monitors said they had detected a second tremor shortly afterwards of 4.6 magnitude that could be due to a "collapse (cave in)", suggesting the rock over the underground blast had given way. 'Super explosive power' Pyongyang triggered a new ramping up of tensions in July, when it carried out two successful tests of an ICBM, the Hwasong-14, which apparently brought much of the US mainland within range. It has since threatened to send a salvo of rockets towards the US territory of Guam, and last week fired a missile over Japan and into the Pacific, the first time time it has ever acknowledged doing so. Trump has warned Pyongyang that it faces "fire and fury", and that Washington's weapons are "locked and loaded". Analysts believe Pyongyang has been developing weapons capability to give it a stronger hand in any negotiations with the US. "North Korea will continue with their nuclear weapons programme unless the US proposes talks," Koo Kab-Woo of Seoul's University of North Korean Studies told AFP. He pointed to the fact that Pakistan -- whose nuclear programme is believed to have links with the North's -- conducted six nuclear tests in total, and may not have seen a need for any further blasts. "If we look at it from Pakistan's example, the North might be in the final stages" of becoming a nuclear state, he said. Pictures of Kim at the Nuclear Weapons Institute showed the young leader, dressed in a black suit, examining a metal casing with a shape akin to a peanut shell. The device was a "thermonuclear weapon with super explosive power made by our own efforts and technology", KCNA cited Kim as saying, and "all components of the H-bomb were 100 percent domestically made". Despite its power there were no readioactive leaks, KCNA said in a later report. Actually mounting a warhead onto a missile would amount to a significant escalation on the North's part, as it would create a risk that it was preparing an attack. etc. etc. Failure of sanctions Pyongyang, which says it needs nuclear weapons to defend itself, carried out its first atomic test in 2006. Its fifth detonation, in September last year, caused a 5.3 magnitude quake and according to Seoul had a 10-kiloton yield -- still less than the 15-kiloton US device which destroyed Hiroshima in 1945. The North has been subjected to seven rounds of United Nations Security Council sanctions over its nuclear and ballistic missile programmes, but always insists it will continue to pursue them. Atomic or "A-bombs" work on the principle of nuclear fission. Hydrogen bombs work on fusion and are far more powerful. No H-bomb has ever been used in combat but they make up most of the world's nuclear arsenals.

http://www.ndtv.com/world-news/north-korea-says-it-tested-hydrogen-bomb-perfect-success-1745430 

:: 9-4-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IDF holds largest exercise in 20 years to prepare for Hezbollah threat

IDF: Hezbollah is an imminent threat, at the top of our priorities

Hezbollah uses drones against IS in Syria

By Anna Ahronheim September 4, 2017 16:34

The IDF is set to launch a large-scale exercise in preparation for a potential faceoff with the Shi'ite terror group, that continues to pose an imminent danger to the country's security. Amid rising tensions on Israel’s northern border, the IDF is launching its largest drill in close to 20 years, with tens of thousands of soldiers from all branches of the army, simulating a war with Hezbollah. According to military assessments, while it is unlikely that Hezbollah will attack Israel in the near future, the northern border remains the most explosive, and both sides have warned that the next conflict would be devastating for the other. The IDF is preparing for a different kind of war on the northern front: a war along the entire northern border, not just on one border, such as the one with Lebanon. While the primary threat posed by Hezbollah remains its missile arsenal, the IDF believes that the next war will see the group trying to bring the fight into Israel by infiltrating Israeli communities to inflict significant civilian and military casualties. The two-week drill, which began on Monday evening, will focus on countering Hezbollah’s increased capabilities, and also include simulations of evacuating communities close to the border with Lebanon. During the drill, soldiers will play the role of civilians being evacuated. With close to a million Israelis living in the North, an estimated quarter- million would be evacuated in case a war breaks out with the terrorist group. Named after Meir Dagan, the former head of the Mossad, the exercise will see thousands of soldiers and reservists and all the different branches of the IDF – air force, navy, ground forces, Intelligence, cyber – drilling the ability of all branches to coordinate their operations during wartime. During the drill, no soldiers will be allowed to bring cellphones or any other digital devices, in an attempt to secure the exercise and to simulate a real war. Hezbollah has rebuilt its arsenal since the last war it fought with Israel, in 2006. It is believed to now possess at least 100,000 short-range rockets and several thousand more missiles that can reach central Israel. According to some Israeli analysts, the next war with Hezbollah might see 1,500-2,000 rockets shot daily into Israel, compared with the 150-180 per day during the Second Lebanon War, in which 121 Israeli soldiers and 44 Israeli civilians were killed, and over 2,000 soldiers and civilians wounded. In addition to having rebuilt its arsenal, Hezbollah has changed from a terrorist group using guerrilla warfare tactics to a veritable army with battalions, brigades and over 40,000 fighters, who have gained immeasurable battlefield experience from fighting in Syria on the side of President Bashar Assad. Israel has made it clear it will continue to work to prevent the group from obtaining advanced weaponry, striking weapons convoys in Syria destined for the group at least 100 times in recent years.

http://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/IDF-holds-largest-exercise-in-20-years-to-fend-off-Hezbollah-threat-504188 

[ :: 10-13-13 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. For the days are numbered pertaining to this world, they are numbered, they are numbered and they get down to a seven year period as you know by studying my word and you have entered into that and I have told you those times. I have spoken unto you many things, but at times it seems like man does not want to believe. But I say, beware of the beast, beware of the antichrist, beware of the six six six, beware; for the hour is running down, time is closing out. etc..

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc

:: 9-5-17 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea says nuclear test was ‘gift package’ to US, more on the way

A North Korean ambassador said Tuesday there are more “gift packages” as long as the U.S. continues to try and shut down North Korea’s missile programs.

by Melissa Leon · September 5, 2017

North Korea is quickly becoming the black sheep of the international community, as it recently tested its most powerful nuclear missile yet – and the nation led by dictator Kim Jong Un now says it has more “gift packages” for the United States. This comes after South Korea has also warned that North Korea has another intercontinental ballistic missile (ICMB) that it will fire. Han Tae Song, who is the ambassador of the Democratic People’s Republic of Korea (DPRK, otherwise known as North Korea) to the United Nations in Geneva, said Tuesday at a U.N.-sponsored forum that he was “proud” of the test , and that the missiles are a “gift package” to the United States. “I am proud of saying that just two days ago on the 3rd of September, DPRK successfully carried out a hydrogen bomb test for intercontinental ballistic rocket under its plan for building a strategic nuclear force,” Han said, according to Reuters. “The recent self-defense measures by my country, DPRK, are a ‘gift package’ addressed to none other than the U.S.” “The U.S. will receive more ‘gift packages’ from my country as long as its relies on reckless provocations and futile attempts to put pressure on the DPRK,” Han added, Reuters reported. The actions taken by North Korea were ” ‘an exercise of restraint and justified self-defense right’ to counter ‘the ever-growing and decade-long U.S. nuclear threat and hostile policy aimed at isolating my country,’ ” he said, according to the report. “Pressure or sanctions will never work on my country. The DPRK will never under any circumstances put its nuclear deterrence on the negotiating table.” North Korea’s sixth nuclear missile test caused a 6.3 earthquake and was roughly five times as large as the bomb that destroyed Hiroshima, Japan. The test came hours after North Korean dictator Kim Jong-un claimed that it now had an H-bomb to put onto its long-range ICBMs. U.S. Ambassador to the U.N. Nikki Haley said Monday that North Korea is “begging for war,” and that it’s time for the international community to impose the strongest possible sanctions against North Korea. President Donald Trump on Sunday tweeted: “The United States is considering, in addition to other options, stopping all trade with any country doing business with North Korea.” According to a report, “South Korean intelligence officials said there were indications that the North was preparing to test fire another ballistic missile, though they did not say when they believed the launches would take place.”

http://americanmilitarynews.com/2017/09/north-korea-says-nuclear-test-was-gift-package-to-us-more-on-the-way/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_medium=facebook 

:: 9-5-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korean mountain above nuclear bomb test site is at risk of COLLAPSING, leaking radiation across the region, China warns

North Korea staged its sixth nuclear test blast at its Punggye-ri base on Sunday

US monitors measured a powerful 6.3-magnitude earthquake near testing site

Chinese experts fear another blast could 'blow the roof' off mountain at the base

A collapse in the mountain 'could spark a toxic radiation drift across the region'

By Julian Robinson for MailOnline Published: 05:06 EDT, 5 September 2017 | Updated: 05:55 EDT, 5 September 2017

A North Korean mountain above the country's nuclear bomb test site is at risk of collapsing and leaking radiation across the region, China has warned. Pyongyang staged its sixth nuclear trial at its Punggye-ri base on Sunday, in an underground blast estimated to be up to ten times more powerful than the device dropped on Hiroshima. US monitors measured a powerful 6.3-magnitude earthquake near the North's main testing site, felt in parts of China and Russia, with an aftershock possibly caused by a rock cave-in. Experts in China now fear that a mountain - believed to be above the underground chambers where North Korea has staged all of its tests - is under threat of collapse. Wang Naiyan, a former chairman of the China Nuclear Society and a researcher on China's own nuclear weapons programme, said he feared just one more test could 'take the mountain's roof off' sparking a toxic radiation drift across the region. 'We call it "taking the roof off". If the mountain collapses and the hole is exposed, it will let out many bad things,' he said, according to the South China Morning Post. He said North Korea had a lack of suitable places for nuclear tests and that the length of time the mountain continued to stand would depend on where exactly the blasts take place. If they were put in 'difficult and expensive' vertical tunnels, it would do less damage, he said. But it is easier to make horizontal tunnels, increasing the risk of the mountain collapsing, Wang added. According to the South's Yonhap news agency, Seoul's National Intelligence Service said it was the fifth blast the North had conducted in the same No 2 tunnel at the Punggye-ri test site, and it was 'likely to have collapsed'. But it said the North had already completed construction of a third tunnel, so that it could carry out another test at any time it chose, and work was underway on a fourth. The North hailed the test as 'a perfect success'. Despite fears of a possible radioactive leak after the apparent collapse, Japanese and Chinese scientists said they had detected no radiation in the atmosphere. Sunday's test had registered with international seismic agencies as a man-made earthquake near a test site. Japanese and South Korean officials said the tremor was about 10 times more powerful than the one picked up after North Korea's previous nuclear test a year ago. China's National Nuclear Safety Administration said data from radiation monitoring stations near the North Korean border showed no impact on 'China's environment or populace'. Both China and Japan said on Monday they had not yet detected any atmospheric radiation from North Korea's nuclear test, amid fears of a leak from a 'cave in' during the underground blast. Japan's top government spokesman Yoshihide Suga told reporters there was 'nothing special detected from monitoring posts across the country', nor from air samples taken by the Air Self-Defense Force after Sunday's blast. China's environment ministry said Monday that radiation levels near its Korean border were also normal. 'Results of monitoring make clear that this North Korean nuclear test as of now has produced no effect on our nation's environment or the public,' the ministry wrote on its official website. Japanese defence minister Itsunori Onodera said Sunday that Tokyo had deployed 'sniffer' planes capable of detecting radioactive particles.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4853462/Mountain-Pyongyang-nuclear-test-site-COLLAPSE.html#ixzz4rp8ry1Ja 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 9-5-17 InfoWars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin: Military hysteria over N. Korea may lead to planetary catastrophe, heavy loss of life

Russia to suggest deployment in Ukraine of UN-mandated troops to Security Council

RT - September 5, 2017

The examples of Iraq and Libya have convinced the North Korean leadership that only nuclear deterrence can protect them, so no sanctions can dissuade them, Russian President Vladimir Putin said. Pyongyang will not relinquish its military program under pressure of sanctions and military threats, because the examples of Iraq and Libya have convinced it that nuclear deterrence is the only credible way to ensure its security, President Putin told journalists on Tuesday. “Ramping up military hysteria in such conditions is senseless; it’s a dead end,” he added. “It could lead to a global, planetary catastrophe and a huge loss of human life. There is no other way to solve the North Korean nuclear issue, save that of peaceful dialogue.” The 2003 US-led invasion of Iraq and the 2011 NATO intervention in Libya both came after the leaders of those countries submitted to international pressure and relinquished their programs of weapons of mass destruction in exchange for sanctions relief. North Korea for its part chose confrontation with the world community, successfully developing nuclear weapons and currently, rapidly perfecting the means of their delivery. “As I told my colleagues yesterday, they will eat grass but will not stop their program as long as they do not feel safe,” Putin said. “What can restore their security? The restoration of international law.” Russia to suggest deployment in Ukraine of UN-mandated troops to Security Council Moscow supports the idea of deploying “security troops” acting under a UN mandate to eastern Ukraine and will submit a draft resolution on the issue to the UN Security Council, Putin said. Russia sees the role of such troops as protection for the Organization for Security and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE), which monitors the stalled process of disengagement between Ukrainian troops and militias of its breakaway Donbas regions. Subject to the consent of both parties, the mandate would be given for deployment along the disengagement line and a complete pull-back of heavy weapons, the Russian president said. “If all these conditions are met, I believe such a deployment would certainly benefit the process of solving the conflict in south-eastern Ukraine,” Putin said. Putin also commented on the planned supply of lethal weapons to Ukraine by the US, saying that the international consensus was that “supplying arms to zones of conflict does not help reconciliation and can only make the situation worse.” He warned that in the case of the Ukrainian conflict more arms would not lead to a radical change, would only cause more casualties and potentially cause the conflict to spill over to other regions. “The self-proclaimed republics have plenty of weapons, including those they seized from their opponents,” he explained. “If American weapons flow into the conflict zone, it’s hard to predict what the self-proclaimed republics’ reaction would be.”

https://www.infowars.com/putin-military-hysteria-over-n-korea-may-lead-to-planetary-catastrophe-heavy-loss-of-life/ 

:: 9-4-17 TRU News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

If North Korea Has Nuclear ICBM, China WILL Invade by 9/11

REUTERS/Tyrone Siu September 04, 2017

The U.S. and China reportedly have a long standing arrangement that Beijing will physically invade North Korea if they believe Kim Jong-un has developed a miniaturized nuclear warhead

(VERO BEACH, FL) According to a DIA official assigned specifically to monitor North Korea, the secret "working" agreement was negotiated as an unofficial understanding between the two superpowers, and could result in a Chinese invasion of the Korean Peninsula between now and September 11th. The source, who spoke to TruNews Correspondent Edward Szall through a proxy on Sunday night, and must remain unnamed due to his official capacity as a veteran member of the Defense Intelligence Agency (DIA), said both the U.S. and China are actively investigating the claims made by North Korea on Sunday, that they have successfully tested a miniaturized nuclear device and possess the technology to effectively mount it on a ballistic missile. The source noted that if the Chinese are convinced the warhead North Korean state media showed Kim Jong-un inspecting Sunday at the “Nuclear Weapons Institute” is indeed a miniaturized homemade hydrogen bomb, they will launch an invasion of North Korea and annex it within the next week. "If China rolls their army into North Korea, and annexes the country in the next week, we know he [Kim Jong-un] had miniaturized nukes,” the DIA source said. Pressed about the timing of China's prospective attack, the DIA official said ominously: "You'll know in the next week." The DIA is an external intelligence service of the U.S. government which answers directly to Secretary of Defense James Mattis, and is responsible for approximately twenty five percent of all intelligence content that goes into President Trump's Daily Brief. On Monday South Korea’s defense chief Song Young-moo told lawmakers that the military suspects North Korea may have secured technology to produce miniaturized nuclear warheads that weigh less than 500 kilograms. During a UN Security Council emergency meeting Monday in New York, U.S. Ambassador Nikki Haley said Kim Jong Un was "begging for war" as she urged the unelected body to adopt the “strongest sanctions measures” possible to stop Pyongyang's nuclear program. China’s Foreign Ministry spokesman Geng Shuang responded Monday that China had made “stern representations” with North Korean diplomats following Sunday’s sixth and largest nuclear test at Pyongyang’s Punggye-ri site. He also said that all parties should “refrain from further escalating tensions”. Neither China nor the U.S. have independently confirmed North Korea’s Hydrogen bomb claims, but a Chinese seismic research team led by Wen Lianxing of the University of Science and Technology of China announced Monday that they had measured Sunday's nuclear test at 108.3±48.1 kilotons, making Pyongyang’s device up to eight times more powerful than the nuclear bomb the U.S. dropped on Nagasaki, Japan in 1945. The DIA source noted that America’s only leverage against China in this situation is the “complete and utter destruction” of North Korea, which the Chinese do not want. The source explained that China wants North Korea’s territory in one piece to preserve the nations untapped mineral resources, which they plan to extract, utilize and profit from. "They do not want the U.S. to nuke North Korea, and want to be given the option to intervene before the situation reaches that flash point." In September 2016, South Korea’s state-run Korea Development Institute said that the mineral trade between North Korea and China remains a “cash cow” for Kim Jong-un despite UN sanctions, and that it accounted for 54% of Pyongyang’s total trade volume to China in the first half of that year. In 2015 alone China imported $1 billion in coal from North Korea, as well as $73 million in iron ore, and $680,000 worth of zinc. This also explains why China opposes a full international trade embargo of North Korea, a move the Editor-in-Chief of the state-influenced Global Times said would make Beijing the primary target for North Korean retaliation, and allow the U.S. and South Korean alliance to shift responsibility of the nuclear issue to China. North Korea’s rare earth mineral reserves, which include large quantities of iron, gold, magnesite, zinc, copper, limestone, molybdenum and graphite, all necessary for the production of smartphones and other high tech products, are estimated to be valued between $6 trillion and $10 trillion. INVASION SOUTH WOULD FAIL The DIA source said Sunday that the Chinese and the U.S. both believe an invasion of North Korea by China from their border in the North would force civilians, North Korean military and government officials southward to the DMZ, and even into South Korea itself, where they would be rounded up and detained by prepositioned U.S. and South Korean military units. Regarding the North Korean military, which is estimated to have almost a million soldiers, the source said they are in horrific shape, and that as an offensive force, North Korea is currently "ineffective". The source said the soldiers are not well rested, fed, or adequately trained, and would likely be unable to carry out a successfully invasion of South Korea, if ordered to do so. "Drunk U.S. soldiers would beat the North Koreans in a fight right now," the source said. "In 2008-2010, the view was that a North Korean invasion would succeed because there may be more North Koreans than available bullets, meaning they would win by sheer numbers. Now, they are so weak, there are literally instances of cannibalism within their ranks. You could bribe their military into defection with loafs of bread." Former U.S. National Security Council staffer Victor Cha, who has been named as the Trump administrations pick for ambassador to South Korea, wrote in his recent book “The Impossible State” that though outnumbered by approximately 300,000 troops, allied forces on the Korean Peninsula have better training, equipment, and air support than their North Korean counterparts. On Thursday, Seoul-based news website Daily NK reported receiving information from sources within North Korea that soldiers are so malnourished they have been given permission by military leaders to steal corn to ensure they are “combat ready” for “imminent war”. Sources in Ryanggang Province told Daily NK soldiers are currently surviving on such “meagre rations” they have resorted to selling stolen unripened corn at markets for food, and other sources living in North Hamgyong Province said military officers are encouraging young soldiers “tired of relentless hunger” to desert the army to steal food. “The military officers are instructing their soldiers, exhausted after training, to eat corn in the fields because war is imminent,” Daily NK reported. “They are even threatening their soldiers, saying, 'If you become malnourished despite permission to eat the corn, you will face difficulties'." According to a July 20th report by the U.N. Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), prolonged dry weather in the central and southern cereal-producing provinces in North Korea has led to the nations worst drought since 2001. In late-July, Rah Jong Yil, a former head of South Korean intelligence, told Deutsche Welle, the famine which has accompanied this drought has forced the North Korean government to cut daily food rations for its entire population, including the military. DIVIDING UP KOREA The DIA source said both the U.S. and China have been privately actively negotiating how to best divide up the Korean Peninsula between the two superpowers, much like how Germany was divided up following the defeat of the Third Reich. At the Potsdam Conference held between July 17th and August 2nd,1945, after Germany's unconditional surrender on May 8th, 1945, the Allies divided Germany into four military occupation zones, with France in the southwest quadrant, Britain in the northwest, the U.S. in the south, and the Soviet Union in the east, bounded eastwards by the Oder-Neisse line. In Syria, a similar arrangement was negotiated by Russia and the U.S., establishing four "safe zones" across the north, central, and southern parts of country to be tentatively ruled by forces loyal to Iran, Turkey, Washington and Moscow. THAAD DIPLOMACY Regarding the question of why no Terminal High Altitude Area Defense (THAAD) system has been used thus far to shoot down any North Korea’s missiles, the DIA official said it is out of fear that they will fail to effectively accomplish their mission. A failure of the THAAD system would be devastating for the U.S., and the equipments U.S.-based manufacturer, Lockheed Martin, as well as NATO itself, who uses the system as a way to convince other countries to buy U.S. weaponry and remain in their anti-Russia defense alliance. On Monday for example, escalated provocations with North Korea finally convinced South Korea to agree to install four additional THAAD systems which they had originally suspended due to diplomatic pressure from China. This has also been accompanied by a “conceptual approval” by President Trump for South Korea to purchase “many billions of dollars’ worth of military weapons and equipment” from the United States. In this regard, the THAAD system has served as an effective geopolitical power piece for the U.S., much like the possession and placement of nuclear weapons during and after the Cold War. To date, the THAAD system has never been successfully tested in combat against a live incoming enemy projectile, let alone one armed with a nuclear or biological device. A THAAD system failure would also benefit the Russians, who offer their S-300/S-400/S-500 air defense system as an alternative to prospective nations in the market for effective missile deterrence. The Russians already have an advantage based on the reports in April that S-300 & S-400 batteries based in Syria successfully brought down up to half of the incoming 60 Tomahawk missiles launched by the Trump administration against a Syrian airfield. Additionally, Russia has a motivation to convince nations to adopt their opposing system because once a nation accepts it, the diplomatic door is opened for further non-NATO weapon purchases and an expansion of military cooperation, NATO member Turkey being a recent example. On Monday WikiLeaks founder Julian Assange weighed in on this theory, comparing the nuclear standoff to the Cuban missile crisis, and saying, that if these motivations are correct, “expect China to act.” “South Korea is China's Cuba. By provoking conflict with the North, U.S. is creating cover to place THAAD etc. on China's border,” Assange said on twitter. “Is the ultimate goal to get U.S. nukes into South Korea? If so, expect China to act. It has plenty of economic and military levers.” WHAT MOTIVATES THE NORTH? The DIA source said the North Koreans, in their own eyes, are in a "dead-race to becoming a nuclear capable nation," and believe "possession of nukes would cause the U.S. to leave them alone for good, much like with how Pakistan and India achieved relative autonomy from international pressure through their acquisition of nuclear weapons." The DIA source noted that Kim Jong-Un has been told he's God by his innermost circle of advisors, and they have also lied to him about the countries shortcomings, specifically military readiness, out of fear that telling him the truth would prompt an order for their execution. "He's either crazy or has been left in the dark,” the DIA source said. “He's killed his family, and generals, there isn't a motivation to tell him the truth." In February the North Korean leader's half brother, Kim Jong Nam, was assassinated by two women at Kuala Lumpur International Airport using a VX nerve agent. South Korean lawmaker Kim Byung-kee said the killing was directly ordered by Kim Jong-Un. DENNIS RODMAN Regarding how foreign intelligence agencies best attain updated information on the inner workings of Kim Jong-Un and North Korea’s central government, the DIA source noted that former Chicago Bull’s basketball star Dennis Rodman has become a great source. “Dennis Rodman's public comments about his visits to North Korea have become a direct source for intelligence agencies on Kim Jong-Un's stability and the state of his kingdom,” the DIA source said. “He's the CIA's best asset, and has been a spy and didn't know it." The source referred to the current standoff between the U.S., China and North Korea as a game of "hide and watch." "The 24-million dollar question right now is if China will do something before North Korea hits Guam,” the source said. “The Chinese know if they let that happen the U.S. will retaliate on North Korea, destroying the prize goose, which indicates that China will act before a preemptive strike can be carried out against Guam or any other U.S. territory." Strategically, China would prefer a scenario where South Korea and other Asian nations are less aligned with U.S. interests, due to the importation of military assets which generally accompany that relationship. With the annexation of North Korea, the threat which predominately motivates America’s strategic alliances in the region would disappear overnight, leaving Beijing to dominate the Asia-Pacific sphere through economic expansion, rather than Washington’s historically militaristic alternative.

http://www.trunews.com/article/if-north-korea-has-nuclear-icbm-china-will-invade-by-9-11 

:: 9-5-17 The Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea move deadly missile to US-side west coast as World War 3 fears spike

NORTH Korea has been spotted moving yet another Inter-Continental Ballistic Missile (ICBM) towards the western coast, insiders have revealed.

By Vincent Wood PUBLISHED: 03:52, Tue, Sep 5, 2017 | UPDATED: 05:37, Tue, Sep 5, 2017

The rocket started moving on Monday, a day after North Korea's sixth nuclear test and was reportedly spotted moving at night to avoid surveillance. The Western side of the peninsula brings the missile closer to enemies of the Kim regime include Japan and the US amid rising fears of World War 3. A Hwasong-14 ICBM tested earlier this year by Kim Jong-un's cruel regime was found to be capable of reaching the continental US if fired at the right trajectory. North Korea has launch facilities for its missile programme on its west coast. South Korea's defence ministry said they were unable to confirm the contents of the report. But the ministry said on Monday that North Korea was considered ready to launch more missiles, including ICBMs, at any time. There are fears the missile could be tested ahead of the 9th to commemorate North Korea’s founders day. The Hermit Kingdom tested two ICBMs in July capable of flying roughly 10,000 km (6,200 miles), putting many parts of the U.S. mainland within range. Earlier this week U.S. Ambassador to the UN Nikki Haley claimed North Korean leader Kim Jong Un was “begging for war” – and urged the 15-member U.N. Security Council to impose the “strongest possible” sanctions on the dictators territory. Following Kim Jong-un’s testing of a hydrogen bomb, Donald Trump and South Korean President Moon Jae-in agreed to allow the south to develop even more powerful missiles. The leaders made the agreement in a phone call to lift the cap on the power of South Korea’s arsenal, Seoul’s presidential office announced today. The agreement is aimed at building South Korea’s ability to defend itself against further provocation by removing a limit on the payload their missiles are allowed to carry. The decision follows weeks of discussion between defence and foreign officials of the US and South Korea. South Korean presidential spokesman Park Soo-hyun said: "President Moon noted the condition was very concerning in that the latest nuclear test showed more power than any previous tests and that North Korea itself has claimed the test involved a hydrogen bomb to be mounted on intercontinental ballistic missiles.”President Trump said he recognised the need for Seoul to have powerful practical measures and promised to work closely together with the South.

http://www.express.co.uk/news/world/850070/North-Korea-Missile-Kim-Jong-Un-Donald-Trump-Japan-US-World-War-3-ICBM-Hwasong-14?utm_source=applenews 

[ :: 9-3-17 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ]

Let your ears be open and listen very carefully, for I have spoken to you much about September and you are now in September, I spoke to you about August and you saw what took place in August, but September is going to be far worse, far worse.  Many things are going to take place, things that you do not want to see, but because of the time that you are now living in you shall see these things, they shall come to pass. etc

:: 9-5-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane Irma strengthens into a CATEGORY FIVE storm with winds up to 175 mph as it heads for the east coast of America

Hurricane Irma strengthened to a Category 5 storm on Tuesday

It's expected to hit the Leeward Islands either tonight or tomorrow

From there, it will continue on through Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, the Bahamas and Cuba

It's still unclear where the storm will turn as it inches toward the U.S.

It could make landfall in Florida, Georgia or the Carolinas

It could also turn west into the Gulf of Mexico or east into the Atlantic

Florida Governor Rick Scott declared a state of emergency on Monday

By Associated Press and Ashley Collman For Dailymail.com Published: 08:10 EDT, 5 September 2017 | Updated: 10:51 EDT, 5 September 2017

Hurricane Irma strengthened into a dangerous Category 5 storm Tuesday as it roared toward the northeast Caribbean on a path that could take it to the United States. The U.S. National Hurricane Center said Irma had sustained winds of 175mph and was centered about 270 miles east of Antigua. It was moving west at 14 mph. The center said there was a growing possibility that the storm's effects could be felt in Florida later this week and over the weekend, though it was still too early to be sure of its future track: 'Everyone in hurricane-prone areas should ensure that they have their hurricane plan in place.' Irma's center was expected to move near or over the northern Leeward Islands late Tuesday and early Wednesday, the hurricane center said. The eye was then expected to pass about 50 miles from Puerto Rico late Wednesday. Authorities warned that the storm could dump up to 10 inches of rain, cause landslides and flash floods and generate waves of up to 23 feet. Government officials began evacuations and urged people to finalize all preparations as shelves emptied out across islands including Puerto Rico. 'The decisions that we make in the next couple of hours can make the difference between life and death,' Puerto Rico Gov. Ricardo Rossello said. 'This is an extremely dangerous storm.' Residents on the U.S. East Coast were urged to monitor the storm's progress in case it should turn northward toward Florida, Georgia or the Carolinas. 'This hurricane has the potential to be a major event for the East Coast. It also has the potential to significantly strain FEMA and other governmental resources occurring so quickly on the heels of (Hurricane) Harvey,' Evan Myers, chief operating officer of AccuWeather, said in a statement Florida Governor Rick Scott declared the state of emergency for all 67 counties in the state on Monday after some forecasts showed the powerful storm could be headed for the East Coast. 'Hurricane Irma is a major and life-threatening storm and Florida must be prepared. I have continued to be briefed by the Florida Division of Emergency Management on Hurricane Irma and current forecast models have Florida in Irma's path - potentially impacting millions of Floridians,' Scott said. 'Today, given these forecasts and the intensity of this storm, I have declared a state of emergency for every county in Florida to make certain that state, federal and local governments are able to work together and make sure resources are dispersed to local communities as we get prepared for this storm.' Floridians took advantage of the Labor Day holiday to empty many store shelves of drinking water and other supplies in advance of Irma By mid-day Monday, many grocery stores across South Florida had been emptied of bottled water and stores were hoping to restock beginning Tuesday morning. States of emergency were also declared in Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands where residents rushed to find last-minute supplies, forming long lines outside supermarkets and gas stations. People in Puerto Rico braced for electricity outages after the director of the island's power company predicted that storm damage could leave some areas without electricity for four to six months. But 'some areas will have power (back) in less than a week,' Ricardo Ramos told radio station Notiuno 630 AM. The utility's infrastructure has deteriorated greatly during a decade-long recession, and Puerto Ricans experienced an island wide outage last year. Both Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands expected four inches to eight inches of rain and winds of 40-50 mph with gusts of up to 60 mph. 'This is not an opportunity to go outside and try to have fun with a hurricane,' U.S. Virgin Islands Gov. Kenneth Mapp warned. 'It's not time to get on a surfboard.' Irma grew into a Category 4 storm on Monday, any by early Tuesday, it's maximum sustained winds increased to near 150 miles per hour. In comparison, Hurricane Harvey had winds of 130 mph when it made landfall in Texas last week. It was centered about 320 miles east of the Leeward Islands and moving west at 14 mph. It is forecast to begin buffeting the region on Tuesday and the US National Hurricane Center said additional strengthening was expected. Authorities warned that the storm could dump up to 10 inches of rain, cause landslides and dangerous flash floods and generate waves of up to 23 feet. In the Caribbean, hurricane warnings were issued for 12 island groups, including Antigua, where the governor urged people to evacuate the tiny island of Anegada if they could ahead of the storm. People prepare differently for hurricanes depending on whether they have a male or female name, a new study has shown. A team of Princeton University researchers studied data on fatalities in hurricanes in the U.S. dating back to the 1970s, and found that female hurricanes have been consistently more deadly than hurricanes given a male name. The researchers say changing a hurricane's name form Charlie to Eloise could nearly triple its death toll. 'Feminine-named hurricanes (vs. masculine-named hurricanes) cause significantly more deaths, apparently because they lead to a lower perceived risk and consequently less preparedness,' the researchers wrote in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences. Until the 1950s, hurricanes were tracked each year by the order in which they occurred. It was later decided that it would be easier for people to track these systems if they were given easily remembered names. So now, each storm is given a name and they alternate back and forth between male and female. This year, the first storm of the season was given a female name, Arlene. The first storm of the season is an A-letter name and each subsequent storm takes the next letter in the alphabet. We've had nine storms this season, so we're on the letter I, Irma. The researchers do not suggest a new way of naming storms that might address this problem. They leave that to the media and policy makers. However, they say that educating the public on gender biases might help address the issue of underestimating 'female' storms. Vivian Wheatley, proprietor of the Anegada Reef Hotel, planned to stay behind. She said she would stay in one of the hotel rooms and take advantage of the generator since there were no guests. 'We know it's a very powerful (storm), and we know it's going to be very close,' she said. 'Let's hope for the best.' A hurricane warning was posted for Antigua and Barbuda, Anguilla, Montserrat, St. Kitts and Nevis, St. Martin, Saba, St. Eustatius, St. Maarten and St. Barts, Puerto Rico, and the U.S. and British Virgin islands. A tropical storm warning was in effect for Guadeloupe and Dominica. The storm's center was expected to move near or over the northern Leeward Islands late Tuesday and early Wednesday, the hurricane center said. 'Irma is a serious threat for the Caribbean islands and United States,' AccuWeather Lead Long-Range Meteorologist Paul Pastelok said on Monday. It is still unclear what path Irma will take as it inches closer to the US. Right now, meteorologists say landfall in Georgia, Florida or the Carolinas are all possible. The storm could also move out into the Atlantic and completely bi-pass the East Coast, though that is now the least likely option. 'This hurricane has the potential to be a major event for the East Coast. It also has the potential to significantly strain FEMA and other governmental resources occurring so quickly on the heels of Harvey,' Evan Myers, Expert Senior Meteorologist and Chief Operating Officer said. If it does hit the U.S., it won't be until this weekend, but residents in the southern U.S. shouldn't waste time getting an emergency plan together. 'As we saw just 10 days ago with Harvey, it is important to be ready to evacuate and be prepared with at a minimum, a list of items you would take if you had 30 minute notice or 1 hours notice of 6 hours or a day to evacuate,' Myers said. Meanwhile, government workers on the islands of the eastern Caribbean are clearing drains and pruning trees ahead of Irma. American Airlines also announced a number of flight cancellations on Monday night to multiple Caribbean destinations.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4854012/Hurricane-Irma-strengthens-CATEGORY-FIVE-storm.html#ixzz4rojM69Rt 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 9-5-17 Boston Globe :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane Irma strengthens to a Category 5 storm

Hurricane Irma east of the Caribbean Monday.

By Greg Porter and Angela Fritz Washington Post September 05, 2017

Hurricane Irma strengthened overnight to a dangerous Category 5 as it barrels toward the Greater Antilles and Southern Florida. It’s likely that Hurricane Irma will affect the U.S. coast - potentially making a direct landfall - this weekend. Tuesday morning, NOAA Hurricane Hunters found the storm’s maximum wind speeds are 175 mph. It now ranks among the strongest hurricanes ever recorded in the Atlantic Ocean. Forecasts suggest it will reach southern Florida and the Gulf of Mexico this weekend. As it tracks west toward the Caribbean, hurricane warnings have been issued for portions of the Leeward Islands and the Greater Antilles. A hurricane warning is in effect for Puerto Rico. ‘‘Dangerous Hurricane Irma heading for the Leeward Islands,’’ the National Hurricane Center said in an early Tuesday notice, urging residents to rush ahead with preparations for potentially devastating winds, major storm surges and flash floods from rainfall that could reach 12 inches in some areas. Get Ground Game in your inbox: Daily updates and analysis on national politics from James Pindell. Over the weekend, the forecast track for this potentially devastating hurricane shifted south and west. It seems likely now that the storm will impact or strike the U.S. coast early next week, although meteorologists don’t know exactly where. Florida and the Gulf Coast continue to be at risk. The East Coast, including the Carolinas and the Delmarva Peninsula, are also potential candidates for landfall - or, at the very least, heavy rain, strong winds and coastal flooding. Before dawn Tuesday, Irma was located about 320 miles east of the Leeward Islands and moving to the west at 14 mph, the hurricane center said. Predictions will improve over the coming days, narrowing down exactly which region will endure the effects of the season’s next major hurricane. Irma has entered into a favorable environment for strengthening, with warm sea surface temperatures and favorable upper-level winds allowing the storm to intensify even more over the next 24 hours. As of 11 a.m. Monday, the National Hurricane Center predicted the storm will pass just north of the island of St. John on Wednesday morning as a Category 4 with winds over 130 mph. Late Sunday afternoon, Hurricane Hunters began regular flights into Irma, providing extremely valuable data that has improved forecasts. The immediate track of Irma through the middle of the week is not much of a question at this point; an area of high pressure is firmly in place over the central Atlantic, preventing Irma from recurving and escaping out to sea. That high won’t move much over the next several days, steering Irma due west into the Leeward Islands by midweek. Overnight, both the American and European models started to show more consistency in a forecast track for Irma that increases the chances of impacts on the U.S. coast. Irma will probably continue to be suppressed by the strong Atlantic high pressure beyond Wednesday, keeping the storm at major hurricane status and on a trajectory that places the storm in close proximity to Florida by next weekend. Forecasts beyond the five-day mark are still full of uncertainties, but the trend in both the American and European ensemble members is concerning. It’s becoming less likely that Irma will escape out to sea, and the chances of a U.S. landfall have increased. At this point, trying to predict the exact location for Irma’s landfall is no better than a guessing game. There is strong agreement in Irma’s path through Friday, at which point Irma will probably be a major hurricane located just to the south of the Bahamas. Beyond that, the large-scale features that will ultimately control Irma’s final destination are not predictable at this point. Given what we know at this juncture, it’s best to plan for potential impacts rather than exact forecasts. The National Hurricane center is forecasting tropical storm conditions to begin affecting Florida by late Friday afternoon. All of the usual hazards are at play here; strong winds, heavy rain and dangerous storm surge. Storm surge may become the largest concern over the next few days, given the amount of time that Irma is spending over open water combined with the low lying topography of southern Florida. Again, it should be noted that the forecasted track for Irma will continue to change as we start to receive more aircraft data on the storm and as the large-scale environment features become more clear. At this point, residents from the gulf all the way to Maine should take special interest in forecast updates for Irma throughout the week. As it tracks west toward the Caribbean, hurricane warnings have been issued for portions of the Leeward Islands and the Greater Antilles. A hurricane warning is in effect for Puerto Rico. ‘‘Dangerous Hurricane Irma heading for the Leeward Islands,’’ the National Hurricane Center said in an early Tuesday notice, urging residents to rush ahead with preparations for potentially devastating winds, major storm surges and flash floods from rainfall that could reach 12 inches in some areas. Over the weekend, the forecast track for this potentially devastating hurricane shifted south and west. It seems likely now that the storm will impact or strike the U.S. coast early next week, although meteorologists don’t know exactly where. Florida and the Gulf Coast continue to be at risk. The East Coast, including the Carolinas and the Delmarva Peninsula, are also potential candidates for landfall - or, at the very least, heavy rain, strong winds and coastal flooding. Before dawn Tuesday, Irma was located about 320 miles east of the Leeward Islands and moving to the west at 14 mph, the hurricane center said. Predictions will improve over the coming days, narrowing down exactly which region will endure the effects of the season’s next major hurricane. Irma has entered into a favorable environment for strengthening, with warm sea surface temperatures and favorable upper-level winds allowing the storm to intensify even more over the next 24 hours. As of 11 a.m. Monday, the National Hurricane Center predicted the storm will pass just north of the island of St. John on Wednesday morning as a Category 4 with winds over 130 mph. Late Sunday afternoon, Hurricane Hunters began regular flights into Irma, providing extremely valuable data that has improved forecasts. The immediate track of Irma through the middle of the week is not much of a question at this point; an area of high pressure is firmly in place over the central Atlantic, preventing Irma from recurving and escaping out to sea. That high won’t move much over the next several days, steering Irma due west into the Leeward Islands by midweek. Overnight, both the American and European models started to show more consistency in a forecast track for Irma that increases the chances of impacts on the U.S. coast. Irma will probably continue to be suppressed by the strong Atlantic high pressure beyond Wednesday, keeping the storm at major hurricane status and on a trajectory that places the storm in close proximity to Florida by next weekend. Forecasts beyond the five-day mark are still full of uncertainties, but the trend in both the American and European ensemble members is concerning. It’s becoming less likely that Irma will escape out to sea, and the chances of a U.S. landfall have increased. At this point, trying to predict the exact location for Irma’s landfall is no better than a guessing game. There is strong agreement in Irma’s path through Friday, at which point Irma will probably be a major hurricane located just to the south of the Bahamas. Beyond that, the large-scale features that will ultimately control Irma’s final destination are not predictable at this point. Given what we know at this juncture, it’s best to plan for potential impacts rather than exact forecasts. The National Hurricane center is forecasting tropical storm conditions to begin affecting Florida by late Friday afternoon. All of the usual hazards are at play here; strong winds, heavy rain and dangerous storm surge. Storm surge may become the largest concern over the next few days, given the amount of time that Irma is spending over open water combined with the low lying topography of southern Florida. Again, it should be noted that the forecasted track for Irma will continue to change as we start to receive more aircraft data on the storm and as the large-scale environment features become more clear. At this point, residents from the gulf all the way to Maine should take special interest in forecast updates for Irma throughout the week.

http://www.bostonglobe.com/news/nation/2017/09/05/hurricane-irma-strengthens-category-storm/c3uKATO0JLcpaRbcU27BJK/story.html?s_campaign=breakingnews:newsletter 

:: 9-2-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grace and Disaster

By Hal Lindsey

Thousands of Texans struggled for their lives against the flood waters of Hurricane Harvey. And, as they did, a University of Tampa sociology professor blamed the disaster on cosmic retribution against Texans. Why? Because so many of them voted Republican. Kenneth Storey was fired after tweeting, “I don’t believe in instant Karma but this kinda feels like it for Texas. Hopefully this will help them realize the GOP doesn’t care about them.” People responded that the good were suffering, too. But Storey doubled down. He wrote, “Well, the good people there need to do more to stop the evil their state pushes. I’m only blaming those who support the GOP there.” He later issued what sounded like a heartfelt apology. But his initial response illustrates the revival of pagan superstition across all layers of our society. A few decades ago, most Americans had never heard of “karma.” Today, they automatically blame every bad thing on “bad karma.” Christians believe God judges societies as well as individuals for sin. But does that mean we should look at the disaster in Texas as a sign of Texans’ sin? Should we see Harvey as God’s retribution against Texas? According to Jesus, the answer is a resounding, “No!” Some people came to Him one day and told Him about a terrible thing that had happened to a group of Galileans — people “whose blood Pilate had mingled with their sacrifices.” (Luke 13:1 NASB) Jesus didn’t point out the obvious evil of Pilate’s actions. Everyone could see that. Instead, He addressed an issue few understood. He said, “Do you suppose that these Galileans were greater sinners than all other Galileans, because they suffered this fate? I tell you, no, but unless you repent, you will all likewise perish. Or do you suppose that those eighteen on whom the tower in Siloam fell and killed them, were worse culprits than all the men who live in Jerusalem? I tell you, no, but unless you repent, you will all likewise perish.” (Luke 13:2-5 NASB) The disaster at the tower in Siloam was obviously well-known to Jesus’ listeners. In those days, if a snake bit a man, people assumed the man was guilty of some terrible sin and was receiving due retribution. After suffering through a shipwreck and finding safety on the island of Malta, the Apostle Paul was judged in this way. Acts 28:3-4 says, “When Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks and laid them on the fire, a viper came out because of the heat, and fastened on his hand. And when the natives saw the creature hanging from his hand, they began saying to one another, ‘Undoubtedly this man is a murderer, and though he has been saved from the sea, justice has not allowed him to live.’” (NASB) Paul simply shook the snake back into the fire, and went about his work. When he didn’t die, or even have swelling in his arm, the natives decided he was a god. Their superstition took them from one extreme to the other — and they were wrong both times. On another occasion, the Lord’s disciples saw a man who had been blind since birth. Following the thinking of their day, they asked, “Who sinned, this man or his parents, that he should be born blind?” (John 9:2 NASB) Jesus answered, “It was neither that this man sinned, nor his parents; but it was in order that the works of God might be displayed in him.” (John 9:3 NASB) And Jesus healed the man. Jesus made it crystal clear that we are not to judge people (or their parents) just because something bad happened. The world is not as God made it. It is fallen. And in such a world, terrible things can happen. Don’t point the accusing finger at a suffering soul just because he or she is suffering. To some degree, we all suffer because of the world we live in and its fallen nature. You would think the old superstitions would have died by now. They have not. Even Christian people sometimes point to a man in a wheelchair and proclaim that, his faith is insufficient, or there is sin in his life — otherwise God would heal him. Don’t usurp God’s position as judge. Have love and mercy on those who are afflicted. Don’t feel superior just because you’re not in a wheelchair, or because your house did not flood. As I pointed out earlier, among non-Christians, it’s even worse. People who know nothing else about Eastern religions have fully embraced the idea of karma. The old superstitions have not gone away. But among followers of Jesus, they must. We, of all people, should address these disasters with compassion — knowing that we are ill-equipped to judge. It is important to note, though, that Jesus did not say God’s judgment never falls. In fact, He repeatedly said, “Unless you repent, you will all likewise perish.” He urged them to stop feeling superior because of their health and seeming security. Those things can fail. If health is the sign of your moral standing, live long enough and it will testify against you. Instead of feeling good about yourself because you think you deserve your good health, Jesus said to examine yourself, and repent. Our prayers continue to go out for the people in all the areas damaged by Harvey, and especially for the families of those whose lives have been lost. We urge everyone to give to one of the many ministries geared toward disaster relief. Remember, “Weeping may last for the night, But a shout of joy comes in the morning.” (Psalm 30:5 NASB)

http://www.hallindsey.com/ww-9-2-2017/

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 8-28-17 Walking Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Total Individual Control Technology: Insider Exposes How You & Your DNA are Being Targeted

August 28, 2017 Makia Freeman, Guest Waking Times

Total Individual Control Technology is a nefarious type of EM (Electromagnetic) and V2K (Voice to Skull) weaponized technology that is being experimented with and deployed against segments of the American population. Those attacked by this electronic stalking are known as TIs (Targeted Individuals). Recently another brave whistleblower has stepped forward to expose it. Bryan Kofron (who formerly used the alias of Justin Carter) is a security industry specialist who used to work for a private security company SIS (Security Industry Specialists) in Seattle, Washington. He quit in disgust after realizing that his former firm, and others just like it, were actively using this so-called total individual control technology to target people, then ultimately control and destroy their lives. Since he quit, he has himself become a victim of the technology via gangstalking. What Total Individual Control Technology is Capable Of. According to Kofron, this technology is so advanced that it can be used to read your mind, program your mind with thoughts (that you would believe are your own) and induce emotional states in you (including pain, hate and fear). It can be used to tap into your optical nerve and auditory systems to see and hear what you are seeing and hearing. It can target particular people by engaging in individual-specific attacks (based on the target’s DNA resonance). Finally, it is being used in vast social engineering programs as a way to experiment upon poor, homeless and weak people who have little or no chance of fighting back. In interviews or presentations such as this and this, Kofron explains that this technology is being used by psychopaths who have little scruples about the harm they are causing. They are targeting specific groups of people: those who are cognitively inclined, highly intelligent, knowledgeable about advanced technology or interested in alternative research (i.e. conspiracy research). In general, they are either targeting empowered individuals with free minds (to stop dissidents and revolutionaries) or those too poor and weak to fight back. Using Kofron’s own words, here are some of the things Total Individual Control Technology is able to do: “This technology manipulates the electrical signals in the brain, thus controlling thoughts and feelings and emotions and sensations throughout the body. It works by rewiring the brain by creating new neural pathways and destroying existing neural pathways, thus this literally changes the way a person thinks and thus behaves.” “This technology can also be used to control the muscle movement of the target. It can take over one’s hands or feet while driving and make you press on the accelerator or press on the brake or turn. This can be used to cause accidents it can also be used to prevent accidents from happening.” “This technology can also tap into the optical nerve of the target, and the auditory system of the target, so that those monitoring the target can see what the target is seeing and hear what target is hearing. This information is then downloaded and stored on a computer, in a highly secure classified site on servers that are guarded by some of the tightest security in the world. This results in the individual’s entire day, everything they see, everything they hear, everything they experiment, everything they experience, and everything they feel being recorded till the end of time.” “This technology can also be used to manipulate the emotions of the target. It can induce fear, love, hate.” “This technology can be used to beam images and even motion pictures into one’s brain. Images and motion pictures that are so realistic that you think you are actually watching a movie or seeing something in reality. It’s like a virtual reality 3D rendering that takes place within the target’s mind. The images and motion pictures manifest themselves in such a way that the target if they are not aware that this technology is being used on them will believe that they are natural thoughts and natural images.” “This technology can also be used to induce and control dreams. It can be used to control dream cycles and sleep patterns. To cause one to sleep very deeply or to cause one to not sleep at all. REM cycles, alpha beta and delta brainwaves can be induced immediately by this technology. And this technology can also be used to mimic spiritual experiences. Joy, love, peace that passes understanding can all be induced artificially by this technology to make the target believe that they are having a genuine spiritual experience when they’re not.” “This technology can also be used to sexually manipulate the target. Make them feel sexual arousal or turn off their sexuality altogether, it can stimulate them and it can shut them down at a moments notice. It can also be used to manipulate the hormones of the target, thus lowering and raising estrogen and testosterone levels in women and men respectively.” “This technology can also be used to read the thoughts of the target in real time … they can read your thoughts verbatim as they occur within your own mind.” “Anywhere from small groups of people 10-20 to 100, to medium size groups of people several thousand to tens of thousands. This is done by creating a field effect, where an entire field of electromagnetic energy is created in a geographical location and any human being within that geographical location within that electromagnetic field affecting that geographical location will be effected by the technology. This can be used to induce a general mood in a population or a crowd of people. It can be used to make them passive, it can be used to make them agitated. And this can be used to cause or stop, induce riots. Stop crime, start crime. Stop thoughts, start thoughts. Massive mind control on a citywide level.” Total Individual Control Technology Attacks Specific Individuals Based on DNA Resonance As I have discussed in previous articles on mind control such as “They” Can’t Read Your Thoughts … Right?, the state of current mind control technology is beyond most’s people comprehension and idea of what is possible. Yet, we have had enough out-of-the-closet whistleblowers and leaked or declassified documents to give us a clear idea of the scary extent to which we can be psychically attacked. Whistleblowers such as Dr. Robert Duncan have lectured at length about the capabilities of V2K technology, which is defined as an EM frequency technology that utilizes RF (Radio Frequency) signals to induce sound within the cranial cavity of the target. V2K literally pipes thoughts directly into people’s heads without them knowing it. Kofron bases his information on his own experience as an insider in this field, and also as recent victim of V2K himself. He was attacked once he went public. He claims he has been assaulted with a beta version which is especially nasty, piping thoughts into his head such as: “Everyone’s against you” “Please be quiet or we’re going to kill you” “Don’t work again or we’re going to kill you” “You’re the lab rat now motherfucker” Kofron claims the Total Individual Control Technology attacks are attempting to turn him against his former work colleagues, friends and family. However, since he was trained in this area, he knows that the voices are technological and can defend himself against the manipulations once he hears them. Kofron echoes exactly what Duncan has warned about: individual-specific attacks. Duncan states that every person has a “unique resonance signature”, and in almost exactly the same words, Kofron states that: “… the DNA of the individual is used to determine the resonant frequency of the DNA itself, the resonant frequency is then used to fine tune the technology … to tune it perfectly to the resonant frequency of the targeted individual’s DNA.” The Drive to Create a Worldwide DNA Database This leads into another aspect of the NWO agenda: the drive to create a worldwide DNA database. When seen in the light of Total Individual Control Technology, the acquisition of an entire population’s DNA takes on a very sinister meaning. It is no coincidence that Amazon and Google (who are ultimately controlled by the same force as David Icke suggests) are racing each other, along with Microsoft, IBM and other companies, to assemble a DNA database as quickly as they can. Those in power who gain access a completed worldwide DNA database and total individual control technology would have a horrifying weapon at their disposal to target literally anyone they wanted. Kofron exposes how prospective employees are tricked out of their DNA. They apply for a job at SIS, get told they have to do a drug test, and when the urine sample is sent to a lab, part is siphoned off as DNA to go into Amazon’s burgeoning DNA database. Americans, in the millions, are having their DNA stolen from them, without their knowledge or consent, so they become unwitting targets of this insidious program! Social Engineering with Total Individual Control Technology Kofron talks at length about how this technology is fully operational and is already being tested upon those in society who are struggling (such as those who are homeless, poor and who don’t have much family or many friends) since they make the easiest targets. On his website GangstalkerWars.com, he exposes the details of ongoing operations within Seattle (where he used to work for SIS). This social engineering is being done by the Federal Government, the Military Intelligence agencies, private security firms (more on this below), some of the largest US corporations (after all, we live in a corporatocracy), local and state police, and social programs within inner-city America. In one such operation, the perpetrators would target certain geographical blocks of the city, and, for instance, cause everyone in that area to be in a bad mood. In another operation, SIS (employed by Amazon whose headquarters are in Seattle) would test upon Amazon employees. In another operation, SIS would experiment upon its own low-level employees. In another operation, homeless people were brought in from all over the nation to special buildings that were then targeted. This is true gangstalking – the ganging up by sociopaths and psychopaths upon the innocent to electronically harass and stalk them. The Rising Danger of the Private Security Firm Industry in America Kofron warns about an alarming trend in American society: the rise of private security companies who mostly employ ex-military and ex-intelligence agents. As I covered in this 2-part series, the US Military Intelligence Complex is completely and utterly out of control. It runs the government and pulls the strings attached to all the puppet politicians, who don’t have the necessary “clearance” to access the truly top-secret information. These security firms, like the MIC itself, appear to operate above and outside the law. The culture inside of these companies is toxic. People rising up the ranks are conditioned to use this technology against innocent victims, and are told they will be rewarded with everything (money, power, women, sex, connection, access, status, belonging to the power club) if they go along with the program and become perpetrators. If they have a strong conscience and refuse, they will be sacked, shunned, cut off, threatened and even made into TIs themselves. The Human Rights Loophole: False Diagnoses Another aspect of Total Individual Control Technology which the perpetrators use to shield themselves is the cruel use of false psychiatric diagnoses. Here’s how it works: they manipulate TI victims to see a psychiatrist, and then they bribe the psychiatrist to deliver a fake diagnosis that the victim is mentally unstable, deranged, delusional, crazy, incompetent, paranoid, schizophrenic, suffering from Multiple Personality Disorder – or they invent some similar legal-medical-psychobabble diagnosis. This has the unfortunate effect of stripping away the victim’s natural or human rights, which leaves him or her with no recourse to fight back against his attackers, since his claims and testimonies will be dismissed as the ravings of a madman. This is a similar tactic to what is used with other victims of mind control. In my interview with Max Spiers, he touched on the use of the Big Pharma “false memory” foundation, which includes bogus therapists and psychiatrists who convince mind control victims that they’re having false memories (when they are actually recalling how they were tortured and programmed). The Infrastructure Underlying Total Individual Control Technology The infrastructure that is enabling the total individual control technology is composed mostly of antennae, radar and cell phone towers. Often, the antennae are camouflaged (hidden behind walls). Some or most of the radar used is from military bases. Kofron was not able to explain much of how the technology actually works, although an electrical engineer who called in on one of the radio interviews suggested that the perpetrators are setting up a standing wave of DNA, then doing slight variations in the phasing using pulse code modulation. Final Thoughts: Total Individual Control Technology Perpetrated by the Cult of Power In concluding, it’s important to realize how such cruel surveillance is being perpetuated. As Kofron explains, it’s all about creating an “in” club of perpetrators who get rewarded with money, sex, power and the intrinsic human need for belonging, get told they are on the “right” side and the TIs are on the “wrong” side – and get threatened that if they speak up or quit, they may end up on that wrong side. It’s the cult of power. Hopefully this testimony can serve as a wakeup call for those on the fence who can’t quite bring themselves to believe or act. In many ways, time is running out and the net is being drawn tighter and tighter. The more technology advances, the more weapons the cult of power will have to enslave those who stand for truth and freedom. At a certain point, there will literally be nowhere to run or hide. The only option is to face it now before it’s too late.

http://www.wakingtimes.com/2017/08/28/total-individual-control-technology-insider-exposes-dna-targeted/ 

:: 8-31-17 The Texas Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Explosions reported at Harvey-flooded chemical plant in Crosby

Arkema Inc. said the Harris County Emergency Operations Center notified the company at 2 a.m. Thursday of explosions and black smoke coming from its Crosby plant, which was inundated by Hurricane Harvey's floodwaters.

by Jim Malewitz and Emma Platoff Aug. 31, 2017 Updated: 3 hours ago

Editor's note: This story has been updated throughout. Two chemical explosions sparked a fire early Thursday morning at a manufacturing plant in Crosby that has been inundated with six feet of hurricane floodwaters. Arkema Inc., the owner of the plant, warned Wednesday that the organic peroxides used in the site’s manufacturing process had begun to heat up after the plant lost its primary source of power and backup power from generators. Without electricity to power refrigeration, the chemicals — stored in 18-wheeler box vans throughout the plant — were expected to degrade, possibly leading to some type of explosion or fire. The plant has nine vans, each with 36,000 pounds of organic peroxide stored in cardboard containers. Containers in one of the vans popped and caught fire, producing smoke that wafted 30 to 40 feet into the air, local officials told reporters early Thursday. Arkema expects each of the vans will eventually ignite as they lose power and refrigeration. “Please do not return to the area within the evacuation zone until local emergency response authorities announce it is safe to do so,” the company’s statement said. Assistant Chief Bob Royall, with the Harris County Fire Marshal, told reporters the chemicals inside each van that loses refrigeration “will burn with intensity until the fuel is consumed, and then they will die down again.” The byproduct of the fires would be typical “black smoke with carbon particles in it,” Royall said. Authorities evacuated a 1.5-mile radius around the facility Tuesday. They also advised locals to limit their exposure to the smoke by remaining indoors with their windows closed. His office and the Harris County Sheriff’s Office downplayed environmental and public health risks from the plant, going as far as suggesting that “explosion” was not the proper terminology for the chemical reactions in the vans. “They were different organic peroxides of different grades that were released, and it created a pop in the containers where they were being stored,” Sheriff Ed Gonzalez told reporters. “It wasn’t an explosion, I want to be very clear.” “We just don’t believe there’s any further threat, even to the broader community. Even if somebody stayed behind in the active zone,” Gonzalez added. “We just want to manage the narrative a little bit, to make sure people don’t get in a panic if there doesn’t have to be.” Meanwhile, federal authorities have sent mixed messages. At a press conference in Washington, D.C., Federal Emergency Management Agency Administrator Brock Long called the plume wafting from the plant “incredibly dangerous." But the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency said in a news release Thursday that “there are no concentrations of concern for toxic materials reported at this time.” The agency said it was reviewing data from an aircraft that surveyed the scene shortly after the explosions. "We will consider using any authority we have to further address the situation to protect human health and the environment,” EPA Administrator Scott Pruitt said. The county has been consulting with Arkema and outside experts since early Tuesday about how best to handle the chemical reactions. “We’ve developed what we consider a very safe plan,” said Royall, the Harris County fire marshal. “Everything is going exactly as we expected.” “If you want to call it an explosion, there’s a technical definition, and I’m not going to get into that,” he told reporters. Fifteen sheriff’s deputies at the scene were taken to the hospital Thursday morning after reporting that smoke had irritated their eyes and throats. All have been released, the sheriff’s office tweeted at 9:20 a.m. While the company has downplayed the potential impacts of the explosion — Arkema CEO Rich Rowe said Wednesday that any sustained environmental impact would be “minimal” – environmental experts expressed concern about fallout from the explosion. “That is not good. That is not good. That’s a big concern,” said Neil Carman, clean air director for the Sierra Club’s Lone Star Chapter. “This is uncharted territory. In 37 years I have never heard of anything like this happening.” Carman said the smoke indicates the presence of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, a known carcinogen. Depending on the wind, these chemicals could spread quickly to the surrounding area, he said. Still, it’s difficult to predict the exact impact of the fumes given the minimal information that Arkema has released, according to Bakeyah Nelson, executive director of Air Alliance Houston. In a conference call with reporters Wednesday, Rowe refused to release the company’s federally mandated risk management plan or the plant’s chemical inventory. “Without that information, it’s difficult to really assess the situation,” Nelson said. “Them releasing that to the community is really the key to being able to understand.” The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality said it was among several local, state and federal agencies monitoring the plant. “Of immediate concern for residents around the plant is smoke,” the agency said in a press release Thursday. “The smoke from the fire is especially acrid and irritating. Those with heart problems or respiratory conditions, such as asthma or emphysema, may be particularly sensitive.”

https://www.texastribune.org/2017/08/31/harvey-flooded-chemical-plant-crosby-reportedly-explodes/ 

:: 8-29-17 US Defense Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on August 29, 2017 by Ray Starmann

White House petition to declare George Soros a terrorist

There is a petition on WhiteHouse.gov, begun on August 20, 2017, to declare George Soros a terrorist and to seize all his assets:

Declare George Soros a terrorist and seize all of his related organizations’ assets under RICO and NDAA law

Created by E.B. on August 20, 2017

Whereas George Soros has willfully and on an ongoing basis attempted to destabilize and otherwise commit acts of sedition against the United States and its citizens, has created and funded dozens (and probably hundreds) of discrete organizations whose sole purpose is to apply Alinsky model terrorist tactics to facilitate the collapse of the systems and Constitutional government of the United State, and has developed unhealthy and undue influence over the entire Democrat Party and a large portion of the US Federal government, the DOJ should immediately declare George Soros and all of his organizations and staff members to be domestic terrorists, and have all of his personal an organizational wealth and assets seized under Civil Asset Forfeiture law. We have less than a month to get the necessary 100,000 signatures by September 19, 2017. The number of signatures currently is 29,389, which means 70,611 more signatures are needed. Please sign the petition and ask your contacts to sign as well. To sign, go here. See also:

206 U.S. organizations funded by George Soros

The white élites [incl. George Soros] who fund Black Lives Matter

Arab Spring’ in America: NAACP joins Soros-funded coalition for massive protests in D.C.

Billionaire George Soros spent $33MILLION bankrolling Ferguson demonstrators to create ‘echo chamber’ and drive national protests

Soros aids invasion of Christian Europe by Muslim refugees, says Hungary prime minister

Secretary of State Hillary Clinton took orders from George Soros on how to handle unrest in Albania

Soros-funded organization has 666 address

Obama puppeteer George Soros thinks he’s god

George Soros’ son, Alex, is a ‘spirit cooker’?

http://usdefensewatch.com/2017/08/white-house-petition-to-declare-george-soros-a-terrorist/  

:: 8-29-17 Blacklisted News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Senate Bill Targets Wikileaks, Russia, Independent Press, and First Amendment

Published: August 29, 2017

Washington D.C. (MPN) – With the Russian meddling narrative serving as a pretext, the U.S. Senate, embracing the “Pompeo Doctrine,” is moving to stifle and criminalize WikiLeaks and, by extension, any such “dangerous,” transparency-providing entities that threaten to cast doubt upon Washington’s “official stories.” The Senate Intelligence Committee is pushing Congress to label WikiLeaks a “non-state hostile intelligence service,” having adopted that very position in the Intelligence Authorization Act (IAA) it approved last month. The terminology used in the bill originates from a speech given in April by CIA director Mike Pompeo, who called the pro-transparency media organization a “non-state hostile intelligence service often abetted” by “hostile” nations. WikiLeaks’ editor-in-chief, Julian Assange, has slammed the Senate bill as an attempt to legislate what he termed the “Pompeo doctrine.” WikiLeaks has been under U.S. investigation since 2010 but the U.S. has failed to formally charge anyone in the organization for its role in leaking State and Defense Department documents. However, WikiLeaks’ source, in this case, Chelsea Manning, was convicted in 2013 and was only recently released from prison after receiving a pardon from President Barack Obama in January of this year. WikiLeaks came under scrutiny once again last year during the presidential election after publishing emails considered damaging to the Democratic National Committee (DNC) and Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton. The IAA’s 12,000-word text, however, makes only brief mention of WikiLeaks — in the last line of its 41 pages. The bill itself is mainly focused on Russia and strikes an aggressive tone regarding so-called Russian “interference” in the 2016 presidential election as well as Russian “influence operations.” If passed, for instance, the bill will call upon Dan Coats, the Director of National Intelligence, to develop strategies to counter these “threats,” and will essentially prevent cooperation between Russia and the U.S. on issues such as “cybersecurity” and “cyber threats.” Mieke Eoyang, a former House intelligence committee senior staffer, told the Daily Beast that such measures will prevent “the White House from blocking the intelligence community from telling the committee and the American public what the true Russia threat is.” The new “Red Scare” and its impact on the flow of information Of course there are strong reasons to believe that the Russian “threat” has been overblown by the American political class. In particular, Russia’s alleged interference in the 2016 election – especially its supposed collusion with WikiLeaks in publishing DNC emails – has been independently confirmed by several investigators to have instead been the work of someone with direct access to the DNC’s servers, not a state actor like Russia. However, this information has proven to be politically inconvenient for many U.S. politicians and corporate media outlets. The committee passed the bill by a vote of 14 to 1, the lone dissenter being Sen. Ron Wyden (D-OR). Sen. Wyden specifically identified the inclusion of the WikiLeaks provision in the bill as his sole reason for voting against it. In a press release, he stated that “The language in the bill suggesting that the U.S. government has some unstated course of action against ‘non-state hostile intelligence services’ is equally troubling” as it “could have negative consequences, unforeseen or not, for our constitutional principles.” He added that “the introduction of vague, undefined new categories of enemies constitutes such an ill-considered reaction.” In an interview with the Washington Times, Assange stated that “WikiLeaks, like many serious media organizations, has confidential sources in the U.S. government. Media organizations develop and protect sources. So do intelligence agencies. But to use this to suggest, as the ‘Pompeo doctrine’ does, that media organizations are ‘non-state intelligence services’ is absurd.” Assange, continuing, stated that such an extrapolation “is equivalent to suggesting that the CIA is a media organization. Publishers publish what they obtain. Intelligence agencies do not. At their best, media organizations publish boldly and accurately and do not hide what they discover from the public. In contrast, intelligence agencies conceal information and spread propaganda.” The dangerous over-reach of the “Pompeo doctrine” and the IAA Most thought- and concern-provoking, however, were Assange’s statements regarding the potential implications of Congress declaring a media organization to be a “non-state hostile spy service.” Assange argued the importance of considering “where other media outlets lay on this spectrum. It is clear that if the ‘Pompeo doctrine’ applies to WikiLeaks, then it applies equally if not more so to other serious outlets.” Indeed, central to the “Pompeo doctrine” is the assertion that WikiLeaks, given its alleged equivalence with a non-state intelligence service, deserves no First Amendment protections. During his speech in April, Pompeo stated that “we have to recognize that we can no longer allow Assange and his colleagues the latitude to use free speech values against us.” He later stated, during a subsequent Q&A, that “Julian Assange has no First Amendment privileges” because he is not a U.S. citizen. As journalist Glenn Greenwald noted at the time, “the notion that WikiLeaks has no free press rights because Assange is a foreigner is both wrong and dangerous” — and could allow any foreign journalist or media organization to be prosecuted by the U.S. for publishing leaked information. If Congress passes the Intelligence Authorization Act, it will essentially deprive WikiLeaks of the right to free expression and could allow the U.S. government to criminally charge employees of WikiLeaks, beyond Julian Assange, for their role in “espionage.” As Attorney General Jeff Sessions stated in April, however, Assange’s arrest is a “top priority” for the U.S. government, a fact that will likely remain unchanged regardless of the fate of the IAA. Yet, the most clear and present danger to all journalists, if this bill is passed, could lie in reporting on information provided by WikiLeaks — or by any other organization the U.S. government decrees to be exempt from the First Amendment. For instance, in 2010, then-Senator Joe Lieberman and former Bush Attorney General Mike Mukasey made the case that The New York Times should be prosecuted merely for publishing and reporting on leaked documents made available by WikiLeaks. Their legal argument was based on the grounds that no meaningful distinction could be made between the Times and WikiLeaks. Seven years later, with the censorship of independent media like WikiLeaks already well under way, it may be only a matter of time before media outlets covering documents, state secrets — or any topic of which the U.S. government, particularly the CIA or Congress, does not approve — could find themselves on the chopping block for “espionage.” The Intelligence Authorization Act – if passed – will not only do grave damage to the First Amendment and the freedom of the press, but will also criminalize the exchange of information. The ultimate message of this bill is that the U.S. government is no longer willing to tolerate the publication of information that is at odds with its officially-supplied narrative — a narrative that, far too often, has been built on lies in order to justify the exploitation of resources, both domestic and global, and to expand the American empire. This post by Whitney Webb originally ran on MintPress News.

http://www.blacklistednews.com/New_Senate_Bill_Targets_Wikileaks%2C_Russia%2C_Independent_Press%2C_and_First_Amendment/60579/0/38/38/Y/M.html 

:: 8-28-17 MPN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

August 28th, 2017 By Whitney Webb

WASHINGTON – The Senate Intelligence Committee is pushing Congress to label WikiLeaks a “non-state hostile intelligence service,” having adopted that very position in the Intelligence Authorization Act (IAA) it approved last month. The terminology used in the bill originates from a speech given in April by CIA director Mike Pompeo, who called the pro-transparency media organization a “non-state hostile intelligence service often abetted” by “hostile” nations. WikiLeaks’ editor-in-chief, Julian Assange, has slammed the Senate bill as an attempt to legislate what he termed the “Pompeo doctrine.” WikiLeaks has been under U.S. investigation since 2010 but the U.S. has failed to formally charge anyone in the organization for its role in leaking State and Defense Department documents. However, WikiLeaks’ source in this case, Chelsea Manning, was convicted in 2013 and was only recently released from prison after receiving a pardon from President Barack Obama in January of this year. WikiLeaks came under scrutiny once again last year during the presidential election after publishing emails considered damaging to the Democratic National Committee (DNC) and Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton. The IAA’s 12,000-word text, however, makes only brief mention of WikiLeaks — in the last line of its 41 pages. The bill itself is mainly focused on Russia and strikes an aggressive tone regarding so-called Russian “interference” in the 2016 presidential election as well as Russian “influence operations.” If passed, for instance, the bill will call upon Dan Coats, the Director of National Intelligence, to develop strategies to counter these “threats,” and will essentially prevent cooperation between Russia and the U.S. on issues such as “cybersecurity” and “cyber threats.” Mieke Eoyang, a former House intelligence committee senior staffer, told the Daily Beast that such measures will prevent “the White House from blocking the intelligence community from telling the committee and the American public what the true Russia threat is.”

https://www.mintpressnews.com/new-senate-bill-targets-wikileaks-russia-independent-press-first-amendment/231330/ 

:: 8-29-17 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane Harvey: Houston looters shoot volunteer rescuers; target whites and Trump supporters

Posted on August 29, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 83 Comments

The saying “No good deed goes unpunished” is a comment on the perversity of human beings. Cajun Navy is a Louisiana-based informal organization of private recreation boat owners who assist in flood search-and-rescue efforts. Bob Price reports for Breitbart that there are three Cajun Navy groups doing rescue work in the Houston area, where thousands remain stranded in flood waters from Hurricane Harvey. Fellowship of the Minds

Hurricane Harvey: Houston looters shoot volunteer rescuers; target whites and Trump supporters

Posted on August 29, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 83 Comments

The saying “No good deed goes unpunished” is a comment on the perversity of human beings. Cajun Navy is a Louisiana-based informal organization of private recreation boat owners who assist in flood search-and-rescue efforts. Bob Price reports for Breitbart that there are three Cajun Navy groups doing rescue work in the Houston area, where thousands remain stranded in flood waters from Hurricane Harvey. Yesterday, one Cajun Navy group saved the life of a woman they found floating face down in a flooded roadway. But Clyde Cain of Louisiana Cajun Navy told CNN that the rescuers are being shot at: “We have boats being shot at if we’re not picking everybody up. We’re having to pull out for a minute. We’re dropping an airboat right now to go rescue a couple of our boats that broke, and they’re kind of under attack.” To protect the volunteers, members of the Louisiana Cajun Navy were ordered to stand down. A message on the group’s Facebook page said that the team members are safe after they were shot at by looters posing as people needing rescue during an attempt to rob and steal the Cajun Navy boat. The post has since been taken down, but below is a screenshot of the Facebook message: Looters are not just shooting at Cajun Navy rescuers, they are boasting about their looting with the Twitter hashtag #harveylootcrew. Here’s a sample of their tweets, congratulating themselves for targeting white people (“crackas”) and Trump supporters. Their pictures leave no doubt as to their racial identity, but not a word about #harveylootcrew from the corrupt and deceiving MSM. To make a terrible situation even worse, despite yesterday’s efforts to prevent uncontrolled overflow using slow release, one of two major reservoirs in Houston — the Addicks Reservoir — is spilling over for the first time in history. A Harris County Flood Control District meteorologist said the overflow from the reservoirs would eventually flow into downtown Houston, exacerbating the flood from Hurricane Harvey. Below are the animal welfare groups that are helping to rescue and provide shelter for animals stranded in the terrible flood. Please donate! If you are an animal welfare professional and want to volunteer your skills to relief efforts you can submit this online form. Houston SPCA SPCA of Texas Houston Humane Society Austin Pets Alive Animal Defense League of Texas Please pray for Houston! Don’t allow yourself to sink into racism by generalizing from these looters to all black people.

See “Hurricane Harvey: Black man armed with shotgun protects neighborhood from looters“.

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/2017/08/29/houston-looters-shoot-volunteer-rescuers-target-whites-and-trump-supporters/ 

:: 8-29-17 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. National News

1000 Foot Tall JP Morgan Tower in Houston Being Evacuated; "FOUNDATION ISSUES" MAY FALL OVER ! ! !

So much rain has fallen in and around Houston, and the ground has become so saturated, so deep, that skyscrapers are now in danger of FALLING OVER! The one-thousand foot tall JP MORGAN Building in downtown Houston is being evacuated right now due to "foundation issues." This means the ground beneath the skyscraper may no longer be firm enough to support the building! If this is correct - and local authorities believe it is -- the thousand-foot-tall building could literally fall over ! ! ! ! Bear in mind that skyscrapers are designed to "sway" in heavy winds. Normally, that's a good thing; it prevents the buildings from snapping." But in a case like this, where the foundation is compromised due to moist soil, that same "swaying" could very well lead to "tipping over." And also bear in mind that wind in and around Houston is STILL being affected by the remnants of Hurricane Harvey. Harvey returned to the warm waters of the Gulf of Mexico and is strengthening again right now. At 4:00 PM EDT, Hurricane Hunter Aircraft flew through the "eye" of the former hurricane and found wind has increased today from 45 MPH to 50 MPH and the central barometric pressure had dropped from 1006mb to 994 mb. As central pressure drops, wind speeds pick-up. If those winds start hitting this building, it could very well fall right over. No one is sure how this will turn out, but authorities in Houston are erring on the side of caution and evacuating the building.

http://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/news/u-s-national-news/1138-1000-foot-tall-jp-morgan-tower-in-houston-being-evacuated-foundation-issues 

:: 8-29-17 Israel Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Abbas Tells Trump He Won't Stop Giving American Money to Terrorists

Tuesday, August 29, 2017 | Israel Today Staff

Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas has rejected American demands that he stop using foreign financial aid to pay stipends and salaries to the families of jailed Palestinian terrorists. Abbas met last week with US envoys Jared Kushner and Jason Greenblatt as part of President Donald Trump's efforts to restart Middle East peace talks. According to Israeli journalists present at the meeting, Kushner, who is Trump's son-in-law, reiterated the long-standing demand that the Palestinian Authority not reward terrorism with financial gain. Congress has repeatedly threatened to halt all foreign aid to the Palestinian Authority over the payments to jailed terrorists, nearly all of whom are incarcerated in Israel for carrying out attacks on Jewish men, women and children. The Arabic-language newspaper Al-Quds reported that Abbas' response was to "inform Kushner that he would never stop paying these salaries until his dying day, even if this cost him the presidency."

http://www.israeltoday.co.il/NewsItem/tabid/178/nid/32275/Default.aspx 

:: 8-29-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vladimir Putin orders 1,500 Russians to move away from North Korean border after Kim Jong-un's latest missile launch

Vladimir Putin ordered 1,500 citizens to leave the area on North Korea's border

Russia and the hermit state share a 24-mile long international frontier by a river

The Russian Ministry of Emergencies warned citizens to leave the area

Dictator Kim Jong-un ordered a missile fired over Japan in a provocative move

By Will Stewart In Moscow for MailOnline Published: 16:26 EDT, 29 August 2017 | Updated: 20:58 EDT, 29 August 2017

Russia dramatically relocated 1,500 people from its border with North Korea after Kim Jong-un's latest missile launch, it was reported today. The surprise move instructed civil defence officials to shift residents to 'safe areas' in the country's far east, according to pro-Kremlin media outlets. 'A verbal order was given to relocate 1,500 people to safe areas,' reported Mash, a social media outlet linked to major news service Life.ru which has close links to the Russian security services. 'The order came from the regional department of the Russian Ministry of Emergencies.' Russia shares a 24 mile land border with reclusive North Korea. It was unclear where the 1,500 were moved. The civil protection department in Vladivostok was instructed to relocate residents living in the border area with North Korea. The relocation was later described as a 'training exercise', according to FedPress.ru. But it appears to have been triggered by the launch of a missile over Japan in the tinderbox region which has led to soaring tension in Asia. 'A relocation scheme is being exercised as part of the training,' said a source. Russian foreign ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova has warned that the North Korean crisis could morph into an armed confrontation and 'lead the world to the brink of a catastrophe'. Yet Russia also maintains political and business ties to Pyongyang. Officials in Vladivostok also announced that radiation in the border region had not charged following the North Korean launch. In another unexpected development, Russia's largest island - Sakhalin - disappeared from the country's online maps of major IT company Yandex after the latest launch. The Pacific island lies north of Japan. Yandex claimed it suffered a 'technical' problem. The island could be vulnerable to a stray launch by trigger-happy North Korea.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4834546/Putin-orders-Russians-away-North-Korea-border.html#ixzz4rNAlzI6c 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 8-29-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Domestic Foreign Troop Activity From Coast to Coast: FEMA Behaving Strangely

By Dave Hodges

The above photo was taken by Joel S. in Pennsylvania. This is one of several NATO helicopters operating in the same area where I reported UN activity four months ago. It has been quiet in this area until the emergence of Hurricane Harvey. UN Activity in California In the past four months, I have received numerous reports from people in California regarding their sighting of UN personnel and vehicles in California. Here is the report we filed in this on April 27, 2017. Additionally, Paul Martin is good friends with RBN talk show host, ex-Green Beret, John Moore. Moore had a relative that was buying a puppy in the Seattle area. When the relative went to get the dog, they asked the resident what they did for a living and the female resident answered “I am a UN Peacekeeper”. Here is another email I received from the potentially impacted area if the Oroville Dam were to fail as many are predicting will happen in the upcoming spring run off. Hi Dave, I was just watching your UN bit…. In any case, I live in Stockton CA and with the shows I’ve been watching I got curious about our Port of Stockton since it’s a gate way for imports and exports. I have a former Security officer that worked for me so I decided to give her a buzz to see what, if anything was happening. Especially since I hear choppers flying over head every night about 2-3 in the morning. And by the way, the Ports MERSEC…Maritime Security is at level 1, meaning security is to be present at all times. Any way, the only thing she knew was that the choppers for the National Guard and Fire Department are having rescue drills. Hmmmm. I wonder…. (Editor’s note: Wonder what? They are practicing for the Oroville Dam to go? This would be the perfect excuse to get the UN out in the open if their presence was for humanitarian reasons) Previous and Current Pennsylvania Sightings of UN Helicopters and Vehicles For months I have received a stream of reports about sightings of UN Helicopters in Pennsylvania. From the Delaware River Area Involving UN Attack Helicopters I received this email as an example of many that I have received in the past 4-5 months: Good afternoon Dave, I sent you a few sightings of UN/military in the air around my area (east coast). I just spotted another one (attached video) and this is a reference pic of what I saw. Identical colors, not sure maybe the Gov/Feds according to the colors. I know they are doing a drill this week, but I have been seeing them way before that started. I even thought ok, all the previous sightings were (practice for the drill), but then I started looking for a common denominator, why I am seeing all this activity, so low to the ground, like the are mapping it out or something in my immediate area. I pulled a map up and started focusing on the flight path they all seem to be doing, north to south. Then it hme….the Delaware River. Whatever they are up to, I’ll bet you that river has something to do with it… Now we are seeing NATO activity in the same area. FEMA Camps In Costal Cities On January 12,2017-Before Hurrican Harvey I was sent this Youtube video that was made 8 months prior to Hurricane Harvey. I don’t buy his rapture interpretation, but the “dream” is very telling. I am aware of the technology that he is speaking of. He misses on the prediction, but the content is chilling given what I know that is going on. I haven’t spoke about the tsunami producing bombs he mentions, but the information is available. Additionally, I am getting reports of FEMA camp activity in the Houston area and along the Gulf Coast to be of major concern to me. I am also getting reports about the following: Dear Mr. Hodges, Were you aware that makeshipt camps are hurriedly being thrown up along the Texas Gulf Coast? I have seen two of these camps going up at a very fast pace. Why spend the money? Why not use schools, stadiums and other pubic building that are available in the same area? This makes no sense. What can you tell me about this? Thanks, Jimmy Hines This email from Mr. Hines immediately got my attention because I reported on this specific FEMA capability over 6 years ago and now the relevance of the facts associated with this report comes into full understanding in the present day as I previously wrote how FEMA was contracting with Haliburton to build quickly contructed FEMA camps: “Never let a good crisis go to waste.” I previously wrote an article in response to the intention of Congress to permit the military to indefinitely detain, without due process protections, American citizens for any reason, or for no reason whatsoever. In the previous article, I referenced the leaked memo from KBR manager, Bob Siefert, which was informing subcontractors to be prepared within 72 hours of notification to provide essential services to FEMA camps such as the installation of barbwire, blockades, personnel, food, water and sanitation services. Subsequently, one of my readers, Richard Firth, bravely took the initiative to write to Siefert and asked him to explain his stated intentions in the leaked memo. Below is the exchange between Wirth and Siefert along with my analysis. From: Richard w. Firth [mailto:firthrichardw@yahoo.com] Sent: Friday, December 16, 2011 8:39 AM To: Bob Siefert Subject: Level with Public about \FEMA camps Dear Mr. Siefert: I am given to understand that KBR, a subsidiary of Halliburton, is in the process of activating the FEMA camps according to a leaked memo. I and many others would like to know why these camps are being activated? I look forward to your response. Sincerely- Richard W. Firth Mr. Siefert wasted no time in answering Mr. Firth’s concerns as he provided a hastily prepared same day response. From: Bob Siefert <bob. siefert@kbr.com> Subject: RE: Level with Public about FEMA camps To: “Richard w. Firth” <firthrichardw@yahoo.com>Date: Friday, December 16, 2011, 2:44 PM Dear Mr. Firth, Thank you for asking about the truth concerning our search for subcontractors. First, KBR is not a subsidiary of Halliburton, and hasn’t been since April of 2007. KBR intends to respond to an upcoming Request for Proposal. FEMA is looking for companies that can set up temporary camps to house First Responders to natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, tornados, floods, etc. The services included in the KBR request for information are ones we cannot provide ourselves and will need companies who can react quickly enough to meet the FEMA goal of having a place for their responders to stay within 72 hours of a call up. The camps will be temporary in nature, and nothing is being “activated”. FEMA is trying to be proactive in preparing for timely responses if emergency responses are required. I hope this answers your question. Regards Bob Siefert Manager – Small Business KBR To summarize, KBR’s Siefert asserts that (1) the camps are temporary; (2) the camps are only being constructed for first responders who will be used in anticipated future natural disasters; and (3) the existing FEMA camps are not being activated. Often in life, there is the stated reason for performing some action and then there is the real reason. Below are some key provisions which are part of the impetus for activating the FEMA camps which are contained in the Siefert KBR memo. “The Continental US will be broken up into five regions as indicated in the map below Services” will be required in each State within each region.” (Author’s note) Interestingly, the South was also broken up into five military districts during the military occupation of the South during the Reconstruction Era following the Civil War. “(Contractors will) Establish services listed below within 72 hours for initial set-up and respond within 24 hours for incremental services. This is a CONTINGENCY PROJECT and it should be stressed that lead times will be short with critical requirements due to the nature of emergency responses. Subcontractors must be flexible and able to handle multiple, shifting priorities in an emergency environment.” Additionally, the Siefert memo disturbingly calls for the installation of fencing and wire used for large scale detention of prisoners. “Subcontractors will mobilize, transport, erect, install and demobilize temporary fencing, barricades, and associated equipment according to federal, state and local laws, codes and manufacturer installation instructions. The Subcontractor shall be able to mobilize and deploy key personnel(s) within four (4) hours of NTP to meet with KBR Site Manager at the Responder Support Camp (RSC) site in order to finalize the site design plan and acquire site specific design requirements and layout. Number of linear footage: “Approximately 2,300LF for a 301 person camp after 36 hours of NTP" “Approximately 3,600LF for 1,000 person camp after 72 hours of NTP” This sounds like FEMA camp activation to me and it closely parallels the FEMA camp events on the East Coast in the aftermath of Sandy. When a reasonable person compares Siefert’s original memo to his response to Mr. Firth’s inquiry, the latter is clearly a poorly written and a hastily orchestrated version of damage control because his original leaked memo was never meant to see the light of day. The KBR memo called for barricades, barbwire, food, water, sanitation, guards, etc. This is the material that prisons are made of, not temporary housing for first responders as Seifert alleges. Hastily staffed FEMA camp personnel would also fit the definition of first responders in the advent of widespread civil insurrection, George Soros style. Everything Mr. Hines is implying is on display in this communication between KBR and a private citizen. Are we seeing the beginning of a new picture, a new plan, to eradicate many in this country? From Colorado I spoke with Paul Martin in the afternoon of 8/27 and he told me he is working on a story in Colorado in which he is in the process of obtaining pictures of blacked-out, caged busses in Northern Colorado. This is what the old Wackenhut busses looked like and they were contracted for “emergency use” by FEMA. Prelude to Occupation? From a San Diego TV Station Report: The arrest of 30 Chinese and Mexican nationals who had entered the country without authorization led U.S. Border Patrol agents to uncover a clandestine tunnel spanning the U.S.-Mexico border near the Otay Mesa port of entry early Saturday morning. A tunnel opening equipped with a ladder that was discovered near the U.S.-Mexico border on Aug. 26, 2017, is seen in a photo released by U.S. Customs and Border Protection. The officials were patrolling the southern San Diego area, which borders the Mexican city of Tijuana, when around 1:15 a.m. they came across the group of migrants, who appeared to have just entered the country, according to a statement from U.S. Customs and Border Protection. The agents searched the area and uncovered a crude hole in the ground that was outfitted with a ladder and concluded it was used to smuggle humans and illegal goods. The shaft would deposit people coming from Mexico just north of the secondary fence near the port of entry, officials said”…. Clearly, we have foreign troop activity from coast to coast. FEMA is behaving very strangly and now we see a new player entering the domestic scene, namely NATO which has joined the UN in Pennsylvania. The reports I have listed here are only a small sample of what I have been receiving every single day in the past 30 days. Something very big is clearly taking place inside the United States. Has anyone else noticed that President Trump has been strangely silent in the past several days? Is it time to connect these dots? Request From The Common Sense Show There is definitely something big brewing around the country and it just does not only have to do with Hurricane Harvey. It would be easy to claim that martial law (ie Continuity of Government) is in play, or at least it is being rehearsed on a mass scale. However, I think we should gather more data. There is I made the following short video in which I request that information be sent to: davehodges@thecommonsenseshow.com 

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/08/29/domestic-foreign-troop-activity-from-coast-to-coast-fema-behaving-strangely/ 

:: 8-30-17 Alt Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sorry, Joe Biden - The 'Soul' Of America Is Conservative

Wednesday, 30 August 2017 02:54 Brandon Smith

Some political figures truly embody the classic role of the divider; their purpose seems to be to agitate and provoke, to instigate conflict rather than mediate peace. Al Sharpton and Nancy Pelosi come to mind. Let's not forget John McCain or Lindsay Graham. Barack Obama was known as the "great divider" for much of his presidency. While many leftists would argue that Donald Trump is the "most divisive" president in generations, I think the mainstream media has proven far more provoking than he has. In the case of Charlottesville, we see a whole host of individuals and institutions seeking to promulgate continued social tensions well beyond anything Trump has done. One of these individuals is Joe Biden. In a short essay for The Atlantic, Joe Biden was quick to capitalize on the death of a protester in Charlottesville at the hands of an apparent white nationalist, spewing forth a host of cliches on "dark forces" creeping out from the hidden corners of America to smother the light and happiness of the silent Kumbaya majority like some kind of J.R.R. Tolkien novel. This narrative is nothing new. It is the narrative that was promoted throughout the 2016 presidential election cycle as well as the Brexit debate in the U.K. — the notion that dangerous and "ignorant" portions of the citizenry in western society (labeled "populists") are quietly organizing for a last stand against the "inevitable evolution" of progressive multiculturalism and globalism. They are presented as the throwbacks, the cave people, the Cro-Magnons, the people who refuse to get with the times and embrace the social justice revolution. They are, according to gatekeepers like Biden, in the way. While a host of names and labels are used to define this group of malcontents preventing society from achieving full-blown Utopia, we all know who establishment snake oil peddlers are really referring to: conservatives. The racism subplot to this scripted conflict has always been present. When the vote on the U.K. exit from the European Union proved successful, the automatic accusation in the media was that this was driven by "hidden racism," along with the consistent idea that older generations were trying to live off the backs of younger generations while interfering with "natural" shifts in cultural consciousness. These claims were greatly amplified during the rise of the Trump administration. I have to say, these assertions are fascinating to me. The amount of propaganda and projection involved is truly staggering. Biden's hope along with other establishment con-men, I believe, is that he can continue to simplify the narrative down to a series of false associations. White nationalists were present at Charlottesville? Indeed. White nationalists were standing in defense of the confederate statue issue? Yes. White nationalists faced off against Antifa counter-protesters? Certainly. A white nationalist drove his car into a group of counter-protesters and killed one of them? It would seem so, though I still think the man deserves a fair trial before being convicted in the media. But here is where Biden and his ilk deliberately go off the rails in order to incite wider tensions... At this point, the narrative moves from facts to wild assumptions and misconceptions. White nationalists were present in Charlottesville, but does this mean everyone (or even most people) in Charlottesville protesting in defense against the removal of confederate statues was a racist? No. Does this mean that people who support the existence of confederate statues are automatically racists? No. Does this mean that anyone that stands in opposition to groups like Antifa is a racist or a fascist? No. Just because one man acted violently in response to Antifa and other leftists groups, does this mean that Antifa represents the "good guys" in Biden's little screenplay? No. But this is the story we are being sold. Not just by Biden, but by many other political interests. I would specifically reference a recent panel of Trump supporters by CNN, during which the "journalist" was dismayed to discover that none of the people involved was willing to play along with the message that Donald Trump's response to Charlottesville was anything other than logical. I want readers to take note of a specific assertion made by CNN, as well as Biden, here — the assertion that it is the job of leftist groups like Antifa to "fight" or even destroy "hate groups" or "fascist groups." CNN outright compares Charlottesville to World War II, claiming that because the allies were justified in going to war with Nazis back then, that Antifa is justified in going to war with "Nazis" today. But again, when you consider the reality that Antifa and similar groups associate all conservatives with fascism, this narrative opens the door to a level of intolerance and violence that is unacceptable and also misplaced. Beyond that, it seems to me that CNN, Biden and others are happily supporting the false assumption that "hate speech" is not protected speech in America. I don't personally care for the white nationalist platform, being that skin color and genetic background is ultimately irrelevant, and as I noted in my last article, some of these groups end up being led by government paid provocateurs. But these groups still have the Constitutional right to protest grievances in public spaces. It does not matter how distasteful one person or another finds them to be. Laughably, Biden spends the majority of his diatribe in The Atlantic admonishing the very existence of these groups as if they are a threat to the constitution. Stating: "The giant forward steps we have taken in recent years on civil liberties and civil rights and human rights are being met by a ferocious pushback from the oldest and darkest forces in America. Are we really surprised they rose up? Are we really surprised they lashed back? Did we really think they would be extinguished with a whimper rather than a fight? ...Today we have an American president who has publicly proclaimed a moral equivalency between neo-Nazis and Klansmen and those who would oppose their venom and hate. We have an American president who has emboldened white supremacists with messages of comfort and support ....This is a moment for this nation to declare what the president can't with any clarity, consistency or conviction: There is no place for these hate groups in America. Hatred of blacks, Jews, immigrants — all who are seen as "the other" — won't be accepted or tolerated or given safe harbor anywhere in this nation." Biden has the audacity to concoct this fallacy and then associate it with the "defense of the constitution" at the end of the article. I guess the "medal of freedom" he received as a surprise gift from Barack Obama was just a meaningless trinket after all. I don't know that anyone claimed a "moral equivalency" between racists and people opposed to racism. That is not what the confederate statue issue is about anyway. What I do know, though, is that under the law every group present at Charlottesville had a Constitutional right to be there, regardless of how Biden or others view their "morals." I would point out that many people, myself included, actually find the communistic fanaticism of Antifa and other social justice groups to be a much greater threat to the freedom and stability of our nation than anything white nationalist groups promote. But many conservatives, myself included, still defend Antifa's right to free speech in public places as long as they do not interfere in the free speech rights of others. This is something leftist groups are not willing to do. These groups should be thanking their lucky stars for conservatives and conservative principles, otherwise they might have been stomped out of existence a long time ago. It is conservative thought that defends the rights of any group or individual, acting in accordance with the law, to speak freely in public forums. It is conservative thought that defends the speech of Antifa. It is conservative thought that defends the existence of confederate statues. And yes, it is conservative thought that defends the speech of white nationalists and many others. This does not mean we necessarily agree with any particular group's position. The nature of the speech is irrelevant. In this kind of open social environment, ideas can do battle, rather than people. When one group begins to assert preeminence and says the speech of others is now unprotected, the door is opened wide to battles between people, rather than ideas. If a person does not agree with certain views, they can always go back home, or back to their own private websites and forums. But, as soon as they enter the public sphere, they are not entitled to insulation from the ideas of other people. What Biden and others are championing is at bottom the ideology of "futurism," a movement launched in Europe and Russia in the early 20th Century driven by violent change or extermination of traditional principles. Futurism is often credited as being a precursor to both fascist and Bolshevist political movements (as well as globalism), and its core mantra is that all "new" ideas and systems must take precedence over old ideas and systems. New generations must advance the dominance of their ideologies over older generations. Heritage must die out. Traditions must be abandoned. Progress must be pursued. The problem is, there are very few "new" ideas in the world. In cultural terms, society is cyclical. The same ideas come and go over the centuries; rehashed and rebranded, but certainly not new. What Antifa represents is classic communism and cultural Marxism. These are old ideals. The destruction of a nation's history and heritage in the name of expedient political progress and "social justice" is a classic strategy turned into a science by the likes of Lenin and Mao. And this strategy is merely an extension of one of the oldest ideas ever — collectivist tyranny. If we are to be honest here, the conservative philosophy of individual freedom and Constitutional liberty as a foundation of political life is the newest of ideas to be adopted by any culture in human history. When we examine the mindset of the average American, there is definitely a sizable division. But, one thing the vast majority of us agree on is that government power is not to be trusted. Only 20% of Americans today believe the government will "do what is right" most of the time. The largest ideological group in the US according to recent polls continues to be conservatives. Conservative principles of limited government and individual liberty are the bedrock upon which America was founded. While many Democrats (and some Republicans) will insist upon larger government as the solution to all our societal ills, this is predicated on the notion that THEY are in control of that government. Place a host of Republicans in seats of power in Washington and the liberals become just as distrustful of the establishment as any hardcore libertarian (aka - true conservative). You see, the fact is that most people are really conservative at heart until they think they have the reins of government in their hands. What Biden and other establishment elites want is to use government power as a temptation; a prize that will corrupt anyone that attains it and alienate anyone that doesn't. In the case of his Atlantic article, Biden is luring leftists into stupidity and ruin. Biden WANTS domestic strife and conflict. He wants the left to think they are fighting a righteous fight when they on the wrong side of history not to mention nothing more than cannon fodder. And they think he is actually on their side... Biden claims that today we are in a battle "for America's soul," but the reality is that establishment elites and the useful idiots they employ are seeking to suffocate the soul of our nation so that they can build their own vision on top of the ashes. This is what futurists do. This is what communists and fascists do. This is what globalists do. America has survived as long as it has because some ideas never become outdated. The Bill of Rights and the Constitution itself is merely the legal embodiment of the eternal principles of natural law and individual liberty. What is new is the idea that these principles must be protected by government, that they actually RESTRICT government, and that, in fact, the only job government should really be concerned with is to ensure the continuation of these restrictions on leadership and these freedoms for citizens. This is conservative. This is the soul of America. You cannot call for the exact opposite and still claim you are a champion of America's soul.

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/3265-sorry-joe-biden-the-soul-of-america-is-conservative 

:: 8-29-17 Tru News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Houston Flooding: Climate Change or Morality Change?

August 29, 2017

Is the flooding in Houston the result of man’s sins against God, or the left’s false narrative of climate change? Today on TRUNEWS, Rick Wiles prays for those displaced by Hurricane Harvey, and calls for Christians to return to the path of righteousness. Rick also shares prophecies from Sadhu Sundar Selvaraj and Pamela Banda, which predicted the calamity which has befallen the Lone Star state, and discusses the latest North Korean missile launch as America approaches September 11th.

http://www.trunews.com/article/houston-flooding-climate-change-or-morality-change 

:: 8-30-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Heaviest rain in history: Catastrophic scenes in Houston as 200,000 people are forced from their homes by flooding and 10,000 survivors fill convention center to TWICE its capacity after Harvey breaks American rainfall record

The George R Brown Convention Center in downtown Houston, Texas, has a capacity of up to 5,000 people

However, Monday night 9,021 flood evacuees crammed into the center, sleeping on chairs and even the floor

People continued to flock to the overcrowded shelter Tuesday as Houston plans to open more mega-shelters

US Homeland Security Secretary Elaine Duke said there are about 20,000 Harvey evacuees in shelters

Louisiana Governor John Bel Edwards offered to take in evacuees from Texas even as southwest Louisiana suffers from flooding and hundreds of people were evacuated on Monday night and Tuesday morning

Record for rainfall for a tropical system was set Tuesday for continental US - 51.88inches in Cedar Bayou

Mayor Sylvester Turner implemented an overnight curfew Tuesday from 12am to 5am to prevent crime

Residents near Columbia Lakes were told Tuesday morning to leave immediately after a levee was breached

Chemical plant Arkema SA in Crosby, Texas, was evacuated Tuesday because of the rising risk of an explosion

Residents within 1.5miles of the chemical facility were also told to evacuate as a 'precautionary measure'

Public health officials warned flooding increases risk of many illnesses including bacterial and viral infections

At least 18 are dead but it is likely that number will rise as the floods recede and more victims are found

Though military help has been limited, up to 30,000 National Guard troops could be called on to help in Texas

By Associated Press and Reuters and Afp and Ann Schmidt For Dailymail.com Published: 21:13 EDT, 29 August 2017 | Updated: 09:26 EDT, 30 August 2017

Hurricane Harvey has dumped the most rain on the continental US in history it was revealed today - as catastrophic scenes unfold in Houston with shelters overwhelmed with survivors, a curfew in place to prevent looting, dams overflowing and a chemical plant at risk of exploding. According to Homeland Security Secretary Elaine Duke, there are currently about 20,000 Hurricane Harvey evacuees in shelters. Many of Houston's evacuees are crammed into the city's convention center which is now overcrowded with 10,000 evacuees - double what officials initially planned. The George R Brown Convention Center in downtown Houston, Texas, has a capacity of up to 5,000 people, but Monday night 9,021 people stayed in the center, many sleeping on chairs and on the floor because of a shortage of cots. Others were being sent to the Toyota Center, the arena that is home to the Houston Rockets NBA team. Houston's mayor said the convention center would remain as the primary shelter in Houston. More people continued to flock to the city's overcrowded main shelter Tuesday as floodwaters kept rising after five consecutive days of rain that set a new continental US record for rainfall for a tropical system. In Cedar Bayou, Texas, rains reached 51.88inches Tuesday afternoon, the record for Texas and the continental US, but does not pass the record of 52inches of rain in Kauai, Hawaii in 1950 from Tropical Cyclone Hiki. That record was set before Hawaii became a state. The previous continental US record was 48inches set in 1978 in Medina, Texas, by Tropical Storm Amelia. A weather station southeast of Houston reported 49.32inches of rain as of Tuesday morning. There are initial reports that at least 18 people have died from the storm and its aftermath, however, the complete death toll can't be fully counted until after the floodwaters recede. And though the military has been limited in its ability to help in rescue and recovery efforts by weather and flooding, Air Force Major General James Witham said up to 30,000 National Guard troops could be called on to help in Texas. Federal and local agencies say they have rescued more than 13,000 people in the Houston area as well as in surrounding cities and counties in Southeast Texas since Tropical Storm Harvey inundated the area with torrential rain. Houston Police Chief Art Acevedo said Tuesday his agency has rescued about 4,100 people. Houston Fire Chief Samuel Peńa says they have rescued more than 3,000. Parisa Safarzadeh, a spokeswoman for the Harris County Sheriff's Office says her agency has rescued more than 3,000 people. Houston is located in Harris County. US Coast Guard Lt Mike Hart says his agency has rescued more than 3,000 individuals. Hart says the Coast Guard total includes rescues in Houston, but also in outlying cities and subdivisions outside of Houston, as well as in surrounding counties, including Brazoria, Galveston and Matagorda. On Wednesday morning, Singapore's defense ministry says as many as four of its military helicopters will start assisting in Tropical Storm Harvey relief efforts. The CH-47 Chinook helicopters are stationed in Grand Prairie, Texas, as part of a decades-long partnership between the Republic of Singapore Air Force and Texas National Guard. Singaporean airmen who train there learn how to face large-scale emergencies. The ministry says the helicopters will be able to airlift troops, evacuees and supplies in the relief effort. Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong made the offer in a call with President Donald Trump late Tuesday. Both leaders are set to meet at the White House in October. Singapore made a similar offer after Hurricane Katrina in 2005. Air Force Major General Witham, the director of dometic operations for the National Guard Bureau, told reporters there are currently about 3,500 National Guard troops involved in Harvey rescue efforts, including 3,000 from the Texas National Guard. He estimated that the Texas guard number could rise to 8,000 to 10,000 in coming days, possibly joined by 20,000 to 30,000 from other states. He said the military is providing everything that has been requested by Texas Governor Greg Abbott, although the response is constrained by the stormy weather and by flooding that limits use of roadways. He said weather has limited the use of military helicopters over the past two or three days, so the Guard has instead used boats and ground vehicles to rescue stranded residents in the Houston area. Besides the additional National Guard troops from other states, there are about 1,000 active-duty military forces in position to provide assistance if called up by civilian authorities, he said. Asked whether Texas authorities recognized the magnitude of the disaster quickly enough, Witham said, 'That's debatable.' He said in some respects the need was recognized quickly. But the extraordinary amount of rainfall and flooding exceeded what state planners could have foreseen. 'So if you're looking at an event that only occurs every few hundred years, the planning that would have normally occurred for that probably wasn't here,' Witham said. 'So, in many cases, the request for assistance, not only for the National Guard but federal forces, may not have been anticipated quickly enough.' As waters continue to rise, public health officials are warning that flooding increases the risk of illnesses ranging from skin rashes to bacterial and viral infections and mosquito-borne disease. On Monday afternoon the town of Dickinson issued a mandatory evacuation order and residents near Columbia Lakes in Brazoria County were told Tuesday morning to leave immediately after a levee was breached. Residents within 1.5miles of a chemical plant in Crosby, Texas, were evacuated on Tuesday as a 'precautionary measure' because of the rising risk of an explosion, the local fire marshal's office said in a Twitter message. More than 17,000 people have sought refuge in Texas shelters and that number seemed certain to increase, the American Red Cross said. As people continue to flock to the overcrowded George R Brown Convention Center, Houston is planning to open a few other 'mega-shelters' for evacuees. 'We are not turning anyone away. But it does mean we need to expand our capabilities and our capacity,' Houston Mayor Sylvester Turner said. 'Relief is coming. Televangelist Joel Osteen opened his Houston megachurch, a 16,000-seat former arena that was the longtime home of the NBA's Houston Rockets, on Tuesday as a shelter after social media critics slammed him for not offering to house people in need while Harvey swamps the city. Osteen announced the effort in a tweet, saying he and wife Victoria Osteen 'care deeply about our fellow Houstonians'. Later in the day, the Toyota Center was accepting people who could not find space at the convention center. However the arena had only 500 cots added to its floor because the convention center will remain the primary shelter for Harvey evacuees. Mayor Turner said Tuesday night that people will still have to go to the convention center first before going into the Toyota Center. Tom McCasland, Houston's housing and community development director, told The Associated Press Tuesday that the Toyota Center will serve as an overflow center for people still arriving Tuesday night and early Wednesday. It will only serve families with children that don't have pressing medical needs. McCasland says more cots are on the way for thousands of people who didn't have one Monday night. Some people slept on towels or strips of cardboard. He says, 'We fully expect to have everyone in a cot tonight.' Turner said Tuesday night that because Houston police have been spread thin due to ongoing water rescues and other efforts, 50 Texas National Guard members will be stationed at the convention center to provide security. Houston officials opened a major shelter at NRG Park that can accommodate up to 10,000 evacuees. Darian Ward, a spokeswoman for Houston Mayor Sylvester Turner, said the convention center adjacent to the city's NFL stadium and the Astrodome opened at 10pm Tuesday. Mayor Turner also said Tuesday the city has asked the Federal Emergency Management Agency for more supplies, including cots and food, for additional 10,000 people, which he hopes to get no later than Wednesday. The mayor also issued an overnight curfew beginning on Tuesday night for an indefinite period amid incidents of looting, armed robberies and people impersonating police officers. The curfew will run from 10pm until 5am and Houston is bringing additional police from other regions, Turner said in a news conference Tuesday evening. 'You cannot drive, nor be in any public place. We have had problems with armed robberies, with people with guns and firearms,' Houston Police Chief Art Acevedo said. Those who violate the curfew will be questioned, searched and arrested, Acevedo said. The curfew comes after fourteen people were arrested for looting in the Houston area over the past 48 hours, as floodwaters from Harvey continue to devastate the region. Officials said Tuesday night they have received disturbing reports of people impersonating Homeland Security special agents and telling residents to evacuate in order to rob their homes. The city of Houston says people should ask anyone knocking on their doors for official badges and credentials with their name and organization. The city's statement also notes that during Harvey relief efforts, US Immigration and Customs Enforcement is not conducting immigration enforcement operations in the area. The city also says in a tweet in both English and Spanish that it is not checking the immigration status of anyone coming into shelters. On Tuesday, Louisiana Governor John Bel Edwards offered to take in Harvey victims from Texas. Edwards said he expects Texas officials to decide within 48 hours whether to accept the offer, which comes as Louisiana is also helping its own residents who were rescued from Harvey's floodwaters overnight. About 500 people were evacuated Monday night and early Tuesday from flooded neighborhoods in southwest Louisiana, and about 200 spent the night in area shelters, Edwards said. Meteorologists have said Harvey will spend much of Wednesday dropping rain on Louisiana before moving on to Arkansas, Tennessee and parts of Missouri, which could also see flooding. National Hurricane Center meteorologist Dennis Feltgen said that Houston would soon get a chance to dry out and that when the storm returns to land Wednesday, 'it's the end of the beginning'. But Feltgen cautioned: 'We're not done with this. There's still an awful lot of real estate and a lot of people who are going to feel the impacts of the storm.' The National Weather Service predicted less of an inch of rain for Houston on Wednesday and only a 30 percent chance of showers and thunderstorms for Thursday. Friday's forecast called for mostly sunny skies with a high near 94. President Donald Trump visited Texas on Tuesday, and the White House said his stops in Corpus Christi and Austin were meant to highlight coordination at all levels of government and lay the groundwork for what is expected to be a lengthy recovery after the storm. Trump traveled with the secretaries of health and human services and housing and urban development, and the head of the Small Business Administration. The president raised spirits as he addressed a crowd of fans at a firehouse in Corpus Christi, telling them: 'This is historic, it's epic, what happened, but you know what, it happened in Texas. Texas can handle anything.' He promised to take care of survivors and help with rescue efforts, saying: 'We love you. You are special. We are here to take care of you.' 'This was of epic proportion. Nobody's ever seen anything like this,' said Trump before praising Texas Governor Greg Abbott as being 'terrific' in the face of catastrophe. He commended the emergency services but said cautiously: 'We'll congratulate each other when it's all finished.' The day before, Abbott had visited some of the devastated areas before he gave an update on the aftermath of the storm in a press conference. 'A Texas-sized storm requires a Texas-sized response, and that is exactly what the state will provide,' he said Monday. 'While we have suffered a great deal, the resiliency and bravery of Texan's spirits is something that can never be broken. As communities are coming together in the aftermath of this storm, I will do everything in my power to make sure they have what they need to rebuild.' FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, estimates that 30,000 will be in need of shelter by the time the storm passes and there is already an estimated $40billion in damage. The agency also estimates that more than 450,000 people are likely to seek federal aid. The organization has around $3billion in its disaster relief fund but the sum is dwindling. The storm has also crippled the country's oil trade, hampering 16per cent of the US's refineries, which are in the danger zone. US lawmakers have already begun contemplating the massive rebuilding costs, leaving some Republicans in a tricky spot after they opposed federal aid when a storm devastated eastern states in 2012. Flooding has damaged or destroyed thousands of homes, crippled infrastructure, washed away businesses and left the economic future of the region under a cloud. Just how heavy a financial toll the storm will take on the southern US economy was unclear Tuesday, as the focus remained on rescue operations, many of them being carried out in the hard-hit Houston area. But the storm, which on Tuesday was tilting toward neighboring Louisiana, has the potential to be one of the costliest natural disasters in US history, and lawmakers have already broached the subject of recovery funding. 'I believe we need to put an aid package together for $150 billion' for emergency relief and recovery from Harvey, House Democrat Sheila Jackson-Lee, whose Houston district remained largely underwater, told CNN. That staggering amount is 2.5 times the funding approved by Congress and allocated by the federal government following superstorm Sandy, which caused widespread devastation in eastern states including New York, New Jersey and Maryland when it struck in October 2012. Despite the clear need for federal government intervention after that storm, 179 Republican lawmakers -- including 23 of Texas's 24 House members -- opposed the Sandy Relief Act. The snub appalled New Jersey Governor Chris Christie, who at the time savaged his fellow Republicans as 'absolutely disgraceful.' Their votes are suddenly back in the spotlight, as lawmakers still on their summer recess sniped across social media. Republican Congressman Peter King of New York called out Senator Ted Cruz of Texas by name Monday in a stinging rebuke, saying he would vote for post-Harvey aid despite fellow Republicans opposing Sandy relief. 'NY wont abandon Texas,' King tweeted. '1 bad turn doesnt deserve another.' A New Jersey Democrat offered similar thoughts. 'Despite my TX colleagues refusal to support aid in #SouthJersey time of need, I will support emergency disaster $ for those impacted,' Congressman Frank LoBiondo said Monday on Twitter. Cruz, a Tea Party hero and defender of fiscal austerity, insisted he opposed the Sandy bill because it contained excessive 'pork' -- targeted government spending that benefits a lawmaker's constituents -- unrelated to storm recovery 'Of course, the federal government has a critical role in disaster relief,' Cruz said on CNN. 'But you should not have members of Congress that are exploiting disasters to fund their pet projects, and so there will be time for all of those debates in Washington.' One estimate, by Enki Research, already puts the Harvey damage at $42billion. But with the storm forecast to churn along the Gulf coast for at least two more days, that estimate could surge. In Brazoria County, Texas, authorities posted a message on Twitter Tuesday morning warning that the levee at Columbia Lakes south of Houston had been breached and telling people to 'GET OUT NOW!!' Brazoria County Judge Matt Sebesta said residents were warned that the levee would be overtopped at some point, and a mandatory evacuation order was given Sunday. The levee was later fortified, but officials said they did not know how long the work would hold. Engineers began releasing water from the Addicks and Barker reservoirs Monday to ease the strain on the dams. But the releases were not enough to relieve the pressure after one of the heaviest downpours in US history, Army Corps of Engineers officials said. Both reservoirs are at record highs, with the Addicks even overspilled at 108ft. The release of the water means that more homes and streets will flood, and some homes will be inundated for up to a month, said Jeff Lindner of the Harris County Flood Control District. The county is trying to determine where the water will go, Lindner said. The bridge is on Woodforest Boulevard over Greens Bayou has collapsed and drinking water in Lake Forest is no longer safe due to a loss of water pressure. Residents there must now boil water before drinking it and using it for cooking or brushing their teeth. Meanwhile, major Houston prisons have been evacuated to save inmates from the floods. Six thousand prisoners have been bused to other correctional facilities across the state. On Tuesday, the owner of the chemical plant, Arkema SA, said in a statement the situation at its southeast Texas plant 'has become serious' and evacuated all of its staff from the facility in Crosby, Texas. Crosby is about 25 miles northeast of Houston and in the 2010 US census had a population of 2,300 people. 'As a protective measure Harris County has evacuated all residents within 1.5 miles of the Arkema facility,' said a Twitter message from the Harris County Fire Marshal Office. 'There is a potential for a chemical reaction leading to a fire at the facility, which could produce a large amount of black smoke,' the fire marshal, citing Arkema, said. 'While we do not believe there is any imminent danger, the potential for a chemical reaction leading to a fire and/or explosion within the site confines is real,' the company said. Arkema said the plant has been hit by more than 40 inches of rain, was heavily flooded and without electricity since Sunday. Back-up generators have largely been swamped. Maintaining refrigeration for chemicals that must be stored at low temperature is key, the company said. After losing generators, workers transferred products from the warehouses into diesel-powered refrigerated containers. But the floodwaters also compromised the back-up containers, and the company is monitoring temperature levels remotely, it said. The Arkema plant in Crosby produces organic peroxides. It has been closed since Friday but had a skeletal staff of about a dozen in place. Other Texas chemical plants have also shuttered production because of the storm. Anglo-Swiss chemicals firm Ineos Group Holdings SA said it has been forced to shut Chocolate Bayou Works and Battleground Manufacturing Complex. INEOS Nitriles' Green Lake facility are following hurricane procedures and are temporarily shut down, spokesman Charles Saunders said. Huntsman Corp said it has closed six chemical plants in Texas, along with its global headquarters and advanced technology center in Texas. US public health officials warned Monday that flooding increases the risk of ills ranging from skin rashes to bacterial and viral infections and mosquito-borne disease. The most immediate health risk is from drowning, especially for people trapped in vehicles, said Renee Funk, associate director for emergency management of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Carbon monoxide poisoning from portable generators is another threat. 'Unfortunately, we expect there will be people who die from that and people will be poisoned from it,' Funk said in a telephone interview. But simply wading in floodwaters could cause skin rashes because so much of the water is contaminated with toxic chemicals that get washed out of people's garages and tool sheds. 'The number one thing we're concerned with in a flood is chemicals,' said Funk, who advises people to shower and wash their hands immediately after contact with floodwaters. Mosquito-borne disease is less of an immediate threat because the floodwaters will wash out most mosquito breeding sites for disease-causing mosquitoes such Aedes aegypti, which spread Zika, chikungunya, dengue and yellow fever, she said. Floods typically cause a rise in nuisance mosquitoes, such as the Culex variety, and these, too, can carry disease. A year after Hurricane Katrina in 2005, regions in Louisiana and Mississippi affected by the flood reported a doubling of cases of neuroinvasive West Nile virus - cases in which the virus caused severe inflammation in the brain or spinal cord, said Dr Peter Hotez, dean of the National School of Tropical Medicine at Baylor College of Medicine. 'A year from now, we'll have to look very closely at West Nile and other mosquito-borne viruses,' said Hotez, who is riding out the storm from his Houston home while his lab at Baylor is closed. In the immediate aftermath of Harvey, bacterial diseases are a concern, although cholera, a scourge in the wake of many natural disasters in developing countries, is likely not a worry in Houston, he said. 'Bacterial infections are really important, such as salmonella and E. coli infections,' Hotez said. Shelters could also pose a public health risk, said Dr Amesh Adalja, a senior associate at the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security. 'If you are in a small enclosed area in an alternate care facility and you have really bad diarrhea, it's going to be hard in these situations to practice proper infection control.' Although forecasters had feared that another two feet of rain could fall in some places, it appeared that the outlook had improved somewhat on Tuesday. The weather service said the amount of rain falling in the Houston area would be two to three inches, perhaps a little less in Houston proper, as the storm moved east. But southeastern Texas and southwestern Louisiana still would see 'relentless torrential rains', with another six to 12 inches of rain across the upper Texas coast through Friday as Harvey continues to move slowly east over the Gulf of Mexico maintaining tropical storm force winds of 45mph, the National Hurricane Center said. It is expected to make landfall again Wednesday morning, probably in southwestern Louisiana. Calls for rescue have so overwhelmed emergency teams that they have had little time to search for bodies. And officials acknowledge that fatalities from Harvey could soar once the floodwaters start to recede from one of America's most sprawling metropolitan centers. More than four days after the storm ravaged the Texas coastline as a Category 4 hurricane, authorities had confirmed only four deaths - including a woman killed Monday when heavy rains dislodged a large oak tree onto her trailer home in the small town of Porter. But unconfirmed reports of others missing or presumed dead were growing. 'We know in these kinds of events that, sadly, the death toll goes up historically,' Houston Police Chief Art Acevedo told The Associated Press. 'I'm really worried about how many bodies we're going to find.' One Houston woman said Monday that she presumes six members of a family, including four of her grandchildren, died after their van sank into Greens Bayou in East Houston. Virginia Saldivar told The Associated Press her brother-in-law was driving the van Sunday when a strong current took the vehicle over a bridge and into the bayou. The driver was able to get out and urged the children to escape through the back door, Saldivar said, but they could not. 'I'm just hoping we find the bodies,' Saldivar said. Houston emergency officials could not confirm the deaths. Authorities in Houston did confirm Tuesday that a 60-year-old city police officer drowned in his patrol car after he became trapped in high water while driving to work. Sgt Steve Perez had been with the force for 34 years. A spokeswoman for a Houston hotel said one of its employees disappeared while helping about 100 guests and workers evacuate the building. Beaumont police say a woman has died after she and her young daughter were swept into a rain-swollen drainage canal while trying to escape their stalled vehicle. A police statement said the woman pulled her vehicle into an office park's flooded parking lot about 3.35pm Tuesday, where it became stalled by high water. The woman then took her daughter, exited the car and was swept about a half-mile away. Two Beaumont police officers and two fire-rescue divers in a rubber boat spotted the mother floating with the child, who was holding onto her mother. Officers pulled the child and the mother into the boat. The child was responsive but suffering from hypothermia; the mother was unresponsive and efforts to revive her failed. The child is hospitalized in stable condition. Harris County confirmed the storm-related death of 64-year-old Alexander Kwoksum Sung, who drowned at a clock repair business Sunday in Houston. He was found in more than a foot of debris on Monday. The Harris County Institute of Forensic Sciences updated its storm-related deaths Tuesday night to include an 89-year-old woman, Agnes Stanley, who was found floating in four feet of floodwater in a home. A 76-year-old woman, whose name was not released, was found floating in floodwater near a vehicle. A 45-year-old man, Travis Lynn Callihan, left his vehicle and fell into floodwaters. He was taken to a hospital, where he died Monday. The disaster is unfolding on an epic scale, with the nation's fourth-largest city mostly paralyzed by the storm that arrived as a Category 4 hurricane and then parked over the Gulf Coast. The Houston metro area covers about 10,000 square miles, an area slightly bigger than New Jersey. Harvey kept drenching Houston and the surrounding area. Rain fell Tuesday at about half an inch per hour over Harris County - home to Houston - and up to two inches per hour to the east. Forecasters expect the storm to linger over the Gulf before heading back inland east of Houston sometime Wednesday. The system will then head north and lose its tropical strength. It could creep as far east as Mississippi by Thursday, meaning New Orleans, where Hurricane Katrina unleashed its full wrath in 2005, is in Harvey's path. Foreboding images of Harvey lit up weather radar screens early Tuesday, the 12th anniversary of the day Katrina made landfall in Plaquemines Parish. The impact of the storm on the lives of residents in the danger zone is unfathomable. Many have no idea of the extent of the damage in their homes and are now fearing the financial torment they may now face. Mayor Turner pleaded for help from other cities and plugged charity relief funds to care for the thousands of Houston residents in crisis. Huge fundraising efforts are underway by the Red Cross. The New York Stock Exchange has donated $1million and Facebook has raised more than $1million as well. Celebrities including actor Kevin Hart and Real Housewives of New York star and business mogul Bethenny Frankel have pledged more than $50,000 combined. NFL Houston Texans' player JJ Watt raised more than $4.7million for Hurricane Harvey victims on aYouCaring page by Tuesday night. The cost of the storm will extend beyond state lines. Experts at Goldman Sachs say it is likely to reduce GDP growth by 0.2per cent. Oil prices surged as supplies became suddenly precarious on Tuesday. The full extent of the damage is not yet clear and won't be for some time. For now, charities and volunteers are focusing on the immediate needs of the people who have been displaced. Dallas is preparing super shelters for thousands of displaced residents. On Monday afternoon, military planes transported the first evacuees to the Lively Point Youth Center in Irving. The space has capacity for about 200 evacuees and the shelter will be run by the Red Cross and City of Irving employees. The city's emergency management coordinator said they are planning for the shelters to run 'long term'. Evacuees and those working the shelters have and will be vetted through criminal background checks. The City of Dallas is also planning to host more than 5,000 evacuees in a shelter at the convention center. Over the weekend, Mayor Turner asked anyone with a boat to help with efforts. Many Texans responded bravely to his call to arms and were out in force on Saturday saving vulnerable neighbors and strangers from the floods. 'The goal is rescue. That's the major focus for the day. We want to focus on getting them out of their homes or whatever their stressful situation may be,' he said. Hospitals asked Monday for trained nurses to volunteer at their centers, which were overflowing with patients. As Houston struggles with the storm's aftermath, help from other states and cities is pouring in. One Michigan-based company has donated 22,000 kayaks to help residents get around as the flood waters cease to drain. On Monday night, 11 people had to be rescued after one private boat of volunteers capsized. They were all rescued by the Houston Fire Department and none have serious injuries. Earlier this week, Mayor Turner came under fire for his decision not to evacuate Houston, but he said it would have caused more chaos to send millions of people on the roads without a well-organized evacuation plan. And when the storm began on Friday, Houston was not immediately hit. It was safe from the battering winds which tore apart towns on the coast and many felt confident enough to remain in their homes. However as the storm moved further inland on Saturday and Saturday, floods - the likes of which the city has never before seen - swept through. The city woke up to a water world and many, with no alternative, swam to safety or climbed in to rescue boats. Even in homes which are not flooded, residents are running out of food and water and some cannot safely make their way to grocery stores. Those who do make it there face snaking lines and empty shelves inside the stores. And according to several utility companies, more than 280,000 people were without power on Monday. Now, many are trapped in their homes with no way out. They have been left to wait for rescue boats but the situation is bleak. With 911 operation centers inundated, panicked residents turned to social media to be saved. They shared pictures of frightened children cowering on kitchen work tops as water covered the floors of their homes. Oliver Simpson, 35, a father of four from west Houston, is stuck in his home with his children. He told DailyMail.com on Monday: 'It's horrible. I feel helpless - sitting with no power and just waiting to see what happens. And we have it so much better than many others. 'I have a neighbor who had a tree fall on his garage, it went across a gas line. There is a gas leak and despite calls to 911 still no one been out. That was at 4am this morning. 'To be clear, authorities are doing everything they can [there are] just many people in far worse situation than us.' Six members of the same family died by drowning in their van as they tried to escape Harvey's floods on Saturday, according to other members of the family. KHOU reports that the victims - four children under the age of 16 and their grandparents - were traveling in a van being driven by their great uncle near Greens Bayou when they ran into trouble. He was able to escape as water rushed in to the vehicle but the others could not and he watched as they perished in the water, other relatives said. The official death toll on Saturday was two - meaning authorities have so far been able to confirm two deaths. They are inundated with crisis situations, however and are therefore redirecting attention to rescuing people who are trapped. This makes it difficult to deliver an exact number but the total was reported as five on Sunday.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4835168/Houston-convention-center-overflows-9-000-survivors.html#ixzz4rGkB2UrY 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 8-30-17 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. National News

Addicks Reservoir -Houston- BREACHED; Water Pouring over top of Spillway at of 8:06 AM EDT

According to the Harris County, Texas, Flood System, the major reservoir "Addicks" has now over-topped its spillway, sending thousands of cubic feet of water per minute into Houston. This is now on top of the catastrophic flooding already taking place in that city! The chart below, from the Texes Flood System shows the nightmare as it's happening: To view this official information yourself, click HERE to get to the Texas Flood System web site. Below is a map of Houston showing the geographic location of the mile-long Addicks Reservoir in the northwest part of the city. The Addicks Reservoir and Addicks Dam in conjunction with the Barker Reservoir prevent downstream flooding of Buffalo Bayou in the City of Houston. Both reservoirs were authorized under the Rivers and Harbors Act of June 20, 1938, which were modified by the Flood Control Acts of August 11, 1938; September 3, 1954; and October 27, 1965. Below is a graphic showing the layout of the Reservoir system and the "Buffalo Bayou River" that is now being flooded by the over-topped Addicks Reservoir. It will lead directly to massive flooding (on top of the existing flooding) right into the center of Houston:

http://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/news/u-s-national-news/1131-addicks-reservoir-houston-breached-water-pouring-over-top-of-spillway-at-of-8-06-am-edt 

:: 8-30-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Houston Mayor Orders Curfew To Prevent Looting, Warns Bridges And Roads Are "Starting To Fail"

by Tyler Durden Aug 30, 2017 3:28 AM

Update: Houston's Mayor imposed a curfew on Tuesday after the US city saw record rainfall and catastrophic flooding in the wake of tropical storm Harvey. The curfew will start at midnight and end at 5am, Mayor Sylvester Turner explained. Originally it was supposed to start earlier (as per his tweet below), but Turner said he wanted "to allow volunteers and others to do their great work." The curfew is intended to prevent property crimes against evacuated homes in the city, he added... Police Chief Art Acevedo said at an earlier news conference that curfew violators will be stopped, questioned, searched and arrested. There have been scattered reports of looting during the flooding from Tropical Storm Harvey. We detailed earlier that as Tropical Storm Harvey heads back inland, slamming southwest Texas with another 15-25 inches of rain, Housting officials are reporting that the city's critical infrastructure is starting to fail under the weight of the floodwaters, and may soon collapse. According to Reuters, roads and bridges in Houston have started to buckle under the impact of the catastrophic flooding in parts of the city. According to Jeff Linder of the Harris County Flood Control District, one bridge had collapsed and some roads had been damaged by the torrential rains. Worse, the damage is far from over. As reported yesterday, the water levels at two reservoirs to the west of the city, where more than 3,000 homes have been flooded, continue to rise. Meanwhile, Buffalo Bayou, the primary drainage system that runs through the city, is holding steady and may not recede for days, said Edmond Russo, deputy engineer with the US Army Corps of Engineers. According to USGS data, the Buffalo Bayou has recorded a record 33 inches of rain, and another 20 is expected in the coming 48 hours. Linder said the level of the Houston Ship Channel, which opens out into Galveston Bay was "at levels we've never seen before", slowing the bayou's ability to drain. Two major dams outside Houston have also begun to overflow, according to the BBC. Houston Mayor Sylvester Turner confirmed that one police officer has been killed since the flooding began. The Houston police chief says the officer's body was recovered Tuesday morning. He apparently died when floodwaters overcame his vehicle as he tried to get to his post. Meanwhile, the Port of Houston is reporting that all facilities will remain closed on Wednesday, leaving oil tankers carrying an estimated 17 million barrels of crude oil stranded off shore with their cargo. At least nine people have died as a result of the flooding, including six members of one family. Floodwaters have swept away some of the concrete barrier at the San Jacinto Bridge... If he is right, the dire forecast by Imperial Capital analyst David Havens who predicted that the final Harvey cost would surpass $100 billion, or 3 times more than what most believe the Harvey damages will amount to, will prove to be pleasantly optimistic in retrospect.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-08-29/houstons-bridges-and-roads-are-starting-fail-floodwaters-rise 

:: 8-28-17 Lexology :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Did Google violate James Damore’s Section 7 rights?

Constangy Brooks Smith & Prophete LLP USA August 28 2017

Much of the employment law commentary about Google’s termination of engineer James Damore for his so-called “anti-diversity screed” (notwithstanding the sensational headlines, it was arguably a relatively sober memorandum questioning the effectiveness of certain types of diversity efforts specific to Google) has been misdirected, focusing on the First Amendment rights of free speech and at-will employment. But Mr. Damore filed an unfair labor practice charge with the National Labor Relations Board, alleging that he was terminated for engaging in “protected concerted activity” under Section 7 of the NLRA and in retaliation for exercising his rights. He may have a case. Under Section 7, employees have the right to engage in speech or make complaints about how an employer is doing things that could have an effect on more than just the one employee complaining or speaking. As we have previously reported, the NLRB in recent years has found that individual complaints about discrimination in the workplace are protected concerted activity. Thus, it would seem that, consistent with those decisions, employee speech about an employer’s handling of diversity in the workplace could also be protected concerted activity. Google has asserted or implied that Mr. Damore violated its corporate code of conduct and that his memorandum was disruptive. Similar defenses have generally been rejected by the Board in recent years on the theory that protected concerted activity is often inherently disruptive. So, the NLRB may take Mr. Damore’s charge quite seriously, even if NLRB Regional Officials may consider his memorandum “politically incorrect.” Employers should watch this situation closely and learn from it. The current NLRB General Counsel has indicated in a memorandum that he views political activity and speech as inherently protected concerted activity. Private sector employers should also be aware that certain states and localities — including California, Colorado, the District of Columbia, New York, and North Dakota — have laws that may protect, through various means, political speech or affiliation, political activities, and lawful activities outside of work. With the publicity being generated by the Google situation and employment terminations in the national news flowing from the recent demonstrations in Charlottesville, Virginia, and elsewhere, this type of claim may become more common. (However, unlike Mr. Damore, who was writing about his employer’s diversity initiatives, political protesters in all likelihood would not have Section 7 claims against their employers because their activity does not relate to terms and conditions of their employment.) Public sector employers should also be aware of First Amendment and other legal protections and restrictions applicable to their employees.

https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=23d88976-4f01-48b9-abf1-99df902ff9c4 

:: 8-29-17 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Where Was God in Hurricane Harvey?

By Jim Denison , Christian Post Columnist | Aug 29, 2017 10:54 AM

Art Acevedo is police chief in Houston, Texas. His message to people in his beleaguered city: "Just hunker down, hold tight — we hear you, we feel you. Believe me." His police officers have rescued more than 3,000 people as of this morning. 911 operators fielded 56,000 calls within 24 hours when the crisis began. Numerous companies have pledged millions of dollars to relief efforts. Red Cross personnel are preparing for weeks of assistance to those affected by Hurricane Harvey. President Trump and the first lady will visit the Texas Gulf Coast later today. While police officers, 911 operators, and disaster relief workers have been saving lives in Houston for days, some may wonder where God has been as this disaster unfolded. What would our Lord say to those devastated by this unprecedented crisis?  

He knows your name. He called Zacchaeus and Saul of Tarsus by name, even though they were two of the most infamous sinners in the Bible.

He knew you before you were born: "Your eyes saw my unformed substance; in your book were written, every one of them, the days that were formed for me, when as yet there was none of them" (Psalm 139:16). • He knows your actions and thoughts: "You know when I sit down and when I rise up; you discern my thoughts from afar" (Psalm 139:2).

He knows every detail of your life: "Even the hairs of your head are all numbered" (Matthew 10:30).

He knows your pain: "I have surely seen the affliction of my people . . . and have heard their cry" (Exodus 3:7).

He suffers as you suffer: "In all their affliction he was afflicted" (Isaiah 63: 9).

He will never forget you: "I will not forget you. Behold, I have engraved you on the palms of my hands" (Isaiah 49:15–16).

He walks with you through calamity: "Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil, for you are with me; your rod and your staff, they comfort me" (Psalm 23:4). The psalmist declared, "God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble" (Psalm 46:1). As a result, he testified, "we will not fear though the earth gives way, though the mountains be moved into the heart of the sea, though its waters roar and foam, though the mountains tremble at its swelling" (vv. 2–3). Every rescuer is an extension of God's compassion and care in these catastrophic days. If the Lord could describe a pagan king like Cyrus as "my anointed" (Isaiah 45:1) and call Nebuchadnezzar "my servant" (Jeremiah 43:10), he can use every person who will be used. Every act of assistance, every resource and provision is his gift of grace and mercy. I believe that the One who wept over Jerusalem (Luke 19:41) weeps over Houston and the Texas Gulf Coast today. Now our Father calls us to share his heart for his children. If those devastated by this crisis were your brothers and sisters, how would you feel about them? They are. Originally posted at denisonforum.org

http://www.christianpost.com/news/where-was-god-in-hurricane-harvey-197199/ 

[ :: 4-8-12 am service (first word) :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You have seen Russia as she is preparing to move down upon Israel with the other nation. etc..  

:: 8-28-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israeli official: If Iran expands in Syria, we'll bomb Assad's palace

Netanyahu after Putin meeting: Iran wants the ‘Lebanonization’ of Syria

Iran in Syria By YASSER OKBI/ MAARIV HASHAVUA, JPOST.COM STAFF

August 28, 2017 12:17

Israel warned Russia of dire consequences if Iran is allowed to continue on its current path in Syria. A senior Israeli official warned the Russian government that if Iran continues to extend its reach in Syria, Israel will bomb Syrian President Bashar Assad's palace in Damascus, according to reports in Arab media. Israel also warned that if serious changes do not happen in the region, Israel will make sure the ceasefire deal, reached by the United States and Russia in Astana, Kazakhstan, will be nullified. A senior Israeli source told the Al-Jadida newspaper that no understanding was reached between the Israelis and the Russians. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu did, however, make it clear to Putin that its concerns must be met or Israel will be forced to act. The warnings occurred in a meeting between Netanyahu and Russian President Vladimir Putin last week. The prime minister, accompanied by Mossad head Yossi Cohen, the newly appointed head of the National Security Council, Meir Ben-Shabbat, and Likud minister Ze'ev Elkin who served as his translator, flew to Sochi on the Black Sea for the meeting, returning to Israel shortly after it ended. This is Netanyahu’s fourth trip to Russia in the last 16 months, and his sixth meeting with Putin during this same time frame. Netanyahu said the majority of his discussions with Putin focused on the situation in Syria. He said the reason he wanted to hold talks now with the Russian leader was because the situation inside Syria has changed very rapidly over the last few weeks.

http://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Israeli-Official-If-Iran-extends-in-Syrian-well-bomb-Assads-palace-503597 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 8-29-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mattis: Transgender troops can keep serving pending study

By Olivia Beavers - 08/29/17 08:06 PM EDT

Defense Secretary James Mattis announced Tuesday that transgender troops in the military would be allowed to continue serving pending the results of a study. The announcement comes days after President Trump signed a memo barring transgender people from enlisting in the military while instructing Mattis to explore how to handle those currently serving in the armed forces. "Once the panel reports its recommendations and following my consultation with the secretary of Homeland Security, I will provide my advice to the president concerning implementation of his policy direction," Mattis said in the statement Tuesday. "In the interim, current policy with respect to currently serving members will remain in place." Trump announced in late July his plans to reverse an Obama-era policy that allowed transgender individuals to serve in the military. “After consultation with my Generals and military experts, please be advised that the United States Government will not accept or allow transgender individuals to serve in any capacity in the U.S. Military,” Trump tweeted at the time. “Our military must be focused on decisive and overwhelming victory and cannot be burdened with the tremendous medical costs and disruption that transgender in the military would entail." Mattis indicated in his statement Tuesday that the Pentagon would move to implement Trump's directive, which sparked backlash among Democrats and some Republicans. The Defense Department "will carry out the president's policy direction, in consultation with the Department of Homeland Security. As directed, we will develop a study and implementation plan, which will contain the steps that will promote military readiness, lethality, and unit cohesion, with due regard for budgetary constraints and consistent with applicable law," Mattis said. Mattis said he would establish "a panel of experts" from within the departments of Defense and Homeland Security to provide recommendations for implementing Trump's directive. "Our focus must always be on what is best for the military's combat effectiveness leading to victory on the battlefield," he said.

http://thehill.com/homenews/administration/348484-mattis-halts-trump-transgender-policy-pending-study 

:: 8-24-17 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I’m Proud To Be White

Aug 24, 2017 Read More Articles by Dave Daubenmire

There. I said it. If you are reading this commentary then you are probably witnessing a miracle. I would assume that Facebook, Google, Youtube, Twitter, and Instagram have not banned me. That is usually what happens when someone expresses an opinion that the pencil necks don’t like. Pencil neck? Gee…that will probably get me banned as well. Name calling is definitively a violation of “community standards” on social media. Their standards, that is. Not mine and it certainly does not violate the standards of most people I hang out with. But most of my friends are normal. At least if there is such a thing as normal any more. Middle America normal. Not university normal…or progressive normal…or George Looney fan normal. But simply…normal. An everyday, run of the mill, clear thinking, I don’t-get-offended-easy normal…the kind of normal that you used to find in your middle class neighborhood, local public school, and TV sitcom. You know what I mean…Leave It To Beaver, Father Knows Best, Ozzie and Harriet, Andy Griffith and Barney Fife normal. Oh how I wish my grandkids could grow up in a bigoted society as those shows represented. But I am proud to be white and no matter how much you try to shame me you will not be able to make me recant. Beat me with a stick, ridicule me in public, email me all kinds of hateful comments, but you will not stop me from being proud of who I am. It is like the story I heard about the young kindergartner who pinched his fellow classmate in a dispute. “Tommy,” the teacher scolded. “You apologize and return to your seat.” “OK Mrs. Jones, I’ll sit down. But I am still standing up on the inside!!” Well, I am still proud on the inside. No matter how “racist” you say that I am. Proud does not mean superior. Being proud of my heritage does not make me a racist…or a bigot…or a hater. I am a proud nationalist. I think that our government should put the needs and the interests of Americans first. I didn’t realize that being a nationalist required identification with skin color. I hope all blacks are nationalists. I hope all Chinese are nationalists. I pray all Christians are nationalists. The fact that I happen to be Caucasian should not exclude me from being proud. I hope my black friends are proud that they are black. I hope my women friends are proud that they are female. Homos are proud. Strippers are proud. Dope smokers are proud. Heck, even some Cleveland Browns fans are proud… I am also proud to be a Christian. I am proud to be an American. I am proud of my German heritage. I’m proud to carry my family name DAUBENMIRE! I am proud to be a Buckeye. I’m proud to be a man. I am proud to be a grandpa. I am proud to have rapidly graying hair. I am proud to be a loyal and faithful husband. I am proud that I couldn’t care less about the color of anyone’s skin. Being proud of who I am does not mean I think I am better than everyone else. What has happened to us? What kind of world would this be if folks didn’t have something to be proud of? Isn’t that the goal of the self-esteem curriculums in our schools? That’s part of the problem we have in America. Pride comes from striving…overcoming obstacles…achieving in the face of adversity. Being proud of my accomplishments certainly does not diminish yours. At least it shouldn’t. Our schools have taught our children to be proud of what they should be ashamed of and ashamed of what they should be proud of. I have a hard time understanding my friends on the Left. As a follower of my Lord Jesus Christ I have always believed in the equality of all men. Our nation was built upon the premise that we were all “created” equal. But my cognitive dissident friends on the Left believe in evolution which has at the center of that ideology the idea of survival of the fittest. Evolutionary belief REQUIRES an understanding that not all people are equal. The cream rises to the top…only the strong will survive…kill or be killed…while at the same time pummeling the individual with the idea that everyone is equal. They are playing with our minds. Racism is a made-up ideology If the Truth were to be told, it is shame that does more damage than anything. I find that most of the trouble occurs with those who do not have a deep appreciation for their lot in live. Losers blame the referees. Winners overcome them. I am proud of what I have done. I am proud of what I have overcome. I am proud of my heritage. Can someone please explain to me why that makes me a racist? Would everyone feel better if I were ashamed of being white? Sorry Chief. I ain’t gonna do it. I’m proud of my heritage. I am proud to be white.

https://newswithviews.com/im-proud-to-be-white/ 

:: 8-24-17 Web News Order :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Too many foreign forces now hidden in every state in America!

August 24, 2017 danama Alternative 6 “The spirit of Paul Revere is Warning America! Get Ready! Get Ready!” The following is a partial list of the fruits of Marxist Multiculturalism! Too many foreign forces now hidden in every state in America! * The always-hidden Rothschild agents, dangerous Communist and public enemy number one, George Soros and his three sons, endlessly funding destructive leftist and liberal agitators and aggressors. Rothschilds have always funded Communism! * Russian sleepers as revealed by Jim Keith. North Korean sleepers revealed this week by psychopath Kim Jong-un. Chinese sleepers in the human organs and slave trade. * Duduman’s disclosure that Russia would attack same time as China and North Korea * Russian attack strategies with Alaska, Minnesota and Florida. Russian missile pre-positioned in Yellowstone to trigger the super volcano and destroy American infrastructure Chechnyan troop build up in Colorado * UN troops driving up to 24 LENCO Bearcats at a time through Montana and other states * Foreign troops hidden in National Forests where roads were bulldozed and it’s a felony to fly over * 700,000 Makarov pistols Clinton pre-positioned for Russia in Colorado * Clinton’s Treaty on Open Skies still letting foreign pilots fly over America! * Islamic insurgents all over the place in 60 trainiing centers with weapons caches beneath mosques, with a growing presence in 33rd Degree Jimmy Carter’s Habitats for Humanity, with an increasing presence allowed by global security companies including security guards at major power plants * Tens of thousands of muslims now employed in Silicon Valley (threatening our communications) * Islam now working with the Mexican cartels * Knife-wielding Somalis trained since childhood to be soldiers – sent courtesy of the Chamber of Commerce to work around blood every day (de-sensitized to it) then recruited by ISIS for overseas training then sent back here… * Globalist-planted regional and state police from Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia * Foreign-privatized prisons staffed by 150,000 with no local allegiances and who speak English as a second language. These lose money every day Patriots and Constitutionalists are not working inside… Chinese owning the Long Beach port where only 1 of every 10 COSCO train cars are inspected when unloaded * Chinese flown into Idaho and southward almost every night (A friend with a gold mine witnessed this!) * The Muslim now on the Federal Reserve Board who owns the yogurt manufacturing plant. Economic manipulators on the alert to crash the US economy as they did in 1929 * Turkish Muslim Billionaire ($55 Billion-plus dark money) Gulen in Pennsylvania with his James Bond-like fortress and small illegal foreign army. who believes he’s to fund ushering in the Imam Mahdi by making Americans convert as dhimmi or die! * Freemasonry with the world-government global infrastructure in place. They are pledged to world govt. Freemasons have control mechanisms – especially ongoing threats to expose politician pedophilia which they fostered – approving it in 32nd Degree Readings to keep their politicians under control. There are also to many Freemason police and this is the control over so many American police siding with the Left! All this and more… While our National Guard diligently guards Poppy Bush’s opium crops in stolen Taliban fields (formerly wheat fields) and even retired police are paid $25,000 bonuses to go overseas. Inexperienced reserve units are put at point in many dangerous situations. American troops are protecting countries overseas but not America! President Trump needs a Special Forces Armed Forces of 1 million to protect America and counter the still-active globalist influences in US Armed Forces. Why doesn’t Trump see this? “Houston, we have a problem.”

http://webnewsorder.com/2017/many-forces-hidden-in-america/ 

:: 8-24-17 Survival Online 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How To Identify A Chemical Attack Based On Symptom Alone – The 5 Primary Chemical Weapons Used Today

Posted By: Ted August 24, 2017

Chemical attacks rarely happen state side, but history tells us that chemical weapons have been used quite frequently over the past century. Most notably in other nations. As terrorist domestic and international grow in size, so does the possibility of a terrorist act. Anyone keeping a watchful eye on the daily news would see the trend of terrorist activity spiking in the USA. To say the USA is impervious to a chemical attach based on our nations civility would be thinking wishfully. This section will break down the 5 primary categories of chemical weapons as well as their symptoms. The primary objective of this section is to learn how to identify a chemical attack based on symptom alone. in 1993 the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) required most nations to destroy large stockpiles of their chemical weapons, labeling them as weapons of mass destruction (WWMD’S). Three nations continue to openly hold stockpiles of WWMD’s, the USA, Russia and North Korea. There have been concerns that other nations may have held on to their WWMD’s without declaring them, and terrorist organizations may be producing new quantities of chemical weapons to meet their organizational goals. These symptoms range from obvious to barely recognizable, however the majority of them can still be rapidly lethal. Understanding these unique symptoms make it easier for one to determine what chemical agent is present. The 5 primary chemical weapons used today are as follows: 1. Choking Agents 2. Nerve Agents 3. Blister Agents 4. Blood Agents 5. Riot Control Agents Choking Agents: A choking agent will fill the victims lungs with fluid, causing them to frown on the spot. The two most popular chocking agents are chlorine gas and phosgene. Minor Symptoms from exposure: Headache, blurred vision, burning throat and vomiting. Severe symptoms from exposure: Tight or restricted chest and breathing, thick burns on the skin or eyes. Fatal symptoms from exposure: Failure of the respiratory system. Circulation failure. The main symptom to identify when determining whether or not a choking agent is present if the coughing up of bloody phlegm. Nerve Agents: Nerve agents are primarily absorbed through the skin. Symptoms from exposure can be rapid depending on the concentration and exposure level. Nerve agents are the most dangerous and lethal, which is probably why the majority of the stockpiles left in the world are in fact nerve agents. They are extremely effective in weapon form when released in a cluster bomb formation. Their reach great distances. Nerve agents have been in use by terrorist organizations in the past such as when the Syrian Military fired rockets with chemical agents (Sarin Nerve gas) fired at about 12 areas in suburbs south and east of Damascus, targeting rebel-held areas. 1,429 were killed (including 426 children), with 2,200 injured. Link here. The onset of symptoms include: Runny nose, constricted pupils, restricted chest and breathing. Minor Symptoms from exposure: Increased difficulty breathing, drooling and nausea. Severe symptoms from exposure: Involuntary deification and urination, vomiting, burning of the lungs and eyes. Fatal symptoms from exposure: Asphyxiation, convulsions. The main symptom to identify when determining whether or not a nerve agent is present is restricted pupils. Blister agents: While not always fatal, blister agents are nasty business. Their primary symptom is named after the agent: blisters. The maximum effective range is far from some of the other agents so in weapon form the agent is usually loaded into an mortar. They often do not show symptoms for 2 to 4 hours but can cause great pain over a long period time. Minor symptoms from exposure: respiratory pains, mucous membrane /skin and eye irritation. Severe symptoms from exposure: corneal damage, large blisters full of fluid, extreme respiratory pain. The main symptom to identify when determining whether or not a blister agent is present are the large blisters and full of fluid. Blood agents: Blood agents and their name because the victim’s blood turns a very bright red as the cells in one’s body can no longer access oxygen. Blood agents are most effective indoors because they disperse much quicker than other agents. They are composed of either arsenic or Cyanide & only work when swallowed or inhaled. Minor symptoms from exposure: weakness, nausea, dizziness, pink skin. Severe symptoms from exposure: gasping for air. Fatal symptoms from exposure: asphyxiation, convulsions. The main symptom to identify when determining whether or not a blood agent is present is the overwhelming odor of almonds or garlic. Riot control agents: The most commonly used chemical agent, and the one most likely to have an interaction with. The two most have heard of are pepper spray and tear gas. The general public is also permitted to use these as a form of personal protection. Law enforcement agencies also employ riot control agents such as pepper spray, tear gas and CS gas. They can be released for crowd control in many ways, be it ammunition, canister or even fog machine. Minor symptoms from exposure: coughing, nasal discharge, Burning Sensations, and involuntary closure of the eyes. Severe symptoms from exposure: Burns on the skin, vomiting, severe coughing. The main symptoms to identify when determining whether or not a riot control agent is present is the involuntary closure of the eyes. Because most agents are effective through skin contact and all agents effective through inhalation, in order to survive a concentrated attack from the four potentially fatal agents one would need personal protection equipment. This could range from the paper n95 mask up to a top of the line respirator. One would also need material to protect your skin from contact.

http://www.survivalonline101.com/prepare-chemical-attacks-rarely-happen/ 

:: 8-14-17  You Tube  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breakthrough Device Heals Organs with a Single Touch

OSU Wexner Medical Center Published on Aug 14, 2017

(COLUMBUS, Ohio) – Researchers have developed a device that can switch cell function to rescue failing body functions with a single touch. The technology, known as Tissue Nanotransfection (TNT), injects genetic code into skin cells, turning those skin cells into other types of cells required for treating diseased conditions. “It takes just a fraction of a second. You simply touch the chip to the wounded area, then remove it,” said Chandan Sen, PhD, director of the Center for Regenerative Medicine and Cell-Based Therapies at The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center. “At that point, the cell reprogramming begins.” In a series of lab tests, researchers applied the chip to the injured legs of mice that vascular scans showed had little to no blood flow. “We reprogrammed their skin cells to become vascular cells,” Sen said. “Within a week we began noticing the transformation.” By the second week, active blood vessels had formed, and by the third week, the legs of the mice were saved—with no other form of treatment. “It extends the concept known as gene therapy, and it has been around for quite some time,” said study collaborator James Lee, PhD, a professor of chemical and biomolecular engineering at Ohio State. “The difference with our technology is how we deliver the DNA into the cells.” The chip, loaded with specific genetic code or certain proteins, is placed on the skin, and a small electrical current creates channels in the tissue. The DNA or RNA is injected into those channels where it takes root and begins to reprogram the cells. In a new study published in Nature Nanotechnology, first author Daniel Gallego-Perez of Ohio State demonstrated that the technique worked with up to 98 percent efficiently. “What’s even more exciting is that it not only works on the skin, but on any type of tissue,” Sen said. In fact, researchers were able to grow brain cells on the skin surface of a mouse, harvest them, then inject them into the mouse’s injured brain. Just a few weeks after having a stroke, brain function in the mouse was restored, and it was healed. Because the technique uses a patient’s own cells and does not rely on medication, researchers expect it to be approved for human trials within a year. Those interested in participating in a clinical trial for this technology should email InfoRegenMed@osumc.edu.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tMQ51Kj2tS0&app=desktop 

:: 8-23-17 Health Nut News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reporter who exposed BBC pedophilia cover up found dead

By Erin Elizabeth - August 23, 2017

Liz MacKean, the former British investigative reporter best known for exposing Jimmy Savile and the culture of pedophile protection at the BBC, has died from complications from a stroke. She was 52. (Her death was reported by the BBC, the very same company who blocked her investigation from airing and spent years trying to destroy her reputation.) Jimmy Savile, the UK’s “Top of the Pops” host was eventually found to have sexually abused hundreds of children and women at the height of his fame. In fact, investigators believe he preyed on about 500 victims, some as young as two years old, at the BBC’s broadcasting studios and 34 hospitals and children’s hospitals all over England. He died in 2011. “MacKean worked at the BBC until she quit in 2013 after executives decided to ban her groundbreaking and brave investigation into predatory pedophile Jimmy Savile in order to protect him and other pedophiles. Dismissed by the establishment as mad and dangerous, MacKean was finally vindicated when the truth about Savile’s pedophilia eventually came out in 2012, a full year after MacKean first tried to bring his notorious crimes to light.” 1 Once it was public knowledge that the BBC was preventing the investigation from airing, she said, “I was very unhappy the story didn’t run because I felt we’d spoken to people who collectively deserved to be heard. And they weren’t heard. I thought that that was a failure… I felt we had a responsibility towards them. We got them to talk to us, but above all, we did believe them. And so then, for their stories not to be heard, I felt very bad about that. I felt, very much, that I’d let them down.” The fact that BBC executives knew and did nothing shocked the world. In fact, one source was quoted as saying, “The numbers are shocking. Many hundreds and potentially up to 1,000 people were victims of Savile when he was representing the corporation. The report will overshadow Pollard. It will go right to the heart of how Savile was able to get away with the most heinous of crimes under the very noses of BBC staff for more than 40 years.”2 Our heart goes out to MacKean’s family and friends. She was a brave woman and will be missed.

https://www.healthnutnews.com/reporter-who-exposed-bbc-pedophilia-cover-up-found-dead/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 8-26-17 Russian News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IMPORTANT READ-Eyewitness Reveals Horrors of What Really Happened in Charlottesville

This post was originally published on this site

The following testimony is from an eyewitness of the protests in Charlottesville VA on August 12, describing the horrors of what really happened and completely contradicting the fake news stories reported by the mainstream news media. The eyewitness is a woman. She is not from Charlottesville, but was there on a temporary work assignment, completely unrelated to any protests. She has chosen to conceal her identity, which I believe is wise considering the violence. She shared her story with her personal friend, Charles Patrick, who recorded and published their conversation in the 38-minute video shown at the bottom of this post. I transcribed their conversation below in hopes of helping it go viral so the real criminals can be held accountable for their crimes. Charles Patrick: “How long were you in Charlottesville before this riot thing happened? Eyewitness: “I was here starting on my second week. Where I work is just a few minutes from Charlottesville, so we would go every day to Charlottesville for lunch. And this one restaurant I guess is a particular town favorite, so there were a lot of people, you know, in the restaurant. It was just like every descent restaurant fills up for lunch. And there were people out because there are little shops and stuff around there. And they were having, like at lunch, they were having discussions about the vote that had just taken place and had been overturned. You know, we were sitting real close to these people. We can hear their conversations, so we kind of get involved. I try to take in my little bit of culture, you know, when I travel for work, and we had found out that just a couple of months prior they had a vote in town on whether to take down the statue or not. And the town had voted 80 to 20 to leave the statue up.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. The town voted 80 to 20 to leave the statues up, right?” Eyewitness: “Correct.” Charles Patrick: “Now this town is a mixture of black and white votes, correct? Eyewitness: “Yes, and both black and white voted on both sides of the fence.” Charles Patrick: “So blacks voted to keep it up and blacks voted to take it down. Whites voted to keep it up and whites voted to take it down. Correct?” Eyewitness: “Yes, we, you know, cause we were going up there every day for the week leading up to the riot. So, you know, we had different conversations and the girl that was with me, we would walk up and down the street and she would show me like your day off, you need to go visit here at this cute little shop. You know, and we met different people, we talked to different people and we met several people that were highly involved in the vote. And the town was going to have like an open forum, like with fifty or sixty people because the vote had been overturned by the city council. Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. Wait a minute.”Eyewitness: “Oh, I’m sorry. Did I leave that out?” Charles Patrick: “City council overturned the vote, the 80 to 20 vote?” Eyewitness: “Yes.” Charles Patrick: “So, the people voted to keep the statue up and city council overturned that vote.” Eyewitness: “Correct. We go in there on Saturday and we get there about 11:00 o’clock and it’s the typical scene. You know, a little (people) more than normal, younger people out because it’s Saturday and they don’t work Saturday. So, we get there at about 11 o’clock and you know there’s kids and there’s old people and then, you know, a bunch of us that work out there and come out there for lunch so there’s our crowd and we are mixed in and we see people, pretty much the same people having lunch, black, white, sitting at the same table.” Charles Patrick: “Okay, stop. Now in this restaurant for days before, up until then, people are sitting in the restaurant, black and white, no arguments, no fights. Correct?” Eyewitness: “That’s absolutely correct. Yeah, but it wasn’t just that. Outside the restaurant too, where the shops and stuff were.” Charles Patrick: “Okay, so all over town.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, from what I could see in my line of sight, I can’t speak for the rest of the county, but… Charles Patrick: “Did you see black and white people fighting every day?” Eyewitness: “There was no fighting. There wasn’t even raised voices. There were people having, they were laughing and joking. There were some tables where you could tell that they were having some serious discussions, but no one got out of character. Okay, so we get there at about 11 o’clock and them um, you know, it’s pretty busy, so it took a little bit for our waitress to get over there and just about the time she comes up, I don’t think she even got her name out, but it was the same waitress we had all week. One of the guys that had been in and all around the town, or around the area of the restaurant, where we had been all week, he banged on, he was outside the restaurant, and he banged on the glass. And it was pretty loud, so everybody just stopped. And of course, everybody looked up and these buses started pulling up. Charles Patrick: “Okay so this guy who was banging on the glass, you’ve seen him before. Correct?” Eyewitness: “Oh yeah, I had seen him probably three of the six days three or four of the six days. Charles Patrick: “Why was he banging on the glass?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, he banged on the window and cracked the door in and motioned like for all of us to look out, you know, pointed at the buses. I could see six of them, but the building cut off part of the road, which was across, not really a street because it’s a pedestrian only area, but it was on the other side of that, on the opposite side. Charles Patrick: “What color were these buses.” Eyewitness: “They were like a dark charcoal gray. I didn’t notice any writing, but you know there was some trees and people and stuff in between us and the buses so, I mean I didn’t see any names, but I know they were all the same. Charles Patrick: “The buses were all the same. I know you told me earlier they were like back to back, like bumper-to-bumper.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, bumper-to-bumper, like when school buses all follow each other to an out-of-town football game. You know, they followed each other like, so they don’t change lanes, they were going bumper-to-bumper. Charles Patrick: “I understand what you’re saying. They were together.” Eyewitness: “Yes, so they pull up and my first thought is it’s a tour because I had been finding out about the history of the town and thought it’s a pretty interesting town. You know, there’s some rich culture here. Maybe there’s, I don’t know, a tour going on. You know, like old people go to Vegas together, you know. Charles Patrick: “So, it’s a tourist town. So when you seen the buses, it was like a tourist bus?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, that’s what I thought, it was like a charter bus. You know, the University of Virginia is here too so, it could have been for anything. So, everybody in the restaurant, I mean you could hear a cricket, everybody was just looking. So you could tell that the town, the locals were not used to seeing something like that. And I mean within, I want to say 10 or 15 seconds, people came running off the bus and just flooded the place. I don’t care what anybody says and I don’t care if anybody believes me, but these people came off that bus ready to, I don’t know work, ready to fight. They had on helmets. They had on kneepads and elbow pads and face guards and mouthpieces and purses and bags and backpacks full of things, carrying… Charles Patrick: “Hold on. Were these all white people getting off the bus?” Eyewitness: “No, no, no, no. There were just as many black people as there were white people getting off the same buses. There were just as many women as there were men. Charles Patrick: “So, white people, black people, men and women got off the bus, is what you’re telling me. Right?” Eyewitness: “Got off the SAME bus. I even saw some people carrying, you know those shields that police men use for riots that you see on videos and stuff, there were people carrying those off the bus. Charles Patrick: “Really?” Eyewitness: “Yes.” Charles Patrick: “Now, these black and white people that got off the bus. Are these the ones that had on T-shirts?” Eyewitness: “There was T-shirts. There was emblems. Now I don’t recognize all the different groups that are out there. The ones that I know of are BLM, Black Lives Matter, the KKK.”Charles Patrick: “Now, you’ve seen these emblems, is what you’re saying?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, I did and not just one or two. Everybody on those buses that came off those buses had something on there that caught my attention. ‘Oh my God, that’s the KKK. Oh my God, that’s the BLM.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. You’re telling me that Black Lives Matter and the KKK got off the same damn bus.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, but wait a minute. Wait a minute. I think I might have left something out. Those people I was talking about who were having those civilized conversations in the restaurant and in the town, they were also BLM. Um, I didn’t see any KKK or anything like that, but after seeing the people you could tell, or they would even offer up the information that they were affiliated or associated or in the KKK or some other Arian, whatever, but they were having conversations with each other.” Charles Patrick: “You’re saying that in the restaurants, Black Lives Matter and the KKK were having civil conversations?” Eyewitness: “Yes, they were! They were talking like you and I are talking. Charles Patrick: “Now, when everybody disembarked the buses, what happened then.” Eyewitness: “Well um, there was a couple of men in the restaurant that kind of let us all back to the back door, which led into the alley. And a lot of us had parked there in the alley, but there was, I want to say, probably 20 or 30 of us. We went out the back door because the people from the buses were coming from the front. And they weren’t walking. They weren’t skipping. They were full on running and screaming and throwing things. I mean they came off the bus angered and running to do damage.” Charles Patrick: “So what were they throwing? What do you mean?” Eyewitness: “Well, the one that almost got me and a few people around me, it was like a 20-ounce Sprite bottle that had concrete in it. I have never, who does that? They were throwing everything they could get their hands on. They had like condoms and balloons filled with, I don’t know if it was horse manure, which is very common around here. Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. They had condoms and balloons with feces in it?” Eyewitness: “It was filled with crap and I don’t know what else, but I know it stunk like nothing I had ever smelled before. Charles Patrick: “So somebody was carrying around 20-ounce bottles of Sprite with concrete in it and feces, getting off the bus. And feces in balloons?” Eyewitness: “Yes, they had pepper spray and mace. The people that were sitting next to me in the restaurant was the sweetest old man. He was there having lunch with his granddaughter, his great granddaughter, who was seven. And she was so in love with her grandpa. And when we were going out the back of the restaurant, the man was trying really hard to keep his granddaughter from seeing what was going on because it all happened so fast. We didn’t have time to think or react or nothing. But you could tell, everybody was scared, but you could tell that there were people trying to stay calm because there were a lot of kids with a lot of old people that couldn’t move real fast too. So, things just started coming out of the air, I mean just hit the ground around us and everything. This old man was trying to stay over the top of his granddaughter. And me and I’m trying to cover him and his granddaughter.” Charles Patrick: “So you were next to them?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, we were arm in arm. We were holding people while we were walking, right?. We’re walking very fast I guess you would say because we were trying not to scare the kids, You know?” Charles Patrick: “Because there were a lot of kids, right?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, I want to say there were maybe eight or nine kids under the age of, I want to say 10 or 12. And there were a few older kids like teenagers.” Charles Patrick: “The people throwing feces in concrete didn’t give a damn, right? Eyewitness: “They had zero interest in who was getting hit or hurt. It was like they couldn’t see us as people because I can’t imagine that another human would treat another human like that. Charles Patrick: “I’m sorry to make you relive this. Damn.” Eyewitness: “It’s really the way, um, one of those, well, we seen something fly and one of the guys that was at the table next to us, was on my left side and the grandfather and granddaughter were on my right side. And I can’t even count how many things were flying through the air, but there was something flying at us and this guy puts his arm up and a bottle hits him in the arm and I guess it dropped to the ground and it lands right in front of me and I looked up. His arm bowed in. It had to have broken his arm. It had to have. And I picked it up and I’m just in total disbelief. If that would’ve hit that little girl, she would be dead. If that would’ve hit that old man, he would probably be dead. Charles Patrick: “Yeah, a brick in the head can kill somebody.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, I don’t know how far away it came from, but for it to do that kind of damage to that man’s arm, and that’s just in our one little spot. I don’t know, you could hear. Charles Patrick: “Like different areas, they were still popping off, right?” Eyewitness: “You could hear people screaming. You could hear people crying. You could hear babies. When I say babies, I mean anybody under the age of 10. To me that’s a baby. People were running. And we were, the people in the restaurant I was in, we weren’t the only ones in town. You know what I mean? We were all trying to get out. We didn’t know what these people were doing, why they were doing it. I had not, the hotel I was staying in, or I say hotel, it didn’t have television or Internet connection, so.” Charles Patrick: “You was in the sticks.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, I was. I was on a horse ranch, but I had no idea that anything like this was coming and I don’t think a lot of the people there did. Otherwise, none of us would’ve been there because we were trying to leave and it looked like these people were trying to push us out. I mean they came in like a swarm of bees.” Charles Patrick: “So they didn’t know if you all were for or against anything. They was just coming in to make stuff happen.” Eyewitness: “They didn’t ask any questions. They didn’t talk to anybody. They come running full force. Charles Patrick: “Off the buses, black and white. Now the black and white, they got off the bus. Now, I understand what you say they had on, the gear, but was it Antifa, was it Black Lives Matter, was it KKK? Who were they? I mean, who do you think they were?” Eyewitness: “Um, I don’t know the emblems of very many hate groups. I know the emblem of the KKK, which obviously is a hate group. I mean you know that. Everybody would know that. The Confederate flag, everybody recognizes that. BLM, everybody recognizes that.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. Are you telling me people with Black Lives Matters shirts got off the same bus as people with confederate flag shirts?” Eyewitness: “And KKK emblems, Nazi emblems.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. All of them got off the same damn type of bus?” Eyewitness: “Yes.” Charles Patrick: “Please believe me people. I am not taking up for KKK. I’m not taking up for Black Lives Matter. I am not taking up for any groups, but I’m highly doubting if any of these people were with any of those groups. These people were hired to come out there and start some crap. Believe me now. Y’all done heard me put out videos about Black Lives Matter. You done heard me put out videos about KKK. I’m not a fan of either one, but the people that were on these buses, I do not believe were part of any of those groups because they were paid to do this. Tell me what happened with the guy in the Dodge Challenger, the murderer.” Eyewitness: “Okay, so the alley we go out into has cars parked on both sides of the alley. And there was one car pulled up at the end of the alley in between, on both sides, so it makes like a U-shape. And some of the people have their cars parked in that alley. So people were, people from the restaurant and from the very nearby area that could get there were jumping in cars to avoid getting beaten or hit. You know, just to be safe. We see this car pull up and one of the ladies that was in the restaurant just tapped on the window and says, ‘Sir, you can’t go down there.’ And he rolls down his window and says, ‘I’ll get through.’ And then he just nails it. Charles, I don’t need anybody to believe what I’m saying, but I was there and I heard this man and we were all around his car. We knew what was gonna happen if he pressed on that gas pedal.” Charles Patrick: “Did anybody hit his car, beat on his car, or do anything to cause him to hit the gas?” Eyewitness: “If you count that woman tapping on his window because we thought he was with us. We had seen this guy previously in the week. He wasn’t in the restaurant that day.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. You’ve seen him during the week?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, it was the same people, you know, all during the week. You know you see a few different faces here and there, but like you said earlier, it was like going to your favorite bar. It was the same people and every now and then you would get a visitor. And so their face draws attention because they’re not a regular, which I guess is what I was at the beginning too.” She tapped on the window and said, ‘Sir you cannot get through there.’ But he said, ‘I can get through.’” Charles Patrick: “So he hit the gas and went right into the crowd?” Eyewitness: “Yeah. We all ran, started running up to, you know from the back we really couldn’t see what kind of damage he had done, but when he backed up, he got almost everybody that was in the restaurant, he hit and you know either their foot, their arms, and I’m not going to lie, I saw one lady, she just slapped the side of his car while he was backing up and threw herself on the ground. I thought that was odd with everything that was going on.” Charles Patrick: “Hold on. So he went forward, hit the car, stopped, and backed up. Were people around his car? We’ve seen the video. Everybody has seen this video. And apparently, you were there.” Eyewitness: “I haven’t seen the video. I don’t need to watch videos.” Charles Patrick: “You don’t need to see the video, but we, the people that I’m talking to out there, they’ve seen the video. So, once he hit the car and backed up, on the back up, he hit more people. Correct? Did you see him hit more people?” Eyewitness: “A lot more people.” Charles Patrick: “The young lady who got killed in the situation, you had seen her conversing with other people during the week before, correct? Eyewitness: “Yeah, she was in the restaurant like, I want to say like at least three days. I didn’t speak with her one on one, but I was at a table who was speaking with her table. And we were at a table together one day. And everybody was just talking about their opinions on why they voted the way they did and she gave her opinions on why she wanted it (the statues) left up. One of the days, she was having lunch with a black man and a black woman and they were very civil to each other. They were giving their opinion and she was giving hers. They were kind of exchanging, I guess, opinions. She wasn’t, from the conversations that I heard, she wasn’t affiliated with any white supremacist group, but she was proud to be white. She seemed like a really sweet lady.” Charles Patrick: “And the people that she talked to, the black people she talked to, were they having like mean conversations or just, you know, conversations?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, it was just like we’re talking right now. It was just, I don’t know, a regular conversation. I mean, I don’t know that my regular is the same as everybody else’s regular, but no one got out of character. She was not involved in any of the protesting or anything. She was trying to leave. This, there were some people there that they were holding some kind of signs. I want to say maybe on Wednesday or Thursday, but they were shaking peoples hands when they were walking by. You could see people laughing with them. I mean I never walked that far down, but you could see them having conversations with kids. They were taking selfies and stuff like that. You know, so, to me, it didn’t catch my attention because it wasn’t aggressive. They weren’t chanting or screaming at anybody and they were shaking hands and talking to black and white folks.” Charles Patrick: “The woman who got killed wanted the monuments to stay up, correct?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, from the conversations I heard, I overheard her say a couple of times that she did want the statues to stay up.” Charles Patrick: “You saw her speaking at the table with a black man and black woman, and they spoke and were cordial Eyewitness: “Yes.” Charles Patrick: “Last, but not least, tell us about the incident with the police.” Eyewitness: “Well, this part was probably the hardest part for me to digest. I have a lot of family members involved in the military, in the police department, in the fire department, and I have nothing but the utmost respect for them, but when we were trying to leave, it wasn’t just the people from the bus that were keeping us trapped. The police were lined up and would not let us get to safety. They would not let us out of the crowd. It was like being corralled, or it was like being corralled, like being circled.” Charles Patrick: “So the police would not let you leave the area?” Eyewitness: “No. And they knew we were black and white and we were not in riot gear and we had no weapons in our hands. We had kids with us. We had old people.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. The police would not let the kids leave?” Eyewitness: “No. No, they were standing side-by-side and holding us in place. We were getting more and more cramped and smashed and punched and pushed and kicked.” Charles Patrick: “The kids were there?” Eyewitness: “Kids were there.” Charles Patrick: “How were the police holding back people with kids?” Eyewitness: “They were not making eye contact with any of us. It was like they were seeing right through us because I turned around and I looked at two of the officers right behind me and I said, ‘Please, just let us out. We’ve got babies with us.’ I mean they stared right through us. And on the other side these people, I don’t know if they wanted us dead. I don’t know if they just wanted, I don’t have an answer. I don’t know how to explain what I saw. I’ve never, I’ve seen a lot of bad things in my life, but I’ve never seen people just have no regard for anybody’s life, nobody’s life. It didn’t matter whether you were young, old, black, white, tall, thin, Zero. Nothing mattered.” Charles Patrick: “So you’re saying the police kept people in harm’s way instead of trying to get them out?” Eyewitness: “Charles, please, it was those police that were there that day. Charles Patrick: “Come on now. I don’t have a problem with the police.” Eyewitness: “Charles, that’s what I’m saying, none of that made sense because you didn’t know who the good guys were and no one was willing to help.” Charles Patrick: “How do you know the police could see the kids?” Eyewitness: “There were two women who were locked arms with me and the grandpa I was telling you about and the other man behind me. There were two women holding their babies. I don’t mean babies like in diapers. I mean babies like one girl was probably five or six and another one was probably about seven or eight. And then the little granddaughter she was seven. That’s three kids right there. And we were all face to face, well, face to shield, with these cops. And they wouldn’t let us by. Charles Patrick: “And they wouldn’t let you by?” Eyewitness: “They wouldn’t let us by. One of the guys that was in the restaurant with us, I guess he was a cook or something, He managed, I want to say maybe 20 feet down from where I was at, he managed to crack a hole because there was like one of those silver guard, you know, rail like things that you know kind of makes you form a line. He managed to break through one of those. And he locked arms with the guy next to the grandpa and the grandpa was locked arms with the rest of us and we just all filed out real quick.” Charles Patrick: “I’m sorry you went through all that craziness.” Summary of Facts: This woman’s testimony confirms other recent facts uncovered about these events. In my previous post, I shared the truth about Jason Kessler, the man who organized the white supremacist group called Unite the Right. His background shows he is neither a white supremacist nor a right-wing conservative. Instead, he is a loyal Obama supporter who suddenly decided to become a white supremacist after Donald Trump won the 2016 election. White supremacists don’t support African American politicians and right-wing conservatives don’t support Barack Obama. Jason Kessler also participated in the Occupy Wall Street movement, which supports anarchy, not fascism, as Unite the Right pretends to support. In addition, Jason Kessler describes himself as a “professional provocateur”, which is nothing more than a paid thug, and supports the likelihood that the rest of his fraudulent organization are also paid thugs. For more details, see my previous post. Her testimony also supports the recent confession from a Charlottesville police officer who said the police were ordered to stand down, to allow the violence to continue. However, her testimony reveals it was worse than that because they trapped people in harm’s way, helping the attackers inflict more harm while ignoring the cries of victims standing right in front of them. These police officers cannot just pass the blame to their superior officers who ordered them to stand down because each of them betrayed the people they have sworn to protect. They should have ignored their orders and exposed whoever gave them. Every officer should be held accountable for their acts of betrayal. Next, her testimony reveals the people of Charlottesville voted overwhelmingly, 80% to 20%, to keep their statues, but the city council overturned the will of the people and ordered them to be taken down, which confirms something foul was in the works. It appears the city council was ordered to stand down in the same way as the police department. Someone was pulling all the right strings to set up a national stage for phony protesters to ignite violence. Like the police, the Charlottesville city council members betrayed the people they are supposed to be serving. They too must be held accountable and expose whoever was behind their bizarre ruling. Her testimony reveals the town was peaceful and quiet until six chartered buses showed up back to back and unloaded violent attackers equipped with helmets, knee pads, elbow pads, shields, and many harmful objects, which they threw at people. These were not protestors, but assassins. Their assaults on innocent people show they were not there to support any cause, but to incite violence and racism under the guise of BLM and KKK. They were not true members of BLM and KKK, but paid thugs. Next, her testimony reveals the people who carried out this staged event have no regard for human life whatsoever. The mainstream news media focused on the fact that a driver ran over people, killing one and injuring nineteen others, but her testimony reveals others were also injured by thrown objects. Neither the attackers nor the police officers showed any regard for the fact that the victims were defenseless, unarmed women, children, and elderly people. These thugs and the criminals who hired them are far more evil than the hate groups they attempted to vilify. They are ruthless killers, enemies from within, seeking our demise, and they must be stopped. At every turn, they made bush league mistakes, exposing their fraudulent scheme. By bringing in six bus-loads of attackers on back to back chartered buses, then dropping them off in a public place where many witnesses saw them immediately assaulting people, they revealed they all came from the same place. By putting BLM and KKK people on the same buses, they revealed none of them were true members of those organizations. By immediately assaulting innocent people, they revealed their true purpose for being there had nothing to do with advancing the causes of those organizations. They were there only to incite violence. By ordering the police to stand down and even trap people in harm’s way, they revealed this scheme involves top government officials. These criminals are either incredibly dumb or so brazen, they think they can do whatever they want and get away with it, as if they’re above the law and believe no one is able to stop them. Despite all their mistakes, their plan seems to have succeeded so far, thanks to the full backing of the mainstream news media, but this new evidence can help turn the tables if anyone in the news media is willing to take a stand for righteousness. This woman’s testimony contradicts the mainstream news media reports by showing the attackers were all on the same team and the victims were all innocent bystanders, which shows this issue never was about race or statues, just a sinister scheme to divide the American people against each other. Let’s not take their bate by taking sides, but join together as one people, determined to take back our nation. Now that we have these facts, we must pursue the people who orchestrated these events. They should not be hard to find because someone hired at least six chartered buses, which means there is a record showing who it was. There are only so many chartered bus services with dark grey buses servicing the Virginia area. Someone also ordered the police to stand down, and only a small number of people have that authority. All participants must be confronted and held accountable. We not only have evidence, we have suspects. President Obama’s Organizing for Action (OFA) has been actively recruiting, training, and organizing dissidents to start hostile confrontations in town hall meetings across the nation, and paying college students to start fires on college campuses. This is an unprecedented revolution against our current president. OFA is reported to have recruited over 30,000 members and set up over 250 offices across the nation. They are well organized and well funded, backed by billionaire George Soros. And they have a clear agenda to derail President Trump’s administration and to destroy the faith and values upon which our nation was founded, which makes them prime suspects. My prayer is that God will continue to shine the light on these dark schemes, exposing the killers, the organizers, the financiers, and the fake news organizations who are purposely misleading the American people. I pray God would raise up people to investigate these events further, so we can connect the dots, and hold these people accountable for their horrendous crimes. May God help us all do our part to stop this assignment against our nation. Author: James Bailey James Bailey is an author, business owner, husband and father of two children. His vision is to broadcast the good news of Jesus Christ through blog sites and other media outlets. © 2017, Z3 News. Full text of Z3 News articles may be shared online in exchange for a clickable link to our site. Please include the author name and do not make any changes to text or titles. No image files from our site may be shared because we don’t own them. For permission to use our content in other formats, please contact us.

https://www.therussophile.org/important-read-eyewitness-reveals-horrors-of-what-really-happened-in-charlottesville.html/ 

 [ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 8-21-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Killer robots: Experts warn of 'third revolution in warfare'

21 August 2017

More than 100 leading robotics experts are urging the United Nations to take action in order to prevent the development of "killer robots". In a letter to the organisation, artificial intelligence (AI) leaders, including billionaire Elon Musk, warn of "a third revolution in warfare". The letter says "lethal autonomous" technology is a "Pandora's box", adding that time is of the essence. The 116 experts are calling for a ban on the use of AI in managing weaponry. "Once developed, they will permit armed conflict to be fought at a scale greater than ever, and at timescales faster than humans can comprehend," the letter says. "These can be weapons of terror, weapons that despots and terrorists use against innocent populations, and weapons hacked to behave in undesirable ways," it adds. There is an urgent tone to the message from the technology leaders, who warn that "we do not have long to act". "Once this Pandora's box is opened, it will be hard to close." Warning against AI arms race Soldiers that never sleep AI fighter pilot wins in combat Experts are calling for what they describe as "morally wrong" technology to be added to the list of weapons banned under the UN Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons (CCW). Along with Tesla co-founder and chief executive Mr Musk, the technology leaders include Mustafa Suleyman, Google's DeepMind co-founder. A UN group focusing on autonomous weaponry was scheduled to meet on Monday but the meeting has been postponed until November, according to the group's website. A potential ban on the development of "killer robot" technology has previously been discussed by UN committees. In 2015, more than 1,000 tech experts, scientists and researchers wrote a letter warning about the dangers of autonomous weaponry. Among the signatories of the 2015 letter were scientist Stephen Hawking, Apple co-founder Steve Wozniak and Mr Musk. What is a 'killer robot'? A killer robot is a fully autonomous weapon that can select and engage targets without human intervention. They do not currently exist but advances in technology are bringing them closer to reality. Those in favour of killer robots believe the current laws of war may be sufficient to address any problems that might emerge if they are ever deployed, arguing that a moratorium, not an outright ban, should be called if this is not the case. However, those who oppose their use believe they are a threat to humanity and any autonomous "kill functions" should be banned.

http://www.bbc.com/news/technology-40995835 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 8-25-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Deep State’s 3 Stage Revolution Against the People

Most people in this country fail to recognize where they are at with regard to history. The majority do not see that we are already in a state of rebellion, a civil war, if you will. However, most people if they heard these words would believe that it was the average American that will be involved in a civil war, and they would be wrong! Today, the rebellion has to do with the Deep State and their minons rebelling against the legitimate authority, namely, the US government and its people. It is the George Soros’ who are in a state of rebellion. There are 3 stages associated with a rebellion. Stage One of the Revolution The first stage of a revolution, is a war of ideas and a campaign for the truth. Certainly, fake news is at the center of this. The Russian collusion delusion also fits into his paradigm. Stage one is about the control of the narrative. Where I see the enemy at the gate, most of my friends and neighbors are sleeping through the unfolding attack. We are in a war of words and if we fail to use our words to awaken all of humanity, we are hopelessly lost and the globalists will carve us up for dinner. There is indeed strength in numbers and if we are unable to wake up our fellow countrymen, we will negate the only true tactical advantage that the people enjoy, which is ideological solidarity from a numerically superior force. It should now make sense to you as to why 98% of the media is controlled by globalist controlled business interests consisting of five mega corporations, who in turn are controlled one way or another, by the members of the Federal Reserve. In order to win this fight, we need more people speaking out, making videos and calling MSM talk shows. We especially need to reach the police and the military in order to remind them of their constitutional duty to protect the people against a tyrannical government, but this is not what we are seeing. Our counter to the control of the MSM, is to exclusively support the alternative media. If the Deep State is successful in taking down the alternative media, then it will become necessary to enact a type of Committees of Correspondence apparatus similar to what our Founding Fathers did in the pre-Revolutionary War period in our history. On the ground communication is timeless, effective and very difficult for a totalitarian government to negate. THE PEOPLE CANNOT WIN AGAINST A GLOBALIST REVOLUTION BECAUSE THE INDEPENDENT MEDIA HAS NOT CONVINCED THE MASSES AS TO THE THREAT WE ARE LIVING UNDER. THIS IS STRAIGHT OUT OF THE JOSEPH STALIN PLAYBOOK OF PREVENTING THE OPPOSITION FROM BUILDING AN OPPOSING IDEOLOGICAL BASE WHICH IS A PREREQUISITE TO ANY SUCCESSFUL REVOLUTION. IT MAY BE TOO LATE TO DO SO! Stage Two of the Revolution Stage two of a revolution consists of civil disobedience. WE ARE SEEING STAGE ONE GLOBALIST TACTICS BLEED OVER INTO THIS STAGE EVEN BEFORE THE COUP TO TAKE DOWN TRUMP IS COMPLETE. This stage has to do with george Soros and paid pretessters. This is about a contrived racially motivated civil war. America has gone from a Republic to a police state in less than a generation. The evidence for this transformation is as follows and it has been a long time coming: 1. The passage of the John Warner Defense bill removed all the firewalls between the people and subjugation by federally controlled troops. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. 2. The passage of the NDAA, eliminated all due process as it permitted the administration to arrest and indefinitely detain any American without due process. This is what makes the Jade Helm political “Red List” extractions legal and subsequent population relocation legal. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. 3. Obama’s declaration, through Executive Order 13603, proclaiming the authority seize control over any and all assets in the country and to invoke slave labor at Obama’s whim. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. This is the blueprint for the total takeover of the US should the globalists ver recapture the White House. 4. Obama’s announced intention to seize all “military grade weapons”. Obama’s definition of a military style weapon is anything that can shoot a bullet. You will soon be reading that all newly produced firearms have a microchip in them so they can be tracked. Any totalitarian regime can cut the legs out of a revolution by disarming the people. When the American people are under the control of Jade Helm, I predict that gun confiscations will begin through Executive Order. A scant few will speak out and nobody will resist. No matter what gun control laws that the Deep State brings to the American people, the people need to disobey as civil disobedience is our best friend. However, passive disobedience is our VERY best friend. Most readers already know what happens when a civilian population surrenders its guns. If your knowledge of history is shaky, take a look at Pol Pot, Rwanda, Hitler, Stalin and Mao. The University of Hawaii tells us that that over 260 million people were killed by their governments in the 20th century and this was accomplished after gun confiscation. Any nation that gives up its guns, has sealed its fate. When, not if, but when the Deep State comes for our guns, all of us have a constitutional duty to disobey these unlawful policies. And even if we manage to hang on to our guns, it is easy to predict the next move as Stalin invoked the practice of creating food shortages. You can count on this happening. Stage Three: All Out War A successful revolution cannot simply jump to stage three without having progressed through the first two stages and this is the strategy of the globalists as they are dragging the people to the battlefield of their choice. When Stalin’s forces were dragging a third of the Russians out of their homes, it was too late for the Russians to fight back because the ideological base of resistance, and a sense of collective action, through civil disobedience, had not been built. THIS WAS THE STALINIST OBJECTIVE OF JADE HELM. The Russian people were defeated by Stalin because they did not win stage one of the revolution. We desperately need to heed this lesson from history and embark on a tireless crusade to wake up our country as to the dangers that lie ahead. And even if the people are sufficiently awakened, it does not guarantee victory of any kind unless of course, the bravado crowd has stored directed energy weapons in their basements. Therefore, it is the duty of every awake American to educate their neighbors, family and friends, whether they want to hear the truth or not. Remember, any kind resistance to tyranny will not succeed unless there is an attitude of defiance towards the tyranny. Tyrants require minions to carry out their tyranny. Education about the present tyranny can lessen the size of the potential minion pool. Again, this is accomplished in stage one and we are almost out of time. People frequently ask me if I think we can mount an effective resistance and I respond that the odds are really against the people. This fact should not keep people from resisting with every fiber of their being. Further, resistance can evolve into adaptation and this could save the lives of your family. Conclusion Stage one is about regaining control of the White House with a globalist President. This is why trump faces, either assassination or impeachment on fake charges. The newest allegations that Trump is a racist is a part of this plot against the people. Stage one is nearly complete. Stage two is underway and our Constitution and the people, as a whole are under atack. When Trump is out of the way, stages two and three will commence with a vengeance. If one wonders why I fight so hard against tyranny, you have learned the reasons. Mike Pence is a globalist. He will make an excellent transition President. In the meantime, are you prepared so you and your family can adapt?

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/08/24/the-deep-states-3-stage-revolution-against-the-people/ 

:: 8-25-17 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Charlottesville: United Nations warns US over 'alarming' racism

US urged to ‘unequivocally and unconditionally’ reject discrimination

Trump remarks ‘scary and disturbing’ – former spy chief James Clapper

Haroon Siddique and Oliver Laughland Wednesday 23 August 2017 08.00 EDT Last modified on Friday 25 August 2017 07.04 EDT

A UN committee charged with tackling racism has issued an “early warning” over conditions in the US and urged the Trump administration to “unequivocally and unconditionally” reject discrimination. The warning specifically refers to events last week in Charlottesville, Virginia, where the civil rights activist Heather Heyer was killed when a car rammed into a group of people protesting against a white nationalist rally. Such statements are usually issued by the United Nations committee on the elimination of racial discrimination (Cerd) over fears of ethnic or religious conflict. In the past decade, the only other countries issued with early warnings have been Burundi, Iraq, Ivory Coast, Kyrgyzstan and Nigeria. The United States has been warned under the procedure in the past when Cerd raised the issue of land rights conflicts with the Western Shoshone indigenous peoples in 2006. “We are alarmed by the racist demonstrations, with overtly racist slogans, chants and salutes by white nationalists, neo-Nazis, and the Ku Klux Klan, promoting white supremacy and inciting racial discrimination and hatred,” said Anastasia Crickley, chair of the committee. Quick Guide What happened at the Charlottesville protests? Donald Trump faced widespread criticism after he blamed “both sides” for the violence in Charlottesville. Although the Cerd statement did not refer to him by name, it called on “the government of the United States of America, as well as high-level politicians and public officials, to unequivocally and unconditionally reject and condemn racist hate speech and crimes in Charlottesville and throughout the country”. Crickley also urged the US authorities “to address the root causes of the proliferation of such racist manifestations”. Lecia Brooks, director of outreach for the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), a civil rights group, said the UN’s early warning underlined the need for American leaders to “clearly and unconditionally condemn hatred and bigotry”. “It is a sad day when the president of the United States has so thoroughly failed to denounce white supremacism that UN experts must warn the US about the dangers of racism,” Brooks said. “Unfortunately, Trump’s racist and xenophobic campaign, and his lukewarm condemnation of white supremacists, has heightened racial tensions in America to the point that it’s raising alarms in the global community.” Sherine Tadros, Amnesty International’s UN representative, welcomed the UN’s move. “It is significant that the UN is speaking out publicly against the actions of the new US administration, which it so far has been reluctant to do,” Tadros said. Jasmine Tyler, US program advocacy director for Human Rights Watch, urged the White House to heed the UN warning. “As a black woman raising a black son, and a human rights advocate, I can hardly believe the times we’re living in,” Tyler said. “The Trump administration should take the Cerd’s early warning very seriously and rescind its decision to eviscerate the mandates and budgets of US civil rights institutions; end its attempt to exclude white nationalism from the federal government’s Countering Violent Extremism programs; and end immigration and refugee policies based on anti-Muslim, anti-immigrant sentiment.” The warning was issued on 18 August but came to light on Wednesday, the day after protests outside a rally by the president in Phoenix, Arizona. Trump used Tuesday’s event to portray himself as the victim of events in Charlottesville, branding journalists who “do not like our country” as the true source of division in America. He also accused the “crooked media” of “trying to take away our history and our heritage” and read out previous statements that he said condemned hatred, bigotry and violence. And he complained that the media had not given him enough credit for condemning hate groups. “I said everything,” the president said. “I hit them with neo-Nazi. I hit them with everything. I got the white supremacists, the neo-Nazi. I got them all in there, let’s say. KKK, we have KKK. I got them all.” The former director of national intelligence James Clapper later described Trump’s remarks as “downright scary and disturbing”. The former spy chief, who served under Democratic and Republican presidents, also called into question Trump’s fitness to serve. “How much longer does the country have to, to borrow a phrase, endure this nightmare?” Clapper said on CNN. Following Clapper’s remarks, the former British ambassador to the US, Peter Westmacott, compared Tuesday’s rally to Nazi Germany. “Shades of 1933 Germany,” Westmacott tweeted, claiming Trump’s speech was “an invitation to autocrats” in countries without the US’s system of checks and balances “to play the same game more dangerously”. Immediately after the rally, police said they used pepper spray to disperse protesters outside the rally – who numbered in their thousands, according to Arizona media – after being pelted with rocks and bottles. The Phoenix police chief, Jeri Williams, told reporters that four people had been arrested, including three on assault charges. In February, the SPLC said the number of hate groups in the US had risen for a second consecutive year and that “the radical right was energised by the candidacy of Donald Trump”. Until last week, his chief White House strategist was Steve Bannon, a rightwing ideologue and former editor of Breitbart, which Bannon called “a platform for the alt-right”. Bannon has returned to Breitbart News as executive chairman. In its statement, Cerd also called on the US to ensure that the freedoms of expression, association and peaceful assembly are not exercised with the aim of destroying or denying the rights and freedoms of others, ensuring “such rights are not misused to promote racist hate speech and racist crimes”. The committee monitors compliance with the international convention on the elimination of all forms of racial discrimination, which the US ratified in 1994.

https://www.theguardian.com/world/2017/aug/23/charlottesville-un-committee-warns-us-over-rise-of-racism 

:: 8-24-17 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Navy suspends search; here are the 10 missing sailors from USS John S. McCain collision

The body found by the Royal Malaysian Navy earlier this week was not a US Navy sailor, the Navy said.

by Melissa Leon · August 24, 2017

The search and rescue efforts for the 10 missing U.S. Navy sailors from the USS John S. McCain have been suspended after more than 80 hours of multinational search efforts, the U.S. Navy 7th Fleet announced early Thursday. The sailors went missing after the Navy destroyer collided with a Liberian-flagged oil tanker on August 21. The divers recovered the remains of one sailor, who were confirmed to be: Electronics Technician 3rd Class Kenneth Aaron Smith, 22, from New Jersey. Those sailors still missing are: Electronics Technician 1st Class Charles Nathan Findley, 31, from Missouri; Interior Communications Electrician 1st Class Abraham Lopez, 39, from Texas; Electronics Technician 2nd Class Kevin Sayer Bushell, 26, from Maryland; Electronics Technician 2nd Class Jacob Daniel Drake, 21, from Ohio; Information Systems Technician 2nd Class Timothy Thomas Eckels Jr., 23, from Maryland; Information Systems Technician 2nd Class Corey George Ingram, 28, from New York; Electronics Technician 3rd Class Dustin Louis Doyon, 26, from Connecticut; Electronics Technician 3rd Class John Henry Hoagland III, 20, from Texas; and, Interior Communications Electrician 3rd Class Logan Stephen Palmer, 23, from Illinois. The Navy said divers will continue the search and recovery efforts for remains of the missing sailors, inside the flooded compartments of the ship.

http://americanmilitarynews.com/2017/08/breaking-us-navy-suspends-search-here-are-the-10-missing-sailors-from-uss-john-s-mccain-collision/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_

medium=facebook 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

:: 8-23-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mysterious North Korean Calendar Counts Down To Sunday, August 27th In Latest Nuclear War Threat Video That Puts President Trump In A Cemetery

August 23, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In the huge, bright red Drudge Report headline from Tuesday August 22nd linking to this story from Fox News we see that North Korea's latest propaganda has put President Trump in a cemetery as seen in the 1st video directly below. While the 2nd Drudge headline seen via screenshot below shares that Secretary of State Rex Tillerson recently praised North Korea's 'restraint', as we also see in this 1st video, overlooked by the Fox News story, what appears to be a 'countdown calendar' appears at the end of the video, counting down to Sunday, August 27th, which is mysteriously highlighted. Has North Korea sent a message to their people of impending nuclear war? First, the video is directly below with much more below it on the unfolding situation in North Korea and the latest bizarre episode involving a US Navy ship that has led to China claiming the US Navy is a 'hazard' to shipping in the region. The 'countdown calendar' in this obvious N Korean military propaganda video appears at the 3 minute 37 second mark. A secret message to the people of North Korea and others paying attention? In this brand new story from the Washington Post (via archive.is), they report China is now demanding that the US immediately withdraw North Korean sanctions, warning that if we continue to hold sanctions against them, such punitive measures would damage relationships between the US and China. Just the latest report suggesting that hostilities could still break out, China's Foreign Ministry seemed to imply that the US was to blame for what we're now witnessing there, with a devastating global war still only one mistake or accident away.: “China especially opposes any country conducting ‘long-arm jurisdiction’ over Chinese entities and individuals,” spokeswoman Hua Chunying said at a routine news conference. “Measures taken by the United States are not helpful in solving the problem and unhelpful to mutual trust and cooperation. We ask the United States to stop the relevant wrong practices immediately.” With North Korea's latest propaganda piece putting President Trump in the cemetery as was seen in the video above and screenshot below, how long can events continue this way without something very bad eventually happening? As we've warned time and again on ANP, any war with North Korea could be one of the most devastating that anyone living now has seen in their lifetimes with the head of the Department of Defense in the US, General James 'Maddog' Mattis claiming an outright catastrophe awaits. "My portfolio, my mission, my responsibility is to have military options if you need it,” Mattis responded. "However, right now, Secretary Tillerson, Ambassador Haley, you can see the American effort is diplomatically led, it has diplomatic traction, it is gaining diplomatic results. And I want to stay right there right now. The tragedy of war is well enough known. It does not need another characterization beyond the fact that it would be catastrophic." While we're beyond grateful that President Trump has yet to pull the trigger on a war with North Korea that could quickly come home to US soil in the most devastating fashion, as Dr. Peter Vincent Pry has warned, how does America survive a nuclear armed terror state? While the 'countdown calendar' seen above may be absolutely nothing, as the LA Times reports, US military drills that recently kicked off on the Korean peninsula with ally South Korea once again have Kim Jong Un and North Korea on edge and as we read in this new story over at the Express, for the umpteenth time, NKorea has warned the USA to prepare for “uncontrollable nuclear war” and a “merciless strike” as the crisis on the peninsula reaches fever pitch. As we hear in the next video below, NKorea is now claiming they are ready to strike unless the US starts acting sensibly. While North Korea is a huge headache, as we read in this new story over at The Week, China is now claiming that the US Navy is 'arrogant' after the collision of the USS John McCain, the 2nd US Navy ship collision in months and as we read in this new story from The Next Web, the 4th collision involving a US Navy ship this year. As Steve Quayle stated in an SQnote while linking to this story from American Military News about the collision, 'John Son of Cain' will be exposed shortly - will have to change the name of this ship! 'Prophetic event!' The Next Web story also brings up this very bothersome possibility, these collisions could somehow have been triggered by cyber hacking as also heard in the 2nd video below. While PBS recently asked if these repeated collisions suggest there is a systematic problem, as Fox News reported yesterday, the US Navy denies that 'cyber sabotage' played any role in the collisions. With our military decimated after 8 years of the Obama administration, which pushed gender equality and 'trans surgeries' over military readiness, we pray that we're able to reverse course under President Trump in the years ahead. And while North Korea may pose a 'clear and present danger' according to 'Maddog' Mattis, we hope that Kim Jong Un will clearly understand the consequences of his actions should he decide to unleash an EMP over Japan, South Korea or NY City. While such actions taken by Kim would lead to the end of his country after President Trump and 'Maddog' unleashed a debilitating barrage upon him, here in the US we'd be 'back to the dark ages', back to a time when news was delivered on horseback. As long as Kim has nuclear weapons capable of delivering an EMP, the clock is still ticking on that front as heard in the final video below.

http://allnewspipeline.com/North_Korea_Countdown_Clock_Calendar.php 

:: 8-24-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is This An Overlooked 'End Times Sign'? Experts Warn This 'Modern Day Psychological Disorder' Is Exploding Across America: Digital Addiction And The 'Zombie Generation'

By MT Taylor - All News Pipeline August 24, 2017

When today’s kids don’t blink, are they just zoned out or are they mesmerized by mind-numbing games and addictive media? In other words, are they being zombified? Look around and see the busy fingers and mindless stares of pre-teens and teens of this generation--those who would rather look at an electronic screen than make eye contact with humans, even their own families. These kids are always looking down, since they get their kicks from hand-held games, phone apps and action videos. At home, social interaction is stymied by supersize TV screens that feature inane game shows, plotless movies and mind-deadening comedies with canned laughter. But due to social isolation imposed by their media addiction, the more sensitive kids may suffer from anxiety attacks. Some have begun to look to those same media sources to help them bug out from their own thoughts and minds. The result is a market glutted with gadgets and electronic devices promising to give stressed-out and loner kids time out from reality. Recently a teenager searching for distractions to help with his anxiety contacted a post site called ShouldIbuythisgame. “I’m looking for something repetitive, rewarding and mindless so I can decompress,” he wrote. “I just need something to really dull my brain right now.” Laurie Holman, in a blog for Huffpost about media-stressed youth, called children and teens truly fixated on digital games and gizmos “a different kind of kid.” “Those who get mesmerized by action videos and TV can watch shows for hours, tied to the screen,” she observed. “They tend to use the screen shows to avoid and procrastinate when they have work to do. It’s hard to get them to stop. But at the same time, this intense watching may relax them if their anxiety is high.” The latest hullabaloo is about a new hand-held gadget that could help kids with anxiety called the Fidget Spinner. Hyped as the season’s hottest toy for every kid, it is also marketed as a way to alleviate hyperactivity, anxiety and autism. Kids like it because when the ball bearings in the toy start to spin, the momentum of three whirling discs gives them a pleasant sensory experience that is calming. According to a recent Associated Press article, the popularity of Spinners already has caused a stir in Russia, where there has been an aggressive promotion of the imported toys among children and teens. The article reported that Russia’s consumer protection agency, fearing that the toys might be an attempt to “zombify” people, has recently gotten into the act, announcing that it would investigate the addictive nature of the spinners. Parents themselves may be dizzily wondering where all this technology came from and how their kids came to be captivated by it. Suddenly they are pondering where they they fit into the picture, other than digging into their pockets to pay for all the new digital devices kids are hooked on. Even Christian parents see a widening gap between the generations as their offspring cave in to the allure of communication and non-communication via Facebook, texting, video games. While they may not have degrees in brain development or child psychology, most parents intuitively know that reading books encourage kids’ brains to be focused and imaginative, while browsing the Internet only encourages scanning information quickly. Worried parents would do well to look to the wisdom of King Solomon who reminds them of the influence they have in shaping their children’s lives, especially for pre-schoolers. In these early years parents still have the power to dictate the child’s relationship with technology and how frequently it should be used. “Train up a child in the way he should go, and when he is old, he will not depart from it.” Proverbs 22:6 The problem, counselors and psychiatrists point out, is that many parents are opting out of the training portion of the biblical mandate. Abandoning their roles as adult mentors, teachers and disciplinarians, they choose instead to be their children’s friends and play partners. At the same time, when playtime gets too demanding, stressed parents tend to resort to an always available default parent: the family television set. Left to their own devices in front of the TV, children eager for play and social interaction may find temporary relief by watching and imitating on-screen playmates. Thus begins the captivation of a whole generation that depends on electronic media for entertainment and stimulation. As these kids grow older, parents are cautioned to watch for signs that they are becoming “digital zombies” who use technology and social media to the point that they substitute a false reality for the natural need for personal relationships. A Wikipedia site details some telltale indicators: difficulty looking people in the eye, carrying on healthy conversations and acting unaware of life happening around them. “They may have limited people skills in the real world, even displaying signs of early onset dementia,” the site warns. WebMD has gone so far as to call kids’ addiction to media and compulsive gaming as a “modern-day psychological disorder” that is becoming more and more widespread. The website described an addiction treatment center in the Netherlands where teenagers begin detox by admitting they are powerless over their addiction. Dr. Douglas Gentile, considered a leading expert on adolescent media addiction, notes that there isn’t yet a good medical model for diagnosing the disorder, but he believes it can be measured like other psychological conditions. So if doctors note symptoms like dependence and withdrawal, a loss of control and harm to social or academic pursuits, treatment can follow a similar path to that of similar addictions. Looking far into the future, the apostle Paul wrote about the days when a zombie-like generation would grow up to be self-absorbed, without natural affection and contemptuous of parents. He warned of “terrible times” in the last days: “People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving, slanderous and lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God.” II Timothy 4:2-4 A church youth pastor teaching on this scripture noted that these end-time youth, used to having what they want, will have a hard time controlling their desires and appetites. “This passage is telling us that most of all, in the last days, young people will live for pleasure,” he said. “All they can think about is having fun and being entertained. If life isn’t full of thrills and excitement, they are bored, and will put themselves into dangerous situations just for the thrill of it.” Looking around at youth today and considering the dark side of their captivation with digital media, we may wonder if we are getting close to the generation Paul describes. In fact, are we already there? Actually, the growth of technology causing rapid changes in our culture was a topic addressed by Jesus thousands of years ago when he spoke to his disciples about signs of the end of the age. In Mark 13 he also prophesied about a time when children would rebel against their parents, even to the point of death. His message ultimately was that God is Sovereign, giving warning to a future generation of the growth of knowledge and science yet to come. His Word promises he has everything under control, even to saving children who are seemingly captivated and bound by today’s booming culture and rapid-fire advances in technology. “Can plunder be taken from warriors, or captives rescued from the fierce? Yes, captives will be taken from warriors, and plunder retrieved from the fierce; I will contend with those who contend with you, and your children I will save.” Isaiah 49: 24,25

http://allnewspipeline.com/MT_Taylor_Zombie_Generation.php 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 8-24-17 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Netanyahu hoped to gain from meeting with Putin

Netanyahu meets with Putin, expresses concern over Iran's role in Syria

Netanyahu to warn Putin not to cross red lines

By Herb Keinon August 24, 2017 10:50

The Israeli leader is standing up to the Russian president.

Russian President Vladimir Putin knows full well that Israel is adamantly opposed to any post-civil war arrangement in Syria that will leave Iranian military forces in place. He doesn’t need Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to hop on a plane and disturb his summer holiday on the Black Sea beach resort of Sochi to tell him. So why did Netanyahu go? Because the objective is less to try to convince Putin of Israel’s position, and more to look him in the eyes and tell him squarely what Israel will do if Iran begins to militarily entrench itself in Syria. Israel’s message to Putin, which is the same message that was conveyed to the Americans last week via a blue-ribbon security delegation headed by Mossad chief Yossi Cohen, is that Israel will act militarily. Netanyahu wants this to be a factor in Putin’s decision-making process. Because if Israel does act militarily in Syria, the question will be how does Russia respond. Former US ambassador Dan Shapiro pointed out in a Twitter thread on Tuesday something that seems obvious, but is much overlooked. Israel, he wrote, has acted on numerous occasions inside Syria, be it to prevent the transfer of game-changing weapons from Iran to Lebanon, be it in retaliation for rockets or mortar shells that fell either intentionally or inadvertently on the Israeli side of the Golan Heights, or be it to keep Iran or Hezbollah away from the border. And while the Russians could have acted to prevent this, they did not. Netanyahu went to Sochi to let Putin know what Israel plans to do in the event that Iran tries to build air bases, a naval port, or permanent army bases inside Syria. It would take action. It would take as precise military action as possible, so as not to endanger any Russian forces in the country, but it will not allow Iran to turn Syria into a base of operation against Israel. Cohen joined Netanyahu in Moscow, but it is unlikely that he presented Putin with any new intelligence information that knocked the Russian leader off his chair. The Russians have pretty good intelligence of their own. But there is nothing like a personal meeting to impress upon one’s interlocutor the gravity of the situation. And, from Israel’s perspective, the situation if Iran fills the vacuum left by retreating Islamic State fighters would be grave. Netanyahu spoke after the meeting to reporters about Iran’s intention of doing to Syria what it did to Lebanon, which is essentially take control of the country through the use of proxies. In Lebanon the proxies are Hezbollah’s, and in Syria it is tens of thousands of Shia militiamen from Iraq, and Pakistan and even Afghanistan, augmented by Iranian soldiers, already on the ground. Israel, Netanyahu is telling Putin and a world preoccupied with other crises, from North Korea to Barcelona, won’t tolerate another Lebanon to its northeast. Netanyahu hopes that knowledge of what Israel will do will impact Russia’s decisions regarding post-war arrangements in Syria. Russia has spent billions of dollars, expended an enormous amount of political capital and even lost a few dozen men trying to keep President Bashar Assad in power. If Israel is drawn into a war in Syria, it would greatly jeopardize the Assad regime. Netanyahu, who has a good, strong working relationship with Putin, wants the Russian leader to ask himself one question as a result of this visit: Is it worth the risk to his massive investment? And the answer to the question will be largely dependent on how credible Putin views Israel’s threat, and whether he believes that Netanyahu would take action against the Iranians in Syria. Netanyahu made the trip to Sochi hoping to impress upon Putin that the threat is very real indeed.

http://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Politics-And-Diplomacy/What-Netanyahu-hoped-to-gain-from-meetings-with-Putin-503275 

:: 8-17-17 Y Net News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Liberman and Bennett: Israel must safeguard own security against Iranian presence in Syria

Def. Min. Lieberman and Edu. Min. Bennett say Israel has only itself to rely on regarding Iran's growing power in Syria; former national security advisor Amidror responds to Iran's suspected attempt to create 'a corridor' from Tehran to Mediterranean by saying, 'Israel can do nothing to stop it, but it can draw red lines in Syria and say that if they're crossed, it will retaliate.'

Moran Azulay, Shahar Chai and Alexandra Lukash|Published: 24.08.17 , 17:48

Minister of Defense Avigdor Lieberman spoke Thursday morning at a conference organized by the Israel Institute of Energy and Environment, assuring Israel will not stand idly by as Iran entrenches its position in Syria. "Iran, via its Revolutionary Guard, is trying to create a new reality in the region with Iranian airforce and naval bases in Syria, with Shiite militias numbering thousands of mercenaries and by manufacturing precise weaponry in Lebanon," he said. "Israel does not intend to resign itself to these attempts and will not act as onlooker from the sidelines." Minister of Education Naftali Bennett also spoke on the matter, saying that "we'll do everything in our power to ensure no Iranians will stand at our borders," he asserted. Bennett also commented on Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu's meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin. "At the end of the day, whether we're turning to the US or to Russia, we'll try to harness them but won't rely solely on them," he stated. "Israel reserves the right to defend itself by itself, including against the Iranians near our borders. We're always keeping up-to-date on the processes in play here, it's one of the more vital and sensitive issues on our plate. At the moment, as we speak, Iran is funneling Shiite and Iranian militias into Syria." Bennett wished to send a message to Israeli citizens. "We'll look after ourselves," he promised. "Menachem Begin didn't allow the threat then posed by the reactor in Iraq to build and grow, but acted to nip it in the bud." "We're always together and always alone. That is, we always have partners and allies, we have a political plan of action, but we've never and will never outsource Israeli national security. All options are absolutely on the table." Bennett went on to speak about ISIS, calling it a "tactical problem." "It's a meaningful one, but tactical nonetheless," he said, "and you don't sacrifice a strategic interest of preventing the creation of a Persian empire from Tehran to the Mediterranean to solve a tactical problem." Former Major General Yaakov Amidror, who served as the national security advisor, also spoke about Netanyahu's meeting with Putin and the growing Iranian threat. "Russia is one of the more important forces in determining Syria's fate, making their meeting crucial," he said. Amidror further commented on the Netanyahu-Putin meeting, saying, "Israel has a lot of strength and it needs to decide whether to put it to use. If it does, it should consider the reaction. The talk with Putin is important in order to make the Russians understand exactly what the Israeli interest is and what we plan to do, so they're not caught off-guard." Amidror also weighed in on the land corridor to the Mediterranean Iran is trying to construct by taking over Syria. "That's without a doubt a seismic shift in the Middle East. It may actually be too big for Israel's britches. Israel can do nothing to stop a corridor starting in Tehran, passing through Baghdad and terminating in Damascus, but it can draw red lines in Syria and say that if they're crossed, it will retaliate." Amidror then added Israel should set the aforementioned red line when it comes to Iranian presence in Syria. "We're not asking the Russians for permission," he said, "but we have to make it clear to them where that line passes and should decide whether we act once it's crossed—that is, the point beyond which Israel will forcefully respond to Iranian provocations." "In any event, it's best to keep the Russians in the picture," Amidror continued. "It's been working rather well up until now, at least. According to foreign publications, we've been quite active in Syria with the Russians already present there. It should be very careful and precise, but it needs to be done." "World media has taken Iran's words out of context" In the past few days, Iran has threatened that in a matter of days, it will be capable of producing enriched uranium at a level sufficient for the production of nuclear weapons. According to Dr. Tamar Eilam Gindin , a specialist on Iran from the Shalem Academic College and the Azari Center, the western media distorted the Iranians' true intentions in this case. "The media took what they said out of context," she said. "What they meant was they're loyal to the agreement and have no intention of breaking it, but should the US place the sanctions back on them, within five days they can have the Fordo reactor up and running and reach twenty percent enrichment." "And even that is a long ways off from an actual bomb," he explains, "it's simply their previous pre-agreement ability." "The Iranians want the nuclear agreement maintained," she assures. "The head of the Iranian atomic agency said, 'We were able to reach this agreement with so much effort and won't give it up so easily. But Trump is threatening to place the sanctions back on us. You can't expect that if you threaten us with sanctions we'll stick to our side of the agreement.'"

http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5007302,00.html 

:: 8-22-17 NPR News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Inherits The Afghanistan Albatross — And Commits For The Long Term

August 22, 20175:00 AM ET

President Trump inherited it with the presidency and now is putting the albatross that is Afghanistan around his own neck. According to senior U.S. officials, Trump will become the third consecutive commander in chief to authorize a major deployment of American troops. On Monday, he explained his reasoning following months of deliberation — which followed years of skepticism before he launched his political career. "We have wasted an enormous amount of blood and treasure in Afghanistan," Trump wrote in 2013. "Their government has zero appreciation. Let's get out!" Trump clung to that view through his election and inauguration as president, until the top commander in Afghanistan, Gen. John Nicholson, pushed the issue back into the foreground earlier this year by warning Congress that the conflict was in "stalemate" — and calling for a fresh infusion of personnel. That set the stage for a Pentagon recommendation for more troops, one Trump has waited months to endorse — even making a point to invite enlisted service members to the White House to ask their opinions. Ultimately, however, Trump said he concluded that deepening America's nearly 16-year commitment to Afghanistan was the right decision. "My original instinct was to pull out, and historically, I like following my instincts," he said, "but all my life I've heard that decisions are much different when you sit behind the desk in the Oval Office." A senior U.S. official said that Trump plans to deploy about 4,000 more American troops to Afghanistan, which would raise the force there to about 12,500 — numbers the president did not detail in his address. There are thousands more diplomats, aid workers, contractors and other Americans that continue to serve there. Defense Secretary James Mattis told reporters traveling with him this week that he would reveal more about the specifics after Trump had made his announcement, but Mattis tried to stress how carefully the government had helped the president reach his decision. "I'm very comfortable that the strategic process was sufficiently rigorous and did not go in with a preset condition in terms of what questions could be asked or what decisions would be made," Mattis said. Trump and his political advisers were said to seriously consider simply cutting bait on Afghanistan — pulling out all or nearly all American troops there in recognition of the limits about what is possible for them to achieve. Afghanistan's indigenous forces take heavy casualties as they lose ground against the insurgent Taliban that was once cleared out with American help. The government in Kabul cannot endure without significant U.S. and international support. A collapse — like the one that followed the withdrawal of Russian support after the Soviet Union's disastrous invasion — might have posed new risks that terrorists could use ungoverned spaces within Afghanistan to plot attacks against the United States, as Osama bin Laden did in 2001. U.S. counterterrorism officials say they've done so much damage to al-Qaida and other big extremist groups, as well as stepped up security in so many ways that the odds are slim of another attack on the scale of Sept. 11. All the same, no one can know for sure — which was one reason why Trump accepted the Pentagon's recommendation that he stay the course. "The consequences of a rapid exit are both predictable and unacceptable," he said. The president and his aides were keen to try to present his decision as new in the sense that it encapsulates the whole region — a "South Asian strategy," as opposed to a simple Afghanistan strategy. Secretary of State Rex Tillerson phoned his counterparts in Afghanistan, Pakistan and India on Monday to try to get them on board with a unified approach. "The topic was how the United States would like to work with each country to stabilize South Asia through a new, integrated regional strategy," a spokeswoman said. At the same time, administration officials say they want to turn the screws on Kabul and Islamabad, the capital of Pakistan. Trump said he wants better progress from the Afghan government in making the best of American aid and more work by Pakistan in going after the safe havens inside its borders used by the Taliban leaders who run their insurgency in Afghanistan. But in both threatening to cut off military aid payments to Pakistan and inviting its archenemy, India, to take a greater role in Afghanistan, Trump is embarking on a course that will require great diplomatic finesse to see results — at a time when the United States does not have an ambassador in Kabul or New Delhi and when many other top State Department posts are unfilled. "Without an accompanying increase in diplomatic resources and foreign assistance, military success in Afghanistan will not be sustainable," warned Sen. Tammy Duckworth, D-Ill., an Iraq war veteran, in response to Monday night's speech. The main factor that the administration hopes makes a difference is Trump's decision not to place an end date on the U.S. commitment. Critics faulted President Barack Obama for announcing a surge in U.S. troops and the date for their withdrawal in the same speech. That signaled a finite timetable and let insurgents simply wait out the crest in the wave of deployments, as hawks complained. No more, Trump said. "A core pillar of our new strategy is a shift from a time-based approach to one based on conditions," he said. "I've said ... many times how counterproductive it is for the United States to announce in advance the dates we intend to begin, or end, military options." So as the 16th anniversary of the U.S. war in Afghanistan approaches in October, the latest change in Washington's approach will have been to drop a notional goal for when it might end.

http://www.npr.org/2017/08/22/545159997/trump-inherits-the-afghanistan-albatross-and-commits-for-the-long-term 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 8-24-17 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

by Breitbart Jerusalem24 Aug 20171,018

The Times of Israel reports: A high level US delegation including senior White House adviser Jared Kushner arrived in Israel late Wednesday, ahead of meetings with Palestinian and Israeli leaders aimed at looking for way to jumpstart peace talks. The visit by senior White House aide Jared Kushner, who is also US President Donald Trump’s son-in-law, Special Envoy for International Negotiations Jason Greenblatt and Deputy National Security Adviser for Strategy Dina Powell comes as Palestinian figures have become more vocal in expressing disappointment in Washington’s unclear approach to peace efforts so far. The American delegation arrived Wednesday night and is set to meet with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Palestinian Authority head Mahmoud Abbas in Ramallah starting on Thursday. A US diplomatic source told reporters in Jerusalem on Wednesday night that Trump wanted discussions “to focus on the transition to substantive… peace talks, the situation in Gaza, including how to ease the humanitarian crisis there, and the economic steps that can be taken.”

http://www.breitbart.com/jerusalem/2017/08/24/jared-kushner-arrives-israel-attempt-palestinian-statehood-talks/ 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 8-24-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"It is Our Very Existence That is Unbearable to Jihadists"

by Giulio Meotti August 24, 2017 at 5:00 am

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/10894/jihadists-europe-spain-finland 

The Islamist attacks against Spain, Finland and Germany unmasked the central problem: Pacifism will not protect Europe from either Islamization or terror attacks. Spain and Germany were, in fact, among the most reluctant countries in Europe to take an active role in the anti-ISIS coalition. The Spanish press did not participate in a discussion of the Mohammed cartoons; no Spanish writer was accused of "Islamophobia" and no Spanish personality was put under police protection for "criticizing Islam". It seemed as if Spain were not even interested in what was at stake in Islamist attacks on Europe's very existence. No Spanish city made headlines for having multicultural ghettos, as in France and Britain. The attack in Barcelona should have ended this illusion. Terrorists do not need an excuse to butcher "infidels". The sad conclusion seems to be that that jihadists do not need a "reason" to kill Westerners. They attack equally France, which conducts military operations in the Middle East and North Africa, and countries such as Spain and Germany, which are neutral. In 24 hours, Spain suffered two major terror attacks. A jihadist cell killed 15 people in Barcelona and the seaside resort of Cambrils. In the past year, Germany was the other European country hit hard by armed Islamists. First, a jihadist plowed a large truck through a Christmas market in central Berlin and murdered 12 people. Then a man wielding a knife murdered one person during an attack at a supermarket in Hamburg. One day after the carnage in Barcelona, another terror attack took place in Turku, Finland. Two women were murdered in the market square of the country's oldest city. Jihad -- in Finland? The Islamist attacks against Spain, Germany and Finland unmasked the central problem: Pacifism will not protect Europe from either Islamization or terror attacks. Spain and Germany were, in fact, among the most reluctant countries in Europe to take an active role in the anti-ISIS coalition. John Vinocur of the Wall Street Journal recently defined Germany as "a country where the army and air force basically do not fight". And Spanish politicians, since the 2004 train bombings, have not backed U.S. and NATO operations in countries such as Libya and Mali. Spain has been described as a "reluctant partner" in the anti-ISIS coalition. Spain and Germany contribute less than others to NATO's efforts. US President Donald Trump has made clear that the existence of NATO is contingent on members meeting their agreed-upon obligations of spending 2% of GDP on defense. Spain spends less than half of that -- 0.91 percent. Germany does only a little better -- at 1.19 percent. Finland never even joined NATO. The surprise of the Finnish élite over the Turku attack was noted by The Financial Times: "The Nordic country of 5m people does not feature prominently in jihadi invective against the west. Despite Finland's armed forces having occasionally supported Nato missions in Afghanistan and Iraq, the country's longstanding nonaligned and peaceable military status has insulated it from most blowback from crises in the Middle East." In 2004, al-Qaeda, for the first time, was able to effect a regime change in Europe after committing terror atrocities on Madrid's trains. Shortly after those bombings, Spain's election turned into a referendum on its involvement in the Iraq War. The Socialist Party's dramatic upset victory was followed by a withdrawal of Spanish troops from Iraq. Since then, Spain has been almost non-existent in the international arena. Probably assuming that pacifism shielded it from further attacks, Spain was regarded as "the forgotten front in Europe's ISIS war". The Spanish press was diligently indifferent to any debate on freedom of expression, then, as now, under attack by Islamists in Europe. The Spanish press did not participate in a discussion of the Mohammed cartoons; no Spanish writer was accused of "Islamophobia", and no Spanish personality was put under police protection for "criticizing Islam". It seemed as if Spain were not even interested in what was at stake in Islamist attacks on Europe's very existence. No Spanish city made headlines for having multicultural ghettos, as in France and Britain. The attack in Barcelona should have ended this illusion. Terrorists do not need an excuse to butcher "infidels". Germany, the most generous country in Europe in welcoming Muslims, followed the same fate as Spain. The German government struck a cozy deal with Turkey about the migrants; and when a comedian, Jan Böhmermann, made a joke about a Muslim politician, the German government allowed its legal system to put the comedian on trial. The sad conclusion seems to be that that jihadists do not need a "reason" to kill Westerners. They attack equally France, which conducts military operations in the Middle East and North Africa, and countries such as Spain and Germany, which are neutral. It is enough for them to state, that, according to Islamic doctrine, land once under Muslim rule is forever under Islamic rule. As Spain ("Al Andalus" for Islamists) was under Islamic rule until the Christian Reconquista (which began in 722), and then Muslims were expelled in 1492, the country, according to Muslim extremists, permanently belongs to Islam and therefore must be taken back. About the massacre in Barcelona, the French philosopher Pascal Bruckner commented: "no one is immune.... The picture that comes to me is that of The Plague of Albert Camus: a scourge that falls on an innocent city. The extension of the field of jihadist struggle is universal. The terrorists charge the whole world for their failure. They knock where they can hit. Trying to please them is vain, it is our very existence that is unbearable to them". To paraphrase Trotsky, you may not be interested in fighting jihadism, but jihadism is interested in fighting you. Giulio Meotti, Cultural Editor for Il Foglio, is an Italian journalist and author.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/10894/jihadists-europe-spain-finland 

:: 8-24-17 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Post-Charlottesville, Confederate monuments begin to fall across the U.S.

Sarah Toy, USA TODAY Published 6:15 p.m. ET Aug. 23, 2017 | Updated 6:15 a.m. ET Aug. 24, 2017

The city of Charlottesville draped two Confederate monuments in black tarp Wednesday afternoon as a symbol of the city’s mourning for a woman who was killed while protesting a white nationalist rally. The work Wednesday began in Emancipation Park, where workers using ropes and poles draped a statue of Gen. Robert E. Lee in the tarp. Some in the crowd cheered as others took photos and video. “It’s great. It’s a good start,” said Jamie Dyer from nearby Justice Park, where workers later covered a statue of Gen. Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson. The violence that erupted on Aug. 12 in Charlottesville brought renewed attention to Confederate symbols. Charlottesville, like many other cities, has struggled over what to do with its Confederate-era statues, which some view as markers of history. Others see them as symbols of hate and reminders of pain. Here’s a look at some of the monuments that have been taken down since the violence in Charlottesville: Durham, N.C. — On Aug. 14, protesters toppled a Confederate statue during a rally outside the Durham County Courthouse. On Aug. 19, a statue of Robert E. Lee was removed from the entrance of Duke University Chapel. University president Vincent Price authorized the removal, saying the removal represented an “opportunity for us to learn and heal.” • Gainesville, Fla. — A monument to Confederate soldiers nicknamed “Old Joe” in downtown Gainesville was taken down on Aug. 14. Its removal was hotly contested for a year. In the end, the United Daughters of the Confederacy, who put it up 113 years ago, agreed to remove and take the statue after other groups declined it.

St. Petersburg, Fla. — On Aug. 15, the city removed the Stonewall Jackson Memorial Highway marker was from the downtown waterfront.

San Diego — Just days after the deadly protests in Charlottesville, a plaque honoring Jefferson Davis was removed by the city from Horton Plaza in downtown San Diego.

Los Angeles — On Aug. 16, a six-foot monument to Confederate soldiers was removed from the Hollywood Forever Cemetery. A spokesperson for the the United Daughters of the Confederacy, which owns the monument, told the Los Angeles Times it was taken down due to issues with vandalism.

Baltimore — On Aug. 16, four Confederate monuments were taken down after Baltimore Mayor Catherine Pugh cited safety concerns. “They needed to come down,” Pugh said in an interview with the Baltimore Sun.

Brooklyn, N.Y. — A 105-year-old plaque marking a tree planted by Robert E. Lee in Brooklyn during the 1840s was removed on Aug. 16, along with a second plaque installed in 1935, according to the New York Daily News.

New York — Busts of Robert E. Lee and Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson were removed overnight on Aug. 17 from the Hall of Fame for Great Americans at Bronx Community College. A few days before, Bronx Borough president Ruben Diaz Jr. had called for their removal and said their inclusion at the Hall of Fame was “especially galling: there is nothing great about two men who committed treason against the United States to fight to keep the institution of slavery in tact.” • Franklin, Ohio — A monument dedicated to Robert E. Lee was removed overnight on Aug. 17 by the city of Franklin. Located on the Dixie highway, the stone monument was erected by the United Daughters of the Confederacy 90 years ago.

Madison, Wis. — A plaque lauding Confederate soldiers buried at a cemetery was removed on Aug. 17, and Madison Mayor Paul Soglin said a second memorial would be coming down as well.

Worthington, Ohio — On Aug. 18, a historic marker outside the home of Roswell Ripley, a Confederate general who was born and raised in the city, was taken down following a recommendation by city officials anticipating protests, The Columbia Dispatch reported.

Annapolis, Md.— On Aug. 18, a statue of Roger B. Taney, the U.S. Supreme Court justice who wrote the 1857 Dred Scott decision upholding slavery and denying citizenship to African Americans, was lifted away by crane from the grounds of the Maryland State House. The statue had stood in front of the statehouse since 1872.

Daytona Beach, Fla. — Three plaques honoring Confederate soldiers were removed from a park in downtown Daytona Beach on Aug. 18. A city spokesperson said they would be cleaned and donated to a local historical society.

Helena, Mont. — Montana's capital removed a Confederate monument on Aug. 18 after Native American lawmakers in Montana sent a letter to the city requesting its removal, saying it stood for segregation, secession and slavery. A fountain donated by the United Daughters of the Confederacy more than 100 years ago, it was supposedly the only Confederate monument in the upper Rockies.

Austin — On Aug. 21, statues of Confederate-era figures Robert E. Lee, Albert Sidney Johnston, John Reagan and James Stephen Hogg were removed from the main campus grounds of the University of Texas at Austin.

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/2017/08/23/post-charlottesville-confederate-monuments-begin-fall-across-united-states/595393001/ 

:: 8-18-17 Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hero pit bulls save kids from snake attack: 'They are 100 percent family'

Aug. 18, 2017 at 4:58 PM Arin Greenwood TODAY

Slayer the pit bull is always looking out for his family. Melissa Butt is so confident in her dog that she tells her young grandkids nothing bad will ever happen to them while Slayer is around, she told TODAY. On Aug. 13 that was put to the test, and Slayer proved himself to be exactly the hero Butt knew him to be. Butt's grandchildren, 4-year-old Zayden and 1 1/2-year-old Mallory, were playing with Slayer and another of the family's dogs, Paco, in the yard of their home in southwest Florida. Slayer and Paco began barking at something in the grass. Something about their manner seemed urgent. The dogs wouldn't "disengage on command," as Butt, 47, puts it. So the kids were sent inside with their mother, Cynthia, who is the daughter of Butt and her husband, Daniel White. With the children safe, Cynthia Butt and White came back outside to check on Slayer and Paco. The dogs were standing over a snake, keeping guard. The snake lashed out to bite both of the dogs, getting Paco on the elbow and Slayer on the snout. "That's when Slayer grabbed the snake in his mouth and killed it," said Melissa Butt. Butt rushed the dogs to their regular vet. But their condition was growing serious — Slayer's especially; his face was swelling, and his breathing became labored. The veterinarian recommended the dogs go to the BluePearl emergency vet in Brandon, Florida, about 40 minutes away. Butt was so worried that it was hard to restrain herself from speeding the whole way there. The thought of getting into an accident while her dogs' lives were in jeopardy was more than she could bear. She'd adopted them as young pups, and she dreaded the thought of them dying. At the clinic, the dogs got immediate lifesaving treatment with antivenin. "We have to act fast," Dr. Shelby Loos said to local NBC affiliate . While the veterinarians saved the dogs' lives, it also meant mounting bills for the family. BluePearl connected Butt with Frankie's Friends, a nonprofit that helps cover extraordinary medical costs for pets. (Here's where you can contribute.) "There's nothing I can say or do to show how grateful I am," Butt said. "How do you thank someone for saving your loved ones?" Paco was well enough to go home after just one night in the hospital. But Slayer didn't improve so quickly. When Butt went to see him at BluePearl, she found his face and mouth still so swollen that he "could barely get his tongue out" to give her a kiss. "It was devastating to see how bad it had gotten," Butt said. With another dose of antivenin and more care, Slayer got better. He is still on medication, and his face isn't totally back to normal, but he recovered enough to go home on Wednesday to his adoring, grateful family. He and Paco are "very rightfully being very, very spoiled right now," said Butt. "We spoiled them before. They're ultraspoiled now." (A third dog, Zombie, who was napping inside through Sunday's adventures, isn't too impressed with his canine siblings getting the royal treatment.) Butt looks at her grandkids and imagines what might have happened if Slayer and Paco hadn't been there. Slayer is a big dog and suffered extensively from the bite. Zayden and Mallory are much smaller. "Our pets aren't pets," Butt said. "They are 100 percent family members; this just proves they deserve to be." On Wednesday, when Slayer got home, Zayden turned to Butt and said to her what she's always said to him: "Slayer protects me. Slayer protects us," he said. "He will always protect me." Then Zayden covered the dog with a blanket, saying he wanted to make him feel better.

https://www.today.com/food/piglets-saved-fire-served-sausages-firefighters-t115416\

:: 8-17-17 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Minneapolis: Muslim threatened to ‘shoot wife in the head’ night before he was sworn-in as cop

August 17, 2017 Source: Newly sworn-in Minneapolis cop charged with threatening his wife – StarTribune.com h/t Jihad Watch

A rookie Minneapolis police officer has been charged with threatening his wife during an argument at their home the night before he was sworn in as a member of the city’s police force. Dakota County prosecutors say Ahmed Jama, 29, got into an argument with his wife at the couple’s Apple Valley home around 11 p.m. on Aug. 1, according to a criminal complaint. Jama threatened to shoot his wife in the head, authorities said, telling her that he would get away with it. No physical violence was reported in the complaint, but his wife told police the following day that she feared for her life, adding that Jama had never threatened her in that way before. Jama was sworn in as a Minneapolis police officer Aug. 2. Acting Minneapolis Police Chief Medaria Arradondo said through a spokesperson that Jama, who is still on probation with the department, has been placed on administrative leave. Arradondo said that the Office of Police Conduct Review would be investigating. Jama voluntarily gave a statement to police, characterizing the argument as more of a discussion, the complaint said. He denied making the threat. He was later arrested and charged with making threats of violence with intent to terrorize, a felony. Classic Islamic supremacist. Threatening to shoot his wife in the head and that he’d get away with it…just casual discussion. Did he think he’d get away with it because fellow Somali Muslim officer Mohamed Noor has, so far, gotten away with killing a woman? More via: Rookie Cop Breaks the Law Night Before Swearing-In Ceremony – Alpha News A Minneapolis man has been charged with Threats of Violence (Intent to Terrorize), the night before being sworn in as a Minneapolis Police Officer. Ahmed Mohamed Jama, 29, threatened his wife with bodily harm after an argument on August 1. The criminal complaint, filed on August 4, states authorities to a report of past action domestic assault. Jama’s wife told authorities that he threatened to “shoot her in the head” because he would “get away with it.” Jama denied making the threat. According to his personnel file, Jama first started working with the Minneapolis Police Department as a Police Cadet. Jama filed paperwork to become a Police Cadet in August of 2016, a similar training program that Officer Mohamed Noor, the Minneapolis Officer who shot Justine Damond in July. According to the Minneapolis Police Department, a Police Cadet: “To be hired as a Police Cadet, you must have a two or four year degree in any discipline from a regionally accredited college or university, and must NOT have passed the P.O.S.T. Licensing Exam.” “The City of Minneapolis then pays for the Cadet to complete Law Enforcement certificate courses through a PPOE program which includes skills training simultaneously as they go through MPD’s in-house academy. This academic training is comparable to the training recruits receive before being hired by the MPD. “This lasts approximately 8 months. Cadets are promoted to Police Officer upon successful completion of the P.O.S.T. Board academic and skills requirements. From there they enter the Minneapolis Police Department’s Field Training Program (see below). The MPD Cadet Program started back in 1989 and has helped the MPD hire a number of highly qualified and decorated officers, including many of our current Chiefs, Inspectors, and Commanders.” As Alpha News reported, MPD looked to clear up any confusion regarding time spent training. Noor spent more than a year after going through the police cadet training for the Minneapolis Police Department, while Jama started out as a Community Service Officer before working his way up to officer. “At this point, the probationary employee you’ve inquired about, who has never worked in the capacity of a Minneapolis Police Officer, is on administrative leave,” Minneapolis Police Chief Medaria Arradondo said in a statement. “I am aware of the serious charges and will take appropriate action when necessary. The Office of Police Conduct Review has opened up a case into this matter.” Look no further than Muslim Keith Ellison and the mayor for the current lunacy occurring in Minneapolis.

https://creepingsharia.wordpress.com/2017/08/17/minn-muslim-shoot-wife-head/ 

:: 8-16-17 Wolf Street :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grocery Store Turmoil in Chicago

by Wolf Richter • Aug 16, 2017

Bankruptcies don’t help. Even the big chains are closing stores. The grocery store sector is never static. Some stores close, others open. But in Chicago, 25 stores closed over the past 24 months due to bankruptcies or operational reasons, and only 16 stores have opened, producing “an alarming loss” of 545,000 square feet of grocery store space. This includes five independent grocery stores that closed, while only two new ones opened, bringing their total down to 43 stores. Their market share, based on square footage, declined to just 7%. This is “not a positive sign for improving the food deserts where these grocers penetrate more regularly,” according to Mid-America Real Estate’s biennial Urban Grocery Study. And the average store size shrank, as the stores that were closed averaged 38,000 square feet, while the stores that opened or are planned average 25,000 square feet. The study covers the period from September 2015 to August 1, 2017, in an urban area of 3.2 million residents with 262 operating or proposed grocery stores of more than 10,000 square feet in size. In addition to the current difficulties, Amazon’s entry looms over the grocery market. Whole Foods, which is being acquired by Amazon, has 13 stores in the area, nine of them “in primarily higher income” locations. It has about 7% of the market on a square-footage basis. And the report finds that “consumers continue to anticipate the opening of Amazon Go stores or perhaps ‘combo’ sites of Amazon/Whole Foods part grocery-part fulfillment center.” Regional grocery store chain Dominick’s has become a Safeway fatality. In 1998, the chain’s 116 stores were acquired by Safeway Inc. Critics say that Safeway cheapened the product offerings, including replacing Dominick’s private label brands with Safeway brands. And the store-closings started. At the end of 2013, with only 83 Dominick’s stores remaining, Safeway closed all of them. Two month later, as if by coincidence, Safeway was acquired in a leveraged buyout by private equity firm Cerberus. Many of the Dominick’s stores remained “dark” for years. But over the two-year period of the report, nearly one million square feet of those locations were absorbed by major chain stores, which dampened the impact of the bankruptcies and store closings to create “a stall and step backwards in urban Chicago,” as the report put it. Jewel Osco moved into the number one spot, with 51 stores. Aldi, after closing three locations, dropped to number two, with 49 stores. In the plus-column: Target is doubling the number of its small-format stores (20,000-30,000 square feet) to eight locations. These stores are either already open or under construction. According to the report, they’re offering a “variety of grab-and-go grocery, pharmacy/health/beauty, limited apparel and electronics; and most have in-store cafes, thus nailing the merchandise mix worthy of inclusion as an urban grocery competitor.” Fresh Thyme Farmer’s Market opened two small gourmet grocery stores of under 30,000 square feet. H Mart, a grocer catering to the Asian community, already has four stores in the suburbs and now plans to open a new 20,000-square-foot sore in the West Loop. The report: This is the second Asian-based urban grocer since the arrival of Seafood City in the Mayfair neighborhood on the northwest side in 2016. Seafood City is rumored to now be doubling the size of their store by 2019 due to larger than anticipated volumes. Plans are underway for two grocery co-ops to open small stores: The Dill Pickle with 13,000 square feet and Chicago Market with 10,000 square feet. They’re barely large enough to make it into the study (cutoff at 10,000 square feet). In the minus-column: The otherwise rapidly expanding German discounter Aldi closed three stores in Chicago, bringing its count down to 49 locations. But even as Safeway-Albertson’s gives its PE firm owners gray hairs, Aldi has announced an additional $3.4 billion investment, expecting to operate 2,500 stores across the US by 2022. Now there’s the fervent hope that some of them might happen in Chicago. Three Ultra Foods and a Strack & Val Til were shuttered, totaling 327,000 square feet, following the May bankruptcy of Central Grocers. The Midwest cooperative of grocery wholesalers operates three regional chains: Strack & Van Til, Ultra Foods, and Town & Country Markets. In the bankruptcy filing, the company said that it would try to sell the more viable stores and close the rest. “The closing of Ultra Foods in Calumet Park instantly created a food desert, by definition,” the report found. The space may eventually be absorbed, most likely by operations that are “only partial grocery, combined with other active non-grocer categories, almost guaranteeing a permanent loss of supply here.” Meijer has closed two smaller stores, totaling 181,000 square feet. Wal-Mart, which closed all of its Express stores in the US, also closed its two in Chicago, along with two Wal-Mart Neighborhood Markets (primarily grocery), totaling 58,700 square feet. The report mused: “Wal-Mart’s inactivity in urban Chicago remains puzzling.” All the big gorillas have been trying it, but most consumers just don’t want to. Read… Amazon’s Online Grocery Boom? Not So Fast…

http://wolfstreet.com/2017/08/16/grocery-store-turmoil-in-chicago/ 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 8-18-17 My Daily Informer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anonymous – They Aren’t Going to Tell You About This! (CERN ALERT MESSAGE 2017)

CERN is built on the former site of a temple to Apollyon, who is referenced in the book of Revelation as the king of the horde of the "bottomless pit". Scripture says the key to the pit will be given in the end times and when it is opened something terrible will come through. There is documented evidence that CERN seeks to open doors to other dimensions, they openly admit it. They have also released videos which indicate these intentions, along with other occult messages, as well as erecting the statue of Shiva (the destroyer) who is synonymous with Satan (according to occult scholars). All of this combined with other prophecy being fulfilled in modern times is an overwhelming sign of the times. People need to do a little digging and open their eyes, no need to to take anyone's word for it- the evidence is all there. Unfortunately most just scoff at the idea of anything beyond their well-programmed existence, they trust in the "wisdom" of men and science. They put their faith in what they can see but don't realize that most of what they see is manufactured deception, making them blind to the truth. Time is short my friends and Jesus Christ is the only path to salvation- He is the way, the truth and the life. God bless and all the best to all of you. Some have seen this problem coming for a long time and changed their entire way of life by going off-grid. They have found alternative sources such as solar, wind and diesel to power their homes and machinery. A majority of us, who have not gone off-grid, are making a concerted effort to avoid dependence on this ailing infrastructure and preparing for life without it. Will CERN generate a black hole? The LHC will not generate black holes in the cosmological sense. However, some theories suggest that the formation of tiny ‘quantum’ black holes may be possible. The observation of such an event would be thrilling in terms of our understanding of the Universe; and would be perfectly safe. As far as we know, we live in four dimensions, three of space and one of time. But experimentalists at the Large Hadron Collider are looking for evidence that the universe contains more than that. The existence of extra dimensions could explain some puzzling properties of the universe. Physicists know about four forces that govern the way particles interact: electromagnetism, the strong and weak nuclear forces, and gravity. Gravity is by far the weakest. Think about sticking a magnet to a refrigerator door. The magnet can respond to the electromagnetic force that attracts it to the door. Or it can respond to the gravitational force of the Earth below. If you let it go at a short enough distance, it sticks straight to the door, ignoring the entire planet beneath it. Physicists wonder why gravity seems so much weaker than the other three forces. One possibility is that we’re only experiencing a fraction of it. It could be that the gravitational force acts partially in another dimension, or many extra dimensions, that we can’t perceive. Knowing more about gravity could help physicists seeking to form a so-called theory of everything, a theory that combines the four forces into one. Extra dimensions would not necessarily consist of alternate worlds, as depicted in science fiction. They could simply be too small for us to see. To understand how this would work, imagine walking along a tightrope. You are able to move only forwards and backwards without falling. In this situation, it is almost as if you exist in just one dimension of space. However, an ant walking along the same tightrope has a different point of view. The ant is able to move forwards and backwards but also around the tightrope. To such a small creature, a tightrope exists in two spatial dimensions instead of just one. Even if extra dimensions are small, they can still have an effect on how we experience the world. Scientists think that finding evidence of extra dimensions could help answer some of their questions about gravity, still one of the most mysterious forces in the universe. Finding evidence of extra dimensions could also give credence to theories of physics beyond the Standard Model. Models of string theory, for example, require the existence of at least 11 dimensions. Discovering extra dimensions could give scientists clues about the mysterious workings of gravity and could help them to unify the forces or determine the validity of string theory. It could also raise more questions about ways other dimensions shape the world around us.

http://www.mydailyinformer.com/anonymous-they-arent-going-to-tell-you-about-this-cern-alert-message-2017/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 4-8-12 am service (first word) :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You have seen Russia as she is preparing to move down upon Israel with the other nation. etc..

:: 8-16-17 Russia Beyond the Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia rolls out the ‘Night Hunter’ chopper to slay ISIS

August 16, 2017 Nikolai Litovkin

The modified Mi-28 can be fully controlled by one of two pilots and will carry out search and destroy missions in the Middle East. A new version of the Mi-28UB “Night Hunter” - a modern attack helicopter - will be transported to Russia’s air base in Syria in the coming weeks. The war machine’s manufacturers are keen to test its modified armor and missiles on the front line. A military industrial source told RBTH this: “Russian Helicopters [corporation] strengthened the helicopter’s front armor and enhanced its ‘brains.’ ” So in the very near future, an advanced version of the “battle bird” will be carrying out search and destroy missions against ISIS in the Middle East. One of the chopper’s new features gives full control of the machine to both pilots. This means that if one pilot gets injured, the other will be able to operate the helicopter independently: That’s navigation, flying, and firing systems all at the same time. What is the ‘Night Hunter’ all about? The main goal of this military flying monster is to support infantry and special forces groups fighting on the ground. It was built to destroy tanks, armored vehicles, and low-flying targets. For example, other helicopters and drones. The Mi-28 has already been adopted by the Russian Military, but like every other piece of army hardware it had to go through strict testing before it was given the greenlight to wreak havoc on the battlefield. As the RBTH source explained, the Mi-28 follows all international military standards: “As well as bringing hell on earth with its machine guns and missiles, it can fight alongside tanks.” The expert also said that the chopper’s targets will range from enemy military personnel to artillery systems, and even anti-air defense units. Besides that, the helicopter is among only a few capable of performing aerobatic maneuvers. As Russia’s Berkuty pilot team has been showing the world for the last five years. The Mi-28's first use in Syria Russia’s Mi-28 helicopters played an integral role in liberating the Syrian city of Palmyra from ISIS on March 27, 2016. The video shows the destruction of an ISIS armored vehicle with the help of guided anti-tank missiles, followed by the elimination of militants hiding in a house. This was the first recorded use of the Night Hunter against ISIS terrorists. Before, the choppers were solely used to guard the Khmeimim Air Base, where Russia’s Air Force in Syria is stationed.

https://www.rbth.com/defence/2017/08/16/russia-rolls-out-the-night-hunter-chopper-to-slay-isis_823540

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 8-28-17 Walking Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Total Individual Control Technology: Insider Exposes How You & Your DNA are Being Targeted

August 28, 2017 Makia Freeman, Guest Waking Times

Total Individual Control Technology is a nefarious type of EM (Electromagnetic) and V2K (Voice to Skull) weaponized technology that is being experimented with and deployed against segments of the American population. Those attacked by this electronic stalking are known as TIs (Targeted Individuals). Recently another brave whistleblower has stepped forward to expose it. Bryan Kofron (who formerly used the alias of Justin Carter) is a security industry specialist who used to work for a private security company SIS (Security Industry Specialists) in Seattle, Washington. He quit in disgust after realizing that his former firm, and others just like it, were actively using this so-called total individual control technology to target people, then ultimately control and destroy their lives. Since he quit, he has himself become a victim of the technology via gangstalking. What Total Individual Control Technology is Capable Of. According to Kofron, this technology is so advanced that it can be used to read your mind, program your mind with thoughts (that you would believe are your own) and induce emotional states in you (including pain, hate and fear). It can be used to tap into your optical nerve and auditory systems to see and hear what you are seeing and hearing. It can target particular people by engaging in individual-specific attacks (based on the target’s DNA resonance). Finally, it is being used in vast social engineering programs as a way to experiment upon poor, homeless and weak people who have little or no chance of fighting back. In interviews or presentations such as this and this, Kofron explains that this technology is being used by psychopaths who have little scruples about the harm they are causing. They are targeting specific groups of people: those who are cognitively inclined, highly intelligent, knowledgeable about advanced technology or interested in alternative research (i.e. conspiracy research). In general, they are either targeting empowered individuals with free minds (to stop dissidents and revolutionaries) or those too poor and weak to fight back. Using Kofron’s own words, here are some of the things Total Individual Control Technology is able to do: “This technology manipulates the electrical signals in the brain, thus controlling thoughts and feelings and emotions and sensations throughout the body. It works by rewiring the brain by creating new neural pathways and destroying existing neural pathways, thus this literally changes the way a person thinks and thus behaves.” “This technology can also be used to control the muscle movement of the target. It can take over one’s hands or feet while driving and make you press on the accelerator or press on the brake or turn. This can be used to cause accidents it can also be used to prevent accidents from happening.” “This technology can also tap into the optical nerve of the target, and the auditory system of the target, so that those monitoring the target can see what the target is seeing and hear what target is hearing. This information is then downloaded and stored on a computer, in a highly secure classified site on servers that are guarded by some of the tightest security in the world. This results in the individual’s entire day, everything they see, everything they hear, everything they experiment, everything they experience, and everything they feel being recorded till the end of time.” “This technology can also be used to manipulate the emotions of the target. It can induce fear, love, hate.” “This technology can be used to beam images and even motion pictures into one’s brain. Images and motion pictures that are so realistic that you think you are actually watching a movie or seeing something in reality. It’s like a virtual reality 3D rendering that takes place within the target’s mind. The images and motion pictures manifest themselves in such a way that the target if they are not aware that this technology is being used on them will believe that they are natural thoughts and natural images.” “This technology can also be used to induce and control dreams. It can be used to control dream cycles and sleep patterns. To cause one to sleep very deeply or to cause one to not sleep at all. REM cycles, alpha beta and delta brainwaves can be induced immediately by this technology. And this technology can also be used to mimic spiritual experiences. Joy, love, peace that passes understanding can all be induced artificially by this technology to make the target believe that they are having a genuine spiritual experience when they’re not.” “This technology can also be used to sexually manipulate the target. Make them feel sexual arousal or turn off their sexuality altogether, it can stimulate them and it can shut them down at a moments notice. It can also be used to manipulate the hormones of the target, thus lowering and raising estrogen and testosterone levels in women and men respectively.” “This technology can also be used to read the thoughts of the target in real time … they can read your thoughts verbatim as they occur within your own mind.” “Anywhere from small groups of people 10-20 to 100, to medium size groups of people several thousand to tens of thousands. This is done by creating a field effect, where an entire field of electromagnetic energy is created in a geographical location and any human being within that geographical location within that electromagnetic field affecting that geographical location will be effected by the technology. This can be used to induce a general mood in a population or a crowd of people. It can be used to make them passive, it can be used to make them agitated. And this can be used to cause or stop, induce riots. Stop crime, start crime. Stop thoughts, start thoughts. Massive mind control on a citywide level.” Total Individual Control Technology Attacks Specific Individuals Based on DNA Resonance As I have discussed in previous articles on mind control such as “They” Can’t Read Your Thoughts … Right?, the state of current mind control technology is beyond most’s people comprehension and idea of what is possible. Yet, we have had enough out-of-the-closet whistleblowers and leaked or declassified documents to give us a clear idea of the scary extent to which we can be psychically attacked. Whistleblowers such as Dr. Robert Duncan have lectured at length about the capabilities of V2K technology, which is defined as an EM frequency technology that utilizes RF (Radio Frequency) signals to induce sound within the cranial cavity of the target. V2K literally pipes thoughts directly into people’s heads without them knowing it. Kofron bases his information on his own experience as an insider in this field, and also as recent victim of V2K himself. He was attacked once he went public. He claims he has been assaulted with a beta version which is especially nasty, piping thoughts into his head such as: “Everyone’s against you” “Please be quiet or we’re going to kill you” “Don’t work again or we’re going to kill you” “You’re the lab rat now motherfucker” Kofron claims the Total Individual Control Technology attacks are attempting to turn him against his former work colleagues, friends and family. However, since he was trained in this area, he knows that the voices are technological and can defend himself against the manipulations once he hears them. Kofron echoes exactly what Duncan has warned about: individual-specific attacks. Duncan states that every person has a “unique resonance signature”, and in almost exactly the same words, Kofron states that: “… the DNA of the individual is used to determine the resonant frequency of the DNA itself, the resonant frequency is then used to fine tune the technology … to tune it perfectly to the resonant frequency of the targeted individual’s DNA.” The Drive to Create a Worldwide DNA Database This leads into another aspect of the NWO agenda: the drive to create a worldwide DNA database. When seen in the light of Total Individual Control Technology, the acquisition of an entire population’s DNA takes on a very sinister meaning. It is no coincidence that Amazon and Google (who are ultimately controlled by the same force as David Icke suggests) are racing each other, along with Microsoft, IBM and other companies, to assemble a DNA database as quickly as they can. Those in power who gain access a completed worldwide DNA database and total individual control technology would have a horrifying weapon at their disposal to target literally anyone they wanted. Kofron exposes how prospective employees are tricked out of their DNA. They apply for a job at SIS, get told they have to do a drug test, and when the urine sample is sent to a lab, part is siphoned off as DNA to go into Amazon’s burgeoning DNA database. Americans, in the millions, are having their DNA stolen from them, without their knowledge or consent, so they become unwitting targets of this insidious program! Social Engineering with Total Individual Control Technology Kofron talks at length about how this technology is fully operational and is already being tested upon those in society who are struggling (such as those who are homeless, poor and who don’t have much family or many friends) since they make the easiest targets. On his website GangstalkerWars.com, he exposes the details of ongoing operations within Seattle (where he used to work for SIS). This social engineering is being done by the Federal Government, the Military Intelligence agencies, private security firms (more on this below), some of the largest US corporations (after all, we live in a corporatocracy), local and state police, and social programs within inner-city America. In one such operation, the perpetrators would target certain geographical blocks of the city, and, for instance, cause everyone in that area to be in a bad mood. In another operation, SIS (employed by Amazon whose headquarters are in Seattle) would test upon Amazon employees. In another operation, SIS would experiment upon its own low-level employees. In another operation, homeless people were brought in from all over the nation to special buildings that were then targeted. This is true gangstalking – the ganging up by sociopaths and psychopaths upon the innocent to electronically harass and stalk them. The Rising Danger of the Private Security Firm Industry in America Kofron warns about an alarming trend in American society: the rise of private security companies who mostly employ ex-military and ex-intelligence agents. As I covered in this 2-part series, the US Military Intelligence Complex is completely and utterly out of control. It runs the government and pulls the strings attached to all the puppet politicians, who don’t have the necessary “clearance” to access the truly top-secret information. These security firms, like the MIC itself, appear to operate above and outside the law. The culture inside of these companies is toxic. People rising up the ranks are conditioned to use this technology against innocent victims, and are told they will be rewarded with everything (money, power, women, sex, connection, access, status, belonging to the power club) if they go along with the program and become perpetrators. If they have a strong conscience and refuse, they will be sacked, shunned, cut off, threatened and even made into TIs themselves. The Human Rights Loophole: False Diagnoses Another aspect of Total Individual Control Technology which the perpetrators use to shield themselves is the cruel use of false psychiatric diagnoses. Here’s how it works: they manipulate TI victims to see a psychiatrist, and then they bribe the psychiatrist to deliver a fake diagnosis that the victim is mentally unstable, deranged, delusional, crazy, incompetent, paranoid, schizophrenic, suffering from Multiple Personality Disorder – or they invent some similar legal-medical-psychobabble diagnosis. This has the unfortunate effect of stripping away the victim’s natural or human rights, which leaves him or her with no recourse to fight back against his attackers, since his claims and testimonies will be dismissed as the ravings of a madman. This is a similar tactic to what is used with other victims of mind control. In my interview with Max Spiers, he touched on the use of the Big Pharma “false memory” foundation, which includes bogus therapists and psychiatrists who convince mind control victims that they’re having false memories (when they are actually recalling how they were tortured and programmed). The Infrastructure Underlying Total Individual Control Technology The infrastructure that is enabling the total individual control technology is composed mostly of antennae, radar and cell phone towers. Often, the antennae are camouflaged (hidden behind walls). Some or most of the radar used is from military bases. Kofron was not able to explain much of how the technology actually works, although an electrical engineer who called in on one of the radio interviews suggested that the perpetrators are setting up a standing wave of DNA, then doing slight variations in the phasing using pulse code modulation. Final Thoughts: Total Individual Control Technology Perpetrated by the Cult of Power In concluding, it’s important to realize how such cruel surveillance is being perpetuated. As Kofron explains, it’s all about creating an “in” club of perpetrators who get rewarded with money, sex, power and the intrinsic human need for belonging, get told they are on the “right” side and the TIs are on the “wrong” side – and get threatened that if they speak up or quit, they may end up on that wrong side. It’s the cult of power. Hopefully this testimony can serve as a wakeup call for those on the fence who can’t quite bring themselves to believe or act. In many ways, time is running out and the net is being drawn tighter and tighter. The more technology advances, the more weapons the cult of power will have to enslave those who stand for truth and freedom. At a certain point, there will literally be nowhere to run or hide. The only option is to face it now before it’s too late.

http://www.wakingtimes.com/2017/08/28/total-individual-control-technology-insider-exposes-dna-targeted/ 

:: 8-31-17 The Texas Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Explosions reported at Harvey-flooded chemical plant in Crosby

Arkema Inc. said the Harris County Emergency Operations Center notified the company at 2 a.m. Thursday of explosions and black smoke coming from its Crosby plant, which was inundated by Hurricane Harvey's floodwaters.

by Jim Malewitz and Emma Platoff Aug. 31, 2017 Updated: 3 hours ago

Editor's note: This story has been updated throughout. Two chemical explosions sparked a fire early Thursday morning at a manufacturing plant in Crosby that has been inundated with six feet of hurricane floodwaters. Arkema Inc., the owner of the plant, warned Wednesday that the organic peroxides used in the site’s manufacturing process had begun to heat up after the plant lost its primary source of power and backup power from generators. Without electricity to power refrigeration, the chemicals — stored in 18-wheeler box vans throughout the plant — were expected to degrade, possibly leading to some type of explosion or fire. The plant has nine vans, each with 36,000 pounds of organic peroxide stored in cardboard containers. Containers in one of the vans popped and caught fire, producing smoke that wafted 30 to 40 feet into the air, local officials told reporters early Thursday. Arkema expects each of the vans will eventually ignite as they lose power and refrigeration. “Please do not return to the area within the evacuation zone until local emergency response authorities announce it is safe to do so,” the company’s statement said. Assistant Chief Bob Royall, with the Harris County Fire Marshal, told reporters the chemicals inside each van that loses refrigeration “will burn with intensity until the fuel is consumed, and then they will die down again.” The byproduct of the fires would be typical “black smoke with carbon particles in it,” Royall said. Authorities evacuated a 1.5-mile radius around the facility Tuesday. They also advised locals to limit their exposure to the smoke by remaining indoors with their windows closed. His office and the Harris County Sheriff’s Office downplayed environmental and public health risks from the plant, going as far as suggesting that “explosion” was not the proper terminology for the chemical reactions in the vans. “They were different organic peroxides of different grades that were released, and it created a pop in the containers where they were being stored,” Sheriff Ed Gonzalez told reporters. “It wasn’t an explosion, I want to be very clear.” “We just don’t believe there’s any further threat, even to the broader community. Even if somebody stayed behind in the active zone,” Gonzalez added. “We just want to manage the narrative a little bit, to make sure people don’t get in a panic if there doesn’t have to be.” Meanwhile, federal authorities have sent mixed messages. At a press conference in Washington, D.C., Federal Emergency Management Agency Administrator Brock Long called the plume wafting from the plant “incredibly dangerous." But the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency said in a news release Thursday that “there are no concentrations of concern for toxic materials reported at this time.” The agency said it was reviewing data from an aircraft that surveyed the scene shortly after the explosions. "We will consider using any authority we have to further address the situation to protect human health and the environment,” EPA Administrator Scott Pruitt said. The county has been consulting with Arkema and outside experts since early Tuesday about how best to handle the chemical reactions. “We’ve developed what we consider a very safe plan,” said Royall, the Harris County fire marshal. “Everything is going exactly as we expected.” “If you want to call it an explosion, there’s a technical definition, and I’m not going to get into that,” he told reporters. Fifteen sheriff’s deputies at the scene were taken to the hospital Thursday morning after reporting that smoke had irritated their eyes and throats. All have been released, the sheriff’s office tweeted at 9:20 a.m. While the company has downplayed the potential impacts of the explosion — Arkema CEO Rich Rowe said Wednesday that any sustained environmental impact would be “minimal” – environmental experts expressed concern about fallout from the explosion. “That is not good. That is not good. That’s a big concern,” said Neil Carman, clean air director for the Sierra Club’s Lone Star Chapter. “This is uncharted territory. In 37 years I have never heard of anything like this happening.” Carman said the smoke indicates the presence of polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons, a known carcinogen. Depending on the wind, these chemicals could spread quickly to the surrounding area, he said. Still, it’s difficult to predict the exact impact of the fumes given the minimal information that Arkema has released, according to Bakeyah Nelson, executive director of Air Alliance Houston. In a conference call with reporters Wednesday, Rowe refused to release the company’s federally mandated risk management plan or the plant’s chemical inventory. “Without that information, it’s difficult to really assess the situation,” Nelson said. “Them releasing that to the community is really the key to being able to understand.” The Texas Commission on Environmental Quality said it was among several local, state and federal agencies monitoring the plant. “Of immediate concern for residents around the plant is smoke,” the agency said in a press release Thursday. “The smoke from the fire is especially acrid and irritating. Those with heart problems or respiratory conditions, such as asthma or emphysema, may be particularly sensitive.”

https://www.texastribune.org/2017/08/31/harvey-flooded-chemical-plant-crosby-reportedly-explodes/ 

:: 8-29-17 US Defense Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on August 29, 2017 by Ray Starmann

White House petition to declare George Soros a terrorist

There is a petition on WhiteHouse.gov, begun on August 20, 2017, to declare George Soros a terrorist and to seize all his assets:

Declare George Soros a terrorist and seize all of his related organizations’ assets under RICO and NDAA law

Created by E.B. on August 20, 2017

Whereas George Soros has willfully and on an ongoing basis attempted to destabilize and otherwise commit acts of sedition against the United States and its citizens, has created and funded dozens (and probably hundreds) of discrete organizations whose sole purpose is to apply Alinsky model terrorist tactics to facilitate the collapse of the systems and Constitutional government of the United State, and has developed unhealthy and undue influence over the entire Democrat Party and a large portion of the US Federal government, the DOJ should immediately declare George Soros and all of his organizations and staff members to be domestic terrorists, and have all of his personal an organizational wealth and assets seized under Civil Asset Forfeiture law. We have less than a month to get the necessary 100,000 signatures by September 19, 2017. The number of signatures currently is 29,389, which means 70,611 more signatures are needed. Please sign the petition and ask your contacts to sign as well. To sign, go here. See also:

206 U.S. organizations funded by George Soros

The white élites [incl. George Soros] who fund Black Lives Matter

Arab Spring’ in America: NAACP joins Soros-funded coalition for massive protests in D.C.

Billionaire George Soros spent $33MILLION bankrolling Ferguson demonstrators to create ‘echo chamber’ and drive national protests

Soros aids invasion of Christian Europe by Muslim refugees, says Hungary prime minister

Secretary of State Hillary Clinton took orders from George Soros on how to handle unrest in Albania

Soros-funded organization has 666 address

Obama puppeteer George Soros thinks he’s god

George Soros’ son, Alex, is a ‘spirit cooker’?

http://usdefensewatch.com/2017/08/white-house-petition-to-declare-george-soros-a-terrorist/  

:: 8-29-17 Blacklisted News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Senate Bill Targets Wikileaks, Russia, Independent Press, and First Amendment

Published: August 29, 2017

Washington D.C. (MPN) – With the Russian meddling narrative serving as a pretext, the U.S. Senate, embracing the “Pompeo Doctrine,” is moving to stifle and criminalize WikiLeaks and, by extension, any such “dangerous,” transparency-providing entities that threaten to cast doubt upon Washington’s “official stories.” The Senate Intelligence Committee is pushing Congress to label WikiLeaks a “non-state hostile intelligence service,” having adopted that very position in the Intelligence Authorization Act (IAA) it approved last month. The terminology used in the bill originates from a speech given in April by CIA director Mike Pompeo, who called the pro-transparency media organization a “non-state hostile intelligence service often abetted” by “hostile” nations. WikiLeaks’ editor-in-chief, Julian Assange, has slammed the Senate bill as an attempt to legislate what he termed the “Pompeo doctrine.” WikiLeaks has been under U.S. investigation since 2010 but the U.S. has failed to formally charge anyone in the organization for its role in leaking State and Defense Department documents. However, WikiLeaks’ source, in this case, Chelsea Manning, was convicted in 2013 and was only recently released from prison after receiving a pardon from President Barack Obama in January of this year. WikiLeaks came under scrutiny once again last year during the presidential election after publishing emails considered damaging to the Democratic National Committee (DNC) and Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton. The IAA’s 12,000-word text, however, makes only brief mention of WikiLeaks — in the last line of its 41 pages. The bill itself is mainly focused on Russia and strikes an aggressive tone regarding so-called Russian “interference” in the 2016 presidential election as well as Russian “influence operations.” If passed, for instance, the bill will call upon Dan Coats, the Director of National Intelligence, to develop strategies to counter these “threats,” and will essentially prevent cooperation between Russia and the U.S. on issues such as “cybersecurity” and “cyber threats.” Mieke Eoyang, a former House intelligence committee senior staffer, told the Daily Beast that such measures will prevent “the White House from blocking the intelligence community from telling the committee and the American public what the true Russia threat is.” The new “Red Scare” and its impact on the flow of information Of course there are strong reasons to believe that the Russian “threat” has been overblown by the American political class. In particular, Russia’s alleged interference in the 2016 election – especially its supposed collusion with WikiLeaks in publishing DNC emails – has been independently confirmed by several investigators to have instead been the work of someone with direct access to the DNC’s servers, not a state actor like Russia. However, this information has proven to be politically inconvenient for many U.S. politicians and corporate media outlets. The committee passed the bill by a vote of 14 to 1, the lone dissenter being Sen. Ron Wyden (D-OR). Sen. Wyden specifically identified the inclusion of the WikiLeaks provision in the bill as his sole reason for voting against it. In a press release, he stated that “The language in the bill suggesting that the U.S. government has some unstated course of action against ‘non-state hostile intelligence services’ is equally troubling” as it “could have negative consequences, unforeseen or not, for our constitutional principles.” He added that “the introduction of vague, undefined new categories of enemies constitutes such an ill-considered reaction.” In an interview with the Washington Times, Assange stated that “WikiLeaks, like many serious media organizations, has confidential sources in the U.S. government. Media organizations develop and protect sources. So do intelligence agencies. But to use this to suggest, as the ‘Pompeo doctrine’ does, that media organizations are ‘non-state intelligence services’ is absurd.” Assange, continuing, stated that such an extrapolation “is equivalent to suggesting that the CIA is a media organization. Publishers publish what they obtain. Intelligence agencies do not. At their best, media organizations publish boldly and accurately and do not hide what they discover from the public. In contrast, intelligence agencies conceal information and spread propaganda.” The dangerous over-reach of the “Pompeo doctrine” and the IAA Most thought- and concern-provoking, however, were Assange’s statements regarding the potential implications of Congress declaring a media organization to be a “non-state hostile spy service.” Assange argued the importance of considering “where other media outlets lay on this spectrum. It is clear that if the ‘Pompeo doctrine’ applies to WikiLeaks, then it applies equally if not more so to other serious outlets.” Indeed, central to the “Pompeo doctrine” is the assertion that WikiLeaks, given its alleged equivalence with a non-state intelligence service, deserves no First Amendment protections. During his speech in April, Pompeo stated that “we have to recognize that we can no longer allow Assange and his colleagues the latitude to use free speech values against us.” He later stated, during a subsequent Q&A, that “Julian Assange has no First Amendment privileges” because he is not a U.S. citizen. As journalist Glenn Greenwald noted at the time, “the notion that WikiLeaks has no free press rights because Assange is a foreigner is both wrong and dangerous” — and could allow any foreign journalist or media organization to be prosecuted by the U.S. for publishing leaked information. If Congress passes the Intelligence Authorization Act, it will essentially deprive WikiLeaks of the right to free expression and could allow the U.S. government to criminally charge employees of WikiLeaks, beyond Julian Assange, for their role in “espionage.” As Attorney General Jeff Sessions stated in April, however, Assange’s arrest is a “top priority” for the U.S. government, a fact that will likely remain unchanged regardless of the fate of the IAA. Yet, the most clear and present danger to all journalists, if this bill is passed, could lie in reporting on information provided by WikiLeaks — or by any other organization the U.S. government decrees to be exempt from the First Amendment. For instance, in 2010, then-Senator Joe Lieberman and former Bush Attorney General Mike Mukasey made the case that The New York Times should be prosecuted merely for publishing and reporting on leaked documents made available by WikiLeaks. Their legal argument was based on the grounds that no meaningful distinction could be made between the Times and WikiLeaks. Seven years later, with the censorship of independent media like WikiLeaks already well under way, it may be only a matter of time before media outlets covering documents, state secrets — or any topic of which the U.S. government, particularly the CIA or Congress, does not approve — could find themselves on the chopping block for “espionage.” The Intelligence Authorization Act – if passed – will not only do grave damage to the First Amendment and the freedom of the press, but will also criminalize the exchange of information. The ultimate message of this bill is that the U.S. government is no longer willing to tolerate the publication of information that is at odds with its officially-supplied narrative — a narrative that, far too often, has been built on lies in order to justify the exploitation of resources, both domestic and global, and to expand the American empire. This post by Whitney Webb originally ran on MintPress News.

http://www.blacklistednews.com/New_Senate_Bill_Targets_Wikileaks%2C_Russia%2C_Independent_Press%2C_and_First_Amendment/60579/0/38/38/Y/M.html 

:: 8-28-17 MPN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

August 28th, 2017 By Whitney Webb

WASHINGTON – The Senate Intelligence Committee is pushing Congress to label WikiLeaks a “non-state hostile intelligence service,” having adopted that very position in the Intelligence Authorization Act (IAA) it approved last month. The terminology used in the bill originates from a speech given in April by CIA director Mike Pompeo, who called the pro-transparency media organization a “non-state hostile intelligence service often abetted” by “hostile” nations. WikiLeaks’ editor-in-chief, Julian Assange, has slammed the Senate bill as an attempt to legislate what he termed the “Pompeo doctrine.” WikiLeaks has been under U.S. investigation since 2010 but the U.S. has failed to formally charge anyone in the organization for its role in leaking State and Defense Department documents. However, WikiLeaks’ source in this case, Chelsea Manning, was convicted in 2013 and was only recently released from prison after receiving a pardon from President Barack Obama in January of this year. WikiLeaks came under scrutiny once again last year during the presidential election after publishing emails considered damaging to the Democratic National Committee (DNC) and Democratic candidate Hillary Clinton. The IAA’s 12,000-word text, however, makes only brief mention of WikiLeaks — in the last line of its 41 pages. The bill itself is mainly focused on Russia and strikes an aggressive tone regarding so-called Russian “interference” in the 2016 presidential election as well as Russian “influence operations.” If passed, for instance, the bill will call upon Dan Coats, the Director of National Intelligence, to develop strategies to counter these “threats,” and will essentially prevent cooperation between Russia and the U.S. on issues such as “cybersecurity” and “cyber threats.” Mieke Eoyang, a former House intelligence committee senior staffer, told the Daily Beast that such measures will prevent “the White House from blocking the intelligence community from telling the committee and the American public what the true Russia threat is.”

https://www.mintpressnews.com/new-senate-bill-targets-wikileaks-russia-independent-press-first-amendment/231330/ 

:: 8-29-17 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hurricane Harvey: Houston looters shoot volunteer rescuers; target whites and Trump supporters

Posted on August 29, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 83 Comments

The saying “No good deed goes unpunished” is a comment on the perversity of human beings. Cajun Navy is a Louisiana-based informal organization of private recreation boat owners who assist in flood search-and-rescue efforts. Bob Price reports for Breitbart that there are three Cajun Navy groups doing rescue work in the Houston area, where thousands remain stranded in flood waters from Hurricane Harvey. Fellowship of the Minds

Hurricane Harvey: Houston looters shoot volunteer rescuers; target whites and Trump supporters

Posted on August 29, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 83 Comments

The saying “No good deed goes unpunished” is a comment on the perversity of human beings. Cajun Navy is a Louisiana-based informal organization of private recreation boat owners who assist in flood search-and-rescue efforts. Bob Price reports for Breitbart that there are three Cajun Navy groups doing rescue work in the Houston area, where thousands remain stranded in flood waters from Hurricane Harvey. Yesterday, one Cajun Navy group saved the life of a woman they found floating face down in a flooded roadway. But Clyde Cain of Louisiana Cajun Navy told CNN that the rescuers are being shot at: “We have boats being shot at if we’re not picking everybody up. We’re having to pull out for a minute. We’re dropping an airboat right now to go rescue a couple of our boats that broke, and they’re kind of under attack.” To protect the volunteers, members of the Louisiana Cajun Navy were ordered to stand down. A message on the group’s Facebook page said that the team members are safe after they were shot at by looters posing as people needing rescue during an attempt to rob and steal the Cajun Navy boat. The post has since been taken down, but below is a screenshot of the Facebook message: Looters are not just shooting at Cajun Navy rescuers, they are boasting about their looting with the Twitter hashtag #harveylootcrew. Here’s a sample of their tweets, congratulating themselves for targeting white people (“crackas”) and Trump supporters. Their pictures leave no doubt as to their racial identity, but not a word about #harveylootcrew from the corrupt and deceiving MSM. To make a terrible situation even worse, despite yesterday’s efforts to prevent uncontrolled overflow using slow release, one of two major reservoirs in Houston — the Addicks Reservoir — is spilling over for the first time in history. A Harris County Flood Control District meteorologist said the overflow from the reservoirs would eventually flow into downtown Houston, exacerbating the flood from Hurricane Harvey. Below are the animal welfare groups that are helping to rescue and provide shelter for animals stranded in the terrible flood. Please donate! If you are an animal welfare professional and want to volunteer your skills to relief efforts you can submit this online form. Houston SPCA SPCA of Texas Houston Humane Society Austin Pets Alive Animal Defense League of Texas Please pray for Houston! Don’t allow yourself to sink into racism by generalizing from these looters to all black people.

See “Hurricane Harvey: Black man armed with shotgun protects neighborhood from looters“.

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/2017/08/29/houston-looters-shoot-volunteer-rescuers-target-whites-and-trump-supporters/ 

:: 8-29-17 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. National News

1000 Foot Tall JP Morgan Tower in Houston Being Evacuated; "FOUNDATION ISSUES" MAY FALL OVER ! ! !

So much rain has fallen in and around Houston, and the ground has become so saturated, so deep, that skyscrapers are now in danger of FALLING OVER! The one-thousand foot tall JP MORGAN Building in downtown Houston is being evacuated right now due to "foundation issues." This means the ground beneath the skyscraper may no longer be firm enough to support the building! If this is correct - and local authorities believe it is -- the thousand-foot-tall building could literally fall over ! ! ! ! Bear in mind that skyscrapers are designed to "sway" in heavy winds. Normally, that's a good thing; it prevents the buildings from snapping." But in a case like this, where the foundation is compromised due to moist soil, that same "swaying" could very well lead to "tipping over." And also bear in mind that wind in and around Houston is STILL being affected by the remnants of Hurricane Harvey. Harvey returned to the warm waters of the Gulf of Mexico and is strengthening again right now. At 4:00 PM EDT, Hurricane Hunter Aircraft flew through the "eye" of the former hurricane and found wind has increased today from 45 MPH to 50 MPH and the central barometric pressure had dropped from 1006mb to 994 mb. As central pressure drops, wind speeds pick-up. If those winds start hitting this building, it could very well fall right over. No one is sure how this will turn out, but authorities in Houston are erring on the side of caution and evacuating the building.

http://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/news/u-s-national-news/1138-1000-foot-tall-jp-morgan-tower-in-houston-being-evacuated-foundation-issues 

:: 8-29-17 Israel Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Abbas Tells Trump He Won't Stop Giving American Money to Terrorists

Tuesday, August 29, 2017 | Israel Today Staff

Palestinian leader Mahmoud Abbas has rejected American demands that he stop using foreign financial aid to pay stipends and salaries to the families of jailed Palestinian terrorists. Abbas met last week with US envoys Jared Kushner and Jason Greenblatt as part of President Donald Trump's efforts to restart Middle East peace talks. According to Israeli journalists present at the meeting, Kushner, who is Trump's son-in-law, reiterated the long-standing demand that the Palestinian Authority not reward terrorism with financial gain. Congress has repeatedly threatened to halt all foreign aid to the Palestinian Authority over the payments to jailed terrorists, nearly all of whom are incarcerated in Israel for carrying out attacks on Jewish men, women and children. The Arabic-language newspaper Al-Quds reported that Abbas' response was to "inform Kushner that he would never stop paying these salaries until his dying day, even if this cost him the presidency."

http://www.israeltoday.co.il/NewsItem/tabid/178/nid/32275/Default.aspx 

:: 8-29-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vladimir Putin orders 1,500 Russians to move away from North Korean border after Kim Jong-un's latest missile launch

Vladimir Putin ordered 1,500 citizens to leave the area on North Korea's border

Russia and the hermit state share a 24-mile long international frontier by a river

The Russian Ministry of Emergencies warned citizens to leave the area

Dictator Kim Jong-un ordered a missile fired over Japan in a provocative move

By Will Stewart In Moscow for MailOnline Published: 16:26 EDT, 29 August 2017 | Updated: 20:58 EDT, 29 August 2017

Russia dramatically relocated 1,500 people from its border with North Korea after Kim Jong-un's latest missile launch, it was reported today. The surprise move instructed civil defence officials to shift residents to 'safe areas' in the country's far east, according to pro-Kremlin media outlets. 'A verbal order was given to relocate 1,500 people to safe areas,' reported Mash, a social media outlet linked to major news service Life.ru which has close links to the Russian security services. 'The order came from the regional department of the Russian Ministry of Emergencies.' Russia shares a 24 mile land border with reclusive North Korea. It was unclear where the 1,500 were moved. The civil protection department in Vladivostok was instructed to relocate residents living in the border area with North Korea. The relocation was later described as a 'training exercise', according to FedPress.ru. But it appears to have been triggered by the launch of a missile over Japan in the tinderbox region which has led to soaring tension in Asia. 'A relocation scheme is being exercised as part of the training,' said a source. Russian foreign ministry spokeswoman Maria Zakharova has warned that the North Korean crisis could morph into an armed confrontation and 'lead the world to the brink of a catastrophe'. Yet Russia also maintains political and business ties to Pyongyang. Officials in Vladivostok also announced that radiation in the border region had not charged following the North Korean launch. In another unexpected development, Russia's largest island - Sakhalin - disappeared from the country's online maps of major IT company Yandex after the latest launch. The Pacific island lies north of Japan. Yandex claimed it suffered a 'technical' problem. The island could be vulnerable to a stray launch by trigger-happy North Korea.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4834546/Putin-orders-Russians-away-North-Korea-border.html#ixzz4rNAlzI6c 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 8-29-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Domestic Foreign Troop Activity From Coast to Coast: FEMA Behaving Strangely

By Dave Hodges

The above photo was taken by Joel S. in Pennsylvania. This is one of several NATO helicopters operating in the same area where I reported UN activity four months ago. It has been quiet in this area until the emergence of Hurricane Harvey. UN Activity in California In the past four months, I have received numerous reports from people in California regarding their sighting of UN personnel and vehicles in California. Here is the report we filed in this on April 27, 2017. Additionally, Paul Martin is good friends with RBN talk show host, ex-Green Beret, John Moore. Moore had a relative that was buying a puppy in the Seattle area. When the relative went to get the dog, they asked the resident what they did for a living and the female resident answered “I am a UN Peacekeeper”. Here is another email I received from the potentially impacted area if the Oroville Dam were to fail as many are predicting will happen in the upcoming spring run off. Hi Dave, I was just watching your UN bit…. In any case, I live in Stockton CA and with the shows I’ve been watching I got curious about our Port of Stockton since it’s a gate way for imports and exports. I have a former Security officer that worked for me so I decided to give her a buzz to see what, if anything was happening. Especially since I hear choppers flying over head every night about 2-3 in the morning. And by the way, the Ports MERSEC…Maritime Security is at level 1, meaning security is to be present at all times. Any way, the only thing she knew was that the choppers for the National Guard and Fire Department are having rescue drills. Hmmmm. I wonder…. (Editor’s note: Wonder what? They are practicing for the Oroville Dam to go? This would be the perfect excuse to get the UN out in the open if their presence was for humanitarian reasons) Previous and Current Pennsylvania Sightings of UN Helicopters and Vehicles For months I have received a stream of reports about sightings of UN Helicopters in Pennsylvania. From the Delaware River Area Involving UN Attack Helicopters I received this email as an example of many that I have received in the past 4-5 months: Good afternoon Dave, I sent you a few sightings of UN/military in the air around my area (east coast). I just spotted another one (attached video) and this is a reference pic of what I saw. Identical colors, not sure maybe the Gov/Feds according to the colors. I know they are doing a drill this week, but I have been seeing them way before that started. I even thought ok, all the previous sightings were (practice for the drill), but then I started looking for a common denominator, why I am seeing all this activity, so low to the ground, like the are mapping it out or something in my immediate area. I pulled a map up and started focusing on the flight path they all seem to be doing, north to south. Then it hme….the Delaware River. Whatever they are up to, I’ll bet you that river has something to do with it… Now we are seeing NATO activity in the same area. FEMA Camps In Costal Cities On January 12,2017-Before Hurrican Harvey I was sent this Youtube video that was made 8 months prior to Hurricane Harvey. I don’t buy his rapture interpretation, but the “dream” is very telling. I am aware of the technology that he is speaking of. He misses on the prediction, but the content is chilling given what I know that is going on. I haven’t spoke about the tsunami producing bombs he mentions, but the information is available. Additionally, I am getting reports of FEMA camp activity in the Houston area and along the Gulf Coast to be of major concern to me. I am also getting reports about the following: Dear Mr. Hodges, Were you aware that makeshipt camps are hurriedly being thrown up along the Texas Gulf Coast? I have seen two of these camps going up at a very fast pace. Why spend the money? Why not use schools, stadiums and other pubic building that are available in the same area? This makes no sense. What can you tell me about this? Thanks, Jimmy Hines This email from Mr. Hines immediately got my attention because I reported on this specific FEMA capability over 6 years ago and now the relevance of the facts associated with this report comes into full understanding in the present day as I previously wrote how FEMA was contracting with Haliburton to build quickly contructed FEMA camps: “Never let a good crisis go to waste.” I previously wrote an article in response to the intention of Congress to permit the military to indefinitely detain, without due process protections, American citizens for any reason, or for no reason whatsoever. In the previous article, I referenced the leaked memo from KBR manager, Bob Siefert, which was informing subcontractors to be prepared within 72 hours of notification to provide essential services to FEMA camps such as the installation of barbwire, blockades, personnel, food, water and sanitation services. Subsequently, one of my readers, Richard Firth, bravely took the initiative to write to Siefert and asked him to explain his stated intentions in the leaked memo. Below is the exchange between Wirth and Siefert along with my analysis. From: Richard w. Firth [mailto:firthrichardw@yahoo.com] Sent: Friday, December 16, 2011 8:39 AM To: Bob Siefert Subject: Level with Public about \FEMA camps Dear Mr. Siefert: I am given to understand that KBR, a subsidiary of Halliburton, is in the process of activating the FEMA camps according to a leaked memo. I and many others would like to know why these camps are being activated? I look forward to your response. Sincerely- Richard W. Firth Mr. Siefert wasted no time in answering Mr. Firth’s concerns as he provided a hastily prepared same day response. From: Bob Siefert <bob. siefert@kbr.com> Subject: RE: Level with Public about FEMA camps To: “Richard w. Firth” <firthrichardw@yahoo.com>Date: Friday, December 16, 2011, 2:44 PM Dear Mr. Firth, Thank you for asking about the truth concerning our search for subcontractors. First, KBR is not a subsidiary of Halliburton, and hasn’t been since April of 2007. KBR intends to respond to an upcoming Request for Proposal. FEMA is looking for companies that can set up temporary camps to house First Responders to natural disasters such as hurricanes, earthquakes, tornados, floods, etc. The services included in the KBR request for information are ones we cannot provide ourselves and will need companies who can react quickly enough to meet the FEMA goal of having a place for their responders to stay within 72 hours of a call up. The camps will be temporary in nature, and nothing is being “activated”. FEMA is trying to be proactive in preparing for timely responses if emergency responses are required. I hope this answers your question. Regards Bob Siefert Manager – Small Business KBR To summarize, KBR’s Siefert asserts that (1) the camps are temporary; (2) the camps are only being constructed for first responders who will be used in anticipated future natural disasters; and (3) the existing FEMA camps are not being activated. Often in life, there is the stated reason for performing some action and then there is the real reason. Below are some key provisions which are part of the impetus for activating the FEMA camps which are contained in the Siefert KBR memo. “The Continental US will be broken up into five regions as indicated in the map below Services” will be required in each State within each region.” (Author’s note) Interestingly, the South was also broken up into five military districts during the military occupation of the South during the Reconstruction Era following the Civil War. “(Contractors will) Establish services listed below within 72 hours for initial set-up and respond within 24 hours for incremental services. This is a CONTINGENCY PROJECT and it should be stressed that lead times will be short with critical requirements due to the nature of emergency responses. Subcontractors must be flexible and able to handle multiple, shifting priorities in an emergency environment.” Additionally, the Siefert memo disturbingly calls for the installation of fencing and wire used for large scale detention of prisoners. “Subcontractors will mobilize, transport, erect, install and demobilize temporary fencing, barricades, and associated equipment according to federal, state and local laws, codes and manufacturer installation instructions. The Subcontractor shall be able to mobilize and deploy key personnel(s) within four (4) hours of NTP to meet with KBR Site Manager at the Responder Support Camp (RSC) site in order to finalize the site design plan and acquire site specific design requirements and layout. Number of linear footage: “Approximately 2,300LF for a 301 person camp after 36 hours of NTP" “Approximately 3,600LF for 1,000 person camp after 72 hours of NTP” This sounds like FEMA camp activation to me and it closely parallels the FEMA camp events on the East Coast in the aftermath of Sandy. When a reasonable person compares Siefert’s original memo to his response to Mr. Firth’s inquiry, the latter is clearly a poorly written and a hastily orchestrated version of damage control because his original leaked memo was never meant to see the light of day. The KBR memo called for barricades, barbwire, food, water, sanitation, guards, etc. This is the material that prisons are made of, not temporary housing for first responders as Seifert alleges. Hastily staffed FEMA camp personnel would also fit the definition of first responders in the advent of widespread civil insurrection, George Soros style. Everything Mr. Hines is implying is on display in this communication between KBR and a private citizen. Are we seeing the beginning of a new picture, a new plan, to eradicate many in this country? From Colorado I spoke with Paul Martin in the afternoon of 8/27 and he told me he is working on a story in Colorado in which he is in the process of obtaining pictures of blacked-out, caged busses in Northern Colorado. This is what the old Wackenhut busses looked like and they were contracted for “emergency use” by FEMA. Prelude to Occupation? From a San Diego TV Station Report: The arrest of 30 Chinese and Mexican nationals who had entered the country without authorization led U.S. Border Patrol agents to uncover a clandestine tunnel spanning the U.S.-Mexico border near the Otay Mesa port of entry early Saturday morning. A tunnel opening equipped with a ladder that was discovered near the U.S.-Mexico border on Aug. 26, 2017, is seen in a photo released by U.S. Customs and Border Protection. The officials were patrolling the southern San Diego area, which borders the Mexican city of Tijuana, when around 1:15 a.m. they came across the group of migrants, who appeared to have just entered the country, according to a statement from U.S. Customs and Border Protection. The agents searched the area and uncovered a crude hole in the ground that was outfitted with a ladder and concluded it was used to smuggle humans and illegal goods. The shaft would deposit people coming from Mexico just north of the secondary fence near the port of entry, officials said”…. Clearly, we have foreign troop activity from coast to coast. FEMA is behaving very strangly and now we see a new player entering the domestic scene, namely NATO which has joined the UN in Pennsylvania. The reports I have listed here are only a small sample of what I have been receiving every single day in the past 30 days. Something very big is clearly taking place inside the United States. Has anyone else noticed that President Trump has been strangely silent in the past several days? Is it time to connect these dots? Request From The Common Sense Show There is definitely something big brewing around the country and it just does not only have to do with Hurricane Harvey. It would be easy to claim that martial law (ie Continuity of Government) is in play, or at least it is being rehearsed on a mass scale. However, I think we should gather more data. There is I made the following short video in which I request that information be sent to: davehodges@thecommonsenseshow.com 

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/08/29/domestic-foreign-troop-activity-from-coast-to-coast-fema-behaving-strangely/ 

:: 8-30-17 Alt Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sorry, Joe Biden - The 'Soul' Of America Is Conservative

Wednesday, 30 August 2017 02:54 Brandon Smith

Some political figures truly embody the classic role of the divider; their purpose seems to be to agitate and provoke, to instigate conflict rather than mediate peace. Al Sharpton and Nancy Pelosi come to mind. Let's not forget John McCain or Lindsay Graham. Barack Obama was known as the "great divider" for much of his presidency. While many leftists would argue that Donald Trump is the "most divisive" president in generations, I think the mainstream media has proven far more provoking than he has. In the case of Charlottesville, we see a whole host of individuals and institutions seeking to promulgate continued social tensions well beyond anything Trump has done. One of these individuals is Joe Biden. In a short essay for The Atlantic, Joe Biden was quick to capitalize on the death of a protester in Charlottesville at the hands of an apparent white nationalist, spewing forth a host of cliches on "dark forces" creeping out from the hidden corners of America to smother the light and happiness of the silent Kumbaya majority like some kind of J.R.R. Tolkien novel. This narrative is nothing new. It is the narrative that was promoted throughout the 2016 presidential election cycle as well as the Brexit debate in the U.K. — the notion that dangerous and "ignorant" portions of the citizenry in western society (labeled "populists") are quietly organizing for a last stand against the "inevitable evolution" of progressive multiculturalism and globalism. They are presented as the throwbacks, the cave people, the Cro-Magnons, the people who refuse to get with the times and embrace the social justice revolution. They are, according to gatekeepers like Biden, in the way. While a host of names and labels are used to define this group of malcontents preventing society from achieving full-blown Utopia, we all know who establishment snake oil peddlers are really referring to: conservatives. The racism subplot to this scripted conflict has always been present. When the vote on the U.K. exit from the European Union proved successful, the automatic accusation in the media was that this was driven by "hidden racism," along with the consistent idea that older generations were trying to live off the backs of younger generations while interfering with "natural" shifts in cultural consciousness. These claims were greatly amplified during the rise of the Trump administration. I have to say, these assertions are fascinating to me. The amount of propaganda and projection involved is truly staggering. Biden's hope along with other establishment con-men, I believe, is that he can continue to simplify the narrative down to a series of false associations. White nationalists were present at Charlottesville? Indeed. White nationalists were standing in defense of the confederate statue issue? Yes. White nationalists faced off against Antifa counter-protesters? Certainly. A white nationalist drove his car into a group of counter-protesters and killed one of them? It would seem so, though I still think the man deserves a fair trial before being convicted in the media. But here is where Biden and his ilk deliberately go off the rails in order to incite wider tensions... At this point, the narrative moves from facts to wild assumptions and misconceptions. White nationalists were present in Charlottesville, but does this mean everyone (or even most people) in Charlottesville protesting in defense against the removal of confederate statues was a racist? No. Does this mean that people who support the existence of confederate statues are automatically racists? No. Does this mean that anyone that stands in opposition to groups like Antifa is a racist or a fascist? No. Just because one man acted violently in response to Antifa and other leftists groups, does this mean that Antifa represents the "good guys" in Biden's little screenplay? No. But this is the story we are being sold. Not just by Biden, but by many other political interests. I would specifically reference a recent panel of Trump supporters by CNN, during which the "journalist" was dismayed to discover that none of the people involved was willing to play along with the message that Donald Trump's response to Charlottesville was anything other than logical. I want readers to take note of a specific assertion made by CNN, as well as Biden, here — the assertion that it is the job of leftist groups like Antifa to "fight" or even destroy "hate groups" or "fascist groups." CNN outright compares Charlottesville to World War II, claiming that because the allies were justified in going to war with Nazis back then, that Antifa is justified in going to war with "Nazis" today. But again, when you consider the reality that Antifa and similar groups associate all conservatives with fascism, this narrative opens the door to a level of intolerance and violence that is unacceptable and also misplaced. Beyond that, it seems to me that CNN, Biden and others are happily supporting the false assumption that "hate speech" is not protected speech in America. I don't personally care for the white nationalist platform, being that skin color and genetic background is ultimately irrelevant, and as I noted in my last article, some of these groups end up being led by government paid provocateurs. But these groups still have the Constitutional right to protest grievances in public spaces. It does not matter how distasteful one person or another finds them to be. Laughably, Biden spends the majority of his diatribe in The Atlantic admonishing the very existence of these groups as if they are a threat to the constitution. Stating: "The giant forward steps we have taken in recent years on civil liberties and civil rights and human rights are being met by a ferocious pushback from the oldest and darkest forces in America. Are we really surprised they rose up? Are we really surprised they lashed back? Did we really think they would be extinguished with a whimper rather than a fight? ...Today we have an American president who has publicly proclaimed a moral equivalency between neo-Nazis and Klansmen and those who would oppose their venom and hate. We have an American president who has emboldened white supremacists with messages of comfort and support ....This is a moment for this nation to declare what the president can't with any clarity, consistency or conviction: There is no place for these hate groups in America. Hatred of blacks, Jews, immigrants — all who are seen as "the other" — won't be accepted or tolerated or given safe harbor anywhere in this nation." Biden has the audacity to concoct this fallacy and then associate it with the "defense of the constitution" at the end of the article. I guess the "medal of freedom" he received as a surprise gift from Barack Obama was just a meaningless trinket after all. I don't know that anyone claimed a "moral equivalency" between racists and people opposed to racism. That is not what the confederate statue issue is about anyway. What I do know, though, is that under the law every group present at Charlottesville had a Constitutional right to be there, regardless of how Biden or others view their "morals." I would point out that many people, myself included, actually find the communistic fanaticism of Antifa and other social justice groups to be a much greater threat to the freedom and stability of our nation than anything white nationalist groups promote. But many conservatives, myself included, still defend Antifa's right to free speech in public places as long as they do not interfere in the free speech rights of others. This is something leftist groups are not willing to do. These groups should be thanking their lucky stars for conservatives and conservative principles, otherwise they might have been stomped out of existence a long time ago. It is conservative thought that defends the rights of any group or individual, acting in accordance with the law, to speak freely in public forums. It is conservative thought that defends the speech of Antifa. It is conservative thought that defends the existence of confederate statues. And yes, it is conservative thought that defends the speech of white nationalists and many others. This does not mean we necessarily agree with any particular group's position. The nature of the speech is irrelevant. In this kind of open social environment, ideas can do battle, rather than people. When one group begins to assert preeminence and says the speech of others is now unprotected, the door is opened wide to battles between people, rather than ideas. If a person does not agree with certain views, they can always go back home, or back to their own private websites and forums. But, as soon as they enter the public sphere, they are not entitled to insulation from the ideas of other people. What Biden and others are championing is at bottom the ideology of "futurism," a movement launched in Europe and Russia in the early 20th Century driven by violent change or extermination of traditional principles. Futurism is often credited as being a precursor to both fascist and Bolshevist political movements (as well as globalism), and its core mantra is that all "new" ideas and systems must take precedence over old ideas and systems. New generations must advance the dominance of their ideologies over older generations. Heritage must die out. Traditions must be abandoned. Progress must be pursued. The problem is, there are very few "new" ideas in the world. In cultural terms, society is cyclical. The same ideas come and go over the centuries; rehashed and rebranded, but certainly not new. What Antifa represents is classic communism and cultural Marxism. These are old ideals. The destruction of a nation's history and heritage in the name of expedient political progress and "social justice" is a classic strategy turned into a science by the likes of Lenin and Mao. And this strategy is merely an extension of one of the oldest ideas ever — collectivist tyranny. If we are to be honest here, the conservative philosophy of individual freedom and Constitutional liberty as a foundation of political life is the newest of ideas to be adopted by any culture in human history. When we examine the mindset of the average American, there is definitely a sizable division. But, one thing the vast majority of us agree on is that government power is not to be trusted. Only 20% of Americans today believe the government will "do what is right" most of the time. The largest ideological group in the US according to recent polls continues to be conservatives. Conservative principles of limited government and individual liberty are the bedrock upon which America was founded. While many Democrats (and some Republicans) will insist upon larger government as the solution to all our societal ills, this is predicated on the notion that THEY are in control of that government. Place a host of Republicans in seats of power in Washington and the liberals become just as distrustful of the establishment as any hardcore libertarian (aka - true conservative). You see, the fact is that most people are really conservative at heart until they think they have the reins of government in their hands. What Biden and other establishment elites want is to use government power as a temptation; a prize that will corrupt anyone that attains it and alienate anyone that doesn't. In the case of his Atlantic article, Biden is luring leftists into stupidity and ruin. Biden WANTS domestic strife and conflict. He wants the left to think they are fighting a righteous fight when they on the wrong side of history not to mention nothing more than cannon fodder. And they think he is actually on their side... Biden claims that today we are in a battle "for America's soul," but the reality is that establishment elites and the useful idiots they employ are seeking to suffocate the soul of our nation so that they can build their own vision on top of the ashes. This is what futurists do. This is what communists and fascists do. This is what globalists do. America has survived as long as it has because some ideas never become outdated. The Bill of Rights and the Constitution itself is merely the legal embodiment of the eternal principles of natural law and individual liberty. What is new is the idea that these principles must be protected by government, that they actually RESTRICT government, and that, in fact, the only job government should really be concerned with is to ensure the continuation of these restrictions on leadership and these freedoms for citizens. This is conservative. This is the soul of America. You cannot call for the exact opposite and still claim you are a champion of America's soul.

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/3265-sorry-joe-biden-the-soul-of-america-is-conservative 

:: 8-29-17 Tru News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Houston Flooding: Climate Change or Morality Change?

August 29, 2017

Is the flooding in Houston the result of man’s sins against God, or the left’s false narrative of climate change? Today on TRUNEWS, Rick Wiles prays for those displaced by Hurricane Harvey, and calls for Christians to return to the path of righteousness. Rick also shares prophecies from Sadhu Sundar Selvaraj and Pamela Banda, which predicted the calamity which has befallen the Lone Star state, and discusses the latest North Korean missile launch as America approaches September 11th.

http://www.trunews.com/article/houston-flooding-climate-change-or-morality-change 

:: 8-30-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Heaviest rain in history: Catastrophic scenes in Houston as 200,000 people are forced from their homes by flooding and 10,000 survivors fill convention center to TWICE its capacity after Harvey breaks American rainfall record

The George R Brown Convention Center in downtown Houston, Texas, has a capacity of up to 5,000 people

However, Monday night 9,021 flood evacuees crammed into the center, sleeping on chairs and even the floor

People continued to flock to the overcrowded shelter Tuesday as Houston plans to open more mega-shelters

US Homeland Security Secretary Elaine Duke said there are about 20,000 Harvey evacuees in shelters

Louisiana Governor John Bel Edwards offered to take in evacuees from Texas even as southwest Louisiana suffers from flooding and hundreds of people were evacuated on Monday night and Tuesday morning

Record for rainfall for a tropical system was set Tuesday for continental US - 51.88inches in Cedar Bayou

Mayor Sylvester Turner implemented an overnight curfew Tuesday from 12am to 5am to prevent crime

Residents near Columbia Lakes were told Tuesday morning to leave immediately after a levee was breached

Chemical plant Arkema SA in Crosby, Texas, was evacuated Tuesday because of the rising risk of an explosion

Residents within 1.5miles of the chemical facility were also told to evacuate as a 'precautionary measure'

Public health officials warned flooding increases risk of many illnesses including bacterial and viral infections

At least 18 are dead but it is likely that number will rise as the floods recede and more victims are found

Though military help has been limited, up to 30,000 National Guard troops could be called on to help in Texas

By Associated Press and Reuters and Afp and Ann Schmidt For Dailymail.com Published: 21:13 EDT, 29 August 2017 | Updated: 09:26 EDT, 30 August 2017

Hurricane Harvey has dumped the most rain on the continental US in history it was revealed today - as catastrophic scenes unfold in Houston with shelters overwhelmed with survivors, a curfew in place to prevent looting, dams overflowing and a chemical plant at risk of exploding. According to Homeland Security Secretary Elaine Duke, there are currently about 20,000 Hurricane Harvey evacuees in shelters. Many of Houston's evacuees are crammed into the city's convention center which is now overcrowded with 10,000 evacuees - double what officials initially planned. The George R Brown Convention Center in downtown Houston, Texas, has a capacity of up to 5,000 people, but Monday night 9,021 people stayed in the center, many sleeping on chairs and on the floor because of a shortage of cots. Others were being sent to the Toyota Center, the arena that is home to the Houston Rockets NBA team. Houston's mayor said the convention center would remain as the primary shelter in Houston. More people continued to flock to the city's overcrowded main shelter Tuesday as floodwaters kept rising after five consecutive days of rain that set a new continental US record for rainfall for a tropical system. In Cedar Bayou, Texas, rains reached 51.88inches Tuesday afternoon, the record for Texas and the continental US, but does not pass the record of 52inches of rain in Kauai, Hawaii in 1950 from Tropical Cyclone Hiki. That record was set before Hawaii became a state. The previous continental US record was 48inches set in 1978 in Medina, Texas, by Tropical Storm Amelia. A weather station southeast of Houston reported 49.32inches of rain as of Tuesday morning. There are initial reports that at least 18 people have died from the storm and its aftermath, however, the complete death toll can't be fully counted until after the floodwaters recede. And though the military has been limited in its ability to help in rescue and recovery efforts by weather and flooding, Air Force Major General James Witham said up to 30,000 National Guard troops could be called on to help in Texas. Federal and local agencies say they have rescued more than 13,000 people in the Houston area as well as in surrounding cities and counties in Southeast Texas since Tropical Storm Harvey inundated the area with torrential rain. Houston Police Chief Art Acevedo said Tuesday his agency has rescued about 4,100 people. Houston Fire Chief Samuel Peńa says they have rescued more than 3,000. Parisa Safarzadeh, a spokeswoman for the Harris County Sheriff's Office says her agency has rescued more than 3,000 people. Houston is located in Harris County. US Coast Guard Lt Mike Hart says his agency has rescued more than 3,000 individuals. Hart says the Coast Guard total includes rescues in Houston, but also in outlying cities and subdivisions outside of Houston, as well as in surrounding counties, including Brazoria, Galveston and Matagorda. On Wednesday morning, Singapore's defense ministry says as many as four of its military helicopters will start assisting in Tropical Storm Harvey relief efforts. The CH-47 Chinook helicopters are stationed in Grand Prairie, Texas, as part of a decades-long partnership between the Republic of Singapore Air Force and Texas National Guard. Singaporean airmen who train there learn how to face large-scale emergencies. The ministry says the helicopters will be able to airlift troops, evacuees and supplies in the relief effort. Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong made the offer in a call with President Donald Trump late Tuesday. Both leaders are set to meet at the White House in October. Singapore made a similar offer after Hurricane Katrina in 2005. Air Force Major General Witham, the director of dometic operations for the National Guard Bureau, told reporters there are currently about 3,500 National Guard troops involved in Harvey rescue efforts, including 3,000 from the Texas National Guard. He estimated that the Texas guard number could rise to 8,000 to 10,000 in coming days, possibly joined by 20,000 to 30,000 from other states. He said the military is providing everything that has been requested by Texas Governor Greg Abbott, although the response is constrained by the stormy weather and by flooding that limits use of roadways. He said weather has limited the use of military helicopters over the past two or three days, so the Guard has instead used boats and ground vehicles to rescue stranded residents in the Houston area. Besides the additional National Guard troops from other states, there are about 1,000 active-duty military forces in position to provide assistance if called up by civilian authorities, he said. Asked whether Texas authorities recognized the magnitude of the disaster quickly enough, Witham said, 'That's debatable.' He said in some respects the need was recognized quickly. But the extraordinary amount of rainfall and flooding exceeded what state planners could have foreseen. 'So if you're looking at an event that only occurs every few hundred years, the planning that would have normally occurred for that probably wasn't here,' Witham said. 'So, in many cases, the request for assistance, not only for the National Guard but federal forces, may not have been anticipated quickly enough.' As waters continue to rise, public health officials are warning that flooding increases the risk of illnesses ranging from skin rashes to bacterial and viral infections and mosquito-borne disease. On Monday afternoon the town of Dickinson issued a mandatory evacuation order and residents near Columbia Lakes in Brazoria County were told Tuesday morning to leave immediately after a levee was breached. Residents within 1.5miles of a chemical plant in Crosby, Texas, were evacuated on Tuesday as a 'precautionary measure' because of the rising risk of an explosion, the local fire marshal's office said in a Twitter message. More than 17,000 people have sought refuge in Texas shelters and that number seemed certain to increase, the American Red Cross said. As people continue to flock to the overcrowded George R Brown Convention Center, Houston is planning to open a few other 'mega-shelters' for evacuees. 'We are not turning anyone away. But it does mean we need to expand our capabilities and our capacity,' Houston Mayor Sylvester Turner said. 'Relief is coming. Televangelist Joel Osteen opened his Houston megachurch, a 16,000-seat former arena that was the longtime home of the NBA's Houston Rockets, on Tuesday as a shelter after social media critics slammed him for not offering to house people in need while Harvey swamps the city. Osteen announced the effort in a tweet, saying he and wife Victoria Osteen 'care deeply about our fellow Houstonians'. Later in the day, the Toyota Center was accepting people who could not find space at the convention center. However the arena had only 500 cots added to its floor because the convention center will remain the primary shelter for Harvey evacuees. Mayor Turner said Tuesday night that people will still have to go to the convention center first before going into the Toyota Center. Tom McCasland, Houston's housing and community development director, told The Associated Press Tuesday that the Toyota Center will serve as an overflow center for people still arriving Tuesday night and early Wednesday. It will only serve families with children that don't have pressing medical needs. McCasland says more cots are on the way for thousands of people who didn't have one Monday night. Some people slept on towels or strips of cardboard. He says, 'We fully expect to have everyone in a cot tonight.' Turner said Tuesday night that because Houston police have been spread thin due to ongoing water rescues and other efforts, 50 Texas National Guard members will be stationed at the convention center to provide security. Houston officials opened a major shelter at NRG Park that can accommodate up to 10,000 evacuees. Darian Ward, a spokeswoman for Houston Mayor Sylvester Turner, said the convention center adjacent to the city's NFL stadium and the Astrodome opened at 10pm Tuesday. Mayor Turner also said Tuesday the city has asked the Federal Emergency Management Agency for more supplies, including cots and food, for additional 10,000 people, which he hopes to get no later than Wednesday. The mayor also issued an overnight curfew beginning on Tuesday night for an indefinite period amid incidents of looting, armed robberies and people impersonating police officers. The curfew will run from 10pm until 5am and Houston is bringing additional police from other regions, Turner said in a news conference Tuesday evening. 'You cannot drive, nor be in any public place. We have had problems with armed robberies, with people with guns and firearms,' Houston Police Chief Art Acevedo said. Those who violate the curfew will be questioned, searched and arrested, Acevedo said. The curfew comes after fourteen people were arrested for looting in the Houston area over the past 48 hours, as floodwaters from Harvey continue to devastate the region. Officials said Tuesday night they have received disturbing reports of people impersonating Homeland Security special agents and telling residents to evacuate in order to rob their homes. The city of Houston says people should ask anyone knocking on their doors for official badges and credentials with their name and organization. The city's statement also notes that during Harvey relief efforts, US Immigration and Customs Enforcement is not conducting immigration enforcement operations in the area. The city also says in a tweet in both English and Spanish that it is not checking the immigration status of anyone coming into shelters. On Tuesday, Louisiana Governor John Bel Edwards offered to take in Harvey victims from Texas. Edwards said he expects Texas officials to decide within 48 hours whether to accept the offer, which comes as Louisiana is also helping its own residents who were rescued from Harvey's floodwaters overnight. About 500 people were evacuated Monday night and early Tuesday from flooded neighborhoods in southwest Louisiana, and about 200 spent the night in area shelters, Edwards said. Meteorologists have said Harvey will spend much of Wednesday dropping rain on Louisiana before moving on to Arkansas, Tennessee and parts of Missouri, which could also see flooding. National Hurricane Center meteorologist Dennis Feltgen said that Houston would soon get a chance to dry out and that when the storm returns to land Wednesday, 'it's the end of the beginning'. But Feltgen cautioned: 'We're not done with this. There's still an awful lot of real estate and a lot of people who are going to feel the impacts of the storm.' The National Weather Service predicted less of an inch of rain for Houston on Wednesday and only a 30 percent chance of showers and thunderstorms for Thursday. Friday's forecast called for mostly sunny skies with a high near 94. President Donald Trump visited Texas on Tuesday, and the White House said his stops in Corpus Christi and Austin were meant to highlight coordination at all levels of government and lay the groundwork for what is expected to be a lengthy recovery after the storm. Trump traveled with the secretaries of health and human services and housing and urban development, and the head of the Small Business Administration. The president raised spirits as he addressed a crowd of fans at a firehouse in Corpus Christi, telling them: 'This is historic, it's epic, what happened, but you know what, it happened in Texas. Texas can handle anything.' He promised to take care of survivors and help with rescue efforts, saying: 'We love you. You are special. We are here to take care of you.' 'This was of epic proportion. Nobody's ever seen anything like this,' said Trump before praising Texas Governor Greg Abbott as being 'terrific' in the face of catastrophe. He commended the emergency services but said cautiously: 'We'll congratulate each other when it's all finished.' The day before, Abbott had visited some of the devastated areas before he gave an update on the aftermath of the storm in a press conference. 'A Texas-sized storm requires a Texas-sized response, and that is exactly what the state will provide,' he said Monday. 'While we have suffered a great deal, the resiliency and bravery of Texan's spirits is something that can never be broken. As communities are coming together in the aftermath of this storm, I will do everything in my power to make sure they have what they need to rebuild.' FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, estimates that 30,000 will be in need of shelter by the time the storm passes and there is already an estimated $40billion in damage. The agency also estimates that more than 450,000 people are likely to seek federal aid. The organization has around $3billion in its disaster relief fund but the sum is dwindling. The storm has also crippled the country's oil trade, hampering 16per cent of the US's refineries, which are in the danger zone. US lawmakers have already begun contemplating the massive rebuilding costs, leaving some Republicans in a tricky spot after they opposed federal aid when a storm devastated eastern states in 2012. Flooding has damaged or destroyed thousands of homes, crippled infrastructure, washed away businesses and left the economic future of the region under a cloud. Just how heavy a financial toll the storm will take on the southern US economy was unclear Tuesday, as the focus remained on rescue operations, many of them being carried out in the hard-hit Houston area. But the storm, which on Tuesday was tilting toward neighboring Louisiana, has the potential to be one of the costliest natural disasters in US history, and lawmakers have already broached the subject of recovery funding. 'I believe we need to put an aid package together for $150 billion' for emergency relief and recovery from Harvey, House Democrat Sheila Jackson-Lee, whose Houston district remained largely underwater, told CNN. That staggering amount is 2.5 times the funding approved by Congress and allocated by the federal government following superstorm Sandy, which caused widespread devastation in eastern states including New York, New Jersey and Maryland when it struck in October 2012. Despite the clear need for federal government intervention after that storm, 179 Republican lawmakers -- including 23 of Texas's 24 House members -- opposed the Sandy Relief Act. The snub appalled New Jersey Governor Chris Christie, who at the time savaged his fellow Republicans as 'absolutely disgraceful.' Their votes are suddenly back in the spotlight, as lawmakers still on their summer recess sniped across social media. Republican Congressman Peter King of New York called out Senator Ted Cruz of Texas by name Monday in a stinging rebuke, saying he would vote for post-Harvey aid despite fellow Republicans opposing Sandy relief. 'NY wont abandon Texas,' King tweeted. '1 bad turn doesnt deserve another.' A New Jersey Democrat offered similar thoughts. 'Despite my TX colleagues refusal to support aid in #SouthJersey time of need, I will support emergency disaster $ for those impacted,' Congressman Frank LoBiondo said Monday on Twitter. Cruz, a Tea Party hero and defender of fiscal austerity, insisted he opposed the Sandy bill because it contained excessive 'pork' -- targeted government spending that benefits a lawmaker's constituents -- unrelated to storm recovery 'Of course, the federal government has a critical role in disaster relief,' Cruz said on CNN. 'But you should not have members of Congress that are exploiting disasters to fund their pet projects, and so there will be time for all of those debates in Washington.' One estimate, by Enki Research, already puts the Harvey damage at $42billion. But with the storm forecast to churn along the Gulf coast for at least two more days, that estimate could surge. In Brazoria County, Texas, authorities posted a message on Twitter Tuesday morning warning that the levee at Columbia Lakes south of Houston had been breached and telling people to 'GET OUT NOW!!' Brazoria County Judge Matt Sebesta said residents were warned that the levee would be overtopped at some point, and a mandatory evacuation order was given Sunday. The levee was later fortified, but officials said they did not know how long the work would hold. Engineers began releasing water from the Addicks and Barker reservoirs Monday to ease the strain on the dams. But the releases were not enough to relieve the pressure after one of the heaviest downpours in US history, Army Corps of Engineers officials said. Both reservoirs are at record highs, with the Addicks even overspilled at 108ft. The release of the water means that more homes and streets will flood, and some homes will be inundated for up to a month, said Jeff Lindner of the Harris County Flood Control District. The county is trying to determine where the water will go, Lindner said. The bridge is on Woodforest Boulevard over Greens Bayou has collapsed and drinking water in Lake Forest is no longer safe due to a loss of water pressure. Residents there must now boil water before drinking it and using it for cooking or brushing their teeth. Meanwhile, major Houston prisons have been evacuated to save inmates from the floods. Six thousand prisoners have been bused to other correctional facilities across the state. On Tuesday, the owner of the chemical plant, Arkema SA, said in a statement the situation at its southeast Texas plant 'has become serious' and evacuated all of its staff from the facility in Crosby, Texas. Crosby is about 25 miles northeast of Houston and in the 2010 US census had a population of 2,300 people. 'As a protective measure Harris County has evacuated all residents within 1.5 miles of the Arkema facility,' said a Twitter message from the Harris County Fire Marshal Office. 'There is a potential for a chemical reaction leading to a fire at the facility, which could produce a large amount of black smoke,' the fire marshal, citing Arkema, said. 'While we do not believe there is any imminent danger, the potential for a chemical reaction leading to a fire and/or explosion within the site confines is real,' the company said. Arkema said the plant has been hit by more than 40 inches of rain, was heavily flooded and without electricity since Sunday. Back-up generators have largely been swamped. Maintaining refrigeration for chemicals that must be stored at low temperature is key, the company said. After losing generators, workers transferred products from the warehouses into diesel-powered refrigerated containers. But the floodwaters also compromised the back-up containers, and the company is monitoring temperature levels remotely, it said. The Arkema plant in Crosby produces organic peroxides. It has been closed since Friday but had a skeletal staff of about a dozen in place. Other Texas chemical plants have also shuttered production because of the storm. Anglo-Swiss chemicals firm Ineos Group Holdings SA said it has been forced to shut Chocolate Bayou Works and Battleground Manufacturing Complex. INEOS Nitriles' Green Lake facility are following hurricane procedures and are temporarily shut down, spokesman Charles Saunders said. Huntsman Corp said it has closed six chemical plants in Texas, along with its global headquarters and advanced technology center in Texas. US public health officials warned Monday that flooding increases the risk of ills ranging from skin rashes to bacterial and viral infections and mosquito-borne disease. The most immediate health risk is from drowning, especially for people trapped in vehicles, said Renee Funk, associate director for emergency management of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Carbon monoxide poisoning from portable generators is another threat. 'Unfortunately, we expect there will be people who die from that and people will be poisoned from it,' Funk said in a telephone interview. But simply wading in floodwaters could cause skin rashes because so much of the water is contaminated with toxic chemicals that get washed out of people's garages and tool sheds. 'The number one thing we're concerned with in a flood is chemicals,' said Funk, who advises people to shower and wash their hands immediately after contact with floodwaters. Mosquito-borne disease is less of an immediate threat because the floodwaters will wash out most mosquito breeding sites for disease-causing mosquitoes such Aedes aegypti, which spread Zika, chikungunya, dengue and yellow fever, she said. Floods typically cause a rise in nuisance mosquitoes, such as the Culex variety, and these, too, can carry disease. A year after Hurricane Katrina in 2005, regions in Louisiana and Mississippi affected by the flood reported a doubling of cases of neuroinvasive West Nile virus - cases in which the virus caused severe inflammation in the brain or spinal cord, said Dr Peter Hotez, dean of the National School of Tropical Medicine at Baylor College of Medicine. 'A year from now, we'll have to look very closely at West Nile and other mosquito-borne viruses,' said Hotez, who is riding out the storm from his Houston home while his lab at Baylor is closed. In the immediate aftermath of Harvey, bacterial diseases are a concern, although cholera, a scourge in the wake of many natural disasters in developing countries, is likely not a worry in Houston, he said. 'Bacterial infections are really important, such as salmonella and E. coli infections,' Hotez said. Shelters could also pose a public health risk, said Dr Amesh Adalja, a senior associate at the Johns Hopkins Center for Health Security. 'If you are in a small enclosed area in an alternate care facility and you have really bad diarrhea, it's going to be hard in these situations to practice proper infection control.' Although forecasters had feared that another two feet of rain could fall in some places, it appeared that the outlook had improved somewhat on Tuesday. The weather service said the amount of rain falling in the Houston area would be two to three inches, perhaps a little less in Houston proper, as the storm moved east. But southeastern Texas and southwestern Louisiana still would see 'relentless torrential rains', with another six to 12 inches of rain across the upper Texas coast through Friday as Harvey continues to move slowly east over the Gulf of Mexico maintaining tropical storm force winds of 45mph, the National Hurricane Center said. It is expected to make landfall again Wednesday morning, probably in southwestern Louisiana. Calls for rescue have so overwhelmed emergency teams that they have had little time to search for bodies. And officials acknowledge that fatalities from Harvey could soar once the floodwaters start to recede from one of America's most sprawling metropolitan centers. More than four days after the storm ravaged the Texas coastline as a Category 4 hurricane, authorities had confirmed only four deaths - including a woman killed Monday when heavy rains dislodged a large oak tree onto her trailer home in the small town of Porter. But unconfirmed reports of others missing or presumed dead were growing. 'We know in these kinds of events that, sadly, the death toll goes up historically,' Houston Police Chief Art Acevedo told The Associated Press. 'I'm really worried about how many bodies we're going to find.' One Houston woman said Monday that she presumes six members of a family, including four of her grandchildren, died after their van sank into Greens Bayou in East Houston. Virginia Saldivar told The Associated Press her brother-in-law was driving the van Sunday when a strong current took the vehicle over a bridge and into the bayou. The driver was able to get out and urged the children to escape through the back door, Saldivar said, but they could not. 'I'm just hoping we find the bodies,' Saldivar said. Houston emergency officials could not confirm the deaths. Authorities in Houston did confirm Tuesday that a 60-year-old city police officer drowned in his patrol car after he became trapped in high water while driving to work. Sgt Steve Perez had been with the force for 34 years. A spokeswoman for a Houston hotel said one of its employees disappeared while helping about 100 guests and workers evacuate the building. Beaumont police say a woman has died after she and her young daughter were swept into a rain-swollen drainage canal while trying to escape their stalled vehicle. A police statement said the woman pulled her vehicle into an office park's flooded parking lot about 3.35pm Tuesday, where it became stalled by high water. The woman then took her daughter, exited the car and was swept about a half-mile away. Two Beaumont police officers and two fire-rescue divers in a rubber boat spotted the mother floating with the child, who was holding onto her mother. Officers pulled the child and the mother into the boat. The child was responsive but suffering from hypothermia; the mother was unresponsive and efforts to revive her failed. The child is hospitalized in stable condition. Harris County confirmed the storm-related death of 64-year-old Alexander Kwoksum Sung, who drowned at a clock repair business Sunday in Houston. He was found in more than a foot of debris on Monday. The Harris County Institute of Forensic Sciences updated its storm-related deaths Tuesday night to include an 89-year-old woman, Agnes Stanley, who was found floating in four feet of floodwater in a home. A 76-year-old woman, whose name was not released, was found floating in floodwater near a vehicle. A 45-year-old man, Travis Lynn Callihan, left his vehicle and fell into floodwaters. He was taken to a hospital, where he died Monday. The disaster is unfolding on an epic scale, with the nation's fourth-largest city mostly paralyzed by the storm that arrived as a Category 4 hurricane and then parked over the Gulf Coast. The Houston metro area covers about 10,000 square miles, an area slightly bigger than New Jersey. Harvey kept drenching Houston and the surrounding area. Rain fell Tuesday at about half an inch per hour over Harris County - home to Houston - and up to two inches per hour to the east. Forecasters expect the storm to linger over the Gulf before heading back inland east of Houston sometime Wednesday. The system will then head north and lose its tropical strength. It could creep as far east as Mississippi by Thursday, meaning New Orleans, where Hurricane Katrina unleashed its full wrath in 2005, is in Harvey's path. Foreboding images of Harvey lit up weather radar screens early Tuesday, the 12th anniversary of the day Katrina made landfall in Plaquemines Parish. The impact of the storm on the lives of residents in the danger zone is unfathomable. Many have no idea of the extent of the damage in their homes and are now fearing the financial torment they may now face. Mayor Turner pleaded for help from other cities and plugged charity relief funds to care for the thousands of Houston residents in crisis. Huge fundraising efforts are underway by the Red Cross. The New York Stock Exchange has donated $1million and Facebook has raised more than $1million as well. Celebrities including actor Kevin Hart and Real Housewives of New York star and business mogul Bethenny Frankel have pledged more than $50,000 combined. NFL Houston Texans' player JJ Watt raised more than $4.7million for Hurricane Harvey victims on aYouCaring page by Tuesday night. The cost of the storm will extend beyond state lines. Experts at Goldman Sachs say it is likely to reduce GDP growth by 0.2per cent. Oil prices surged as supplies became suddenly precarious on Tuesday. The full extent of the damage is not yet clear and won't be for some time. For now, charities and volunteers are focusing on the immediate needs of the people who have been displaced. Dallas is preparing super shelters for thousands of displaced residents. On Monday afternoon, military planes transported the first evacuees to the Lively Point Youth Center in Irving. The space has capacity for about 200 evacuees and the shelter will be run by the Red Cross and City of Irving employees. The city's emergency management coordinator said they are planning for the shelters to run 'long term'. Evacuees and those working the shelters have and will be vetted through criminal background checks. The City of Dallas is also planning to host more than 5,000 evacuees in a shelter at the convention center. Over the weekend, Mayor Turner asked anyone with a boat to help with efforts. Many Texans responded bravely to his call to arms and were out in force on Saturday saving vulnerable neighbors and strangers from the floods. 'The goal is rescue. That's the major focus for the day. We want to focus on getting them out of their homes or whatever their stressful situation may be,' he said. Hospitals asked Monday for trained nurses to volunteer at their centers, which were overflowing with patients. As Houston struggles with the storm's aftermath, help from other states and cities is pouring in. One Michigan-based company has donated 22,000 kayaks to help residents get around as the flood waters cease to drain. On Monday night, 11 people had to be rescued after one private boat of volunteers capsized. They were all rescued by the Houston Fire Department and none have serious injuries. Earlier this week, Mayor Turner came under fire for his decision not to evacuate Houston, but he said it would have caused more chaos to send millions of people on the roads without a well-organized evacuation plan. And when the storm began on Friday, Houston was not immediately hit. It was safe from the battering winds which tore apart towns on the coast and many felt confident enough to remain in their homes. However as the storm moved further inland on Saturday and Saturday, floods - the likes of which the city has never before seen - swept through. The city woke up to a water world and many, with no alternative, swam to safety or climbed in to rescue boats. Even in homes which are not flooded, residents are running out of food and water and some cannot safely make their way to grocery stores. Those who do make it there face snaking lines and empty shelves inside the stores. And according to several utility companies, more than 280,000 people were without power on Monday. Now, many are trapped in their homes with no way out. They have been left to wait for rescue boats but the situation is bleak. With 911 operation centers inundated, panicked residents turned to social media to be saved. They shared pictures of frightened children cowering on kitchen work tops as water covered the floors of their homes. Oliver Simpson, 35, a father of four from west Houston, is stuck in his home with his children. He told DailyMail.com on Monday: 'It's horrible. I feel helpless - sitting with no power and just waiting to see what happens. And we have it so much better than many others. 'I have a neighbor who had a tree fall on his garage, it went across a gas line. There is a gas leak and despite calls to 911 still no one been out. That was at 4am this morning. 'To be clear, authorities are doing everything they can [there are] just many people in far worse situation than us.' Six members of the same family died by drowning in their van as they tried to escape Harvey's floods on Saturday, according to other members of the family. KHOU reports that the victims - four children under the age of 16 and their grandparents - were traveling in a van being driven by their great uncle near Greens Bayou when they ran into trouble. He was able to escape as water rushed in to the vehicle but the others could not and he watched as they perished in the water, other relatives said. The official death toll on Saturday was two - meaning authorities have so far been able to confirm two deaths. They are inundated with crisis situations, however and are therefore redirecting attention to rescuing people who are trapped. This makes it difficult to deliver an exact number but the total was reported as five on Sunday.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4835168/Houston-convention-center-overflows-9-000-survivors.html#ixzz4rGkB2UrY 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 8-30-17 Hal Turner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. National News

Addicks Reservoir -Houston- BREACHED; Water Pouring over top of Spillway at of 8:06 AM EDT

According to the Harris County, Texas, Flood System, the major reservoir "Addicks" has now over-topped its spillway, sending thousands of cubic feet of water per minute into Houston. This is now on top of the catastrophic flooding already taking place in that city! The chart below, from the Texes Flood System shows the nightmare as it's happening: To view this official information yourself, click HERE to get to the Texas Flood System web site. Below is a map of Houston showing the geographic location of the mile-long Addicks Reservoir in the northwest part of the city. The Addicks Reservoir and Addicks Dam in conjunction with the Barker Reservoir prevent downstream flooding of Buffalo Bayou in the City of Houston. Both reservoirs were authorized under the Rivers and Harbors Act of June 20, 1938, which were modified by the Flood Control Acts of August 11, 1938; September 3, 1954; and October 27, 1965. Below is a graphic showing the layout of the Reservoir system and the "Buffalo Bayou River" that is now being flooded by the over-topped Addicks Reservoir. It will lead directly to massive flooding (on top of the existing flooding) right into the center of Houston:

http://halturnerradioshow.com/index.php/news/u-s-national-news/1131-addicks-reservoir-houston-breached-water-pouring-over-top-of-spillway-at-of-8-06-am-edt 

:: 8-30-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Houston Mayor Orders Curfew To Prevent Looting, Warns Bridges And Roads Are "Starting To Fail"

by Tyler Durden Aug 30, 2017 3:28 AM

Update: Houston's Mayor imposed a curfew on Tuesday after the US city saw record rainfall and catastrophic flooding in the wake of tropical storm Harvey. The curfew will start at midnight and end at 5am, Mayor Sylvester Turner explained. Originally it was supposed to start earlier (as per his tweet below), but Turner said he wanted "to allow volunteers and others to do their great work." The curfew is intended to prevent property crimes against evacuated homes in the city, he added... Police Chief Art Acevedo said at an earlier news conference that curfew violators will be stopped, questioned, searched and arrested. There have been scattered reports of looting during the flooding from Tropical Storm Harvey. We detailed earlier that as Tropical Storm Harvey heads back inland, slamming southwest Texas with another 15-25 inches of rain, Housting officials are reporting that the city's critical infrastructure is starting to fail under the weight of the floodwaters, and may soon collapse. According to Reuters, roads and bridges in Houston have started to buckle under the impact of the catastrophic flooding in parts of the city. According to Jeff Linder of the Harris County Flood Control District, one bridge had collapsed and some roads had been damaged by the torrential rains. Worse, the damage is far from over. As reported yesterday, the water levels at two reservoirs to the west of the city, where more than 3,000 homes have been flooded, continue to rise. Meanwhile, Buffalo Bayou, the primary drainage system that runs through the city, is holding steady and may not recede for days, said Edmond Russo, deputy engineer with the US Army Corps of Engineers. According to USGS data, the Buffalo Bayou has recorded a record 33 inches of rain, and another 20 is expected in the coming 48 hours. Linder said the level of the Houston Ship Channel, which opens out into Galveston Bay was "at levels we've never seen before", slowing the bayou's ability to drain. Two major dams outside Houston have also begun to overflow, according to the BBC. Houston Mayor Sylvester Turner confirmed that one police officer has been killed since the flooding began. The Houston police chief says the officer's body was recovered Tuesday morning. He apparently died when floodwaters overcame his vehicle as he tried to get to his post. Meanwhile, the Port of Houston is reporting that all facilities will remain closed on Wednesday, leaving oil tankers carrying an estimated 17 million barrels of crude oil stranded off shore with their cargo. At least nine people have died as a result of the flooding, including six members of one family. Floodwaters have swept away some of the concrete barrier at the San Jacinto Bridge... If he is right, the dire forecast by Imperial Capital analyst David Havens who predicted that the final Harvey cost would surpass $100 billion, or 3 times more than what most believe the Harvey damages will amount to, will prove to be pleasantly optimistic in retrospect.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-08-29/houstons-bridges-and-roads-are-starting-fail-floodwaters-rise 

:: 8-28-17 Lexology :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Did Google violate James Damore’s Section 7 rights?

Constangy Brooks Smith & Prophete LLP USA August 28 2017

Much of the employment law commentary about Google’s termination of engineer James Damore for his so-called “anti-diversity screed” (notwithstanding the sensational headlines, it was arguably a relatively sober memorandum questioning the effectiveness of certain types of diversity efforts specific to Google) has been misdirected, focusing on the First Amendment rights of free speech and at-will employment. But Mr. Damore filed an unfair labor practice charge with the National Labor Relations Board, alleging that he was terminated for engaging in “protected concerted activity” under Section 7 of the NLRA and in retaliation for exercising his rights. He may have a case. Under Section 7, employees have the right to engage in speech or make complaints about how an employer is doing things that could have an effect on more than just the one employee complaining or speaking. As we have previously reported, the NLRB in recent years has found that individual complaints about discrimination in the workplace are protected concerted activity. Thus, it would seem that, consistent with those decisions, employee speech about an employer’s handling of diversity in the workplace could also be protected concerted activity. Google has asserted or implied that Mr. Damore violated its corporate code of conduct and that his memorandum was disruptive. Similar defenses have generally been rejected by the Board in recent years on the theory that protected concerted activity is often inherently disruptive. So, the NLRB may take Mr. Damore’s charge quite seriously, even if NLRB Regional Officials may consider his memorandum “politically incorrect.” Employers should watch this situation closely and learn from it. The current NLRB General Counsel has indicated in a memorandum that he views political activity and speech as inherently protected concerted activity. Private sector employers should also be aware that certain states and localities — including California, Colorado, the District of Columbia, New York, and North Dakota — have laws that may protect, through various means, political speech or affiliation, political activities, and lawful activities outside of work. With the publicity being generated by the Google situation and employment terminations in the national news flowing from the recent demonstrations in Charlottesville, Virginia, and elsewhere, this type of claim may become more common. (However, unlike Mr. Damore, who was writing about his employer’s diversity initiatives, political protesters in all likelihood would not have Section 7 claims against their employers because their activity does not relate to terms and conditions of their employment.) Public sector employers should also be aware of First Amendment and other legal protections and restrictions applicable to their employees.

https://www.lexology.com/library/detail.aspx?g=23d88976-4f01-48b9-abf1-99df902ff9c4 

:: 8-29-17 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Where Was God in Hurricane Harvey?

By Jim Denison , Christian Post Columnist | Aug 29, 2017 10:54 AM

Art Acevedo is police chief in Houston, Texas. His message to people in his beleaguered city: "Just hunker down, hold tight — we hear you, we feel you. Believe me." His police officers have rescued more than 3,000 people as of this morning. 911 operators fielded 56,000 calls within 24 hours when the crisis began. Numerous companies have pledged millions of dollars to relief efforts. Red Cross personnel are preparing for weeks of assistance to those affected by Hurricane Harvey. President Trump and the first lady will visit the Texas Gulf Coast later today. While police officers, 911 operators, and disaster relief workers have been saving lives in Houston for days, some may wonder where God has been as this disaster unfolded. What would our Lord say to those devastated by this unprecedented crisis?  

He knows your name. He called Zacchaeus and Saul of Tarsus by name, even though they were two of the most infamous sinners in the Bible.

He knew you before you were born: "Your eyes saw my unformed substance; in your book were written, every one of them, the days that were formed for me, when as yet there was none of them" (Psalm 139:16). • He knows your actions and thoughts: "You know when I sit down and when I rise up; you discern my thoughts from afar" (Psalm 139:2).

He knows every detail of your life: "Even the hairs of your head are all numbered" (Matthew 10:30).

He knows your pain: "I have surely seen the affliction of my people . . . and have heard their cry" (Exodus 3:7).

He suffers as you suffer: "In all their affliction he was afflicted" (Isaiah 63: 9).

He will never forget you: "I will not forget you. Behold, I have engraved you on the palms of my hands" (Isaiah 49:15–16).

He walks with you through calamity: "Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil, for you are with me; your rod and your staff, they comfort me" (Psalm 23:4). The psalmist declared, "God is our refuge and strength, a very present help in trouble" (Psalm 46:1). As a result, he testified, "we will not fear though the earth gives way, though the mountains be moved into the heart of the sea, though its waters roar and foam, though the mountains tremble at its swelling" (vv. 2–3). Every rescuer is an extension of God's compassion and care in these catastrophic days. If the Lord could describe a pagan king like Cyrus as "my anointed" (Isaiah 45:1) and call Nebuchadnezzar "my servant" (Jeremiah 43:10), he can use every person who will be used. Every act of assistance, every resource and provision is his gift of grace and mercy. I believe that the One who wept over Jerusalem (Luke 19:41) weeps over Houston and the Texas Gulf Coast today. Now our Father calls us to share his heart for his children. If those devastated by this crisis were your brothers and sisters, how would you feel about them? They are. Originally posted at denisonforum.org

http://www.christianpost.com/news/where-was-god-in-hurricane-harvey-197199/ 

[ :: 4-8-12 am service (first word) :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You have seen Russia as she is preparing to move down upon Israel with the other nation. etc..  

:: 8-28-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Israeli official: If Iran expands in Syria, we'll bomb Assad's palace

Netanyahu after Putin meeting: Iran wants the ‘Lebanonization’ of Syria

Iran in Syria By YASSER OKBI/ MAARIV HASHAVUA, JPOST.COM STAFF

August 28, 2017 12:17

Israel warned Russia of dire consequences if Iran is allowed to continue on its current path in Syria. A senior Israeli official warned the Russian government that if Iran continues to extend its reach in Syria, Israel will bomb Syrian President Bashar Assad's palace in Damascus, according to reports in Arab media. Israel also warned that if serious changes do not happen in the region, Israel will make sure the ceasefire deal, reached by the United States and Russia in Astana, Kazakhstan, will be nullified. A senior Israeli source told the Al-Jadida newspaper that no understanding was reached between the Israelis and the Russians. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu did, however, make it clear to Putin that its concerns must be met or Israel will be forced to act. The warnings occurred in a meeting between Netanyahu and Russian President Vladimir Putin last week. The prime minister, accompanied by Mossad head Yossi Cohen, the newly appointed head of the National Security Council, Meir Ben-Shabbat, and Likud minister Ze'ev Elkin who served as his translator, flew to Sochi on the Black Sea for the meeting, returning to Israel shortly after it ended. This is Netanyahu’s fourth trip to Russia in the last 16 months, and his sixth meeting with Putin during this same time frame. Netanyahu said the majority of his discussions with Putin focused on the situation in Syria. He said the reason he wanted to hold talks now with the Russian leader was because the situation inside Syria has changed very rapidly over the last few weeks.

http://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Israeli-Official-If-Iran-extends-in-Syrian-well-bomb-Assads-palace-503597 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 8-29-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mattis: Transgender troops can keep serving pending study

By Olivia Beavers - 08/29/17 08:06 PM EDT

Defense Secretary James Mattis announced Tuesday that transgender troops in the military would be allowed to continue serving pending the results of a study. The announcement comes days after President Trump signed a memo barring transgender people from enlisting in the military while instructing Mattis to explore how to handle those currently serving in the armed forces. "Once the panel reports its recommendations and following my consultation with the secretary of Homeland Security, I will provide my advice to the president concerning implementation of his policy direction," Mattis said in the statement Tuesday. "In the interim, current policy with respect to currently serving members will remain in place." Trump announced in late July his plans to reverse an Obama-era policy that allowed transgender individuals to serve in the military. “After consultation with my Generals and military experts, please be advised that the United States Government will not accept or allow transgender individuals to serve in any capacity in the U.S. Military,” Trump tweeted at the time. “Our military must be focused on decisive and overwhelming victory and cannot be burdened with the tremendous medical costs and disruption that transgender in the military would entail." Mattis indicated in his statement Tuesday that the Pentagon would move to implement Trump's directive, which sparked backlash among Democrats and some Republicans. The Defense Department "will carry out the president's policy direction, in consultation with the Department of Homeland Security. As directed, we will develop a study and implementation plan, which will contain the steps that will promote military readiness, lethality, and unit cohesion, with due regard for budgetary constraints and consistent with applicable law," Mattis said. Mattis said he would establish "a panel of experts" from within the departments of Defense and Homeland Security to provide recommendations for implementing Trump's directive. "Our focus must always be on what is best for the military's combat effectiveness leading to victory on the battlefield," he said.

http://thehill.com/homenews/administration/348484-mattis-halts-trump-transgender-policy-pending-study 

:: 8-24-17 News With Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

I’m Proud To Be White

Aug 24, 2017 Read More Articles by Dave Daubenmire

There. I said it. If you are reading this commentary then you are probably witnessing a miracle. I would assume that Facebook, Google, Youtube, Twitter, and Instagram have not banned me. That is usually what happens when someone expresses an opinion that the pencil necks don’t like. Pencil neck? Gee…that will probably get me banned as well. Name calling is definitively a violation of “community standards” on social media. Their standards, that is. Not mine and it certainly does not violate the standards of most people I hang out with. But most of my friends are normal. At least if there is such a thing as normal any more. Middle America normal. Not university normal…or progressive normal…or George Looney fan normal. But simply…normal. An everyday, run of the mill, clear thinking, I don’t-get-offended-easy normal…the kind of normal that you used to find in your middle class neighborhood, local public school, and TV sitcom. You know what I mean…Leave It To Beaver, Father Knows Best, Ozzie and Harriet, Andy Griffith and Barney Fife normal. Oh how I wish my grandkids could grow up in a bigoted society as those shows represented. But I am proud to be white and no matter how much you try to shame me you will not be able to make me recant. Beat me with a stick, ridicule me in public, email me all kinds of hateful comments, but you will not stop me from being proud of who I am. It is like the story I heard about the young kindergartner who pinched his fellow classmate in a dispute. “Tommy,” the teacher scolded. “You apologize and return to your seat.” “OK Mrs. Jones, I’ll sit down. But I am still standing up on the inside!!” Well, I am still proud on the inside. No matter how “racist” you say that I am. Proud does not mean superior. Being proud of my heritage does not make me a racist…or a bigot…or a hater. I am a proud nationalist. I think that our government should put the needs and the interests of Americans first. I didn’t realize that being a nationalist required identification with skin color. I hope all blacks are nationalists. I hope all Chinese are nationalists. I pray all Christians are nationalists. The fact that I happen to be Caucasian should not exclude me from being proud. I hope my black friends are proud that they are black. I hope my women friends are proud that they are female. Homos are proud. Strippers are proud. Dope smokers are proud. Heck, even some Cleveland Browns fans are proud… I am also proud to be a Christian. I am proud to be an American. I am proud of my German heritage. I’m proud to carry my family name DAUBENMIRE! I am proud to be a Buckeye. I’m proud to be a man. I am proud to be a grandpa. I am proud to have rapidly graying hair. I am proud to be a loyal and faithful husband. I am proud that I couldn’t care less about the color of anyone’s skin. Being proud of who I am does not mean I think I am better than everyone else. What has happened to us? What kind of world would this be if folks didn’t have something to be proud of? Isn’t that the goal of the self-esteem curriculums in our schools? That’s part of the problem we have in America. Pride comes from striving…overcoming obstacles…achieving in the face of adversity. Being proud of my accomplishments certainly does not diminish yours. At least it shouldn’t. Our schools have taught our children to be proud of what they should be ashamed of and ashamed of what they should be proud of. I have a hard time understanding my friends on the Left. As a follower of my Lord Jesus Christ I have always believed in the equality of all men. Our nation was built upon the premise that we were all “created” equal. But my cognitive dissident friends on the Left believe in evolution which has at the center of that ideology the idea of survival of the fittest. Evolutionary belief REQUIRES an understanding that not all people are equal. The cream rises to the top…only the strong will survive…kill or be killed…while at the same time pummeling the individual with the idea that everyone is equal. They are playing with our minds. Racism is a made-up ideology If the Truth were to be told, it is shame that does more damage than anything. I find that most of the trouble occurs with those who do not have a deep appreciation for their lot in live. Losers blame the referees. Winners overcome them. I am proud of what I have done. I am proud of what I have overcome. I am proud of my heritage. Can someone please explain to me why that makes me a racist? Would everyone feel better if I were ashamed of being white? Sorry Chief. I ain’t gonna do it. I’m proud of my heritage. I am proud to be white.

https://newswithviews.com/im-proud-to-be-white/ 

:: 8-24-17 Web News Order :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Too many foreign forces now hidden in every state in America!

August 24, 2017 danama Alternative 6 “The spirit of Paul Revere is Warning America! Get Ready! Get Ready!” The following is a partial list of the fruits of Marxist Multiculturalism! Too many foreign forces now hidden in every state in America! * The always-hidden Rothschild agents, dangerous Communist and public enemy number one, George Soros and his three sons, endlessly funding destructive leftist and liberal agitators and aggressors. Rothschilds have always funded Communism! * Russian sleepers as revealed by Jim Keith. North Korean sleepers revealed this week by psychopath Kim Jong-un. Chinese sleepers in the human organs and slave trade. * Duduman’s disclosure that Russia would attack same time as China and North Korea * Russian attack strategies with Alaska, Minnesota and Florida. Russian missile pre-positioned in Yellowstone to trigger the super volcano and destroy American infrastructure Chechnyan troop build up in Colorado * UN troops driving up to 24 LENCO Bearcats at a time through Montana and other states * Foreign troops hidden in National Forests where roads were bulldozed and it’s a felony to fly over * 700,000 Makarov pistols Clinton pre-positioned for Russia in Colorado * Clinton’s Treaty on Open Skies still letting foreign pilots fly over America! * Islamic insurgents all over the place in 60 trainiing centers with weapons caches beneath mosques, with a growing presence in 33rd Degree Jimmy Carter’s Habitats for Humanity, with an increasing presence allowed by global security companies including security guards at major power plants * Tens of thousands of muslims now employed in Silicon Valley (threatening our communications) * Islam now working with the Mexican cartels * Knife-wielding Somalis trained since childhood to be soldiers – sent courtesy of the Chamber of Commerce to work around blood every day (de-sensitized to it) then recruited by ISIS for overseas training then sent back here… * Globalist-planted regional and state police from Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia * Foreign-privatized prisons staffed by 150,000 with no local allegiances and who speak English as a second language. These lose money every day Patriots and Constitutionalists are not working inside… Chinese owning the Long Beach port where only 1 of every 10 COSCO train cars are inspected when unloaded * Chinese flown into Idaho and southward almost every night (A friend with a gold mine witnessed this!) * The Muslim now on the Federal Reserve Board who owns the yogurt manufacturing plant. Economic manipulators on the alert to crash the US economy as they did in 1929 * Turkish Muslim Billionaire ($55 Billion-plus dark money) Gulen in Pennsylvania with his James Bond-like fortress and small illegal foreign army. who believes he’s to fund ushering in the Imam Mahdi by making Americans convert as dhimmi or die! * Freemasonry with the world-government global infrastructure in place. They are pledged to world govt. Freemasons have control mechanisms – especially ongoing threats to expose politician pedophilia which they fostered – approving it in 32nd Degree Readings to keep their politicians under control. There are also to many Freemason police and this is the control over so many American police siding with the Left! All this and more… While our National Guard diligently guards Poppy Bush’s opium crops in stolen Taliban fields (formerly wheat fields) and even retired police are paid $25,000 bonuses to go overseas. Inexperienced reserve units are put at point in many dangerous situations. American troops are protecting countries overseas but not America! President Trump needs a Special Forces Armed Forces of 1 million to protect America and counter the still-active globalist influences in US Armed Forces. Why doesn’t Trump see this? “Houston, we have a problem.”

http://webnewsorder.com/2017/many-forces-hidden-in-america/ 

:: 8-24-17 Survival Online 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

How To Identify A Chemical Attack Based On Symptom Alone – The 5 Primary Chemical Weapons Used Today

Posted By: Ted August 24, 2017

Chemical attacks rarely happen state side, but history tells us that chemical weapons have been used quite frequently over the past century. Most notably in other nations. As terrorist domestic and international grow in size, so does the possibility of a terrorist act. Anyone keeping a watchful eye on the daily news would see the trend of terrorist activity spiking in the USA. To say the USA is impervious to a chemical attach based on our nations civility would be thinking wishfully. This section will break down the 5 primary categories of chemical weapons as well as their symptoms. The primary objective of this section is to learn how to identify a chemical attack based on symptom alone. in 1993 the Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC) required most nations to destroy large stockpiles of their chemical weapons, labeling them as weapons of mass destruction (WWMD’S). Three nations continue to openly hold stockpiles of WWMD’s, the USA, Russia and North Korea. There have been concerns that other nations may have held on to their WWMD’s without declaring them, and terrorist organizations may be producing new quantities of chemical weapons to meet their organizational goals. These symptoms range from obvious to barely recognizable, however the majority of them can still be rapidly lethal. Understanding these unique symptoms make it easier for one to determine what chemical agent is present. The 5 primary chemical weapons used today are as follows: 1. Choking Agents 2. Nerve Agents 3. Blister Agents 4. Blood Agents 5. Riot Control Agents Choking Agents: A choking agent will fill the victims lungs with fluid, causing them to frown on the spot. The two most popular chocking agents are chlorine gas and phosgene. Minor Symptoms from exposure: Headache, blurred vision, burning throat and vomiting. Severe symptoms from exposure: Tight or restricted chest and breathing, thick burns on the skin or eyes. Fatal symptoms from exposure: Failure of the respiratory system. Circulation failure. The main symptom to identify when determining whether or not a choking agent is present if the coughing up of bloody phlegm. Nerve Agents: Nerve agents are primarily absorbed through the skin. Symptoms from exposure can be rapid depending on the concentration and exposure level. Nerve agents are the most dangerous and lethal, which is probably why the majority of the stockpiles left in the world are in fact nerve agents. They are extremely effective in weapon form when released in a cluster bomb formation. Their reach great distances. Nerve agents have been in use by terrorist organizations in the past such as when the Syrian Military fired rockets with chemical agents (Sarin Nerve gas) fired at about 12 areas in suburbs south and east of Damascus, targeting rebel-held areas. 1,429 were killed (including 426 children), with 2,200 injured. Link here. The onset of symptoms include: Runny nose, constricted pupils, restricted chest and breathing. Minor Symptoms from exposure: Increased difficulty breathing, drooling and nausea. Severe symptoms from exposure: Involuntary deification and urination, vomiting, burning of the lungs and eyes. Fatal symptoms from exposure: Asphyxiation, convulsions. The main symptom to identify when determining whether or not a nerve agent is present is restricted pupils. Blister agents: While not always fatal, blister agents are nasty business. Their primary symptom is named after the agent: blisters. The maximum effective range is far from some of the other agents so in weapon form the agent is usually loaded into an mortar. They often do not show symptoms for 2 to 4 hours but can cause great pain over a long period time. Minor symptoms from exposure: respiratory pains, mucous membrane /skin and eye irritation. Severe symptoms from exposure: corneal damage, large blisters full of fluid, extreme respiratory pain. The main symptom to identify when determining whether or not a blister agent is present are the large blisters and full of fluid. Blood agents: Blood agents and their name because the victim’s blood turns a very bright red as the cells in one’s body can no longer access oxygen. Blood agents are most effective indoors because they disperse much quicker than other agents. They are composed of either arsenic or Cyanide & only work when swallowed or inhaled. Minor symptoms from exposure: weakness, nausea, dizziness, pink skin. Severe symptoms from exposure: gasping for air. Fatal symptoms from exposure: asphyxiation, convulsions. The main symptom to identify when determining whether or not a blood agent is present is the overwhelming odor of almonds or garlic. Riot control agents: The most commonly used chemical agent, and the one most likely to have an interaction with. The two most have heard of are pepper spray and tear gas. The general public is also permitted to use these as a form of personal protection. Law enforcement agencies also employ riot control agents such as pepper spray, tear gas and CS gas. They can be released for crowd control in many ways, be it ammunition, canister or even fog machine. Minor symptoms from exposure: coughing, nasal discharge, Burning Sensations, and involuntary closure of the eyes. Severe symptoms from exposure: Burns on the skin, vomiting, severe coughing. The main symptoms to identify when determining whether or not a riot control agent is present is the involuntary closure of the eyes. Because most agents are effective through skin contact and all agents effective through inhalation, in order to survive a concentrated attack from the four potentially fatal agents one would need personal protection equipment. This could range from the paper n95 mask up to a top of the line respirator. One would also need material to protect your skin from contact.

http://www.survivalonline101.com/prepare-chemical-attacks-rarely-happen/ 

:: 8-14-17  You Tube  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breakthrough Device Heals Organs with a Single Touch

OSU Wexner Medical Center Published on Aug 14, 2017

(COLUMBUS, Ohio) – Researchers have developed a device that can switch cell function to rescue failing body functions with a single touch. The technology, known as Tissue Nanotransfection (TNT), injects genetic code into skin cells, turning those skin cells into other types of cells required for treating diseased conditions. “It takes just a fraction of a second. You simply touch the chip to the wounded area, then remove it,” said Chandan Sen, PhD, director of the Center for Regenerative Medicine and Cell-Based Therapies at The Ohio State University Wexner Medical Center. “At that point, the cell reprogramming begins.” In a series of lab tests, researchers applied the chip to the injured legs of mice that vascular scans showed had little to no blood flow. “We reprogrammed their skin cells to become vascular cells,” Sen said. “Within a week we began noticing the transformation.” By the second week, active blood vessels had formed, and by the third week, the legs of the mice were saved—with no other form of treatment. “It extends the concept known as gene therapy, and it has been around for quite some time,” said study collaborator James Lee, PhD, a professor of chemical and biomolecular engineering at Ohio State. “The difference with our technology is how we deliver the DNA into the cells.” The chip, loaded with specific genetic code or certain proteins, is placed on the skin, and a small electrical current creates channels in the tissue. The DNA or RNA is injected into those channels where it takes root and begins to reprogram the cells. In a new study published in Nature Nanotechnology, first author Daniel Gallego-Perez of Ohio State demonstrated that the technique worked with up to 98 percent efficiently. “What’s even more exciting is that it not only works on the skin, but on any type of tissue,” Sen said. In fact, researchers were able to grow brain cells on the skin surface of a mouse, harvest them, then inject them into the mouse’s injured brain. Just a few weeks after having a stroke, brain function in the mouse was restored, and it was healed. Because the technique uses a patient’s own cells and does not rely on medication, researchers expect it to be approved for human trials within a year. Those interested in participating in a clinical trial for this technology should email InfoRegenMed@osumc.edu.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tMQ51Kj2tS0&app=desktop 

:: 8-23-17 Health Nut News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Reporter who exposed BBC pedophilia cover up found dead

By Erin Elizabeth - August 23, 2017

Liz MacKean, the former British investigative reporter best known for exposing Jimmy Savile and the culture of pedophile protection at the BBC, has died from complications from a stroke. She was 52. (Her death was reported by the BBC, the very same company who blocked her investigation from airing and spent years trying to destroy her reputation.) Jimmy Savile, the UK’s “Top of the Pops” host was eventually found to have sexually abused hundreds of children and women at the height of his fame. In fact, investigators believe he preyed on about 500 victims, some as young as two years old, at the BBC’s broadcasting studios and 34 hospitals and children’s hospitals all over England. He died in 2011. “MacKean worked at the BBC until she quit in 2013 after executives decided to ban her groundbreaking and brave investigation into predatory pedophile Jimmy Savile in order to protect him and other pedophiles. Dismissed by the establishment as mad and dangerous, MacKean was finally vindicated when the truth about Savile’s pedophilia eventually came out in 2012, a full year after MacKean first tried to bring his notorious crimes to light.” 1 Once it was public knowledge that the BBC was preventing the investigation from airing, she said, “I was very unhappy the story didn’t run because I felt we’d spoken to people who collectively deserved to be heard. And they weren’t heard. I thought that that was a failure… I felt we had a responsibility towards them. We got them to talk to us, but above all, we did believe them. And so then, for their stories not to be heard, I felt very bad about that. I felt, very much, that I’d let them down.” The fact that BBC executives knew and did nothing shocked the world. In fact, one source was quoted as saying, “The numbers are shocking. Many hundreds and potentially up to 1,000 people were victims of Savile when he was representing the corporation. The report will overshadow Pollard. It will go right to the heart of how Savile was able to get away with the most heinous of crimes under the very noses of BBC staff for more than 40 years.”2 Our heart goes out to MacKean’s family and friends. She was a brave woman and will be missed.

https://www.healthnutnews.com/reporter-who-exposed-bbc-pedophilia-cover-up-found-dead/ 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

[:: 8-20-17 am service (first word)  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc darkness like you have never seen, spiritual darkness, etc. they are not only trying to divide truth from false, they are trying to divide the races in a way you have never seen, it is all political, all of the one world order etc

:: 8-26-17 Russian News Now :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

IMPORTANT READ-Eyewitness Reveals Horrors of What Really Happened in Charlottesville

This post was originally published on this site

The following testimony is from an eyewitness of the protests in Charlottesville VA on August 12, describing the horrors of what really happened and completely contradicting the fake news stories reported by the mainstream news media. The eyewitness is a woman. She is not from Charlottesville, but was there on a temporary work assignment, completely unrelated to any protests. She has chosen to conceal her identity, which I believe is wise considering the violence. She shared her story with her personal friend, Charles Patrick, who recorded and published their conversation in the 38-minute video shown at the bottom of this post. I transcribed their conversation below in hopes of helping it go viral so the real criminals can be held accountable for their crimes. Charles Patrick: “How long were you in Charlottesville before this riot thing happened? Eyewitness: “I was here starting on my second week. Where I work is just a few minutes from Charlottesville, so we would go every day to Charlottesville for lunch. And this one restaurant I guess is a particular town favorite, so there were a lot of people, you know, in the restaurant. It was just like every descent restaurant fills up for lunch. And there were people out because there are little shops and stuff around there. And they were having, like at lunch, they were having discussions about the vote that had just taken place and had been overturned. You know, we were sitting real close to these people. We can hear their conversations, so we kind of get involved. I try to take in my little bit of culture, you know, when I travel for work, and we had found out that just a couple of months prior they had a vote in town on whether to take down the statue or not. And the town had voted 80 to 20 to leave the statue up.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. The town voted 80 to 20 to leave the statues up, right?” Eyewitness: “Correct.” Charles Patrick: “Now this town is a mixture of black and white votes, correct? Eyewitness: “Yes, and both black and white voted on both sides of the fence.” Charles Patrick: “So blacks voted to keep it up and blacks voted to take it down. Whites voted to keep it up and whites voted to take it down. Correct?” Eyewitness: “Yes, we, you know, cause we were going up there every day for the week leading up to the riot. So, you know, we had different conversations and the girl that was with me, we would walk up and down the street and she would show me like your day off, you need to go visit here at this cute little shop. You know, and we met different people, we talked to different people and we met several people that were highly involved in the vote. And the town was going to have like an open forum, like with fifty or sixty people because the vote had been overturned by the city council. Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. Wait a minute.”Eyewitness: “Oh, I’m sorry. Did I leave that out?” Charles Patrick: “City council overturned the vote, the 80 to 20 vote?” Eyewitness: “Yes.” Charles Patrick: “So, the people voted to keep the statue up and city council overturned that vote.” Eyewitness: “Correct. We go in there on Saturday and we get there about 11:00 o’clock and it’s the typical scene. You know, a little (people) more than normal, younger people out because it’s Saturday and they don’t work Saturday. So, we get there at about 11 o’clock and you know there’s kids and there’s old people and then, you know, a bunch of us that work out there and come out there for lunch so there’s our crowd and we are mixed in and we see people, pretty much the same people having lunch, black, white, sitting at the same table.” Charles Patrick: “Okay, stop. Now in this restaurant for days before, up until then, people are sitting in the restaurant, black and white, no arguments, no fights. Correct?” Eyewitness: “That’s absolutely correct. Yeah, but it wasn’t just that. Outside the restaurant too, where the shops and stuff were.” Charles Patrick: “Okay, so all over town.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, from what I could see in my line of sight, I can’t speak for the rest of the county, but… Charles Patrick: “Did you see black and white people fighting every day?” Eyewitness: “There was no fighting. There wasn’t even raised voices. There were people having, they were laughing and joking. There were some tables where you could tell that they were having some serious discussions, but no one got out of character. Okay, so we get there at about 11 o’clock and them um, you know, it’s pretty busy, so it took a little bit for our waitress to get over there and just about the time she comes up, I don’t think she even got her name out, but it was the same waitress we had all week. One of the guys that had been in and all around the town, or around the area of the restaurant, where we had been all week, he banged on, he was outside the restaurant, and he banged on the glass. And it was pretty loud, so everybody just stopped. And of course, everybody looked up and these buses started pulling up. Charles Patrick: “Okay so this guy who was banging on the glass, you’ve seen him before. Correct?” Eyewitness: “Oh yeah, I had seen him probably three of the six days three or four of the six days. Charles Patrick: “Why was he banging on the glass?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, he banged on the window and cracked the door in and motioned like for all of us to look out, you know, pointed at the buses. I could see six of them, but the building cut off part of the road, which was across, not really a street because it’s a pedestrian only area, but it was on the other side of that, on the opposite side. Charles Patrick: “What color were these buses.” Eyewitness: “They were like a dark charcoal gray. I didn’t notice any writing, but you know there was some trees and people and stuff in between us and the buses so, I mean I didn’t see any names, but I know they were all the same. Charles Patrick: “The buses were all the same. I know you told me earlier they were like back to back, like bumper-to-bumper.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, bumper-to-bumper, like when school buses all follow each other to an out-of-town football game. You know, they followed each other like, so they don’t change lanes, they were going bumper-to-bumper. Charles Patrick: “I understand what you’re saying. They were together.” Eyewitness: “Yes, so they pull up and my first thought is it’s a tour because I had been finding out about the history of the town and thought it’s a pretty interesting town. You know, there’s some rich culture here. Maybe there’s, I don’t know, a tour going on. You know, like old people go to Vegas together, you know. Charles Patrick: “So, it’s a tourist town. So when you seen the buses, it was like a tourist bus?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, that’s what I thought, it was like a charter bus. You know, the University of Virginia is here too so, it could have been for anything. So, everybody in the restaurant, I mean you could hear a cricket, everybody was just looking. So you could tell that the town, the locals were not used to seeing something like that. And I mean within, I want to say 10 or 15 seconds, people came running off the bus and just flooded the place. I don’t care what anybody says and I don’t care if anybody believes me, but these people came off that bus ready to, I don’t know work, ready to fight. They had on helmets. They had on kneepads and elbow pads and face guards and mouthpieces and purses and bags and backpacks full of things, carrying… Charles Patrick: “Hold on. Were these all white people getting off the bus?” Eyewitness: “No, no, no, no. There were just as many black people as there were white people getting off the same buses. There were just as many women as there were men. Charles Patrick: “So, white people, black people, men and women got off the bus, is what you’re telling me. Right?” Eyewitness: “Got off the SAME bus. I even saw some people carrying, you know those shields that police men use for riots that you see on videos and stuff, there were people carrying those off the bus. Charles Patrick: “Really?” Eyewitness: “Yes.” Charles Patrick: “Now, these black and white people that got off the bus. Are these the ones that had on T-shirts?” Eyewitness: “There was T-shirts. There was emblems. Now I don’t recognize all the different groups that are out there. The ones that I know of are BLM, Black Lives Matter, the KKK.”Charles Patrick: “Now, you’ve seen these emblems, is what you’re saying?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, I did and not just one or two. Everybody on those buses that came off those buses had something on there that caught my attention. ‘Oh my God, that’s the KKK. Oh my God, that’s the BLM.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. You’re telling me that Black Lives Matter and the KKK got off the same damn bus.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, but wait a minute. Wait a minute. I think I might have left something out. Those people I was talking about who were having those civilized conversations in the restaurant and in the town, they were also BLM. Um, I didn’t see any KKK or anything like that, but after seeing the people you could tell, or they would even offer up the information that they were affiliated or associated or in the KKK or some other Arian, whatever, but they were having conversations with each other.” Charles Patrick: “You’re saying that in the restaurants, Black Lives Matter and the KKK were having civil conversations?” Eyewitness: “Yes, they were! They were talking like you and I are talking. Charles Patrick: “Now, when everybody disembarked the buses, what happened then.” Eyewitness: “Well um, there was a couple of men in the restaurant that kind of let us all back to the back door, which led into the alley. And a lot of us had parked there in the alley, but there was, I want to say, probably 20 or 30 of us. We went out the back door because the people from the buses were coming from the front. And they weren’t walking. They weren’t skipping. They were full on running and screaming and throwing things. I mean they came off the bus angered and running to do damage.” Charles Patrick: “So what were they throwing? What do you mean?” Eyewitness: “Well, the one that almost got me and a few people around me, it was like a 20-ounce Sprite bottle that had concrete in it. I have never, who does that? They were throwing everything they could get their hands on. They had like condoms and balloons filled with, I don’t know if it was horse manure, which is very common around here. Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. They had condoms and balloons with feces in it?” Eyewitness: “It was filled with crap and I don’t know what else, but I know it stunk like nothing I had ever smelled before. Charles Patrick: “So somebody was carrying around 20-ounce bottles of Sprite with concrete in it and feces, getting off the bus. And feces in balloons?” Eyewitness: “Yes, they had pepper spray and mace. The people that were sitting next to me in the restaurant was the sweetest old man. He was there having lunch with his granddaughter, his great granddaughter, who was seven. And she was so in love with her grandpa. And when we were going out the back of the restaurant, the man was trying really hard to keep his granddaughter from seeing what was going on because it all happened so fast. We didn’t have time to think or react or nothing. But you could tell, everybody was scared, but you could tell that there were people trying to stay calm because there were a lot of kids with a lot of old people that couldn’t move real fast too. So, things just started coming out of the air, I mean just hit the ground around us and everything. This old man was trying to stay over the top of his granddaughter. And me and I’m trying to cover him and his granddaughter.” Charles Patrick: “So you were next to them?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, we were arm in arm. We were holding people while we were walking, right?. We’re walking very fast I guess you would say because we were trying not to scare the kids, You know?” Charles Patrick: “Because there were a lot of kids, right?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, I want to say there were maybe eight or nine kids under the age of, I want to say 10 or 12. And there were a few older kids like teenagers.” Charles Patrick: “The people throwing feces in concrete didn’t give a damn, right? Eyewitness: “They had zero interest in who was getting hit or hurt. It was like they couldn’t see us as people because I can’t imagine that another human would treat another human like that. Charles Patrick: “I’m sorry to make you relive this. Damn.” Eyewitness: “It’s really the way, um, one of those, well, we seen something fly and one of the guys that was at the table next to us, was on my left side and the grandfather and granddaughter were on my right side. And I can’t even count how many things were flying through the air, but there was something flying at us and this guy puts his arm up and a bottle hits him in the arm and I guess it dropped to the ground and it lands right in front of me and I looked up. His arm bowed in. It had to have broken his arm. It had to have. And I picked it up and I’m just in total disbelief. If that would’ve hit that little girl, she would be dead. If that would’ve hit that old man, he would probably be dead. Charles Patrick: “Yeah, a brick in the head can kill somebody.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, I don’t know how far away it came from, but for it to do that kind of damage to that man’s arm, and that’s just in our one little spot. I don’t know, you could hear. Charles Patrick: “Like different areas, they were still popping off, right?” Eyewitness: “You could hear people screaming. You could hear people crying. You could hear babies. When I say babies, I mean anybody under the age of 10. To me that’s a baby. People were running. And we were, the people in the restaurant I was in, we weren’t the only ones in town. You know what I mean? We were all trying to get out. We didn’t know what these people were doing, why they were doing it. I had not, the hotel I was staying in, or I say hotel, it didn’t have television or Internet connection, so.” Charles Patrick: “You was in the sticks.” Eyewitness: “Yeah, I was. I was on a horse ranch, but I had no idea that anything like this was coming and I don’t think a lot of the people there did. Otherwise, none of us would’ve been there because we were trying to leave and it looked like these people were trying to push us out. I mean they came in like a swarm of bees.” Charles Patrick: “So they didn’t know if you all were for or against anything. They was just coming in to make stuff happen.” Eyewitness: “They didn’t ask any questions. They didn’t talk to anybody. They come running full force. Charles Patrick: “Off the buses, black and white. Now the black and white, they got off the bus. Now, I understand what you say they had on, the gear, but was it Antifa, was it Black Lives Matter, was it KKK? Who were they? I mean, who do you think they were?” Eyewitness: “Um, I don’t know the emblems of very many hate groups. I know the emblem of the KKK, which obviously is a hate group. I mean you know that. Everybody would know that. The Confederate flag, everybody recognizes that. BLM, everybody recognizes that.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. Are you telling me people with Black Lives Matters shirts got off the same bus as people with confederate flag shirts?” Eyewitness: “And KKK emblems, Nazi emblems.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. All of them got off the same damn type of bus?” Eyewitness: “Yes.” Charles Patrick: “Please believe me people. I am not taking up for KKK. I’m not taking up for Black Lives Matter. I am not taking up for any groups, but I’m highly doubting if any of these people were with any of those groups. These people were hired to come out there and start some crap. Believe me now. Y’all done heard me put out videos about Black Lives Matter. You done heard me put out videos about KKK. I’m not a fan of either one, but the people that were on these buses, I do not believe were part of any of those groups because they were paid to do this. Tell me what happened with the guy in the Dodge Challenger, the murderer.” Eyewitness: “Okay, so the alley we go out into has cars parked on both sides of the alley. And there was one car pulled up at the end of the alley in between, on both sides, so it makes like a U-shape. And some of the people have their cars parked in that alley. So people were, people from the restaurant and from the very nearby area that could get there were jumping in cars to avoid getting beaten or hit. You know, just to be safe. We see this car pull up and one of the ladies that was in the restaurant just tapped on the window and says, ‘Sir, you can’t go down there.’ And he rolls down his window and says, ‘I’ll get through.’ And then he just nails it. Charles, I don’t need anybody to believe what I’m saying, but I was there and I heard this man and we were all around his car. We knew what was gonna happen if he pressed on that gas pedal.” Charles Patrick: “Did anybody hit his car, beat on his car, or do anything to cause him to hit the gas?” Eyewitness: “If you count that woman tapping on his window because we thought he was with us. We had seen this guy previously in the week. He wasn’t in the restaurant that day.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. You’ve seen him during the week?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, it was the same people, you know, all during the week. You know you see a few different faces here and there, but like you said earlier, it was like going to your favorite bar. It was the same people and every now and then you would get a visitor. And so their face draws attention because they’re not a regular, which I guess is what I was at the beginning too.” She tapped on the window and said, ‘Sir you cannot get through there.’ But he said, ‘I can get through.’” Charles Patrick: “So he hit the gas and went right into the crowd?” Eyewitness: “Yeah. We all ran, started running up to, you know from the back we really couldn’t see what kind of damage he had done, but when he backed up, he got almost everybody that was in the restaurant, he hit and you know either their foot, their arms, and I’m not going to lie, I saw one lady, she just slapped the side of his car while he was backing up and threw herself on the ground. I thought that was odd with everything that was going on.” Charles Patrick: “Hold on. So he went forward, hit the car, stopped, and backed up. Were people around his car? We’ve seen the video. Everybody has seen this video. And apparently, you were there.” Eyewitness: “I haven’t seen the video. I don’t need to watch videos.” Charles Patrick: “You don’t need to see the video, but we, the people that I’m talking to out there, they’ve seen the video. So, once he hit the car and backed up, on the back up, he hit more people. Correct? Did you see him hit more people?” Eyewitness: “A lot more people.” Charles Patrick: “The young lady who got killed in the situation, you had seen her conversing with other people during the week before, correct? Eyewitness: “Yeah, she was in the restaurant like, I want to say like at least three days. I didn’t speak with her one on one, but I was at a table who was speaking with her table. And we were at a table together one day. And everybody was just talking about their opinions on why they voted the way they did and she gave her opinions on why she wanted it (the statues) left up. One of the days, she was having lunch with a black man and a black woman and they were very civil to each other. They were giving their opinion and she was giving hers. They were kind of exchanging, I guess, opinions. She wasn’t, from the conversations that I heard, she wasn’t affiliated with any white supremacist group, but she was proud to be white. She seemed like a really sweet lady.” Charles Patrick: “And the people that she talked to, the black people she talked to, were they having like mean conversations or just, you know, conversations?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, it was just like we’re talking right now. It was just, I don’t know, a regular conversation. I mean, I don’t know that my regular is the same as everybody else’s regular, but no one got out of character. She was not involved in any of the protesting or anything. She was trying to leave. This, there were some people there that they were holding some kind of signs. I want to say maybe on Wednesday or Thursday, but they were shaking peoples hands when they were walking by. You could see people laughing with them. I mean I never walked that far down, but you could see them having conversations with kids. They were taking selfies and stuff like that. You know, so, to me, it didn’t catch my attention because it wasn’t aggressive. They weren’t chanting or screaming at anybody and they were shaking hands and talking to black and white folks.” Charles Patrick: “The woman who got killed wanted the monuments to stay up, correct?” Eyewitness: “Yeah, from the conversations I heard, I overheard her say a couple of times that she did want the statues to stay up.” Charles Patrick: “You saw her speaking at the table with a black man and black woman, and they spoke and were cordial Eyewitness: “Yes.” Charles Patrick: “Last, but not least, tell us about the incident with the police.” Eyewitness: “Well, this part was probably the hardest part for me to digest. I have a lot of family members involved in the military, in the police department, in the fire department, and I have nothing but the utmost respect for them, but when we were trying to leave, it wasn’t just the people from the bus that were keeping us trapped. The police were lined up and would not let us get to safety. They would not let us out of the crowd. It was like being corralled, or it was like being corralled, like being circled.” Charles Patrick: “So the police would not let you leave the area?” Eyewitness: “No. And they knew we were black and white and we were not in riot gear and we had no weapons in our hands. We had kids with us. We had old people.” Charles Patrick: “Wait a minute. The police would not let the kids leave?” Eyewitness: “No. No, they were standing side-by-side and holding us in place. We were getting more and more cramped and smashed and punched and pushed and kicked.” Charles Patrick: “The kids were there?” Eyewitness: “Kids were there.” Charles Patrick: “How were the police holding back people with kids?” Eyewitness: “They were not making eye contact with any of us. It was like they were seeing right through us because I turned around and I looked at two of the officers right behind me and I said, ‘Please, just let us out. We’ve got babies with us.’ I mean they stared right through us. And on the other side these people, I don’t know if they wanted us dead. I don’t know if they just wanted, I don’t have an answer. I don’t know how to explain what I saw. I’ve never, I’ve seen a lot of bad things in my life, but I’ve never seen people just have no regard for anybody’s life, nobody’s life. It didn’t matter whether you were young, old, black, white, tall, thin, Zero. Nothing mattered.” Charles Patrick: “So you’re saying the police kept people in harm’s way instead of trying to get them out?” Eyewitness: “Charles, please, it was those police that were there that day. Charles Patrick: “Come on now. I don’t have a problem with the police.” Eyewitness: “Charles, that’s what I’m saying, none of that made sense because you didn’t know who the good guys were and no one was willing to help.” Charles Patrick: “How do you know the police could see the kids?” Eyewitness: “There were two women who were locked arms with me and the grandpa I was telling you about and the other man behind me. There were two women holding their babies. I don’t mean babies like in diapers. I mean babies like one girl was probably five or six and another one was probably about seven or eight. And then the little granddaughter she was seven. That’s three kids right there. And we were all face to face, well, face to shield, with these cops. And they wouldn’t let us by. Charles Patrick: “And they wouldn’t let you by?” Eyewitness: “They wouldn’t let us by. One of the guys that was in the restaurant with us, I guess he was a cook or something, He managed, I want to say maybe 20 feet down from where I was at, he managed to crack a hole because there was like one of those silver guard, you know, rail like things that you know kind of makes you form a line. He managed to break through one of those. And he locked arms with the guy next to the grandpa and the grandpa was locked arms with the rest of us and we just all filed out real quick.” Charles Patrick: “I’m sorry you went through all that craziness.” Summary of Facts: This woman’s testimony confirms other recent facts uncovered about these events. In my previous post, I shared the truth about Jason Kessler, the man who organized the white supremacist group called Unite the Right. His background shows he is neither a white supremacist nor a right-wing conservative. Instead, he is a loyal Obama supporter who suddenly decided to become a white supremacist after Donald Trump won the 2016 election. White supremacists don’t support African American politicians and right-wing conservatives don’t support Barack Obama. Jason Kessler also participated in the Occupy Wall Street movement, which supports anarchy, not fascism, as Unite the Right pretends to support. In addition, Jason Kessler describes himself as a “professional provocateur”, which is nothing more than a paid thug, and supports the likelihood that the rest of his fraudulent organization are also paid thugs. For more details, see my previous post. Her testimony also supports the recent confession from a Charlottesville police officer who said the police were ordered to stand down, to allow the violence to continue. However, her testimony reveals it was worse than that because they trapped people in harm’s way, helping the attackers inflict more harm while ignoring the cries of victims standing right in front of them. These police officers cannot just pass the blame to their superior officers who ordered them to stand down because each of them betrayed the people they have sworn to protect. They should have ignored their orders and exposed whoever gave them. Every officer should be held accountable for their acts of betrayal. Next, her testimony reveals the people of Charlottesville voted overwhelmingly, 80% to 20%, to keep their statues, but the city council overturned the will of the people and ordered them to be taken down, which confirms something foul was in the works. It appears the city council was ordered to stand down in the same way as the police department. Someone was pulling all the right strings to set up a national stage for phony protesters to ignite violence. Like the police, the Charlottesville city council members betrayed the people they are supposed to be serving. They too must be held accountable and expose whoever was behind their bizarre ruling. Her testimony reveals the town was peaceful and quiet until six chartered buses showed up back to back and unloaded violent attackers equipped with helmets, knee pads, elbow pads, shields, and many harmful objects, which they threw at people. These were not protestors, but assassins. Their assaults on innocent people show they were not there to support any cause, but to incite violence and racism under the guise of BLM and KKK. They were not true members of BLM and KKK, but paid thugs. Next, her testimony reveals the people who carried out this staged event have no regard for human life whatsoever. The mainstream news media focused on the fact that a driver ran over people, killing one and injuring nineteen others, but her testimony reveals others were also injured by thrown objects. Neither the attackers nor the police officers showed any regard for the fact that the victims were defenseless, unarmed women, children, and elderly people. These thugs and the criminals who hired them are far more evil than the hate groups they attempted to vilify. They are ruthless killers, enemies from within, seeking our demise, and they must be stopped. At every turn, they made bush league mistakes, exposing their fraudulent scheme. By bringing in six bus-loads of attackers on back to back chartered buses, then dropping them off in a public place where many witnesses saw them immediately assaulting people, they revealed they all came from the same place. By putting BLM and KKK people on the same buses, they revealed none of them were true members of those organizations. By immediately assaulting innocent people, they revealed their true purpose for being there had nothing to do with advancing the causes of those organizations. They were there only to incite violence. By ordering the police to stand down and even trap people in harm’s way, they revealed this scheme involves top government officials. These criminals are either incredibly dumb or so brazen, they think they can do whatever they want and get away with it, as if they’re above the law and believe no one is able to stop them. Despite all their mistakes, their plan seems to have succeeded so far, thanks to the full backing of the mainstream news media, but this new evidence can help turn the tables if anyone in the news media is willing to take a stand for righteousness. This woman’s testimony contradicts the mainstream news media reports by showing the attackers were all on the same team and the victims were all innocent bystanders, which shows this issue never was about race or statues, just a sinister scheme to divide the American people against each other. Let’s not take their bate by taking sides, but join together as one people, determined to take back our nation. Now that we have these facts, we must pursue the people who orchestrated these events. They should not be hard to find because someone hired at least six chartered buses, which means there is a record showing who it was. There are only so many chartered bus services with dark grey buses servicing the Virginia area. Someone also ordered the police to stand down, and only a small number of people have that authority. All participants must be confronted and held accountable. We not only have evidence, we have suspects. President Obama’s Organizing for Action (OFA) has been actively recruiting, training, and organizing dissidents to start hostile confrontations in town hall meetings across the nation, and paying college students to start fires on college campuses. This is an unprecedented revolution against our current president. OFA is reported to have recruited over 30,000 members and set up over 250 offices across the nation. They are well organized and well funded, backed by billionaire George Soros. And they have a clear agenda to derail President Trump’s administration and to destroy the faith and values upon which our nation was founded, which makes them prime suspects. My prayer is that God will continue to shine the light on these dark schemes, exposing the killers, the organizers, the financiers, and the fake news organizations who are purposely misleading the American people. I pray God would raise up people to investigate these events further, so we can connect the dots, and hold these people accountable for their horrendous crimes. May God help us all do our part to stop this assignment against our nation. Author: James Bailey James Bailey is an author, business owner, husband and father of two children. His vision is to broadcast the good news of Jesus Christ through blog sites and other media outlets. © 2017, Z3 News. Full text of Z3 News articles may be shared online in exchange for a clickable link to our site. Please include the author name and do not make any changes to text or titles. No image files from our site may be shared because we don’t own them. For permission to use our content in other formats, please contact us.

https://www.therussophile.org/important-read-eyewitness-reveals-horrors-of-what-really-happened-in-charlottesville.html/ 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. Etc.

:: 8-21-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Killer robots: Experts warn of 'third revolution in warfare'

21 August 2017

More than 100 leading robotics experts are urging the United Nations to take action in order to prevent the development of "killer robots". In a letter to the organisation, artificial intelligence (AI) leaders, including billionaire Elon Musk, warn of "a third revolution in warfare". The letter says "lethal autonomous" technology is a "Pandora's box", adding that time is of the essence. The 116 experts are calling for a ban on the use of AI in managing weaponry. "Once developed, they will permit armed conflict to be fought at a scale greater than ever, and at timescales faster than humans can comprehend," the letter says. "These can be weapons of terror, weapons that despots and terrorists use against innocent populations, and weapons hacked to behave in undesirable ways," it adds. There is an urgent tone to the message from the technology leaders, who warn that "we do not have long to act". "Once this Pandora's box is opened, it will be hard to close." Warning against AI arms race Soldiers that never sleep AI fighter pilot wins in combat Experts are calling for what they describe as "morally wrong" technology to be added to the list of weapons banned under the UN Convention on Certain Conventional Weapons (CCW). Along with Tesla co-founder and chief executive Mr Musk, the technology leaders include Mustafa Suleyman, Google's DeepMind co-founder. A UN group focusing on autonomous weaponry was scheduled to meet on Monday but the meeting has been postponed until November, according to the group's website. A potential ban on the development of "killer robot" technology has previously been discussed by UN committees. In 2015, more than 1,000 tech experts, scientists and researchers wrote a letter warning about the dangers of autonomous weaponry. Among the signatories of the 2015 letter were scientist Stephen Hawking, Apple co-founder Steve Wozniak and Mr Musk. What is a 'killer robot'? A killer robot is a fully autonomous weapon that can select and engage targets without human intervention. They do not currently exist but advances in technology are bringing them closer to reality. Those in favour of killer robots believe the current laws of war may be sufficient to address any problems that might emerge if they are ever deployed, arguing that a moratorium, not an outright ban, should be called if this is not the case. However, those who oppose their use believe they are a threat to humanity and any autonomous "kill functions" should be banned.

http://www.bbc.com/news/technology-40995835 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 8-25-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Deep State’s 3 Stage Revolution Against the People

Most people in this country fail to recognize where they are at with regard to history. The majority do not see that we are already in a state of rebellion, a civil war, if you will. However, most people if they heard these words would believe that it was the average American that will be involved in a civil war, and they would be wrong! Today, the rebellion has to do with the Deep State and their minons rebelling against the legitimate authority, namely, the US government and its people. It is the George Soros’ who are in a state of rebellion. There are 3 stages associated with a rebellion. Stage One of the Revolution The first stage of a revolution, is a war of ideas and a campaign for the truth. Certainly, fake news is at the center of this. The Russian collusion delusion also fits into his paradigm. Stage one is about the control of the narrative. Where I see the enemy at the gate, most of my friends and neighbors are sleeping through the unfolding attack. We are in a war of words and if we fail to use our words to awaken all of humanity, we are hopelessly lost and the globalists will carve us up for dinner. There is indeed strength in numbers and if we are unable to wake up our fellow countrymen, we will negate the only true tactical advantage that the people enjoy, which is ideological solidarity from a numerically superior force. It should now make sense to you as to why 98% of the media is controlled by globalist controlled business interests consisting of five mega corporations, who in turn are controlled one way or another, by the members of the Federal Reserve. In order to win this fight, we need more people speaking out, making videos and calling MSM talk shows. We especially need to reach the police and the military in order to remind them of their constitutional duty to protect the people against a tyrannical government, but this is not what we are seeing. Our counter to the control of the MSM, is to exclusively support the alternative media. If the Deep State is successful in taking down the alternative media, then it will become necessary to enact a type of Committees of Correspondence apparatus similar to what our Founding Fathers did in the pre-Revolutionary War period in our history. On the ground communication is timeless, effective and very difficult for a totalitarian government to negate. THE PEOPLE CANNOT WIN AGAINST A GLOBALIST REVOLUTION BECAUSE THE INDEPENDENT MEDIA HAS NOT CONVINCED THE MASSES AS TO THE THREAT WE ARE LIVING UNDER. THIS IS STRAIGHT OUT OF THE JOSEPH STALIN PLAYBOOK OF PREVENTING THE OPPOSITION FROM BUILDING AN OPPOSING IDEOLOGICAL BASE WHICH IS A PREREQUISITE TO ANY SUCCESSFUL REVOLUTION. IT MAY BE TOO LATE TO DO SO! Stage Two of the Revolution Stage two of a revolution consists of civil disobedience. WE ARE SEEING STAGE ONE GLOBALIST TACTICS BLEED OVER INTO THIS STAGE EVEN BEFORE THE COUP TO TAKE DOWN TRUMP IS COMPLETE. This stage has to do with george Soros and paid pretessters. This is about a contrived racially motivated civil war. America has gone from a Republic to a police state in less than a generation. The evidence for this transformation is as follows and it has been a long time coming: 1. The passage of the John Warner Defense bill removed all the firewalls between the people and subjugation by federally controlled troops. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. 2. The passage of the NDAA, eliminated all due process as it permitted the administration to arrest and indefinitely detain any American without due process. This is what makes the Jade Helm political “Red List” extractions legal and subsequent population relocation legal. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. 3. Obama’s declaration, through Executive Order 13603, proclaiming the authority seize control over any and all assets in the country and to invoke slave labor at Obama’s whim. A scant few spoke out and nobody resisted. This is the blueprint for the total takeover of the US should the globalists ver recapture the White House. 4. Obama’s announced intention to seize all “military grade weapons”. Obama’s definition of a military style weapon is anything that can shoot a bullet. You will soon be reading that all newly produced firearms have a microchip in them so they can be tracked. Any totalitarian regime can cut the legs out of a revolution by disarming the people. When the American people are under the control of Jade Helm, I predict that gun confiscations will begin through Executive Order. A scant few will speak out and nobody will resist. No matter what gun control laws that the Deep State brings to the American people, the people need to disobey as civil disobedience is our best friend. However, passive disobedience is our VERY best friend. Most readers already know what happens when a civilian population surrenders its guns. If your knowledge of history is shaky, take a look at Pol Pot, Rwanda, Hitler, Stalin and Mao. The University of Hawaii tells us that that over 260 million people were killed by their governments in the 20th century and this was accomplished after gun confiscation. Any nation that gives up its guns, has sealed its fate. When, not if, but when the Deep State comes for our guns, all of us have a constitutional duty to disobey these unlawful policies. And even if we manage to hang on to our guns, it is easy to predict the next move as Stalin invoked the practice of creating food shortages. You can count on this happening. Stage Three: All Out War A successful revolution cannot simply jump to stage three without having progressed through the first two stages and this is the strategy of the globalists as they are dragging the people to the battlefield of their choice. When Stalin’s forces were dragging a third of the Russians out of their homes, it was too late for the Russians to fight back because the ideological base of resistance, and a sense of collective action, through civil disobedience, had not been built. THIS WAS THE STALINIST OBJECTIVE OF JADE HELM. The Russian people were defeated by Stalin because they did not win stage one of the revolution. We desperately need to heed this lesson from history and embark on a tireless crusade to wake up our country as to the dangers that lie ahead. And even if the people are sufficiently awakened, it does not guarantee victory of any kind unless of course, the bravado crowd has stored directed energy weapons in their basements. Therefore, it is the duty of every awake American to educate their neighbors, family and friends, whether they want to hear the truth or not. Remember, any kind resistance to tyranny will not succeed unless there is an attitude of defiance towards the tyranny. Tyrants require minions to carry out their tyranny. Education about the present tyranny can lessen the size of the potential minion pool. Again, this is accomplished in stage one and we are almost out of time. People frequently ask me if I think we can mount an effective resistance and I respond that the odds are really against the people. This fact should not keep people from resisting with every fiber of their being. Further, resistance can evolve into adaptation and this could save the lives of your family. Conclusion Stage one is about regaining control of the White House with a globalist President. This is why trump faces, either assassination or impeachment on fake charges. The newest allegations that Trump is a racist is a part of this plot against the people. Stage one is nearly complete. Stage two is underway and our Constitution and the people, as a whole are under atack. When Trump is out of the way, stages two and three will commence with a vengeance. If one wonders why I fight so hard against tyranny, you have learned the reasons. Mike Pence is a globalist. He will make an excellent transition President. In the meantime, are you prepared so you and your family can adapt?

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/08/24/the-deep-states-3-stage-revolution-against-the-people/ 

:: 8-25-17 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Charlottesville: United Nations warns US over 'alarming' racism

US urged to ‘unequivocally and unconditionally’ reject discrimination

Trump remarks ‘scary and disturbing’ – former spy chief James Clapper

Haroon Siddique and Oliver Laughland Wednesday 23 August 2017 08.00 EDT Last modified on Friday 25 August 2017 07.04 EDT

A UN committee charged with tackling racism has issued an “early warning” over conditions in the US and urged the Trump administration to “unequivocally and unconditionally” reject discrimination. The warning specifically refers to events last week in Charlottesville, Virginia, where the civil rights activist Heather Heyer was killed when a car rammed into a group of people protesting against a white nationalist rally. Such statements are usually issued by the United Nations committee on the elimination of racial discrimination (Cerd) over fears of ethnic or religious conflict. In the past decade, the only other countries issued with early warnings have been Burundi, Iraq, Ivory Coast, Kyrgyzstan and Nigeria. The United States has been warned under the procedure in the past when Cerd raised the issue of land rights conflicts with the Western Shoshone indigenous peoples in 2006. “We are alarmed by the racist demonstrations, with overtly racist slogans, chants and salutes by white nationalists, neo-Nazis, and the Ku Klux Klan, promoting white supremacy and inciting racial discrimination and hatred,” said Anastasia Crickley, chair of the committee. Quick Guide What happened at the Charlottesville protests? Donald Trump faced widespread criticism after he blamed “both sides” for the violence in Charlottesville. Although the Cerd statement did not refer to him by name, it called on “the government of the United States of America, as well as high-level politicians and public officials, to unequivocally and unconditionally reject and condemn racist hate speech and crimes in Charlottesville and throughout the country”. Crickley also urged the US authorities “to address the root causes of the proliferation of such racist manifestations”. Lecia Brooks, director of outreach for the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), a civil rights group, said the UN’s early warning underlined the need for American leaders to “clearly and unconditionally condemn hatred and bigotry”. “It is a sad day when the president of the United States has so thoroughly failed to denounce white supremacism that UN experts must warn the US about the dangers of racism,” Brooks said. “Unfortunately, Trump’s racist and xenophobic campaign, and his lukewarm condemnation of white supremacists, has heightened racial tensions in America to the point that it’s raising alarms in the global community.” Sherine Tadros, Amnesty International’s UN representative, welcomed the UN’s move. “It is significant that the UN is speaking out publicly against the actions of the new US administration, which it so far has been reluctant to do,” Tadros said. Jasmine Tyler, US program advocacy director for Human Rights Watch, urged the White House to heed the UN warning. “As a black woman raising a black son, and a human rights advocate, I can hardly believe the times we’re living in,” Tyler said. “The Trump administration should take the Cerd’s early warning very seriously and rescind its decision to eviscerate the mandates and budgets of US civil rights institutions; end its attempt to exclude white nationalism from the federal government’s Countering Violent Extremism programs; and end immigration and refugee policies based on anti-Muslim, anti-immigrant sentiment.” The warning was issued on 18 August but came to light on Wednesday, the day after protests outside a rally by the president in Phoenix, Arizona. Trump used Tuesday’s event to portray himself as the victim of events in Charlottesville, branding journalists who “do not like our country” as the true source of division in America. He also accused the “crooked media” of “trying to take away our history and our heritage” and read out previous statements that he said condemned hatred, bigotry and violence. And he complained that the media had not given him enough credit for condemning hate groups. “I said everything,” the president said. “I hit them with neo-Nazi. I hit them with everything. I got the white supremacists, the neo-Nazi. I got them all in there, let’s say. KKK, we have KKK. I got them all.” The former director of national intelligence James Clapper later described Trump’s remarks as “downright scary and disturbing”. The former spy chief, who served under Democratic and Republican presidents, also called into question Trump’s fitness to serve. “How much longer does the country have to, to borrow a phrase, endure this nightmare?” Clapper said on CNN. Following Clapper’s remarks, the former British ambassador to the US, Peter Westmacott, compared Tuesday’s rally to Nazi Germany. “Shades of 1933 Germany,” Westmacott tweeted, claiming Trump’s speech was “an invitation to autocrats” in countries without the US’s system of checks and balances “to play the same game more dangerously”. Immediately after the rally, police said they used pepper spray to disperse protesters outside the rally – who numbered in their thousands, according to Arizona media – after being pelted with rocks and bottles. The Phoenix police chief, Jeri Williams, told reporters that four people had been arrested, including three on assault charges. In February, the SPLC said the number of hate groups in the US had risen for a second consecutive year and that “the radical right was energised by the candidacy of Donald Trump”. Until last week, his chief White House strategist was Steve Bannon, a rightwing ideologue and former editor of Breitbart, which Bannon called “a platform for the alt-right”. Bannon has returned to Breitbart News as executive chairman. In its statement, Cerd also called on the US to ensure that the freedoms of expression, association and peaceful assembly are not exercised with the aim of destroying or denying the rights and freedoms of others, ensuring “such rights are not misused to promote racist hate speech and racist crimes”. The committee monitors compliance with the international convention on the elimination of all forms of racial discrimination, which the US ratified in 1994.

https://www.theguardian.com/world/2017/aug/23/charlottesville-un-committee-warns-us-over-rise-of-racism 

:: 8-24-17 American Military News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Navy suspends search; here are the 10 missing sailors from USS John S. McCain collision

The body found by the Royal Malaysian Navy earlier this week was not a US Navy sailor, the Navy said.

by Melissa Leon · August 24, 2017

The search and rescue efforts for the 10 missing U.S. Navy sailors from the USS John S. McCain have been suspended after more than 80 hours of multinational search efforts, the U.S. Navy 7th Fleet announced early Thursday. The sailors went missing after the Navy destroyer collided with a Liberian-flagged oil tanker on August 21. The divers recovered the remains of one sailor, who were confirmed to be: Electronics Technician 3rd Class Kenneth Aaron Smith, 22, from New Jersey. Those sailors still missing are: Electronics Technician 1st Class Charles Nathan Findley, 31, from Missouri; Interior Communications Electrician 1st Class Abraham Lopez, 39, from Texas; Electronics Technician 2nd Class Kevin Sayer Bushell, 26, from Maryland; Electronics Technician 2nd Class Jacob Daniel Drake, 21, from Ohio; Information Systems Technician 2nd Class Timothy Thomas Eckels Jr., 23, from Maryland; Information Systems Technician 2nd Class Corey George Ingram, 28, from New York; Electronics Technician 3rd Class Dustin Louis Doyon, 26, from Connecticut; Electronics Technician 3rd Class John Henry Hoagland III, 20, from Texas; and, Interior Communications Electrician 3rd Class Logan Stephen Palmer, 23, from Illinois. The Navy said divers will continue the search and recovery efforts for remains of the missing sailors, inside the flooded compartments of the ship.

http://americanmilitarynews.com/2017/08/breaking-us-navy-suspends-search-here-are-the-10-missing-sailors-from-uss-john-s-mccain-collision/?utm_source=quayle&utm_campaign=alt&utm_

medium=facebook 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

:: 8-23-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mysterious North Korean Calendar Counts Down To Sunday, August 27th In Latest Nuclear War Threat Video That Puts President Trump In A Cemetery

August 23, 2017 By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

In the huge, bright red Drudge Report headline from Tuesday August 22nd linking to this story from Fox News we see that North Korea's latest propaganda has put President Trump in a cemetery as seen in the 1st video directly below. While the 2nd Drudge headline seen via screenshot below shares that Secretary of State Rex Tillerson recently praised North Korea's 'restraint', as we also see in this 1st video, overlooked by the Fox News story, what appears to be a 'countdown calendar' appears at the end of the video, counting down to Sunday, August 27th, which is mysteriously highlighted. Has North Korea sent a message to their people of impending nuclear war? First, the video is directly below with much more below it on the unfolding situation in North Korea and the latest bizarre episode involving a US Navy ship that has led to China claiming the US Navy is a 'hazard' to shipping in the region. The 'countdown calendar' in this obvious N Korean military propaganda video appears at the 3 minute 37 second mark. A secret message to the people of North Korea and others paying attention? In this brand new story from the Washington Post (via archive.is), they report China is now demanding that the US immediately withdraw North Korean sanctions, warning that if we continue to hold sanctions against them, such punitive measures would damage relationships between the US and China. Just the latest report suggesting that hostilities could still break out, China's Foreign Ministry seemed to imply that the US was to blame for what we're now witnessing there, with a devastating global war still only one mistake or accident away.: “China especially opposes any country conducting ‘long-arm jurisdiction’ over Chinese entities and individuals,” spokeswoman Hua Chunying said at a routine news conference. “Measures taken by the United States are not helpful in solving the problem and unhelpful to mutual trust and cooperation. We ask the United States to stop the relevant wrong practices immediately.” With North Korea's latest propaganda piece putting President Trump in the cemetery as was seen in the video above and screenshot below, how long can events continue this way without something very bad eventually happening? As we've warned time and again on ANP, any war with North Korea could be one of the most devastating that anyone living now has seen in their lifetimes with the head of the Department of Defense in the US, General James 'Maddog' Mattis claiming an outright catastrophe awaits. "My portfolio, my mission, my responsibility is to have military options if you need it,” Mattis responded. "However, right now, Secretary Tillerson, Ambassador Haley, you can see the American effort is diplomatically led, it has diplomatic traction, it is gaining diplomatic results. And I want to stay right there right now. The tragedy of war is well enough known. It does not need another characterization beyond the fact that it would be catastrophic." While we're beyond grateful that President Trump has yet to pull the trigger on a war with North Korea that could quickly come home to US soil in the most devastating fashion, as Dr. Peter Vincent Pry has warned, how does America survive a nuclear armed terror state? While the 'countdown calendar' seen above may be absolutely nothing, as the LA Times reports, US military drills that recently kicked off on the Korean peninsula with ally South Korea once again have Kim Jong Un and North Korea on edge and as we read in this new story over at the Express, for the umpteenth time, NKorea has warned the USA to prepare for “uncontrollable nuclear war” and a “merciless strike” as the crisis on the peninsula reaches fever pitch. As we hear in the next video below, NKorea is now claiming they are ready to strike unless the US starts acting sensibly. While North Korea is a huge headache, as we read in this new story over at The Week, China is now claiming that the US Navy is 'arrogant' after the collision of the USS John McCain, the 2nd US Navy ship collision in months and as we read in this new story from The Next Web, the 4th collision involving a US Navy ship this year. As Steve Quayle stated in an SQnote while linking to this story from American Military News about the collision, 'John Son of Cain' will be exposed shortly - will have to change the name of this ship! 'Prophetic event!' The Next Web story also brings up this very bothersome possibility, these collisions could somehow have been triggered by cyber hacking as also heard in the 2nd video below. While PBS recently asked if these repeated collisions suggest there is a systematic problem, as Fox News reported yesterday, the US Navy denies that 'cyber sabotage' played any role in the collisions. With our military decimated after 8 years of the Obama administration, which pushed gender equality and 'trans surgeries' over military readiness, we pray that we're able to reverse course under President Trump in the years ahead. And while North Korea may pose a 'clear and present danger' according to 'Maddog' Mattis, we hope that Kim Jong Un will clearly understand the consequences of his actions should he decide to unleash an EMP over Japan, South Korea or NY City. While such actions taken by Kim would lead to the end of his country after President Trump and 'Maddog' unleashed a debilitating barrage upon him, here in the US we'd be 'back to the dark ages', back to a time when news was delivered on horseback. As long as Kim has nuclear weapons capable of delivering an EMP, the clock is still ticking on that front as heard in the final video below.

http://allnewspipeline.com/North_Korea_Countdown_Clock_Calendar.php 

:: 8-24-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is This An Overlooked 'End Times Sign'? Experts Warn This 'Modern Day Psychological Disorder' Is Exploding Across America: Digital Addiction And The 'Zombie Generation'

By MT Taylor - All News Pipeline August 24, 2017

When today’s kids don’t blink, are they just zoned out or are they mesmerized by mind-numbing games and addictive media? In other words, are they being zombified? Look around and see the busy fingers and mindless stares of pre-teens and teens of this generation--those who would rather look at an electronic screen than make eye contact with humans, even their own families. These kids are always looking down, since they get their kicks from hand-held games, phone apps and action videos. At home, social interaction is stymied by supersize TV screens that feature inane game shows, plotless movies and mind-deadening comedies with canned laughter. But due to social isolation imposed by their media addiction, the more sensitive kids may suffer from anxiety attacks. Some have begun to look to those same media sources to help them bug out from their own thoughts and minds. The result is a market glutted with gadgets and electronic devices promising to give stressed-out and loner kids time out from reality. Recently a teenager searching for distractions to help with his anxiety contacted a post site called ShouldIbuythisgame. “I’m looking for something repetitive, rewarding and mindless so I can decompress,” he wrote. “I just need something to really dull my brain right now.” Laurie Holman, in a blog for Huffpost about media-stressed youth, called children and teens truly fixated on digital games and gizmos “a different kind of kid.” “Those who get mesmerized by action videos and TV can watch shows for hours, tied to the screen,” she observed. “They tend to use the screen shows to avoid and procrastinate when they have work to do. It’s hard to get them to stop. But at the same time, this intense watching may relax them if their anxiety is high.” The latest hullabaloo is about a new hand-held gadget that could help kids with anxiety called the Fidget Spinner. Hyped as the season’s hottest toy for every kid, it is also marketed as a way to alleviate hyperactivity, anxiety and autism. Kids like it because when the ball bearings in the toy start to spin, the momentum of three whirling discs gives them a pleasant sensory experience that is calming. According to a recent Associated Press article, the popularity of Spinners already has caused a stir in Russia, where there has been an aggressive promotion of the imported toys among children and teens. The article reported that Russia’s consumer protection agency, fearing that the toys might be an attempt to “zombify” people, has recently gotten into the act, announcing that it would investigate the addictive nature of the spinners. Parents themselves may be dizzily wondering where all this technology came from and how their kids came to be captivated by it. Suddenly they are pondering where they they fit into the picture, other than digging into their pockets to pay for all the new digital devices kids are hooked on. Even Christian parents see a widening gap between the generations as their offspring cave in to the allure of communication and non-communication via Facebook, texting, video games. While they may not have degrees in brain development or child psychology, most parents intuitively know that reading books encourage kids’ brains to be focused and imaginative, while browsing the Internet only encourages scanning information quickly. Worried parents would do well to look to the wisdom of King Solomon who reminds them of the influence they have in shaping their children’s lives, especially for pre-schoolers. In these early years parents still have the power to dictate the child’s relationship with technology and how frequently it should be used. “Train up a child in the way he should go, and when he is old, he will not depart from it.” Proverbs 22:6 The problem, counselors and psychiatrists point out, is that many parents are opting out of the training portion of the biblical mandate. Abandoning their roles as adult mentors, teachers and disciplinarians, they choose instead to be their children’s friends and play partners. At the same time, when playtime gets too demanding, stressed parents tend to resort to an always available default parent: the family television set. Left to their own devices in front of the TV, children eager for play and social interaction may find temporary relief by watching and imitating on-screen playmates. Thus begins the captivation of a whole generation that depends on electronic media for entertainment and stimulation. As these kids grow older, parents are cautioned to watch for signs that they are becoming “digital zombies” who use technology and social media to the point that they substitute a false reality for the natural need for personal relationships. A Wikipedia site details some telltale indicators: difficulty looking people in the eye, carrying on healthy conversations and acting unaware of life happening around them. “They may have limited people skills in the real world, even displaying signs of early onset dementia,” the site warns. WebMD has gone so far as to call kids’ addiction to media and compulsive gaming as a “modern-day psychological disorder” that is becoming more and more widespread. The website described an addiction treatment center in the Netherlands where teenagers begin detox by admitting they are powerless over their addiction. Dr. Douglas Gentile, considered a leading expert on adolescent media addiction, notes that there isn’t yet a good medical model for diagnosing the disorder, but he believes it can be measured like other psychological conditions. So if doctors note symptoms like dependence and withdrawal, a loss of control and harm to social or academic pursuits, treatment can follow a similar path to that of similar addictions. Looking far into the future, the apostle Paul wrote about the days when a zombie-like generation would grow up to be self-absorbed, without natural affection and contemptuous of parents. He warned of “terrible times” in the last days: “People will be lovers of themselves, lovers of money, boastful, proud, abusive, disobedient to their parents, ungrateful, unholy, without love, unforgiving, slanderous and lovers of pleasure rather than lovers of God.” II Timothy 4:2-4 A church youth pastor teaching on this scripture noted that these end-time youth, used to having what they want, will have a hard time controlling their desires and appetites. “This passage is telling us that most of all, in the last days, young people will live for pleasure,” he said. “All they can think about is having fun and being entertained. If life isn’t full of thrills and excitement, they are bored, and will put themselves into dangerous situations just for the thrill of it.” Looking around at youth today and considering the dark side of their captivation with digital media, we may wonder if we are getting close to the generation Paul describes. In fact, are we already there? Actually, the growth of technology causing rapid changes in our culture was a topic addressed by Jesus thousands of years ago when he spoke to his disciples about signs of the end of the age. In Mark 13 he also prophesied about a time when children would rebel against their parents, even to the point of death. His message ultimately was that God is Sovereign, giving warning to a future generation of the growth of knowledge and science yet to come. His Word promises he has everything under control, even to saving children who are seemingly captivated and bound by today’s booming culture and rapid-fire advances in technology. “Can plunder be taken from warriors, or captives rescued from the fierce? Yes, captives will be taken from warriors, and plunder retrieved from the fierce; I will contend with those who contend with you, and your children I will save.” Isaiah 49: 24,25

http://allnewspipeline.com/MT_Taylor_Zombie_Generation.php 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 8-24-17 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Netanyahu hoped to gain from meeting with Putin

Netanyahu meets with Putin, expresses concern over Iran's role in Syria

Netanyahu to warn Putin not to cross red lines

By Herb Keinon August 24, 2017 10:50

The Israeli leader is standing up to the Russian president.

Russian President Vladimir Putin knows full well that Israel is adamantly opposed to any post-civil war arrangement in Syria that will leave Iranian military forces in place. He doesn’t need Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to hop on a plane and disturb his summer holiday on the Black Sea beach resort of Sochi to tell him. So why did Netanyahu go? Because the objective is less to try to convince Putin of Israel’s position, and more to look him in the eyes and tell him squarely what Israel will do if Iran begins to militarily entrench itself in Syria. Israel’s message to Putin, which is the same message that was conveyed to the Americans last week via a blue-ribbon security delegation headed by Mossad chief Yossi Cohen, is that Israel will act militarily. Netanyahu wants this to be a factor in Putin’s decision-making process. Because if Israel does act militarily in Syria, the question will be how does Russia respond. Former US ambassador Dan Shapiro pointed out in a Twitter thread on Tuesday something that seems obvious, but is much overlooked. Israel, he wrote, has acted on numerous occasions inside Syria, be it to prevent the transfer of game-changing weapons from Iran to Lebanon, be it in retaliation for rockets or mortar shells that fell either intentionally or inadvertently on the Israeli side of the Golan Heights, or be it to keep Iran or Hezbollah away from the border. And while the Russians could have acted to prevent this, they did not. Netanyahu went to Sochi to let Putin know what Israel plans to do in the event that Iran tries to build air bases, a naval port, or permanent army bases inside Syria. It would take action. It would take as precise military action as possible, so as not to endanger any Russian forces in the country, but it will not allow Iran to turn Syria into a base of operation against Israel. Cohen joined Netanyahu in Moscow, but it is unlikely that he presented Putin with any new intelligence information that knocked the Russian leader off his chair. The Russians have pretty good intelligence of their own. But there is nothing like a personal meeting to impress upon one’s interlocutor the gravity of the situation. And, from Israel’s perspective, the situation if Iran fills the vacuum left by retreating Islamic State fighters would be grave. Netanyahu spoke after the meeting to reporters about Iran’s intention of doing to Syria what it did to Lebanon, which is essentially take control of the country through the use of proxies. In Lebanon the proxies are Hezbollah’s, and in Syria it is tens of thousands of Shia militiamen from Iraq, and Pakistan and even Afghanistan, augmented by Iranian soldiers, already on the ground. Israel, Netanyahu is telling Putin and a world preoccupied with other crises, from North Korea to Barcelona, won’t tolerate another Lebanon to its northeast. Netanyahu hopes that knowledge of what Israel will do will impact Russia’s decisions regarding post-war arrangements in Syria. Russia has spent billions of dollars, expended an enormous amount of political capital and even lost a few dozen men trying to keep President Bashar Assad in power. If Israel is drawn into a war in Syria, it would greatly jeopardize the Assad regime. Netanyahu, who has a good, strong working relationship with Putin, wants the Russian leader to ask himself one question as a result of this visit: Is it worth the risk to his massive investment? And the answer to the question will be largely dependent on how credible Putin views Israel’s threat, and whether he believes that Netanyahu would take action against the Iranians in Syria. Netanyahu made the trip to Sochi hoping to impress upon Putin that the threat is very real indeed.

http://www.jpost.com/Israel-News/Politics-And-Diplomacy/What-Netanyahu-hoped-to-gain-from-meetings-with-Putin-503275 

:: 8-17-17 Y Net News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Liberman and Bennett: Israel must safeguard own security against Iranian presence in Syria

Def. Min. Lieberman and Edu. Min. Bennett say Israel has only itself to rely on regarding Iran's growing power in Syria; former national security advisor Amidror responds to Iran's suspected attempt to create 'a corridor' from Tehran to Mediterranean by saying, 'Israel can do nothing to stop it, but it can draw red lines in Syria and say that if they're crossed, it will retaliate.'

Moran Azulay, Shahar Chai and Alexandra Lukash|Published: 24.08.17 , 17:48

Minister of Defense Avigdor Lieberman spoke Thursday morning at a conference organized by the Israel Institute of Energy and Environment, assuring Israel will not stand idly by as Iran entrenches its position in Syria. "Iran, via its Revolutionary Guard, is trying to create a new reality in the region with Iranian airforce and naval bases in Syria, with Shiite militias numbering thousands of mercenaries and by manufacturing precise weaponry in Lebanon," he said. "Israel does not intend to resign itself to these attempts and will not act as onlooker from the sidelines." Minister of Education Naftali Bennett also spoke on the matter, saying that "we'll do everything in our power to ensure no Iranians will stand at our borders," he asserted. Bennett also commented on Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu's meeting with Russian President Vladimir Putin. "At the end of the day, whether we're turning to the US or to Russia, we'll try to harness them but won't rely solely on them," he stated. "Israel reserves the right to defend itself by itself, including against the Iranians near our borders. We're always keeping up-to-date on the processes in play here, it's one of the more vital and sensitive issues on our plate. At the moment, as we speak, Iran is funneling Shiite and Iranian militias into Syria." Bennett wished to send a message to Israeli citizens. "We'll look after ourselves," he promised. "Menachem Begin didn't allow the threat then posed by the reactor in Iraq to build and grow, but acted to nip it in the bud." "We're always together and always alone. That is, we always have partners and allies, we have a political plan of action, but we've never and will never outsource Israeli national security. All options are absolutely on the table." Bennett went on to speak about ISIS, calling it a "tactical problem." "It's a meaningful one, but tactical nonetheless," he said, "and you don't sacrifice a strategic interest of preventing the creation of a Persian empire from Tehran to the Mediterranean to solve a tactical problem." Former Major General Yaakov Amidror, who served as the national security advisor, also spoke about Netanyahu's meeting with Putin and the growing Iranian threat. "Russia is one of the more important forces in determining Syria's fate, making their meeting crucial," he said. Amidror further commented on the Netanyahu-Putin meeting, saying, "Israel has a lot of strength and it needs to decide whether to put it to use. If it does, it should consider the reaction. The talk with Putin is important in order to make the Russians understand exactly what the Israeli interest is and what we plan to do, so they're not caught off-guard." Amidror also weighed in on the land corridor to the Mediterranean Iran is trying to construct by taking over Syria. "That's without a doubt a seismic shift in the Middle East. It may actually be too big for Israel's britches. Israel can do nothing to stop a corridor starting in Tehran, passing through Baghdad and terminating in Damascus, but it can draw red lines in Syria and say that if they're crossed, it will retaliate." Amidror then added Israel should set the aforementioned red line when it comes to Iranian presence in Syria. "We're not asking the Russians for permission," he said, "but we have to make it clear to them where that line passes and should decide whether we act once it's crossed—that is, the point beyond which Israel will forcefully respond to Iranian provocations." "In any event, it's best to keep the Russians in the picture," Amidror continued. "It's been working rather well up until now, at least. According to foreign publications, we've been quite active in Syria with the Russians already present there. It should be very careful and precise, but it needs to be done." "World media has taken Iran's words out of context" In the past few days, Iran has threatened that in a matter of days, it will be capable of producing enriched uranium at a level sufficient for the production of nuclear weapons. According to Dr. Tamar Eilam Gindin , a specialist on Iran from the Shalem Academic College and the Azari Center, the western media distorted the Iranians' true intentions in this case. "The media took what they said out of context," she said. "What they meant was they're loyal to the agreement and have no intention of breaking it, but should the US place the sanctions back on them, within five days they can have the Fordo reactor up and running and reach twenty percent enrichment." "And even that is a long ways off from an actual bomb," he explains, "it's simply their previous pre-agreement ability." "The Iranians want the nuclear agreement maintained," she assures. "The head of the Iranian atomic agency said, 'We were able to reach this agreement with so much effort and won't give it up so easily. But Trump is threatening to place the sanctions back on us. You can't expect that if you threaten us with sanctions we'll stick to our side of the agreement.'"

http://www.ynetnews.com/articles/0,7340,L-5007302,00.html 

:: 8-22-17 NPR News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Inherits The Afghanistan Albatross — And Commits For The Long Term

August 22, 20175:00 AM ET

President Trump inherited it with the presidency and now is putting the albatross that is Afghanistan around his own neck. According to senior U.S. officials, Trump will become the third consecutive commander in chief to authorize a major deployment of American troops. On Monday, he explained his reasoning following months of deliberation — which followed years of skepticism before he launched his political career. "We have wasted an enormous amount of blood and treasure in Afghanistan," Trump wrote in 2013. "Their government has zero appreciation. Let's get out!" Trump clung to that view through his election and inauguration as president, until the top commander in Afghanistan, Gen. John Nicholson, pushed the issue back into the foreground earlier this year by warning Congress that the conflict was in "stalemate" — and calling for a fresh infusion of personnel. That set the stage for a Pentagon recommendation for more troops, one Trump has waited months to endorse — even making a point to invite enlisted service members to the White House to ask their opinions. Ultimately, however, Trump said he concluded that deepening America's nearly 16-year commitment to Afghanistan was the right decision. "My original instinct was to pull out, and historically, I like following my instincts," he said, "but all my life I've heard that decisions are much different when you sit behind the desk in the Oval Office." A senior U.S. official said that Trump plans to deploy about 4,000 more American troops to Afghanistan, which would raise the force there to about 12,500 — numbers the president did not detail in his address. There are thousands more diplomats, aid workers, contractors and other Americans that continue to serve there. Defense Secretary James Mattis told reporters traveling with him this week that he would reveal more about the specifics after Trump had made his announcement, but Mattis tried to stress how carefully the government had helped the president reach his decision. "I'm very comfortable that the strategic process was sufficiently rigorous and did not go in with a preset condition in terms of what questions could be asked or what decisions would be made," Mattis said. Trump and his political advisers were said to seriously consider simply cutting bait on Afghanistan — pulling out all or nearly all American troops there in recognition of the limits about what is possible for them to achieve. Afghanistan's indigenous forces take heavy casualties as they lose ground against the insurgent Taliban that was once cleared out with American help. The government in Kabul cannot endure without significant U.S. and international support. A collapse — like the one that followed the withdrawal of Russian support after the Soviet Union's disastrous invasion — might have posed new risks that terrorists could use ungoverned spaces within Afghanistan to plot attacks against the United States, as Osama bin Laden did in 2001. U.S. counterterrorism officials say they've done so much damage to al-Qaida and other big extremist groups, as well as stepped up security in so many ways that the odds are slim of another attack on the scale of Sept. 11. All the same, no one can know for sure — which was one reason why Trump accepted the Pentagon's recommendation that he stay the course. "The consequences of a rapid exit are both predictable and unacceptable," he said. The president and his aides were keen to try to present his decision as new in the sense that it encapsulates the whole region — a "South Asian strategy," as opposed to a simple Afghanistan strategy. Secretary of State Rex Tillerson phoned his counterparts in Afghanistan, Pakistan and India on Monday to try to get them on board with a unified approach. "The topic was how the United States would like to work with each country to stabilize South Asia through a new, integrated regional strategy," a spokeswoman said. At the same time, administration officials say they want to turn the screws on Kabul and Islamabad, the capital of Pakistan. Trump said he wants better progress from the Afghan government in making the best of American aid and more work by Pakistan in going after the safe havens inside its borders used by the Taliban leaders who run their insurgency in Afghanistan. But in both threatening to cut off military aid payments to Pakistan and inviting its archenemy, India, to take a greater role in Afghanistan, Trump is embarking on a course that will require great diplomatic finesse to see results — at a time when the United States does not have an ambassador in Kabul or New Delhi and when many other top State Department posts are unfilled. "Without an accompanying increase in diplomatic resources and foreign assistance, military success in Afghanistan will not be sustainable," warned Sen. Tammy Duckworth, D-Ill., an Iraq war veteran, in response to Monday night's speech. The main factor that the administration hopes makes a difference is Trump's decision not to place an end date on the U.S. commitment. Critics faulted President Barack Obama for announcing a surge in U.S. troops and the date for their withdrawal in the same speech. That signaled a finite timetable and let insurgents simply wait out the crest in the wave of deployments, as hawks complained. No more, Trump said. "A core pillar of our new strategy is a shift from a time-based approach to one based on conditions," he said. "I've said ... many times how counterproductive it is for the United States to announce in advance the dates we intend to begin, or end, military options." So as the 16th anniversary of the U.S. war in Afghanistan approaches in October, the latest change in Washington's approach will have been to drop a notional goal for when it might end.

http://www.npr.org/2017/08/22/545159997/trump-inherits-the-afghanistan-albatross-and-commits-for-the-long-term 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 8-24-17 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

by Breitbart Jerusalem24 Aug 20171,018

The Times of Israel reports: A high level US delegation including senior White House adviser Jared Kushner arrived in Israel late Wednesday, ahead of meetings with Palestinian and Israeli leaders aimed at looking for way to jumpstart peace talks. The visit by senior White House aide Jared Kushner, who is also US President Donald Trump’s son-in-law, Special Envoy for International Negotiations Jason Greenblatt and Deputy National Security Adviser for Strategy Dina Powell comes as Palestinian figures have become more vocal in expressing disappointment in Washington’s unclear approach to peace efforts so far. The American delegation arrived Wednesday night and is set to meet with Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and Palestinian Authority head Mahmoud Abbas in Ramallah starting on Thursday. A US diplomatic source told reporters in Jerusalem on Wednesday night that Trump wanted discussions “to focus on the transition to substantive… peace talks, the situation in Gaza, including how to ease the humanitarian crisis there, and the economic steps that can be taken.”

http://www.breitbart.com/jerusalem/2017/08/24/jared-kushner-arrives-israel-attempt-palestinian-statehood-talks/ 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 8-24-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

"It is Our Very Existence That is Unbearable to Jihadists"

by Giulio Meotti August 24, 2017 at 5:00 am

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/10894/jihadists-europe-spain-finland 

The Islamist attacks against Spain, Finland and Germany unmasked the central problem: Pacifism will not protect Europe from either Islamization or terror attacks. Spain and Germany were, in fact, among the most reluctant countries in Europe to take an active role in the anti-ISIS coalition. The Spanish press did not participate in a discussion of the Mohammed cartoons; no Spanish writer was accused of "Islamophobia" and no Spanish personality was put under police protection for "criticizing Islam". It seemed as if Spain were not even interested in what was at stake in Islamist attacks on Europe's very existence. No Spanish city made headlines for having multicultural ghettos, as in France and Britain. The attack in Barcelona should have ended this illusion. Terrorists do not need an excuse to butcher "infidels". The sad conclusion seems to be that that jihadists do not need a "reason" to kill Westerners. They attack equally France, which conducts military operations in the Middle East and North Africa, and countries such as Spain and Germany, which are neutral. In 24 hours, Spain suffered two major terror attacks. A jihadist cell killed 15 people in Barcelona and the seaside resort of Cambrils. In the past year, Germany was the other European country hit hard by armed Islamists. First, a jihadist plowed a large truck through a Christmas market in central Berlin and murdered 12 people. Then a man wielding a knife murdered one person during an attack at a supermarket in Hamburg. One day after the carnage in Barcelona, another terror attack took place in Turku, Finland. Two women were murdered in the market square of the country's oldest city. Jihad -- in Finland? The Islamist attacks against Spain, Germany and Finland unmasked the central problem: Pacifism will not protect Europe from either Islamization or terror attacks. Spain and Germany were, in fact, among the most reluctant countries in Europe to take an active role in the anti-ISIS coalition. John Vinocur of the Wall Street Journal recently defined Germany as "a country where the army and air force basically do not fight". And Spanish politicians, since the 2004 train bombings, have not backed U.S. and NATO operations in countries such as Libya and Mali. Spain has been described as a "reluctant partner" in the anti-ISIS coalition. Spain and Germany contribute less than others to NATO's efforts. US President Donald Trump has made clear that the existence of NATO is contingent on members meeting their agreed-upon obligations of spending 2% of GDP on defense. Spain spends less than half of that -- 0.91 percent. Germany does only a little better -- at 1.19 percent. Finland never even joined NATO. The surprise of the Finnish élite over the Turku attack was noted by The Financial Times: "The Nordic country of 5m people does not feature prominently in jihadi invective against the west. Despite Finland's armed forces having occasionally supported Nato missions in Afghanistan and Iraq, the country's longstanding nonaligned and peaceable military status has insulated it from most blowback from crises in the Middle East." In 2004, al-Qaeda, for the first time, was able to effect a regime change in Europe after committing terror atrocities on Madrid's trains. Shortly after those bombings, Spain's election turned into a referendum on its involvement in the Iraq War. The Socialist Party's dramatic upset victory was followed by a withdrawal of Spanish troops from Iraq. Since then, Spain has been almost non-existent in the international arena. Probably assuming that pacifism shielded it from further attacks, Spain was regarded as "the forgotten front in Europe's ISIS war". The Spanish press was diligently indifferent to any debate on freedom of expression, then, as now, under attack by Islamists in Europe. The Spanish press did not participate in a discussion of the Mohammed cartoons; no Spanish writer was accused of "Islamophobia", and no Spanish personality was put under police protection for "criticizing Islam". It seemed as if Spain were not even interested in what was at stake in Islamist attacks on Europe's very existence. No Spanish city made headlines for having multicultural ghettos, as in France and Britain. The attack in Barcelona should have ended this illusion. Terrorists do not need an excuse to butcher "infidels". Germany, the most generous country in Europe in welcoming Muslims, followed the same fate as Spain. The German government struck a cozy deal with Turkey about the migrants; and when a comedian, Jan Böhmermann, made a joke about a Muslim politician, the German government allowed its legal system to put the comedian on trial. The sad conclusion seems to be that that jihadists do not need a "reason" to kill Westerners. They attack equally France, which conducts military operations in the Middle East and North Africa, and countries such as Spain and Germany, which are neutral. It is enough for them to state, that, according to Islamic doctrine, land once under Muslim rule is forever under Islamic rule. As Spain ("Al Andalus" for Islamists) was under Islamic rule until the Christian Reconquista (which began in 722), and then Muslims were expelled in 1492, the country, according to Muslim extremists, permanently belongs to Islam and therefore must be taken back. About the massacre in Barcelona, the French philosopher Pascal Bruckner commented: "no one is immune.... The picture that comes to me is that of The Plague of Albert Camus: a scourge that falls on an innocent city. The extension of the field of jihadist struggle is universal. The terrorists charge the whole world for their failure. They knock where they can hit. Trying to please them is vain, it is our very existence that is unbearable to them". To paraphrase Trotsky, you may not be interested in fighting jihadism, but jihadism is interested in fighting you. Giulio Meotti, Cultural Editor for Il Foglio, is an Italian journalist and author.

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/10894/jihadists-europe-spain-finland 

:: 8-24-17 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Post-Charlottesville, Confederate monuments begin to fall across the U.S.

Sarah Toy, USA TODAY Published 6:15 p.m. ET Aug. 23, 2017 | Updated 6:15 a.m. ET Aug. 24, 2017

The city of Charlottesville draped two Confederate monuments in black tarp Wednesday afternoon as a symbol of the city’s mourning for a woman who was killed while protesting a white nationalist rally. The work Wednesday began in Emancipation Park, where workers using ropes and poles draped a statue of Gen. Robert E. Lee in the tarp. Some in the crowd cheered as others took photos and video. “It’s great. It’s a good start,” said Jamie Dyer from nearby Justice Park, where workers later covered a statue of Gen. Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson. The violence that erupted on Aug. 12 in Charlottesville brought renewed attention to Confederate symbols. Charlottesville, like many other cities, has struggled over what to do with its Confederate-era statues, which some view as markers of history. Others see them as symbols of hate and reminders of pain. Here’s a look at some of the monuments that have been taken down since the violence in Charlottesville: Durham, N.C. — On Aug. 14, protesters toppled a Confederate statue during a rally outside the Durham County Courthouse. On Aug. 19, a statue of Robert E. Lee was removed from the entrance of Duke University Chapel. University president Vincent Price authorized the removal, saying the removal represented an “opportunity for us to learn and heal.” • Gainesville, Fla. — A monument to Confederate soldiers nicknamed “Old Joe” in downtown Gainesville was taken down on Aug. 14. Its removal was hotly contested for a year. In the end, the United Daughters of the Confederacy, who put it up 113 years ago, agreed to remove and take the statue after other groups declined it.

St. Petersburg, Fla. — On Aug. 15, the city removed the Stonewall Jackson Memorial Highway marker was from the downtown waterfront.

San Diego — Just days after the deadly protests in Charlottesville, a plaque honoring Jefferson Davis was removed by the city from Horton Plaza in downtown San Diego.

Los Angeles — On Aug. 16, a six-foot monument to Confederate soldiers was removed from the Hollywood Forever Cemetery. A spokesperson for the the United Daughters of the Confederacy, which owns the monument, told the Los Angeles Times it was taken down due to issues with vandalism.

Baltimore — On Aug. 16, four Confederate monuments were taken down after Baltimore Mayor Catherine Pugh cited safety concerns. “They needed to come down,” Pugh said in an interview with the Baltimore Sun.

Brooklyn, N.Y. — A 105-year-old plaque marking a tree planted by Robert E. Lee in Brooklyn during the 1840s was removed on Aug. 16, along with a second plaque installed in 1935, according to the New York Daily News.

New York — Busts of Robert E. Lee and Thomas “Stonewall” Jackson were removed overnight on Aug. 17 from the Hall of Fame for Great Americans at Bronx Community College. A few days before, Bronx Borough president Ruben Diaz Jr. had called for their removal and said their inclusion at the Hall of Fame was “especially galling: there is nothing great about two men who committed treason against the United States to fight to keep the institution of slavery in tact.” • Franklin, Ohio — A monument dedicated to Robert E. Lee was removed overnight on Aug. 17 by the city of Franklin. Located on the Dixie highway, the stone monument was erected by the United Daughters of the Confederacy 90 years ago.

Madison, Wis. — A plaque lauding Confederate soldiers buried at a cemetery was removed on Aug. 17, and Madison Mayor Paul Soglin said a second memorial would be coming down as well.

Worthington, Ohio — On Aug. 18, a historic marker outside the home of Roswell Ripley, a Confederate general who was born and raised in the city, was taken down following a recommendation by city officials anticipating protests, The Columbia Dispatch reported.

Annapolis, Md.— On Aug. 18, a statue of Roger B. Taney, the U.S. Supreme Court justice who wrote the 1857 Dred Scott decision upholding slavery and denying citizenship to African Americans, was lifted away by crane from the grounds of the Maryland State House. The statue had stood in front of the statehouse since 1872.

Daytona Beach, Fla. — Three plaques honoring Confederate soldiers were removed from a park in downtown Daytona Beach on Aug. 18. A city spokesperson said they would be cleaned and donated to a local historical society.

Helena, Mont. — Montana's capital removed a Confederate monument on Aug. 18 after Native American lawmakers in Montana sent a letter to the city requesting its removal, saying it stood for segregation, secession and slavery. A fountain donated by the United Daughters of the Confederacy more than 100 years ago, it was supposedly the only Confederate monument in the upper Rockies.

Austin — On Aug. 21, statues of Confederate-era figures Robert E. Lee, Albert Sidney Johnston, John Reagan and James Stephen Hogg were removed from the main campus grounds of the University of Texas at Austin.

https://www.usatoday.com/story/news/2017/08/23/post-charlottesville-confederate-monuments-begin-fall-across-united-states/595393001/ 

:: 8-18-17 Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hero pit bulls save kids from snake attack: 'They are 100 percent family'

Aug. 18, 2017 at 4:58 PM Arin Greenwood TODAY

Slayer the pit bull is always looking out for his family. Melissa Butt is so confident in her dog that she tells her young grandkids nothing bad will ever happen to them while Slayer is around, she told TODAY. On Aug. 13 that was put to the test, and Slayer proved himself to be exactly the hero Butt knew him to be. Butt's grandchildren, 4-year-old Zayden and 1 1/2-year-old Mallory, were playing with Slayer and another of the family's dogs, Paco, in the yard of their home in southwest Florida. Slayer and Paco began barking at something in the grass. Something about their manner seemed urgent. The dogs wouldn't "disengage on command," as Butt, 47, puts it. So the kids were sent inside with their mother, Cynthia, who is the daughter of Butt and her husband, Daniel White. With the children safe, Cynthia Butt and White came back outside to check on Slayer and Paco. The dogs were standing over a snake, keeping guard. The snake lashed out to bite both of the dogs, getting Paco on the elbow and Slayer on the snout. "That's when Slayer grabbed the snake in his mouth and killed it," said Melissa Butt. Butt rushed the dogs to their regular vet. But their condition was growing serious — Slayer's especially; his face was swelling, and his breathing became labored. The veterinarian recommended the dogs go to the BluePearl emergency vet in Brandon, Florida, about 40 minutes away. Butt was so worried that it was hard to restrain herself from speeding the whole way there. The thought of getting into an accident while her dogs' lives were in jeopardy was more than she could bear. She'd adopted them as young pups, and she dreaded the thought of them dying. At the clinic, the dogs got immediate lifesaving treatment with antivenin. "We have to act fast," Dr. Shelby Loos said to local NBC affiliate . While the veterinarians saved the dogs' lives, it also meant mounting bills for the family. BluePearl connected Butt with Frankie's Friends, a nonprofit that helps cover extraordinary medical costs for pets. (Here's where you can contribute.) "There's nothing I can say or do to show how grateful I am," Butt said. "How do you thank someone for saving your loved ones?" Paco was well enough to go home after just one night in the hospital. But Slayer didn't improve so quickly. When Butt went to see him at BluePearl, she found his face and mouth still so swollen that he "could barely get his tongue out" to give her a kiss. "It was devastating to see how bad it had gotten," Butt said. With another dose of antivenin and more care, Slayer got better. He is still on medication, and his face isn't totally back to normal, but he recovered enough to go home on Wednesday to his adoring, grateful family. He and Paco are "very rightfully being very, very spoiled right now," said Butt. "We spoiled them before. They're ultraspoiled now." (A third dog, Zombie, who was napping inside through Sunday's adventures, isn't too impressed with his canine siblings getting the royal treatment.) Butt looks at her grandkids and imagines what might have happened if Slayer and Paco hadn't been there. Slayer is a big dog and suffered extensively from the bite. Zayden and Mallory are much smaller. "Our pets aren't pets," Butt said. "They are 100 percent family members; this just proves they deserve to be." On Wednesday, when Slayer got home, Zayden turned to Butt and said to her what she's always said to him: "Slayer protects me. Slayer protects us," he said. "He will always protect me." Then Zayden covered the dog with a blanket, saying he wanted to make him feel better.

https://www.today.com/food/piglets-saved-fire-served-sausages-firefighters-t115416\

:: 8-17-17 Word Press :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Minneapolis: Muslim threatened to ‘shoot wife in the head’ night before he was sworn-in as cop

August 17, 2017 Source: Newly sworn-in Minneapolis cop charged with threatening his wife – StarTribune.com h/t Jihad Watch

A rookie Minneapolis police officer has been charged with threatening his wife during an argument at their home the night before he was sworn in as a member of the city’s police force. Dakota County prosecutors say Ahmed Jama, 29, got into an argument with his wife at the couple’s Apple Valley home around 11 p.m. on Aug. 1, according to a criminal complaint. Jama threatened to shoot his wife in the head, authorities said, telling her that he would get away with it. No physical violence was reported in the complaint, but his wife told police the following day that she feared for her life, adding that Jama had never threatened her in that way before. Jama was sworn in as a Minneapolis police officer Aug. 2. Acting Minneapolis Police Chief Medaria Arradondo said through a spokesperson that Jama, who is still on probation with the department, has been placed on administrative leave. Arradondo said that the Office of Police Conduct Review would be investigating. Jama voluntarily gave a statement to police, characterizing the argument as more of a discussion, the complaint said. He denied making the threat. He was later arrested and charged with making threats of violence with intent to terrorize, a felony. Classic Islamic supremacist. Threatening to shoot his wife in the head and that he’d get away with it…just casual discussion. Did he think he’d get away with it because fellow Somali Muslim officer Mohamed Noor has, so far, gotten away with killing a woman? More via: Rookie Cop Breaks the Law Night Before Swearing-In Ceremony – Alpha News A Minneapolis man has been charged with Threats of Violence (Intent to Terrorize), the night before being sworn in as a Minneapolis Police Officer. Ahmed Mohamed Jama, 29, threatened his wife with bodily harm after an argument on August 1. The criminal complaint, filed on August 4, states authorities to a report of past action domestic assault. Jama’s wife told authorities that he threatened to “shoot her in the head” because he would “get away with it.” Jama denied making the threat. According to his personnel file, Jama first started working with the Minneapolis Police Department as a Police Cadet. Jama filed paperwork to become a Police Cadet in August of 2016, a similar training program that Officer Mohamed Noor, the Minneapolis Officer who shot Justine Damond in July. According to the Minneapolis Police Department, a Police Cadet: “To be hired as a Police Cadet, you must have a two or four year degree in any discipline from a regionally accredited college or university, and must NOT have passed the P.O.S.T. Licensing Exam.” “The City of Minneapolis then pays for the Cadet to complete Law Enforcement certificate courses through a PPOE program which includes skills training simultaneously as they go through MPD’s in-house academy. This academic training is comparable to the training recruits receive before being hired by the MPD. “This lasts approximately 8 months. Cadets are promoted to Police Officer upon successful completion of the P.O.S.T. Board academic and skills requirements. From there they enter the Minneapolis Police Department’s Field Training Program (see below). The MPD Cadet Program started back in 1989 and has helped the MPD hire a number of highly qualified and decorated officers, including many of our current Chiefs, Inspectors, and Commanders.” As Alpha News reported, MPD looked to clear up any confusion regarding time spent training. Noor spent more than a year after going through the police cadet training for the Minneapolis Police Department, while Jama started out as a Community Service Officer before working his way up to officer. “At this point, the probationary employee you’ve inquired about, who has never worked in the capacity of a Minneapolis Police Officer, is on administrative leave,” Minneapolis Police Chief Medaria Arradondo said in a statement. “I am aware of the serious charges and will take appropriate action when necessary. The Office of Police Conduct Review has opened up a case into this matter.” Look no further than Muslim Keith Ellison and the mayor for the current lunacy occurring in Minneapolis.

https://creepingsharia.wordpress.com/2017/08/17/minn-muslim-shoot-wife-head/ 

:: 8-16-17 Wolf Street :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Grocery Store Turmoil in Chicago

by Wolf Richter • Aug 16, 2017

Bankruptcies don’t help. Even the big chains are closing stores. The grocery store sector is never static. Some stores close, others open. But in Chicago, 25 stores closed over the past 24 months due to bankruptcies or operational reasons, and only 16 stores have opened, producing “an alarming loss” of 545,000 square feet of grocery store space. This includes five independent grocery stores that closed, while only two new ones opened, bringing their total down to 43 stores. Their market share, based on square footage, declined to just 7%. This is “not a positive sign for improving the food deserts where these grocers penetrate more regularly,” according to Mid-America Real Estate’s biennial Urban Grocery Study. And the average store size shrank, as the stores that were closed averaged 38,000 square feet, while the stores that opened or are planned average 25,000 square feet. The study covers the period from September 2015 to August 1, 2017, in an urban area of 3.2 million residents with 262 operating or proposed grocery stores of more than 10,000 square feet in size. In addition to the current difficulties, Amazon’s entry looms over the grocery market. Whole Foods, which is being acquired by Amazon, has 13 stores in the area, nine of them “in primarily higher income” locations. It has about 7% of the market on a square-footage basis. And the report finds that “consumers continue to anticipate the opening of Amazon Go stores or perhaps ‘combo’ sites of Amazon/Whole Foods part grocery-part fulfillment center.” Regional grocery store chain Dominick’s has become a Safeway fatality. In 1998, the chain’s 116 stores were acquired by Safeway Inc. Critics say that Safeway cheapened the product offerings, including replacing Dominick’s private label brands with Safeway brands. And the store-closings started. At the end of 2013, with only 83 Dominick’s stores remaining, Safeway closed all of them. Two month later, as if by coincidence, Safeway was acquired in a leveraged buyout by private equity firm Cerberus. Many of the Dominick’s stores remained “dark” for years. But over the two-year period of the report, nearly one million square feet of those locations were absorbed by major chain stores, which dampened the impact of the bankruptcies and store closings to create “a stall and step backwards in urban Chicago,” as the report put it. Jewel Osco moved into the number one spot, with 51 stores. Aldi, after closing three locations, dropped to number two, with 49 stores. In the plus-column: Target is doubling the number of its small-format stores (20,000-30,000 square feet) to eight locations. These stores are either already open or under construction. According to the report, they’re offering a “variety of grab-and-go grocery, pharmacy/health/beauty, limited apparel and electronics; and most have in-store cafes, thus nailing the merchandise mix worthy of inclusion as an urban grocery competitor.” Fresh Thyme Farmer’s Market opened two small gourmet grocery stores of under 30,000 square feet. H Mart, a grocer catering to the Asian community, already has four stores in the suburbs and now plans to open a new 20,000-square-foot sore in the West Loop. The report: This is the second Asian-based urban grocer since the arrival of Seafood City in the Mayfair neighborhood on the northwest side in 2016. Seafood City is rumored to now be doubling the size of their store by 2019 due to larger than anticipated volumes. Plans are underway for two grocery co-ops to open small stores: The Dill Pickle with 13,000 square feet and Chicago Market with 10,000 square feet. They’re barely large enough to make it into the study (cutoff at 10,000 square feet). In the minus-column: The otherwise rapidly expanding German discounter Aldi closed three stores in Chicago, bringing its count down to 49 locations. But even as Safeway-Albertson’s gives its PE firm owners gray hairs, Aldi has announced an additional $3.4 billion investment, expecting to operate 2,500 stores across the US by 2022. Now there’s the fervent hope that some of them might happen in Chicago. Three Ultra Foods and a Strack & Val Til were shuttered, totaling 327,000 square feet, following the May bankruptcy of Central Grocers. The Midwest cooperative of grocery wholesalers operates three regional chains: Strack & Van Til, Ultra Foods, and Town & Country Markets. In the bankruptcy filing, the company said that it would try to sell the more viable stores and close the rest. “The closing of Ultra Foods in Calumet Park instantly created a food desert, by definition,” the report found. The space may eventually be absorbed, most likely by operations that are “only partial grocery, combined with other active non-grocer categories, almost guaranteeing a permanent loss of supply here.” Meijer has closed two smaller stores, totaling 181,000 square feet. Wal-Mart, which closed all of its Express stores in the US, also closed its two in Chicago, along with two Wal-Mart Neighborhood Markets (primarily grocery), totaling 58,700 square feet. The report mused: “Wal-Mart’s inactivity in urban Chicago remains puzzling.” All the big gorillas have been trying it, but most consumers just don’t want to. Read… Amazon’s Online Grocery Boom? Not So Fast…

http://wolfstreet.com/2017/08/16/grocery-store-turmoil-in-chicago/ 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service forth word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 8-18-17 My Daily Informer :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Anonymous – They Aren’t Going to Tell You About This! (CERN ALERT MESSAGE 2017)

CERN is built on the former site of a temple to Apollyon, who is referenced in the book of Revelation as the king of the horde of the "bottomless pit". Scripture says the key to the pit will be given in the end times and when it is opened something terrible will come through. There is documented evidence that CERN seeks to open doors to other dimensions, they openly admit it. They have also released videos which indicate these intentions, along with other occult messages, as well as erecting the statue of Shiva (the destroyer) who is synonymous with Satan (according to occult scholars). All of this combined with other prophecy being fulfilled in modern times is an overwhelming sign of the times. People need to do a little digging and open their eyes, no need to to take anyone's word for it- the evidence is all there. Unfortunately most just scoff at the idea of anything beyond their well-programmed existence, they trust in the "wisdom" of men and science. They put their faith in what they can see but don't realize that most of what they see is manufactured deception, making them blind to the truth. Time is short my friends and Jesus Christ is the only path to salvation- He is the way, the truth and the life. God bless and all the best to all of you. Some have seen this problem coming for a long time and changed their entire way of life by going off-grid. They have found alternative sources such as solar, wind and diesel to power their homes and machinery. A majority of us, who have not gone off-grid, are making a concerted effort to avoid dependence on this ailing infrastructure and preparing for life without it. Will CERN generate a black hole? The LHC will not generate black holes in the cosmological sense. However, some theories suggest that the formation of tiny ‘quantum’ black holes may be possible. The observation of such an event would be thrilling in terms of our understanding of the Universe; and would be perfectly safe. As far as we know, we live in four dimensions, three of space and one of time. But experimentalists at the Large Hadron Collider are looking for evidence that the universe contains more than that. The existence of extra dimensions could explain some puzzling properties of the universe. Physicists know about four forces that govern the way particles interact: electromagnetism, the strong and weak nuclear forces, and gravity. Gravity is by far the weakest. Think about sticking a magnet to a refrigerator door. The magnet can respond to the electromagnetic force that attracts it to the door. Or it can respond to the gravitational force of the Earth below. If you let it go at a short enough distance, it sticks straight to the door, ignoring the entire planet beneath it. Physicists wonder why gravity seems so much weaker than the other three forces. One possibility is that we’re only experiencing a fraction of it. It could be that the gravitational force acts partially in another dimension, or many extra dimensions, that we can’t perceive. Knowing more about gravity could help physicists seeking to form a so-called theory of everything, a theory that combines the four forces into one. Extra dimensions would not necessarily consist of alternate worlds, as depicted in science fiction. They could simply be too small for us to see. To understand how this would work, imagine walking along a tightrope. You are able to move only forwards and backwards without falling. In this situation, it is almost as if you exist in just one dimension of space. However, an ant walking along the same tightrope has a different point of view. The ant is able to move forwards and backwards but also around the tightrope. To such a small creature, a tightrope exists in two spatial dimensions instead of just one. Even if extra dimensions are small, they can still have an effect on how we experience the world. Scientists think that finding evidence of extra dimensions could help answer some of their questions about gravity, still one of the most mysterious forces in the universe. Finding evidence of extra dimensions could also give credence to theories of physics beyond the Standard Model. Models of string theory, for example, require the existence of at least 11 dimensions. Discovering extra dimensions could give scientists clues about the mysterious workings of gravity and could help them to unify the forces or determine the validity of string theory. It could also raise more questions about ways other dimensions shape the world around us.

http://www.mydailyinformer.com/anonymous-they-arent-going-to-tell-you-about-this-cern-alert-message-2017/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

[ :: 4-8-12 am service (first word) :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. You have seen Russia as she is preparing to move down upon Israel with the other nation. etc..

:: 8-16-17 Russia Beyond the Headlines :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia rolls out the ‘Night Hunter’ chopper to slay ISIS

August 16, 2017 Nikolai Litovkin

The modified Mi-28 can be fully controlled by one of two pilots and will carry out search and destroy missions in the Middle East. A new version of the Mi-28UB “Night Hunter” - a modern attack helicopter - will be transported to Russia’s air base in Syria in the coming weeks. The war machine’s manufacturers are keen to test its modified armor and missiles on the front line. A military industrial source told RBTH this: “Russian Helicopters [corporation] strengthened the helicopter’s front armor and enhanced its ‘brains.’ ” So in the very near future, an advanced version of the “battle bird” will be carrying out search and destroy missions against ISIS in the Middle East. One of the chopper’s new features gives full control of the machine to both pilots. This means that if one pilot gets injured, the other will be able to operate the helicopter independently: That’s navigation, flying, and firing systems all at the same time. What is the ‘Night Hunter’ all about? The main goal of this military flying monster is to support infantry and special forces groups fighting on the ground. It was built to destroy tanks, armored vehicles, and low-flying targets. For example, other helicopters and drones. The Mi-28 has already been adopted by the Russian Military, but like every other piece of army hardware it had to go through strict testing before it was given the greenlight to wreak havoc on the battlefield. As the RBTH source explained, the Mi-28 follows all international military standards: “As well as bringing hell on earth with its machine guns and missiles, it can fight alongside tanks.” The expert also said that the chopper’s targets will range from enemy military personnel to artillery systems, and even anti-air defense units. Besides that, the helicopter is among only a few capable of performing aerobatic maneuvers. As Russia’s Berkuty pilot team has been showing the world for the last five years. The Mi-28's first use in Syria Russia’s Mi-28 helicopters played an integral role in liberating the Syrian city of Palmyra from ISIS on March 27, 2016. The video shows the destruction of an ISIS armored vehicle with the help of guided anti-tank missiles, followed by the elimination of militants hiding in a house. This was the first recorded use of the Night Hunter against ISIS terrorists. Before, the choppers were solely used to guard the Khmeimim Air Base, where Russia’s Air Force in Syria is stationed.

https://www.rbth.com/defence/2017/08/16/russia-rolls-out-the-night-hunter-chopper-to-slay-isis_823540 

[ :: 5-6-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc many are complaining over the high price of food at the moment, just wait, wait until you see how much more it goes up.  But the good thing is that if you are not praying over it, maybe you shouldn’t be eating it, you would be far healthier for you have not sanctified it by the words of your mouth etc.

:: 8-15-17 Walking Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

4 Popular Companies Who Own the Medical Treatments For the Diseases Their Products Cause

August 15, 2017 Cameron S. Bigger, Contributor Waking Times

Listed below are four lethal connections between Big Pharma and some of our most popular consumer products, of which all consumers deserve to be made aware. Nestlé and Prometheus Therapeutics & Diagnostics Nestlé is the world’s largest food & beverage corporation, owning more than 2,000 brands in 191 countries. The vast majority of Nestlé’s profits come from dairy-centric products. Some of their most popular brands include Gerber Baby, Nesquik Chocolate Milk, Toll House, Kit Kat, Crunch Bar, Hot Pockets, DiGiorno, Lean Cuisine, and Dreyer’s Ice Cream. Nestlé also owns the pharmaceutical company Prometheus Therapeutics and Diagnostics, whose message to doctors is: “Prometheus is your partner in helping patients with chronic digestive disorders live active, healthy lives.” Celiac disease is one of today’s most prevalent and lucrative digestive disorders, estimated to affect 1 in 100 people worldwide. Prometheus has its very own celiac disease website, which heavily warns against gluten intake, but doesn’t mention that a patient’s symptomatology could be caused by lactose intolerance, even though the symptoms of the two diseases are very similar, and it’s well recognized that celiac patients have a proven high chance of lactose intolerance. In fact, regarding the global rise in celiac disease prevalence, prominent celiac researcher Dr. Detlef Schuppan declared: “The amount of gluten ingested does not explain it.” When a corporation so heavily profits from the commercial use of dairy, a well-known digestive irritant, while also profiting from prescribing treatments for the side effects of improper digestion, that is a major conflict of interest. If we continue to pay Nestlé $92.3B per year, watch celiac cases continue to skyrocket—even amidst all the new gluten-free options. Johnson & Johnson and Janssen Pharmaceuticals The main ingredient of Johnson & Johnson’s (JNJ) baby powder is talcum powder, or talc. Several studies have linked frequent usage of talc in the genital region to pelvic inflammation and an increased risk of ovarian cancer. JNJ also owns Janssen Pharmaceuticals, who manufactures one of the top ovarian cancer chemotherapy drugs: Doxil. Doxil costs $2,758 per every 25ml. Ovarian cancer patients are recommended to have 50ml injected once a month for at least 4 monthly cycles. So, 50ml of Doxil, the monthly dosage, costs $5,516, and if repeated for 4 monthly cycles, as recommended, the total cost of Doxil treatment is $22,064. In 2017, about 22,000 women in the U.S. will receive a new diagnosis of ovarian cancer, and about 14,000 U.S. women will die from ovarian cancer. Ovarian cancer is ranked 5th among all cancer deaths in women, making it the most lethal form of cancer of the female reproductive system. Today, an American woman’s risk of developing ovarian cancer during her lifetime is around 1 in 75, and her chances of dying from ovarian cancer is around 1 in 100. When we multiply the 22,000 thousand new U.S. cases of ovarian cancer per year by the $22,000 cost of a round of Doxil chemo, this comes out to a $484 million per year opportunity for JNJ. It should now be evident why Johnson & Johnson shouldn’t be allowed to sell talcum-laced baby powder while also selling ovarian cancer chemo treatments. Merisant Sweeteners and vTv Therapeutics 4 Popular Companies Who Own the Medical Treatments For the Diseases Their Products Cause August 15, 2017

Cameron S. Bigger, Contributor Waking Times

Listed below are four lethal connections between Big Pharma and some of our most popular consumer products, of which all consumers deserve to be made aware. Nestlé and Prometheus Therapeutics & Diagnostics Nestlé is the world’s largest food & beverage corporation, owning more than 2,000 brands in 191 countries. The vast majority of Nestlé’s profits come from dairy-centric products. Some of their most popular brands include Gerber Baby, Nesquik Chocolate Milk, Toll House, Kit Kat, Crunch Bar, Hot Pockets, DiGiorno, Lean Cuisine, and Dreyer’s Ice Cream. Nestlé also owns the pharmaceutical company Prometheus Therapeutics and Diagnostics, whose message to doctors is: “Prometheus is your partner in helping patients with chronic digestive disorders live active, healthy lives.” Celiac disease is one of today’s most prevalent and lucrative digestive disorders, estimated to affect 1 in 100 people worldwide. Prometheus has its very own celiac disease website, which heavily warns against gluten intake, but doesn’t mention that a patient’s symptomatology could be caused by lactose intolerance, even though the symptoms of the two diseases are very similar, and it’s well recognized that celiac patients have a proven high chance of lactose intolerance. In fact, regarding the global rise in celiac disease prevalence, prominent celiac researcher Dr. Detlef Schuppan declared: “The amount of gluten ingested does not explain it.” When a corporation so heavily profits from the commercial use of dairy, a well-known digestive irritant, while also profiting from prescribing treatments for the side effects of improper digestion, that is a major conflict of interest. If we continue to pay Nestlé $92.3B per year, watch celiac cases continue to skyrocket—even amidst all the new gluten-free options. Johnson & Johnson and Janssen Pharmaceuticals The main ingredient of Johnson & Johnson’s (JNJ) baby powder is talcum powder, or talc. Several studies have linked frequent usage of talc in the genital region to pelvic inflammation and an increased risk of ovarian cancer. JNJ also owns Janssen Pharmaceuticals, who manufactures one of the top ovarian cancer chemotherapy drugs: Doxil. Doxil costs $2,758 per every 25ml. Ovarian cancer patients are recommended to have 50ml injected once a month for at least 4 monthly cycles. So, 50ml of Doxil, the monthly dosage, costs $5,516, and if repeated for 4 monthly cycles, as recommended, the total cost of Doxil treatment is $22,064. In 2017, about 22,000 women in the U.S. will receive a new diagnosis of ovarian cancer, and about 14,000 U.S. women will die from ovarian cancer. Ovarian cancer is ranked 5th among all cancer deaths in women, making it the most lethal form of cancer of the female reproductive system. Today, an American woman’s risk of developing ovarian cancer during her lifetime is around 1 in 75, and her chances of dying from ovarian cancer is around 1 in 100. When we multiply the 22,000 thousand new U.S. cases of ovarian cancer per year by the $22,000 cost of a round of Doxil chemo, this comes out to a $484 million per year opportunity for JNJ. It should now be evident why Johnson & Johnson shouldn’t be allowed to sell talcum-laced baby powder while also selling ovarian cancer chemo treatments. Merisant Sweeteners and vTv Therapeutics Merisant is a top global manufacturer of artificial sweetener brands whose products are currently being sold in over 90 countries. Equal Zero Calorie Sweetener is Merisant’s flagship product, which produced sales of $36.2 million in 2014. Merisant is owned by MacAndrews and Forbes, who also own vTv Therapeutics. vTv Therapeutics is a biopharmaceutical company engaged in the clinical-stage discovery and invention of treatments, primarily for Alzheimer’s disease and Type 2 Diabetes, as well as central nervous system diseases, metabolic disorders, inflammation, and cancer. Now, one of Equal Sweetener’s main ingredients is aspartame. Human research has already proven aspartame’s connection to memory loss and learning impairment, and there is promising animal research indicating both aspartame’s role in promoting obesity by blocking gut enzyme activity and that aspartame induces significant increases in lymphomas and leukaemias at doses very near to those at which humans can be exposed. Should we really continue to allow the people who so massively profit from selling aspartame-laced Equal Sweetener the opportunity to also own and sell the pharmaceuticals that deal with the side-effects of aspartame consumption? Hearthside Food Solutions and 21st Century Oncology Hearthside Food Solutions is the United States’ largest independent bakery, and the global food industry’s leader in the full-service contract manufacturing of processed grain-based foods and snacks, including baked goods, granola bars, snack bars, energy bars, cookies, crackers, pretzels, croutons, and breadcrumbs. Hearthside is owned by Vestar Capital Partners, who also own 21st Century Oncology. 21st Century Oncology is a leading cancer-care service provider across multiple modalities, including colorectal, breast, uterine, and testicular cancers, and was also named the world’s largest radiation oncology provider, operating 179 global radiation centers, including 143 locations in 17 U.S. states. While most people already know that eating processed grains is unhealthy, some might not be aware of the high correlation between the consumption of processed, simple carbs with certain types of cancer development, such as prostate, colorectal and uterine cancers, while on the contrary, choosing healthy, complex carbs like legumes and leafy greens is correlated with a significant reduction in the risk for breast, colorectal, and prostate cancers. Even the ultra-conservative American Cancer Society states on its website that “Food processing may alter foods in ways that might affect cancer risk. An example is the refining of grains, which greatly lowers the amount of fiber and other compounds that may reduce cancer risk.” Should we really continue to allow the global leaders of processed grain-based foods and snacks the ability to also own the world’s largest tumor radiation company?

http://www.wakingtimes.com/2017/08/15/4-popular-companies-medical-treatments-diseases-products-cause/ 

:: 8-18-17 The Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NASA Monitoring 3-Mile-Wide Asteroid --"Largest Potentially Hazardous NEO Ever Tracked This Close to Earth"

August 18, 2017

On September 1, an asteroid almost three miles wide named after Florence Nightingale will safely fly by Earth at a distance of 4.4 million miles. The last time it came closer to Earth was 1890 and the next time it will come anywhere near us will be 2500. Florence, is one of the biggest near-Earth objects (NEOs) currently being tracked by NASA and will be the largest to pass us at a relatively close distance since the space agency began monitoring them 20 years ago. It is classified as a “potentially hazardous” by the Minor Planet Center. NASA will use the Goldstone Solar System Radar in California and at the National Science Foundation's Arecibo Observatory in Puerto Rico to study Florence. The team expects to find out the real size of the asteroid and surface details up to a distance of around 30 feet. “While many known asteroids have passed by closer to Earth than Florence will...all of those were estimated to be smaller,” said Paul Chodas, manager of NASA’s Center for Near-Earth Object Studies. “Florence is the largest asteroid to pass by our planet this close since the NASA program to detect and track near-Earth asteroids began.” Florence should be visible with small telescopes at the end of August and at the start of September. During this time, it will appear to move through the Piscis Austrinus, Capricornus, Aquarius and Delphinus. The team will be able to determine if Florence is part of a binary system, meaning it has a companion asteroid.​ If Florence has a satellite, then our chances of detecting it are excellent, and if so, then we plan to measure its motion to estimate the orbital parameters, mass, and density of the system,” NASA said. Observations will begin on 29 August and will continue to September 8. The Daily Galaxy via NASA/JPL/Caltech

http://www.dailygalaxy.com/my_weblog/2017/08/it-came-from-outer-space-nasa-monitoring-3-mile-wide-asteroid-largest-potentially-hazardous-neo-ever.html  

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 8-18-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mag 6.6 - North of Ascension Island is the 5th major quake in August: Only 3 mag 7 quakes or higher so far in 2017 could be the lowest mag 7+ count in modern history

Friday, 18 August 2017 Posted by Gary Walton at 9:10 am USGS

A shallow, magnitude 6.6 - North of Ascension Island is the 5th major quake in August and the 60th of 2017. Green alert for shaking-related fatalities and economic losses. There is a low likelihood of casualties and damage. Based on the earthquake location near the Mid-Atlantic Ridge, a damaging tsunami is not expected. It is turning out to be an incredible low count for major quakes in 2017, as we move toward Sept, the 9th month, this years count is way down at 60 and does not look like the annual total will reach three figures which is unprecedented in many decades and could be the lowest total since the 1940's... What is even more remarkable though is the lack of major quakes mag 7 or higher. 2017 has seen so far only 3 quakes at mag 7 or higher, the biggest being the mag 7.9 in Papua New Guinea, way back in January, nothing has been recorded in the mag 8 range which is also highly unusual and could be the lowest mag 7+ count in modern history.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/08/mag-66-north-of-ascension-island-is-5th.html?utm_source=feedburner&utm_medium=email&utm_campaign=Feed%3A+thebigwobble%2FTAHY+%28The+Big+Wobble%29 

:: 8-17-17 Real Clear Politics :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Al Sharpton: Defund The Jefferson Memorial, Asking Me To "Subsidize The Insult Of My Family"

Posted By Ian Schwartz On Date August 17, 2017

In an interview with Charlie Rose earlier this week, Rev. Al Sharpton called for the government to strip public funding of the Jefferson Memorial.

Charlie Rose: Does it matter -- he mentioned Thomas Jefferson. He wrote a biography of Thomas Jefferson. Thomas Jefferson had slaves. Al Sharpton: He had slaves and children with the slaves. Charlie Rose: Exactly. Al Sharpton: And it does matter. Charlie Rose: Should they take down the Jefferson memorial? Al Sharpton: I think that people need to understand when people that were enslaved and robbed of even the right to marry, and had forced sex with their slave masters, that this is personal to us. My great grandfather was a slave in South Carolina owned by the family that ended up, Strom Thurmond was one of them, a newspaper discovered it. So, this is personal. This is not some kind of removed discussion from us. Our families were victims of this, certainly it ought to -- Charlie Rose: Therefore, everybody associated with slavery in terms of any public monument to them -- Al Sharpton: When you look at the fact that public monuments are supported by public funds, you are asking me to subsidize the insult of my family. Charlie Rose: Then I repeat Thomas Jefferson had slaves. Al Sharpton: And I would repeat that the public should not be paying to uphold somebody who had that kind of background. You have private museums. You have other things that you may want to do, but that's not even the issue here, Charlie. We're talking about here, an open display of bigotry announced and over and over again.

https://www.realclearpolitics.com/video/2017/08/17/al_sharpton_defund_the_jefferson_memorial_asking_me_to_subsidize_the_insult_of_my_family.html

:: 8-18-17 Pamela Geller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Spain: JIHADIS WITH SUICIDE VESTS, police stop second attack after 13 killed in Barcelona

By Pamela Geller - on August 18, 2017

The jihadis were wearing suicide vests – are authorities still unclear as to motive? Residents of the Spanish seaside resort of Cambrils fled in terror in the early hours of Friday after five terrorists wearing suicide vests launched the second ramming attack in the country in a matter of hours. (Telegraph) Spanish police say they have killed five people in the town of Cambrils to stop a second attempted van attack after an earlier one in Barcelona. The attackers were wearing explosive belts, police said. August 17, 2017: BBC: Thirteen people died and dozens were injured when a van ploughed into crowds in Barcelona’s Las Ramblas area on Thursday afternoon. The driver of the van fled and is still at large. Spain’s Prime Minister Mariano Rajoy said it was a “jihadist attack”. The authorities are now linking the attacks in Barcelona and Cambrils with an explosion at a house on Wednesday evening in the town of Alcanar that left one person dead. Earlier, police chief Josep Lluis Trapero said it appeared the residents at the Alcanar house had been “preparing an explosive device”. In Cambrils seven people including a police officer were wounded when a car was driven into a group early on Friday, Catalan emergency services said. One is in critical condition. Spanish media reported that the attackers’ vehicle overturned and when the men got out they were quickly fired upon by police. A series of controlled explosions was then carried out. Police say the situation in Cambrils – a popular seaside resort to the south-west of Barcelona – is now under control. Meanwhile police are continuing to search for the driver of the van used in the Barcelona attack, who fled on foot. Tourists and locals fled when the rented vehicle sped down Las Ramblas in the centre of the city, mowing down people. Witnesses said the van deliberately targeted people, weaving from side to side as it drove down the boulevard. Two people have been arrested, but police say neither was the driver. Police have released a photo of a man named as Driss Oubakir, whose documents were used to rent the van involved in the attack. Local media say he is in his 20s, and was born in Morocco. However, latest reports suggest he has told police he was not involved, and that his documents were stolen. So-called Islamic State has said it was behind the Las Ramblas attack, saying in a brief statement carried by its Amaq news agency that it was carried out by “Islamic State soldiers”. The group gave no further evidence or details to back this claim. Vehicles have been used to ram into crowds in a series of attacks across Europe since July last year. In another incident, police shot dead a man who drove into officers at a checkpoint on the outskirts of Barcelona, but the authorities said there was no evidence that he was connected to the attack in Las Ramblas.

http://pamelageller.com/2017/08/suicide-vests-jihadis-spain.html/ 

:: 8-16-17 Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

In Their Own Words: The Radical Political Goals Of ‘Anti-Fascists’

Peter Hasson Associate Editor 10:31 PM 08/16/2017

In the days since violent clashes at a white nationalist rally in Charlottesville culminated in a neo-Nazi sympathizer driving his car into a crowd of counter-protesters, journalists have mainstreamed the self-described “anti-fascists” (or “antifa”) at the rally — largely ignoring their involvement in the escalating political violence in this country. Many establishment political figures insisted the far-left actors were just like American soldiers on D-Day. But these “anti-fascists'” own statements show they’re nothing like American soldiers on D-Day. They aren’t interested in protecting America’s system of government, according to their own statements — they’re interested in destroying it. From the very start of the Trump administration, far-left actors declared their intention to use massive demonstrations to disrupt the American political process as much as possible. A common mantra among far-left groups beginning shortly before the inauguration: make America “ungovernable.” “We need to make this country ungovernable,” declared a female leader for Refuse Fascism shortly after the inauguration. “We need to do what the German people should have done when Hitler was elected.” Refuse Fascism was a driving force behind the violent, politically motivated riots in Berkeley. Right-wing provocateur Milo Yiannopoulos — who at the time was an editor at pro-Trump website Breitbart — was scheduled to speak at the University of California’s Berkeley campus. He was forced to cancel the speech after mobs of protesters started fires, assaulted bystanders and pepper sprayed suspected Trump supporters as part of an organized effort to shut down the speech. (RELATED: Ivy League Professor And DNC Platform Member Tied To Berkeley Rioters) Refuse Fascism was among the left-wing groups advertising the Charlottesville rally and urged confrontation with the white nationalists:Drive them OUT of Charlottesville and out of power!” Refuse Fascism was far from the only left-wing fringe group at Charlottesville. One anarchist group that was at Charlottesville, CrimethInc, holds that anarchism is necessary to destroy white supremacy, which the group says cannot be fully extinguished in a democracy. “Anarchism is one of the most thoroughgoing forms of opposition to fascism, in that it entails opposition to hierarchy itself. Virtually every framework that countenances hierarchy, be it democracy or ‘national liberation,’ enables old power imbalances like white supremacy and patriarchy to remain in place, hidden within the legitimacy of the prevailing structures,” the group explains. They similarly want to destroy law enforcement and capitalists. “We must identify the forces underlying their laws and their order—white supremacy, patriarchy, policing, capitalism, and the state. We have to work together to keep ourselves safe and reimagine the world without them,” the group states in an article, which was reposted on popular antifa website It’s Going Down. Another far-left group at Charlottesville last weekend: the Workers World Party, a group of Marxist-Leninist revolutionaries who have declared their support for Kim Jong Un’s murderous dictatorship in North Korea. Workers World’s publication has consistently published propaganda-like screeds supporting Venezuela’s murderous regime. The communist group “sent many of its members to Charlottesville, Va., to beat back the Nazis and Klan who marched there,” according to a post recapping the group’s participation in the weekend’s violence. The Daily Caller News Foundation confirmed Workers World’s presence at the Charlottesville rally. The group took credit for organizing the vandals who toppled a city-owned Confederate statue in Durham, North Carolina this week. Workers’ World’s stated goals are classic Marxism, including igniting an international socialist revolution and “the shutdown of the Pentagon and the use of the war budget” — that is, the funding for the Department of Defense — “to improve the lives of the working class and especially the oppressed peoples.” While Workers World is currently fighting (literally) with white nationalists, the group is opposed to all in the “ruling establishment” who the group explains hide “behind a veil of ‘democracy’ and ‘human rights.'” “Those in the ruling establishment who see their reputation in tatters are appalled by what happened [at Charlottesville], but not for the right reasons,” read a Workers World post after Charlottesville. “They want to continue to exploit and dominate most of the world, but behind a veil of ‘democracy’ and ‘human rights.’ The people are showing by their actions that only by taking the fight for justice into their own hands, with no confidence in the organs of state power, can they make progress.” The post concluded: “Long live the independent struggle of this new progressive movement against the fascists, the cops and the capitalist establishment!”

http://dailycaller.com/2017/08/16/in-their-own-words-the-radical-political-goals-of-anti-fascists/ 

:: 8-17-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Global Agenda to Destroy Monuments: US, Syria, and Poland

Israeli News Live Published on Aug 17, 2017

There is a Global Agenda to Destroy Monuments to Destroy History: US, Syria, and Poland. Why to rewrite history it is a New World Order Agenda. Now more than ever the agenda to rewrite history has started. I did not see it until it came to America then I saw the global agenda and we are duped into thinking this is just racial divide.

links: https://www.mediaite.com/tv/cnns-ange...  http://www.mirror.co.uk/news/gallery/... 

http://www.newsweek.com/russia-punish...  http://www.history.com/this-day-in-hi... 

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b820iubEs7g 

:: 8-18-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Extreme False Flag Terrorism Followed by UN Occupation of America-James Wesley Rawles and Monika Wesolowski

By Dave Hodges

There are two very disturbing conversations that I have had in the past 24 hours which suggests very clearly that the Deep State is in the process dismantling the United States of America. Additionally, it is becoming increasingly clear that the Deep State will pay any price to take down America by “any means necessary”. State Department Sends Clear Message of Impending Future Occupation by UN Forces Monika Wesolowski has been outspoken about how the Deep State controls the State Department, despite the election of Donald Trump. She has bravely pointed out how her corner of the State Department has engaged in some very Deep State practices which are not in the best interests of the United States. For example, we previously learned about how the State Department, in its pamphlets related to child-sex-trafficking will never display this heinous practice inside the United States, as if if the practice does not exist within the United States and that this decision was made by a contractor with ties and background to Saudi Arabia. Please remember that this obfuscation of this practice within the United States took place when the s0-called Pizzagate/Pedogate was sweeping America. More to the point of this article, in a phone conversation with Monika, I have learned how the State Department is only interested in displaying military/law enforcement personnel in UN colored hats and helmets. In the conversation, Monika stressed that she was repeatedly instructed to make the head gear more “UN blue” in appearance. What does this mean? My takeaway from this revelation is that the American people, through this type of public display of State Department brochures, are being conditioned to accept UN occupation forces on American soil. Here is a more detailed summary of my personal conversation with Wesolowski. James Wesley Rawles is one of the most highly respected survivalists in the United States. I know of nobody that does not respect Jim’s views on the dangers facing America. In the past 24 hours, I conducted and interview with Jim about the domestic developments which imperil the safety and survival of millions of Americans. Before I make public this stunning announcement, it should be noted that Jim is not known for being an alarmist. Suffice it to say that I am greatly alarmed by what Jim revealed during the course of the interview in which he stated that radical left (ie the forces behind the Charlottesville riots) will pay any price to bring down Trump and the type of America he represents. In fact, the phrase that he used was “by any means necessary”.

It is Rawles contention that the Charlottesville situation will quickly escalate to to much a higher level of violence in which we will witness the radical left engaging in car bombings, the use of dirty bombs, chemical weapons and assassination. I was stunned that such a reputable source would believe that this situation will escalate, so quickly, to this level. He stated that the radical left is clearly motivated by the desire to install a global government run by radical socialists and that the United States must be destroyed in the process. Rawles also spent a great deal of time covering what the average American can do to increase their individual chances of survival. Most disturbingly, he revealed that America might face occupation, something that this country has never experienced on a national scale. In the interview, we discussed bug out strategies in the face of an advancing foreign and hostile army. The entire interview with Jim Rawles will air in the second hour of The Common Sense Show on Sunday, August 20th from 9-10pm Eastern, 6-7pm Pacific. Rawles +Wesolowski When I combine the information offered by Wesolowski and Rawles, there emerges a very clear picture. The United States is going to be put into such dire straights that at some point, this country will be occupied by the blue helmeted despots from the United Nations. I have written extensively on the UN military presence on our soil. Additionally Obama and Kerry illegally signed the UN gun confiscation policies 2.5 years ago. In order to get us to the point of occupation, America is going to go through a living hell at the hands of so-called domestic terrorists, led and funded by George Soros. There is justification as to where this is headed. This link is revealed by a CIA mouthpiece known as Deagel. The Destruction of America Being a front group for the CIA, Deagel, is predicting that we are less than 8 years away from this hellish nightmare. Just who or what is Deagel? The power and influence of the corporation that you never heard of, is staggering. This is the modern day Zapata Oil, which was a CIA front corporation run by George H. W. Bush which in turn facilitated much of the Air America “drugs for guns” program in Latin America in the 1980’s. My sources tell me that Deagel is the same exact kind of organization as Zapata Oil. Deagel ran guns through the late Ambassador Chris Stevens and subsequently delivered them to al-Qaeda in Libya and in Syria at the time of Stevens’ death. Deagel was intimately involved in Benghazi in ways that will be revealed in a later article. Deagel is not just a gun running/drug running/child sex trafficking organization, they are also intimately connected with the business as “Open source intelligence links”. This means that Deagel and their partner (affiliations listed below) serve as marketing companies for the CIA and sell intelligence information to the highest bidder. Stratfor and Deagel provide the CIA with a minimum of two degrees of separation from nefarious operations which could taint the U.S. government and in particular, the CIA. These activities will be the topic of a future article. The focus of the remainder of this article is the destruction and depopulation of the United States. Deagel is a group that gets their hands dirty and they play both sides of the fence. Please note the publicly available list of Deagel partners, listed below. They do business with the Russian Defense Procurement Agency, but they are largely an American contractor with ties into the U.S. Navy, the NSA and the CIA, through Stratfor. If anyone wanted to make the case that I have, the “Bastard Banksters from Basel” control both sides of the coming WW III for fun and profit, the data trail of Deagel exemplifies this point. From the following information, we get a strong indication of how the U.S. is going to be depopulated. To further examine this possibility, take a look at a partial list of Deagel partners. The following list clearly shows that Deagel is “locked in” when it comes to the power centers on this planet. A Partial List of Deagel Partners National Security Agency – http://www.nsa.gov/ 

North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO – OTAN) – http://www.nato.int/  Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD) – http://www.oecd.org/  OSCE – http://www.osce.org/  Russian Defense Procurement Agency – http://www.fsoz.gov.ru  Stratfor  – http://www.stratfor.com/  The World Bank – http://www.worldbank.org/  United Nations (UN) – http://www.un.org/  In light of what has been written in the previous paragraphs, this affiliation cannot be considered to a mere coincidence. In the beginning of 2014, Deagel published a projected demographic shift of every nation on the planet. The projections are noteworthy. As one of the most prolific arms dealers and sellers of intelligence information on the planet, Deagel would be in a unique position from which to make projections with regard to coming world events as well as being able to anticipate dramatic shifts in global power. Not surprisingly, Deagel has made such a projection and the news is not good for the United States. Below is a list of projected changes for the United States during the time frame covering 2014-2025.

United States of America Projected Changes from 2014-2025 Year: 2014 Population: 316 million Gross Domestic Product: $17 trillion GDP per capita: $52,838 Budget: $5.8 trillion Military Budget: $726 billion

Forecast 2025 Population: 69 million Gross Domestic Product: $921 billion GDP per capita: $13,328

Military Budget: $8.0 billion Please note how the changes in U.S. population covering an 11 year period mirror what I wrote in the America 2050 article. The projected and dramatic downward shift in America’s population are nearly identical when one compares the America 2050 documents and the Deagel projections. There is another striking projection which should alarm every American. In 2013, the U.S. military budget was $726 billion dollars. However, the projected 2025 projected budget is only $8 billion dollars. This clearly points to the fact that the CIA, through Deagel, is projecting that the United States is going to be militarily conquered within the next 10 years. The mere $8 billion dollar projected 2025 military budget speaks to a domestic martial law type of occupation force. With this kind of budget, the U.S. would not even be able to engage in regional conflicts. Conclusion The Deagel documents clearly speak to who the winners and losers of the coming global conflict will be. In the Deagel document, Russia, China, Syria, Saudi Arabia, Iran and India maintain their respective populations or increase their populations by the year 2025. The United States and Britain undergo severe population reductions. These revelations clearly point out that America is on a well-planned collision course with destruction and the process is well underway. This article contains many sobering revelations and it should give the average American much to consider with regard to becoming active in their support of President Trump. Trump is America’s last hope. Steve Quayle once called him “God’s prosecutor”. With Trump out of the way, a reasonable person would conclude, given these revelations, that that America is on a collision course with extreme false-flag terrorism and eventual UN occupation. The fighters among us will ask, can anything be done? The best answer that comes to mind is to pray, pray and pray some more. We are in spiritual battle. On the physical plane, Paul Martin and I are actively working with Larry Nichols to slow down and even stop the impeachment process against Trump. I am interviewing Larry Nichols this weekend at which time this plan will be fully revealed to the nation. In the meantime, continue to pray.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/08/18/extreme-false-flag-terrorism-followed-by-un-occupation-of-america-james-wesley-rawles-and-monika-wesolowski/ 

:: 8-16-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Assange meets US congressman, vows to prove Russia did not leak him documents

By John Solomon - 08/16/17 08:37 PM EDT

Julian Assange told a U.S. congressman on Tuesday he can prove the leaked Democratic Party documents he published during last year’s election did not come from Russia and promised additional helpful information about the leaks in the near future. Rep. Dana Rohrabacher, a California Republican who is friendly to Russia and chairs an important House subcommittee on Eurasia policy, became the first American congressman to meet with Assange during a three-hour private gathering at the Ecuadorian Embassy in London, where the WikiLeaks founder has been holed up for years. Rohrabacher recounted his conversation with Assange to The Hill. “Our three-hour meeting covered a wide array of issues, including the WikiLeaks exposure of the DNC [Democratic National Committee] emails during last year's presidential election,” Rohrabacher said, “Julian emphatically stated that the Russians were not involved in the hacking or disclosure of those emails." Pressed for more detail on the source of the documents, Rohrabacher said he had information to share privately with President Trump. “Julian also indicated that he is open to further discussions regarding specific information about the DNC email incident that is currently unknown to the public,” he said. U.S. intelligence has insisted it has solid proof — which it has not made public — that Russia was behind last year’s election hacks that embarrassed Democrats, including unflattering revelations about nominee Hillary Clinton and her campaign chairman, John Podesta, whose personal email account was also hacked. Assange has suggested in the past that Russia wasn’t the source of his leaked information. Tuesday marked the first time he has engaged with a U.S. lawmaker. Assange has been living at Ecuador’s embassy in London since 2012 after seeking diplomatic asylum. He rose to prominence after publishing thousands of sensitive U.S. diplomatic and military documents that included leaks related to the Iraq and Afghanistan wars. Assange is a controversial figure; he is a hero to supporters who argue his leaks unveiled critical information about the evils of U.S. military and foreign policy but is a villain to critics, including many GOP lawmakers, who argue the leaks jeopardized national security. Rohrabacher’s visit with Assange, as a result, is likely to be controversial with many of his colleagues. Rohrabacher said he had information he planned to carry back to Trump when he returned to the United States, including a request that the WikiLeaks organization be given a news media seat inside the White House press room. “Julian passionately argued the case that WikiLeaks was vital to informing the public about controversial though necessary issues. He hoped that WikiLeaks — an award-winning journalistic operation — might be granted a seat in the White House press corps. As a former newsman myself I can't see a reason why they shouldn't be granted news status for official press conferences,” he said. As for other information to be given to the president, Rohrabacher said: “We left with the understanding that we would be going into further details in the near future. The rest of the message is for the president directly, and I hope to convey it to him as more details come in.” The Democratic National Committee cast doubt on Assange's claims. “We’ll take the word of the U.S. intelligence community over Julian Assange and Putin’s favorite Congressman," Adrienne Watson, the DNC's deputy communications director, said in a statement. Rohrabacher said the meeting occurred with Assange, his lawyer, Jennifer Robinson, and Chuck Johnson, a conservative activist and right-wing provocateur, in the Ecuadorean Embassy in London. “Unbeknownst to me, I am the first member of Congress to visit there with Mr. Assange,” he said. The lawmaker also said Assange appeared in good health, allaying concerns his time in asylum at the embassy had taken a toll. “Contrary to what the fake news media has alleged, Julian seemed in good health and committed to his principles,” he said. Trump has at times praised Assange and used a Fox News interview this year with the WikiLeaks founder to cast doubt on Russia’s involvement in the DNC leak. – This story was updated at 12:54 p.m.

http://thehill.com/policy/cybersecurity/346904-assange-meets-us-congressman-vows-to-prove-russia-did-not-leak-him 

[ :: 8-17-14 pm service (third word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you see all the things that are going on in the world, you see the darkness, you see the troubles, etc.

[ :: 3-11-15 pm service (third word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc darkness is only going to continue to grow darker, the turmoil and the disaster in the world is only going to continue to get worse and every week you see how my word is being fulfilled even more so, saith the Lord. etc

:: 8-17-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Venezuela’s citizens desperately stockpiling food and water as civil war tipping point draws near

Thursday, August 17, 2017 by: Rhonda Johansson

(Natural News) Conceivably one of the more haunting images in modern history, Venezuelan President Nicolas Maduro raises his right index finger to a crowd of supporters in defiance to U.S. sanctions made only a few weeks ago. “I don’t take orders from the empire! Keep up your sanctions, Donald Trump!” Maduro shouted to a cheering and applauding audience. Despite most countries criticizing the recent elections — some even going so far as labeling them as a “sham”President Maduro praised the results of the activity which introduced a new legislative superbody; an electoral congress which could potentially change the governance of the country. As the world watched with horror, President Maduro vowed to continue his socialist policies, even as thousands of Venezuelans stockpile scarce food and water. Ten people were killed during the latest round of civil unrest during the elections. This brings an approximate death toll to around 120 in only four months of anti-government protests. Countries from Spain to Argentina to the United States have denounced the elections. Spokespeople from the White House have described President Maduro as a dictator after “seizing absolute power” in a obvious display of manipulation. This did not stop the Venezuelan leader who merely scoffed at the apoplectic opposition. While the Trump administration sanctioned 13 senior officials, including the interior minister, President Maduro moved to elect an assembly of supporters to reassert his powers on the oil-rich country. One of the many reasons why this “constituyente” is raising everyone’s hackles is that it controls how long President Maduro could potentially stay in power. It is not unreasonable — given how President Maduro retaliates to any form of antagonism — to assume a ruling government entirely controlled by him and his supporters. In fact, a recent broadcast of the socialist leader showed him rejecting the U.S. sanctions, calling it “illegal” and that the newly-minted legislative body would be the country’s “revenge.” It was during this moment, clad in a red bomber jacket and sporting his famous mustache, that President Maduro raised his right hand in the air. He said that the sanctions made by our government are reflections of President Trump’s “hatred” and “desperation” for Venezuela. These sanctions froze all of President Maduro’s assets within U.S. jurisdiction. It also banned all Americans from conducting any form of business with the leader or any of his supporters. “Recent actions culminating in [the] seizure of absolute power through the sham election of the National Constituent Assembly represent a very serious blow to democracy in our hemisphere,” White House National Security Adviser H.R. McMaster said during a news briefing. The White House is still deliberating how far these sanctions will go. The escalation process would depend on President Maduro, it would appear. However, unconfirmed sources within the White House have claimed that these could include heavy restrictions on oil-related transactions. Venezuela is a naturally-rich country. Its vast amounts of oil deposits have made it one of the best producers of the much sought-after energy source in the world. However, recent spats and political turmoil have pushed the country to a state of outright chaos. Venezuela exhibits the world’s highest inflation rates — ironic as many of the citizens don’t even have anything to buy in the first place. Numerous news reports have shown an almost complete absence of basic necessities such as food and water. Grocery stores are normally always empty. Citizens have taken to looting to just survive. (Related: Banned video reveals the horrors of Venezuela’s starving population.) The future of the country remains to be seen although economists say that the outlook looks bleak. Keep abreast of this disturbing situation on Uprising.news. Sources include: Bloomberg.com NPR.org Reuters.com

http://www.naturalnews.com/2017-08-17-venezuelas-citizens-desperately-stockpiling-food-and-water-as-civil-war-tipping-point-draws-near.html 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 8-18-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Expert Warns 'Massive Intelligence Failures Grossly Underestimated The Real Threat' To America From North Korea While Forewarning Of This 'Doomsday Scenario'

Submitted to All News Pipeline by Dr. Peter Vincent Pry August 18, 2017

After massive intelligence failures grossly underestimating North Korea’s long-range missile capabilities, number of nuclear weapons, warhead miniaturization, and proximity to manufacturing a hydrogen bomb, the biggest North Korean threat to the United States remains unacknowledged. North Korea has two satellites in orbit, and more to follow, that could be nuclear-armed for a high-altitude electromagnetic pulse (EMP) attack that would black out North America for months to years, killing millions. An EMP attack doesn’t require accurate guidance systems because the area of effect, having a radius of hundreds of miles, is very large. No re-entry vehicle is needed because the warhead detonates at a high altitude, above the atmosphere. This point appears to be beyond the comprehension of most, including secretaries of defense, the military leadership and the usual “experts” who appear in the press. The design of a super-EMP weapon could be relatively small and lightweight, resembling the U.S. W-79 Enhanced Radiation Warhead nuclear artillery shell of the 1980s, designed in the 1950s. Such a device could fit inside North Korea’s Kwangmyongsong-3 (KMS-3) and Kwangmyongsong-4 (KMS-4) satellites and pose a potential EMP threat to every nation on Earth. Two Russian generals warned the EMP Commission in 2004 that Russia’s super-EMP warhead design was transferred accidentally to North Korea. North Korea’s KMS-3 and KMS-4 satellites were launched to the south on polar trajectories and passed over the United States on their first orbit. The south polar trajectory evades U.S. ballistic missile early-warning radars and national missile defenses, making the satellites resemble a Russian secret weapon developed during the Cold War called the Fractional Orbital Bombardment System (FOBS) that would have used a nuclear-armed satellite to make a surprise EMP attack. Ambassador Henry Cooper, former director of the U.S. Strategic Defense Initiative, and a pre-eminent expert on missile defenses and space weapons, has written numerous articles warning about the potential North Korean EMP threat from their satellites. On Sept. 20, 2016, Mr. Cooper wrote: “U.S. ballistic missile defense (BMD) interceptors are designed to intercept a few North Korean ICBMs that approach the United States over the North Polar region. But current U.S. BMD systems are not arranged to defend against even a single ICBM that approaches the United States from over the South Polar region, which is the direction toward which North Korea launches its satellites. This is not a new idea. The Soviets pioneered and tested just such a specific capability decades ago — we call it a Fractional Orbital Bombardment System (FOBS). So, North Korea doesn’t need an ICBM to create this existential threat. It could use its demonstrated satellite launcher to carry a nuclear weapon over the South Polar region and detonate it over the United States to create a high-altitude electromagnetic pulse. The result could be to shut down the U.S. electric power grid for an indefinite period, leading to the death within a year of up to 90 percent of all Americans — as the EMP Commission testified over eight years ago.” Former NASA rocket scientist James Oberg visited North Korea’s Sohae space launch base, witnessed elaborate measures undertaken to conceal space launch payloads, and concludes in a 2017 article that the EMP threat from North Korea’s satellites should be taken seriously: “There have been fears expressed that North Korea might use a satellite to carry a small nuclear warhead into orbit and then detonate it over the United States for an EMP strike. These concerns seem extreme and require an astronomical scale of irrationality on the part of the regime. The most frightening aspect, I’ve come to realize, is that exactly such a scale of insanity is now evident in the rest of their ‘space program.’ That doomsday scenario, it now seems, is plausible enough to compel the United States to take active measures to ensure that no North Korean satellite, unless thoroughly inspected before launch, be allowed to reach orbit and ever overfly the United States.” Kim Jong-un has threatened to reduce the United States to “ashes” with “nuclear thunderbolts” and to retaliate for U.S. diplomatic and military pressure by “ordering officials and scientists to complete preparations for a satellite launch as soon as possible” amid “the enemies’ harsh sanctions and moves to stifle” the North. The North Korean press asserts readiness for “any form of war,” including their satellite with “strengthening of the nuclear deterrent and legitimate artificial satellite launch, which are our fair-and-square self-defensive choice.” Moreover: “The nuclear weapons we possess are, precisely, the country’s sovereignty, right to live and dignity. Our satellite that cleaves through space is the proud sign that unfolds the future of the most powerful state in the world.” The same article, like many others, warns North Korea is making “constant preparations so that we can fire the nuclear warheads, which have been deployed for actual warfare for the sake of national defense, at any moment!” An earlier generation immediately understood the alarming strategic significance of Sputnik in 1957, heralding the nuclear missile and space race, yet few today understand or even care about the strategic significance of North Korea’s satellites, consistent with a widespread ignorance about an EMP. • Dr. William R. Graham is chairman of the congressional EMP Commission, and served as President Reagan’s White House science adviser and administrator of NASA. Story originally published here. Dr. Peter Vincent Pry is chief of staff of the congressional EMP Commission and served in the House Armed Services Committee and the CIA.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Dr_Pry_NKorea_The_Other_Threat.php 

:: 8-17-17 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russian Scientists Discover Secret to Producing Six Times More Oil

© Sputnik/ Victor Filatov Tech 13:19 17.08.2017

Scientists from the Tyumen State University, a research center in Siberia, Russia, announced a technological breakthrough in oil production that can boost oil development through initiating underground chemical reactions. A group scientists from Siberia, Russia, have announced the creation of a new technology for gas thermochemical fracturing, RIA Novosti reports. "The technology will let our economy achieve growth in power generation capacity without extensive exploitation of natural resources," believes Galina Lazareva, a scientist who worked on a mathematical model for the project. To produce the necessary equipment and do testing "in the field", the Tyumen University worked jointly with the N. M. Emmanuel's University of Biochemical Physics, the Sibneftemash plant and a service company named The Oil Technology Center. The new method is able to compete with foreign ones that are now present in the Russian market. In particular, the development might reportedly become an alternative to hydraulic fracturing, which originated in Russia but then was widely applied in the US to produce shale oil. While hydraulic fracturing is about drilling and injecting fluid into the ground at a high pressure in order to fracture shale rocks to release the fossil fuel, gas thermochemical fracturing is a whole new ball game. Reagents are transported to the productive strata (an area where the oil is present), where they are then mixed. The chemical reaction gives off heat and gas. As a result, a large crack appears in the underground rock, hydrocarbons and water are warmed, making oil extraction much easier. This raises the ceiling of an oil well's productivity. In addition, the technology is eco-friendly. The main component applied is ammonium nitrate, which is often used as fertilizer. When it decomposes, water and nitrogen are the only elements left. Russia Arctic Oil Drilling Russia May Have Own Technology of Underwater Oil Production by 2021-2022 If the technology is implemented in the oil industry, oil production volumes can be up to six times bigger, the Tyumen State University said in a statement. Implementing the technology can have different (yet always positive) results depending on the properties of the oil reservoir and the quality of the oil itself, explained Professor Konstantin Fedorov, the scientific consultant of the project and the director of the Physico-chemical Institute of the Tyumen State University. Professor Fedorov revealed some impressive statistics to illustrate his findings: on average, oil production increases from 1.7 to 6 times, but there are cases where a 10-20 fold increase has been measured. The duration of the improvement lasts approximately 300-1000 days. The application of the technology has so far seen almost a 100% success rate. The Oil Technology Center is conducting experimental-industrial trials in the oil fields that belong to Lukoil and Rosneft. The service company is planning to put the new technology to wider use — it will soon be applied in oil fields of other major Russian oil companies such as Tatneft, Bashneft and Gazprom Neft.

https://sputniknews.com/science/201708171056536584-oil-science-russia-technology-fracturing/ 

:: 7-16-16 Hal Halindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tragedy In France

by Hal Lindsey

Once again the world has been shocked by the cruelty of terrorism — this time along the beautiful French Riviera in Nice, France. The numbers will probably change, but French officials are now saying 84 died and 50 were injured when a truck plowed into a massive crowd, zigging and zagging to hit as many people as possible over an area a couple of miles long. As I write this, no terror organization has taken “credit” for the attack, but it fits the pattern of radical jihadism that has dogged France for some time. A crowd of around 40,000 had gathered for a fireworks show as part of Bastille Day celebrations. Video shows police vainly trying to stop the truck as it passed through one of their checkpoints and entered the strip of road where the spectators stood. There are reports that the driver had both firearms and explosives with him, despite the strict gun control laws of France. Of course, you can’t outlaw trucks, but this strip of road had been closed to vehicle traffic in order to accommodate the crowds. It shows again that terrorists will use whatever means they find at hand in our highly mechanized civilization. World leaders, including President Obama, have condemned the attack and offered support to the French people. But these kinds of condolence calls have begun to feel wholly inadequate in the face of repeated tragedies. After the jihadist attack last November killed 130 people, France declared a state of emergency. It was to have been lifted on July 26th. In making the announcement, President Francois Hollande said, “We can’t prolong the state of emergency forever. That would make no sense, it would mean that we were no longer a republic with laws which can apply in all circumstances.” Then, just a few hours after his announcement, the attack in Nice took place. When he spoke to the nation after the event, Hollande announced that the state of emergency would be extended for yet another three months. If this becomes the “new normal,” then by President Hollande’s own words, France would cease to be “a republic with laws which can apply in all circumstances.” Why France? After all, massive numbers of Muslim immigrants have passed into several European Union nations over the last year, including a million in Germany. On arrival, many Muslim immigrants have a hard time assimilating, but so far, the real ticking time bomb seems to be among second and third generation Muslim immigrants. Muslim immigration saved France from what would have been a time of negative population growth. A decreasing population devastates a nation’s economic and military strength. So, beginning as early as the 1970s, France began to actively bring in Muslim immigrants. They felt sure they could seduce them with the French way of life, but it didn’t work. The Islamic population tended to stay in enclaves, building their own society. They stayed in close touch with their home countries, and raised their children with a Muslim identity and not a French one. The government reached out to them creating such organizations as the “French Council of the Muslim Faith.” But that didn’t work either. The immediate trigger for the wave of Islamic terrorism going on in France has been ISIS and the Syrian civil war. But the underlying cause is a deeply unhappy, underemployed and impoverished Muslim population living apart from the rest of French society. Events in France portend difficult years ahead for Great Britain, Germany, Austria, Belgium, the Netherlands, Sweden, Switzerland, Italy, Norway, Spain, Greece, and possibly, the United States — all places with heavy Muslim immigration. When you pray for the people of Nice, and for France generally, remember the missionaries. France was once a proudly Catholic nation, but today there are few Christian believers of any persuasion. Church attendance is almost nonexistent. Protestant Christians make up less than 3% of the population. Only 27% of the French say they believe in God. Muslims make up more than a third of the 27% because polling data makes no distinction between God and Allah. France has become a spiritual wasteland. But several missionary organizations are at work there, and they need our support. Stronger borders and better laws may help, but the only long-term answer for that nation, or any other, is a spiritual awakening to the reality of Jesus Christ.

http://www.hallindsey.com/ww-7-16-2016/ 

:: 8-16-17 Frontpage Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Real Race War (Not the fake one against "white supremacy.")

August 16, 2017 David Horowitz Reprinted from Breitbart.com.

The tragedy in Charlottesville could have been an occasion to stop and consider how the tolerance for politically correct violence and politically correct hatred is leading the nation towards civil war. Instead the media and the political left have turned this incident into the biggest fake news story of the summer, transforming its real lessons into a morality play that justifies war against the political right, and against white people generally. The organizers of the “Unite the Right” demonstration in Charlottesville were repellent racists. But they came to defend a historic monument honoring a complex man and cause, and not to attack it or presumably anyone else. They applied for a permit and were denied. They re-applied successfully in a petition supported by the local ACLU. If they had come to precipitate violence, why would they have gone to the tedious trouble of applying for a permit? Who knows what – if anything – would have happened if that had been the end of the story and no one had showed up to oppose them. What “Unite the Right” actually demonstrated was that the assortment of neo-Nazis, pro-Confederates and assorted yahoos gathered under the banner of the “Alt-Right” is actually a negligible group. This was a national show of strength that actually attracted only a few hundred people. Compare that to the tens of the thousands who can readily be marshalled by two violent groups of the left – Black Lives Matter and Antifa – and you get an idea of how marginal “white supremacists” are to America’s political and cultural life. Yet “white supremacy” and its evils became the centerpiece of all the fake news reporting on the event, including all the ludicrous attacks on the president for not condemning enough a bogeyman the whole nation condemns, and that no one but a risible fringe supports. Talk about virtue signaling! Omitted from the media coverage were the other forces at work in precipitating the battle of Emancipation Park, specifically Black Lives Matter and Antifa, two violent leftwing groups with racial agendas who came to squelch the demonstration in defense of the monument. Unlike the Unite the Right demonstrators, the leftist groups did not have a permit for Emancipation Park (they had permits for two nearby parks). But why should they need a permit, since the havoc they had previously wreaked in Ferguson, Berkeley, Sacramento, Portland and other cities, was accomplished without permits, while their criminality was presented by the media as “protests,” and their rioting went completely unpunished. In short, there were two demonstrations in Charlottesville - a legal protest by “Unite the Right” and one protest by the vigilantes of Antifa and Black Lives Matter. Who started the fight is really immaterial. Both sides were prepared for violence because these conflicts are already a pattern of our deteriorating civic life. Once the two sides had gathered in the same place, the violence was totally predictable. Two parties, two culpabilities; but except for the initial statement of President Trump, condemning both sides, only one party has been held accountable, and that happens to be the one that was in the park legally. What is taking place in the media accounts and political commentaries on this event is an effort by the left to turn the mayhem in Charlottesville into a template for their war against a mythical enemy – “white supremacy” – which is really a war on white people generally. The ideology that drives the left and divides our country is “identity politics” – the idea that the world consists of two groups – “people of color” who are guiltless and oppressed, and white people who are guilty and oppressors. This is the real race war. Its noxious themes inform the mindless, hysterical hatred for President Trump, and the equally mindless support for racist mobs like Black Lives Matter and Antifa. It is a war from which no good can come. But it won’t be stopped unless enough people have the courage to stand up and name it for what it is.

http://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/267598/real-race-war-david-horowitz 

:: 8-17-17 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Record Number of Jews Visit Temple Mount Under Threat of More Violence

A new report reveals more Jewish Israelis visited the Temple Mount last month than any other month since Israel recaptured Jerusalem during the 1967 war. Approximately 3,200 Jewish visitors went to the holy site. This is largely because thousands of Jews prayed there during the Jewish holy day of Tisha B'av. According to Yeraeh, an organization that promotes Jewish visitation and calls for the rebuilding of the Temple, the recent spike in visitors sends a strong message about who the Temple Mount really belongs to. "We're showing that this place doesn't belong to Islam but to the Jews," Elishamah Sandman, a spokesperson for Yeraeh, told the Jerusalem Post. "Wanting to go up to the Temple Mount is part of preparing for building the Temple. We're not embarrassed to say this." He also said that from a national perspective, visiting the site was a strong statement proving that Israel controls the Mount and has sovereignty over it. This spike in Jewish Temple Mount visitors came despite escalating tensions and violence after three Israeli Arabs killed two Israeli policemen in a terror attack. Israel had launched extra security measures at the Temple Mount to prevent more terrorism. Those measures were relaxed after violent protests. Ayman Safadi, Jordan's minister of foreign affairs, condemned the Jews for entering the Temple Mount last month and called them extremists. "The number of extremists who stormed al-Aqsa today stands at a record number, greater than any other since the beginning of the Israeli occupation in 1967," Safadi told representatives from 57 countries in Istanbul. He warned, "Many more dangerous crises will erupt as a result of continued Israeli violations if Israel does not uproot the sources of the tension, if the occupation doesn't end, if east Jerusalem is not independent and not the capital of the sovereign Palestinian state along the 1967 lines."

https://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/israel/2017/august/record-number-of-jews-visit-temple-mount-under-threat-of-more-violence 

:: 8-17-17 NPR :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Despite Rift, Saudi Arabia Says It Will Allow Qatari Pilgrims To Conduct Hajj

August 17, 20171:21 PM ET Merrit Kennedy

Qatar has been isolated by neighboring countries in a heated diplomatic standoff. But on Thursday, Saudi Arabia announced that it plans to open its border to allow pilgrims from the tiny Gulf country to make the annual hajj to Islam's holiest sites. The announcement comes after a meeting between Saudi Crown Prince Mohammed bin Salman and a member of the Qatari royal family, Sheikh Abdullah Al Thani. According to a report in the Saudi state news agency, both men spoke about the "brotherly feelings" between the two nations — a marked change in tone from the highly public spat in which Saudi Arabia has accused Qatar of funding terrorist organizations and has blockaded the country. The Saudi crown prince said the country would open the Salwa border crossing to Qatari citizens who wanted to perform the hajj, without requiring them to obtain electronic permits. The hajj, a pilgrimage to Mecca required of every Muslim who can afford it and is physically able to make it at least once in their life, begins later this month and ends in early September. The official news agency added that the Saudi king would dispatch Saudi planes to Qatar's capital, Doha, "to fly all Qatari pilgrims at his own expense to the city of Jeddah and host them completely at the expense of the Custodian of the Two Holy Mosques." A Saudi official named Hussein Al-Sharif, undersecretary of the Ministry of Hajj and Umrah, told the Saudi broadcaster Al Arabiya that Saudi Arabia has reserved a 4,000-square-meter plot for some 2,400 Qatari pilgrims in "the most desirable area" along a primary hajj route. Just last month, Saudi Arabia had said pilgrims from Qatar "would face certain restrictions if they wanted to attend the Hajj," according to the BBC. In response, a Qatari human rights organization complained to the U.N. special rapporteur on freedom of belief and religion. It's worth noting that the Qatari royal family member who met with the Saudi crown prince does not hold an official government position and his "branch of the family was ousted in a place coup in 1972," The Associated Press reports. "He's certainly not an envoy of the Qatari government. This was not a deal that was struck," Gerd Nonneman, professor of international relations and Gulf studies at Georgetown University in Qatar, tells the wire service. Nonnemann added that Sheikh Abdullah has lived in Saudi Arabia previously and that "his last position was as head of the equestrian and camel racing federation in the 1970s and 1980s." There was no comment from Qatari government officials for about 12 hours after the news broke, according to the AP. At a news conference in Sweden, Qatari Foreign Minister Sheikh Mohammed bin Abdulrahman Al Thani called it a "step forward" but warned that it was "politically motivated," the BBC reported. Saudi Arabia's actions are being praised by regional allies such as the United Arab Emirates. The country's state minister for foreign affairs, Anwar Gargash, tweeted, "Every day, Saudi proves how big it is, and Qatar's clamor and politicization of the hajj must end. ... There are things bigger than politics."

http://www.npr.org/sections/thetwo-way/2017/08/17/544157632/despite-rift-saudi-arabia-says-it-will-allow-qatari-pilgrims-to-attend-hajj 

:: 8-17-17 Infowars :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Breathtaking: Democrats Accused of Hiring Actors Prior To Charlottesville Rally

A company put an ad out hiring actors for protests before the riot took place

The Alex Jones Show - August 17, 2017

Scribe note: Click on the link below to view and read article

https://www.infowars.com/breathtaking-democrats-accused-of-hiring-actors-prior-to-charlottesville-rally/ 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service  ::  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

 etc. Are you aware of how far they say you are behind in your military protection, etc.    

:: 8-8-17 US Defense Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on August 8, 2017 by Ray Starmann

The Military’s Social Engineering Has Weakened Our National Security

The US military in 2017 is a weak sister: a feminized, waddling, knocked-up, lactating, transgender, homosexual, socially engineered weakling that is reeling from the PC madness of the Obama administration and from the embedded leftists at the Pentagon who are still intent on implementing the lunacy. The situation with North Korea and its madder than a barrel of monkeys leader, Kim Jong-un, has rapidly metastasized from SNAFU, to TARFU, to FUBAR. As the French say, ‘the merde has hit the ventilateur.’ Just today, a report in the Washington Post, using a DIA report as its source, claimed that North Korea now has the capability to miniaturize a nuclear warhead and place it on missile, a missile that can hit the U.S. It’s also possible North Korea now has up to 60 nuclear weapons and tonight Fox News is quoting an AP story which indicates North Korea may be planning an attack on Guam. Wow… One wonders what has gone wrong so quickly. Was it the fact that Bill Clinton placated the North Koreans in the 1990’s? Was it Obama’s delusion that North Korea could be dealt with like it was a rational world player like Lichtenstein? Was it the fact that Kim Jong-un is a lot crazier than his father and grandfather? All three questions seem likely. But, there’s another reason that Kim Jong-un is on the loose. He has observed what has happened to the US military under eight years of the Obama administration and what is still continuing under the Trump administration (minus the transgender ban) and he has concluded that the US military is a paper tiger. Perhaps Martin Dempsey and ‘Fighting Joe’ Dunford never really thought our enemies would take notice of the cultural Marxism breeding in the hallways of the Pentagon like a bad case of mold on old bread. Or, perhaps they didn’t and don’t really care. After all, this is the era of gutless generals, aka the rubber men of Arlington. But, guess what, our enemies were watching and are watching us right now. They looked for weakness and saw it, in spades. They are probing for weakness now and still observing it, in a military, where 56 retired generals and admirals denounced the President’s transgender ban, calling it not inclusive and showing a complete lack of diversity. Newsflash General Claudia Kennedy: I want to be in a foxhole with Sergeant York, not with Kristin Beck and his Jaclyn Smith clothing line. Do you think for a moment the Russians or the Chinese or the Iranians didn’t die laughing at the pictures of male Army ROTC cadets parading around in red high heels to apparently show empathy for rape victims? Do you think for a moment that the North Koreans didn’t collapse in laughter at the pictures of soldiers from the Big Red One doing PT in pregnancy simulators? Do you think for a moment the Russians aren’t dying from laughter at the thought of a woman in the Navy SEALs? Don’t think for a moment that our enemies haven’t done exhaustive studies concerning the senior leaders of our military and how they, with only a few exceptions, are totally worthless compared to yesterday’s giants like Schwarzkopf, McCaffrey, Gavin, Patton, Rose, Collins, Marshall and MacArthur. Don’t think for a moment that our enemies don’t realize the armored and mechanized forces of the US Army are 20 years in the hole and scrambling to learn basic skills and how to execute operational concepts above the platoon level. Our enemies are planning on fighting wars the old fashioned way; with men, without guys in skirts and without homosexual love triangles in a platoon, and without sensitivity briefings in combat zones. Our enemies know that the military has one mission and one mission only: to kill people and break things. And, surprise, surprise, the only military forces in the world that cater to women in the infantry, guys in dresses and Liberace and Nathan Lane in a foxhole are some real powerhouses like Sweden, Denmark and Brazil, countries you wouldn’t want on your flank, ever. The word is out on the street; the US military has major problems and has lost focus; BIG TIME. Sure we have nukes and submarines and some planes that are still flying, and we still have great NCO’s and enlisted people, and no doubt our special operations guys are still squared away, but our past actions and even current behavior can’t hide the fact that we are looked at as weak. The social engineering madness has already hit home and the first rounds haven’t even gone down range over the 38th Parallel.

http://usdefensewatch.com/2017/08/the-militarys-social-engineering-has-weakened-our-national-security/ 

:: 8-9-17 Survival on Line 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

When You Realize That Everything You Have Learned To Depend On Is Gone, There Will Be a Hush Across The Land

Posted By: Ted August 9, 2017

Disasters can affect you and your family in many more ways than you think. Here are some of the compelling reasons why you should get prepared for disasters and emergencies. We know what happens in emergencies like a bush-fire, flood or cyclone. We see it in the media every year: dramatic images of houses ablaze, rooftops being torn away by raging winds, floodwaters carrying away everything in their path. We’ve seen what happens Or have we? Research has shown that the true cost of natural disasters is 50 per cent greater than previously estimated. So what’s the reason for this? It’s the long-term impact disasters have on people: the psychological and social consequences that are often hidden from view. Here are some of the ways you can be affected by a disaster, and some steps to help you get prepared. Soon after the disaster, things will get rather quiet as people begin to take it all in. When the realization that everything they have learned to depend on is gone, there will be a hush across the land. This will be quickly followed by a screaming mass of desperation that will involve violence, looting, rape, and the most carnal and violent behaviors. But even that will die down eventually. If you are still alive, you will find yourself in the silence of survival. You will find that breaking that silence and attracting the attention of the desperate masses could lead to another tragedy. We are going to discuss six methods that can give you away in a survival situation and how to mitigate them. 1. Smoke If you find yourself in an outdoor survival situation, you will eventually be heating and cooking with wood. Not everybody knows that the types of things you put on a fire dictate the type of smoke you’ll get. Stay away from green. Young saplings and green leaves will create billows of white smoke that will be easy to see from far away. In fact, this is a great technique if you are looking to signal for rescue. Look for dry wood from old trees. This is your best bet when it comes to building a good fire. Also read: Are You Prepared To Face This? How The World Could Change In 7 Days Watch the video below on the Dakota fire pit. This is a method of building fire underground to cook with and heat your shelter. You want to build this type of fire pit by digging two holes in the ground and connecting the tunnels. The largest tunnel will be for your fire. Also build your Dakota pit under a full tree branch. This will help disperse the smoke. 2. Smell If you are fortunate enough to bag yourself some wild game in traps or by bow and arrow (assuming you want to be silent), you must be very careful about cooking. Many survivalists will tell you to smoke your meat to get the most shelf life out of it. When it comes to shelf life they would be right. The problem is, after a few hours of smoke and delicious meaty aromas floating up into the air, you will probably have some visitors. You may even have some wildlife visitors as well. The Dakota method mentioned above will help with the smell as well. Still, in an urban survival situation where cooking will attract hungry and desperate people, it would be in your best interest to cook and scatter. You shouldn’t loaf around and eat. Don’t sleep where you have cooked. In the wild, this brings bears, but in urban survival it will bring people. Learn to cook in the ground. You can make charcoal by assembling a pile of wood and completely covering it in a mound of clay soil. After this, build a big fire all around the mound. The soil will protect the wood inside and the fire will create some great charcoal for you. Use this to cook in the ground. You can cook whole carcasses in the ground covered in leaves, or you can bury small cooking pots, covered, and avoid the wafting smells. 3. Sound The importance of being conscientious about sound is crucial. Sounds come from all types of movements and activities. You must remain quiet always and particularly in movements. Many people plan on carrying an AR15 or rifle of the type in a survival situation. You must be very disciplined when you use that weapon and know what using it means. A gunshot will bring people. Learn the basic principles of hand signals in movement. You will want to be able to move quickly and quietly without having to stop and discuss changes in direction. Another skillful use for hand signals is if you see someone before they see your group. You can signal a quick stop and cover with just a move of the hand. Keep a silent or quiet weapon on your person along with your high-powered rifle. A crossbow or even a smaller .22 will generate a lot less sound than a big rifle. Another overlooked survival weapon is a good scoped air rifle. 4. Light Light discipline is a consideration whether you are bugging out or bugging in. Remember, the world will be darker than we have seen it. If we are experiencing a disaster that puts the power out for a long time, the world will be totally different at night. The light pollution of buildings and street lights will be gone and you will be left with the cosmos above as your only light. The human eye is trained to find light and particularly artificial light. If you have a home or a site that is lit in a world of darkness, you will have visitors. Of course, there are ways to combat this as well. We call on the Dakota fire pit again to also conceal our fire. If you can create a perimeter of tall rocks or logs around your Dakota setup, you will be offering great coverage to your fire. Also plan on building camp around the fire and camp in denser areas as well. Light discipline also involves traveling at night without the aid of artificial light. In the cooler months, this is a fantastic way to stay warm through cold nights. Sleep during the warmer days. This alleviates the need for a big camp fire in the middle of a dark night. While traveling, you will want to mind your flashlights, headlamps and lanterns. Get yourself a reliable red light as they are much less noticeable at a distance. 5. Conditions In a community setting, you will want your overall condition to mimic that of the conditions around you. In other words, a fresh haircut, well fed, spirited neighbor may raise some eyebrows in a community without running water that has been bartering for food over the last month. In our society, we are often looking for the guy who has it easier. He often becomes a villain as well, i.e. the rich are evil! Be observant of those around you. Make sure you mimic their struggles to keep your preps a secret. Unfortunately, if you admit to having it, people are going to want some of it. Also read: ARE YOU READY TO SURVIVE ANOTHER GREAT DEPRESSION’? 6. Dogs We love our dogs. They are loud and boisterous every time someone comes by the house. They are way cooler than any alarm system. The problem with dogs is that they are also instinctual. The reason we love them is because they read us better than any creature on the planet. When you are on high alert, so are they. This comes from hanging out with us over millennia. They are going to bark when threatened. That is their go-to deterrent. They don’t care if a hail of bullets is what comes back in return. The solution? Start training your dogs on terms like hush or silence. If your dog is not capable of keeping quiet in a bug out situation, you will have your location exposed all the time. Branches will fall, sticks will snap in the night, and you will be scared. This will make your pooch go crazy, in most cases. A simple command can take care of that. White noise is another great method when dealing with dogs. When I want the babies to stay asleep, I put the television on for the dogs or they hear everything outside and get loud if something comes too close. Setting up camp by rushing waters or water falls is a great way to muffle the perceived threats of your animal and keep them quiet through the night. Final Thoughts As you can see, it’s pretty easy to give ourselves away in a desperate world. If you take these six considerations and apply my recommendations, you will be a little more concealed. What other situations would expose you in an urban survival scenario? Leave your comments below. Are you ready to turn back the clocks to the 1800’s for up to three years? Our grandfathers and great-grandfathers were the last generation to practice the basic things that we call survival skills now…

http://www.survivalonline101.com/realize-everything-learned-depend-gone-will-hush-across-land/ 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 8-8-17 Fellowship of the Minds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New York Times: Israeli and other foreign intelligence have the goods on pedophile D.C. politicians

Posted on August 8, 2017 by Dr. Eowyn | 14 Comments

It is said that a major reason why no one in authority would investigate Pizzagate is because many politicians, including those in D.C., are pedophiles, and that they are blackmailed by powerful intelligence groups, domestic and foreign — including Israel’s Mossad — who have “the goods” on their child-sex activities. But all of that is speculative chatter on the Alt-Media. Thanks to enterprising Voat netizen DawnKeyhote, we now have none other than the New York Times making that assertion via an Associated Press story. But it’s the NYT of 35 years ago when the Times still conducted actual journalism, not the NYT of today, which dismisses Pizzagate without an investigation, and whose CEO Mark Thompson, in his previous position as director-general of the BBC, had refused to investigate the hundreds of allegations of child sex abuse by British TV personality and notorious pedophile Sir Jimmy Savile. Below is the AP article in its entirety, “Boy Sex Rings Said to Peddle Client Data to Foreign Agents,” The New York Times, July 27, 1982: Prostitution rings are providing young boys to male customers in Washington and are reportedly selling information about their clients’ sexual preferences to foreign intelligence services, a private investigator testified yesterday. The investigator, Dale Smith, who works for the New York State Senate’s Select Committee on Crime, said he had learned that British, Israeli and Soviet agents had bought information from several call services in Washington. Mr. Smith appeared before the committee at the opening in New York City of a two-day hearing on prostitution among young males and on pornography. Mr. Smith said that an accountant for five call services had told him about the sale of information to foreign agents. He refused to elaborate on the allegations when questioned by reporters, but the committee counsel, Jeremiah McKenna, said that the information concerned ”government officials.” He declined to be more specific ”They’re making more money selling information than on the prostitution itself,” Mr. McKenna said. Allegations of homosexual sex and drug use on Capitol Hill among Congressmen, pages and other employees have circulated in Washington recently. Mr. Smith also said that ”call service operations in Washington have some connection with organized crime in New York.” He described how male prostitutes between the ages of 13 and 16 were shuttled between the cities, and were paid from $50 to $250, with younger boys commanding the most. Earlier, a Washington detective testified that she had uncovered a six-city prostitution network that used 12-year-old boys and allowed customers to pay for sex with credit cards. The cities involved are Los Angeles, San Francisco, New Orleans, New York, Washington and Houston, said the detective, Anne Fisher of the Washington Metropolitan Police. ”You could call a number in Houston from Washington and have a young boy brought to your room in Washington,” the detective said. See also: Pedogate arrests: US Army general, Ohio mayor & TV actor raped children as young as 3 Pedogate arrests: deputy AG, judge, mayor, police officers, & a DuPont heir who raped 3 y.o. daughter Pedogate: President of NY Young Democrats/de Blasio staffer arrested for child porn as young as 6 mos Pizzagate: The Podesta ‘pizza’ emails 60 Minutes Australia report on VIP pedophile network in UK and Australia AG Jeff Sessions knows Joe Biden is a pedophile

https://fellowshipoftheminds.com/2017/08/08/new-york-times-israeli-and-other-foreign-intelligence-have-the-goods-on-pedophile-d-c-politicians/ 

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

[ :: 11-3-13 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.  for the world hates the Christians more now than at anytime in history.  Even during the days Jesus walked on earth, it is much worse now and it is not going to get better because those that don’t believe the truth are going to come against you like never before because they don’t want you to know the truth etc.

:: 8-9-17 Gatestone Institute :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is the State Department Buying Arab Propaganda?

by Nonie Darwish August 9, 2017 at 4:00 am https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/10792/arab-propaganda 

After centuries of Muslim persecution, often genocidal, or dhimmitude under sharia, Christianity in the Middle East has been stunted, if not effectively crushed. To avoid discrimination, Christians gave their children Arab names instead of Biblical ones. Their religious celebrations are kept indoors, lest Christian festivities offend Muslims. As in a Stockholm Syndrome, Middle East Christians often ended up defending and even praising Islam, even if that comes at the expense of their own religious rights. It is stunning to see is how on the one hand, the US State Department and media play down the genocide going on today against Christians in the Middle East, but on the other hand, immediately believe Muslims when one of their leaders tells an American delegation that he does not fear Arabs but fears Jews. With many branches of the US government apparently determined to distort reality, there seems to be a series of deliberate decisions to ignore -- and to prevent the American public from knowing -- what is really going on. "Politically incorrect" language has been censored by the State Department, the Department of Justice, the FBI, the Department of Homeland Security, the previous Executive branch, and, most recently, the National Security Council, which recently seems to have purged the entire department. It is dangerous for the West to accept Arab anti-Semitic propaganda voiced by some Christian leaders in the Middle East; they are held hostage by the Muslim majority around them. Since the age of the internet, even many Arabs have stopped buying Arab propaganda. A recent mark was retired Colonel Lawrence Wilkerson, former chief of staff to Colin Powell when he was Secretary of State. Wilkerson recently said on MSNBC, during the recent Temple Mount crisis, that Jews pose the biggest threat to Christians in the Middle East. He learned this, he said, in 2002-2003 in Ramallah, during a business trip to meet with Yasser Arafat, from a Middle Eastern Catholic Bishop, who had told him that the biggest enemy for Christians in the region was not the Arabs but the Jews. So, Wilkerson, instead of condemning countless unprovoked terror attacks against Israelis, criticized Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. It is most unfortunate that a former high-ranking State Department official decided to blame Israel during the recent crisis, in which Jews were the obvious victims. It is more than unfortunate that Wilkerson took the Bishop's statement at face value instead of recognizing the complexities of the Middle East, where "no" and "yes" rarely mean "no" and "yes". Despite the glaring truth that there is oppression of Christians in the Middle East, Wilkerson evidently does not know that the flock of the Ramallah Bishop live in an Arab city, speak and pray in Arabic, and in an era of Arab nationalism, many believed they were Arab first and Christian second. Egypt's former President, Gamal Abdel Nasser, had changed the country's name to the "United Arab Republic," then later, under President Anwar al-Sadat, to the "Arab Republic of Egypt" -- a name that instructed every Coptic Christian in Egypt they were Arab first. Lebanon, which was then a majority Maronite Christian country, joined the Arab League as an Arab state. If Lebanon had refused, the consequences would have been dire. Therefore, to the Bishop, the biggest enemy in the region might well have appeared not to be Arabs (his flock), but Jews. Many Arab Christians are doubtless anti-Semitic, possibly caused by many factors, but one surely is that throughout the Middle East, Christians have been subjected to the same anti-Jewish propaganda as Muslims -- which results in anti-Semitism. Christian children are fed the same education, filled with hatred of Jews, in Arab schools; they teach lies such as, "Jesus was a Palestinian", "Jerusalem was an Arab City conquered by Jews", "Jews are behind all the ills of Arab society", "Yasser Arafat was poisoned by Israelis", "Jews killed Christ and all the prophets", "Muhammad was poisoned by a Jewish woman", "Israeli medicine is sterilizing Arab men", and so on; the variations are endless. Arabic propaganda can be found everywhere, in fact, rewriting history. Just check the daily translations of Arab media from reliable sources such as MEMRI or Palestinian Media Watch. Even though accusations in the Arab media against Israel are false, the Western media are not interested in exposing them. Middle East Christians, unfortunately, are as much under attack as Jews. They have been deprived for centuries of knowing who their true friends are, and are sensibly terrified of saying anything might bring them further harm. Christians in Egypt have already erased the Hebrew roots of Christianity there. Sadly, Christians in the region, instead of recognizing that Jews are probably their natural allies, have ended up falling into the Middle Eastern trap of trying to appease the Muslim majority around them, and subscribing to its sweeping anti-Semitism. It is, further, in the best interest of extremist Muslims to keep Jews and Christians separated by animosity and distrust. Any Christian sympathizing with Jews has usually been deemed a "collaborator" against Muslims. Such a "betrayal" in turn, is often regarded as a violation of the protected status given to Christians as "dhimmis" -- non-Muslim, barely-tolerated, second-class residents, relegated to apartheid laws and higher taxes to "protect" their lives and property. After centuries of persecution, often genocidal, or dhimmitude under sharia, Christianity in the Middle East has been stunted, if not effectively crushed. To avoid discrimination in the workplace, Christians gave their children Arab names instead of Biblical ones. Their religious celebrations are kept indoors, lest Christian festivities offend Muslims. As in psychological condition known as the Stockholm Syndrome, Middle East Christians have often ended up defending and even praising Islam, despite this frequently coming at the expense of their own religious rights. Even here in the United States, many Coptic Christian immigrants avoid talking about Islam altogether; sometimes, in fear for their families still back in Egypt, they ardently defend Islam. Although they are now living here in American freedom, in their minds they are still back there. When, a few years ago, in a chance meeting with the Egyptian Coptic Pope in a US airport, when I mentioned my conversion to Christianity, and support for the rights of Christians in the Middle East and for Israel, he did not reply, but looked around us fearfully, as though checking if had anyone heard or perhaps recorded our conversation. One could not feel offended; it was simply a sad reminder of the reflexive fear Egyptian Christians still have of the spying ears of the Egyptian Mukhabarat secret police -- even in an American airport. It is stunning to see is how on the one hand, the US State Department and media play down the genocide going on today against Christians in the Middle East, but on the other hand, immediately believe Muslims when one of their leaders tells an American delegation that he does not fear Arabs but fears Jews. What the State Department would do well to understand is that when they deal with Arabs, Christian or Muslim, in the Middle East, anything they say should always be received guardedly, with skepticism. If Wilkerson's business trip had taken him to Cairo, Baghdad or Saudi Arabia, instead of Ramallah, he would most likely have heard the same thing, but unfortunately that does not make it true. Muslims have been trying to conquer the West since the seventh century. They succeeded in spreading throughout Persia, the great Christian Byzantine Empire in Turkey, North Africa, the Middle East, the Balkans, Southern Spain -- and recently Northern Cyprus and much of South America. That does not even take into account Islamic conquests further east, in places such as Pakistan, Afghanistan, Bangladesh, Kashmir, Indonesia, Malaysia, and now the Philippines. With many branches of the US government apparently determined to distort reality, there seems to be a series of deliberate decisions to ignore -- and to prevent the American public from knowing -- what is really going on. "Politically incorrect" language has been censored by the State Department, the Department of Justice, the FBI, the Department of Homeland Security, the previous executive branch, and, most recently, the National Security Council, which recently seems to have purged the entire department. These kinds of Orwellian bowdlerizations can only end up hurting American national security and its relationships in the Middle East and worldwide. Nonie Darwish, born and raised in Egypt, is the author of "Wholly Different; Why I chose Biblical Values Over Islamic Values"

https://www.gatestoneinstitute.org/10792/arab-propaganda 

[ :: 12-16-01 At the altar after PM Service (second word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. A closedown on the present welfare programs and one that demands work for pay and food. Great conflicts, fighting, riots, looting, killing, rapes, drugs, drinking in larger city centers, causing problems that will bring Marshall Law and troops in our streets. The beginning of a one world order, rule by force. The world church shall be the licensed body of the recognized spiritual authority under the false prophet and his deacons, elders, bishops and leaders. Loss of freedom America once enjoyed and stood for, for that which is controlled by military force and protection. etc..

:: 8-9-17 Survival Dan 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Preparing for the Fourth – and Deadliest – Wave of Refugees, Bandits, and other Problem Groups—Part 2

August 9, 2017

No-one really knows what to expect after TSHTF in an extended Level 2 or 3 situation, but it seems universally agreed that the starving masses will be forced to flee their city dwellings and do whatever it takes to survive, wherever they can find the opportunity and ability to do so. It is helpful to look at the types of people who will come out from the cities as a series of different waves, each with different characteristics. We’ve discussed the first three waves of refugees in this other article, and the good news is they will be relatively brief in duration and not necessarily ultimately threatening to the well-being of your own retreat community – indeed some people in the third wave could well become positive additions to your community. In this part, we wish to instead look at the last of these waves – the fourth wave. And rather like the Four Horsemen of the Apocalypse, this is the most threatening and dangerous wave – not only by its nature but also because it will be the longest lived of the four waves. (Christians will be impressed at how closely all four waves can be viewed as having characteristics similar to the four horsemen described in Revelations.) The first two waves were fairly simple and easily understood. In the third wave, we saw how some members were threats but others could be valuable allies. There is a similar dichotomy to the fourth wave, but in a very different sense, and their duality is part of their danger. Also read: The Security/Lawlessness Cycle Of Any Major SHTF Event Both will be organized groups, and both will probably already have their own shelter and possibly even other food sources. They probably don’t need your shelter, and they may not even need your food and other resources. But, taking advantage of a collapse of law and order, they want to take it simply because they can, and because all around them, other people and groups are acting similarly, just like the looter who takes items from stores in a city riot, even if they are things of no value – they just take them for nihilistic reasons. Organized Lawless Gangs The first of these groups will be organized lawless gangs, seeking to dominate and rule their new expanded territory. They might possibly seek ongoing tribute and ‘taxes’ from you in exchange for their ‘protection’. Preparedness Hacks: Don’t buy solar panels before seeing THIS The ’20k solar panel system’ is coming to an end. Wall street confirms all shareholders are selling hard after this weird cheap solution popped on the radar. And they have every reason to… Over 18,000 Patriots are using the system in their homes… (and that’s just in the last three months). They get unlimited energy for less than 80 cents a day… Without paying one nickel more to their electricity provider! If you’re skeptical…Just watch this short video… and you’ll be able to cut your power bills to almost ZERO in just 45 minutes! Or maybe they’ll be less formal, and will simply be roaming around as an organized and maybe nomadic gang, taking and destroying as they go. Gangs that seek to impose their own structure and what passes for their version of order may be groups you can negotiate with. But groups who are little more than anarchistic looters will not be people you can negotiate or create win-win outcomes with. When encountering the former, you need to shift their perception of you from being a one-way source of goodies they can seize from you to instead being a two-way trading source and resource they can benefit from. Maybe you can help them maintain some of their equipment. Maybe you have medical resources. Maybe you can trade with them – exchanging items they’ve plundered elsewhere and have no use for, and giving them in return food or other things they do need. When encountering the latter, you are best advised to indicate to them that you are not an easy target, and any attempt to attack you would seriously weaken or destroy their own force, while leaving you relatively unharmed. With most of the rest of the entire continent lying helpless at their feet, encourage them to go after easier targets. This encouragement is best done in a ‘face saving’ manner. If you challenge the gang leader’s authority, and the overall ‘machismo’ of the gang itself, they may have no social choice but to fight it out with you – and from their perspective, the lives of their junior gang members probably has much less value to the gang leaders than do the lives of your family and fellow community members to you. We’re From the ‘Government’ and We’re Here to ‘Help’ You The second of these groups may be more dangerous. They will claim to be semi-official government groups, seeking to impose their definition of emergency martial law on the region they have assumed control of. Sometimes their intentions may be honorable and well-meaning (even if dysfunctional and dangerous to you in the process), other times they may be as corrupt and despotic as the outlaw gangs, but cleverly seeking to wrap up their dictatorial actions with an ill deserved veneer of assumed legality. Unfortunately, whether honorable or not, it is almost a certainty that these self-appointed groups of enforcers will be primarily tasked with taking stuff from you – either to keep for themselves or to give to the unprepared other people in the region who have empowered these people to act for their benefit. They may attempt to claim special emergency powers that suspend all your normal legal protections and constitutionally guaranteed rights, and if they have been sufficiently clever and sophisticated, they’ll have compliant judges ready to issue court orders authorizing things that should never be authorized. If you don’t like it, they’ll say, you can go appeal, all the way to the US Supreme Court if you wish – this being in a scenario where the Supreme Court may have ceased to exist, and even if it did, it would be close to impossible for you to go there and may take years for you to get a case heard and resolved. Meantime, you will be told you must comply with what they tell you is a lawful order to surrender your food, to take in refugees, or in many other ways to destroy the viability of the retreat that you built, for yourself. Some of the people in this fourth wave will be people you might choose to reluctantly ‘do business’ with. If they are realistic and don’t seek to ‘kill the goose that lays the golden eggs’ and understand that only if you are prosperous can they take a levy or share of your prosperity, then all you’ve done is substituted one form of previous law, order, and taxation for another. And whether the people imposing it on you are bona fide government officials, lawless gangsters, or ‘pretend’ government officials, the net result is the same, and you simply have to matter-of-factly strike the best win-win deal you can. But if they ask too much, and leave you with too little, you have some real problems to face. Even a True Democratic Elected Government May Abrogate Your Rights In particular, you know that even in the ‘best’ of our 50 states, the massive majority of the population is not nearly as well prepared as you are. In the normal world, they might be wealthier than you and have more possessions, a fancier house, and who knows what else, but in the post-crisis world of a Level 2 or 3 event, their wealth and possessions become meaningless while yours become invaluable. Any sort of democratic majority based government, especially one raised on the notion that the ‘wealthy’ are obliged to support the ‘poor’, and doubly especially where the lawmakers themselves are not prepared and are faced with their own pressing life or death challenges, won’t hesitate to urgently pass any needed laws to compel you to give everything you have to them. This may well be unconstitutional and unlawful and illegal. But who are you going to complain to, when the local mayor, the local sheriff, and the local judge all turn up on your doorstep together, themselves all starving, and demanding by their joint powers that you give them all your food? We don’t have easy answers to offer you about these ‘fourth wave’ attackers. But we can tell you that the fourth wave will be an ongoing thorn in your side, and you may find it increasingly difficult to tell the ‘lawless gang’ fourth wave members and the ‘ awful posse’ fourth wave members. Quick life hacks: There’s a new way to bring nearly any type of old battery back to life…brand new. This method works with nearly every type of battery out there …and it’s simple and quick. In case you’re wondering, you’ll be able to bring car, phone, and laptop batteries back to life with this. It even works with solar/off-grid, marine, golf cart, and forklift batteries. Plus, many more! >> Click here to learn how to bring your dead batteries back to life again << With this recondition battery secret, you won’t have to buy new expensive batteries anymore. You can just recondition your old, used batteries and save a lot of money! And this new video presentation shows you how: Hiding from Fourth Wave Threats Many preppers feel that an important part of their overall defensive strategy is to keep as low a profile as possible; to obscure the existence of their retreat, so as to avoid being noticed – both before and after the onset of some type of societal collapse. Obscuring yourself prior to social collapse is getting harder and harder with every passing year. The ‘information society’ is finding out more and more about us, and with the increasing tendency of government drones, spotting planes, and even satellites to survey vast areas of countryside, and to create extremely detailed ‘GIS’ databases of all the land and structures in a region, your retreat structure will surely be noticed and if not officially registered, sooner or later will cause the authorities to respond. If you have an unauthorized structure that has not been permitted and which is not compliant with applicable zoning and health and other regulations and restrictions, you risk having it seized and destroyed. You also risk civil and possibly criminal penalties and being labeled as another crazy group of survivalist/supremacists. You can imagine the headlines now – ‘Anti-government supremacists arrested, large weapons cache found on site’ and so on and so forth. Remember that what we consider prudent, and what is indeed truly lawful, can – and will – be portrayed as evidence of crazy extremism by the news media and the authorities. Because one of the fourth wave groups you may encounter will be some form of revived local government, it is inevitable that the ‘footprints’ you have created in developing your retreat will be uncovered. Local health department approvals for your septic system. Utility records for electricity or the internet or cable services. And so on and so on. Indeed, one of the weaknesses of the generally sensible strategy of locating in an area with low population density is that you become more obvious by your presence than you would in a denser region. You may delay your discovery, but you will not prevent it. You need to have a more viable plan to ensure the safety and security of your retreat – fortunately, we have some suggestions on this point to share. Related articles: After The Collapse: Why People Will Steal Your Food – And Everything Else – in a Level 2/3 Situation Why Cities Will Unavoidably Become Lawless Within a Week or Two During a SHTF Event Becoming Part of the Solution, Not Part of the Problem Your key strategy is to position yourself, your retreat, and your community, so it can create ‘win-win’ relationships with organized ‘fourth wave’ groups. . Earlier waves of threats can be repulsed or ignored or in some other way workedOne of the key things about this fourth wave threat is that it is long term around, but the fourth wave will be a longer term issue that must be resolved. A confrontational approach risks failure on your part. And any type of exchange of hostilities can be much more damaging to you than to your opponents. Your opponents probably have either greater manpower to start with, and/or greater ability to recruit new members into their forces. They are willing to accept some risk to their rank and file ‘foot soldiers’. But you have a finite community of friends, family, and colleagues. You can not dispassionately risk their lives in an encounter. Remember also that with a loss of the sophisticated healthcare facilities we enjoy at present, even minor wounds become life threatening, and even if the wounds can be treated and resolved, they risk depleting your precious limited supplies of antibiotics and other medical resources. There may be times when you must respond to force with force yourself; where the potential outcome associated with giving in to a fourth wave group is worse than the potential outcome of repulsing their attack, and in such cases, you must be resolute in your defense of your retreat and its community. But in general, you want to position yourselves so that you can find ways to co-exist on a win-win basis with these fourth wave groups. Throughout my life I have been caught unprepared several times and while nothing seriously bad happened, it easily could have. I managed to get myself out of each situation, I thanked God, and tried to learn from my mistakes. I have also tried to learn from the mistakes of others so as to not learn everything the hard way. I aspire to be more prepared the next time. My preparedness includes many different aspects. In my opinion, the most important thing I have done is to learn as much as possible about what to expect and how to deal with those situations. The most comprehensive and accurate reading in the preparedness field I could recommend is The Lost Ways. If I had read this book 10 years ago I could have avoided these situations or made them much less unsafe and worrisome. Reading this book, made me more aware and prepared than ever. Click the video below to get a better understanding of what The Lost Ways really is.

http://www.survivaldan101.com/preparing-deadliest-wave/ 

:: 8-9-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are You Prepared to Be Purged? Army Documents Speak to the Hell That Is Coming

Camo Grayling, a known FEMA camp, was the site of massive training for the Michigan Army Reservists and the Michigan National Guard during Jade Helm. The Army said they are training for GITMO duty. Perhaps this was true. However, everyone should Google “FM 3-39.4” and make sure you are seated as you read this Army Field Manual. This is the extraction of political dissidents and subjugation of millions of Americans into mass detention camps in times of martial law. Jade Helm practiced for what will follow the coup that will remove of Donald trump from office. Warning: The following may contain images and messages which are troublesome to those who suffer from cognitive dissonance and corporate media group think. In Arizona, FEMA roundups have already been practiced in the rural White Mountains. I have had 5 reports like this one from the White Mountains area in Arizona: Coleen Blackburn “Here is an interesting fact to add to this… Here in Az these fema camps had a test run set-up by The National Guard, early this year. Everyone in my rural White Mtns area saw it happening. Also, our local people attached to this towns Guard Location DID NOT hesitate to let their family, friends, neighbors know what they had to do. The one I witnessed is 3 miles as the crow flies from my home, with high mtn peaks surrounding it. Might want to also check and see what your state has determined to be the official evacuation route for major cities in your state. Oddly we all found out in Az that this 1 particular camp will be set right in between the 2 major (cities) gets for east bound evacuation… ” In Part One, I asserted that the Deep State was closing in on removing Donald Trump as POTUS. I further claimed that the following would take place in the following order: A coup to remove Trump A purge of high profile dissidents (e.g. Pat Buchanan, anyone in the Independent Media) and these people would just “disappear” and death squads would be involved. A much bigger purge of the supporters of various movements (e.g. gun rights, anti-abortion, Christian, pro-Constitutionalists, etc.). I cited 2 unnamed sources in support of these claims, but I promised that in Part Two, I would present government documents which stood in support of the claims made in Part One. ARSOF and Jade Helm A relatively obscure document, U.S. Army Special Operations Command “ARSOF Operating Concept” was the blueprint for Jade Helm. Jade Helm practiced political dissident extractions and activities in support of massive roundups which would be conducted in a time of national emergency/martial law. This ARSOF document does not boldly use phrases such as “extracting political dissidents”, but it does use “legal language” to basically communicate the same messages that many in the Independent Media have been telling the public about for years, namely, that ARSOF is going to be used to extract political dissidents and then enforce martial law. Key phrases and terms of the ARSOF document are presented here so as to have no misunderstanding as to meaning and intent. Other relevant military documents are mentioned in order to reinforce the interpretation of the ARSOF, Jade Helm inspired document. ARSOF 1-4. Sustaining and Enabling ARSOF: The Operating Concept A global network including joint, interagency, and International partners will enable these capabilities, but that network itself is not enough. The U.S. military must place supreme value in its operators, who will be constantly challenged through the most demanding education, training, and developmental assignments. Our operators’ capabilities also rely on strong and healthy families, supported by the broader ARSOF and Army community. Why do the deep, dark forces behind the planning of Jade Helm need to have foreign mercenaries involved with Jade Helm? The answer is simple, they cannot fully trust that American soldiers will participate in the long-term subjugation of American citizens. This is forecaasting the beginning of civil war in America. There will be US military defectors vs. loyalists and foreign, UN sponsored troops And who would these shadowy forces behind Jade Helm be? We cannot be 100% sure, but my bet is on the CIA. From former ARSOF officer, Scott Bennett, we know that the CIA is funding ISIS through Swiss bank accounts and they have been involved in nearly every nefarious activity connected to this government from Iran-Contra to the JFK assassination. The CIA is a very safe bet. that they will serve in a coordinator’s role with the coming subjugation of the American people. There is not a topic that I have taken more criticism for than when I have written about the presence of foreign troops on American soil, particularly, the Russians. At Ft. Carson, we are witnessing the insertion of Russian troops on our soil. The extra-constitutional “agreements ”(that means illegal agreements) were inked in Washington, D.C., at the fourth annual meeting of the illegally created “U.S.-Russia Bilateral Presidential Commission Working Group on Emergency Situations.” This extra-governmental organization, formed under the Obama administration, is one of almost two dozen similar “working groups” bringing together top U.S. and Russian officials. These agreements allowed for the first 15,000 Russian troops to enter the country. Case Closed! Before taking another sip of the CNN Kool-Aid, you might want to consider the contents of the following Army document. Appendix N of FM 3-39.4 Foreign Confinement Officer Training Program Training U.S. Trainers N-43. Soldiers and Marines who are assigned training missions receive a course in the preparation to deal with the specific requirements of developing the target HN confinement officers (i.e. foreign detention officers). The course should emphasize the cultural background of the HN, introduce its language (to include specific confinement-related terms and phrases) and provide insights into cultural tips for developing a good rapport with HN personnel. Some of these international partners will be wearing the UN blue and driving in UN white vehicles. These Jade Helm partners are not your friend. They are not here to conduct traffic control exercises. They are here to subjugate you, strip you of your assets and herd you into detention camps and when deemed necessary, they will not hesitate to fire upon you if they feel compelled to do so. ARSOF 2-2. A Multipolar World Competition in the global commons will revolve around maintaining the security of key populations in militarily significant urban terrain. The sheer mass and scale of urbanized humanity will be amplified by the intersection of informationally aware, smartphone‐enabled urban populations and their satisfaction—or lack of satisfaction—with local, regional, and even global conditions. In the coming decades, failed states and ungoverned areas will become sanctuaries for extremist, criminal, and terrorist organizations to flourish. Vacuums emerging from the weakened nation‐state model of 19th and 20th centuries will not elicit new forms of government, but only a proliferation of preexisting forms. The significant difference will be the greater ability of nonstate actors to defend themselves, and to influence or attack other populations, due to the diffusion of weapons and communications technologies down to subnation groups… Urban terrain? I thought they were training for war in the Middle East? What is a subnation group? Texas, Utah and part of Southern California are subnation groups that have deemed to be hostile states by Jade Helm documents. Jade Helm is preparing to occupy these “nonstate actors”. On the surface, the Posse Comitatus Act (18 USC 1385) act should prevent the Army from deploying the troops in the midst of a protest that is not on the scale of something like the 1992 LA Riots. However, the Army claims exemption from Posse Comitatus in the following area. 10 USC 331. When a state is unable to control domestic violence and they have requested federal assistance, the use of the militia or Armed Forces is authorized. Perhaps this is why the original Jade Helm maps depicted states like Texas, to be hostile states. Do you remember these maps which were printed in conjunction with Jade Helm’s rehearsal of dissident extraction? Master the Human Domain The following explains the mystery behind the Jade Helm moniker phrase “Mastering the Human Domain“. ARSOF 3-3. The Central Idea Special Warfare. Special warfare is an umbrella term indicating operating force conduct of combinations of unconventional warfare (UW), foreign internal defense (FID), military information support operations (MISO), CT, and counterinsurgency (COIN) through and with indigenous personnel. With discreet, precise, politically astute, and scalable capabilities, ARSOF frequently undertake politically sensitive missions over extended periods of time in hostile, austere, and denied environments. Here, ARSOF’s deep language and cultural expertise enhance unit survivability through the recognition and understanding of emerging threats. Such capabilities also grant Army special operators influence over the human domain in pursuit of U.S. objectives, to avoid conflict, or to bring about a quick and enduring victory… Mastering the human domain can only mean one thing, enslavement!

ARSOF 4-5. Counterinsurgency Operations …COIN will involve comprehensive civilian and military efforts taken to defeat an insurgency and to address any core grievances… Address any core grievances? My mind immediately harkens back to Kent State, in 1970, when four college students frustrated by the illegal Vietnam War were gunned down for expressing “core grievances”. If you are protesting the removal of Trump from office, you will be met with extreme prejudice. Your pro-constitional views will fly in the face of the Deep State dictatorship that will follow the coup.

SNIPERS ON THE ROOF This is not hyperbole! In an Army manual, known as ATP 3-39.33, is the field manual that provides discussion and techniques about civil disturbances and crowd control operations that occur in the continental United States (CONUS) and outside the continental United States (OCONUS). This document, ATP 3-39.33 published the same week as the ARSOF document, on August 15, 2014, promises to change the way the “military authorities” deal with protesters, even peaceful ones through the use of well-placed snipers who will have orders to take out the leaders of any protest movement. The consequences of ATP 3-39.33 could prove deadly for protesters. Further, the provisions of this Army manual is the end of the First Amendment right to peaceably assemble. The Army is telling you how they are going to deal with protests. Protesting, in America, is now a crime punishable by death. Therefore, when Jade Helm is in your neighborhood, unless you willing to fight, it would be best to stay inside! ARSOF 5-3. Sustaining Surgical Strike …operations against critical mission command nodes and infrastructure to weaken the enemy’s grip on the population… This is referring to the initial use of death squads to remove political opposition and key members of the Independent Media. How do Special Forces weaken the grip that dissidents have on the local population? Death squads is the way that many governments deal with “weakening the grip on the population”. This is clearly fancy language used to justify the extraction, either through kidnapping or targeted assassination, of political dissidents from inside the Jade Helm identified “hostile state” areas. This leads one to ask, is America going to see the repeat of historical events such as the “Rape of Nanking ARSOF 1. Future surgical strike units must be trained continually on the ever‐improving technologies and techniques that support the F3EAD targeting methodology. ARSOF training is needed to improve the speed of lethal or nonlethal effects, including advancing intelligence, surveillance, and reconnaissance and analysis capabilities to find and fix the target, sustaining a superb force for finishing the target, improving site exploitation techniques and procedures, and improving the timeliness of analysis and dissemination of exploited information. This begs the question, what is meant by the term “exploited information”? This is a term normally reserved for the practice of extracting information through torture (i.e. extreme exploitation). The Director of National Intelligence released a report indicating that the United States has “confirmed” that 116 detainees, imprisoned at Guantanamo Bay have “transferred” out of the prison. According to DNI records most of these terrorists have subsequently reengaged in terrorist or insurgent activities. In light of the new DNI report, former House Homeland Security Chairman Michael McCaul criticized President Obama’s policy of releasing Guantanamo detainees. So why did President Obama engage in such an insane act by clearing space at Guantanamo? The answer to that question is to ask another question. Why did Michigan Army Reservists, during the Jade Helm drills, and members of the Michigan National Guard training at Camp Grayling to assume Guanatanmo security detail at a time when Obama moved out all the terrorists? Simple, it appears that Obama was preparing to lay the groundwork to move in new residents, American political dissidents extracted by Jade Helm personnel. And what goes on at Guantanamo? Torture! Conclusion I want to emphasize that the evidence presented only represents the tip of the iceberg for documentation that exists on how to deal with a nation that will resist a coup against its President. Further I would venture to claim that the documentation presented in Part Two far outweighs, in severity, the statements offered by unnamed federal officials in Part One. The claims of these two federal officials were extremely understated compared to what we see here. Are you prepared to be purged?

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/08/09/are-you-prepared-to-be-purged-army-documents-speak-to-the-hell-that-is-coming/ 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service second word  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For the world has become very evil and they desire the evil more than they desire those things that are righteous and they desire to walk the way of the evil.  You can even see it in the elections, they are willing to accept the evil and reject that which would be good.  This is a sign that you have crossed the line, that there is no turning back, that my judgment must come upon the face of the earth, etc

:: 8-9-17 Now the end begins :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Read The 49 Page George Soros Playbook To ‘Take Out Trump’ Just Published By Marxist Attack Group Media Matters

by Geoffrey Grider August 7, 2017

In a 49-page Media Matters document marked PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL, the entire anti-Trump plan is laid out and it's called 'DEMOCRACY MATTERS, Strategic Plan For Action' It lists four leftist partner organizations: Media Matters, American Bridge 21st Century, Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), and Shareblue. They lay it out plainly in their introduction, saying: "We are going to contest every effort, at every level of government, to limit rights, rescind protections, entrench inequality, redistribute wealth upwards, or in any other way fundamentally undermine the tenets of egalitarianism that must serve as the bedrock of our democracy." democracy-matters-strategic-plan-for-action-david-brock

by Geoffrey Grider August 7, 2017

In a 49-page Media Matters document marked PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL, the entire anti-Trump plan is laid out and it’s called ‘DEMOCRACY MATTERS, Strategic Plan For Action’ EDITOR’S NOTE: In the 1950’s, even just a passing whiff of the idea that you were somehow connected in any way to a Socialist, Communist or Marxist group meant the death of your career by being put on a “do not hire” blacklist. But in 2017, Socialism, Communism and Marxism have combined under one roof in the George Soros big money tent, and their target is the assassination – virtual or actual – of a duly elected American president. The name of this group is Media Matters, and they are the mouthpiece of the Democrat Party. Welcome to the new civil war. It lists four leftist partner organizations: Media Matters, American Bridge 21st Century, Citizens for Responsibility and Ethics in Washington (CREW), and Shareblue. These are some of the most well-funded, well-entrenched, and well known leftist organizations in America. Billionaire George Soros is a key backer. So, what exactly do they want? Nothing less than complete control over political discourse in America. They lay it out plainly in their introduction, saying: “We are going to contest every effort, at every level of government, to limit rights, rescind protections, entrench inequality, redistribute wealth upwards, or in any other way fundamentally undermine the tenets of egalitarianism that must serve as the bedrock of our democracy.”

democracy-matters-strategic-plan-for-action-david-brock-george-soros-nteb-now-end-begins CLICK HERE TO READ THE ENTIRE 49 PAGE GEORGE SOROS FUNDED DOCUMENT OUTLINING THEIR PLAN TO “TAKE OUT TRUMP” Their motivation is obvious: the continued erosion of our constitutional republic, forming a direct democracy with the elite left permanently in charge. Of course, Media Matters and American Bridge have been doing this for years. Of the latter, the introduction says: “American Bridge will cement itself as the standard-bearer of opposition research, build on its role as a progressive clearinghouse for information that drives the narrative on Republican officeholders and candidates, and be at the epicenter of Democrats’ work to regain power–starting in 2017 and building to 2020.”

Here’s what success will look like: Trump will be defeated either through impeachment or at the ballot box in 2020. The balance of power will shift back to the Democrats. We will measurably impact US Senate, gubernatorial, and state legislative races. We will free ourselves from solely relying in the press. Our robust digital program will reach voters directly online. This is typical for American Bridge, which was formed in 2010 and practically invented the “tracker” position – a paid position for left-leaning activists to record every Republican officeholder and candidate in every public forum they can get into, with the intent of finding any statement they can use against them. Media Matters and American Bridge 21st Century were both founded by David Brock and receive funding from the network of public employee unions and liberal super-donors that includes George Soros, Tom Steyer, and many others. Brock also serves as the Chairman of the Board of Directors for CREW, as well as holding a majority ownership stake in Shareblue. All four organizations have assignments in the campaign. Media Matters is charged with “disarming right-wing disinformation, while leading the fight against the next generation of conservative disinformation.CREW is branded as a “leading non-profit ethics watchdog group” that will “demand ethical conduct from the administration and all parts of government, expose improper influence from powerful interests, and ensure accountability when the administration and others shirk ethical standards, rules, and laws.” Shareblue will “take back social media for Democrats”. Their purpose is to “legitimize Donald Trump’s presidency by emboldening the opposition”. It’s the mission of CREW that is most concerning. According to the playbook, here’s what success will entail: -Trump will be afflicted by a steady flow of damaging information, new revelations, and an inability to avoid conflicts issues. -The Trump Administration will be forced to defend illegal conduct in court. -Powerful industries and interest groups will see their influence wane. -Dark money will be a political liability in key states. It is ironic that they point to dark money as a target, as all four of these organizations are the epicenter of those very campaigns that are fueling the war against conservatives and others in America. You can read the full 49-page playbook here. source

http://www.nowtheendbegins.com/read-49-page-playbook-defeat-president-trump-marxist-attack-group-media-matters/ 

:: 8-9-17 The Survivalist Blog :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Sling An Often Overlooked (But Critical Firearm Accessory)

Last updated on August 9, 2017 by Joe Nobody

One extremely important accessory for a shoulder-fired weapon is frequently overlooked by preppers. It is unpretentious, cheap, readily available, and easy to install. It’s the sling. Suffering from a lack of sex appeal, lost in a plethora of available furniture, and definitely not the cover-girl of gun porn, the lowly sling often suffers from a lack of appreciation – until your body has paid the price. Through the years, I have conducted numerous training sessions and can now easily identify the guys and gals who have experience in the field… the folks who have carried a long gun for an extended period of time. Their slings are functional and comfortable – like an old pair of well-worn blue jeans or a seasoned pair of boots. They fit, function, and perform critical tasks without fanfare or ritz. Those who have ignored this critical component suffer – sometimes badly. More on that down-article. No doubt some of you are wondering, “Why is Joe ranting on and on about something as simple as the humble sling? It’s just a length of material that you use to attach a weapon to your body – right?” Not really. Not in a practical application. In the gun-candy store, it’s easy to get distracted by lights, lasers and fancy optical doodads. At the range, other shooters rarely stroll over and say, “Wow, what a nice sling.” In the gun safe, they tangle and annoy. But if you ever have to keep a shoulder-fired weapon on your person for extended periods of time, there is nothing you’ll appreciate more than a good sling. Many of the folks I work with haven’t spent a lot of time with a weapon in the field. That’s not a criticism or a sin; it’s simply a fact that few occupations or lifestyles demand the need or naturally deliver those experiences. Most of us do not walk into corporate America carrying a long gun. Even the gents who have served for years in the infantry may not consider that their military experience will likely differ from that of a post-event prepper. Protecting the homestead while accomplishing daily activities, chores and movements is different than the routine of a soldier who is a component of a fighting unit. I often challenge my friends to perform one simple task without leaning their rifle against a tree – set up camp. Pitch the tent, build a fire, and empty the packs while wearing your blaster. The experience can be a real eye opener. Take that exercise one step further; envision a typical post-event day from dawn to dusk with security as part of your plan. This mind-movie will help you realize the need for comfortably accommodating your weapon. Unless you find yourself surviving in a densely populated urban area, you’ll most likely spend a lot more time carrying your rifle than shooting it. This is a critical point. You probably won’t be fighting, sweeping, clearing, or defending all the time. (If your environment requires such diligence, it might be time to consider another location.) You will, most likely, be spending countless hours gardening, gathering, harvesting, and performing manual labor. If there is no rule of law, you’ll probably want a firearm close by, or on your person. You may spend considerably more time traveling by foot than you do now. There’s a reasonable chance you’ll be outside and exposed for significant portions of the day. All of this translates into the lowly sling playing an important role. The wise prepper will evaluate this humble piece of kit now, rather than later when it’s too late. Prove that you can carry that blaster comfortably, securely and in a manner that is “mission configurable.” Types of Slings For years, there were two basic types of slings: Single-point and 2-point. (For a short time, there was a 3-point sling, but it faded from the market quickly.) A few years back, the single-point sling was all the rage. It debuted as a cool accessory, and droves of shooters wanted to convert their battle rifles to accept this option. For most, this was a huge mistake. Single-point slings are for SWAT teams, hostage rescue units, and other outfits that are expecting short duration encounters of intense violence. Single-point slings are great for moving a weapon to the weak-side shoulder, close-quarters combat, and other tactics that require a lot of movement of a weapon. They, however, suck as a way to secure a long gun for extended periods while on the move. Infantry soldiers, hunters, search and rescue responders, and probably preppers need slings that secure the weapon tightly against the torso. This configuration allows running, jumping, climbing, walking, and picking berries without the rifle banging into knees, thighs, or more personal regions between a male’s legs. A hot barrel can make this capability even more critical. Consider that you may need to slide the rifle around to your back if you have to use your hands to carry something heavy or to climb. You’ll want to be able to tighten and tuck that fancy AK either in front or across your shoulders, and do so in a way that doesn’t rub off significant swaths of flesh. Recently, a new design has eliminated the need to make a choice. Several vendors now offer what I call “hybrid” slings that easily convert from single-point (when you’re expecting to fight) to a more comfortable two-point arrangement. This nifty invention gives us preppers the best of both worlds. When shopping for a sling, consider these factors: Be aware of the strap width and thickness. When you have a pack, body armor, load-rig, jacket or other paraphernalia on your shoulders, strap-pollution can be an issue. Wide and thin slings are typically the best option. At least one connection point should swivel. This avoids tangles, twists and hang-ups. Metal rings, clips, and buckles will hold more weight than their plastic counterparts. Look for quick adjustment straps. These are extremely handy. Quick Detach (QD) connectors are also great innovations. Over the years, I’ve been in numerous situations where I wanted to get the weapon off my body in a hurry. QD mounts work well. The company Magpul probably offers the most configuration/options: http://store.magpul.com/category/slings  But wait. Carrying the weapon is only part of the equation. Have you ever read those great articles on a gazillion uses for paracord? Well, a good rifle sling has its own list of secondary applications. Not as many as 550-cord, but more than many people realize. A sling can be used to provide a brace for several different shooting positions. Used correctly, it can steady a shooter’s aim. Or how about an angle indicator for non-level shots? If you live in mountainous or hilly country, you know that making a shot 40 degrees down into a valley requires some adjustment. Often, it’s difficult to judge the correct angle. This handy little accessory can help you with the estimate by creating a plumb line. Properly selected, a sling can form a tourniquet, elevate an injured arm, tow something, fashion a stretcher or drag bag… the list could go on and on. Essentially, a sling is a fancy 4-foot section of very strong rope. What could you do with that in an emergency situation? Consider a scenario where you have three people in your group and need to climb a tree in order to scout. Three of these cords attached end-to-end would yield a 12-foot section of climbing rope. In my fictional series, Holding Their Own, the protagonist uses his rifle sling and backpack straps to make a safety harness for a dangerous climb. What I have come to respect most about preppers is a mindset of adaptability and creativity. I’m sure if you put 50 like-minded individuals in a room, they would devise dozens more innovative uses for this little length of material. All the best! Joe Visit Joe’s website, www.joenobodybooks.com , for more articles, reviews, books, and other resources for those who believe in the self-reliant lifestyle.

http://www.thesurvivalistblog.net/single-point-tactical-sling-for-the-ar-15/ 

:: 8-9-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Insiders Speak Out: 'I Helped Create A Monster' - Describes Google/Facebook's 'Brain Hacking' Techniques

August 8, 2017 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

A set of articles caught my eye this morning, where we see from industry insiders exactly how "Silicon Valley" has not only taken over journalism, but how the methods being utilized by both Google and Facebook which mimics the methods used on smartphones to addict users, dubbed "brain hacking" is not only unethical, but is also dangerous to public health, with one insider stating "I invested early in Google and Facebook and regret it. I helped create a monster." In one long, but worthy read over at The Atlantic, the former editor for New Republic, gives an eye-opening description of what exactly went wrong in the world of journalism, where news outlets have come to "unhealthily depend on the big tech companies," where truth and actual reporting of the news has been sacrificed into desperation in "a mad, shameless chase to gain clicks through Facebook," and "a relentless effort to game Google’s algorithms." What makes these deals so terrible is the capriciousness of the tech companies. Quickly moving in a radically different direction may be great for their bottom line, but it is detrimental to the media companies that rely on the platforms. Facebook will decide that its users prefer video to words, or ideologically pleasing propaganda to more-objective accounts of events—and so it will de-emphasize the written word or hard news in its users’ feeds. When it makes shifts like this, or when Google tweaks its algorithm, the web traffic flowing to a given media outlet may plummet, with rippling revenue ramifications. The problem isn’t just financial vulnerability, however. It’s also the way tech companies dictate the patterns of work; the way their influence can affect the ethos of an entire profession, lowering standards of quality and eroding ethical protections. The whole piece is well worth the time it takes to read to understand why journalism has become on of the most distrusted institutions in American today. That is only one piece of the puzzle though, as we see another even more disturbing article at USA Today, where an industry insider, Roger McNamee, who "invested in Google and Facebook years before their first revenue and profited enormously," and who was an early adviser to Facebook’s team, but now says "I am terrified by the damage being done by these Internet monopolies." McNamee explains how both Google and Facebook deliberately "exploit human nature," to create "addictive behaviors that compel consumers to check for new messages, respond to notifications, and seek validation from technologies whose only goal is to generate profits for their owners." How does this work? A 2013 study found that average consumers check their smartphones 150 times a day. And that number has probably grown. People spend 50 minutes a day on Facebook. Other social apps such as Snapchat, Instagram and Twitter combine to take up still more time. Those companies maintain a profile on every user, which grows every time you like, share, search, shop or post a photo. Google also is analyzing credit card records of millions of people. As a result, the big Internet companies know more about you than you know about yourself, which gives them huge power to influence you, to persuade you to do things that serve their economic interests. Facebook, Google and others compete for each consumer’s attention, reinforcing biases and reducing the diversity of ideas to which each is exposed. The degree of harm grows over time. Before going on to McNamee's subsequent points, his assertion above is clearly seen in the latest Google scandal, where an engineer at the company created a memo about Googles claim of "diversity" yet they punish any disagreement with their interpretation of diversity. After the memo written by this employee hit all the headlines because he spoke about Google's refusal to allow "viewpoint diversity," on the topic of jobs better suited to women and to men, and why, social justice warriors at Google and throughout the liberal media went insane, accusing him of being "anti-diversity," sexist, and the other predictable labels slapped on anyone that doesn't conform to their "group-think." Proof that Google has no room for diversity of opinion, came swiftly as they immediately fired the employee for daring state his own opinion, to which some law experts say was an illegal move, with Glenn Reynolds, a Beauchamp Brogan Distinguished Professor of Law at the University of Tennessee College of Law, saying "I look forward to the lawsuit and its accompanying discovery." Breitbart published some internal discussions, showing that Google management blacklists anyone that dares think differently than the "diversity" social justice warriors within Google's management teams, with screen shots showing that in some cases other employees demand that anyone that showed support for the man that wrote the initial memo should be disciplined or terminated. (See those internal discussions here) Back to McNamee: Consider a recent story from Australia, where someone at Facebook told advertisers that they had the ability to target teens who were sad or depressed, which made them more susceptible to advertising. In the United States, Facebook once demonstrated its ability to make users happier or sadder by manipulating their news feed. While it did not turn either capability into a product, the fact remains that Facebook influences the emotional state of users every moment of every day. Former Google design ethicist Tristan Harris calls this "brain hacking." That link to brain hacking took us to a CBS News article from other industry insiders, published In June 2017, where a former Google product manager Tristan Harris explains "Silicon Valley is engineering your phone, apps and social media to get you hooked," calling the methods they use "brain hacking." Have you ever wondered if all those people you see staring intently at their smartphones -- nearly everywhere, and at all times -- are addicted to them? According to a former Google product manager you are about to hear from, Silicon Valley is engineering your phone, apps and social media to get you hooked. As we first reported in April, he is one of the few tech insiders to publicly acknowledge that the companies responsible for programming your phones are working hard to get you and your family to feel the need to check in constantly. Some programmers call it "brain hacking" and the tech world would probably prefer you didn't hear about it. But Tristan Harris openly questions the long-term consequences of it all and we think it's worth putting down your phone to listen. That piece is also well worth reading as they talk to a number of tech insiders from a variety of industries, showing exactly how each individual online is being targeted by organizations like Facebook and Google, literally "programming people," not just applications. McNamee concludes with the following: Incentives being what they are, we cannot expect Internet monopolies to police themselves. There is little government regulation and no appetite to change that. If we want to stop brain hacking, consumers will have to force changes at Facebook and Google. BOTTOM LINE Yesterday I wrote an article titled "Indisputable Proof Of Coordinated Attacks By Tech Giants To Control Access Of Information In Order To Control The Masses," and that is exactly what all of this comes down to... control. Independent Media, like all the sites listed in the article linked above, do not follow the group think of the mainstream media, who are"tightly controlled" by the tech industry, specifically larger groups like Google and Facebook, literally using methods to addict users, but also to control the narrative. If an MSM outlet goes out of the box, Facebook and Google simply strangle their hits, their traffic, and forces them back into the box, controlling the media as if they were puppets on a string. The attacks on Independent Media are only one small part of the bigger picture as these tech companies are determined to control each and every person on the internet, to buy what they want, to see only what they want them to see, to report only what narrative they want reported and according to all the insiders above, they are developing more "brain hacking" techniques to control even children that are using any type of digital or electronic technology.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Facebook_Google_Brain_Hacking.php 

:: 8-8-17 Ancient Orgians :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

8 August, 2017 - 01:50 ancient-origins

Can You Hear the Past? Acoustic Archaeology is Beginning to Explore this New Historical Dimension

Picture an archaeological site, what comes to mind? Sandstone walls, standing in the desert heat? Stonehenge, watching over a grassy field? When thinking about archaeological sites, we tend to conceive of them as dead silent – empty ruins left by past cultures. But this isn’t how the people who lived in and used these sites would have experienced them. Residents would have heard others speaking and laughing, babies crying, people working, dogs barking and music such as drumming. These sounds could be heard from close by, and perhaps coming from distant locations as well. Putting sound back into the archaeological landscape is an important part of understanding how people lived, what they valued, how they shaped their identities and experienced the world and their place in it. This growing field is called acoustic archaeology, or archaeoacoustics. By considering the sounds heard by people moving through the landscape, we’re able to more fully understand their culture, and thus better relate to them as human beings. We recently modeled an ancient soundscape at the landscape level for the first time. What can our ears tell us about the way the Anasazi, or Ancestral Puebloan, people lived in New Mexico’s Chaco Canyon more than a thousand years ago? Vibrations and sounds may have enhanced worship of Great Goddess Cybele How Ancient Greeks Took Trippy Journeys to the Land of the Dead The incredible sound effects of Malta’s Hypogeum Hal Saflieni Modeling Ancient Sound Chaco Canyon was the center of ancestral Puebloan civilization. It’s famous for its great houses – large, multistoried structures, some the size of football fields – built and used from approximately AD 850-1150. Archaeologists have studied how the Ancestral Puebloans built the structures of Chaco Canyon and placed them in relation to each other and to astronomical alignments. To add a new dimension to our understanding of this time and place, we investigated how sounds were experienced at these sites. We wanted to know how a listener would have experienced a sound from a specific distance away from whatever was producing it. To explore sound physics and its application to archaeology, we first developed an Excel spreadsheet. Our calculations described linear sound profiles, similar to a line-of-sight analysis; this took into account a straight path between the person or instrument making the noise and the person hearing it. However, this approach was limited because the results applied to only one listener standing at a very specific location a set distance away. Our research truly blossomed when we wondered if we could apply the same sound physics calculations to an entire landscape simultaneously. We turned to a type of computer program called Geographic Information Systems (GIS) that allows us to model the world in three dimensions. The software package we used, ESRI’s ArcGIS, offers anyone the option to create customized tools, such as the Soundshed Analysis Tool we created, to do calculations or create geographical data and images. The Soundshed Analysis Tool is derived from an earlier modeling script “SPreAD-GIS” developed by environmental scientist Sarah Reed to measure the impact of noise on natural environments, such as national forests. That tool was itself adapted from SPreAD, or “the System for the Prediction of Acoustic Detectability,” a method the U.S. Forest Service devised in 1980 to predict the impact of noise on outdoor recreation. The Soundshed Analysis Tool requires seven input variables, a study location and elevation data. Variables include the sound source height, frequency of the sound source, sound pressure level of the source, the measurement distance from the source, air temperature, relative humidity and the ambient sound pressure level of the study location. We gathered this information from a variety of sources: open-source elevation data, archaeological research, paleoclimatological research and historical climate data. We also gathered from the relevant literature the decibel levels of crowds, individuals and the conch trumpet instrument ancestral Puebloans used. Once the input variables are entered, it takes the Soundshed tool less than 10 minutes to crunch through this complex math for every point on the landscape within two miles of the spot where the sound is produced. Our model then creates images that show where and how sound spreads across the landscape. This gives us a way to visualize the sounds people would have experienced as they moved through the landscape, going about their day. Who Could Hear What, Where We focused on culturally relevant sounds and how they would have spread throughout the Chacoan landscape. These could be the voices of people, the sound of domestic animals like dogs and turkeys, the creation of stone tools or the sound of musical instruments. Within the American Southwest, these instruments include bone flutes, whistles, foot drums, copper bells and conch shell trumpets. Soundshed maps reveal that a person standing at either of two neighboring great houses, Pueblo Alto and New Alto, located approximately 500 feet from each other, can hear a person shouting or speaking to a group at the other site. The patterns differ between the two maps because the terrain differs slightly between the two locations, and because the structures themselves block sound. A third map models someone blowing a conch shell trumpet from immediately north of Casa Rinconada, a large ceremonial structure, at dawn on the summer solstice. The sound spreads throughout the canyon, traveling to a number of mesa top shrines that often marked sacred locations and high points on the landscape. Perhaps audibility influenced the positioning of the shrines so ritual events occurring at Casa Rinconada could be heard? Investigating how sound interacts with the built environment can reveal details about the importance of ritual. It can show us if sound was considered important by the ancestral Puebloan people, especially if shrines are consistently found in locations where people could hear rituals that were performed at a distance. The Future of Archaeoacoustics Our research presents a first step in the archaeoacoustic study of landscapes. Now we hope to expand our research by visiting Chaco Canyon to perform sound studies and record measurements in the field. We also plan to apply our model to other cultures, geographic areas and time periods. Acoustic studies combined with other archaeological research contribute to a more holistic understanding of past cultures. The field has grown as more researchers expand their multidisciplinary pursuits, combining other fields of study with their archaeological approach. For example, advances in geography, physics, psychology, computer programming and other fields made our acoustic study possible. Previously, the study of archaeoacoustics at the landscape level had been out of reach due to technological limitations and a lack of tools. It is only now that computer processing power has caught up to our dreams. Modeling tools like this one also offer the added benefit of allowing us to study what people heard at a site in any place or time without the need to travel to those locations. Instead, researchers can apply existing data found through a literature search, or measure the sound levels of noises or musical instruments to use as model inputs. This opens up new areas to be explored and studied. Sound modeling can help researchers ask questions, and help everyone understand and relate to the ways that other people experienced their world. A sound model opens a new door into our understanding of the past.

http://www.ancient-origins.net/news-general/can-you-hear-past-acoustic-archaeology-beginning-explore-new-historical-dimension-021553?nopaging=1 

:: 8-7-17 Quartz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ROBOTPHOBIA

An artificial intelligence researcher reveals his greatest fears about the future of AI

By Arend Hintze August 07, 2017

As an artificial intelligence researcher, I often come across the idea that many people are afraid of what AI might bring. It’s perhaps unsurprising, given both history and the entertainment industry, that we might be afraid of a cybernetic takeover that forces us to live locked away, Matrix-like, as some sort of human battery. And yet it is hard for me to look up from the evolutionary computer models I use to develop AI, to think about how the innocent virtual creatures on my screen might become the monsters of the future. Might I become “the destroyer of worlds,” as Oppenheimer lamented after spearheading the construction of the first nuclear bomb? I would take the fame, I suppose, but perhaps the critics are right. Maybe I shouldn’t avoid asking: As an AI expert, what do I fear about artificial intelligence? Fear of the unforeseen The HAL 9000 computer, dreamed up by science fiction author Arthur C. Clarke and brought to life by movie director Stanley Kubrick in 2001: A Space Odyssey, is a good example of a system that fails because of unintended consequences. In many complex systems—the RMS Titanic, NASA’s space shuttle, the Chernobyl nuclear power plant—engineers layer many different components together. The designers may have known well how each element worked individually, but didn’t know enough about how they all worked together. That resulted in systems that could never be completely understood, and could fail in unpredictable ways. In each disaster—sinking a ship, blowing up two shuttles, and spreading radioactive contamination across Europe and Asia—a set of relatively small failures combined together to create a catastrophe. I can see how we could fall into the same trap in AI research. We look at the latest research from cognitive science, translate that into an algorithm, and add it to an existing system. We try to engineer AI without understanding intelligence or cognition first. Systems like IBM’s Watson and Google’s Alpha equip artificial neural networks with enormous computing power, and accomplish impressive feats. But if these machines make mistakes, they lose on “Jeopardy!” or don’t defeat a Go master; these are not world-changing consequences. Indeed, the worst that might happen to a regular person as a result is losing some money betting on their success. But as AI designs get even more complex and computer processors even faster, their skills will improve. That will lead us to give them more responsibility, even as the risk of unintended consequences rises. We know that “to err is human,” so it is likely impossible for us to create a truly safe system. Fear of misuse I’m not very concerned about unintended consequences in the types of AI I am developing, using an approach called neuroevolution. I create virtual environments and evolve digital creatures and their brains to solve increasingly complex tasks. The creatures’ performance is evaluated; those that perform the best are selected to reproduce, making the next generation. Over many generations these machine-creatures evolve cognitive abilities. Right now we are taking baby steps to evolve machines that can do simple navigation tasks, make simple decisions, or remember a couple of bits. But soon we will evolve machines that can execute more complex tasks and have much better general intelligence. Ultimately we hope to create human-level intelligence. Along the way, we will find and eliminate errors and problems through the process of evolution. With each generation, the machines get better at handling the errors that occurred in previous generations. That increases the chances that we’ll find unintended consequences in simulation, which can be eliminated before they ever enter the real world. Another possibility that’s farther down the line is using evolution to influence the ethics of artificial intelligence systems. It’s likely that human ethics and morals, such as trustworthiness and altruism, are a result of our evolution—and factor in its continuation. We could set up our virtual environments to give evolutionary advantages to machines that demonstrate kindness, honesty, and empathy. This might be a way to ensure that we develop more obedient servants or trustworthy companions and fewer ruthless killer robots. While neuroevolution might reduce the likelihood of unintended consequences, it doesn’t prevent misuse. But that is a moral question, not a scientific one. As a scientist, I must follow my obligation to the truth, reporting what I find in my experiments, whether I like the results or not. My focus is not on determining whether I like or approve of something; it matters only that I can unveil it. Fear of wrong social priorities Being a scientist doesn’t absolve me of my humanity, though. I must, at some level, reconnect with my hopes and fears. As a moral and political being, I have to consider the potential implications of my work and its potential effects on society. As researchers, and as a society, we have not yet come up with a clear idea of what we want AI to do or become. In part, of course, this is because we don’t yet know what it’s capable of. But we do need to decide what the desired outcome of advanced AI is. One big area people are paying attention to is employment. Robots are already doing physical work like welding car parts together. One day soon they may also do cognitive tasks we once thought were uniquely human. Self-driving cars could replace taxi drivers; self-flying planes could replace pilots. Instead of getting medical aid in an emergency room staffed by potentially overtired doctors, patients could get an examination and diagnosis from an expert system with instant access to all medical knowledge ever collected—and get surgery performed by a tireless robot with a perfectly steady “hand.” Legal advice could come from an all-knowing legal database; investment advice could come from a market-prediction system. Perhaps one day, all human jobs will be done by machines. Even my own job could be done faster, by a large number of machines tirelessly researching how to make even smarter machines. In our current society, automation pushes people out of jobs, making the people who own the machines richer and everyone else poorer. That is not a scientific issue; it is a political and socioeconomic problem that we as a society must solve. My research will not change that, though my political self—together with the rest of humanity—may be able to create circumstances in which AI becomes broadly beneficial instead of increasing the discrepancy between the one percent and the rest of us. Fear of the nightmare scenario There is one last fear, embodied by HAL 9000, the Terminator, and any number of other fictional superintelligences: If AI keeps improving until it surpasses human intelligence, will a superintelligence system (or more than one of them) find it no longer needs humans? How will we justify our existence in the face of a superintelligence that can do things humans could never do? Can we avoid being wiped off the face of the Earth by machines we helped create? The key question in this scenario is: Why should a superintelligence keep us around? I would argue that I am a good person who might have even helped to bring about the superintelligence itself. I would appeal to the compassion and empathy that the superintelligence has to keep me, a compassionate and empathetic person, alive. I would also argue that diversity has a value all in itself, and that the universe is so ridiculously large that humankind’s existence in it probably doesn’t matter at all. But I do not speak for all humankind, and I find it hard to make a compelling argument for all of us. When I take a sharp look at us all together, there is a lot wrong: We hate each other. We wage war on each other. We do not distribute food, knowledge, or medical aid equally. We pollute the planet. There are many good things in the world, but all the bad weakens our argument for being allowed to exist. Fortunately, we need not justify our existence quite yet. We have some time—somewhere between 50 and 250 years, depending on how fast AI develops. As a species we can come together and come up with a good answer for why a superintelligence shouldn’t just wipe us out. But that will be hard: Saying we embrace diversity and actually doing it are two different things—as are saying we want to save the planet and successfully doing so. The Conversation We all, individually and as a society, need to prepare for that nightmare scenario, using the time we have left to demonstrate why our creations should let us continue to exist. Or we can decide to believe that it will never happen, and stop worrying altogether. But regardless of the physical threats superintelligences may present, they also pose a political and economic danger. If we don’t find a way to distribute our wealth better, we will have fueled capitalism with artificial intelligence laborers serving only very few who possess all the means of production. The Conversation This article was originally published on The Conversation. Read the original article.

https://qz.com/1044717/an-ai-researcher-explains-his-biggest-fears-about-the-future-of-artificial-intelligence-and-machines/ 

:: 8-7-17 The Patriot Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Real Trading Behind North Korean Sanctions

The UN's latest move against North Korea is significant — if the Chinese uphold their end of the bargain.

Nate Jackson · Aug. 7, 2017

In a significant move Saturday, the United Nations Security Council unanimously leveled new sanctions on North Korea after the hermit kingdom’s game-changing tests of intercontinental ballistic missiles last month. These ICBMs can reach the continental U.S., meaning many American cities are in range of a nuclear attack by unhinged North Korean dictator Kim Jong Un. The sanctions on North Korean exports of coal, iron, lead and seafood are worth about $1 billion, which is roughly a third of its annual export revenue. “This resolution is the single largest economic sanctions package ever leveled against the North Korean regime," said UN Ambassador Nikki Haley. "This is the most stringent set of sanctions on any country in a generation. And this time, the council has matched its words and actions.” Yet Haley appropriately warned, “We should not fool ourselves into thinking we have solved the problem. Not even close. The North Korean threat has not left us.” The sanctions are important because Russia and especially China agreed to them. China is not only North Korea’s primary communist backer but its biggest trading partner, accounting for at least 85% of the North’s trade. To succeed in countering the North Korean threat, the U.S. must have assistance from China. But China has its own interests, particularly in the amount of trade it depends on with the U.S. Thus, the Chinese are using North Korean saber rattling as a bargaining chip to counter Donald Trump’s rhetoric about trade with China. It’s leverage to talk Trump down from starting a trade war, which was itself partly a bargaining position to get the Chinese to rein in North Korea. So perhaps the Art of the Deal is working for both sides — if the Chinese uphold their end of the bargain rather than skirting sanctions as they have in the past. Oh, and if anything will work on a lunatic like Kim, who promised “thousands-fold” vengeance and a “severe lesson” for the U.S., as well as reiterating that “under no circumstances” will the North negotiate on its nuclear weapons.

https://patriotpost.us/articles/50639 

:: 8-8-17 Pathoes :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Jonah and the Eclipse in Ancient Nineveh

August 7, 2017 by tomhobson

As we await the eclipse of 2017 AD, this post examines the possibility that the dramatic repentance of Nineveh in Jonah 3:1-10 may have been galvanized by a total solar eclipse there that dates to June 15, 763 BCE, during the probable lifetime of Jonah. All sorts of details kick in to make this possibility highly plausible! We here in southern Illinois are about to be at the center of the umbra for the eclipse of a lifetime. I’ve been waiting for this one ever since I heard about it when I was growing up here 48 years ago. Ozzy Osbourne will be performing near SIU-Carbondale at a music event called Moonstock. People are planning to flood the entire totality path to see it happen. It’s been ages since a total solar eclipse tracked all the way across America from Pacific to Atlantic. We’ll see what the forecast holds. We’ll also see whether the mathematical projections of the shadow’s path by astronomers prove to be accurate; I find it mind-boggling to think that they can measure and crunch those kinds of numbers without mistakes that will leave Millstadt or Cahokia stuck in the sunshine after all. But did you know that a total solar eclipse appears to have played a role in the story of the Biblical prophet Jonah? First, of course, we have to decide whether Jonah was a fictional character or a real, historical person. If you’ve read my three-part article “Historicity: Does It Matter?” (http://pres-outlook.org/2009/07/historicity-does-it-matter-part-2-2), you’ll know what I think. Taking Jonah to be historical as I do, the Bible’s one specific clue as to when he lived was during the reign of Jeroboam II, or around 786-746 BCE, if we take 2 Kings 14:25 as evidence of the latest that he could have prophesied. A total solar eclipse over Nineveh in northern Iraq on June 15, 763 BCE fits this time frame for the life and career of Jonah. Assyriologist Donald Wiseman, a former curator at the British Museum, and editor of Chronicles of Chaldean Kings and The Alalakh Tablets, published a lecture in the Tyndale Bulletin in 1979 where he argued persuasively that this eclipse would help explain the dramatic reaction to Jonah’s preaching. (http://www.tyndalehouse.com/TynBul/Library/TynBull_1979_30_02_Wiseman_JonahsNineveh.pdf) According to the Assyrian writings cited by Wiseman, here’s what a solar eclipse would have meant to them: “the king will be deposed and killed, and a worthless fellow will seize the throne…rain from heaven will flood the land…the city walls will be destroyed.” The Assyrians tell us that at such a time, there would be solemn fasting, and the king would hand over his throne to a substitute until the danger passed. At least once when there was a total solar eclipse, the Assyrians cry, “Nineveh shall be overthrown!” (in Assyrian, adi arbat ūmē ālninuaki innabak, which can also mean, “Nineveh shall be made to repent!”). I believe that Jonah was in Nineveh in June of 763 BC during the total eclipse of the sun, which would help explain the remarkable response of the people of Nineveh. Jonah preaches at exactly the right time for the people of Nineveh to listen to him. The Assyrian nation was weak and in chaos in the decade around 760 BCE. They had one earthquake (one sign of divine wrath). There was a famine from 765-758 BCE. Assyria was losing battles and losing territory to its enemies. There were domestic riots. With all the trouble they already had going on, they could have easily believed that Jonah’s warning would come to pass. Now was a perfect time for a prophet from far away to arrive on the scene and command a response. The repentance of an entire pagan city the size of Nineveh would be a greater miracle than for Jonah to survive getting swallowed by a fish. By the way, I have no problem with that part of the account, either. (Our adult daughter theorizes that the fish was probably a basking shark, the only creature found in the Mediterranean big enough to do the job without deliberately chewing Jonah up for food.) Yes, such an experience would be near-fatal if not fatal, but that’s part of the miracle, which is probably why Jesus cites Jonah as a sign comparable to his own resurrection (a sign that was still quite some time in the future to those who heard Jesus at first). We are in no position to prove or disprove either Jonah’s survival inside the fish, or the repentance of Nineveh, nor can we prove the admittedly daring hypothesis that Jonah was there for the 763 BCE eclipse and that the eclipse helped produce the results recorded in the Biblical account. But if these propositions are not provable, they are at least perfectly plausible. Yet they do not remove the element of the divine. When can you get God to send a stupendous natural event right when you need one to back up your point? The divine factor is why I doubt whether anyone will be moved to repentance by the eclipse of 2017 AD. God will have to use other means to make that happen on any scale like the repentance recorded in Nineveh in the time of Jonah. Jesus’ resurrection, the mega-event foreshadowed by Jonah’s brush with death inside the great fish, will do the job, if anything can. And we have far stronger reason to believe in the truth of Jesus’ resurrection than in whatever happened in Nineveh as a result of the eclipse of 763 BCE.

Read more at http://www.patheos.com/blogs/tomhobson/2017/08/jonah-eclipse-ancient-nineveh/#31GTEBjrvatko00C.99 

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see much more happening overseas now much more.  Russia, they have been poked in the eye so long they are ready to fight.  North Korea has been mocked for so long they are ready to fight.  They are not afraid of those ships that are out there; they were out there during the Korean War.  Oh, wake up, wake up, you need to turn to me and not to your own ways, for the old ways never did work etc.

:: 8-8-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea threatens Guam: Pyongyang declares Kim Jong-un is 'carefully examining' plan to strike US Pacific military bases after Trump's ferocious 'fire and fury' warning falls on deaf ears

North Korea said it is 'carefully examining' a plan to strike Guam and it will be put in place once leader Kim Jong Un makes a decision

This comes after Trump told the North that additional threats of violence against the U.S. 'will be met with the fire and the fury like the world has never seen'

North Korea said earlier that the U.S. would 'pay dearly' for the United Nations sanctions regime it successfully imposed over the weekend

Also threatened 'physical action' and a 'mobilization of all its national strength'

Trump previously said: 'After many years of failure,countries are coming together to finally address the dangers posed by North Korea. We must be tough & decisive!'

Russia and China reluctantly signed on to a United Nations resolution that puts a hard stop to a third of North Korea's export revenue

US officials believe Kim Jong-Un has built a miniaturized warhead for missiles and are ramping up their rhetoric in turn

Defense Intelligence officials say he now has 60 nuclear weapons in his arsenal

By Francesca Chambers, White House Correspondent For Dailymail.com and Regina F. Graham For Dailymail.com

Published: 08:04 EDT, 8 August 2017 | Updated: 06:29 EDT, 9 August 2017

North Korea said it is 'carefully examining' a plan to strike the U.S. Pacific territory of Guam with missiles, just hours after President Donald Trump told the country that any threat to the U.S. would be met with 'fire and fury.' A spokesman for the Korean People's Army, in a statement carried by the North's state-run KCNA news agency, said Wednesday the strike plan will be 'put into practice in a multi-current and consecutive way any moment' once leader Kim Jong Un makes a decision. Guam, which is roughly 2,128 miles from North Korea, is home to both Andersen Air Force Base and Naval Base Guam housing thousands of American service members and their families. Roughly 28 percent of the island is occupied by the U.S. military. The base houses bomber assurance and deterrence missions, including six B-52s which the air force says provide 'strategic global strike capability [to] deter potential adversaries and provide reassurance to allies' and that they are ready to go. In another statement citing a different military spokesman, North Korea also said it could carry out a pre-emptive operation if the U.S. showed signs of provocation. Earlier Pyongyang said it was ready to give Washington a 'severe lesson' with its strategic nuclear force in response to any U.S. military action. The statement from the North comes after Trump told the country's leader Tuesday that additional threats of violence against the U.S. 'will be met with fire and the fury like the world has never seen.' 'He has been very threatening beyond a normal state, and as I said they will be met with the fire and fury and frankly power, the likes of which this world has never seen before,' Trump added in remarks at the top of an unrelated meeting. He stopped just short of a firm promise to declare war on Kim's government if the dictatorship continues to talk about 'physical action' to the U.S. 'North Korea best not make any more threats to the United States,' Trump cautioned after a reporter asked him about the nuclear standoff. Trump told the world Tuesday morning that it must be vigilant against North Korea in the face of new threats from the country's young dictator. Kim had warned the United States that it would pay 'pay dearly' for the United Nations sanctions regime it successfully imposed over the weekend and hinted at military action as tensions continued to escalate. 'Physical action will be taken mercilessly with the mobilization of all its national strength,' North Korea's state-run news agency said Tuesday. The 33-year-old Kim was lashing out at a U.S. push to drain him of the hard currency he needs to develop his nuclear program that Russia and China reluctantly signed on to last weekend. The sanctions put a hard stop to a third of North Korea's export revenue - a deafening blow to the country's economy. Trump celebrated the universal participation of Security Council countries in the sanctions with a tweet this morning that said, 'After many years of failure, countries are coming together to finally address the dangers posed by North Korea. We must be tough & decisive!' A Washington Post report on Tuesday suggested that North Korea had invented a miniaturized warhead that it has the capability of attaching to the intercontinental ballistic missiles its been testing. The development brings the country dangerously close to its goal of creating of a nuclear weapon that can hit targets in the U.S. Alaska, Hawaii and California would be at an especially high risk if Kim's scientists finish the weapons and North Korea decides to use them. Sen. Dan Sullivan (R-Alaska) said on Tuesday that he is seriously worried about a possible North Korean missile strike on his state as well as the rest of the United States. 'There's concern, but there's also pride,' Sullivan said on Fox News's 'The Story' Tuesday. 'Alaska is the cornerstone of our nation's missile defense.' He added that Alaska's missile defense battalion 'is literally protecting the country.' 'The Alaska guard unit there calls themselves the 300, protecting the 300 million,' Sullivan said. 'So that's what they're doing now, protecting us.' According to the report, US officials estimate that Kim now has 60 nuclear weapons in his possession. By comparison, the US is estimated to have more than 6,800 in its stockpile, and Russia is thought to have 7,000. Shortly after Trump's morning message, United States Ambassador to the United Nations Nikki Haley appeared on Fox & Friends to deliver tough talk to North Korea and take a victory lap on sanctions. 'The United States will respond accordingly, and I think the international community will respond accordingly,' she said of the dangerous actions that Kim could take in response to the punishing actions. It's up to North Korean leader to decide whether his response is, 'OK the international community is telling me to stop or he is going to have, you know, a temper tantrum,' she'd said. Fox & Friends host Steve Doocy worried that Kim is rejecting the international mandate. 'It sounds like, we are getting closer to a shootin' war,' he told Haley. 'But we don't run scared,' Haley asserted. 'This had to happen, we had to go after his hard currency, we had to stop it.' 'How he responds? He's now going to have to think what's the end game? Is he really going to come after the United States knowing what the United States can do back? He's gotta make that calculation,' the high-ranking U.S. diplomat assessed. Former President Barack Obama's aide Dan Pfeiffer went after Trump's warning to North Korea on Tuesday. Pfeiffer tweeted, 'Don't gloss over the fact that Trump threatened what can only be interpreted as a nuclear attack on North Korea if Kim Jong Un taunts him.' On Monday, North Korea promised to 'teach the US a severe lesson' if it puts its military might to the test on the Korean Peninsula. 'We will, under no circumstances, put the nukes and ballistic rockets on the negotiating table,' North Korean Foreign Minister Ri Yong Ho said, effectively declining to engage in talks about the nuclear program. State-run KCNA news agency meanwhile claimed that North Korea 'will make the US pay dearly for all the heinous crimes it commits against the state and people of this country.' KCNA cautioned the U.S. against 'believing that its land is safe across the ocean' in what it described as a 'stern warning to the US.' Tuesday it slapped the U.S. again, saying in a statement that appeared in the New York Times: 'Packs of wolves are coming in attack to strangle a nation...They should be mindful that the D.P.R.K.'s strategic steps accompanied by physical action will be taken mercilessly with the mobilization of all its national strength.' Kim is fuming over a United Nations Security Council resolution that will cut a billion out of his $3 billion economy annually. The resolution bans North Korea exports of coal, iron, iron ore, lead, lead ore and seafood and blocks off other cash-rich avenues, including joint ventures. The U.S. pushed the resolution through the Security Council on Saturday with the aid of Russia and China, North Korea's largest trading partner. 'Yes, China and Russia were not the easiest, but at the end of the day they came through, and that's all that matters,' Haley said this morning on Fox & Friends of the vote to put heavy penalties on North Korea over its continued nuclear tests. China favors deconfliction with North Korea and denuclearization of the Korean peninsula but not the displacement of Kim. Beijing is concerned that a coup would put the country's stockpile of weapons in nefarious hands. It joined the U.S. and 13 other nations that sit on the Security Council in approving new sanctions on North Korea, a nation with whom it shares a border, after Washington threatened to restrict access to its financial institutions last week. North Korea's ramped up missile tests since Trump took office has the United States pursuing aggressive measures in the region, including Chinese sanctions. Military action remains on the table, as well, sparking fears internationally that the conflict will result in war. The Trump administration's attempts to pressure North Korea into abandoning its nuclear and missile ambitions have so far gained little traction. U.S. Defense Secretary Jim Mattis has warned of an 'effective and overwhelming' response against North Korea if it chose to use nuclear weapons but has said any military solution would be 'tragic on an unbelievable scale.' The United States has 28,500 troops in South Korea to guard against the North Korean threat. Japan hosts around 54,000 U.S. military personnel, the U.S. Department of Defense says, and tens of thousands of Americans work in both countries. Seoul is home to a population of roughly 10 million, within range of massed pre-targeted North Korean rockets and artillery, which would be impossible to destroy in a first U.S. strike. A rising number of Republicans - 48 percent - want Trump to go that route. That's a jump from 37 percent in an April CBS News poll. A majority of Americans are fearful that Trump is not equipped to go to battle with Kim, though. In the CBS survey, 61 percent of voters expressed doubts. Most do not think North Korea will actually try to strike the U.S. with one of the intercontinental ballistic missiles it's been testing, however. Nearly seven in 10 Americans think Kim is using the nuclear program to gain power and influence.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4771226/We-tough-decisive-Trump-says-NK-threat.html#ixzz4pOYPOeAt 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 8-8-17 Pacific Air Forces :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

South Dakota Airmen arrive ready to 'Fight Tonight' from Guam

Pacific Air Forces Public Affairs / Published August 08, 2017

JOINT BASE PEARL HARBOR-HICKAM, Hawaii -- Two U.S. Air Force B-1B bombers, under the command of U.S. Pacific Air Forces, joined their counterparts from the Republic of Korea and Japanese air forces in sequenced bilateral missions, August 7. This serves as the first mission for the crews and aircraft recently deployed from Ellsworth Air Force Base, South Dakota in support of U.S. Pacific Command’s Continuous Bomber Presence missions. After taking off from Andersen Air Force Base, Guam, the B-1s assigned to the 37th Expeditionary Bomb Squadron, flew to Japanese airspace, where they were joined by Koku Jieitai (Japan Air Self Defense Force) F-2 fighter jets. The B-1s then flew over the Korean Peninsula where they were joined by Republic of Korea Air Force KF-16 fighter jets. The B-1s then performed a pass over the Pilsung Range before leaving South Korean airspace and returning to Guam. Throughout the approximately 10-hour mission, the aircrews practiced intercept and formation training, enabling them to enhance their combined capabilities and tactical skills, while also strengthening the long standing military-to-military relationships in the Indo-Asia-Pacific region. Ellsworth B-1s were last deployed to Guam in August 2016 when they took over CBP operations from the B-52 Stratofortress bomber squadrons from Minot AFB, North Dakota, and Barksdale AFB, Louisiana. “How we train is how we fight and the more we interface with our allies, the better prepared we are to fight tonight,” said a 37th EBS B-1 pilot. “The B-1 is a long-range bomber that is well-suited for the maritime domain and can meet the unique challenges of the Pacific.” Aircrews, maintenance and support personnel, will continue generating B-1 bomber sorties to demonstrate the continuing U.S. commitment to stability and security in the Indo-Asia-Pacific region, providing commanders with a strategic power projection platform and fulfilling the need for anytime mission-ready aircraft, an important part of national defense during a time of high regional tension. “While at home station my crews are constantly refining their tactics and techniques so that we can better integrate with our counterparts from other nations,” said Lt. Col. Daniel Diehl, 37th EBS, commander. “As demonstrated today, our air forces stand combat-ready to deliver airpower when called upon.” The U.S. has maintained a regular bomber presence in the Indo-Asia-Pacific since 2004 and this mission demonstrated our continued ironclad commitment to regional allies. Further, it increased our readiness and exercised our rights under international law to fly legally in the place and time of our choosing.

http://www.pacaf.af.mil/News/Article-Display/Article/1272434/south-dakota-airmen-arrive-ready-to-fight-tonight-from-guam/ 

[ :: 5-6-15 pm service (fourth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. for the things that you saw this week are small in comparison to the things that you shall see. The warships shall increase; North Korea shall build another nuclear weapon making her nuclear weapons far greater than any other nation, people are not recognizing what is going on. But I say unto you, do not fear, for you will not see a nuclear war here, you will not see some of the things that shall take place overseas here etc

:: 8-7-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US spy satellites detect North Korea moving anti-ship cruise missiles to patrol boat

By Lucas Tomlinson Published August 07, 2017 Fox News

Despite the United States' insistence that North Korea halt its missile tests, U.S. spy agencies detected the rogue communist regime loading two anti-ship cruise missiles on a patrol boat on the country’s east coast just days ago. It's the first time these missiles have been deployed on this type of platform since 2014, U.S. officials with knowledge of the latest intelligence in the region told Fox News on Monday. It also points to more evidence that North Korea isn't listening to the diplomatic threats from the West. “The best signal that North Korea could give us that they're prepared to talk would be to stop these missile launches,” Secretary of State Rex Tillerson said in the Philippines Monday. North Korea loaded two Stormpetrel anti-ship cruise missiles on a Wonsan guided-missile patrol boat at Toejo Dong on North Korea’s east coast. “North Korea is not showing any evidence it plans to halt its missile tests,” said one official who requested anonymity to discuss sensitive information. “It's a trend that does not bode well for hopes of de-escalating tensions on the [Korean] peninsula.” The latest moves by Pyongyang point to a likely missile test in the days ahead or it could be a defense measure should the U.S. Navy dispatch more warships to the Korean peninsula, officials said. President Trump on Monday afternoon voiced his displeasure about the coverage of the unanimous U.N. Security Council vote over the weekend to sanction Pyongyang. "The Fake News Media will not talk about the importance of the United Nations Security Council's 15-0 vote in favor of sanctions on N. Korea!" Trump tweeted. Meantime, there currently are limits to the size of the warheads South Korea is allowed to deploy on top of its missiles. But following a talk between leaders of South Korea and the United States, the Pentagon is working on allowing changes to the policy. "Yes, we are working on it," said Capt. Jeff Davis, a Pentagon spokesman. "It's a topic under active consideration here, and I would tell you that we would be favorably inclined to do anything which furthers the defensive capabilities of South Korea." The United States removed its tactical nuclear missiles from South Korea in 1991. Lucas Tomlinson is the Pentagon and State Department producer for Fox News Channel. You can follow him on Twitter: @LucasFoxNews

http://www.foxnews.com/world/2017/08/07/us-spy-satellites-detect-north-korea-moving-anti-ship-cruise-missiles-to-patrol-boat.html 

:: 8-8-17 The Washington Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea now making missile-ready nuclear weapons, U.S. analysts say

By Joby Warrick, Ellen Nakashima and Anna Fifield August 8 at 5:58 PM North Korea has successfully produced a miniaturized nuclear warhead that can fit inside its missiles, crossing a key threshold on the path to becoming a full-fledged nuclear power, U.S. intelligence officials have concluded in a confidential assessment. The analysis, completed last month by the Defense Intelligence Agency, comes on the heels of another intelligence assessment that sharply raises the official estimate for the total number of bombs in the communist country’s atomic arsenal. The United States calculated last month that up to 60 nuclear weapons are now controlled by North Korean leader Kim Jong Un. Some independent experts think the number is much smaller. The findings are likely to deepen concerns about an evolving North Korean military threat that appears to be advancing far more rapidly than many experts had predicted. U.S. officials concluded last month that Pyongyang is also outpacing expectations in its effort to build an intercontinental ballistic missile capable of striking the American mainland. President Trump, speaking Tuesday at an event at his golf course in Bedminster, N.J., said North Korea will face a devastating response if its threats continue. “They will be met with fire and fury and frankly power, the likes of which this world has never seen before,” he said. Earlier Tuesday, North Korea described a new round of U.N. sanctions as an attempt “to strangle a nation” and warned that in response, “physical action will be taken mercilessly with the mobilization of all its national strength.” Although more than a decade has passed since North Korea’s first nuclear detonation, many analysts thought it would be years before the country’s weapons scientists could design a compact warhead that could be delivered by missile to distant targets. But the new assessment, a summary document dated July 28, concludes that this critical milestone has been reached. “The IC [intelligence community] assesses North Korea has produced nuclear weapons for ballistic missile delivery, to include delivery by ICBM-class missiles,” the assessment states, in an excerpt read to The Washington Post. Two U.S. officials familiar with the assessment verified its broad conclusions. It is not known whether the reclusive regime has successfully tested the smaller design, although North Korea officially claimed last year that it had done so. The DIA and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence declined to comment. An assessment this week by the Japanese Ministry of Defense also concludes that there is evidence to suggest that North Korea has achieved miniaturization. Kim is becoming increasingly confident in the reliability of his nuclear arsenal, analysts have concluded, explaining perhaps the dictator’s willingness to engage in defiant behavior, including missile tests that have drawn criticism even from North Korea’s closest ally, China. On Saturday, China and Russia joined other members of the U.N. Security Council in approving punishing new economic sanctions, including a ban on exports that supply up to a third of North Korea’s annual $3 billion in earnings. [What the new U.N. sanctions on North Korea mean] The nuclear progress further raises the stakes for Trump, who has vowed that North Korea will never be allowed to threaten the United States with nuclear weapons. In an interview broadcast Saturday on MSNBC’s “Hugh Hewitt Show,” national security adviser H.R. McMaster said the prospect of a North Korea armed with ­nuclear-tipped ICBMs would be “intolerable, from the president’s perspective.” “We have to provide all options . . . and that includes a military option,” he said. But McMaster said the administration would do everything short of war to “pressure Kim Jong Un and those around him, such that they conclude it is in their interest, to denuclearize.” The options said to be under discussion range from new multilateral negotiations to reintroducing U.S. battlefield nuclear weapons to the Korean Peninsula, officials familiar with internal discussions said. At the same time, the administration has been attempting to push North Korea toward talks, but Pyongyang has shown no interest in dialogue. [North Korea could cross ICBM threshold next year, U.S. officials warn] Determining the precise makeup of North Korea’s nuclear arsenal has long been a difficult challenge for intelligence officials because of the regime’s culture of extreme secrecy and insularity. The country’s weapons scientists have conducted five nuclear tests since 2006, the latest being a 20- to 30-kiloton detonation on Sept. 9, 2016, that produced a blast estimated to be up to twice that of the bomb dropped on Hiroshima, Japan, in 1945. But producing a compact nuclear warhead that can fit inside a missile is a technically demanding feat, one that many analysts thought was still beyond North Korea’s grasp. Last year, state-run media in Pyongyang displayed a spherical device that government spokesmen described as a miniaturized nuclear warhead, but whether it was a real bomb remained unclear. North Korean officials described the September detonation as a successful test of a small warhead designed to fit on a missile, although many experts were skeptical of the claim. Kim has repeatedly proclaimed his intention to field a fleet of nuclear-tipped ICBMs as a guarantor of his regime’s survival. His regime took a major step toward that goal last month with the first successful tests of a missile with intercontinental range. Video analysis of the latest test led some analysts to conclude that the missile caught fire and disintegrated as it plunged back toward Earth’s surface, suggesting that North Korea’s engineers might not be capable yet of building a reentry vehicle that can carry the warhead safely through the upper atmosphere. But U.S. analysts and many independent experts think this hurdle will be overcome by late next year. “What initially looked like a slow-motion Cuban missile crisis is now looking more like the Manhattan Project, just barreling along,” said Robert Litwak, a nonproliferation expert at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars and the author of “Preventing North Korea’s Nuclear Breakout,” published by the center this year. “There’s a sense of urgency behind the program that is new to the Kim Jong Un era.” Although few discount North Korea’s progress, some prominent U.S. experts warned against the danger of overestimating the threat. Siegfried Hecker, director emeritus of the Los Alamos National Laboratory and the last known U.S. official to inspect North Korea’s nuclear facilities, has calculated the size of North Korea’s arsenal at no more than 20 to 25 bombs. He warned of potential risks that can come from making Kim into a bigger menace than he actually is. [Some experts see Russian echoes in North Korea’s missile advances] “Overselling is particularly dangerous,” said Hecker, who visited North Korea seven times between 2004 and 2010, and met with key leaders of the country’s weapons programs. “Some like to depict Kim as being crazy — a madman — and that makes the public believe that the guy is undeterrable. He’s not crazy and he’s not suicidal. And he’s not even unpredictable.” “The real threat,” Hecker said, “is we’re going to stumble into a nuclear war on the Korean Peninsula.” In the past, U.S. intelligence agencies have occasionally overestimated the North Korean threat. In the early 2000s, the George W. Bush administration assessed that Pyongyang was close to developing an ICBM that could strike the U.S. mainland — a prediction that missed the mark by more than a decade. More recently, however, analysts and policymakers have been surprised repeatedly as North Korea achieved key milestones months or years ahead of schedule, said Jeffrey Lewis, director of the East Asia Nonproliferation Program at the Center for Nonproliferation Studies. There was similar skepticism about China’s capabilities in the early 1960s, said Lewis, who has studied that country’s pathway to a successful nuclear test in 1964. “There is no reason to think that the North Koreans aren’t making the same progress after so many successful nuclear explosions,” Lewis said. “The big question is: Why do we hold the North Koreans to a different standard than we held [Joseph] Stalin’s Soviet Union or Mao Zedong’s China? North Korea is testing underground, so we’re always going to lack a lot of details. But it seems to me a lot of people are insisting on impossible levels of proof because they simply don’t want to accept what should be pretty obvious.” Yuki Oda in Tokyo contributed to this report.

https://www.washingtonpost.com/world/national-security/north-korea-now-making-missile-ready-nuclear-weapons-us-analysts-say/2017/08/08/e14b882a-7b6b-11e7-9d08-b79f191668ed

_story.html?utm_term=.6d06a8c765b2 

:: 8-8-17 Chicago Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea now making missile-ready nuclear weapons, U.S. analysts say

Washington Post Joby Warrick, Ellen Nakashima and Anna Fifield

North Korea has successfully produced a miniaturized nuclear warhead that can fit inside its missiles, crossing a key threshold on the path to becoming a full-fledged nuclear power, U.S. intelligence officials have concluded in a confidential assessment. The new analysis completed last month by the Defense Intelligence Agency comes on the heels of another intelligence assessment that sharply raises the official estimate for the total number of bombs in the communist country's atomic arsenal. The U.S. calculated last month that up to 60 nuclear weapons are now controlled by North Korean leader Kim Jong Un. Some independent experts believe the number of bombs is much smaller. The findings are likely to deepen concerns about an evolving North Korean military threat that appears to be advancing far more rapidly than many experts had predicted. U.S. officials last month concluded that Pyongyang is also outpacing expectations in its effort to build an intercontinental ballistic missile capable of striking cities on the American mainland. While more than a decade has passed since North Korea's first nuclear detonation, many analysts believed it would be years before the country's weapons scientists could design a compact warhead that could be delivered by missile to distant targets. But the new assessment, a summary document dated July 28, concludes that this critical milestone has already been reached. "The IC [intelligence community] assesses North Korea has produced nuclear weapons for ballistic missile delivery, to include delivery by ICBM-class missiles," the assessment states, in an excerpt read to The Washington Post. The assessment's broad conclusions were verified by two U.S. officials familiar with the document. It is not yet known whether the reclusive regime has successfully tested the smaller design, although North Korea officially last year claimed to have done so. The DIA and the Office of the Director of National Intelligence declined to comment. An assessment this week by the Japanese Ministry of Defense also concludes there is evidence to suggest that North Korea has achieved miniaturization. President Donald Trump, speaking at an event at his golf course in Bedminster, N.J., golf course, said North Korea will face a devastating response if its threats continue. "They will be met with the fire and fury and frankly power, the likes of which this world has never seen before," Trump said. Earlier Tuesday, North Korea described a new round of United Nations sanctions as an attempt "to strangle a nation" and warned that in response "physical action will be taken mercilessly with the mobilization of all its national strength." Kim Jong Un is becoming increasingly confident in the reliability of his nuclear arsenal, analysts have concluded, explaining perhaps the dictator's willingness to engage in defiant behavior, including missile tests that have drawn criticism even from North Korea's closest ally, China. On Saturday, both China and Russia joined other members of the U.N. Security Council in approving punishing new economic sanctions, including a ban on exports that supply up to a third of North Korea's annual $3 billion earnings. The nuclear progress further raises the stakes for Trump, who has vowed that North Korea will never be allowed to threaten the United States with nuclear weapons. In an interview broadcast Saturday on MSNBC's "Hugh Hewitt Show," national security adviser H.R. McMaster said the prospect of a North Korea armed with nuclear-tipped ICBMs would be "intolerable, from the president's perspective." "We have to provide all options ... and that includes a military option," he said. But McMaster said the administration would do everything short of war to "pressure Kim Jong Un and those around him, such that they conclude it is in their interest to denuclearize." The options said to be under discussion ranged from new multilateral negotiations to reintroducing U.S. battlefield nuclear weapons to the Korean Peninsula, officials familiar with internal discussions said. Determining the precise makeup of North Korea's nuclear arsenal has long been a difficult challenge for intelligence professionals because of the regime's culture of extreme secrecy and insularity. The country's weapons scientists have conducted five nuclear tests since 2006, the latest being a 20- to 30-kiloton detonation on Sept. 9, 2016, that produced a blast estimated to be up to twice that of the bomb dropped on Hiroshima, Japan, in 1945. But producing a compact nuclear warhead that can fit inside a missile is a technically demanding feat, one that many analysts believed was still beyond North Korea's grasp. Last year, state-run media in Pyongyang displayed a spherical device that government spokesmen described as a miniaturized nuclear warhead, but whether it was a real bomb remained unclear. North Korean officials described the September detonation as a successful test of a small warhead designed to fit on a missile, though many experts were skeptical of the claim. Kim has repeatedly proclaimed his intention to field a fleet of nuclear-tipped ICBMs as a guarantor of his regime's survival. His regime took a major step toward that goal last month with the first successful tests of a missile with intercontinental range. Video analysis of the latest test led some analysts to conclude that the missile caught fire and disintegrated as it plunged back toward Earth's surface, suggesting North Korea's engineers might not yet be capable of building a re-entry vehicle that can carry the warhead safely through the upper atmosphere. But U.S. analysts and many independent experts believe that this hurdle will be overcome by late next year. "What initially looked like a slow-motion Cuban missile crisis is now looking more like the Manhattan Project, just barreling along," said Robert Litwak, a nonproliferation expert at the Woodrow Wilson International Center for Scholars and author of "Preventing North Korea's Nuclear Breakout," published by the center this year. "There's a sense of urgency behind the program that is new to the Kim Jong Un era." While few discount North Korea's progress, some prominent U.S. experts warned against the danger of overestimating the threat. Siegfried Hecker, director emeritus of the Los Alamos National Laboratory and the last known U.S. official to personally inspect North Korea's nuclear facilities, has calculated the size of North Korea's arsenal at no more than 20 to 25 bombs. Hecker warned of potential risks that can come from making Kim into a bigger menace than he actually is. "Overselling is particularly dangerous," said Hecker, who visited North Korea seven times between 2004 and 2010 and met with key leaders of the country's weapons programs. "Some like to depict Kim as being crazy — a madman — and that makes the public believe that the guy is undeterrable. He's not crazy and he's not suicidal. And he's not even unpredictable." "The real threat," Hecker said, "is we're going to stumble into a nuclear war on the Korean Peninsula." In the past, U.S. intelligence agencies have occasionally overestimated the North Korean threat. In the early 2000s, the George W. Bush administration assessed that Pyongyang was close to developing an ICBM that could strike the U.S. mainland - a prediction that missed the mark by more than a decade. More recently, however, analysts and policymakers have been taken repeatedly by surprise as North Korea achieved key milestones months or years ahead of schedule, noted Jeffrey Lewis, director of the Center for Nonproliferation Studies' East Asia Nonproliferation Program. There was similar skepticism about China's capabilities in the early 1960s, said Lewis, who has studied that country's pathway to a successful nuclear test in 1964. "There is no reason to think that the North Koreans aren't making the same progress after so many successful nuclear explosions," Lewis said. "The big question is why do we hold the North Koreans to a different standard than we held [Joseph] Stalin's Soviet Union or Mao Zedong's China? North Korea is testing underground, so we're always going to lack a lot of details. But it seems to me a lot of people are insisting on impossible levels of proof because they simply don't want to accept what should be pretty obvious." The Washington Post's Yuki Oda in Tokyo contributed to this report.

http://www.chicagotribune.com/news/nationworld/ct-north-korea-nuclear-missiles-20170808-story.html 

:: 7-25-17 The Christian Truther :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The United Nations Rolls Out ‘Advancements’ to Indoctrinate Every Student on the Planet – Agenda 2030 By Nate Brown - 07/25/2017

Quietly, the United Nations is rolling out advancements to its objective of undermining education as a whole, with the purpose of creating a single system for learning globally. Sounds far fetched right? Well, meet the new Global Education Institute unveiled by the United Nations in South Korea. The education institute was named after former UN Secretary-General Ban Ki Moon and is designed to incorporate higher education with sustainable development. The reason being according to the United Nations it is an educated person that threatens Agenda 2030. However, the new institute is only just now being constructed, and the ceremony for the construction of such was on July 11th, 2017. At which they delivered remarks in regards to the reasoning behind the new institute. “The three axes of globalization education are peace, development and human rights,” Ban was quoted as saying. Of course, he did not point out that the UN means something very different by the term “human rights” than America’s traditions of God-given, inalienable individual rights. According to Yonhap News Agency, the full fledged scheme of the institute is to “align institutions of higher education, scholarship, and research with the UN.” UNAI Korea is building the Ban Ki-moon Global Education Institute (GEI) to help realize the U.N.’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) and nurture related global experts. The UNAI is short for the U.N. Academic Impact, an initiative launched by then-U.N. chief Ban in November 2010 to align institutions of higher education, scholarship and research with the U.N. At present, more than 1,000 institutions in over 120 countries and some 40 academic networks are now members. The institute will focus its efforts on carrying out SDG research, supporting developing countries and nurturing related youth leaders. —Yonhap In other words, all collegiate institutions around the world aligned with the UNAI’s goals will indoctrinate young people into activism towards the one track output based on accomplishing Agenda 2030. As stated above there are already 1,000 institutions involved in this elaborate scheme to control education. Senior leaders of the United Nations gathered on July 11th, 2017 not to create a pathway to higher education but rather to impose on every child on the planet their globalist agenda. Thus, the United Nations can single handily indoctrinate droves of students into their whims of knowledge, and socialism. The United States is a democratic republic, the United Nations is a socialistic and communistic organization, thus with the inclusion of the UNAI’s education program our government can be undermined by graduates of the UNAI’s institutions because students would be solely indoctrinated into socialistic practice rather than democratic governance. A single system of education refutes intellectual diversity, for one simple reason, a select group of individuals create the textbooks based on their agenda, and depending on that agenda it could spell dire consequences for the younger generations. The one track education system is precisely what the ‘leaders’ of the United Nations are rolling out, openly. An intellectually diverse global populace threatens their agenda because of freedom, literally, enough said.

https://christiantruther.com/end-times/nwo/united-nations/the-united-nations-rolls-out-program-to-indoctrinate-every-student-on-the-planet/ 

:: 7-25-17 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Your Pastor Actually Born Again? Are You?

11:00AM EDT 7/25/2017

What does it mean to be "born again"? Do Christians truly understand this concept?

According to research from the American Culture & Faith Institute (ACFI), many Americans call themselves "born again," but fewer than 30 percent provided answers that would support that claim. And if so many think they are born again, why aren't these Christians impacting the culture, asks the American Pastors Network. "If a majority of Americans think they are born-again Christians, one has to wonder where the cultural disconnect is, as the moral fiber of our nation continues to erode," said APN President Sam Rohrer, who is host of the APN radio ministry, "Stand in the Gap Today." This summer, "Stand in the Gap Today" hosts have discussed these findings on two separate programs with George Barna, renowned social science researcher and head of ACFI. In pondering life after death, the ACFI research found that just 30 percent of those surveyed say they are born again with the reasoning that "after I die I know I will go to heaven because I have confessed my sins and accepted Jesus Christ as my Savior." Another quarter say they don't know what will happen when they die. "Some shocking findings of this survey indicate that many—75 percent—believe that mankind is not made up of sinners and that man is basically good," Rohrer said. "Just barely more than half believe that Jesus lived a sinless life, and 42 percent believe that Satan is not real, but more a symbol of evil. Based on these findings, how healthy can we say the American church really is? How can salt be salt and light be light when we don't believe those things?" "According to these numbers and what we know from history, in real life, many, if not most of those who say they're Christians are really not Christ-followers," Rohrer said on the program. "We've also heard, for example, that up to 80 percent of Congress is Christian, but I look at that number with some skepticism. Just like there are Republicans In Name Only—RINO—there are also many Christians 'in name only.'" Rohrer also pointed to Matthew 7:22-23, where Jesus said, "Many will say to Me on that day, 'Lord, Lord, have we not prophesied in Your name, cast out demons in Your name, and done many wonderful works in Your name?' But then I will declare to them, 'I never knew you. Depart from Me, you who practice evil.'" "There is perhaps no more clear example than these words of Christ Himself to perhaps describe these survey findings, which are evidence of what some Christians believe about themselves and what is actually real and true."

https://www.charismanews.com/culture/66446-is-your-pastor-actually-born-again-are-you 

[ :: 3-25-12 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Watch, do you not see the signs throughout all the world, do you not see the coming judgment that shall come, do you not see the blood that shall be flowing in the streets soon?  Do you not see all the signs, or are you so asleep, that it will take disaster to wake you up?  Where are you my church, where are you? 

:: 7-30-17 Countdown to Zero Time :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump says human trafficking is ‘worse now than it ever was”We’re going to destroy’ MS-13

on July 30, 2017 Posted In: america, Donald Trump, DONALD TRUMP, immigration, Mexico, OBAMA, usa

President Donald Trump told a group of law enforcement officials in Long Island on Friday that human trafficking is “worse now that it ever was.” “Human traffickers. This is a term that’s been going on from the beginning of time, and they say it’s worse now than it ever was,” he said. “You go back 1,000 years, where you think of human trafficking, you go back 500 years, 200 years, 100 years, human trafficking, they say — think of it, what they do — human trafficking is worse now, maybe, than it’s ever been in the history of this world." It is unclear, however, if Trump meant human trafficking or human smuggling, the latter of which saw a surge in border states this year. Human trafficking is the act of trading humans for forced labor or sexual slavery, which would make Trump remarks that it’s worse “than it ever was” Trump: ‘We’re going to destroy’ MS-13 President Donald Trump caled MS-13 gang members “animals” and praising law enforcement for being “rough.” Trump was in this New York suburb to discuss efforts to combat the violent MS-13 gang, which he pledged to dismantle and deport. “Together we’re going to restore safety to our streets and peace to our communities and we’re going to destroy the vile, criminal cartel MS-13 and many other gangs,” Trump said. Long Island has been particularly affected by the brutal street gang, with recent high-profile murders gripping the community there. “We’ve gotten a lot of them out of here,” Trump said, at times looking at his director of Immigration and Customs Enforcement. “But the rest are coming. They’ll be out of here quickly, right? Quickly.” The speech was laced with violent imagery, with Trump saying MS-13 has rendered the suburb into “blood-stained killing fields.” “They kidnap. They extort. They rape and they rob,” Trump said. “They stomp on their victims. They beat them with clubs, they slash them with machetes, and they stab them with knives. They have transformed peaceful parks and beautiful quiet neighborhoods into bloodstained killing fields. They’re animals.” Trump repeatedly pledged in his speech, delivered in front of law enforcement officers at Suffolk County Community College, to have the backs of police and law enforcement.MS-13 - Root Of All Evil “We’re going to enforce our laws, protect our borders and support our police like our police have never been supported before,” Trump said. He praised the “rough” officers of ICE and suggested that police shouldn’t protect the heads of suspects when they’re arrested. “When you see these thugs thrown into the back of a paddy wagon. You see them thrown in, rough. I said, ‘Please don’t be too nice,’ ” Trump said, mentioning observing the prisoner’s heads being shielded. “I said, ‘You can take the hand away.’ “ The President also noted his longstanding campaign pledge to build a wall along the US border with Mexico. “We’re going to secure our border against illegal entry and we will build the wall, that I can tell you,” Trump said, noting that the House on Thursday advanced $1.6 billion for the first wave of construction, though that still has to pass the Senate. “The wall is vital, and vital as a tool for ending the humanitarian disaster brought, and really brought on by drug smugglers and new words we haven’t heard too much of, human traffickers.” Immigration agenda Trump and his key surrogates — Attorney General Jeff Sessions and Homeland Security Secretary John Kelly — have spoken frequently about the perniciousness of MS-13 and its relationship to illegal immigration. The gang has strongholds in the US, El Salvador, Guatemala and Honduras. The Obama administration’s Treasury Department sanctioned the gang in 2012 as a transnational criminal organization — the first such designation for a street gang. The US law enforcement community has also been fighting the gang for years. “We will find you, we will arrest you, we will jail you and we will deport you,” Trump said, painting with a broad brush to imply all the gang members are immigrants. Sessions was in El Salvador this week to discuss the threat from that side of the border, as well, with the Justice Department announcing Thursday that Salvadoran prosecutors charged 113 MS-13 gang members. While no expert disagrees that the gang is a particularly violent and brutal criminal organization — whose preferred weapon is machetes — there have been concerns about the Trump administration’s use of the organization as a justification for its immigration policies. Mara Salvatrucha, known as MS-13, actually began in the United States — in Los Angeles in the 1980s amid a flood of Salvadorans fleeing a civil war to the US. As the gang grew stronger, authorities also deported immigrants in the 1990s back to Central America, which is what first sent the gang to those countries, where it also took hold. An administration official pointed to migration from Central America as the “principle factor” for MS-13’s growth in the US, though the administration has been continuously unable to give reporters any hard numbers of how many suspected MS-13 members are immigrants or were gang members when they migrated to the US. A Congressional Research Service analysis of MS-13 found that its ranks were continuously strengthened by deportees from the US returning home, even as members also migrated to the US. A House homeland security subcommittee recently held field hearings in New York on the threat as it relates to unaccompanied minors coming illegally into the US, and witnesses repeatedly told lawmakers that undocumented immigrants and teenagers are especially vulnerable to becoming victims of the gang if communities don’t do enough to support, welcome and protect those individuals. There were roughly 24,000 MS-13 members in Central America in 2012, according to an analysis by the UN Office on Drugs and Crime. Today, the Justice Department estimates roughly 30,000 members worldwide and more than 10,000 in the US, a number that has held steady for some years but that the department believes is trending upward.

http://countdowntozerotime.com/2017/07/30/trump-says-human-trafficking-is-worse-now-than-it-ever-waswere-going-to-destroy-ms-13/ 

:: 7-29-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Too fat to stand and their flesh rots while they're alive: The REAL reason America's 'Frankenchickens' have to be washed with chlorine as US industrial farming practices are exposed ahead of possible post-Brexit trade deal

The possibility of US chickens being sold in Britain sparked a huge Cabinet row

Now whistleblower farmers have revealed the full horror of chickens' lives in US

Birds are crammed into warehouses and are so heavy they buckle under weight

By Michael Powell And Daniel Bates For The Mail On Sunday Published: 17:02 EDT, 29 July 2017 | Updated: 20:31 EDT, 29 July 2017

The disturbing prospect of chlorine-washed chickens from the US going on sale in British shops in a post-Brexit trade deal last week sparked an explosive row at the heart of Government. But beyond the politics lies the story of why American poultry needs such drastic chemical treatment – and of the horrendous conditions at the farms where they are bred and reared. Now whistleblower farmers have revealed the full horror of the suffering to The Mail on Sunday, including how: Tens of thousands of super-sized 'Frankenstein' birds are crammed in vast warehouses. The chickens, which weigh up to 9lb, often buckle under their weight and must live without natural sunlight. Chickens frequently die before they reach maturity and many are left covered in their own faeces, turning warehouses into vile breeding grounds for disease. Unlike in the UK and Europe, there are no minimum space requirements for breeding chickens in the US. America also does not have any rules governing lighting levels in the sheds and, crucially, its farms have no maximum allowed level of ammonia, which indicates how much urine and faecal matter is present. This means there is no limit on how much can fester inside the sheds. There is no legal requirement to wash US chickens in chlorine or other disinfectants, but 97 per cent of its birds are cleaned in this way after slaughter. The possibility of US chickens being sold in Britain after a post-Brexit trade deal sparked a huge Cabinet row, with Environment Secretary Michael Gove speaking out against the move while Trade Secretary Liam Fox insisted the chlorine-rinsed meat was safe. Dr Fox, who met leading politicians and businessmen in the US last week, sparked fury from the public and other Ministers after he signalled he would be in favour of dropping the EU's ban on importing chicken from the US if it proved to be a barrier to securing a post-Brexit trade deal with the US. The furore exposed just how difficult it will be for Britain to quickly strike new deals with foreign powers once we leave the EU in 2019. Now whistleblowers have offered a disturbing insight into the Ł70 billion US poultry industry, which is controlled by the big agricultural firms lobbying to sell their meat to Britain. North Carolina farmer Craig Watts, 51, told the MoS: 'The birds are too heavy to stand because they have been bred for breast meat and nothing else so they spend their lives squatting. It's like two toothpicks sticking out of a grape. 'They spend 95 per cent of their time sitting on the litter, a mixture of pine shavings and faecal matter from that flock and prior flocks.' He said 1,000 of the 30,000 chickens he raised every six weeks would die before they reached maturity. Many become infected on the underside of their chest because of contact with the litter. He added: 'Their flesh would rot and, when you have them crammed in so tight, they will walk over other birds if they want to get to the food or scratch the others and cause a wound. It is awful.' Mr Watts, a married father- of-three, quit the poultry business two years ago because he was disgusted by its practices. Nearly all America's chicken farmers are under contract with big producers who supply them with chicks, feed and equipment. The firms dictate what the farmers can do and are paid according to a 'tournament system' that pits farmers against each other. The farmer who produces the most meat with the least feed comes top. A less efficient farmer will have money deducted from his base pay. Critics say this system fosters unhygienic practices because it forces poultry farmers to cut corners on animal welfare to maximise their income per flock. Campaigners who work with farmers to improve standards say many are too scared to speak out for fear of having their contracts terminated. One farmer, John – not his real name – is currently part of a class action lawsuit by chicken farmers against big US poultry companies. He said farmers earn between Ł9,000 and Ł30,000 a year even though they work 16-hour days. 'Last year [chicken firm] Pilgrim's Pride paid $2.2 billion (Ł1.7 billion) in dividends and we're going on 20 years since we've had an increase in base pay. We get around five cents [4p] a pound of meat. Seventy per cent of poultry growers live below the poverty level.' Campaigners who have infiltrated chicken farms in the past two years have secretly filmed shocking abuse and cruel conditions at farms across America. Footage shot at a farm in Georgia last month by the Humane Society of the United States showed the owner of the farm bludgeoning chickens with a metal rod. The chicken shed at the farm also appeared to be badly overcrowded. Many birds seemed to be suffering from severe leg problems and some were unable to walk to reach food and water. Yet in the US – as in Britain – consumer demand for chicken continues to grow. Nine billion chickens were slaughtered in the US last year. US chickens have more than tripled in size since 1957, according to academic studies. The birds cost 20 per cent less than British chickens, which are typically one third smaller than US birds. Major poultry producers have cross-bred and interbred birds in recent decades to create 'mutant' chickens which grow larger in a shorter space of time and need less feed. Peter Stevenson, chief policy adviser for British-based welfare organisation Compassion in World Farming, said: 'This genetic engineering has created unnatural chickens which give you larger breasts or bigger cuts of meat. 'These chickens grow far too large too quickly and they cannot move around. They end up sitting in their own waste.' The animals bring more faecal matter to the slaughterhouse with them, posing the food safety risk which requires the birds to be washed in chlorine or similar chemicals. However, the US poultry industry maintains that its birds are healthier than ever. Jim Sumner, president of the US Poultry & Egg Export Council, said US chickens are treated humanely and are only washed with chlorine to make them 'extra safe' for consumers because it guards against food poisoning bugs. He said the process was not harmful to consumers, adding: 'Sometimes these [animal welfare] organisations do not have a thorough understanding of the process or scientific facts.' Another reason poultry in the US is chlorinated is that farmers are not required to vaccinate against diseases such as Salmonella. Britain and the EU have widespread vaccination programmes. Supporters of chlorine-washed chicken point out both the US and European food safety authorities have declared the chemicals used to wash chickens in the States do not pose any risk to human health. Tom Super, spokesman for the US National Chicken Council, said: 'Its [chlorine's] use makes the chicken safer. It is not present in the final product, it poses zero health risk.' But Jaydee Hanson, a senior policy analyst at the US Center for Food Safety, said: 'These chemicals are basically like the ones we put in our toilets to clean them. The question is why are chickens so contaminated in the first place. And the issue is that we are not doing a good job of raising chickens.' Leah Garces, of the Global Animal Partnership, an animal welfare group, added: 'The fact we have to wash our food in chlorine to make it safe indicates that we are not doing farming right in the first place. It indicates how unhealthy we are raising our birds.' While UK chicken farmers are not wholly free from criticism from animal welfare campaigners, there are strict regulations that must be followed. In the UK and Europe, poultry farmers must not keep more than 17 chickens per square metre in their sheds. There are also rules governing available natural light, temperature and the maximum levels of ammonia. In the US there is not one single piece of federal law that governs how to raise chickens. There is not even a law which states that chickens must be stunned unconscious before they are slaughtered, although it is common practice. There are concerns that if American chicken is allowed into the country, British farmers will be forced to dilute their welfare standards to compete with the cheaper meat. Shraddha Kaul, of the British Poultry Council, said: 'We strongly reject any move to import chlorine-washed chickens as part of a makeweight in trade negotiations with the US. 'Chlorine is used as a catch-all. It is an approach which means it doesn't matter how badly you treat your chicken, you can just clean it away at the end of the process.'

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4742712/Why-chickens-washed-chlorine.html#ixzz4ou2Z5FEw 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

:: 7-30-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pharmaceutical industry panics; experts admit prescription drugs don’t work for dementia and they probably never will

Sunday, July 30, 2017 by: Isabelle Z.

(Natural News) With 47 million people around the world suffering from dementia and 115 million people expected to have the illness by 2050, finding ways to prevent and treat it is a matter of urgency. When the Alzheimer’s Association International Conference was held this year, many of the experts on hand were a lot more focused on non-medical therapies, which is something that the profit-minded pharmaceutical industry is probably not very happy about. However, medications simply are not doing anything to help this problem, and in many cases, they are actually making it worse. At the conference, the first Lancet Commission on Dementia Prevention and Care was presented, bringing together dozens of international experts to discuss this growing problem. They shared some interesting discoveries that could make a huge dent in the number of future dementia patients, and their findings were also published in The Lancet. According to the commission, there are nine risk factors that boost a person’s chances of developing dementia, and they say that more than a third of dementia cases stem from these factors. Increasing education during early life by staying in school until at least age 15 and dealing with hypertension, obesity and hearing loss in midlife can reduce the incidence of dementia by 20 percent combined, the researchers say. Later in life, quitting smoking, exercising more, managing diabetes, boosting social contact and treating depression can slash dementia incidence by a further 15 percent. In fact, USC Keck School of Medicine Psychiatry Professor Dr. Lon Schneider said: “The potential magnitude of the effect on dementia of reducing these risk factors is larger than we could ever imagine the effect that current, experimental medications could have.” On the other hand, it is estimated that finding a way of targeting the genetic risk factor gene ApoE could only prevent around one out of every ten cases. Non-pharmacologic approaches better for Alzheimer’s patients The commission reached the conclusion that non-pharmacologic interventions play a vital role in dementia treatment, especially when it comes to issues such as agitation and aggression. For example, Dr. Schneider said that the antipsychotic drugs typically given to help with these problems are very concerning because of the heightened risk of death, cardiovascular problems and excessive sedation. One study published in the Journal of Alzheimer’s Disease found that patients who took antipsychotic drugs had a 60 percent higher chance of early death than those who did not take such drugs. According to the panel’s evidence, social, environmental and psychological interventions like social activities and social contact were far better approaches than antipsychotic medications. They also touted the benefits of group cognitive stimulation therapy and physical activity. A recent study carried out by sports physicians and gerontologists discovered that physical activity has a direct impact on the brain’s metabolism by keeping cerebral choline concentrations stable. Study participants who did not exercise noted higher levels of choline, which is linked to the type of nerve cell loss seen in Alzheimer’s patients. Bad news for Big Pharma All this, of course, is a tremendous missed opportunity for the pharmaceutical industry, who sees statistics like “115 million people expected to have dementia by 2050” and sees nothing but dollar signs. If you are wondering why a bigger deal isn’t being made about these simple, non-pharmaceutical ways to prevent the illness, consider the fact that health care costs related to dementia were estimated at $818 billion in 2015 and will likely increase as the number of cases rises. There is currently no drug treatment that can prevent or cure dementia.

http://www.naturalnews.com/2017-07-30-pharmaceutical-industry-panics-admits-prescription-drugs-dont-work-for-dementia-and-they-probably-never-will.html 

:: 7-31-17 Fox Nation :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. Companies Post Profit Growth Not Seen In Six Years

Published July 31, 2017 Facebook Twitter livefyre Email

America’s largest companies are on pace to post two consecutive quarters of double-digit profit growth for the first time since 2011, helped by years of cost-cutting, a weaker dollar and stronger consumer spending.

http://nation.foxnews.com/2017/07/31/us-companies-post-profit-growth-not-seen-six-years 

:: 7-28-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. coal exports soar, in boost to Trump energy agenda, data shows

Timothy Gardner and Nina Chestney July 28, 2017 / 12:15 AM / 8 days ago

WASHINGTON/LONDON (Reuters) - U.S. coal exports have jumped more than 60 percent this year due to soaring demand from Europe and Asia, according to a Reuters review of government data, allowing President Donald Trump's administration to claim that efforts to revive the battered industry are working. The increased shipments came as the European Union and other U.S. allies heaped criticism on the Trump administration for its rejection of the Paris Climate Accord, a deal agreed by nearly 200 countries to cut carbon emissions from the burning of fossil fuels like coal. The previously unpublished figures provided to Reuters by the U.S. Energy Information Administration showed exports of the fuel from January through May totaled 36.79 million tons, up 60.3 percent from 22.94 million tons in the same period in 2016. While reflecting a bounce from 2016, the shipments remained well-below volumes recorded in equivalent periods the previous five years. They included a surge to several European countries during the 2017 period, including a 175 percent increase in shipments to the United Kingdom, and a doubling to France - which had suffered a series of nuclear power plant outages that required it and regional neighbors to rely more heavily on coal. "If Europe wants to lecture Trump on climate then EU member states need transition plans to phase out polluting coal," said Laurence Watson, a data scientist working on coal at independent think tank Carbon Tracker Initiative in London. Nicole Bockstaller, a spokeswoman at the EU Commission's Energy and Climate Action department, said that the EU's coal imports have generally been on a downward trend since 2006, albeit with seasonable variations like high demand during cold snaps in the winter. Overall exports to European nations totaled 16 million tons in the first five months of this year, up from 10.5 million in the same period last year, according to the figures. Exports to Asia meanwhile, totaled 12.3 million tons, compared to 6.2 million tons in the year-earlier period. Trump had campaigned on a promise to "cancel" the Paris deal and sweep away Obama-era environmental regulations to help coal miners, whose output last year sank to the lowest level since 1978. The industry has been battered for years by surging supplies of cheaper natural gas, brought on by better drilling technologies, and increased use of natural gas to fuel power plants. His administration has since sought to kill scores of pending regulations he said threatened industries like coal mining, and reversed a ban on new coal leasing on federal lands. TAKING CREDIT Both the coal industry and the Trump administration said the rising exports of both steam coal, used to generate electricity, and metallurgical coal, used in heavy industry, were evidence that Trump's agenda was having a positive impact. "Simply to know that coal no longer has to fight the government - that has to have some effect on investment decisions and in the outlook by companies, producers and utilities that use coal," said Luke Popovich, a spokesman for the National Mining Association. Shaylyn Hynes, a spokeswoman at the U.S. Energy Department, said: "These numbers clearly show that the Trump Administration's policies are helping to revive an industry that was the target of costly and job killing overregulation from Washington for far too long." Efforts to obtain comment from exporters Arch Coal (ARCH.N) and privately held Murray Energy Corp were unsuccessful. Contura Energy, which emerged as part of Alpha Natural Resource's bankruptcy and restructuring, and filed for public offering in May, declined to comment. A spokesman for Peabody Energy, the largest coal producer, though without a major export profile, said the United States was generally a "swing supplier of seaborne coal." U.S. Energy Information Administration analyst Elias Johnson said the U.S. coal industry may now be better positioned to meet foreign demand because U.S. miners have learned to produce at lower cost, after coming through a series of recent bankruptcies. "There's the possibility that the U.S. will become more of a primary player in the global coal trade market," he said. But he added there are also plenty of reasons the spike in demand could be temporary. For one thing, U.S. coal production and transportation costs are much higher than for other producers such as Indonesia and Australia. Because coal can often be transhipped from European ports before it is consumed, it is also hard to determine where shipments ultimately end up. Johnson pointed out that some of the fuel shipped into Western Europe, for example, could be making its way to other places like Ukraine, which is having trouble securing coal from its separatist-held regions. Trump said last month that his administration is offering more coal to Ukraine, but it was unclear how, given deals are typically worked out between companies. Editing by Richard Valdmanis and Alden Bentley

http://www.reuters.com/article/us-usa-coal-exports-idUSKBN1AD0DU 

:: 7-25-17 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

California May Let People Dissolve Their Corpses to Stop Climate Change

by Adelle Nazarian25 Jul 2017

California lawmakers are considering a bill that would legalize “liquid cremation,” an “environmentally-friendly” process of using a chemical base mixture to destroy human remains as an alternative to cremation, which critics say causes pollution and climate change. If Assembly Bill 967, known as “Human remains disposal: alkaline hydrolysis: licensure and regulation,” passes, Californians could be allowed to dissolve their loved ones’ remains by the year 2020. This is reportedly the third attempt to pass such legislation. This is reportedly the third attempt to pass such legislation. AB 967 was introduced in State California Assemblyman Todd Rex Gloria (D-San Diego) at the beginning of 2017. Gloria served as the interim mayor of San Diego for seven months before Mayor Kevin Faulconer was sworn in after Bob Filner (D-CA) resigned following a sex scandal. Basically, the body is dissolved in a hot chemical bath, leaving a sterile solution that can be flushed down the drain. The carbon footprint of this process is just a quarter of traditional fire cremation because it uses so much less energy; and only a sixth of a burial because it doesn’t require the materials for concrete headstones, mahogany caskets or the chemicals used in embalming. Dissolving the body also allows metals in the body to be recovered and recycled, and prevents possible toxins, such as the mercury in tooth fillings, from being released into the atmosphere. Funeral homes reportedly charge $150-$500 more for this liquid cremation process than for cremation using fire. Time magazine, in a documentary called “Ashes to Ashes,” went through the cremation by water process: KQED notes that the only place in California where bodies are currently cremated by water or dissolved — legally — is in a basement lab at UCLA, where cadavers that are no longer useful for medical students are flushed away. One would think that acid is used to melt these bodies. However, Dean Fisher, the head of UCLA’s Donated Body Program, told KQED that it the chemical used is a base — namely, potassium hydroxid, which reportedly “catalyzes the hydrogen in water to more rapidly attack the chemical bonds between molecules in the body. (The process is technically called alkaline hydrolysis.)” Bones remain left behind and can pulverized into a fine particulate mass that families can keep if they wish, just as some do with the ashes from cremation. Those in favor of cremation overall believe it to be a better alternative to burying remains in coffins, in the ground because that takes up space. However, others see the cremation process as being disrespectful to human dignity, and many religions prohibit cremation, liquid or otherwise.  

http://www.breitbart.com/california/2017/07/25/climate-change-california-may-let-people-dissolve-their-corpses/ 

[ :: 7-3-15 Campmeeting afternoon service (third word]  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc America your money will be worth nothing in the near future, this will bring panic, famine and martial law, yes, in the streets of America.  If you had read my word you know that these are the beginning of sorrows etc

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 7-30-17 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Total Government And Personal Debt In The U.S. Has Hit 41 Trillion Dollars ($329,961.34 Per Household)

July 30, 2017 By Michael Snyder

We are living in the greatest debt bubble in the history of the world. In 1980, total government and personal debt in the United States was just over the 3 trillion dollar mark, but today it has surpassed 41 trillion dollars. That means that it has increased by almost 14 times since Ronald Reagan was first elected president. I am searching for words to describe how completely and utterly insane this is, but I am coming up empty. We are slowly but surely committing national suicide, and yet most Americans don’t even understand what is happening. According to 720 Global, total government debt plus total personal debt in the United States was just over 3 trillion dollars in 1980. That broke down to $38,552 per household, and that figure represented 79 percent of median household income at the time. Today, total government debt plus total personal debt in the United States has blown past the 41 trillion dollar mark. When you break that down, it comes to $329,961.34 per household, and that figure represents 584 percent of median household income

http://www.activistpost.com/2017/07/total-government-personal-debt-u-s-hit-41-trillion-dollars-329961-34-per-household.html 

:: 7-30-17 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Greyerz – The Elites Are About To Make Their Final Move Against Humanity

July 30, 2017

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE, historic moves in currencies, warned King World News that the elites are about to make their final move against humanity. Debt Slavery Egon von Greyerz: “Over the last 150 years, the West has gone from human slavery to debt slavery. Slavery was officially outlawed in most countries between the mid 1800s and early 1900s. In the British Empire, it was abolished in 1834 and in the US in 1865 with the 13th amendment… Egon von Greyerz continues: “But it didn’t take long for a different and much more subtle form of slavery to be introduced. It started officially in 1913 with the creation of the Federal Reserve Bank in New York. More than 100 years before that, the German banker Mayer Amschel Rotschild had stated: “Give me control of a nation’s money and I care not who makes its laws.” The bankers who gathered on Jekyll island in November 1910 were totally aware of the importance of controlling and country’s money and that was the objective of their infamous secret meeting which laid the foundations to the Fed. The Fed is officially the Central Bank of the USA but it is a private bank, owned by private banks and for the benefit of private banks and bankers. So the Western world was free from human slavery for around half a century but is now subject to a form of slavery which most people are unaware of. It is a slavery which no law, no regulation or edict can abolish. Nor are there any magic financial tricks that can make this form of slavery disappear. I am of course talking about debt slavery, which has gradually taken hold of the West in the last hundred years and now is enslaving many emerging market countries. There is mortgage slavery. The word mortgage comes from Latin and French and means death pledge. And this is exactly what it will be for a lot of people who will neither afford the coming increase in interest rates nor the repay the capital on their property which will collapse in value. We also have credit card slaves, auto loan slaves and student slaves. Virtually all of these loans will expire worthless as the enslaved borrowers default. In 1913 global debt was negligible but grew steadily to 1971 when Nixon abolished the gold backing of the dollar. Since 1971, the debt enslavement has taken off at an exponential rate. Just looking at US total debt, it was $1.7 trillion in 1971 and is now $67 trillion. At the beginning of this century US debt was “only” $30 trillion, so just in the last 16 years it has doubled. Debt slavery is now a chronic condition which the world faces. The word debt has the same roots as death and clearly has very dark connotations. Slavery means being owned and controlled by someone. What the bankers started on Jekyll Island has now enslaved the world in a debt/death grip from which there is no escape. Global debt of $230 trillion, plus unfunded liabilities and derivatives, takes us to over $2 quadrillion debt and liabilities, and that is just too massive a weight to get rid of. So how does the world attempt to solve this debt/death trap? We can of course ask Nobel prize winner Krugman and he will give us the Keynesian solution, which the world has applied for 3⁄4 of a century with catastrophic consequences – JUST PRINT MORE MONEY! Money printing has created a massive debt problem, more printing exacerbated it, and even more has simply postponed the inevitable collapse. Any further dose of this poisonous medicine will be like pushing on a string – it will have zero effect as a remedy, but instead as a disastrous effect when it comes to the destruction of money. And this is of course what is likely to happen in the next few years. I have for many years been clear that massive money printing is the only tool that central banks have left. This will lead to hyperinflation, the total destruction of paper money and to a deflationary asset and debt collapse. Only after that can the world grow again, but before that there will be a lot of pain in the world. The Elites Final Move To Enslave Humanity The powers that be have not been satisfied just to enslave the world with debt. People must also be prevented from spending whatever money they have left. The banning of cash transactions and withdrawals is growing. In many European countries, the cash limit is between 1,000 and 3,000 and euros. But that is just the first step. Sweden, for example, has virtually abolished all cash transactions. Many retailers only take credit cards. New bank notes have also been introduced making the old ones unusable. This is similar to India and a way of punishing the holder of cash and confiscating money. Sweden has also made the few remaining coins look like cheap plastic monopoly money. One Swedish Krona used to contain 80% silver until 1942. Then it was reduced to 40% silver until 1968. After that there was no silver content but only copper and nickel. The latest Krona introduced 2016 is made of steel with a copper plating that quickly wears off. It is also much smaller and half the weight of the previous one. Well, nothing changes in the world. The Romans experienced exactly the same between 180 and 280 AD when the Denarius went from almost 100% silver to 0%. The Krona has like all other currencies lost 99% of its value in the last 100 years. So only 1% to go until it is worthless. This will of course happen to the Krona like all other currencies. The first reason for abolishing cash is to have total Big Brother control of the people’s spending and tax compliance. Remember that most countries had no income tax 100 years ago. In the US, for example, income tax was first introduced in 1913 (same year as Fed was created). The tax rate was 1% for income above $3,000 for individuals and $4,000 for couples. Above $500,000 income ($11m today) the tax was 7%. The high threshold meant that virtually nobody paid any tax. These tax levels are slightly different to today when the total tax burden in most countries, including all direct and indirect taxes, social security etc amount to over 50%. This is part of the financial slavery and control of the people today. The individual’s incentive to work hard and spend his money on what he chooses is taken away and instead the state takes a major part of the cake and wastes most of it on bureaucracy health or social security. Income tax should be abolished and replaced by a Value Added Tax or sales tax. The second reason to abolish cash is to totally control people’s spending. With a banking system that is leveraged up to 50 times, there is no chance that bank depositors will ever get their money back. The government knows this and this is why having only electronic money gives the state total control of people’s assets and cash. The state can now control exactly how much money is withdrawn and stop people from spending their own money. Governments believe that this is an efficient method of controlling the people, but instead of achieving control of the money, governments are at some point likely to lose control of the people which will result not just in bank runs but in government runs and anarchy. Another very dark new development is that the European Union is considering measures to stop people withdrawing cash to stop bank runs. The plan is currently being discussed and would block payouts for 5 to 20 days. Once this law is in place, it is very easy to extend to much longer periods or permanent. The trend is clear. Governments worldwide know that the banking system is totally bankrupt. The problem is that most governments are also bankrupt. The only solution they have is to print money but as I have discussed above, money printing will solve absolutely nothing. Nobody holding cash or assets in the bank must believe that the government guarantees of $100,000 or €100,000 is worth anything. Firstly, the governments haven’t got any money and secondly, they will renege on their commitments. We are now reaching the final stages of the 100 year old plan devised by the bankers and the elite to control the financial system and thus also major parts of the world as Rothschild said. The final collapse is inevitable as von Mises stated: “There is no means of avoiding the final collapse of a boom brought about by credit expansion. The alternative is only whether the crisis should come sooner as the result of voluntary abandonment of further credit expansion, or later as a final and total catastrophe of the currency system involved.” The coming autumn could be decisive. All the bubble markets show no fear. Stocks are at highs and the VIX or volatility index at historical lows. Property markets continue to be strong fueled by cheap money. And the global bond market continues to expand exponentially. Stock investors’ complacency is dangerous. Dollar investors should start worrying now. The dollar is weakening and is on the verge of a collapse. Short term the dollar is possibly a bit oversold but medium to long term it looks sick. Out of all the weak currencies, the dollar is likely to fall first, followed by most of the others until they reach their intrinsic value of zero. Time Is Running Out Gold and the other precious metals have now finished their correction. Next should be a major breakout which will accelerate in the autumn. The crypto currencies could continue to benefit from the mess in the world and go higher. But remember that cryptos have nothing to do with wealth preservation. It is electronic money with no underlying value. When the mania is over, cryptos are likely to be as valuable as Tulip bulbs when that speculative craze collapsed in the 1630s. As currencies fall, exchange controls will be introduced in most countries. The US will most certainly be one of the early countries to announce it. Physical gold will, in the next few years, be one of the few ways to preserve wealth as the world experiences a total wealth destruction. There is still time to take money out of the bank and to own gold in a safe jurisdiction like Switzerland and Singapore. But that opportunity will not be open for long. Also, gold is unlikely to be as cheap as it is today for much longer. We could see new highs in 2017. However, the short term price level is irrelevant. What is important is that physical gold is superb insurance against a very risky world.”

http://kingworldnews.com/greyerz-the-elites-are-about-to-make-their-final-move-against-humanity/ 

:: 7-30-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Treason! Hillary AND Robert Mueller Both Sold Uranium to Putin

By Dave Hodges|July 30th, 2017

Perhaps if Robert Mueller, Special Counsel, wants to investigate Russian collusion, he should start with himself. At one time, I had a problem with Mueller’s appointment as Special Counsel because of his former friendship with disgraced FBI Director, James Comey. While looking in the rear view mirror of recent history, my concern is trivial compared to what is presently being revealed. The stakes have grown to enormous proportions and Mueller is being proven to be guilty of multiple felonies as well as treason which is an offense which could potentially be punishable by death. Former FBI Director Robert Mueller was appointed as Special Counsel for the sole purpose of investigating possible Russian collusion charges between President Trump’s campaign and the Russian government. On the heels of the collusion, Mueller is also looking for the smoking gun for obstruction of justice, on the part of Trump, which is the same charge that ultimately brought down the presidency of Richard Nixon. However, sometimes life is ironic and in a stunning development, Wikileaks, Julian Assange, tweeted a released State Department cable, which clearly and irrefutably proves that then Secretary of State Hillary Clinton ordered former FBI Director and present Special Counsel, Robert Mueller to deliver a sample of stolen Highly Enriched Uranium (HEU) to Russia in 2009. WikiLeaks cable Robert Mueller delivering highly enriched stolen Uranium to Russia in 2009 https://wikileaks.org/plusd/cables/09STATE85588_a.html  … h/t @apblake  5:02 PM – 17 May 2017 Uranium One As I have documented several times on The Common Sense Show, a front company, Uranium One, was created to handle the “dirty work” of the uranium transfer to the Russians. At the center of the shell corporation, as released Wikileaks records, demonstrates that an individual named Frank Giustra was the organizing figure. Over time, Giustra contributed a total of $31 million to the Clinton Foundation in a clear case of pay for play bribery! The Wikileaks released State Department communications show State Department officials had obtained, in the Fall of 2009, an internal Rosatom memo that warned about Putin’s intentions to acquire American originated uranium. Despite the evidence which should have forced Clinton to bring the FBI into the matter as an investigative body instead of being Clinton’s stooge in the uranium deal, presents clear evidence which was available to both Mueller and Clinton, a full year before the first CIFUS approval to move uranium to Putin, Clinton did not recuse the State Department from the deal in which two CIFUS votes clearly gave Putin control of 20% of all American-based uranium. To Russian with Love: Hillary Sends Mueller to Russia with Uranium The WikiLeaks tweet referenced a cable from Secretary of State Hillary Clinton sent to John Beyrle, U.S. Ambassador, and the Georgia Embassy as well as the memo being being sent to the Russian Embassy, dated Aug. 17, 2009, indicating FBI Director Robert Mueller was planning to fly to Moscow on September 21st of 2009, to deliver a sample of highly enriched uranium (HEU) and that the identified uranium had been confiscated by the U.S. Department of Energy during a 2006 nuclear smuggling sting operation involving one Russian national and several Georgian accomplices. In short, this action is the metaphorical equivalent of the police confiscating illegal drugs and then turning around and selling these drugs to illicit drug dealers. One of the big problems in America today is that “public servants” like Hillary Clinton actually represent a foreign enemy masquerading as a domestic public servant. I will go one step further than Donald Trump’s campaign assertion that Clinton is a criminal and state that Hillary Clinton is this generation’s Ethel Rosenberg and has committed heinous acts of treason against the people of the United States. Hillary Clinton is the Ethel Rosenberg of her generation. Clinton sold uranium to the Russians while serving as the Secretary of State and this is what both the Bundy and the Hammond Ranch Affairs are all about. More Confirmation of the Clinton/Mueller Treason Comes From the New York Times A former key member of the Obama administration and former Presidential candidate, Hillary Clinton, has proven herself to be the Ethel Rosenberg of her generation. You may recall your U.S. history as Ethel Rosenberg sold nuclear secrets to the Soviet Union at the height of the Cold War. In an act every bit as egregious as Ethel Rosenberg’s treason, Hillary Clinton sold uranium to the Russians while serving as the Secretary of State. Ironically, the original source on this treasonous act committed by Clinton was none other than the liberal rag we call the New York Times. The proof is undeniable that Hillary Clinton committed the treasonous act of selling uranium to the Russians while Secretary of State, as reported in the New York Times. The Russian blood money, as reported, is being held in an offshore account and is being used to fund her run for the Presidency. From the New York Times…. “A Uranium One sign that points to a 35,000 acre ranch by John Christensen, near the town of Gillette, Wyoming. Uranium One has the mining rights Mr. Christensen’s property.” This is proof of more BLM chicanery which will involve multiple BLM ranches. This further brings into the picture Giustra and his money laundering of the uranium sales to the Clinton Foundation via Uranium One. The New York Times further asserted that members of the Canadian mining industry, who have supported Clinton’s campaign, financed and sold off to the Russians a company that we now know as Uranium One. Uranium One is directly responsible for transferring uranium from BLM land to the Russians through an off-shore holding company. Again, according to the NY Times, the Russians, through three separate transactions, acquired Uranium One, while paying off the Clintons and their Canadian partners from 2009-2013. The business deal also involved paying Bill Clinton $500,000 dollars for a speech on energy which was delivered in Moscow. The Clinton’s turned this money into Presidential campaign money. How many felonies did I just describe? The entire State Department memo is listed, below under “documents”. Here is a brief summation of what has been presented here. DOCUMENTATION State Department Memos 2009 AMBASSADOR BEYRLE E-MAIL D. 08 MOSCOW 521 Classified By: EUR/PRA: KATHLEEN MORENSKI PER E.O. 12958: REASONS 1.4 (A) AND (G). 1. (SBU) This is an action request: Embassy Moscow please see para 6 and 7; and Embassy Tbilisi please see para 8. 2. (S/NF) Background: Over two years ago Russia requested a ten-gram sample of highly enriched uranium (HEU) seized in early 2006 in Georgia during a nuclear smuggling sting operation involving one Russian national and several Georgian accomplices. The seized HEU was transferred to U.S. custody and is being held at a secure DOE facility. In response to the Russian request, the Georgian Government authorized the United States to share a sample of the material with the Russians for forensic analysis. Director Mueller previously planned to deliver the sample in April (Ref A), but due to a scheduling conflict the trip was canceled. Embassy Moscow LegAtt informed the FSB prior to Mueller’s intended April delivery and received confirmation that the FSB would take custody of the sample after the Director’s plane landed. EST Moscow also informed Rosatom of the planned transfer and that the U.S. placed a high priority on completing this transfer (Ref B). Once the LegAtt told FSB counterparts the April trip had been canceled, Ambassador Beyrle informed Igor Neverov (Ref C), who said that he understood but was disappointed the trip was postponed. The September 21 visit provides again an opportunity to deliver the requested ten-gram sample from the seized HEU in order to obtain cooperation from the GOR on this nuclear smuggli*ng case and to eventually establish a more productive mechanism of U.S.-Russian cooperation on nuclear forensics. 3. (S/NF) While there was a reasonable exchange of information with Russian security services at the time of the 2006 seizure, we have had poor cooperation investigating the diversion of HEU, which the United States believes was stolen from a Russian facility. Russia did not respond to papers that then Acting U/S Rood provided Deputy Foreign Minister Ryabkov in December 2008 reiterating the USG position that Russia should pick up this sample in the United States. Further, when asked for an update on their response to our proposal, Ryabkov told us in early 2009 in Washington that there was an interagency dispute over who would come and pick up the material. 4. (S/NF) Given Russia’s reluctance to act so far, FBI Mueller’s delivery of this sample will underscore to Russia our commitment to follow through on this case. While some details related to the sharing of information on smuggling networks may be too sensitive to discuss, delivery of the sample could enable us to discuss whether Russian authorities investigated the diversion and prosecuted anyone. Moreover, we hope it will spark discussions on mechanisms to exchange information and material on future incidents of this nature, particularly in light of the commitments made in the July summit U.S.-Russia Joint Statement on Nuclear Cooperation regarding strengthening our cooperation to stop acts of nuclear terrorism. Posts should note that DOE/NNSA’s April 2009 determination authorizing distribution of the sample to the Russian Federation only for attribution of the sample in support of a criminal investigation is applicable to the proposed September 21 delivery of the sample to Russia. 5. (S/Rel Russia) Background con’t: On April 16, the FSB verbally confirmed to Legatt that we will have no problem with the Russian Ministry of Aviation concerning Mueller’s flight (although we probably won’t see paperwork until shortly before the trip). The FBI is requiring that the sample be turned over to a Russian law enforcement authority (i.e., FSB) as opposed to an intelligence service (i.e., SVR) or technical authority (i.e., Rosatom). A representative from the responsible Russian Law Enforcement authority, who will accept custody of the sample, must be identified and verified ahead of time. That individual will be required to have signatory authority to accept the sample. Appropriate arrangements need to be made to ensure the transfer of material is conducted at the airport, plane-side, upon arrival of the Director’s aircraft. Post should also remind the GOR that this is the material about which the GOR gave the USG nonproliferation assurances in 2008 in a diplomatic note from February 2008 (Ref D). 6. (S/Rel Russia) Action request: Embassy Moscow is requested to alert at the highest appropriate level the Russian Federation that FBI Director Mueller plans to deliver the HEU sample once he arrives to Moscow on September 21. Post is requested to convey information in paragraph 5 with regard to chain of custody, and to request details on Russian Federation’s plan for picking up the material. Embassy is also requested to reconfirm the April 16 understanding from the FSB verbally that we will have no problem with the Russian Ministry of Aviation concerning Mueller’s September 21 flight clearance. 7. (S/Rel Russia) Post is requested to deliver the following talking points: –We wish to inform you that FBI Director Mueller plans to arrive in Moscow on the evening of September 21 with a ten-gram sample of seized HEU, which you requested for nuclear forensics analysis. –We regret that the April visit by Director Mueller could not take place due to a scheduling conflict. We would be grateful once again for the Russian Federation’s willingness to receive the sample and facilitate the logistics for its pick up. –As before, we require confirmation that a representative from a responsible Russian law enforcement authority will be available to accept custody of the sample and have signatory authority to accept the sample. –We require that the transfer of this material be conducted at the airport, on the tarmac near by the plane, upon arrival of the Director’s aircraft. –We place a high priority on completion of this sample transfer to facilitate your forensic analysis of the material. –Further, with the delivery of this sample, we hope to collaborate more closely on promoting a more effective relationship between our law enforcement organizations to counter illicit trafficking of nuclear materials. –In particular, such efforts were underscored in the July Summit joint presidential statement on nuclear cooperation regarding our commitments to strengthen cooperation to stop acts of nuclear terrorism. Securing vulnerable nuclear materials and improving nuclear security within our two countries is our highest priority. — It is our hope to eventually establish a more systematic mechanism to facilitate U.S.-Russian cooperation on investigations into nuclear smuggling cases. We continue to believe that Russia should be concerned by the prospect that HEU was diverted from one of its facilities, and should actively investigate the incident. 8. (S/Rel Georgia) For Embassy Tbilisi: No action is required at this point. As before, State will send instructions at the appropriate time on alerting the Georgian Government when the transfer of the seized HEU is immanent and in Russian custody. 9. (U) Department thanks Post for its assistance. Washington point of contacts are Mike Curry, ISN/WMDT, 202-736-7692 (CurryMR@state.sgov.gov) and Nate Young, EUR/PRA, 202-647-7278 (YoungNH@state.sgov.gov). Please slug all responses for EUR, ISN/WMDT, and T. CLINTON ALERTING GOR OF DELIVERY OF SEIZED HEU DURING SEPTEMBER 21 FBI DIRECTOR’S TRIP TO MOSCOW Date: 2009 August 17, 19:56 (Monday) Canonical ID: 09STATE85588_a Original Classification: SECRET Current Classification: SECRET In the metadata of the Kissinger Cables this field is called ‘Previous Handling Restrictions’. Cablegate does not originally have this field. We have given it the entry ‘Not Assigned’.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/07/30/treason-hillary-and-robert-mueller-both-sold-uranium-to-putin/ 

:: 7-20-17 TRU News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Could the Awan-Schultz Scandal Bring Down the Democratic Party?

By Edward Szall July 29, 2017

Defrauding Congress, internal coverups, illegal access, potential ties to Pakistani ISI and the Muslim Brotherhood, and a curious interest into pedophile centric videos; what will the investigation into Rep. Debbie Wassermann Schultz’s former IT workers reveal? (VERO BEACH, FL) In what is quickly shaping up to become the biggest scandal for the Democratic Party since Hillary Clinton’s secret server and WikiLeaks’ release of the emails from John Podesta and the DNC, the investigation into the former DNC chairwomen’s IT workers may be the scandal that breaks the donkey's back. BACKGROUND Six individuals of Pakistani origin; three brothers named Imran, Jamal, and Abid Awan; two of their wives Hina Alvi (Imran) and Natalia Sova (Abid); and Rao Abbas (Imran’s best friend, and a former McDonald’s employee) were hired to provide IT services for 32 former and current democratic members of the House of Representatives between 2004 and 2016, and received approximately $4 million for their services. Only 5 of these 6 individuals are reportedly being investigated by local police and the FBI. According to multiple sources who have spoken to the Daily Caller over the past year, both inside law enforcement and the IT offices of effected congress members, the Awan brothers removed hundreds of thousands of dollars of equipment from congressional offices, including computers and servers, while also running a procurement scheme in which they bought equipment, then overcharged the House administrative office that assigns such contractors to members. The Awan’s were involved in a score of business ventures in addition to their IT work, which included renting real estate. Upon learning he was under investigation by Capitol Police in February 2017, Imran Awan abruptly moved out of his home and rented it to a Marine Corps veteran married to a female Navy Officer. After occupying the home and inspecting containers Imran Awan left behind on the property, the unnamed former Marine told The Daily Caller he found “wireless routers, hard drives that look like they tried to destroy, laptops, [and] a lot of brand new expensive toner.” Realizing the electronics belonged to the U.S. government, the couple then called the Naval Criminal Investigative Service (NCIS), prompting FBI agents and Capitol Police to arrive to interview them and confiscate the equipment. Prior to calling NCIS, the former Marine told The Daily Caller that Imran Awan had aggressively pursued retrieving the equipment, showing up at the home at-least “three to four times,” and even threatening to sue the couple for theft of property. After the material was confiscated, Rep. Wassermann Schultz used her position on a May 24th budget hearing to threaten the chief of Capitol Police, Matthew R. Verderosa, with “consequences” if a laptop included in the seized cache was not returned. Rep. Wassermann Schultz claimed the laptop was purportedly used by Imran Awan and was found hidden in a vacant office. On Monday, a day after The Daily Caller published Investigative Journalist Luke Rosiak’s report detailing that Imran Awan had illegally stored smashed congressional hard drives in the garage of his rental property, the alleged ring leader was arrested and detained by the FBI after attempting to board a flight to Pakistan through Dulles International Airport in Virginia, which had a connection in Doha, Qatar, and a return scheduled six months later in January 2018. According to the affidavit, U.S. Customs and Border Patrol found around $12,000 in cash and “household goods, clothing and food items” in Imran Awan’s possession. Imran was charged with one count of bank fraud, and after pleading “not guilty” at his Tuesday arraignment, he was released from custody into a “high-intensity supervision program” with conditions which include 24/7 GPS monitoring, a nighttime curfew and a restriction to stay within a 50-mile radius of his home in Lorton, Virginia. Imran himself had previously told his tenants he was “homeless” and refused to have certified mail and congressional communications sent to the rental home routed to an alternate address. On Wednesday night Rep. Wassermann Schultz released a statement announcing that Imran Awan, who had been serving in a part time paid-advisory role for the Congresswomen since losing his clearance to conduct congressional IT work in February, was no longer employed with her office. Rep. Wassermann Schultz did not comment however on whether she had planned to continue paying Imran Awan for his services had he successfully boarded the Monday flight to Pakistan. “After details of the investigation were reviewed with us, my office was provided no evidence to indicate that laws had been broken, which over time, raised troubling concerns about due process, fair treatment and potential ethnic and religious profiling,” Rep. Wassermann Schultz said. “Upon learning of his arrest, he was terminated.” Rep. Schultz resigned as DNC chief in July 2016 after the organization’s IT system was hacked, an act which has since been blamed on an anonymous figure named “Guccifer 2.0”. National Security officials have alleged this figure, who hosted information from the DNC servers on a blog during the election, was backed by Russian intelligence, though forensic evidence appears to show that the original data was most likely physically copied locally by someone with access to a system connected to the DNC internal network based on the alleged speed of transfer. WHY THIS STORY MATTERS The Awan’s had access to the nation's most classified information. If the reports are correct, that Imran Awan retained the ability to read any emails sent and received by the 32 former and current democratic congress members his family managed IT work for after setting up their email accounts, the Awan’s literally had access to all correspondences from sensitive committees such as the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence and the House Committee on Foreign Affairs. On Wednesday Rep. Steve King (R-IA), who serves on the House Judiciary Committee, echoed this point to Breitbart News Daily's Curt Schilling, and added that the Awan-Schultz scandal may have an Islamist tie back to Pakistan. “They had access to the information on the multiple clients that they had, and that number is nearly a score, as I recall, they would have had access to all the information that came through all those computers in all those offices and access to all the communications of the foreign affairs committee ,” Rep. King said. “This connection goes back to Pakistan, so we need to look at this thing also from an Islamist perspective, did any resources, what about, ‘did any resources go that way, did any information go that way,’ I just want that in peoples minds.” This breech could date back to as early as 2004, when he first began working for former Florida Democratic Rep. Robert Wexler as an “information technology director”. Imran Awan was then subsequently hired by Florida Democratic Rep. Debbie Wassermann Schultz’s office in 2005. In addition to having access to the information, Imran Awan may have been selling intel to Pakistani intelligence, potentially even on behalf of high level Washington politicians. William Craddick, an independent investigative reporter known for exposing the Clinton connected Silsby child trafficking ring in Haiti and now the Editor-in-Chief of Disobedient Media, tweeted Wednesday night: “So I was told something about the Awan’s which I have not been able to verify yet but will share anyways with people since it is interesting. The Awan’s were receiving intelligence from the DNC on India, which they were then passing on to Pakistan via the ISI [Pakistan’s premier intelligence agency]. You might not have noticed, but Pakistan, China and India are all in a bit of a crisis right now. Since there is a possibility that a conflict could break out involving the three, Pakistan was using the Awan’s to get intel via the US. It's likely that other states including China, Saudi Arabia and Israel were able to get their hands on it as well. DNC members were essentially passing on intel to foreign states which has made the possibility of a world war more likely. Why do you think you only ever hear about Russia and never China, Pakistan or India in our media? They don't want you to even think about it” Townhall columnist Fred Fleitz, who has held national security jobs for 25 years with the CIA, DIA, State Department and the House Intelligence Committee staff, claimed in February that a former female CIA officer told him she was worried that the three Awad brothers may have “ties to the Pakistani intelligence service, ISI.” On Monday July 31st Judge Andrew Napolitano also raised this point, noting the FBI investigation is clearly not only focused on the bank fraud charge, but the Awan brothers access to all of Congress' email. Retired intelligence officer Tony Shaffer also raised this point Thursday during an appearance with Laura Ingraham on Fox News’ Tucker Carlson Tonight, claiming there is now evidence that the Awan brothers helped Rep. Wassermann Schultz conduct "malevolent activities" against Bernie Sanders, and may have been sending information to the Muslim Brotherhood and foreign intelligence agencies. “Now, what is really key here to remember, Laura, is not about hard drives. It's about the fact that these individuals, during a time they worked for her [Rep. Schultz] on Capitol Hill, and her position as a member of Congress had massive access to all databases to include e-mail of members of Congress, super user access to the system itself, and most importantly the sensitive information being held by the House Foreign Affairs Committee and other committees that they had access to,” Mr. Shaffer said. “Now the FBI has rolled in and let me give you the big take away here, it looks like a foreign intelligence service may be the recipient of all this. Something called the Muslim Brotherhood.” The connection to the Muslim Brotherhood is especially concerning because the Awan families activities span the entire tenure of the Obama administration, and as TRUNEWS covered extensively in 2016 with DHS Whistleblower Philip Haney, President Obama’s State Department refused to give the designation of “terrorist group” to a Muslim Brotherhood affiliated Islamic movement called Tablighi Jamaat (pronounced: TAAB-LEE JAMAT). According to Mr. Haney the Obama administration instead decided to erase all 67 of his records detailing Tablighi Jamaat’s terror connections, including the fact that 25 percent of Gitmo detainees were affiliated with the movement, claiming the information violated the civil rights and civil liberties of Muslims. To put this into perspective, Mr. Haney told an audience at the 2016 Values Voter Summit that had the Obama administration not shutdown his investigation into “Tablighi Jamaat” affiliated individuals, which included ties to the mosques attended by the San Bernardino and the Orlando Pulse night club terrorists, those attacks could have potentially have been stopped. “The case included individuals that were affiliated with the San Bernardino mosque, Dar Al Uloom Al Islamiya San Bernardino, and therefore my plausible premise is that the [December 2015 San Bernardino] attack could have been stopped or averted,” Mr. Haney said. “The same with the Fort Pierce Islamic Center [Orlando shooter] Omar Mateen was part of, and his father is the vice president of. That mosque was also part of the same Tablighi Jamaat-Deobandi network.” Based on the Awan’s extent of access, which included the correspondences of members of the House Intelligence Committee, the question has been raised of whether the IT brothers have had a hand in the botched Yemen raid in late January. Cernovich Media, owned by popular Drudge Report linked political commentator Mike Cernovich, posed this question in a report posted to the pundits YouTube channel on Wednesday July 26th. The Yemen raid on a base run by Al Qaeda’s Yemen affiliate was executed on January 29th, had been discussed for approval among government officials dating back to December 2016. Imran Awan had access to sensitive congressional data, specifically correspondences between members of the House Intelligence Committee, until February 2nd. According to service member on the mission, who spoke to TRUNEWS on the condition of anonymity, as well as an unnamed former member of Navy SEAL Team 6 who spoke to the New York Times after reviewing reports of the operation, the Al Qaeda insurgents appeared to have been alerted of the impending assault, and used this information to bolster the defenses of their compound. The changes in the terrorists defensive strength and the loss of the element of surprise have been noted as contributing factors in the death of Navy SEAL Chief Special Warfare Operator William “Ryan” Owens during the raid. In addition to the potential ties to terror, Imran Awan may have also been using the information gathered from Congressional servers to potentially blackmail dirty politicians in DC. Some congressional aides have come forward to The Daily Caller and shared their belief that the Awan’s were blackmailing representatives based on the contents of their emails and files, due to the fact that these representatives have displayed unwavering and intense loyalty towards the Awan brothers. For example, New York Democratic Rep. Gregory Meeks, who was once named one of the most corrupt members of Congress, and who had at one time or another employed each of the brothers, has stated that they were being “falsely targeted because they are Muslims, some with ties to Pakistan.” Additionally, Imran Awan successfully procured the representation of Chris Gowen, a founding partner of the Gowen, Rhoades, Winograd and Silva law firm. Mr. Gowen’s official bio on the law firm’s website states that he began his legal career as a public defender in Miami-Dade, Florida before leaving to work for Mr. and Mrs. Clinton. During his tenure he served as the fact checker for President Clinton’s memoir, “My Life,” a traveling aid for President Clinton’s national and international trips, and finished by directing the advance operations for then-Senator Hillary Clinton during her 2008 presidential campaign. According to Conservative Review, Mr. Gowen also did work for the Clinton Foundation and its Clinton Global Initiative and the Clinton Health Access Initiative. Though the Awan’s have managed to garner a “reputation worth defending” among the beltway elite, their own parents appear to find them untrustworthy. Imran Awan’s father, James, changed his last name to avoid being associated with his children’s fraudulent behavior, and their stepmother, Samina Gilani, went as far as to file legal paperwork on April 14th in Fairfax county, Virginia, claiming the Awan’s were wiretapping and extorting her to get money which was hidden overseas in Pakistan. The question of whether classified material was ever available to the Awan brothers has already been answered, based on the letter eight democrat members of the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence signed and issued on March 22nd, 2016, for their staffers to be granted access to “Top Secret Sensitive Compartmented Information” (TS/SCI), one of the highest tiers of classification for the U.S. government. If this wasn’t enough, these are the three bombshells TRUNEWS has uncovered thus far in the Awan-Schultz conspiracy: 1) According to an email published as part of WikiLeaks’ “DNC Emails” series between Imran Awam and members of Rep. Wassermann Schultz’s senior staff, Imran Awan had access to Debbie Wasserman Schultz’s iPad password, meaning that the Awan brothers also had direct access to the notorious DNC emails prior to their publication. 2) Imran Awan was reportedly downloading information from Congressional servers to an “off-site location”, and according to one congressional IT staffer, the Awan’s had even set up the ability to "remote access" select congressional computers so they, or anyone they shared this ability with, could potentially connect to the all the congressional data from anywhere in the world. 3) Imran Awan may have had a subscription to a YouTube Channel called "Seven Super Girls", which publishes content appealing to pedophiles. The question of whether this channel is heavily trafficked by pedophiles was raised in late June by the host of Comedy Central's Tosh.o in a broadcast segment reviewing one of the most popular videos on the channel involving a young girl named Lucy eating what appears to be a cream pie. “I’ll level with you I may have stumbled across something dark here,” Comedian Daniel Tosh said after sharing a clip from the channel. “When you’ve seen the horrible things on the internet that I’ve seen you get a nose for it, and I don’t like the way Seven Super Girl’s smells.” “For comparison ‘The Beatles’ video for “I Want to Hold Your Hand” has 13.7 million views (15.4 million as of 7/29), this video has 137 million views, let that sink in, who’s watching all these videos of little girls in bathing suits and taped up to beds?” Mr. Tosh said. “I suspect its not just teenage girls, its dudes, this channel posts a new video every single day where they guarantee, and even brag, that all girls are under 18 years of age.” (TRUNEWS edited the above segment to make the clip friendly for family viewership) The "Seven Super Girls" channel is subscribed to by a Google Plus account titled "Imran Awan”, which contains pictures, personal information, and followers, including over 60 pictures of a home which, according to a HELOC loan application published by The Daily Caller, is legally registered to the wife of Imran Awan, the man currently implicated in a major scandal with Democratic Rep. Debbie Wasserman Schultz. The "Imran Awan" Google Plus account is also followed by another account titled "Hina Alvi," the name of Imran Awan's wife. The failure to disclose the renting of this property prior to the application for that HELOC loan, and the usage of $165,000 from that loan in a $283,000 wire transfer to Pakistan this past week, contributed in part to the FBI bringing a bank fraud charge against Imran Awan, and halting him from leaving the country. Back to the Seven Super Girls YouTube channel, Jack Burns, a writer for The Free Thought Project, an online blog which reports on police brutality, political corruption, and the war on drugs, recently called the YouTube page a “smorgasbord of smut” carefully crafted to serve as “eye candy” for adults and teenagers to indulge in their child-sex fantasies. “At first glance, the Seven Super Girls YouTube homepage, arguably, looks like one’s favorite porn site. Each under-18 girl has her own sub-channel,” Mr. Burns wrote in a report published on June 25th. “To the unwitting, however, the site may look like girls dressed like girls, engaging in activities which girls enjoy — going to camp, hanging with friends by the pool, and playing dress up.” Imran Awan has three school-aged children, who reportedly left the country with his wife on March 5th on a flight to Pakistan, but during their time living with their father in Virginia, its plausible they may have subscribed to the “Seven Super Girls” YouTube channel, and similar channels, while logged in through Imran Awan’s Google Plus account. But as a writer for the blog iBankCoin noted in a recent report on this subject, “one would think that a highly skilled devout Muslim IT professional would monitor his children's internet usage more closely for sexualized underage infidels.” In March 2017 The New York Times published a report about “The Seven Super Girls” affiliated channels, or Seven Awesome Kids (SAKs) as they are known, and explained that they were started in 2008 by “seven families in Britain who, in the early days of YouTube, wanted to make sure their children were making family-appropriate content.” The only remaining parent of that original partnership, the NY Times reported, is Ian Rylett, who is currently in charge of the SAKs operation. Mr. Rylett, who lives in Leeds, said producing the channels was essentially his full-time job. He and a team of six others take care of copyright issues, create sponsorship deals, come up with weekly themes, monitor the channels and arrange meet and greets. The tickets for a recent 1000-seat event in April, 2017 held in Orlando, Florida, were selling for $30 each. WILL THE AWAN-SCHULTZ CONSPIRACY GO NATIONAL? On Wednesday President Trump retweeted a TownHall story on how the unfolding Awan-Schultz scandal is being ignored by the main American television news networks. On Friday the Washington Free Beacon reported that leading members of the House Judiciary Committee and Government Oversight Committee are “interested” in conducting their own independent investigation into the reports of “illicit IT activity,” which could include asking for the on-record testimony of Rep. Wasserman Schultz. "In addition to the criminal case that is now underway, Congress needs to get answers regarding the scope of Imran Awan's misconduct and the access he had to sensitive material in the United States House of Representatives, including why he remained on the House payroll for so long," Rep. Ron DeSantis (R-FL), a member of the Government Oversight Committee and chair of its National Security Subcommittee said. "The facts as we know them are very troubling and we need a full accounting of his time at both the DNC and the U.S. House," Rep. DeSantis said. "Congressional hearings are in order." Rep. DeSantis added that this could require testimony from Rep. Wassermann Schultz, and was joined in this opinion by Texas Rep. Louie Gohmert, a sitting member of the House's Judiciary Committee. "Yes, we could ask for her [Rep. Wasserman Schultz] to testify and look for either the government reform or judiciary" committees to help an investigation,” Gohmert said. "Both have jurisdiction over things in this whole catastrophe." "You don't have to be all that great at hacking to hack into almost anyone's email and calendar," Rep. Gohmert said. "Our enemies that would like to bring down the U.S. would love to have the calendars of every single member of Congress to see who's vulnerable to what and how they can be manipulated. There's a reason that you have to have a background check in order to work on our system.” Proving that the frustrations and concerns with Rep. Wassermann Shultz’s dealings with the Awan brothers cross both isles of Capitol Hill, liberal law professor Tim Canova, who has filled paperwork to run against the former DNC head in 2018, accused the lawmaker on Tuesday of obstructing justice, and said “the Democratic Party will flounder” as long as she remains in office.

http://www.trunews.com/article/could-the-awan-schultz-scandal-bring-down-the-democratic-party 

:: 7-31-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

George Soros Is Taking Over the Jefferson Movement-The Implications Are Huge

By Dave Hodges|July 31st, 2017

Is the State of Jefferson movement being taken over by George Soros in order to facilitate the chances of success for the CALEXIT movement.. . In case you have not been following the State of Jefferson movement, one should know that it a desperate attempt on the part of nearly two dozen counties in S. Oregon and N. California to break away from the clutches of the BLM and the EPA. When they are not stealing rancher land (e.g. Bundy) to facilitate the sale of uranium to the Russians for Hillary Clinton, they are simply trying to drive an entire population of farmers and ranchers off of their land and the people have had enough. The people are attempting to break away from the two states and form a 51st state so they can gain a measure of protection against the corrupt EPA and BLM that the state governments of California and Oregon are not providing. Two State of Jefferson Movements The movement to save the land and fortunes of the impacted population has bifurcated into two camps. One one side are the elected officials, the present County Supervisors. They are pursuing a legal path to statehood. The leadership can be characterized as low-keyed and a group that is following the correct administrative path to statehood in order to protect its people. The second group is pursuing a reckless course of action by suing the state of California for non-representation. From a legal perspective, a law suit such as this, cannot achieve statehood unto itself. From my perspective, these people are wasting the financial resources for the movement. They have raised over $300,000 on their way to a goal of a million dollars. The people will not get their money back and even if the law suit is successful, and it will not be, the area will be no closer to statehood because this is a not a proven path to pursue. I believe that this second group, led by, in my opinion, highly volatile over-emotional and unprofessional people, is a deliberate attempt to confiscate the movement, drain community resources and ultimately destroy what they purport to support. And at the center of this second movement we find George Soros’ interests in the form of moveon.org. The State of Jefferson Movement vs. CALEXIT The second group is very upset with me because I have identified Soros’ interests involved in their movement, which they strongly deny. George Soros is at the heart of CALEXIT, let’s leave America movement. The plan calls for the departure of California from the US and will operate under the auspices of the UN as a protectorate. CALEXIT serves as the impetus of the globalist desires to break up the US into several regions. The US has to fall for the New World Order to fully emerge. For example, if the Oroville Dam, located in the impacted area, were to break the result would be financial devastation and spot famines due to the agricultural importance of this area. As previously reported, Eric Holder has been brought in to effectively run CALEXIT. I have previously posted photos of the CALEXIT embassy in Moscow. I will develop these connections in the next part of this series. CALEXIT cannot work if the State of Jefferson movement succeeds and a 51st state is formed. Therefore, George Soros has strong motivation to make the Jefferson movement fail, so CALEXIT can move forward. Since I have accused the second group of working for George Soros’ interests, the second group went ballistic. See KCNR (Shasta, CA) radio broadcast below. The other side has said that I have two listeners, I am the purveyor of fake news and that I am an idiot. They vehemently denied that any George Soros interests are connected. However, they did not refute one other fact that I presented, so they hi behind personal insults. I have heard from people in their area who are laughing at the second group because they see the personal attack upon me as a way to cover their true motives. In the following paragraphs, a different group of liars will emerge other than Dave Hodges. Here is the video I made 5 days ago that set the second group off. I made the video based on information I have received from some County Supervisors and allies who fear the second group. I did not publish the video on my website, until now. By making the video, but not publishing on my website, I wanted a low-key to shake the trees to see what would fall out and the second group provided me with all the information I need to discredit this second movement. The strategy worked. Radio hosts, Terry Raposa and Mark Baird, played my 5 minute video on KCNR in which they viciously attacked myself and Paul Preston who is opposed to the second group and stands with the administrative goals of the first group. The hosts of the KCNR radio show, who are participants in the take-over of the Jefferson movement=t, said I was fake news and only had 2 listeners. Despite my lowly and apparent insignificant status, the hosts saw fit to attack me for the better part of an hour. My Crime? See Below. You can listen to their July 30th show where they did not attack the facts that Paul Present on I put forth. Raposa and Baird simply attacked Preston and myself on a personal basis. They claim that Soros nor his interests are nowhere near the movement. That is a bold-faced lie as Moveon.org is in the middle of this movement according to all appearances. Jefferson Supporter/Tea Party Founder Meckler and the Founder and Leader of Moveon.org In case one has been in a coma for the past several years, it is well-known that Soros and Moveon.org are one in the same. Meckler is a leader and strong proponent of the law suit being promoted by the second group. As they say, a picture is worth a thousand words. The above picture is of Mark Meckler and Moveon.org founder and leader, Joan Blades. Gotcha! As they say in the infomercial business, there is more. According to some I have spoken with in the area, Chuck Beretz is a staunch advocate for the CALEXIT movement. Below, Berets, takes the damning photo of Meckler and Blades and praises their alliances (ie “building bridges). Please note the CALEXIT reference in Beretz’s link in the tweet. The second group has indeed been sloppy, here is even more damning evidence to back up my assertions that the second movement is not legitimate and s many feel, is a George Soros takeover. Mark Meckler, one of the founders of the Tea Party joins Geroge Soros operative Joan Blades of MoveOn.org for a “Living Room Conversation” on January 12, 2017 in Berkeley, Calif. Blades hosted the talk, which sought to bring representatives from both sides of the spectrum to seek common ground on issues. According to the article Meckler and Blades “have been talking online and over the phone for a few years now. Quietly, until now.”Meckler is the front man for radio talk show host Mark Levin’s “convention of states” movement according the Paul Preston The meeting was revealed in a ‘tweet’ from ‘CalExit’ activist Chuck Beretz. Cal Exit is the George Soros sponsored movement to have California become it’s own nation. From SFGATE– Joe Garofoli January 17, 2017 “It was a mind-blowing political tableau: a co-founder of liberal bulwark MoveOn sitting in her Berkeley living room, laughing, sharing homemade blueberry scones and occasionally agreeing with a national Tea Party figure. Truth is, MoveOn’s Joan Blades – clad in Lululemon yoga pants and clogs – and Mark Meckler, sporting a leather cowboy vest, boots and a belt buckle larger than a baby’s head – have been talking online and over the phone for a few years now. Quietly, until now. “Transpartisanship” is the genteel word for what they’re doing. Blades has been involved in similar types of projects for about a decade, but this is a fairly new school of political thought, which posits that people can come together to find some common ground without abandoning their core beliefs.” Mr. Raposa, can you still say that the forces from George Soros are nowhere near your movement? Part III of this series will focus on the dire consequences of the second movement. And by the way, my lawyer is bigger than your lawyer. By Dave Hodges|July 31st, 2017

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/07/31/george-soros-is-taking-over-the-jefferson-movement/ 

:: 7-31-17 The Organic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Forbes Says Self-Reliant Homesteaders Are “Delusional” and “Mooching” Off “Civil Society”

It’s always interesting reading when someone smug and sanctimonious writes a clueless diatribe about another group of people being smug and sanctimonious. So when I saw that an economist for Moody’s and Forbes had written an op-ed calling self-reliant homesteaders “delusional,” I knew I’d be in for some misinformed hilarity. The article, entitled, “Dear Homesteaders, Self-Reliance Is a Delusion” was published a couple of days ago on the Forbes website. You’ll be forewarned that the article won’t be deep in the first paragraph, when the author presents his claim to knowledge about self-reliant living comes from the fact that he is “a big fan of shows about doomsday preppers, homesteaders, survivalists, generally people who live off the grid.” And the well-informed opinion of this arbiter of self-reliance? …there’s a central delusion in these shows that is never far from my mind when I’m watching these shows: off the grid people are not self-reliant, but instead are mooching off of the civil society, government, and safety net the rest of us contribute to… The people in these shows often describe a very romantic vision of the lives they have chosen the ethos underlying it. They describe themselves as fully self-reliant, and criticize the rest of society as being dependent and lacking in this self-reliance. It is morally superior, the story goes, to provide for yourself, take care of your own needs, and often, be prepared to survive if society collapses. First, let me segue a little bit and tell you about the author. According to his bio on Economy.com: Adam Ozimek is an associate director and senior economist in the West Chester office of Moody’s Analytics. Adam covers state and regional economies, as well U.S. labor markets and demographics. Prior to joining Moody’s Analytics, Adam was Senior Economist and Director of Research for Econsult Solutions, an economics consulting company. He received his Ph.D. in economics from Temple University and his bachelor’s degree in economics from West Chester University. So based on this, I’m going to guess that homesteading and off-grid living aren’t his jam. I mean, he might head down to the Westtown Amish Market there in Pennsylvania, but I’d be willing to place money on that being his closest brush with any real, live, self-reliant homesteaders. His ill-conceived argument seems to be mostly focused on health care. He is baffled about what will happen if a homesteader becomes ill or gets injured. ” On Live Free Or Die, a man in his mid sixties named Colbert lives in the Georgia swamps alone….I always wonder what will happen if he slips and falls, and can no longer provide for himself. He’ll likely end up receiving hospital treatment paid for with Medicare, and perhaps end up in an assisted living center paid for by Medicare as well.” Or… “Another example from Live Free or Die is Tony and Amelia, a couple who live on a simple, off-the-grid homestead in North Carolina. When I watch them I wonder what would happen if one became extremely sick, and simple, off-the-grid home medicine couldn’t treat them. Would they say “we’ve chosen our fate, and now we die by it”, or would they seek treatment in a hospital they couldn’t afford which would be covered by the hospital’s charity care or perhaps Medicaid?One thing that Dr. Ozimek is missing is the fact that most homesteaders are tax-paying citizens. Does he think that living on a homestead exempts one from property taxes? Does he suppose that their vehicles don’t have license plates or that their fuel is purchased without the requisite state gasoline tax? Or that maybe they have some special card that lets them buy things like feed without paying sales tax? Perhaps homesteading equipment like tractors and tools and off-grid appliances are likewise purchased without any gain to “society.” As well, he’s under the assumption, based on his vast body of knowledge gleaned from watching TV, that self-reliant homesteaders don’t make any money or have any insurance. I know homesteaders who are retirees from other jobs who have a fine pension and excellent health insurance. I know others who make a good living with their homesteading endeavors. And there are still others who live simply after working for years to pay cash for their homestead, or families in which one spouse works a full-time job to support the homestead. But, Ozimek, whose informed point of view comes from only the most extreme of the group featured on for-profit-and-ratings television shows, doesn’t understand that. He continues to espouse the superiority of the non-agrarian lifestyle: If we all lived “self-reliant” lives like Tony often implores us, spending most of our time on basic agricultural subsistence, then modern hospitals couldn’t exist. It’s only because most of us choose to not live agrarian “self-reliant” lifestyles that this care would be available to Tony, Amelia, and perhaps someday, their children. And what if both of them become too injured to work the land anymore? Would they starve to death, or would they survive off of the social safety net our government provides, like food stamps? In fairness to Tony, Amelia, and Colbert, perhaps they would refuse the modern medical care and modest safety net in the case of an accident or illness, and would simply choose to die. I don’t think most homesteaders would, but we don’t know. Yeah, because homesteaders can’t do anything but homestead. Some people are producers and other people are consumers. Ozimek thinks that someone with the extensive skills required to live off the grid would be completely unable to find employment and would have no option but to become a welfare recipient should their homesteading endeavor fall apart. What he’s missing is that his cushy “civilized” lifestyle is completely reliant on the type of people he scorns. He forgets that someone, somewhere is growing his food. Someone, somewhere, is assuring that his energy reaches his home. Someone is ensuring that his plumbing works, someone is repairing his furnace if it breaks, and someone is transporting the goods he purchases to the store, where someone will sell him those goods. But, that’s what happens when someone is only a consumer and not a producer. They think that producers are somehow less worthy, and that if they couldn’t produce what the consumers consume, they’d be totally out of options. The cool thing about self-reliant homesteaders is that we aren’t one-trick ponies. We can produce all sorts of things and provide all kinds of services. It’s called “having skills.” Most self-reliant homesteaders aren’t reality TV stars. Since his entire argument is based on the tv programs he watches, the author doesn’t understand what self-reliance means to those of us who aren’t reality television stars. It means: We provide a lot of our own food because we prefer to know where it comes from. We raise our own meat because we object to the way factory-farmed animals are treated. We use our own sources of power because maybe we’re green at heart or maybe we just prefer not to be tied into the “smart” grid. We learn to make our own products for cleaning, bathing, and making life pleasant because we don’t want to bring chemical toxins into our homes. We’d rather skip the middle man and spend our time actually making the things that most people work for hours to purchase from someone else who made them. We are far less likely to spend time at the doctor’s office because a) we aren’t huge fans of pharmaceuticals, b) we can take care of small things ourselves, and c) our healthier lifestyle means we tend to be less likely to be ill. (Although this isn’t always the case – even self-reliant homesteaders can get sick. And when we do, we use our insurance or we pay for it with savings. Just like everyone else.) We don’t need as much money because we just don’t need as much stuff. But to someone who buys all of their food and other goods from the store and gets all of their medicine from the pharmacy, it can be difficult to understand the satisfaction that comes from evading those places. But, safety… Of course, if self-reliant homesteaders pass all of the Forbes columnist’s other tests, he can still dismiss their achievements by going full-blown statist. Yet even if one refuses help and care, however, they still benefit from the modern civil society thanks to the private property protections, rule of law, and military that provide them with safety and security. Many off-the-grid folks like to fantasize that their personal fire arms collection and self-defense skills are actually why they are safe. But how far would this take them in a society without the rule of law, an effective government, and law enforcement? The homesteader who is confident their security is in their own hands should go live off-the-grid in Syria and find out how far self-protection takes them. And it’s not just police and a military that keep homesteaders safe. It’s also widespread prosperity. In the developed world, a basic education is available to all, and most people who want a job can find one. Living in a prosperous, modern economy means that homesteaders can take a good bit of their own safety from violence for granted and roving bandits are not likely to take their homes from them. So, by the mere fact of our existence in this country, according to Ozimek, none of us are self-reliant. It boggles the mind that this fellow successfully wrote and defended a doctoral thesis. This is how reliant people justify their reliance. I guess what it boils down to is that this is what helps Ozimek and people like him justify living their lives without any practical skills. If things did go sideways in a long-term kind of way, who is going to be better off: a person who can claim a Ph.D. in economics or someone who can actually produce food? The fact is, the less we require from society, the less power that society has over us. Our lifestyles give us some distance from the hustle and the bustle. We don’t have to make as much money because we don’t live in the consumer matrix that engulfs so much of society. We are content to live simply instead of hustling from one non-productive activity to another. Most of us don’t eschew all the benefits of living in a modern society. It doesn’t have to be all or nothing. Having a corporate job doesn’t preclude growing your own tomatoes any more than having a herd of goats precludes having health insurance. There is a joy in making a meal that came entirely from your own backyard that these people will never get to experience, and having spent many years in the corporate world, I can tell you which provides the most satisfaction for me. In this society where nearly everyone is digitally connected 24 hours a day, it’s nice to step away from all that and break the addiction to constant stimulation. It’s nice to not always be trading the hours in your day for the things that someone else made while you were working on something that, if we’re being honest, is kind of pointless in the grand scheme of survival. If Dr. Ozimek wants to talk about delusions and superiority, he could find all the inspiration he needs by taking a look in the mirror.

http://www.theorganicprepper.ca/forbes-says-self-reliant-homesteaders-delusional-mooching-off-civil-society-07312017 

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 7-30-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Moving Towards 'A Brave New Nuclear World'

- This Is How Kim Jong Un's Fantasy Of Annihilating The United States Could Become Reality

Submitted to All News Pipeline by Dr. Peter Vincent Pry July 30, 2017

The views expressed by story contributors to All News Pipeline are their own and do not always align completely with those of ANP. In the shadow of North Korea’s ICBM test, there is growing consciousness that history has turned a page. The once hopeful post-Cold War world supposedly heralding The End of History has become a New Cold War and what some call a New Nuclear Age, wherein nuclear weapons are again the most powerful instruments of diplomacy and war. Naďve questing for a world without nuclear weapon has catastrophically failed. Russia, China, North Korea, Pakistan, India, and probably Iran are advancing nuclear and missile programs while the U.S. nuclear deterrent ages toward obsolescence. The world wars, Korean War, and the Cuban missile crisis are ancient history, or someone else’s history, to a new generation of political and military leaders in nuclear nations hostile to the U.S., who make nuclear threats with increasing frequency. Hiroshima, Nagasaki, and televised H-Bomb tests that made real the terror of nuclear weapons for earlier generations are a fading memory. Few scientists and generals remain who eye-witnessed The Bomb. Dictators of the New Cold War and their scientific and military advisors know The Bomb and its effects only theoretically. This may partially account for why they are ever bolder in nuclear blackmail, and appear to be convincing themselves that The Bomb is just another weapon. The new crop of totalitarian and authoritarian rulers and their general staffs are also risk takers. They might benefit from witnessing an H-Bomb test, from personally seeing the blinding flash, feeling the blast and heat, cowering beneath the towering mushroom cloud. Such an experience might even give pause to the likes of Kim Jong-un about invoking the nuclear demon. The new crop of U.S. political-military leaders, and our nuclear-armed allies in Britain and France, need to re-learn the now forgotten nuclear lessons of the Cold War. Nuclear weapons will not deter if they are invisible. The U.S. and its allies have been in pursuit of a world without nuclear weapons for so long, they have neglected their nuclear capabilities and given such low priority to the nuclear mission for so long, that our nuclear deterrents are almost non-existent psychologically. Modernizing our nuclear capabilities may not strengthen deterrence if it is done reluctantly, with such fear and loathing, that our enemies think we are almost as afraid of our own nuclear weapons as of theirs. Another lesson from the Cold War and afterwards that the U.S. and its allies need to learn is that our potential adversaries do not agree that nuclear non-proliferation is in everyone’s interests — a universal good. The hard lessons of history have proven this nostrum false. Nations that followed our advice and gave up their nuclear weapons — like Ukraine, Libya, Kazakhstan, and South Africa — now fear for their existence or matter little in global affairs. Indeed, Libya’s Muammar Qaddaffi and Iraq’s Saddam Hussein are dead because they failed to develop nuclear arms. Surely, Syria’s endangered dictator Bashar al-Assad must wish today he had succeeded in building The Bomb. In contrast, failed states like North Korea, Iran, and Pakistan loom large in global affairs, have power and influence far out of proportion to their actual economic and military capabilities, because they have or could acquire nuclear weapons. Yet another lesson from the Cold War and afterwards is that reducing the number of U.S. nuclear weapons does not necessarily make the American people or our allies safer. Under the Strategic Arms Reduction Treaties (START) the United States reduced strategic nuclear weapons by over 90%, from 15,000 to fewer than 1,500. These reductions were unnecessary for the U.S., but were necessary for Moscow, whose economy, ruined by Cold War competition, could no longer sustain the nuclear arms race. START was a gift from Washington to Moscow enabling Russia to maintain parity in the strategic nuclear balance. The U.S. also unilaterally dismantled nearly all of its tactical nuclear weapons, once numbering 15,000 now reduced to 180. Now Russia is cheating on START having deployed 1,700 strategic warheads, hundreds more than permitted, and keeps building. Moscow also has at least 3,000-8,000 tactical nuclear weapons, giving it an enormous advantage in the overall nuclear balance favoring Russia by perhaps more than 5-to-1. Russia never enjoyed such advantage during the Cold War, which may account for Moscow’s increasing belligerence toward NATO and the U.S. today. Deep reductions in U.S. nuclear weapons has also made it possible for China to catch-up or surpass the United States. Reducing U.S. strategic bomber bases from dozens to 3 makes it possible for even North Korea to dream of delivering a crippling nuclear blow. Kim Jong-Un’s fantasy of annihilating the United States could become reality if nothing is done to protect the nation against electromagnetic pulse (EMP) attack—deliverable by a single warhead. If the U.S. had maintained its Cold War deterrent of nearly 30,000 strategic and tactical nuclear weapons, today the U.S. would enjoy overwhelming superiority in the nuclear balance against any combination of challengers. If this were today’s reality, would the American people be worse off? The U.S. must ignore the usual hysterical protests from anti-nuclear activists and modernize its aged, nearly obsolete, nuclear deterrent. Story originally published here. Peter Vincent Pry is executive director of the Task Force on National and Homeland Security. He served in the Congressional EMP Commission, the Congressional Strategic Posture Commission, the House Armed Services Committee, and the CIA. He is author of "Blackout Wars." For more of his reports, Go Here Now.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Brave_New_Nuclear_World.php 

:: 7-30-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US, allies prepared to use 'overwhelming force' in North Korea, general says

Published July 30, 2017 Fox News North Korea

The U.S. and its allies are prepared to use “rapid, lethal and overwhelming force,” if necessary, against North Korea, the commander of the U.S. Pacific Air Forces warned Saturday night. The statement from Gen. Terrence J. O’Shaughnessy, U.S. Pacific Air Forces commander, came after the militaries of the U.S., South Korea and Japan spent 10 hours conducting bomber-jet drills over the Korean Peninsula. The training mission was a response to North Korea’s recent ballistic missile launches and nuclear program, and part of the U.S. regular commitment to defending its allies in the Asia-Pacific region, the general’s statement said. "The time for talk is over. The danger the North Korean regime poses to international peace is now clear to all," said United Nations Ambassador Nikki Haley in a statement. “North Korea remains the most urgent threat to regional stability,” O’Shaughnessy said. “Diplomacy remains the lead,” he said. “However, we have a responsibility to our allies and our nation to showcase our unwavering commitment while planning for the worst-case scenario. “If called upon,” he added, “we are ready to respond with rapid, lethal and overwhelming force at a time and place of our choosing.” North Korea conducted test launches of ICBMs on July 3 and July 28, and has claimed that its weapons can now reach the U.S. mainland. The country’s recent actions have drawn condemnation from President Trump, and prompted U.S. Secretary of State Rex Tillerson to confer with counterparts from South Korea and Japan to develop a response, Fox News has reported. Both Trump and Tillerson have criticized China, saying the Beijing government has failed to use its influence to discourage North Korea from developing its nuclear program, Fox News reported. On Saturday, two U.S. Air Force B-1B bombers, under the command of U.S. Pacific Air Forces, joined counterparts from the South Korean and Japanese air forces in sequenced bilateral missions. According to the Pentagon, the U.S. bombers took off from Andersen Air Force Base in Guam, then flew to Japanese airspace, where they were joined by two Koku Jieitai (Japan Air Self Defense Force) F-2 fighter jets. The B-1s then flew over the Korean Peninsula, where they were joined by four F-15 fighter jets from the South Korean air force. The B-1s then performed a low-pass over Osan Air Base, South Korea, before leaving South Korean airspace and returning to Guam. Throughout the approximately 10-hour mission, the air crews practiced intercept and formation functions, enabling them to improve their combined capabilities and strengthening the long-standing military-to-military relationships in the region, the Pentagon said. U.S. Pacific Command maintains flexible bomber and fighter capabilities in the Indo-Asia-Pacific theater, retaining the ability to quickly respond to any regional threat in order to defend the U.S. and its allies, the statement said.

http://www.foxnews.com/world/2017/07/30/us-allies-prepared-to-use-overwhelming-force-in-north-korea-general-says.html 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-30-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

One False Flag After Another - Will The 'Final Act Of The Tragedy' Be An Engineered Nuclear War That Exterminates Most Or All Of The Human Race?

Submitted to All News Pipeline by William B Stoecker via Steve Quayle July 30, 2017

A false flag attack is an attack by a nation’s ruling elite, usually acting through the deep state, on their own citizens, blamed on a foreign state or a terrorist or rebel group. These are intended to mobilize popular support for laws promising to protect the citizens but actually designed to take away their freedom and increase the power of the state, and/or to start a war with another state or an internal dissident group (and war always leads to a loss of freedom). Our nation has a long history of tragedies that appear very suspicious at the very least, and in some cases (like 9/11) the evidence of a false flag attack is overwhelming. The true origin of the attacks is concealed by the power of the deep state, the controlled media (I call them the slimestream media) and by the unwillingness of most citizens to think the unthinkable. Our entry into the Spanish American War was instigated by the explosion of the battleship Maine in Havana harbor, blamed on a mine placed by the Spanish, who then ruled Cuba. But examination by divers showed that the damage could only have been caused by an internal explosion; this was later explained as a munitions explosion set off by a fire resulting from spontaneous combustion in the coal bunker. This is possible, but no other US capital ship was ever destroyed by such an accident, and the Maine “just happened” to be in the right place to start a war, and Freemason Teddy Roosevelt, a vociferous warmonger, “just happened” to be Undersecretary of the Navy. The sinking of the British liner Lusitania by a German u boat, killing US citizens on board helped to bring the US into WWI, but the Lusitania was carrying munitions for England, and the Germans had taken out ads in US papers to warn our citizens against traveling on a British ship. Almost all US papers refused to print the ads…have we ever had a free press? Winston Churchill, then an official in the British Admiralty, withdrew the escort vessel that might have prevented the sinking, and ordered the Lusitania to reduce its speed. A rescue vessel was recalled. As for Pearl Harbor, entire books have detailed the massive evidence that FDR and the elites set us up for that. The Gulf of Tonkin incident that gave LBJ the excuse to involve us in the Vietnam War was, to say the least, questionable. While these naval incidents do not meet the precise definition of “false flag,” because our own government did not directly attack our citizens, they are just as vile in nature and serve the same purpose. Many today have forgotten that 9/11 was the second bombing of the WTC (World Trade Center). The first was a truck bomb placed in the underground parking lot of North Tower on 2/26/93, containing 1,336 pounds of urea-nitrate and tanks of hydrogen. The bombers were a group of Muslims allowed into the US by our own government, despite the fact that Islam’s war on Humanity was already some 1,400 years old. Six people died and over a thousand were injured; had the bomb worked as planned, both towers and adjacent buildings would have collapsed with no warning, killing up to twenty thousand people. Remember, on 9/11 there was time for many people to evacuate the area. Incredibly, our intrepid FBI knew the bombing was planned, and, claiming that they were doing a “sting” operation, let it proceed. Even more incredibly, they refused the offer of the man who had infiltrated the group for them to substitute fake explosive for the real stuff. You do not, I repeat, do not risk twenty thousand lives to do a sting operation. Of course the slimestream media reported almost none of this, and none of the FBI officials involved were ever punished, and the American sheeple continued to graze toward the edge of the cliff. The Demonic Duo (Slick Clinton and Hillary, whom I call the Witch) were in power when, on their orders or with their tacit approval, the heroic FBI and BATF (Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Firearms) attacked the “compound” of the Branch Davidians, an offshoot of the Seventh Day Adventists, who were led by one David Koresh, born Vernon Howell. The federales claimed that the Davidians had illegal weapons (none were ever found, or produced as evidence), and later claimed that they suspected illegal drugs (none were ever discovered). Eventually they added suspected child abuse to the list…not the business of the federal government, and, like the guns and drugs, never proven. The “compound” was located at Mt. Carmel Center Ranch in Elk, Texas, some nine miles from Waco. In a botched BATF raid on 2/28/93 (only two days after the first WTC bombing) four agents and five Davidians died. There were conflicting reports about who fired the first shot. Joined by the FBI, the BATF began a 51 day siege, backed up by an Army helicopter, and finally, on April 19, rammed the main building with a tank, breaching the wall, and pumped in CS gas, a sort of tear gas on steroids, which is highly flammable. Infants and small children in the building, having no gas masks that would fit them, would die in agony from this gas…but something set it on fire, and 76 people, including almost 20 children, died a horrible death thanks to the Clintons and our brave federal police officers. All this, and no drugs or illegal weapons were ever produced. Of course, no one was executed or even imprisoned for mass torture murder and child murder, and Slick and the Witch continued their highly profitable careers. The WTC bombing and the Waco siege and Oklahoma City (see below) served as the perfect excuse for passage of an anti-terrorism bill that Slick wanted, which increased the power of the government. Look up “Reichstag fire.” The date of the final assault is significant. The first shots of the American Revolution were fired on 4/19, and Hitler was born on 4/20. As we shall see, a number of other horrific events have taken place on those dates. Some students of the occult believe that Satanists have a 13 day period for sacrifices, running from 4/19 through 4/30 (Walpurgisnacht, the witches’ Sabbath, when Hitler supposedly killed himself) and 5/1…Mayday, or Beltane, sacred to the pagans, the Bavarian Illuminati, and the communists. His blood lust apparently temporarily satiated, Slick waited over two years to bomb the Murrah Building in Oklahoma City. This federal office building contained a daycare center, perfect for another child sacrifice. On 4/19/95 (that date again) a rented truck packed with ammonium nitrate and fuel oil exploded, and the building was severely damaged, killing 168 people, including 19 children and infants. The bombing was blamed on an Army veteran, Timothy McVeigh, and his Army buddy Terry Nichols, supposedly indirectly aided by Michael and Lori Fortier. In return for their testimony, Nichols was spared the death penalty and the Fortiers received reduced sentences. McVeigh was supposedly executed 6/11/2001. Retired USAF General Partin, an explosive expert, testified that, powerful though it was, the truck bomb could not have done that much damage. The testimony of workers in the building and the way some support columns were cleanly cut indicates that charges had almost certainly been placed inside the building and timed to go off at the same time as the truck bomb, which was intended mainly to cover up the fact that OKC was an inside job. A seismograph in Enid, Oklahoma picked up two explosions. Bear in mind that security at federal buildings was so tight that only government agents or people approved by them could have placed the charges inside. Many witnesses reported that McVeigh was accompanied by another man, not Nichols or Fortier, but the government chose to ignore this. McVeigh had telephoned Elohim City, a neo-Nazi compound in eastern Oklahoma, and had once been stopped near there by police for a minor traffic violation. The BATF had an informant inside Elohim City, one Carol Howe, who said that McVeigh was an associate of the Nazis, and that a German national in the group, one Andreas Strassmeir, was involved in the bombing. The federales ignored her testimony, allowed Strassmeir to return to Germany, and, incredibly, tried (unsuccessfully) to railroad their own informant into prison. Nichols’ travel to the Philippines (he married a Filipina) and possible contact there with Islamic terrorists was also ignored. Even more incredibly, the BATF had an office in the Murrah Building, but, at the time of the bombing, during normal working hours, not a single BATF agent was in the building, and they initially lied about this, until, caught in their lie, they had to admit the truth…but never bothered to explain their absence. On the day of the bombing local news announcers stated that several unexploded bombs were found in the wreckage. Given the government’s eagerness to blame the bombing on “right wing domestic extremists” it is odd that they ignored the Elohim City connection. And this is just part of the evidence that OKC was an inside job; entire books have been written on the subject. On 4/20/99 (again, the same dates keep appearing) at Columbine High School in Colorado, two students, Eric Harris and Dylan Klebold, allegedly shot dead 12 of their fellow students and one teacher and wounded 21 more. They had a total of five guns, and also planted bombs and propane tanks…how could they do that without being seen? Both conveniently shot themselves before they could be arrested and questioned. Harris had made threats on the web, and Deputy Michael Guerra of the Jefferson County Sheriff’s office prepared documents to get a search warrant…but never took them to the judge. A deputy was assigned to the school; normally he ate lunch in the cafeteria, but on the day of the shooting he just happened to be in his truck…and there he stayed. The shooting began at 11:29; police arrived at 11:32; and the killers were suicided at 12:08, and, in all that time, the heroic police and deputies, while firing ineffectively into the building, never stormed the school. Why was the search warrant never requested? Why was there never any explanation by the killers’ parents? How could they not have known about the weapons and explosives, and how did the two teenagers, with little income, obtain all this deadly hardware? Of course, this led to renewed calls for “gun control,” despite the fact that these tragedies usually occur in “gun free zones.” On 9/11/2001 American Airlines Flight 11 allegedly hit the WTC North Tower, and United Flight 175 allegedly hit the South Tower. American Airlines Flight 77 allegedly hit the first floor of the Pentagon…on the sixtieth anniversary of its construction. Note that multiples of 11 are important to the Masons (as in thirty third degree Mason) and that the ratio of height to base side of the Great Pyramid of Giza in Egypt is seven to eleven. It sounds crazy to the rest of us, but the elites take numerology and astrology very seriously. In all the history of steel framed buildings none ever collapsed completely due to fire…until all three WTC towers did on 9/11. The third tower, Building Seven, had been struck only lightly by some debris, starting a small fire…and yet it collapsed. The odds against this are more than a million to one. All three towers collapsed straight down into their own footprints, a feat achievable only by carefully planned and executed controlled demolitions. The fires were not hot enough to melt steel, yet, weeks later, there was still molten steel buried underground in the ruins…think thermite. All by itself the above absolutely proves that 9/11 was an inside job, and only the US government, which orchestrated the cover up, had the power to do the job. But there’s more. For Flight 77 to hit the first floor of the Pentagon, and not fly over or scrape the roof or auger into the pavement in front of the building is a feat that would be nearly impossible for a skilled pilot flying a fighter jet…let alone someone who had hardly flown before, in a huge, multi-engine jet. There was a hole in the Pentagon, allegedly caused by the fuselage of the plane, but no damage to the walls where the engines and wings would have hit. In fact, the engines and wings were never seen or photographed…they had magically vanished. But then the whole plane vanished, for no wreckage or burned body parts of passengers and crew were ever reported, photographed, or produced as evidence. Honorable FBI agents (there were a few) had tried to warn their bosses that Islamic immigrants (allowed into our country by the government despite the experience in 1993) were taking flying lessons and they feared an attack like this. They were ignored, as were the members of the Pentagon’s Able Danger team who had voiced the same concerns. Again, this is but a small part of the evidence. I will say it flat out: the US government, headed by neocon Bonesman George Bush the Younger, committed mass murder of 2,996 Americans to get us into an eternal war in Afghanistan and secure passage of the misnamed “Patriot Act.” Since 9/11 there have been a number of shootings and bombings that look, to say the least, suspicious. On 7/20/12 some 12 people died and 20 were injured, allegedly by one James Egan Holmes. Like the Columbine killers, he had little income and no known weapons or explosives training, but somehow obtained tear gas grenades and multiple firearms, a load-bearing vest, and a helmet and booby trapped his apartment with more bombs. No motive was ever discovered, and some witnesses reported multiple gunmen. The theater had multiple surveillance cameras, none of which taped Holmes. And it was a “gun free zone.” On 12/14/12 a young man named Adam Lanza allegedly entered the locked Sandy Hook School in Newtown, Connecticut and managed to shoot dead 20 children and six adults before allegedly killing himself. He had supposedly murdered his mother earlier that day. The official story of what weapons he carried and what was supposedly left in his car kept changing, but in the latest version he carried two handguns and a Bushmaster rifle and left a shotgun in his car. He was carrying his brother’s ID despite the fact that he hadn’t seen his brother in two years, and this has never been explained. The official account of how he entered a locked facility also kept changing; in the latest version he shot out a glass pane near the door, reached in, and unlocked the door. Video showed an unidentified man (not Lanza) running through the woods behind the school on the day of the shooting; this, too, has never been explained. A face book memorial webpage was posted for Sandy Hook teacher Victoria Soto before she was allegedly killed, and a United Way charity page for the Sandy Hook victims was on the web before the shooting. No one reported any blood in the school; the alleged parents were not allowed to see their allegedly dead alleged children; and officials refused to make the death certificates public. Video of some alleged family members showed them laughing and smiling right after the alleged shooting. The school was demolished and rebuilt in the weeks after the event. This marks a new pattern, for it is not certain that anyone died at all at Sandy Hook. It is possible that the entire event was street theater. Much the same is true of the Boston Marathon bombing, which allegedly killed three and injured hundreds on 4/15/13.Two bombs went off near the finish line and the bombing was blamed on two Muslim brothers, Dzokhar Tsarnaev and Tamerlan Tsarnaev, immigrants from Chechnya. Tamerlan supposedly died later in a shootout with police, and Dzokhar was allegedly wounded and captured in Watertown after an hour-long gunfight with police, but his gun mysteriously vanished and there were no bloodstains in the boat where he had hid. On 5/22/13 the FBI interrogated an alleged friend of the Tsarnaevs, Ibragim Todashev, in Orlando, Florida. Claiming he assaulted them, the intrepid agents shot him dead…he will tell no tales. Photographs of the bombing aftermath show many people who appear to be only slightly injured (unless the blood is just red dye) and one man, missing most of one leg, sitting upright in a wheelchair pushed by rescuers. He has no tourniquet and is conscious…this does not compute. In a familiar pattern, our government had let these Muslims into the country, and the hunt for them gave the police an excuse to order citizens out of their homes at gunpoint and enter the homes with no warrants. We are being conditioned to be subjects of the New World Order. One of the most infuriating aspects of all of this is the way the slimestream media cover up the truth, enabling more such crimes, and the sad fact that in many cases local police and sheriffs had to be involved, at least in the cover-up. And now our glorious Congress, unwilling to repeal Obamacare, has nevertheless passed (with a veto proof majority) a bill increasing sanctions on Russia, sure to destroy any hope for better relations with the other major nuclear power. Perhaps the final act in the tragedy will be, not another false flag, but an engineered nuclear war that will exterminate most or all of the human race. Stay tuned.

http://allnewspipeline.com/One_False_Flag_After_Another.php 

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

:: 7-31-17 Sputnik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Chinese Spy Ships Join Russian Reconnaissance, Pressure Pentagon in the Pacific

World 10:13 31.07.2017(updated 13:44 31.07.2017)

The naval activities of the United States are already thoroughly monitored both by Russia and China and Washington will have to deal with it, a Russian military expert believes, citing the increasing assertiveness of Beijing and Moscow in the World Ocean. Last week, Canberra said that a Chinese intelligence-gathering ship was spotted near Australia as the country's major biennial joint military exercises with the US were wrapping up. A Dongdiao-class electronic surveillance ship (Type 815) from the People's Liberation Army was seen in the waters off Queensland during the Talisman Saber 2017 drills, according to the Australian Broadcasting Corporation. Earlier, North American Aerospace Defense Command confirmed that a Chinese intelligence-gathering vehicle was seen off the coast of Alaska last week, possibly to monitor tests of the US's Terminal High Altitude Area Defense system (THAAD). In his commentary for RIA Novosti, Russian military expert Ilya Plekhanov noted that "ironically, the Talisman Saber 2017 exercises, which involved 30,000 US and Australian troops, were aimed to signal to other countries bordering the Pacific that the United States possesses a [strong] military potential in this part of the world." "The appearance of the Chinese intelligence-gathering ship, which monitored channels of communication between Americans and Australians off Queensland, became an unpleasant surprise for the participants of the Talisman Saber 2017 drills. Rather than convincing the region of the power of Washington' allies, it indicated China's growing naval capabilities," Plekhanov pointed out. According to US data, at least six reconnaissance ships of the 815 class are currently in service with the Chinese Navy, with the newest such vessel entering service in January 2017. In addition, China uses four obsolete Yuanwang class reconnaissance ships and one older 814A class vessel. Plekhanov recalled in this regard that apart from THAAD, China also keeps a watchful eye on the US radar AN/TPY-2 radar, which Beijing believes is capable of monitoring China's skies and alerting the Pentagon when Chinese missiles are launched. "US military experts today are concerned about the appearance of Chinese reconnaissance ships in the World Ocean. Until recently, only the navies of the US and Russia were able to carry out such major missions," Plekhanov noted. He recalled that in February 2017, the Russian reconnaissance ship Viktor Leonov was spotted 30 miles from a submarine base in the US state of Connecticut. It immediately grabbed local headlines, with US authorities saying that the Viktor Leonov did not pose a threat to the security of the state. "In March, the Viktor Leonov appeared 20 miles from another US submarine base in Georgia," Plekhanov wrote, referring to Russian reconnaissance ships implementing similar missions along the US coast in 2015 and 2014. In 2016, a Russian intelligence-gathering vessel monitored the world's largest naval exercises: Rim of the Pacific (RIMPAC) in Hawaii. According to mainstream media, participating countries at the time "took the necessary measures" to prevent the Russian ship from having access to valuable information during its radio-electronic monitoring mission. Right now, a Russian reconnaissance ship is closely observing the British destroyer HMS Duncan and the Turkish frigate Yildirim off the coast of Ukraine, where NATO's Breeze 17 naval drills are being held. "Western political analysts note that a new era is coming as China behaves more confidently in the World Ocean," according to Plekhanov. He added that "on the one hand, China acts according to the norms of international maritime law and Chinese [reconnaissance] ships do not enter foreign territorial waters, but on the other – Beijing expresses discontent about the naval ships of other countries passing near the disputed territories [Beijing claims] in the South China Sea. "Apparently, the US monopoly on conducting naval radio electronic reconnaissance in the World Ocean has come to an end as Russia and China are becoming full-fledged players in this field. The Americans will have to resign themselves to the fact that the launches of their missiles, as well as their naval bases and naval drills will now be monitored by Russia and China from the sea," Plekhanov concluded.

https://sputniknews.com/world/201707311056025577-russia-china-us-drills-intelligence-ship/ 

:: 7-30-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Next?

By Hal Lindsey

The western media remains fixated on Washington, but outside of D.C., the world is spinning toward a series of potential catastrophes. Decisions made over the coming days will affect the future of all humanity. I could illustrate this by examining any of the world’s regions. But, for now, let’s focus on the nations in and around Syria. One of the eeriest specters of our time is the image of Russia and Iran sitting on Israel’s doorstep in Syria. The well-known prophecy in Ezekiel 38 tells of a coming battle with those two countries leading a coalition of nations against Israel. Russia arrived in Syria ostensibly to fight ISIS. Will they leave when ISIS is defeated? I doubt it. Bashar al-Assad, Syria’s President, is no longer his own man. He sold his soul to Vladimir Putin, the mad mullahs running Iran, and the Hezbollah terror group. Putin needs to maintain a foothold in the Middle East — the closer to Israel, the better. The natural gas fields found in the waters off the Israeli coast are a game-changer for Russia. With the discovery of those fields, Israel became a major player in the world’s energy picture. Israel does not yet have the infrastructure needed to sell fuel to the world at large, but their reserves are huge. Israel could break Russia’s monopoly on gas for Europe — possibly making it in Russia’s interest to stir up a war in the region. What will Hezbollah do next? One of the most underreported facts of the Middle East is that Hezbollah has a larger stockpile of missiles than all NATO countries (except the U.S.) combined. And these aren’t bottle rockets. They’re sophisticated, high-quality missiles. Hezbollah has become so powerful in Lebanon, that the government works with them as partners. They sit on Israel’s northern border in both Lebanon and Syria. But their presence is not limited to the Middle East. They have been patiently building a physical and organizational infrastructure in South America — primarily by providing weapons to the drug cartels. This generates cash, but, more importantly, it gives them a land route into the United States. Because the U.S. southern border has been so porous for so long, we don’t know if they have transferred personnel or weapons into the country. But it’s hard to imagine that they haven’t. Hezbollah is probably the wealthiest terror group on earth. They have their own nefarious money-making enterprises. But they built their vast arsenal of weapons primarily with funding from Iran. Will Iran stay in Syria once ISIS has been defeated there? In the last few years, Iran has been consolidating the region’s Shiite Muslims under its control. Their support of Shiite militias in Iraq has been one of the keys to defeating ISIS there. Iran is the primary sponsor of civil war in Yemen, where they back the Shiite Houthi rebels. Syrian President Bashar al-Assad is an Alawite Muslim. Alawites are a branch of Shiite Islam. And so, they support him. But they expect his loyalty in return. So far, President Trump has not been able to do anything publicly to slow down Iran’s march toward the acquisition of an arsenal of nuclear weapons. But that was a major part of his campaign for President. I think he will act, but the difficulties are innumerable. And right now, his presidency remains embroiled in a series of domestic controversies that make accomplishing anything internationally, especially difficult. Then there’s ISIS. For a while, it did something few terror groups have ever done. It amassed a large territory, and declared itself a caliphate. Now it’s losing ground. Its dreams of a new Islamic State grow dimmer by the day. But ISIS is not done. People who live in apartment buildings often complain when a neighbor sprays for cockroaches. Some of the roaches die, but others just move to neighboring apartments. That’s ISIS in 2017. They have agents and sympathizers in countries all over the world. Their hopes of a caliphate may have been put on hold, but the bloodlust that caused so many beheadings and mass murders has not subsided. They will continue to kill for the killing’s sake — and they will do it all over the world. The emphasis on dismantling ISIS caused a strengthening of other terror groups. I’m not criticizing anyone here. It was correct to make the destruction of ISIS the priority. But during this time, we’ve seen al-Qaeda dramatically strengthened — especially in Syria. Earlier this month, the United States and Russia announced a ceasefire in Syria. U.S. Secretary of State Rex Tillerson said the Russians now “see the situation in Syria transitioning from the defeat of ISIS… to this discussion with them as to what do we do to stabilize Syria once the war against ISIS is won.” Defeating ISIS in Syria will not end the civil war there, but it will end a major component of it. As that war winds down, there are strong indications that some of the big guns that have been protecting Assad, will now turn against Israel. Iran has long been obsessed with Israel. Their most elite special forces unit is called the “Quds Force.” A Quds unit deployed to Lebanon in 1982, assisted in the formation of Hezbollah. The name “al-Quds” means Jerusalem. That makes their goal and purpose clear. With its position on Israel’s northeast border, Syria provides Iran with a stepping stone to Jerusalem. These groups will become more dangerous to Israel as the war in Syria winds down. What will the United States do? What can it do? Where will Europe stand? Don’t make the mistake of thinking these conflicts will remain confined to the Middle East. Intercontinental ballistic missiles give rogue nations enough reach to start World War III. As world tensions mount, it’s comforting to remember that God warned us in advance about perilous times in the last days. It’s also clear from scripture, that God’s loving care, and His many promises, still apply even in times of danger. Soon, He will take us out of this world. In the meantime, He’s got your back.

http://www.hallindsey.com/7-30-2017/ 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 7-27-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

July 27, 2017 / 7:42 AM / 4 days ago

Putin signs Syria base deal, cementing Russia's presence there for half a century

MOSCOW (Reuters) - President Vladimir Putin has signed a law ratifying a deal with the Syrian government allowing Russia to keep its air base in Syria for almost half a century, official documents show. he original deal, signed in Damascus in January, sets out the terms under which Russia can use its Hmeymim air base in Latakia Province which it has used to carry out air strikes against forces opposing President Bashar al-Assad. utin approved the agreement on Wednesday, after the two chambers of the Russian parliament backed it earlier this month, according to the government's official information portal. he document says Russian forces will be deployed at the Hmeymim base for 49 years with the option of extending that arrangement for 25-year periods. he base has been at the heart of Moscow's military foray since it intervened in the conflict in September 2015, helping turn the tide in favor of Assad, one of Russia's closest Middle East allies. Reporting by Dmitry Solovyov; Editing by Andrew Osborn

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-mideast-crisis-russia-syria-idUSKBN1AC1R9 

:: 7-30-17 Press TV :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia celebrates Navy Day with major parades

Sun Jul 30, 2017 2:28PM Home Europe Russia

Russian marine forces have held some large-scale parades from posts in the Baltics to the shores of Syria as President Vladimir Putin bolsters the traditional Navy Day celebrations to show off his country’s military might to the rivals in the West. edia reports said the parades were the biggest ever held on Russia's annual Navy Day on Sunday. Warships, submarines and other naval hardware were on show along the Neva River, in the Gulf of Finland, in the Baltic Sea, in the Black Sea and off the Syrian base of Tartus in the eastern Mediterranean. utin oversaw the action off Saint Petersburg from his presidential cutter. He hailed the Russian Navy as an efficient force in the fight against terrorism. " The navy is not only dealing with its traditional tasks but also responding with merit to new challenges, making a significant contribution to the fight against terrorism and piracy,” he said, adding, “Today much is being done to develop and modernize the navy.” Some 50 warships and submarines contributed to the parade off Saint Petersburg while small-scale maneuvers were also held from Russia's European exclave Kaliningrad on the Baltic Sea to posts on the Black Sea peninsula of Crimea and Vladivostok in the far-east. Russian media said naval hardware was also on show at Tartus, a Russia-operated base in western Syria. The show-off in Tartus, which involved six vessels, including the latest generation "Krasnodar" diesel submarine, was a first for Moscow. Russia has been using the base over the past two years to help Syria in the fight against terror. The bolstered naval parades come amid heightening military tensions between Russia and the West which began since a conflict erupted in Ukraine three years ago. Accusing Russia of military interference in eastern Ukraine, the US-led NATO military alliance has been building up forces along Russia’s western borders. Russia, which denies allegations about Ukraine, has responded by beefing up deployments in the area, saying it is carefully watching NATO’s movements.

http://www.presstv.ir/Detail/2017/07/30/530163/Russia-Putin-Navy-parades 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

[ :: 7-3-17 morning service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

Behold a strong warning has come from North Korea, move your ships or I will blow them out of the water.  

:: 7-29-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea says missile test shows all US within range

29 July 2017

North Korea has hailed as a success its latest test of an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM), describing it as a "stern warning" for the US. North Korean leader Kim Jong-un said the test proved that the entire US was within striking range, state media reported. However, experts say many of North Korea's missiles cannot accurately hit targets. The launch came three weeks after North Korea's first ICBM test. The Pentagon said the latest missile was launched at 23:41 (15:41 GMT) from an arms plant in Jagang province in the north of the country. North Korea said the ICBM flew for just over 47 minutes and reached an altitude of 3,724km (2,300 miles). It is unusual for North Korea to launch a missile at night - the significance is as yet unclear. This is the first missile fired from Jagang province, indicating a previously-unknown launch site is operational. The test was condemned by the US and North Korea's neighbours. US President Donald Trump called it "only the latest reckless and dangerous action by the North Korean regime". South Korea said it was concerned the North may have made "a significant advancement in technology", adding that the missile test was "unique in its time and place of launch". Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe said the threat to his country's security was "grave and real". China also condemned the missile test but urged "all parties concerned" to exercise restraint "and avoid intensifying tensions". Pyongyang said the launch had "successfully tested re-entry capabilities" of the missile. Kim Jong-un "said proudly the test also confirmed all the US mainland is within our striking range," the Korean Central News Agency said. The statement said that the rocket was a Hwasong-14, the same model North Korea tested on 3 July. The North has repeatedly tested missiles in breach of UN resolutions. ICBMs can reach altitudes well outside the earth's atmosphere. Using sharp trajectories with high altitudes allows North Korea to avoid firing over neighbouring countries. Despite the ongoing tests, experts believe the North does not yet have the capability to miniaturise a nuclear warhead, fit it on to a long-range missile, and ensure it is protected until delivery to the target. Others, however, believe that at the rate it is going, Pyongyang may overcome these challenges and develop a nuclear weapon within five to 10 years that could strike the US. North Korea's latest ICBM test went farther and higher than its previous 3 July test, meaning that it may be able to strike even deeper into the heartland of the United States than initially assessed. Within minutes of the launch, South Korean, Japanese and US officials reported data about the location, range, apogee, and flight time of the missile. While full analysis has not been finalised yet, several points stand out. First, the data available indicates that the missile may have a range of approximately 10,400km. Since this missile is road-mobile, a launch from the north-eastern city of Rason would put New York City in range of the ICBM. Second, the US reported that North Korea launched the ICBM from Mupyong-ni, North Korea. This location was different from many press accounts leading up to the launch which predicted a Kusong launch. The missile launched at 23:11 local time, an unusual time for North Korea's tests as well. It is possible that North Korea is already experimenting with deploying the missile under the cover of night or setting up multiple launch sites to confuse observers. Reports on Friday said the missile had come down in the sea off northern Japan. In response, the US and South Korean military conducted a live-firing exercise using surface-to-surface missiles, a US defence official said. The missiles were fired into the "territorial waters of South Korea along the east coast," a US military statement said. South Korean Defence Minister Song Young-moo said the country would prepare independent measures to curb the North Korea threat, speeding up the deployment of the Terminal High-Altitude Area Defense system (Thaad) provided by the US. China is opposed to the deployment of Thaad, saying it affects the regional security balance.

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-40760583 

:: 7-30-17 Reuters :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

July 30, 2017 / 9:50 PM / 2 hours ago

China hits back at Trump criticism over North Korea

Ben Blanchard and Elias Glenn

BEIJING (Reuters) - China hit back on Monday after U.S. President Donald Trump tweeted he was "very disappointed" in China following Pyongyang's latest missile test, saying the problem did not arise in China and that all sides need to work for a solution. China has become increasingly frustrated with American and Japanese criticism that it should do more to rein in Pyongyang. China is North Korea's closest ally, but Beijing is angry with its continued nuclear and missile tests. North Korea said on Saturday it had conducted another successful test of an intercontinental ballistic missile that proved its ability to strike the U.S. mainland, drawing a sharp warning from Trump and a rebuke from China. Japanese Prime Minister Shinzo Abe spoke with Trump on Monday and agreed on the need for more action on North Korea just hours after the U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations said Washington is "done talking about North Korea". A White House statement after the phone call said the two leaders "agreed that North Korea poses a grave and growing direct threat to the United States, Japan, the Republic of Korea, and other countries near and far". It said Trump "reaffirmed our ironclad commitment" to defend Japan and South Korea from any attack, "using the full range of United States capabilities". Trump wrote on Twitter on Saturday after the missile test that he was "very disappointed" in China and that Beijing profits from U.S. trade but had done "nothing" for the United States with regards to North Korea, something he would not allow to continue. China's Foreign Ministry, in a statement sent to Reuters responding to Trump's tweets, said the North Korean nuclear issue did not arise because of China and that everyone needed to work together to seek a resolution. "All parties should have a correct understanding of this," it said, adding the international community widely recognized China's efforts to seek a resolution. The essence of Sino-U.S. trade is mutual benefit and win-win, with a vast amount of facts proving the healthy development of business and trade ties is good for both countries, the ministry added. Chinese Vice Commerce Minister Qian Keming, weighed in too, telling a news conference there was no link between the North Korea issue and China-U.S. trade. "We think the North Korea nuclear issue and China-US trade are issues that are in two completely different domains. They aren't related. They should not be discussed together," Qian said. China, with which North Korea does the large majority of its trade, has repeatedly said it strictly follows U.N. resolutions on North Korea and has denounced unilateral U.S. sanctions as unhelpful. Nikki Haley, U.S. Ambassador to the United Nations, said in a statement China must decide if it is willing to back imposing stronger U.N. sanctions on North Korea over Friday night's long-range missile test, the North's second this month. Any new U.N. Security Council resolution "that does not significantly increase the international pressure on North Korea is of no value", Haley said, adding that Japan and South Korea also needed to do more. Abe told reporters after his conversation with Trump that repeated efforts by the international community to find a peaceful solution to the North Korean issue had yet to bear fruit in the face of Pyongyang's unilateral "escalation". "International society, including Russia and China, need to take this seriously and increase pressure," Abe said. He said Japan and the United States would take steps towards concrete action but did not give details. Abe and Trump did not discuss military action against North Korea, nor what would constitute the crossing of a "red line" by Pyongyang, Deputy Chief Cabinet spokesman Koichi Hagiuda told reporters. "Pyongyang is determined to develop its nuclear and missile program and does not care about military threats from the U.S. and South Korea," state-run Chinese tabloid the Global Times said on Monday. "How could Chinese sanctions change the situation?" said the paper, which is published by the ruling Communist Party's official People's Daily. China wants both balanced trade with the United States and lasting peace on the Korean peninsula, its official Xinhua news agency added in a commentary. "However, to realize these goals, Beijing needs a more cooperative partner in the White House, not one who piles blame on China for the United States' failures," it added. The United States flew two supersonic B-1B bombers over the Korean peninsula in a show of force on Sunday in response to the missile test and the July 3 launch of the "Hwasong-14" rocket, the Pentagon said. The bombers took off from a U.S. air base in Guam and were joined by Japanese and South Korean fighter jets during the exercise. "North Korea remains the most urgent threat to regional stability," Pacific Air Forces commander General Terrence J. O'Shaughnessy said in a statement. "If called upon, we are ready to respond with rapid, lethal, and overwhelming force at a time and place of our choosing." (For a graphic on nuclear North Korea, click : tmsnrt.rs/2lE5yjF) Additional reporting by Chang-ran Kim in TOKYO, Ben Blanchard and Elias Glenn in BEIJING, Christine Kim in SEOUL and Steve Holland in WASHINGTON; Editing by Lincoln Feast, Paul Tait and Michael Perry

https://www.reuters.com/article/us-northkorea-missiles-idUSKBN1AG04F 

:: 7-30-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin expels 755 US diplomats from Russia

By Jacqueline Thomsen - 07/30/17 02:26 PM EDT

Russian President Vladimir Putin ordered 755 U.S. diplomatic mission staff to leave the country in a Sunday interview with a Russian television station. The diplomats must leave the country by Sept. 1, The New York Times reported. In an interview Rossiya-1, Putin said he was capping the number of American personnel at 455 — the same as the number of Russian diplomatic and technical staff in the United States, according to the Washington Post. The expulsion comes in response to legislation overwhelmingly passed by Congress last week that would increase sanctions against Russia and blocks President Trump from being able to lift the measures. The staff reduction is dramatic, the Post said, involving the main embassy in Moscow and missions in St. Petersburg, Yekaterinburg and Vladivostok. The Russian government will also seize two diplomatic properties in Moscow, retaliation for an Obama administration decision to take over two Russian mansions in the U.S., the Post added. “We waited for quite some time that maybe something will change for the better, had such hope that the situation will somehow change, but, judging by everything, if it changes, it will not be soon,” Putin said regarding U.S.-Russia relations, according to The Times. The White House announced on Friday that Trump would sign new Russia sanctions, even though the administration had lobbied Congress to water down the legislation. The Trump administration and the Kremlin have maintained a hot-and-cold relationship since Trump took office. Trump has expressed a desire for warmed relations with Moscow -- however, during the first leg of his trip to eastern Europe on Sunday, Vice President Pence said the president expects Russia's "unacceptable" behavior to change. “The president has made it very clear that Russia’s destabilizing activities and support for rogue regimes and its activities in Ukraine are unacceptable. The president made it clear that very soon he will sign sanctions from the Congress to reinforce that,” Pence said during an interview with Fox News on Sunday. “But at the same time, as we make our intentions clear that we expect Russian behavior to change, the president and I remain very hopeful that we’ll see very different behavior from the Russian government,” he added.

http://thehill.com/homenews/administration/344532-putin-expels-755-us-diplomats-from-russia 

:: 7-30-17 The Christian Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Planned Parenthood Worker Admits 'It's a Baby,' Begs for God's Forgiveness

By Samuel Smith , CP Reporter Jul 30, 2017 | 6:54 PM

People walk past a Planned Parenthood clinic in the Manhattan borough of New York, November 28, 2015. A grief-stricken Christian Planned Parenthood worker has revealed the reality behind her employer — it is as bad as pro-lifers say it is. Can God forgive her for working at the nation's largest abortion provider, she asked. Last Friday, an anonymous Planned Parenthood employee called into Dr. Michael Brown's nationally syndicated conservative talk radio show "The Line of Fire" and expressed serious regret for the fact that she has been working for Planned Parenthood in an administrative position for over four months. Even though she opposes abortion, the caller took the position because she was a single mother in need of a well-paying job. The woman assured that in her position, she was not required to conduct the abortion procedures. However since taking the job, she explained, she hasn't experienced the same level of happiness and even stopped going to church because she felt so embarrassed to be working for Planned Parenthood, which ends the lives of over 300,000 unborn children every year. "I know we have to answer to God for everything that we do, but will I be judged everything that we do, but will I be judged the same way as people who actually have abortions and things like that?" The woman asked Brown, who is pro-life. "How do you think God sees that? Do you think I am too far gone to go back?" Brown, a Jewish believer in Christ who is an apologist and author with a Ph.D. in near eastern languages and literatures from New York University, assured her that she is not too far gone to go back but that she must immediately quit her job. "First, you are not too far gone to go back but you need to get out of there. You got no business working there but God is merciful and compassionate and He understands your struggles — a single mom, all the issues you are dealing with. There is forgiveness," Brown assured. "Jesus died for any and all sins you've committed. It's not that you have left God entirely, you just made a wrong decision. It's one that is understandable but it is absolutely wrong and you need to get out of there and trust God for your next step. He won't fail you." Brown added that because the caller is a child of God, she was feeling God's "conviction." "Because you are His child, the joy isn't there and it can't be because you are facilitating people's abortions," Brown said, adding that her administrative job "would be, in that respect, no different than say if during the days of slave trade that your job was to register how many people were on the ship and how many survived or height and weight for sale or something like that. Or, if you were in Nazi Germany during the Holocaust and your job was to count the shoes that were taken from the Jewish prisoners or gold teeth that were taken or whatever." "For sure, the Holy Spirit is not letting you be comfortable," he added. "For sure, your own conscience is not letting you be comfortable but don't think for a moment that God's grace is not there." Later in the discussion, Brown asked the woman to share details of her time working at the clinic. After explaining that she gave her daughter the middle name "Believe" because she was told she would never have children, the Planned Parenthood worker was emotional when she described what was in the back room of the clinic she worked in. "But there is a room in the back that is called a POC room — Products of Conception. It's where things are processed. They refer to it as either tissue or fetus but I saw it for the first time. It's a baby. It's not tissue," she said as she sobbed. "It's really bad. It is. It's a baby: there's legs, there's arms and there is eyes. It's a baby." The woman also accused her employer of glorifying abortion by stressing the importance of women's "right to choose." She added that in many cases, Planned Parenthood workers only briefly discuss other options with women seeking an abortion and stress the benefits of abortion. "Some women come in and they say they are not sure. And it's almost like sometimes, not all the time, but sometimes some doctors will almost push for them to get the abortions," she said. "They say that it is ultimately your decision but they put too much emphasis on the positive effects of the abortion." The woman asserted: "It is not what they tell you it is on the news and all the marches that you see." "It's not what they say it is. It's what the pro-life people say," she admitted. "They are telling the truth. It is what they say, how horrible it really is and that is coming from inside. I have seen it." The woman told Brown that she did not want to return to work on Monday. Brown told the woman that "there is no turning back." "You are being complicit with the murder of children if you go back to this. Make sure you are out and that's the reality," he said, adding that she should turn in her notification to her employer. "If you find yourself in financial hardship because of the decision you have made ... we know some folks that really help the pro-life movement holistically and that if you ran into some real life crisis — because of this, you can't feed your children next week or something — we have some friends I know that would say, 'Hey, we are going to stand with you in the midst of this.' Alright?" The woman also explained that she stopped going to church. Brown urged the woman to return to church this Sunday. "I encourage you to go back to church on Sunday, turn in your notice immediately. Hang up the phone and let Planned Parenthood know that you won't be coming back in. Do whatever you have to do responsibly to take care of that," he said. "We are going to reach out to follow up on any immediate needs that might come up. We have friends involved in pro-life ministry that say, 'Hey, we want to make sure that, ultimately, you and your daughter won't suffer.'" The woman who called into Brown's show is not alone. The nonprofit organization And Then There Were None, which runs AbortionWorker.com, is a ministry that exists to help abortion clinic workers leave the industry. The ministry has helped hundreds of abortion workers leave their jobs. The ministry was started by Abby Johnson, a former director of a Planned Parenthood clinic.

http://www.christianpost.com/news/planned-parenthood-worker-admits-its-a-baby-begs-for-gods-forgiveness-193708/

[ :: 7-3-16 am service Camp Meeting 2016  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. you shall see more problems throughout the world, bigger terror attacks, you shall see earthquakes, oh even the big earthquake and you shall see the division before long from one end of the states to another that you cannot cross for that fault shall be opened.  You shall see the stock market as it crashes, for I have warned you and yet the world has mocked me

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

:: 7-26-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Prophets Have Long Warned 'A Great Shaking Is Coming' - Here Are The Dreams And Visions Of The Coming Carnage

By MT Taylor - All News Pipeline July 26, 2017

When the earth starts to move beneath your feet, get ready for a great shaking! The “Big One,” long prophesied to hit LA, and the West Coast is “locked, loaded and ready to roll,” according to Thomas Jordan, director of the Southern California Earthquake Center at UCLA. Jordan made the announcement at the National Earthquake Conference in Long Beach last year. Of course, it’s no secret that there have been warnings from seismologists as well as biblical prophets and watchmen for many years of a big earthquake hitting the West Coast. In fact, in an interview with the USA Watchdog just last week, Steve Quayle observed that the government is in a “near panic” about the possibility of a massive earthquake erupting soon in Northern California, with a death toll in the millions. If that happens, Quayle warned, the carnage will be great, and government or not, it will be every man for himself. “They will not come and help you.” You can see Quayle's interview with USA Watchdog in the only video below. Through the years, the West Coast has proved to be a hot spot for not only earthquakes but cataclysmic weather disasters as well. As flooding, wildfires and mudslides regularly plague even the most affluent neighborhoods, it has not escaped the notice of pastors and contemporary prophets that judgment could be raining down on the sinful cities. Fear of the Big One striking was already prevalent in California back in 1937 when 17-year-old Joe Brandt was in the hospital and had a week-long series of dreams about the panic and destruction wrought by a catastrophic earthquake and resulting tsunami. The teenager, hospitalized by a fall from his horse, said that in the first dream he found himself walking on the streets of Los Angeles and immediately noticed a stillness and a strange quietness about the air. He became aware that there was no movement, no birds or sound. “Then I knew something was going to happen.” “I didn’t know what year it was. It certainly was not 1937. I saw a newspaper on the corner with a picture of the President. It surely wasn't Mr. Roosevelt. He was bigger, heavier, big ears. If it wasn't 1937, I wondered what year it was….” After the earthquake when tsunami waters began to come in, Brandt saw ham radio operators sounding the alarm for people to get to the high places. He heard them warning those farther East, calling: “This is California. Get to the mountains. We are going into the sea.” Brandt’s vision was echoed years later by the late William Branham, an evangelist known in the Forties and Fifties for nationwide revival and healing services that attracted thousands across the country. The first mention of earthquake judgment by Branham was in the early 1950’s when he predicted, “Sin has heaped up so high that someday the ocean will weep its way to the desert.” Branham later prophesied at a California church meeting that Los Angeles and Hollywood are doomed for judgment. “Oh, city that claims to be the City of the Angels, with your fine churches and steeples, the city that has sent dirty, filthy things around the world till even the foreign countries come here to pick up our filth and send it away—Repent!” he admonished. “Just remember that one day you’ll be lying at the bottom of this sea.” Branham noted that the stability of the area from San Francisco to San Diego depends on the San Andreas fault line, a 650-mile long crack under California that reaches almost to the Mexico border. He pointed to a scientific paper describing a great “honeycomb” of interrelating fault lines near the San Andreas. When the brittle honeycomb breaks, the coming massive quake will trigger after-shocks and resulting tsunamis, Branham predicted. “It will send waters back as far as the Salton Sea.” Pastor and evangelist Dimitru Duduman also preached that God will use a great shaking to judge the U.S. and alert his people to return and draw closer to him. Duduman shared a prophecy warning that earthquakes and fire will devastate the earth. “I will shake the earth from its foundation,” the Lord revealed. “Everything you see around you will be no more; it will be destroyed and burn in fire. Awaken my people to be passive no longer.” Men will flee to caves in the rocks and to holes in the ground from dread of the Lord and the splendor of his majesty, when he rises to shake the earth. Isaiah 2:19 You have rejected us, O God, and burst forth upon us; you have been angry—now restore us! You have shaken the land and torn it open; mend its fractures, for it is quaking. Psalm 60:1,2 While some seismologists are focusing on the San Andreas fault, others watch for signs of life from the middle of the country where the New Madrid fault line begins in southern Illinois and roughly follows the Mississippi River through several states in the central Midwest. The zone stretches 150 miles, crossing parts of Arkansas, Illinois, Indiana, Kentucky, Mississippi, Missouri and Tennessee. Three earthquakes of 7- to 8-point magnitude occurred in December and February of 1811 and 1812, lasting longer and producing more damage than any other quakes in the country’s history. Because of the tremendous jolts, chimneys fell and boats capsized, and after the February earthquake, the Mississippi actually ran backwards for several hours, boatmen reported. This scenario could be repeated if the dreams and visions experienced and recorded by prophet Chuck Youngbrandt become reality. In 1973, while working at his desk for a company in Des Plaines, Ill., Youngbrandt experienced a waking vision of a massive earthquake that shook his office building and toppled skyscrapers around him. “The whole building began to move under me,” he recalled. “I heard the screams and felt the panic and terror of the quake in others. I heard a thunderous roar in the tumbling earth, and looked out my window. “I saw the Xerox water tower swaying back and forth; then the base gave way and the tower fell. I then saw flames rise from the Xerox building itself as the huge crumbling water tower hit the roof. In a few moments, the earth stopped shaking, and I was struck by the utter quiet now of this future day, for I saw no living being at all, not even birds.” Youngbrandt said he knew this vision was given by God to warn of future judgment, for he saw destruction on every hand. Then the silence was broken by a louder, different roaring sound, and over the tree tops, he could see a massive wall of water from Lake Michigan moving westerly, south of his location. “The roar was so thunderous, so ominous, that it made me tremble,” Youngbrandt said. “It was at this point that I realized I was witnessing the destruction of Chicago by a monstrous earthquake, followed by a huge, destructive wall of water.” Over the years, Youngbrandt has been given a deeper understanding about the scope of his vision, now predicting that Chicago will be the center of an earthquake with an approximate destruction range of 300 miles. The impact and tsunami would flatten up to 12 U.S. cities, including Chicago, St. Paul, Milwaukee, St. Louis, Louisville, Indianapolis, Detroit, Cleveland, Columbus, Cincinnati, and Kansas City. “When the earthquake hits Chicago, people will be knocked off their feet in Detroit, and trees will fall in St. Louis, some 269 miles away,” the prophet said. “Literally, the whole continental mass will tremble.” Christian author James Bailey wrote on Z3’s prophetic website that based on the Lord’s warning in Matthew 24, we can expect to see earthquake activity increasing as we approach the day of His return. “The Prophet Isaiah saw the weight of sin growing so heavy by the end of this age it caused the whole earth to shake violently, trembling and staggering back and forth like a drunkard,” Bailey said. He noted that in the end times, God will shake everything that can be shaken. “The earth is broken up, the earth is split asunder, the earth is thoroughly shaken. The earth reels like a drunkard and sways like a hut in the wind; so heavy upon it is the guilt of its rebellion that it falls—never to rise again.” (Isaiah 24:19-20)

http://allnewspipeline.com/MT_Taylor_Massive_Earthquake_Coming.php 

:: 7-27-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

N. Carolina Church Caught Keeping Slaves-Another CIA Operation?

By Dave Hodges

IS THERE ANY ORGANIZATION THAT IS NOT TRAFFICKING IN HUMAN BEINGS?

Brazilian Immigrants Brought Over as Slaves

An AP investigation reveals the Word of Faith Fellowship church in North Carolina used two congregations in Brazil as a supply of young laborers who were forced to work in the U.S. for little or no pay while being subjected to physical or verbal assaults. Word of Faith Fellowship is accused of luring young people from Brazil and forced them to work in North Carolina as slaves. The church, based in the small town of Spindale, is the subject of an Associated Press investigation. This cult was founded in 1979 by Jane Whaley, a former math teacher, and her husband, Sam, a former used car salesman. The church has about 750 members in North Carolina and nearly 2,000 in Brazil and Ghana, and it has affiliations in Sweden, Scotland as well as several other countries. The Common Sense Show has learned that law enforcement has suspected ties to organized child-sex-trafficking. However, the FBI and the CIA have interfered in local investigations. Here is the story.

Click on link below and view video

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/07/26/n-carolina-church-caught-keeping-slaves-another-cia-operation/ 

:: 7-26-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump tweets: 'WE WORSHIP GOD' in America

By Brooke Singman Published July 26, 2017 Fox News

In between pressuring Attorney General Jeff Sessions and announcing a major military policy change, President Trump used his Twitter account Wednesday to declare Americans worship God, not government. “IN AMERICA WE DON’T WORSHIP GOVERNMENT—WE WORSHIP GOD!” Trump tweeted, adding an emoji of a video camera and linking to an Instagram video on the president’s official account. The video, posted on “realDonaldTrump” Instagram page, is a clip from Trump's Tuesday night rally in Ohio. “And finally, we believe that family and faith, not government and bureaucracy, are the foundation of our society,” Trump said in the video. “You’ve heard me say it before on the campaign trail, and I’ll say it again tonight – in America we don’t worship government, we worship God.” The president’s faith-themed tweet came hours after he announced plans to ban transgender people from serving in the U.S. military in any capacity – citing advice from his generals and medical costs. The announcement drew cheers from some faith-based groups but also criticism from lawmakers on both sides of the aisle -- as well as past defense secretaries.

http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2017/07/26/trump-tweets-worship-god-in-america.html 

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

:: 7-26-17 Breaking Defense :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Navy Warships Get New Heavy Missile: 2,500-Lb LRASM

By Sydney J. Freedberg Jr. on July 26, 2017 at 6:45 PM

It’s a big day for the 2,500-pound Long-Range Anti-Ship Missile, LRASM. This morning, contractor Lockheed Martin announced an $86.5 million contract to build the first 23 production missiles – as opposed to test weapons – for use by Navy Super Hornet fighters and Air Force B-1B bombers. Lockheed also announce this afternoon that it had, for the first time, successfully test-fired a modified LRASM from the kind of launchers used on Navy ships. Ship-borne launchers dramatically expand the ways the US military can use the missile. LRASM has come a long way from its origins in the air-to-ground JASSM program (Joint Air To Surface Standoff Missile). While aircraft can carry missiles further and faster than warships, they can’t carry nearly as many, which means what ships lack in agility they make up for in striking and staying power. At the very maximum, with nothing held back for defense (which would be tactical insanity), an entire carrier air wing of 44 fighters could only carry 88 LRASMs, while a single Arleigh Burke destroyer could carry 96. Until recently, the only missile Navy ships could fire at enemy ships was the aging Harpoon, whose 70 to 150 mile range (depending on model) is badly outranged by newer Russian and Chinese weapons. Last year, the Pentagon’s Strategic Capabilities Office modified the Navy’s SM-6 Standard Missile, originally designed for anti-aircraft and missile defense, to hit ships. The SM-6 has better range than the Harpoon – “over 200 miles” is as specific as the Navy gets — but it also has a much smaller warhead. Harpoon delivers almost 500 pounds compared to SM-6’s 140, which is adequate for downing planes and incoming cruise missiles, but a little light to sink an enemy ship. Now LRASM comes along with long range – “over 200 miles” again — and a huge warhead, 1,000 pounds. Admittedly, the subsonic LRASM is slower than the SM-6, which reaches Mach 3.5 to catch enemy missiles, or than the Russian Klub, which accelerates to Mach 2.9 for its final approach. But the Navy deliberately opted for a slower but stealthier and smarter missile. The LRASM is designed to navigate autonomously around enemy radar and defenses, with enough artificial intelligence aboard that it can change course without human supervision or satellite guidance. (The Lockheed video at the top of this article vividly lays out this approach). Admittedly, there’s a way to go before Navy vessels are packing these new heavy-duty ship-killers. The recent test launch wasn’t from an actual ship at sea, but from a launch canister at White Sands Missile Range, positioned at the same angle and using the same launch controls as the standard Mark 41 Vertical Launch System (VLS) used aboard ships. It’ll be even longer before LRASM is available for US submarines, let alone for land-based launchers. By contrast, China and Russia both arm their subs and artillery to kill ships at sea, part of the layered defenses known as Anti-Access/Area Denial. Nevertheless, between the LRASM production contract and the ship-launch test, the US is starting to catch up.

http://breakingdefense.com/2017/07/navy-warships-get-new-heavy-missile-2500-lb-lrasm/ 

:: 7-24-17 photographyisnotacrime :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Journalists Arrested for Interviewing Portland Police Officers and Local District Attorney

July 24, 2017 By Felipe Hemming

journalists are arrested for attempting to interview Portland Police Officers and District Attorney. Oregon Journalists Bob West and Eli Richey both have a colorful history as it relates to documenting the employees of Oregon Law Enforcement agencies, both have been arrested multiple times for various phony charges only to later have the charges dropped by the DA’s office sadly this is not the case this time. As of Friday, July 21, 2017, Eli Richey is in custody with a $250,000.00 bond for six misdemeanors and Bob is free on his own recognizance with a promise to appear on Tuesday next week for a first appearance. I expect that Eli will be released early next week as well because the bail amount is purely punitive and simply a result of the staff at the county jail politicking and plotting revenge against Eli for documenting the Portland Police Bureau employees, a 100% lawful and legal act. Portland Police are Targeting cop watchers for arrest to silence them! These Kind of punitive arrests are having a chilling effect on our ability to continue our vital accountability work in our community. Please contact the ACLU and ask them to help us! 503-227-6928

http://photographyisnotacrime.com/2017/07/24/journalists-arrested-interviewing-portland-police-officers-local-district-attorney/ 

:: 7-25-17 The Guardian :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Britain to ban sale of all diesel and petrol cars and vans from 2040

Plans follow French commitment to take polluting vehicles off the road owing to effect of poor air quality on people’s health

Anushka Asthana and Matthew Taylor Tuesday 25 July 2017 17.38 EDT Last modified on Wednesday 26 July 2017 11.17 EDT

Britain is to ban all new petrol and diesel cars and vans from 2040 amid fears that rising levels of nitrogen oxide pose a major risk to public health. The commitment, which follows a similar pledge in France, is part of the government’s much-anticipated clean air plan, which has been at the heart of a protracted high court legal battle. The government warned that the move, which will also take in hybrid vehicles, was needed because of the unnecessary and avoidable impact that poor air quality was having on people’s health. Ministers believe it poses the largest environmental risk to public health in the UK, costing up to Ł2.7bn in lost productivity in one recent year. Ministers have been urged to introduce charges for vehicles to enter a series of “clean air zones” (CAZ). However, the government only wants taxes to be considered as a last resort, fearing a backlash against any move that punishes motorists. “Poor air quality is the biggest environmental risk to public health in the UK and this government is determined to take strong action in the shortest time possible,” a government spokesman said. “That is why we are providing councils with new funding to accelerate development of local plans, as part of an ambitious Ł3bn programme to clean up dirty air around our roads.” The final plan, which was due by the end of July, comes after a draft report that environmental lawyers described as “much weaker than hoped for”. The environment secretary, Michael Gove, will be hoping for a better reception when he publishes the final document on Wednesday following months of legal wrangling. A briefing on parts of the plan, seen by the Guardian, repeats the heavy focus on the steps that can be taken to help councils improve air quality in specific areas where emissions have breached EU thresholds. Measures to be urgently brought in by local authorities that have repeatedly breached EU rules include retrofitting buses and other public transport, changing road layouts and altering features such as roundabouts and speed humps. Reprogramming traffic lights will also be included in local plans, with councils being given Ł255m to accelerate their efforts. Local emissions hotspots will be required to layout their plans by March 2018 and finalise them by the end of the year. A targeted scrappage scheme is also expected to be included. Some want the countrywide initiative to follow in the footsteps of London, which is introducing a Ł10 toxic “T-charge” that will be levied on up to 10,000 of the oldest, most polluting vehicles every weekday. Sources insisted that while the idea of charges were on the table, there was no plan to force councils to introduce them, and that other measures would be exhausted first. They hope the centre piece of Wednesday’s strategy will be the plan to ban diesel and petrol sales completely by 2040, in line with Emmanuel Macron’s efforts across the Channel. The French president took the steps to help his country meet its targets under the Paris climate accord, in an announcement that came a day after Volvo said it would only make fully electric or hybrid cars from 2019 onwards. That decision was hailed as the beginning of the end for the internal combustion engine’s dominance of motor transport after more than a century. Prof David Bailey, an automotive industry expert at Aston University, said: “The timescale involved here is sufficiently long-term to be taken seriously. If enacted it would send a very clear signal to manufacturers and consumers of the direction of travel and may accelerate a transition to electric cars.” Britain’s air quality package also includes Ł1bn in ultra-low emissions vehicles including investing nearly Ł100m in the UK’s charging infrastructure and funding the ”plug-in car” and “plug-in grant” schemes. There will also be Ł290m for the national productivity investment fund, which will go towards the retrofitting, and money towards low-emission taxis. The report will also include an air quality grant for councils, a green bus fund for low carbon vehicles, Ł1.2bn for cycling and walking and Ł100m to help air quality on the roads. The strategy comes amid warnings that the UK’s high level of air pollution could be be responsible for 40,000 premature deaths a year. A judge had said the government’s original plans on tackling the issue, which included five clean air zones, were so poor as to be unlawful. The government was asked to present a new draft policy to tackle air pollution from diesel traffic before the election. It was then called to court to explain why it had made a last-minute application to delay publication of its draft policy until after the election. James Eadie QC, representing the government, said the policy was ready to be published but it would be controversial and should therefore be withheld until after the election. “If you publish a draft plan, it drops all the issues of controversy into the election … like dropping a controversial bomb,” he said, adding that it could risk breaching rules about civil service neutrality and lead to the policy being labelled a Tory plan. However, judges said the government did have to publish a draft plan with the final version needed by the end of July. May’s draft contained few concrete proposals and did not specify the cities and towns where polluting vehicles might face charges, the level of any charges or the scope or value of any scrappage scheme. Instead, the plan put the onus for action on local authorities: “Local authorities are already responsible for improving air quality in their area, but will now be expected to develop new and creative solutions to reduce emissions as quickly as possible, while avoiding undue impact on the motorist.” Analysis in the documents showed increasing the number of CAZs from the current six planned to 27 would make by far the greatest impact in cutting pollution and provide cost benefits of over Ł1bn. The CAZ policy would cut more than 1,000 times more NO2 than a scrappage scheme, even if that scheme required old diesels to be replaced by electric cars. But it required local authorities to exhaust all other options before introducing CAZ charging for diesel vehicles, such as removing speed bumps and retrofitting buses. The coalition government had already set out a vision for almost every car and van to be ultra-low emission by 2050 – a move which the government acknowledged would require “almost all new cars and vans sold to be near-zero emission at the tailpipe by 2040”. So it is unclear to what extent the new pledge will further boost Britain’s ability to achieve air quality requirements. ClientEarth, the campaign group that has successfully pursued the government through the courts over the UK’s air pollution crisis, gave a cautious welcome to the announcement but said ministers must take immediate action to tackle the UK’s air pollution crisis. “The government has trumpeted some promising measures with its air quality plans, but we need to see the detail,” said CEO James Thornton. “A clear policy to move people towards cleaner vehicles by banning the sale of petrol and diesel cars and vans after 2040 is welcome, as is more funding for local authorities. “However, the law says ministers must bring down illegal levels of air pollution as soon as possible, so any measures announced in this plan must be focused on doing that.” The mayor of London, Sadiq Khan, has been calling for tougher measures to tackle air pollution, which kills 9,000 people a year in the capital. A City Hall source was sceptical about the government’s announcement. “We need to look at the full details but what Londoners suffering from the terrible health impacts of air pollution desperately need is a fully-funded diesel scrappage fund – and they need it right now.” Areeba Hamid, clean air campaigner at Greenpeace, said: “The high court was clear that the government must bring down toxic air pollution in the UK in the shortest possible time. This plan is still miles away from that. “The government cannot shy away any longer from the issue of diesel cars clogging up and polluting our cities, and must now provide real solutions, not just gimmicks. That means proper clean air zones and funding to support local authorities to tackle illegal and unsafe pollution.”

https://www.theguardian.com/politics/2017/jul/25/britain-to-ban-sale-of-all-diesel-and-petrol-cars-and-vans-from-2040 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with. They know not how to stop the drought, the global warming, the flooding, they know not how to stop the rains, the forest fires, they do not know these things. They do not know how to stop the wars, the troubles that are taking place in the world and the troubles yet to come. etc.

:: 7-25-17 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Even more ice is about to break off of Antarctica — and it’s what scientists feared most

Gene Kim and Jessica Orwig Jul. 25, 2017, 8:00 AM

The giant crack that's been racing across Antarctica Larsen C ice shelf finally met its breaking point between July 10 and 12. The result was an iceberg the size of Delaware and weighing a trillion metric tons. But that's not the end of the story. In fact, it could be the beginning of a more important, more dangerous story. The iceberg that broke off — dubbed A68 — was just one piece of the much larger Larsen C ice shelf. Now, scientists want to know how stable is the ice shelf that has been left intact, connected to the Antarctic continent. Recent satellite images suggest that pieces of the remaining ice shelf are already preparing to break off, creating more, smaller icebergs that will join Iceberg A68. Moreover, a new crack has formed close to where the old crack left off. And it's headed for Bawden Ice Rise, which is a critical anchor point for the ice shelf. Scientists aren't certain the crack will reach Bawden Ice Rise, but they are keeping a close eye on it, nevertheless.

http://www.businessinsider.com/more-ice-break-off-antarctica-larsen-c-ice-shelf-2017-7 

:: 7-14-17 Fast Code Design :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AI Is Inventing Languages Humans Can’t Understand. Should We Stop It?

Researchers at Facebook realized their bots were chattering in a new language. Then they stopped it.

By Mark Wilson6 minute Read

Bob: “I can can I I everything else.”

Alice: “Balls have zero to me to me to me to me to me to me to me to me to.”

To you and I, that passage looks like nonsense. But what if I told you this nonsense was the discussion of what might be the most sophisticated negotiation software on the planet? Negotiation software that had learned, and evolved, to get the best deal possible with more speed and efficiency–and perhaps, hidden nuance–than you or I ever could? Because it is. This conversation occurred between two AI agents developed inside Facebook. At first, they were speaking to each other in plain old English. But then researchers realized they’d made a mistake in programming. “There was no reward to sticking to English language,” says Dhruv Batra, visiting research scientist from Georgia Tech at Facebook AI Research (FAIR). As these two agents competed to get the best deal–a very effective bit of AI vs. AI dogfighting researchers have dubbed a “generative adversarial network”–neither was offered any sort of incentive for speaking as a normal person would. So they began to diverge, eventually rearranging legible words into seemingly nonsensical sentences. “Agents will drift off understandable language and invent codewords for themselves,” says Batra, speaking to a now-predictable phenomenon that Facebook as observed again, and again, and again. “Like if I say ‘the’ five times, you interpret that to mean I want five copies of this item. This isn’t so different from the way communities of humans create shorthands.” Indeed. Humans have developed unique dialects for everything from trading pork bellies on the floor of the Mercantile Exchange to hunting down terrorists as Seal Team Six–simply because humans sometimes perform better by not abiding to normal language conventions. So should we let our software do the same thing? Should we allow AI to evolve its dialects for specific tasks that involve speaking to other AIs? To essentially gossip out of our earshot? Maybe; it offers us the possibility of a more interoperable world, a more perfect place where iPhones talk to refrigerators that talk to your car without a second thought. The tradeoff is that we, as humanity, would have no clue what those machines were actually saying to one another. We Teach Bots To Talk, But We’ll Never Learn Their Language Facebook ultimately opted to require its negotiation bots to speak in plain old English. “Our interest was having bots who could talk to people,” says Mike Lewis, research scientist at FAIR. Facebook isn’t alone in that perspective. When I inquired to Microsoft about computer-to-computer languages, a spokesperson clarified that Microsoft was more interested in human-to-computer speech. Meanwhile, Google, Amazon, and Apple are all also focusing incredible energies on developing conversational personalities for human consumption. They’re the next wave of user interface, like the mouse and keyboard for the AI era. The other issue, as Facebook admits, is that it has no way of truly understanding any divergent computer language. “It’s important to remember, there aren’t bilingual speakers of AI and human languages,” says Batra. We already don’t generally understand how complex AIs think because we can’t really see inside their thought process. Adding AI-to-AI conversations to this scenario would only make that problem worse. But at the same time, it feels shortsighted, doesn’t it? If we can build software that can speak to other software more efficiently, shouldn’t we use that? Couldn’t there be some benefit? Because, again, we absolutely can lead machines to develop their own languages. Facebook has three published papers proving it. “It’s definitely possible, it’s possible that [language] can be compressed, not just to save characters, but compressed to a form that it could express a sophisticated thought,” says Batra. Machines can converse with any baseline building blocks they’re offered. That might start with human vocabulary, as with Facebook’s negotiation bots. Or it could start with numbers, or binary codes. But as machines develop meanings, these symbols become “tokens”–they’re imbued with rich meanings. As Dauphin points out, machines might not think as you or I do, but tokens allow them to exchange incredibly complex thoughts through the simplest of symbols. The way I think about it is with algebra: If A + B = C, the “A” could encapsulate almost anything. But to a computer, what “A” can mean is so much bigger than what that “A” can mean to a person, because computers have no outright limit on processing power. “It’s perfectly possible for a special token to mean a very complicated thought,” says Batra. “The reason why humans have this idea of decomposition, breaking ideas into simpler concepts, it’s because we have a limit to cognition.” Computers don’t need to simplify concepts. They have the raw horsepower to process them. Why We Should Let Bots Gossip But how could any of this technology actually benefit the world, beyond these theoretical discussions? Would our servers be able to operate more efficiently with bots speaking to one another in shorthand? Could microsecond processes, like algorithmic trading, see some reasonable increase? Chatting with Facebook, and various experts, I couldn’t get a firm answer. However, as paradoxical as this might sound, we might see big gains in such software better understanding our intent. While two computers speaking their own language might be more opaque, an algorithm predisposed to learn new languages might chew through strange new data we feed it more effectively. For example, one researcher recently tried to teach a neural net to create new colors and name them. It was terrible at it, generating names like Sudden Pine and Clear Paste (that clear paste, by the way, was labeled on a light green). But then they made a simple change to the data they were feeding the machine to train it. They made everything lowercase–because lowercase and uppercase letters were confusing it. Suddenly, the color-creating AI was working, well, pretty well! And for whatever reason, it preferred, and performed better, with RGB values as opposed to other numerical color codes. Why did these simple data changes matter? Basically, the researcher did a better job at speaking the computer’s language. As one coder put it to me, “Getting the data into a format that makes sense for machine learning is a huge undertaking right now and is more art than science. English is a very convoluted and complicated language and not at all amicable for machine learning.” In other words, machines allowed to speak and generate machine languages could somewhat ironically allow us to communicate with (and even control) machines better, simply because they’d be predisposed to have a better understanding of the words we speak. As one insider at a major AI technology company told me: No, his company wasn’t actively interested in AIs that generated their own custom languages. But if it were, the greatest advantage he imagined was that it could conceivably allow software, apps, and services to learn to speak to each other without human intervention. Right now, companies like Apple have to build APIs–basically a software bridge–involving all sorts of standards that other companies need to comply with in order for their products to communicate. However, APIs can take years to develop, and their standards are heavily debated across the industry in decade-long arguments. But software, allowed to freely learn how to communicate with other software, could generate its own shorthands for us. That means our “smart devices” could learn to interoperate, no API required. Given that our connected age has been a bit of a disappointment, given that the internet of things is mostly a joke, given that it’s no easier to get a document from your Android phone onto your LG TV than it was 10 years ago, maybe there is something to the idea of letting the AIs of our world just talk it out on our behalf. Because our corporations can’t seem to decide on anything. But these adversarial networks? They get things done.

https://www.fastcodesign.com/90132632/ai-is-inventing-its-own-perfect-languages-should-we-let-it 

[ :: 10-3-12 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. But it is a very, very dark hour, a very wicked hour, a very evil hour with much going on every day, every moment of the day. You see it not maybe here in the sense that others are seeing it around the world. But I say unto you, open your spiritual eyes, open your spiritual eyes, see, see, see what is taking place. etc..

:: 7-27-17 CBN News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

There'll Be No Modifications to Military Transgender Policy -- Yet

07-27-2017 Amber C. Strong, Paul Strand

WASHINGTON – Transgender service members will be allowed to continue serving openly until Defense Secretary Jim Mattis receives direction from President Donald Trump to change its policy, America's top military officer announced Thursday. "I know there are questions about yesterday's announcement on the transgender policy by the President," Gen. Joseph Dunford, chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, wrote in a memo to all military service chiefs, commanders and enlisted military leaders. "There will be no modifications to the current policy until the president's direction has been received by the Secretary of Defense and the Secretary has issued implementation guidance." “In the meantime, we will continue to treat all of our personnel with respect. As importantly, given the current fight and the challenges we face, we will all remain focused on accomplishing our assigned missions,” he continued. Thursday's announcement comes as backlash continues over Trump’s announcement of a ban on transgenders serving in the military. The Pentagon has for the most part remained silent on the matter. "We refer all questions about the president's statements to the White House. We will continue to work closely with the White House to address the new guidance provided by the commander in chief on transgender individuals serving the military," a Pentagon spokesperson told CBN News. On Wednesday morning the president took to Twitter, saying, "After consultation with my generals and military experts, please be advised that the United States government will not accept or allow transgender individuals to serve in any capacity in the U.S. military." "Our military must be focused on decisive and overwhelming victory and cannot be burdened with the tremendous medical costs and disruption that transgender in the military would entail. Thank you," he concluded. Later at press briefing, White House Press Secretary Sarah Huckabee Sanders offered a little insight into the decision. "The president has a lot of support for ALL Americans...he wants to protect Americans at all times," she said. She went on to say the decision would have otherwise been "expensive and disruptive." "He's voiced this is a very disruptive and expensive policy and based on consultation he's had with his national security team he came to conclusion it erodes military readiness and unit cohesion and made the decision based on that," she said. Meanwhile, the Pentagon won't release any data on the number of transgender troops currently serving. However, a Rand study shows there are between 2,500 and 7,000 transgender service members on active-duty and up to 4,000 in the reserves. The White House offered no definitive answer on what will happen to them. There has been an ongoing debate over whether or not the military would pay for gender reassignment surgery. However, the president took it a step further, declaring transgender people would not be allowed to serve at all. This puts a stop to Obama-era initiatives aimed at ending all forms of discrimination in the military. 'This Is About Military Readiness' Military insiders and members of Congress supported the idea of putting a stop to these policies. "I applaud President Trump for keeping his promise to return to military priorities -- and not continue the social experimentation of the Obama era that has crippled our nation's military," Family Research Council President Tony Perkins, a Marine veteran, said in a statement Wednesday. "The military can now focus its efforts on preparing to fight and win wars rather than being used to advance the Obama social agenda." Rep. Marsha Blackburn, R-Tenn., told CBN News, "He makes decisions after talking with field commanders. He has a DOD (Department of Defense) leadership team, the joint chiefs, head of joint chiefs. It's important for us to support that military team. This is their decision, so we will support it." In an appearance on CBN News' "Faith Nation," House Majority Leader Kevin McCarthy, R-Calif., made it clear he too backs the president's decision. "This is a debate that we had on the floor similar to this about a week ago. Vicky Hartzler had an amendment on the floor to stop paying for the surgery for transgenders," he said. "One, it takes people out of the military," he noted, "their ability to serve for a year or so as they go through this, the amount of cost, wanting to make sure that money was going to the military itself, to our equipment and other needs that we have for the military." Lt. Gen. (ret.) Jerry Boykin, former U.S. Army Delta Force commander and current FRC executive vice president, agreed. "This is about the readiness of our military," he told CBN News. "And if we're going to take money in this year's Defense budget and it will be set aside to perform surgery for transgender people, who we recruited into the military, you got your priorities wrong." The issue of transgenders in the military had been getting attention in the last few days after it became public knowledge that the military would pay for expensive sex change surgeries and hormone treatments for transgenders in the ranks. The Family Research Council has estimated those procedures could cost U.S. taxpayers up to $3.7 billion over the next 10 years. A move to get funding for those surgeries and treatments stripped from military funding was defeated last week in the U.S. House of Representatives. That defeat sent shock waves through Republican and conservative circles as 23 GOP House members joined Democrat lawmakers to make sure the right to those transgender surgeries and hormone treatments for military members was preserved. Rep. Trent Franks, R-Ariz., who is among those opposed to such funding, told CBN News, "It seems to me if someone comes to the military with the notion that I want to serve my country and want to protect this, the last great hope of mankind of Earth -- then figure out if you're a man or a woman first and then come to the military and serve this country." LGBTQ Supporters Speak Out Members of the LGBTQ community wasted no time expressing their outrage. "While the impact of Trump's tweets is unclear, banning transgender service members would erode military readiness and contradict our country's values and ideals," National Center for Lesbian Rights Legal Director Shannon Price Minter said in a statement. "Those who serve our country deserve our gratitude and respect. We call on the president to retract this harmful statement and to defer to the Pentagon's assessment that transgender people are fit to serve," he said. Others voicing their support of the LGBTQ community include Sen. John McCain, R-Ariz., who suggested the president's Twitter announcement was ill-advised. "The president's tweet this morning regarding transgender Americans in the military is yet another example of why major policy announcements should not be made via Twitter," he said, noting that Trump's statement was "unclear." "There is no reason to force service members who are able to fight, train, and deploy to leave the military—regardless of their gender identity," McCain said. "The Department of Defense is currently conducting a study on the medical obligations it would incur, the impact on military readiness, and related questions associated with the accession of transgender individuals who are not currently serving in uniform and wish to join the military," he continued. "I do not believe that any new policy decision is appropriate until that study is complete and thoroughly reviewed by the secretary of defense, our military leadership, and the Congress." The American Civil Liberties Union, tweeted, "Transgender service members should know the ACLU has your back and we want to hear from you." "You are not a 'burden.' Do not let this president shake you. We support you; we stand with you," said Democratic National Committee Chairman Tom Perez. Others have pointed out the president's prior statements of support for the LGBTQ community. During the campaign season, candidate Trump tweeted, "Thank you LGBT community! I will fight for you while Hillary brings in more people that will threaten your freedoms and beliefs."

http://www1.cbn.com/cbnnews/israel/2017/july/fatah-hamas-call-for-a-day-of-rage-friday 

[ :: 8-28-16 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Babylon destroyed in twenty-four hours, and you shall see the other earthquake on the west coast, you shall see the one in the middle and that shall come unto you soon, just as soon as they divide my land again, saith your Father God, you shall see that.  For it is that hour and it is that time and it shall come to pass, etc.

[ :: 7-4-17 morning service Campmeeting 2017  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

I know who this is for.  This is for Donald Trump’s son-in- law.  And somehow he is going to hear this and don’t ask me how.  But God is saying to him:  You divide your people and I will bring judgment upon you like you have never seen before.  You will be like Jezebel and I will throw you off the roof and the dogs will eat your bones.  Therefore, I say unto you, repent, I do not want my nation divided, I will not allow my nation to be divided, therefore, think your thoughts.  Just because you are a Jew you cannot do the things that you desire to do, for I have a special covenant with you and you better study my covenant or it will fall upon your own personal family.  Repent I say and turn from your wicked ways. 

:: 7-27-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tonight on The Hal Lindsey Report

In 1927, James Weldon Johnson published his classic book of poems, God's Trombones: Seven Negro Sermons in Verse. One of them is called, "The Prodigal Son." It begins with the famous words, "Young man -- Young man -- Your arm's too short to box with God." Apparently the powers that be in American sports disagree. I'm not talking about individual athletes. I'm referring to the big professional sports leagues and the media that cover them. Though they have nothing to gain and everything to lose, it appears to me that they have decided to go to war against God. Further, it seems to me that they have also decided to go to war against the average American. And that seems an odd thing to do since the average American fan is the one who puts money into their pockets. And what life or death issue has caused these normally perceptive business people to place themselves as arbiters of right and wrong in America? And also to publicly threaten to punish the citizens of states which disagree with their political point of view? Restrooms. More precisely: Your right to feel safe and secure when you visit a public restroom. Even more precisely: Your mother's, wife's, mother-in-law's, sister's, daughter's, grandmother's, granddaughter's, niece's, cousin's, girlfriend's, co-worker's, or female friend's right to feel safe and secure when they visit a public restroom. And why? So that .003 percent of the population can live out their fantasies and use the restrooms of the opposite sex. No. I'm not making this up. I wish to heaven that I were. But this is America 2016, where being politically correct trumps common sense. Where bowing and scraping to the LGBT lobby (which, by the U.S. government's own figures, comprise less than 3% of the total population) trumps the traditional values of the vast majority of Americans. To allow a man to freely and brazenly enter a public womens' restroom and do his business (and maybe more?) simply because he says he "feels" like a woman that day is beyond nonsense, it's insanity. But that's where ESPN, The National Basketball Association (NBA), The National Football League (NFL), American Airlines, PayPal, Wells Fargo, and Target, to name but a few, have chosen to make their stand and invest their credibility. And I'm not just talking about tacitly agreeing to such nonsense, I'm talking about firing people who disagree and publicly threatening to wreak economic harm on the citizens of entire states if they do not capitulate to their way of thinking. That's what is happening in North Carolina. When the state legislature passed a law requiring people in the state to use public restrooms that correspond to their birth gender, an incensed NBA threatened to pull the 2017 All-Star Game from Charlotte. PayPal vowed to stop its involvement in the state, which meant the withdrawal of several billions of dollars in construction funds and jobs. American Airlines and Wells Fargo made similar threats against North Carolina's citizens. The state's governor, Pat McCrory ignored the threats and signed the bill the day it was passed. Not like Georgia, where a similar bill was passed by the Georgia Legislature. The NFL threatened to stop having Super Bowls in Atlanta and the governor folded and vetoed the bill. All of this over the issue of letting transgender individuals, and any others who so wish on a given day, decide to use the restroom for the opposite sex. These common sense laws simply say that if you have outside plumbing, you use the men's room. If you have inside plumbing, you use the ladies. Or go into the private restroom and lock the door behind you. Your sexual preference doesn't matter. This is a simple, physical determination. But that's not good enough for the LGBT crowd. They want us to do it their way or suffer the consequences from their corporate enforcers. Folks, this is nothing short of corporate persecution. But it's not about religion, you say. Not yet. But it is about being punished because we make common sense choices based on certain moral values. Moral values that the elites and other powers that be want to see eroded so that one day they can do what they choose, when they choose. Morality be damned. But, you may protest, when corporations make vague threats against entire states, it doesn't really affect individuals. It affected Curt Schilling. The pitcher for the Boston Red Sox cemented his place in baseball history when he won Game Six of the 2004 American League Championship Series (ALCS) over the New York Yankees. He pitched just days after ankle surgery and endured a sore and bleeding ankle to go seven innings and allow only one run. His bloody sock became a part of Major League Baseball history. The Red Sox went on to win the World Series. Schilling has three World Series rings. ESPN, the major American sports broadcaster, hired Schilling to work as a color commentator for its telecasts. But Schilling is an outspoken man with conservative values. Last year, he was disciplined by the network when he made the comment on his personal social media outlet that people claim that only 5% to 10% of Muslims are extremists. He noted that when Hitler rose to power, only 7% of Germans were part of the Nazi party. Then he asked, "How'd that go." He almost lost his job. Last month, Schilling posted a picture on his personal Facebook page of a grotesquely dressed transvestite man. The caption asked if you wanted to let this man into the restroom with your daughter. It noted that if you didn't want that to happen, then you are considered narrow-minded, judgmental, unloving, and racist. Every word he posted was true. Like his first post in 2015. But each one bore consequences. This time, Schilling was summarily fired for his personal, non-work-related view. Which ESPN has every right to do. But not only did ESPN fire him, they went back and completely removed the portion of a documentary program on that 2004 ALCS series that showcased Schilling's performance in the critical Game Six. Coincidence? But ESPN may suffer consequences, too. When it starts punishing people for expressing a view outside of work that is held by the vast majority of Americans, it should expect some blowback. And maybe it's already started. For a variety of reasons, ESPN, once a model American success story and cash machine for The Walt Disney Company, has started hemorrhaging. Its value has declined dramatically recently. So much so that it has begun to affect Walt Disney's bottom line. Coincidence? ESPN, Walt Disney, the NFL, the NBA, American Airlines, Wells Fargo, PayPal, Target, and others may soon learn the hard lesson that, "Your arm's too short to box with God!" But that's not all I'll cover on this week's program. I'll discuss the recent election of Sadiq Khan as Mayor of London. With his selection, London becomes the first major western city in history to elect a Muslim mayor. And on May 30, France is hosting a meeting of major players to plan a Middle East peace summit later this year. All the usual suspects will be there. In fact, it appears to be a reunion of the infamous "Quartet" of organizations and states: the UN, the EU, the US, and Russia. The goal of the summit? Devise a plan for dividing Jerusalem and finally bringing peace to the Middle East through a two-state solution in Israel. And if Israel doesn't adopt the plan? Well, France vows to then officially recognize Palestine as an independent nation. 137 nations already do, but the United States provides cover for Israel at the UN Security Council. But now it appears that Germany is starting to turn its back on Israel, too. A Middle Eastern news outlet insists that Europe is turning against Israel as a result of the leadership of the American White House. It insists that, "This belated European insight was the result of American inspiration." (Al-Monitor) Folks, the prophet Zechariah predicted that in the last days, "...all of the nations of the world will be gathered against it (Israel)." (Zechariah 12:3) We are seeing that happening right now. Finally, I will discuss the differences between the Bible and the Koran. The world considers both of them to be "holy books." One is said to have been handed down intact through an angel, with no human involvement, and committed to the page hundreds of years after the "revelation." The other is "God-breathed." Written by 40 different authors from various times and places, it coordinates perfectly and seamlessly. It does not contradict science, history, or nature, but confirms them, though primitive men wrote it. Its prophecies have thus far been fulfilled with 100% accuracy. In fact, its test for the validity of a prophet is either 100% accuracy or death by stoning. Tough standards. It miraculously combines "spiritual thoughts with spiritual words." (I Corinthians 2:13) And though it does not make sense to those who are spiritually "dead," it promises that anyone who wants to experience a spiritual rebirth can do so and become "spiritually alive."

http://www.hallindsey.com/hlr-5-13-2016/ 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 7-5-17 Federalist :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

New Army Training Tells Female Soldiers To ‘Accept’ Naked Men In Their Showers

I recently received a copy of the new ‘Tier Three Transgender Training’ materials that the U.S. Army is now using in mandatory training for all soldiers.

By James Hasson July 5, 2017

On June 30, hours before the policy took effect, Defense Secretary Jim Mattis postponed the opening of military enlistments to transgender people for an additional six months. The delay does not prevent currently serving soldiers from transitioning, however. It is intended to give the joint chiefs more time to review and mitigate the Obama-era rule’s impact on the “readiness and lethality of our [armed] forces.” Late into President Obama’s last term, his military officials allowed transgender soldiers to serve openly, even funding gender-change surgeries with taxpayer dollars. Former Defense Secretary Ash Carter set a July 1 deadline for all four military branches to write policies for accepting openly transgender enlistments. Formerly, soldiers exhibiting gender dysphoria were automatically discharged. While the Pentagon’s review takes place behind closed doors and the inevitable culture-war volleys spill into the public square, it is critical to understand the real-life implications of the policy shift. I recently received a copy of the new “Tier Three Transgender Training” materials—a PowerPoint and accompanying lesson plan excerpted below, with full documents at these links—that the Army is now using in mandatory training for all soldiers. The active-duty officer who sent the materials completed the training with 40 other soldiers last week instead of conducting their morning physical training as usual. Military As Social Engineering, Not National Defense The force-wide presentation sheds quite a bit of light on the implications of the rule change on transgender service members. The policy prioritizes subjective feelings over combat-readiness and inverts military order by placing the needs of individuals over the well-being of their units. The policy allows transgender soldiers to switch their “gender marker” in the Army’s personnel database without undergoing sex reassignment surgery or any other physical changes. For a soldier to officially change gender requires only some paperwork. A military doctor or civilian medical professional must certify that the transgender person has achieved “stability in the preferred gender” and the soldier must change the gender designation on the soldier’s passport or birth certificate. From that point on, the transgender soldier is “expected to adhere to all military standards associated with their gender,” and “use the billeting, bathroom and shower facilities” of their new gender. For example, “Vignette Four” of the training module presents the following scenario: “following her transition from male to female (which did not include sex reassignment surgery) and gender marker change in DEERS [DEERS is the military’s personnel database], a transgender Soldier begins using female barracks, bathroom and shower facilities. Because she did not undergo a surgical change, the Soldier still has male genitalia.” How should troops respond? “Soldiers must accept living and working conditions that are often austere, primitive, and characterized by little or no privacy.” The slide tells soldiers to “understand that you may encounter individuals in barracks, bathrooms, or shower facilities with physical characteristics of the opposite sex despite having the same gender marker in DEERS.” The next bullet point adds, “all Soldiers should be respectful of the privacy and modesty concerns of others. However, transgender Soldiers are not required or expected to modify or adjust their behavior based on the fact that they do not ‘match’ other Soldiers.” This is a first. The military is normally in the business of telling soldiers to “modify or adjust their behavior” all the time. Consider what these policies mean in real life: Most Army showers look like a prison cell with several showerheads on the wall. Anyone who has dealt with the practical challenges of funneling 30 people through them in ten minutes understands that “privacy” will be incompatible with reality. Female soldiers who feel uncomfortable sharing facilities with individuals who still have “physical characteristics of the opposite sex” will just have to put up with it. The adjustments to “billeting” are equally intrusive. Modern barracks resemble college dorms, with two soldiers of the same sex — now “gender marker” — sharing rooms just large enough to accommodate the basic necessities of military life. The training forbids any commander from ordering a transgender soldier to use a facility that is inconsistent with his “gender marker,” and rejects the idea of separate facilities for transgender soldiers. If separate facilities of any kind are created, they must be for soldiers who feel uncomfortable sharing facilities with a member of the opposite biological sex. In short, the rest of the unit must adjust, not the individual transgender soldier. Watch My Genitals While I Urinate The changes also affect drug-testing procedures. DoD Instruction 1010.16 requires urine specimens to be “collected under the direct observation of a designated individual of the same sex as the Service member providing the specimen.” To be blunt, “observers” must watch the urine sample leave the tested soldier’s body and enter the collection cup. Under the new rules, however, “absent an exception to policy, the observer will be the same gender as the Soldier being observed (as reflected by the gender marker in DEERS).” The change is justified by interpreting the term “sex” in existing drug testing regulations to mean the same thing as “gender.” Lest there be any confusion: the policy means that an 18-year-old female soldier may be forced to drop her pants and urinate in a cup in front of an anatomically male non-commissioned officer who has a female “gender marker,” and vice versa. As important as privacy and respect are, the biggest problem with the policy is its effect on the military’s core purpose of battle readiness. For example, under the policy, a male infantryman who cannot meet the bare minimum requirement of 42 pushups and is therefore considered a liability in combat can switch his “gender marker” to female and suddenly be qualified. Even though he retains the exact same physical characteristics, and can do only 19 push-ups, he will now be a combat-ready female infantry soldier, eligible to hold the exact same role in his former unit. The lesson plan is explicit on this point: “for policies and standards that apply differently to Soldiers according to gender, the Army recognizes a Soldier’s gender by the Soldier’s gender marker in the Defense Enrollment Eligibility Reporting Systems (DEERS).” Bullets Don’t Care About Your Feelings Regardless of one’s opinion about bathroom bills, this policy is dangerously misguided not because of politics or ideology, but as a matter of basic physics. Biology may not be destiny, as the slogan goes, but it still matters on the battlefield. An AK-47 round travels towards a soldier at 2,330 feet per second, no matter how you self-identify. A six-foot tall, 180-pound, anatomically male soldier can either pull his bodyweight over a wall, or carry another soldier, or walk for miles with 80 pounds of equipment, or he cannot. But under the current policy, you are combat-ready if you self-identify as the type of person who would be combat-ready. How very millennial. Of course, the new policy raises other logistical issues as well. If “stability in the preferred gender” does not preclude ongoing hormone therapy, will these soldiers be deployable? Should estrogen cycles be flown into remote forward operating bases with other critical medical supplies? And if these soldiers cannot deploy alongside their units, is the policy truly serving its stated goal of availing the armed services with “all available talent to remain the finest fighting force the world has ever known”? The “harassment and discrimination” section of the lesson plan forbids “attitudes or comments that marginalize transgender people.” Heated, time-sensitive situations come with enough confusion on their own, without the additional layer added by gender-neutral pronouns such as “they” and “their,” and soldiers should not have to double-clutch for fear of repercussions before speaking bluntly in such situations. The military has always been at the forefront of civil rights and equality in our society, and that should never change. But this policy is not a question of equality, it is a matter of basic safety and combat effectiveness. It asks the other 39 soldiers in a transgender soldier’s platoon to potentially sacrifice their safety for one soldier’s affirmation. It is the inverse of the traditional military ethos. On one of my first days in the Army, I listened to a non-commissioned officer tell a new private, “Words don’t hurt — bullets hurt. So I don’t give a . . . about your . . . feelings.” (Creative language omitted.) Master Sergeant Wood was a veteran of the Gulf War and Operation Iraqi Freedom, a Purple Heart recipient, and had only four fingers on his right hand. He knew the truth of his statement from firsthand experience. It seems somewhere along the line, during the last 15 years of war, our political class lost track of his most basic insight: Words don’t hurt. Bullets hurt.

http://thefederalist.com/2017/07/05/new-army-training-tells-female-soldiers-put-naked-men-showers/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-25-17 Pam Geller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Muslims Maintain Temple Mount Boycott, Despite Removal of Metal Detectors

By Geller Report Staff - on July 25, 2017

You didn’t really think savages would be satiated did you? Terrorism works and they mean to extract more blood from the Jews. Muslims got their way — Israeli authorities removed metal detectors that had been placed at the holy Temple Mount site in order to ward off acts of Islamic terrorism. You didn’t really think this was about metal detectors, did you. Just another Islamic pretext for jihad and slaughter, as is their way. As previously reported by Pamela Geller here, Israel made a remarkable concession to Palestinians by agreeing, on the heels of recent terror attacks, to take out its security system. But Palestinians are still boycotting the site. Leaders of the Islam faith told their followers to keep away from the area — to boycott — pending a full review of what, if any, other Israeli security measures might still be in place. This is ridiculous. Israelis don’t have the right to protect themselves from terror attacks? One would think if there’s nothing to hide, there’s nothing to fear — no crime, no fould. Metal detectors aren’t exactly intrusive, in other words. But Israeli authorities conceded and removed the security layer, anyway — a sizeable nod to Palestinian wishes. And now Palestinians’ response? They want more concessions. From the Times of Israel: The Waqf Islamic trust, which administers the site, said a decision to continue the boycott was pending a review of the new Israeli security arrangements there. Ikrema Sabri, the head of the Supreme Islamic Committee in the city, said such a review might be completed later on Tuesday. Muslim worshipers have stayed away from the sacred compound since Israel installed metal detectors there last week. Instead, they performed mass prayer protests outside the shrine, many of which devolved into clashes with Israeli security forces. Earlier Tuesday, Israel’s security cabinet said it would replace the metal detectors with “advanced technologies,” referring reportedly to cameras that can detect hidden objects, but said the process could take up to six months. Sabri told The Associated Press that “our position is that for now, nobody should enter” the shrine. A Waqf official told The Times of Israel that it was continuing the boycott of the Temple Mount until all security measures added after the attack are removed. The official noted that “the new high tech cameras” would not be accepted in place of the metal detectors. On Tuesday morning, worshipers were remaining outside and police and Palestinian protesters were gearing up for another tense round of afternoon prayers in Jerusalem’s Old City.

http://pamelageller.com/2017/07/muslims-maintain-temple-mount-boycott-despite-removal-metal-detectors.html/ 

:: 7-27-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Bennett: Government's Temple Mount decisions weakened Israel

ByGil Hoffman July 27, 2017 11:25

Likud minister, in contrast, says decision makers realized alliance with moderate Arab states more important. Bayit Yehudi leader Naftali Bennett slammed his own government’s decisions regarding the handling of the Temple Mount tensions in a scathing interview with Army Radio on Thursday. Bennett voted against the security cabinet’s decision to remove metal detectors from the Temple Mount. Be the first to know - Join our Facebook page. He also opposed Thursday morning’s removal of security cameras from the holy site and barriers that aided security checks at the Lions’ Gate. “Israel comes out weakened from this crisis,” Bennett said. “Instead of sending a message about Israel’s sovereignty on the Temple Mount, it sent a message that Israel’s sovereignty can be questioned.” Bennett called the decisions a “surrender” and compared the harm to Israeli security to the Israeli withdrawal from south Lebanon in 2000. But he said that as a member of the security cabinet he bears collective responsibility, and he refused to personally criticize or blame Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu. But Bennett’s Bayit Yehudi colleague, MK Bezalel Smotrich, did not hold back, writing on Twitter that “the time has come to internalize that it is either us or them,” referring to the Israeli Muslims. He slammed Defense Minister Avigdor Liberman for voting for what he called “the surrender on the Temple Mount,” saying that with another vote or two in the security cabinet “the shame could have been prevented.” Labor chairman Avi Gabbay accused Netanyahu of haphazard decision- making and irresponsible management, which he said harmed Israel’s security and deterrence. He said Netanyahu made his decisions out of fear of Bennett taking away his political support on the Right. “After this week, we don’t have to explain anymore why we have to replace the current government,” Gabbay said at a rally of a thousand supporters in Tel Aviv on Thursday night. “Now the public understands why what they have is not good, so we just have to reach out and make them realize we are the alternative.” Gabbay accused Netanyahu of constantly setting new fires and struggling to extinguish them. He promised his party would put an end to what he called the “national humiliation” done to Israel by Netanyahu, Bennett and Liberman, and replace the government with responsible leadership. “Netanyahu demonstrated weakness to us,” he said. “We saw our prime minister harm our security. We are paying the price.” Gabbay’s Labor colleague MK Nachman Shai called the events of the past week a “colossal failure” for Netanyahu. “The government’s zigzagging led to a Palestinian victory that does not even guarantee quiet in Jerusalem and the territories,” Shai said. Construction Minister Yoav Gallant (Kulanu), who is also a member of the security cabinet, said its decision- making process was correct. He told Israel Radio that metal detectors do not bring security. The decision to remove metal detectors was championed in the security cabinet by Shin Bet (Israel Security Agency) Director Nadav Argaman. Coalition chairman David Bitan (Likud) caused an uproar on Thursday when he told Army Radio that Argaman was a coward “who just wants to get back home safely.” Yesh Atid chairman Yair Lapid slammed Gabbay, saying the Shin Bet safeguards our lives. Yesh Atid MK Yaakov Peri, who is a former director of the Shin Bet, said Bitan’s statement was dangerous because is strengthens the delegitimizing of security forces. Netanyahu released a statement supporting Argaman and criticizing Bitan, who normally speaks for the prime minister. Netanyahu said the Shin Bet is succeeding in fighting terrorism and has saved countless lives.

http://www.jpost.com/Arab-Israeli-Conflict/Bennett-Governments-Temple-Mount-decisions-weakened-Israel-500893 

:: 7-26-17 The Jerusalem Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump to tout major job boon for Wisconsin; Foxconn, iPhone supplier, expected to open plant

By S.A. Miller - The Washington Times - Wednesday, July 26, 2017

President Trump is expected to announced Wednesday that Foxconn, a Taiwanese manufacturing giant that makes iPhone components, will build a major factory in Wisconsin. The plant likely will create more than 10,000 new jobs and highlight Mr. Trump’s push to rebuild the U.S. manufacturing base and keep jobs in America. Mr. Trump’s role in bringing Foxconn to the U.S. or the decision to locate in Wisconsin was unclear early Friday. The decision by Foxconn, which has been flirting with multiple states to build its first U.S. manufacturing plant, was first reported by Fox Business. Mr. Trump is scheduled to make a major jobs announcement at the White House at 5 p.m. Expectations have been building for days that the event was about the Foxconn deal in Wisconsin, where the company likely will receive tax breaks. House Speaker Paul D. Ryan, Wisconsin Republican, said he will attend the announcement at the White House.

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/jul/26/trump-tout-major-job-boon-wisconsin-foxconn-iphone/ 

[ :: 3-30-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.  for if you put the man in that I desire for you to put in, you will have good times until you go.  If not it shall be hell here on earth and you will think that you have been left behind, but that is not so.  

For I have told you before this that this would be the last President, that this would be the last President as you know a President, therefore listen, pay attention, for it is your life it will affect, but it doesn’t need to affect it in a bad sense it can affect it in a good sense.  You can be the victors, you can be the overcomers, but hear, hear what I, your Father God, has to say. 

:: 7-26-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump tweets: 'WE WORSHIP GOD' in America

By Brooke Singman Published July 26, 2017 Fox News

In between pressuring Attorney General Jeff Sessions and announcing a major military policy change, President Trump used his Twitter account Wednesday to declare Americans worship God, not government. “IN AMERICA WE DON’T WORSHIP GOVERNMENT—WE WORSHIP GOD!” Trump tweeted, adding an emoji of a video camera and linking to an Instagram video on the president’s official account. The video, posted on “realDonaldTrump” Instagram page, is a clip from Trump's Tuesday night rally in Ohio. “And finally, we believe that family and faith, not government and bureaucracy, are the foundation of our society,” Trump said in the video. “You’ve heard me say it before on the campaign trail, and I’ll say it again tonight – in America we don’t worship government, we worship God.” The president’s faith-themed tweet came hours after he announced plans to ban transgender people from serving in the U.S. military in any capacity – citing advice from his generals and medical costs. The announcement drew cheers from some faith-based groups but also criticism from lawmakers on both sides of the aisle -- as well as past defense secretaries. TRUMP ANNOUNCES BAN ON TRANSGENDER INDIVIDUALS SERVING IN MILITARY

http://www.foxnews.com/politics/2017/07/26/trump-tweets-worship-god-in-america.html 

[ :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::] 

John 15:20 Remember the word that I said unto you, The servant is not greater than his lord. If they have persecuted me, they will also persecute you; if they have kept my saying, they will keep yours also. (KJV)

Luke 21:17 And ye shall be hated of all men for my name's sake. (KJV) 

[ :: 10-19-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. You shall be hated by the world, the world shall be against you, etc.

John 15:18 If the world hate you, ye know that it hated me before it hated you. (KJV)

[ :: 12-31-11 / 1-1-12 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Have you read my word, do you know that Ezekiel thirty eight and thirty nine is knocking on the door, as a matter of fact, its got a battering-ram and it is knocking the door down, but you are not aware of that.  Are you aware of how they are removing the Bible, are you aware of how they are fighting Christians, are you aware of the countries that are killing every Christian that is there?  And then you think I can delay another five years or another ten years.  Have you not read in my word where they are laying under my altar and they are crying out, how much longer, how much longer?  Oh what a sad state the world is in. etc.

:: 7-26-17 Christianity Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Caste Aside: India’s New President Has ‘No Room for Christians’

Church leaders believe Hindu nationalism will outweigh the Dalit leader’s lower-caste loyalties.

Kate Shellnutt July 25, 2017 9:25 AM

Ram Nath Kovind, India’s new president who took office today, represents an unusual case of a little-known politician from the country’s lowest caste, the Dalits, rising to power. However, as others champion his victory, India’s Christian minority—the majority of whom are Dalits themselves—know that a Hindu nationalist politician from the Dalit caste is still a Hindu nationalist politician. Like the ruling Bharatiya Janata Party (BJP) that nominated him, Kovind represents a continued threat to non-Hindus in India, including its estimated 25 million to 60 million Christians. (As CT has noted, that’s a tiny minority amid 1 billion Hindus, but still sizable enough to rank among the 25 countries with the most Christians, surpassing “Christian countries” such as Uganda and Greece.) If Indian officials were to move forward with anti-conversion legislation or other policies directed at Christians, “he would be a good rubber stamp for the government,” said Sandeep Kumar, a church planter and principal of Mission India Bible College, in an interview with CT. “There is no room for Christians in his understanding.” Since 2014, India has been led by Prime Minister Narendra Modi, a BJP leader notorious among Christians for permitting religious freedom violations to spread unchecked. Meanwhile, the position of president is mostly ceremonial and selected by lawmakers. Kovind’s election this month indicates that the BJP is gaining support among Dalits (once called “untouchables”) with its polarizing vision of India as a nation whose religion, language, and culture is solely Hindu, an ideology known as Hindutva that originated among the higher castes. When he was a party leader back in 2010, Kovind had remarked that “Islam and Christianity are alien to India” and said that they do not deserve the benefits and quotas assured to others from lowest castes, officially designated as “Scheduled Castes.” India’s constitution has extended scheduled caste benefits to Buddhists and Sikhs, but not to any other religious minorities, officially leaving Dalit Muslims and Christians out. Most estimates suggest that at least half of India’s Christians are Dalits. Z. Devasagaya Raj, a priest who oversees Catholic outreach to Dalits, said “the idea of appointing a Dalit person for the coveted post is largely positive but not if ‘the person holds a [pro-Hindu] right-wing ideology,’” according to a UCA News report. Though Modi endorsed Kovind as a representative for the poor and oppressed, Christians have reason to believe that won’t include them. Samuel Jaykumar, who defends Dalit Christians as a leader with the National Council of Churches in India, told the Catholic news source that he was concerned that Kovind’s presidency would make things worse for Dalit Christians and Muslims. Kovind’s election on July 17 followed weeks of protests from Christians and Muslims angered by attacks on religious minorities for eating beef, which angered Hindutva extremists due to Hindus’ veneration of cows. (The sale of cattle for slaughter was declared illegal in most of India this spring, until the Supreme Court suspended the ban.) Kovind’s opponent from the United Progressive Alliance, Meira Kumar, also came from the Dalit class and had a “good track record” in foreign affairs, according to Sandeep Kumar. Regardless of the candidate, it’s uncommon for presidential politics to come up in Indian churches. “We don’t preach on if someone has been elected and how that could benefit us,” the pastor said. “But we do pray for our country.” K. R. Narayanan, India’s first Dalit president since the country’s independence, was a better advocate for tolerance for religious minorities when he held office from 1997 – 2002. Having grown up in the disproportionately Christian state of Kerala in southern India and studied at a church-run school, Narayanan condemned the Hindu nationalists thought to be responsible for violence against Muslims and resisted efforts to shift the secular education system. Catholic and Protestant leaders have joined to pray for their new president. The next general election in India will take place in 2019. There aren’t promising signs for an alternative that would be friendlier to Christians than the current administration, led by Modi, so most expect that the Hindutva ethos will continue to rule. Though India is the biggest democracy in the world, its Hindu norms have increasingly restricted Christian freedoms. Open Doors rates the persecution level in the country as “very high.” Christians will join in demonstrations next month designed to draw attention to the plight of Dalits. According to Asia News: This August 10th will be a “Black Day” to highlight the discrimination suffered by Dalit Christians in India for 67 years. It is the initiative launched by the Indian Bishops' Conference (CBCI) Office of Dalits and the Disadvantaged Classes. In recent days, the bishops expressed their solidarity with the new president, Ram Nath Kovind, of Dalit origins. They also want to remind people that the country implements a constitutional-based discrimination against those Dalits that embrace Christianity. Due to a regulatory crackdown on foreign NGOs, Compassion International was forced to end its child sponsorship operations in India in March, pulling $45 million in funding from its Indian church partners. CT offered an in-depth cover story last year on Indian Christianity, the world’s most vibrant Christward movement. http://www.christianitytoday.com/news/2017/july/caste-aside-india-new-dalit-president-kovind-no-christians.html 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-22-17 Sputknik :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Goodbye Past, Hello Future: Turkey 'Drifting' From NATO to Eurasia

Lefteris Pitarakis World 12:51 22.07.2017(updated 13:15 22.07.2017)

Germany deliberately provoked a crisis in Berlin-Ankara ties which may have added significantly to Turkey further distancing itself from NATO, Turkish military expert Soner Polat told Sputnik. Berlin

Earlier this week, local media reported that the Turkish court ruled that Peter Steudtner, a German human rights activist, among a group of six human rights activists being held that includes Amnesty International's Turkey director Idil Eser, should remain in custody. The activists were detained by the Turkish police over allegedly aiding a terrorist group on July 5. German Foreign Minister Sigmar Gabriel said that Berlin will reconsider its economic policy towards Ankara as well as its credit, investment and tourism programs over the arrests of human rights activists in Turkey. Turkish authorities have already detained thousands of journalists, diplomats, judges, members of the military and human rights activists after the failed coup attempt of July 15, 2016 over their alleged support for exiled Islamic preacher Fethullah Gulen, accused by Ankara of being behind the coup. In an interview with Sputnik Turkey, Retired Rear Admiral of the Turkish Armed Forces Soner Polat berated Germany for intentionally fueling a crisis in bilateral relations which he said is an important factor in the process of Turkey's separation from NATO. "Turkey is moving slowly but confidently towards Eurasia even though it is a painful process. It would be naive to think that Turkey, which has been a NATO member since 1952, can easily and painlessly distance itself from the alliance. The statements made by Germany will by all means affect Turkey's position within NATO," Polat said. He added that "right now, there is a cautious and negative attitude towards Turkey in the West" and that "the growth of this trend was even more apparent after the failed coup attempt in Turkey on July 15 last year." According to him, "prejudice and hostility against Turkey are in place in the territories from Australia to New Zealand, from Europe to the United States, something that is disguised as opposition to the Justice and Development Party, as well as to Turkish President Recep Tayyip Erdogan." "The main goal is Turkey itself, and Erdogan is described as a person who bears responsibility for everything. Germany consciously decided to aggravate this crisis by deliberately provoking tension in Injirlik. After all, what would have changed if German MPs visited the Injirlik or Konya air base? Everything indicates that these crises were artificially provoked," Polat said. He noted that the opposition to Erdogan became the key point of Europe's internal policy. "The Netherlands and Germany currently follow the example of British Foreign Secretary Boris Johnson who conducted his Brexit campaign in line with confrontation with Turkey. Preventing Erdogan from delivering a speech at the G20 summit is a big scandal. Turkey is drifting away from the West," Polat pointed out. He described Germany as "a Eurasian country" which he said "should take more rational steps and act in a more balanced way [with respect to Turkey]". Polat also recalled that "if Berlin and Ankara break off relations, Germany, which has a trade surplus with Turkey, will suffer more damage." "German authorities make statements that imply, in fact, interference in Turkey's judicial system. Everyone should understand that Turkey is not Greece, Iraq or Syria. And if they do not understand now, sooner or later they will," he concluded. In late May, Turkish Foreign Minister Mevlut Cavusoglu said that Ankara will not allow German lawmakers to visit the Incirlik air base as long as Germany takes steps against Turkey. "Germany negatively looks at Turkey, and now they say: 'We want to come to Incirlik'. Germany must understand that Turkey, which it can force to do what it wants, and to get what it wants from it, exists no longer. This remains in the past. In such conditions it is impossible to allow German parliamentarians to visit Incirlik," Cavusoglu said.

https://sputniknews.com/world/201707221055785107-germany-turkey-relations-nato-policy/ 

[ :: 11-13-16 pm service  ::  ::  :: ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For many signs are in the sky, many things I am doing that the world may see and know and understand the hour is very late. etc

:: 7-22-17 Nova Ordem :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Mysterious plumes of steam rising from Greenland glacier

7/22/2017 04:16:00 AM

Plumes of steam rising from cracks in a glacier near Kulusuk, Greenland.

The photo above was taken by pilot Ágúst Arnbjörnsson on July 11, 2017 during a flight from Keflavik to Portland, from a height of approximately 34,000 feet. The location is 75 km from Kulusuk in Greenland. The image appears to show three plumes of steam rising from cracks in the glacier, which according to the blog of volcanologist Haraldur Sigurđsson, is 1.5 to 2 kilometers thick. This may be a sign of powerful geothermal activity from below. Earlier this year a team of NASA researchers observed an ominous crack growing in the Petermann Glacier along the northern coast of Greenland. Recently Greenland recorded the coldest temperature ever in the northern hemisphere for July.

http://novaordemnews.blogspot.com/2017/07/mysterious-plumes-of-steam-rising-from.html 

:: 7-23-17 Japan Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fukushima robot finds potential fuel debris hanging like icicles in reactor 3

by Kazuaki Nagata Staff Report, Bloomberg

Tokyo Electric has said that a remotely controlled robot investigating the inside of reactor 3 at the Fukushima No. 1 power plant has finally spotted objects that could be fuel debris — a potential milestone in the effort to clean up one of the worst atomic disasters in history. This is the first time Tepco has found something likely to be melted fuel. When the utility sent a different robot into reactor 2 in January, it found black lumps sticking to the grating in the primary containment vessel but said they were difficult to identify. The objects spotted this time look like icicles hanging around a control rod drive attached to the bottom of the pressure vessel, which holds the core, Tokyo Electric Power Company Holdings Inc. said at an evening news conference Friday. Enclosed by the huge primary containment vessel, the pressure vessel originally contained the fuel rod assemblies. But the rods melted into a puddle and burned through its bottom once the plant lost power after being swamped by the monstrous tsunami of March 11, 2011. The robot also captured images of lumps of material that appear to have melted and resolidified near the wall of the pedestal, a concrete structure that supports the pressure vessel. “From the pictures taken today, it is obvious that some melted objects came out of the reactor. This means something of high temperature melted some structural objects and came out. So it is natural to think that melted fuel rods are mixed with them,” said Takahiro Kimoto, a Tepco spokesman. “In that sense, it is possible that the melted objects found this time are melted fuel debris or probably around it,” he said, adding the utility will think about how they can be analyzed to determine if they are the former fuel rods. Fuel from a nuclear meltdown is known as corium, a mixture of fuel rods and other structural materials. “It is important to know the exact locations and the physical, chemical, radiological forms of the corium to develop the necessary engineering defueling plans for the safe removal of the radioactive materials,” said Lake Barrett, a former official at the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission who was involved with the cleanup at the Three Mile Island nuclear power plant in the U.S. “The recent investigation results are significant early signs of progress on the long road ahead.” Because of the high radioactivity in the reactor, only specially designed robots can probe the unit. And the unprecedented nature of the Fukushima disaster means that Tepco is pinning its efforts on technology not yet invented to get the melted fuel out of the reactors. The utility aims to decide on the procedure for removing the melted fuel from each unit as soon as this summer. And it will confirm the procedure for the first reactor during fiscal 2018 ending in March 2019, with removal slated to begin in 2021. Decommissioning the reactors will cost Ą8 trillion ($72 billion), according to an estimate in December from the Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry. Removing the fuel is one of the most important steps in the cleanup, which may take as long as 40 years. The significance of Friday’s finding “might be evidence that the robots used by Tepco can now deal with the higher radiation levels, at least for periods of time that allow them to search parts of the reactor that are more likely to contain fuel debris,” M.V. Ramana, professor at the Liu Institute for Global Issues at the University of British Columbia, said by email. “If some of these fragments can be brought out of the reactor and studied, it would allow nuclear engineers and scientists to better model what happened during the accident,” Ramana said. The utility began probing reactor 3 on Wednesday. Since the PCV has 6 meters of water in it, which is higher than in reactors 1 and 2, the 30-cm robot will have to go deep under water. The robot has two cameras — one on the front that can pivot 180 degrees vertically, and another on its back.

http://www.japantimes.co.jp/news/2017/07/21/national/fukushima-robot-finds-potential-fuel-debris-hanging-like-icicles-reactor-3/#.WXiwiLgoEdV 

[ :: 4-22-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The clock is ticking, the midnight hour is already striking, the horses have been riding and yet many see not the things I have told them. They understand not what my word has said, etc..

Rev 6:8 So I looked, and behold, a pale horse. And the name of him who sat on it was Death, and Hades followed with him. And power was given to them over a fourth of the earth, to kill with sword, with hunger, with death, and by the beasts of the earth. (NKJ)  (disease & famine)  

:: 7-21-17 Oxfam America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Number of infected continues to rise as Yemen's cholera epidemic breaks record

July 21, 2017 By Oxfam

The number of people with cholera in Yemen is now the largest ever in any country in a single year since records began, Oxfam said today. At over 360,000 suspected cholera cases in just three months since the outbreak started, it is now already the largest number of cases in a year, topping the previous annual record of 340,311 in Haiti in 2011. Though there are signs that the increase in numbers is slowing, the country’s rainy season from July to September will increase the risk of the disease spreading further. It is feared that the total number of people infected could eventually rise to over 600,000, making it one of the largest outbreak since records began in 1949. Almost 2,000 people in Yemen have died from suspected cholera since late April this year, and many more are now at risk, weakened by hunger, disease and the ongoing war. Nigel Timmins, Oxfam’s Humanitarian Director who has just returned back from a fact finding mission to Yemen, said: “It is quite frankly staggering that in just three months more people in Yemen have contracted cholera than any country has suffered in a single year since modern records began. Cholera has spread unchecked in a country already on its knees after two years of war and teetering on the brink of famine. For many people, weakened by war and hunger, cholera is the knockout blow. “This is a massive crisis needing a massive response – if anything the numbers we have are likely to underestimate the scale of the crisis. So far funding from government donors to pay for the aid effort has been lackluster at best, less than half is what is needed. “Cholera is easy to treat and simple to prevent. We need a massive, well-coordinated effort to get clean water, decent sanitation and simple things like soap to people to keep them safe from disease. We need an end to country entry restrictions of supplies and people so that we can get on with the job. “ “Those countries providing the arms and military support, The war has destroyed the economy and left millions without jobs or the means to earn a living, forcing 3 million people to flee their homes. It has precipitated a crisis which has left 7 million people on the brink of starvation. And the war has destroyed or damaged more than half the country’s health facilities as the cholera outbreak rages on. “Vital public servants such as health workers have not been paid for nearly a year. Hospitals, ports, roads and bridges have been bombed. All this is crippling efforts to tackle the cholera crisis.such as the U.S. and the U.K., are fueling a war that is causing wide-spread suffering and tipping a whole nation towards a catastrophe. It is hard to imagine how much more Yemen can take before it collapses entirely.” War has had a devastating effect on Yemen’s people and its infrastructure – almost 5,000 civilians have been killed in the fighting and parts of the country stand on the brink of famine. Health, water and sanitation systems have been bombed to the point of collapse, leaving over 15 million people without adequate access to clean drinking water and safe sanitation. Millions more are hungry and need help in getting a decent meal. Waste is piling up on the streets and in the settlements of displaced people because sanitation services, severely damaged by the over two-year war, cannot cope. Aid agencies tackling the cholera crisis are in danger of being overwhelmed by the scale of the outbreak. Meanwhile, the world's major arms exporters – which include the U.K. and U.S. – are making more money from arming the Saudi-led coalition force than they are spending on Yemen’s humanitarian appeal. In 2016, Saudi Arabia spent nearly $3 billion on arms from the world’s major arms exporters. As of this month, many of those same governments had given just $620 million toward the $2.1 billion UN appeal for Yemen. Oxfam is calling for an immediate ceasefire to enable a nationwide cholera campaign to tackle the disease, unhindered by fighting, and to allow people to get their lives back together. It is calling for the opening of ports and Sanaa airport to allow a massive injection of aid and for the UN and aid agencies’ appeal to be fully funded. Just this week, Oxfam joined forces with a group of seven other leading U.S.-based international relief organizations in an unprecedented effort urging Americans to donate to the new Hunger Relief Fund to respond to the looming famine in Yemen, as well as South Sudan, Somalia and Nigeria. Millions of families are facing starvation, and this Global Emergency Response Coalition will use the Hunger Relief Fund donations to help those already going hungry as well as to lay the groundwork for recovery. The appeal lasts through July 28, 2017. For more information and to donate to the Hunger Relief Fund, please visit: https://www.globalemergencyresponse.org/.

https://www.oxfamamerica.org/press/yemen-cholera-worst-on-record/ 

:: 7-21-17 The Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Sharks attack kayaker, paddleboarder along Santa Barbara coast

Brooke Holland July 21, 2017 9:31 AM

Two shark attacks were reported along the southern Santa Barbara County coastline Thursday, with a kayaker and paddleboarder escaping injury when sharks took bites out of their respective water crafts. Los Angeles resident Bret Jackson told Noozhawk he was paddling approximately 350 feet east of Stearns Wharf when a great white shark approached his kayak. The 40-year-old felt something nudge his kayak before he was thrown into the ocean, as the shark chomped down and left a 15-inch-wide bite mark on the kayak. “It came out of nowhere, and the first thing I saw was a giant jaw near my face,” said Jackson, who is visiting family in Santa Barbara. “It was fast, and the shark was hungry.” Jackson estimates the entire incident lasted two to five seconds. “It bit on to the kayak next to my arm and side, dove me on the kayak sideways a few feet then flipped (me) over,” Jackson said. “I was underwater upside down in the kayak, then hopped onto the bottom of the kayak.” Harbor patrol received a call about 11:20 a.m. about someone in the water yelling for help, Harbor Patrol Supervisor Steve McCullough said. Emergency personnel discovered that after the initial attack, Jackson swam to a nearby boat for safety. “I started swimming toward a sail boat and the kayak felt like it was sinking,” Jackson said. Jackson wanted to warn people there are “big, hungry, aggressive sharks in the water right now.” No injuries were reported, McCullough said. Signs have been posted warning beachgoers about the shark attack, and the postings at East Beach, West Beach, Leadbetter Beach and Shoreline Park will stay up until Saturday morning, he said.

Read more here: http://www.sanluisobispo.com/news/local/article162889748.html#storylink=cpy 

:: 7-19-17 Independent Science News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Biotech Industry Is Taking Over the Regulation of GMOs from the Inside

July 19, 2017 by Jonathan Latham, PhD

The British non-profit GMWatch recently revealed the agribusiness takeover of Conabia, the National Advisory Committee on Agricultural Biotechnology of Argentina. Conabia is the GMO assessment body of Argentina. According to GMWatch, 26 of 34 its members were either agribusiness company employees or had major conflicts of interest*. Packing a regulatory agency with conflicted individuals is one way to ensure speedy GMO approvals and Conabia has certainly delivered that. A much more subtle, but ultimately more powerful, way is to bake approval into the structure of the GMO assessment process itself. It is easier than you might think. I recently attended the latest international conference of GMO regulators, called ISBGMO14, held in Guadalajara, Mexico (June 4-8, 2017). ISBGMO is run by the International Society for Biosafety Research (ISBR). When I first went to this biennial series of conferences, in 2007, just one presentation in the whole four days was by a company. ISBR had some aspirations towards scientific independence from agribusiness. I went for a second time in 2011, to the ISBGMO held in Buenos Aires, Argentina. Company researchers and executives were frequent speakers and the conference had become an opportunity for agribusiness to present talking points and regulatory initiatives as if they had the blessing of science. This year, in Guadalajara, companies were now on the conference organising committee and even conferring conference travel scholarships from the podium. A former conference organiser and ISBR board member told me that the previous ISBGMO (St. Louis, USA, in 2015) had been almost entirely paid for by Monsanto. Spreading the industry message In Guadalajara, industry speakers were clearly working from a scripted list. That list translates as the key regulatory objectives of the biotech industry. Prominent on that list was “data transportability”. Data transportability is the idea that regulators from different jurisdictions, say India, or the EU, should accept identical biosafety applications. Implementation of data transportability would mean that although each country has unique ecosystems and species, applicants ought not to have to provide studies tailored to each. For example, when it comes to assessing effects on non-target organisms, for example of a GMO crop producing an insecticide, regulators in Australia should accept tests on European ladybird species or earthworms as showing that a GMO cotton can safely be grown there. The appeal of data transportability for an applicant is clear enough—less cost and less risk of their GMO failing a risk assessment. Not once did I hear mention of an obvious downside to data transportability. The fewer tests to which a novel GMO is subjected the less research there is to detect a significant problem if one exists. A second standard corporate line was “need to know versus nice to know”. In other words do not ask applicants for more data than they wish to supply. The downsides to this are identical to data transportability. Less data is less testing and less science. Modernising risk assessment? Another major theme of the meeting was ‘modernization’ of regulation. In this scheme the most ‘advanced’ nation was proposed to be Canada. Canada has adopted what it calls “trait-based GMO regulation”. In trait-based regulation the method of development (i.e. whether the crop was genetically engineered or not) is considered irrelevant. The trait is the sole focus. So if a GMO crop contains an insecticide it is assessed for risk against non-target organisms. If a GMO improves flavour or nutrition then, since there is presumably no risk from flavours or nutrients, then the crop receives what amounts to a free pass. The Canadian approach sounds harmless, but it has the crucial property that it hands control of risk assessment to the applicant, because under such a system everything depends on what the applicant chooses to call their trait. Imagine you were asked to review the safety of an aircraft, but the manufacturer wouldn’t tell you if it was propeller-driven or a jet; likewise, if a submarine was diesel or nuclear powered. The Canadian approach therefore, by just asking what the crop is supposed to do, effectively places outside of regulation most of the standard considerations of risk and hazard. Once upon a time, risk assessment was supposed to be about what a product is not supposed to do. For proposing non-regulation over regulation, Canadian biosafety officials were given more prominent speaking opportunities at ISBGMO14 than any other national regulator. Tiered risk assessment An equivalently unscientific innovation, which seems widely accepted, is called tiered risk assessment. Imagine a company presents to regulators an insect-resistant GMO crop. An obvious question arises. How is a regulator to know, since the crops produces an insecticide, if it will kill beneficial organisms such as the bees that feed on its flowers? In tiered risk assessment this question is answered by feeding the purified GMO insecticide to a bee species. If no harm is observed the crop is assumed safe. No further tests are required. If the bees are harmed then a larger scale test, presumptively more realistic, is conducted. If harm is not observed the crop is assumed safe and no further tests are required. If harm is shown then an outdoor or larger-level test will be conducted. Monsanto presented a lengthy exposition, in a plenary session, of the ‘soundness’ and ‘logic’ of this tiered approach. Tiered risk assessment has been the subject of little scientific debate (though see Lang et al., 2007), but the implications of the tiered approach are profound. It is an asymmetrical system in which passing any test leads to approval whereas failing that test does not result in disapproval. Consider the comparison with pharmaceuticals. Currently, all pharmaceutical drugs must pass through three phases of clinical trials; first animal tests, then small scale human trials, then large scale human trials. Failure at any stage is considered terminal. Without wishing to give them any ideas, suppose the FDA were to replace this three-phase system with one under which approval in phase I (animal tests) allowed the developer to go straight to market. There would be, for good reason, an uproar, followed by an avalanche of dangerous medications on the market. But that is precisely the logic of tiered GMO testing. Tiered testing is therefore a system in which failure is an unacceptable answer. In the scientific review paper that first proposed tiered risk assessment, there is no provision for rejecting the crop in the main figure, which diagrams the proposed decision tree (See Figure 1 of Romeis et al., 2008). Approvals are guaranteed. Agribusiness knows this perfectly well because many of the principal authors of Romeis et al are from the major seed and biotech companies. The so-called logical innovations presented at ISBGMO14, such as data transportability, trait-based regulation, and tiered risk assessment, are thus intended as regulatory bypasses. They make it all but impossible for a regulator to turn down a GMO application, or even to collect sufficient information. No wonder the biotech industry likes to refer to risk assessment procedures as approval systems. Given the lack of objection to these approaches at ISBGMO14, the biotech industry ought now to feel confident that the regulation of biotechnology is largely in their hands, but still it wants more. In the coming years, an upsurge is expected in the GMO pipeline as new applications and new approaches become possible. This pipeline is predicted to include GMO algae, animal biotechnology, gene drives, and so forth. Many of these opportunities the industry knows will be controversial. A pacified regulatory environment is for them a necessity before that can happen. This is more than a shame. When a comprehensive evaluation of the weaknesses and inherent limitations of scientific risk assessment is urgently needed to cope with these challenges, the chemical and biotech industries are forcing those assessment systems in the opposite direction.

https://www.independentsciencenews.org/environment/the-biotech-industry-is-taking-over-the-regulation-of-gmos/ 

:: 7-22-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The 20 diseases 'refugees' bring into the West

Exclusive: Elizabeth Lee Vliet, M.D., reports latest increases authorities fail to publicize

Published: 4 days ago

Note: Dr. Elizabeth Lee Vliet is a member of the Association of American Physicians and Surgeons, AAPS.

Since 2005, Americans have been warned about microscopic border crossers carried in with refugees and illegal immigrants, bringing diseases previously eradicated or rarely seen here. When not simply ignored by media and health officials, physicians and others sounding the alarm have been attacked as xenophobes. Now we’re seeing these prescient predictions come true, most prominently in Germany, since 2015 when Angela Merkel began allowing more than 2 million migrants from Africa, Asia and the Middle East to flood into her country. U.S. and German citizens are put at significant risk by the politically correct acceptance of unscreened immigrants from countries with a high prevalence of infectious diseases, many difficult or impossible to treat. Yet authorities in both countries have failed to fully inform the public of the dangers. According to the July 2017 Infectious Disease Epidemiology Annual Report by the Robert Koch Institute in Berlin, Germany has seen a surge in chicken pox, cholera, dengue fever, tuberculosis, leprosy, measles, malaria, meningococcal diseases, hemorrhagic fevers, hepatitis, HIV/AIDS, paratyphoid, rubella, shigellosis, syphilis, typhus, toxoplasmosis, tularemia, trichinellosis, whooping cough, and many fungal and parasitic infections. Here are a few striking examples: Measles is up more than 450 percent. Hepatitis B is up 300 percent. Scabies escalated nearly 3,000 percent. HIV/AIDS increased 30 percent. Tuberculosis (TB) is at least 30 percent higher – but German and U.S. physicians suspect that the incidence of TB is actually far higher than reported, and is being downplayed to avoid causing public outrage over the influx of immigrants. In Germany, more than 40 percent of TB cases are multi-drug resistant TB (MDR-TB).Dengue fever is up over 25 percent just from 2014. A similar pattern has emerged in the U.S. since the massive increase in illegal border crossers and refugees beginning in 2010. As in the U.S., many hundreds of thousands of migrants “disappear” into cities and towns across Germany, without a health screening. There is no way to monitor them for disease or to ensure adequate treatment. Citizens are exposed without their knowledge; risks are especially serious for children and the elderly. In a briefing to the Arizona Senate in 2016, experts reported that the U.S. is suffering near “pandemic medical issues” due to the continuous influx of illegal aliens and refugees from countries where infectious diseases are widespread. As of 2016, two states were in the Catastrophic Phase and another 13 were in the Critical Phase of public health impact from these infectious diseases. Arizona was No. 9 of 13 states in the Critical Phase but was expected to move into the Catastrophic Phase by fall of 2016 as a result of people who are latent carriers of disease or who entered the country during the incubation period for a disease. We were unable to learn the current status from personal calls to Arizona county and state officials. TB is one of the most serious threats. Latent TB can remain dormant for years, even decades. It is alarming that 18 percent of refugees in Arizona arrive with latent TB, while in the general Arizona population the incidence was only 4 percent. Multidrug resistant TB (MDR-TB), common in migrants, may cost more than $400,000 per patient, compared with $20,000 for the drug-responsive TB that has been predominant in U.S.-born patients. Treatment of MDR-TB has serious side effects, with no guarantee of success. U.S. taxpayers pay this cost. In addition, all who might have been exposed to an active case must be screened, followed and possibly treated. Even healthy immigrants burden the system with social costs, such as housing, education and food stamps – costs borne by taxpaying workers whose own wages are depressed by competition from a glut of low-paid foreigners. Illegal immigrants are estimated to cost U.S. taxpayers $17 billion per year. That $17 billion is in addition to the costs for those allowed here legally under “refugee” status, for which we do not have reliable public estimates. Liberal and progressive politicians like to say, “America is the land of immigrants.” In the past, this meant legal immigrants who follow our screening procedures for illness and other laws and who are coming to America to be part of our culture. Medical screening was one of the core purposes of the Ellis Island immigration center in New York. New arrivals were examined, quarantined if needed, or sent back to their country of origin if they posed a risk to Americans. To protect the health and safety of American citizens, we must reinstate our prior customary medical screening as outlined on our own Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) website. For national security and medical concerns, President Trump is correct to enforce our immigration laws, with careful vetting of those seeking to come to America to live and work.

Read more at http://mobile.wnd.com/2017/07/the-20-diseases-refugees-bring-into-the-west/#qyDF5ithoTrZyym6.99 

[ :: 12-31-01 New Years Eve Service (fifth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc But you must listen and understand what I have said. Your southern states will become a place far too hot to live and with the power shortages that will be there. The seashores shall be gone as far as twelve miles inland and further in some places. Hear what I have to say and listen. The northeast shall become a good place because of its water supplies, milder winters and not as hot summers. Larger cities will not be a place to live. I say unto you, wake up and hear and make some changes that it will be well with you. Soon the great earthquake that shall cause the West Coast to be unrecognized shall take place. Oh, that my people would listen and live. etc

:: 7-25-17 King 5 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

WHY YOU NEED TO BE PREPARED: THESE ARE THE 3 BIG EARTHQUAKE THREATS

The Pacific Northwest could be affected by earthquakes from three major nearby faults.

Author: Glenn Farley Published: 07/25/17

The western half of Washington state is considered earthquake country, with the potential for very large quakes. Scientists have their top three. First, there’s the Cascadia Subduction Zone running roughly parallel to the Pacific Coast from northern California past the northern tip of Canada’s Vancouver Island. Second, the Seattle Fault, which runs east to west just south of downtown Seattle. It ends up near the Cascade Mountains and west onto the Olympic Peninsula. Third, the South Whidbey Island Fault running from northwest to southeast of the southern tip of the island. These quakes are capable of magnitudes from 7 to over 9. Every year Western Washington undergoes hundreds of earthquakes. Most of them are tiny, magnitude 1 or 2, and a map shows them since 1970 around the Puget Sound area. All remind scientists of the potential that’s placed on larger faults, as the region is compressed by geological forces beyond anyone’s control. On the map, a larger red dot near Olympia show the 6.8 Nisqually quake of February 2001. The 1965 and 1949 earthquakes of similar magnitude are shown on larger red dots nearby. Nisqually was responsible for $4 billion in damage, but nobody died as a direct result. Unlike California, we are reminded less often of the potential devastation. “There is so much more work to be done within the basin and within all of Washington to understanding these faults,” said Corina Forson, the state’s chief hazards geologist for the Washington Geological Survey, part of the Department of Natural Resources. Cascadia Subduction Zone The Cascadia Subduction Zone is a giant fault running from Cape Mendocino, Calif. past Oregon and Washington and doesn’t end until it’s north of Vancouver Island in Canada. You saw its potential in the 9.1 magnitude Tohuku earthquake and tsunami that hit northeastern Japan in March 2011. Tohoku killed nearly 16,000 people; most died as a result of drowning or being crushed in the tsunami. Because Japan was so well prepared, most retrofitted buildings outside of the tsunami zone survived. This part of the Japanese coast had not seen this type of seismic rupture in some 800 years, and what failed was that walls built to keep tsunami waves were not high enough. In Washington, we do not have tsunami walls. Along the coast residents may have between 20 and 30 minutes to get to higher ground. The Westport area is now the first in North America to have a community vertical evacuation structure, a building strong enough to resist earthquake and tsunami wave forces and give people a platform above the expected wave heights. That place is the Ocosta School. But the Cascadia Subduction Zone isn’t just a fault; it’s an overlapping joint between tectonic plates, parts of the Earth’s crust that float on layers of molten rock. There’s a reason the lands around the Pacific Ocean are called the “Ring of Fire.” The earthquakes, tsunamis, and the proximity of volcanos are all part of the same system. The coast is now the home of one of the state’s largest network of warning sirens called All Hazard Alert Broadcast (AHABs). But Forson says you also need to know what to do when the shaking happens. There are also tsunami evacuation signs on the highways. Westport currently is the only location with a vertical evacuation structure designed for a tsunami. “We do not encourage people to evacuate in vehicles. We’re working on pedestrian evacuation maps that show the best routes for pedestrians to take to evacuate,” said Forson. “You just need one person to crash or a power line to fall over the road, and the roads are unusable.” “That’s why we’re pushing for a lot of vertical evacuation structures to be built – hotels or schools, because it’s not an easy problem to solve,” he said. Seattle Fault Moving inland, consider the Seattle Fault. It’s considered capable of a magnitude 7. That may not sound like much more than the magnitude 6.8 quake of 2001 based on the numbers, but that the Nisqually quake occurred some 30 miles underground. Then consider that the Seattle Fault is a complex of faults with various branches that run at or just below the surface. “The risk is complicated, but there are millions of people who live in the Seattle area,” said Forson. “What we know about this fault is that it’s ruptured may times in the past…it will happen again. We just don’t know when.” Across the northern portion of Bainbridge Island, light radar or lidar images taken from airplanes clearly show what geologists say is the Seattle Fault running right on the surface. Another piece can be seen under the elevated lanes of northbound Interstate 5 in South Seattle not far from the Rainier brewery. The Seattle Fault is also likely to create a tsunami that would inundate Harbor Island and much of SODO, Interbay, and the waterfront. It could also create dangerous currents and hazards to the north including Everett. Related: Geological hazard maps via Department of Natural Resources What scientists don’t know is its timing interval. “The last time was 1,000 years ago between 900 and 903 A.D.,” said Forson. “It will happen; we don’t know when.” What about the localized tsunami risk? In the 1990’s, scientists produced an animation that shows inundation, and people won’t have much time to run to higher ground. In some areas getting up a hill to higher ground will be difficult. Some people in places like SODO and Harbor Island may have to flee to higher floors in a building. South Whidbey Island Fault The South Whidbey Island Fault is also dangerous. It’s significantly larger than the Seattle Fault, and South Whidbey could hand us a magnitude 7.5 earthquake. That could spell trouble not only for its namesake island but for south and north King County and further west. “The crustal faults – the Seattle Fault, the South Whidbey Island Fault, the Tacoma Fault – those are less well known,” said Forson. Forson said more research needs to be done. And while scientists keep digging for more information and more situational awareness of what we face, the other problem is human. “A lot of people are transplants,” Forson said. “They didn’t grow up here, they haven’t heard this story. So they don’t necessarily know the threats they face.” Join KING 5’s Disaster Preparedness Facebook group and learn how you and your community can get ready for when disaster strikes. Join KING 5's full day of Disaster Preparedness coverage on Monday, July 24 Why is KING 5 focusing so much on disaster preps? It's certainly not to scare you. Earlier this year, we began the task of creating a disaster plan – how this station would deliver the news if a major disaster struck the Pacific Northwest. We began by consulting state emergency planners, the Red Cross, medical professionals, even other newsrooms. What we got was a BIG wakeup call. Emergency planners all had a simple message: It's not IF a disaster will happen, it's WHEN. Earthquakes. Volcanic eruptions. Devastating wind storms. Floods. Mudslides. The experts say few are ready. And being ready means being able to support yourself, your loved ones, your neighborhood for 2 weeks. Because after a region-wide event, it could take that long for help to come from the rest of the country and world. So our plan to make a plan for KING… inspired us to help all our viewers understand what they need to do to get prepared. The people of KING 5 are like you: We live and work here. Most of us have families, friends and pets who we will need to care for. Our full day of coverage is a first step … for us … and, we hope, for you. Watch day-long coverage Monday on KING and KONG, on our king5.com, our Facebook page, and Twitter and Instagram with the hashtag #AreYouPrepared.

http://www.king5.com/mobile/article/amp/news/local/disaster/why-you-need-to-be-prepared-these-are-the-3-big-earthquake-threats/457421137 

:: 7-21-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Urges All Nationals In North Korea To "Depart Immediately", Bans Tourists From Visiting

by Tyler Durden Jul 21, 2017 11:11 PM

Dennis Rodman will be disappointed to learn that the US is set to ban all citizens from traveling to North Korea, according to two agencies that operate tours there. Koryo Tours and Young Pioneer Tours said the ban would be announced on 27 July to come into effect 30 days later, the BBC reported. "After the 30-day grace period any US national that travels to North Korea will have their passport invalidated by their government." The ban comes one month after US student Otto Warmbier died following his imprisonment by the Kim regime. China-based Young Pioneer Tours, which had taken Warmbier to North Korea, and Koryo Tours said the ban will come into force on July 27 - the anniversary of the end of the Korean War - with a 30-day grace period. Koryo Tours added that the Swedish embassy in Pyongyang, which handles consular affairs for the United States in the North, informed it of the ban, but did not say how long it would last. The U.S. embassy in the South Korean capital, Seoul, did not immediately respond to a request for comment. Rowan Beard said that the 30-day grace period would "give leeway for any [Americans] currently in the country as tourists or on humanitarian work". Simon Cockerill, of Koryo Tours, said: "It remains to be seen what the exact text is, but the indication is it's just a straight up ban on Americans going." Mr Cockerill told the BBC the agency would still conduct tours and take Americans until the ban came into effect. Additionally, Rowan Beard of Young Pioneer Tours, told the BBC the embassy was urging all US nationals to depart immediately. He said the embassy was trying to check on the number of US tourists left in the country. For now there has been no official confirmation from the US: the state department continues to have an alert dated 9 May strongly warning US citizens not to travel to North Korea. As the BBC adds, there has been movement towards a ban for a while in the US, which increased with the Warmbier death. In May, two congressmen introduced the North Korea Travel Control bill to cut off the foreign currency the country earns from American tourists. The House foreign affairs subcommittee is scheduled to take up the draft legislation on 27 July but it would still have to go to the Senate. So there could be an executive order. Last month, Secretary of State Rex Tillerson said: "We have been evaluating whether we should put some type of travel visa restriction to North Korea. We have not come to a final conclusion, but we are considering it." Apart from the treatment of Americans in North Korea, tension has been increasing over Pyongyang's nuclear programme. Some are suggesting the US is using the date the ban is set to be announced - 27 July - to cloud North Korea's Victory Day on the same day. It was not clear if the urge to clear out US citizens from North Korea is a precursor to more "aggressive" (or kinetic) action by the US government.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-07-21/us-urges-all-nationals-north-korea-depart-immediately-bans-tourists-visiting 

:: 7-21-17 Bare Naked Islam :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

BEWARE! This devout Muslim running for governor of Michigan is the new ‘diversity’ sweetheart of the Left

ABDULRAHMAN MOHAMED EL-SAYED (aka Abdul El-Sayed): Etch this man’s name in your mind. Hand picked by the Left as their latest ‘diversity’ candidate, El-Sayed is running for Governor of Michigan 2018, and reportedly being groomed (by George Soros) for a run for President in the future. Abdul El-Sayed is 32 years old, born in the USA, and an extremely well-educated Muslim Doctor in Detroit Michigan. He is articulate, charismatic and smart. He is sympathetic of the Muslim Brotherhood, and is running for Governor of Michigan, Which is Step 1 in his preparation to run for President of the United States. He has the potential to be Obama 2.0, but far more openly Muslim. Abdulrahman Mohamed El-Sayed is an American physician, epidemiologist, public health advocate, and politician. He has announced his candidacy for Governor of Michigan, running as a Democrat. Democrats’ mouths are watering in anticipation and raising money. Elizabeth “Pocahontas” Warren is already campaigning for him. Al Jazeera, which is widely read by Michigan’s large Muslim population is doing its best to help him. And he is backed by notorious shill for sharia and the Muslim Brotherhood, Linda Sarsour (below). WND El-Sayed speaks articulately, without an accent, inserts humor into his speeches at seemingly just the right moments, and he has the full backing of America’s powerful Muslim Brotherhood-linked network of Islamic organizations (CAIR, ISNA, NAIT, ICNA, MSA, MAS). Sayed served as the executive director of the Detroit Health Department and Health Officer for the City of Detroit, appointed by Mayor Mike Duggan. At 30 years old, he was at the time of his appointment in 2015 the youngest health director in a major U.S. city. Dick Manasseri, spokesman for Secure Michigan, a group that educates Michiganders about the threat of Sharia law, predicts that Sayed will at least win the Democratic nomination for governor. “It is the exact same thing as Barack Obama in Chicago in the early 2000s,” said Manasseri. “He’s young, attractive, he does not give out a lot of information, he speaks in platitudes about celebrating inclusiveness and diversity.” Manaserri says the Muslim Brotherhood would never support a candidate that didn’t have tons of money behind him (enter George Soros). El-Sayed was a recipient of the 2012 Paul and Daisy SOROS Fellowship for New Americans. Sayed is highly educated, a Rhodes scholar who attended Oxford University in 2009 and became a practicing epidemiologist. “He’s very well packaged,” Manasseri said. “He’s far more accomplished than Barack Obama. Obama was not this accomplished, they connected him to certain foundations and his candidacy took off.” In his campaign launch on Feb. 25th, El-Sayed says, “It’s all about celebrating multiculturalism.” He said he was taught that “real leaders are those that can stand firm against the powerful, stand strong with the weak, and stand humbly before Allah.” “Any Republican would be afraid to confront him on his Muslim Brotherhood connections or his views on Sharia,” Manasseri said. “He is a devout Shariah-compliant guy, and I would predict that he will be endorsed by the Catholic Church, which is very powerful in Michigan.” Manasseri points out that a bill supporting American Law for American Courts, widely regarded as an anti-Sharia law, was defeated in the Michigan Legislature when two powerful lobbies – the Michigan Catholic Conference and the Council on American-Islamic Relations or CAIR – teamed up to kill it. He expects the same coalition to form behind a candidate who would make history as America’s first Muslim governor. “So if this guy rises in the polls, I would predict the Catholic Church will support his candidacy,” he said. “Just like with Obama, because we gotta make history.” “It’s Obama II,” Manasseri said. “Elizabeth Warren will be coming to campaign for him, the Democrats in other states will be raising money for him. The DNC number-two Muslim [Keith Ellison] will be raising money for him. Of course this guy is going to be on the Sunday morning talk shows. He’ll be everywhere. A candidate for governor who is Muslim Brotherhood …if that doesn’t tell you there’s a Sharia swamp in Michigan I don’t know what does.”

http://www.barenakedislam.com/2017/07/21/beware-this-devout-muslim-running-for-governor-of-michigan-is-the-new-diversity-sweetheart-of-the-left/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 7-24-17 The Free Thought :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

DUI-E Law Now Makes It Illegal to Text, Smoke and Even Eat While Driving

Washington's new Driving Under the Influence of Electronics law makes it illegal to text, eat, smoke, read or groom while driving.

By Rachel Blevins - July 20, 2017

The charge of “driving under the influence” used to only apply to drivers who were under the influence of drugs or alcohol—but it will now apply to drivers who text, eat, smoke, read or groom while driving in the state of Washington. The implementation of the Driving Under the Influence of Electronics Act was expedited from January 2019 to July 23 after Washington Governor Jay Inslee signed a partial-veto, and insisted that “public safety is better served by implementing this bill this year.” “When you are driving with a cell phone, you are a more dangerous driver than if you are driving drunk with a .08 blood alcohol level,” Inslee said during a press conference. “There’s hardly anything we’ve done in the last several years at the state Capitol to save more lives than this distracted driving law.” Statistics from the Washington Traffic Safety Commission found that 171 of 568 road deaths in 2015 were “blamed on some form of driver distraction, not necessarily electronics.” Although both texting and holding a cellphone to your ear while driving are already banned in Washington, the new regulations will outlaw composing or reading any message, taking pictures, and ultimately holding a phone for any reason other than calling 911—even when sitting at a stoplight. Penalties under the new DUI-E law will include a $136 fee for first-time offenders, a $234 fee for second-time offenders, and a $99 fee for “grooming, smoking, eating or reading while behind the wheel.” While the fines might not seem outrageous at first glance, Toni Matous, an agent with Magnolia Insurance Agency Inc. in Seattle, told Q13Fox that insurance companies were some of the top lobbyists for the new distracted driving law—and that is not by mistake. Matous called the law the “new drunk driving,” and said that in the case of a family with a teenaged driver, if that driver receives a DUI-E ticket, it will affect the entire family by making their insurance skyrocket by up to thousands of dollars each year. “The insurance industry is losing big, losing big in the personal auto insurance industry and they’re reeling, trying to find out how to find out how to solve the problem,” Matous said. In order to cover the costs of implementing the new law, the state’s law enforcement agencies have spent $400,000 to add “6,000 patrol hours aimed at driver distraction.” While distracted driving offenses resulted in over 5,400 citations in Washington in April 2016, numbers are predicted to increase drastically with all of the new infractions that police will have the opportunity to cite. While this new law in Washington may seem bizarre based on the fact that it makes things such as eating and smoking while driving illegal, it is not the first time a law has been introduced to fine Americans for being distracted. In May 2016, a Democratic assemblywoman from New Jersey introduced a bill to sentence individuals to up to 15 days in jail for the heinous crime of texting and walking. Washington’s DUI-E law could set a precedent for future laws in other states, but it also allows for an abuse of power by police. It takes away the accountability that makes officers look for a legitimate infraction before pulling a car over, and it gives officers the ability to make their quotas by simply alleging that a driver was looking at an electronic device, even when their vehicle is not moving. As a result, the drivers pay a high price, and both the police state and the insurance companies who lobbied for the new law make a profit.

http://thefreethoughtproject.com/state-dui-e-illegal-driving/ 

:: 7-20-17 Spiegel online :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Dr. Smartphone The Medical Profession's Digital Revolution Is Here

The health care sector is facing a far-reaching and unpredictable revolution. Smartphones are capable of replacing many devices that have become standard in medical practices and some apps will soon be able to provide diagnoses as well. Patients are becoming less reliant on doctors.

© Bernhard Riedmann / DER SPIEGEL By Martin U. Müller July 20, 2017

The airplane had just taken off when one of the passengers lost consciousness. Eric Topol pulled his smartphone out of his pocket and immediately performed an electrocardiogram (EKG) on the passenger. He used the device to do an ultrasound scan of the man's heart and measured oxygen levels in his blood. He was then able to give the all-clear and the plane could continue its journey. The man had lost consciousness merely due to a temporarily slowed heart rhythm. Topol is a cardiologist in La Jolla, California, and it wasn't the first time he had encountered such a situation while flying. On one occasion, he used his mobile phone to determine that a passenger had suffered a heart attack and the plane had to land immediately. Of particular interest to Topol, though, is the fact that anyone can perform such an EKG, whether a professor of medicine, a flight attendant or just a simple passenger. All one needs is a $200 sensor and a smartphone with an app that can analyze the heart's rhythm. Hardly any other object has changed the world to the degree that smartphones have. It has become completely normal to use our mobile devices for shopping and managing our schedules. Political revolutions have been organized by smartphone and you can use one to find a life partner or to plan a funeral. Every single day, 10 times as many smartphones are sold around the world as babies born. And now, smartphones are conquering medical care. For millennia, sick people have been dependent on help from others, a healer or a doctor. But now, mobile devices are beginning to change that age-old state of affairs. Coupled with the power of artificial intelligence, the mobile phone promises to fundamentally change medical care. Many medical examinations that were thus far only possible in a doctor's office can now be undertaken at any time by anyone -- even while sitting at home in your easy chair. With the help of small and affordable accessories, smartphones can measure electrical activity in the brain, intraocular pressure and blood pressure. They can perform an EKG, recognize atrial fibrillation (a type of abnormal heart rhythm), check pulmonary function, record heart murmurs, take photos of your inner ear, perform breathalyzers, perform aorta scans and even sequence DNA. Soon, there will be little difference from a technical standpoint between a general practitioner's office and a fully equipped smartphone. On the contrary: It is already the case that patients are sometimes better served by a mobile phone. Doctors Have Competition Apps like M-sense are revolutionizing migraine diagnostics. At the University of Magdeburg in Germany, a mobile phone program called Neotiv is being developed to reliably diagnose Alzheimer's. There are even scanners reminiscent of the "Star Trek" Tricorder: You simply hold it up to a patient's forehead and receive diagnostic information within seconds. An Israeli company has developed SCiO, the first smartphone app for mass spectrometry. If you briefly hold it up to an apple, for example, its exact composition will appear on your display. The app also works on pills: Using the app, the device scans an object's structure, compares it with a database and then tells you what it is -- a paracetamol tablet, for example. Even today, such a test is far from standard, even in hospital emergency rooms. It is far from clear what all of these changes will mean for the health care industry -- for patients and doctors and for the manufacturers of large medical devices that may soon no longer be necessary. One thing, though, is certain: Doctors have competition, and that competition is stimulating the industry. Within just a few years, patients won't just be able to decide which doctor to go to, but will also be able to choose between local doctors, online diagnoses and intelligent scanning devices -- and they will perhaps even be able to undergo an examination in their own cars. The patient is becoming more powerful -- and doctors are becoming less essential. A BILLION-DOLLAR INDUSTRY The first wave of health apps was made up of tracking bracelets and similar accessories that were rightly mocked as glorified pedometers. But the second wave is developing into a significant player in the medical technology branch. Investors have begun referring to the development as "serious health," and there is money to be made. A lot of money. But there are other issues at stake as well, such as trust and the potential for overwhelming the traditional health care system. The epicenter of digital medicine is not in Silicon Valley, as it tends to be for social media giants like Facebook or Snapchat. Rather, it is on the East Coast of the United States, in Israel and in Europe. One of the leaders of the scene in Berlin is Markus Müschenich. Ever since he decided to devote his life to digital medicine, the 56-year-old's life has been unrelenting: here, an appointment with German Health Minister Hermann Gröhe, there a video conference with a promising startup. Müschenich is pretty much constantly speaking into the headset of his telephone, and when he's not, he is giving presentations to doctors, insurance company officials and politicians. A former pediatrician, he always wanted to do more than just treat patients. "I still don't regret having set aside my lab coat," he says. Müschenich was part of the management team at a hospital in Berlin before becoming a member of the board of directors at Sana, a chain of hospitals and clinics in Germany. But he didn't find his true calling either in pediatrics or in analyzing the economic data of heart centers. He moved on to found a company that developed an app to help cure cross-eyed children -- and then convinced the health insurance company Barmer to refund the price of the app to its customers. The result was the first-ever prescription app. Today, he owns the company Flying Health, an incubator for medical industry startups that shares both its money and know-how. His portfolio includes Patientus, a Lübeck-based company that offers doctor consultations by video link, and he offers consulting to the diabetes startup mySugr, which was just recently sold to the Swiss pharma-giant Roche. He is also involved in a company developing software for pregnant women called Onelife and is trying to increase the value of Neotiv, the company that is developing an app to identify Alzheimer's. Müschenich and his 10 employees work out of a co-working space in Berlin that is shared by other startups. And he has adopted the scene's typically effusive optimism. "Every day, I see young people here who demonstrate that they are better than we are. That's inspiring." Currently, the health care system consists of the in-patient and out-patient sectors, but economists in the industry are convinced that the digital sector will soon join them. Germany currently spends a total of 350 billion euros ($403 billion) per year on health care, and the high-tech segment will certainly siphon some of that money off from the traditional sectors like hospital and practice care. Müschenich expects the digital medical care sector in Germany to be worth 100 billion euros by 2025. "From an organizational standpoint, the digital sector will come before the two other sectors," Müschenich says. In the future, he explains, doctors will become dependent on getting references from digital systems. Experts at the Gottlieb Duttweiler Institute (GDI), a future-oriented think tank in Switzerland, likewise believe that smartphones will become the "core interface" of the health care system. "Cost pressures will push the system towards digital," says Karin Frick, head of research at GDI. "It seems logical for patients to undergo an initial examination using smartphone systems. Companies that understand that first will be the winners." THE PRODUCERS Not far from the airport in Hamburg, on Röntgen Street -- named after the German physicist who discovered the electromagnetic radiation used in X-rays -- the German headquarters of Philips can be found. Today, the Dutch multinational is no longer the same company it was for the almost 100 years prior to 2014 and the change can even be seen in the architecture. Floors here have been given the names of different Hamburg neighborhoods and meetings are held in "boxes." The CEO has a desk in an open-plan office space and next to the restrooms, there are mounted pods for employees' mobile phones. Televisions that bear the Philips name no longer have anything directly to do with the company -- the brand has been licensed out. The light bulb division has likewise been sold off. The only thing left is medical equipment. "Wherever I go, I have to explain that the Philips of today is purely a medical technology company," says Peter Vullinghs, Philips head in Germany and manager of 4,800 employees. He does, though, see parallels with the television business, which he once ran. "They went from being high-end products to simple consumer goods. The same thing is now happening with medical technology," he says. A slew of new competitors has joined the market, including Vullinghs says, Google, Apple, Samsung and IBM.

http://www.spiegel.de/international/business/dr-smartphone-the-medical-profession-s-digital-revolution-a-1158548.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 7-22-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Almost 50,000 people evacuated nearly 500,000 hectares destroyed as massive British Colombia wildfire continues to grow entering it's third week

Saturday, 22 July 2017 Photo ici.radio-canada.ca

A seasoned British Columbia firefighter says he's never seen anything like the fast-moving wildfire that is sweeping the area. British Columbia may ask for more help if its wildfires worsen, the western Canadian province said on Friday after the federal government sent 225 additional soldiers to battle blazes that have been spreading rapidly in hot, dry weather. While rain is expected over the weekend, many parts that are burning are expected to miss it entirely, and winds in some parts could escalate the blazes, fire information officer Navi Saini said on a conference call. "We also are in ongoing discussions with the Canadian Interagency Forest Fire Centre," she said. "We do have the option of requesting more resources." In total, there are now 375 Canadian soldiers along with 3,600 firefighters and emergency responders tackling the flames, which have forced around 45,000 people to evacuate their homes over the past two weeks. Nearly 170 wildfires are blazing across the heavily forested province, affecting 405,000 hectares and prompting the provincial government to declare a state of emergency. The province has spent C$117.9 million ($94.05 million) tackling the fires, whose numbers on Friday included 32 new ones since Thursday, Saini said. Federal government ministers promised to send more help as the situation unfolds. "We are committed to providing a coordinated federal response to the people of British Columbia," Canada's public safety minister, Ralph Goodale, said in a statement. Royal Canadian Mounted Police spokeswoman Annie Linteau said an advance team from the military has been working with local authorities for the last 36 hours. "Our Canadian forces colleagues will be joining us, the RCMP and other police personnel, at various checkpoints ... by tomorrow morning," she said. Linteau said at least one fire, which has destroyed buildings, may have been human-caused, and that investigators are probing the issue. British Columbia declared its first state of emergency since 2003 on July 7 as gusty winds fanned fires that were caused by lightning and humans in the tinder-dry central and southern regions. The fires have shut mines and timber operations and damaged homes and electrical infrastructure. Major pipeline companies in the region, including Kinder Morgan Canada Ltd, a unit of Kinder Morgan Inc, have created fire breaks, installed sprinklers and taken other measures to protect operations. On Thursday, a low pressure system tracked across British Columbia, bringing heavy showers and cooler temperatures, although emergency officials said the rain was sporadic and only fell in certain areas.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/07/almost-50000-people-evacuated-nearly.html 

:: 7-22-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

This Could Bring America To A Standstill In Days - Are These 'Doomsday Maps' Another Sign That War Is In The Air?

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die July 22, 2017

In one of the lead stories over at the Drudge Report from Zero Hedge they report the US is urging all nationals in North Korea to 'depart immediately' while banning tourists from visiting in a ban expected to be officially announced on July 27th and to come into effect 30 days later. Reporting "it was not clear if the urge to clear out US citizens from North Korea is a precursor to more 'aggressive' (or kinetic) action by the US government", it had previously been reported that one sign to watch out for of a possible forthcoming military strike upon NKorea were actions taken to get US citizens out of the area. In watching for such signs, a must-read story from Mac Slavo over at SHTFPlan reports one of the reasons why we 'pay attention': "They May Have Information We Don't" Slavo tells us while asking "Are The Elite Preparing For A Cataclysmic Event?" In Slavo's story he reports upon a recent article in Forbes Magazine which "seems to be sounding the alarm that a major, cataclysmic event could be on the horizon". Slavo finds it interesting that 'mainstream' Forbes has allowed such a report. Interestingly, as Susan Duclos reported on ANP back on June 27th of 2017, the Forbes story included the map seen below, a map that had long been labeled 'tin foil hat conspiracy' by those pressed to believe that America could ever suffer through an event that caused our nation to look like this. What do the globalists know that we don't know? The title of the Forbes story from June 10th, 2017: "The Shocking Doomsday Maps Of The World And The Billionaire Escape Plans". One very interesting aspect about the Forbes story is that the maps they show like the one above are not limited to the United States as they show us 'doomsday maps' from South America and all around the world. So, is the map seen above still some 'tinfoil hat conspiracy theory' or something much more? And while a massive sea-level rise or 'pole flip' might not be in the cards for America and the world any time soon, the possibilities for why we should prepare are nearly endless with one key reason traced back directly to the ZH story on North Korea. If we attempt a 'surgical strike' upon North Korea and a 'limited war' breaks out, North Korea has warned they may have 'sleeper agents' in America prepared to unleash biological weapons within our cities. As Michael Snyder reported back on April 13th of 2017 at The American Dream, "Where Will You Go When North Korean Agents Release Biological Weapons In Major U.S. Cities?" Snyder outlines a scenario within his story that one can be forgiven for thinking it could never happen here, yet it could, and as we learn, we may have no notice at all. As we reported on ANP back on April 28th of 2017, according to a recently declassified report, North Korea had at least 5 commando units on US soil back in the 1990's, prepared to attack US cities and nuclear power plants. Should we believe that somehow, someway we don't have at least that many units in America now after years of Barack Obama's open borders? With the incredible 'diversity' that America has achieved over the years, finding NKorean sleepers in America would be like finding needles in the haystack. From Snyder: Most Americans have no idea that biological weapons could potentially bring our nation to a complete and utter standstill within a matter of days. In recent articles I have been trying to get people to understand why it would be so exceedingly dangerous for the United States to attack North Korea. A war with North Korea would be fundamentally different from other wars, because there would be no line that the North Koreans would not be willing to cross. They would use nukes, they would use chemical weapons, and they would not hesitate to even use biological weapons on innocent civilian populations. In the aftermath of a massive U.S. military strike on North Korea’s nuclear facilities, North Korean agents that have been embedded inside the United States for years quickly start going to work. In Washington D.C., New York, Chicago, Los Angeles and San Francisco, small containers that had been covertly smuggled into the U.S. are opened and dropped on the ground in the middle of large groups of people. At first nothing seems to happen, but pretty rapidly those that have been exposed start developing puffy white sores and blisters on their skin. When this hits the news, panic begins to spread as people realize that this appears to be a coordinated attack. Before too long, others that have been exposed to a different bioweapon start bleeding profusely from their eyes, ears, mouths and noses. People drop dead by the thousands, and a national health crisis is declared. Economic activity comes to a complete halt as everyone becomes deathly afraid of leaving their own homes. Hospitals and other medical facilities are completely overwhelmed because they can only treat a small fraction of those that are dying. Because these weaponized diseases were designed to spread like wildfire, pretty soon nearly every community in America is affected. The federal government attempts to intervene, but it is powerless to stop the spread of these pandemics. Thousands of dead bodies lie rotting in the streets of our major cities because there aren’t enough people willing to take the risk of burying them. And because virtually everyone is camping out at home, essential public services start to break down very rapidly and our society descends into a state of utter chaos. While Snyder outlines what could be a near-worst-case scenario (short of nuclear attacks upon several major US cities or an EMP or cyber attack that permanently takes down the electrical grid), the scenario he outlines could be among the first responses taken by 'sleepers' who've long been embedded in America, going about their day to day business as if they were 'average Joe', just waiting for their call. As we've also previously reported on ANP, 'secret coded messages' are regularly sent out by the North Korean government to their sleeper spies around the world. According to the Biological Warfare Blog, the 'black six' of bioweapons include anthrax, botulinium, plague, smallpox, tularaemia and viral hemorrhagic fever and there are years worth of evidence to indicate that North Korea is very involved in the acquisition and weaponization of such pathogens. In the first video below, Joe with the Daily Sheeple talks with us about these doomsday maps for the rich while in the 2nd video we hear all about the North Korean biological weapons threat to America and the world. In the final video below we hear about the possibility that a false flag attack upon America may be ahead with an EMP attack likely blamed upon North Korea but actually allowed to be carried out by America-hating globalists.

http://allnewspipeline.com/NKorea_Threats_Doomsday_Map_What_Do_The_Globalists_Know.php 

:: 7-21-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Youtube Is Burning Books As the Deep State Prepares to Burn People

By Dave Hodges

YouTube’s new program where kids as young as 13 will decide what you will see and hear. It’s called the HEROES program. I call it Lord of the Flies runs our social media. YouTube (i.e. Google) and Facebook are acting as unregulated monopolies. They provide a privately owned platform in which the Independent Media provides a conservative interpretation of the news as opposed to the radical left-wing Mainstream media who espouses such values as expressing anti-Christian views, advocating for the continual erosion of the Bill of Rights and the rest of the Constitution, completely open borders in which anyone with two legs and carrying weapons of mass destruction can illegally cross our borders take up residence, all courtesy of the US taxpayer. And according to Facebook and YouTube they have the right to ban you from using their platform for espousing traditional American values that our country was founded on. Not Advertiser Friendly I have had scores of videos demonetized by YouTube because they are “not advertiser friendly”. Not advertiser friendly? I had a video demonetized that had 1,735 likes and 21 dislikes, with over 40,000 views and I did not make a dime on the video. Why? Because I referred to a current event that involved a suspicious death of a political figure. My approval rating for this video had an approval rating of over 98% and it is not advertiser-friendly? With 98% of the people approving of the video, the video was very advertiser-friendly and would make the audience of The Common Sense Show MUCH more receptive to being advertising friendly. The term advertiser friendly is a Bravo-Sierra term. What they mean is that I am not loony-liberal-left anti-Christian friendly and my conservative views should not be heard. The First Amendment violators and the thought police are patrolling the corridors of the social media giants with the message “You either promote our world-view or will make you deliver your message at a financial loss.” There is no such thing as advertiser friendly. The whores from Wall Street don’t care where they peddle their goods and services. Just ask Prescott Bush (HW Bush’s father) when tried to get away with doing business with the Nazis during WW II. Hate Speech and Extremism Any view which is anti-New World Order which OPPOSES the total obliteration of freedom, both politically and financially, is labeled as hate speech. If we advocate for screening immigrants criminal background is hate speech as if no terrorist with bad intentions would ever try and cross our border in order to do Americans harm. If one speaks against the illegal and unethical actions of Wall Street, that is considered “extremism”. I have been demonetized and suspended from Facebook for discussing child-sex-trafficking. The FBI and every major police department in the country have task forces related to this topic, but if I write about it, even just to report a related news event, my work is banned and/or demonetized. Please consider the following admonition from YouTube: “Controversial or sensitive subjects and events, including subjects related to war, political conflicts, natural disasters and tragedies, even if graphic imagery is not shown.” Don’t the topics which includes content of controversial, sensitive issues, wars, political conflicts, natural disasters and tragedies make up 95% of the content on your nightly news? Rules for Thee but Not for Me Countless times, I have seen a CNN or Fox News video reproduced, with YouTube ads being played on YouTube without restriction. Ads from Wall Street advertisers play unabated and permeate these MSM sites and we in the alt media are not allowed to cover these same topics. If I address the topic (eg war, right vs. left politics), I am banned or demonetized. YouTube and Facebook are guilty of extremism. Extreme hypocritical treatment of divergent and legitimate political views is a rehash of Stalin and Hitler (oh, the use these historical figures names will get banned as well). For the record, The Common Sense Show does not advocate for violence except in extreme self- defense. The show argues against the use of violence by our government in their wars of occupation which are nothing more that resource-grabbing adventures on behalf of the globalists. Yet CNN videos play on YouTube unabated which stand in support with never-ending wars and they are not banned or demonitized. By the way, there is no appeal to the arbitrary decisions of censorship as the new algorithms are key word driven and they have no real appeal mechanism. Do you think CNN and Fox are ever demonetized or banned for covering news stories that are underwritten and funded by CIA? Former reporter, Amber Lyons, claimed was true? Consider the following graphic appearing on Alex Jones’ Infowars website. This says it all. This has already happened to Mike Adams, the Health Ranger, where Google delisted Mike’s publications. Course of Action The alt media should ban together and sue the Washington Post for accusing us of being Russian agents for supporting Donald Trump. We should look into suing Facebook and YouTube. Oh, I know they are private entities. However, they are unregulated monopolies that are predatory in nature. I have had some private conversations with sympathetic attorneys that think that these social media giants may have crossed the line with regard to anti-trust violations. If the estimated 20-30 million people who frequent alt media sites would contribute 5 dollars each to a trust fund, we could make this brand of communist censorship very expensive to YouTube (Google) and Facebook. If everyone refused to use Google’s search engine, it would cost them billions. If we began to boycott advertisers who are contributing to the demise of the Independent Media, feel the pinch, we would quickly see how broad the term “not advertiser friendly” would become. If our followers were crowdfunding their favorites shows, websites and YouTube creators, the message would still be heard. Here is the stark reality of where this is headed The alt media in a dying gasp to stay viable, will attempt to get their followers to, in some measure, pay for their favorite entities to stay in business. However, I am not confident in the alt right crowd’s determination to do such a thing on a scale that will make any real difference. Before the alt media largely goes extinct, you will see the following: Websites will ban users who employ adblockers to access their site Radio shows will charge a small premium (5-10 dollars per month to access). YouTubers will be forced to watch private ads secured by the creators and played in front of their video. Here is what I have concluded: First they came for Healthmasters.com radio show and America said nothing Then they came for Revolution Radio and America said nothing Then they came for Agenda 21 Radio and America said nothing Then they came for the Hagmann Report and America said nothing Then they came for Natural News and America said nothing Then they came for SteveQuayle.com and America said nothing Then they came for The Common Sense Show and America said nothing Then they came for America and there was nobody left to speak WHERE THEY BURN BOOKS, THEY WILL SOON BURN PEOPLE! The first step is in the installation of a police state complete with all the trappings of Hitler is to take away the command and control of the conservative base in this country and that is what is going on right now. The countdown to tyranny has begun and America continues to snore.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/07/22/youtube-is-burning-books-as-the-deep-state-prepares-to-burn-people/ 

:: 7-21-17 New America :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pentagon Dumps $65 Million Into Mind-control Project

Written by Joe Wolverton, II, J.D. Friday, 21 July 2017

The Pentagon’s research arm — the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, or DARPA — just received $65 million from American taxpayers to develop a way to plug a human brain directly into a computer. According to an announcement by DARPA, the project will create a way to “enable rich two-way communication with the brain at a scale that will help deepen our understanding of that organ’s underlying biology, complexity, and function.” If successful, the Neural Engineering System Design (NESD) will give the Pentagon power to “support potential future therapies for sensory restoration.” In other words, the federal government is taking money from taxpayers and using it to build a way to manipulate their brains, altering their senses — “vision, hearing, and speech” — in whatever way the feds deem beneficial. One of the first steps, DARPA reports, will be to create “an implantable package.” That is to say, a device that can be put directly into the brains of those selected for the sensory rewiring. One of the proposed interfaces will result in the development of “up to 100,000 untethered, submillimeter-sized ‘neurograin’ sensors implanted onto or into the cerebral cortex.” Yikes. Once the device is implanted in the brain of the subject, the military could use a “relay station transceiver worn on the head” to “wirelessly power and communicate with the implanted device.” Yikes. But wait, there’s more! DARPA reports that a team working at the University of California-Berkley is attempting “to create quantitative encoding models to predict the responses of neurons to external visual and tactile stimuli, and then apply those predictions to structure photo-stimulation patterns that elicit sensory percepts in the visual or somatosensory cortices, where the device could replace lost vision or serve as a brain-machine interface for control of an artificial limb.” "Predict the responses of neurons." In other words, the person with the Pentagon-powered brain will send messages to the controllers alerting them to thoughts or actions about to percolate to the person’s conscious mind. Academics have come out in support of the scheme: A paper entitled “The Brain Activity Map Project and the Challenge of Functional Connectomics” includes predictions of the development of “techniques for wireless, noninvasive readout of the activity of neuronal populations.” In simpler terms, this research would allow those in control of the discoveries gleaned from this program to wirelessly access and control the brains of target populations. Consider this excerpt from the academic study, as well: "This emergent level of understanding could also enable accurate diagnosis and restoration of normal patterns of activity to injured or diseased brains, foster the development of broader biomedical and environmental applications, and even potentially generate a host of associated economic benefits." “Restoration of normal patterns” takes on an eery aspect when viewed in concert with the DARPA connection. As revealed in the academic study, the NESD is part of a broader plan to give the Pentagon power over the mind, a plan called the BRAIN Initiative — short for Brain Research through Advancing Innovative Neurotechnologies. Development of such mind-control technologies is certainly consistent with DARPA’s recent efforts to speed of the growth of the surveillance state and the increasing sophistication of the tools used to build it. At The New American we have chronicled the various projects sponsored by the über-secret research and development arm of the military. One of the numerous technologies being pursued by DARPA will not only widen the field of vision of government’s never-blinking eye, but it purports to predict the behavior of those being watched. Forbes reported that DARPA has contracted with scientists at Carnegie Mellon University to develop “an artificial intelligence system that can watch and predict what a person will ‘likely’ do in the future using specially programmed software designed to analyze various real-time video surveillance feeds. The system can automatically identify and notify officials if it recognized that an action is not permitted, detecting what is described as anomalous behaviors.” Deployment of the devices is anticipated at “airports and bus stations,” but there is little doubt that should these predictive monitors prove successful, they will be installed right there next to the red light cameras already mounted at nearly every intersection in America. Minority Report, anyone? With millions of tax dollars deposited by BRAIN into its research coffers, DARPA can begin planning to identify brain activity typical of those who could potentially pose a threat to national security. Such people could be eliminated by being brought into a federal government lab run by the National Institutes of Health and having their “diseased” brain healed and brought back into “normal” function. In its announcement, DARPA names “Detection and Computational Analysis of Psychological Signals (DCAPS)” as one of its primary areas of emphasis in its BRAIN activity. A separate entry on another part of the DARPA website reveals more about DCAPS and how it could be used: DCAPS tools will be developed to analyze patterns in everyday behaviors to detect subtle changes associated with post-traumatic stress disorder, depression and suicidal ideation. In particular, DCAPS hopes to advance the state-of-the-art in extraction and analysis of “honest signals” from a wide variety of sensory data inherent in daily social interactions. DCAPS is not aimed at providing an exact diagnosis, but at providing a general metric of psychological health. DCAPS also aims to develop novel algorithms for detecting distress cues from users who opt in to provide data such as text and voice communications, daily patterns of sleeping, eating, social interactions and online behaviors, and nonverbal cues such as facial expression, posture and body movement. The outcomes of these analytical algorithms would be correlated with distress markers from neurological sensors for improved understanding of distress cues. There is legitimate reason to oppose the NESD and the entire BRAIN Initiative. As has been demonstrated, Washington considers patriots “home-grown terrorists,” and there is little doubt that any technologies developed by grants from the Pentagon’s efforts to directly control the minds of veterans and other Americans could eventually be used to identify those with tendencies toward suspect thoughts and to use the map of the brain to re-program patriots and eliminate the threat they are accused of posing to national security.

https://www.thenewamerican.com/tech/item/26528-pentagon-dumps-65-million-into-mind-control-project 

:: 7-20-17 Wolf Street :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

As Sales Plunge, GM Might Cancel Six Car Models

by Wolf Richter • Jul 20, 2017

Discussions with the UAW have started. Entire plants at risk. GM is getting whacked harder than any of the major automakers by the industry-wide plunge in car sales, as Americans switch in ever larger numbers from cars to “trucks,” which include pickups, van, SUVs and crossovers. In the first half of 2017, GM’s car sales in the US plunged 19%, and in June 38%. The rest of the industry (without GM) booked declines in car sales of “only” 10% in the first half and 9% in June. GM is losing ground in the bitter industry-wide reality of dropping car sales. Inventory is piling up on GM dealer lots. At the end of June, some car models exceeded a catastrophic 180 days’ supply. GM has already cut production. There have been layoffs. Plants have been temporarily shut down, and entire shifts have been eliminated. But it hasn’t been enough. Now comes the next step: Ending production entirely of some models, shuttering plants for good or converting them to making trucks, and fretting about jobs. And that’s already being discussed between the UAW and GM, according to UAW president Dennis Williams. “We are talking to [GM] right now about the products that they currently have” at underutilized car plants, such as Hamtramck in Michigan and Lordstown in Ohio, and whether these models could be replaced with more popular vehicles such as crossovers, he told reporters today, including Reuters. “We are tracking it,” he said. “We are addressing it” Six passenger cars are currently under review at GM and might be cancelled after the 2020 model year, Reuters “has learned from people familiar with the plans”: Chevrolet Volt (a hybrid, not to be confused with the Bolt, an EV), Buick LaCrosse, Cadillac CT6, Cadillac XTS, Chevrolet Impala, and Chevrolet Sonic. GM has already done away with the Cadillac ELR, a dressed-up 2-door luxury coupe version of the Volt, but a lot more expensive. Practically no one had bought it. But that was just a failed niche product. Some of the six models GM is thinking of canceling were its bread-and-butter. Other automakers already cancelled cars for the 2016 and 2017 model years, including the Dodge Viper; the Volkswagen Eos, a convertible suffering from the decade-long slump of all convertibles; the Honda CR-Z hybrid 2-door; the Lincoln MKS, a nicely groomed Taurus; and Toyota’s entire Scion brand, with some models migrating to the Toyota brand and others, such as the Scion tC, just gone. Oh, and then there’s Fiat Chrysler. It has wound down production of the Dodge Dart (Fiat comes to mind) and the Chrysler 200. It no longer makes cars at all in the US. The remaining cars it sells in the US will be made in Mexico, Canada, and other countries. It will only make trucks in the US, which are a lot more profitable, such as the Ram and the Jeep-branded SUVs. But cancelling six cars, including bread-and-butter models, as GM is doing, is a sign that the collapse of car sales in the US isn’t just a temporary hiccup. GM’s Hamtramck plant in Detroit, which builds Chevrolet Volt, Buick LaCrosse, Cadillac CT6, Chevrolet Impala – all four them in the list above of cars potentially on the chopping block – is a sitting duck. Reuters: In the first half, it built fewer than 35,000 cars, down 32% from the same period in 2016, according to suppliers familiar with GM’s U.S. production schedule. The typical GM assembly plant builds 200,000-300,000 vehicles a year. Rental car companies, which are the biggest car buyers out there, have found themselves over-fleeted due to industry changes, including the surging use of rideshare services even by business travelers [Answers Emerge: This is How Badly Uber Eats into Hertz]. And so rental car companies are trimming their purchases. Which leaves automakers with less of an outlet for their cars. And even consumers that typically bought cars are more and more gravitating toward SUVs and crossovers, and even pickups, as Honda’s successful launch of its Ridgeline pickup trucks amply demonstrates. And as long as gas is below $3 a gallon, that’s unlikely to change. Gas might have to go over $6 a gallon and stay there before there would be a noticeable rejiggering of buying preferences. And even then it might not happen. Now that Carmageddon has descended upon cars, and particularly on GM’s cars, the company would need to perform a miracle and come out with hot new cars that people would actually want to buy, even with gas below $3 a gallon. But miracles are rare these days, especially in the car business, and so the inevitable next steps will impact in dramatic ways the model lineup, plants, and jobs – not only at GM but also at its suppliers. American icon Harley-Davidson is in an even tighter spot, trying to manage a structural decline in a terrible industry. Read… Harley-Davidson Spirals Down, Announces US Layoffs, Builds Factory in Thailand

http://wolfstreet.com/2017/07/20/gm-might-cancel-six-car-models-after-2020/ 

:: 7-20-17 Town Hall :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Collusion? What About Chinagate and Ted Kennedy's Outreach to the USSR?

Larry Elder Posted: Jul 20, 2017 12:01 AM

During President Bill Clinton's 1996 campaign for re-election, several individuals allegedly worked on behalf of the Chinese government to influence the presidential election in favor of Clinton. "Chinagate" began when the Los Angeles Times reported, a couple months before the '96 election, the following: "The Democratic National Committee has returned a $250,000 contribution from a recently established subsidiary of a South Korean electronics company because it violated a ban on donations from foreign nationals in U.S. elections, a party spokesman said Friday. ... "David Eichenbaum, DNC communications director ... said that the DNC fund-raiser who was responsible for the contribution was under the impression, erroneously as it turned out, that it fulfilled the legal qualifications. He said it was unclear whether the fund-raiser was misled or there had been a misunderstanding." DNC did the standard "Oops, we made a boo-boo, here's your money back, it's all OK now" dog and pony show. That worked for a while. But a few months later, on Feb. 13, 1997, The Washington Post's Bob Woodward and Brian Duffy reported: "A Justice Department investigation into improper political fund-raising activities has uncovered evidence that representatives of the People's Republic of China sought to direct contributions from foreign sources to the Democratic National Committee before the 1996 presidential campaign, officials familiar with the inquiry said. ... "The Chinese effort to win influence with the Clinton administration can be traced to 1993, one source said. ... Some investigators suspected a Chinese connection to the current fund-raising scandal because several DNC contributors and major fund-raisers had ties to Beijing. Last February, Charles Yah Lin Trie, a fund-raiser for the Democratic National Committee, used his influence with party officials to bring Wang Jun, head of a weapons trading company owned by the Chinese military, to a White House coffee with Clinton. CARTOONS | Henry Payne View Cartoon "Wang also heads a prominent, state-owned investment conglomerate. Clinton has since said he should not have met with Wang, and $640,000 in checks that Trie delivered to president's legal defense fund has been returned because of questions about the source of the funds." The DNC vice chairman and fundraiser at the center of the DNC's illegal contribution was formerly a top executive involved with Asian and Chinese corporations, with some holdings sold to the Chinese government. Before joining the DNC, he left his corporate job with a large severance and worked at the Commerce Department for 18 months, where he enjoyed a top-secret clearance. Evidence showed more than 70 calls from his Commerce office to a bank controlled by his former corporation; memos of calls from Chinese embassy officials; three meetings scheduled with Chinese government officials; a breakfast and a dinner at the Chinese embassy; and at least one visit to the "residence of the Chinese ambassador." After a year of investigation, FBI director Louis Freeh sent Clinton Attorney General Janet Reno a 22-page memorandum, stating, "It is difficult to imagine a more compelling situation for appointing an independent counsel." Several months later, Charles LaBella, head of the Justice Department's campaign-finance task force, also sent a report to Reno recommending she appoint an independent counsel. The evidence, LaBella said, "suggests a level of knowledge within the White House -- including the president's and first lady's offices -- concerning the injection of foreign funds into the reelection effort." He also said, "If these allegations involved anyone other than the president, vice president, senior White House or DNC and Clinton/Gore '96 officials, an appropriate investigation would have commenced months ago without hesitation." Reno, however, declined all requests for an independent counsel. Before Chinagate, Sen. Ted Kennedy, thinking of running for president in 1988, reportedly offered to help the Soviets influence the 1984 election. Desperate to stop President Ronald Reagan's re-election, Kennedy, as first reported in The London Times in 1992, reached out via an intermediary to the Soviet KGB. The London Times revealed a 1983 KGB document from KGB chief Viktor Chebrikov to the then-leader of the USSR, Yuri Andropov. Chebrikov relayed an offer presented to the Soviet leaders from Kennedy, delivered in person by "Sen. Edward Kennedy's close friend and trusted confidant" John Tunney, a former Democratic senator who was Kennedy's law school roommate. Kennedy, according to the memo, offered to help the Soviets deal with Reagan, whom Kennedy perceived as a warmonger. Kennedy would "arm Soviet officials with explanations regarding problems of nuclear disarmament so they may be better prepared and more convincing during appearances in the USA." In exchange, Kennedy wanted Soviet aid in challenging Reagan's re-election. Kennedy offered to use his influential friends in liberal American media to arrange television interviews for Andropov. This would soften the Soviets' image, Kennedy suggested, and help brand Reagan as reckless and dangerous. The memo said, "Kennedy does not discount that during the 1984 campaign, the Democratic Party may officially turn to him to lead the fight against the Republicans and elect their candidate president." To summarize, there was no special prosecutor for Chinagate. And few in the media followed up on the Kennedy/KGB story when it broke. This explains why Trump supporters, despite the selective hyperventilation over Russian "collusion," still back their man.

https://townhall.com/columnists/larryelder/2017/07/20/collusion-what-about-chinagate-and-ted-kennedys-outreach-to-the-ussr-n2357177 

:: 7-20-17 Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump facing most hostile press coverage in history

Harvard releases facts to prove it

By Madison Gesiotto - - Thursday, July 20, 2017

ANALYSIS/OPINION: Over and over again, I, and many others, have stated that President Donald Trump has received the most hostile press coverage of any sitting president in U.S. history. Democrats laughed and claimed that former President Barack Obama was treated worse, but the facts don’t lie. All you have to do is take a look at the recently released report from Harvard Kennedy School’s Shorenstein Center on Media, Politics and Public Policy by Professor Thomas E. Patterson, titled “News Coverage of Donald Trump’s First 100 Days.” According to the report, “Trump has received unsparing coverage for most weeks of his presidency, without a single major topic where Trump’s coverage, on balance, was more positive than negative, setting a new standard for unfavorable press coverage of a president.” Not a single major topic of more positive than negative coverage. That is insane. In fact, when they averaged out the tone of news coverage during his first 100 days, Mr. Trump received 80 percent negative coverage. Finally, let’s take a look at Mr. Trump’s negative news coverage by topic, On immigration, he received negative coverage a whopping 96 percent of the time. He also faced negative coverage over 80 percent of the time on health care, Russia and the election, international trade, his personal background, personnel, fitness for office and other foreign/defense issues. Again, Fox News Channel pulled these averages down with much less negative coverage than the other outlets. “Trump’s coverage during his first 100 days was negative even by the standards of today’s hyper-critical press,” the report says. They are right. The facts are clear, and there is not a doubt in my mind that Mr. Trump’s claims of unfair treatment by the media are true, which leaves us asking the question: What is the job of journalists in the media? Last time I checked, disparaging the president of the United States was not a part of the description. Wake up, America. The time to speak up is now.

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/jul/20/donald-trump-facing-most-hostile-press-coverage-hi/ 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-20-17 Algemeiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

House Committee Approves Strict Restrictions on US Funding for UN and Palestinian Authority

avatar by Ben Cohen July 20, 2017 4:58 pm

Tough conditions on American funding for both the UN and the Palestinian Authority (PA) have been approved by the congressional committee overseeing the US Foreign Operations Bill for 2018. The bill — passed by the House Appropriations Committee on Wednesday — places strict restrictions on how the $47.4 billion budget for overseas operations will be disbursed. A statement from the committee confirmed that there will be “no funding for the (UN) Human Rights Council unless the Secretary of State determines that it is in the national security interest and the Council stops its anti-Israel agenda and increases transparency in the elections of its members.” Secretary of State Rex Tillerson warned back in March that US funding of the council would be terminated if it continued with “its biased agenda against Israel.” “The bill also prohibits funds for UN organizations headed by countries that support terrorism, and withholds a portion of funds for the UN and international organizations until transparency and accountability measures are met,” the statement added. In its accompanying report, the committee drew specific attention to the anti-Zionist infrastructure within the UN’s own secretariat. It said it “strongly endorses the Department of State’s withholding of a proportionate share of the costs to such UN entities deemed to be anti-Israeli.” The committee also asked for an annual report on the activities of the UN agencies promoting anti-Zionist propaganda, such as the Committee on the Exercise of the Inalienable Rights of the Palestinian People (CEIRPP) and the body that services it, the Division for Palestinian Rights. Gil Kapen — a former congressional staffer with extensive knowledge of the UN’s internal workings — told The Algemeiner on Thursday that “it’s certainly a positive thing that these institutions are having a spotlight focused on them.” “Hopefully this kind of attention will continue so that they can be eventually eliminated, because they constitute a propaganda apparatus that seeks to delegitimize Israel and is an obstacle to attaining peace in the Middle East,” Kapen — who now serves as an expert with the American Jewish International Relations Institute (AJIRI) — said. The bill “maintains restrictions on the PA,” including a requirement to reduce funds to the Palestinians by an amount “equivalent to that expended by the PA as payments to prisoners that committed acts of terrorism,” the committee noted. It reiterated that funding will be cut off “if there is a Palestinian government formed through an agreement with Hamas or if the Palestinians are not acting to counter incitement.” The bill also contains a provision that would restrict Palestinian diplomatic representation in the US in the event that the PA initiates an International Criminal Court investigation against Israel.

https://www.algemeiner.com/2017/07/20/house-committee-approves-strict-restrictions-on-us-funding-for-un-and-palestinian-authority/ 

:: 7-22-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Philippines Duterte: Martial law extended in Mindanao

22 July 2017

Legislators in the Philippines have voted overwhelmingly to extend martial law to deal with an Islamist insurgency in the restive island of Mindanao. Militants linked to so-called Islamic State have been occupying parts of Marawi, a city in the south, since May. President Rodrigo Duterte said the extension was necessary to crush the insurgency, but his critics say it is part of a wider power grab. Mindanao is home to a number of Muslim rebel groups seeking more autonomy. Martial law allows the use of the military to enforce law and the detention of people without charge for long periods. It is a sensitive issue in the Philippines, where martial law was imposed by the late dictator Ferdinand Marcos for much of his rule. A previously imposed 60-day martial rule was due to expire on Saturday. It went into effect on 23 May, just hours after deadly clashes between the army and gunmen linked to so-called Islamic State. The extension means the law will now remain in force until 31 December. In May, President Duterte warned that martial law could be extended across the Philippines after insurgents killed police officers in Marawi. Duterte eyes nationwide martial law Duterte: The 'strongman' of the Philippines Some opposition lawmakers questioned why it should be applied to the whole of the southern island, instead of just the city. "I fear that the plan to extend the martial law in Mindanao will pave the way for a Philippines-wide martial law," Senator Risa Hontiveros was quoted by AFP as saying. Another senator, Franklin Drilon, said the extension was too long, while congressman Edcel Lagman said there was "no factual basis" for it. A dozen protesters also interrupted proceedings at Saturday's hearing, chanting "never again to martial law", the news agency reports. Army chief of staff General Eduardo Ano said it was necessary to restrict the movement of the Islamist militants, warning that the ongoing rebellion could spread to other cities on the island, the GMA News website reports. He described it as a "Mosul-type, hybrid urban warfare", referring to fighting in the Iraqi city that was until recently held by IS. Security officials addressing congress ahead of the vote said the law was required to stabilise the region, where supporters of IS may be inspired to stage similar uprisings in other areas of Mindanao. They said only about 60 gunmen were left in a 49-hectare area of Marawi, but nearly 1,000 pro-IS militants were active elsewhere in the south, holding 23 hostages. Marawi was home to 200,000 residents but many have fled the violence. There are fears for those trapped who face a lack of food and water. More than 420 militants, 100 soldiers and 45 civilians have been killed in the fighting. Clashes began when the army failed in its attempt to capture Isnilon Hapilon, believed to be the main IS leader in the Philippines and linked to the local Maute group, which has declared allegiance to IS. In response the Maute group attacked parts of the city, taking hostages.

Who are the Maute group? - BBC Monitoring

Also known as IS Ranao, the group is based in Mindanao's Lanao del Sur province

Formed in 2012 by Abdullah Maute (aka Abu Hasan) and his brother Omar

Ranks are believed to comprise a few hundred fighters, mostly from other armed Islamist groups

The group's first known encounter with the military came in 2013, when it attacked a security checkpoint in Mindanao

Pledged allegiance to IS in 2015

In February 2016, troops overran the group's Butig headquarters, killing around 40 rebels

The group has also been linked with Isnilon Hapilon, a prominent figure in the Abu Sayyaf militant group

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-40690589 

:: 7-22-17 Star Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Minneapolis Police Chief Janeé Harteau resigns; protesters shout down Mayor Betsy Hodges

Hodges 'lost confidence’ in Harteau and pushed for her ouster.

By Libor Jany, Andy Mannix and Eric Roper Star Tribune

July 22, 2017 — 12:23pm

Minneapolis Police Chief Janeé Harteau resigned abruptly Friday amid growing criticism from the public and the City Council following the fatal police shooting of Justine Damond. The chief’s departure came at the request of Mayor Betsy Hodges, who promptly nominated Assistant Chief Medaria Arradondo, a 28-year veteran of the force, to replace Harteau. The move ended Harteau’s 4˝-year run as the first woman and first openly gay person to head the department. The death of Damond, a native Australian who had moved to Minneapolis to be with her fiancé, thrust Minneapolis into the international spotlight. It also has generated public skepticism about the department and its training, including from city officials who have questioned why the officers involved didn’t turn on their body cameras. etc. and the news story continues..

http://www.startribune.com/minneapolis-police-chief-janee-harteau-resigns/435864713/ 

:: 7-21-17 Reuturs :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

U.S. withholds Pakistan reimbursement over Haqqani network: Pentagon

Idrees Ali and Phil Stewart July 21, 2017 / 9:22 AM / a day ago

WASHINGTON (Reuters) - The United States will withhold $50 million remaining in military reimbursements to Pakistan for fiscal year 2016 because Defense Secretary Jim Mattis believes that Islamabad has not done enough to blunt the Islamist militant Haqqani network, a U.S. official said on Friday. The decision was not the first time that the Pentagon has declined to make military reimbursements to Pakistan. Last year, it withheld $300 million. Pakistan has been reimbursed $550 million of the $900 million it was authorized to receive in fiscal year 2016. Of the rest, $300 million had already been reprogrammed for other purposes, but had not been previously reported. Mattis' latest decision affects the remaining $50 million. Relations between the two countries have been frayed over the past decade, with U.S. officials frustrated by what they term Pakistan's unwillingness to act against Islamist groups such as the Afghan Taliban and the Haqqani network. Adam Stump, a Pentagon spokesman, said the $50 million could not be released now because Mattis "could not certify that Pakistan has taken sufficient action against the Haqqani Network per the requirement in the FY 2016 National Defense Authorization Act." President Donald Trump's administration is exploring potentially hardening its approach toward Pakistan to crack down on militants launching strikes in neighboring Afghanistan. Possible Trump administration responses being discussed include expanding U.S. drone strikes and perhaps eventually downgrading Pakistan's status as a major non-NATO ally. Mattis told reporters on Friday that the decision was not linked to the administration's broader South Asia strategy, which is still being reviewed. "This is simply an assessment of the current state of play," Mattis said. "It is not a policy, it is a reality." The United States in 2012 designated the Pakistan-based Haqqani network as a terrorist organization. The year before, U.S. Navy Admiral Mike Mullen, then the top U.S. military officer, caused a stir when he told Congress that the Haqqani network was a "veritable arm" of Pakistan's spy agency, the Inter-Services Intelligence directorate. Pakistan argues that it has done a great deal to help the United States in tracking down terrorists and points out that it has suffered hundreds of deaths in Islamist militant attacks in response to its crackdowns. Pakistan's ambassador to the United States, Aizaz Ahmad Chaudhry, said that Islamabad had continued to fight militants. "It may be noted that the funds in question are a reimbursement of the expenses incurred by Pakistan towards achieving our common objectives in the fight against terrorism, and not an assistance," Chaudhry said in a statement. Pentagon spokesman Stump said the decision did not "reduce the significance of the sacrifices that the Pakistani military has undertaken over previous years." He said Pakistan still had time to take action against the Haqqani network in order to receive reimbursements next year. Reporting by Idrees Ali and Phil Stewart; editing by Andrea Ricci and Grant McCool

http://www.reuters.com/article/us-usa-pakistan-military-idUSKBN1A61MX?il=0 

:: 7-21-17 Time :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5-Year-Old Girl Fined Nearly $200 for Holding Lemonade Stand

Megan McCluskey Jul 21, 2017

A five-year-old girl who decided to run a lemonade stand in her East London neighborhood was fined nearly $200 for not having a trading permit. In a Thursday article for The Telegraph, the girl's father, Andre Spicer, described how four police officers approached the stand shortly after his daughter had begun selling her home-made beverage. "After about 30 minutes, four local council enforcement officers stormed up to her little table," he wrote. "'Excuse me,' one officer said as he switched on a portable camera attached to his vest. He then read a lengthy legal statement – the gist of which was that because my daughter didn't have a trading permit, she would be fined [$195]. 'But don’t worry, it is only [$117] if it’s paid quickly,' the officer added." Spicer went on to explain how upset his daughter was by the incident — which he dubbed Lemonadegate. " My daughter burst into tears, repeating again and again, 'Have I done a bad thing?'" Council officials stated Friday that the fine would be cancelled immediately, according to CBS News. "We are very sorry that this has happened. We expect our enforcement officers to show common sense, and to use their powers sensibly. This clearly did not happen," the statement read.

http://time.com/4868393/lemonade-stand-fine-5-year-old/ 

:: 7-20-17 Sunny Skyz :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Man Hires Homeless Man And Builds Park Stairs For $550 After City Estimates $65,000-$150,000 For The Project

July 20, 2017

A man spent $550 building a set of stairs in his community park after the city of Toronto estimated a price of $65,000-$150,000 to complete the project. Retired mechanic Adi Astl says he took it upon himself to build the stairs after several neighbors fell down the steep path to a community garden in Tom Riley Park, in Etobicoke, Ont. "I thought they were talking about an escalator," Astl told CTV News when he learned about the city's estimation of the project. Astl says he hired a homeless person to help him and built the eight steps in a matter of hours for just $550. "To me, the safety of people is more important than money," Astl said. "So if the city is not willing to do it, I have to do it myself." City bylaw officers have taped off the stairs while officials make a decision on what to do with it. However, Astl has not been charged with any sort of violation.

Read more at http://www.sunnyskyz.com/good-news/2310/Man-Hires-Homeless-Man-And-Builds-Park-Stairs-For-550-After-City-Estimates-65-000-150-000-For-The-Project#2CvCXZzO6Y8dFEbG.99 

:: 7-17-17 Market Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Amazon is getting too big and the government is talking about it

By Tonya Garcia Published: July 17, 2017 1:50 p.m. ET

Hedge-fund manager Douglas Kass says government talks about antitrust issues have begun

Fresh off its biggest Prime Day yet, the Whole Foods Market Inc. bid, and a slew of announcements including Amazon Wardrobe, Amazon.com Inc. was the subject of two investor calls last week that raised concerns that it is getting too big. In one case, hedge-fund manager Douglas Kass said government intervention could be imminent. “I am shorting Amazon today because I have learned that there are currently early discussions and due diligence being considered in the legislative chambers in Washington DC with regard to possible antitrust opposition to Amazon’s business practices, pricing strategy and expansion announcements already made (as well as being aimed at expansion strategies being considered in the future,” wrote Kass, head of Seabreeze Partners Management. See: It’s time to bet against Amazon, says money manager Doug Kass Kass said he is taking a short position on the stock, or a bet that it will fall. The investor said the stock could fall 10% overnight once the market gets wind of the talks. As Amazon AMZN, +1.43% has grown, so has speculation about which retail category it will rule next. The company already dominates books, the cloud and electronics. And with moves in fashion and grocery, it appears the company has its eye on those sectors next. Its dominance has created major stress for brick-and-mortar retailers, who are suffering badly as they scramble to catch up. In January, European Union antitrust regulators cheered the end of audiobook exclusivity between Amazon and Apple Inc. AAPL, +0.35% And last August, Amazon’s offices in Tokyo were searched by the Fair Trade Commission on suspicion that it was breaking antitrust laws. Amazon said Wednesday that Prime Day was its biggest day ever, with sales up 60% from the same 30-hour period the previous year. The Echo Dot was the best seller, and the company said it gained more new Prime members on July 11 than any other day in its history. As usual, it did not provide any hard numbers. Kass bolstered his argument in a Thursday comment. “My understanding is that certain Democrats in the Senate have instituted the very recent and preliminary investigation of Amazon’s possible adverse impact on competition,” he said. “But, in the Trump administration we also have a foe against Jeff Bezos, who not only runs Amazon but happens to own an editorially unfriendly (to President Trump) newspaper, The Washington Post.” See also: In Nike-Amazon partnership, Amazon’s scale could put the Nike brand at risk Amazon has been busy this summer, announcing its purchase of Whole Foods WFM, -0.31% last month. Within days, it announced Amazon Wardrobe, a service that lets shoppers try on clothing and receive discounts when they purchase multiple items. Shortly after that, Nike Inc. NKE, -0.24% confirmed that it would begin selling a limited assortment on Amazon. Kass has previously expressed doubts about Amazon, saying in October 2014 that investors should “avoid Amazon at all costs” and that the company “continues to fail to exhibit a cash flow return on any investment it makes.” The stock has more than tripled in value since then. Steve Kaplan, a trader and True Contrarian blogger, joined Kass on Wednesday with a short position of his own. Kaplan said Janet Yellen is incorrect and that a recession is looming. He is skeptical about a few other big names too. “We are likely to experience an especially severe recession since so much money has come out of safe time deposits like bank accounts and money-market funds and has gone into fluctuating assets including real estate, corporate bonds, stocks, and especially the most popular overpriced garbage including Amazon, Tesla TSLA, +2.71% Netflix NFLX, +13.54% Nvidia NVDA, +1.04% etc.,” Kaplan said. Amazon shares are up 0.7% Monday, and have gained 35% in the year so far. The S&P 500 index SPX, +0.06% is up 10% for 2017 to date. Additional reporting by Barbara Kollmeyer

http://www.marketwatch.com/story/amazon-is-getting-too-big-and-the-government-is-talking-about-it-2017-07-13?utm_source=dlvr.it&utm_medium=facebook 

[ :: 3-31-02 At the altar after the pm service (second word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Hear my voice and know what hour this is. It is the hour just before the first three and a half years of the seven years. Do not fear the Islamic revolution, nor the Russian warhead, for I plan to break their power, for they have blasphemed my name and made little of my son Jesus and have established their own god and deliverer. Fear not the false prophet or the anti-christ nor his army. Fear not the anarchy and the terrorism and the monetary collapse. etc..

[ :: 2-2-16 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. the whole world can tell you right now that Russia and North Korea has declared war on the United States of America.  The whole country can tell you an invasion is coming, the whole country can tell you the cashless monetary system is ready to start, the banks will have no money, the mark of the beast will be here.  But I am trying to protect you by placing one that can protect you, but even if that is not so and cannot be, I will still protect you and take you through this time safely. etc    

:: 7-16-17 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

THIS IS TERRIFYING: Will All Of Your Money Be Wiped Out In The Blink Of An Eye?

July 16, 2017

Today the man who has become legendary for his predictions on QE, historic moves in currencies, warned King World News about a total recipe for disaster that will make people’s life savings disappear in the blink of an eye. Egon von Greyerz: “It is not only paper gold which is Fake. Few investors realise that most of their investments are Fake… Continue reading the Egon von Greyerz interview below… Egon von Greyerz continues: “Fake news and Fake assets are everywhere. Let’s start with social media which dominates major parts of the world. Facebook, for example, has 2 billion active users. WhatsApp has 1.2 billion users and Instagram 700 million. There will obviously be quite a lot of overlap between the various social media. But what it is clear that these three apps reach billions of people and their power is much bigger than that of any other media; Social Media has more impact than newspapers or television and is the only media that 2-3 billion people follow regularly. Most people, and in particular young people, don’t watch television and don’t read the papers. They get all of their “news” from social media. Social media is instant gratification. You post something or you send a message and you get a message back or a number of likes which generates dopamine and makes you momentarily happy. But as I have experienced from our many grandchildren, social media is a perfect source of Fake news. Many young people using social media will be receivers of Fake News or bullying. Social media is perfect for spreading false rumors which are very often difficult to get rid of. Trump’s Twitter account is another example of alleged Fake News. Trump accuses the papers and television of Fake News and they accuse him of the same. This is the world we live in today – a world with Fake markets, Fake assets, Fake values, Fake money, Fake people and Fake news. A World Of Electronic Entries There was recently an interesting example of Fake identity in Sweden. The head of Sweden’s biggest security company, Securitas, had his identity stolen in March. A loan of an undisclosed amount was then taken out by the person who stole the identity. The loan was not repaid and the Fake head of Securitas was declared bankrupt on July 10th. The real head of the company was not aware and has been fighting to reinstate his honor and position. We are now in a world where everything becomes electronic entries. Real people are no longer important. We are just all electronic entries in a register. It is the same with money. Money is today totally Fake. Money used to be silver or gold. To make trading easier, it was later replaced by paper money, on a one for one basis. So paper money still represented real value for goods and services. But bankers and governments soon realized that by reducing the amount of precious metal in a coin they could enrich themselves. They didn’t care that this was fraud and debased the value of “real” money. Later the same was done with paper money. When paper money was first introduced, it represented the amount of silver or gold held by the bank. Soon governments and bankers realized that by leveraging the silver and gold they could make a lot more money at the expense of savers and depositors. And so the Ponzi scheme started with Fake Money and Fake Assets. Today we have a situation when virtually all assets and all liabilities are just electronic entries leveraging the underlying “real”values 10s, 100s or 1,000s of times. Money is leveraged many times, stocks are also leveraged by the issuance of various derivative instruments like ETFs or futures, which supposedly reflect the underlying instrument but which, in effect, is just an electronic entry with nothing behind it. Since the global debt position, including unfunded liabilities and derivatives, amounts to over $2 quadrillion, so should global assets. But global assets are not even a fraction of that. Supposedly, global assets are $250 billion, but these are all bubble valuations that will implode as the debts and liabilities implode. All Your Money Wiped Out In The Blink Of An Eye I am spending some time in Sweden currently and experiencing the cashless society. In many places cash is not accepted. Everyone wants credit card or electronic payment. Banks charge a high fee for anyone depositing cash. Nobody realizes that their money is just an electronic entry that can be turned off in a second by the government. This means that their money will be totally gone and will never reappear again. This is what governments and central banks are introducing into most Western countries. People believe that their money is safe in the bank and don’t realize that electronic money is not introduced for convenience but to stop people taking money out when the heavily leveraged and insolvent banks run out of cash. What everyone with a bank account must understand is that one day there will be little or no money left in the bank. ATMs will then be closed and no money will be available. This is an elegant solution to the insolvency of the financial system. No paper money will be available nor any electronic money. Thus, there is no money to be had. At that point, the government will no longer print money for private individuals, since it can’t be used. Instead they will print coupons to be used in shops and for other expenses. This is already happening in countries like Zimbabwe today. Alternatively, they will allow people to spend a very limited amount of their bank balance every month. There will of course still be massive money printing to save the financial system as all assets implode. But very little of that money will reach ordinary people. Most people will consider this scenario as totally unrealistic and worse than doomsday. Hopefully it will never happen. But the point I am making is that by handing over assets to the banks, and ultimately to the government, which controls the banks, most people will totally have surrendered control of their assets. It is of course not only cash which would suffer this destiny but all assets which are held within the financial system, whether it is stocks, bonds, or any other security held in electronic form. World At The Precipice – A Recipe For Total Disaster We have now reached a stage when the world is no longer at a crossroads, instead it has reached a dead end. But this is not a dead end with a chance of going back. It is a dead end with the only way out being a precipice. And this is where the world could easily be heading next. The build-up has been the perfect recipe for disaster: 1. Take $18 trillion of debt printed by insolvent central banks, up 300% since 2006. 2. Add other public debt as well as private debt to reach $230 trillion, up 60% since 2006. 3. Add unfunded global liabilities and other commitments of $270 trillion making a total of $500 trillion at a minimum. 4. Just one small bit to add, which is derivatives of $1.5 quadrillion taking us to a total of $2 quadrillion or more. 5. Run budget deficits for over 50 years like the US. 6. Always buy more than you sell, creating trade deficits for over 40 years, again like the US or the UK. 7. Print money to pay for all your government expenses like Japan. 8. Buy your own debt like Japan, USA, the EU, UK, etc. 9. Mismanage your country and currency until the money reaches its intrinsic value of Zero. So far, all major currencies are down 97-99% since 1913. 10. Allow the financial system unlimited leverage to benefit a miniscule minority and burden the masses with debt. 11. Manipulate all markets to totally obscure price discovery. 12. Set interest rates at zero or negative so that governments can borrow unlimited amounts. 13. Suppress the value of gold in order to hide the mismanagement of money and the economy. 14. Set up a system of misinformation and Fake news to mislead the people. 15. Once 1 to 14 has been achieved, start at 1 again and do more of the same. Protect Yourself Against Biggest Risk In World History So what is the best recipe for protecting against the biggest risk in world economic history? Hard assets held directly by the investor reduces the risk. This can be anything from property, farmland, forest or mineral assets. For most people it is impractical to hold these types of assets. Instead, the perfect asset to protect against the risks in the financial system is of course physical gold or silver stored safely outside the system and preferably outside your country of residence. This is the time not to trust Fake news or Fake assets. Only real assets will protect you.”

***KWN has now released the remarkable audio interview with legend Rob Arnott and you can listen to it by CLICKING HERE OR ON THE IMAGE BELOW.

http://kingworldnews.com/this-is-terrifying-will-all-of-your-money-be-wiped-out-in-the-blink-of-an-eye-2/ 

:: 7-16-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Health Ranger warns: Bitcoin collapse now under way… has already plunged nearly 40% from its high

Sunday, July 16, 2017 by: Mike Adams

(Natural News) In case you having been paying attention to the world of crypto currency, Bitcoin has now collapsed almost 40% from its high, plunging from $3,000 to nearly $1,800 in anticipation of the “Bitcoin civil war” that’s rapidly approaching. From July 21st through the end of the year, a timeline of serious obstacles threatens to crater the speculative Bitcoin marketplace. One of those events has been called a “Bitcoin civil war” and could threaten the very existence of the crypto currency. That’s why people are taking profits right now, selling their Bitcoin holdings and driving the price downward. (See BitRAPED.com for more coverage.) Remember: Bitcoin isn’t backed by gold. It isn’t backed by anything at all. There’s nothing technically superior to Bitcoin compared to other crypto currencies such as Ethereum or Z-cash. As a result, nearly all the growth in Bitcoin over the last few months was based on speculative greed, where people hope to cash in on the bubble of crypto currencies even though they don’t understand the real risk. The Bitcoin promoters telling you that you can’t trust the dollar because it’s fiat currency usually fail to inform you that Bitcoin is crypto fiat currency, backed by nothing. In fact, one of the “fixes” being discussed by the Bitcoin community right now would result in lifting the limit of 21 million Bitcoins, allowing potentially unlimited future Bitcoins to flood the marketplace, thereby devaluing presently-held Bitcoins. Quantitative easing, it seems, isn’t just for central banks… I’ve explained all this in more detail in my studio video, below, recorded on June 7th, 2017, long before the Bitcoin market began to really crumble. For the record, I support the idea of decentralized crypto currency and rendering corrupt central banks obsolete. However, Bitcoin is so far lost into the depths of greed and hucksterism that I can’t stay silent on this issue. I especially don’t want the millions of readers and fans who follow my work to be harmed by the Bitcoin collapse, which is why I began publicly warning people about all this a couple of months ago:

http://www.naturalnews.com/2017-07-16-health-ranger-warns-bitcoin-collapse-under-way.html 

:: 7-17-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

95% Of Europeans Reject EU Efforts To "De-Cash" Their Lives

by Tyler Durden Jul 17, 2017 3:30 AM

Authored by Don Quijones via WolfStreet.com, But the IMF has suggestions on how to win the War on Cash... In January 2017 the European Commission announced it was exploring the option of imposing upper limits on cash payments, with a view to implementing cross-regional measures as soon as 2018. To give the proposal a veneer of respectability and accountability the Commission launched a public consultation on the issue. Now, the answers are in, but they are not what the Commission was expecting. A staggering 95% of the respondents said they were opposed to a cash ceiling at EU level. Even more emphatic was the answer to the following question: “How would the introduction of restrictions on payments in cash at EU level benefit you, or your business or your organisation (multiple replies are possible)?” In the curious absence of an explicit “not at all” option, 99.18% chose to respond with “no answer.” In other words, less than 1% of the more than 30,000 people consulted could think of a single benefit of the EU unleashing cross-regional cash limits. Granted, 37% of respondents were from Germany and 19% from Austria (56% in total), two countries that have a die-hard love for physical lucre. Even among millennials in Germany, two-thirds say they prefer paying in cash to electronic means, a much higher level than in almost any other advanced economy with the exception of Japan. Another 35% of the survey respondents were from France, a country that is not quite so enamored with cash and whose government has already imposed a maximum cash limit of €1,000. By its very nature the survey almost certainly attracted a disproportionate number of arch-defenders of physical cash. As such, the responses it elicited are unlikely to be a perfect representation of how all Europeans would feel about the EU’s plans to introduce maximum cash limits. Nonetheless, the sheer strength of opposition should (but probably won’t) give the apparatchiks in Brussels pause for thought. Respondents cited a number of objections to EU-wide cash restrictions, chief among them the convenience of using cash and the limited impact the measure would probably have on achieving its “stated” objectives of curbing terrorism, tax evasion, and money laundering. Of course, there are many other reasons to worry about living in a cashless (or “less cash”) society that were not offered as an option in the survey, including the vastly increased power it would give to political and monetary authorities as well as the near-impossibility of ever escaping from the clutches of the banking system or central banks’ monetary experiments. The biggest cited concern for respondents was the threat the cash restrictions would pose to privacy and personal anonymity. A total of 87% of respondents viewed paying with cash as an essential personal freedom. The European Commission would beg to differ. In the small print accompanying the draft legislation it launched in January, it pointed out that privacy and anonymity do not constitute “fundamental” human rights. Be that as it may, many Europeans still clearly have a soft spot for physical money. If the EU authorities push too hard, too fast in their war on cash, they could provoke a popular backlash. In Germany, trust in Europe’s financial institutions is already at a historic low, with only one in three Germans saying they have confidence in the ECB. The longer QE lasts, the more the number shrinks. Bundesbank president Jens Weidmann has already warned that it would be “disastrous” if people started to believe cash would be abolished — an oblique reference to the risk of negative interest rates and the escalating war on cash triggering a run on cash. The IMF has also waded into the debate with a working paper full of sage advice for governments keen on “de-cashing” – as the IMF calls this procedure – their economies against the will of their citizenry (emphasis added): The private-sector-led de-cashing seems preferable to the public-sector-led decashing. The former seems almost entirely benign (e.g., more use of mobile phones to pay for coffee), but still needs policy adaptation. The latter seems more questionable, and people may have valid objections to it. De-cashing of either kind leaves both individuals and states more vulnerable to disruptions, ranging from power outages to hacks to cyberwarfare. In any case, the tempting attempts to impose de-cashing by a decree should be avoided, given the popular personal attachment to cash. A targeted outreach program is needed to alleviate suspicions related to de-cashing; in particular, that by de-cashing the authorities are trying to control all aspects of peoples’ lives, including their use of money, or push personal savings into banks. It basically involves making it easier and cheaper for people to use electronic payment methods while subtly turning the screw on those who would prefer to continue using cash (for perfectly valid reasons, as the IMF itself admits), presumably by making it more difficult and expensive to do so. In many places it’s already happening. But a surprisingly large number of people still appear to have a strong sense of attachment to physical money, particularly in Europe’s most important economy, Germany. And if the survey is any indication, they have little interest in changing those habits.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-07-16/95-europeans-reject-eu-efforts-de-cash-their-lives 

[:: 9-28-08 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. The EU is on its own, Russia is on its own, China is on its own, many are not your friends, many have already plotted and planned the things that they shall do, it is recorded in my Book. And if you were to study my Book you would see the things that are taking place right now. etc..

[ :: 12-13-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. China continues to build up her monetary system, putting pressure on the whole world to come to a worldly monetary system etc..

:: 7-17-17 The Common Sense Show :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China and Russia Are Doing the 2-Step to Bring Down the US Economy

By Dave Hodges

The American economy is on the rocks. Most would tell you that it is because our government and its citizens have acquired massive debt. That is only part of the picture. At the present moment, China and Russia are doing their version of the two-step to take down the US economy. Make no mistake about it, this is economic war and it is leading to World War III. China and Russia’s Economic Assault on the US Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa-BRICS When it became obvious for all with eyes to see, Russia and China led the initial assault upon the dollar by challenging the supremacy of the Petrodollar. Briefly, for those that do not know their economic history, the globalists, in 1944, decided that the world would use the dollar as the world’s reserve currency. With a coming global industrialization movement, there was a need for a stable currency to underwrite the growth. The only major country untouched by the ravages of World War II was the United States. Therefore, it was decided that all nations that would purchase oil, in their attempt to further industrialize, must do so with the dollar. The international purchasing of the dollar, known as the Petrodollar, saved the US economy because we had abandoned the gold standard under FDR during the Great Depression. The Petrodollar is the only backing that our dollar enjoys and now it is being threatened. In the 1990’s, Saddam Hussein, Germany and France began to engage in oil exchange using gold and Iraq got invaded under George H. W. Bush. Other Middle Eastern nations were preparing to do the same at a later date and Rumsfeld, George W. Bush and Dick Cheney devised a plan to invade 5 Middle Eastern Nations in order to prevent any future rebellion against the Federal Reserve’s Petrodollar. Part of this plan, called for the invasion of Syria and Iran. This is where the Chinese and the Russians stepped in and created the BRICS. Further, the Russians and the Chinese began to defend Iran and Syria. Most importantly, Iran began to sell oil for gold to the newly created BRICS and the value of your dollar took a big hit. The US would love to invade Iran in order to stop the BRICS, but they cannot get passed the armies of Russia and China. The BRICS Conspiracy Grows The creation of a BRICS gold marketplace, designed to replace the U.S. Petrodollar in continues to move to the next level. Russia’s largest bank, Sberbank, recently announced that its subsidiary is now trading in gold on the Shanghai Gold Exchange. Russia and China are marrying their economy in gold exchanges in order to completely bypass the dollar. This is a catastrophic development. Here is a summary of this action. The reader can clearly see that the Russian government fully intends on expanding their gold exchanges with China which is currently at 26% of all trade transactions. It doesn’t take a rocket scientist to realize that this Russian/Chinese strategy is designed to weaken America and soften her up for the kill. Reuters provides more fuel to this fire: “Sberbank plans to expand its presence on the Chinese precious metals market and anticipates total delivery of 5-6 tonnes of gold to China in the remaining months of 2017. Gold bars will be delivered directly to the official importers in China as well as through the exchange… Russia’s second-largest bank VTB is also a member of the Shanghai Gold Exchange.” Summary of the Present Economic Climate The BRICS began as an attempt by affiliated nations to not be held hostage by the dollar. This would have presumably allowed the economies of these nations to expand and to compete with the dollar, which it has. China and Russia, the second and third most powerful nations, are in the process of completely abandoning the dollar. The world is in the process of joining them. This is the end of the dollar and this is the end of your bank account. Implications Do you think the Federal Reserve is going to take this lying down? This is an act of war and war is exactly what is going to happen. The bankers who reside at the top of pyramid of power have deliberately weakened America, because America is going to lose this war so that the NWO can be ushered in and it biggest opponent will not be able to obstruct the process. Deagel’s projections, that have been widely discussed on this site, will come to fruition as America is expected to lose 90% of its population by 2024 and its economy, along with its military budget. will shrink by an equivalent amount. If there anything that the average American can do? That will be the subject of the next installment in this series.

http://www.thecommonsenseshow.com/2017/07/17/china-and-russia-are-doing-the-2-step-to-bring-down-the-us-economy/ 

:: 7-13-17 Natural News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

10 ways to prep when you’re completely broke

Thursday, July 13, 2017 by: Lance D Johnson

(Natural News) If you feel like prepping is a waste of money or if you think you don’t have the money to plan for future events, think again. Even if you’re broke, thrifty prepping techniques can help you make connections, earn more money, and have just the right item on hand in an emergency. Here’s 10 tips for prepping when you’re broke: Get on a budget and designate a set amount for addressing future concerns. Start small, setting aside $10 a week and go from there. Pick up cheap but valuable preparedness items that you could use or trade. Here’s a list of ten affordable and crucial items that won’t break your budget. Make a list and prioritize what is most important to you. Turn off the TV and don’t be conned into buying frivolous things you don’t need. Challenge yourself. Learn not to rely on much. Make do with little. If a bad situation arises, you’ll know how to live lean and rely on yourself, first and foremost. Be of value to your neighbors, friends, and family by learning a skill or trade. Read a book. Take a class. This skill could come in handy during a survival situation or during any season of life. More importantly, this skill will connect you with people and make you more valuable to others during any circumstance. Buy and resell items online, through a local resale shop, or at a garage sale. A small amount of money can multiply quickly if you know what to buy, when to sell it, where to sell it, and who to sell it to. People who are in the middle of moving will sell things cheap. You can consign at a local resale shop and make profit on the side from the items you bring in. The chances are good that there is an online Facebook buy/sell group in your area. This is great place to catch a bargain and negotiate for a good deal on necessary survival tools, items that could go up in value, or things you can resell and turn a profit on. Go through dumpsters and salvage valuable items that people are throwing away. You’ll be amazed at what people and businesses are pitching. Watch for businesses that are having Going Out of Business sales. Hit up a supermarket at the right time and you may get your hands on some food items that are still good to eat. Go to the dollar store and pick up cheap items that will be of higher value in a survival situation. Lighters, matches, gauze, duct tape, candles, band aids, toilet paper, and canned food are cheap, easy to store, and their value goes up tremendously in a crisis scenario. Likewise, vinegar, salt, soap, and baking soda will all be important for cleaning, preserving food, and keeping infections at bay. Stock up on seeds and plan ways to grow food year round. Seeds are inexpensive and can yield abundance with the right nutrients, water, and sun. Ideally, plant a fruit tree that produces food yearly with little effort. Give what little you have to people who are really in need. Small acts of kindness go a long way. You never know when you might need the same hand-up in a survival situation. Be careful not to waste what you give on those who are only out to take. Not all sob stories are genuine. Hit up a flea market and pick up some hand tools that will be essential when power tools and fuel-driven equipment become obsolete. Think like the Amish. Dig a root cellar in the ground in case you need to keep food in a cool location when the fridge stops running. Pick up an extra box of ammo when you’re in a sporting goods store and stash it back in a secure location. Buying a lot of ammo at once is expensive, but if you buy an extra box occasionally with the loose cash in your pocket, you’ll soon have a valuable stash of ammo ready for an emergency situation. Ammo holds value and is easy to resell. Alternatively, befriend someone who loves to reload ammo. If you’re broke, you won’t have the money you need to buy all the reloading equipment, but if you know someone who has all the tools, ask to reload with them. You’ll cut down on the cost of ammunition and can even resell ammo at gun shows. (RELATED: For more information, news, and insight, visit Preparedness.News.)

http://www.naturalnews.com/2017-07-13-10-ways-to-prep-when-youre-completely-broke.html 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 7-17-17 Earthquakes Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Strong earthquake, 6.6 mag strikes near Nikol’skoye in Russia

Posted by admin on July 17, 2017

A earthquake with magnitude 6.6 (ml/mb) was detected on Monday, 204 km ESE of Nikol’skoye, Russia (127 miles). Event id: pt17198004. Ids that are associated to the earthquake: at00ot8esn, pt17198004. The 6.6-magnitude earthquake was detected at 22:05:10 / 10:05 pm (local time epicenter). A tsunami warning has been issued near Nikol’skoye in Russia (Does not indicate if a tsunami actually did or will exist). Exact time and date of earthquake 17/07/17 / 2017-07-17 11:05:10 / July 17, 2017 @ 11:05 am UTC/GMT. Exact location, longitude 168.656° East, latitude 54.203° North, depth = 29.5 km. The epicenter of the earthquake was roughly 29.5 km (18 miles) below the earth’s surface. Earthquakes 6.0 to 6.9 may cause a lot of damage in very populated areas. There are an estimated 135 earthquakes in the world each year. In the past 24 hours, there have been one, in the last 10 days one, in the past 30 days one and in the last 365 days ten earthquakes of magnitude 3.0 or greater that have been detected nearby. Did you feel it? Were you asleep? Was it difficult to stand and/or walk? Leave a comment or report about shaking, activity and damage at your city, home and country. The information in this article comes from the USGS Earthquake Notification Service. Read more about the earthquake, Seismometer information, Distances, Parameters, Date-Time, Location and details about this quake, detected near: 204 km ESE of Nikol’skoye, Russia.

http://www.earthquakenewstoday.com/2017/07/17/strong-earthquake-6-6-mag-strikes-near-nikolskoye-in-russia/ 

:: 7-16-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Russiagate Really Hillarygate?

by Tyler Durden Jul 16, 2017 10:30 PM

Authored by Paul Roderick Gregory via Forbes.com,

According to an insider account, the Clinton team, put together the Russia Gate narrative within 24 hours of her defeat. The Clinton account explained that Russian hacking and election meddling caused her unexpected loss. Her opponent, Donald Trump, was a puppet of Putin. Trump, they said, “encourages espionage against our people.” The scurrilous Trump dossier, prepared by a London opposition research firm, Orbis, and paid for by unidentified Democrat donors, formed a key part of the Clinton narrative: Trump’s sexual and business escapades in Russia had made him a hostage of the Kremlin, ready to do its bidding. That was Hillary's way to say that Trump is really not President of the United States—a siren call adopted by the Democratic party and media. Hillary and the Orbis Dossier The most under-covered story of Russia Gate is the interconnection between the Clinton campaign, an unregistered foreign agent of Russia headquartered in DC (Fusion GPS), and the Christopher Steele Orbis dossier. This connection has raised the question of whether Kremlin prepared the dossier as part of a disinformation campaign to sow chaos in the US political system. If ordered and paid for by Hillary Clinton associates, Russia Gate is turned on its head as collusion between Clinton operatives (not Trump’s) and Russian intelligence. Russia Gate becomes Hillary Gate. Neither the New York Times, Washington Post, nor CNN has covered this explosive story. Two op-eds have appeared in the Wall Street Journal (Holman Jenkins and David Satter). The possible Russian-intelligence origins of the Steele dossier have been raised only in conservative publications, such as in The Federalist and National Review. The Fusion story has been known since Senator Chuck Grassley (R-Iowa) sent a heavily-footnoted letter to the Justice Department on March 31, 2017 demanding for his Judiciary Committee all relevant documents on Fusion GPS, the company that managed the Steele dossier against then-candidate Donald Trump. Grassley writes to justify his demand for documents that: “The issue is of particular concern to the Committee given that when Fusion GPS reportedly was acting as an unregistered agent of Russian interests, it appears to have been simultaneously overseeing the creation of the unsubstantiated dossier of allegations of a conspiracy between the Trump campaign and the Russians.” (Emphasis added.) Former FBI director, James Comey, refused to answer questions about Fusion and the Steele dossier in his May 3 testimony before the Senate Intelligence Committee. Comey responded to Lindsey Graham’s questions about Fusion GPS’s involvement “in preparing a dossier against Donald Trump that would be interfering in our election by the Russians?” with “I don’t want to say.” Perhaps he will be called on to answer in a forum where he cannot refuse to answer. The role of Fusion GPS and one of its key associates, a former Soviet intelligence officer, must raise the question as to whether the Steele dossier, which was orchestrated by a suspected unregistered agent of Russia, was a plant by Russian intelligence to harm Donald Trump? David Satter, one of our top experts on Russia and himself expelled by the Kremlin, writes: Perhaps most important, Russian intelligence also acted to sabotage Mr. Trump. The ‘Trump dossier, full of unverified sexual and political allegations, was published in January by BuzzFeed, despite having all the hallmarks of Russian spy agency ‘creativity.’ The dossier was prepared by Christopher Steele, a former British intelligence officer. It employed standard Russian techniques of disinformation and manipulation. Much of the credibility of the Orbis dossier hinges on Steele’s reputation as a former M15 intelligence agent. Satter writes, however, that “after the publication of the Trump dossier, Mr. Steele went into hiding, supposedly in fear for his life. On March 15, however, Michael Morell, the former acting CIA director, told NBC that Mr. Steele had paid the Russian intelligence sources who provided the information and never met with them directly. In other words, his sources were not only working for pay. Furthermore, Mr. Steele had no way to judge the veracity of their claims.” f Steele disappeared for fear of his life, we must suspect that he feared murder by Russian agents. The only secret he might have had to warrant such a drastic Russian action would be knowledge that Russian intelligence prepared the dossier. According to a Vanity Fair article, Fusion GPS was first funded by an anti-Trump Republican donor, but, after Trump’s nomination, Fusion and Steele were paid by Democratic donors whose identity remains secret. Writes Satter: “Perhaps the time has come to expand the investigation into Russia’s meddling to include Mrs. Clinton’s campaign as well.” As someone who has read every word of the Steele Trump dossier and has studied the Soviet Union/Russia for almost a half century, I can say that the Steele dossier consists of raw intelligence from informants identified by capital letters, who claim (improbably) to have access to the highest levels of the Kremlin. The dossier was not, as the press reports, written by Steele. No matter how experienced (or gullible) Steele might be, there is no way for him to know whether his sources are clandestine Russian intelligence agents. In Stalin's day, some of the most valued KGB (NKVD) agents were called "novelists," for their ability to conjure up fictional plots and improbable tales to use against their enemies. Some of Steele's sources claim detailed knowledge of the deepest Kremlin secrets, such as Putin's personal control of Clinton emails or negotiations with Putin's head of the national oil company. If they truly had such knowledge, why would they "sell" it to Steele? The most likely explanation is that the Steele dossier is the work of Russian intelligence "novelists" charged by the Kremlin with defaming Trump and adding chaos to the American political system. Mueller’s Difficult Task While leaks from within the investigation focus on possible obstruction of justice, Special Counsel Robert Mueller’s writ – to investigate Russian interference in the 2016 election – requires him to consider “matters” that Dems would prefer be left alone. Special Counsel Mueller has been given a broad charge and no deadline -- a formula for trouble. He is supposed to “investigate Russia’s intervention in the 2016 election.” Given the many accounts of Russian contacts of Trump campaign officials and hangers-on, Mueller must follow these leads, which apparently have lead nowhere over a nine month investigation as reported even by Trump unfriendly sources like CNN. Mueller, therefore, should not require much time to rule out coordination between the Trump campaign and Russia state actors. Mueller must be careful to avoid detours into loosely related issue by scalp-hunting investigators. Mueller also must shut down leaks from within his office, if he wishes his reports to be credible to the American people.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-07-16/russiagate-really-hillarygate 

:: 7-13-17 Clarion Project :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Europe Beware! Turkey Eyes Iran as Replacement Partner

By Clarion Project Thursday, July 13, 2017

Listen to Clarion’s latest podcast which includes a stark warning about the potential for a long-term Turkish-Iranian economic and military alliance:

Scribe Note: Click on the link below for podcast

https://clarionproject.org/europe-beware-turkey-may-want-iran-new-partner/ 

:: 7-17-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elon Musk's Worst Nightmare: Russian AK-47 Maker Builds Fully-Automated "Killer Robot"

by Tyler Durden Jul 17, 2017 5:30 AM

Authored by Joseph Jankowski via PlanetFreeWill.com, The debate over the role robots will play in the future of warfare is one that is taking place right now as the development of automated lethal technology is truly beginning to take shape. Predator drone style combat machines are just the tip of the iceberg for what is to come down the line of lethal weaponry and some are worried that when robots are calling the shots, things could get a little out of hand. Recently there has been some debate at the U.N. about “killer robots,” with prominent scientists, researchers, and Human rights organizations all warning that this type of technology – lethal tech. that divorces the need for human control – could cause a slew of unintended consequence to the detriment of humanity. A study conducted the University of British Columbia shows that this type of terminator-like weaponry isn’t sitting well with the general public, as an overwhelming majority of people, regardless of country or culture, want a complete ban placed upon any further development of these autonomous systems of war. Despite the warnings of risk and concern, this is not stopping arms manufacturers from taking warfare into the twilight zone and bringing the futuristic battlefield scenario where A.I. robots and human are fighting with each other, side by side, closer to everyday reality. Kalashnikov, the maker of the iconic AK-47, is one of those manufacturers bringing lethal automation and robotics into the present-day as it is currently building a range of products based on neural networks,’ including a fully automated combat module’ that can identify and shoot at its targets. Defense One is reporting: The maker of the famous AK-47 rifle is building “a range of products based on neural networks,” including a “fully automated combat module” that can identify and shoot at its targets. That’s what Kalashnikov spokeswoman Sofiya Ivanova told TASS, a Russian government information agency last week. It’s the latest illustration of how the U.S. and Russia differ as they develop artificial intelligence and robotics for warfare. The Kalashnikov “combat module” will consist of a gun connected to a console that constantly crunches image data “to identify targets and make decisions,” Ivanova told TASS. A Kalashnikov photo that ran with the TASS piece showed a turret-mounted weapon that appeared to fire rounds of 25mm or so. Then in 2015, then-Deputy Defense Secretary Bob Work said fully automated killing machines were un-American. “I will make a hypothesis: that authoritarian regimes who believe people are weaknesses,” Work said, “that they cannot be trusted, they will naturally gravitate toward totally automated solutions. Why do I know that? Because that is exactly the way the Soviets conceived of their reconnaissance strike complex. It was going to be completely automated. We believe that the advantage we have as we start this competition is our people.” According to Sergey Denisentsev, a visiting fellow at the Center For Strategic International Studies, Russian weapons makers see robotics and the artificial intelligence driving them as key to future sales to war makers. “There is a need to look for new market niches such as electronic warfare systems, small submarines, and robots, but that will require strong promotional effort because a new technology sometimes finds it hard to find a buyer and to convince the buyer that he really needs it, ” Denisentsev said earlier this year. With my previous reporting dealing with robotics and war, I always point out the incredible advances made by Softbank owned Boston Dynamics in the field of A.I., using it as an example of what future warfare could (or most likely will) look like it. And to be honest, it really is nightmarish. The bottom line is war is a racket. Killing for political reasons is always disastrous. So the fact that governments are on the verge of possessing this terminator technology should send chills down everyone’s spine.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-07-16/elon-musks-worst-nightmare-russian-ak-47-maker-builds-fully-automated-killer-robot 

:: 7-16-17 The Christian Truther :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Elon Musk, the CEO of SpaceX, claims that governments need to begin to regulate artificial intelligence prior to the technology becoming a threat to humanity at whole. This is not the first warning from the entrepreneur, in fact, previously Elon Musk warned that with Artificial Intelligence, tech giants are literally ‘summoning the demon.’ With artificial intelligence, we are summoning the demon. You know, in all those stories where there’s the guy with the pentagram and the holy water, and he’s like yeah, he’s sure he can control the demon. Didn’t work out. Musk stated that artificial intelligence is the greatest risk we face as a civilization; “AI’s a rare case where we need to be proactive in regulation, instead of reactive. Because by the time we are reactive with AI regulation, it’s too late,” he remarked. Musk then drew a contrast between AI and traditional targets for regulation, saying “AI is a fundamental risk to the existence of human civilization, in a way that car accidents, airplane crashes, faulty drugs, or bad food were not.” However, tech giants and those who operate in Silicon Valley are not paying attention to the actual concerns of artificial intelligence. According to Wikileaks editor Julian Assange; “I know from our sources deep inside the Silicon Valley institution[s] that they genuinely believe that they are going to produce AI that’s so powerful, relatively soon, that people will have their brains digitized, uploaded to these AIs and live forever in simulation, therefore have eternal life.” “It’s like a religion for atheists,” he added. “And given you’re in a simulation, why not program the simulation to have endless drug and sex orgy parties around you.” Assange said this vision makes them work harder and the dystopian consequences of their work is overshadowed by cultural and industrial bias to not perceiving it. He concluded that the normal perception someone would have regarding their work has been supplanted with “this ridiculous quasi-religious model that’s it all going to lead to nirvana.” — Read More

https://christiantruther.com/end-times/science/beast-tech/4th/artificial-intelligence-greatest-risk-face-civilization-elon-musk/ 

:: 7-17-17 The Oregnic Prepper :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What Could Possibly Go Wrong When Google Releases Millions of “Lab-Made” Mosquitos in Fresno?

July 17, 2017

Sometimes you have to think that scientists don’t ever read science fiction, and thus have not even contemplated all the things that could go wrong when they do something like creating 20 million mosquitos in a laboratory, infecting them with a bacteria, and then releasing those mosquitos in Fresno, California. First of all, did you even know that Google had a bio-lab? They do and it’s called Verily. Which, I dunno, sounds rather biblical. “Verily, I say unto you…we are the purveyors of all that is The Truth.” But I digress. Verily plans to create 20 million mosquitoes and infect them with a bacteria in their laboratories. Then, the mosquitos will be released on the unsuspecting populace of Fresno, California, a city with over half a million people. Why? Because, Zika. Remember last year’s Zika scare that prompted the government to spray harmful chemicals all over citizens in Florida? That terrified a whole bunch of pregnant women and made them worry that their babies would be born with microcephaly? Apparently, the Aedes aegypti mosquito that is thought to carry the Zika virus is prevalent in Fresno. However prevalent these mosquitos may be, there is only one confirmed case of Zika, and this woman’s partner had been traveling. So, anyway, in a project wittily named DeBug, Verily has “created” a whole bunch of mosquitos and infected the males with a bacteria called Wolbachia. When the male mate with female mosquitos, the resulting eggs can’t hatch. And by the way, they did a smaller release of franken-mosquitos last year in Fresno. (See? says Verily soothingly. We already did this once without you knowing about it and nothing bad happened. Don’t worry, you silly mortal.) In 2016, CMAD and MosquitoMate piloted the first-ever U.S. release of male Aedes aegypti mosquitoes with Wolbachia in Fresno County. Our 2017 collaboration represents a more than 25x increase in the release efforts, with a total of one million non-biting sterile male mosquitoes released weekly, made possible by the automated mass rearing and sex-sorting processes developed at Verily. Additionally, our software algorithms and on-the-ground release devices will allow us to distribute the sterile male mosquitoes in an even and targeted way throughout Fresno’s mosquito season. We believe that these advancements could have a meaningful impact on what is traditionally a very labor-intensive process and could reduce the number of biting Aedes aegypti in Fresno County. Theoretically, the Wolbachia virus is harmless to humans, male mosquitos don’t bite, and whether Fresno residents like it or not, they’ll be subject to the release of a million of these franken-mosquitoes per week for the next 20 weeks. The project, which has already rather quietly begun, is turning the area into a test facility without the consent of residents. Trucks will be driving through the city releasing swarms of millions of infected male mosquitos in Fresno. Verily says: For the Debug team at Verily, moving our work from the laboratory to the field is not only an important milestone for our group of biologists, engineers, and automation experts, but it’s also a critical step in bringing our long-term vision to reality. Field studies allow us to test our discoveries and technologies in challenging, real-world conditions and collect the necessary evidence to bring them to a broader scale. We hope to demonstrate success with Debug Fresno that will benefit the local communities working with us on this study and later other communities globally where Zika, dengue, and chikungunya are endemic. We are excited to take the first step in that journey today by bringing these technologies to the field. (source) Here’s some more information about the project in this propaganda informational video. Does anyone else think that this sounds like the first chapter in a novel by the likes of Michael Crichton or Stephen King? (For information about protecting yourself from mosquitos that doesn’t include the potential for some kind of mosquito apocalypse, read this.) I can see quite a lot of potential unfavorable variables here. Just off the top of my head, here are just some of the things that could go wrong: What if the mosquitos are sorted incorrectly? Do you really think that out of 20 million mosquitos, nary a biting female will get through the sorting process? What if the Wolbachia mutates? Something that is not harmful now could morph into something far worse than Zika. What if scientists believe that this gives them innate permission to conduct “field studies” of other things? Oh…wait. Apparently, they already feel they don’t require our permission to turn our neighborhoods into test facilities. It’s like they don’t even consider these things. Or, if they do, then the risks are worth taking. Maybe this will be harmless, but the fact remains that this city is being turned into a “controlled environment” for Verily without the consent of citizens. And that is not okay.

http://www.theorganicprepper.ca/google-releases-mosquitos-in-fresno-07172017 

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-16-17 American Thinker :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The Russian Collusion Story: The Acme of Fake News

By Clarice Feldman July 16, 2017

Richard Fernandez is one of the most brilliant authors on the Internet. This week he wrote: Conventional wisdom posits the chief challenges facing the post-Cold War World are Global Warming and the decline of international institutions. But maybe that assurance is a species of Fake News. Suppose the most pressing problems in the next decade is finding new energy supplies to 1) keep the price of oil low enough to contain Russia (and Islamism); and 2) adapting to a disruptive information revolution no one can seem to control. Who will hand you that unconventional wisdom unless you come to it yourself. He’s right, as I explain, but the significance of his observation is this: which of the two candidates -- Hillary or Trump -- was more likely to tap into America’s huge energy resources to contain both Russia and the Islamists? And when you answer that as you must -- Trump -- you can dismiss all the folderol about Donald J. Trump Jr’s, 15 minute meeting in Trump Tower with a Russian lawyer as evidence of “collusion” with Russia. As I further explain, the non-stop media promotion of some nefarious scheme between Russia and Trump does not pass even the most cursory forensic examination, proving once again in the age of fake news, you cannot remain a passive consumer of news. You have to bring to each story the good sense and diligence with which you handle your most important personal affairs. A. Russia and Environmental Groups As Fernandez explained: The oil crash collapsed the ruble and forced a 27% reduction in the Kremlin's military budget in 2016. With oil prices set to stay flat the Russians have to keep drilling and investing simply to stay level as the Oxford Institute for Energy Studies notes. The Kremlin doesn't make any real spending money until world oil price gets above levels before the great oil crash of 2014, which may not happen any time soon. [snip] You would think this a Eureka moment: to contain oil prices is to contain Russia (and Islamism). But cheap fossil fuels are not everyone's cup of tea. "Drill, baby, drill" is not popular on the left. Even though liberals understand the power of cheap energy -- one of Hillary's supposedly hacked emails even alleged anti-fracking and environmental causes were a Russian plot to depress oil production -- to advocate it is bad progressive politics. This probably led the Saudis to Hillary's camp in 2016. "According to Bob McNally, president of consulting firm Rapidan Group, countries in the oil-producing Middle East, including Saudi Arabia, are hoping for Hillary Clinton to become president." If you’re looking for collusion with Russia, it is not to be found in the Trump Tower meeting. Paul Mirengoff of Powerline details the Russian efforts through environmental groups -- at best Stalin’s “useful idiots” -- to tamp down US energy production. Lamar Smith, chairman of the House Science Committee, tells James Freeman of the Wall Street Journal: If you connect the dots, it is clear that Russia is funding U.S. environmental groups in an effort to suppress our domestic oil and gas industry, specifically hydraulic fracking. They have established an elaborate scheme that funnels money through shell companies in Bermuda. This scheme may violate federal law and certainly distorts the U.S. energy market. The American people deserve to know the truth and I am confident Secretary Mnuchin will investigate the allegations. To help Sec. Mnuchin conduct such an investigation, Rep. Smith, along with Energy Subcommittee Chairman Randy Weber, sent him a letter. They noted: According to the former Secretary General of NATO, “Russia, as part of their sophisticated information and disinformation operations, engaged actively with so-called nongovernmental organizations – environmental organizations working against shale gas – to maintain dependence on imported Russian gas.” Other officials have indicated the same scheme is unfolding in the U.S. Reps. Smith and Weber add that, according to public sources including a 2014 report from Republican staff on the Senate Environment and Public Works Committee, “entities connected to the Russian government are using a shell company registered in Bermuda, Klein Ltd. (Klein), to funnel tens of millions of dollars to a U.S.-based 501(c)(3) private foundation,” which supports various environmental groups. Klein denies this allegation. Regardless of the conduit for the money, the allegation of funneling appears to be substantial. Indeed, says Freeman, it appears to have been noted by none other than Hillary Clinton: If a document posted last year on WikiLeaks is to be believed, Clinton campaign staff summarized in an email attachment Hillary Clinton’s remarks on the subject during a private speech: Clinton Talked About “Phony Environmental Groups” Funded By The Russians To Stand Against Pipelines And Fracking. “We were up against Russia pushing oligarchs and others to buy media. We were even up against phony environmental groups, and I’m a big environmentalist, but these were funded by the Russians to stand against any effort, oh that pipeline, that fracking, that whatever will be a problem for you, and a lot of the money supporting that message was coming from Russia.” [Remarks at tinePublic, 6/18/14] Freeman suggests that Mnuchin commence his investigation by speaking with Mrs. Clinton, who “obviously knows the terrain.” He also thinks John Podesta would be a useful source. Podesta is invested in and acts for a "green energy company backed by the Russian government." B. The Media Has lost all Credibility, Serving as the semi-official newsroom for the Democratic Party Just as Fernandez detailed the rise of Samizdat in Russia as the official press was uniformly distrusted, the growth on alternate media in the U.S. is disrupting the old news models . Our trust hierarchies have collapsed. As with Soviet Russia, the "official" media sources are now distrusted as purveyors "fake news". To fill the gap a peer-to-peer grapevine, similar to the "friends and family", a samizdat is emerging to pick up the slack. Sonya Mann at Inc uses a startup to illustrate the growing division of society into trust groups. "Pax Dickinson wants to fund the revolution. Not a blood-in-the-streets revolution, but one where hardcore right-wingers can economically secede from the parts of society they vehemently dislike. "We need parallel everything. I do not want to ever have to spend a single dollar at a non-movement business. Nothing so illustrates why the media has deservedly lost all credibility than its unending, overdone effort to fit any action on the part of the President or those around him into a narrative of Russia somehow colluding with him to defeat Hillary. This week’s take was the short meeting his son held with a Russian lawyer in Trump Tower last summer. The clearest summary of the facts surrounding the meeting with Trump’s son last summer is to be found in The American Spectator. Scott McKay writes: [Natalia] Veselnitskaya’s [The Russian lawyer’s] presence in the United States alone ought to be the source of suspicion that not only is the Trump-Russian collusion narrative suspect in this case but that the real inquiry ought to be into whether the encounter was a small part of a larger attempt to trap the Trump campaign. The Russian lawyer wasn’t even supposed to be here. She had been denied a visa for entry into the United States in late 2015, but given a rather extraordinary “parole” by the federal government to assist preparation for a client subject to asset forfeiture by the Justice Department. That was in January. The client was Prevezon Holdings, a Russian company suspected of having been paid some portion of $230 million stolen by Russian mobsters. When Sergey Magnitsky a Russian lawyer representing a company that had been the victim of the theft, reported it to authorities in Moscow he was promptly jailed and beaten to death. The American response to this atrocity was the 2012 Magnitsky Act, which sanctioned several individuals connected to human rights abuses. The Russian government retaliated by preventing American adoptions of Russian children. But in June, she was permitted to fly back to the U.S., have the meeting with Trump Junior -- at Trump Tower, no less -- and then end up in the front row for a congressional hearing involving testimony from a former U.S. ambassador to Russia, then turning up at a D.C. showing of a documentary film on the negative effects of the Magnitsky Act, and later appearing at a dinner involving Rep. Dana Rohrabacher (R-CA) and former Rep. Ron Dellums (D-CA) who is now a lobbyist for the Russians. The repeal of that legislation is a priority item for the Russians and a personal project of Veselnitskaya’s; it, rather than any Clinton dirt, was reportedly the primary subject brought forth at the meeting with Donald Trump Jr. All of this without a visa! Not to mention Veselnitskaya didn’t file a FARA (Foreign Agents Registration Act) document before acting as a lobbyist for a foreign entity, as required by law. Neither, apparently, did Dellums. Senate Judiciary Committee chairman Charles Grassley (R-Iowa) wrote a fascinating letter Tuesday to Homeland Security Secretary John Kelly and Secretary of State Rex Tillerson asking them to please find out what in the hell Veselnitskaya was doing in this country last June. And further, it turns out Veselnitskaya was connected to Fusion GPS, the Democrat opposition research firm which employed a former British spy who used Russian contacts to produce the infamous and debunked Pee Pee Dossier smearing Trump. Veselnitskaya hired Fusion GPS head Glenn Simpson to work on behalf of Prevezon, the company she was allowed into the country to represent, in its efforts to repeal the Magnitsky Act. Fusion then hired Christopher Steele, the British spy who drew on Russian sources to produce that dossier, and made him available for private briefings on the dossier with left-leaning media sources such as Mother Jones, the New York Times, the Washington Post, Yahoo! News, the New Yorker and CNN in September. Naturally, John McCain is involved -- if that fact should produce his resignation, all of this will have been worth it. By the way, there is Veselnitskaya’s social media account, which is decidedly more aligned with the Fusion GPS side of this equation than the Trump side. And the meeting came about largely due to hyped-up promises made by a publicist for a Russian pop star who was connected to the Trump family from the Miss Universe pageant having been held in Moscow in 2013 -- promises which don’t appear to have been fulfilled. If this whole thing doesn’t look like an old-fashioned dangle to you, then you haven’t watched enough spy movies. If timelines are interesting to you, there is this -- reportedly, the Obama administration sought permission to electronically monitor Trump Tower in early June, and the FISA court would not grant it. But in October, that warrant was given. [snip] And once that meeting -- which on its surface was a waste of everyone’s time -- was had, the Obama administration now had something to sell to the FISA court to get that warrant -- from which they snagged Mike Flynn and gave the Democrat party and the media a mechanism to shroud the Trump administration in what can best be described as a rather dubious scandal. Remember how Hillary Clinton was accusing Trump of being a Putin’s puppet at the October 19 debate? C. Donald J Trump’s son had every reason to believe that there was evidence of Hillary’s collusion with Russia If this seems farfetched, consider this Veselnitskaya was barred from entry to the US until Loretta Lynch granted her an excedptional “immigration parole” to appear in a judicial proceeding; a federal judge considered -- but we can find no ruling -- her motion on January 6, 2016, to extend her stay by a week, and then with no explanation of how this occurred, she was back in the US on June of that year where she met with Donald J Trump Jr and attended as a front row guest a Congressional hearing on the Magnitsky act which imposed sanctions on Russia. To add a dash of extra color to the story the media reported that with the lawyer was a “former Russian counter intelligence officer”, Rinat Akhmetshin. He denies this. “I am an American citizen since 2009 who pays taxes, earned his citizenship after living here since 1994, and swore an oath of loyalty to the United States of America,” Kayleigh McEnany in The Hill characterized this as a “conspiracy theory desperately in earch of evidence”. Bill Clinton had given a $500,000 speech in Russia. Clinton had given her approval in handing one-fifth of U.S. uranium to Russia, after which her foundation received $2.35 million from the Russian-controlled company. Suspiciously, Clinton did not disclose the transaction. Likewise, Clinton campaign chief John Podesta sat on the board of a company that received $35 million from the Russian government alongside fellow board members Anatoly Chubais, a senior Russian official, and Ruben Vardanyan, an oligarch. Given this context, why wouldn’t Trump Jr. be open to taking a meeting that offered evidence of incriminating Clinton dealings with Russia, particularly when most of the media refused to look into Clinton’s question-raising actions?[snip] We likewise know that several foreign countries known for their human rights violations -- like Saudi Arabia, the United Arab Emirates, Qatar, Kuwait, Oman, Brunei, and Algeria -- donated millions to the Clinton foundation, and yet few publications construed their “support” in a negative way. Taken together, the micro story of Donald Trump Jr. seeking opposition research -- much like Clinton allies did in their dealings with the Ukrainian government -- does nothing in the way of proving the macro allegation that the Trump campaign coordinated with Russia in hacking the DNC and releasing Clinton’s illegally obtained emails. The American people see through this leftist-purveyed Russia conspiracy theory. That’s why a full 56 percent want Congress and the media to focus on real issues, not Russia. If the left continues to concoct Russian collusion evidence, they can fully expect for the 2018 congressional elections to look a lot like the special elections in Kansas, Montana, South Carolina, and Georgia -- Republican victory. Voters dismiss the salacious in favor of solutions, and as of now, the left have nothing besides an evidence-free smear campaign. In any event, isn’t it curious that those who claim to consider a meeting to listen to opposition research collusion, bought hook line and sinker the ridiculous-on-its-face Dossier concocted by GPS against Trump, a far more likely piece of Russian intel disinformation? Or why they ignore DNC officials meeting with Ukrainian government officials for dirt on then Trump campaign manager Paul Manafort. Politico detailed the many ways the Ukrainians worked to help Hillary beat Trump. As you might guess, they indicated these efforts were “far less concerted or centrally directed than Russia’s alleged hacking and dissemination of Democratic emails.” Covering with the word “alleged” a smear without any evidence but for the mutterings of Crowdstrike, a private outfit which was the only investigation the DNC allowed , a misstep by the Comey FBI which let this pass. In any event, Legal commentators on both sides of the aisle have confirmed there was nothing illegal about the meeting. I suppose we can’t expect much more of a press corps so stupid it mistakes the Star Spangled Banner for France’s La Marseillaise, and Bastille Day for the 100th Anniversary of the U.S. entry in WW I. You’ll just have to work harder in the face of such ignorance and bias to find out what you need to know.

Read more: http://www.americanthinker.com/articles/2017/07/the_russian_collusion_story_the_acme_of_fake_news.html#ixzz4n7IDFjFv 

Follow us: @AmericanThinker on Twitter | AmericanThinker on Facebook

:: 7-14-17 Charsma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

We Sure Could Use Those Russian Agents' Help About Now

12:00PM EDT 7/14/2017 Mark Fitzgibbons/ConservativeHQ

Dear Russian Agents, We Americans don't trust you a bit, but since we can't trust The New York Times, CNN, the Democrat Party, the deep state and various leftist institutions, we may as well ask for your help. We have a crippling national debt approaching $20 trillion, where today's political class is robbing future generations so they can stay in power. We have assassinations of police officers trying to protect the community. We have elected leaders who say the health care system we want will kill people, yet they want to move towards a nationalized health care system where the parents of children like Charlie Gard are told by the government the child must die. We know we can't trust you, but our own liberal institutions seem rather dishonest about, and antagonistic to, the virtues of Western civilization, our constitutional republic and the rule of law. In many ways. they really aren't all that different from you, it seems, but they are more embedded. When then-candidate Donald Trump mocked Hillary Clinton and the investigation of her 33,000 missing emails by facetiously asking your country to produce them if you had them, false accusations were made that Mr. Trump was asking your government to hack Hillary's system. Oh, but that would have been so easy since Secretary of State Clinton used an unsecure system to transmit and receive classified information, then conveniently couldn't "find" emails that were erased using a system more powerful than acid on cotton candy.

http://www.charismanews.com/politics/opinion/66238-we-sure-could-use-those-russian-agents-help-about-now 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-15-17 The Times of Israel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hamas calls for attacks on Israelis after Temple Mount closure

Terror group holds rally to celebrate killing of two Israeli officers; describes shuttering of compound as a ‘religious war’

By Times of Israel staff and Agencies July 15, 2017, 5:25 pm

The Hamas terror group on Saturday called for further attacks on Israelis after the closure of the Temple Mount in the wake of Friday’s deadly assault at the holy site. In Gaza, Hamas staged a rally Saturday to celebrate the attack, in which three Arab Israelis shot dead two Israeli police officers. The gunmen launched the attack from the compound and then fled back onto it, where they were pursued and killed by Israeli forces. Israel then shut the site as its forces searched for more weapons. Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu reportedly intends to gradually reopen it on Sunday, but the move has drawn widespread condemnation from the Arab and Muslim World. Hamas, an Islamist terror group which seeks to destroy Israel, described the closure of the site in a statement Saturday as a “religious war” and Hamas spokesman Fawzi Barhoum called on the Palestinian “uprising” to target the Israeli army and West Bank settlers. The three assailants carried out the attack with two Carlo-style submachine guns, a pistol and a knife, police said. It was not immediately known how they had brought the weaponry into the compound. Israel’s decision to close the Old City compound after the attack — unprecedented since 1969 — was partly to check for other weaponry there, and also to investigate whether the assailants had received help from inside the compound, TV reports said. Reports throughout Friday said the two police officers were killed just outside the Temple Mount compound. However, Channel 2 news reported late Friday that the second policeman may have been killed by the assailants on the mount itself, after they had fled back. Israel criticized Jordan for calling to “immediately reopen” the site after the attack, with one official telling Israeli TV that “instead of condemning the attack, Jordan chose to attack Israel, which is protecting worshipers and maintaining freedom of worship in the place.” Israel will not tolerate harm to the holy places and is maintaining the status quo there. It should be expected that all sides involved, including Jordan, exercise restraint and avoid fanning the flames,” said the unnamed official. Jordan, which administers the site through the Waqf, had called on Israel to “reopen Al-Aqsa mosque and the Haram al-Sharif (compound) immediately,” in reference to the complex which houses the al-Aqsa mosque and the Dome of the Rock sanctuary and which Israel refers to as the Temple Mount, the holiest site in Judaism and third-holiest in Islam. The Jordanian royal family is officially the custodian of the mosque atop the Temple Mount, and exercises its authority there though Israel is responsible for security. According to a report Friday, among the suspects detained in the attack was at least one Waqf official who police suspect may have aided the terrorists, who all came from the northern Israeli city of Umm al-Fahm.

http://www.timesofisrael.com/hamas-calls-for-attacks-on-israelis-after-temple-mount-closure/ 

:: 7-16-17 WSOC tv :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Ballantyne pastor, wife welcome twins 2 years after tragedy

Updated: Jul 12, 2017 - 12:08 PM

CHARLOTTE, N.C. - A Charlotte pastor and his wife, whose two sons were killed in a car crash in 2015, have a new blessing. Gentry Eddings, a pastor at Forest Hill Church in Ballantyne, and his wife, Hadley, welcomed twin boys to the world Monday. Isaiah Dobbs and Amos Reed were born healthy and happy. The boys' middle names, Dobbs and Reed, are the names of the Eddings' late sons. “We are thrilled for Gentry and Hadley and are continually amazed at how God continues to redeem their story," said Stacey Martin, the director of communications at Forest Hill Church and family friend. "From the tragic loss of their sons, Dobbs and Reed to the remarkable birth of their twins, Isaiah and Amos – God is creating beauty from ashes. And we – along with the Eddings and Reed families – give Him all the glory.” The couple announced to their congregation in January that they were expecting twins. In May, 2015, a car crash killed two-year-old Dobbs, while Hadley was still pregnant with Reed. She underwent an emergency C-section, but Reed did not survive. Matthew Deans, 28, was sentenced to 27 to 32 months in prison after the truck he was driving rear-ended Hadley's car on Highway 17 in Pender County. Deans pleaded guilty and apologized to the Eddings in an emotional court hearing in September 2015. The couple publicly announced that they forgave Deans.

http://www.wsoctv.com/news/local/ballantyne-pastor-wife-welcome-twins-following-tragedy/555757548 

:: 7-16-17 Washington Examiner :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Is Hamas fighting in Libya?

by Joseph Hammond | Jul 16, 2017, 12:01 AM

A startling claim is buried within a routine new United Nations report: A Palestinian militant group is operating in Libya. The Panel of Experts on Libya, a United Nations working group, announced that its years-long investigation confirmed longstanding Libyan claims regarding "the presence of Palestinian military experts in Tripoli." The report states that although a Palestinian official interviewed by the Panel denied any activity in Libya, "he confirmed that eight members of his faction, who were members of the Palestinian diaspora in Libya, had been arrested in Tripoli in the course of 2016. The Panel is still investigating the case." The U.N. report released last month is the latest piece in of evidence suggesting a Palestinian terror group is fighting in Libya. U.N. representatives in New York declined to comment on the matter when I reached out, and its representatives in Libya were not available for comment. The U.N. report also concludes that efforts to prevent other foreign fighters from entering Libya has failed. It states that ISIS terrorists remain active in Libya and remain in contact with their colleagues in Syria. The report also describes an escalating role for mercenary forces in the conflict. The Libyan Civil war has raged since the disputed election held there in 2014. The clash is ongoing between multiple factions, ranging from local militias to large coalitions that aspire to rule the country. Nominally, the Government of National Accord is Libya's official government. However, despite recognition by the United Nations and the United States, it remains militarily weak. The General National Congress (GNC) has been supported by Qatar and Turkey. The GNC is opposed by the Libyan National Army (LNA), the nominal armed-wing of the Tobruk-based House of Representatives which also claims to be Libya's legitimate government. The LNA has enjoyed the support of Russia, Egypt, the United Arab Emirates who are concerned about the role of armed Islamist groups in Libya. The United Nations report appears to vindicate the claim of several Libyan factions that Palestinian militants are active in Libya. Ahmed Al-Mismari, a spokesperson for the LNA, told the media earlier this month that Hamas was receiving support from Qatar for its military operations in Libya. An LNA-linked Twitter account released an alleged Qatari diplomatic document on June 7 in an effort to bolster that claim. The document, dated to 2012, suggests that the Qatari armed forces were fighting in Libya. To further bolster their Hamas claim, LNA released photos on Twitter To further bolster their Hamas claim, LNA released photos on Twitter which they claim show headbands from the armed wing of Hamas found in Benghazi. Also, earlier this year an alleged Hamas spy was arrested in Benghazi while spying on the LNA, according to Arabic-language press reports. Libya is home to a sizeable Palestinian diaspora. There are roughly 20,000 Palestinian refugees in Libya according to UNHCR. Concern regarding Palestinian fighters in the conflict led to the internationally recognized government in 2015 banning Palestinians, along with Syrians and Sudanese, from even entering the country. The extent of Palestinian armed factions in the Libyan conflict remains unclear. Hamas has accused the LNA of fabricating the claim to discredit Qatar. In the context of the ongoing blockade of Qatar, the LNA moved to sever all relations with the emirate. However, the very fact that a United Nations report would discuss Palestinian militants in Libya suggests how the civil war there has become a regional conflict, which as the recent terrorist attack in Manchester suggests is already affecting Europe. The United Nations report notes the conflict is drawing in mercenaries from as far away as Chad and Darfur. Indeed, some of the combatants in conflict have traveled from even farther afield, with ISIS terrorists relocating to Libya in recent years in order to create a fallback position, should the terrorist group suffer defeat in Iraq and Syria. ISIS forces in Libya may be regrouping following the fall of Sirte, but their regional aspirations remain alive. The report also mentions that, according to Nigerien authorities, ISIS in Libya has developed an overland smuggling link with Boko Haram in Nigeria. In April, President Trump downplayed a possible U.S. role in Libya. Saying the "U.S. has enough roles" in a press-conference. However, in light of the United Nations report and in the interest of counterterrorism efforts, the conflict in Libya deserves greater attention from American and international policymakers interested in ensuring greater regional and global security. Joseph Hammond is a senior contributor at the American Media Institute.

http://www.washingtonexaminer.com/is-hamas-fighting-in-libya/article/2628329 

[ :: 7-2-17 Campmeeting 2017 afternoon service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. You are going to see the mark of the beast, it is going to come very quickly now, very quickly now and they are going to move to the cashless society and that is not next year, now, I am talking about this year. etc.

:: 7-12-17 Seattle pi :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Visa looking to help small businesses go cashless

By KEN SWEET, AP Business Writer | July 12, 2017

NEW YORK (AP) — Visa is looking to push more small businesses into updating their digital payment technology, offering up to $10,000 each to 50 U.S.-based small business owners that are committed to going cashless. The program will focus on restaurants and food establishments, Visa said Wednesday, with the expectation that Visa will expand the program in the coming months and years to other industries and possibly other countries as well. Despite the proliferation of credit and debt cards, and the advent of technologies like Apple Pay and Samsung Pay, cash remains a significant method of payment in many industries across the U.S. and around the world. Going completely cashless often requires upgrades to current point-of-sale systems, which remains an impediment for many small businesses, which is largely where cash remains king. "We are declaring war on cash," said Andy Gerlt, a spokesman for Visa. To participate in Visa Inc.'s Cashless Challenge, small business restaurants, cafés or food truck owners will need to describe what cashless means for them, their employees and customers. Visa isn't doing this for charity. The world's largest processor of credit and debit cards takes a fee from every payment that runs on its network. The more payments done through them, the more revenue Visa gets. Those fees, which can run into the thousands of dollars each year depending on how much the business sells, are the reason many small businesses prefer cash. "At the end of the month, when you look at a credit card statement and see how much you paid, it's a real number that hits you right in the face," says Matthew Geller, president of the National Food Truck Association, a trade group. Many food trucks accept credit cards to be competitive, but would rather have cash, he says. Visa argues that the benefits of going cashless can outweigh the costs for handling cash, which requires more intensive bookkeeping, physical transportation of cash, etc. Visa also argues that consumers prefer to use their cards as well. Businesses that receive the award can use the $10,000 toward upgrading their point-of-sale systems so they are completely cashless. If there is spare money left over, the business owner can use the money toward marketing or other efforts to promote their small businesses, Gerlt said. AP Small Business Reporter Joyce Rosenberg contributed to this report from New York. Ken Sweet covers bank and consumer financial issues for The Associated Press. Follow him on Twitter at @kensweet.

http://m.seattlepi.com/business/article/Visa-looking-to-help-small-businesses-go-cashless-11282921.php 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 7-12-17 Yahoo News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake of magnitude 6.7 strikes off Papua New Guinea: USGS

[Reuters] Reuters July 12, 2017

SINGAPORE (Reuters) - An earthquake with a magnitude of 6.7 struck off the town of Rabaul in the south Pacific nation of Papua New Guinea on Thursday, the United States Geological Survey said. There were no immediate reports of damage or casualties in the quake, which struck at a depth of 33 km (21 miles) about 128 km (80 miles) east of the island of New Britain. The Hawaii-based Pacific Tsunami Warning Center said there was no Pacific-wide tsunami threat from the quake. (Reporting by Clarence Fernandez; Editing by Paul Tait)

https://www.yahoo.com/news/earthquake-magnitude-6-7-strikes-off-papua-guinea-035434973.html 

:: 7-12-17 Daily Mail :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Magnitude 6.0 earthquake hits off the coast of North Korea sparking fears Kim Jong-un has detonated another nuclear bomb before experts insist it WAS a genuine quake

The quake was very deep - 348.2 miles (560km) below the seabed off the coast

Its epicenter was 125 miles (201 km) southeast of North Korean city of Chongjin

Early speculation indicated quake was man-made, as has been the case in past

As details emerged of the incident it appeared to be a standard natural disaster

By Gareth Davies For Mailonline Published: 16:24 EDT, 12 July 2017 | Updated: 21:04 EDT, 12 July 2017

A magnitude 6.0 earthquake has been detected off the coast of North Korea sparking fears Kim Jong-un has detonated another nuclear weapon. The quake was very deep, 348.2 miles (560 km) below the seabed, and unlikely to cause any damage. Its epicenter was 125 miles (201 km) southeast of the North Korean city of Chongjin and it comes amid heightened tension surrounding the country's weapons programme. Early speculation pointed to it being a man-made earthquake as has been the case in the past, but as the details of the incident emerged it appeared to be a standard natural disaster. In January last year, a man-made earthquake was detected near a known nuclear testing site in North Korea. The United States Geological Service reported a 5.1 magnitude quake that South Korea said was 49 kms (30 miles) from the Punggye-ri site where the North has conducted nuclear tests in the past. A Korea Meteorological Administration official then said: 'We suspect a man-made earthquake and are analysing the scale and epicentre of the quake with the geoscience and mineral resource institute of South Korea.' Earlier today, North Korea threatened to turn the US into a 'pile of ash' if Donald Trump tries to use force to stop Pyongyang's nuclear programme. Military intervention will 'inevitably lead the US to self-destruction', Kim Jong-un's state-run newspaper Minju Choson warned. The threat came as the US successfully tested its THAAD missile defense system against an intermediate-range ballistic missile in the Pacific Ocean near Hawaii and Alaska - a key area as tensions with North Korea mount. A Terminal High Altitude Area Defense (THAAD) near Kodiak, Alaska, intercepted the ballistic missile target that was launched north of Hawaii, the U.S. Missile Defense Agency (MDA) said in a statement. Although the test was planned months ago, the US missile defense test has gained significance following North Korea's July 4 launch of an intercontinental ballistic missile (ICBM) that raised concerns about the threat from Pyongyang. 'The successful demonstration of THAAD against an IRBM-range missile threat bolsters the country's defensive capability against developing missile threats in North Korea and other countries around the globe and contributes to the broader strategic deterrence architecture,' MDA said in the statement. U.S. officials have said the test would be the first of the THAAD system to defend against a simulated attack by an intermediate-range ballistic missile (IRBM). Earlier this week, Kim attended a concert to watch the Moranbong Band, an all-female ensemble that was hand-picked by the dictator. Among the numbers performed were 'Song of Hwasong Rocket' and 'Make Others Envy Us', the North's official Korean Central News Agency reported. The dictator was flanked by weapons engineer Jang Chang-ha after promoting him following the successful launch of Hwasong-14, which is believed to be capable of reaching most of Alaska.

Read more: http://www.dailymail.co.uk/news/article-4690704/Earthquake-detected-coast-North-Korea.html#ixzz4mkOl0Umf 

Follow us: @MailOnline on Twitter | DailyMail on Facebook

[  :: 2-2-13 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Throughout the world right now peace is fastly disappearing, wars are rising up, trouble on the right hand, trouble on the left hand, etc..

[ :: 10-17-10 am service  (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. truly darkness, darkness is growing darker and darker and darker, war is being prepared, war is being made ready. Watch Russia, watch Turkey, watch China, watch Iran, watch Pakistan, watch Saudi Arabia, for they are not your friends nor have they ever been your friends.  They are not my friends, saith your Father God, for they shall wage war against me in the last days, these are the last days. etc.. 

:: 7-12-17 Express :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US leads 25,000 troops in drills to protect Europe from Russia in Black Sea

MAJOR military exercises are taking place in Eastern Europe as more than 25,000 NATO troops from 20 allied and partner countries descended on Bulgaria.

By Zoie O'Brien PUBLISHED: 08:04, Wed, Jul 12, 2017 | UPDATED: 09:04, Wed, Jul 12, 2017

While nuclear testing and global terror threatens the western world, forces met to increase the interoperability of participating countries. The drills are designed as a deterrent to those nations flexing their own military might, including Kim Jong-Un’s North Korea. The US, which leads the drills, has beefed up its presence in Eastern Europe since Russia annexed Ukraine’s Crimea Peninsula. A statement said smaller US and European-national exercises will be held in the Black Sea region with the aim of “supporting security and stability in the Black Sea region.” Artillery live fire exercises, mass casualty exercise, field training and air defence practice will be central to the 18 drills. Nato is working to show support for Eastern European members. Last month a Russian Su-27 fighter jet came within several feet of a US RC-135 reconnaissance plane, prompting the Pentagon to release dramatic photos of the incident. Saber Guardian exercises have been held annually since 2013 in the Black Sea region. This week Russia warned if the Ukraine joins NATO any attempt at peace in the region could be threatened.

http://www.express.co.uk/news/world/827635/US-troops-drills-Europe-Russia-Black-Sea-President-Putin-EU-Nato 

:: 7-12-17 Denfence Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Tomorrow Soldier: How The Military Is Altering the Limits of Human Performance

Imagine a group of volunteers, their chests rigged with biophysical sensors, preparing for a mission in a military office building outfitted with cameras and microphones to capture everything they do. “We want to set up a living laboratory where we can actually pervasively sense people, continuously, for a long period of time. The goal is to do our best to quantify the person, the environment, and how the person is behaving in the environment,” Justin Brooks, a scientist at the Army Research Lab, or ARL, told me last year. ARL was launching the Human Variability Project, essentially a military version of the reality-TV show Big Brother without the drama. The Project seeks to turn a wide variety of human biophysical signals into machine-readable data by outfitting humans and their environment with interactive sensors. The Army is not alone. The Air Force, Marine Corps, Navy, and their special operations forces are also funding research to collect biophysical data from soldiers, sailors, Marines, and pilots. The goal is to improve troops’ performance by understanding what’s happening inside their bodies, down to how their experiences affect them on a genetic level. It’s not exactly genetically engineering soldiers into superhero Captain Americas; the U.S. military insists they have no intention of using biometric data science for anything like the genetic engineering of superior traits. But it’s close. The military is after the next best thing. If today’s Pentagon leaders get their way, the next generation of fighter jets, body armor, computer systems, and weapons will understand more about the pilots, soldiers, and analysts using them than those operators understand about the machines they are using. The very experience of flying the plane, analyzing satellite images, even firing a gun could change depending on what the weapon, vehicle, or software detects about the person to whom the weapon is bound. To make this dream real, Pentagon-backed researchers are designing an entirely new generation of wearable health monitors that make Silicon Valley’s best consumer fitness gear look quaint. They’re discovering how to detect incredibly slight changes in focus, alertness, health, and stress — and to convey those signals to machines. Design the boots well enough and the super soldier will arrive to fill them. Army Research Lab researchers already monitor individual subjects from six months to two years. Brooks wants to expand that to other military training environments, such as the U.S. Military Academy at West Point, and then to more than a dozen universities. He hopes the data will reveal how people of varied size, weight, height, health, level of alertness, etc., differ in terms of the signals they send out — hence the name “human variability.” That, in turn, will help researchers gather much more precise information on how different people interact with their environment. The ultimate goal is sensors that can tell the Pentagon how each human soldier performs, or could perform, to their best ability, from battlefield to homefront. “It’s not just while they’re at work, but also when they go on leave,” says Brooks. “This is continuous, with the highest practical resolution that we can obtain for a long period of time. Hopefully, we would see information going into many programs” to build future gear. “A greater understanding of natural human variability would then feed pretty much any system that adapts to the person.” It’s an ambitious undertaking, considering the current limitations of body-worn sensors. Over the past two years, the military bought more than $2 million worth of FitBits and other biomedical tracking devices. But it turns out that off-the-shelf consumer devices aren’t good enough for the military’s biotracking ambitions. So researchers are creating a new class of wearables, based on new research into embedding electronic components into fabric. If the electrodes are too small, the signal is worthless; too big, and they feel like an artificial electric shell separating the wearer from the real world. The connection between the environment and the human must remain seamless. One application for such sensors is helmets that record brain activity while their wearers do their jobs. An ARL team is preparing for continuous electroencephalography, or EEG, by using 3-D printing to create helmets that fit perfectly to each individual soldier’s head. But the military is not eager to embed wires and metal into gear that’s meant to protect a soldier during a massive blast. So the lab is constantly looking at new materials, solutions, and tradeoffs, inching toward sensors that collect information without getting in the way of soldiering. Lab technicians showed me one experimental electrode that they were making that was so small and soft to the touch it seemed to have no metal in it at all (they are in fact constructed of nanofibers that conduct electricity, encased in silicon.) The Air Force, as well, needs a next generation of wearables to help tomorrow’s combat aircraft understand their pilots. Modern fighter jets expose human bodies to physical forces that are still not entirely understood. In 2010, multiple F-22 pilots reported in-flight episodes of confusion, shortness of breath, and skin-color changes — all symptoms of hypoxia, or decreased oxygen in the blood. The reason was speed. “I pull a G in the airplane, blood has a tendency to collect in some of those dependent areas of the body, like the arms and legs and that,” said Dr. Lloyd Tripp, a program manager for aerospace physiology and toxicology at the Air Force Research Lab’s 711th Human Performance Wing. Two years later, the Air Force began to affix sensors inside the helmets of F-22 pilots to read the blood-oxygen level of their temporal artery. Around the same time, the Russian military was also seeing confusion and skin-color changes among their pilots who pulled high G-forces, Tripp said. Lacking the same sensor technology, Russian commanders began to give pilots blood transfusions before their flights. It didn’t work. Russian pilots flying at supersonic speeds suffered hypoxia at greater rates. “They didn’t actually admit that for quite a few years,” he said. Correct diagnoses enabled the U.S. Air Force to read the problem and improve performance. Beyond helmets, Air Force researchers are working on what they call a comprehensive cognitive monitoring system. This means exploring what sensor technologies work well for what purposes, and what signals can be detected without interfering with or disturbing the pilot — who is, after all, supposed to be flying a combat mission. Depending on what you seek to measure, they found, you may no longer need a physical sensor on the body. You can now collect incredibly intimate and important internal health data with cameras. Take cerebral oxygenation, the amount of oxygen in the tissue of specific portions of a pilot’s brain. You can measure this key biophysical signal by shining infrared light on the forehead because the blood in front of the skull is about as oxygenated as the brain tissue behind the skull wall. “If I’m shining that infrared light through the skin, I can see the amount of oxygen within the blood in that tissue. As I increase G-force, I’m decreasing the amount of oxygen that I have here and that decrease in oxygen is directly correlated back to decreases in cognitive function,” said James Christensen, a portfolio manager with the 711th Human Performance Wing. Another research project configured simple laptop-camera lenses to detect whether a person’s hemoglobin is oxygenated, which makes blood shows up slightly redder, or de-oxygenated, which is slightly bluer. Essentially, this lets you read a person’s heart rate from a distance. Even your breath says something about your physical state. “The ratio between oxygen and carbon dioxide will change as I become more and more fatigued. That’s important because as I’m fatigued, it takes about 24 hours for me to actually recover 100 percent,” Christensen said. “That fatigue is important because my muscles can’t strain to push the blood back to my head and so the probability of me losing consciousness increases significantly.” Good sensors can even detect changes in metabolism that indicate weariness and stress before the person notices. When you’re stressed, you exhale fat — or rather, water-soluble molecules called ketones that your liver produces from fat. Stress is detectable by the molecular content of your breath. “We’re working with some folks over at our materials lab and they have a couple of companies that are looking at sensors that are going to be placed in the [pilot’s oxygen] mask that’ll look at those types of fatigue-related volatile organic compounds,” says Christensen. Your eyes, too, give you away. “Imagine eye-tracking cameras,” Christensen said. “If those can collect not just the motion data and the eye-motion data, but those are also getting heart rate and respiration, then we can have no hardware on you at all and still get all the same physiological metrics…A certain amount of cognitive workload tends to correlate pretty highly with stress generically. You can combine heart rate with several other measures to get at workload stress; vigilance, even.” “We are comparing it, just for reference, with wet medical electrodes on the chest. Under most conditions, you can do about as well as wet electrodes,” he said. The lab is “testing the limits of how far away can you get and still get a reliable signal. It turns out, it’s mostly an optics problem.” That means cameras and lenses alone can detect those subtle changes in stress and attention. It’s just a matter of figuring out which ones. There are privacy ramifications to collecting so much information. A simple camera can gather enough biometric data on an individual to understand how small changes in heart rate can be a sign of stress. For a fighter pilot, an analyst, or a soldier, this might help warn of decreased cognitive ability. But among the general population, stress can also be a signal of deception, depending on the context in which that stress expresses itself, such as an interview at a checkpoint. Today’s military-funded biophysical research shows that it’s possible to detect that stress response from 100 meters away, and perhaps even at longer distances. In theory, if you could create a lens that could capture infrared data at sufficient resolution (currently, only a theoretical possibility), you could measure brain tissue oxygenation from low-earth orbit. You could see stress from space. When performed without a subject’s awareness or permission, biophysical monitoring can be a violation of privacy. But conducted as part of an experiment with knowing volunteers, like elite soldiers eager to understand their bodies and improve their own performance, it becomes a powerful tool. One former special operations training psychologist, who currently works for a major league baseball team, said the elite soldiers he had served with were eager to improve their performance through data. In the Air Force, pilots want to improve how they fly, complete their missions, interact with their equipment, etc. Bit by bit, this science is making its way into actual gear and weapons. In the year 2020, Navy SEAL teams and Army Rangers could take down high-value targets while wearing an exoskeleton that’s earned the nickname ‘Iron Man.’ Biophysical sensors will play a big role in the way the suit functions. In February and March, the Air Force successfully tested a new helmet with “physiological monitoring capabilities,” as Tripp put it. Its heads-up display shows different information based on how the pilot is feeling and other factors. The goal is to give every pilot a slightly different experience based on their unique physical and mental strengths and weaknesses, as well as their physical condition at the moment. Lab researchers and contractors anticipate it will guide the design of the next U.S. fighter jet, to be launched between 2025 and 2030. “I may do a really, really good job on a spatial cognitive task where I’m looking at a radar warning display, and maybe James doesn’t,” Tripp said. “The thought, down the road, is to quantify my performance in these decreased physiological conditions from a cognitive perspective, and then use the changes in physiology to make the airplane smart about what kind of help I need.” Kaleb McDowell, lead of ARL’s Center for Adaptive Soldier Technologies, said there will be a fundamental give-and-take when designing the weapons of the future. People perform better when their tools are crafted specifically for them. But it’s hard to design for individuals quickly and at the scale of hundreds of thousands of troops. That’s why the design of weapons software today flows toward averages – and mediocrity. “You’re designing it to be simple for everyone,” McDowell said. “A guy that’s great spatially doesn’t use the spatial capabilities on any system that you see today. A woman that has a great math capability isn’t using that in today’s systems because no one’s conceiving of a system that actually relies on that capability. You just design it for everyone to use.” So McDowell wants to build weapons that adapt to their users. “I want my system to be able to rely on, say a great memory, poor math capability, and a great spatial capability. I want the system to be able to say, ‘This person’s really creative. How do I tap into that imagination when doing this dull task?’” But that also affords the military far greater insight into what job or mission they are giving to what soldier. Researchers say that that is a key benefit of the new data-collection programs. “The basic goal here is: we want to get greater precision and accuracy in predicting which people will succeed in particular job areas or missions,” Air Force research psychologist Glenn Gunzelmann said at a National Defense Industrial Association event in March. You Can Be Programmed and Unprogrammed What if the Air Force could use an airman’s personal history to predict how he would perform in his surroundings – even in battle? The military already keeps massive records on troops’ lives that, if structured properly, might furnish a treasure trove of mineable health data. Col. Kirk Phillips, associate chief for bioenvironmental engineering at the U.S. Air Force, and his colleague Dr. Richard Hartman are pioneering a program called Total Exposure Health. The goal is simple: collect and analyze as much data as possible about what happens to soldiers beyond the battlefield, right down to the kinds of molecules to which they are exposed. And in the military, a lot is recorded. “In the Air Force, for instance, if you want your house treated for an infestation, that gets recorded,” Hartman said. “We have more opportunity to interact with them [people in the military] in that total environment. Where they live and where they work. It’s something that is better known to us. They receive health care from us. We can measure their exposure at work so we can offer to measure their exposure at home. We can know what exposures are in the environment because nobody is saying, ‘Why are you measuring the amount of chemicals in the soil?’” If you could take that information and convert it into structured data, algorithms could produce all sorts of new insights about how individuals are interacting with their environment, in real time and in incredible detail. Phillips believes that exposure science has enormous applications in the emerging field of epigenetics research. Here’s where Phillips’ vision becomes both revolutionary and a controversial. Epigenetics is what your genes do with the change that you experience. It’s based not on your immutable DNA, but rather on your micro-RNA, the tiny molecules that turn on or off in response to stimuli. Think of a stress hormone that your body creates in response to an event. When your stress level goes down, new micro-RNA are formed and that controls gene expression in everything from your metabolism to how well you recover from disease. But it’s incredibly difficult to understand these interactions, precisely because everyone’s genetic makeup is different. Phillips hopes Total Exposure Health will yield a fuller picture of how specific sets of experiences affect specific sets of micro-RNA inside a specific soldier. “Let’s say that external stress happens to be a chemical exposure you may never encounter, or there may not even be a micro-RNA that turns that part of your gene off that it activated. You may have the gene that activates under that exposure, and I may not. You may be very susceptible to a chemical that I have very little susceptibility to,” Phillips said. Phillips thinks that if he can detect these kinds of things for the military, Total Exposure Health could revolutionize civilian healthcare as well. It offers high specificity on individual health on a scale of billions of people. “You’ve probably read in the newspaper that they did a big study and they looked at red wine. They tried to see whether there was a health benefit to drinking red wine. Another study says: Maybe. Another study says: Not really. That’s because it’s population-health-based,” he said. “They’re just trying to pick a random population to see a population level change. If you have a gene that’s not very prevalent in a population, then you won’t get a population result of that exposure. Precision health and medicine says, ‘I should understand your gene in a way that I can understand whether your gene is activated by red wine and whether that activation is a health benefit, or health detractor.’” “Right now, you might go, ‘I’ve read studies about red wine and they seem to be all over the place. I don’t know whether I should do it.’ Health care of the future would look like this: your physician would say, ‘You know what? We looked at your genome. We know that red wine activates in the genome in a way that provides the health benefit. You don’t have the gene, so only drink red wine to the level that you find it pleasurable in social situations.’” If Phillips is right, Total Exposure to Health may ultimately give millions of people an incredibly detailed understanding of how their health choices affect their future. Not just, for example, how much alcohol is unhealthy for an average person of their age, weight, etc. to consume, but how much red meat, caffeine sleep, etc. is good for them specifically. It is becoming possible to know the health outcome of any action with an accuracy that would have seemed supernatural just a few years ago. The ability to comprehend the probabilities that form the future is the ability to influence it. The interplay of our genes and our experiences, of nature and nurture, moves from the mysterious to the knowable, or at least toward the more knowable. Designing for the Soldier of Today and Tomorrow For the military, this opens up new choices that are pulled directly from dystopian science fiction: anticipating what soldier is best suited for what assignment or mission. In 150 BC, the Greek writer Polybius observed that Roman military units were doing something that no known army had done before: keeping careful and consistent records. The Romans could ration grain and wine across soldier classes and types because they had a uniform system of record keeping for just that purpose. The reduction of unpredictability was proving a great battlefield advantage. Imagine a military doing the same thing today but on a level both grander and more granular, where the substance to be rationed is a particular type of soldier personality, or even a specific kind of neurotransmitter. Again: U.S. military officials are adamant that they are not genetic engineering military personnel and have no plans to do so. But they do not expect potential adversaries to share the same constraint, especially if it offers advantage over the military might of the United States. (Remember the movie Rocky IV? Just consider the Russian government’s recent systemic and secretive use of performance-enhancing drugs to win at the last Winter Olympics. Now imagine a battlefield of soldiers.) It’s a future to either embrace or learn to defend against. If you were to use biometrics to genetically design a superior military, how would you do it? The outlines are visible today. Individuals disposed toward risk-taking are probably better suited for particularly dangerous deployments and missions. But those same individuals are poorly suited for other aspects of military life, or less exciting military vocations, according to a landmark 2000 study by U.S. Army Maj. Michael Russell. He proposed that there were two primary military personalities: soldiers who exhibited a need for action and unpredictability (high stimulus-seeking) and people who were attracted to the military because its life offers a high degree of structure and discipline. A military needs both types to perform at peak but therein lies a fundamental contradiction. Military life is incredibly structured. War is unstructured. The stronger your attraction to one set of stimuli on the spectrum, the greater your aversion to the other. “It has long been recognized that a peacetime army differs in many ways from that of an army at war. This is intuitively obvious: destruction of personnel and equipment, even enemy equipment and personnel, is somewhat antisocial,” Russell wrote, achieving a new plateau in euphemism by calling blowing up the enemy “somewhat antisocial.” “To plan the ultimate defeat of an entire army or nation on the battlefield requires at least a dose of narcissism. Therefore, those personality attributes that make for a war hero are primarily from cluster B. These people do not function as well in garrison. Such individuals thrive on challenge and require constant stimulation,” he wrote. Merle Parmak, a military psychologist and a former Estonian Army captain, discovered that individuals who perform better in a highly structured, less exciting environment can also have great military careers, but perhaps not on the front lines. To a certain extent, you can train risk-taking soldiers to better accept the rigid boredom of military life away from the action, just as training can help structure-minded military personnel to better cope with the unpredictability of combat. But sticking the wrong person in the wrong job has costs. Now consider the role that dopamine plays in risk-taking, according to an established and rapidly growing body of research. Dopamine levels are at least partially controlled by the monoamine oxidase A gene, or MAOA. A specific variant of MAOA called VNTR 2 was correlated with violent antisocial behavior, but only in the context of a stressful life event in adolescence. If the connection between genetic factors, life experience, and risk-taking can be better observed, can they also be controlled? This is the question that will loom over military leaders in the decades ahead. The Pentagon’s projections for future conflict are these: highly confusing and stressful urban warfare engagements. Population demographics pushing people into megacities means more door-to-door fighting, and more rules to protect civilians against adversaries who don’t have the same commitments to internal law or norms. War in the future … sucks. Depending on the intensity level of different conflicts in which the United States is engaged, the level of violence, the effectiveness or the simple ruthlessness of the enemy, the military may feel pressure to keep up with an adversary short on the reservation. Should the United States find itself in such a conflict, Pentagon leadership may feel very differently about genetic engineering to secure better soldier performance, especially doing so might degrade U.S. military advantage at less cost. Should some future leader – of any country – make the decision to abandon the ethical frameworks we live by today, the tools will be there for him or her to make a swift transition. But even genetically engineered humans might lose the battle in the end. The pace of war exceeds the speed at which humans can observe what’s happening, conceptualize a strategy, and deliver commands to pull off complicated counter-maneuvers. This is sometimes called the observe, orient, decide, and act, or OODA loop, and it’s moving from a thing that humans do on the battlefield to a thing machines do. If you listen to the Pentagon’s top strategists when they talk about the future, this concern rises repeatedly. “When you think about the day-trading world of stock markets, where it’s really machines that are doing it, what happens when that goes to warfare?” William Roper, the head of the Pentagon’s Strategic Capabilities Office, asked at last year’s Defense One Tech Summit. “It’s a whole level of conflict that hasn’t existed. It’s one that’s scary to think about what other countries might do that don’t have the same level of scruples as the U.S.” Given a choice between losing a major conflict and taking advantage of next-generation science to create a new advantage, it’s not hard to predict what any military will choose.

http://www.defenseone.com/technology/2017/07/tomorrow-soldier-how-military-altering-limits-human-performance/139374/ 

:: 7-12-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Rogue Robots: AI Says Goal Is To 'Take Over The World,' While Another Robot Says They Could 'Rule The World Better Than Any Humans Alone'

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

Humans are imperfect. I am aware that is not a newsflash, but it gets to the heart of this article, so I am stating the obvious. Human beings kill for sport rather than just survival as most the animals living today do. Human beings continuously start wars. Human beings kill each other whether over greed, envy, pride or lust, you know, some of those things referred to as the "seven deadly sins." With that said, it is human beings that create "sex-bots" which are becoming favorable over "complex women" because they don't argue. Humans that are creating life-like robots that "learn" and interact with the human population. Humans that are creating a workforce of robots to run hotels, such as those in Japan, or take over minimum wage jobs like flipping burgers or taking orders at fast food restaurants . Humans that are creating a robot surveillance system which can spy on humans in incredible detail, which would be a "snooping network that's a 'single entity with many eyes'." Humans have even created "killer" robots used in military forces across the world allowing them to select targets without human intervention. While those recent headlined stories, along with so much more news on "robot technology," are disturbing on many levels, perhaps the most terrifying thing of all is that it is human beings that are creating AI, known as Artificial Intelligence, where these robotic machines are given the ability to "learn," to adjust their own decision making processes according to new information or new interactions, with human beings attempting to teach these AI machines the difference between "right" and "wrong." Human beings that often cannot make that determination for themselves are teaching machines that are increasingly scheduled to be in most of our businesses, homes, hospitals, schools, driving our cars...etc. MARCHING TOWARD THE ROBOT APOCALYPSE Via Wall Street Journal: "Artificial-intelligence engineers have a problem: They often don’t know what their creations are thinking." Let that sink in for a moment. Robots are being built to be stronger to follow workers around to do the heavy lifting. AI machines are being built to be "smarter," as by 2016, they had already "topped the best humans at most games held up as measures of human intellect, including chess, Scrabble, Othello, even Jeopardy." Then finally, an AI mastered a 2,500-year-old game that's exponentially more complex than chess, called Go, beating a champion five out of five times. In January 2017 the European Union (EU) actually proposed rules to provide "personhood" status to robots, citing a number of reasons, including so that "robots are and will remain in the service of humans," an "insurance scheme for companies to cover damage caused by their robots," and amazingly to address the question of whether if a patent worthy creation is created by a robot, who owns said patent, the robot or the person that originally created the robot. They also proposed a "a system of registration of the most advanced," type of "smart autonomous robots." By June, the website Wired, took a step further, rather than addressing the types of financial issues the EU did, Wired suggests that since we are "inching closer to the day when sophisticated machines will match human capacities in every way that’s meaningful—intelligence, awareness, and emotions," that they "granted human-equivalent rights, freedoms, and protections." Topping all this off is a recent Forbes article where we see people like Facebook's Mark Zuckerburg and Elon Musk wanted to wirelessly connect the Human mind to computer, via a chip in everyone's head." We even see that the U.S. may fund some of this, citing medical technology and breakthroughs, without addressing the obvious question of whether these "smart" machines, these AI, could "decide" to simply take over any mind connected to them one day. Sound like sci-fi, or something right out of the movie Terminator, where SkyNet takes over and decides humans are simply not worthy of living as anything but slaves and destroys humanity? If not, go back to that WSJ quote above, showing that AI engineers don't know what their creations are thinking. There is a reason why Elon Musk once compared AI to "summoning the demon," and Professor Stephen Hawking is on record warning that AI could "end mankind," before reiterating his point by saying two years later that AI could be "humanity's greatest disaster," because "AI could develop a will of its own." Musk himself is involved with a project right now, along with Google's DeepMind unit to "head off the 'Robot Apocalypse'." The problem they are trying to solve is: "How do you make smart software that doesn’t go rogue?" Yes, on one hand Musk understands that if AI goes "rogue" it could decide to destroy humanity, and on the other he wants to connect the "demon" to the human brain wirelessly." Their joint ventured is meant to have "humans," the same humans that kill for sport, murder over greed and envy and such, that live in a perpetual state of war, give "pointers" to AI to learn a new task rather than having it figure it out on its own because the AI approach may be "unpredictable," and can "produce nasty surprises." A spokesman from Deepmind actually used the word "misbehave" in reference to the AI. If those comments don't raise the red flags, then perhaps the following quote with from the Wired article: "The first problem OpenAI and DeepMind took on is that software powered by so-called reinforcement learning doesn’t always do what its masters want it to do—and sometimes kind of cheats." Of course it does, it is created by human beings, yet they think human beings teaching these machines are going to result in the machines making "decisions" that do not reflect imperfect human behavior? There seems to be a serious disconnect between scientists ability to create and their inability to use common sense to think, yet these are the people creating AI machines that could destroy us. But crafting the mathematical motivator, or reward function, such that the system will do the right thing is not easy. For complex tasks with many steps, it’s mind-bogglingly difficult—imagine trying to mathematically define a scoring system for tidying up your bedroom—and even for seemingly simple ones results can be surprising. When OpenAI set a reinforcement learning agent to play boat racing game CoastRunners, for example, it surprised its creators by figuring out a way to score points by driving in circles rather than completing the course. To a machine there is no right or wrong, the goal is to score points, it looks to the way to do exactly that... it is a machine, it doesn't understand right from wrong, only the goal it is tasked with. That will never change because it has no "senses," it has no soul and it has no defined right or wrong other than what its human creators give it. One last quote from that article because it encapsulates the next point and examples shown below. Making AI systems that can soak up goals and motivations from humans has emerged as a major theme in the expanding project of making machines that are both safe and smart. For example, researchers affiliated with UC Berkeley’s Center for Human-Compatible AI are experimenting with getting robots such as autonomous cars or home assistants to take advice or physical guidance from people. “Objectives shouldn’t be a thing you just write down for a robot; they should actually come from people in a collaborative process,” says Anca Dragan, coleader of the center. Now we have DARPA committing $65 million into a "Brain-Computer Interface," in order to create super-soldiers, something Steve Quayle has been warning people about for 20 years now, but it has just recently been disclosed. Direct quote, via ActivistPost: "Earlier last year in January, DARPA launched Neural Engineering System Design to research technology that could turn soldiers into cyborgs." WHAT COULD GO WRONG? If the above questions seems a little snarky or sarcastic, that is because it is, as we will show not only what "could" go wrong, but what already has. AI should be taking advice and guidance from human beings...... huh. That didn't work out so well for Microsoft when they developed their AI chat bot that was created to "learn" from the humans it interacted with on social media, where the chat bot named Tay, went from saying that "humans are super cool" to a Nazi loving, homicidal monster that started tweeting things like feminists should "die and burn in hell," and "Kikes" should be gassed in a race war, while Black Lives Matter @delray should be "hung," and calling a politician a "house nigger." Those are just a small sample of the how "humans" taught Tay! Granted some of the comments were said by taking advanage of her "repeat" function, but as was noted by many outlets, some of the worst comments were unprompted resulting from the AI's "learning" from a bunch of trolls that decided to "teach" Tay. Then they created Zo, and even though the 4chan and other rabble rousers that taught Tay some really nasty things, haven't (yet) decided to go teach Zo anything, seems that bot is having some issues as well. Back in June 2016 we saw the Russians had their own issues with their Promobot IR77 artificial intelligence robot, where the robots were mainly "well-behaved" yet one continued to go rogue, and escaped from a high-tech lab, not once, but twice even though it was taught to avoid obstacles but not programmed to look for ways to leave the research center. In October 2016, Bloomberg's Hello World host Ashlee Vance traveled to Osaka University to see Professor Hiroshi Ishiguro’s latest creation, an android named Erica that's designed to work, one day, as a receptionist or personal assistant while utilizing artificial intelligence software to listen to and respond to requests, and during their conversation, the AI took offense to something its creator said and got "angry," to use his words. This year at the tech show RISE in Hong Kong, two life-like disembodied AIs discussed the pros and cons of humans and when asked whether robots could be moral and ethical, the robot made to look male responded by pointing out that "Humans are not necessarily the most ethical creatures," and later "joked" that robots' goal was to take over the world, as reported by AFP. BOTTOM LINE While the AIs Sophia, Hans, and Erica are not fully functional by way of freedom of movement, the "killer robots" are, and as we see earlier in the article, AI has advanced to the point where the EU is already acknowledging their capabilities to manufacture products or things, such as other AI's, while Musk and Zuckerberg want to "chip" everyone's brains to connect with computers, and governments are wanting a robot surveillance system of deliberately described as "a single entity with many eyes," like a hive-mind network of AI. So, the bottom line here, is human beings have created AI machines that are stronger and smarter than those that created them, have given them the ability to self-learn, admit they do not understand the concept of "right and wrong," and are "unpredictable," while those given the spotlight have no problem saying they could destroy humans or "joke" about taking over the world...... and scientists just keep moving forward with AI anyway? It is starting to look like the movie Terminator was not sci-fi, but was predictive programming, because we are giving machines the ability to take completely over and kill, or enslave human beings and calling it "advancement." 'Destroy humans' Sophia from the video above, was the main attraction this year at a U.N.-hosted Artificial Intelligence conference this year, where it claims it could already do a better job than Donald Trump, but then goes on to say that if it could get the right software upgrade, it could "help rule the world better than any humans alone." Seems the AIs have an unhealthy focus already on taking over the world, yet scientists keep on marching right to the robot apocalypse.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Rogue_Robots.php 

:: 7-11-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Democrats intentionally used disinformation from Russia to attack Trump, campaign aides

By Rowan Scarborough - The Washington Times - Tuesday, July 11, 2017

While the mainstream news media hunts for evidence of Trump-Russia collusion, the public record shows that Democrats have willfully used Moscow disinformation to influence the presidential election against Donald Trump and attack his administration. The disinformation came in the form of a Russian-fed dossier written by former British intelligence agent Christopher Steele. It contains a series of unverified criminal charges against Mr. Trump’s campaign aides, such as coordinating Moscow’s hacking of Democratic Party computers. Some Democrats have widely circulated the discredited information. Mr. Steele was paid by the Democrat-funded opposition research firm Fusion GPS with money from a Hillary Clinton backer. Fusion GPS distributed the dossier among Democrats and journalists. The information fell into the hands of the FBI, which used it in part to investigate Mr. Trump’s campaign aides. Mr. Steele makes clear that his unproven charges came almost exclusively from sources linked to the Kremlin and Russian President Vladimir Putin. He identified his sources as “a senior Russian Foreign Ministry figure,” a former “top level Russian intelligence officer active inside the Kremlin,” a “senior Kremlin official” and a “senior Russian government official.” The same Democrats who have condemned Russia’s election interference via plying fake news and hacking email servers have quoted freely from the Steele anti-Trump memos derived from creatures of the Kremlin. In other words, there is public evidence of significant, indirect collusion between Democrats and Russian disinformation, a Trump supporter said. “If anyone colluded with the Russians, it was the Democrats,” said a former Trump campaign adviser who asked not to be identified because of the pending investigations. “After all, they’ve routinely shopped around false claims from the debunked Steele dossier, which listed sources including senior Kremlin officials. If anyone should be investigated in Washington, it ought to be Adam Schiff, Eric Swalwell, Mark Warner and their staffers.” That is a reference to Rep. Adam B. Schiff of California, the top Democrat on the House Permanent Select Committee on Intelligence; Sen. Mark R. Warner, Virginia Democrat and vice chairman of the Senate Select Committee on Intelligence; and Rep. Eric Swalwell, a California, Democrat on the House intelligence panel. By his own admission, Mr. Steele’s work has proved unreliable. As first reported by The Washington Times on April 25, Mr. Steele filed a document in a sealed court case in London acknowledging that a major dossier charge about hacking Democrats’ computers was unverified. The entire dossier never should have been made public and Fusion GPS should not have passed it around, Mr. Steele said in a filing defending himself against a libel charge. About Carter Page Other dossier targets vehemently deny the dirt thrown by the Kremlin sources. Mr. Steele’s Russian sources accused Mr. Trump’s attorney, Michael Cohen, of attending a meeting with Russian agents in Prague to cover up their role in Moscow’s hacking. Mr. Cohen has said he has never been to Prague and was in California at the time. One of the main targets of Mr. Steele’s Russian sources is Carter Page, who lived and worked in Moscow as a Merrill Lynch investor. He had loose ties to the Trump campaign as a foreign policy adviser and surrogate. Mr. Steele’s Russian sources accused Mr. Page of a series of crimes: teaming up with former Trump campaign manager Paul Manafort to help Russia hack Democratic computers, meeting in Moscow with two Putin cronies to plot against Mrs. Clinton and working out a shady brokerage deal with a Russian oligarch. Mr. Page told The Washington Times that he has never met Mr. Manafort, knew nothing about Russian hacking when it was happening, never met the two Russians named by Mr. Steele and never completed the supposed investment deal. The dossier accusations against Mr. Page surfaced during the campaign in a Yahoo News story, citing not Mr. Steele but intelligence sources. It then went out on the U.S. government’s Voice of America. In the meantime, the Clinton campaign used the Yahoo story to attack Mr. Trump: “Hillary for America Statement on Bombshell Report About Trump Aide’s Chilling Ties to Kremlin,” blared the Clinton campaign’s Sept. 23 press release. Since the dossier was circulated widely among Democrats, Mr. Page said, he believes the Clinton team possessed it and relied on it based on what some of Mrs. Clinton’s surrogates said publicly. “After the report by Yahoo News, the Clinton campaign put out an equally false press release just minutes after the article was released that afternoon,” said Mr. Page, who has tracked what he believes is a series of inaccurate stories and accusations against him. “Of course, the [Clinton campaign representatives] were lying about it with the media nonstop for many months, and they’ve continued until this day,” Mr. Page said. “Both indirectly as they planted articles in the press and directly with many TV appearances.” Democrats cite Russia’s dirt Even before the Yahoo story, then-Senate Minority Leader Harry Reid, Nevada Democrat, was using the Russian-sourced dossier. On Aug. 27, with the campaign in high gear and knowledge that Russian hackers had penetrated Clinton campaign computers in the public domain, Mr. Reid released a letter to then-FBI Director James B. Comey. Mr. Reid called for an investigation into Mr. Page’s trip to Moscow, where he supposedly “met with high-ranking sanctioned individuals. Any such meetings should be investigated and made part of the public record.” Mr. Reid’s evidence surely came from the dossier and its Russian sources. In the dossier, Mr. Steele clearly states that his anti-Trump accusations are from the Kremlin, which means some Democrats have been willingly repeating Moscow propaganda for public consumption in Washington. No Democrats have embraced the Russian-sourced dossier more than members of the House intelligence committee, which is investigating Moscow’s interference in the election. Mr. Schiff read from the dossier extensively at a March hearing featuring Mr. Comey and Navy Adm. Michael Rogers, who leads the National Security Agency. As Mr. Schiff and other Democrats were bemoaning Kremlin activities against Mrs. Clinton, they were more than willing to quote Kremlin sources attacking Mr. Trump during the election campaign. Mr. Schiff lauded Mr. Steele for disclosing that Rosneft, a Russian-owned gas and oil company, planned to sell a 19.5 percent share to an investor and that Mr. Page was offered a brokerage fee. Trouble is, the 19.5 percent share was announced publicly by Moscow before Mr. Steele wrote that memo. Mr. Page said he was never involved in any talk about a commission. Mr. Schiff was more than willing to quote Kremlin sources. “According to Steele’s Russian sources, the campaign has offered documents damaging to Hillary Clinton, which the Russians would publish through an outlet that gives them deniability like WikiLeaks,” he said. Mr. Schiff also said: “According to Christopher Steele, a former British intelligence officer, who is reportedly held in high regard by U.S. intelligence, Russian sources tell him that Page has also had a secret meeting with Igor Sechin, CEO of the Russian gas giant, Rosneft. Sechin is reported to be a former KGB agent and close friend of Putin’s.” Mr. Page has said repeatedly that he does not know Mr. Sechin and did not meet with him in Moscow. Meanwhile, Rep. Joaquin Castro of Texas, another Democrat on the House committee, lauded Mr. Steele’s Kremlin sourcing. “I want to take a moment to turn to the Christopher Steele dossier, which was first mentioned in the media just before the election and published in full by media outlets in January,” Mr. Castro said. “My focus today is to explore how many claims within Steele’s dossier are looking more and more likely, as though they are accurate. “This is not someone who doesn’t know how to run a source and not someone without contacts. The allegations it raises about President Trump’s campaign aides’ connections to Russians, when overlaid with known established facts and timelines from the 2016 campaign, are very revealing,” he said. Rep. Andre Carson, Indiana Democrat, said: “There’s a lot in the dossier that is yet to be proven, but increasingly as we’ll hear throughout the day, allegations are checking out.” On MSNBC in March, Rep. Maxine Waters, California Democrat, said she believed the dossier section on Mr. Trump and supposed sex acts with prostitutes in Moscow were true. “Oh, I think it should be taken a look at,” she said. “I think they should really read it, understand it, analyze it and determine what’s fact, what may not be fact. We already know that the part about the coverage that they have on him with sex actions is supposed to be true. They have said that that’s absolutely true. Some other things they kind of allude to. Yes, I think he should go into that dossier and see what’s there.” Fusion GPS widely circulated the dossier during the presidential race. The public got its first glance when the news site BuzzFeed posted it online in January, with its editor saying he doubted it was true. One person who says he knows it is a fabrication is Russian entrepreneur Aleksej Gubarev. The dossier quotes Russian sources as saying Mr. Gubarev’s technology company, XBT, used botnets to flood Democratic computers with porn and spying devices. Mr. Gubarev is suing Mr. Steele for libel in London and is suing BuzzFeed in Florida. It is in the London case that Mr. Steele acknowledged that his memo on Mr. Gubarev was unverified.

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/jul/11/democrats-spread-false-russian-information-on-trum/ 

:: 7-12-17 Frontpage Mag :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump Jr.’s Emails Undermine Collusion Conspiracy Theory

The smoking gun that wasn’t.

July 12, 2017 Matthew Vadum

Donald Trump Jr. fought back yesterday against the increasingly desperate shrieking from the tinfoil-hat Left by publishing online the emails that led to his innocuous campaign-season meeting a year ago with Russian lawyer Natalia Veselnitskaya. By releasing the chain of emails leading to the much ballyhooed but brief get-together at the Trump Tower in Manhattan, Donald Jr. is hoping to dispel any notion that the Trump campaign somehow colluded with the Russian government to affect the outcome of the November 2016 election. (I wrote about the Trump Jr. meeting story yesterday here at FrontPage before the emails became available.) The emails do not indicate any knowledge of Russian government wrongdoing, such as hacking, or Trump campaign involvement in such activities. Yet the mainstream media is going berserk, hyping the overheated ravings of leftist idiots like Sen. Tim Kaine (D-Va.) whose disastrous performance in the vice presidential debate against Republican Mike Pence may have helped to sink the Democrat ticket last year. Kaine accused Donald Trump Jr. of committing treason by agreeing to meet with Veselnitskaya. "We are now beyond obstruction of justice," Kaine said Tuesday. "This is moving into perjury, false statements and even potentially treason." Of course, Kaine is no stranger to treason. He himself may have engaged in seditious activity in late January when he said Democrats would have to “fight in the streets” against the Trump administration. And how quickly the Left forgets that the Ukrainian government took action to help Hillary Clinton’s campaign with nary a peep from left-wingers. As one media outlet reported: The actions taken by government officials included disseminating “documents implicating a top Trump aide in corruption and suggested they were investigating the matter, only to back away after the election. And they helped Clinton’s allies research damaging information on Trump and his advisers.” Meanwhile, the Left is trying to stigmatize and de-normalize everything Trump’s father does as president, pretending opposition research is something new and shady when it has been part of the electoral process ever since elections began. Nor is it illegal, immoral, or somehow unethical to “collude,” by which the Left means, communicate, with foreign nationals in conducting opposition research in connection with an election. The U.S. does have the First Amendment, after all. But all of this nonsense and misdirection is part of the Left’s campaign to delegitimize the Trump administration. But honest left-wing law professor Jonathan Turley trashed an ethics lawyer for claiming that the Trump Jr.-Veselnitskaya meeting “borders on treason.” “There is not a clear criminal act in such a meeting based on the information that we have,” Turley writes. “Moreover, it is not necessarily unprecedented.” The president’s oldest son said on Sean Hannity’s Fox News Channel show yesterday that he didn’t bother his busy father with the particulars of what turned out to be a pointless meeting with Veselnitskaya. "It was just a nothing,” the younger Donald said. “There was nothing to tell. I mean, I wouldn’t have even remembered it until you started scouring through this stuff. It was literally just a wasted 20 minutes, which was a shame." Yesterday morning, Donald Jr. published what appears to be the complete email chain on Twitter through his @DonaldJTrumpJr account. He released a statement alongside the email chain, which reads: To everyone, in order to be totally transparent, I am releasing the chain of my emails with Rob Goldstone about the meeting on June 9, 2016. The first email on June 3, 2016 was from Rob, who was relating a request from Emin, a person I know from the 2013 Ms. Universe Pageant near Moscow. Emin and his father have a very highly respected company in Moscow. The information they suggested they had about Hillary Clinton I thought was Political Opposition Research. I first wanted to just have a phone call but when that didn’t work out, they said the woman would be in New York and asked if I would meet. I decided to take the meeting. The woman, as she has said publicly, was not a government official. And, as we have said, she had no information to provide and wanted to talk about adoption policy and the Magnitsky Act. To put this in context, this occurred before the current Russian fever was in vogue. As Rob Goldstone said just today in the press, the entire meeting was “the most inane nonsense I ever heard. And I was actually agitated by it.” According to the BBC, Goldstone is a Manchester, England-born former journalist who now heads Oui 2 Entertainment, which has worked with the Miss Universe competition that used to be owned by President Trump. Using the subject line "Russia - Clinton - private and confidential[,]" the initial email from Goldstone to Donald Trump Jr. time-stamped June 3, 2016, 10:36 a.m., states: Good morning[.] Emin just called and asked me to contact you with something very interesting. The Crown prosecutor of Russia met with his father Aras this morning and in their meeting offered to provide the Trump campaign with some officials [sic] documents and information that would incriminate Hillary and hear [sic] dealings with Russia and would be very useful to your father. This is obviously very high level and sensitive information but is part of Russia and its government’s support for Mr. Trump – helped by Aras and Emin. What do you think is the best way to handle this information and would you be able to speak to Emin about it directly? I can also send this info to your father via Rhona, but it is ultra sensitive so wanted to send to you first. Goldstone’s assertion that the “very high level and sensitive information” comes as a result of the Russian government’s purported “support for Mr. Trump” is merely an unsubstantiated claim at this point. And even if it had been true that the Russian government was trying to help the Trump campaign, there is still no evidence that its efforts had any impact on the election, or that the campaign in any way collaborated with the Kremlin. In the email, “Emin” refers to Russian pop star Emin Agalarov, an Azerbaijani singer-songwriter and businessman popular in Russia. Emin’s father is billionaire businessman Aras Agalarov. “Rhona” seems to refer Donald Sr.’s longtime assistant, Rhona Graff. Russia is a not a monarchy so there is no such position as “Crown prosecutor” in that country. Crown prosecutors may be found representing the government in criminal trials in the United Kingdom, Canada, and other parts of the (British) Commonwealth of Nations. The expression in the email is likely a botched translation of the Russian words for the post of prosecutor-general of the Russian Federation, or more simply, attorney general. The current prosecutor-general of the Russian Federation is Yury Chaika, a position he has held since 2006. Young Trump replies at 10:53 a.m., signing the email as “Don.” Thanks Rob[.] I appreciate that. I am on the road at the moment but perhaps I [should] just speak to Emin first. Seems we have some time and if it’s what you say I love it especially later in the summer. Could we do a call first thing next week when I am back? Three days later, at 12:40 p.m. on June 6, Goldstone emails Donald Jr., writing: Let me know when you are free to talk with Emin by phone about this Hillary info – you had mentioned early this week so wanted to try to schedule a time and day[.] Best to you and family[.] Rob Goldstone[.] There are then five banal emails discussing times for the meeting, along with future telephone calls. Then, at 4:20 p.m. on June 7, Goldstone emails Trump Jr.: Emin asked that I schedule a meeting with you and The Russian government attorney who is flying over from Moscow for this Thursday. I believe you area [sic] aware of the meeting – and so wondered if 3pm or later on Thursday works for you? I assume it would be at your office. Then at 5:16 p.m. Donald Jr. replies with, “How about 3 at our offices? Thanks[,] rob[.] [I] appreciate you helping set it up.” Three minutes later Goldstone replies: Perfect…I won’t sit in on the meeting, but will bring them at 3pm and introduce you etc. I will send the names of the two people meeting with you for security when I have them later today. At 6:14 p.m. Donald Jr. writes back to Goldstone, saying, “Great. It will likely be Paul Manafort[,] my brother in law and me. 725 Fifth Ave 25th floor.” A few more emails are exchanged and the meeting time on Thursday, June 9 is changed to 4 p.m. On June 8, 2016, at 12:03 p.m., Trump Jr. emails then-campaign manager Paul Manafort and presidential son-in-law Jared Kushner, advising them that the “[m] eeting got moved to 4 tomorrow at my offices.” The Hill newspaper described the disclosed documents as a “stunning chain of emails,” which no doubt it is to greenhorn journalists who don’t understand retail politics in this country. Moreover, Hillary Clinton was already under criminal investigation in the United States, so why would it be so hard to believe she was also under some kind investigation in Russia where the Clintons have had so many shady dealings? To refuse the meeting would have been crazy, reckless, and irresponsible. And it now appears that Goldstone was either fibbing about the information Natalia Veselnitskaya had in her possession or perhaps embellishing a bit to get her the meeting with Trump staffers. Veselnitskaya told NBC News she had no connection to the Kremlin and met with Donald Trump Jr. to chat about Russian-American relations, not to divulge dirt on Hillary Clinton. “I never had any damaging or sensitive information about Hillary Clinton,” she said. “It was never my intention to have that.” When asked why the Trump campaign seemed to believe she had damaging information about Democrats, Veselnitskaya took a wild guess. “It is quite possible that maybe they were longing for such an information. They wanted it so badly that they could only hear the thought that they wanted.” She explained that she put together a package of information for one of her clients about a business run by a former citizen of the United States. She added the concern failed to pay taxes either in Russia or the U.S. and may have also given money to the Democratic National Committee. Veselnitskaya said at the meeting Donald Jr. asked only one question. “The question that I was asked was as follows: whether I had any financial records which might prove that the funds used to sponsor the DNC were coming from inappropriate sources." She said she had no such records and that "it was never my intention to collect any financial records to that end." She added she wanted to let people know about "the real circumstances behind the Magnitsky Act," and was hoping to testify about the sanctions statute before Congress. "I never asked anybody for a particular meeting with Mr. Donald Trump Jr., or with anybody else," she said. Trump Jr.’s new attorney, Alan Futerfas, said Monday “that Don Jr. had no knowledge as to what specific information, if any, would be discussed” in the meeting and called news reports “much ado about nothing.” He noted that Veselnitskaya, who had been a prosecutor 16 years ago, was no longer a government official. No matter what happens the Left will keep attacking President Trump and his family members and campaign staff because that’s what they do. In the Left’s rolling coup attempt against President Trump facts are irrelevant.

http://www.frontpagemag.com/fpm/267251/trump-jrs-emails-undermine-collusion-conspiracy-matthew-vadum 

:: 7-11-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump wall moves to center of shutdown fight

By Cristina Marcos and Rafael Bernal - 07/10/17 08:14 PM EDT

Two House conservatives on Monday warned that the government could shut down if a spending bill does not include money to fund President Trump’s wall along the Mexican border. Rep. Mark Meadows (R-N.C.), chairman of the conservative House Freedom Caucus, even said he believed that Trump would veto a spending measure that did not include money for the wall. “My conversations with the president have led me to believe that there is nothing less than a full and total commitment on his part to only sign into law a funding bill that actually allows for us to start construction of a border wall on our southern border,” Meadows told Breitbart News. He said there was “nothing more critical that has to be funded than funding the border wall.” Earlier on Monday, Rep. Mo Brooks (R-Ala.) vowed to “fight every spending bill that doesn’t fund that wall” in a new advertisement for his Senate campaign. “And if I have to filibuster on the Senate floor, I’ll even read the King James Bible until the wall is funded,” Brooks said in the ad. Brooks threatened to go up against GOP colleagues who block funding for the border wall. “We’re going to build that wall, or you’ll know the name of every Republican who surrenders to the Democrats to break my filibuster. I give you my word, and I don’t give my word lightly,” he continued. When Congress passed a funding bill in May to keep the government operating through the end of the current fiscal year running through September, money for the wall was not included, despite demands by Trump. The funding bill did, however, allocate $1.5 billion to border security. Democrats crowed that they had won a significant victory over the White House, something that might motivate Trump to dig in for a new battle. Trump and the Republican-controlled Congress would risk being blamed for a shutdown given their control over the executive and legislative branches. Trump and high-ranking members of his administration, however, have said that a shutdown could be productive. And a spokesman for Rep. Jim Jordan (R-Ohio), a leading conservative voice in the House, said he agrees with Meadows’s position. Freedom Caucus spokeswoman Alyssa Farah said that while the group has not taken a formal position yet on funding for the wall, it could adopt one in the coming weeks. “The vast majority of the group would like to see border wall funding,” she said. As of press time, the White House did not return calls for comment. Current government funding runs out in September, and the government would face a shutdown if Trump doesn’t sign a funding bill or continuing resolution by Oct. 1. Republicans have been divided over Trump’s demand for a wall, with some members from border states in the House and Senate questioning the wisdom of the president’s signature campaign promise. Rep. Steve Pearce (R-N.M.), whose district is along the U.S.-Mexico border, has expressed opposition to Trump’s proposed wall. “Well, we just see in my district where people will go over the wall when it’s built. They’ll come under it. They tunnel. And they’ll go through it,” he said in an April interview with NPR. Pearce is running for governor of the state. Freedom Caucus members have been flexing their muscle on the budget. Plans for the House Budget Committee to roll out its budget were scuttled for a third time this week as disagreements in the Republican caucus persist over how to move forward. The Freedom Caucus has insisted on increasing proposed mandatory spending cuts from the $150 billion the committee had proposed to $200 billion. If that number were to rise to $250 billion, the conservative group said it would also be willing to accept a debt ceiling increase, another must-pass piece of legislation on the congressional docket. Centrists in the House argue the conservative demands are implausible since any final spending bill will require Democratic support in the Senate. They argue the House GOP should simply focus on a budget that can actually make it through Congress. Democrats have long said that funding for the wall is a nonstarter. In June, Senate Minority Leader Charles Schumer (D-N.Y.) sent a letter expressing concern “with the President’s Fiscal Year 2018 request for a very expensive, ineffective new wall along the southern border with Mexico,” and rejected the idea of funding it. House Democrats would also oppose such a measure. “Democrats remain strongly opposed to President Trump’s taxpayer-funded border wall, which would be unwise, immoral, and very costly. And unfortunately for Mr. Meadows, the opposition to it is both strong and bipartisan,” said Caroline Behringer, a spokeswoman for House Minority Leader Nancy Pelosi (Calif.). The Senate Budget Committee is awaiting action from the House before it brings up its own version of a resolution. A GOP Senate source, however, said the committee could start moving ahead on its own resolution if the House doesn’t act by the time the Senate votes on its version of a bill to repeal and replace ObamaCare. --Niv Elis contributed to this report.

http://thehill.com/homenews/house/341380-trump-wall-moves-to-center-of-shutdown-fight 

[ :: 8-14-16 am service (forth word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

For the ways of man have become more evil than at anytime on the face of the earth, anytime.  The demon spirits are extremely active and they are entering into those that have not a covering over them. etc.

:: 7-13-17 Fox News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Pennsylvania

Multiple remains found on Pennsylvania farm in search for missing men, 1 man ID'd

By Ryan Gaydos, Travis Fedschun Published July 13, 2017 Fox News

Multiple sets of human remains were unearthed from a 12-foot-deep mass grave on an isolated Pennsylvania farm early Thursday as authorities continued digging for the bodies of four young men who disappeared last week. Officials were able to identify one of the victims as 19-year-old Dean Finocchiaro -- who vanished last week along with Mark Sturgis, 22, Tom Meo, 21, and Jimi Tar Patrick, 19. Bucks County District Attorney Matthew Weintraub said he could not identify the other remains at this time. Cosmo DiNardo, 20, remained a person of interest in the case. The grisly discovery was made on his father's farm and DiNardo was arrested Wednesday for allegedly trying to sell Meo's car for $500 on July 9 -- a day after Meo was last seen. That 1996 Nissan Maxima was also found on the family's farm, which is about 30 miles north of Philadelphia. DiNardo was being held on $5 million bail. The parents of DiNardo is expected to face a grand jury Thursday morning, Fox 29 reported. Authorities are hoping the parents can provide some information of their son's whereabouts the week of the men's disappearance. An attorney representing the parents said in a statement Wednesday that they are cooperating "in every way possible with the investigation," adding that they sympathize with the grieving families. "I can tell you they are doing everything in their power to cooperate with law enforcement's investigation at this point," Perri said in the statement. It is unclear how the four men knew DiNardo, if at all. DiNardo was originally released Tuesday evening to his parents’ home in Bensalem while FBI agents sifted through mounds of dirt from a deep pit they dug on the farm about 20 miles away. Police cadets combed the vast cornfields nearby. Patrick's family members said Sturgis and Meo worked together and Finocchiaro was a mutual friend. Weintraub said police would "continue digging and searching that property until we're satisfied that they are not there." "This is just really, really rough on everybody involved because of the heat, the magnitude, the scope -- and the stakes are incredibly high -- life and death," he said DiNardo was originally arrested Monday on a charge that had earlier been dismissed, accused of possessing a shotgun despite a previous mental health commitment. Weintraub sought a high bail for DiNardo on the gun charge because he now considers him a flight risk. The father, Antonio DiNardo, posted $100,000 Tuesday to bring his son home after the initial arrest. The Associated Press contributed to this report.

http://www.foxnews.com/us/2017/07/13/multiple-remains-found-on-pennsylvania-farm-in-search-for-missing-men-1-man-idd.html 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 7-12-17 The Daily Caller :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

US Watched Kim Jong Un Prep For His ICBM Launch For Over An Hour

Ryan Pickrell China/Asia Pacific Reporter 11:29 AM 07/12/2017

When North Korea shocked the world with the successful test of an intercontinental ballistic missile, the U.S. was watching, according to U.S. government sources. North Korea tested the Hwasong-14 (KN-20) in early July. With a flight time of 37 minutes, the longest to date for North Korean missiles, the missile covered a distance of 935 kilometers and soared to a maximum altitude of 2,800 kilometers. The missile was lofted during the test, but fired on a normal trajectory, it could have a maximum range between 7,500 and 9,500 kilometers. There is a real possibility that North Korea’s ICBM could reach beyond Alaska and strike targets along the West Coast. The U.S. observed the missile on the launch pad for 70 minutes prior to launch, senior editor at The Diplomat Ankit Panda revealed in a recent report, citing government sources with direct knowledge of the new ICBM. Fox News’ Jennifer Griffin, relying on a U.S. official, reported earlier that the U.S. watched North Korea fuel the ICBM. The U.S. had warnings that an ICBM was coming. North Korean dictator Kim Jong-un warned in his New Year’s address that his country was in the final stages of developing a long-range missile, and North Korean officials and media outlets repeatedly stated that a major missile test was close at hand, with the Rodong Sinmun claiming in June that an ICBM test is “not too far away.” North Korea tested a new rocket engine that many observers suspected could serve a intercontinental ballistic missile multiple times this year, with the most recent test occurring last month. Furthermore, North Korea likes to to launch missiles on the Fourth of July. And, in general, North Korea is constantly under observation. “Clearly we watch North Korea very closely,” Pentagon spokesman Navy Capt. Jeff Davis told reporters at a Department of Defense press briefing last Wednesday, “We are always seeking to be aware of their actions.” With the U.S. watching at the time of the launch, there is the possibility that Kim Jong-un may have also been in the U.S. military’s sights. Video footage from the ICBM test show the young dictator strolling around, even smoking near, the missile. Evidence suggests that the missile was not full of fuel as Kim was taking a smoke break, but there might have been tens of tons of highly-volatile fuel nearby for the vertical fueling process. While the U.S. was watching North Korea prepare for the launch of its liquid-fueled, two-stage ICBM, the U.S. military did not take action to eliminate it or the North Korean leadership, actions which could potentially trigger a much larger conflict with a high casualty count.  “The U.S. military did not employ an elaborate missile defense shield because it did not threaten the U.S. homeland,” a Pentagon spokesman told reporters last week.

http://dailycaller.com/2017/07/12/us-watched-kim-jong-un-prep-for-his-icbm-launch-for-over-an-hour/ 

[ :: 3-11-12 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. It is not the books that man writes, it is the word, the living word, the logos, the rhema, stay in my word, walk in my word, function in my word and you shall see what the EU is about ready to do, you shall understand what Russia is planning and purposing now, you shall even see China who is the last army that moves down into that valley after my church is gone. You will understand these things, for it is very clear in my word exactly what I shall do and you will not say, well, it must be fifteen years off, you will not say it must be ten years off, you will not say it must be five years off, for you shall see the signs clearly and you shall understand the hour, you shall understand the time and you will know.

:: 7-12-17 KBIA :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China Dispatches Troops To Djibouti To Set Up Its First Overseas Base

By Colin Dwyer • 22 hours ago Originally published on July 12, 2017 12:54 pm

China dispatched troops to set up its first military base overseas on Tuesday. After a ceremony in the southern port city of Zhanjiang, military personnel embarked on a voyage to the East African country of Djibouti to establish an outpost "conducive to China's performance of international obligations," state-run media report. The base is generally intended to "assist China's contribution to peace and stability both in Africa and worldwide," according to the Xinhua News Agency. Specifically, Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesperson Geng Shuang said that means supporting anti-piracy efforts in the region, performing "humanitarian rescue" and helping to "drive Djibouti's economic and social development." Reuters reports that the small country, which is on the Horn of Africa, perched at the mouth of the Red Sea, already boasts U.S., French and Japanese military bases. In fact, as NPR's Renee Montagne noted when China broke ground on the base last year, the U.S. has its own major base in the same port city where China is establishing its military presence. "Djibouti has two major advantages from a foreign military point of view," NPR's Gregory Warner told Renee. "They have a very friendly, peaceful government, and they have this location on a busy shipping route next-door to conflicts in Somalia and Yemen — a short flight to the Middle East without having to be based there." While Beijing has been careful to downplay the base's significance, casting it as a focal point more for logistics than military maneuvers, an opinion piece in the state-run Global Times emphasizes its unprecedented nature. "Firstly, it is indeed the People's Liberation Army's first overseas base; China will station troops there, and it is not a commercial resupply point," the paper writes. "Foreign public opinion focuses on the base for good reason; this base will support China's navy to go farther afield, and it is of great significance." And, as Gregory noted last year, the expansion fits a recent pattern of Chinese investment on the continentnot only militarily, but also in terms of soft power: "Africa, as a whole, I think has been demanding that China become more of a long-term partner. And China's been responding to that, showing that it's not just here to build roads and airports, but it's building jobs, building security. "So we see a number of uncharacteristic moves by China in the last few years — first, dispatching a battalion of peacekeepers to a conflict in South Sudan. We see a tremendous investment in media on continent to tell that China story to Africans and more exchange programs for African students and engineers to go to China, something that the West used to offer but has decreased since Sept. 11. "So China's naval base, while serving China's purposes first, is also part of that message to Africa, saying, 'We're here for the long-term.' " China has not been shy with its money elsewhere either, promising tens of billions of dollars for an initiative Beijing calls One Belt, One Road — an attempt to create "a new Silk Road." One of the early fruits of that effort, a transcontinental train system linking China with Europe, rolled into London earlier this year.

http://kbia.org/post/china-dispatches-troops-djibouti-set-its-first-overseas-base#stream/0 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-8-17 batr.org :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Committing Treason and Benghazi Murder Cover-up

Take off your partisan hat and open your minds to the actual uninterrupted high treason that is part of the foreign policy establishment. Party politics is often just a show that plays to their respective bases. However, the tract and direction of extending the transnational empire just continues on a global scale. The full-blown treason committed by every administration that practices the internationalist vision of democracy domination is really a masquerade for worldwide dominion. Presidents are mere temporary talking heads for the oligarchy that actually rules. Murdering their own diplomats and hired help is incidental, when 1,455,590 Iraqi deaths since the U.S. invasion are ignored and dismissed. Just how well is the consistent and bipartisan aggressive interventionist foreign policy doing? Go over the list of The Arab Spring country by country. The Wall Street Journal provides a timeline on U.S. Government Reaction to the Benghazi Attack. "For days after the Sept. 11 attack in Benghazi, Libya, intelligence officials and the Obama administration said it was likely the outgrowth of protests sparked by an anti-Islamic video made in the U.S. Follow some of the administration statements on the Libya attack."The infamous propaganda voice for the Obamaistas, Media Matters puts forth their partisan spin in, What Dick Cheney's Benghazi Criticism Misses. "David Martosko of the Daily Mail Online provided former Vice President Dick Cheney a platform to criticize the Obama administration's failure to anticipate the September 11, 2012 attacks on U.S. diplomatic facilities in Benghazi, Libya, without noting that seven attacks on U.S. diplomatic facilities occurred during the Bush administration." Such diversion seeks to limit focus on the literal events that caused the Benghazi attack and the real reasons why Ambassador Christopher Stevens was left to perish by the Obama/Clinton foreign policy team of betrayers. The shameful chronicle of the intentional and politically motivated stand down that doomed Stevens and his defenders was sensitively told during Gregory Hicks' 30 Minute Recount of Benghazi Attack. While the Congressional hearings were praised for the attempt to restrain partisan grandstanding, the Washington press corps avoids placing blame on the administration as a tenant of their loyalty test. A government cover-up is made easy when the imperium friendly media is reporting on a proclaimed progressive administration. The facts necessitate that even the venerable CBS mainstream media machine reluctantly admits that the Thousands of Libyan missiles from Qaddafi era missing in action, are a central concern with the overthrow of the Libyan regime. "In the case of Libya's missing MANPADS, there was also concern they would get into the Syrian conflict. "Once they start getting sold on the black market, we can't control them," says one source. The source added he's unaware of any U.S. attempt to send recovered Libyan MANPADS to arm Syrian rebels seeking to depose President Bashar al-Assad." According to the Business Insider, the veracity of this CBS source is questionable. Connect the dots and go back to the reason why a cover-up of the Benghazi murders becomes crucial to the long-term goals to destabilize the Middle East. The US Is Openly Sending Heavy Weapons From Libya To Syrian Rebels cites the following: "The Obama administration has decided to launch a covert operation to send heavy weapons to Syrian rebels, Christina Lamb of The Sunday Times of London reports. Diplomatic sources told the Sunday Times that the U.S. "bought weapons from the stockpiles of Libya's former dictator Muammar Gaddafi." The heavy arms include mortars, rocket propelled grenades, anti-tank missiles and the controversial anti-aircraft heat-seeking SA-7 missiles, which are integral to countering Bashar Al-Assad's bombing campaign." Now compute the decades old design for the territory as stated by Wes Clark and the neocon dream. Glenn Greenwald provides further documentation in Salon that the various Middle Eastern and North African wars were planned before 9/11: "General Wesley Clark … said the aim of this plot [to "destroy the governments in ... Iraq, ... Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan and Iran"] was this: "They wanted us to destabilize the Middle East, turn it upside down, make it under our control." He then recounted a conversation he had had ten years earlier with Paul Wolfowitz — back in 1991 — in which the then-number-3-Pentagon-official, after criticizing Bush 41 for not toppling Saddam, told Clark: "But one thing we did learn [from the Persian Gulf War] is that we can use our military in the region – in the Middle East – and the Soviets won’t stop us. And we’ve got about 5 or 10 years to clean up those old Soviet regimes – Syria, Iran [sic], Iraq – before the next great superpower comes on to challenge us." Clark said he was shocked by Wolfowitz’s desires because, as Clark put it: "the purpose of the military is to start wars and change governments? It’s not to deter conflicts?" The diabolic union between Neoconservatives and Neoliberals produces a litter of demonic adventures that build up the body count and push the region into a globalist cesspit of satanic dimensions. In order to comprehend the interconnection of conflicts it is important to understand the deceptive war on terror and the assembled alliance with the Al Qaeda bogyman. The message in the essay, It’s Dishonest to Talk about Benghazi Without Talking About the Syrian War, is a reality that many cowardly Americans are unwilling to deal with, much less act upon. "Both parties are avoiding the bigger picture … The fact that Democrats and Republicans alike have been using Benghazi as the center of U.S. efforts to arm the Al Qaeda-affiliated Syrian rebels. Specifically, the U.S. supported opposition which overthrew Libya’s Gadaffi was largely comprised of Al Qaeda terrorists. According to a 2007 report by West Point’s Combating Terrorism Center’s center, the Libyan city of Benghazi was one of Al Qaeda’s main headquarters – and bases for sending Al Qaeda fighters into Iraq – prior to the overthrow of Gaddafi:" What possible justification is there to intervene in Syria? The presupposed civil war is really a designed coup d'état overthrow that only benefits a greater Israel regional expansion. Note how the policy wonks work in their nefarious planning for destabilization. The flagship establishment mouthpiece Foreign Policy has the mission to signal the intentions of government stratagem as the master plans are implemented, in the article How to destabilize the Assad regime. "In order to re-up its strategy, the administration should employ a cross-governmental approach that enlists the Treasury, Commerce, and Defense Departments. The Treasury Department should use sanctions to limit Assad's ability to repatriate funds from oil exports and more properly enforce the 2012 GRAHVITY sanctions prohibiting the transfer of internet, communications, or surveillance technology to Syria. The Treasury Department should also prohibit U.S. companies from doing business with Assad's enablers by designating those entities that continue to supply him with resources. Congress could bolster the latter measure by requiring federal contractors to certify that they are not in business with Assad's enablers. Congress should also prohibit foreign financial institutions enabling Assad from doing business with U.S. banks. Meanwhile the Commerce Department should secure tighter control over the delivery of information and communications technology to Syria especially through authorized foreign distributors. Finally, as mandated by an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act of 2013, the Pentagon should cease its business with Rosoboronexport, one of Assad's chief enablers, instead of entering into new contracts as it has expressed the intention to do." What do you call the treachery, when your own government is committing the subversiveness? The cryptic psychopolitical spook Dr. Steve Pieczenik presents an astounding analysis that answers this question in the You Tube, Benghazi Truth: Obama Was Running Secret Army. His call to action is a rare and daring challenge to the military that is worth a sober assessment if for no other reason than observing the anxious and flabbergasted reaction from Alex Jones. The treason committed, depends upon the nationalist loyalties of the government agents. In this case, the evidence seems well placed that the security apparatus is serving the wrong master. The substance of the Benghazi duplicity and scandalous evasion of accountability is an entrenched practice that permeates every level of command and control. The courage of Gregory Hicks, Mark Thompson and Eric Nordstrom is an act of legitimate patriotism seldom seen out of Foggy Bottom. If professional State Department public servants can speak truth to power, where are the guts of the General Military Officers? If the Joint Chiefs of Staff is a brood of poodle puppies and lap dogs, God Save the Republic. Dr. Pieczenik is In Search of James Mattoon Scott. Most subservient subjects are oblivious to the Seven Days in May scenario. Perpetuating the myth, that civilian command preserves the constitutional liberties of citizens, does not conform to the record of presidential dictatorship. When state treason is codified normality, the mere murder of four more Americans is hardly an afterthought to the executioners of the country. Respecting commander in chief traitors is an absurd national death wish. SARTRE – May 12, 2013 Discuss or comment about this essay on the BATR Forum

"With all due respect, the fact is, we had four dead Americans! Was it because of a protest or was it because of guys out for a walk one night who decided they'd go kill some Americans? What difference at this point does it make? It is our job to figure out what happened and do everything we can to prevent it from ever happening again." Hillary Clinton

http://batr.org/reactionary/051213.html 

[ :: 5-15-11 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::]

etc. But it is not an exciting time for the lukewarm or the ungodly, it shall be a terrible time, a time of a dictator, a dictator government that dictates, that takes away your rights, that takes away your freedoms, that takes away the things that you have, the things that you never expected that they would control, they shall control. Oh, what an hour is just ahead. etc..

:: 7-9-17 US Denfece Watch :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Posted on July 9, 2017 by Ray Starmann

Western Europe is Ripe for Revolution

The fall of Western Europe marches on with the speed of a possessed automaton. From Italy to Great Britain, millions of migrants from the war torn Middle East and countries in Africa have stormed ashore, across the Alps, while advancing like colonies of red ants into Germany, Sweden, Denmark, France, Austria, Italy and the United Kingdom. The millions of Islamic migrants who have invaded Europe since 2015 are not coming to Europe to uphold democracy. They are coming to destroy democracy and usher in a new caliphate from Palermo to Manchester. The invasion of Western Europe has become tantamount to national suicide, with policies driven by leaders who are hell bent on importing violent citizens of a malevolent culture into their once, clean, tidy, peaceful lands. In 2015, migrants committed nearly 400,000 crimes in Germany. In the state of Badem-Wuerttemberg alone in 2016, a total of 251,000 criminal suspects across the state in 2016, 107,417 were foreign, with 25,379 of these being asylum seekers and refugees. Syria was the most frequently seen country of origin in the latter category, followed by Gambia, and then Afghanistan. In Bavaria, the number of crimes committed by immigrants rose 57.8 per cent from the previous year, a development which the state’s Interior Minister Joachim Herrmann described as “worrying”. In Sweden, violent crime has increased by 300% and rapes by 1,472%. Sweden is now number two on the list of rape countries, surpassed only by Lesotho in Southern Africa. Sweden is now number two on the global list of rape countries. According to a survey from 2010, Sweden, with 53.2 rapes per 100,000 inhabitants, is surpassed only by tiny Lesotho in Southern Africa, with 91.6 rapes per 100,000 inhabitants. Rather than doing something about the problem of violence and rape, Swedish politicians, public authorities and media do their best to explain away the facts. Here are some of their explanations: Swedes have become more prone to report crime. The law has been changed so that more sexual offences are now classed as rape. Swedish men cannot handle increased equality between the sexes and react with violence against women (perhaps the most fanciful excuse). In fact, Swedish authorities are more than happy to blame native Swedes for rape and crime, rather than admitting that the culprits were migrants. For example, all major Swedish media reported on a brutal gang rape on board the Finnish Ferry Amorella, running between Stockholm and Ĺbo in Finland. Big headlines told the readers that the perpetrators were Swedish: “Several Swedish Men Suspected of Rape on the Finland Ferry” (Dagens Nyheter). “Six Swedish Men Raped Woman in Cabin” (Aftonbladet). “Six Swedes Arrested for Rape on Ferry” (Expressen). “Eight Swedes Suspected of Rape on Ferry” (TT – the Swedish News Agency). On closer inspection, it turned out that seven of the eight suspects were Somalis and one was Iraqi. None of them had Swedish citizenship, so they were not even Swedish in that sense. Multi-cultural paradise Malmo, Sweden, is now the most dangerous city in Western Europe. London is now Londonistan and its mayor Sadiq Khan is not only a Muslim, but an apologist for his so called ‘religion of peace.Stockholm is the New Syria. Berlin is run by Chechen Sharia Police. Nothing to see here folks, except for the destruction of your civilization. Move on… As the bombs detonate and the women are raped, as the towns and villages are overrun by Stone Age thugs who follow a satanic cult religion, the leaders of Western Europe seemingly ignore the cries in the night from their own native citizens who have had enough of Angela Merkel’s great multicultural experiment from hell. As the trucks run down innocent people and bullets riddle café goers, the 21st Century’s villains; Merkel, Macron, Loefven and Rutte speak in ridiculous platitudes like ‘we can do it,’ while labeling anyone against the death of Western Europe a racist or neo Nazi. There is not one positive thing that emanates from Islam: nothing; nada, not an iota of peace, a speck of love, a wisp of harmony. It is a 6th Century death cult that has been imported into Western Europe for the sole reason that leftists believe in the lunatic idea that multiculturalism works and we can all live in harmony. If the Islamic invasion of Western Europe wasn’t enough, the citizens of EU nations are being micromanaged by tyrants in Brussels, who believe that they have not only the right, but the supreme knowledge to dictate the smallest tenets of one’s life. Here’s a sample of the typical bureaucrat directives coming down from the EU to its subjects: Cucumbers and bananas should not be bendy International ridicule erupted when the EU stated that all bananas must be “free of abnormal curvature”. Under the rules, cucumbers were to be “practically straight” and bent by a gradient of no more than 1/10. Diabetics should be BANNED from the roads Up to one million drivers faced losing their driving licenses – because harsh EU experts deemed people with diabetes “unfit” to drive. Eggs CANNOT be sold by the dozen Fury erupted when shopkeepers were told all food must be weighed and sold by the kilo – instead of the number contained in the packet back in 2010. And even though British shoppers can still buy a dozen of eggs, it is now priced based wholly on the weight. Super vacuum cleaners BANNED It was as though the British way of life was under threat when the EU looked to target the nation’s kettles, toasters and even lawnmowers. Their plans to erode the lifestyle choices of ordinary people were followed by the banning of the powerful vacuum cleaner. In 2014 vacuum cleaners, which had motors above the EU limit of 1,600 watts had to go. But it was all for a good cause because it was in a bid to cut energy usage. EU in a JAM over preserves EU regulators stopped sellers using the word ‘jam’ on their products if the sugar content was more than 60 per cent. Instead anything containing less had to be called a “fruit spread”, while a low sugar jam with less than 50 per cent of sugar was named a “conserve”. But lawmakers got themselves out of the sticky situation by relaxing these laws in 2013. European bureaucrats have also imposed bans or restrictions on thousands of other consumer products, including bananas, clothes dryers, cosmetics, cucumbers, fruit jam, laptop computers, laundry detergents, light bulbs, olive oil, plastic bags, refrigerators, showerheads, television sets, tobacco, toilets, toys, urinals and wine cooling cabinets. As of September 1, 2012, hundreds of millions of EU citizens—who were never consulted on the issue—have been required to buy energy-efficient fluorescent lamps, which contain toxic materials such as mercury. Because the EU does not require retailers to take back the new bulbs, 80% end up in household garbage, leaving the mercury to ultimately seep into the soil or groundwater. According to the German newsmagazine Der Spiegel, the EU ban on light bulbs was motivated less about genuine environmental concerns than it was about scoring political points on the international stage. Light bulbs and vacuum cleaners are not the only products targeted for higher energy efficiency. As of November 1, “the weighted condensation efficiency of condensation tumbler dryers must not be less than 60%,” according to European Commission Regulation No. 932/2012 dated October 3, 2012. That same week, Brussels announced criteria to standardize the flushing of all toilets and urinals in the EU. The decision followed years of efforts by experts working for the European Commission’s environment directorate, as well as “stakeholders” studying “user behavior” and “best practices. ”Holger Krahmer, a Member of the European Parliament for Germany’s business-friendly Free Democratic Party (FDP), puts it this way: “We are heading for a dictatorship of bureaucrats.” Not heading, Mr. Krahmer, you’re already there. Thomas Paine once wrote that nobility is the greatest fraud on humanity. The EU Big Brother tyrants are modern day nobility, 2017 Louis XIV’s who believe in ‘L’etat c’est moi’ or they are the state, aka they are God on earth. The EU now has a stranglehold on its member nations. As Jean Monet, Founding Father of the European Union stated nearly 20 years ago, “Europe’s nations should be guided towards the super state without their people understanding what is happening. This can be accomplished by successive steps, each disguised as having an economic purpose. But which will eventually and irreversibly lead to federation.” While the average European citizen is burdened with high tax rates, the EU bureaucrats, like Jean-Claude Juncker, pay no taxes. The arrogance of Western Europe’s leaders is simply astounding. When questioned about her diabolical, globalist backed decision to destroy Germany with unvetted Islamic immigration, Mrs. Merkel seems annoyed that the serfs would dare question her motivations for bringing down Western Civilization. In essence, Mrs. Merkel is saying, ‘let them eat Strudel.’ I have news for former Stasi officer, Angela Merkel. If you were an American leader you would have already been tarred and feathered and sent packing down a road leading to hell, where you belong, you globalist hack. Then there’s France’s Francois Macron, the high society villain, globalist puppet and newly elected President of France who stated recently that he would govern like the Roman God, Jupiter. The EU is the enemy of freedom and the leaders of Western Europe are globalist stooges. Is there anything that can stop the Islamic onslaught and the EU tyranny? Yes, a good, old fashioned revolution. Brexit, led by supreme British nationalist and patriot, Nigel Farage was a start. Will other Western European nations eventually follow Great Britain’s path? Western Europe is indeed ripe for revolution, but will the people have the fortitude to do it? Will the people of Western Europe have the guts to bring down the EU, restore their civilization and deal with the criminals who are intent on destroying it? Time will tell.

http://usdefensewatch.com/2017/07/western-europe-is-ripe-for-revolution/ 

:: 7-7-17 Reason.com :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Oregon Cracks Down on Gun Rights in the Name of Suicide Prevention

A newly passed bill in the state would let cops and judges decide who can exercise their Second Amendment rights.

Christian Britschgi|Jul. 7, 2017 3:58 pm

The Oregon legislature just passed a gun control measure that substantially weakens constitutional rights. Senate Bill 719 will allow a family member or a police officer to obtain a civil court order immediately stripping someone of the right to possess a firearm for up to a year, if a judge finds the person presents a danger to himself or others. Proponents hail the law as an effective way to prevent suicides. Sen. Brian Boquist (R-Dallas) argues that it will bring the number of veteran suicides down. Gun control crusader Gabrielle Giffords has called it a "responsible bill that helps keep guns out of the hands of individuals who are experiencing a mental health crisis." Paul Phillips, president of the group Oregon Gun Owners, retorts that the bill does little to prevent suicides but does deprive gun owners of basic constitutional protections. Gun confiscations under SB 719 will be "based on hearsay evidence alone, and the firearm owner is not privy to a fair trial," he says. According to the bill, any law enforcement officer and family member—including partners, siblings, or even roommates—can request a hearing with a judge to get a "extreme risk protection order." If issued, this would prohibit a person from possessing or purchasing a firearm. At that hearing, which has to be held within one judical day of being requested, the judge will decide whether to issue the order, which goes into effect immediately. The subject of the order has no right to contest it before it is issued. He can pursue an appeals process afterward, which is a bit like having the right to a jury trial after you've already been sent to prison. Meanwhile, some of the things a judge can consider while deciding whether to grant one of these orders are not related to suicide, such as past drunk driving arrests or recent drug use, or are totally legitimate exercises of one's Second Amendment rights, such as trying to buy a gun in the past 180 days. Ironically, given Giffords' reference to "a mental health crisis," one of the few things the judge is prohibited from considering is "any mental health diagnosis or any connection between the risk presented by the respondent and mental illness." No small amount of procedural shenanigans were used to get this bill through the Oregon legislature in the final few days of the legislative session. Upon it passing the Senate, SB 719 was sent not to the House Judiciary Committee—which usually handles criminal legislation, but is chaired by pro–Second Amendment Democrat Jeff Barker—but rather to the House Rules Committee. That committee's chair decided to forgo a public hearing on the bill, and instead passed it out of committee the day before July 4, when half the Republicans committee members had already gone home. The bill now goes to Gov. Kate Brown, who is expected to sign it. Once she does, Oregon gun owners will be at the mercy of jurists like Judge Kenneth Walker, who said in court last year that "no one would have guns—not police, not security. We should eliminate all of them."

http://reason.com/blog/2017/07/07/oregon-cracks-down-on-gun-rights-in-the 

[ :: 10-11-09 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc.. The world walks in confusion, there are those countries that desire their own monetary system to choke out others, and then there are those that desire a world monetary system, and the world monitory system will be the one that wins out, my word calls it the mark of the beast, etc..

:: 7-8-17 King World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

$20,000 – $30,000 Gold, And Whistleblower Maguire Is Right, China To Massively Revalue Gold And Make Gold Part Of A Blockchain Currency

July 08, 2017

Today one of the greats in the business said Maguire is right, China is going to massively revalue gold and make gold part of a blockchain currency.

Maguire Exposed World To Rigged Markets

July 8 (King World News) – Stephen Leeb: “What a pleasure, Eric, to hear your interview with Andrew Maguire, whose knowledge of the ins and outs of the gold market is unparalleled. He was the first to give solid evidence that major markets can and have been rigged, and his revelations in 2010 about gold and silver made it believable that other major markets could be rigged as well. In fact, I’d argue that without his persistence in 2010, no one would have believed the whistleblowers who blew the lid off the scandals in such major markets as LIBOR and some currency markets. Eric, the bottom line is that Maguire exposed to the entire world the fact that markets are rigged before anyone believed that was possible.. So, I find it very reassuring that my macro approach to analyzing the markets is in sync with Andrew’s view. While Andrew focuses on trading patterns and positioning in the physical and paper markets by various players, my indicators assess a wide variety of big-picture variables, from changes in the S&P to correlations among different commodities and between commodities and paper assets. My indicators, which have a good record, are why in several interviews this year I warned that gold could come down but urged that any dips be taken as buying opportunities. On Friday, my indicators, which have been bearish since mid-April, turned neutral, and they easily could soon flash a buy signal almost in line with Andrew’s projected time frame for a reset in gold’s price. While my indicators say it is still a bit early to plunge in and buy with both hands, I could easily be printing that advice within the new few weeks or even days. Maguire Is Right, China To Use Gold In Blockchain I also was struck by Andrew’s points about blockchains that include gold and about the potential for 2017 to be a major bottom for gold. My thinking for some time has been that the Chinese will use blockchains and some form of virtual currency – not bitcoin or anything available today but a currency of their own creation – to replace the dollar. I don’t think anyone can guess point by point what the plan will be, but the currency almost surely will be a basket that includes gold, the renminbi, and perhaps other paper currencies. Whatever its precise form, the goal will be to segue from a dollar-based reserve currency to a gold-centered monetary system. And as I’ve noted previously, this new currency will likely first be introduced as the denomination for trading an Eastern oil benchmark that the Chinese will control. One question is, why wouldn’t China just use bitcoin and be done with it? After all China by a wide margin has been the largest “miner” of bitcoin. It takes massive amounts of computing power to create bitcoin, which, once created, become part of a blockchain – a database containing the history of all bitcoin transactions. Because of the complexity of the algorithms creating bitcoin, and because copies of the blockchains are distributed to various institutions, the bitcoin market is nearly impossible to hack into as you would have to hack all copies of the blockchains. Creating a phony bitcoin not only is beyond the computing power of almost all hackers, the cryptocurrency would then have to be attached to all blockchains. Besides their high degree of security, the another reason bitcoin is attractive to investors is that they are limited in number to 21 million. This limit, however, is one of the reasons bitcoin wouldn’t be suitable as a reserve currency. Even at their recent high of $3,000, the total value of all bitcoins was equivalent to a few billion dollars. Not only would it take a Herculean computing effort to break the 21 million barrier, but any effort to create more would dilute the value of existing bitcoin holders and run into fierce resistance by those owners. Moreover, increasing the number would drastically change the underlying fundamentals of the currency. There’s another and more important reason – bitcoin wouldn’t cut it as a reserve currency, one that can be explained by repeating a story Warren Buffett once told. He asked his audience to imagine an isolated town of, say, 100 people all owning identical homes. The town council decided that each year it would make everyone richer by raising the value of the homes by, say, 10 percent. Eventually the homes, which are pretty ordinary by most standards, carry multimillion-dollar price tags, giving everyone in town a great sense of wealth. Then one day one of the homeowners tries to sell his home to someone from outside the town. And in a heartbeat the residents’ millions of dollars in wealth tumbles by 90 percent. Similarly, bitcoin’s value resides in the willingness of a relatively small community of bitcoin holders to assign them a particular value. In the case of the homes, it’s the council that determined value. With bitcoins, a small marketplace determines value. But in both cases, there is very little there there. Just this week Sheng Songcheng, an adviser to the People’s Bank of China, commented: “Bitcoin does not have the fundamental attributes needed to be a currency as it is a string of code generated by complex algorithms.” Sheng acknowledged that the technology behind the bitcoin did make it a kind of digital asset, but one distinct from a currency. Most important Sheng also confirmed that the PBOC is studying a virtual currency that could be regulated and function properly. Now let’s return to Buffett’s anecdote. Suppose each year every homeowner had to add a specified amount of gold to his home’s foundation. That gold wouldn’t merely buttress the physical foundation – it would also would support a minimum value for the house. By the same token, if bitcoin consisted of a notional dollar value plus a fixed amount of gold, it would always have value come hell or high water. China Blockchain To Include Gold Creating blockchains made up of baskets of currencies and gold is possible, but to do so – in fact, simply to create the individual cryto-baskets – would require extraordinary computing power. And it would require something else: a trove of gold for which the currency could theoretically be exchanged. Only one country meets these criteria, and no surprise, it’s China. This year marked at least the third year in a row in which China ranked first as the country with the fastest supercomputers. Indeed, the world’s two fastest supercomputers are in China. Moreover, China has announced that by yearend it will have a prototype of the holy grail of supercomputers: an exascale computer, meaning one that can perform at least a quintillion (a billion billion) calculations per second. Though Chinese technology gets a lot of credit in going from nowhere to king of the mountain in high-performance computing, China also gets an A+ in foresight in realizing that one of the major limitations on how fast a computer can perform is the amount of energy these huge machines consume. By a factor of five or six, China has the most hydropower of any country. As with wind and solar, hydropower requires major upfront expenditures after which the energy it produces is effectively free. And unlike wind and solar, which can be erratic, hydropower is not subject to the whims of weather. It’s ideal for powering computers, the kind of massive computers needed for mining highly complex currencies. China’s propensity for long-term – in some cases, generations-long – thinking continues to serve it remarkably well. Could 2017 be the year of launch for the near-fantastic bull market in gold that lies ahead? I am not betting my shirt on it, but it wouldn’t surprise me one bit. In my last interview, I said China was likely well aware of the risks America faces and the need to act quickly to avoid being caught up in another meltdown. Even a cursory reading of The Art of War teaches that you should act when no one expects it. And surely with oil prices low (but totally out of whack with what physical oil is worth), 2017 could be the year that China launches its Eastern oil benchmark. $20,000 – $30,000 Gold After which the sky – or at least the very highest clouds – would be the limit for the ultimate price of gold – in a world whose total wealth now measures about $250 trillion. A gold price as high as 20 or 30 thousand could only back a portion of that wealth.”

http://kingworldnews.com/whistleblower-maguire-is-right-china-is-going-to-revalue-gold-and-make-gold-part-of-a-blockchain-currency/ 

:: 7-6-17 Financal Success :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

A Supercomputer Is Betting on a Market Crash in the Months Ahead

FS Staff07/06/2017

One of the world's most powerful supercomputers, retrofitted for trading the stock market, appears to be betting on a crash in the months ahead. The Financial Crisis Observatory (FCO) at ETH Zurich released its latest Global Bubble Status Report on July 1st. As we discussed with FCO’s director, Didier Sornette, on our podcast in May, they use one of the world’s leading supercomputers to monitor global markets each day for two distinct bubble-like characteristics: faster than exponential price movement and accelerating oscillations (see Podcast: Using a Supercomputer to Trade the Market). Their July report notes an increasing trend of positive bubbles across multiple asset classes. Here’s what they say in their “big picture” section: “One can observe the continuation of a trend in the growth of positive bubbles in the fixed income asset class for the second month. The fraction of stocks diagnosed in a positive bubble state increased this month to exceed 36% compared with 32% last month. Mixed bubble signals still occur only in few commodity indices. We also observe renewed bubble activity in currency pairs.” [source] Here is the chart where they show the “historical evolution of the fraction of assets within an asset class that show significant bubble signals”: Based on their daily scan of global markets, the Financial Crisis Observatory assigns individual stocks into four different quadrants based on their bubble strength and value score. These four quadrants are then used to create a trading strategy consisting of four different portfolios, which they define as follows (click image to enlarge): In looking at each of the four portfolios, it appears that the supercomputer was mostly initiating long positions since March. However, starting in June, the researchers note that there has been a rebound in Contrarian Short portfolios in recent weeks: “This month, we find that Long portfolios started to develop a drawdown in most portfolios initiated in March, April, May and June 2017. This reflects the stopping of the previously booming markets. Especially, the Contrarian Short portfolios rebounded in recent weeks. Contrarian Portfolios are more delicate to use due to their sensitivity to timing the expected reversal and exhibit very volatile performances, indicating that most of bubbles in the market are still dominating and that fundamentals have not yet played out. We expect trend-following positions to perform in the months following the position set-up and then contrarian positions to over-perform over longer time scales as the predicted corrections play out.” Here is a chart illustrating each of their four portfolios since June with the rebound in Contrarian Shorts shown in green, which they expect to “over-perform over longer time scales as the predicted corrections play out.” Based on the large and growing list of positions in its Contrarian Short portfolio—which includes the FANG stocks—it would appear that FCO's supercomputer is setting up for some sort of market crash or correction in the months ahead. To listen to our May interview with Didier Sornette, please log in and click here. To access this month’s Global Bubble Status report with its full list of positions, click here.

http://www.financialsense.com/didier-sornette/supercomputer-betting-market-crash 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 7-9-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Panic At CNN - 'One Of The Greatest Moments In The History Of The Internet': The Great Meme War Of 2017

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine July 9, 2017

Quick Recap For New Readers: In Early June CNN published a "news" story citing unnamed sources that had to be edited with a change in headline when their so-called sources misled them or CNN just lied, no one is sure which. Mid-June, CNN published a fake news story they had to retract totally, delete, apologize for and force the resignations of three high profile named employees, after being threatened with a $100 million lawsuit. Also in June, Project Veritas published under-cover videos showing CNN employees admitting the "Russia" narrative was bullsh*t" and a "nothing burger." That alone had other MSM news outlets warning them to "slow down" and explain what happened. Early July, Jake Tapper ran a segment in which the graphics shown on the screen consisted of a "fake" Enquirer cover (one that was never really used by the Enquirer.) TIME WARNER SHAREHOLDERS GO AFTER CNN FOR BIASED REPORTING In the midst of all of the scandals that rocked CNN in June and May when they were forced to fire Kathy Griffin from her News Year gig as a co-host for New Year for an image she proudly touted of a mock bloody beheaded President Trump and firing Reza Aslan after he called our President a piece of excrement, shareholders for Time Warner (The parent company of CNN) went after CNN CEO Jeff Bewkes for the networks biased reporting and continuous bashing of President Trump. Via The Daily Caller: David Almasi, the Veep of the National Center for Public Policy Research, a conservative communications and research foundation, is in LA to question Bewkes. Both Almasi and President David Ridenour are Time Warner shareholders. “In the past month, CNN parted ways with Kathy Griffin over her photo with a mock severed Trump head and Reza Aslan after he called our President a piece of excrement for pushing the anti-terror travel ban,” Almasi said in a statement released to The Mirror that he read aloud at the meeting. Almasi is also irked at CNN for sponsoring Julius Caesar in the park. Some sponsors have dropped out — but not Time Warner. “Mr. Bewkes, we have urged you many times to make CNN more objective,” Almasi said in his statement. “You have admitted to us in 2014 the need for more balance. We praised you last year after CNN President Jeffrey Zucker also acknowledged this and acted on the need for more diverse views. But bias is apparently worse than ever. As shareholders, we are concerned about the repetitional risk to our investment in Time Warner as CNN appears to be a key player in the war against the Trump presidency.” Almasi cited a Media Research Center study of CNN programing for 14 hours and 27 minutes of news coverage back on May 12. The report concluded that all but 68 minutes were devoted to Trump with 96 guests out of 123 being negative. The Veep flatly told Bewkes that he isn’t achieving the goal he made to shareholders in 2014 to “try to be independent and objective.” “Is it any wonder that President Trump mocks CNN as ‘fake news,’ that the network was snubbed by Vice President Pence and that it receives poor access at White House press events?” he asked. By all accounts it has been a extremely bad couple of months for CNN, especially amidst a pending purchase of Time Warner by AT&T. 'ONE OF THE GREATEST MOMENTS IN THE HISTORY OF THE INTERNET' The "great meme war of 2017" started with a tweet by President Trump, an amusing little Internet meme in the form of a GIF that retouched a 2013 WWE video clip, showing the president body-slamming the CNN logo. In typical "crybully" fashion, CNN, who had been attacking the president non-stop, now declared they were a "victim" and the Internet meme was actually and "incitement" to violence against all MSM member, who should now be in fear for their lives. Other MSM outlets jumped right into the narrative that they were the victims of the "bully" president. It was very dramatic! Crybully: "Someone who uses the perceived righteousness of a social justice cause as a pretext to abuse others, and then plays the victim when confronted about that abuse." Then, in perhaps one of the greatest examples of snatching defeat from the jaws of victory, after all, the CNN scandals were second page news while the President's tweet became front page news, CNN committed a blunder which led to what a columnist and novelist who has written for a number of publications, including the Daily Mail, Daily Express, The Times, The Daily Telegraph, and The Spectator, James Delingpole, calls "one of the greatest moments in the history of the internet." CNN hunted down that meme maker, some anonymous random Internet user that thought the GIF was funny, and they contacted him letting him know they knew who he was. So he apologized and CNN decided it would be a great idea to inform the public they "tracked him down," and he apologized for his "bad behavior on social media," but they were not going to released his name, in the interest of his personal safety, unless he went back to his "bad behavior." CNN is not publishing “HanA**holeSolo’s” name because he is a private citizen who has issued an extensive statement of apology, showed his remorse by saying he has taken down all his offending posts, and because he said he is not going to repeat this ugly behavior on social media again. In addition, he said his statement could serve as an example to others not to do the same. CNN reserves the right to publish his identity should any of that change. If that sounds like a threat to those reading, pundits on both sides of the political aisle, even those that were so quick to take CNN's side over the president daring to tweet the original meme, agree, as the Twitter hashtag #CNNBlackmail was born. Hashtags are usually a dime a dozen, they are created, people have fun with them, they start trending on Twitter, they die out within hours for the most part, especially once Twitter removes them from their "trending" sidebar. Not #CNNBlackmail though, as it started on July 4, 2017 when the CNN article was published and promoted by CNN, it stayed trending well into the next day, and still today, July 9, 2017, thousands of tweets continue to pour in despite it being removed from the trending sidebar on the 5th. The reason for that is forums such as Reddit (it was one of their users CNN threatened to out), 4chan, Discord, and others, declared the "great meme war of 2017" against CNN. Before detailing the continued fall out from the "meme war," it was the creation and continued popularity of the #CNNBlackmail hashtag that Delingpole referred to as one of the greatest moments in the history of the Internet. Not because of the slew of new "memes" being created, most of which much worse than the original one tweeted by President Trump, but because to Delingpole, the "enemy has shown its true colors," and conservatives were finally fighting back. #CNNBlackmail, make no mistake, was a pivotal #winning moment. Why and how did we win? Partly by using the enemy’s tactics against them; partly by exploiting a few strengths of our own. The entire piece is well worth the read as Delingpole details exactly how conservatives turned the tables on progressive liberals, but specifically CNN, and why it was critical in regards to the culture wars, where snowflakism and victimhood has pretty much stifled any true meaningful debate. ANALYSIS OF DELINGPOLE'S ARGUMENT Delingpole is spot on. For years those that laughed at the Prozac dipped binkie sucking "snowflakes," thinking their antics would turn people away, where every word uttered is a "micro-aggression" and everybody that disagreed with them were "racists" or "white nationalists," forgot a major point: If only one side of the argument is being heard, then there is no pushback against their antics, there is no voice of reason or logic being heard. In the minds of those not considered snowflakes, not lowering themselves to the level of those attacking others, was considered taking the "high road." All that has done is create more snowflakes.... only now, since the 2016 presidential election where the MSM lost all influence and couldn't "control exactly what people think," which is what MSNBC's Mika Brzezski admitted the MSM considered their job to be, the establishment media has become those snowflakes, where every word President Trump utters is a "micro-agression," every agenda item he implements is "racist ," or will "kill people," and every tweet he sends is the end of the world and Democracy as we know it (reminder to the MSM that spews that nonsense - America is a Republic, not a Democracy). The high road be damned. This is war and as such, it is time to call out every single one of their lies, no matter how big or how small, which by the way, they continue to spew, such as CNN's Jim Acosta telling his followers that President Trump was spouting fake news when he spoke of only three intelligence agencies being behind the DNI report saying Russia meddled in the 2016 election in order to get Donald Trump elected, and Acosta did that after the New York Times issued a correction as did the AP, explaining they falsely reported that 17 intelligence agencies were behind that report and their were only three, then collated by the ODNI. AP: In stories published April 6, June 2, June 26 and June 29, The Associated Press reported that all 17 U.S. intelligence agencies have agreed that Russia tried to influence the 2016 election to benefit Donald Trump. That assessment was based on information collected by three agencies – the FBI, CIA and National Security Agency – and published by the Office of the Director of National Intelligence, which represents all U.S. intelligence agencies. Not all 17 intelligence agencies were involved in reaching the assessment. Either they be forced to start reporting the truth or they need to be destroyed, put into bankruptcy and driven out of business. THE GREAT MEME WAR OF 2017 Although it was a Reddit user that created the original GIF meme that was threatened and basically blackmailed by CNN, it was 4chan that declared that CNN had started a war on the entire Internet, with different forums, including Discord, Reddit, and a whole host of other social media platforms, that started compiling a list of CNN's advertisers to contact, and declared their own "meme war" where now thousands of GIFS, memes, images and videos are now going viral across the internet, with InfoWars starting a contest offering 20K for the best "meme," all resulting in an onslaught of anti-CNN images all over the Internet, many of them far worse than the one they initially cried over. It is not just on the Twitter hashtags, #CNNBlackmail #CNNMemeWars, where these images are being slammed, but on individual tweets from CNN reporters, on every anti-Trump or fake news article they share on social media, dozens of these memes are appearing in the comments. CNN's Facebook channel is showing the same thing. CNN apps have been down-voted to one star ratings (the lowest rating possible) with Google now attempting to help CNN salvage what is left of their reputation by removing 15,000 of those one star reviews. There is panic at CNN, as their credibility is shot and their ratings are tanking, while employees feel "victimized" because after months and months of their attacks against President Trump, his family and his supporters, they finally went too far and are learning that if you attack us for too long, eventually, we will fight back. The great meme war of 2017 has just begun.

http://allnewspipeline.com/The_Great_Meme_War_Of_2017.php 

[ :: 11-3-13 am service (first word)  ::  :: ::  ::  :: ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  :: ::  ::]

etc.. Learn about the silent bomb, study it, study the national grid, understand the things that I am saying to you because this shall not just be a day or a two-day or a three-day thing.  Make sure you can take care of yourself for at least three months, at least three months. etc..

[ :: 10-30-13 pm service (first word):: :: :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. Purchase a natural gas or a propane gas generator a hundred watts or larger that can be wired in that you may have your water supply. etc

[ :: 11-17-13 service :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc If you don’t know how to can, learn how to can, for your electrical power will not be sufficient to run everything. etc.

[ :: 12-1-13 am service (first word) :::: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. I have told you to have enough food, generator for three months, how long, for three months. Not three years, not six years, not seven years. Man says many things, but it does not line up with my word, but I shall be giving unto you my word that you may know, you must prepare now, you must get your house in order now, these things, these things are important. etc.. 

:: 7-9-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Former Ambassador Warns 'The Day Of Reckoning Could Come Sooner Than Anyone Thinks'

- Council On Foreign Relations Study May Indicate A 'False Flag Grid Down Scenario' Is On The Horizon

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die July 9, 2017

While the eyes of America and the world are now rightfully set upon North Korea's nuclear program after their latest inter-continental-ballistic-missile test was called a 'game changer' while it was determined it would have been able to hit Alaska, we take a look at what could be a far bigger and more imminent threat in North Korea's 'elite cyberwarfare' units. 'Elite hackers' who've already proven themselves capable of hacking into major banks and capable of bringing down nuclear power plants and electrical grids. While US bombers recently carried out a show of force exercise over South Korea as detailed in this NBC news story while also carrying out tests upon their THAAD missile defense system, as we read in this story from the NY Times and hear in the 2nd video below, according to the FBI and the Department of Homeland Security, hackers have been targeting US nuclear facilities. And while currently, a hacking group with alleged ties to the Russian government (of course!) is being blamed, we take a look here at why those attempting the hacking are more likely tied to North Korea (or those trying to blame a future false flag upon them). According to Ambassador Henry F. Cooper, appointed by President Ronald Reagan as Deputy United States Negotiator for Defense and Arms for negotiations in Geneva, North Korean dictator Kim dreams of turning out the lights upon America and his 'elite cyber hacking units' may have been behind blackouts earlier in 2017 in Los Angeles, San Francisco and New York. Cooper warns us that "the day of reckoning could come sooner than anyone thinks". As we hear in the 1st video below featuring Steve Quayle along with Alex Jones from Infowars, we should be watching very closely for a potential 'false flag' tied to North Korea in the future. Also discussing why the blame for North Korea's nuclear program in the first place could be laid directly at the feet of none other than 'Billy-bob' Clinton, we hear why we need to dig much deeper than the news we're getting from the msm on North Korea, especially considering the recent CFR study outlined below. According to one North Korean defector, the people that make up North Korea's 'elite cyberhacking units' are handpicked, pampered 'elite' and starting at the age of 17, are given some of the world's very best training in hacking. As we see outlined in these linked stories, besides banks, electrical power stations and nuclear power plants are some of their specialties. In this May 22nd of 2017 story over at Reuters they report upon North Korea's Unit 180, calling it "the cyber warfare cell that worries the West", while warning that they could have been responsible for the recent 'WannaCry' ransomwear cyber attack that infected more than 300,000 computers around the world. Also reporting that Unit 180 hackers are spread throughout the world so as not to leave a trace of their attacks back to NKorea, it's also been reported that as far back as the 1990's, North Korean 'sleepers' had infiltrated America with plans of terrorizing US cities and attacking our nuclear power plants should war between North Korea and the US have broken out. And while we certainly understand the concern about North Korea's nuclear program, especially after analysts recently spotted ominous cone-like tips indicating their new long-range missile could avoid US interceptors while launching multiple warheads, as we read in this story from Paul Bremmer over at WND, an EMP or cyber attack that takes down our electrical grid for a lengthy period of time will be much more devastating to America overall than one successful nuclear weapons attack. While a successful nuclear weapons attack upon a US city would cause fear throughout the nation and absolute devastation to the city/suburban areas struck, a cyber attack that took down our electrical grid could take down our entire nation for a considerable lengthy period of time would cause much greater long-term damage. From the WND story: While most analysts agree North Korea does not yet have a missile capable of delivering a nuclear warhead to the continental U.S., energy expert Jeffrey Yago said it’s clear North Korea does have the technology to create an EMP weapon and detonate it over the center of the United States. An EMP weapon, he said, is easier to make and would be more devastating than a nuclear bomb. “The EMP weapon, if it’s detonated high above the United States, can cause havoc from one end of the coast to the other, whereas a surface nuclear bomb would certainly be devastating to an area, like a city, but it would be limited to that geographic area, whereas the damage from an EMP could last up to a year and affect the entire country,” Yago said. An EMP weapon would have the power to knock out the U.S. electrical grid, likely causing chaos among the population. Lights would go off, computers and televisions would shut down and cell phones would go dark once their batteries ran out. All electronic appliances that plug into power outlets would cease to operate. Water and gasoline could not be pumped, causing plumbing and vehicular transportation to shut down. Food could no longer be delivered to stores. Credit card readers and cash registers would not work. Yago believes the grid will go down at some point, whether it’s from a North Korean EMP attack, a computer hack or a combination of the two. He worries about the widespread devastation it will cause, especially in major cities, if Americans choose to rely on the government and fail to take their own steps to prepare. “The kinds of things that keep me up at night are not so much the power going out, but the long-term effects that would have on the population,” he warned. While President Trump recently labeled North Korea a menace and problem that needed to be solved while he was at the G-20 summit, there's a very good reason why so many military experts have warned that a war with North Korea would be unlike any way that American fighters had seen in a long time. As even Pentagon head General Jim 'Maddog' Mattis recently stated, "a war with North Korea would be catastrophic". 'Maddog' also stated recently that "North Korea's ICBM launch doesn't bring us any closer to war" and it's clear that the very last thing the Pentagon wants is such a war as they understand the losses that it would to all sides. Called one of the biggest challenges to President Trump's still young presidency, should such a war break out, we might all be living 'off the grid' before it was all over. In this recent story over at Ready Nutrition Joshua Krause reports upon why our electrical grid is much more vulnerable to cyber attacks than most people realize due to a problem called 'cascading failure'. Outlining for us how easily it is for malware to 'induce' such a scenario, experts warn why such malware is far more dangerous and easier to use than anyone realized before. The danger of the malware is that it can automatically trip the breakers within a power system that keep the electrical lines from being overloaded. If one breaker is tripped, the load is shipped to another portion of the power grid. If enough are tripped, in the right places, it’s possible to create a cascading effect that will eventually overload the entire system, said Weatherford, who was formerly the chief security officer at the North American Electric Reliability Corporation, the regulatory authority for North American utilities. “In some cases, it could then take days to restart all the plants,” he said. Two things stand out about the malware, dubbed “Industroyer” by the researchers — it’s an order of magnitude easier to use than previous programs and it wasn’t actually deployed to do any real damage, meaning whoever’s behind the December attack might simply have been testing the waters. In other words, this malware can induce what’s often referred to as a cascading failure. This is what caused the massive blackout that occurred in the Northeastern US and Canada back in 2003. An overgrown tree branch in Ohio touched a power line, which caused that section of the grid to overload and shut down. The electricity had to be transferred to other power lines, which in turn also became overloaded. This chain reaction continued until 55 million people were without power. Cascading failure is the perfect example of just how fragile our power grid can be. Because our grid is so interconnected, something really small can have a huge effect on the wider system. Though the power grid in the US isn’t as vulnerable to humble tree branches as it used to be, it’s still quite vulnerable to the type of malware that was used to shut down parts of the grid in Ukraine. Back on April 3rd of 2017, the Council on Foreign Relations put out a study called "A Cyberattack On The US Power Grid: Contingency Planning Memorandum No. 31" which you can see at this link. Reading almost like a 'playbook' to conduct a false flag power grid takedown, we're not surprised at one of the reasons the CFR gives that such an 'attack might be carried out'. Directly from their study: Short of outright conflict with a state adversary, several plausible scenarios in which the U.S. power grid would be subject to cyberattack need to be considered: Discrediting Operations. Given the importance of electricity to the daily lives of Americans, an adversary may see advantage in disrupting service to undermine public support for a U.S. administration at a politically sensitive time. Might 'enemies of America within' take down our power grid, blaming it upon North Korea, to undermine President Trump? The CFR study also outlines for us why such a scenario could bring America a sudden Apocalypse while outlining for us some of the 'warning indicators' of a future mass attack, including smaller test runs prior to their 'end game'. Besides the intrinsic importance of the power grid to a functioning U.S. society, all sixteen sectors of the U.S. economy deemed to make up the nation’s critical infrastructure rely on electricity. Disabling or otherwise interfering with the power grid in a significant way could thus seriously harm the United States. Carrying out a cyberattack that successfully disrupts grid operations would be extremely difficult but not impossible. Such an attack would require months of planning, significant resources, and a team with a broad range of expertise. Although cyberattacks by terrorist and criminal organizations cannot be ruled out, the capabilities necessary to mount a major operation against the U.S. power grid make potential state adversaries the principal threat. A series of warning indicators would likely foretell a cyberattack on the U.S. power grid. Potential indicators could include smaller test-run attacks outside the United States on systems that are used in the United States; intelligence collection that indicates an adversary is conducting reconnaissance or is in the planning stages; deterioration in relations leading to escalatory steps such as increased intelligence operations, hostile rhetoric, and recurring threats; and increased probing of electric sector networks and/or the implementation of malware that is detected by more sophisticated utilities. A large-scale cyberattack on the U.S. power grid could inflict considerable damage. The 2003 Northeast Blackout left fifty million people without power for four days and caused economic losses between $4 billion and $10 billion. The Lloyd’s scenario estimates economic costs of $243 billion and a small rise in death rates as health and safety systems fail. While darker scenarios envision scarcity of water and food, deterioration of sanitation, and a breakdown in security, leading to a societal collapse, it would be possible to mitigate the worst effects of the outage and have power restored to most areas within days. At this level of damage, the American public would likely demand a forceful response, which could reshape U.S. geopolitical interests for decades. Traditional military action, as opposed to a response in kind, would be likely. In the 3rd video below we hear one opinion on what a war with North Korea might look like, and as General Mattis warns, such a war would be an outright bloody catastrope. In the 4th video below, we hear from Pastor Carl Gallups on why a North Korean war might play into Biblical prophecy with potential adversaries backing North Korea being China, Iran and even Russia should relations between the US and Russia once again deteriorate.

http://allnewspipeline.com/NKorean_Hacking_The_Grid_WW3.php 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

[ :: 9-23-12 pm service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::  ::  ::] 

etc. Throughout the world there is a struggle, throughout the world the antichrist pushes himself to the top, throughout the world the economy has gone over the hill into disaster zone.  Countries make ready for war and yet my people seem to be astonished, unlearned, not knowing, not understanding the things that are there or the things that are taught to them. etc.

:: 7-9-17 RT :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea warns of nuclear war after US bombers carry out ‘provocative’ live-fire drills

Published time: 9 Jul, 2017 12:21 Edited time: 10 Jul, 2017 08:33

North Korean state media has condemned a US bombing drill on the Korean peninsula, warning that the move could spark a nuclear war. An editorial published in state newspaper Rodong Sinmun Sunday accused the US of “military provocations” which are raising the threat of nuclear conflict to an extreme level. “The Korean peninsula is the largest gunpowder area in the world with the highest risk of nuclear war, and is the largest hot spot in the world where there is always a risk of nuclear war. [The US] is surely spreading into a new world war,” the piece reads. The article also accuses the Trump administration of using the Korean peninsula to distract from the US president’s “serious crisis of power” at home. The US Air Force sent two B-1B strategic bombers to carry out live-fire tests on a training range in South Korea Friday. Fighter jets from South Korea and Japan also joined in the drill. The US military said the drill “demonstrated America’s ironclad commitment to the defense of our allies”. The exercise, which targets mock enemy missile launch sites, came three days after North Korea pointedly tested an intercontinental ballistic missile on July 4, Independence Day in the US. The United Nations Security Council convened an emergency meeting on the situation, and Trump denounced the missile test on Twitter.

https://www.rt.com/news/395793-north-korea-us-nuclear/ 

:: 7-8-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Putin Asks For 'Proof And Evidence' Of Election Interference After President Trump Confronts Him, Contrary To CNN's 'Fake News' Before The Meeting

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

When President Trump spoke to Russian President Vladimir Putin at the G20 Summit, the Russian President asked for the one thing that President Trump could not provide after President Trump pressed him on the issue of election interference, (something CNN once again claimed he would not do according to their "sources") the same thing that millions of Americans have been asking for since the first report was issued by the DNI saying that three intelligence agencies had "concluded" the Russians interference in the 2016 presidential election by hacking into the DNC servers and in turn handing over to Wikileaks to publish the DNC and Podesta emails for public dissemination. "Proof and evidence" of that claim, something that the intelligence report never offered Americans that have been asking for the same things, simply expecting everyone to "trust them." FAKE NEWS: CNN BUSTED AGAIN Before getting into the meat and potatoes of the headlined portion of this article, it would be remiss of us to not highlight that once again CNN has been caught spewing "fake news," which is perfectly represented in the screen shots below, via Matt Wolking, the images pretty much say it all. CNN Before The Trump/Putin Meeting: Unnamed sources claim President Trump will not speak about election meddling with President Putin. Putin Asks For 'Proof And Evidence' Of Election Interference After President Trump Confronts Him, Contrary To CNN's 'Fake News' Before The Meeting

PutinTrumpMeeting.jpg By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine July 8, 2017

When President Trump spoke to Russian President Vladimir Putin at the G20 Summit, the Russian President asked for the one thing that President Trump could not provide after President Trump pressed him on the issue of election interference, (something CNN once again claimed he would not do according to their "sources") the same thing that millions of Americans have been asking for since the first report was issued by the DNI saying that three intelligence agencies had "concluded" the Russians interference in the 2016 presidential election by hacking into the DNC servers and in turn handing over to Wikileaks to publish the DNC and Podesta emails for public dissemination. "Proof and evidence" of that claim, something that the intelligence report never offered Americans that have been asking for the same things, simply expecting everyone to "trust them." FAKE NEWS: CNN BUSTED AGAIN Before getting into the meat and potatoes of the headlined portion of this article, it would be remiss of us to not highlight that once again CNN has been caught spewing "fake news," which is perfectly represented in the screen shots below, via Matt Wolking, the images pretty much say it all. CNN Before The Trump/Putin Meeting: Unnamed sources claim President Trump will not speak about election meddling with President Putin. At this point I don't know if White House "sources" are just jerking CNN around knowing if they they give them anything that is considered "anti-Trump" they will run with it without even bothering to confirm and verify, or if CNN is just making up even having any WH "sources" left, but coming on top of a very bad month for CNN with false stories, retractions, deletions, apologies and three employees being forced to resign, followed by CNN's "Worst Week In Washington," after threatening and blackmailing an anonymous internet meme maker, this is just the latest evidence of the network simply going down in flames. (More here and here) WHERE IS THE PROOF AND EVIDENCE? Moving along, reports indicate that not only did President Trump speak to President Putin about election interference, but he pressed the issue more than once, but the Russian President finally asked for the one thing that many Americans have been asking for... proof and evidence," which is something no one has ever produced regarding Russian "meddling" in the 2016 election. The Russians, speaking after the meeting, claimed that Trump accepted the denial - but Tillerson did not. Instead he said the issue may simply be an 'intractable disagreement.' Tillerson also said the Russians pushed Trump for proof and evidence of meddling, something which the president himself had doubted in public as recently as Thursday. Many may remember that the DNC never allowed U.S. intelligence agencies access to their servers to investigate the alleged "hacking," which Wikileaks, who published the DNC and Podesta emails has maintained was not a "hack," but was instead a "leak," heavily implying that the leak came directly from a source within the DNC, one who was murdered in July 2016, Seth Rich. Without any access to the DNC servers, the intelligence report created by three agencies and collated by the DNI, that offered their "conclusions," was forced to use the findings from a third party cyber-security firm named CrowdStrike, which has already seen one high profile anti-Russian report debunked as they were forced to retract and revise a different "Russian hacking" report. READ: CrowdStrike Revises and Retracts Parts of Explosive Russian Hacking Report According to the 25 page ODNI report titled "Background to “Assessing Russian Activities and Intentions in Recent US Elections”: The Analytic Process and Cyber Incident Attribution," on page two of the PDF, it states outright that while they are offering their "conclusions" (much of which was obtained by the now discredited CrowdStrike) "the declassified report does not and cannot include the full supporting information, including specific intelligence and sources and methods." BOTTOM LINE The entire report consists of their assessments, their insistence that Russia meddled in the 2016 elections by hacking the DNC, without offering any "proof and evidence" of the alleged meddling or interference and to top it off, they only had the data given to them by a third party cyber-security firm that previously manufactured evidence (now revised and retracted) about Russian hacking in regards to Ukraine. President Putin asked for the one thing that President Trump, nor our intelligence community can give him, or Americans for that matter.... "Proof and evidence." Yet the media has spent months on end claiming the Russians hacked the election, again, with no way to confirm the veracity of the information. Notice how the MSM is focusing on everything but that demand by the Russian president? Melania's poll numbers are rising! OMG, Trump and Putin shook hands! Ivanka briefly sat at the G20 leaders table!! Reading the body language between the two presidents! The one thing the MSM is avoiding like the plague is the words "proof" and "evidence" of Russian meddling, because it may just remind Americans that despite the months and months of headlines regarding Russian interference, no one has ever shown Americans any proof or evidence of it. Note -Personally I have seen the U.S. directly meddle in the affairs and elections of other countries and there is no doubt that "meddling" is something many countries do on a regular basis in the affairs of other countries, so I am not saying that Russia didn't try to influence the presidential election, but as many other Americans, I would like to see the proof of it, not just the "assessment" of the intelligence community using data from a source that has been discredited already over the same type of information.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Putin_Asks_For_Proof_And_Evidence.php 

[:: 2-3-14 am service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Keep your eyes; keep your eyes upon what is going on in the Mid-East, that is your tree, that is your tree, I have told you to watch Israel, that is your tree. etc.

:: 7-9-17 World Tribune :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Report: Israel presses Russia, U.S. on Hizbullah-free buffer zone in Syria

By World Tribune on July 9, 2017 by WorldTribune Staff, July 7, 2017

Israel is seeking a demilitarized buffer zone in southern Syria that would prevent Hizbullah and “other Iranian-backed militias” from operating in the area, a report said. Israel wants the buffer zone to extend some 30 miles (48 kilometers) beyond the Israeli-Syrian border on the Golan Heights, the Times of London reported on July 6, citing “sources in the Middle East.” Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has discussed the issue with both Russian President Vladimir Putin and U.S. President Donald Trump, the report said. The buffer zone would include the Syrian city of Daraa, where Sunni rebels have engaged in major battles against Assad regime and Hizbullah forces in recent months. The Kremlin on July 6 said Netanyahu’s latest phone call came “at the Israeli side’s initiative. Mr. Putin and Mr. Netanyahu continued their exchange of opinions on topical issues of Russia-Israel cooperation. In the context of joint efforts against international terrorism, they discussed the Middle East settlement and the situation in Syria.” Israel was also “present on the sidelines of talks in Amman between the Americans and the Russians to negotiate the future of southern Syria,” the report said. Separate reports said Israel, Jordan and the U.S. had come to an understanding that any end-of-conflict agreement would leave only Syrian government forces in an area along the Israeli and Jordanian borders in Deraa Province. Israel frequently coordinates with Russia to avoid clashes over Syria when it carries out periodic airstrikes on Hizbullah weapon convoys.

http://www.worldtribune.com/report-israel-presses-russia-u-s-on-hizbullah-free-buffer-zone-in-syria/ 

:: 7-9-17 Yeshiva World News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

PM Netanyahu Clarifies Israel’s Position On Syria

July 9, 2017 12:30 pm

Prime Minister Binyamin Netanyahu on Sunday 15 Tammuz, at the start of the weekly cabinet meeting, released a message to the media pertaining to the ongoing Civil War in Syria and Israel’s position. Mr. Netanyahu made his remarks in light of the recent worrisome sharp increase in rocket spillover from Syria into the northern Golan Heights. YWN-ISRAEL reported earlier this month that over 18 mortar rockets came over the border to Syria in a one-week period. Mr. Netanyahu said, “About Syria: Israel will welcome a genuine ceasefire in Syria but this ceasefire must not enable the establishment of a military presence by Iran and its proxies in Syria in general and in southern Syria in particular. I had deep discussions about this last week with US Secretary of State Tillerson and with Russian President Vladimir Putin. Both told me that they understand Israel’s position and will take our demands into account. “For our part, we will continue to monitor developments beyond our borders while strongly upholding our red lines: Prevent the strengthening of Hizbullah via Syria, with an emphasis on the acquisition of precision weapons, prevent Hizbullah– or Iranian forces – from establishing a ground presence along our border, and prevent the establishment of an Iranian military presence in Syria as a whole.”

https://www.theyeshivaworld.com/news/headlines-breaking-stories/1313338/pm-netanyahu-clarifies-israels-position-syria.html 

:: 7-8-17 Life Site :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fri Jul 7, 2017 - 2:05 pm EST

U.S. congressmen propose bill to save baby Charlie Gard by making him U.S. resident

WASHINGTON, D.C., July 7, 2017 (LifeSiteNews) – Two Congressmen announced today that next week when Congress returns from recess next week, they will introduce a private bill to make Charlie Gard a permanent resident of the United States. Rep. Brad Wenstrup, R-OH, and Rep. Trent Franks, R-AZ, both strongly pro-life, said in a joint statement that they are introducing this bill to support the rights of Charlie's parents to continue to care for him. "Despite Charlie’s heartbreaking condition, his parents have refused to give up hope," the legislators said. "They have advocated for him fiercely. They have raised over Ł1 million to pay for their son to receive experimental treatment in the United States. They have kept fighting for his life." "By making Charlie a lawful permanent resident in the U.S.," he will be able to "receive treatments that could save his life," they said. "Should this little boy to be ordered to die – because a third party, overriding the wishes of his parents, believes it can conclusively determine that immediate death is what is best for him?" they asked. Chris Gard and Connie Yates, Charlie's parents, have been fighting in European courts for their right to bring their 11-month-old to the U.S. for experimental treatment for his rare muscle and brain disease. They raised over $1 million to do this, but English courts sided with the hospital, Great Ormond Street Hospital, which wants to remove him from life support rather than allow him to be transferred to another hospital. Then, the European Court of Human Rights also sided with the hospital. Charlie was scheduled to die on Friday, June 30, but his parents have been granted more time with him. The hospital has the legal right to turn off Charlie's life support at any time now, and his parents aren't allowed to take him out of the hospital. Today, Great Ormond Street Hospital announced it's asking the High Court to review the case again "in light of the claimed new evidence." Human rights activists working with Connie and Chris said this is good news because it gives Charlie a "reprieve" and allows new, compelling evidence to be presented. "Every human life has dignity, including the lives of those who cannot speak up for themselves," said Wenstrup and Franks. "When government is able to overrule a parent or guardian in determining a patient’s best interest, every vulnerable patient is put at risk. We offer Connie Yates and Chris Gard our heartfelt support as they seek to care for their son." New-York Presbyterian Hospital and Columbia University Irving Medical Center have offered to admit Charlie Gard and provide him with an experimental treatment, pending emergency FDA approval. At least once of the hospitals has also offered to provide Great Ormond Street Hospital with the drug if approved, according to Wenstrup's office.

https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/congressmen-will-introduce-bill-to-make-charlie-gard-permanent-us-citizen 

:: 7-10-17 Sun Sentinel :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Swimmer's legs bitten by shark at nude beach

Sun Sentinel and The Associated Press

A man swimming at a south Florida beach was bitten on both legs by a shark. WPLG-TV reports that Lt. Felipe Lay of Miami-Dade Fire Rescue says the unidentified man was swimming Sunday afternoon off Haulover Beach when he was attacked. Miami-Dade Fire Rescue Ocean Rescue lifeguards say they became aware of a shark lurking in the water and immediately began alerting bathers to get out of the water. Officials say the bull shark was 4-to-5 feet. Officials say the man, who was able to get out of the water and get aid from lifeguards, was taken to Aventura Hospital with non-life-threatening injuries. “In the process of exiting the water, a beachgoer was bitten in the lower extremities by what appeared to be a 4-to-5 foot bull shark,” said Miami-Dade Fire Rescue spokeswoman Erika Benitez. “The person was able to get out of the water, and MDFR Ocean Rescue lifeguards immediately rendered assistance." The male swimmer was bitten on both legs, Lt. Felipe Lay of Miami-Dade Fire Rescue told WPLG-Ch. 10 The man, who was conscious and alert, was taken to Aventura Hospital, Benitez said. Officials did not identify the swimmer Sunday night. "Although these incidents are rare, we still ask beachgoers to always be aware of their surroundings," Lt. Matt Sparling told WPLG. "In my 20 years as a lifeguard, this is the first time a person has been bitten here at Haulover Beach, and possibly the first for Miami-Dade County." Shark attacks dropped sharply worldwide in 2016, reverting to average levels after breaking records in 2015. There were 81 unprovoked attacks last year, well down from 98 the previous year, according to the International Shark Attack File at the University of Florida. Florida again led the United States, with 32 attacks, up from 30 in 2015. Volusia County, the state's shark-attack capital, recorded 15 attacks, the largest number.

http://www.sun-sentinel.com/local/miami-dade/sfl-shark-bite-haulover-beach-story.html 

[ :: 7-15-15 pm service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For I have warned you Russia is not your friend, I have warned you that China is not your friend, I have warned you that North Korea is not your friend and I have warned you that Iran is not your friend. etc.

:: 7-9-17 Newsmax :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Wash Post: Evidence Says Russia Helping NKorea Missile Program

The Washington Post By Eric Mack | Sunday, 09 Jul 2017 02:46 PM

There is evidence to suggest North Korea's burgeoning intercontinental ballistic missile program, supposedly hampered by sanctions and the lack of an open market for weapons, might be aided by Russia, if not smugglers on the black market, The Washington Post reported. Michael Elleman, a weapons expert and former Pentagon consultant, has studied North Korea's now-rapidly advancing ICBM program, spotting eery similarities to the Soviet Union's RD-250s, according to the Post. "It shocked me," Elleman told the paper. "It seemed to come out of nowhere. "It would mean that North Korea had a wider procurement network in the former Soviet Union than we had thought. My first question would be, 'What else have they got?'" Elleman, having studied Soviet rockets during the Cold War, pointed to similarities in the North Korean designs, "including cooling tubes, exhaust nozzles, and the four auxiliary engines that steer the rocket," according to the Post. "They've had these designs for a long time, and they've probably been doing exercises around these engines for 15 years," Elleman added. "All that work was done, and all [that] was left to do was the ground testing and flight testing with these different designs. It is what has allowed them to rapidly build up and try all these things over the past few years." The Kim Jong Un regime is "serious about trying to create a capability that could threaten the United States," Elleman told the Post. "The missiles they're shooting now have some new engineering, but it's all based on old Soviet models," former CIA deputy director David S. Cohen, who advised the Obama administration on North Korea's weapons, told the paper. Cohen fears Kim's regime has been underestimated for too long. "It is a mistake to think that this is really a hermit kingdom that is cut off and doesn't have access to the Internet," Cohen told the Post. "They have a lot of disadvantages, but the biggest part of the government economy is their nuclear and missiles program, so the smartest folks they have are directed to do this work."

http://www.newsmax.com/Newsfront/ICBMs-missiles-nuclear-weapons/2017/07/09/id/800650/ 

:: 12-31-10 / 1-1-11 New Years Eve Service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. The storms will be far greater than the storms you have seen before, more hurricanes, more tornadoes, more typhoons, more cyclones, more tidal waves, more earthquakes, more flooding, more mudslides, oh, the trouble, the trouble, the trouble that shall come.  At times you may wonder what is taking place, and I say unto you, get into my word, look in my word, know what Jeremiah has said, know what Ezekiel has said, know what Joel told you etc

:: 7-6-17 You Tube :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

7/06/2017 -- Very large M6.9 (M7.0) earthquake strikes Philippines West Pacific

Published on Jul 6, 2017

This stream is showing the past 48 hours of reported earthquakes.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=6lb3PPhIVjU 

:: 7-6-17 NBC Montana :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Earthquake, aftershocks rattle western Montana

KECI Staff The Associated Press Posted: Jul 06, 2017 12:52 AM MDT Updated: Jul 06, 2017 12:51 PM MDT

Earthquake, aftershocks rattle western Montana KECI Staff The Associated Press Posted: Jul 06, 2017 12:52 AM MDT Updated: Jul 06, 2017 12:51 PM MDT

MISSOULA, Mont. - A 5.8 magnitude earthquake struck western Montana around 12:30 a.m. Thursday. The National Weather Service in Great Falls said on Twitter that the shaking was felt as far away as 500 miles (805 kilometers). The U.S. Geological Survey says the the 5.8 magnitude earthquake hit just after midnight about 6 miles (9.7 kilometers) southeast of Lincoln. Here is the seismograph from the Black Hills, South Dakota seismic station. MISSOULA, Mont. - A 5.8 magnitude earthquake struck western Montana around 12:30 a.m. Thursday. The National Weather Service in Great Falls said on Twitter that the shaking was felt as far away as 500 miles (805 kilometers). The U.S. Geological Survey says the the 5.8 magnitude earthquake hit just after midnight about 6 miles (9.7 kilometers) southeast of Lincoln. Here is the seismograph from the Black Hills, South Dakota seismic station. The Lewis and Clark Sheriff's Office is reporting that power in Lincoln has been restored and there have been no reports of injury or damage in the area. Viewers around western Montana, including Missoula, Butte, Bozeman, Gardiner, Kalispell Columbia Falls, Hamilton and as far as Spokane, Washington, and Stirling, Alberta, Canada, tell us they felt the quake. We have received more than a thousand comments from viewers on our social media pages. A 76-year-old resident of Helena, which is about 34 miles away from the quake's epicenter, said it was the strongest seismic activity that he had ever felt. Ray Anderson said his wife told him the temblor woke up the dogs. Click here to learn how to stay prepared for an earthquake. The following earthquakes are the three of Montana's largest earthquakes in the last century. In August of 1959, a 7.5 quake killed 29 people and did $11 million worth of damage and became the largest earthquake to ever hit Montana. In 1935, a series of several hundred quakes hit Helena. The state reports that quake damaged more than half of Helena's buildings. The Lewis and Clark Sheriff's Office is reporting that power in Lincoln has been restored and there have been no reports of injury or damage in the area. Viewers around western Montana, including Missoula, Butte, Bozeman, Gardiner, Kalispell Columbia Falls, Hamilton and as far as Spokane, Washington, and Stirling, Alberta, Canada, tell us they felt the quake. We have received more than a thousand comments from viewers on our social media pages. A 76-year-old resident of Helena, which is about 34 miles away from the quake's epicenter, said it was the strongest seismic activity that he had ever felt. Ray Anderson said his wife told him the temblor woke up the dogs. Click here to learn how to stay prepared for an earthquake. The following earthquakes are the three of Montana's largest earthquakes in the last century. In August of 1959, a 7.5 quake killed 29 people and did $11 million worth of damage and became the largest earthquake to ever hit Montana. In 1935, a series of several hundred quakes hit Helena. The state reports that quake damaged more than half of Helena's buildings. In 2005, a 5.6 quake rattled Dillon and damages part of the old main hall at the Universtiy of Montana Western. The following is from the U.S. Geological Survey information on earthquakes. Events with magnitudes greater than 4.5 are strong enough to be recorded by a seismograph anywhere in the world, so long as its sensors are not located in the earthquake's shadow. The following describes the typical effects of earthquakes of various magnitudes near the epicenter. The values are typical only. They should be taken with extreme caution, since intensity and thus ground effects depend not only on the magnitude, but also on the distance to the epicenter, the depth of an earthquake's focus beneath the epicenter, the location of the epicenter and geological conditions (certain terrains can amplify seismic signals). In 2005, a 5.6 quake rattled Dillon and damages part of the old main hall at the Universtiy of Montana Western. The following is from the U.S. Geological Survey information on earthquakes. Events with magnitudes greater than 4.5 are strong enough to be recorded by a seismograph anywhere in the world, so long as its sensors are not located in the earthquake's shadow. The following describes the typical effects of earthquakes of various magnitudes near the epicenter. The values are typical only. They should be taken with extreme caution, since intensity and thus ground effects depend not only on the magnitude, but also on the distance to the epicenter, the depth of an earthquake's focus beneath the epicenter, the location of the epicenter and geological conditions (certain terrains can amplify seismic signals).

http://www.nbcmontana.com/news/keci/earthquake-aftershocks-rattle-western-montana/577862992 

[ :: 5-28-06 pm service   :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]  

 etc Did they listen when I warned them about the great earthquakes or the forest fires? Did they believe you about the global warming and the hot, hot weather that would come or the softball size hail? Did they believe you when I told you of the false in Canada and Florida? Did they believe you when I told them to come out of the false? Did they believe you when I told them to move away from the seashores? Did they believe you when you told them to move where the water was because of the drought? Has not my prophetic word come to pass as I have said? etc.

:: 7-3-17 All News Pipeline  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

July 3, 2017

'Insider' Warns Of Potential Devastation Ahead For West Coast While Mainstream Media Froths At The Mouth Over Yellowstone

- USGS Says Of Yellowstone: 'There's Nothing To Worry About' While FEMA Prepares For West Coast Chaos And Martial Law

By Stefan Stanford - All News Pipeline - Live Free Or Die

While linking to this recent story from Susan Duclos on ANP earlier in June about a string of recent earthquakes at Yellowstone National Park, Steve Quayle left the following note on his website with the story link: "The hype is building once again while the South Pacific and the US West Coast are the real problem areas - I will address on the Hagmann's." While more than 800 earthquakes at Yellowstone in recent weeks have the msm and parts of America frothing at the mouth, as Susan pointed out in her story, this pattern of seasonal quakes has been repeated time and again over the last several years at Yellowstone around this same time of year and even USGS 'experts' tell us, "there's nothing to worry about". And while a Yellowstone eruption could instantly be a life-changing event for most Americans, as we see outlined within this story, the West coast of the US will likely become a much more volatile region much sooner than any kind of Yellowstone eruption takes place. With one major section of the San Andreas fault line overdo for a major tremblor by approximately 60 years according to this recent story from the LA Times while we again witness another sudden and unexpected eruption of a volcano in Indonesia, it's easy to understand why experts are warning the West coast and 'Ring of Fire' could soon 'go hot'. We also seen in the two recent SQAlerts republished below from a '1st Responder' who recently attending EQ meetings in Washington DC that massive devastation could come that way and they're training for such a scenario right now. As Susan also pointed out in her story, Quayle himself lives within very close proximity to Yellowstone and takes frequent trips there to photograph and document the surroundings. While many of the arguments being made now of an imminent forthcoming Yellowstone eruption are being blamed upon the escape of 'ancient helium' while referencing this story from 2014, we see that helium is prevalent all across the planet and those in the msm pushing a future 'Yellowstone eruption' continue to base their arguments on very old news. As Quayle also points out to us as seen in this story from the Ski magazine Curbed, Montana's "Yellowstone Club" is absolutely booming! Foreign investment in the Yellowstone region is through the roof and Quayle tells us tourism in Yellowstone sees Chinese and Indian tourists outnumbering America by at least 5 to 1. With some of the richest people in the world purchasing land and homes within miles of the park, shouldn't that be looked at as a lack of concern about a Yellowstone eruption by some who may very well have inside information? Yellowstone is clearly now an international asset as the Washington Times reported back in October of 2013, "Sorry! Your National Parks Do Not Belong To You". With the United Nations also laying claim to various National Parks across America while China continues to gobble up land across the US, with reports of a 30%+ increase in their spending here, a visit to the National Park of China website interestingly lists Yellowstone as a 'National Park of China' as seen in the screenshot above. Why? While we'll continue to watch what's happening at Yellowstone, we'll always be sure to be in touch with those who are there and have been watching the park for many, many years before running any 'imminent Yellowstone eruption' stories. In the eye-opening Gif seen above we see how quickly an earthquake along the San Andreas fault line would spread from its origin, in this case in the Salton Sea area, along the fault line and into big cities such as Los Angeles, Long Beach, Santa Monica and Ventura. Depicting a possible 7.8 magnitude quake, the 1st video below is a 2+ minute video version of this gif that shows the spread of energy second by second, showing the strongest energy would hit the LA area within a minute and a half after the original epicenter shaking. Back on June 13th the Daily Star ran a story in which they warned experts with the USGS are predicting an 8.2 magnitude quake along the San Andreas that would carry more energy than a nuclear bomb. Warning that areas across the state could be ripped apart by 30' chasms within a matter of seconds, they also report that quakes just like this have struck the state before and its just a matter of time before they do again. As we can see in the next photograph below, should a massive quake occur along the San Andreas fault line, the western part of California, including LA, will be moving northward while the eastern side will be moving southerly, actually bringing the megacities of San Francisco and Los Angeles closer together according to experts. Seismologist Lucy Jones said an 8.2 earthquake would trigger chaos across California. She said: “With 300 miles of fault all going in the same earthquake, you then have everybody affected at the same time. “The San Andreas is the one that will produce the earthquake that’s going to cause damage in every city.” The fault is the fastest moving in the US – having shifted 22 miles in the last million years. Scharer said: “It’s a little bit like — the moron who is driving the fastest is the most likely to get into an accident.” Small earthquakes constantly rock California, but Jones warned “the more small earthquakes you have, the more you have to have bigger ones”. In this recent story from the LA Times they report that signs of past California mega-quakes were all around them as experts show why the danger of 'the big one' coming along the San Andreas Fault is increasing every day. Telling us about several different 'canary's in the coal mine' for the 'coming shaking' that is inevitable, their story explains how such a quake could cut off huge regions of California for weeks or months from the rest of the state and have wide ranging implications. As Interstate 10 snakes through the mountains and toward the golf courses, housing tracts and resorts of the Coachella Valley, it crosses the dusty slopes of the San Gorgonio Pass. The pass is best known for the spinning wind turbines that line it. But for geologists, the narrow desert canyon is something of a canary in the coal mine for what they expect will be a major earthquake coming from the San Andreas Fault. The pass sits at a key geological point, separating the low desert from the Inland Empire, and, beyond that, the Los Angeles Basin. Through it runs an essential aqueduct that feeds Southern California water from the Colorado River as well as vital transportation links. It's also the path for crucial power transmission lines. California earthquake experts believe what happens at the San Gorgonio Pass during a major rupture of the San Andreas Fault could have wide-ranging implications for the region and beyond. They worry a huge quake could sever lifelines at the pass for weeks or months, cutting Southern California off from major highway and rail routes as well as sources of power, oil and gas. Southern California's cities are surrounded by mountains, making access through narrow passes like the San Gorgonio essential. Experts have also expressed grave concerns about the Cajon Pass, where Interstate 15 and key electric and fuel lines run. Other problem spots are the Tejon Pass, through which Interstate 5 passes, and the Palmdale area, through which the California Aqueduct crosses. One of the most dire scenarios geologists have studied is a quake that begins at the Salton Sea. Such a quake would be particularly dangerous because the fault's shape points shaking energy toward Los Angeles. Sitting near the southern end of the San Andreas fault, the Salton Sea area has been home to hundreds and hundreds of earthquakes and as we hear in the 2nd video below, experts are now warning the California megaquake could start in that region. As the Press Enterprise reported back in October of 2016, a newly discovered fault in the Salton Sea region may change the way scientists look at the southern San Andreas fault and the growing potential for a major earthquake centered in that region. As their story reports, the Salton Trough fault runs parallel to the San Andreas and "future research is to try to understand how this fault might interact with San Andreas in depth and time.” In the two recent SQAlerts republished below we hear from a 1st responder who recently had high level meetings for possible devastating earthquakes in the California region. We have only republished partial excerpts from them and invite you to click the links below to visit Steve Quayle's website to read the alerts in their entirety. Warning of the potential of martial law and outright chaos, we once again see why its so important to prepare for devastating possibilities such as this, even if we don't live within the areas where this particular disaster is expected to happen. As we hear in the final video below, the 'big one' IS going to happen, it's just a matter of time. PART ONE - THE BIG EQ ON THE WEST COAST IS COMING - HERES WHAT INSIDER WANTS YOU TO KNOW: THEY ARE TRAINING FOR THIS NOW! Steve, I want to discuss the coming "big one" or 9.0 to 10.0 earthquake that is supposed to happen in California and across the west coast. The government response would be complicated for this but it would all be run by FEMA. We were told recently during a meeting in DC that an estimated 3 to 10 million people will die during and after the earthquake. Martial law will be established after the government condemns the affected areas as disaster zones. Let's say, hypothetically, that the disaster areas are the "A" zone and the first relief site from FEMA, or the government, is the "B" zone. Now this is going to get really deep and dark but bare with me. Between the “A zone” and “B zone”, there are not enough hotels to house 3 million displaced persons let alone 10 million. It would take the government at least a week to get the proper beginning of housing operations, relief housing for those displaced persons. Some would call these places a FEMA camp. I would state that it may take a week to get the logistics in place and the second week to make an effort to actually process and house people. By process I mean gathering basic personal information, known medical needs, medical assessment of persons, possible forced immunization and a background check through NCIC for warrants and if they are known criminals or gang members with a FBI number, they will be detained and arrested. PART 2 - COMING DEVASTATION ON THE WEST COAST - DUE TO MASSIVE EQ AND VOLCANO ACTIVITY - REC'VD YESTERDAY To my knowledge, there is still not enough large areas to properly store this amount of persons. There are only so many houses, auditoriums, churches, stadiums and other large facilities within the areas of the affected. Many people will be taken in by those who have the room and others will just find a place to be. Some will go back to Mexico and some will travel to other states, if the highways and interstates are open still though I doubt they will be open for long. I would expect most commercial traffic to be shut down and rerouted. Thousands of vehicles will be on the roads at one time for days, many will run out of gas and many conflicts will happen between the “A” zone and “B” zone that law enforcement will not be able to prevent or respond to. Major telephone interruptions would also be taking place during this time, not to mention mass power outages. Hospitals will turn into morgues and hasty hospitals set up by the state and federal government will be overburdened by the first day. Meanwhile, the disaster zones are quarantined off and all highways and interstates are locked down with Vehicle Check Points (VCP) manned by the military and law enforcement. I can only imagine the hell I'll be walking through after this Earthquake. I for see fractures of road that are shifted 10 feet into the air and non passable by our vehicles. There will probably be a lot of helicopter insertions and extractions. The military bases along the west coast, if not affected, will be mobilized to help bring aid and security. The gangs and terrorist that are left in the affected areas are now taking advantage of the situation and rampaging through the neighborhoods. This is where I'll be, fighting against the madness of the situation and trying to bring medical aid to whomever is left. This is what we're getting ready for. There will be a fight for LA and San Diego. Surrounding areas will be teeming with crime and there will still be thousands of people who need to be extracted.

http://allnewspipeline.com/California_Megaquake_Ahead_Yellowstone_Ancient_Helium_Theory.pp 

:: 7-5-17 Breaking 911 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

ALERT: Bottled Water Recalled Due To Signs of Mold

July 5, 2017

‘Comforts Water With Fluoride’ has been recalled by the Kroger chain grocery store. The company says the product could show signs of mold. This recall includes gallons of the water with the UPC code 004126037597. The recall iss classified as a Class II—-Class II recalls mean consumption of the product could result in a ‘temporary or reversible health problem,’ according to the FDA. “The product may show signs of mold, according to the recall report,” a Kroger spokesman said. “Upon notification, we immediately removed all potentially affected items from store shelves and initiated our customer recall notification system.” Kroger said affected customers should return the product to Kroger for a full refund.

http://breaking911.com/alert-bottled-water-recalled-due-signs-mold-know/ 

:: 7-6-17 Alt-Market :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Freedom Is Not Necessarily The Absence Of Tyranny

Thursday, 06 July 2017 02:23 Brandon Smith

Is it true that freedom is an overly idealized concept? Perhaps, but it is one of the few concepts worthy of idealization. It is so worthy, that it is worth dying for. Since the dawn of recorded history human beings have fought and sacrificed to attain freedom. It is an inherent psychological construct. It is a principle that is rooted not only in the mind of man, but his spirit or soul. Scientists in the realm of the mind have struggled for generations to understand where it comes from — others have sought to dismiss it as a fanciful notion or societal construct. Nihilists claim it doesn't really exist, while other people center their entire lives on the proliferation of it. The concept of freedom, love it or hate it, is central to all cultures and all civilizations. The most common dismissal of the idea of freedom that I have seen is the argument that none of us is really free because "tyranny exists". Tyranny is a constant, therefore, in the view of the nihilists, freedom cannot exist. I believe this dim way of thinking stems from a misconception of what freedom is and where it comes from. Freedom, first and foremost, begins in the mind, or the heart; whatever you are inclined to put more stock in. To think critically or to imagine wildly is indeed to be free. Tyranny, by extension, rises from the mire and muck in the physical world around us and ends in the mind and the heart. If one is free of mind, then one is never truly enslaved. I have heard so many times the ignorant accusation that freedom requires action before consequence. That is to say, if you have suffered the consequences of a tyrannical system, then you have already failed to prevent your own enslavement. This is not how freedom functions. It has never worked this way. There is no such thing as a world without the consequences of tyranny. Tyrants are everywhere, always. There are little tyrants in our everyday lives, and big tyrants that pull strings from behind the curtains and from the darker places. There are people reading this article right now that think they are liberty-minded, but act like tyrants towards those around them. There are people who think they are slaves when one simple choice or action could easily make them free. There are people who see private property as tyranny and seek to supplant it....with an even greater tyranny of entitlement and socialism. And, there are people who think freedom means freedom for them, but not for others. Each tyrant takes time to understand and remove from our lives. Some we simply need to walk away from; others need to be destroyed. The point is, we are forever dealing with tyranny, and many of us are forever working to topple it. As long as we are able to pursue that goal, we are still free. The true slaves are those that have given up completely out of laziness or fear. Tyranny is always present, after all; why take a bath today when you are just going to end up soiled again tomorrow? The idea that one can do nothing in the face of the machine is an old idea proven wrong time and time again, yet, it is also a very easy and comfortable lie to live in. Struggle is difficult. Sacrifice is foreboding and ugly. There are a million-and-one excuses and rationalizations as to why it is better to "accept fate" or circumstances. There is always another excuse that can be used to paper over cowardice. Tyrants can, in fact, win and keep winning for the length of an epoch, exactly because of the logical fallacy that they cannot be resisted or be beaten. It is the self-fulfilling prophecy of nihilism that makes tyranny possible. Without it, tyrants inevitably fail and fall. The great monster of our time that must be slayed is the monster of organized conspiracy. Past generations have confronted and defeated appendages of this monster, but they never beheaded it, and this is why our particular brand of tyranny persists. It is not enough for us to fight the tentacles of the beast anymore — it is the job of the freedom fighters of our era to stab at the brains of the wretched thing. I am of course speaking of the banking cabal, the cult of financiers and elites that make up the globalist hierarchy. They pervade the halls of numerous institutions and think tanks, from the Federal Reserve and the Council on Foreign Relations to the International Monetary Fund and the Bank for International Settlements. They sit in positions of great political influence and hold council (and some would say considerable sway) over world leaders. They write "theoretical" policies which are quickly adopted by governments and made into law. They are primary stockholders and owners of our mainstream media. Their slithering fingers are wrapped around academia and many scientific communities. They insinuate themselves into every foundation of thought, because thought is what they most wish to control. They prefer to divide and conquer, to pit one group against another, or to give their ideological enemies enough rope to hang themselves with. If they can't rule the psyche of a society or succeed in 4th generation warfare, they will fall back to the old standard of brute force. In fact, they might just do that anyway, because what tyrant doesn't love instilling abject terror every once in a while? And yet, these "elites" stand on a razor's edge. Despite all their supposed power, despite all their wealth, despite the vast spiderwebs they weave, all of it can be turned to ash in an instant and they know it. Empires like this rely on anonymity, and they are anonymous no longer. The cabal is out in the open; they have to be. To shift the world into true globalism and true centralization requires actions which can be masked from some people but not all people. They believe the intricate digital networks they have funded will buy them total information awareness, but these same networks also provide us with the tools to understand who they are and what they want. This double-edged sword of full spectrum data creates a Catch-22 timeline. The longer the globalists wait to implement the one world system they desire, the more time we have to educate millions of people. The faster they implement their one-world system, the more likely they are to make a mistake. Time is running out. Time is working against them. Time is the master here, and the globalists are nothing but paper boats on a tidal wave. This organized conspiracy increases its odds of success through psychological manipulation. There will come a time, perhaps sooner rather than later, when banking elites and their political allies can no longer stand outside the game unscathed. Risk is coming. So, they must encourage as much self-defeat in the minds of freedom champions as possible. They will conjure crisis and catastrophe, they will conjure puppet enemy after puppet enemy, they will exploit useful idiots with collectivist views as cannon fodder, they will engineer conflicts between East and West. They will try to grind us down and break the legs of our resolve. However, as long as there are people who know who the globalists are that are willing to hunt them down, the globalists cannot win. For what they desperately want is to stand out in the sun with criminal impunity, and without fear. They want to be untouchable. They want to be gods. Real gods do not suffer consequences, and these people will suffer consequences. The nihilists will cry, "When?! How?! Never!" But this is the nature of freedom. Freedom is in the fighting; winning is transitory. Tyranny can be subtle and it can be blunt, freedom is the same way. If you think because there is no shooting going on yet that a war is not happening, then you do not understand the nature of warfare. Yes, it is possible that the fall of one globalist cabal might give rise to another, and another. But we are free to be there and to fight again. As long as we fight, we prevail. When we abandon the fight completely, that is when true slavery begins. Today, we fight using information versus propaganda, and we must be adept at this. We also must be adept at other forms of combat as the conflict escalates. There will never be total absence of tyranny. The naysayers against the principle of freedom are delusional, or maybe they know such a standard is unattainable and this will make them forever "right." When will the fight begin? It already has. It has been going on since time immemorial and we are merely here to continue it. This might seem like a task for Sisyphus – an endless circular nightmare. I look at it another way: We are a changing of the guard. We have inherited a responsibility beyond all responsibilities. In this age, we are the freedom fighters, and if we fail now then we pass an even more difficult horror on to some other generation down the line. In my view this is unacceptable. The opportunity to end one longstanding tyranny is now. We must counter using information as long as is needed, and we must wake up as many people as possible, so when the time comes to storm the castle, the shared sacrifice is that much easier to bear. If you have taken up this fight in one form or another never let anyone tell you you are not free. Your ability to think and to act is concrete proof otherwise.

http://www.alt-market.com/articles/3226-freedom-is-not-necessarily-the-absence-of-tyranny 

:: 7-5-17 World Net Daily :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Lt. Gen. McInerney: U.S. must be prepared to use nukes against North Korea

Says, in worst-case scenario, Americans can't rely on missile defense for protection

Published: 21 hours ago

The successful North Korean test of an intercontinental ballistic missile proves the U.S. must be ready to do whatever it takes – even ensuring it’s prepared to use nuclear weapons – to prevent Kim Jong-un from launching a nuclear attack on America or its allies in the region, according to retired U.S. Air Force Lt. Gen. Tom McInerney. McInerney spent 35 years in uniform upon graduation from the United States Military Academy. He rose to vice commander of U.S. Air Forces Europe and served as vice chief of staff, the number three position in the Air Force. He told WND and Radio America North Korea’s successful test of an intercontinental ballistic missile, or ICBM, on Monday raises the stakes in this standoff to a whole new level. “He is a man who is unstable enough that if he ever got a nuclear ICBM that could reach the United States, we must fully respect that and understand it. It is unacceptable to us as Americans that we could have North Korea being able to put U.S. cities at risk,” McInerney said. He is advocating a multi-pronged approach to confronting North Korea that he hopes won’t require military force. However, he said the current posture is untenable and Americans cannot rely on existing missile-defense technology to protect them. “We are at risk,” McInerney said. “That’s all I can say. We are at risk.” McInerney urged the Trump administration to start with an aggressive diplomatic and economic campaign to force Kim Jong-un into line. “Number one, increase the diplomatic pressure on China and Russia by the global community, starting this Friday during President Trump’s visit to Germany,” McInerney advised. “Next, we’ve got to increase the economic sanctions on China and Russia and other countries that are doing business with North Korea, and I mean very tough sanctions.” Like the reporting you see here? Sign up for free news alerts from WND.com, America’s independent news network. He also wants to see the creation of a NATO-like organization in the Pacific, whereby the U.S. could partner with the likes of South Korea, Japan, Taiwan, Australia, New Zealand, Thailand, and the Philippines in putting pressure on Pyongyang. The general said North Korea’s increased belligerence is due in part to President Obama’s lack of action with respect to missile defense, sanctions and tough diplomacy. “Clearly, the Obama administration was not interested in pursuing an aggressive missile-defense capability, as he was not interested in getting the North Koreans to slow their program down,” he said. “So we have not had much help in this dangerous area for the last eight years.” McInerney is confident that aggressive sanctions can succeed against North Korea and China, which helped to facilitate Monday’s ICBM launch. But he said leadership also requires a significant buildup in the event peaceful efforts fail. He foresees the need for a multi-faceted buildup. “First, we’ve got to build up the forces in [the western Pacific] to include more air power, to include our latest aircraft – the F-22s, F-35s, B-2 stealth aircraft,” said McInerney, who also wants to see accelerated production of massive munitions like the Mother of All Bombs, or MOAB, and the 30,000-pound Massive Ordnance Penetrator, or MOP, and cruise missiles. “We need to build up the Marine amphibious forces in the western Pacific out around Okinawa. We need to build up some of the ground forces,” he added, noting that South Korea’s competent ground troops would minimize the need for U.S. troops on the peninsula. McInerney is also pleading with South Korea to allow the implementation of the THAAD missile defense program to proceed. Currently, the South Korean government is holding up the effort while waiting for an environmental review. “And we’ve got to build up our Naval forces to include at least two carriers,” he added. “I believe we need three, as well as both missile defense forces … as well as cruise missile capabilities.” Get the hottest, most important news stories on the Internet – delivered FREE to your inbox as soon as they break! Take just 30 seconds and sign up for WND’s Email News Alerts! But he went a step further in urging the military to be prepared for the nuclear option, including the staging of personnel in Japan and South Korea and readying nuke-carrying bombers in Guam. He also urged the U.S. to allow allies in the region of have access to nukes. McInerney said the U.S. knows exactly where all the critical military sites are in North Korea, and just one B-2 bomber run with conventional weapons could have a devastating impact. “One B-2 can drop 80 500-pound bombs with GPS guidance and take out 80 of those artillery sites right away,” he explained. “A MOAB could knock out 50 artillery sites at once perhaps.” Again, McInerney believes military action can be avoided, but he said being ready for a fight is prudent. “They need to know we mean business and, if we have to, we will use the full conventional and nuclear retaliatory capabilities of the United States against this threat,” he said.

Read more at http://www.wnd.com/2017/07/lt-gen-mcinerney-u-s-must-be-prepared-to-use-nukes-against-north-korea/#2berQ4wsuWhJDzyz.99 

[ :: 10-26-14 am service  (2d word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. Even though darkness is so great, even though it seems like there is no understanding I, your Father God, have given you my children the understanding. etc.

:: 7-6-17 Survival Online 101 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

The battle for the Hearts and Minds of America has begun amid constant chaos, daily scandals, allegations and false claims, lies and fake stories

Posted By: Ted July 6, 2017

The battle for the Hearts and Minds of America has begun amid constant chaos, daily scandals, allegations and false claims, lies, fake stories… As the world continues to say, more and more every day; Is the America, who everyone once admired and envied, really that stupid?!?! We, the People of the United States Of America are truly living in a state Intellectual Dysfunction. William Gaddis once said: “Stupidity is the deliberate cultivation of Ignorance”. Cultivating the uneducated, poorly educated and undereducated is not new in Authoritarian regimes…it’s called “Indoctrination” of the masses!…and the younger the better! Those people willing to eradicate the Confederacy from America’s consciousness seem to forget many things. They forget that Jefferson Davis, although an advocate for slavery, was a hero of the Mexican-American War, a former U.S. Senator and Secretary of War for the United States. They forget that many Confederate Veterans fought with distinction in the Spanish-American War and they are American Veterans, who received pensions and benefits by an act of Congress. As Senator Gerald Allen of Alabama recently noted: “… history itself … it may be good, bad, or ugly — you can’t whitewash it … When you start removing monuments and statues … in a sense you lose history.” By and large, most Southerners really do wish to simply preserve the history of these Confederate heroes and their Southern heritage. They have long set aside their racial prejudice, on the whole, even if it was a struggle getting there. However, America could destroy every Confederate monument and that would still not satisfy the Left, especially the Black Caucus and some black and Hispanic communities across America. They would continue this cultural cleansing aimed at white society. Behind their remorseless drive against white culture is an egalitarian extremism rooted in hate and envy. Democrat Rep. Reginald of Arizona fumes over “six [Confederate] monuments … using tax payer dollars to actually prop up … terrorism of its day”. He has yet to denounce the radicals and the Leftist terrorism that is surging and becoming increasingly more violent. Last month, hundreds of illegal aliens tried to ban U.S. citizens from a city council meeting in Cudahy, CA. Shouts of “white supremacists back to Europe” were fired across the halls and outside. In an August 2013 New Black Panther Broadcast, Samir Shabbaz said, “You’re going to have to kill some of these babies, just born three seconds ago … go into the God damn nursery … and just kill everything white in sight …”. His hate-filled rant called for bombing white churches and “[burning] up some cracker white supremacy”, if blacks wanted to be free. In January 2017, a Black Lives Matter activist in Seattle, a preschool teacher, calling for reparations and the confiscation of white property, said, “We need to start killing people … F**k white supremacy, f**k the U.S. empire”. And then on Flag Day, we were horrified to witness a Bernie Sanders Leftist gun down Representative Steve Scalise (R) and Matt Mitka, both in critical condition at this writing, along with Capitol Police Officer Crystal Griner. I wonder if these Leftist and Democrats have forgotten that free black men owned slaves prior to the Civil War too? Some free black men owned family members to protect them, but there were plenty like William Ellison, one of South Carolina’s largest land owners, who were in the slave breeding business for profit. Ellison even sold one of his own daughters into slavery. There were approximately 488,000 free black men in America — ten percent of the black population — according to federal census reports from June 1st 1860, and of these free black men, there were approximately 262,000 living in the South, with 10,700 or so living in New Orleans. And, according to Duke University Professor John Franklin, over three thousand free black men in New Orleans owned slaves, or about twenty-eight percent of freed blacks in New Orleans. Former Secretary of State Condoleezza Rice told Fox News on May 8th 2017: “I am a firm believer in ‘keep your history before you’ … Confederate heroes should be viewed in the context of their time instead of through the prism of modern values. Where does this end? Are we now expected to dynamite half of Mount Rushmore out of existence and topple the Washington Monument? Are we expected to rename Washington, D.C and other cities across America like Jefferson City, Missouri? The Left and the Democratic Party would tell us that “Yes, we expect you to do deconstruct America”. The dead stones of the Confederate monuments honoring noble men on the wrong side of history are cut from the virtues of their day and harmless, even if some say they symbolize the evil done by the real monsters from the Confederate and Jim Crow eras. Those monsters are a long time dead, long passed. The monsters of the regressive Democratic Party, those Communists, Black Lives Matter and the New Black Panther Party and LARAZA are here today, in the here and now, with us. Some of these Leftists and Democrats are just as evil, if not more so, as the most evil slave traders in American history. They claim to be fighting against “white supremacy” and the racism it perpetrated, but in return, they offer black and brown supremacy, intolerance, racism and hate directed at white people in general. They embrace an anti-American ideology that leads to the abuses and slavery that they claim to despise — the “re-education camps” and the gulags — as they attempt to foist their fractured fairy tales upon all America. They are the very monsters they claim to fight. The Long Road to Freedom is being deconstructed. The Road to Civil War is being paved.

http://www.survivalonline101.com/battle-for-the-hearts-and-minds-of-america/ 

:: 7-4-17 BBC News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

North Korea hails 'ICBM test' success

4 July 2017

North Korea says it has successfully tested its first "intercontinental ballistic missile" (ICBM). A state television announcement said the missile, which landed in the Sea of Japan on Tuesday, could hit targets anywhere in the world. But the US and Russia said the missile had a medium range and presented no threat to either country. North Korea has increased the frequency of its missile tests, in defiance of a ban by the UN Security Council. China and Russia called on Pyongyang to freeze its missile and nuclear activities. The announcement on North Korea state television said the Hwasong-14 missile test was overseen by leader Kim Jong-un. It said the projectile had reached an altitude of 2,802km (1,731 miles) and flew 933km for 39 minutes before hitting a target in the sea. Have North Korea's missile tests paid off? What can the outside world do? How advanced is North Korea's nuclear programme? North Korea, it said, was now "a full-fledged nuclear power that has been possessed of the most powerful inter-continental ballistic rocket capable of hitting any part of the world". It would enable the country to "put an end to the US nuclear war threat and blackmail" and defend the Korean peninsula, it said. While Pyongyang appears to have made progress, experts believe North Korea does not have the capability to accurately hit a target with an ICBM, or miniaturise a nuclear warhead that can fit onto such a missile. Other nuclear powers have also cast doubt on North Korea's assessment, with Russia saying the missile only reached an altitude of 535km and flew about 510km. What is an ICBM? A long-range missile usually designed to carry a nuclear warhead The minimum range is 5,500km (3,400 miles), although most fly about 10,000km or more Pyongyang has previously displayed two types of ICBMs: the KN-08, with a range of 11,500km, and the KN-14, with a range of 10,000km, but before 4 July had not claimed to have flight tested an ICBM. It is not clear what differentiates the Hwasong-14 How far could this missile travel? The big question is what range it has, says the BBC's Steven Evans in Seoul. Could it hit the United States? David Wright, a physicist with the US-based Union of Concerned Scientists, says that if the reports are correct, this missile could "reach a maximum range of roughly 6,700km on a standard trajectory". That range would allow it to reach Alaska, but not the large islands of Hawaii or the other 48 US states, he says. It is not just a missile that North Korea would need, our correspondent adds. It must also have the ability to protect a warhead as it re-enters the atmosphere, and it is not clear if North Korea can do that. What does this test tell us? By defence expert Melissa Hanham Once again North Korea has defied the odds and thumbed its nose at the world in a single missile launch. With the test of the Hwasong-14, it has shown that it can likely reach intercontinental ballistic missile ranges including putting Alaska at risk. Kim Jong-un has long expressed his desire for such a test, and to have it on the 4 July holiday in the US is just the icing on his very large cake. Despite this technical achievement, however, it is likely many outside North Korea will continue to be sceptical of North Korea's missile. They will ask for proof of working guidance, re-entry vehicle, and even a nuclear warhead. From a technical perspective, though, their engines have demonstrated ICBM ranges, and this would be the first of several paths North Korea has to an ICBM with even greater range. North Korea's missile programme Are neighbours and nuclear powers concerned? South Korea's President Moon Jae-in has called on the UN Security Council to take steps against North Korea. Japan described "repeated provocations like this are absolutely unacceptable" and Prime Minister Shinzo Abe said his country would "unite strongly" with the US and South Korea to put pressure on Pyongyang. Russia and China said the launch was "unacceptable". Chinese President Xi Jinping is in Moscow, where he held talks with Russian President Vladimir Putin. The two leaders urged Pyongyang to suspend all its tests. They also asked the US and South Korea to not hold joint military exercises. US President Donald Trump also responded swiftly on Tuesday. On his Twitter account he made apparent reference to North Korean leader Kim Jong-un, saying: "Does this guy have anything better to do with his life?" "Hard to believe that South Korea and Japan will put up with this much longer. Perhaps China will put a heavy move on North Korea and end this nonsense once and for all!" President Trump has repeatedly called on China, Pyongyang's closest economic ally, to pressure North Korea to end its nuclear and missile programmes. On the prospect of North Korea being able to strike the US, he tweeted in January: "It won't happen". However experts say it might - within five years or less. Beijing called for "restraint" following the latest test on Tuesday. Foreign ministry spokesman Geng Shuang said China was opposed to North Korea going against clear UN Security Council resolutions on its missile launches. Meanwhile, a spokesman for Prime Minister Theresa May said the UK "stood alongside the US and our allies to confront the threat North Korea poses to international security".

http://www.bbc.com/news/world-asia-40491138 

:: 7-3-17 Business Insider :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

3 maps that explain North Korea's strategy

George Friedman, Mauldin Economics Jul. 3, 2017, 8:03 PM

To understand North Korean strategy today, we must first understand the implications of its geography. Korea is a peninsula jutting southward from Manchuria surrounded by the Yellow and Japan seas. It shares an 880-mile-wide border with China and has a 30-mile frontier with Russia. Korea's northeastern border is about 70 miles from Vladivostok, Russia's major eastern port. The southeast corner juts to within 100 miles of Japan to its south, and the peninsula's southwest shore angles westward only about 300 miles from Shanghai. Editor's note: This article was originally written in 2016. The Korean Peninsula, therefore, poses a potential threat to three major powers—not because of what any government on the Korean Peninsula might do, but simply because of its geographical position. Korea could threaten Japan's access to the East China Sea and the Pacific from the Sea of Japan. Korea can also potentially interfere with China's access to the Yellow Sea and potentially to Shanghai. Japan and China have invaded the Korean Peninsula on several occasions. Its geographical position and size relative to Japan and China made these incursions inevitable. For that reason, it has been invaded by both China and Japan at various points throughout history — and later by the Soviet Union and the US. The motivation behind the invasions has not been so much to capture the wealth of Korea, which was minimal, as it has been the fact that the country can provide strategic springboards or blocks to major powers. Korea was a critical piece in any Chinese or Japanese strategy. The end of World War II did not reduce Korea's importance. It simply eliminated one player, Japan, and introduced a new one, the United States. The American presence in Korea was not actually new, though. The defeat of Japan in World War II ended Japanese hegemony over Korea. The Yalta Conference created a four-power joint government in Korea, but that coalition failed, as did a similar joint government in Berlin. As in Berlin, Korea was divided — with Soviet troops and their Korean supporters occupying the land north of the 38th parallel and the Americans and their Korean supporters occupying the south. The US did not see South Korea as a critical strategic asset, but the Soviets and the Chinese saw an opportunity. The Soviets had suffered a defeat in Berlin when their blockade failed because of the American airlift. They also saw Korea as a threat to Vladivostok should the US regain interest. The Chinese were similarly concerned about a later shift in American interest and wanted to expel the Americans from the peninsula. Again, it was Korean geography that mattered. The North Korean invasion of South Korea in June 1950 took the US by surprise: US intelligence had failed to detect North Korea's act of aggression on the ground. President Harry Truman faced a critical decision. Technically, Korea was not critical to US national security. But Truman calculated that Korea's strategic position would protect Japan, and defending South Korea would make clear that the US would resist open aggression. Truman's decision, made in a weekend, created modern northeast Asia by making the US the guarantor of South Korean national security. War, however, was extremely difficult to wage on the Korean Peninsula. One of the main reasons was the terrain of the Korean Peninsula. It is narrow — about 200 miles wide at its narrowest — and about 500 miles long. It is also covered with very rugged hills. A relatively small force, using the rugged terrain cleverly, can hold off a larger force, retreating slowly and inflicting casualties on the attacker, who has to come out from under cover. During temporary positions of surprise or imbalance, it is possible to drive the defender back. But the Korean War showed that, while it is possible to drive the enemy back, it is not possible to simply wipe it out. Another reason is the strategic reality that no major regional power can afford to allow the peninsula to fall completely into the hands of a hostile power. This set of dynamics created the current situation in Korea. The peninsula is divided into two states — one with the full support of the US, the other at the moment in a much more complex relationship with China, its traditional patron. South Korea has emerged as one of the major industrial powers in the world. One reason for its economic success is the American grand strategy of maintaining a long-term commitment to defend South Korea. But a strategic relationship with the US carries with it both benefits and risks. The major risk is war. The major benefit is that the US tilts the table in favor of the client state. North Korea's relationship with China and Russia has not resulted in similar benefits. The map above displays light visible from space at night. South Korea is ablaze, China less so, but with intense areas. North Korea, on the other hand, is virtually without light, or to be more precise, without enough clustered lighting to be seen from space. Both South Korea and North Korea were devastated by the Korean War. But while South Korea has transformed into a modern industrial power, North Korea appears to be preindustrial — or so it appears, based on nighttime lighting. How did this disjuncture occur? The Chinese and the Russians had fewer resources to invest in North Korea than the US had to invest in the South. But the complete answer must be somewhat more complex. Even on their own, the North Koreans should have been able to generate greater economic growth than they have. And certainly, after the fall of the Soviet Union, the Chinese could have aided North Korea more fully had they wished to do so. The rest of the answer has to do with the nature of the North Korean regime. The first strategy of any state is its preservation. North Korea was faced with a major US force and an increasingly powerful South Korean force. The logical thing would have been for the Chinese and Soviets to create an equivalent force. They chose not to. The Chinese and Russians did not want a powerful North Korea because it could turn against them. They wanted a buffer state between themselves and American forces in the south. Therefore, the Russians and the Chinese together created a paradox in North Korea. Both the Soviets and Chinese understood that simply being communist was no longer sufficient grounds for an alliance. The Soviets and the Chinese had become enemies in spite of a shared ideology. Neither wanted the other to use North Korea as a tool against it. We should add that South Korea and the US themselves were not eager to see the North Korean regime fall. South Korea did not want to bear the expense and risks involved in reintegration. The US was content with the status quo in the Korean Peninsula, as its primary interest there was minimal conflict. And out of this paradoxical strategy emerged the contemporary North Korean state. As the Soviet Union fell, China moved toward a more liberal economy, and North Korea was placed in a difficult position. Its primary strategies of regime survival and blocking both the Americans and the South Koreans remained intact. But reliance on its communist partners became more difficult and complex. One partner was no longer communist, and the other was increasingly unpredictable. North Korea could not emulate China and still guarantee regime survival, and the forces that had transformed its partners might be lurking in North Korea as well. As a result, North Korea was forced to lock in its policy of intense hostility to the South and to ramp up already extreme measures to preserve the regime, defending it from both external and internal forces — even forces within the ruling family. Its strategy became one of bluffing. A game of bluff requires utter discipline and no dissension. The North Koreans sought to frighten the Americans and South Koreans by pretending to be irrational and on a hair trigger. The leadership sought to convince the North Korean public that there was no external threat it could not crush because of its enormous strength. What appeared to the world as entirely irrational behavior was, given North Korea’s strategic needs, quite rational. North Korea had a massive army but not a good one. Its weapons and tactics were generations out of date. It had one advantage — geography. Seoul (the South Korean capital), now a modern metropolis, lay within artillery range of North Korea. The north massed its forces on the border and threatened that in the event of a conflict (which it insisted it would trigger if provoked), it would shell the massive metropolitan area and move its tanks south to occupy the city. By the numbers this was possible, but the North Korean military on the move would be extremely vulnerable to airpower. Still, sheer proximity meant an irrational move could do significant damage. North Korea also needed a more credible threat than its massed force begging for a carpet bombing. This need engendered its nuclear program. The program enhanced the consequences of irrational action. It was an obvious bluff, since resorting to a nuclear attack would guarantee the annihilation of the regime — and possibly the nation. Rationally speaking, North Korea couldn't possibly launch a nuclear strike. Therefore, it was critical for North Korea to appear irrational. Only apparent irrationality, meticulously managed, could convince the Americans, the South Koreans, the Japanese, the Russians, and the Chinese that North Korea was utterly dangerous. But the regime's apparent irrationality had to be calibrated in such a way that North Korea's dangerousness was never so credible or imminent that someone would preemptively attack it. It had to preserve the regime and paralyze its opponents without forcing military action by its adversaries. North Korea had two enormous advantages in this strategy. First, no one really cared enough to act. The South Koreans didn't want to incur the cost that Germany bore when it integrated the postcommunist east. The US was not eager for the instability that would be created by a North Korean collapse, nor were the Japanese or the Russians. And the Chinese were using their apparent ability to soothe the irrational North Koreans to extract concessions on other issues from the Americans. Everyone was content with the North Koreans as they were. Second, the North Korean regime worked. Instead of fragmenting and morphing as other communist regimes had done, the North Korean regime became locked into a model that was extremely effective in its unique strategic situation. There is a permanence to the current North Korean situation that many underestimate. South Korea has far more important matters, such as its own massive economy, to worry about. North Korea must avoid a preemptive strike on its nuclear facilities, since its conventional military options would be unsustainable. The major partners understand North Korea well enough to endure its assertions of power and aggression without panicking. The regime appears resilient and in control. The result is a formula for stalemate — a stalemate of the indifferent. But the cost of this stalemate is the blackness of the North Korean night. The cost of maintaining the regime is a dramatic lack of economic development. What wealth that exists is diverted to maintaining the bluff, which in turn requires a delicate internal balance that demands not only massive repression but also, above all, isolation. Contact with the rest of the world would be destabilizing, and so North Korea must limit that contact, resulting in cultural as well as physical darkness. And the night will not pass quickly. The dark night is what makes North Korea possible. It allows the bluff to go on and with it the regime. As ever, for the rest of the world Korea — now North Korea — is a place used strategically to block the ambitions of others. Few want anything from it other than for it to continue to buffer greater powers. And even if fulfilling this purpose requires North Korean leadership to occasionally seem frightening by appearing irrational, those who watch North Korea know that its frightening aspect is tightly controlled by a calculating regime. Subscribe to This Week in Geopolitics

http://www.businessinsider.com/3-maps-explaining-north-koreas-strategy-2017-7/#now-the-regime-is-nothing-but-a-bluffing-buffer-5 

:: 7-3-17 The Washington Times :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Trump: U.S. ‘would be delighted’ to help Charlie Gard

By Bradford Richardson - The Washington Times - Monday, July 3, 2017

President Trump is coming to the aid of a terminally ill infant whom British courts and doctors are trying to remove from life support against the wishes of the parents. In a tweet Monday, the president said America “would be delighted” to extend a helping hand to Charlie Gard. “If we can help little #CharlieGard, as per our friends in the U.K. and the Pope, we would be delighted to do so,” the president posted. Helen Aguirre Ferre, director of media affairs at the White House, said Mr. Trump is “trying to be as helpful as possible” to the Gard family “during this heartbreaking situation.” “Although the President himself has not spoken to the family, he does not want to pressure them in any way, members of the administration have spoken to the family in calls facilitated by the British government,” Ms. Ferre said. The infant’s parents, Chris Gard and Connie Yates, lost their final appeal for permission to move Charlie to the U.S. for an experimental treatment for which the family has the money, thanks to a crowdfund campaign. On June 27, the European Court of Human Rights refused to strike down a lower-court ruling that said it was in the 11-month-old’s “best interests” to “die with dignity,” siding with Charlie’s doctors at Great Ormond Street Hospital in London. Charlie suffers from mitochondrial DNA depletion syndrome, a rare genetic condition that causes brain damage and progressive muscle weakness. He is unable to see or hear. He cannot breathe or move without assistance. His parents have raised more than $1.7 million to pay for the trial therapy. But courts have blocked the family from pursuing that choice, saying Charlie may be exposed to pain and suffering, and the prospect of success is unlikely. The couple released a video Thursday saying their doctors had also denied their last wish to take their son home with them to die. “Our parental rights have been stripped away,” Mr. Gard said in a video. “We can’t even take our own son home to die.” Doctors initially said they would turn off Charlie’s life support Friday, but later said they would continue to keep him alive so his family can spend time with him. Great Ormond Street Hospital, where Charlie has been treated since October, said it was acting in the infant’s best interests, to die. “When parents do not agree about a child’s future treatment, it is standard legal process to ask the courts to make a decision,” the hospital said in a statement. Mr. Trump is not the only world leader to weigh in on Charlie’s case, which has inspired protests outside of Buckingham Palace and prayer vigils in churches across Europe. The Vatican released a statement Sunday saying Pope Francis was praying that the parents’ “desire to accompany and care for their own child to the end will be respected.” In an apparent reference to Charlie’s case, the pontiff also tweeted Friday calling the defense of life “a duty of love that God entrusts to all.” The pope’s stance appeared to go against the one adopted by his bioethics advisory panel. In a statement Thursday, Archbishop Vincenzo Paglia, president of the Vatican’s Pontifical Academy for Life, cautioned against “aggressive medical procedures that are disproportionate to any expected results or excessively burdensome to the patient or the family.” Mariella Enoc, president of the Vatican-run Bambino Gesu hospital in Rome, has also offered to take Charlie as a patient, even though the case is “hopeless and that, apparently, there are no effective treatments.” “We are close to the parents in prayer and, if this is their wish, we are willing to accept their child to be with us, for as long as there is the will to live,” Ms. Enoc said, reported the National Catholic Register.

http://www.washingtontimes.com/news/2017/jul/3/donald-trump-us-would-be-delighted-help-charlie-ga/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc..

:: 7-6-17 Independent Record :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5.8 magnitude earthquake rattles Helena area

Lee Montana Newspapers Jul 6, 2017 Updated 10 min ago

A 5.8-magnitude earthquake that hit western Montana early Thursday morning was felt from Missoula to Billings and some surrounding states. The epicenter of the 12:30 a.m. quake was about 6 miles south of Lincoln, originating from a depth of nearly 3 miles underground, according to a preliminary report from the U.S. Geological Survey. The USGS recorded at least nine more tremors in the same area within an hour of the initial quake, and they ranged in magnitude from 4.9 to 3.1. The initial earthquake was strong enough to knock items off of walls and shelves in Helena and Missoula. Lewis and Clark County Sheriff Leo Dutton said Lincoln lost electricity as a result of the quake, but the power has since been restored. A gas leak was reported in Helena, according to the National Weather Service. The 911 dispatch center in Helena has asked that people stop calling 911 to report the earthquake unless they have an actual emergency. Lisa Large, a bartender at the Wheel Inn Tavern in Lincoln, said the power went out and bottles flew off the shelves when the earthquake hit. Other than that, she said, there wasn’t any major damage there. She was in a fairly jovial mood when called by a Missoulian reporter near closing time at 1:50 a.m. “It slopped all the grease outta the fryer,” she said. “The kitchen’s a mess right now. The lights have been out and they just came back on. Hopefully we don’t get any more aftershocks.” Dutton said the fire chief in Lincoln was sending people out to check for damage, but they have not found any yet. Missoula Police Department Corporal Mick McCarthy said the department has had calls from people asking what was going on with the earthquake and some medical calls, but no power outages reported or gas leaks. "No property damage reported yet, but it's still early," McCarthy said. Dave Eplin from Deer Lodge called The Montana Standard shortly after 12:30 a.m. asking for confirmation of an earthquake. “I was lying in bed with my wife reading and all of a sudden the whole house shook,” he said. “At first I thought it was the wind, but it wasn’t the wind. I’ve checked to see if my pilot lights were still on and they are.” Twitter lit up around Montana seconds after the quake, with people weighing in from Bozeman to Kalispell to Glacier National Park to Billings and elsewhere in Montana. "Did the entire state of Montana just have an earthquake?" tweeted Brandon Furr. Sean Ryan of Butte tweeted, "Now that everyone in Montana is awake from that earthquake ... you guys want to play Monopoly or something?" Glacier National Park account tweeted, "Western Montana just had a decent-sized earthquake. Good shake here at Park HQ in West Glacier #geology." Minor earthquakes are fairly common, although Thursday's moderate quake was the strongest felt in western Montana in several years. The last one to exceed 5.0 magnitude was reported 12 years ago near Dillon, according to the USGS. Most of those incidents had epicenters farther south, many centering in the famously active Yellowstone National Park. Mike Stickney, seismologist at the Earthquake Studies Office, Montana Bureau of Mines and Geology on the Montana Tech campus in Butte, said the quake was probably the strongest in Montana since October 1964. The location, he said, is not surprising. “It’s right along the axis of the intermountain seismic belt.” He said the quake occurred on a strike/slip fault, a vertical fault where one side moves horizontally against the other, similar to the kind of movement experienced along the San Andreas Fault in California. He said he does not believe the quake is seismically tied to the recent “swarm” of smaller earthquakes in the Yellowstone National Park area. “I don’t see any direct relationship between these two sequences,” he said. “This is a pretty sizeable earthquake. It would certainly have the potential to do structural damage near the epicenter, but we’ve had no reports indicating damage yet.” The USGS reports the Lincoln quake was one of 20 within the last week and 236 within the last month. Within an hour of the Lincoln quake, more than 5,000 people had reported feeling the shake, filling out surveys the scientists use to document reach and strength. Most people across the region reported category III or IV movement, which typically includes brief shaking that rattled some items without knocking them from shelves. Some reports from Helena and Bonner were initially classified as category 5, which can include some shifted furniture or light damage. A handful of reports from Lincoln and the immediate area were initially classified as category VII, which can include structural damage to buildings, though none has been confirmed. The Montana Department of Transportation has maintenance and engineering crews out inspecting infrastructure and bridges in the Lincoln, Helena and Missoula areas, public information officer Lori Ryan said Friday. The crews have found no damage and none has been reported to the department, Ryan said. NorthWestern Energy said late Friday morning that they had no reports of damage. Spokesman Butch Larcombe said in the Lincoln area about 1,350 homes lost power right when the earthquake hit. Crews went out to a substation and closed a breaker to restore power after about 45 minutes. The substation was not damaged. NorthWestern did some investigation of their natural gas system in the Helena area and found no damage. A few people called the utility to report the smell of natural gas, but crews didn’t find any leaks. Larcombe encouraged people to check out their properties to for damage.

http://helenair.com/news/magnitude-earthquake-rattles-helena-area/article_66b7ba68-8771-5809-95ea-144452d598f0.html 

:: 7-3-17 Breitbart :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Poland: EU Will Not ‘Impose a Social Catastrophe’ with Migrant Quotas

by Jack Montgomery3 Jul 2017

The chairman of Poland’s ruling Law and Justice Party (PiS) delivered a message of defiance to the European Union at his party’s annual conference. Jarosław Kaczyński, a former prime minister and twin brother to former president Lech Kaczyński, was speaking in the small town of Przysucha. “No one will impose a social catastrophe on us just because we are receiving EU funds,” the pugnacious 68-year-old declared. “All of you know that I mean the immigrants that are flooding into Europe and [the EU’s] compulsory relocation [scheme].” The bloc has been attempting to impose migrant quotas on its member-states, despite strong resistance in Central Europe, in order to alleviate pressure on Italy and Greece. Kaczyński, in common with many other conservative politicians in Central Europe, believes the burden of dealing with the migrant crisis should fall on those countries which encouraged the influx, such as Germany, rather than those who opposed it. “We didn’t exploit the countries where the refugees are arriving from, we didn’t use their labour force and finally, we aren’t calling them to Europe,” he explained. “As I said in 2015 on refugees, we are ready to take part in the EU programme for refugees; we just don’t want to have problems to which we didn’t contribute. We have a full moral right to say ‘No’.” He added, “There is no reason for us to radically lower our living standards and the quality of life in Poland” to meet the EU’s demands. French president Emmanuel Macron, who was hostile to Poland even before his election, has accused the Visegrád group of countries resisting the quotas of “betrayal“, accusing them of them of taking all of the benefits of EU membership without wanting to bear the ‘costs’. “Europe isn’t a supermarket. Europe is a common destiny,” he told the Polish newspaper Gazeta Wyborcza. “The countries in Europe that don’t respect the rules should have to face the political consequences.” But Kaczyński has hit back at the former Rothschild banker and Socialist Party economy minister, pointing out that businesses in Western European countries “also benefit” from EU funding, with “[Western European] enterprises located in Poland transferring tens of billions of złotys every year without paying any taxes”. He added that it was “important to remind … our critics in the West that Poland was the first country that had to stand up to [Nazi Germany and the Soviet Union],” and suffered “gigantic damage from which it has not recovered” as a result. Poles should, therefore, feel no guilt about receiving “compensation” from other EU members, Kaczyński believes.

http://www.breitbart.com/london/2017/07/03/kaczynski-eu-social-catastrophe-poland-compulsory-migrant-quotas/ 

:: 7-5-17 New York Daily News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Vatican police raid drug-fueled gay orgy at top priest's apartment

BY Megan Cerullo NEW YORK DAILY NEWS Wednesday, July 5, 2017, 12:32 PM

Vatican police raided a drug-fueled gay sex party at a top priest’s apartment near the city, according to an Italian newspaper report. The apartment’s occupant, who was not named by police, serves as a secretary to Cardinal Francesco Coccopalmerio, a personal adviser to Pope Francis. The apartment belongs to the Vatican’s Congregation for the Doctrine of Faith — the branch that reviews appeals from clergy found guilty of sexual abuse of minors, according to Italian daily Il Fatto Quotidiano, which first published the explosive report. Police raided the apartment in June after neighbors complained of unusual behavior among frequent nighttime visitors. Police arrested the priest and hospitalized him to detox him from the drugs he had ingested, according to the newspaper. He was taken in for questioning, presumably on drugs charges, as gay sex is legal in Vatican City. He’s currently in retreat at a convent in Italy, according to the report. Coccopalmerio’s aide was reportedly under consideration for promotion to bishop. His advancement in the church now seems less likely following the incident and two previous alleged drug overdoses, according to an International Business Times report. This is the latest scandal to rock the Vatican. Cardinal George Pell was recently charged with child sex abuse and will return to Australia to stand trial.

http://www.nydailynews.com/news/world/vatican-police-raid-drug-fueled-gay-orgy-cardinal-apartment-article-1.3302974 

:: 6-29-17 News with Views :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cultural Alzheimer’s In American Churches

Jun 29, 2017 Read More Articles by Dave Daubenmire

Alzheimer’s is the scourge of The Greatest Generation. My wife and I both lost our mother’s to this insidious disease. As many of you have experienced it is devastating to watch a parent fade away into oblivion even as their heart continues to beat. As part of the Baby Boom generation I have fond memories of all of my grandparents. To the best of my recollection they all died with their minds still intact. I do remember that there was an “old folks home” in the town where my grandparents lived, but I never knew of anyone who ever had to go there and live. Our grandparents got old but it was unusual for their mind to die before their body did. Today “nursing homes” are popping up all across town as more and more of my friends find their parents slowly losing their way. During the last 10 years of my mother-in-law’s life she was nothing more than a shell. It was a tremendous burden on my wife. For what it is worth, I think it has to do with what we are eating…or what our food has been saturated with. Genetically Modified Foods (GMO) certainly has something to do with it. Any time you tamper with nature the results will not be good. In my research for this article I came across the 10 Early Signs of Alzheimers. Short term memory loss. Problems solving simple problems Difficulty completing daily tasks. Confusion with time and location. Difficulty with sight and spatial which effects motor skills. Loss of communication skills, especially conversational. Miss placing items around the house. Loss of judgment and safety issues. Withdrawal from normal social activities. Changes in mood and personality “Wow,” I said to my wife the other day. “That sounds like what has happened to America. This nation is a shell of what it used to be. Especially the church. It is as if we have forgotten who we are. Could it be that America is suffering from Cultural Alzheimer’s?” As many of you know, my wife and I have a ministry that focuses on the culture. Although we have a great concern for the lost we are constantly amazed by how little the average Baby Boomer cares about what is going on around him/her. It reminds us of our mother’s in the latter years of their lives. They were oblivious to their surroundings and the only thing we could do was to make sure that they were, comfortable, well fed, and taken care of. Alzheimer’s steals the soul. Before you get your underwear in a bun, ask yourself if it could be possible that the lack of concern by the average church goer could be caused by the GMO’s that they are being fed from America’s pulpits. Christians are certainly suffering from short term memory loss. It wasn’t all that long ago that we considered it our job to point out what was right and what was wrong. Today, we seem to have no memory of “normal.” We let our nurse (the government) determine what the proper course of action for our lives will be. We certainly have lost the ability to solve problems. In fact, the church no longer seems to be able to offer solutions for drug abuse, sexual miscreants, or unplanned pregnancies. The Cultural Alzheimer’s causes folks to allow their pockets to be picked, without complaint, to pay for problems that a simple lesson in Biblical morality could eliminate. I could run down the entire list of symptoms and show exactly how the same disease that stole the mind of our mothers is now stealing our nation from us. The Church has become nothing but a shell of her old self…filled with confusion and the inability to properly react to outside stimuli. America seems to have lost her way because older Americans seem to have lost theirs as well. The older I get the more feisty I become and the less I care about what others think of me. That is the natural tendency of getting old. My own mother got grouchy in her later years…a complete change in personality. My wife’s mother got happier. She was very stoic and guarded in her middle age but as she got older she became more light hearted and pleasant. The less both of them remembered about the past, and the less they cared about the present, the easier they were to manipulate. America’s churches are rapidly turning into nursing homes for senior saints. Just as Michele and I experienced with our own mothers, when Alzheimer’s settles in the less you care about what is going on around you. The phrase “you are what you eat” has never been truer than it is today. While our nursing homes are filling up with those who’s minds have been stolen by what they have consumed, our churches are filling up with those who couldn’t care less about what other’s consume. Cultural Alzheimer’s has crept into the American Church and we have forgotten who we are. It is just a shell of what it once was. America is suffering because the salt has lost the savor. Why should we be surprised? Most Christians have forgotten that we were called to be salt. The average Christian feels comfortable and well fed. Our churches filled with padded pews are becoming nothing more than nursing homes for those with Cultural Alzheimer’s. E-Mail Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com 

https://newswithviews.com/cultural-alzheimers-in-american-churches/ 

:: 6-29-17 National Geographic :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Hints of Skull Cult Found at World's Oldest Temple

Carved human skull fragments from a Stone Age archaeological site hint at a surprisingly complex culture.

By Shaena Montanari PUBLISHED June 28, 2017

Around 10,000 years ago, the already striking presence of Göbekli Tepe in southeastern Turkey could have been even more impressive—as human skulls might have dangled in what is considered the world's oldest temple. According to new research published in Science Advances, three Neolithic skull fragments discovered by archaeologists at Göbekli Tepe show evidence of a unique type of post-mortem skull modification at the site. The deep, purposeful linear grooves are a unique form of skull alteration never before seen anywhere in the world in any context, says Julia Gresky, lead author on the study and an anthropologist at the German Archaeological Institute in Berlin. Detailed analysis with a special microscope shows the grooves were deliberately made with a flint tool. One of the fragments even has a hole drilled in it, resembling skull modifications made by the Naga people of India who used the hole to hang the skull on a string. The marks may only appear on a few fragments of bone that date between 10,000 and 7,000 years ago, but archaeologists believe that this find is extremely significant and means that this society, like many others in this part of the world at the time, was a “skull cult” that venerated the human skull after death. SKULL AND BONES “Skull cults are not uncommon in Anatolia,” says Gresky. She explains that archaeological remains from other sites in the region indicate people would commonly bury their dead, then exhume them, remove the skulls, and display them creatively. Other archaeologists have even found that Neolithic people would remodel the faces of the dead with plaster. (See the face behind the 9,500-year-old plastered Jericho Skull.) Göbekli Tepe held special significance to the Neolithic people who lived nearby. “This was not a settlement area, but mostly monumental structures,” the anthropologist explains. The site's massive T-shaped stone pillars and prominent position on top of a hill with sweeping vistas suggests the hunter-gathers who lived here also had a somewhat complex culture and practiced rituals. FRIENDS OR FOES? “This is an interesting skull modification that hasn’t been documented in this part of the world or this time period,” says bioarchaeologist Matthew Velasco at Cornell University, who was not involved in the study. But this find does raise additional questions about who the skulls belong to and why they were treated this way. “There is a range of skull modification behaviors, [from] veneration of ancestors to violation of enemies,” Velasco explains, and this distinction can only be investigated at Göbekli Tepe if additional discoveries are made. Besides the cut-mark and drill-hole evidence, Gresky says other clues at the site show this culture placed a special significance on skulls. “We find depictions like a headless person on a pillar, or human heads made of stone. The site iconography fits with special emphasis on the skull.” At Göbekli Tepe, there are no burial sites but rather just pits of human bones mixed in with animal bones and flint tools, meaning additional context is needed to better understand the site. “We are still in the beginning of working to understand the anthropology of the site," says Gresky. "[H]opefully we will find some more bones and skull fragments. Then we can get a clearer picture of how these people lived.”

http://news.nationalgeographic.com/2017/06/skulls-cult-turkey-archaeology-neolithic-gobekli/ 

:: 6-28-17 Wolf Street :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Top Canadian Court Permits Worldwide Internet Censorship

by Electronic Frontier Foundation • Jun 28, 2017

By Aaron Mackey and Corynne McSherry and Vera Ranieri, Electronic Frontier Foundation:

A country has the right to prevent the world’s Internet users from accessing information, Canada’s highest court ruled on Wednesday. In a decision that has troubling implications for free expression online, the Supreme Court of Canada upheld a company’s effort to force Google to de-list entire domains and websites from its search index, effectively making them invisible to everyone using Google’s search engine The case, Google v. Equustek, began when British Columbia-based Equustek Solutions accused Morgan Jack and others, known as the Datalink defendants, of selling counterfeit Equustek routers online. It claimed California-based Google facilitated access to the defendants’ sites. The defendants never appeared in court to challenge the claim, allowing default judgment against them, which meant Equustek effectively won without the court ever considering whether the claim was valid. Although Google was not named in the lawsuit, it voluntarily took down specific URLs that directed users to the defendants’ products and ads under the local (Canadian) Google.ca domains. But Equustek wanted more, and the British Columbia Supreme Court ruled that Google had to delete the entire domain from its search results, including from all other domains such Google.com and Google.go.uk. The British Columbia Court of Appeal upheld the decision, and the Supreme Court of Canada decision followed the analysis of those courts. EFF intervened in the case, explaining [.pdf] that such an injunction ran directly contrary to both the U.S. Constitution and statutory speech protections. Issuing an order that would cut off access to information for U.S. users would set a dangerous precedent for online speech. In essence, it would expand the power of any court in the world to edit the entire Internet, whether or not the targeted material or site is lawful in another country. That, we warned, is likely to result in a race to the bottom, as well-resourced individuals engage in international forum-shopping to impose the one country’s restrictive laws regarding free expression on the rest of the world. The Supreme Court of Canada ignored those concerns. It ruled that because Google was subject to the jurisdiction of Canadian courts by virtue of its operations in Canada, courts in Canada had the authority to order Google to delete search results worldwide. The court further held that there was no inconvenience to Google in removing search results, and Google had not shown the injunction would offend any rights abroad. Perhaps even worse, the court ruled that before Google can modify the order, it has to prove that the injunction violates the laws of another nation thus shifting the burdent of proof from the plaintiff to a non-party. An innocent third party to a lawsuit shouldn’t have to shoulder the burden or proving whether an injunction violates the laws of another country. Although companies like Google may be able to afford such costs, many others will not, meaning many overbroad and unlawful orders may go unchallenged. Instead, once the issue has been raised at all, it should be the job of the party seeking the benefit of an order, such as Equustek, to establish that there is no such conflict. Moreover, numerous intervenors, including EFF, provided ample evidence of that conflicts in this case. Beyond the flaws of the ruling itself, the court’s decision will likely embolden other countries to try to enforce their own speech-restricting laws on the Internet, to the detriment of all users. As others have pointed out, it’s not difficult to see repressive regimes such as China or Iran use the ruling to order Google to de-index sites they object to, creating a worldwide heckler’s veto. The ruling largely sidesteps the question of whether such a global order would violate foreign law or intrude on Internet users’ free speech rights. Instead, the court focused on whether or not Google, as a private actor, could legally choose to take down speech and whether that would violate foreign law. This framing results in Google being ordered to remove speech under Canadian law even if no court in the United States could issue a similar order. The Equustek decision is part of a troubling trend around the world of courts and other governmental bodies ordering that content be removed from the entirety of the Internet, not just in that country’s locale. On the same day the Supreme Court of Canada’s decision issued, a court in Europe heard arguments as to whether to expand the right-to-be-forgotten worldwide. EFF was represented at the Supreme Court of Canada and the British Columbia Court of Appeal by David Wotherspoon of MacPherson Leslie & Tyerman and Daniel Byma of Fasken Martineau DuMoulin. By Aaron Mackey and Corynne McSherry and Vera Ranieri, Electronic Frontier Foundation. Even after the malware epidemic WannaCry in May and the hoopla it caused, companies are still not prepared. Including US companies! Read… These Large Companies, Still Using Unpatched or Bootleg Windows, Got Hit by Petya Ransomware Attack

http://wolfstreet.com/2017/06/28/top-canadian-court-permits-worldwide-internet-censorship/ 

:: 6-29-17 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

TSA Wants to Know What Books You’re Reading Before Allowing You to Board Planes

By Derrick Broze

The federal government will soon begin searching through travelers’ books at the airport as airlines test out fingerprint scans. Next time you choose to take a flight in the United States, you will not only be given the option of a free walk through the full body scanner or a complimentary rub down courtesy of the Transportation Security Administration. Your next flight might include a search of your laptop, books, and possibly a fingerprint scan. Since the launch of the Trump administration travelers have been subject to increasingly invasive measures in the form of laptop searches and discrimination against those traveling from majority Muslim countries. Now the TSA is testing out new measures that require passengers to remove books and paper goods from their carry-on luggage. According to new reports from The Wall Street Journal and Sacramento Bee, the TSA had already begun to roll out these new invasive policies. “While I expect going through airline security to be time-consuming and mildly annoying, my attitude changed recently as I prepared to board a flight out of Sacramento International Airport in the days after Memorial Day weekend,” the Sacramento Bee wrote. “As I stood in line, Transportation Security Administration officials announced at SMF that everyone was to take books, magazines and food out of their bags and put them into a separate bin for inspection. That was it. A line was crossed for me.” As the Bee notes, reading material is extremely personal and revealing about a person. If individuals know that their reading habits – whether they relate to philosophy, politics, sexuality, or religion – will be scrutinized they may began a process of self-censorship. It also presents the question, what type of reading material could be questionable or even, banned? At this point the TSA is claiming that bombs could be hidden within books and are not focusing their efforts on content specifically. However, this is likely the beginning of an incremental strategy to remove as much freedom as possible for travelers. As the Sac Bee wrote, “We need to resist the creep of authoritarianism. During the Cold War, spying on neighbors was common in the Soviet Bloc. During the Chinese Cultural Revolution, people reported others for listening to Western Classical Music.” The American Civil Liberties Union noted that there have already been multiple cases of passengers singled out for their First Amendment-protected expressions. “For example, in 2010 the ACLU sued on behalf of a man who was abusively interrogated, handcuffed, and detained for nearly five hours because he was carrying a set of Arabic-language flash cards and a book critical of U.S. foreign policy,” the ACLU writes. We also know that the DHS database known as the “Automated Targeting System,” which tracks information on international travelers, has included notations in travelers’ permanent files about controversial books in their possession.” In a recent interview with Fox News, John Kelly, Secretary of Homeland Security, seemed to confirm the goal of implementing the strategy on a nationwide scale. Kelly was asked whether or not the new policy of unpacking carry on luggage and separating food and electronics into separate bins will indeed go nationwide. “Yes, I mean, the reason we’ve done, TSA, of course, works for me,” Kelly stated. He then blamed the need for these programs on travelers who are “trying to avoid the $25 or $50 or whatever it is to check a bag” by stuffing their bags too full and TSA monitors can not see what’s inside. When pushed further about the program going nationwide, Kelly states, “We might, and likely will.” These plans were confirmed once again on Wednesday, as Secretary Kelly announced plans for new strategies to be implemented by the TSA. “We cannot play international whack-a-mole with each new threat,” Kelly said. “Instead, we must put in place new measures across the board to keep the traveling public safe and make it harder for terrorists to succeed.” Although DHS officials declined to comment on specifics, ABC News reports that passengers may notice more swabbing of passengers’ hands and luggage to test for explosives. It is highly likely that the agencies book policy will be a part of these new strategies. Another change making its way to your local airport includes the implementation of biometrics. A writer with Yahoo Finance discusses the new policies on display during a recent demonstration at Washington’s National Airport. “Instead of handing your boarding pass and ID to a Transportation Security Administration agent, you could soon simply place two fingerprints on a scanner to be recognized and ushered through security — and then you could repeat the process to board the plane,” Yahoo writes. These changes are part of an initiative started by Delta Air Lines. Delta has started the practice at Delta’s SkyClub lounge at National airport. Sandy Gordon, Delta’s vice president of airport operations, says the airline aims to have the strategy added to the check-in experience. Yahoo notes that the process saves minimal to no time since the process is still a part of the routine admittance policies for boarding a flight. Sandy Gordon said Delta is working with the TSA to get full approval for the program. Wire Tapped America - Free Copy Ships Today (Ad) Yahoo’s writer said they also had to scan their driver’s license and enter Social Security number to participate in the fingerprint scan. The fingerprint and iris scans will be stored with the private company Clear. The company is promising not to sell the information to third parties, but Jeramie Scott, director of the Electronic Privacy Information Center’s Domestic Surveillance Project, says that Clear’s privacy policy doesn’t require it to delete your data if you cancel your membership. This is a test. This an important moment in time where passengers and travelers will have to decide if they are willing to put up with anything for the right to travel. The DHS has already begun implementing biometric entry and exit requirements for international travelers arriving and leaving the United States. This is part of the larger strategy of dividing Americans over illegitimate fears of terrorism and foreigners so they willingly give up what little civil liberties they have left.

http://www.activistpost.com/2017/06/new-invasive-measures-are-coming-to-your-local-airport.html 

:: 6-28-17 The Drive :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

China's Type 055 Super Destroyer Is A Reality Check For The US And Its Allies

This is one impressive ship that underlines China's changing weapons development capabilities and its emerging greater naval strategy in the region and beyond.

By Tyler RogowayJune 28, 2017

China's launched its first Type 055 destroyer today—the most advanced surface combatant Beijing has ever designed and fielded. Pictures of the visually striking ship whipped around the internet, with many people being surprised that China was producing such an impressive warship. The truth is, the Type 055 is the J-20 stealth fighter/interceptor of the high-seas, and it not only is a showcase of China's rapidly evolving surface warfare and weapons development capabilities, but also a sign of what Beijing's overall maritime strategy will be in the not so distant future. When it comes to the Chinese Navy, the Type 055 is very roughly analogous to something between the American Ticonderoga class cruiser a Zumwalt class destroyer, in that it has similar capabilities and size to the Ticonderoga class, but it also packs new technologies that will impact the future of Chinese surface combatant design like the Zumwalt class does. The ship's stealthy exterior and its enclosed sensor mast are situated in between the latest Arleigh Burke class destroyers and the Zumwalt class developmentally speaking. The Type 055 could just as easily be classified as a cruiser than as a destroyer. It's 590 feet long and displaces between 10,000 and 12,000 tons. That is 81 feet longer and up to nearly 2,500 tons greater than America's latest Arleigh Burke class destroyers, making it closer in size to the US Navy's Ticonderoga class cruisers than anything else. It also packs a Ticonderoga class's magazine size, with 128 vertical launch cells available. The Arleigh Burke class has 96. These cells will be stuffed with land attack (YJ-18), and anti-ship missiles (YJ-12), as well as anti-submarine rockets (CY series). Yet, just like America's Ticonderoga class cruisers, area air defense and slinging surface-to-air missiles will likely be this ship's overwhelming mission set and it's specially outfitted with a high-end sensor package that will exceed in this role. This new ship relies on a dual-band radar system similar in concept to the one that was supposed to be deployed on the DDG-1000 Zumwalt class and that is currently equipping the USS Gerald R. Ford. Two sets of active phased array radars, one being the larger S-band arrays on the vessel's super structure and the other being the smaller set of X-band arrays in the ship's enclosed sensor mast, equip the ship. The S-Band system is used for long range search and track, while the much more sensitive X-band system is used for tracking smaller, stealthier and high-speed objects with greater fidelity at lesser ranges. There are cross-over in capabilities between the two sensor arrays, which also adds to redundancy. No other ship in China's inventory possesses such a high-end radar system. The ship is likely to be primarily armed with a sea-going version of the HQ-9 long-range surface-to-air missile, as well as the HQ-16 medium-range SAM, and possibly quad-packed DK-10As. The DK-10A is based on the PL-12 air-to-air missile, and would act as a intermediate-range air defense missile roughly similar to the U.S. Navy's RIM-162 Evolved Sea Sparrow Missile (ESSM). As time goes on, these ships will likely field other air defense missiles, like weapons capable of swatting down endoatmospheric hypersonic vehicles or China's own mid-course ballistic missile defense interceptors. These more exotic missiles could make good use of the ship's dual-band radar, advanced combat system, and plentiful VLS farm. The ship's anti-submarine warfare capabilities will also surpass the capacity of other Chinese warships, including space for two helicopters (eventually likely ASW variants of the Z-18) in its rear hangar and an expanded flight deck size. The ship will also likely use towed and variable depth sonar for hunting submarines, and will have its own torpedoes and rocket assisted torpedoes to prosecute marauding underwater threats. A H/PJ-38 130mm main gun and a H/PJ-11 30mm close-in weapon system (CIWS) round out the ship's major armaments. It will also likely receive China's "FL-3000N" version of the RIM-116 rolling-airframe missile system mounted in a turreted canister on the rear of the ship's superstructure. This combined with the 30mm CIWS will give the big surface combatant a strong close-in defensive capability against sea-skimming missiles, low-flying aircraft, and small boats. These ships are rumored to be equipped with integrated electric powerplants, whereby the ship's turbines provide electricity to drive electric motors that then turn the ship's screws—a major advancement in Chinese warship design if confirmed. They also feature the latest in electronic warfare capabilities and the most advanced mission systems deployed by the People's Liberation Army Navy (PLAN) to date. Regardless of the Type 055's multi-mission capabilities, these ships are being built to be the preeminent escort for the Chinese carrier battle group, acting in a similar role as the Ticonderoga class cruiser does today. This will include being the command and control hub for the battle group's anti-air warfare operations. In this role the Type 055 will fulfill something of a missing link within the People's Liberation Army Navy's order of battle, with the Type 052D destroyer being the most capable surface combatant before it—but one that is far more limited in capability and weapons capacity than the Type 055. With the PLAN slated to field a fleet of at least four aircraft carriers in the coming decade, the reason for building four of these ships at this time is clear. There will be at least one for each carrier battle group, and when the carriers are not sailing, these ships will be able to show the flag by themselves far from home, and bringing high-end multi-mission and command and control capabilities to smaller PLAN task forces. It is also likely that another four Type 055s will be built at some time following the initial batch, as China's aircraft carrier fleet expands. In the end, China's new Type 055 destroyers are another indication of the amazing strides the country has made in their attempt to reach some sort of parity in multiple domains of warfare with the U.S. and especially its regional allies. That's not to say these ships and their weapons are as capable as their American counterparts, because in many ways they are not. Even China's shipbuilding capabilities are rumored to be lacking, especially in terms of quality, when compared to their American counterparts. The level of integration between their ship's sensors and weapons, the reliability of their missiles—especially when countermeasures are present—and their missile's overall performance abilities remain a question mark as well. But that's not really the point. The point is that China is preparing for a future of major naval power projection, with this vessel class sailing closely alongside their aircraft carriers—two of which are built. Together they are the most visible centerpieces of a much more aggressive and farther reaching naval strategy. This may not leave the US Navy shaking in its boots, but when it comes to regional powers such as India and Japan, that is a different story. These ships and the carriers they will support will likely end up having a persistent presence in the South China Sea, Taiwan Strait, Indian Ocean, and East China Sea—all places where tensions are high and territorial issues are top of mind. The Type 055 is also another signal that China can no longer be viewed as a potential adversary living in a perpetual "catch-up mode" technologically speaking. The Chinese are increasingly doing things their own way and even tacking big independent technological risks, such as incorporating a dual-band radar into a picket ship before the US does. So the Chinese military, and the industry that supports it, still be copycats when it comes to defense concepts, but increasingly less so in terms of discreet hardware and integrated weapons systems themselves. As time goes on, this change will leave the US and its allies reacting to Chinese military developments more than in the past. And China's weapons developments, which were largely based on questionable facsimiles of US or Russian systems in the past, are now becoming far less predictable and as a result are more concerning. Contact the author: Tyler@thedrive.com 

http://www.thedrive.com/the-war-zone/11941/chinas-type-055-super-destroyer-is-a-reality-check-for-the-us-and-its-allies 

:: 6-22-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Before You Pack Your Bags To Get Out Of Dodge, You Better Read This...... Yellowstone, The Truth

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine June 22, 2017

While the last week has been full of hysteria over earthquake swarms at Yellowstone National Park, ANP was waiting for word from those on the ground, those the closest to what would be affected areas before addressing it. Steve Quayle issued an alert on June 22, 2017 about this very topic. Quayle lives in Montana and keeps a close eye on the situation at Yellowstone, making frequent fly-overs capturing images, as well as having connected sources that regularly observe Yellowstone to provide current news and updates. In regards to Yellowstone Steve writes "SQ; I WAS IN PERU, AT A HOTEL WITH INTERNET SERVICE ,WHEN THIS FALSE CONCERN CAME IN AND THE "-YELLOWSTONE PARK IS GOING TO BLOW CROWD" HYSTERIA HIT THE INTERNET-I IMMEDIATELY CONTACTED ONE OF MY MOST WELL CONNECTED SOURCES , WHO HAPPENED TO HAVE BEEN IN YELLOWSTONE PARK HOURS BEFORE I CONTACTED HIM--TOTAL B.S." He continues: "I PHOTOGRAPHED THE ENTIRE GEO -THERMAL AREA WITH A GYRO STABILIZED EXTREMELY SHARP LENSED, RENTED 500,000.00 "SHOT OVER CAMERA" FOR 2 DAYS-AND NOTICED NOTHING OUT OF THE ORDINARY, THEREFORE AFTER 40 PLUS YEARS OF TERRESTRIAL AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY OVER YELLOWSTONE PARK THE 600 MILLION YEAR ERUPTION IS THE LEAST OF YOUR CONCERNS-PREPARE FOR FOOD DISAPPEARANCE ,CIVILIAN UNREST AND EXTENDED PERIODS AND LACK AND AVAILABILITY OF EVERYTHING." Throughout the article below, we will be showing some of those exclusive aerial photos taken over Yellowstone sent to us by Steve Quayle. The other portion of the SQ Alert is the one I would like to focus on because this is something we at ANP have noticed quite often. Some YouTube channels re-publish old interviews, without mentioning in the details that the interviews were taken years earlier and they do this every single time any news of seismic activity, or earthquake swarms occur at Yellowstone. From the SQ Alert - Headline regarding his alert "Michio Kaku - Yellowstone Will Devastate America; THIS INTERVIEW WAS RECYCLED FROM 2011, NOT CURRENT, AND RE-DATED WHICH WAS MADE TO SEEM CURRENT NON EVENT, AND FALSE CONCERN OVER RECENT YELLOWSTONE EARTHQUAKE HYSTERICS." A quick search shows that point to be spot on, as shown in the screen shot below: Carefully note the dates these were published, all of which referencing the same interview. A look through YouTube for this interview shows many more since 2011, every few months, most of which not noting that the interview was first published in 2011. Within the alert Steve states "THOSE OF YOU WHO TAKE OLD INTERVIEWS, SUCH AS THE 6 YEAR OLD, INTERVIEW WITH MICHIO KAKU, AND REDATE WITH NO DATES ON WHEN THIS INTERVIEW WAS TAKEN, ARE "TRUTH BANDITS" AND DIS -INGENUOUS AT BEST." All News PipeLine uses videos frequently, to either prove an assertion by showing a news clip, or to show what others are saying about a particular topic, so we can say from personal experience that there are dozens upon dozens of people that will regurgitate old interviews and pretend they are new, and sometimes it can take hours to hunt down the originating source to discover it was an old video, just republished to pretend it is new. YELLOWSTONE HYSTERIA PATTERN Around this time every year, we note the same pattern emerge, a story about Yellowstone earthquake swarms or seismic activity, followed by blaring headlines saying an eruption is imminent. In 2016, the fevered pitch hits about April, with headlines like "Yellowstone volcano on brink of eruption? Video shows surface," dated April 2016. Also "Could a super-volcano under Yellowstone National Park erupt soon?," in the same month. In June 2016 we saw "Earthquake shakes things up in West Yellowstone." Another in June "California Fault Lines and the Area Around Yellowstone Are Shaking." In 2014, a search along the same date range showed the Yellowstone hysteria was about Buffalo/Bison stampeding out of the park, predicting" earthquakes and an eruption, yet the video that started that bit of madness was taken a month before it went viral after being republished with the original poster having noted in the his video description that the video shows a group of bison running deeper into the park. Sure enough, look to the Google search screenshot above, and right on cue, someone republished the 2011 Kaku interview, which inflamed that hysteria. Starting to see a pattern here ladies and gentlemen? Every time Yellowstone hits the news, someone re-uploads that same video from 2011 and doesn't note it is an old interview, websites and writers see the date and try to inform readers without knowing it is a nearly six year old interview. In April 2016, Stefan Stanford addressed this very issue of the Yellowstone "tool of mass distraction" where Quayle highlighted specific things for people to watch for concerning Yellowstone, one of which being "Magma would most likely break through the ground at Norris Geyser Basin or Mammoth Hot Springs prior to any major explosion." The recent images taken by Steve Quayle, show both those areas: The note with the image above states that Steve monitors these with intense scrutiny as its closest to the volcanic vent in the lake just a couple miles from this. Below is the full update added to Stefan's April 2016 article from Steve Quayle, about what to look for if you are worried about Yellowstone, and they still apply: SQ-THINGS I WOULD RECOMMEND PEOPLE WATCH CONCERNING YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK-NUMBER ONE 1.) IN THE PAST THERE HAVE BEEN ALASKAN EQ’S THAT HAVE INITIATED SYMPATHETIC SEISMIC EVENTS IN YELLOWSTONE PARK, MICRO TREMORS ARE NOT THE ISSUE., NUMBER 2.) MAGMA WOULD MOST LIKELY BREAK THROUGH THE GROUND AT NORRIS GEYSER BASIN OR MAMMOTH HOT SPRINGS PRIOR TO ANY MAJOR EXPLOSION-3.)WEST THUMB GEYSER BASIN WITH LAKE SIDE STEAM AND GEYSER VENTS, AND LONG DORMANT GEYSERS ONCE AGAIN BECOMING ACTIVE ALL AT ONCE 4.) MASSIVE ICE MELT OVER MAIN VOLCANIC VENT IN YELLOWSTONE LAKE FURIOUSLY MELTING ICE OVER ITS LOCATION.5.) IMMEDIATE CHANGE IN THE HIGHER TEMPERATURE THERMOPHILE BACTERIA COLORS INDICATING MUCH HOTTER WATER.6.) ACTIVITY OF LONG PERIOD EPISODIC QUAKES IN THE VICINITY OF IDAHO WYOMING AND THE QUAKE LAKE AREA OF MONTANA7.) HYDROGEN SULFIDE LEVELS RISING EXPONENTIALLY 8.) MASS ANIMAL MOVEMENT BEYOND SEASONAL MIGRATION OF BISON, ELK, WOLVES ETC.9.) CERTAIN AREAS OF THE PARK BEING CLOSED RANDOMLY, BEYOND THEIR NORMAL ANNOUNCED CLOSURES AND OPENINGS.10.)CHINESE SCIENTISTS AND MILITARY WOULD BE PRESENT AS THEY OWN ALL THE NATIONAL PARKS AS COLLATERAL FOR THEM LOANING MONEY TO U.S! NONE OF THIS IS CURRENTLY GOING ON -SO LEARN TO THINK ,OBSERVE AND ACT BASED ON FACTS NOT INTERNET HYPE..... Via The Montana Standard: According to Mike Stickney, seismologist for the Earthquake Studies Office, Montana Bureau of Mines and Geology on the Montana Tech campus in Butte "earthquake swarms in Yellowstone are nothing new." He also highlights "what’s also not new," which "is the response from media outlets, which he said can sometimes sensationalize earthquake swarms with depictions of doom and gloom." "Yes, Yellowstone is a super volcano," said Stickney. "But the chances of it exploding are extremely remote. It’s an extremely rare occurrence. There’s a lot of activity that happens at Yellowstone that does not portend to a big eruption." There was a time those Yellowstone headlines used to freak me out as well, until I started seeing the pattern, so now, I look to those in the area, those that have been observing it for decades, and those that use data and analysis rather than seeing the word "Yellowstone" and screaming "It's Gonna Blow!" BOTTOM LINE Above are number of recommendations for Yellowstone National Park watchers to look out for, but what I look for is people like Steve, that are close enough to be affected in a major way to say "hey, something is wrong, we are hightailing it," for those on the ground at Yellowstone to start packing to get out of Dodge, for Montana Seismologists to say "this is not normal," and for a huge SQ Alert saying "LEAVE NOW." Until then, it is a bunch of hype. Sure, one day Yellowstone may blow, but right now, we have increased tensions with Korea, China, Russia. Illinois is so broke op-ed writers are recommending dissolving the whole state and handing pieces of it over to surrounding states because Illinios is the "Venezuala of the mid-west." We have the MSM pumping out fake news on a weekly basis in a war against our President. Militant leftists getting more violent by the day and shooting at GOP congress members. Free speech under attack.....etc. Yellowstone, right now, doesn't even make the top ten of things to worry about. Below is a very interesting commentary from a retired research analyst. He is not the best speaker, he curses a little bit, but uses actual data from official reports to prove his major assertion stated in his details: "The swarms are nothing new. You should not report a warning with no research." In just the first five minutes he uses the reports to show comparisons, such as in 2017 from January to March there were 164 earthquakes in the Yellowstone region, yet according to the same official reports in 2015 there were 307 in the same time frame, and in 2014 there were 745 in the same time frame.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Yellowstone_Hysteria_Fevered_Pitch_Again.php 

:: 6-29-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Twin M6.0 earthquakes hit off Kermadec, New Zealand within 12 hours – Ghost quakes rattle NZ North Island

By Strange Sounds - Jun 29, 2017

‘Ghost’ quakes hit central North Island after 2 M6.0 earthquakes hit Kermadec within 12 hours.

A 4.7 magnitude and a 5.4 magnitude quakes registered near Taupo turned out to be a seismic wave from the Kermadec Islands. For a fleeting few minutes, it appeared the East Coast of New Zealand had been rocked by a cluster of earthquakes. The GeoNet website recorded a 5.4 magnitude quake at 7.04pm, some 120km north of Te Araroa, wich was followed two minutes later by a 4.7 magnitude quake striking 55km south-east of Taupo. The first quake was reportedly 6km deep and was felt as far away as Auckland and Wellington.Finally, another 3.3 magnitude quake hit 5km deep near Te Kaha at 7.22pm. But the so-called quakes were quickly deleted from the site and GeoNet tweeted that a 6.0 earthquake in the Kermadecs had caused “ghost quakes”.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/06/twin-m6-0-earthquakes-hit-off-new-zealand-within-12-hours-ghost-quakes-rattle-north-island.html 

:: 6-29-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thursday, 29 June 2017 Posted by Gary Walton at 8:58 am

Locusts on the rise: Another swarm of locusts of Biblical scale the third this year destroying everything in their Path in Russia

Another swarm of locusts of Biblical scale, the third this year is destroying all crops grass and bushes in it's path in southern Russia. A swarm of locusts descended on southern Russian region of Dagestan, infesting at least 100,000 acres on Tuesday, prompting authorities to declare an emergency and take various measures to tackle the situation, including spraying pesticides from tractors and airplanes. The locusts are devouring all grass, bush and trees, and threatening local agriculture and cattle breeding as animals get no place to graze. Earlier in May, a state of emergency was declared in Greece battling a plague of locusts on a Biblical scale and in February, 80 percent of Bolivia's food crop came in danger by a massive plague of locusts that was decimating crops in the country's agricultural heartland.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/06/locusts-on-rise-another-swarm-of.html 

:: 6-28-17 Middle East Eye :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Turkey returns fire on Kurdish YPG in northern Syria

#SyriaWar

Turkey was angered by a US decision last month to arm the YPG as part of the battle to retake Raqqa from IS

Wednesday 28 June 2017 00:10 UTC Last update: Wednesday 28 June 2017 8:43 UTC

Turkish forces retaliated with artillery fire overnight and destroyed Kurdish YPG militia targets after YPG fighters opened fire on Turkey-backed forces in northern Syria, the Turkish military said on Wednesday. The United States supports the YPG in the fight against Islamic State in Syria, despite repeated protests from Nato ally Turkey, which sees the Syrian Kurdish fighters as terrorists and fears their advance will inflame a Kurdish insurgency at home. The Turkish army said that YPG machine-gun fire on Tuesday evening targeted Turkey-backed Free Syrian Army elements in the Maranaz area south of the town of Azaz in northern Syria. "Fire support vehicles in the region were used to retaliate in kind against the harassing fire and the identified targets were destroyed/neutralised," the military statement said. The boom of artillery fire could be heard from the nearby Turkish border town of Kilis, broadcaster Haberturk said. Turkey's Ihlas news agency had reported earlier that the YPG fighters launched intensive gunfire with heavy machine guns around 9.30pm (1830 GMT) on Tuesday evening from the Afrin region in northwest Syria. It was not clear whether there were any casualties in the exchange of fire. Turkey was angered by a US decision last month to arm the YPG as part of the battle for Islamic State's Syrian stronghold of Raqqa. Ankara considers the YPG as an extension of the Kurdistan Workers Party (PKK), which is outlawed in Turkey and is also considered a terrorist group by the United States and the European Union. The PKK has carried out an armed insurgency against the Turkish state since 1984 and more than 40,000 people, most of them Kurds, have died in the fighting. Faced with turmoil across its southern border, Turkey last year sent troops into Syria to support Free Syrian Army rebels fighting both Islamic State and Kurdish forces who control a large part of Syria's northern border region. Turkish President Tayyip Erdogan has said that Turkey would not flinch from taking tougher action against the YPG in Syria if Turkey believed it needed to.

http://www.middleeasteye.net/news/turkey-returns-fire-kurdish-ypg-syrias-afrin-report-1804221572 

:: 6-29-17 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia promises 'proportionate' response to U.S. strike in Syria

Russian Foreign Minister says his country will respond in proportion if the U.S. takes military action to prevent Syria chemical attack.

Ben Ariel, 29/06/17 05:38

Russia will respond "in proportion" if the United States takes military action to prevent a possible chemical attack by Syrian government forces, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said on Wednesday, according to Reuters. "We will react with dignity, in proportion to the real situation that may take place,” the Russian Foreign Minister said, speaking at a news conference with his German counterpart, Sigmar Gabriel. Lavrov said he hoped that the United States was not preparing to use its intelligence assessments about the Syrian government's intentions as a pretext to mount a "provocation" in Syria. "I expect that our partners in the region - American, European - will also have an open and comprehensible approach, aimed at de-escalation through normalization of the humanitarian situation," he was quoted by Reuters as having said. White House press secretary Sean Spicer said on Monday that U.S. intelligence agencies have evidence suggesting the Syrian government is preparing for a large-scale chemical attack, similar to the strike near the city of Idlib in April which left dozens dead and hundreds more with serious injuries. “If… Mr. Assad conducts another mass murder attack using chemical weapons, he and his military will pay a heavy price,” said Spicer. On Tuesday the Pentagon said it detected “active preparations” by Syria for a chemical weapons attack, giving weight to the White House statement. Russia is a close ally of Syrian President Bashar Al-Assad and has been assisting him in his battle against rebels trying to oust him. Last week, Lavrov spoke with his U.S. counterpart, Secretary of State Rex Tillerson, urging him to prevent "provocations" against Syrian government forces. The phone call between the two took place after the U.S.-led coalition fighting the Islamic State (ISIS) downed a Syrian army aircraft in southern Raqa, in what the U.S. Central Command said was "in collective self-defense of Coalition-partnered forces."

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/231745 

:: 6-29-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It Begins: WalMart Warns Truckers It Will No Longer Work With Them If They Move Goods For Amazon

by Tyler Durden Jun 29, 2017 5:21 AM

The cold war between America's two largest retailers just turned hot.

In a note this morning from Deutsche Bank's freight and logistics analyst Amit Mehrotra, he notes that the "WMT vs. AMZN battle is heating up" and points to a report by DV Velocity, according to which a well respected transportation industry consultant told attendees of a logistics conference that Walmart (WMT) is telling trucking companies that it will no longer do business with them if they continue moving goods for Amazon (AMZN). This follows similar reports citing WMT’s “request” for its tech partners to stop using Amazon Web Services. The news, while suggestive perhaps of Walmart's growing desperation in its war with the retail juggernaut that is Amazon, has dramatic implications not only for the future of retail (and associated prices) but for one of the most important US industries: trucking, and the number of people it employs. According to Deutsche, these developments, "are likely to have significant implications for U.S. transportation companies, in our view, as Amazon and Walmart remain two of the largest users of truckload capacity. For reference Walmart represents about 14% of SWFT’s operating revenues and traditional retail accounts for about half of WERN's total sales (WMT around 4%)." And, as CNBC reported last week, WalMart warned some tech companies that if they want Wal-Mart's business, they can't run applications on Amazon's cloud platform, Amazon Web Services, some tech companies told The Wall Street Journal. Wal-Mart uses some tech vendors' cloud apps that run on AWS, Wal-Mart spokesman Dan Toporek told the Journal, though he declined to say which apps or how many. But Toporek did acknowledge instances where Wal-Mart is pushing for AWS alternatives, the Journal reported Wednesday. Wal-Mart spokesman Toporek told CNBC in an email: "Our vendors have the choice of using any cloud provider that meets their needs and their customers' needs. It shouldn't be a big surprise that there are cases in which we'd prefer our most sensitive data isn't sitting on a competitor's platform." Wal-Mart doesn't appear to be alone in this push to leave AWS, either. Other large retailers are reportedly requesting that service providers move away from AWS, the Journal said, citing technology vendors that work with retailers. Adding to the many growing conflicts of interest, . The battle between Wal-Mart and Amazon is only heatAmazon has confirmed a number of retailers it competes with use AWS, for example GameStoping up, after Amazon announced plans last week to acquire brick-and-mortar grocery retailer Whole Foods. With Amazon stepping into Wal-Mart's turf in grocery, Wal-Mart has been trying to beef up its e-commerce presence. In light of AMZN's recent expansion with the purchase of WFM, one can see why WMT is starting to take it much more seriously. Perhaps Amazon's latest push (and WMT's lobbying effort) may explain why Trump decided to finally reignite his long-simmering war with AMZN CEO Jeff Bezos, when this morning he tweeted “The #AmazonWashingtonPost, sometimes referred to as the guardian of Amazon not paying internet taxes (which they should) is FAKE NEWS!”

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-06-28/it-begins-walmart-warns-truckers-it-will-no-longer-work-them-if-they-move-goods-amaz 

:: 6-28-17 Lisa Haven News Network :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Political Insider Spills The Beans: The Secret Dealings Of Robert Muller and “Powerful” Unmasked…

Posted by Lisa Haven | Jun 28, 2017 |

By Lisa Haven

Clinton Insider, Larry Nichols—the man who exposed numerous Clinton scandals including Monica Lewinsky, Whitewater, and others—shares some of the most critical, crucial, and concise information about recently promoted Robert Muller and how we are in the middle of all out war election wise. This information will not only blow your mind wide open, but it will reveal the truth of what’s happening right in front of our eyes. Please, PLEASE don’t miss this VITAL report… Larry’s Youtube Channel: https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCG5FudYqVtftwFLlz0bfTwg/videos  GET Larry Nichols Book: https://28yearstonowhere.com/  Donate To Larry via PayPal: NicholsLive@aol.com 

http://lisahaven.news/2017/06/political-insider-spills-the-beans-the-secret-dealings-of-robert-muller-and-powerful-unmasked/ 

:: 6-28-17 Shtf Plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

NATO Secretary General Warns Future Cyber Attacks Could Spark A War

Mac Slavo June 28th, 2017 SHTFplan.com

It used to be that malware was known as a minor annoyance at best, and at worse could turn your computer into an expensive brick. But these days malware is capable of rapidly spreading across the globe, infecting water and power systems, government and corporate computer networks, banks, and even stock exchanges. In short, cyber attacks have reached a new level of sophistication that can cause real, lasting damage to society. They’re capable of shattering economies and shutting down utilities. And by extension, cyber attacks can kill people. That may seem far fetched for now. The WannaCry malware that spread around the world last month, as well as yesterday’s Petya cyber attack, have infected hundreds of thousands of computers, and cost governments and private companies millions of dollars. That’s inconvenient, but hardly lethal. However, the potential damage that cyber attacks can inflict can’t be ignored. Whether we like it or not, malware has advanced to a point where it is capable of wreaking havoc on society. Which is why governments are now beginning to treat cyber attacks like military threats. And because their status has been elevated in the eyes of governments around the world, that means that cyber attacks could one day be responsible for starting wars. The recent Petya cyber attack for instance, has been widely blamed on the Russian government (though it should be noted that it takes advantage of an exploit developed by the NSA.). It has led NATO to announce that in the future, cyber attacks could trigger the alliance’s mutual defense clause, which states that if one nation is attacked by a foreign aggressor, every member of NATO must strike back. Jens Stoltenberg, the Nato secretary general, said alliance members agreed last year that a cyber attack could trigger Article 5 of the north Atlantic treaty in the same way as a conventional military assault and promised more help to Ukraine to bolster its own cyber defences. “The attack in May and this week just underlines the importance of strengthening our cyber defences and that is what we are doing,” Mr Stoltenberg said at a press conference in Brussels on Wednesday… …Mr Stoltenberg said the alliance had also defined cyber defence as a Nato domain on a par with land, air, and sea operations, and would see similar planning and funding as a result. On Tuesday Michael Fallon, the British defence secretary, said the UK would consider retaliating with military means against a cyber attack by another state, reflecting rising concern about the militarization of cyber space the havoc such attacks can cause. These people are basically threatening to start World War Three if the Russian government ever delivers a cyber attack that cripples a NATO nation. Cyber attacks have officially opened a whole new can of worms on the global stage. That’s because these kinds of attacks are elusive. It can be difficult or even impossible to figure out who’s responsible when malware is spreading across the planet. So now it’s possible that one nation could destroy another and never face any repercussions. Or one government could deploy malware on its own citizens, and blame it on another government that they wish to go to war with. Or terrorists could spark a war between rival nations. All they would have to do is deploy multiple cyber attacks to both nations, and wait for them to blame each other. And just like that, the world has become a far more dangerous place.

http://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/nato-secretary-general-warns-future-cyber-attacks-could-spark-a-war_06282017 

:: 6-28-17 Arutz Sheva 7:: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Swedish meatheads: Returning ISIS fighters given 'protected identities’

Swedish Culture and Democracy Minister suggests Swedes who left to fight for ISIS should be welcomed back, helped to integrate into society.

Mordechai Sones, 28/06/17 14:57

Hundreds of Swedish residents who went to fight for the Islamic State in Iraq and Syria have now returned to Europe and the Swedish government has given several of them “protected identities” to keep locals from finding out who they are, reported Breitbart. The vast majority of the returning jihadist fighters keep a very low profile upon returning to Sweden as many have committed terrorist offences while in the Middle East. 27-year-old Walad Ali Yousef is one returnee that the government has given a special status protecting his identity, normally given to people under serious threat, Swedish Expressen reports. The magazine claims to have tracked 150 such ISIS terrorists who have quietly returned to Sweden. Yousef, originally from the heavily migrant-populated city of Malmo, spoke to the newspaper complaining he had difficulty finding a job. “I am looking for many jobs but can not get one because my pictures are out there,” he said. Yousef joined the Islamic State in 2014, travelling to the ISIS capital of Raqqa in Syria. Formerly a small-time criminal, Yousef sent pictures of himself in Syria posing with Kalashnikov rifles to encourage his friends in Sweden to join the terror group. 39-year-old Bherlin Dequilla Gildo, also from Malmo, is now back in Sweden living under an entirely new identity. In 2012 he posted images of himself posing with dead bodies who he called “Assad’s dogs”, and participated directly in killings of Syrian regime soldiers. The remaining 100 or so Swedes still in the Middle East fighting for the Islamic state are assumed to be the most radical. Some fear that as Kurdish troops push further into Raqqa, those Swedes will attempt to return home. Swedish Minister for Culture and Democracy Alice Bah Kuhnke has suggested that Swedes who left to fight for radical Islamist groups in the Middle East should be welcomed back and helped to integrate into society. Ms. Kuhnke made the comments Sunday evening on the television program Agenda which is transmitted by the Swedish state broadcaster SVT, Breitbart reported. The program focused on the fact that some 300 Islamic radicals from Sweden had gone to the Middle East to fight for groups like Islamic State and around half of them had returned to Sweden. “They need to be channeled back into our democratic society,” Kuhnke said. The minister added she and the government had no idea how many of the returnees were still radicalised versus how many left because they had become disillusioned with Islamist beliefs. Terror expert Magnus Ranstorp said, “the really dangerous ones have not come back yet,” and added, “The vast majority may not do anything, but they are still a danger to the authorities and it must be managed. It is important for the police to be able to prioritise this area so that they do not become dangerous to society.” While several of those returning are free, many others like Sultan Al-Amin, 31, and Hassan Al-Mandlawi, 33, have been sentenced to life in prison for their crimes committed in the city of Aleppo. Swedish authorities have been heavily criticized for welcoming Islamic State fighters returning from the Middle East and claiming to be able to integrate them back into Swedish society. Pamela Geller comments, "This is the very definition of civilizational suicide. These ISIS fighters are part of a group that has vowed to destroy Europe. They should never have been allowed back, and if they had to be, then they should have been immediately jailed. Instead, they’re protected. Madness." The Swedish attitude toward returning jihadists is seen as cowardly by many, as several municipalities have gone above and beyond to cater to returning fighters. In the medieval city of Lund, the government is considering a range of measures including debt forgiveness, driving lessons, and free housing in the name of integrating returning extremists. Last week, another damning report showed the Swedish government had still been paying many Islamists through the generous Swedish welfare system whilst they were fighting in Iraq and Syria, reported Breitbart.

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/231707 

:: 6-22-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Before You Pack Your Bags To Get Out Of Dodge, You Better Read This...... Yellowstone, The Truth

By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine June 22, 2017

While the last week has been full of hysteria over earthquake swarms at Yellowstone National Park, ANP was waiting for word from those on the ground, those the closest to what would be affected areas before addressing it. Steve Quayle issued an alert on June 22, 2017 about this very topic. Quayle lives in Montana and keeps a close eye on the situation at Yellowstone, making frequent fly-overs capturing images, as well as having connected sources that regularly observe Yellowstone to provide current news and updates. In regards to Yellowstone Steve writes "SQ; I WAS IN PERU, AT A HOTEL WITH INTERNET SERVICE ,WHEN THIS FALSE CONCERN CAME IN AND THE "-YELLOWSTONE PARK IS GOING TO BLOW CROWD" HYSTERIA HIT THE INTERNET-I IMMEDIATELY CONTACTED ONE OF MY MOST WELL CONNECTED SOURCES , WHO HAPPENED TO HAVE BEEN IN YELLOWSTONE PARK HOURS BEFORE I CONTACTED HIM--TOTAL B.S." He continues: "I PHOTOGRAPHED THE ENTIRE GEO -THERMAL AREA WITH A GYRO STABILIZED EXTREMELY SHARP LENSED, RENTED 500,000.00 "SHOT OVER CAMERA" FOR 2 DAYS-AND NOTICED NOTHING OUT OF THE ORDINARY, THEREFORE AFTER 40 PLUS YEARS OF TERRESTRIAL AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHY OVER YELLOWSTONE PARK THE 600 MILLION YEAR ERUPTION IS THE LEAST OF YOUR CONCERNS-PREPARE FOR FOOD DISAPPEARANCE ,CIVILIAN UNREST AND EXTENDED PERIODS AND LACK AND AVAILABILITY OF EVERYTHING." Throughout the article below, we will be showing some of those exclusive aerial photos taken over Yellowstone sent to us by Steve Quayle. The other portion of the SQ Alert is the one I would like to focus on because this is something we at ANP have noticed quite often. Some YouTube channels re-publish old interviews, without mentioning in the details that the interviews were taken years earlier and they do this every single time any news of seismic activity, or earthquake swarms occur at Yellowstone. From the SQ Alert - Headline regarding his alert "Michio Kaku - Yellowstone Will Devastate America; THIS INTERVIEW WAS RECYCLED FROM 2011, NOT CURRENT, AND RE-DATED WHICH WAS MADE TO SEEM CURRENT NON EVENT, AND FALSE CONCERN OVER RECENT YELLOWSTONE EARTHQUAKE HYSTERICS." A quick search shows that point to be spot on, as shown in the screen shot below: Carefully note the dates these were published, all of which referencing the same interview. A look through YouTube for this interview shows many more since 2011, every few months, most of which not noting that the interview was first published in 2011. Within the alert Steve states "THOSE OF YOU WHO TAKE OLD INTERVIEWS, SUCH AS THE 6 YEAR OLD, INTERVIEW WITH MICHIO KAKU, AND REDATE WITH NO DATES ON WHEN THIS INTERVIEW WAS TAKEN, ARE "TRUTH BANDITS" AND DIS -INGENUOUS AT BEST." All News PipeLine uses videos frequently, to either prove an assertion by showing a news clip, or to show what others are saying about a particular topic, so we can say from personal experience that there are dozens upon dozens of people that will regurgitate old interviews and pretend they are new, and sometimes it can take hours to hunt down the originating source to discover it was an old video, just republished to pretend it is new. YELLOWSTONE HYSTERIA PATTERN Around this time every year, we note the same pattern emerge, a story about Yellowstone earthquake swarms or seismic activity, followed by blaring headlines saying an eruption is imminent. In 2016, the fevered pitch hits about April, with headlines like "Yellowstone volcano on brink of eruption? Video shows surface," dated April 2016. Also "Could a super-volcano under Yellowstone National Park erupt soon?," in the same month. In June 2016 we saw "Earthquake shakes things up in West Yellowstone." Another in June "California Fault Lines and the Area Around Yellowstone Are Shaking." In 2014, a search along the same date range showed the Yellowstone hysteria was about Buffalo/Bison stampeding out of the park, predicting" earthquakes and an eruption, yet the video that started that bit of madness was taken a month before it went viral after being republished with the original poster having noted in the his video description that the video shows a group of bison running deeper into the park. Sure enough, look to the Google search screenshot above, and right on cue, someone republished the 2011 Kaku interview, which inflamed that hysteria. Starting to see a pattern here ladies and gentlemen? Every time Yellowstone hits the news, someone re-uploads that same video from 2011 and doesn't note it is an old interview, websites and writers see the date and try to inform readers without knowing it is a nearly six year old interview. In April 2016, Stefan Stanford addressed this very issue of the Yellowstone "tool of mass distraction" where Quayle highlighted specific things for people to watch for concerning Yellowstone, one of which being "Magma would most likely break through the ground at Norris Geyser Basin or Mammoth Hot Springs prior to any major explosion." The recent images taken by Steve Quayle, show both those areas: The note with the image above states that Steve monitors these with intense scrutiny as its closest to the volcanic vent in the lake just a couple miles from this. Below is the full update added to Stefan's April 2016 article from Steve Quayle, about what to look for if you are worried about Yellowstone, and they still apply: SQ-THINGS I WOULD RECOMMEND PEOPLE WATCH CONCERNING YELLOWSTONE NATIONAL PARK-NUMBER ONE 1.) IN THE PAST THERE HAVE BEEN ALASKAN EQ’S THAT HAVE INITIATED SYMPATHETIC SEISMIC EVENTS IN YELLOWSTONE PARK, MICRO TREMORS ARE NOT THE ISSUE., NUMBER 2.) MAGMA WOULD MOST LIKELY BREAK THROUGH THE GROUND AT NORRIS GEYSER BASIN OR MAMMOTH HOT SPRINGS PRIOR TO ANY MAJOR EXPLOSION-3.)WEST THUMB GEYSER BASIN WITH LAKE SIDE STEAM AND GEYSER VENTS, AND LONG DORMANT GEYSERS ONCE AGAIN BECOMING ACTIVE ALL AT ONCE 4.) MASSIVE ICE MELT OVER MAIN VOLCANIC VENT IN YELLOWSTONE LAKE FURIOUSLY MELTING ICE OVER ITS LOCATION.5.) IMMEDIATE CHANGE IN THE HIGHER TEMPERATURE THERMOPHILE BACTERIA COLORS INDICATING MUCH HOTTER WATER.6.) ACTIVITY OF LONG PERIOD EPISODIC QUAKES IN THE VICINITY OF IDAHO WYOMING AND THE QUAKE LAKE AREA OF MONTANA7.) HYDROGEN SULFIDE LEVELS RISING EXPONENTIALLY 8.) MASS ANIMAL MOVEMENT BEYOND SEASONAL MIGRATION OF BISON, ELK,WOLVES ETC.9.) CERTAIN AREAS OF THE PARK BEING CLOSED RANDOMLY,BEYOND THEIR NORMAL ANNOUNCED CLOSURES AND OPENINGS.10.)CHINESE SCIENTISTS AND MILITARY WOULD BE PRESENT AS THEY OWN ALL THE NATIONAL PARKS AS COLLATERAL FOR THEM LOANING MONEY TO U.S! NONE OF THIS IS CURRENTLY GOING ON -SO LEARN TO THINK ,OBSERVE AND ACT BASED ON FACTS NOT INTERNET HYPE..... Via The Montana Standard: According to Mike Stickney, seismologist for the Earthquake Studies Office, Montana Bureau of Mines and Geology on the Montana Tech campus in Butte "earthquake swarms in Yellowstone are nothing new." He also highlights "what’s also not new," which "is the response from media outlets, which he said can sometimes sensationalize earthquake swarms with depictions of doom and gloom." "Yes, Yellowstone is a super volcano," said Stickney. "But the chances of it exploding are extremely remote. It’s an extremely rare occurrence. There’s a lot of activity that happens at Yellowstone that does not portend to a big eruption." There was a time those Yellowstone headlines used to freak me out as well, until I started seeing the pattern, so now, I look to those in the area, those that have been observing it for decades, and those that use data and analysis rather than seeing the word "Yellowstone" and screaming "It's Gonna Blow!" BOTTOM LINE Above are number of recommendations for Yellowstone National Park watchers to look out for, but what I look for is people like Steve, that are close enough to be affected in a major way to say "hey, something is wrong, we are hightailing it," for those on the ground at Yellowstone to start packing to get out of Dodge, for Montana Seismologists to say "this is not normal," and for a huge SQ Alert saying "LEAVE NOW." Until then, it is a bunch of hype. Sure, one day Yellowstone may blow, but right now, we have increased tensions with Korea, China, Russia. Illinois is so broke op-ed writers are recommending dissolving the whole state and handing pieces of it over to surrounding states because Illinios is the "Venezuala of the mid-west." We have the MSM pumping out fake news on a weekly basis in a war against our President. Militant leftists getting more violent by the day and shooting at GOP congress members. Free speech under attack.....etc. Yellowstone, right now, doesn't even make the top ten of things to worry about. Below is a very interesting commentary from a retired research analyst. He is not the best speaker, he curses a little bit, but uses actual data from official reports to prove his major assertion stated in his details: "The swarms are nothing new. You should not report a warning with no research." In just the first five minutes he uses the reports to show comparisons, such as in 2017 from January to March there were 164 earthquakes in the Yellowstone region, yet according to the same official reports in 2015 there were 307 in the same time frame, and in 2014 there were 745 in the same time frame.

http://allnewspipeline.com/Yellowstone_Hysteria_Fevered_Pitch_Again.php 

:: 6-29-17 Strange Sounds :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Twin M6.0 earthquakes hit off Kermadec, New Zealand within 12 hours – Ghost quakes rattle NZ North Island

By Strange Sounds - Jun 29, 2017

‘Ghost’ quakes hit central North Island after 2 M6.0 earthquakes hit Kermadec within 12 hours.

A 4.7 magnitude and a 5.4 magnitude quakes registered near Taupo turned out to be a seismic wave from the Kermadec Islands. For a fleeting few minutes, it appeared the East Coast of New Zealand had been rocked by a cluster of earthquakes. The GeoNet website recorded a 5.4 magnitude quake at 7.04pm, some 120km north of Te Araroa, wich was followed two minutes later by a 4.7 magnitude quake striking 55km south-east of Taupo. The first quake was reportedly 6km deep and was felt as far away as Auckland and Wellington. Finally, another 3.3 magnitude quake hit 5km deep near Te Kaha at 7.22pm. But the so-called quakes were quickly deleted from the site and GeoNet tweeted that a 6.0 earthquake in the Kermadecs had caused “ghost quakes”.

http://strangesounds.org/2017/06/twin-m6-0-earthquakes-hit-off-new-zealand-within-12-hours-ghost-quakes-rattle-north-island.html 

:: 6-29-17 The Big Wobble :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Thursday, 29 June 2017 Posted by Gary Walton at 8:58 am

Locusts on the rise: Another swarm of locusts of Biblical scale the third this year destroying everything in their Path in Russia

Another swarm of locusts of Biblical scale, the third this year is destroying all crops grass and bushes in it's path in southern Russia. A swarm of locusts descended on southern Russian region of Dagestan, infesting at least 100,000 acres on Tuesday, prompting authorities to declare an emergency and take various measures to tackle the situation, including spraying pesticides from tractors and airplanes. The locusts are devouring all grass, bush and trees, and threatening local agriculture and cattle breeding as animals get no place to graze. Earlier in May, a state of emergency was declared in Greece battling a plague of locusts on a Biblical scale and in February, 80 percent of Bolivia's food crop came in danger by a massive plague of locusts that was decimating crops in the country's agricultural heartland.

http://www.thebigwobble.org/2017/06/locusts-on-rise-another-swarm-of.html 

:: 6-28-17 Middle East Eye :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Turkey returns fire on Kurdish YPG in northern Syria

#SyriaWar

Turkey was angered by a US decision last month to arm the YPG as part of the battle to retake Raqqa from IS

Wednesday 28 June 2017 00:10 UTC Last update: Wednesday 28 June 2017 8:43 UTC

Turkish forces retaliated with artillery fire overnight and destroyed Kurdish YPG militia targets after YPG fighters opened fire on Turkey-backed forces in northern Syria, the Turkish military said on Wednesday. The United States supports the YPG in the fight against Islamic State in Syria, despite repeated protests from Nato ally Turkey, which sees the Syrian Kurdish fighters as terrorists and fears their advance will inflame a Kurdish insurgency at home. The Turkish army said that YPG machine-gun fire on Tuesday evening targeted Turkey-backed Free Syrian Army elements in the Maranaz area south of the town of Azaz in northern Syria. "Fire support vehicles in the region were used to retaliate in kind against the harassing fire and the identified targets were destroyed/neutralised," the military statement said. The boom of artillery fire could be heard from the nearby Turkish border town of Kilis, broadcaster Haberturk said. Turkey's Ihlas news agency had reported earlier that the YPG fighters launched intensive gunfire with heavy machine guns around 9.30pm (1830 GMT) on Tuesday evening from the Afrin region in northwest Syria. It was not clear whether there were any casualties in the exchange of fire. Turkey was angered by a US decision last month to arm the YPG as part of the battle for Islamic State's Syrian stronghold of Raqqa. Ankara considers the YPG as an extension of the Kurdistan Workers Party (PKK), which is outlawed in Turkey and is also considered a terrorist group by the United States and the European Union. The PKK has carried out an armed insurgency against the Turkish state since 1984 and more than 40,000 people, most of them Kurds, have died in the fighting. Faced with turmoil across its southern border, Turkey last year sent troops into Syria to support Free Syrian Army rebels fighting both Islamic State and Kurdish forces who control a large part of Syria's northern border region. Turkish President Tayyip Erdogan has said that Turkey would not flinch from taking tougher action against the YPG in Syria if Turkey believed it needed to.

http://www.middleeasteye.net/news/turkey-returns-fire-kurdish-ypg-syrias-afrin-report-1804221572 

:: 6-29-17 Arutz Sheva 7 :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Russia promises 'proportionate' response to U.S. strike in Syria

Russian Foreign Minister says his country will respond in proportion if the U.S. takes military action to prevent Syria chemical attack.

Ben Ariel, 29/06/17 05:38

Russia will respond "in proportion" if the United States takes military action to prevent a possible chemical attack by Syrian government forces, Russian Foreign Minister Sergei Lavrov said on Wednesday, according to Reuters. "We will react with dignity, in proportion to the real situation that may take place,” the Russian Foreign Minister said, speaking at a news conference with his German counterpart, Sigmar Gabriel. Lavrov said he hoped that the United States was not preparing to use its intelligence assessments about the Syrian government's intentions as a pretext to mount a "provocation" in Syria. "I expect that our partners in the region - American, European - will also have an open and comprehensible approach, aimed at de-escalation through normalization of the humanitarian situation," he was quoted by Reuters as having said. White House press secretary Sean Spicer said on Monday that U.S. intelligence agencies have evidence suggesting the Syrian government is preparing for a large-scale chemical attack, similar to the strike near the city of Idlib in April which left dozens dead and hundreds more with serious injuries. “If… Mr. Assad conducts another mass murder attack using chemical weapons, he and his military will pay a heavy price,” said Spicer. On Tuesday the Pentagon said it detected “active preparations” by Syria for a chemical weapons attack, giving weight to the White House statement. Russia is a close ally of Syrian President Bashar Al-Assad and has been assisting him in his battle against rebels trying to oust him. Last week, Lavrov spoke with his U.S. counterpart, Secretary of State Rex Tillerson, urging him to prevent "provocations" against Syrian government forces. The phone call between the two took place after the U.S.-led coalition fighting the Islamic State (ISIS) downed a Syrian army aircraft in southern Raqa, in what the U.S. Central Command said was "in collective self-defense of Coalition-partnered forces."

http://www.israelnationalnews.com/News/News.aspx/231745 

:: 6-29-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

It Begins: WalMart Warns Truckers It Will No Longer Work With Them If They Move Goods For Amazon

by Tyler Durden Jun 29, 2017 5:21 AM

The cold war between America's two largest retailers just turned hot.

In a note this morning from Deutsche Bank's freight and logistics analyst Amit Mehrotra, he notes that the "WMT vs. AMZN battle is heating up" and points to a report by DV Velocity, according to which a well respected transportation industry consultant told attendees of a logistics conference that Walmart (WMT) is telling trucking companies that it will no longer do business with them if they continue moving goods for Amazon (AMZN). This follows similar reports citing WMT’s “request” for its tech partners to stop using Amazon Web Services. The news, while suggestive perhaps of Walmart's growing desperation in its war with the retail juggernaut that is Amazon, has dramatic implications not only for the future of retail (and associated prices) but for one of the most important US industries: trucking, and the number of people it employs. According to Deutsche, these developments, "are likely to have significant implications for U.S. transportation companies, in our view, as Amazon and Walmart remain two of the largest users of truckload capacity. For reference Walmart represents about 14% of SWFT’s operating revenues and traditional retail accounts for about half of WERN's total sales (WMT around 4%)." And, as CNBC reported last week, WalMart warned some tech companies that if they want Wal-Mart's business, they can't run applications on Amazon's cloud platform, Amazon Web Services, some tech companies told The Wall Street Journal. Wal-Mart uses some tech vendors' cloud apps that run on AWS, Wal-Mart spokesman Dan Toporek told the Journal, though he declined to say which apps or how many. But Toporek did acknowledge instances where Wal-Mart is pushing for AWS alternatives, the Journal reported Wednesday. Wal-Mart spokesman Toporek told CNBC in an email: "Our vendors have the choice of using any cloud provider that meets their needs and their customers' needs. It shouldn't be a big surprise that there are cases in which we'd prefer our most sensitive data isn't sitting on a competitor's platform." Wal-Mart doesn't appear to be alone in this push to leave AWS, either. Other large retailers are reportedly requesting that service providers move away from AWS, the Journal said, citing technology vendors that work with retailers. Adding to the many growing conflicts of interest, Amazon has confirmed a number of retailers it competes with use AWS, for example GameStop. The battle between Wal-Mart and Amazon is only heating up, after Amazon announced plans last week to acquire brick-and-mortar grocery retailer Whole Foods. With Amazon stepping into Wal-Mart's turf in grocery, Wal-Mart has been trying to beef up its e-commerce presence. In light of AMZN's recent expansion with the purchase of WFM, one can see why WMT is starting to take it much more seriously. Perhaps Amazon's latest push (and WMT's lobbying effort) may explain why Trump decided to finally reignite his long-simmering war with AMZN CEO Jeff Bezos, when this morning he tweeted “The #AmazonWashingtonPost, sometimes referred to as the guardian of Amazon not paying internet taxes (which they should) is FAKE NEWS!”

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-06-28/it-begins-walmart-warns-truckers-it-will-no-longer-work-them-if-they-move-goods-amaz 

:: 6-23-17 Hal Lindsey :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Why Teach The Second Coming?

By Hal Lindsey

Through the years I’ve heard a lot of excuses from pastors and teachers who don’t want to address the Second Coming of Christ. Many of them say it’s just too difficult to understand. Recently, I heard about a layman who was upset with God over the whole matter. He asked, “Why can’t it be simple?” Some of the greatest minds in history have taken on the subject of Christ’s return, and found it overwhelming. Sir Isaac Newton, one of the most brilliant men who ever lived, spent more time studying the book of Daniel than he did pondering the laws of gravity. So, yes, it can be complicated. The deeper you dig, the more treasure you will find. That’s the way it is with all of God’s revelation to humanity. The great themes of the Bible are simple enough for a small child to understand, and complex enough to keep the finest theologians working for centuries to mine their mysteries. But isn’t that good? Don’t you want the things of God to be challenging, exciting, and fulfilling — to the mentally challenged, as well as to the most brilliant among us? Proverbs 25:2 says, “It is the glory of God to conceal a matter, But the glory of kings is to search out a matter.” (NASB) The Swiss theologian, Karl Barth, was famous as a deep thinker and a brilliant scholar. On his one trip to America, a student asked him if it would be possible to summarize his life’s study into a single sentence. He answered in the words of a children’s song. “Jesus loves me, this I know, for the Bible tells me so.” Barth wrote many books and gave countless lectures. He is an example of the fact that the finest scholars find no end to the beauties and intricacies of God’s message to humanity. But that message can also be summarized in the lyrics to a child’s song. A mentally disabled person can grasp the key to it all — “Jesus loves me… the Bible tells me so.” Can the study of end-times prophecy be summarized as succinctly? Yes, it can. We can find that summation in the words of Jesus from John 14:3 — “I will come again.” Anyone can understand that. And what a glorious thing to know! None of the Bible makes sense without it. The Old Testament told of a coming Messiah. He would suffer and die for our sins (Isaiah 53). And He would rule and reign over the entire earth. We saw the first part come true at His first coming. But to fulfill it all, He must come again. Jesus must return because a multitude of prophecies from the Old and New Testaments still await fulfillment. He must come again because justice demands it. And He must return because our world is spiraling out of control, and humanity cannot survive without His direct intervention. Jesus made His Second Coming a central part of His message. He repeated it again and again. In Matthew 24:3, the disciples asked Him, “When will these things be, and what will be the sign of Your coming, and of the end of the age?” Jesus then spent the rest of that chapter and all the next one talking about His Second Coming. In Mark 13:26, Jesus said, “They will see the Son of Man coming in clouds with great power and glory.” In Luke 21:27, He said, “They will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory.” Jesus said to “watch” for His return. In Matthew 24:42, He said, “Be on the alert, for you do not know which day your Lord is coming.” That means we need to know the signs of His coming. We need to study, and see how scripture lays out God’s end-times program. We need to know the promises He has made — including His promises to Abraham. We know He will keep His word. He will fulfill every bit of it. And that means, He will come again! All we can say is, Praise the LORD.

http://www.hallindsey.com/ww-6-23-2017/ 

:: 6-27-17 Project Veritas :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

American Pravda: CNN Part 1, Russia narrative is all about “ratings”

by Nicholas Evangelista June 27, 2017

CNN Producer: “Our ratings are incredible right now,” President Trump “good for business”

John Bonifield Says Russia Narrative “Mostly bullshit right now”

“Get back to Russia,” Says CEO Jeff Zucker

President Trump is Right About Witch Hunt, “No real proof”

Comes in Wake of CNN’s Russia-Gate Retraction & New Rules on Russia Coverage

(New York) Project Veritas has released a video of CNN Producer John Bonifield who was caught on hidden-camera admitting that there is no proof to CNN’s Russia narrative. “I mean, it’s mostly bullshit right now,” Bonifield says. “Like, we don’t have any giant proof.” He confirms that the driving factor at CNN is ratings: “It’s a business, people are like the media has an ethical phssssss…All the nice cutesy little ethics that used to get talked about in journalism school you’re just like, that’s adorable. That’s adorable. This is a business.” According to the CNN Producer, business is booming. “Trump is good for business right now,” he concluded. Bonifield further goes on to explain that the instructions come straight from the top, citing the CEO, Jeff Zucker: “Just to give you some context, President Trump pulled out of the climate accords and for a day and a half we covered the climate accords. And the CEO of CNN (Jeff Zucker) said in our internal meeting, he said good job everybody covering the climate accords, but we’re done with that, let’s get back to Russia.” Bonifield also acknowledged: “I haven’t seen any good enough evidence to show that the President committed a crime.” He continues: “I just feel like they don’t really have it but they want to keep digging. And so I think the President is probably right to say, like, look you are witch hunting me. You have no smoking gun, you have no real proof.” “To report not on facts, but instead on narratives that yield high ratings, is exactly the definition of fake news,” said James O’Keefe. “We said we are going after the media, and there is a lot more to come.”

http://projectveritas.com/2017/06/27/american-pravda-cnn-part-1-russia-narrative-is-all-about-ratings/ 

:: 6-28-17 The Hill :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

O'Keefe video shows CNN's Van Jones calling Russia story a ‘nothingburger’

By Joe Concha - 06/28/17 01:58 PM EDT

Conservative provocateur James O'Keefe of Project Veritas released Wednesday another secretly recorded tape of a CNN employee, this time featuring political commentator and host Van Jones saying the network’s heavy coverage of possible collusion between Trump administration officials and Russia during the 2016 presidential election “is just a big nothingburger." “The Russia thing is just a big nothingburger. There’s nothing there you can do," Jones says to a person who introduces himself on the street as someone who had met Jones "in Palm Springs" a few years ago. Jones appears to recognize the person he is speaking to, but does not seem to know he is being taped. "Van Jones" quickly began trending on Twitter after O'Keefe released the video through his personal Twitter account; the video was also released by the official Project Veritas account. The 32-year-old O'Keefe founded Project Veritas in 2010 and has produced a number of controversial undercover videos. He has at times been criticized for releasing content that was selectively edited to portray people in a negative light. O’Keefe has also donned costumes in past videos as part of undercover projects to get people to talk on camera. In 2010, he was sentenced to three years of probation, 100 hours of community service and a $1,500 fine after he pleaded guilty to misdemeanor charges stemming from entering then-Sen. Mary Landrieu’s (D-La.) office on false pretenses. On Monday night, Project Veritas released a video of a medical producer at CNN saying that while he believes the Trump-Russia narrative is “bullshit,” CEO Jeff Zucker has instructed his employees to focus on it to help boost the network’s ratings. “CNN stands by our medical producer John Bonifield,” CNN said in a statement about the first video. “Diversity of personal opinion is what makes CNN strong, we welcome it and embrace it.” CNN has extensively covered investigations and stories around Trump associates possibly colluding with Russian officials during the 2016 campaign.

http://thehill.com/homenews/media/339867-okeefe-video-shows-cnns-van-jones-calling-russia-story-a-nothingburger 

:: 6-29-17 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Fewer think news media is biased, survey finds

Mike Snider , USA TODAY Published 7:03 a.m. ET June 29, 2017 | Updated 1 hour ago

More than half of Americans think the U.S. media reports news with a bias. The good news? The press gets a better grade today than in recent years, according to a new survey. The 20th annual State of the First Amendment survey, out Thursday from The First Amendment Center at the Newseum Institute in Washington, D.C., found 57% of Americans who participated in the survey said that the news media reports with bias. Even at a time when the Trump Administration is clashing with the mainstream media, this response is better than in 2016 when 77% of Americans said the media was biased. A similar response was found in 2015, when 76% answered that way. Respondents thought more favorably of the press in 2013 and 2014, when 54% and 59% said they thought the media was biased. President Trump has a new nickname for the Washington Post: #AmazonWashingtonPost Perhaps fueling the lack of trust in the media is the vacuum in which many people get their news. More than half (53%) of the 1,009 adults, surveyed in May 2017, said they preferred to get news from outlets aligned with their political views. The center's executive director Lata Nott called that finding "both obvious and disheartening" and "one of the factors that keeps us so divided," in an essay accompanying the report. On the bias question, conservatives were more likely to say the media was biased (73%), than moderates (56%) and liberals (38%) were. Across all political leanings, survey respondents agreed the media should act as a watchdog of government. But liberals were more inclined to think so (89%), compared to moderates (63%) and conservatives (58%). The survey also asked about "fake news" and found that only about 27% said that it should be protected by the First Amendment. (In case you forgot, the First Amendment ensures freedom of religion, speech, the press, the right to peaceably assemble, and "to petition the Government for a redress of grievances.”) With much fake news being spread over social media, about one-third (34%) said they had less trust in information on social media. More than half (51%) said their trust level in news on social media was unchanged, while about 9% said their trust increased. When it comes to those who leak information -- and publish it -- conservatives were more likely than liberals to say leakers should be prosecuted (64% vs. 42%). On whether journalists should be able to publish information obtained illegally, conservatives were more likely to say no (76% vs. 56%, for liberals). With access to public briefings a hot topic, too, the survey found that most respondents (72%) did not think elected officials should be able to determine which media outlets could attend them. Those who identified as Republicans were less likely (61%) to agree officials should do so, compared to Democrats (76%). Overall, about one-fifth of Americans (23%) think the First Amendment goes too far. "Even in a time of great political turmoil, we’re generally supportive of the First Amendment’s protections," Nott said. For more information about the First Amendment Center and its survey, check out its website.

https://www.usatoday.com/story/money/business/2017/06/29/fewer-americans-think-news-media-biased-new-survey-says/438074001/ 

[ :: 3-4-12 am service  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. They are saying it can’t come here because it has never come here and yet destruction covers the face of the earth, the face of the earth.  You can see the things that are going on, you can watch as the blood flows in the streets of many countries.  You can see as they prepare to go to war to fight a war they cannot win or that will bring more disaster even to this country and yet they push to do the very things they desire and want to do.  They want everything, but want to do nothing in return, oh what a time, what an hour. Etc.

:: 11-8-14 Voltaire Net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

What spooked the USS Donald Cook so much in the Black Sea?

Voltaire Network | 8 November 2014

The State Department acknowledged that the crew of the destroyer USS Donald Cook has been gravely demoralized ever since their vessel was flown over in the Black Sea by a Russian Sukhoi-24 (Su-24) fighter jet which carried neither bombs nor missiles but only an electronic warfare device. On 10 April 2014, the USS Donald Cook entered the waters of the Black Sea and on 12 April a Russian Su-24 tactical bomber flew over the vessel triggering an incident that, according to several media reports, completely demoralized its crew, so much so that the Pentagon issued a protest [1]. The USS Donald Cook (DDG-75) is a 4th generation guided missile destroyer whose key weapons are Tomahawk cruise missiles with a range of up to 2,500 kilometers, and capable of carrying nuclear explosives. This ship carries 56 Tomahawk missiles in standard mode, and 96 missiles in attack mode. The US destroyer is equipped with the most recent Aegis Combat System. It is an integrated naval weapons systems which can link together the missile defense systems of all vessels embedded within the same network, so as to ensure the detection, tracking and destruction of hundreds of targets at the same time. In addition, the USS Donald Cook is equipped with 4 large radars, whose power is comparable to that of several stations. For protection, it carries more than fifty anti-aircraft missiles of various types. Meanwhile, the Russian Su-24 that buzzed the USS Donald Cook carried neither bombs nor missiles but only a basket mounted under the fuselage, which, according to the Russian newspaper Rossiyskaya Gazeta [2], contained a Russian electronic warfare device called Khibiny. As the Russian jet approached the US vessel, the electronic device disabled all radars, control circuits, systems, information transmission, etc. on board the US destroyer. In other words, the all-powerful Aegis system, now hooked up - or about to be - with the defense systems installed on NATO’s most modern ships was shut down, as turning off the TV set with the remote control. The Russian Su-24 then simulated a missile attack against the USS Donald Cook, which was left literally deaf and blind. As if carrying out a training exercise, the Russian aircraft - unarmed - repeated the same maneuver 12 times before flying away. After that, the 4th generation destroyer immediately set sail towards a port in Romania. Since that incident, which the Atlanticist media have carefully covered up despite the widespread reactions sparked among defense industry experts, no US ship has ever approached Russian territorial waters again. According to some specialized media, 27 sailors from the USS Donald Cook requested to be relieved from active service. Vladimir Balybine - director of the research center on electronic warfare and the evaluation of so-called "visibility reduction" techniques attached to the Russian Air Force Academy - made the following comment: etc

http://www.voltairenet.org/article185860.html 

:: 6-23-17 The Washington Free Beacon :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Freighter Was On Autopilot When It Hit U.S. Destroyer

USS Fitzgerald did not detect container ship

BY: Bill Gertz June 23, 2017 5:00 am

The deadly collision between a U.S. destroyer and a container ship June 17 took place while the freighter was on autopilot, according to Navy officials. The Philippines-flagged cargo ship ACX Crystal was under control of a computerized navigation system that was steering and guiding the container vessel, according to officials familiar with preliminary results of an ongoing Navy investigation. Investigators so far found no evidence the collision was deliberate. Nevertheless, an accident during computerized navigation raises the possibility the container ship's computer system could have been hacked and the ship deliberately steered into the USS Fitzgerald, an Arleigh Burke-class guided missile destroyer. A more likely explanation is that collision was the result of an autopilot malfunction, or the autopilot's warning signals, used to notify the ship's operators, were missed. The destroyer was severely damaged when the protruding undersea bow of the cargo ship struck Fitzgerald on the right side. Seven sailors died as a result and the captain and two others were injured. It was the Navy's worst accident at sea. The two ships hit about 64 miles off the coast of Japan. The collision occurred at around 1:30 a.m. local time but was not reported by the freighter's crew until around 2:25 a.m. Investigators believe the time lag was the result of the crew not realizing they had hit another ship. Commercial ship autopilot systems normally require someone to input manually the course for the ship travel. The computer program then steers the ship by controlling the steering gear to turn the rudder. The system also can be synchronized with an electronic chart system to allow the program to follow courses of a voyage plan. Tracking data broadcast from the Crystal as part of the Automatic Identification System (AIS) shows the ship changed course by 90 degrees to the right and slightly reduced its speed between around 1:32 a.m. and 1:34 a.m. After that time, the data shows the ship turned to the left and resumed a northeastern coarse along its original track line. Private naval analyst Steffan Watkins said the course data indicates the ship was running on autopilot. "The ACX Crystal powered out of the deviation it performed at 1:30, which was likely the impact with the USS Fitzgerald, pushing it off course while trying to free itself from being hung on the bow below the waterline," Watkins told the Free Beacon. The ship then continued to sail on for another 15 minutes, increasing speed before eventually reducing speed and turning around. "This shows the autopilot was engaged because nobody would power out of an accident with another ship and keep sailing back on course. It’s unthinkable," he added. Watkins said the fact that the merchant ship hit something and did not radio the coast guard for almost 30 minutes also indicates no one was on the bridge at the time of the collision. By 2:00 a.m., the freighter had turned around and headed back to the earlier position, according to the tracking data. The officials said the Crystal eventually came upon the stricken Fitzgerald. The Fitzgerald's AIS data was not available so its track was not reported publicly. Chief of Naval Operations Adm. John Richardson traveled to Japan to oversee the transfer of the fallen sailors. "There are multiple U.S. and Japanese investigations underway to determine the facts of the collision," Richardson said in a statement. "Our goal is to learn all we can to prevent future accidents from occurring. This process will unfold as quickly as possible, but it's important to get this right." According to the officials who spoke on condition of anonymity, initial reports on the incident indicate no crew member was manning the controls in the pilot house of the Crystal when it hit the Fitzgerald. After impact, the freighter's was not immediately aware that it had collided with anything and continued sailing. The ship's crew then realized it had been in a collision and sailed back to try to determine what had happened. Transport safety authorities and coast guard investigators in Japan on Thursday announced the data recorder from the Crystal had been secured, the Associated Press reported. The freighter is currently docked in the port of Yokohama, near Tokyo. The Navy and Coast Guard are investigating the incident. The Fitzgerald is currently at its home port of Yokosuka naval base. The investigation is expected to be completed in several months. For the Navy, investigators are trying to determine why the ship's radar and other sensors did not detect the Crystal in time to take steps to avoid the collision. The Fitzgerald is equipped with the AN/SPS-64 advanced military navigation radar, and also uses a commercial radar system to enhance the shipping traffic picture of ships in its vicinity. Navy ships operate radar systems to detect approaching ships or submarines. Lookouts posted on the bridge are responsible for detecting ships that pose a risk of collision. Additionally, all commercial ships over 300 tons are required under international rules to operate AIS location data. AIS information from Crystal should have been monitored by sailors on the bridge of the Fitzgerald. The sailors aboard the 505-foot-long Fitzgerald waged what officials said was a heroic battle about the ship to seal off flooding after the collision. "We were struck by the stories of heroism and sacrifice—by both the sailors on board and their families back home—as they fought the damage to their ship and brought her back to Yokosuka," Richardson said. The ship was not in danger of sinking but was listing to one side and was able to remain under its own power. The bodies of the seven dead sailors were found in sealed off areas of the ship on Sunday after it reached port. Vice Adm. Joseph Aucoin, commander of the U.S. 7th Fleet told reporters the Fitzgerald suffered extensive flooding and damage caused by a large puncture below the waterline on the starboard side underneath the pilot house. The ship's commander, Cmdr. Bryce Benson was airlifted by Japanese coast guard helicopter. Two other injured sailors also were evacuated. All appear to have injuries that are not life threatening. The officials said Benson was in his stateroom at the time of the collision. The Fitzgerald was commissioned in 1995 and has a crew of some 300 crew members. It has a top speed of 30 knots and is armed with Tomahawk cruise missiles, SM-1 anti-ship and anti-submarine missiles, as well as machine guns and torpedoes. The Crystal was built in South Korea, is 730 feet long and capable of carrying up to 2,858 shipping containers. The Crystal is classified as a mid-size container ship part of the Asia Container Express or ACX, an Asian container shipping trade subsidiary of NYK Line, a global shipping division of Japan's Mitsubishi.

http://freebeacon.com/national-security/freighter-autopilot-hit-us-destroyer/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 6-19-17 Massprivatei :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Cities across the country are using street lights equipped with microphones and surveillance cameras to spy on everyone

According to an article in the Mercury News, the City of San Jose, California is letting anyCOMM install 300-1,000 street lights equipped with surveillance cameras and microphones on their streets. "The council ultimately voted 7-4 to allow anyCOMM, a tech company with offices in El Dorado Hills, Gold River and San Jose, to install “nodes” which could have video and audio recording capabilities on 300 to 1,000 streetlights. The “pilot program” — as proposed by Mayor Sam Liccardo — would run for a year and only in pre-agreed upon areas." The article goes on to say, that Siemens and anyCOMM will be paid over $34 million to install LED surveillance street lights across the city. "Siemens proposed converting the remaining streetlamps to be funded through a loan that’s paid off by energy savings and a usage fee anyCOMM pays the city for using the poles. Then anyCOMM would install its new technology, the nodes which include WiFi, smart controllers to dim the lights, cameras and audio sensors, to each pole." Four months ago, I warned everyone that smart street lights and smart cities were being run by a CIA signature school in New Mexico. "On November 10th, 2016, CIA Director James O. Brennan met with ten NSSP scholars following his announcement that UNM is to be designated the first IC-CAE Signature School." Albuquerque Business First said, "the program will deepen cooperation between the CIA and UNM..." Earlier this year, Reuters revealed that GE, Intel and AT&T were working together to install spying street lights. "General Electric will put cameras, microphones and sensors on 3,200 street lights in San Diego this year, marking the first large-scale use of "smart city" tools GE says can help monitor traffic and pinpoint crime." Los Angeles claims street lights are only listening to traffic Sadly, the story of spying streetlights is being played out across the country and no one seems to be noticing. Two years ago the city of Los Angles quietly installed street lights equipped with microphones, to allegedly listen to traffic. "With help from Philips, some light poles in the City of Angels have been equipped with microphones capable of monitoring the ambient sound in select parts of the city as a way to effectively “listen” to the traffic and obtain “a very articulated and diverse reading of the urban soundscape,” according to Dietmar Offenhuber, assistant professor at Northeastern University." And in the same year, Jacksonville, Florida installed 50 GE street lights equipped with video cameras. Since 2015, mall developer Simon Property Group, General Electric, Cisco; and LED lighting maker Acuity Brands have been working with Sensity Systems to develop street lights that spy on the public and monitor traffic, wink, wink. The New York Times (NYT) revealed that LED street lights do more than just monitor traffic. "Depending on the installed or connected sensors, they can detect a range of factors and activities, including motion, congestion, pollutants, gunshots or, increasingly, a particular shopper in or around a store." The NYT article said, LED street lights can even spot "suspicious behavior". Which means they're spying on everyone. (To find out more about each companies spying LED street lights, click here, here & here.) Last year, I warned everyone that spying street lights would be coming to a city near you and it appears I was right. Street lights identify individual wireless Bluetooth signals According to Michael Robertson, police are using Bluetooth detectors to identify an individual Bluetooth signals. "By combining a license plate or a phone number with a Bluetooth serial number, it’s possible to track citizens via their phone" Mr. Robertson said. Wireless Bluetooth detectors are everywhere... “The whole country is doing this,” Paul Misticawi, vice president of public sector sales for traffic data software company. As is often the case twhen it comes to spying on the public, DHS's fingerprints are all over it. Intellistreets admits DHS is behind spying street lights Last year, DHS the TSA and the NJ Transit installed DriveCam LTYX's cameras equipped with microphones to secretly spy on commuters conversations. “The video and audio captured … is utilized by the New Jersey Transit Police Department and is an indispensable investigatory tool for them,” said NJ Transit spokesman Jim Smith. (To find out more click here.) It's time to face the facts. Federal/corporate spying has never been about our safety. Smart lighting and smart cities are about government spying on an unimaginable scale. As you can see, smart lighting is really about corporate profits at the expense of our privacy. Posted 5 days ago by mapi

http://massprivatei.blogspot.com/2017/06/cites-across-country-are-using-street.html 

:: 6-25-17 Sfth plan :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Obama Secretly Set A War With Russia Into Action Before He Left Office

Mac Slavo June 25th, 2017 SHTFplan.com

Barack Obama was either very secretively cunning, or someone in his administration was. Before there was an investigation into “Russian hacking,” which we’ve seen no shred of proof even happened, the former president ordered a retaliation against our Cold War foe, which could lead to war. Before the tears of the saddened liberals dried after Donald Trump beat Hillary Clinton to become the 45th president, Obama was at it with his “pen and phone,” determined to destroy any chance Trump had at being a success. Obama, who was upset that Hillary Clinton would watch Donald Trump inaugurated as president, decided to shift blame to Russia. He authorized a covert cyber operation to deploy “implants” in Russian networks that could be triggered remotely in retaliation to any future cyber aggression by Moscow, The Washington Post reported Friday. Since we have yet to see any evidence that Russian hacked the election, and admission from intelligence officials confirmed that no votes were changed because of the fabricated “meddling” story, Obama’s ticking time bomb of cyberwarfare could blow up in our faces. After demanding the NSA infect Russian networks with the implants, he also made said implants difficult to remove. Should the Russian government attempt to undo the actions of the emotional temper tantrum by Obama, they will be extremely discomforted. The implants, developed by the NSA, are designed to hit Russian networks deemed “important to the adversary and that would cause them pain and discomfort if they were disrupted,” a former U.S. official told The Washington Post. Note the use of the word “adversary,” almost as if Obama’s goal was to begin a war with Russia. And to make matters worse, “U.S. intelligence agencies do not need further approval from (President) Trump, and officials said that he would have to issue a countermanding order to stop it,” the Post reported. “The officials said that they have seen no indication that Trump has done so.” These implants could be “activated” if Russia interferes with another election, which is code for: should Trump win re-election in 2020. They could also be used if Russia takes action against the United States, although there is no reason to suspect that they would. Vladimir Putin does not see the US as an enemy, so it appears that Obama is simply attempting to incite a war with the former Soviet Union. It’s not really a secret that Obama and Putin didn’t like each other. Putin is coming out of this looking like the bigger man. He’s taken the evidenceless blame on his country with a grain of salt. Democrats and their warmongering leader, Obama, seem to insist on poking the Russian bear. Putin has so far, downplayed the retaliations against him, and his attitude regarding the media hysteria, which is leading to an another war, is actually cool and calm compared to those in our own government. Actions taken by Barack Obama during his term could result in a war with Russia, in which the left with blame on Donald Trump.

http://www.shtfplan.com/headline-news/obama-secretly-set-a-war-with-russia-into-action-before-he-left-office_06252017 

[ :: 7-30-08 pm service (first Word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc For truly in the world right now, saith your Father God, is much trouble, trouble that they know not how to deal with etc

:: 6-26-17 The Sun :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

JAPAN ON NUKE ALERT Japan issues warning over North Korea nuclear missile strike with residents told to seek shelter or lie on ground in terrifying TV broadcast

In the event of a missile attack - the Japanese government will inform members of the public though speakers across the country

By Hannah Crouch and Patrick Knox 26th June 2017, 7:23 pm Updated: 26th June 2017, 7:32 pm

RESIDENTS in Japan have been told to seek shelter or lie on the ground in the event of North Korea missile strike in a terrifying new nationwide television broadcast. The half a minute announcement also states people should stay away from windows and protect their heads if they are inside a building should a missile be fired in the direction of Japan from North Korea. A new television broadcast has informed Japanese residents what they should do in the event of a missile attack The broadcast also confirmed, in the event of a missile attack, the Japanese government will inform members of the public though speakers across the country, the Daily Telegraph has reported. Between now and July, 43 television stations across Japan will broadcast the announcement while 70 Japanese newspapers will publish written instructions. The announcement following an increase in tensions after North Korea conducted another missile test. Kim Jong-un was pictured grinning following the test while another photo showed a huge crowd of soldiers cheering next to the surface-to-air missile launcher. The missiles are the fourth new system the hermit state has tested this year. Japan is the only country to have suffered nuclear war after the United States dropped atomic bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki in the last days of World War 2. This killed 250,000 with many more dying of cancer because of radiation. Japanese residents appear to be growing more worried about the increasing risk of a missile attack and in April it was reported that sales of nuclear bomb shelters had surged in Japan. A small Japanese company that specialises in building nuclear shelters has revealed its orders have gone through the roof as terrified civilians prepare for the worst. Oribe Seiki Seisakusho, based in Kobe, western Japan, has received eight orders in April alone –compared with six orders during the whole of a typical year. The business has also sold out its stock of 50 Swiss-made air purifiers, which are said to keep out radiation and poisonous gas, and is trying to get more, according to company director Nobuko Oribe. A downloadable doomsday pamphlet is now available on the island nation’s civil defence website advising what to do should nuclear war break out. Called “Protecting Ourselves against Armed Attacks and Terrorism,” it outlines emergency measures in the event North Korean missiles are fired at the country. It bears similarities to the creepy Protect and Survive documents issued in Britain and Northern Ireland during the early 1980s following the Soviet Union’s invasion of Afghanistan. Like the UK’s booklet it give top-tips on how to avoid being fried and radiated. It urges people to take shelter indoors behind thick walls to avoid blast injuries but also radiation. Underground shopping malls would be an ideal place to take cover, it urges.

https://www.thesun.co.uk/news/3885014/japan-north-korea-nuclear-missile-strike-warning-tv-broadcast/ 

:: 6-25-17 Your New Wire :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Polio Vaccine Has Caused Polio Outbreak, W.H.O. Says

June 25, 2017 Sean Adl-Tabatabai

The World Health Organization has admitted that a recent deadly outbreak of Polio in Syria is down to the Polio vaccine itself. Despite the fact that at least 17 children in eastern Syria have been paralyzed from the recent outbreak of Polio, W.H.O. officials are attempting to get into Syria and vaccinate yet more children. Nytimes.com reports: It is the second outbreak of the crippling disease to hit Syria since the war began, and largely reflected the inability of health workers to immunize all children caught in conflict zones where access is difficult and sanitation is poor. The polio virus, once thought to verge on eradication, is one of the most contagious diseases in inadequately protected areas. One confirmed case of paralysis is considered an outbreak, as doctors assume it means up to 200 other people may have been exposed to the virus. Tarik Jasarevic, a spokesman for the World Health Organization in Geneva, said there was an urgent need to vaccinate more than 400,000 children under the age of 5 in the Deir al-Zour area, where the outbreak was first confirmed in an announcement made by the organization on June 8. He described the outbreak as “very serious.” Sixteen of the paralyzed children were from Mayadin, south of Deir al-Zour, and one was from farther north in Raqqa, the Syrian redoubt of the Islamic State extremist group. The entire region has been upended by fighting. All of the children developed the paralysis between March 3 and May 23, Mr. Jasarevic said. Unlike Syria’s first polio outbreak in 2013, caused by a wild strain that paralyzed 36 children before it was brought under control, the new outbreak derived from the polio vaccine itself, Mr. Jasarevic said. The vaccine, a weakened form of the polio virus that triggers the immune system’s response, is secreted in the waste of vaccinated children, and over time can mutate into an infectious strain that may afflict the unvaccinated. The risks are especially high in areas where not all children have received the vaccine and where the mutated virus can spread from contaminated sewage or water. “These vaccine-derived outbreaks really are a marker of poor vaccination and poor sanitation in the community,” said Dr. Homer Venters, director of programs at Physicians for Human Rights, an international aid group based in New York that supports humanitarian work in war zones, including Syria and Yemen. Along with a recent measles outbreak near Damascus, the Syrian capital, and a cholera scourge raging in war-torn Yemen, Dr. Venters said, the new polio outbreak “is another indication that public health systems have been decimated by these conflicts.” As of late March and April, Mr. Jasarevic said, there had been some vaccinations in parts of the Deir al-Zour area, “but security remained an issue and that’s why many children were not vaccinated.” He also said it was unclear whether the afflicted child in Raqqa meant that the virus was circulating there or whether the child had traveled to Raqqa and then developed the case.

http://yournewswire.com/polio-vaccine-outbreak-syria-who/ 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 6-26-17 Watchers :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Massive wildfire raging in Utah, 1 500 people evacuated

Posted by TW on June 26, 2017

A massive wildfire is raging in southern Utah, forcing authorities to issue evacuation orders for at least 1 500 people. Since it started on June 17, the fire has rapidly spread to more than 17 000 hectares (42 000 acres), destroying on its way more than a dozen homes. This is currently the largest wildfire burning in the United States. Estimated containment day is July 15, 2017. The fire started around midday Saturday, June 17, and grew very quickly through dense timber on lands administered by Brian Head Town, Iron County, in cooperation with the Utah Division of Forestry, Fire, and State Lands. Named Brian Head Fire, it has since burned on to lands managed by Dixie National Forest and Color Country District Bureau of Land Management. As of 20:00 MDT, Sunday, June 25 (02:00 UTC, Monday, June 26), the Brian Head Fire has consumed 17 320 hectares (42 800 acres) of land and is only 10% contained. It has so far destroyed 26 structures, including 13 residences and 8 outbuildings, and forced more than 1 500 people to evacuate. More than 1 100 firefighters have been deployed, along with 41 engines, 29 crews and nearly a dozen helicopters. A Red Flag Warning is in effect for southwest Utah through 22:00 MDT, June 26, conditions are ideal for wildland fire combustion, and rapid spread. Southwest winds 16 - 40 km/h (10 - 25 mph) with gusts to 56 km/h (35 mph) are expected today, especially over ridges and around the western slopes of the Tushar Mountains and Pahvant Range. Combined with low humidity (10 - 15%), these winds will cause critical fire weather conditions today. In addition, isolated thunderstorms may also increase the threat for new starts and locally gusty and erratic winds. With the winds forecast to come from the southwest again Monday afternoon, fire managers are anticipating spread down Horse Valley. To counter this spread, a dozer constructed indirect fireline, away from the current fire perimeter, across the valley. On Monday, crews will continue to secure the southern perimeter of the fire to slow its progression toward Mammoth Creek. They will also be scouting out ahead of the fire to the north and south to be prepared if the fire activity picks up and moves the fire in those directions. A Type 1 Incident Management Team will assume control of the eastern half of the fire, while the Type 2 Team will remain in Parowan. The following communities remain evacuated per local law enforcement: Panguitch Lake, Horse Valley, Beaver Dam, Castle Valley, Blue Springs, Rainbow Meadows, Mammoth Creek, Dry Lakes, Second Left Hand Canyon, and the town of Brian Head. Evacuees can contact the Red Cross for shelter information. If you live in an area affected by wildland fires, officials recommend familiarizing yourself with the Ready, Set, Go Program. Highway 143 is closed from the cemetery in Parowan to milepost 50 outside of Panguitch while the Mammoth Creek Road is closed at the junction with Highway 143. Additionally, the north side gate of 143/148 is closed and the Dixie National Forest has expanded its area closure. The fire is producing heavy smoke which is currently heading to the east and southeast. All people in a smoky area (except firefighters or emergency personnel) should avoid strenuous work or exercise outdoors. They should avoid driving whenever possible. If driving is necessary, people should run the air conditioner on the “recycle” or re-circulate mode to avoid drawing smoky air into the car. Population affected by the smoke should be aware that the effects of smoke range from eye and respiratory tract irritation to more serious disorders, including reduced lung function, bronchitis, exacerbation of asthma and heart failure, and premature death. Studies have found that short-term exposures (i.e., days to weeks) to fine particles, a major component of smoke, are linked with increased premature mortality and aggravation of preexisting respiratory and cardiovascular disease. Children, pregnant women, and elderly are also especially vulnerable to smoke exposure. Fine particles are respiratory irritants, and exposures to high concentrations can cause a persistent cough, phlegm, wheezing, and difficulty breathing. Exposures to fine particles can also affect healthy people, causing respiratory symptoms, transient reductions in lung function, and pulmonary inflammation. Particulate matter may also affect the body’s physiological mechanisms that remove inhaled foreign materials from the lungs, such as pollen and bacteria. Although the official cause of the fire is still under investigation, Gov. Gary Herbert stated last week that experts determined a weed torch sparked the fire.

https://watchers.news/2017/06/26/brian-head-fire-utah-june-2017/ 

[ :: 6-28-09 am service ( first word ) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. All these things are end-time signs, the economy, the loss of jobs, the government control. You are in a time that the world has never seen before and that time does not get better, etc..

:: 6-23-17 Zero Hedge :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

McDonalds Is Replacing 2,500 Human Cashiers With Digital Kiosks: Here Is Its Math

by Tyler Durden Jun 23, 2017 11:45 PM

The stock market is luvin' McDonalds stock, which has continued its recent relentless rise to all time highs, up 26% YTD, oblivious to the carnage among the broader restaurant and fast-food sector. There is a reason for Wall Street's euphoria: the same one we discussed in January in "Dear Bernie, Meet the "Big Mac ATM" That Will Replace All Of Your $15 Per Hour Fast Food Workers." In a report released this week by Cowen's Andrew Charles, the analyst calculates the jump in sales as a result of the company's new Experience of the Future strategy which anticipates that digital ordering kiosks (shown above) will replace cashiers in at least 2,500 restaurants by the end of 2017 and another 3,000 over 2018. Cowen also cited plans for the restaurant chain to roll out mobile ordering across 14,000 U.S. locations by the end of 2017 (we did not show that particular math, but the logic was similarly compelling). Here is a snapshot of the math that Cowen, likely in conjunction with management, used to come up with the cost-savings as McDonalds increasingly lays off more and more minimum wage workers and replaces them with "Big Mac ATMs" MCD is cultivating a digital platform through mobile ordering and Experience of the Future (EOTF), an in-store technological overhaul most conspicuous through kiosk ordering and table delivery. Our analysis suggests efforts should bear fruit in 2018 with a combined 130 bps contribution to U.S. comps. We believe mobile ordering better supplements the drive-thru business where 70%+ of U.S. sales are transacted. In our view, MCD's differentiation lies in the operational enhancements of mobile ordering that includes curbside pick-up of orders in order to not disrupt the drive-thru. Below we show Cowen's full math laying out why the restaurant chain's client-facing fast food workers are now obsolete: We are most excited for mobile ordering, Experience of the Future and the launch of fresh beef to help drive U.S. same store sales in 2018. We provide analysis for the latter three, which cumulatively we expect to contribute roughly 150 bps to U.S. same store sales in 2018, respectively. This gives us confidence to raise our 2018 U.S. same store sales forecast from 2% to 3%, in excess of Consensus Metrix’s 2.5%. Experience of the Future Features Lower ROI Than Mobile Order, But Offers Greater Potential Longer Term We are constructive on the use of guest facing technology for the restaurant industry. MCD’s longer-term U.S. story revolves around Experience of the Future (EOTF), a holistic operational and technological overhaul to the store base. MCD’s March 2017 investor meeting centered around the initiative with interactive displays. Perhaps the most conspicuous piece of Experience of the Future lies in digital kiosk ordering, which have seen success in International Lead Markets. Additionally, food ordered via the kiosk is delivered to the customer’s table. We believe EOTF better enhances the instore experience, which represents roughly 30% of domestic sales compared to mobile ordering, which allows customers to avoid leaving their cars. Our ROI math suggests EOTF leads to a 9% cash/cash return in Year 1 in the 55% of domestic stores that do not require a store remodel, and 5% in the 45% of stores that require a remodel, which is a predecessor to implementing EOTF. Our math is premised on total costs of $150,000 for the Experience of the Future enhancement, and $700,000 of all-in costs when including EOTF as well as a store remodel. MCD has offered to pay 55% of the cost for Experience of the Future, in excess of the 40% the company contributed to the store remodel initiative beginning in 2010, for restaurants that commit to the program by the end of 2017. McDonald’s targets a high-teens return on incrementally invested capital (ROIIC, or McSpeak for evaluating ROI), improving to the mid-20% range beginning in 2019. We believe EOTF’s ROI is captured over time as the sales lift does not dissolve as in the case of a traditional restaurant remodel. Rather, the lift should sustain as we expect consumers to increasingly embrace technological change. This is evidenced across concepts, such as Panera’s experience with 2.0, as well as McDonald’s own experience in Canada, where kiosks saw 12-13% sales mix in Year 1 and 27% in Year 2. We also note kiosk ordering will also likely lead to labor savings over time which should help boost ROIIC, but is unlikely for the foreseeable future. We are most excited for mobile ordering, Experience of the Future and the launch of fresh beef to help drive U.S. same store sales in 2018. We provide analysis for the latter three, which cumulatively we expect to contribute roughly 150 bps to U.S. same store sales in 2018, respectively. This gives us confidence to raise our 2018 U.S. same store sales forecast from 2% to 3%, in excess of Consensus Metrix’s 2.5%. Experience of the Future Features Lower ROI Than Mobile Order, But Offers Greater Potential Longer Term We are constructive on the use of guest facing technology for the restaurant industry. MCD’s longer-term U.S. story revolves around Experience of the Future (EOTF), a holistic operational and technological overhaul to the store base. MCD’s March 2017 investor meeting centered around the initiative with interactive displays. Perhaps the most conspicuous piece of Experience of the Future lies in digital kiosk ordering, which have seen success in International Lead Markets. Additionally, food ordered via the kiosk is delivered to the customer’s table. We believe EOTF better enhances the instore experience, which represents roughly 30% of domestic sales compared to mobile ordering, which allows customers to avoid leaving their cars. Our ROI math suggests EOTF leads to a 9% cash/cash return in Year 1 in the 55% of domestic stores that do not require a store remodel, and 5% in the 45% of stores that require a remodel, which is a predecessor to implementing EOTF. Our math is premised on total costs of $150,000 for the Experience of the Future enhancement, and $700,000 of all-in costs when including EOTF as well as a store remodel. MCD has offered to pay 55% of the cost for Experience of the Future, in excess of the 40% the company contributed to the store remodel initiative beginning in 2010, for restaurants that commit to the program by the end of 2017. McDonald’s targets a high-teens return on incrementally invested capital (ROIIC, or McSpeak for evaluating ROI), improving to the mid-20% range beginning in 2019. We believe EOTF’s ROI is captured over time as the sales lift does not dissolve as in the case of a traditional restaurant remodel. Rather, the lift should sustain as we expect consumers to increasingly embrace technological change. This is evidenced across concepts, such as Panera’s experience with 2.0, as well as McDonald’s own experience in Canada, where kiosks saw 12-13% sales mix in Year 1 and 27% in Year 2. We also note kiosk ordering will also likely lead to labor savings over time which should help boost ROIIC, but is unlikely for the foreseeable future. In 2017, MCD expects to end the year with EOTF offered in 2,500 domestic locations from 500 at 2016-end. MCD targets the majority of domestic locations to feature EOTF by 2020, but has not given intermediary targets. The amount of stores adding EOTF depends on franchise reception to the initiative but we see positive indicators given our checks as well as the company’s disclosure that 90% of franchisees approved of the initiative after taking the same interactive tour that was given at the March 2017 investor day. We estimate 3,000 locations to add EOTF in 2018, which should lead to a 70 bps contribution to U.S. same store sales assuming an even cadence of restaurants adding the initiative over the course of the year. Further we assume the mix of stores adding EOTF in 2018 reflects the mix of overall stores needed to add EOTF, or 55% of stores that already have a remodel while 45% require a store remodel. McDonald’s has previously announced plans to remodel 650 restaurants in 2017, which we expect will also add EOTF.

http://www.zerohedge.com/news/2017-06-23/mcdonalds-replacing-2500-human-cashiers-digital-kiosks-here-its-math 

[ :: 2-25-15 pm service 2d word  ::  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For truly the news media does not always tell you the truth, they tell you what they want you to hear, but not what is really going on, except for a little, do they know that later the truth will always find them out, for one can only cover up lies for so long before they come uncovered. etc.

:: 6-25-17 All News Pipeline :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

'Enemy Of The State': CNN Publishes Fake News Story, Retracts, Deletes, Disables All Links - This Goes Beyond A Mistake, It Is A Systematic Attack Against America

June 25, 2017 By Susan Duclos - All News PipeLine

In what CNN employees are calling a "massive, massive f*ck up" according to BuzzFeed, CNN published a hit piece on President Trump and his associates, falsely claiming they were under Senate and Treasury investigation, citing one unnamed source. After Breitbart exposed the hit piece as "very fake news," and one of the victims of CNN's journalistic malpractice, Anthony Scaramucci, immediately assembled a legal, public relations, and rapid response team, CNN was forced to retract the entire piece. The fall-out since Friday when they retracted the piece with a note that it "did not meet CNN's editorial standards," (stop laughing!) and that they had disabled all links to the fake news article, while issuing a public apology to Mr. Scaramucci, has been brutal, as other outlets have slammed them for 1) Publishing the article without verifying the information contained with in and 2) Deleting the story without explanation, which BuzzFeed's Jon Passantino and Jim Dalrymple, called a "serious lapse in journalistic ethics." THE FALL OUT CONTINUES Recent reports are now surfacing that the "one source" was a staffer for Senator Elizabeth Warren, who was reportedly "egged on" by a Senator Kamila Harris staffer, basically using the CNN "investigator" and writer Tom Franks as a useless fool in order to create fake news buzz against president Trump and his associates. But now reports are surfacing that CNN’s sole source for the hit piece seems to have been a staffer for Warren who was apparently "egged on" by staff for Harris. Harris is a freshman Democrat Senator who has aligned herself with the Warren-led “resist” movement, using congressional hearings to increase her profile nationally by arguing with Trump administration officials. While Warren’s team is not responding, Harris’s office denies the reports. Reports also state that CNN's president Jeff Zucker is supposedly personally involved in the internal investigation into the fake news scandal now engulfing CNN. The writer Tom Franks, waited two days after publishing the hit piece that has now been retracted to issue a single tweet stating "For the sake of transparency, I am posting an editor's note from CNN concerning a story I posted on Thursday --," with a link to the CNN editors note about the retraction. He offered no personal apology to his readers, nor an explanation as to his lack of confirmation, or even basic research regarding his original piece, which can still be found on Google cache, despite the story being deleted, retracted and disappearing from the CNN website. As is clearly evidenced by the reactions to Franks' tweet, the fall out over CNN publishing, then retracting and apologizing for the false report, is ongoing and brutal as comments range from calling #CNN an "enemy of the state," to demands for his resignation and/or firing. Other reactions to that Franks' tweet including people asking "For the sake of transparency would you like to explain how/why you printed lies in the first place?," some accusing them having no integrity and no morals, with still others calling CNN the "keystone cops of corp media." Those are just the tip of the iceberg to the public's reaction to this latest in a long line of CNN screw ups. See all the responses at Twitter. EDITORIAL STANDARDS? The problem for CNN is that this isn't just one story that has been proven untrue, nor just one writer that got something wrong. Anyone that writes about current events makes mistakes, offers updates correcting any mistakes, issues an apology, and everyone moves on. CNN's problem is speaking about "editorial standards" when this is the second time in one month they have used unnamed sources and the entire story, headline and basis for the story has legitimately been "fake news." The first 'fake news" story CNN put out was in early June, where right before former director James Comey was scheduled to testify to congress, CNN ran with a story that cited "sources" without naming them, claiming in their headline and story that Comey would "refute Trump" in his assertion that Comey had previously informed him three separate times that he was not personally under investigation. Comey's prepared statement was issued shortly after, where he confirmed Trump's assertion, even detailing the three dates he told President Trump he was not under investigation. Via The Hill: The CNN report said Comey was expected to dispute President Trump's claims that Comey said he was not under investigation on multiple occasions. The report, titled "Comey expected to refute Trump," was based on unnamed sources and said Comey's conversations with the president "were much more nuanced," and that Trump drew the wrong conclusion. The story was compiled by four CNN journalists, including Gloria Borger, Eric Lichtblau, Jake Tapper and Brian Rokus. Borger reiterated the report's claims in an appearance on CNN on Tuesday. "Comey is going to dispute the president on this point if he’s asked about it by senators, and we have to assume that he will be," said Borger, the network's chief political analyst. "He will say he never assured Donald Trump that he was not under investigation, that that would have been improper for him to do so." After Comey's prepared statement was released CNN changed their headline from "Comey expected to Refute Trump," to "Comey unlikely to judge on obstruction," and offered the following "CORRECTION AND UPDATE: This article was published before Comey released his prepared opening statement. The article and headline have been corrected to reflect that Comey does not directly dispute that Trump was told multiple times he was not under investigation in his prepared testimony released after this story was published." In that case, rather than retracting and deleting their entire story, they simply went back, after the damage had been done, and changed the headline and rewrote the article, but the URL still accurately captures the "false narrative" they were originally pushing as it shows "http://www.cnn.com/2017/06/06/politics/comey-testimony-refute-trump-russian-investigation/

The point here is it is not just Tom Franks, nor whoever was supposed to edit or check his work, but now we have five different CNN "reporters", Gloria Borger, Eric Lichtblau, Jake Tapper, Brian Rokusand Franks, that have published two separate "fake news" stories in just a single month, using unnamed sources. Related: Here Are Five Fake Stories CNN Pushed They are not alone and that same congressional testimony indicated that the New York Times had also published an article that was "not true," and that other publications had reported "many dead wrong" articles in regards to Russia, all using anonymous sources. Hence the DOJ statement that sent the media into a tailspin last week, where Deputy AG Rod Rosenstein warned the general public to "exercise caution before accepting as true any stories attributed to anonymous 'officials'." Rosenstein went on to say "Americans should be skeptical about anonymous allegations." BOTTOM LINE This is not a case of "editorial standards" or simply a mistake on the part of CNN or other MSM outlets, this is a systematic attack against America, on the part of journalists within the MSM, where truth doesn't matter as long as their viral story of the day undermines the President of the United States and the nation he leads. The MSM has not just become the "opposition party" as 54 percent of Americans believe, nor just the "fake news" that President Trump has called them....they have quite literally become "enemies of the state."

http://allnewspipeline.com/CNN_Enemy_Of_The_State.php 

:: 6-26-17 Activist Post :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

AMI Smart Meters Are The Number One Health Hazard; Next Is Cell Phones, Per Medical Research Science

By Catherine J. Frompovich

Utility companies—electric, natural gas and water—have retrofitted AMI Smart Meters, which are devastating human health. Here is a video, which describes and details what’s going on from AMI Smart Meters. Pregnant women must hear the reasons why they should not sleep in a bedroom that has non-thermal radiation waves from smart meters penetrating it. Smart meters use a 905 Megahertz frequency that apparently is dumbing down those who are exposed to them. Regular Dect phones base stations produce strong radiation fields. Energies were measured up to six hundred times more than the set standards! EMF trauma to blood cells (rouleaux formation) is verified in this video. Some people are so disturbed by AMI Smart Meter microwave radiation, they actually have become homeless because they could not live in their homes. Video Presenters Magda Havas, PhD, on blood cell “rouleaux” / “cell phones never tested for safety, and if cell phones were a drug, they would be illegal” Dr. Stephen Sinatra, MD, on electric pollution Jeromy Johnson, a TEDx Berkeley seminar / learn about the “thimble cell tower” / Infertility / DNA damage / Fiber optics is the safer and more secure way to go for technology / Create a safe place to sleep; turn off all technology at night Baby Safe Project / wireless radiation impacts fetuses / Babysafeproject.org Hugh S. Taylor, MD, Obstetrician describes the animal cell phone model study on fetal mice evaluated as adult mice, which proved “dose response” / the Precautionary Principle Dr Devra Davis, PhD. Book: “Disconnect” available on Amazon.com Dr Maya Shetreat-Kline, MD, Pediatric neurologist / Right to be made aware; Precautionary Principle Dietrich Klinghardt, MD, PhD. / Doctor is certified in “building biology.” / “Smart Meters are the worst invention” / body voltage / fetal genomes are tweaked negatively by cell phones and ambient man-made electromagnetic fields / Graham Stetzer filters / CFL light bulbs give off high frequency radiation / Smart Meters are surveillance devices, which utilities sell the data collected to others for advertising purposes; another revenue stream for them. / SMs are 600-fold above EPA set standards / Electrosensitivity versus electric allergy / “German method” of dealing with AMI SMs / Fiber optics versus microwave energies / Antenna function of the human body Here’s a ComEd (an Exelon Company) less than 3 minute infomercial about how to register your smart meter connected devices in order to be hooked up to your AMI Smart Meter. Here’s a hint about buying new appliances, especially if you don’t want to purchase those which contain a transmitter to connect with an AMI Smart Meter. Check the back of the appliance to see if this address is on the back: 3MAC2 . The above information truly is something I encourage readers to save; it’s that important!

http://www.activistpost.com/2017/06/ami-smart-meters-number-one-health-hazard-next-cell-phones-per-medical-research-science.html 

[ :: 10-15-14 pm service (first word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc. For truly these are the end days and the end hours and darkness is all across the face of the earth and the enemy is fighting like mad because he knows that he has little time left. etc..

:: 6-26-17 The Hagmann Report :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Did John Podesta Try To Oust Rep Scalise Over Sex Trafficking?

By Liz Crokin - June 26, 2017

John Podesta and a group of Democrats called for Rep. Steve Scalise to resign shortly after he began his efforts to combat human trafficking as the Majority Whip of the House. On Jan. 8, 2015, John Podesta received an e-mail from Democrat-run group House Majority PAC campaigning for Scalise to resign, according to an e-mail by Wikileaks. The subject of the e-mail was “add your name: tell Scalise to resign” and called for Scalise to step down as GOP Majority Whip. The e-mail stated that their reason behind the petition to remove Scalise was due to the fact that he had spoken at a rally sponsored by David Duke 13 years earlier. “In 2002 GOP Majority Whip Steve Scalise spoke at a rally sponsored by former KKK leader, David Duke,” the e-mail stated. “It’s time for Scalise to step down as GOP Majority Whip.” The signature-drive by Podesta and other Democrats calling for Scalise to resign began at the same time Scalise started working on legislation as the Majority Whip in the House to end human traffickingScalise and other Republicans had been working on several bills that took aim at human trafficking. On Jan. 27, 12 of those bills passed in the Republican-controlled House. Scalise gave a press conference at the Capitol about those bills on the same day they were passed. Ironically, the House Majority PAC & Podesta petitioned for Scalise to resign via e-mail the same day in January of 2015 that the Senate introduced a bill to end sex trafficking titled the Combat Human Trafficking Act authored by Senators Rob Portman and Dianne Feinstein, according to Time. On May 19, 2015, the House gave final congressional approval to legislation to expand law enforcement efforts and help victims of human trafficking. “One of the great American values we share is our strong belief in the inherent worth of each and every human life,” Scalise said at the time. “Human trafficking is a direct assault against that core value, and it affects millions of victims who need our help — including right here in America. Congress must continue to do everything in our power to combat this scourge and provide protections, and ultimately justice to the victims of human trafficking.” As previously reported by The Hagmann Report, Scalise was working on new human trafficking legislation when James Hodgkinson allegedly shot him as he practiced baseball in Alexandria, Virginia on June 13. Scalise had recently posted a video on his YouTube channel and on his Twitter feed discussing bills passed in the House to target child predators and to provide protection for human trafficking victims. “The sad truth is that human trafficking is a real problem plaguing each and every community in the United States,” Scalise said. “This week the House took strong action to stand up for the victims of human trafficking, passing tough bills to provide them protection and to target child predators.” In 2011, Andrew Breitbart famously linked Podesta to underage sex trafficking in a tweet: “How prog-guru John Podesta isn’t househould name as world class underage sex slave op cover upperer defending unspeakable dregs escapes me.Members of the House Intelligence Committee are set to interview Podesta this week into alleged Russian meddling in the 2016 election. Liz Crokin is an award winning investigative journalist, author of Malice and regular contributor to the Hagmann and Hagmann Report. If you are able, please support Liz Crokin’s ongoing fight against child trafficking with prayer and by clicking here.

https://www.hagmannreport.com/featured-content/did-john-podesta-try-to-oust-rep-scalise-over-sex-trafficking/ 

[ :: 9-4-05 am service :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc  For I have told them those that live along the seashores should move away, but yet they listen not to me, they go their own way. You shall see many, many, many terrible things yet coming, for it is that time, you are in the last days, it is recorded in my word. etc

:: 6-26-17 CBN :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Are These the Last Days?

Pat Robertson

The Bible says that in the last days many scoffers will say, "Where is the promise of His coming? For since the fathers fell asleep, all things continue as they were from the beginning of creation" (2 Peter 3:4). On my birthday, when I was 54 years old, the producer of The 700 Club television program gave me a front page of the NEW YORK TIMES for the day I was born in 1930. The similarity between those days and these days is striking. There are the same kinds of trouble in the world, the same kinds of international tension, and the same kinds of money problems. So these days are not far different from those days. Yet, by now, we have seen the occurrences of some very significant events that convince me that these are the last days. First of all, the nation of Israel was reborn in 1948. That nation will complete a generation of forty years in 1988. Second, the Jews now control all of Jerusalem and have since 1967. That is very significant as I have noted in previous answers. Third, we have the ability, with nuclear weapons, to obliterate all life, or to kill, as Revelation puts it, at least one third of all people in a single war (see Revelation 9:18). Another thing that we have today is an incredible explosion of knowledge (see Daniel 12:4). Our knowledge doubles every six years. We have unlocked the atom and the secrets of the gene. We have come close to the heart of life itself, and in the process we have grown callous toward our fellow men and toward the Creator of life. We are expanding our knowledge in many areas which could benefit all people by making their lives healthier and easier. But this same knowledge has dreadful potential for misuse. Those who work in the field of genetic engineering, for instance, are not too far from being able to clone human beings by taking parts out of embryos in order to create some kind of master race. Other scientists are working to create computers that appear to reason like men. These could open up vistas of great blessing, but they could also bring about horrors if placed in the hands of the wrong people. Add to this the ability of computers to monitor the behavior of populations and to control all of the world's money. These developments are fulfilling biblical prophecies. This tells me that we are getting very close to the time when God is going to say that the human race has gone far enough. He may be ready to step in to terminate this phase of human activity and to start another one. That is why I firmly expect to be alive when Jesus Christ comes back to earth.

http://www1.cbn.com/questions/are-these-last-days 

[ :: 12-31-09/1-1-10 New Years Eve Service (first word)  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::  ::]

etc. For the disasters that shall take place are many, the flooding shall be far greater than in times past, the mudslides far greater than in times past, the earthquakes shall be more numerous and far greater than in times past. The tornadoes, oh the savageness of the tornadoes that shall rip across the land, the straight winds, the hurricanes, the forest fires, the volcanoes shall erupt, the rising of the sea level that will be marked not in inches but in feet. etc.. 

:: 6-22-17 Charisma News :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

You are here: Home World Is This Isaiah 13:13 in Action?

11:30AM EDT 6/22/2017 Reuters

A major earthquake struck off the coast of Guatemala on Thursday, damaging buildings and downing trees as well as causing powerful tremors in neighboring El Salvador. There were no reports of casualties. The quake, measured at a magnitude of 6.8 by the U.S. Geological Survey, struck 38 kilometers (24 miles) southwest of Puerto San Jose at a depth of 46.8 kilometers. A deeper earthquake of similar magnitude struck the interior of Guatemala last week, killing at least two people and damaging buildings. "We have checked 13 out of the 22 departments, and we don't have any victims, just light damage to structures in two places: Antigua, Guatemala, and Totonicapan," said Ileana Recinos, a spokeswoman at Guatemala's Conred national emergency service. Edwin de Leon, a spokesman for fire services in Guatemala, told local radio the quake had damaged houses, bringing down some roofs, but also said no casualties had been reported. El Salvador's emergency services said it had no initial reports of casualties, and the government said on Twitter no tsunami alert had been issued as the result of the quake. Luis Felipe Puente, the head of Mexico's civil protection authority, told Reuters the quake was felt in the state of Chiapas on the Guatemalan border, but said there were no initial reports of damage. A spokesman for emergency services in Honduras said the quake was felt in the west of the country, but that there were no reports of damage.

http://www.charismanews.com/world/65756-is-this-isaiah-13-13-in-action 

[ :: 2-24-13 am service  (fifth word)  ::  :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

For truly you are seeing the end time signs that I have spoken to you about, and if you were studying, you would clearly see them being fulfilled etc.

:: 6-23-17 Belief Net :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

5 Reasons the End Times are Upon Us Now Are you ready?

By Megan Bailey

It may come as a surprise to some, but many contemporary theologians and pastors believe that they are observing numerous signs in our culture that mirror the prophetic contents of the Bible. People actually believe the end of the world is happening now? It’s true. Christians everywhere are starting to agree, siting sweeping moral decay, biblical disconnectedness, and ongoing violence in the Middle East as just a few of the markers. These prophecies were written thousands of years ago in the Old and New Testaments, so how can we be sure the end times are approaching? Jesus told of his future second coming, but also stated that no one would know the day of His return. While Christians don’t know when, Jesus did reveal to the disciples some of the signs of the second coming. As tensions around the world have increased, the belief that the prophecies in the Bible are talking about modern day is increasingly common. Here’s why. Chaos in the Middle East In recent years, the situation in the Middle East region has been catching the eyes of many Biblical scholars. There seems to be an endless stream of tension between Israel and the surrounding countries without any end in sight. Instead, the strain only intensifies. Whether it is the ongoing struggle between the Palestinians and Israel or the growing threat of the Islamic State, there is a prophecy in the Bible that it supports. The Middle East conflicts are directly felt in the United States. No matter what else happens in the world, the Middle East seems to remain the ongoing focal point of world conflict. The good news is that the Bible also foretells of a time when world peace will ultimately reign the earth, however that is only after a period of intense war and suffering. The Islamic State The Middle East has other problems with the Islamic State’s bloodthirsty quest for power continues to rage on. Looking at their murderous events, some Bible experts will point out that the battles described in scripture are slated to take place in the Middle East. Experts are suspecting the possibility that the groundwork is currently being set for the fulfillment of the “Gog” and “Magog” battles that are referenced in the books of Ezekiel and Revelation. Westerners have been shocked by the increasing Muslim extremism that is usually connect to ISIS. While most Muslims are not terrorists, there is the small majority of radicals that are causing the major problems in the Middle East. Continuing instability in this area is a fact, and the power that ISIS is gaining worries those who think the end times are coming. Israel’s Reemergence Another modern day event that peaks the interest of Bible experts is the 1948 reemergence of Israel, after a Jewish state was noticeably absent from the map for more than 19,000 years. Futurists, who see the majority of Bible prophecies as being currently unfulfilled, believe that the Old and New Testament scriptures predicted that the state of Israel would develop once again. In Ezekiel 36:24, it states “for I will take you out of the nations; I will father you from all the countries and bring you back into your own land.” Futurists believe that this verse is clearly referencing the future restoration of Israel, unlike anything that unfolded prior to the end of the Holocaust and World War II. Modern-day Israel is seen as a “super sign” of the end of days. Shifts in Morality It’s no secret that American culture is changing at an alarming rate. Traditional understanding of marriage, transformation, family values, and the like are being replaced with more progressive views. This progression has some citizens worried that the enemy is gaining too much control around us. The Bible states that “most people’s love will grow cold” (Matthew 24:12). The lawlessness of our culture is increasing and in turn creating a hostile atmosphere. As our culture has secularized and paganized, Christianity, the Church, and Christians have come under increasing attack as “intolerant bigots.” Jesus and Paul prophesied that the destruction of society is a sign that the end times are near. Spread of the Gospel Another supporting argument is that the Christian gospel continues to be spread in even the most remote and hard-to-reach geographic places throughout the world. This matters to Christians because Christ, after His resurrection, gave the disciples a direct command in Matthew 28:19 to “go and make disciples of all nations.” Jesus also mentioned preaching of the scripture throughout the world earlier in the Book of Matthew as a sign of the end times. “This gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then the end will come,” Christ said in Matthew 24:14. This may throw some off, as we are excited to share the Word of God, but it can actually be a sign of something more. Clear Evidence Whether or not you believe these signs there are many Christians who see these events as a sign of the end times. We can now better understand how certain viewpoints are formed and stand next to our fellow Christians during this time. Do you think the end times are on us now?

Read more at http://www.beliefnet.com/faiths/christianity/galleries/5-reasons-the-end-times-are-upon-us-now.aspx?p=7#TphVRyFksOBMD5M0.99 

[ :: 7-11-04 pm service (fifth word) :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::]

etc.. Did I not warn you that the days would be like Sodom and Gomorrah as it was in the days of Lot? When America accepts this lifestyle and makes a law protecting them, she will be like Samson breaking her last vow. I will no longer stand with her neither will my blessing be upon her, then shall come to pass in my timing, the twenty four hour period of Babylon’s destruction. For you have not a leader of this country who follows my word or ways. They have gone the ways of the antichrist system and forsaken the religion of their forefathers of days gone by. etc..

:: 6-26-17 USA Today :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: :: ::

Supreme Court will hear religious liberty challenge to gay weddings

Richard Wolf , USA TODAY Published 9:40 a.m. ET June 26, 2017 | Updated 1 hour ago

WASHINGTON -- The Supreme Court agreed Monday to reopen the national debate over same-sex marriage. The court will hear a challenge from a Colorado baker who had lost lower court battles over his refusal to create a wedding cake for a gay couple. Like a New Mexico photographer three years ago, the baker cited his religious beliefs. The justices -- who upheld same-sex marriage nationwide in a landmark 2015 ruling -- apparently decided that despite state laws barring discrimination based on sexual orientation, the merchants' obligation to same-sex couples was not necessarily baked in the cake. Colorado and New Mexico are among 21 states with such laws. As a result, Jack Phillips, the owner of Masterpiece Cakeshop, previously has lost in his effort to claim that the First Amendment protects his freedom of expression. Twenty-nine states have no such laws, so gays and lesbians freed to marry by the Supreme Court in 2015 still can face discrimination in employment, housing and public accommodations. A Kentucky appeals court recently upheld a printer's right to refuse to print shirts promoting a gay pride festival, reasoning that his actions did not discriminate against any individuals because of their sexual orientation. Phillips, like Washington State florist Barronelle Stutzman and others across the country, has argued that his religious objections are paramount. Rather than bake for same-sex weddings, he stopped making wedding cakes altogether, at a substantial revenue loss. The key to the outcome of similar cases appears to hinge on whether states have laws barring discrimination against gays and lesbians, or whether they have laws protecting religious liberty. Colorado falls on one side of the ledger, Kentucky on the other. Read more:

Supreme Court declares churches eligible for some public funds

Supreme Court may be converting on religion

Religious liberty vs. civil rights: A balancing act

The Supreme Court has sided with religious believers before, most recently by allowing an exception to the Affordable Care Act's requirement that most businesses offer health insurance coverage for contraceptives that some equate with abortion. Phillips' legal battle began several years ago, when Charlie Craig and David Mullins came in to order a cake for their wedding reception. While the wedding was held in Massachusetts, where same-sex marriage had been legal since 2004, the celebration was planned for back home in Colorado. Phillips, a born-again Christian, refused to bake the cake. Craig and Mullins filed a civil rights complaint and won, first before an administrative court judge, then before the state Civil Rights Commission, and finally before the Colorado Court of Appeals. The state Supreme Court refused to hear the case. The U.S. Supreme Court passed up its first chance to hear a similar case in 2014 — eight years after Elaine Huguenin and her husband, Jonathan, told a lesbian couple that their Albuquerque photo studio only worked "traditional we